Skip to main content

Full text of "[Course catalog]"

See other formats 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 

in  2011  with  funding  from 

Boston  Library  Consortium  Member  Libraries 


http://www.archive.org/details/coursecatalog76772nort 


NORTHEASTERN  UNIVERSITY    1975-77 

LINCOLN  COLLEGE 


^ 


l~ 


- 


^ 


g 


■■:-:■■?;.  .-wmmm 


NEA 


NEW  ENGLAND 
ASSOCIATION 
OF  SCHOOLS 
AND  COLLEGES 


Day  and  Evening  Programs  in: 

aviation  technology 

engineering  technology 

science  technology 

Northeastern  University 

360  Huntington  Avenue 

Boston,  Massachusetts  021 1 5 


NORTHEASTERN  UNIVERSITY    1975-77 

LINCOLN  COLLEGE 


j,v'-  "fir*  *--■  :\ 


4 


contents 


Page 
4     Campus  Map 

Calendar  1975-1976 

Northeastern  University  Corporation 

The  Board  of  Trustees 

Administrative  Organization 

General  University  Committees 

The  University 

Buildings  and  Facilities 

Lincoln  College  Administration 

The  Role  and  Scope  of  Lincoln  College 

Programs  of  Instruction 
Admissions  Information 

Registration 
Academic  Information 
Financial  lnformati6n 
Student  Activities  and  Alumni  Information 
Academic  Programs  of  Instruction 
Aviation  Technology 
Civil  Engineering  Technology 
Electrical  Engineering  Technology 
Mechanical  Engineering  Technology 
Interdisciplinary  Engineering  and  Science  Programs 
Bioelectronic  Engineering  Technology 
Computer  Engineering  Technology 
Control  Systems  Engineering  Technology 
Chemical-Physical  Technology 
Mathematical-Physical  Technology 
Fire  Technology 

Environmental  Control  Technology 
Mechanical-Structure  Technology 
Description  of  Courses 

Index  to  Courses 
The  Lincoln  College  Faculty 
Application  Form  for  Further  Information 
Suburban  Maps 
Index 


■  S  "to 

T3    C 


i£8S3S§Sa=J2:;£S£*ES£§§!si2s:« 


to  <2  c  §       c 

!  2  S  =5  =  s  =  ^<S  5  is  2 


.*;  oo  tuo  -.= 


TO 


CD  ■ 


o«2S 

—     3     = 


=  =   CQ  = 


TO     O     TO  J=     3     TO     O     O  — 
CDCQOOOQQOliJ 


^  t         -j-;  CQ 

2  Si.        c   en 
0    >_         qj 

.     i_         to   r: 
a>   »  "^  .y   — 
—  "c   £=   o>   o5  co  '• 


</> 


iTlj.  oi 


„   i-     OJ     <X>     0 

»-  -c=   o  o  —  •— 

=3     TO     C     C  — .  «- 

a:  o  i£  ^:  .-<  <t 


>-  )r,   *-   °2  "o 


i2u)^ 


-HtD^-^-rof2.cr,<rir^92i^ 


S£csSE5SS£SS2SSSt3SSa£9££CC!3:« 


Office  Hours  at  Huntington  Avenue  Campus,  Boston 

June  16,  1975  — June  17,  1977 

Monday-Thursday   8:30  A.M.-8:30  P.M. 

Friday    8:30  A.M.-4:30  P.M. 

Program  Counseling  at  Suburban  Campus,  Burlington 

Representatives  from  the  Huntington  Avenue  Campus  will  be  in  attend- 
ance during  specified  dates  for  guidance  and  counseling.  The  book- 
store and  the  Bursar's  Office  are  open  from  8:30  a.m.-8:30  p.m.,  Mon- 
day-Thursday; 8:30  a.m.-7:00  p.m.  Friday;  and  8:30  a.m.-12:00  p.m., 
Saturday. 

Program  Counseling  at  Extensions 

Program  counselors  are  available  on  a  regular  schedule  at  Lincoln 
College  extensions  at:  the  Wyman  Junior  High  School,  Burlington;  the 
North  High  School,  Framingham;  the  North  High  School,  Weymouth; 
the  English  High  School,  Lynn;  the  Junior  High  School  North,  Nor- 
wood; and  the  Norwood  Airport,  Norwood.  Appointments  may  be  ar- 
ranged by  telephoning  the  Lincoln  College  office  at  437-2500. 

Interviews 

Prospective  students,  or  those  desiring  advice  or  guidance  regarding 
any  part  of  the  school  work  or  curricula,  are  encouraged  to  arrange 
for  personal  interviews.  Career  planning  through  competent  guidance 
provides  an  understanding  of  professional  requirements  and  develops 
that  definiteness  of  purpose  so  vital  to  success.  Lincoln  College  Office 
is  located  at  219  Hayden  Hall  at  the  Boston  Campus. 

Address  communications  to: 

William  F.  King,  Director 
Lincoln  College 
Northeastern  University 
360  Huntington  Avenue 
Boston,  Massachusetts  02115 
Telephone  437-2500 


1975-1976  ACADEMIC  CALENDAR 

Fall  Quarter  1975  Classes  Begin  Monday,  September  29,  1975 


FALL  REGISTRATION  DATES 
Boston  5:30-8:00  p.m. 


Boston 
Boston 

Burlington 

Burlington 

Boxford  (Masconomet) 
Framingham  North  H.  S. 
Haverhill  H.  S. 
Lynn  English  H.  S. 
Norwood  Jr.  H.  S.  North 
Revere  H.  S. 
Weymouth  North  H.  S. 
Milford  H.  S. 


Fall  Quarter  Classes  Begin 
Columbus  Day  Observed 
Veterans'  Day  Observed 
Thanksgiving  Recess 

Final  Examination  Period 
For  Fall  Quarter 


9:00  a.m.-12  noon 
5:30-8:00  p.m. 

5:30-8:00  p.m. 

12  noon-8:00  p.m. 

5:30-8:00  p.m. 

5:30-8:00  p.m. 


No  Classes 
No  Classes 
No  Classes 


Monday-Friday, 
September  8-12 

Saturday,  September  13 

Monday-Thursday, 
September  15-18 

Monday-Thursday, 
September  15-18 

Tuesday,  September  16 


Tuesday,  September  9  and 
Monday,  September  15 


Monday,  September  8  and 
Monday,  September  15 

Monday,  September  29 
Monday,  October  13 
Tuesday,  November  11 
Thursday-Saturday, 

November  27-29 
Monday,  December  15- 

Saturday,  December  20 


_ 


Winter  Quarter  1975-1976 


Classes  Begin  Monday,  January  5,  1976 


WINTER  REGISTRATION  DATES 

5:30-8:00  p.m. 


Boston 

Boxford  (Masconomet) 

Burlington 

Framingham  North  H.  S. 

Haverhill  H.  S. 

Lynn  English  H.  S. 

Milford  H.  S. 

Norwood  Jr.  H.  S.  North 

Revere  H.  S. 

Weymouth  North  H.  S. 

Christmas  Vacation 


5:30-8:00  p.m. 
5:30-8:00  p.m. 
5:30-8:00  p.m. 
5:30-8:00  p.m. 
5:30-8:00  p.m. 
5:30-8:00  p.m. 
5:30-8:00  p.m. 
5:30-8:00  p.m. 
5:30-8:00  p.m. 

No  Classes 


Monday-Friday, 

December  8-12 
Tuesday,  December  9 

Monday-Thursday, 

December  8-11 
Monday-Thursday, 

December  8-11 
Monday  and  Tuesday, 

December  8-9 
Monday  and  Wednesday, 

December  8  and  10 
Monday  and  Tuesday, 

December  8-9 
Monday-Wednesday, 

December  8-10 
Tuesday  and  Thursday, 

December  9  and  11 
Monday-Thursday, 

December  8-11 

Monday,  December  22- 
Saturday,  January  3 


Winter  Quarter  Classes  Begin 
Martin  Luther  King  Day 

Observed 
Washington's  Birthday 

Observed 
Final  Examination  Period 

for  Winter  Quarter 


No  Classes 
No  Classes 


Monday,  January  5 
Thursday,  January  15 

Monday,  February  16 

Monday,  March  22- 
Saturday,  March  27 


Spring  Quarter  1976 

SPRING   REGISTRATION   DATES 

Boston  5:30-8:00  p.m. 

Boxford  (Masconomet)  5:30-8:00  p.m. 


Classes  Begin  Monday,  April  5,  1976 


Burlington 

Framingham  North  H.  S. 

Haverhill  H.  S. 

Lynn  English  H.  S. 

Milford  H.  S. 

Norwood  Jr.  H.  S.  North 

Revere  H.  S. 

Weymouth  North  H.  S. 

Spring  Recess  (or  Make-Up 
Period  for  Lost  Snow 
Days) 
Spring  Quarter  Classes  Begin 
Patriot's  Day  Observed 
Memorial  Day  Observed 
Final  Examination  Period 

for  Spring  Quarter 
Commencement 


5:30-8:00  p.m. 
5:30-8:00  p.m. 
5:30-8:00  p.m. 
5:30-8:00  p.m. 
5:30-8:00  p.m. 
5:30-8:00  p.m. 
5:30-8:00  p.m. 
5:30-8:00  p.m. 


No  Classes 
No  Classes 


Monday-Friday, 
March  15-19 
Tuesday,  March  16 

Monday-Thursday, 

March  15-18 
Monday-Thursday, 

March  15-18 
Monday  and  Tuesday, 

March  15  and  16 
Monday  and  Wednesday, 

March  15  and  17 
Monday  and  Tuesday, 

March  15  and  16 
Monday-Wednesday, 

March  15-17 
Tuesday  and  Thursday, 

March  16  and  18 
Monday-Thursday, 

March  15-18 
Monday,  March  29- 

Saturday,  April  3 

Monday,  April  5 
Monday,  April  19 
Monday,  May  31 
Tuesday,  June  14- 
Monday,  June  19 
Sunday,  June  20 


Summer  Quarter  1976  Classes  Begin  Monday,  June  28,  1976 

REGISTRATION  FOR  ENTIRE  SUMMER  QUARTER 
Boston  5:30-8:00  p.m. 


Burlington  12  noon-8:00  p.m. 

Summer  Quarter  Classes  Begin 
REGISTRATION  FOR  SECOND  SIX-WEEK  TERM 

Boston  5:30-8:00  p.m. 

Burlington  5:30-8:00  p.m. 

Independence  Day  Observed     No  Classes 
Labor  Day  Observed  No  Classes 

Final  Examination  Period 

for  Summer  Quarter 


Monday-Friday, 

June  7-11 
Tuesday,  June  8 
Monday,  June  28 

Monday  and  Tuesday, 

July  26  and  27 
Monday,  July  26 
Monday,  July  5 
Monday,  September  6 
Monday,  September  13- 

Thursday,  September  11 


Equal  Opportunity  Policy 

Northeastern  University  is  committed  to  a  policy  of  providing  equal  op- 
portunity for  all.  In  all  matters  involving  admission,  registration,  and  all 
official  relationships  with  students,  including  evaluation  of  academic 
performance,  the  University  insists  on  a  policy  of  nondiscrimination. 
Northeastern  University  is  also  an  equal  opportunity  employer;  it  is  in- 
stitutional policy  that  there  shall  not  be  any  discrimination  against  any 
employee  or  applicant  for  employment  because  of  race,  color,  religion, 
sex,  age,  national  origin,  or  physical  or  mental  handicap.  In  addition, 
Northeastern  takes  affirmative  action  in  the  recruitment  of  students 
and  employees. 

8 


the  governing  boards 

and  officers 

of  the  university 


THE  CORPORATION 

Julius  Abrams 
Charles  F.  Adams 
Vernon  R.  Alden 
William  T.  Alexander 
0.  Kelley  Anderson 
*Diana  J.  Auger 

Allen  G.  Barry 
Lincoln  C.  Bateson 
Thomas  P.  Beal 

*Roy  H.  Beaton 

*F.  Gregg  Bemis 
Beverly  Ann  Bendekgey 
Edward  L.  Bigelow 
Robert  D.  Black 
Gerald  W.  Blakeley,  Jr. 
Raymond  H.  Blanchard 
S.  Whitney  Bradley 
Rexford  A.  Bristol 
Edward  W.  Brooke 

*George  R.  Brown 
Martin  Brown 
William  L.  Brown 
William  H.  Bruce,  Jr. 
John  L.  Burns 
Hyman  H.  Burstein 
Victor  C.  Bynoe 

*Louis  W.  Cabot 
*Norman  L.  Cahners 


tCharlesW.  Call,  Jr. 
Henry  F.  Callahan 
Mrs.  Anthony  S.  Camarota 

(Dorothy  Dodge) 
Erwin  D.  Canham 

*Richard  P.  Chapman 
Theodore  Chase 
Robert  F.  Chick 
Vessarios  G.  Chigas 
Carl  W.  Christiansen 

*David  H.  Cogan 
Abram  T.  Collier 
William  A.  Coolidge 
Edward  Creiger 
H.  James  Crossan,  Jr. 

Marshall  B.  Dalton 

Roger  C.  Damon 
*Edward  Dana 

William  O.  DiPietro 

Alfred  di  Scipio 

Estelle  Dockser  (Mrs.) 
*William  R.  Driver,  Jr. 

*Carl  S.  Ell 
*Byron  K.  Elliott 
*William  P.  Ellison 

Joseph  A.  Erickson 

Robert  Erickson 


*  Member  of  the  Board  of  Trustees 
t  Deceased  January  2,  1975 


"Frank  L  Farwell 
"James  V.  Fetchero 
Eldred  L  Field 
Joseph  F.  Ford 


Thomas  J.  Galligan,  Jr. 
William  W.  Garth,  Jr. 
James  M.  Gavin 
Lloyd  S.  Glidden,  Jr. 
Elliott  M.  Gordon 
John  L.  Grandin,  Jr. 
Don  S.  Greer 
*Donald  B.  Guy 


Allan  M.  Hale 
William  Hellman 
"Ernest  Henderson  III 
Walter  F.  Henneberry 
James  S.  Herbert 
Richard  D.  Hill 
Charles  E.  Hodges 
*Harold  D.  Hodgkinson 
Robert  W.  Holmes 
Harvey  P.  Hood 
Hartwell  G.  Howe 
John  S.  Howe 
Howard  M.  Hubbard 
Carl  R.  Hurtig 


tEli  Jacobson 
*Robert  L.  Johnson 
*Henry  C.  Jones 


Joseph  C.  Lawler 
Maurice  Lazarus 

"Kenneth  A.  Loftman 
Edward  A.  Loring 

"John  Lowell 
Ralph  Lowell 
Diane  H.  Lupean 


Kathryn  A.  MacKinnon 

*Lawrence  H.  Martin 

*J.  Edwin  Matz 
Peter  H.  McCormick 
Percy  M.  Mcintosh 
Andrew  J.  McNeill 
Dominic  Meo,  Jr. 
William  C.  Mercer 
Mrs.  Andrew  H.  Messer 

(Melanie  C.  Berger) 
Don  G.  Mitchell 

*Harold  A.  Mock 
Frank  E.  Morris 
James  A.  Morris 
William  B.  Moses,  Jr. 

**Stephen  P.  Mugar 


William  H.  Nichols,  Jr. 
John  T.  Noonan 


Bernard  J.  O'Keefe 
Adrian  O'Keeffe 
Harry  Olins 
George  Olmsted,  Jr. 
James  H.  Orr 
Ara  Oztemel 


George  S.  Kariotis 
*Mrs.  John  B.  Kenerson 
(Frances  Comins) 

E.  Douglas  Kenna 

Edward  M.  Kennedy 

Fenton  G.  Keyes 

Calvin  A.  King 
*Asa  S.  Knowles 


*Augustin  H.  Parker 
Edward  S. Parsons 

*AmeIia  Peabody 
Theodore  R.  Peary 
Nicholas  V.  Petrou 

Thomas  L.  Phillips 
Edward  D.  Phinney 
Jerome  M.  Powell 


**  Honorary  Trustee 

t  Deceased  January  20,  1975 


10 


Albert  Pratt 
William  J.  Pruyn 
George  Putnam 


Blanche  M.  Quaid 
Trancis  J.  Quirico 


William  M.  Rand 

William  H.  Raye,  Jr. 

Kathleen  M.  Rice 
*Joseph  G.  Riesman 

R.  Earl  Roberson 

Daniel  J.  Roberts 
*Dwight  P.  Robinson,  Jr. 

Ralph  B.  Rogers 
*Kenneth  G.  Ryder 

Leverett  Saltonstall 
David  T.  Scott 
Donald  W.  Seager 
Sydney  Shaftman 

*James  L.  Shanahan 
Philip  A.  Singleton 

*Donald  W.  Smith 

Tarnham  W.  Smith 

*George  A.  Snell 
Bernard  Solomon 
Robert  C.  Sprague 


*Russell  B.  Stearns 
*Earl  P.  Stevenson 

David  B.  Stone 
*Robert  G.  Stone 

George  B.  Storer 


Lawrence  I.  Templeman 
Charles  H.  Tenney  II 
Almore  I.  Thompson 
Milton  A.  Thompson 

*D.  Thomas  Trigg 

*Chaplin  Tyler 


Samuel  Wakeman 
Martin  F.  Walsh 
An  Wang 
Lloyd  B.  Waring 
Edward  A.  Weeks 
William  C.White 
'Robert  H.  Willis 
Alfred  K.  Wright 


Richard  W.  Young 


Vincent  C.  Ziegler 
"Alvin  C.  Zises 


THE  BOARD  OF  TRUSTEES 


Robert  H.  Willis,  Chairman 

Norman  L.  Cahners,  Wee  Chairman 

William  R.  Driver,  Jr.,  Vice  Chairman 

Frank  L.  Farwell,  Wee  Chairman 

Farnham  W.  Smith,  Wee  Chairman 

D.  Thomas  Trigg,  Treasurer 

Philip  C.  Boyd,  Secretary 


Byron  K.  Elliott,  Honorary  Chairman 

Dwight  P.  Robinson,  Jr.,  Honorary  Vice  Chairman 

Russell  B.  Stearns,  Honorary  Vice  Chairman 


11 


Class  of  1975 


Class  of  1976 


Roy  H.  Beaton 
F.  Gregg  Bemis 
Louis  W.  Cabot 
Byron  K.  Elliott 
Donald  B.  Guy 
Kenneth  A.  Loftman 
John  Lowell 
Lawrence  H.  Martin 
Augustin  H.  Parker 
Francis  J.  Quirico 
Earl  P.  Stevenson 


Diana  J.  Auger 
George  R.  Brown 
William  R.  Driver,  Jr. 
Harold  D.  Hodgkinson 
Robert  L.  Johnson 
Mrs.  John  B.  Kenerson 

(Frances  Comins) 
Amelia  Peabody 
Thomas  L.  Phillips 
James  L.  Shanahan 
Robert  G.  Stone 
Robert  H.Willis 


Class  of  1977 


Class  of  1978 


Norman  L.  Cahners 
Richard  P.  Chapman 
Edward  Dana 
William  P.  Ellison 
James  V.  Fetchero 
Ernest  Henderson  III 
Eli  Jacobson 
Asa  S.  Knowles 
Joseph  G.  Riesman 
Dwight  P.  Robinson,  Jr. 
Donald  W.  Smith 
Alvin  C.  Zises 


David  H.  Cogan 
Carl  S.  Ell 
Frank  L.  Farwell 
Henry  C.  Jones 
J.  Edwin  Matz 
Harold  A.  Mock 
Farnham  W.  Smith 
George  A.  Snell 
Russell  B.  Stearns 
D.  Thomas  Trigg 
Chaplin  Tyler 


X  Kenneth  G.  Ryder,  ex  officio 
Stephen  P.  Mugar,  Honorary  Trustee 


t  President  of  the  University 


12 


ADMINISTRATIVE  ORGANIZATION 

Officers  of  the  University 

Kenneth  G.  Ryder,  A.B.,  M.A.,  L.H.D.,  President 

Asa  S.  Knowles,  A.B.,  A.M.,  LL.D.,  Litt.D.,  Sc.D.,  D.B.A.,  Sc.D.  in  Bus. 
Ed.,  Chancellor 

Carl  S.  Ell,  A.B.,  S.B.,  Ed.M.,  M.S.,  Sc.D.,  L.H.D.,  LL.D.,  D.S.Ed.,  Presi- 
dent Emeritus 

Roy  L.  Wooldridge,  B.S.,  Ed.M.,  Executive  Vice  President  for  Coopera- 
tive Education 

Edmund  L.  Deltano,  B.S.,  Wee  President  for  Finance 

Arthur  E.   Fitzgerald,   E.E.,  S.M.,  Sc.D.,   Wee  President  for  Academic 
Affairs  and  Dean  of  Faculty 

Gilbert  G.  MacDonald,  B.I.E.,  Ed.M.,  Wee  President  for  Student  Affairs 

Eugene  M.  Reppucci,  Jr.,  B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Wee  President  for  Development 
and  Director  of  Development 

Daniel  J.  Roberts,  Jr.,  B.S.,  M.B.A.,  Ed.M.,  Wee  President  for  Business 

Loring  M.  Thompson,  B.S.,  M.S.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Wee  President  and  Dean 
of  Planning 

Royal  K.  Toebes,  B.S.,  M.B.A.,  Wee  President  for  Alumni  Affairs  and 
Associate  Director  of  Development 

Academic  Deans,  Directors  of  Schools  and 
General  Administrative  Officers 

Catherine  L.  Allen,  B.S.,  M.A.,  Ed.D.,  Ph.D.,  Dean  of  Boston-Bouve  Col- 
lege and  Director  of  Boston-Bouve  College  Graduate  School 

Kenneth  W.  Ballou,  A.B.,  Ed.M.,  Dean  of  Adult  Education  Programs 
and  Dean  of  University  College 

Richard  W.  Bishop,  B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Dean  of  University  Relations  and  As- 
sistant to  the  President 

Malcolm  J.  Campbell,  B.A.,  M.Ed.,  Associate  Dean  of  Adult  Education 
and  Director  of  the  Center  for  Continuing  Education 

Richard  I.  Carter,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Director  of  the  Computation  Center 

Geoffrey  Crofts,  B.Comm,  Dean  and  Director  of  the  Graduate  School 
of  Actuarial  Science 

13 


John  A.  Curry,  A.B.,  Ed.M.,  Dean  of  Academic  Services,  Assistant  to 
the  Executive  Vice  President,  and  Acting  Dean  of  Admissions 

Charles  M.   Devlin,   B.S.,   M.Ed.,  Assistant  to  the  Vice  President  for 
Finance  (Financial  Aid  Office) 

Ann   M.   Duncan-Glasgow,  A.B.,   Ed.M.,   Ph.D.,   Director  of  Affirmative 
Action 

Martin  W.  Essigmann,  S.B.,  M.S.,  Dean  of  Research 

Herbert  W.  Gallagher,  B.S.,  Director  of  Athletics 

Joseph    M.    Golemme,   S.B.,    M.A.,    C.P.A.,    Director   of   the    Graduate 
School  of  Professional  Accounting 

George  W.  Hankinson,  A.B.,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School 
of  Engineering  and  Assistant  Dean  of  Engineering 

James  S.  Hekimian,  A.B.,  M.B.A.,  D.B.A.,  Dean  of  Business  Administra- 
tion 

Sidney  Herman,  A.B.,  M.A.,  Associate  Dean  of  Faculty 

John  W.  Jordan,  B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Busi- 
ness Administration  and  Associate  Dean  of  Business  Administration 

Christopher  F.  Kennedy,  A.B.,  Ed.M.,  Dean  of  Students 

Alvin  Kent,  B.A.,  M.Ed.,  Director  of  the  Office  of  Educational  Resources 

Robert  H.  Ketchum,  B.S.,  B.D.,  M.B.A.,  Ph.D.,  Director  of  the  Graduate 
School  of  Arts  and  Sciences  and  Associate  Dean  of  Liberal  Arts 

William  F.  King,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Director  of  Lincoln  College  and  Associate 
Dean  of  Engineering 

Philip  LaTorre,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Director  of  Environmental  Health  and  Assis- 
tant Dean  of  Academic  Services 

Juanita  A.  Long,  B.S.N. ,  M.S.N. ,  C.A.G.S.,  Dean  of  Nursing 

Helene  A.  Loux,  B.S.,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Dean  of  Allied  Health  Profes- 
sions 

Alan  A.  Mackey,  B.S.,  A.M.,  University  Registrar 

Melvin  Mark,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Sc.D.,  Dean  of  Engineering 

Frank  E.  Marsh,  Jr.,  A.B.,  M.Ed.,  D.Ed.,  Dean  of  Education 

John  Martin,  B.S.,  M.B.A.,  Assistant  Business  Manager 

Roland  H.  Moody,  A.B.,  B.L.S.,  Director  of  the  University  Library 


14 


Timothy  L.  Moran,  B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Associate  Dean  of  University  College 
and  Director  of  Law  Enforcement  Correctional  and  Security  Pro- 
grams 

Robert  Najjar,  B.A.,  M.B.A.,  Bursar 

Harold  Naidus,  A.B.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Dean  of  University  College 
and  Director  of  Liberal  Arts  Programs 

Robert  O'Brien,  B.S.,  Director,  Admin.  Computer  Services 

John  C.  O'Byrne,  A.B.,  M.S.,  J.D.,  Dean  of  the  School  of  Law 

Paul  M.  Pratt,  B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Dean  of  the  Department  of  Cooperative 
Education 

Gregory  T.  Ricks,  B.A.,  M.C.P.,  Director  of  the  African-American  Insti- 
tute and  Assistant  Dean  of  Students 

Nathan  Riser,  A.B.,  A.M.,  Ph.D.,  Director  of  Marine  Science  Institute 

Norman  Rosenblatt,  A.B.,  Ph.D.,  Dean  of  Criminal  Justice  and  Director 
of  the  Graduate  Program  of  Criminal  Justice 

Philip  J.  Rusche,  B.A.,  B.S.Ed.,  M.A.,  Ed.D.,  Director  of  the  Graduate 
School  of  Education  and  Associate  Dean  of  Education 

Robert  A.  Shepard,  B.S.,  Ph.D.,  Dean  of  Liberal  Arts 

Albert  H.  Soloway,  B.S.,  Ph.D.,  Acting  Dean  of  Pharmacy  and  Allied 
Health  Professions  and  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Phar- 
macy and  Allied  Health  Professions 

Carl  E.  Staab,  Director  of  Personnel  and  Assistant  Dean  of  Academic 
Services 

Donald  Taylor,  B.A.,  M.Ed.,  Business  Manager 

Elmer  Ziegler,  B.S.,  Superintendent  of  Building  and  Grounds 


15 


GENERAL  UNIVERSITY  COMMITTEES 

The  Executive  Council 

Kenneth  G.  Ryder,  Chairman 
Loring  M.  Thompson,  Secretary 

John  A.  Curry  Eugene  M.  Reppucci,  Jr. 

Edmund  L  Deltano  Daniel  J.  Roberts,  Jr. 

Arthur  E.  Fitzgerald  Royal  K.  Toebes 


Gilbert  G.  MacDonald 


Roy  L.  Wooldridge 


The  Academic  Council 

Kenneth  G.  Ryder,  Chairman 
Arthur  E.  Fitzgerald,  Vice  Chairman 

Loring  M.  Thompson,  Secretary 

Catherine  L.  Allen  Juanita  A.  Long 

Kenneth  W.  Ballou  Helene  A.  Loux 

Malcolm  J.  Campbell  Gilbert  G.  MacDonald 

Geoffrey  Crofts  Alan  A.  Mackey 

Philip  T.  Crotty,  Jr.  Melvin  Mark 

John  A.  Curry  Frank  E.  Marsh,  Jr. 

Martin  W.  Essigmann  Roland  H.  Moody 

Joseph  M.  Golemme  John  C.  O'Byrne 

George  W.  Hankinson  Paul  M.  Pratt 

James  S.  Hekimian  Norman  Rosenblatt 

Sidney  Herman  Philip  J.  Rusche 

Christopher  F.  Kennedy  Robert  A.  Shepard 

Robert  H.  Ketchum  Albert  H.  Soloway 

William  F.  King  Roy  L.  Wooldridge 


The  Faculty  Senate 


DHarley  Anderson 
Charmarie  J.  Blaisdell 
John  F.  Buoncristiani 
Robert  L.  Cord 
'John  A.  Curry 
Robert  S.  Curtin 
Flora  M.  DeScenza 
Irvin  Doress 
John  Dromgoole 


Gerald  H.  Herman 
Donald  M.  Jacobs 
Conrad  M.  Jankowski 
Maurice  Kaufman 

"Christopher  Kennedy 
Robert  D.  Klein 

°Melvin  Mark 
Robert  W.  Miller 
Richard  G.  Natoli 


'Appointed  by  the  President 


16 


Charles  H.  Dufton 
John  F.  Dunn 
Ramona  H.  Edelin 
James  M.  Feldman 
Robert  G.  Finkenaur,  Jr. 
'Arthur  E.  Fitzgerald 
Norbert  L.  Fullington 
Michael  Glaubman 
Suzanne  B.  Greenberg 
Robert  J.  Hehre 


Irene  A.  Nichols 
'Paul  M.  Pratt 
Gordon  E.  Pruett 
Daniel  J.  Roberts 
David  Schmitt 
Robert  A.  Shepard 
Roy  Weinstein 
M.  Delaine  Williamson 
Alvin  J.  Yorra 


Presiding  Officer 

Kenneth  G.  Ryder 


17 


the  university 


Founded  in  1898,  Northeastern  University  is  incorporated  as  a  privately 
endowed,  nonsectarian  institution  of  higher  learning  under  the  General 
Laws  of  Massachusetts.  The  State  Legislature,  by  special  enactment, 
has  given  the  University  general  degree-granting  powers.  The  Univer- 
sity is  governed  by  a  Board  of  Trustees  elected  by  and  from  the  North- 
eastern University  Corporation,  which  is  composed  of  more  than  150 
distinguished  business  and  professional  men  and  women. 

From  its  beginning  Northeastern  University  has  had  as  its  dominant 
purpose  the  discovery  of  community  educational  needs  and  the  meet- 
ing of  these  in  distinctive  and  serviceable  ways.  The  University  has 
not  duplicated  the  programs  of  other  institutions,  but  has  sought  to 
pioneer  new  areas  of  educational  service. 

A  distinctive  feature  of  Northeastern  University  is  its  Cooperative  Plan, 
initiated  by  the  College  of  Engineering  in  1909  and  subsequently 
adopted  by  the  Colleges  of  Business  Administration  (1922),  Liberal  Arts 
(1935),  Education  (1953),  Pharmacy  (1962),  Nursing  (1964),  Boston- 
Bouve  College  (1964),  the  College  of  Criminal  Justice  (1967),  and  by 
Lincoln  College's  Engineering  Technology  Programs  (1971).  As  an  edu- 
cational method  the  Cooperative  Plan  enables  students  to  gain  valu- 
able practical  experience  as  an  integral  part  of  their  college  programs, 
and  also  provides  the  means  by  which  they  may  contribute  substan- 
tially to  the  financing  of  their  education.  The  Plan  has  been  extended 
to  the  graduate  level  in  engineering,  mathematics,  actuarial  science, 
rehabilitation  administration,  professional  accounting,  business  admin- 
istration, and  law. 

In  the  field  of  adult  education,  programs  of  study  have  been  developed 
to  meet  a  variety  of  needs.  Since  1906  evening  curricula  have  been  of- 
fered leading  to  the  bachelor's  degree.  Programs  in  the  arts  and  sci- 
ences, engineering,  various  fields  of  business,  law  enforcement  and 
security,  and  other  areas  have  been  carefully  planned  to  serve  mature 
students  who  are  employed  full-time  during  the  day  and  want  to 
broaden  their  educational  background  by  part-time  study.  All  formal 
courses  of  study  leading  to  degrees  through  evening  programs  are 
approved  by  the  Basic  College  faculties  concerned  and  are  subject  to 
the  same  quantitative  and  qualitative  standards  as  the  regular  day  cur- 
ricula. 


THE  UNIVERSITY  /  19 

UNDERGRADUATE  COLLEGES 

Boston-Bouve  College 

Boston-Bouve  College  offers  four  major  programs  of  study:  physical 
education,  recreation  education,  and  health  education,  all  leading  to 
the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education;  and  physical  therapy, 
leading  to  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Physical  Therapy. 

The  combined  programs  of  liberal  arts,  science,  and  professional  prep- 
aration include  field  experience  and  student  teaching,  and  leadership 
training  in  camping  and  outdoor  education  at  the  Warren  Center  for 
Physical  Education  and  Recreation  in  Ashland.  In  accordance  with 
Northeastern's  Cooperative  Plan  of  Education,  students  are  offered 
varied  opportunities  for  alternate  terms  of  work-study  experience  dur- 
ing upperclass  years. 

The  College  of  Business  Administration 

The  College  of  Business  Administration  offers  programs  of  study  in  the 
principal  fields  of  business  leading  to  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Sci- 
ence in  Business  Administration.  These  programs  are  offered  on  the 
five-year  Cooperative  Plan,  under  which  students  gain  substantial 
practical  experience  in  the  fields  for  which  they  are  preparing  as  an 
integral  part  of  their  undergraduate  course  of  study. 

The  College  also  sponsors  a  Management  Institute  which  offers  vari- 
ous special  courses  for  business  and  industrial  executives.  One  phase 
of  the  Institute's  work  is  carried  on  by  the  Center  for  Management  De- 
velopment, which  annually  conducts  an  intensive  program  designed  to 
provide  professional  growth  for  middle-management  executives  who 
will  ultimately  be  called  upon  to  carry  broader  executive  responsibil- 
ities. The  plan  of  instruction,  based  on  a  modification  of  the  North- 
eastern Cooperative  Program,  permits  the  participants  to  maintain 
their  job  responsibilities  during  the  six-month  period  of  the  course. 
The  Management  Development  Program  is  conducted  at  Andover, 
Massachusetts,  on  the  campus  of  Andover  Academy. 

College  of  Criminal  Justice 

The  College  of  Criminal  Justice  offers  full-time  day  curricula  on  the 
Cooperative  Plan  leading  to  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science. 

The  College  of  Education 

The  College  of  Education  offers  programs  leading  to  the  degree  of 
Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education.  These  are  particularly  designed  to 
meet  the  needs  of  high  school  graduates  who  desire  to  prepare  them- 


20  /  THE  UNIVERSITY 

selves  for  teaching  or  administrative  positions  in  elementary  and  sec- 
ondary schools.  Curricula  are  offered  on  the  five-year  Cooperative 
Plan,  which  provides  for  employment  in  libraries,  social  service  agen- 
cies, and  school  systems. 

College  of  Engineering 

The  College  of  Engineering  offers  five-year  cooperative  curricula  in 
civil,  mechanical,  electrical,  chemical,  and  industrial  engineering  lead- 
ing to  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  with  specification  according 
to  the  engineering  department  in  which  the  student  qualifies.  The  Col- 
lege also  offers  a  general  engineering  program,  awarding  an  unspeci- 
fied Bachelor  of  Science  degree,  in  which  the  student  has  the  oppor- 
tunity to  design  his  own  program  with  his  career  objectives  in  mind. 
A  six-year  program  in  power  systems  engineering  in  collaboration  with 
public  utilities  leads  to  both  the  bachelor's  and  master's  degree  in 
electrical  engineering.  During  evening  hours  part-time  programs  lead- 
ing to  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degrees  in  Electrical  Engineering  and 
Civil  Engineering  are  conducted.  These  programs  extend  over  eight 
years,  cover  the  identical  courses  given  in  the  day  cooperative  cur- 
riculum, and  meet  the  same  qualitative  and  quantitative  standards  of 
scholarship. 

College  of  Liberal  Arts 

The  College  of  Liberal  Arts  offers  majors  in  the  arts  and  sciences  lead- 
ing to  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Arts.  With  the  exception  of  preprofes- 
sional  programs,  curricula  are  normally  five  years  in  length  and  oper- 
ate on  the  Cooperative  Plan. 

Lincoln  College 

Lincoln  College  offers  engineering  technology  programs  leading  to  the 
Associate  in  Engineering,  the  Associate  in  Science,  and  the  Bachelor 
of  Engineering  Technology  degrees.  These  programs  are  made  avail- 
able as: 

(a)  A  full-time  day  curricula  on  the  Cooperative  Plan  leading  to 
the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Engineering  Technology  (B.E.T.)  in 
Mechanical  or  Electrical  Engineering. 

(b)  A  part-time  evening  program  including  pretechnology  prepara- 
tory courses  and  degree  programs  leading  to  the  Associate  in 
Engineering  (A.E.);  and  the  Bachelor  of  Engineering  Technol- 
ogy (B.E.T.)  in  Civil,  Mechanical,  or  Electrical  Engineering. 
The  Associate  in  Science  degree  may  be  earned  in  the  Mathe- 
matical, Physical,  and  Chemical  Sciences. 


THE   UNIVERSITY  /  21 

(c)  Lincoln  College  part-time  students  whose  work  schedule  does 
not  permit  them  to  attend  regular  evening  classes  may  register 
for  a  maximum  of  8  quarter  hours  of  course  work  per  quarter 
in  the  Lincoln  College  Day  Program. 

Registration  materials  will  be  available  Monday  through  Friday  in 
Room  219  Hayden  Hall,  Boston  Campus  only,  during  the  week  preced- 
ing the  start  of  each  quarter.  The  day  class  schedule  will  not  be  avail- 
able at  other  campus  locations.  The  Registrar  will  not  accept  registra- 
tion materials  for  day  classes  without  the  approval  of  the  Director  of 
Lincoln  College.  Tuition  will  be  billed  at  normal  evening  part-time 
rates. 

Interested  students  should  consult  course  listing  (page  164)  to  deter- 
mine equivalent  day  courses. 

The  day  B.E.T.  program  is  designed  to  meet  the  needs  of  the  high 
school  graduate  or  the  student  transferring  from  a  community  college 
or  technical  institute  and  who  desires  the  full-time  day  curricula  on  the 
Northeastern  Cooperative  Plan. 

In  addition  to  its  traditional  curricula,  Lincoln  College  Evening  School 
offers  interdisciplinary  and  certificate  programs  providing  technologi- 
cal and  professional  development  opportunities  to  meet  special  needs 
of  the  part-time  student.  These  programs  are  designed  to  provide 
trained  people  for  ready  assimilation  by  the  engineering  field  and  to 
prepare  students  for  the  challenge  of  interfacing  technology  and  so- 
ciety. 

Recognizing  the  increasing  need  for  higher  levels  of  technical  effi- 
ciency in  fire  investigation,  fire  prevention,  and  fire  protection,  Lincoln 
College,  in  collaboration  with  local  firefighting  agencies,  has  designed 
a  part-time  evening  program  leading  to  an  Associate  in  Science  degree 
in  Fire  Technology.  The  curriculum  includes  a  broad  spectrum  of  those 
science  technologies  which  are  basic  in  coping  with  the  firefighting 
problems  attendant  to  the  complexities  of  today's  society. 

College  of  Nursing 

The  College  of  Nursing  offers  two  separate  and  distinct  programs  of 
study,  both  organized  on  the  Cooperative  Plan: 

(a)  A  three-year  curriculum  in  preparation  for  the  R.N.  Examinations 
leading  to  the  Associate  in  Science  degree. 

(b)  A  five-year  curriculum  also  preparing  students  for  the  R.N.  Ex- 
aminations, and  leading  to  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  in 
Nursing. 


22  /  THE  UNIVERSITY 

Five  of  Boston's  leading  hospitals  — Beth  Israel,  Children's  Hospital 
Medical  Center,  New  England  Deaconess,  Peter  Bent  Brigham,  and 
Massachusetts  General  —  collaborate  with  Northeastern  by  providing 
suitable  cooperative  work  opportunities  during  the  upperclass  years  of 
these  programs. 

College  of  Pharmacy  and  Allied  Health  Professions 

The  College  of  Pharmacy  and  Allied  Health  Professions  offers  five-year 
cooperative  curricula  leading  to  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  in 
Pharmacy,  and  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  with  majors  in  med- 
ical laboratory  science  (medical  technology,  cytotechnology,  hematol- 
ogy), medical  record  administration,  and  management  in  health  care 
agencies  and  institutions.  Associate  degree  programs  are  offered  in 
medical  laboratory  science,  respiratory  therapy,  dental  hygiene,  and 
cytotechnology  The  College  has  academic  responsibility  and,  in  coop- 
eration with  the  medical  schools  and  teaching  hospitals  in  the  Boston 
area,  offers  the  professional  program  for  physician  assistants. 

University  College 

University  College,  so  called  because  it  draws  upon  the  resources  of 
the  other  colleges  of  the  University,  offers  part-time  programs  in  Lib- 
eral Arts,  Business  Administration,  Law  Enforcement,  Education,  and 
Health,  leading  to  the  Associate  in  Science,  Bachelor  of  Arts,  and 
Bachelor  of  Science  degrees.  It  does  not  duplicate  the  offerings  of  the 
day  college,  but  provides  curricula  which  cut  across  traditional  subject- 
matter  areas  to  meet  the  particular  needs  of  adult  students.  Students 
may  pursue  a  degree  or  simply  take  courses,  based  on  needs  and  in- 
terests, up  to  a  total  of  forty  quarter  hours  of  credit.  Courses  are  of- 
fered in  Boston  as  well  as  at  Boxford,  Burlington,  Framingham,  Lynn, 
Haverhill,  Milford,  Weymouth,  and  several  other  convenient  locations. 

Adult  Day  Programs  refers  to  University  College  courses  that  are  of- 
fered Monday  through  Friday,  9:00  a.m.  to  5:00  p.m.,  to  meet  the  needs 
of  adults  with  family  or  other  obligations  who  wish  to  engage  in  part- 
time  study  during  the  day.  In  addition  to  the  daytime  offering  of  regular 
University  College  credit  courses,  Adult  Day  Programs  also  offers  day- 
time workshops  and  conferences,  sometimes  over  weekends,  with  the 
option  for  credit.  Adult  Day  Programs  are  offered  primarily  on  the  Bos- 
ton and  Burlington  campuses,  with  a  limited  number  of  courses  offered 
at  other  off-campus  locations. 

Students  may  enroll  as  degree  candidates  or  elect  single  courses  ap- 
propriate to  their  needs  and  interests.  Courses  are  scheduled  in  the 
day  and  evening  at  the  Boston  Campus,  Suburban  Campus  in  Burling- 
ton, and  other  off-campus  locations  near  Boston. 


THE   UNIVERSITY  /  23 

GRADUATE  SCHOOLS 

Actuarial  Science 

Master  of  Science  in  Actuarial  Science. 

Arts  and  Sciences 

The  Master  of  Arts  degree  may  be  earned  in  economics,  English,  his- 
tory, political  science,  psychology,  sociology,  and  social  anthropology. 
The  Master  of  Science  degree  is  available  in  biology,  chemistry,  math- 
ematics, and  physics.  The  Master  of  Science  in  Health  Science  and  the 
Master  of  Public  Administration  degrees  are  also  offered.  In  addition, 
there  are  programs  leading  to  the  Doctor  of  Philosophy  degree  in  biol- 
ogy, chemistry,  economics,  mathematics,  physics,  psychology,  and 
sociology. 

Boston-Bouve  College 

Master  of  Science  in  Physical  Education  and  Master  of  Science  in 
Recreation  Education. 

Business  Administration 

Master  of  Business  Administration. 

Criminal  Justice 

Master  of  Science  in  Criminal  Justice. 

Education 

Master  of  Education,  Doctor  of  Education,  and  the  Certificate  of  Ad- 
vanced Graduate  Study. 

Engineering 

Master  of  Science  with  course  specification,  including  a  special  six- 
year  program  in  Power  Systems  Engineering  leading  to  both  bache- 
lor's and  master's  degrees  in  Electrical  Engineering;  a  similar  six-year 
program  in  Mechanical  Engineering  leading  to  both  bachelor's  and 
master's  degrees;  the  Master  of  Science  degree  in  Civil  Engineering; 
master's  degrees  in  Industrial  Engineering  and  Engineering  Manage- 
ment; the  professional  Engineer  degree  in  Electrical  Engineering;  the 
Doctor  of  Engineering  degree  in  Chemical  Engineering;  and  the  Ph.D. 
degree  in  the  Electrical,  Chemical,  Civil,  and  Mechanical  Engineering. 
In  addition,  the  intermediate  degree  of  Engineer  is  offered. 


24  /  THE  UNIVERSITY 


Law 


The  School  of  Law  offers  a  full-time  program  of  professional  instruc- 
tion leading  to  the  degree  of  Juris  Doctor  (J.D.).  The  three-year  cur- 
riculum includes  twelve  months  of  experience  in  law  offices.  There  are 
no  courses  for  part-time  or  evening  students. 

Pharmacy  and  Allied  Health  Professions 

Master  of  Science  with  specialization  in  Hospital  Pharmacy,  Industrial 
Pharmacy,  Medical  Chemistry,  Pharmacology,  Medical  Laboratory  Sci- 
ence, and  Doctor  of  Philosophy  in  Medical  Chemistry. 

Professional  Accounting 

A  five-quarter  curriculum  leading  to  the  degree  of  Master  of  Science 
in  Accounting. 

Some  of  these  programs  are  offered  on  the  Cooperative  Plan;  others 
provide  teaching  and  research  fellowships  for  able  candidates.  The 
graduate  schools  are  under  the  jurisdiction  of  the  basic  college  deans. 

CENTER  FOR  CONTINUING  EDUCATION 

The  Center  for  Continuing  Education  was  established  to  relate  the  Uni- 
versity to  the  needs  of  its  community  in  a  period  of  accelerated  change. 
Its  programs  are  composed  of  seminars,  conferences,  institutes,  fo- 
rums, and  a  wide  variety  of  special  courses  designed  to  serve  specific 
needs.  The  Division  of  Special  Programs,  working  cooperatively  with 
trade  associations  and  professional  societies,  offers  a  wide  variety  of 
programs  dealing  with  current  needs  and  problems.  Through  its  Divi- 
sion of  Community  Services,  working  with  governmental  agencies  and 
community  organizations,  the  Center  is  becoming  increasingly  in- 
volved in  social  problems  on  both  the  local  and  national  level. 

Many  of  these  programs  are  conducted  at  Henderson  House,  North- 
eastern University's  conference  center  in  Weston,  Massachusetts. 

OFFICE  OF  EDUCATIONAL  RESOURCES 

The  Office  of  Educational  Resources  exists  to  provide  (1)  facilities  and 
services  that  enhance  student  learning;  (2)  instructional  services  and 
equipment  that  assist  faculty  in  providing  efficient  and  effective  in- 
struction; and  (3)  research  and  development  directed  toward  the  ulti- 
mate implementation  of  empirically  tested  instructional  systems  and 
innovations.  The  Instructional  Systems  Analysis  Group,  a  Special  Pro- 
jects Group,  and  three  divisions  —  Programmed  Learning,  Instruc- 
tional Media,  Instructional  Communications  —  carry  out  the  objectives. 


THE  UNIVERSITY  /  25 

Of  particular  student  interest  is  the  Center  for  Programmed  Study  lo- 
cated in  211  Dodge.  There,  students  study  courses  taught  via  self- 
instructional  programs,  use  programs  to  supplement  course  work, 
fulfill  course  prerequisite  requirements,  pursue  remedial  or  review 
knowledge,  or  study  just  for  fun.  Each  student's  activity  and  progress 
is  constantly  monitored;  faculty  assist  when  content  problems  arise. 
The  Instructional  Materials  Information  Center  provides  a  central  fa- 
cility and  clearinghouse  concerning  state-of-the-art  information  on 
educational  technology  and  innovations,  and  houses  instructional  ma- 
terials from  preschool  through  graduate  levels  such  as  texts,  pro- 
grams, activity  boxes,  slides,  filmstrips,  illustrations,  motion  pictures, 
laboratory  kits,  simulations,  models,  video  and  audio  tape,  teacher's 
manuals,  curriculum  guides,  research  reports,  standardized  tests,  and 
other  instructional  support  materials. 


DAY  PROGRAMS  FOR  ADULTS 

These  programs  were  developed  to  meet  the  needs  of  adults  who  wish 
to  engage  in  part-time  study  during  the  day  only.  Noncredit  courses 
and  undergraduate  and  graduate  degree  programs  are  offered  at  the 
Boston  and  Burlington  campuses.  Included  are  courses  from  the  Grad- 
uate School  of  Education,  the  Graduate  School  of  Arts  and  Sciences, 
University  College,  and  the  Center  for  Continuing  Education.  A  Human 
Relations  and  Adult  Counseling  Program  is  also  offered. 


AFFILIATED  PROGRAMS 

For  Dental  Hygienists 

The  Forsyth  School  for  Dental  Hygienists  conducts  a  two-year  program 
of  dental  hygiene  education  and  general  education  in  cooperation  with 
Northeastern  University.  Graduates  of  the  program  receive  the  Certifi- 
cate in  Dental  Hygiene  from  Forsyth  and  the  degree  of  Associate  in 
Science  from  Northeastern  University.  After  receiving  the  Associate 
degree,  students  may  pursue  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  from 
University  College  on  a  part-time  basis. 

Aviation  Technology 

Lincoln  College,  in  collaboration  with  Wiggins  Airways,  Inc.,  conducts 
full-time  day  programs  in  Aviation  Technology  in  which  the  student 
earns  the  Associate  in  Science  degree  and  may  become  licensed  by 
the  Federal  Aviation  Administration  with  commercial,  instrument,  and 
instructor  pilot  ratings. 


26  /  THE  UNIVERSITY 

Medical  Record  Science 

The  University,  in  affiliation  with  several  area  hospitals,  offers  a  three- 
year  program  leading  to  certification  in  Medical  Records  Science  for 
students  who  already  hold  a  bachelor's  degree  and  wish  to  qualify 
for  the  professional  examination  leading  to  registration  as  a  record 
librarian. 

For  Medical  Technologists,  Cytotechnologists,  Hematologists 

In  cooperation  with  the  New  England  Baptist  and  the  New  England 
Deaconess  Hospitals,  Northeastern  University  offers  a  full-time  day 
program  on  the  Cooperative  Plan  leading  to  the  degree  of  Bachelor 
of  Science. 

Bachelor  of  Science  degree  programs  in  Medical  Technology,  Cyto- 
technology,  and  Hematology  are  offered  on  a  part-time  basis  by  Uni- 
versity College  in  cooperation  with  several  approved  hospital  schools. 

For  Nurses 

Northeastern  University  offers  instruction  in  the  sciences,  humanities, 
and  social  studies  for  student  nurses  from  the  New  England  Deaconess 
and  Children's  Hospital  Medical  Center  Schools  of  Nursing. 

Physician  Assistant 

In  cooperation  with  the  Massachusetts  Medical  Society,  Northeastern 
offers  an  18-month  program  for  the  primary  care  physician  assistant. 
Clinical  rotations,  supplemental  to  courses  taken  on  campus,  take 
place  at  Boston-area  hospitals. 

For  Radiologic  Technologists 

University  College,  in  collaboration  with  more  than  fifty  A.M.A.-ac- 
credited  Hospital  Schools  of  Radiologic  Technology  located  in  the  New 
England  area,  conducts  a  program  leading  to  certification  as  a  regis- 
tered Radiologic  Technologist  (R.T.)  and  the  Associate  in  Science  de- 
gree. 

For  Respiratory  Therapists 

This  program  is  conducted  by  University  College  and  the  College  of 
Pharmacy  and  Allied  Health  Professions  in  affiliation  with  local  hos- 
pitals. 


buildings  and  facilities 


Location  of  Main  Campus 

The  main  campus  of  Northeastern  University  is  located  at  360  Hunting- 
ton Avenue  in  the  Back  Bay  section  of  Boston.  Many  of  the  city's  fa- 
mous cultural,  educational,  and  philanthropic  institutions  are  situated 
in  the  Back  Bay,  including  the  Museum  of  Fine  Arts,  Symphony  Hall, 
Horticultural  Hall,  the  Isabella  Stewart  Gardner  Museum,  the  Harvard 
teaching  hospitals,  and  many  schools  and  colleges.  Most  are  within 
walking  distance  of  Northeastern  University. 

Major  transportation  facilities  serving  the  Boston  area  are  Logan  Inter- 
national Airport,  two  rail  terminals,  bus  terminals  serving  inter-  and 
intrastate  lines,  and  MBTA  subway-bus  service  within  the  metropolitan- 
suburban  area.  There  is  a  subway  stop  in  front  of  the  campus.  For 
motorists,  the  best  routes  to  the  campus  are  the  Massachusetts  Turn- 
pike (Exit  22)  and  Route  9,  of  which  Huntington  Avenue  is  the  intown 
section. 

The  campus  of  47  acres  is  divided  by  Huntington  Avenue,  with  the 
main  educational  buildings  on  one  side  and  dormitories  on  the  other. 
The  principal  buildings,  all  of  which  have  been  constructed  since  1938, 
are  of  glazed  brick  in  contemporary  classic  style.  Some  are  intercon- 
nected by  underground  passageways. 

Carl  S.  Ell  Student  Center 

The  Carl  S.  Ell  Student  Center  provides  facilities  for  student  recreation 
and  for  extracurricular  activities.  The  Alumni  Auditorium,  with  a  seat- 
ing capacity  of  1,300,  is  part  of  the  Center.  Also  included  are  special 
drama  facilities,  a  ballroom,  main  lounge,  fine  arts  exhibition  area,  stu- 
dent offices,  conference  rooms,  and  a  dining  area  seating  more  than 
1 ,000. 

The  University  Library 

The  Dodge  Library  is  the  main  library  on  the  Boston  campus  and 
maintains  an  open-stack  system.  Bound  volumes  in  the  library  system 
exceed  360,000,  and  microform  titles,  267,000.  Collections  are  located 
in  these  areas: 

27 


28  /  BUILDINGS  AND  FACILITIES 

1.  The  General  Collection  in  the  book  stacks  as  indicated  by  the 
classification  number  given  in  the  upper  left  corner  of  the  catalog 
card. 

2.  The  Reference  Collection  in  the  Cabot  Reading  Room  to  the  left 
of  the  circulation  desk,  which  includes  bibliographies,  maps, 
company  publications,  the  pamphlet  file,  and  association  publi- 
cations. Theses,  under  the  supervision  of  the  Reference  Dept., 
are  housed  in  the  basement  and  should  be  requested  in  the 
Reference  Room. 

3.  The  Periodical  Collection  in  the  Webster  Reading  Room  to  the 
right  of  the  circulation  desk,  consisting  of  current  periodicals, 
periodical  indexes,  and  abstracts,  with  two  stack  levels  ad- 
jacent for  back  files  of  bound  volumes.  The  Microfilm  Collection 
in  Room  108,  adjacent  to  the  Webster  Reading  Room. 

4.  The  Reserve  Book  Collection  on  the  second  floor. 

5.  The  Foreign  Literature  Collections  in  the  Webster  Reading  Room 
to  the  right  of  the  circulation  desk. 

6.  The  collections  of  fine  arts,  housed  in  the  Richardson  Room  on 
the  second  floor.  The  audio  facility  for  spoken  and  music  record- 
ings and  magnetic  tapes  for  instructional  and  individual  use  also 
located  in  this  room. 

7.  The  American  and  English  Literature  Collections  in  the  Litera- 
ture Reading  Room. 

8.  Government  documents  maintained  on  the  basement  level. 

There  are  also  book  catalogs  of  the  collections  in  the  library  at  Nor- 
wood Airport,  Math/Psychology  Library,  Chemistry  Library,  and  in  both 
the  Documents  and  Reserve  Book  Rooms.  There  is  an  information  desk 
in  the  Reserve  Book  Room  to  assist  people  in  using  the  card  catalog 
during  the  day. 

The  Circulation  Department  has  a  printed  list  of  all  materials  charged 
out,  which  may  be  consulted  by  all  users.  To  borrow  materials,  Uni- 
versity identification  must  be  presented.  For  extensive  research,  where 
the  University  Library  does  not  have  the  material,  application  should 
be  made  to  the  Inter-Library  Loan  Librarian  for  materials  needed  from 
other  libraries.  Information  service  is  available  in  this  department  in 
the  evenings. 


BUILDINGS  AND   FACILITIES  /  29 
Library  Hours — Boston  Campus 

Reference  and 
Regular  Periodical  Only 

Monday — Thursday  7:45  a.m.  to  10:00  p.m.        10:00  p.m. — 12:00  p.m. 

Friday  7:45  a.m.  to  7:30  p.m.  7:30  p.m.— 10:00  p.m. 

Saturday  &  Sunday  1 :00  p.m.  to  5:00  p.m.         12:00  p.m. —  1:00  p.m. 

5:00  p.m.— 10:00  p.m. 

5:30  p.m.— 12:00  a.m. 

(Sundays) 

The  University  Library  System  includes  three  graduate  libraries  in  the 
Division  of  Research.  Physics-electrical  engineering  is  housed  in  325 
Dana  Research  Center.  Mathematics-psychology  is  housed  on  the  fifth 
floor  of  the  United  Reality  Building  and  chemistry  is  located  on  the 
first  floor  of  Hurtig  Hall. 

Library  Hours — Suburban  Campus,  Burlington 

Monday — Thursday        8:30  a.m. — 9:00  p.m. 

Friday  8:30  a.m. — 7:00  p.m. 

Library  will  be  open  every  other  Saturday  1:00  p.m. — 5:00  p.m. 

Cabot  Physical  Education  Center 

The  Godfrey  Lowell  Cabot  Physical  Education  Center  is  one  of  the  best 
equipped  in  New  England.  It  contains  four  basketball  courts,  an  athletic 
cage,  a  women's  gymnasium,  and  a  rifle  range,  as  well  as  administra- 
tive offices  for  the  Department  of  Athletics  and  for  the  Physical  Educa- 
tion Department  of  Boston-Bouve  College. 

A  recent  addition  to  the  Center,  the  Barletta  Natatorium,  houses  a 
105-foot  swimming  pool,  a  practice  tank  for  the  crew,  handball  courts, 
and  shower  and  dressing  facilities. 

Dockser  Hall 

Charles  and  Estelle  Dockser  Hall,  completed  in  1968,  houses  a  large 
gymnasium,  dance  studio,  motor  performance  laboratory,  college  li- 
brary, community  recreation  laboratory,  folk  arts  center,  dark  and 
music  rooms,  recreation  resources  area,  locker  rooms,  offices,  class- 
rooms, conference  room  and  lounge,  storage  facilities,  and  a  research 
laboratory. 


30  /  BUILDINGS  AND  FACILITIES 

SUBURBAN  FACILITIES 

Suburban  Campus 

The  Suburban  Campus,  located  near  the  junction  of  Routes  128  and  3 
in  Burlington,  Massachusetts,  was  established  to  meet  the  needs  of 
individuals  and  of  industry  in  the  area. 

In  addition  to  graduate  courses  in  engineering,  physics,  mathematics, 
business  administration,  science,  education,  and  the  arts,  portions  of 
undergraduate  programs  leading  to  the  associate  and  bachelor's 
degrees,  special  programs  for  adults  and  non-credit  state-of-the-art 
programs  are  offered. 

Henderson  House 

The  University's  conference  center,  Henderson  House,  is  located  in 
Weston,  Massachusetts.  The  Center  for  Continuing  Education  conducts 
short-term  courses,  seminars,  and  special  institutes  for  business,  pro- 
fessional, and  research  groups.  Henderson  House  is  twelve  miles  from 
the  main  campus. 

Warren  Center 

The  Warren  Center  for  Physical  Education  and  Recreation  in  Ashland, 
Massachusetts,  serves  as  a  year-round  outdoor  laboratory  for  students 
in  Boston-Bouve  College.  There  are  facilities  for  conferences,  special 
education  in  arts  and  crafts,  and  sports — including  aquatics.  Buildings 
include  a  lodge,  cottages,  and  an  infirmary. 

Marine  Science  Institute 

The  Marine  Science  Institute  at  Nahant,  Massachusetts,  about  20  miles 
northeast  of  Boston,  is  a  research  and  instruction  facility  engaged  pri- 
marily in  studies  of  marine  biology  and  oceanography.  The  Institute  is 
operated  the  year  around. 


lincoln  college 
administration 


Administrative  Officers 

William  F.  King,  B.S.,  M.S.,  P.E. 
Director 
Jacob  Wiren,  B.S.,  M.S.,  P.E.  Hollis  S.  Baird 

Assistant  Director  Assistant  to  the  Director 

Otis  F.  Cushman,  B.S.,  M.S. 
Assistant  Director 

Student  Counseling  Staff 

Hollis  S.  Baird 
Administrative  Coordinator 
Robert  J.  Averill,  B.S.,  M.S.  Richard  E.  Sprague,  B.S.,  B.B.A., 

Philip  W.  Dunphy,  B.S.,  M.Ed.  M.B.A.,  Ed.M. 

Charles  F.  Field,  B.S.,  M.Ed.  Jacob  Wiren,  B.S.,  M.S.,  P.E. 

Roderic  W.  Sommers,  B.S.,  M.Ed.  Kenneth  S.  Woodward,  B.S.,  M.S. 

Committee  on  Regulations  and  Discipline 

William  F.  King,  Chairman 
Hollis  S.  Baird  Otis  F.  Cushman 

Kenneth  S.  Woodard  Kenneth  W.  Ballou 

Kenneth  C.  Solano  President,  Adult  Student  Council 


Academic  Standing  Committee 

Otis  F.  Cushman,  Chairman 


Hollis  S.  Baird 
William  F.  King 


Leroy  M.  Cahoon 
Otis  F.  Cushman 
Edward  M.  Cook 
'Robert  S.  Lang 


Jacob  Wiren 
Kenneth  S.  Woodard 

Academic  Advisory  Council 

William  F.  King,  Chairman 

Jacob  Wiren,  Wee  Chairman 

Hollis  S.  Baird,  Secretary 

Ernest  E.  Mills 
Louis  J.  Nardone 
Thomas  H.  Wallace 
Kenneth  S.  Woodward 

Curriculum  Advisory  Committee 

William  F.  King,  B.S.,  M.S.,  P.E. 

(Academic  Administration) 

Chairman 

Jacob  Wiren,  B.S.,  M.S.,  P.E. 

(continued  on  following  page) 

31 


32  /  LINCOLN  COLLEGE  ADMINISTRATION 


Vice  Chairman 

Otis  F.  Cushman,  B.S.,  M.S. 

Secretary 

Professor  Hollis  S.  Baird 


M.S. 


Robert  J.  Averill,  B.S 

(Circuit  Theory) 
Edward  Bobroff,  B.M.E.,  P.E.  (Mass) 

(Calculus) 
Eugene  G.  Branca,  S.B.,  S.M. 

(Basic  Mathematics) 
Franklyn  K.  Brown,  B.S.,  Ed.M. 

(Engineering  Design) 
William  O.  Bruehl 

(Mechanical  Engineering 

Laboratory) 
Leroy  M.  Cahoon,  B.S.  in  C.E.,  M.S., 

P.E.  (Mass) 

(Civil  Engineering  Technology) 
John  J.  Cochrane,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D. 

P.E.  (Mass,  N.Y.,  Vt.) 

(Environmental  Technology) 
Edward  M.  Cook,  A.B.,  A.M. 

(Mathematics) 
Warren  C.  Dean,  A.B.,  M.A. 

(Differential  Equations) 
Paul  A.  Dunkerley,  B.S.,  S.M., 

P.E.  (Mass) 

(Fluid  Mechanics) 
William  D.  Finan,  A.B.,  M.A. 

(Introductory  Mathematics) 
John  L.  Freedman,  B.S.,  P.E. 

(Electronics) 
David  Goldberg,  B.S.,  M.S. 

(Electrical  and  Electronic 

Graphics) 
Arthur  F.  Gustus,  B.S.,  Ed.M. 

(Physics) 
Francis  R.  Hankard,  B.S.,  M.A. 

(Physics) 
Joseph  J.  Hansen,  A.B.,  M.B.A. 

(Mathematics  for  Business 

Management) 
George  C.  Harrison 

(Pulse  Circuits  &  Elect.  Labs.) 


John  Kaczorowski,  Jr.,  B.S.,  M.S. 

(Electrical  Power  Engineering 

Technology) 
Gary  M.  Keighley,  B.S. 

(Flight  School) 
George  F.  Kent,  B.S.,  M.S., 

P.E.  (Mass) 

(Materials) 
Horatio  W.  Lamson,  B.S.,  M.A., 

P.E.  (Mass) 

(Electrical  Measurements) 
Robert  S.  Lang,  B.S.,  Ed.M. 

(Graphics  and  Computation) 
Demetre  P.  Ligor,  B.S.E.E.,  P.E. 

(Mass)  (Wave  Phenomena, 

Semiconductor  Physics  &  Devices) 
Walter  Messcher,  B.M.E.,  M.S. 

(Computer  Programming) 
Ernest  E.  Mills,  B.S.,  M.S.,  P.E. 

(Mass)  (Mechanical  Engineering 

Technology,  Day  and  Evening) 
Louis  J.  Nardone,  B.S.,  M.S., 

P.E.  (Mass) 

(Electrical  Engineering 

Technology,  Day  and  Evening) 
Bernard  C.  Reddy,  B.S.,  Ed.M. 

(Introductory  Physics) 
Harold  M.  Sharaf,  B.S.,  M.S. 

(Principles  of  Communication 

Systems) 
Thomas  H.  Wallace,  B.S.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

(Physics) 
Willard  B.  Whittemore,  B.S.,  in  C.E., 

Ed.M.,  C.A.G.S. 

(Algebra  and  Trigonometry) 
Albert  G.  Wilson,  Jr.,  B.S.  in  C.E., 

M.S.,  P.E.  (Mass),  S.E.  (Illinois) 

(Statistics  and  Dynamics) 
Kenneth  S.  Woodard,  B.S.,  M.S. 

(Aviation  Technology) 

Office  Staff 
Rasma  Galins,  Administrative  Secretary 
Ann  P.  Druke,  Secretary 
Doris  S.  Tortora,  Secretary 
Biljana  John,  Secretary  of  Records 


(Mass) 


the  role  and  scope 
of  lincoln  college 


Purpose 

Lincoln  College  is  charged  with  the  responsibility  for  developing  and 
offering  college-level  courses  and  curricula  of  an  applied-science  or 
technological  nature.  Its  purpose  is  to  assist  professional  personnel, 
qualified  to  deal  with  the  applications  and  uses  of  the  biological,  nat- 
ural, and  physical  sciences,  in  better  meeting  community  needs.  The 
programs  of  study  conducted  by  the  College  have  in  common  the 
following  purposes  and  characteristics: 

1.  The  programs  of  instruction  prepare  the  graduate  for  activities 
allied  to  the  fields  of  engineering,  science,  or  medicine,  but  are 
more  specialized  than  those  required  to  prepare  a  person  for 
full  professional  responsibilities. 

2.  The  programs  of  instruction  are  more  concise  and  more  com- 
pletely technological  in  content  than  professional  curricula, 
though  they  are  concerned  with  the  same  general  fields  of  scien- 
tific, engineering,  industrial,  or  clinical  specialization. 

3.  The  programs  of  instruction  are  based  upon  principles  of  sci- 
ence, and  include  post-secondary-school  mathematics  to  pro- 
vide the  tools  to  achieve  the  technological  objectives  of  the 
curricula. 

4.  Emphasis  is  placed  upon  the  use  of  rational  processes  in  con- 
verting theories  and  ideas  into  practical  techniques,  procedures, 
and  products. 

5.  Extensive  training  for  artisanship  or  craftsmanship  is  not  in- 
cluded within  the  scope  of  the  technological  education  pro- 
grams. 

6.  Graduates  from  the  associate  degree  programs  have  opportuni- 
ties for  educational  work  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Engineering 
Technology  and  Bachelor  of  Science  degrees. 


33 


34  /  THE  ROLE  AND  SCOPE  OF  LINCOLN  COLLEGE 

Technology  and  the  Technologist 

Scientific  and  technological  skills  range  over  a  broad  spectrum,  from 
extremely  simple  craftsmanlike  activity  to  highly  complex  and  abstract 
activity.  At  one  end  of  the  spectrum  is  the  professional  whose  work 
is  mostly  theoretical  in  character.  He  studies,  reasons,  and  visualizes 
how  new  knowledge  may  be  used  in  the  development  of  solutions  to 
technical  problems.  Usually  he  is  not  completely  knowledgeable  of  the 
detailed  procedures  used  by  the  skilled  craftsman  who  executes  the 
ideas,  procedures,  and  designs. 

The  technologist  is  the  pivot-man  on  the  professional-technologist- 
craftsman  team.  He  works  with  the  professional  engineer,  scientist, 
doctor,  supervisor,  and  craftsman  in  converting  knowledge  of  scientific 
theories  and  practical  craftsmanship  into  products,  procedures,  and 
techniques.  His  responsibilities  are  technologically  important — profes- 
sional opportunities  are  limited  only  by  ambition,  ability,  and  education. 

When  employed  in  research,  design,  or  development,  the  technologist 
usually  acts  as  direct  supporting  personnel  to  the  professionals.  If  he 
functions  in  a  capacity  related  to  production,  operation,  testing,  or 
control,  he  usually  follows  a  course  prescribed  by  a  professional  but 
may  not  work  closely  under  his  direction.  If  installation,  maintenance, 
or  sales  are  his  areas  of  responsibility,  he  is  frequently  performing  a 
task  that  would  otherwise  have  to  be  performed  by  the  professional. 
He  thereby  assumes  the  more  routine  professional  functions  demanded 
by  our  increasingly  scientific  and  technical  society. 

In  executing  his  functions,  the  technologist  is  required  to  use  a  high 
degree  of  rational  thinking,  to  employ  post-secondary  school  mathe- 
matics and  the  principles  of  the  biological,  natural,  and  physical  sci- 
ences. The  skilled  technologist  works  with  his  mind  as  well  as  his 
hands.  He  considers  why,  as  well  as  how  things  work.  To  perform  his 
functions  efficiently,  the  technologist  must  effectively  communicate 
technical  and  scientific  information  mathematically,  graphically,  and 
linguistically. 

The  Need  for  Technologists 

Our  present  technological  age,  with  its  exploding  accumulation  of  new 
information  and  discoveries  in  the  physical,  natural,  and  life  sciences, 
has  increased  the  need  for  people  with  specialized  training  in  science 
and  technology.  Experts  have  recently  estimated  that  in  order  to  meet 
expanding  needs,  the  number  of  students  graduating  from  the  nation's 
professional  schools  must  double — a  goal  which  is  improbable  in  the 
near  future.  , 


THE  ROLE  AND  SCOPE  OF  LINCOLN  COLLEGE  /  35 

The  most  reasonable  alternative  is  to  make  our  professional  manpower 
most  efficient  by  providing  assistance  in  the  form  of  specially  trained 
technologists.  Manpower  experts  believe  that  the  present  ratio  of  less 
than  one  technologist  to  each  professional  should  ideally  be  nearer 
five  to  one. 

Opportunities  for  technologists  are  increasing  at  a  faster  rate  than  for 
any  other  occupational  group — a  50  percent  increase  is  expected  in 
the  next  five  years.  More  than  200,000  technologists  will  be  needed 
each  year;  schools  now  graduate  only  50,000  per  year.  The  technolo- 
gist's employment  opportunities  are  varied  and  much  demanded  in 
health  and  public  service  organizations;  atomic  energy  and  electric 
power  industries;  metal  fabricating  industries;  local,  state,  and  federal 
government  agencies;  the  armed  forces;  aerospace  industries;  chemi- 
cal, petroleum,  plastics,  and  metal  industries;  as  well  as  transportation 
and  communication  industries. 


PROGRAMS  OF  INSTRUCTION 

Recognizing  the  growing  need  for  technicians  and  technologists  and 
their  expanding  role  in  modern  society,  Lincoln  College  offers  Pre- 
Technology  Preparatory  Courses  and  degree  programs  leading  to  the 
Associate  in  Engineering  (A.E.);  Associate  in  Science  (A.S.);  and 
Bachelor  of  Engineering  Technology  (B.E.T.)  as  follows: 

Pre-Technology 

Introductory  Mathematics,  Basic  Mathematics,  Physics, 

and    English    pages  68-69 

Reading-Improvement  Program  (non-credit)    page  70 

Programmed  Instruction  Review  Courses  (non-credit)  page  70 

Aviation  Technology 

Aviation  Technology  (A.S.  degree) — 2  years  days page  72 

Civil  Engineering  Technology 

Architectural  Engineering  Technology  (A.E.  degree)  page  75 

Environmental  Engineering  (A.E.  degree)   page  76 

Structural  Engineering  Technology  (A.E.  degree)  page  77 

Surveying  and  Highway  Engineering  Technology 

(A.E.  degree)   page  78 

Civil  Engineering  Technology  (B.E.T.  degree)   pages  79-80 


36  /  THE  ROLE  AND  SCOPE  OF  LINCOLN  COLLEGE 

Electrical  Engineering  Technology 

Electrical  Power  Engineering  Technology  (A.E.  degree)  page  82 

Electronics  Engineering  Technology  (A.E.  degree)  page  83 

Electrical  Engineering  Technology  (B.E.T.  degree)  pages  84-86 

Electrical  Engineering  Technology  (B.E.T.  degree) pages  87-88 

(Day  Cooperative  Curriculum) 

Mechanical  Engineering  Technology 

Mechanical  Engineering  Technology  (A.E.  degree)   page  90 

Heat  Engineering  Technology  (A.E.  degree)   page  91 

Mechanical  Engineering  Technology  (B.E.T.  degree)  ....   pages  92-93 
Mechanical  Engineering  Technology  (B.E.T.  degree)  ....   pages  94-95 
(Day  Cooperative  Curriculum) 

Interdisciplinary  Science  and  Engineering  Technology  Programs 

Chemical-Physical  Technology  (A.S.  degree)    page  97 

Mathematical-Physical  Technology  (A.S.  degree)    page  98 

Fire  Technology  (A.S.  degree)  page  99 

Bioelectronic  Engineering  Technology  (A.E.  degree)  page  100 

Computer  Engineering  Technology  (A.E.  degree)  page  101 

Control  Systems  Engineering  Technology  (Certificate)    page  102 

Environmental  Control  Technology  (B.E.T.  degree)  ....   pages  103-104 
Mechanical-Structural  Engineering  (B.E.T.  degree)    page  105 

College  of  Engineering 

Part-time  Electrical,  Civil,  and  Mechanical  Engineering  Programs 
(B.S.  degree) 

These  programs  are  designed  for  fully  qualified  young  men  and  women 
who: 

1.  because  of  family  responsibilities  must  continue  to  be  gainfully 
employed  full  time  during  the  day,  but  who  wish  to  advance  by 
devoting  leisure  time  to  their  own  professional  development; 

2.  were  in  the  top  half  of  their  high  school  class,  but  at  graduation 
were  financially  unable  to  continue  their  education  at  the  col- 
lege level;  those  who  did  not  enjoy  top-half  standing  may  re- 
quire refresher  study; 

3.  realize  that  the  most  effective  way  to  achieve  their  full  potential 
in  these  days  of  specialization  is  to  earn  a  college  degree. 

All  of  the  courses  in  these  part-time  curricula  are  identical  with  those 


THE  ROLE  AND  SCOPE  OF  LINCOLN   COLLEGE  /  37 

offered  in  the  five-year,  day  cooperative  programs  and  are  taught  by 
the  same  faculty. 

The  University  reserves  the  right  to  withdraw,  modify,  or  add  to  the 
courses  offered  or  to  change  the  order  or  content  of  courses  in  any 
curriculum. 

Admission  Requirements 

It  is  important  that  applicants  for  admission  to  the  College  of  Engineer- 
ing complete  the  full  sequence  of  secondary  school  courses  in  En- 
glish, Mathematics,  and  Science.  The  following  subjects  should  be  in- 
cluded: English  (4  years),  Physics  or  Chemistry,  Algebra  (through 
quadratics),  Plane  Geometry,  and  Trigonometry. 

Admission  testing  requirements  may  be  met  in  one  of  three  ways: 

1.  by  submitting  the  results  of  the  College  Board  Scholastic  Apti- 
tude Test  previously  completed; 

2.  by  writing  the  College  Board  Scholastic  Aptitude  Test  during  the 
current  year;  the  Committee  on  Admissions  provides  full  infor- 
mation about  the  Scholastic  Aptitude  Tests; 

3.  by  completing  a  special  battery  of  tests  in  the  Northeastern  Uni- 
versity Counseling  and  Testing  Center,  Room  302,  Ell  Student 
Center. 

If  a  transfer  student  is  applying  for  advanced  standing  he  need  not 
complete  testing. 

In  evaluating  the  credentials  of  applicants,  the  Committee  on  Admis- 
sions takes  into  account  additional  study  which  may  have  been  com- 
pleted since  secondary  school  and,  where  relevant,  armed  forces  ex- 
perience. 

Applying  for  Admission 

Applications  for  freshman  admission  and  admission  with  advanced 
standing  may  be  obtained  by  writing  to  the  Department  of  Admissions, 
150  Richards  Hall,  Northeastern  University;  or  they  may  be  secured 
during  an  admissions  interview. 

A  personal  interview  is  not  required,  but  all  candidates  are  welcome  to 
make  an  appointment  with  an  admissions  counselor.  Interviews  may 
be  scheduled  from  8:30  a.m.  to  4:00  p.m.,  Monday  through  Friday,  and 
on  Saturday  from  9:00  to  11:30  a.m. 

The  candidate  will  be  notified  of  the  decision  of  the  Committee  on 


38  /  THE  ROLE  AND  SCOPE  OF  LINCOLN  COLLEGE 

Admissions  as  soon  as  all  credentials  have  been  received  and  evalu- 
ated. 

Candidates  who  have  successfully  completed  courses  at  other  institu- 
tions and  who  wish  to  transfer  to  Northeastern  should  read  the  follow- 
ing information  concerning  special  transfer  programs. 

Civil  and  Electrical  Engineering  Transfer  Programs  for  Associate 
Degree  Graduates 

Students  with  an  Associate  degree  from  an  accredited  technical  in- 
stitute, community  college,  or  junior  college  with  a  2.5  cumulative 
average  or  better  (c=2.0)  may  be  eligible  to  enter  a  special  transfer 
program  and  complete  the  civil  or  electrical  engineering  degree  in  five 
years.  Students  whose  associate  degree  program  did  not  include  a 
minimum  of  one  year  of  both  calculus  and  physics  will  not  be  eligible 
for  entry  at  this  level. 

Civil,  Electrical,  and  Mechanical  Engineering  Transfer  Programs  for 
Bachelor  of  Engineering  Technology  Graduates 

Students  with  a  Bachelor  of  Engineering  Technology  degree  or  its 
equivalent  from  an  accredited  college  or  university,  with  a  2.75  cumula- 
tive average  or  better  (c=2.0),  may  be  eligible  to  complete  one  of  the 
specified  bachelor  of  science  in  engineering  programs  by  taking  a 
minimum  of  40  quarter  hours  (10  courses)  of  work.  The  courses  to  be 
taken  are  assigned  by  a  departmental  advisor  and  are  based  whenever 
possible  on  the  student's  previous  background.  The  average  require- 
ment has  been  12  courses  (48  quarter  hours)  which  can  be  completed 
in  two  years.  Students  who  have  a  Bachelor  of  Engineering  Technol- 
ogy, Bachelor  of  Science  in  Engineering  Technology,  or  a  Bachelor  of 
Science  in  Engineering  degree  that  is  not  professionally  accredited 
may  be  required  to  take  significantly  more  courses. 

All  Other  Transfers 

Students  with  previous  academic  experience  not  covered  in  the  above 
categories  will  be  placed  at  an  appropriate  point  in  the  program  they 
select,  based  on  a  course-for-equivalent-course  credit  evaluation. 

Questions  concerning  these  programs  may  be  referred  to  the  Depart- 
ment of  Admissions  (437-2213),  or  to  the  Office  of  the  Dean  of  the  Col- 
lege of  Engineering  (437-2152). 

The  final  date  of  application  will  be  Friday  of  the  first  week  in  Septem- 
ber for  the  Fall  Quarter. 

Admission  to  the  Winter  and  Spring  Quarters  is  limited  to  transfer 
students  only. 


THE  ROLE  AND  SCOPE  OF  LINCOLN   COLLEGE  /  39 


The  College  Year 


Each  academic  year  is  composed  of  three  twelve-week  quarters,  be- 
ginning late  in  September  and  ending  about  the  middle  of  June.  Full 
details  in  regard  to  registration  are  mailed  approximately  one  month 
in  advance.  The  programs  are  offered  only  at  the  Boston  Campus. 

Tuition 

The  tuition  charge  for  courses  is  $54.00  per  quarter  hour.  Students  nor- 
mally carry  from  five  to  nine  quarter  hours  each  twelve-week  quarter. 

Schedule  of  Classes 

Class  will  normally  meet  two  evenings  each  week,  and  occasionally  on 
Saturday  morning.  Laboratory  classes  meet  additional  evenings. 


#£, 


: '.,*,• 


£3* 


2^|5, 


*  ., >.>i 


ft 


«*-    ..— •  ^ 


"*      rJ- 


■ 
*   .****j  •  ■.**  * 


i.  *&L  W*5  ^*  'j&.  • 


*r-  ^ 


admissions 
information 


ADMISSION 


The  Student  Body 


The  student  body  of  Lincoln  College  is  composed  of  recent  high 
school  graduates  and  mature  men  and  women.  Most  students  are  em- 
ployed in  industry,  with  vocational  experience  ranging  from  very  little 
for  the  recent  secondary  school  graduate,  to  as  much  as  twenty  or 
thirty  years  for  individuals  seeking  increased  professional  responsibil- 
ity and  status.  Many  technical  career  categories  are  represented — 
industrial,  engineering,  scientific,  and  allied-medical — demonstrating 
that,  in  our  increasingly  complex  society,  the  key  to  personal  advance- 
ment is  education. 

Academic  Background 

A  firm  knowledge  of  the  fundamentals  of  mathematics  and  science  is 
the  foundation  upon  which  successful  achievements  in  the  more  ad- 
vanced technological  courses  are  built. 

Applicants  to  Lincoln  College  are,  in  many  cases,  mature  adults  who, 
although  they  have  experience  in  industry  or  previous  education,  have 
been  away  from  formal  study  for  some  time  and,  therefore,  have 
doubts  concerning  their  study  habits  and  their  algebra,  geometry,  and 
science  proficiency.  Those  who  anticipate  some  difficulty  in  adjusting 
to  the  first-year  course  requirements  are  advised  to  give  very  serious 
consideration  to  enrolling  in  non-credit  courses  in  introductory  mathe- 
matics, introductory  physics,  and/or  introductory  chemistry.  These 
courses  are  designed  to  develop  adequate  background  for  the  basic 
courses  in  the  degree  programs. 

i  Program  Counseling 

Career  planning  through  self-analysis  and  professional  counseling  as- 
sists students  in  planning  educational  programs  appropriate  to  their 
objectives.  Entering  students  are  encouraged  to  arrange  for  personal 
interviews  with  Lincoln  College  program  counselors  for  assistance  in 
.planning  their  academic  programs.  Counselors  are  available  by  ap- 
pointment at  the  Huntington  Avenue  Campus,  Boston;  the  Suburban 
Campus,   Burlington;  the  North   High  School,   Framingham;  the  Wey- 

41 


42  /  ADMISSIONS  INFORMATION 

mouth  North  High  School,  Weymouth;  the  Norwood  Junior  High  School 
North,  Norwood;  Norwood  Airport,  Norwood;  and  the  Lynn  English 
High  School,  Lynn.  Students  are  encouraged  to  present  records  of 
prior  education  whenever  possible.  The  effectiveness  of  the  counseling 
review  is  greatly  enhanced  by  this  information.  The  University,  through 
its  Counseling  and  Testing  Center  and  its  Career  Information  Center, 
is  also  prepared  to  assist  applicants  whose  educational  and  voca- 
tional goals  are  more  complex  or  less  firmly  defined. 

Application  for  Admission 

Applications  for  the  programs  of  study  offered  in  the  Lincoln  College 
are  accepted  for  admission  to  the  Fall  (September),  Winter  (January), 
Spring  (March),  and  Summer  (June)  Quarters.  Applications  should  be 
filed  as  early  as  possible  in  advance  of  the  opening  of  the  quarter  for 
which  the  student  desires  to  register  in  order  that  eligibility  and  status 
may  be  established. 

Information  concerning  admission  may  be  obtained  either  by  writing  to 
Lincoln  College  or  by  requesting  it  at  the  time  of  visiting  the  College. 
The  application  for  admission  should  be  completed  in  detail  and  sub- 
mitted to  Lincoln  College,  Northeastern  University,  Boston,  Massachu- 
setts 02115. 

All  inquiries  relative  to  the  Day  Cooperative  programs  should  be  re- 
ferred to  the  Day  College  Admissions  Office,  150  Richards  Hall.  (See 
pages  87-88  and  94-95.) 

Mathematics  Placement  Test 

Applicants  requesting  admission  to  regular  first-year  mathematics  are 
required  to  demonstrate  proficiency  in  introductory  or  basic  mathe- 
matics through  the  Lincoln  College  Mathematics  Placement  Test.  Stu- 
dents who  request  enrollment  in  the  non-credit  Introductory  Mathe- 
matics course  are  not  required  to  take  the  test.  The  Mathematics 
Placement  Test  will  be  administered  during  the  registration  period  for 
each  term  of  instruction  at  the  Huntington  Avenue  Campus,  Boston, 
and  the  Suburban  Campus,  Burlington.  The  Mathematics  Placement 
Test  will  be  administered  on  selected  dates  at  the  North  High  School, 
Framingham;  the  Weymouth  High  School,  Weymouth;  the  Lynn  English 
High  School,  Lynn;  and  the  Norwood  Junior  High  School  North,  Nor- 
wood. In  addition,  the  test  is  administered  during  the  summer  months. 
Contact  the  Lincoln  College  Office,  219  Hayden  Hall,  at  the  Boston 
Campus  (437-2500). 

Students  who  demonstrate  satisfactory  proficiency  in  the  test  will  be 
permitted  to  register  for  the  first-year  courses  in  the  program  of  their 


ADMISSIONS   INFORMATION  /  43 

choice.  To  enroll  in  Engineering  Physics  (11.317)  the  student  may  need 
to  take  Introductory  Physics. 

If  need  for  a  strengthening  of  mathematical  background  is  indicated, 
the  applicant  will  be  assigned  to  the  Introductory  Mathematics  course. 

Students  enrolling  in  Introductory  Mathematics  may  fill  out  their  sched- 
ule by  enrolling  in  Introductory  Physics,  Introductory  Chemistry,  or 
Engineering  Graphics. 

In  every  case  the  student  should  carefully  consider  his  combined  work 
and  study  load  and  register  for  only  those  courses  which  contribute  to 
the  development  of  a  firm  knowledge  of  fundamentals  and  which  en- 
able him  to  adjust  to  academic  study  requirements. 


CLASSIFICATION  OF  STUDENTS 

Applicants  who  have  filed  an  Application  for  Admission  and  who  are 
approved  by  the  Lincoln  College  Academic  Standing  Committee  are 
admitted  as  regular  degree  candidate  students  in  the  program  which 
they  have  indicated  on  the  application. 

Special  Students 

Students  having  specific  course  needs,  who  do  not  desire  a  degree, 
may  register  for  the  courses  if  they  have  the  required  prerequisites  or 
their  equivalent.  These  students  will  be  enrolled  as  "special  students." 

Matriculation 

Degree  candidates  must  file  a  petition  for  matriculation  when  they  have 
completed  a  minimum  of  forty  quarter-hours  of  work  in  Lincoln  Col- 
lege, for  a  review  of  their  academic  record  and  to  insure  that: 

1.  The  student  is  entered  in  the  permanent  record  as  a  degree  can- 
didate in  the  program  of  his  choice; 

2.  Advanced  standing  credit  for  transfer  students  is  entered  in  their 
permanent  record. 

This  review  will  assure  that  the  student  has: 

1.  Attained  a  satisfactory  quality  point  average; 

2.  Presented  evidence  of  completion  of  an  accredited  secondary 
school  program  by  submission  of  a  transcript  of  record  or  a 
high  school  equivalency  certificate; 


44  /  ADMISSIONS  INFORMATION 

3.  Demonstrated  acceptable  levels  of  ability  and  achievement  in  15 
units*  of  secondary  school  and/or  collegiate  work  as  follows: 

Verbal  Communication  4  units 

Mathematics  and  Computation  3  units 

Science  and  Technology  3  units 

Other  5  units 

4.  The  Academic  Standing  Committee  may  require  a  student  to 
take  one  or  more  aptitude  or  interest  tests  if  his  credentials  or 
academic  record  fail  to  completely  satisfy  the  criteria  for  prob- 
able academic  success.  These  tests  will  be  administered  by  the 
University  Counseling  and  Testing  Center.  A  fee  is  charged  for 
these  tests. 


TRANSFER  STUDENTS  AND  ADVANCED  STANDING  CREDITS 

Students  transferring  from  community  colleges,  junior  colleges,  tech- 
nical institutes,  or  other  colleges  and  universities  may  transfer  appli- 
cable credits  toward  the  degree  requirements  of  Lincoln  College. 

Students  admitted  with  transfer  or  advanced  standing  credits  from  an- 
other institution  must  meet  the  requirements  for  admission  as  set  forth 
under  the  regulations  applicable  to  regular  students.  Advanced  stand- 
ing in  Lincoln  College  may  be  obtained  by  (1)  transfer  of  credits  or 
(2)  proficiency  examination. 

Transfer  of  Credits 

Subject  to  the  approval  of  the  Academic  Standing  Committee,  credits 
may  be  awarded  for  academic  work  completed  in  other  approved 
schools,  colleges,  or  universities  if  the  following  criteria  are  met:  (a) 
the  content  of  the  course  being  submitted  is  equivalent  to  that  of  the 
corresponding  course  in  Lincoln  College;  (b)  the  average  grade 
achieved  in  the  course  submitted  is  "C"  or  higher;  and  (c)  the  remote- 
ness of  the  time  of  study  does  not  negate  its  use  as  a  prerequisite  for 
an  advanced  course. 

Applicants  desiring  advanced  standing  credit  by  transfer  should  indi- 
cate this  desire  at  the  time  of  filing  the  application  for  admission.  The 
applicant  should  request  the  Registrar  of  the  institutions  of  previous 
attendance  to  mail  an  official  transcript  to  the  Lincoln  College  Office. 

Proficiency  Examinations 

Applicants  who  do  not  meet  all  the  criteria  for  the  normal  transfer  of 


*A  unit  represents  a  year's  work  in  a  subject  at  an  approved  secondary  school,  community 
college,  junior  college,  technical  institute,  or  university. 


ADMISSIONS   INFORMATION  /  45 

credits,  but  who  are  able  to  supply  evidence  of  sufficient  knowledge  of 
a  subject  as  a  result  of  previous  training  or  experience,  may  petition 
the  Academic  Standing  Committee  for  the  privilege  of  taking  a  Pro- 
ficiency Examination.  If  satisfactory  proficiency  is  indicated  by  the  ex- 
amination, advanced  standing  credits  may  be  awarded  or  a  substitute 
course  may  be  recommended. 

Readmission 

Former  students  who  seek  readmission  to  continue  a  program  of  study 
after  having  withdrawn  from  the  College  for  a  period  of  time,  may  be 
required  to  repeat  courses  which  are  prerequisites  to  advanced  work. 

REGISTRATION 
Registration  for  Courses 

Completion  of  admission  requirements  does  not  constitute  official  reg- 
istration for  courses.  All  students  must  be  properly  registered  before 
attending  classes.  Registrations  are  processed  by  the  Registrar's  Of- 
fice during  the  official  registration  periods.  Former  students  should 
ascertain  completion  of  prerequisite  courses  before  registration.  Stu- 
dents may  register  for  full-year  sequences  of  courses  during  the  offi- 
cial registration  periods.  They  are  urged  to  register  as  early  as  pos- 
sible in  order  to  obtain  the  desired  class  schedule. 

Changes  in  Registration 

Changes  in  program  should  be  initiated  before  the  opening  day  of 
classes  during  the  official  registration  periods. 

Official  Registration  Periods 

Official  registration  periods  are  scheduled  before  the  Fall,  Winter, 
Spring,  and  Summer  Quarters  during  the  academic  year.  Students  are 
urged  to  register  as  early  as  possible  during  these  periods.  Dates  of 
registration  periods  for  each  quarter  are  listed  in  the  official  1975-1977 
Academic  Calendar  (see  pages  6  and  7). 

Withdrawal 

Simply  ceasing  to  attend  classes  or  notifying  the  instructor  does  not 
constitute  official  withdrawal  from  a  course.  To  withdraw  officially 
from  a  course,  the  student  must  notify  the  Registrar's  Office  in  writing 
or  complete  the  appropriate  withdrawal  form.  Properly  registered  stu- 
dents who  do  not  attend  one  of  the  first  three  sessions  in  any  course 
will  be  automatically  withdrawn  from  the  class  roll. 

Courses  in  Other  Departments  of  the  University 

Lincoln  College  students  assigned  to  courses  in  other  departments  of 
the  University  are  charged  the  tuition  rates  and  other  fees  effective  in 
the  departments  in  which  they  are  enrolled. 


academic  information 


ACADEMIC  OPERATIONS 

Campuses  and  Extensions 

AM  courses  are  offered  at  the  Huntington  Avenue  Campus,  Boston, 
with  some  courses  available  at  the  Suburban  Campus  or  Burlington 
High  School,  Burlington;  and  at  Masconomet  Regional  High  School, 
Boxford;  North  High  School,  Framingham;  Haverhill  High  School, 
Haverhill;  English  High  School,  Lynn;  Milford  High  School,  Milford; 
North  High  School,  Weymouth;  Norwood  Junior  High  School  North, 
Norwood;  and  for  Aviation  Technology  students  at  the  Norwood  Air- 
port, Norwood. 


The  Quarter  Calendar 

The  regular  school  year,  from  September  to  June,  is  divided  into  three 
quarters  of  thirteen  weeks  each.  Twelve  weeks  are  scheduled  for  in- 
struction and  final  examinations  with  one  week  available  for  makeup 
classes  or  vacation  time.  A  limited  program  of  courses  is  offered  dur- 
ing the  Summer  Quarter. 


Class  Sessions 

At  the  Huntington  Avenue  Campus,  lecture  periods  consist  of  one  hour 
and  forty-minute  sessions  beginning  at  4:10  p.m.,  6:00  p.m.,  and  7:50 
p.m.  each  weekday  and  at  9:00  a.m.  or  10:50  a.m.  on  Saturdays.  At  the 
Suburban  Campus  and  Burlington  High  School,  Burlington,  lecture  pe- 
riods will  begin  at  4:10  p.m.,  6:00  p.m.,  and  7:50  p.m.  At  the  North 
High  School,  Framingham,  lecture  periods  will  begin  at  6:15  p.m.  and 
7:55  p.m.  At  the  North  High  School,  Weymouth;  Masconomet  Regional 
High  School,  Boxford;  Lynn  English  High  School,  Lynn;  Haverhill  High 
School,  Haverhill;  Milford  High  School,  Milford;  Norwood  Junior  High 
School  North,  Norwood;  and  Norwood  Airport,  Norwood,  lecture  peri- 
ods will  begin  at  6:00  or  7:50  p.m.  each  evening.  Day  sessions  at  Nor- 
wood Airport  begin  at  8:00  a.m.  each  morning.  Design  and  laboratory 
courses  are  of  longer  duration  and  may  occupy  a  full  evening.  All 
laboratory  courses  are  conducted  on  the  Huntington  Avenue  Campus. 

46 


ACADEMIC   INFORMATION  /  47 

Course  Work 

All  the  usual  methods  of  instruction  are  employed — lectures,  home 
assignments,  class  projects,  laboratory  work,  irregularly  scheduled 
quizzes,  and  formal  examinations.  In  addition,  mid-course  examina- 
tions are  scheduled  in  most  courses  and  a  final  examination  is  re- 
quired at  the  completion  of  all  courses.  Students  are  responsible  for 
fulfilling  all  the  requirements  of  a  course.  In  the  event  of  absence,  stu- 
dents must  make  appropriate  arrangements  for  makeup  with  the  in- 
structor. Students  must  follow  the  procedures  outlined  below  for 
makeup  of  missed  mid-term  or  final  examinations. 

Student  Study  Areas 

The  UNIVERSITY  LIBRARY  is  well  equipped  with  technical  literature. 
A  detailed  statement  about  its  facilities  and  hours  appears  on  pages 
27-29. 

The  privilege  of  obtaining  books  from  the  Boston  Public  Library  is  ex- 
tended to  students  of  Lincoln  College.  Application  for  this  privilege, 
which  involves  a  fee,  should  be  made  directly  to  the  Boston  Public 
Library. 

Additional  study  areas  are  available  in  the  Ell  Student  Center  Building. 

Attendance 

Students  absent  from  regularly  scheduled  sessions  in  any  subject,  for 
whatever  reason,  may  seriously  jeopardize  their  academic  progress 
and  status.  Students  are  expected  to  be  in  attendance  at  all  the  ses- 
sions scheduled  in  their  courses.  Excessive  absence  may  be  sufficient 
cause  for  the  Registrar  to  remove  the  subject(s)  from  the  student's 
schedule. 

Withdrawal 

Simply  ceasing  to  attend  classes  or  notifying  the  instructor  does  not 
constitute  official  withdrawal  from  a  course.  To  withdraw  officially  from 
a  course,  the  student  must  notify  the  Registrar's  Office  or  complete 
the  appropriate  withdrawal  form. 

The  Registrar  will  withdraw  the  student  from  a  course  who: 

1.  Does  not  attend  one  of  the  first  three  classes  at  the  beginning 
of  a  twelve-week  quarter; 

2.  Does  not  attend  one  of  the  first  two  classes  at  the  beginning  of 
a  summer  term. 


48  /  ACADEMIC  INFORMATION 

MAKEUP  EXAMINATIONS 

Mid-course  Examinations 

A  student  absent  from  a  regularly  scheduled  mid-course  examination 
or  quiz  may  request  permission  to  take  a  makeup  examination.  This  is 
a  privilege  which  may  be  denied  if  abused  by  an  excessive  number  of 
petitions  or  for  other  reasons. 

Students  applying  for  makeup  examinations  must: 

1.  Request  from  the  instructor  permission  to  take  the  mid-term  ex- 
amination or  quiz; 

2.  The  instructor  will  forward  the  examination  to  the  Lincoln  Col- 
lege Office  for  processing. 

Makeup  mid-term  examinations  and  quizzes  will  be  given  on  a  Satur- 
day at  9:00  a.m.  in  a  designated  room  at  the  Huntington  Avenue  Cam- 
pus according  to  the  published  schedule.  Contact  the  Lincoln  College 
Office,  219  Hayden  Hall  (Telephone  437-2500). 

Any  student  who  does  not  take  the  makeup  examination  as  scheduled 
will  forfeit  the  makeup  privilege. 

Missed  Final  Examinations 

If  a  student  is  absent  from  a  final  examination,  he  will  receive  a  grade 
of  "I"  (Incomplete)  in  the  course.  He  may  petition  for  a  makeup  final 
examination  at  the  Registrar's  Office,  120  Hayden  Hall. 

A  student  does  not  automatically  have  the  right  to  make  up  a  missed 
final  examination.  Students  must  petition  for  this  privilege.  If  the  peti- 
tion is  granted,  the  student  must  pay  a  $5.00  fee  for  taking  the  special 
final  examination.  Petitions  may  be  obtained  from  the  Registrar's  Of- 
fice or  in  each  off-campus  Administration  Office.  Petitions  for  missed 
finals  must  be  filed  in  accordance  with  the  published  schedule.  Con- 
tact the  Lincoln  College  Office,  219  Hayden  Hall  (Telephone  437-2500). 

Students  will  be  notified  by  mail  when  and  where  to  take  the  missed 
final  examination.  All  examinations  will  be  administered  on  the  Boston 
Campus.  Those  who  do  not  take  makeup  final  examinations  as  sched- 
uled forfeit  the  makeup  privilege. 


ACADEMIC  STANDARDS 

The  student  is  required  to  maintain  appropriate  levels  of  academic 
achievement  in  terms  of  grades,  quality-point  average,  and  the  quanti- 


A  (4.0)- 

-Outstanding 

L 

B  (3.0)- 

-Good 

S 

C  (2.0)- 

-Satisfactory 

U 

D  (1.0)- 

-Poor 

X 

F   (0.0)- 

-Failure 

* 

I      (-)- 

-Incomplete 

ACADEMIC  INFORMATION  /  49 

tative  credit  requirements  of  his  program  of  study  to  satisfy  academic 
progress  criteria  and  achieve  graduation  from  Lincoln  College. 

Grading  System 

The  following  system  of  grading  is  used.  The  numerical  equivalent  for 
each  grade  is  in  parentheses. 

Audit  (No  Credit) 
— Satisfactory  (Pass-Fail  grade) 
— Unsatisfactory  (Pass-Fail  grade) 
— Incomplete  (Pass-Fail  grade) 
Grade  not  received 


A  general  average  of  "D"  is  unacceptable  and  will  not  allow  a  student 
to  continue  in  Lincoln  College  or  to  receive  a  degree  from  Northeast- 
ern University.  The  "F"  grade  is  a  definite  failure.  The  standard  proce- 
dure for  clearing  failures  in  courses  offered  in  Lincoln  College  is  to 
repeat  the  course.  In  some  instances  circumstances  may  warrant 
amending  the  standard  procedure.  These  circumstances  are  described 
in  the  Student  Handbook  for  day  students.  An  "I"  or  "X"  (incomplete) 
grade  is  used  for  a  temporary  grade  to  show  that  the  student  has  not 
completed  the  course  requirements. 

Pass-Fail  Courses 

Any  student  who  is  not  on  academic  probation  and  who  has  com- 
pleted forty  quarter  hours  of  academic  work  may  register  for  one 
pass/fail  course  and,  thereafter,  for  one  course  on  a  pass/fail  basis  for 
each  ten  quarter  hours  of  successfully  completed  work.  Written  per- 
mission of  the  appropriate  academic  dean  must  be  obtained  for  each 
pass/fail  course.  At  no  time  may  a  student  register  for  more  than  one 
pass/fail  course  per  quarter. 

Such  courses  will  be  restricted  to  free  electives  outside  the  major  field 
of  specialization,  so  that  no  part  of  the  specifically  prescribed  cur- 
ricula will  be  affected. 

The  grades  recorded  on  the  basis  of  the  pass/fail  system  of  grading 
will  not  figure  in  the  computation  of  the  QPA. 

Auditing  Policy 

Students  are  permitted  to  audit  courses  upon  filing  the  usual  registra- 
tion forms  and  paying  the  regular  tuition  fees.  There  is  no  reduction 
in  fees  for  auditing.  An  auditor  may  participate  in  class  discussion, 


50  /  ACADEMIC  INFORMATION 

complete  papers  and  projects  and  take  tests  and  examinations  for  in- 
formal evaluation,  if  desired.  However,  regardless  of  the  amount  or 
quality  of  work  completed,  no  academic  credit  will  be  granted  at  any 
time  for  courses  audited. 

Audit  Procedure 

The  student's  decision  to  take  a  course  on  an  audit  basis  must  be 
communicated  in  writing  to  the  Registrar  prior  to  the  fourth  class 
meeting  of  the  course.  No  exception  to  this  procedure  can  be  ap- 
proved without  authorization  by  the  Academic  Standing  Committee  of 
the  College. 

Grade  Reports 

Grades  are  mailed  to  the  student  by  the  Registrar  and  will  not  be  given 
out  at  the  office  of  either  the  Registrar  or  Lincoln  College.  Under  no 
circumstances  will  grades  be  given  over  the  telephone. 

Quality-Point  Average 

The  quality  points  earned  by  the  student  in  a  given  course  are  deter- 
mined on  the  basis  of  the  letter  grade  achieved  and  the  number  of 
credit  hours  carried  by  the  course.  The  total  quality  points  earned, 
divided  by  the  total  number  of  credit  hours,  constitute  the  quality-point 
average. 

1.  When  the  student  has  more  than  one  grade  in  the  same  course, 
the  most  recent  grade  will  be  used  in  the  calculation  of  the 
quality-point  average. 

2.  A  grade  of  "I"  will  not  be  considered  in  the  calculation  of  the 
final  quality-point  average. 

3.  Although  advanced  standing  credits  (ASC)  allowed  for  accept- 
able work  completed  at  other  institutions  by  transfer  students 
count  toward  completion  of  the  quantitative  credit  requirements, 
neither  the  credits  nor  the  grades  earned  in  such  courses  are 
included  in  quality-point  average  computations. 

4.  In  programs  made  up  of  combined  University  College  and  Lin- 
coln College  courses,  the  cumulative  quality-point  average  will 
include  all  work  in  both  colleges. 

For  example,  a  student  who  has  registered  for  seven  courses,  cleared 
a  failure  in  one  of  them  and  received  advanced  standing  credit  (ASC) 
in  another,  may  calculate  his  quality-point  average  as  follows: 


ACADEMIC  INFORMATION  /  51 


Credit     Quality 
Hours     Points 

X 

4  =  16.0 

X 

4  =  12.0 

X 

3  =     6.0 

X 

3  =     3.0 

X 

2  =     0.0 

X 

2  =     6.0 

X 

—  —      — 

X 

2  =     4.0 

X 

Totals 

20        47.0 

Grade  Numerical 

Achieved  Equivalent 

A  4.0 

B  3.0 

C  2.0 

D  1.0 

F  0.0 

FB  3.0 

I  — 

IC  2.0 

ASC  — 


_      ,.x    „  .  t  .  Total  Quality  Points  (47.0) 

Quality-Point  Average  = — =  2.350 

Total  Credit  Hours  (20) 

The  Registrar's  Office  will  not  be  able  to  recalculate  or  confirm  the 
calculations  of  quality-point  averages  for  individual  students.  Each  stu- 
dent's record  will  be  brought  up  to  date  before  his  graduation.  In  the 
meantime,  borderline  cases  will  be  checked  by  the  Lincoln  College 
Academic  Standing  Committee. 

Academic  Progress  Criteria 

It  is  expected  that  the  student  will  at  all  times  endeavor  to  achieve  a 
high  record  of  achievement.  The  Academic  Standing  Committee  re- 
serves the  right  to  review  all  students'  records  and  deny  readmission 
to  those  who  fall  below  a  minimum  quality  level  of  achievement.  This 
requirement  has  been  established  as  follows: 

In  order  to  be  allowed  to  remain  in  the  College,  a  student  must  have 
achieved  a  quality-point  average  of  1.4  at  the  completion  of  24  quarter 
hours;  1.5  at  the  end  of  48  quarter  hours;  and  1.6  at  the  end  of  72  quar- 
ter hours. 

It  should  be  further  noted  that  a  student  who  accumulates  the  equiva- 
lent of  six  uncleared  failures  may  be  considered  ineligible  to  continue 
his  program  of  study. 

Scholastic  Probation 

The  Academic  Standing  Committee  has  the  authority  to  dismiss  from 
the  College  or  place  on  scholastic  probation  any  student  whose  schol- 
arship is  deficient  for  the  following  reasons:  low  quality-point  average, 
excessive  outstanding  failures  regardless  of  quality-point  average. 

A  student  on  scholastic  probation  should  be  particularly  diligent  in 
his  current  courses  and  make  every  effort  to  clear  his  academic  defi- 


52  /  ACADEMIC  INFORMATION 

ciencies  as  soon  as  possible.  Students  whose  academic  record  does 
not  improve  or  whose  failures  are  not  properly  cleared  may  not  be  al- 
lowed to  register  for  further  courses. 

When  a  student  on  scholastic  probation  has  cleared  all  or  a  substan- 
tial part  of  his  outstanding  failures  he  may  petition  the  Academic 
Standing  Committee  for  removal  from  the  probation  list. 

Disciplinary  Probation 

The  Academic  Standing  Committee  has  the  authority  to  dismiss  from 
the  College  or  place  on  disciplinary  probation  any  student  whom  it 
may  deem  unworthy  because  of  conduct  or  character.  The  Committee 
may  ask  any  student  to  withdraw  from  the  College  who  is  obviously 
out  of  sympathy  with  its  aims  and  ideals. 


GRADUATION  REQUIREMENTS 

To  receive  the  degree  of  Associate  in  Engineering,  Associate  in  Sci- 
ence, or  Bachelor  of  Engineering  Technology,  the  student  must  fulfill 
the  following  requirements: 

1.  Must  have  been  formally  accepted  into  "degree  candidate"  status 
by  the  Committee  on  Admissions; 

2.  Complete  all  the  courses  of  his  particular  curriculum,  either  by 
attendance  at  Lincoln  College  or  by  receiving  Advanced  Stand- 
ing Credit; 

3.  Complete  associate  degree  programs  in  eight  years  and  bach- 
elor's programs  in  twelve  years  from  the  date  of  entrance  into 
Lincoln  College.  Extensions  of  time  may  be  granted  by  the 
Academic  Standing  Committee; 

4.  Be  in  attendance  for  at  least  a  year  preceding  the  date  on  which 
he  expects  to  graduate;  and  he  must  complete  at  least  one-fourth 
of  his  work  in  Lincoln  College; 

5.  Achieve  a  quality-point  average  of  at  least  1.75  in  courses  taken 
in  the  College  to  be  awarded  the  Associate  in  Engineering  or 
Associate  in  Science  degrees,  and  1.80  for  the  Bachelor  of  En- 
gineering Technology  degree; 

6.  Pay  the  Graduation  Fee  of  $25. 
In  addition,  students: 

7.  May  not  earn  two  associate  degrees  or  two  bachelor's  degrees 
in  the  same  field  of  academic  specialization; 


ACADEMIC  INFORMATION  /  53 

8.  Must  complete  a  minimum  of  thirty  quarter  hours  of  additional 
credits  to  be  awarded  more  than  one  associate  or  bachelor's 
degree; 

9.  May  not  be  awarded  the  associate  and  bachelor's  degree  at 
the  same  commencement; 

10.  Must  petition  for  transfer  of  credits  completed  at  other  institu- 
tions prior  to  January  1  of  the  year  in  which  the  degree  is  to  be 
awarded. 


ACADEMIC  AND  PROFESSIONAL  AWARDS 

The  academic  programs  offered  by  Lincoln  College  and  the  teaching, 
counseling,  and  professional  efforts  of  the  faculty  and  staff  are  aimed 
at  motivating  the  student  toward  the  highest  possible  levels  of  aca- 
demic achievement.  To  encourage  scholarly  and  professional  excel- 
lence and  to  recognize  quality  achievements,  the  following  awards  are 
made  at  appropriate  times  during  the  academic  year: 

Honor  List  and  Dean's  List  Scholars 

Students  maintaining  honor  grade  averages — minimum  quality  average 
of  3.000  and  no  "D"  grades — during  a  quarter  while  carrying  a  mini- 
mum of  six  quarter  hours  credit  are  recognized  as  Dean's  List  Schol- 
ars. Students  desiring  certificates  attesting  to  this  honor  should  request 
them  from  the  Lincoln  College  Office. 

Scholastic  Achievement  Certificates 

Upon  graduation  with  an  associate  degree,  Scholastic  Achievement 
Certificates  will  be  awarded  to  those  students  who  have  achieved  dis- 
tinctly superior  attainment  in  the  academic  work  as  follows: 

Scholastic  Achievement  3.000-3.499  Q.P.A. 

High  Scholastic  Achievement  3.500-3.749  Q.P.A. 

Highest  Scholastic  Achievement  3.750-4.000  Q.P.A. 

In  order  to  be  eligible  for  a  Scholastic  Achievement  Certificate  the  stu- 
dent must  earn  a  minimum  of  forty-eight  quarter  hours  of  credit  in 
Lincoln  College. 

Graduation  with  Honor 

Upon  graduation,  honors  will  be  conferred  upon  students  who  have 
achieved  distinctly  superior  academic  achievement  in  a  program  lead- 
ing to  the  Baccalaureate  Degree  as  follows: 


54  /  ACADEMIC  INFORMATION 

Honor  3.003-3.499  Q.P.A. 

High  Honor  3.500-3.749  Q.P.A. 

Highest  Honor  3.750-4.000  Q.P.A. 

In  order  to  be  eligible  for  Honors  the  student  must  earn  a  minimum  of 
seventy-two  quarter  hours  credit  in  Lincoln  College  and  receive  a  vote 
of  approval  from  the  faculty  with  responsibility  for  his  program. 

University  Awards 

The  University  Awards  are  presented  annually  to  seniors  pursuing 
associate  degree  programs,  who  have  achieved  high  ranking  cumula- 
tive academic  records.  The  tuition  scholarship  awards  are  accom- 
panied by  an  appropriate  certificate. 

Lincoln  College  Faculty  Scholarship  Award 

The  faculty  encourages  the  achievement  of  scholarship  by  making 
monetary  awards. 

The  Faculty  Scholarship  Fund  was  established  in  1969  by  voluntary 
contributions  of  the  Lincoln  College  Faculty. 

The  Scholarship  Committee  determines  the  number  and  size  of  awards 
based  on  available  funds. 

The  basis  of  the  award  is  determined  by  need,  academic  achievement, 
and  personal  qualifications.  The  Scholarship  Committee  invites  appli- 
cations by  announcing  the  specific  requirements  of  eligibility  during 
the  school  year. 

Technology  Awards 

The  Technology  Awards  are  presented  annually  to  seniors  pursuing 
associate  degree  programs,  who  have  demonstrated  superior  aca- 
demic and  professional  capabilities  in  their  special  career  fields.  The 
scholarship  awards  and  appropriate  certificates  are  distributed  to 
outstanding  students  enrolled  in  the  following  program  categories: 

Civil  Engineering  Technology 
Commercial  Aviation  Technology 
Computer  Engineering  Technology 
Electrical  Engineering  Technology 
Mechanical  Engineering  Technology 
Science  Technology 
Fire  Technology 


ACADEMIC   INFORMATION  /  55 


Class  Marshal  Award 


The  Class  Marshal  Award  is  presented  annually  at  the  Class  Day  Ban- 
quet for  Graduates,  to  the  top  ranking  senior  in  a  baccalaureate  pro- 
gram. The  award  consists  of  an  appropriate  certificate,  a  selection  of 
books,  and  the  President's  Letter  of  Commendation. 

Sigma  Epsilon  Rho  Awards 

Sigma  Epsilon  Rho,  the  evening  colleges'  scholastic  honor  fraternity, 
annually  awards  plaques  and  scholarships  for  outstanding  scholastic 
achievement  to  the  highest  ranking  students  in  University  and  Lincoln 
Colleges  at  the  end  of  their  junior  year. 

Sigma  Epsilon  Rho  Honor  Society  Scholarship  Award 

The  Sigma  Epsilon  Rho  Honor  Society  Scholarship  Award,  established 
in  1974  by  the  membership  of  the  Society,  is  awarded  annually  to  a  stu- 
dent of  University  and/or  Lincoln  College.  Eligible  students  must  have 
a  cumulative  Quality  Point  Average  of  3.0  or  better  after  completing 
80  percent  or  more  of  their  required  studies. 

Alumni  Award  for  Professional  Promise 

Established  in  1947  by  the  Northeastern  University  Alumni  Associa- 
tion, the  Alumni  Award  for  Professional  Promise  is  presented  annually 
at  a  final  senior  class  meeting  in  the  spring  of  the  year.  The  award  is 
made  to  the  senior  who  has  demonstrated  unusual  professional  prom- 
ise through  character  traits,  scholastic  achievement,  and  work  per- 
formance. 

E.  W.  Wiggins  Aviation  Awards 

The  E.  W.  Wiggins  Aviation  Awards  provide  scholarship  aid  to  students 
enrolled  in  the  Commercial  Aviation  Technology  Program,  who,  in  the 
judgement  of  the  Northeastern  University-Wiggins  Airways  Advisory 
Committee,  have  demonstrated  the  highest  degree  of  proficiency  in 
flying  and  related  courses  during  the  academic  year. 

Leslie  B.  Cutler  Aviation  Awards 

The  Leslie  B.  Cutler  Aviation  Awards  were  established  by  the  members 
of  the  Aero  Club  of  New  England  to  honor  and  give  recognition  to  the 
late  Senator  Cutler's  service  and  devotion  to  the  interests  of  aviation 
in  the  Massachusetts  General  Court,  national  legislative  bodies,  and 
her  private  life.  These  scholarship  awards  are  made  to  students  in  the 
Commercial  Aviation  Technology  Program  who  most  typify  the  same 
interest,  devotion,  and  leadership  demonstrated  by  Senator  Cutler 
during  her  long  and  distinguished  public  career. 


financial  information 


TUITION 


Initial  Registration  Fee 


A  nonrefundable  $10.00  registration  fee,  required  of  all  new  students,  is 
due  and  payable  upon  registration. 

Tuition 

Tuition  for  all  part-time  evening  courses  is  $35.00  per  quarter  hour  of 
credit.  Tuition  for  Day  BET  students  will  be  based  on  the  current  day 
school  rate.  Charges  for  registration  and  tuition  for  special  courses  are 
at  the  rate  specified  for  each  course.  Students  are  permitted  to  audit 
courses;  however,  there  is  no  reduction  in  fees  for  auditing. 

Students  are  not  permitted  to  attend  class  sessions  or  take  any  exam- 
ination or  test  until  they  have  paid  their  tuition  fees  or  have  made  satis- 
factory arrangements  for  payment. 

Students  will  not  be  advanced  in  class  standing,  nor  permitted  to  re- 
enroll  in  the  University,  nor  have  degrees  conferred,  until  all  financial 
obligations  to  the  University  have  been  met. 

No  certificate  of  honorable  dismissal  will  be  issued  to  any  student  who 
has  not  fully  met  his  financial  obligations  to  the  University. 

Non-credit  courses  are  charged  at  quarter-hour  rates  equal  to  those 
of  credit  courses  meeting  on  an  equivalent  contact-hour  schedule. 

Aviation  Technology  Tuition  (Day  Program) 


FIRST  YEAR 
Quarter  1 

$1211 

(All  Students) 

Quarter  2 

$1068 

Quarter  3 
$969 

Summer 

Quarter  4 

$2000 

Com 

(Flight  Option) 
mercial  Flight  I,  II,  III,  IV 

SECOND  YEAR 
Quarter  5 
$986 

(Flight  Option) 

Quarter  6 

$1061 

Quarter  7 
$1061 

FINANCIAL  INFORMATION  /  57 

SECOND  YEAR  (Non-Flight  Option) 

Quarter  5  Quarter  6  Quarter  7 

$560  $560  $56fJ 

Tuition  Deposit 

Applicants  accepted  for  admission  to  the  day  program  must  upon  request 
pay  a  nonreturnable  tuition  deposit  of  $100  as  evidence  of  their  intention  to 
enroll;  this  will  be  applied  to  their  first  tuition  payment. 

Additional  Flight  Courses 

Certified  Flight  Instructor  $  537  $  568 

Instrument  Flight  $  645  $  645 

Helicopter  Flight  $1352  $1352 

(These  rates  cannot  be  guaranteed  from  academic  year  to  academic  year.) 
Additional   Time:   Students    requiring    additional   time   beyond   the   prescribed 
course  lim.ts  shall  be  charged  for  such  time  at  the  regular  Wiggins-North- 
eastern rates. 

Flight  Tests:  Flight  tests  are  not  included  in  the  regular  course  curriculum 
Charges  will  be  made  for  the  Commercial  Flight  Test  and  the  Instrument 
Flight  Test  on  the  basis  of  iVa  hours  of  aircraft  and  IV2  hours  of  ground 
time  at  the  regular  Wiggins-Northeastern  rate.  The  Instructor  Flight  Test 
which  must  be  given  by  a  regular  FAA  Examiner  requires  IV2  hours  of  air- 
craft time  only. 

Tuition  for  all  courses  is  charged  on  a  quarter  basis  and  is  payable  in 
full  at  the  beginning  of  each  quarter.  As  a  convenience  without  addi- 
tional charge,  and  at  the  student's  request,  the  Bursar's  Office  will 
allow  payment  in  two  installments. 

Deferred-Payment  Privilege 

Occasionally  situations  develop,  usually  oeyond  the  control  of  the 
student,  which  make  it  difficult  to  meet  payments  in  the  regular  man- 
ner. Under  such  circumstances  the  student  is  advised  to  discuss  his 
problem  personally  with  the  Bursar's  Office  where  a  convenient  de- 
ferred-payment agreement  can  be  worked  out.  A  service  fee  of  $2.00  is 
charged  for  this  privilege. 

Late  Payment  Fee 

Payments  of  tuition  are  due  by  Saturday  of  the  week  in  which  the  bill 
is  dated.  If  payment,  or  a  deferred-payment  agreement  is  not  arranged 
toy  that  date,  a  late  fee  of  $10.00  is  charged  by  the  Bursar. 

Refund  of  Tuition 

The  general  policy  in  all  schools  and  colleges  of  the  University  with 
respect  to   refunds   of  tuition   to   students   is   as   follows: 


58  /  FINANCIAL  INFORMATION 

The  University  provides  all  instruction  on  an  academic  quarter  basis  for 
which  students  pay  at  the  beginning  of  each  quarter.  Tuition  refunds 
will  be  granted  through  the  first  four  weeks  of  a  quarter  only  when 
specified  conditions  are  met.  Questions  regarding  refunds  should  be 
discussed  with  the  Bursar. 

Tuition  refunds  will  be  granted  only  on  the  basis  of  the  date  appearing 
on  the  official  withdrawal  application  when  filed  with  the  Registrar  in 
Room  120  Hayden  Hall.  Non-attendance  does  not  constitute  official 
withdrawal. 

Refunds  will  be  granted  in  accordance  with  the  following  schedule: 

Official  withdrawal  filed  within:  Percentage  of  tuition 
1st  week  of  quarter  100% 

2nd  week  of  quarter  75% 

3rd  week  of  quarter  50% 

4th  week  of  quarter  25% 

Tuition  Underwritten  by  Employers 

An  increasing  number  of  companies  are  underwriting  part  or  all  of  the 
cost  of  tuition  of  students  in  their  employ.  In  cases  in  which  payment  is 
made  directly  by  the  employer  to  the  University,  the  student  should 
furnish  the  Bursar's  Office  a  purchase  order  covering  his  registration 
or  a  statement  from  an  officer  of  his  company  certifying  that  the  com- 
pany is  underwriting  the  tuition. 

Student  Bursar 

All  inquiries  about  student  accounts  should  be  directed  to  the  Student 
Account  Bursar,  437-2270. 

Veterans'  Benefits 

Veterans'  benefits  depend  on  course  load  and  increase  sharply  when 
a  student's  program  exceeds  eight  quarter  hours  per  quarter.  Ques- 
tions and  applications  should  be  directed  to  Room  245  Richards  Hall. 


SPECIAL  FEES 


Student  Center  Fee 


Students  attending  the  Huntington  Avenue  Campus,  Boston,  in  the  eve- 
ning in  a  part-time  program  of  study  will  be  assessed  a  Student  Center 
Fee  of  75tf  per  quarter. 


FINANCIAL  INFORMATION  /  59 

Health  Service  Fee 

Students  attending  the  Boston,  full-time  Day  Co-op  B.E.T.  programs  are 
required  to  pay  a  Health  Service  Fee  of  $90.00.  The  program  is  avail- 
able to  Aviation  Technology  Students  on  an  optional  basis. 

Missed  Final  Examination  Fee 

Students  absent  from  the  regularly  scheduled  final  examination  at  the 
end  of  a  course  may  petition  for  a  "special  final  examination."  The 
fee  for  each  examination  requested  by  the  student  is  $5.00.  The  fee 
must  be  paid  when  the  petition  is  filed  in  the  University  Registrar's 
Office. 

Proficiency  Examination  Fee 

Applicants  for  admission  may  petition  to  be  awarded  advanced  stand- 
ing on  the  basis  of  achievement  demonstrated  by  a  "proficiency  exam- 
ination." The  fee  for  each  examination  requested  by  the  applicant  is 
$10.00.  The  fee  must  be  paid  when  the  petition  is  filed  in  the  Lincoln 
College  Office. 

Graduation  Fee 

The  University  graduation  fee,  charged  to  candidates  for  the  associate 
or  bachelor's  degree,  is  $25.00  payable  on  or  before  May  1  of  the  year 
in  which  the  student  expects  to  graduate. 

Transcript  of  Record  Fee 

Students  may  request  transcripts  of  their  records  at  the  University  Reg- 
istrar's Office.  There  is  no  charge  for  the  first  transcript.  After  the 
initial  transcript  there  is  a  charge  of  $1.00  per  copy,  payable  in  ad- 
vance. If  more  than  one  transcript  is  requested  at  one  time  the  charge 
is  $1.00  for  the  first  copy  and  500  for  each  additional  copy. 


TEXTBOOKS  AND  SUPPLIES 

'Students  purchase  their  own  textbooks  and  work  materials.  The  cost 
varies  according  to  the  subject  for  which  the  student  is  enrolled.  The 
average  cost  for  a  normal  program  of  four  subjects  generally  ranges 
from  $25.00  to  $50.00.  Textbooks  for  single  courses  range  from  $4.00 
to  $15.00. 

Students  enrolled  in  Engineering  Graphics  should  be  prepared  to 
spend  $10.00  to  $15.00  for  drawing  supplies  and  $10.00  to  $20.00  for  a 
iset  of  drawing  instruments  in  addition  to  the  textbooks. 


60  /  FINANCIAL  INFORMATION 

LOAN  PROGRAMS 

Full-time  students  in  Lincoln  College  who  are  pursuing  the 
B.E.J.  Program  should  refer  to  the  Undergraduate  Catalog  for 
financial  aid  information. 

National  Direct  Student  Loan 

This  program  is  available  to  students  who  are  carrying  at  least  one-half 
the  normal  academic  workload,  are  accepted  as  degree  candidates, 
and  who  show  evidence  of  financial  need. 

The  Federal  maximum  a  graduate  student  may  borrow  is  $5,000  while 
pursuing  the  post-baccalaureate  degree. 

Repayment  and  interest  on  these  loans  do  not  begin  until  nine  months 
after  the  student  ceases  to  carry  at  least  a  half-time  academic  load  at 
an  institution  of  higher  education.  The  repayment  of  principal  may  be 
extended  over  a  ten-year  period  with  the  interest  at  the  rate  of  three 
percent  per  annum.  Repayment  may  be  deferred  up  to  a  total  of  three 
years  while  a  borrower  is  serving  as  a  Peace  Corps  or  VISTA  volun- 
teer. 

Community  Sources 

Students  and  their  families  are  urged  to  explore  community,  indus- 
trial, and  foundation  sources  for  collegiate  financial  aid.  Parental  em- 
ployers or  the  appropriate  union  organization  may  be  a  source.  In 
addition,  local,  civic,  political,  religious  or  educational  leaders  are  often 
aware  of  aid  sources  in  the  immediate  community.  Some  typical 
sources  may  include:  P.T.A.,  Kiwanis,  Lions,  Elks,  Knights  of  Colum- 
bus, Masons,  Sons  of  Italy,  Rotary,  State  Rehabilitation,  American 
Legion,  etc. 

University  Grants 

Each  year  Northeastern  University  grants  a  substantial  number  of  full 
and  partial  tuition  grants  to  students  who  have  demonstrated  both 
above-average  scholastic  achievement  and  financial  need.  All  applica- 
tions for  aid  are  automatically  considered  for  all  grants  administered 
by  the  University.  It  is  not  necessary  for  an  applicant  to  specify  the 
grant  in  which  he  is  interested. 

Veterans'  Benefits 

Any  veteran  covered  by  the  Veterans  Readjustment  Act  of  1966,  Public 
Law  89-358,  should  report  to  Room  245  Richards  Hall  to  fill  out  the 
proper  enrollment  forms.  These  forms  will  be  made  available  during 
registration  periods  for  all  students  in  the  Law  Enforcement  Programs 
at  special  off-campus  locations. 


FINANCIAL  INFORMATION  /  61 

Students  needing  additional  information  as  to  eligibility,  allowances,  or 
other  details  are  urged  to  contact  their  local  office  of  the  Veterans 
Administration  as  early  as  possible. 

Guaranteed  Student  Loan  Program 

Under  this  program,  students  who  are  matriculated  degree  candidates, 
enrolled  for  at  least  one-half  the  normal  academic  work  load,  may 
borrow  from  a  participating  bank  or  other  financial  institution.  Terms 
and  conditions  vary  from  state  to  state,  but  a  student  generally  may 
borrow  up  to  $1,500  a  year  (the  law  allows  a  maximum  of  $2,500  per 
year)  depending  on  financial  need.  The  Federal  Government  pays  the 
interest  while  the  student  is  in  school  if  the  student  is  eligible  for  in- 
terest subsidy. 

The  student  must  have  submitted,  through  the  College  Scholarship 
Service,  a  Parents'  Confidential  Statement  or,  if  he  has  been  declared 
financially  independent  by  the  Financial  Aid  Office,  a  Students'  Confi- 
dential Statement.  These  forms  are  available  in  the  Financial  Aid 
Office. 

Applications  for  the  loan  itself  are  available  from  local  banks  or  the 
Education  Office  of  your  State  government.  Additional  information  and 
necessary  application  forms  for  Massachusetts  residents  are  available 
from  the  Financial  Aid  Office. 

Martin  Luther  King,  Jr.  Scholarship  Fund 

Established  in  1969  in  memory  of  the  late  Rev.  Martin  Luther  King,  Jr. 
Awards  are  made  as  openings  occur,  to  adults  from  minority  groups 
who  would  otherwise  be  unable  to  continue  their  education.  Stipends 
will  cover  tuition  expenses  not  to  exceed  six  quarter  hours  in  any 
academic  quarter,  (excluding  Summer  Quarter). 

H.  Patricia  Taylor  Scholarship  Fund 

The  H.  Patricia  Taylor  Scholarship  Fund  was  established  in  1974  by 
H.  Patricia  Taylor,  a  graduate  of  University  College,  and  her  husband, 
Harry  C.  Taylor,  a  graduate  of  the  School  of  Business.  The  Scholar- 
ship expresses  their  appreciation  for  financial  assistance  made  avail- 
able to  Mrs.  Taylor  while  obtaining  her  degree,  and  is  an  attempt  to 
provide  similar  funds  to  assist  others  in  realizing  their  potential 
through  higher  education.  The  income  from  the  Scholarship  Fund  will 
be  awarded  annually  to  a  student  enrolled  in  University  College  or 
Lincoln  College  who  demonstrates  financial  need  and  academic  sta- 
bility and  who  meets  certain  other  conditions  of  eligibility. 

The  University  does  not  award  financial  assistance  in  any  form  to  non- 
<  citizens  of  the  United  States. 


student  activities 
and  alumni 
information 


Evening  Student  Council 

The  Evening  Student  Council  was  formed  to  provide  a  representative 
body  to  promote  the  welfare  of  the  student  body  in  non-academic 
areas  and  to  foster  extracurricular  activities  which  will  enrich  Univer- 
sity life.  It  affords  participants  opportunities  to  meet  and  develop  close 
personal  relationships  with  fellow  students  and  administrative  staff. 

The  Evening  Student  Council  provides  students  with  opportunities  to 
develop  leadership  skills  and  gives  them  a  chance  to  discuss  matters 
of  professional  interest  with  experts  in  their  chosen  field. 

The  Council  is  made  up  of  interested  students  in  University  and  Lin- 
coln College,  representatives  of  part-time  interest  groups,  and  those 
specially  certified  by  the  Council  because  of  their  demonstrated  inter- 
est in  the  overall  adult  programs  of  the  University. 

The  E.S.C.,  a  member  of  the  International  Association  of  Evening  Stu- 
dent Councils,  meets  on  the  first  Monday  of  each  month  at  8:30  p.m. 
Students  are  welcome  to  visit,  observe,  and  express  opinions  concern- 
ing evening  student  life. 


Social  and  Professional  Clubs 

Student  activities  for  part-time  students  are  planned,  organized,  and 
operated  by  the  student  body  with  the  assistance  of  the  Director  of 
University-Lincoln  College  Student  Activities.  The  programs  are  de- 
signed to  keep  pace  with  the  changing  needs  of  adult  students  and  to 
provide  maximum  opportunity  for  student  participation.  All  part-time 
students  in  University  College  and  Lincoln  College  are  welcome  to 
participate. 

The  program  is  flexible  in  nature  and  pioneering  in  spirit  to  meet  the 
needs  of  adult  students.  The  Office  of  University-Lincoln  College  Stu- 
dent Activities  is  particularly  interested  in  developing  new  clubs  which 
will  benefit  students  professionally  and  educationally.  If  students  wish 
to  start  clubs  related  to  their  professions,  this  office  will  help  them  plan 
and  organize  on  the  local  and  national  level.  The  program  is  dedicated 

62 


STUDENT  ACTIVITIES  AND  ALUMNI   INFORMATION  /  63 

to  assisting  the  adult  student  in  the  development  of  his  fullest  poten- 
tial. The  University-Lincoln  College  Student  Activities  Office  is  located 
in  102  Churchill  Hall. 

Evening  Ski  Club 

The  Evening  Ski  Club  was  established  as  a  special  interest  club  by 
students  in  University  and  Lincoln  College  to  give  skiers  an  oppor- 
tunity to  meet  other  skiers  for  the  purpose  of  promoting  the  sport  and 
its  related  activities.  Events  sponsored  by  the  Evening  Ski  Club  include 
wine  and  cheese  parties  held  locally  and  in  the  various  ski  areas  of 
Maine,  New  Hampshire,  and  Vermont.  A  summer  clambake  is  also 
arranged  on  a  local  beach,  usually  in  July  or  August.  Meetings  are  held 
from  October  through  April  on  a  bi-weekly  basis  on  the  main  campus. 
Students  interested  should  contact  the  Evening  Student  Activities  Of- 
fice in  102  Churchill  Hall. 

Use  of  Gymnasium  Facilities 

Specific  schedules  for  use  of  the  pool,  weight  training  room,  indoor 
athletic  field  and  track,  handball  courts,  gymnasium,  and  wrestling 
room  are  set  up  each  quarter  for  use  by  all  part-time  students.  In  order 
to  become  eligible,  students  must  obtain  a  temporary  Gymnasium  Pass 
each  time  they  wish  to  use  the  Cabot  Gymnasium  Complex.  Passes 
are  available  in  the  Cabot  Complex,  Monday  through  Friday  from  4:30 
p.m.  to  9:00  p.m.  and  on  Saturday  and  Sunday  from  1:00  p.m.  to  4:00 
p.m.  All  students  requesting  a  pass  must  present  their  Student  Identifi- 
cation Card,  and  passes  will  be  issued  only  on  a  first-come,  first-served 
basis.  Students  using  the  Cabot  Gymnasium  Complex  are  required  to 
abide  by  all  the  rules  of  the  gym  and  may  be  asked  to  complete  a 
Medical  Release  Form. 

[Society  for  the  Advancement  of  Management 

The  Society  for  the  Advancement  of  Management  is  the  recognized 
national  professional  organization  of  managers  in  industry,  commerce, 
government,  and  education.  It  has  been  dedicated  to  the  advancement 
of  management  and  managers  since  1912,  when  the  original  Taylor 
Society  was  established.  University  chapters  operate  in  190  leading 
colleges  and  universities  in  the  United  States,  Canada,  Puerto  Rico, 
and  Hawaii. 

'The  Northeastern  University  chapter  is  open  to  all  adult  students  in- 
terested in  furthering  their  growth  and  insight  into  the  practice  of  the 
^management  professional.  Meetings,  conferences,  and  seminars  are 

fheld. 


64  /  STUDENT  ACTIVITIES  AND  ALUMNI   INFORMATION 

Pi  Tau  Kappa  Fraternity 

Pi  Tau  Kappa  is  a  social  fraternity  open  to  all  evening  students.  It  is 
organized  to  enhance  their  social  welfare  and  promote  closer  affilia- 
tion with  the  University. 

Kappa  Tau  Phi  Sorority 

Kappa  Tau  Phi  Sorority  is  a  social  organization  open  to  all  evening 
women  students.  Its  purpose  is  to  promote  fellowship  among  the 
women  students  and  to  form  a  closer  tie  with  the  University.  Monthly 
dinner  meetings  are  held.  Two  scholarships  are  awarded  annually  to 
scholastically  superior  women  students. 

Alpha  Eta  Rho 

International  Aviation  Fraternity 

The  Nu  Epsilon  Chapter  is  a  social  organization  open  to  all  Aviation 
Technology  Students.  It  is  organized  to  actively  associate  the  inter- 
ested students  of  aviation  with  leaders  and  executives  in  the  industry. 
This  close  association,  strengthened  through  the  bonds  of  an  inter- 
national aviation  fraternity,  establishes  opportunities  for  every  member 
in  his  relation  to  aviation  and  inspires  interest  and  cooperation  among 
those  in  the  profession  who  are  also  members  of  Alpha  Eta  Rho. 

Lamplighter  Column 

News  articles  written  by  interested  students  in  University  and  Lincoln 
College  may  be  submitted  to  the  Northeastern  Today  newspaper  to  be 
printed  under  a  Lamplighter  heading.  All  news  articles  should  be  sent 
to  the  Evening  Student  Activities  Office,  102  Churchill  Hali  at  least  two 
weeks  prior  to  publication.  Due  to  space  considerations  in  North- 
eastern Today,  some  articles  may  require  editing  by  its  professional 
staff. 

Alumni  Association 

More  than  52,000  alumni  are  members  of  the  all-University  Alumni 
Association,  which  has  as  its  prime  purposes  the  promotion  of  the 
welfare  of  Northeastern  University,  the  establishment  of  a  mutually 
beneficial  relationship  between  the  University  and  its  alumni,  and  the 
perpetuation  of  fellowship  among  members  of  the  Association. 

The  Association  headquarters  is  located  in  Room  101  Ell.  The  official 
records  and  addresses  of  alumni  are  maintained  in  Room  260,  United 
Realty  Building. 

Activities  of  the  Association,  including  the  Homecoming  Day  celebra- 
tion and  the  annual  presentation  of  Professional  Promise  Awards  to 


STUDENT  ACTIVITIES  AND  ALUMNI   INFORMATION  /  65 

outstanding  seniors  in  each  of  the  Colleges,  are  directed  by  the  Vice 
President  for  Alumni  Affairs.  Alumni  officers  also  attend  meetings  of 
undergraduate  classes  to  form  a  closer  relationship  between  the  As- 
sociation and  its  future  members. 

The  Alumni  Relations  Office  assists  the  various  class  officers  in  plan- 
ning class  reunions.  Each  class  normally  holds  a  reunion  every  five 
years  during  the  month  of  June.  The  Vice  President  for  the  Alumni 
Class  Council  is  responsible  for  coordinating  class  activities  and  or- 
ganizing class  functions. 

The  Vice  President  for  Alumni  Clubs  works  in  close  association  with 
officers  of  the  more  than  fifty  Regional  Alumni  Clubs  which  have  been 
established  from  coast  to  coast.  All  alumni  are  eligible  to  become 
members  of  these  organizations.  The  alumni  clubs  meet  periodically, 
often  in  conjunction  with  visits  from  members  of  the  faculty  or  with 
athletic  events. 

For  Boston  area  alumni,  monthly  luncheon  meetings  are  held  in  both 
the  downtown  and  uptown  sections  of  the  city. 

The  Association  also  sponsors  and  assists  the  alumnae  organization 
and  the  Varsity  Club,  both  of  which  have  their  own  officers  and  con- 
duct various  programs  throughout  the  year.  Through  the  Varsity  Club, 
the  Association  presents  trophies  to  the  outstanding  athlete  of  the 
year  in  each  of  the  six  major  sports. 

The  Northeastern  University  Alumni  Association  is  a  member  of  the 
American  Alumni  Council,  a  professional  organization  composed  of 
representatives  of  all  major  colleges  and  universities  in  the  United 
States  and  Canada. 

Alumni  Relations 

The  Alumni  Association  is  providing  a  uniquely  valuable  service  to 
both  the  University  and  the  community  by  sponsoring  admissions  con- 
ferences for  parents  of  high  school  students  who  are  interested  in 
attending  college.  These  meetings,  held  in  cooperation  with  the  North- 
eastern Department  of  Admissions,  have  been  extremely  well  attended. 
Local  residents  as  well  as  alumni  of  the  University  have  been  invited 
to  these  conferences,  which  help  to  clarify  many  of  the  questions  to- 
day's parents  and  young  people  have  concerning  application  pro- 
cedures of  colleges  and  universities. 

Placement  Service 

Many  requests  from  employers  are  received  by  the  College,  for  men 
and  women  of  potential  ability  to  fill  important  positions  of  responsi- 
bility. It  is  the  policy  of  the  College  to  serve  the  students  whenever 


66  /  STUDENT  ACTIVITIES  AND  ALUMNI   INFORMATION 

possible  by  placing  them  in  those  positions  which  promise  attractive 
opportunities  for  development  and  advancement.  The  College,  however, 
cannot  guarantee  to  place  its  students,  but  it  does  endeavor  to  keep 
in  close  touch  with  those  who  desire  placement  service  and  to  assist 
them  in  obtaining  satisfactory  advancements  in  positions  and  income. 
No  charge  is  made  for  placement  service.  Those  needing  this  assis- 
tance should  arrange  an  appointment  with  the  Director  of  Placement. 

While  the  College  cannot  guarantee  positions  to  its  graduates,  the 
number  of  requests  usually  exceeds  the  number  available  in  the  grad- 
uating class  of  any  given  year.  The  policy  of  the  College  is  to  find  the 
best  qualified  men  and  women  among  its  graduates  for  the  positions 
which  the  College  is  called  upon  to  fill. 

The  College,  in  recommending  a  graduate  for  a  position,  furnishes  the 
prospective  employer  with  the  facts  as  to  the  graduate's  ability,  char- 
acter, attitudes,  habits,  and  other  qualifications  for  the  position  as 
revealed  by  the  College  records.  In  the  last  analysis,  however,  place- 
ment in  a  position  depends  largely  upon  the  graduate's  ability  to  sell 
his  services  to  the  prospective  employer.  Most  employers  prefer  to 
consider  two  or  more  candidates  for  a  position  and  generally  request 
the  College  to  suggest  more  than  one  person.  Many  manufacturing 
and  commercial  firms  throughout  New  England  call  upon  the  College 
to  assist  them  in  filling  important  executive  and  managerial  positions. 


academic  programs 
of  instruction 


SCOPE  OF  PROGRAMMING 

Lincoln  College  and  Lincoln  College  in  collaboration  with  University 
College,  and  Wiggins  Airways,  Inc.,  conduct  educational  programs  at 
the  undergraduate  level  in  the  following  areas  of  technology: 

Pre-Technology  Preparation 
Aviation  Technology 
Science  Technology 
Civil  Engineering  Technology 
Electrical  Engineering  Technology 
Mechanical  Engineering  Technology 
Computer  Engineering  Technology 
Environmental  Control  Technology 
Fire  Technology 


Program  Selection 

Students  should  determine  that  the  program  they  desire  is  offered  in 
a  suitable  time  period.  Most  programs  are  offered  in  the  evening  on  a 
part-time  basis.  However,  Aviation  Technology  is  offered  on  a  full-time 
day  basis. 

In  the  fields  of  Electrical  Engineering  Technology  and  Mechanical  En- 
gineering Technology,  full-time  day  cooperative  programs  were  estab- 
lished in  the  fall  of  1971.  Students  may  enter  as  freshmen  or  transfer 
with  advanced  standing  by  applying  to  the  Office  of  Admissions,  North- 
eastern University,  150  Richards  Hall. 

Degrees  and  Certificates 

Lincoln  College  conducts  education  programs  on  the  undergraduate 
(level  in  various  technological  areas  leading  to  the  following  degrees 
iand  certificates: 

1.     Associate  in  Science  degree  (A.S.)   requiring  96  to  99  quarter 
hours  of  credit; 

67 


68  /  ACADEMIC  PROGRAMS  OF  INSTRUCTION 

2.  Associate    in    Engineering    degree    (A.E.)    requiring    96   quarter 
hours  of  credit; 

3.  Bachelor  of  Engineering  Technology  degree   (B.E.T.)   requiring 
180  quarter  hours  of  credit; 

4.  Certificates  may  be  earned  in  specified  programs  with  a  mini- 
mum of  30  quarter  hours  of  credit; 

5.  Most  courses  are  available  for  special  students. 

Opportunities  for  Associate  Degree  Graduates 

Graduates  of  the  Engineering  or  Science  Technology  Programs  in 
Lincoln  College,  or  other  similar  colleges  and  institutions,  who  have 
earned  the  Associate  in  Engineering  or  the  Associate  in  Science  de- 
grees, may  transfer  applicable  credits  toward  the  degree  requirements 
in  the  baccalaureate  programs  in  Engineering  Technology,  Medical 
Technology,  or  Industrial  Technology. 

Those  who  have  maintained  a  quality-point  average  of  2.500  or  higher 
in  the  Associate  degree  programs  may  apply  for  transfer  to  either  of 
the  following  College  of  Engineering  curricula:  (1)  day-college  Co- 
operative Education  programs  in  Civil,  Mechanical,  Electrical,  or  In- 
dustrial Engineering  with  credit  for  up  to  two  years  of  the  five-year 
program;  or  (2)  the  part-time  evening  programs  in  Civil,  Electrical,  or 
Mechanical  Engineering  with  credit  for  the  first  three  years  of  the 
eight-year  programs.  Fractional  credit  may  be  awarded  to  students 
with  a  quality-point  average  slightly  lower  than  2.500. 


PRE-TECHNOLOGY  PREPARATION 

(Non-Credit) 

Beginning  students  who  have  been  away  from  formal  study  for  some 
time  are  frequently  concerned  about  their  study  habits  and  their 
verbal,  mathematical,  and  scientific  backgrounds.  Applicants  who  an- 
ticipate some  problems  should  give  serious  consideration  to  enrolling 
in  the  non-credit  introductory  courses,  the  Reading  Improvement  Pro- 
gram, or  doing  review  work  through  programmed  instruction  at  the 
Learning  Center. 

Introductory  Courses 

These  courses  are  designed  to  develop  background  for  basic  courses 
in  the  degree  programs  and  thus  increase  the  probability  of  successful 
achievement  in  advanced  technology  courses. 


ACADEMIC   PROGRAMS  OF   INSTRUCTION  /  69 

Introductory  Mathematics  I  and  II 

A  two-quarter  review  of  high  school  algebra  and  some  plane  geometry 
designed  to  prepare  students  for  the  credit  course  10.307  College 
Algebra  and  Trigonometry  I.  These  courses  are  required  of  students 
who  do  not  demonstrate  sufficient  algebra  proficiency  on  the  Mathe- 
matics Placement  Test.  (See  course  description  for  10.  301  and  10.302, 
page  135.) 

Introductory  Physics  I  and  II 

A  two-quarter  relatively  non-mathematical  introduction  to  the  concepts 
of  physics  designed  to  prepare  students  for  the  credit  courses  11.317 
Physics  I  or  11.304  General  Physics  I.  (See  course  description  for 
11.301  and  11.302,  page  138.) 

Basic  Mathematics  I  and  II 

A  two-quarter  review  of  basic  algebra  designed  to  prepare  students 
for  the  credit  course  10.327  Mathematics  I.  These  courses  are  required 
of  students  who  do  not  demonstrate  sufficient  proficiency  in  algebra 
on  the  Mathematics  Placement  Test.  (See  course  descriptions  for 
10.330  and  10.331,  page  136.) 

English  for  International  Students  I,  II,  III 

A  three  quarter,  non-credit  sequence  for  foreign-speaking  students 
covering  introduction  to  English  grammar  with  emphasis  on  listening, 
speaking,  and  writing;  selected  readings  and  exercises  to  strengthen 
vocabulary  and  pronunciation;  preparation  of  written  and  oral  reports, 
business  and  social  correspondence;  and  advanced  work  in  written 
and  spoken  English  preparatory  to  entering  30.601  Composition  and 
Rhetoric  I. 


GENERAL  INTEREST  COURSES 

The  following  courses  of  general  interest  are  offered  for  students  who 
desire  to  inquire  into  the  technical  fields  but  may  not  have  the  mathe- 
matical background  to  pursue  the  professional  courses.  In  general, 
these  courses  may  not  be  substituted  for  similar  courses  in  the  several 
technical  curricula. 

1.  Technology    of    Modern    Architecture    I,    II 

2.  Man  and  Materials 

3.  Electric  Devices  and  Systems  I 

4.  Electric  Devices  and  Systems  II 


70  /  ACADEMIC  PROGRAMS  OF  INSTRUCTION 

5.  Interpretation  of  Industrial  Drawings 

6.  Foundations  of  Mathematics  I 

7.  Foundations  of  Mathematics  II 

8.  Foundations  of  Mathematics  III 

9.  Man's  Physical  Environment  I 
10.  Man's  Physical  Environment  II 

Reading  Improvement 

The  ability  to  read  well  is  one  of  the  most  important  basic  tools  for  the 
successful  completion  of  a  college  program.  The  University's  Center 
for  Reading  Improvement  gives  the  student  an  opportunity  to  develop 
good  reading  habits  in  preparation  for  the  intensive  reading  assign- 
ments of  college-level  courses.  The  following  core  skills  are  covered: 
previewing,  locating  main  ideas  and  related  details,  using  guide  words 
and  phrases,  identifying  structural  patterns,  outlining  and  summariz- 
ing, note-taking,  vocabulary  building,  skimming  and  scanning,  speed- 
reading,  and  critical  reading.  Further  information  may  be  obtained  at 
the  Center  for  Reading  Improvement. 

Programmed  Study 

Students  may  enroll  in  non-credit,  self-study  courses  to  better  prepare 
themselves  for  college  academic  work  and  strengthen  their  high 
school  background  at  the  University's  Learning  Center. 

Courses  which  may  be  useful  to  students  in  the  Lincoln  College  pro- 
grams in  technology  are:  slide  rule,  trigonometry,  effective  listening, 
spelling,  algebra,  study  skills,  calculus,  and  English. 

University  Learning  Center  hours: 
Monday,  Tuesday — 8:00  a.m.-8:00  p.m. 
Wednesday,  Thursday,  Friday — 8:00  am.-5:00  p.m. 
Thursday — closed  11 :45  a.m.-12:50  p.m. 


AVIATION  TECHNOLOGY  PROGRAM 

The  Aviation  Technology  program  offered  by  Lincoln  College  in  co- 
operation with  Wiggins  Airways  is  designed  to  provide  the  scientific, 
technological,  and  business  backgrounds  required  by  the  modern 
commercial  pilot  or  entrepreneur  in  today's  aviation  and  aerospace 
world  as  it  operates  within  the  framework  of  the  total  ship-rail-motor- 
aircraft  transportation  industry. 

The  tremendous  expansion  of  aviation  as  an  increasingly  important 
sector  of  the  nation's  industrial  economy  has  accelerated  the  demand 
for  appropriately  trained  and  educated  personnel  for  careers  related 


ACADEMIC   PROGRAMS  OF   INSTRUCTION  /  71 

to  the  flight,  instructional,  regulatory,  management,  and  technical  as- 
pects of  the  aviation  industry. 

Flight  opportunities  range  from  pilot  or  co-pilot  in  the  single-  or  multi- 
engine  air-taxi  and  cargo  services  of  the  local,  fixed-base  feeder  air- 
lines or  private  company,  to  flight  engineer,  first  officer,  or  captain  in 
the  high-speed,  multi-jet-engined  services  of  the  national  and  inter- 
national systems  of  the  major  airlines. 

The  education-training-regulation  sector  of  the  aviation  industry  pro- 
vides additional  career  opportunities  as  flight,  ground,  or  simulator 
instructors  or  as  flight  examiners,  training  or  safety  directors,  and 
supervisors  in  the  licensing  and  regulatory  agencies  of  local,  state,  or 
federal  government. 

Persons  knowledgeable  in  the  technology  and  regulation  of  aviation, 
who  are  also  skillful  in  dealing  with  people,  may  pursue  challenging 
and  rewarding  careers  in  aviation  sales,  airport  operations,  aviation 
business  management,  etc. 

The  Aviation  Technology  related  program  presently  offered  by  Lincoln 
College  is  a  two  year  full-time  day  program  which  leads  to  an  Associ- 
ate in  Science  degree. 

Wiggins  Airways 

Wiggins  Airways  has  been  in  operation  since  1929.  Their  facilities 
located  at  Norwood  Airport,  fifteen  miles  from  the  main  Northeastern 
University  campus,  provide  the  flight  training  courses  for  the  Aviation 
Technology  programs  offered  by  Lincoln  College.  They  offer  air  taxi, 
rental,  maintenance,  repair,  aircraft  service  parts,  electronics,  and 
helicopter  services.  Wiggins  is  the  New  England  distributor  for  Piper 
Aircraft. 

The  airport  facilities  comprise  two  4,000'  runways,  one  with  high  in- 
tensity lights;  a  Federal  Aviation  Administration  control  tower  in  oper- 
ation from  8:00  a.m.  to  8:00  p.m.  every  day  of  the  year;  "H"  facility 
(navigational  aid  for  radio  location);  two  Unicom  frequencies  for  radio 
communication;  and  weather  teletype  service.  Modern,  air-conditioned 
classroom  facilities,  with  visual  aids,  library,  and  other  study  aids  are 
available  for  academic  and  ground-related  courses. 

The  aircraft  fleet  consists  of  eighteen  Piper  Cherokee  140's;  two  Piper 
Cherokee  180's;  one  Piper  Cherokee  6;  plus  the  following:  Piper  Twin 
Engine  Aircraft — Comanche,  Aztec  and  Navajos,  two  Flightmatic  Sim- 
ulators, and  a  General  Aviation  Training  Simulator.  All  aircraft  are 
maintained  on  the  premises  in  a  federally  certified  aircraft  repair  sta- 
tion which  is  also  Piper  factory  certified. 


72  /  ACADEMIC  PROGRAMS  OF  INSTRUCTION 

Aviation  Technology 

Leading  to  the  Degree  of  Associate  in  Science 
(Day  Program — 2  years) 

The  Curriculum  of  the  Aviation  Technology  program  is  designed  to  provide 
in  the  shortest  reasonable  time,  the  required  amount  of  related  academic  in- 
struction and  accumulated  flight  time  to  thoroughly  prepare  the  student  for 
certification  with  the  Private  and  Commercial  Ratings  by  the  Federal  Aviation 
Administration.  In  the  two-year  program,  the  student  will  acquire  the  scientific, 
technological,  and  business  background  for  employment  in  a  variety  of  positions 
including:  Flight  Crew  Officers,  Airport  Management,  Fixed  Base  Operations,  Air 
Transportation,  Aviation  Sales,  F.A.A.  positions,  etc. 

Prerequisites:  Satisfactory  completion  of  the  Mathematics  Placement  Test  or 
Introductory  Mathematics  I  and  II  (10.301  and  10.302),  medical  certificate — 
F.A.A.  Class  I  or  II,  interview  with  Director  of  Flight  Instruction  and  Aviation 
Program  Counselor. 

First  Year 

Total  Yearly  Q.H. 

10.307,  10.308  Algebra  &  Trigonometry  I,  II  8 

96.391,  96.392  Air  Science  A  &  B  6 

30.603  Comp.  &  Rhet.  (Int.)  4 

93.401  Technical  Communications  4 

11.317,  11.318,  11.319  Physics  I,  II,  III  12 

48.514  Elements  of  Transportation  &  Distribution                   2 

96.399  Flight  Physiology  2 

96.395  Meteorology  &  Climatology  A  3 

48.593  Air  Transportation  A  3 

96.331,  96.332,  96.333  Primary  Flight  I,  II,  III  4V2 

Summer  Term  (Flight  Option) 

96.341,  96.342  Commercial  Flight  I,  II  3 

Second  Year  (Flight  Option) 

96.324,  96.325  Introductory  Avionics;  Avionics  8 

96.393,  96.394  Advanced  Air  Science  A,  B  6 

96.308  Aircraft  Power  &  Systems  4 

96.425  Chronology  of  Aviation  2 

96.396  Meteorology  &  Climatology  B  3 

48.594  Air  Transportation  B  3 

96.345  Commercial  Flight  V  IV2 

96.361,  96.362  Instrument  Flight  I,  II  3 

96.376,  96.377  General  Aviation  Operations  A,  B  6 

41.551,  41.552  Accounting  A,  B  6 

Total  97 


ACADEMIC  PROGRAMS  OF   INSTRUCTION  /  73 

Second  Year  (Non-Flight  Options) 

Students  electing  the  Non-flight  Option  will  replace  the  commercial  flight 
courses  with  a  sequence  of  air  transportation,  law  enforcement,  engineering,  or 
airport  management  courses.  These  courses  are  listed  under  the  description 
of  courses  at  the  end  of  the  catalogue. 

Students  having  definite  plans  to  enter  other  upper  class  programs  follow- 
ing the  completion  of  the  Associate  degree  should  consult  their  adviser  regard- 
ing entrance  requirements  prior  to  registering  for  second-year  courses. 

Avionics  Technology  (second-year  option) 

The  electronics  equipment  used  in  today's  aircraft  is  becoming  increasingly 
sophisticated  and  complex.  This  increases  the  need  for  highly  trained  avionics 
technicians  to  maintain  this  equipment.  The  avionics  curriculum  provides  the 
special  knowledge  and  skills  demanded  in  this  area.  Graduates  from  this  pro- 
gram are  eligible  to  write  the  Federal  Communications  Commission  examination 
for  the  2nd  Class  Radio  License. 

96.324,  96.325  Introductory  Avionics;  Avionics  8 

96.393,  96.394  Advanced  Air  Science  A,  B  6 

96.308  Aircraft  Power  &  Systems  4 

96.425  Chronology  of  Aviation  2 

96.396  Meteorology  &  Climatology  B  3 

48.594*  Air  Trans  B  2 

96.360  Aircraft  Analysis  2 

96.376*  General  Aviation  Operation  A  3 

09.307,  09.308,  09.309  Electrical  &  Electronic  Graphics  I,  II,  III  6 

96.326,  96.327,  96.328  Avionics  Laboratory  I,  II,  III  6 

96.329,  96.330  Radio  Communications  I,  II  4 

03.387,  03.388  Integrated  Circuits  I,  II  4 

Total  50 
*Optional 


74  /  ACADEMIC  PROGRAMS  OF  INSTRUCTION 

CIVIL  ENGINEERING  TECHNOLOGY  PROGRAMS 

Civil  Engineering  deals  with  the  planning  and  construction  of  all  kinds 
of  relatively  permanent  structures  and  public  works.  Its  major  func- 
tions are:  the  preparation  of  surveys  (topographical,  geological,  traffic, 
utility,  etc.);  the  design  of  structures  (buildings,  bridges,  dams,  harbor 
facilities,  etc.);  the  planning  of  municipal  systems  (water,  sanitary,  gas, 
flood  control,  air  pollution  control,  etc.);  and  the  development  of  trans- 
portation facilities  (highway,  railway,  waterway,  airway,  etc.). 

In  performing  these  functions,  the  civil  engineer  will  work  in  close  as- 
sociation with  professionals  in  the  field,  and  he  may  develop  techno- 
logically to  function  independently  and  in  positions  of  managerial 
responsibility. 

Employment  opportunities  for  Civil  Engineering  Technology  Program 
graduates  are  with  town,  city,  state,  or  federal  public  works  depart- 
ments and  agencies;  private  consulting,  engineering,  architectural, 
and  construction  organizations;  and  with  railroads  and  the  military. 

The  Civil  Engineering  Technology  program  and  related  programs 
offered  by  Lincoln  College  are: 

Associate  in  Engineering  Degree 

Architectural  Engineering  Technology   page  75 

Environmental  Engineering  Technology  page  76 

Structural  Engineering  Technology  page  77 

Surveying  and  Highway  Engineering  Technology    page  78 

Bachelor  of  Engineering  Technology  Degree 

Civil  Engineering  Technology  pages      79-80 

Mechanical-Structural  Engineering  Technology   pages  105-106 

Environmental  Control  Technology    pages  103-104 


ACADEMIC   PROGRAMS  OF   INSTRUCTION  /  75 

Architectural  Engineering  Technology 

Leading  to  the  Degree  of  Associate  in  Engineering 

The  program  in  Architectural  Engineering  Technology  prepares  the  graduate 
to  assume  responsibilities  in  the  planning,  design,  and  construction  of  buildings. 
Employment  opportunities  are  with  architectural  groups,  consulting  engineering 
firms,  and  government  agencies. 

Prerequisite:  Satisfactory  completion  of  the  Mathematics  Placement  Test  or 
Introductory  Mathematics  I  and  II  courses  (10.301  and  10.302).  The  Mathe- 
matics Placement  Test  must  be  taken  prior  to  registration. 

First  Year 

Course  Numbers  Course  Q.H. 

10.307,  10.308  College  Algebra  &  Trig.  I,  II  8 

10.320     Calculus  I  4 

11.317,  11.318,  11.319     Physics  I,  II,  III  12 

Second  Year 

01.301,  01.302,  01.303  Surveying  I,  II,  III  6 

02.301,  02.302,  02.303  Mechanics  (Statics)  I,  II,  III                                             6 

*09.311,  09.312,  09.313  Engineering  Graphics  I,  II,  III                                         6 

10.321,  10.322,  10.323  Calculus  II,  III,  IV  6 

Third  Year 

01.321,  01.322,  01.323  Introduction  to  Structures  I,  II,  III  6 

01.401,  01.402  Tech.  of  Modern  Architecture  I,  II  4 

01.390  Construction  Administration  2 

02.321,  02.322,  02.323  Stress  Analysis  I,  II,  III  6 

09.351,  09.352,  09.353  Principles  of  Computer  Prog.  I,  II,  III                             6 

Fourth  Year 

01.324,  01.325,  01.326  Structural  Analysis  I,  II,  III  6 

01.331,  01.332,  01.333  Design  of  Structures  I,  II,  III  6 

01.393,  01.394,  01.395  Architectural   Design   I,   II,   III  6 

01.371,  01.372,  01.373  Reinforced  Concrete  Design  I,  II,  III                            6 

Total  A.E.  degree  96 

Note:  Associate  degree  graduates  may  transfer  applicable  credits  toward  the 
requirements  in  other  Lincoln  College  programs  leading  to  the  Associate  in 
Engineering,  Associate  in  Science,  or  Bachelor  of  Engineering  Technology 
degree. 


*27.541,  542,  543  Drawing  I,  II,  III  (Prereq.  none) — a  basic  course  in  developing  pencil,  pen, 
and  wash  techniques;  and  the  study  of  basic  drawing  problems  using  a  variety  of  media 
— may  be  used  to  supplement  this  program. 


76  /  ACADEMIC  PROGRAMS  OF  INSTRUCTION 

Environmental  Engineering  Technology 

Leading  to  the  Degree  of  Associate  in  Engineering 

The  program  in  Environmental  Engineering  Technology  prepares  the  gradu- 
ate to  assume  responsibilities  related  to  the  design,  construction,  operation, 
and  supervision  of  municipal  plants  and  systems  concerned  with  the  storage 
and  distribution  of  water  and  also  the  disposal  of  sewage  and  waste  in  urban 
areas  with  due  consideration  for  contamination  and  pollution.  Employment 
opportunities  are  with  town,  city,  and  state  public  works  departments,  private 
engineering  consultants,  architects,  contractors,  and  many  other  engineering 
organizations. 

Prerequisite:  Satisfactory  completion  of  the  Mathematics  Placement  Test  or 
the  Introductory  Mathematics  I  and  II  courses  (10.301  and  10.302).  The  Mathe- 
matics Placement  Test  must  be  taken  prior  to  registration. 

First  Year 

Course  Number  Course  Q.H. 

10.307,  10.308  College  Algebra  &  Trigonometry  I,  II  8 

10.320     Calculus  I  4 

11.317,  11.318,  11.319     Physics  I,   II,   III  12 

Second  Year 

01.301,  01.302,  01.303  Surveying  I,  II,  III  6 

02.301,  02.302,  02.303  Mechanics  (Statics)  I,  II,  III  6 

09.311,  09.312,  09.313  Engineering  Graphics  I,  II,  III  6 

10.321,  10.322,  10.323  Calculus  II,  III,  IV  6 

Third  Year 

01.341,  01.342,  01.343     Fluid  Mechanics  I,  II,  III  6 

02.321,  02.322,  02.323     Stress  Analysis  I,  II,  III  6 

09.351,  09.352,  09.353     Principles  of  Computer  Programming  I,  II,  III                6 

12.544,  12.545,  12.546  tGeneral  Chemistry  I,  II,  III  6 

Fourth  Year 

01.324,  01.325,  01.326  Structural  Analysis  I,  II,  III  6 

01.351,  01.352,  01.353  Environmental  Engineering  I,  II,  III  6 

01.361,  01.362,  01.363  Materials  and  Soil  Mechanics,  I,  II,  III  6 

01.371,  01.372,  01.373  Reinforced  Concrete  Design  I,  II,  III  6 


Total  A.E.  degree     96 

Note:  Associate  degree  graduates  may  transfer  applicable  credits  toward  the 
requirements  in  other  Lincoln  College  programs  leading  to  the  Associate  in 
Engineering,  Associate  in  Science,  or  Bachelor  of  Engineering  Technology 
degree. 


tStudents  may  elect  to  add  12.547,  12.548,  12.549  Gen.  Chem.  Laboratory  I,  II,  III  (3  q.h.) 


ACADEMIC   PROGRAMS  OF   INSTRUCTION  /  11 

Structural  Engineering  Technology 

Leading  to  the  Degree  of  Associate  in  Engineering 

The  program  in  Structural  Engineering  Technology  prepares  the  graduate  to 
assume  responsibilities  related  to  the  planning,  design,  and  supervision  of  the 
construction  of  buildings,  bridges,  foundations;  flood-control  projects  and  all 
fixed  structures.  Employment  opportunities  are  with  consulting  engineering 
firms,  architectural  groups,  contractors,  railroads,  government  agencies,  the 
military,  and  other  design-related  companies. 

Prerequisite:  Satisfactory  completion  of  the  Mathematics  Placement  Test  or 
the  Introductory  Mathematics  I  and  II  courses  (10.301  and  10.302).  The  Mathe- 
matics Placement  Test  must  be  taken  prior  to  registration. 

First  Year 

Course  Number  Course  Q.H. 

10.307,  10.308  College  Algebra  &  Trigonometry  I,  II  8 

10.320     Calculus  I  4 

11.317,   11.318,  11.319     Physics  I,  II,  III  12 

Second  Year 

01.301,  01.302,  01.303  Surveying  I,  II,  III  6 

02.301,  02.302,  02.303  Mechanics  (Statics)  I,  II,  III  6 

09.311,  09.31-2,  09.313  Engineering  Graphics  I,  II,  III  6 

10.321,  10.322,  10.323  Calculus  II,  III,  IV  6 

Third  Year 

01.321,  01.322,  01.323  Introduction  to  Structures  I,  II,  III  6 

01.341,  01.342,  01.343  Fluid  Mechanics  I,  II,  III  6 

02.321,  02.322,  02.323  Stress  Analysis  I,   II,  III  6 

09.351,  09.352,  09.353  Principles  of  Computer  Programming  I,  II,  III               6 

Fourth  Year 

01.324,  01.325,  01.326  Structural  Analysis  I,  II,  III  6 

01.331,  01.332,  01.333  Design  of  Structures  I,  II,  III  6 

01.361,  01.362,  01.363  Materials  and  Soil  Mechanics  I,  II,  III  6 

01.371,  01.372,  01.373  Reinforced  Concrete  Design  I,  II,  III  6 


Total  A.E.  degree     96 

Note:  Associate  degree  graduates  may  transfer  applicable  credits  toward  the 
requirements  in  other  Lincoln  College  programs  leading  to  the  Associate  in 
Engineering,  Associate  in  Science,  or  Bachelor  of  Engineering  Technology 
degree. 


78  /  ACADEMIC  PROGRAMS  OF  INSTRUCTION 

Surveying  and  Highway  Engineering  Technology 

Leading  to  the  Degree  of  Associate  in  Engineering 

The  program  in  Surveying  and  Highway  Engineering  Technology  prepares  the 
graduate  to  assume  responsibilities  related  to  the  preparation  and  calculation 
of  preliminary  and  legal  surveys  required  for  both  small  projects  such  as  sub- 
division work,  individual  lot  layouts,  and  highway  layouts,  as  well  as  more  com- 
plex projects  relating  to  sewer  systems,  pipelines,  power  transmission  lines, 
dams,  reservoirs,  and  aqueducts.  Employment  opportunities  are  with  indepen- 
dent surveying  companies,  civil  engineering  companies,  highway,  transit,  and 
railroad  planning  groups,  as  well  as  cartographers,  construction  companies,  and 
contractors. 

Prerequisite:  Satisfactory  completion  of  the  Mathematics  Placement  Test  or 
the  Introductory  Mathematics  I  and  II  courses  (10.301  and  10.302).  The  Mathe- 
matics Placement  Test  must  be  taken  prior  to  registration. 

First  Year 

Course  Number  Course  Q.H. 

10.307,  10.308  College  Algebra  &  Trigonometry  I,  II  8 

10.320     Calculus  I  4 

11.317,  11.318,  11.319     Physics  I,  II,  III  12 

Second  Year 

01.301,  01.302,  01.303  Surveying  I,  II,  III  6 

02.301,  02.302,  02.303  Mechanics  (Statics)  I,  II,  III  6 

09.311,  09.312,  09.313  Engineering  Graphics  I,  II,  III  6 

10.321,  10.322,  10.323  Calculus  II,  III,  IV  6 

Third  Year 

01.304,  01.305,  01.306  Advanced  Surveying  I,  II,  III  6 

01.341,  01.342,  01.343  Fluid  Mechanics  I,  II,  III  6 

02.321,  02.322,  02.323  Stress  Analysis  I,  II,   III  6 

09.351,  09.352,  09.353  Principles  of  Computer  Programming  I,  II,  III               6 


Fourth  Year 

01.307, 

01.308, 

01.309 

Legal  Aspects  of  Surveying  I, 

II,   III 

6 

01.311, 

01.312, 

01.313 

Highway  Engineering  I,  II,  III 

6 

01.361, 

01.362, 

01.363 

Materials  and  Soil  Mechanics 

I,  II,  III 

6 

01.371, 

01.372, 

01 .373 

Reinforced   Concrete  Design   I 

II,   III 

6 

Total  A.E.  degree     96 

Note:  Associate  degree  graduates  may  transfer  applicable  credits  toward  the 
requirements  in  other  Lincoln  College  programs  leading  to  the  Associate  in 
Engineering,  Associate  in  Science,  or  Bachelor  of  Engineering  Technology 
degree. 


ACADEMIC  PROGRAMS  OF   INSTRUCTION  /  79 

Civil  Engineering  Technology 

(Accredited — Engineers'  Council  for  Professional  Development) 

Leading  to  the  Degree  of  Bachelor  of  Engineering  Technology 

The  program  in  Civil  Engineering  Technology  prepares  the  graduate  to  as- 
sume broad  responsibilities  related  to  surveys  required  to  develop  initial  design 
criteria  and  specifications,  and  to  become  involved  in  the  planning,  design,  and 
construction  of  all  kinds  of  relatively  permanent  structures,  municipal  plants 
and  systems,  or  transportation  systems  and  facilities.  Employment  opportunities 
are  in  private  consulting  firms,  construction  companies,  and  public  works  agen- 
cies. Work  involving  surveying,  design,  and  supervision  is  open  to  graduates. 

Prerequisite:  Satisfactory  completion  of  the  Mathematics  Placement  Test  or 
the  Introductory  Mathematics  I  and  II  courses  (10.301  and  10.302).  The  Mathe- 
matics Placement  Test  must  be  taken  prior  to  registration. 

First  Year 

Course  Number  Course  Q.H. 

10.307,  10.308  College  Algebra  &  Trigonometry  I,  II  8 

10.320     Calculus    I  4 

11.317,  11.318,  11.319     Physics   I,    II,    III  12 

Second  Year 

01.301,  01.302,  01.303     Surveying    I,    II,    III  6 

09.311,  09.312,  09.313     Engineering   Graphics    I,    II,    III  6 

10.321,  10.322,  10.323     Calculus   II,    III,   IV  6 

30.601,  30.602  Composition  and   Rhetoric  I,   II  4 

English    Elective  2 

Third  Year 

01.304,  01.305,  01.306     Advanced    Surveying    I,    II,    III  6 

02.301,  02.302,  02.303     Mechanics   (Statics),    I,   II,   III  6 

09.351,  09.352,  09.353     Principles   of  Computer   Programming  I,    II,    III           6 

"Laboratory  6 

Fourth  Year 

01.341,  01.342,  01.343  Fluid   Mechanics   I,   II,   III  6 

01.321,  01.322,  01.323  Introduction  to  Structures   I,  II,   III                                 6 

02.321,  02.322,  02.323  Stress  Analysis  I,  II,  III  6 

23.501,  23.502,  23.503  Western  Civilization  I,  II,  III  6 

Fifth  Year 

01.324,  01.325,  01.326     Structural    Analysis,    I,    II,    III  6 

12.544,  12.545,  12.546  fGeneral    Chemistry    I,    II,    III  6 

39.501,  39.502,  39.503     Economic  Principles  and  Problems  I,   II,   III  6 

01.331,  01.332,  01.333     Design    of   Structures    I,    II,    III  6 


*Six  quarter  hours  of   laboratory  work  are  required;  see  selection  titled   "Civil   Engineering 
Laboratories." 
tStudents  may  elect  to  add  12.547,  12.548,  12.549  Gen.  Chem.  Laboratory  I,  II,  III  (3  q.h.) 


80  /  ACADEMIC  PROGRAMS  OF  INSTRUCTION 

Sixth  Year 

01.371,  01.372,  01.373     Reinforced  Concrete  Design  I,  II,  III  6 

01.361,  01.362,  01.363     Materials  and  Soil  Mechanics  I,  II,  III  6 

19.501,  19.502,  19.503     Psychology  I,  II,  III  6 

'Elective   I,    II,    III  6 

Seventh  Year 

01.311,  01.312,  01.313     Highway   Engineering   I,   II,   III  6 

Elective   I,   II,   III   (Technical)  6 

'Elective  I,   II,  III  6 

Eighth  Year 

01.351,  01.352,  01.353     Environmental    Engineering   I,   II,   III  6 

30.604,  30.605  Introduction  to  Literary  Forms  I,  II  4 

English    Elective  2 

'Elective  I,   II,  III  6 

Total  B.E.T.  degree     180 

Suggested  Electives 

Q.H. 
01.307,  01.308,  01.309     Legal  Aspects  of  Surveying  I,  II,  III  6 

01.327,  01.328,  01.329     Advanced  Structural  Analysis  I,  II,  III  6 

01.334,  01.335,  01.336     Advanced  Structural  Design  I,  II,  III  6 

01.401,  01.402  Technology  of  Modern  Architecture  I,  II  4 

01.390     Construction  Administration  2 

18.511,  18.512,  18,513     Biology  12 

18.521,  18.522,  18.523     Microbiology  12 

"93.402,  93.403  Technical  Communications  I,  II  4 

Civil  Engineering  Laboratories 

01.310     Surveying  Laboratory  2 

01.364     Materials  &  Soil   Mechanics  Laboratory  2 

01.380,  01.381,  01.382     Environmental    Laboratory   I,   II,   III  6 

Elective   courses   for   which    proper   preparation   exists    may   be   chosen   from 
within  or  outside  of  the  Civil  Engineering  discipline. 

Transfer  students  may  petition  for  elective  credits  for  courses  that  are  suitable 
to  the  curriculum. 

Graduates  of  the  Bachelor  of  Engineering  Technology  programs  desiring  to 
pursue  programs  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Engineering  degree  at 
Northeastern  University  may  apply  through  the  Admissions  Office  (150  Rl). 
Programs  in  Electrical,  Civil,  and  Mechanical  Engineering  are  available  on  a 
part-time  as  well  as  a  regular  cooperative  program.  Industrial  and  Chemical 
Engineering  programs  are  available  only  during  the  regular  day  programs. 
Candidates  must  have  at  least  2.75  cumulative  average  and  complete  a 
course   program   prescribed   by  the   major  department  and  the   Dean's  Office. 


"Before    registering    for   any   electives,    the   student   should   submit   a   proposed    program    of 
elective  courses — preferably  representing  a  minor  field  of  concentration  consistent  with  his 
personal  career  objectives — for  approval  by  the  Academic  Standing  Committee. 
10.324,  10.325,  10.326  Differential  Equations  I,  II,  III  is  recommended  for  all  students  planning 
advanced  engineering  technology  subjects. 

'*93.402,  403  Technical  Communications   I,   II   may  be  used  to  fulfill   English  elective  require- 
ments. 


ACADEMIC  PROGRAMS  OF   INSTRUCTION  /  81 

ELECTRICAL  ENGINEERING  TECHNOLOGY  PROGRAMS 

Electrical  Engineering  deals  with  the  design  and  operation  of  equip- 
ment and  systems  related  to  power,  communications,  data-processing, 
and  electrical  control.  Its  major  functions  are:  1)  the  generation,  trans- 
mission and  distribution  of  electrical  energy  for  light  and  power  pur- 
poses; 2)  the  development  and  production  of  equipment  for  telephone, 
radio,  television,  radar,  and  communication;  3)  the  design  and  con- 
struction of  data-processing  systems  and  analog  or  digital  computers; 
and  4)  the  application  of  electrical  and  electronic  devices  in  the  con- 
trol of  processes  and  manufacture. 

Employment  opportunities  for  the  Electrical  Engineering  Technology 
graduate  are  in  public  and  private  research  laboratories,  engineering 
consulting  groups  dealing  with  industrial  and  plant  applications,  de- 
sign organizations  dealing  with  operation  and  manufacture,  sales  engi- 
neering, and  the  electric  utility  industry. 

The  Electrical  Engineering  Technology  program  and  related  programs 
offered  by  Lincoln  College  are: 

Associate  in  Engineering  Degree 

Bioelectric  Engineering  Technology  page  100 

Electrical  Power  Engineering  Technology  page    82 

Computer  Engineering  Technology  page  101 

Electronics  Engineering  Technology  page    83 

Post-Associate  Degree  Certificate 
Control  Systems  Engineering  Technology    page  102 

Bachelor  of  Engineering  Technology  Degree 

Electrical  Engineering  Technology   pages  84-86 

(Accredited  by  Engineers'  Council  for  Professional 
Development) 

The  program  in  Electrical  Engineering  Technology  leading  to  the 
Bachelor  of  Engineering  Technology  is  also  offered  as  a  day  coopera- 
tive program.  A  specimen  curriculum  is  shown  on  pages  87-88.  For 
further  information  please  call  (617)  437-2200,  or  write: 

Dean  of  Admissions 
Northeastern  University 
360  Huntington  Avenue 
Boston,  Massachusetts  02115 


82  /  ACADEMIC  PROGRAMS  OF  INSTRUCTION 

Electrical  Power  Engineering  Technology 

Leading  to  the  Degree  of  Associate  in  Engineering 

The  program  in  Electric  Power  Engineering  Technology  prepares  the  grad- 
uate to  assume  responsibilities  related  to  the  design,  installation,  operation,  and 
maintenance  of  electrical  machinery,  power  and  control  apparatus,  and  larger 
equipment  employing  heavy  currents.  The  curriculum  includes  the  study  of 
the  generation,  transmission,  and  distribution  of  electrical  energy  for  light  and 
power,  and  the  application  and  operation  of  electrical  machinery  in  industry. 

Employment  opportunities  are  in  public  and  investor-owned  electrical  utilities, 
electrical  manufacturing  companies,  consulting  engineering  firms,  control  equip- 
ment design  organizations,  and  communications  companies. 

Prerequisite:  Satisfactory  completion  of  the  Mathematics  Placement  Test  or 
the  Introductory  Mathematics  I  and  II  courses  (10.301  and  10.302).  The  Mathe- 
matics Placement  Test  must  be  taken  prior  to  registration. 

First  Year 

Course  Number  Course  Q.H. 

10.307,  10.308  College  Algebra  &  Trigonometry  I,  II  8 

10.320     Calculus  I  4 

11.317,  11.318,  11.319     Physics    I,    II    III  12 

Second  Year 

03.301,  03.302,  03.303  Circuit   Theory   I,    II,    III  6 

09.307,  09.308,  09.309  Electrical    and    Electronic   Graphics   I,    II,  III                6 

09.351,  09.352,  09.353  Principles  of  Computer  Programming  I,  II,  III                6 

10.321,  10.322,  10.323  Calculus  II,   III,  IV  6 

Third  Year 

03.304,  03.305,  03.306     Circuit  Theory   IV,   V,   Electrical  Measurements           6 

03.346,  03.347,  03.348     Electronics  for  Industry  I,   II,   III  6 

03.331,  03.332,  03.333     Energy  Conversion   I,   II,   III  6 

Technical  Elective  I,  II,  III  6 

Fourth  Year 

03.334,  03.335,  03.336     Control    Circuits   I,    II,    III  6 

03.337,  03.338,  03.339     Basic  Power  Systems  I,  II,  III  12 

03.341,  03.342,  03.343     Power  and  Control  Labs.  I,  II,  III  6 


Total  A.E.  degree     96 

Suggested  Technical  Electives 

04.381,  04.382,  04.383     Nuclear   Technology   I,    II,    III  6 

02.351,  02.352,  02.353     Thermodynamics  I,  II,     III  6 

Note:  Associate  degree  graduates  may  transfer  applicable  credits  toward  the 
requirements  in  other  Lincoln  College  programs  leading  to  the  Associate  in 
Engineering,  Associate  in  Science,  or  Bachelor  of  Engineering  Technology  de- 
gree. 


ACADEMIC  PROGRAMS  OF  INSTRUCTION  /  83 

Electronics  Engineering  Technology 

Leading  to  the  Degree  of  Associate  in  Engineering 

The  program  in  Electronic  Engineering  Technology  prepares  the  graduate  to 
assume  responsibilities  related  to  the  design,  development,  and  operation  of 
communications,  data-processing,  and  electronic  control  equipment  for  applica- 
tions in  computers,  military  and  space  explorations,  and  in  automated  industrial 
production  equipment.  Employment  opportunities  are  in  communications  equip- 
ment, electrical  manufacturing,  data-processing  and  control,  equipment  organi- 
zations, as  well  as  other  engineering-oriented  companies. 

Prerequisite:  Satisfactory  completion  of  the  Mathematics  Placement  Test  or 
the  Introductory  Mathematics  I  and  II  courses  (10.301  and  10.302).  The  Mathe- 
matics Placement  Test  must  be  taken  prior  to  registration. 

First  Year 

Course  Number  Course  Q.H. 

10.307,  10.308  College  Algebra  &  Trigonometry  I,  II  8 

10.320     Calculus    I  4 

11.317,  11.318,  11.319     Physics   I,   II,   III  12 

Second  Year 

03.301,  03.302,  03.303     Circuit  Theory  I,  II,  III  6 

09.307,  09.308,  09.309     Electrical  and  Electronic  Graphics  I,  II,  III  6 

10.321,  10.322,  10.323     Calculus   II,    III,    IV  6 
11.321,  11.322,  11.323    Wave  Phenomena,  Semiconductor  Physics, 

Semiconductor   Devices  6 

Third  Year 

03.304,  03.306,  03.323     Circuit  Theory  IV,   Electrical  Measurements, 

Electronic  Lab.  6 

03.311,  03.312,  03.313     Electronics    I,    II,    III  12 

09.351,  09.352,  09.353     Principles  of  Computer   Programming   I,   II,  III           6 

Fourth  Year 

03.314,  03.315,  03.316     Pulse  and  Digital  Circuits  I,   II,   III  6 

*03.317,  03.318,  03.319     Principles  of  Communication  Systems  I,  II,  III  12 

03.327,  03.328,  03.329     Advanced  Electronic  Labs.  I,  II,  III  6 


Total  A.E.  degree    96 

NOTE:  Associate  degree  graduates  may  transfer  applicable  credits  toward  the 
requirements  in  other  Lincoln  College  programs  leading  to  the  Associate  in 
Engineering,  Associate  in  Science,  or  Bachelor  of  Engineering  Technology  de- 
gree. 


*03.387,  03.338,  03.389  Active  Integrated  Circuits  I   .II.   Ill 

plus 
03.381,  03.382,  03.383  Transistor-Circuit   Engineering   I,    II,    III 
may  be  substituted  for  03.317,  03.318,  03.319  Principles  of  Communication  Systems 


84  /  ACADEMIC  PROGRAMS  OF  INSTRUCTION 

Electrical  Engineering  Technology 

(Accredited  by  Engineers'  Council  for  Professional  Development) 

Leading  to  the  Degree  of  Bachelor  of  Engineering  Technology 

The  program  in  Electrical  Engineering  Technology  prepares  the  graduate  to 
assume  broad  responsibilities  related  to  the  design,  development,  operation, 
installation,  and  production  of  a  wide  variety  of  electrical  and  electronic  equip- 
ment concerned  with  the  generation  and  utilization  of  electric  energy,  com- 
munications, data-processing,  and  industrial  control.  Employment  opportunities 
are  in  public  and  private  research  laboratories,  engineering  consulting  firms 
dealing  with  industrial  and  plant  applications,  electric  utilities,  electrical  and 
electronic  organizations  concerned  with  operation,  manufacture,  installation,  and 
sales. 

Prerequisite:  Satisfactory  completion  of  the  Mathematics  Placement  Test  or 
the  Introduction  Mathematics  I  and  II  courses  (10:301  and  10.302).  The  Mathe- 
matics Placement  Test  must  be  taken  prior  to  registration. 

First  Year 

Course  Number  Course  Q.H. 

10.307,  10.308  College  Algebra  &  Trigonometry  I,  II  8 

10.320     Calculus    I  4 

11.317,  11.318,  11.319     Physics  I,  II,  III  12 

Second  Year 

03.301,  03.302,  03.303     Circuit  Theory   I,   II,   III  6 

09.307,  09.308,  09.309     Electrical  and   Electronic  Graphics  I,   II,   III                6 

10.321,  10.322,  10.323     Calculus   II,   III,   IV  6 

30.601,  30.602                 "Composition  and  Rhetoric  I,  II  4 

English    Elective  2 

Third  Year 

03.304,  03.305**,  03.306  Circuit  Theory  IV,  V,  and   Electrical   Measurements  6 

09.351,  09.352,  09.353     Principles    of   Computer    Programming    I,    II,    III  6 

10.324,  10.325,  10.326     Differential   Equations   I,   II,   III  6 
11.321,  11.322,  11.323     Wave  Phenomena,  Semiconductor  Physics, 

Semiconductor  Devices  6 

Fourth  Year 

03.311,  03.312,  03.313     Electronics   I,   II,   III  12 

103.324,  03.325,  03.323     Circuits  Laboratory  I,  II  and  Electronic  Lab.  6 

03.331,  03.332,  03.333     Energy  Conversion  I,  II,  III  6 


"30.603    Composition    and    Rhetoric    (Intensive)    may    be    substituted   for   30.601,    30.602   Com- 
position and   Rhetoric  I,   II. 
"Electronically    oriented    students    may    replace   03.305   Circuit   Theory   V   with    the   technical 

course  provided  (see  current  schedule). 
T03.324,    03.325    Circuits    Laboratory    is    required    for   students    having    no    previous    degrees. 
Transfer  students  with  an  Associates  degree  should  take  03.349  Advanced  Electronics  Lab. 
IV  and  03.350  Advanced  Electronics  Lab.  V. 


ACADEMIC  PROGRAMS  OF   INSTRUCTION  /  85 

Fifth  Year 

f03.317,  03.318,  03.319     Principles  of  Communication  Systems  I,  II  III             12 

03.361,  03.362,  03.363     Transients  in  Linear  Systems  I,  II,  III  6 

23.501,  23.502,  23.503     Western  Civilization   I,   II,   III  6 

Sixth  Year 

f03.327,  03.328,  03.329     Advanced  Electronic  Labs.  I,  II,  III  6 

03.371,  03.372,  03.373     Analog,  Digital  and  Hybrid  Computers  I,  II,  III  6 

39.501,  39.502,  39.503     Economic   Principles  and  Problems  I,  II,   III                 6 

'Elective  I,  II,  III  6 

Seventh  Year 

03.377,  03.378,  03.379     Control    Systems    I,    II,    III  6 

19.501,  19.502,  19.503     Psychology    I,    II,    III  6 

*Elective   I,   II,   III  6 

Eighth  Year 

30.604,  30.605                   Introduction  to  Literary  Forms  I,   II  4 

English    Elective  2 

'Elective   I,    II,   III  6 

'Elective   I,    II,    III  6 


Total  B.E.T.  degree  180 

Suggested  Technical  Electives 

Q.H. 

03.314,  03.315,  03.316     Pulse  and  Digital  Circuits  I,  II,  III  6 

1-03.337,  03.338,  03.339     Basic  Power  Systems  I,  II,  III  12 

f03.341,  03.342,  03.343     Power  &  Control  Labs.  I,  II,  III  6 

03.364,  03.365,  03.366     Advanced  Circuit  Theory  I,  II,  III  6 

03.367,  03.368,  03.369     Advanced  Pulse  &  Digital  Circuits  I,  II,  III  6 

03.374,  03.375,  03.376     Digital  Systems   I,   II,   III  6 

"03.381,  03.382,  03.383     Linear  Active  Circuit  Design  I,  II,  III  6 
03.384,  03.385,  03.386     Microwave  Semiconductor  Devices 

and  Circuits  I,  II,  III  6 

"03.387,  03.388,  03.389     Integrated  Circuits  I,  II,  III  6 

Continued 


'Before    registering    for   any   electives,    the   student   should   submit   a   proposed    program    of 
elective    courses — preferably    representing    a    minor   field    of   concentration    consistent   with 
his  personal  career  objectives — for  approval  by  the  Committee  on  Education. 
10.351,  10.352,  10353  Advanced  Mathematics  I,   II,   III   is  recommended  for  all  students  plan- 
ning advanced  engineering  technology  subjects. 
"03.387,   03.388,   03.389    Integrated   Circuits   I,    II,    III 
plus 
03.381,  03.382,  03.383     Linear  Active  Circuit  Design  I,  II,  III 
may  be  substituted  for  03.317,  03.318,  03.319  Principles  of  Communication  Systems  I,  II,  III. 

t03.337,   03.338,   03.339   Basic   Power  Systems   I,   II,    III    may   be  substituted  for  03.317,  03.318, 
03.319  Principles  of  Communication  Systems. 

03.341,   03.342,  03.343   Power  &  Control   Labs   I,   II,   III   may  be  substituted  for  03.327,  03.328. 
03.329  Advanced  Electronic  Labs.  I,  II,  III. 


86  /  ACADEMIC  PROGRAMS  OF  INSTRUCTION 

09.354,  09.355,  09.356     Computer  Systems  I,  II,  III  6 

09.357,  09.358,  09.359     Computer  Aided  Design  I,  II,  III  6 

09.361,  09.362,  09.363     Computer  Controlled  Systems  I,  II,  III  6 

03.360  Introduction  to  Radar  Systems  4 

11.324  Introductory  Survey  of  Lasers  2 

93.402,  93.403  Technical  Communications  I,  II  4 

(May  be  used  for  English  elective) 

Electrical   Engineering  Technology  courses  of  elective  nature  may  be  chosen 
from  the  above  list  of  courses. 

Elective  courses  for  which  proper  preparation  exists  may  be  chosen  from 
within  or  outside  of  the  electrical  engineering  discipline. 
Graduates  of  the  Bachelor  of  Engineering  Technology  program  desiring  to 
pursue  programs  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Engineering  degree  at 
Northeastern  University  may  apply  through  the  Admissions  Office  (150RI).  Pro- 
grams in  Electrical,  Civil,  and  Mechanical  Engineering  are  available  on  a  part- 
time  as  well  as  a  regular  cooperative  program.  Industrial  and  Chemical  Engi- 
neering programs  are  available  only  during  the  regular  day  programs. 
Candidates  must  have  at  least  a  2.75  cumulative  average  and  complete  a 
course  program  prescribed  by  the  major  department  and  the  Dean's  Office. 


ACADEMIC  PROGRAMS  OF   INSTRUCTION  /  87 

Electrical  Engineering  Technology 

(Day  Cooperative  Curriculum) 

Leading  to  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Engineering  Technology 

First  Year 

Course  Number               Course  Q.H. 

10.307,  10.308                  College  Algebra  &  Trigonometry  I,  II                             8 

10.320     Calculus  I  4 

11.317,  11.318,  11.319     Physics  I,  II,  III  12 

30.113                                Freshman  Writing  4 

30.114,  30.115     Introduction  to  Lit.,  Great  Themes  in  Lit.                       8 

09.421,  09.422,  09.423     Principles  of  Computer  Programming  I,  II,  III  6 

09.461,  09.462,  09.463     Engineering  Design  Graphics  I,  II,  III                             6 

11.373,  11.374     Physics  Lab.  I,  II  4 

Second  Year 

10.421,  10.422                   Calculus  A,  B  8 

03.451,  03.452                   Circuit  Analysis  I,  II  8 

11.420                                  Physics  IV  4 

03.440                  Physical  Electronics  4 

03.324                   Circuits  Lab.  I  2 

(    I    )    (    II    )                  Liberal  Arts  Elective  I,  II  8 

*Third  Year 

03.460                                Engineering  Analysis  I  4 

03.430                   Energy  Conversion  4 

03.453,  03.454                  Circuit  Analysis  III,  IV  8 

03.311,  03.312                   Electronics  I,  II  8 

39.115                                Principles  of  Economics  4 

03.410                  Electrical  Measurements  4 

03.325,  03.323                  Circuits  Lab.  II,  Electronic  Lab.  4 

Fourth  Year 

03.470                                Digital  Computers  4 

03.477                  Control  Engineering  4 

03.313                                Electronics  III  4 

03.327,  03.328                  Advanced  Electronic  Lab.  I,  II  4 

(    I    )    (    II    )                "Technical  Elective  (A  or  B)  I,  II  8 

(    II    )                   Liberal  Arts  Elective  II  4 


*Note:  Students   desiring   to  terminate  their   program   at  the  end   of  Quarter  7  may   petition 

to  be  awarded  the  Associate  in  Engineering  degree. 
"Technical  Elective  A:  Power  Systems  Sequence 
Technical  Elective  B:  Communication  Engineering  Sequence  (see  next  page). 


88  /  ACADEMIC  PROGRAMS  OF  INSTRUCTION 

Fifth  Year 


Course 

Number 

Course 

Q.H 

03.478 

Control  Engineering  II 

4 

03.437 

Distrb.  Systems 

4 

03.329 

Advanced  Electronic  Lab.  Ill 

2 

03.461 

Engineering  Analysis  II 

02.411 

or 
Mechanics  A 

4 

(    1    ) 

(    II    ) 

Liberal  Arts  Electives  I,  II 

8 

(     1     ) 

"Technical  Elective  (A  or  B)  III 

4 

(    II    ) 

Technical  Elective 

4 

Total  B.E.T.  degree     180  Q.H. 


TECHNICAL  ELECTIVE  SEQUENCES 

Power  Systems  Sequence 

03.337  Basic  Power  Systems  I  4 

03.338  Basic  Power  Systems  II  4 

03.339  Basic  Power  Systems  III  4 
Technical  Elective  (selected  from  below)  4 

Communication  Engineering  Sequence 

03.317  Principles  of  Communication  Systems  I  4 

03.318  Principles  of  Communication  Systems  II  4 

03.319  Principles  of  Communication  Systems  III  4 
Technical  Elective  (selected  from  below)  4 

Suggested  Technical  Electives 

03.317  Principles  of  Communication  Systems  I  4 

03.337  Basic  Power  Systems  I  4 

03.490  Optical  Instrumentation  4 

04.481  Nuclear  Technology  4 

Graduates  of  the  Day  Bachelor  of  Engineering  Technology  program  who  have 

maintained  a  superior  level  of  achievement  and  who  wish  to  continue  their 
academic  studies  may  be  qualified  to  enter  the  part-time  or  full-time  program 
leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Engineering.  For  further  information  con- 
tact the  Lincoln  College  Office  at  219  Hayden  Hall,  telephone  437-2500. 


ACADEMIC  PROGRAMS  OF  INSTRUCTION  /  89 

MECHANICAL  ENGINEERING  TECHNOLOGY  PROGRAMS 

Mechanical  Engineering  deals  with  the  harnessing  of  power  resources 
by  means  of  machinery  to  perform  useful  work.  In  contrast  to  civil  en- 
gineering, which  deals  primarily  with  static  forces  and  structures, 
mechanical  engineering  is  more  concerned  with  the  motion  and  ki- 
netics of  devices  which  are  activated  by  hydraulic,  electrical,  mechan- 
ical, or  thermodynamic  forces.  Major  functions  of  the  mechanical  en- 
gineer are:  1)  design  and  installation  of  all  kinds  of  machinery  from 
pocket  watches  to  the  largest  of  steel  boring  mills;  2)  development  and 
production  of  engines  and  transportation  equipment  (automobile,  air- 
craft, ship,  railway,  etc.);  3)  construction  and  operation  of  furnaces, 
boilers,  and  heating  and  air-conditioning  equipment  for  the  control  of 
atmospheric  and  environmental  conditions. 

Employment  opportunities  for  Mechanical  Engineering  Technology 
graduates  are  in  the  areas  of  1)  research,  design,  or  development;  2) 
production,  operation,  testing,  or  control;  3)  installation,  maintenance, 
and  sales.  In  performing  these  functions,  graduates  will  work  in  close 
association  with  professionals  in  the  field  and  may  develop  techno- 
logically so  as  to  function  independently  and  in  positions  of  mana- 
gerial responsibility. 

The  Mechanical  Engineering  Technology  program  and  related  pro- 
grams offered  by  Lincoln  College  are: 

Associate  in  Engineering  Degree 

Mechanical  Engineering  Technology   page  90 

Heat  Engineering  Technology    page  91 

Bachelor  of  Engineering  Technology  Degree 

Mechanical  Engineering  Technology  (Accredited  by  Engineers' 
Council  for  Professional  Development)  pages      92-93 

Mechanical-Structural  Engineering  Technology  pages  105-106 

(Accredited  by  Engineers'  Council  for  Professional 
Development) 

The  program  in  Mechanical  Engineering  Technology  leading  to  the 
Bachelor  of  Engineering  Technology  is  also  offered  as  a  day  coopera- 
tive program.  A  specimen  curriculum  is  shown  on  pages  94  and  95.  For 
further  information  please  call  (617)  437-2200,  or  write: 

Dean  of  Admissions 
Northeastern  University 
360  Huntington  Avenue 
Boston,  Massachusetts  02115 


Mechanical  Engineering  Technology 

Leading  to  the  Degree  of  Associate  in  Engineering 

The  program  in  Mechanical  Engineering  Technology  prepares  the  graduate  to 
assume  responsibilities  related  to  the  design,  production,  and  installation  of 
mechanical  tools,  machinery,  engines,  and  transportation  equipment  in  which 
there  is  an  intermingling  of  mechanical  and  hydraulic  forces.  Because  of  the 
increased  mechanization  of  all  industry,  varied  employment  opportunities  are 
available  in  private  engineering  consultant  groups,  in  light  and  heavy  industries, 
and  in  almost  all  engineering  design  organizations. 

Prerequisite:  Satisfactory  completion  of  the  Mathematics  Placement  Test  or 
the  Introductory  Mathematics  I  and  II  courses  (10.301  and  10.302).  The  Mathe- 
matics Placement  Test  must  be  taken  prior  to  registration. 

First  Year 

Course  Number  Course  Q.H. 

10.307.  10.308  College  Algebra  &  Trigonometry  I,  II  8 

10.320     Calculus  I  4 

11.317.  11.318.  11.319     Physics  I.  II.  Ill  12 

Second  Year 

02.301.  02.302.  02.303  Mechanics  (Statics)  I,  II.  Ill  6 

09.311.  09.312.  09.313  Engineering  Graphics  I.  II.  Ill  6 

09.351.  09.352.  09.353  Principles  of  Computer  Programming  I.  II,  III                6 

10.321.  10.322.  10.323  Calculus  II.  III.  IV  6 

Third  Year 

02.304.  02.305.  02.306  Mechanics  (Dynamics)  I.  II.  Ill  6 

02.321.  02.322.  02.323  Stress  Analysis  I.   II.   Ill  6 

'02.341.  02.342.  02.343  Materials  I.  II.  Ill  6 

09.314.  09.315.  09.316  Engineering  Design  I.  II,   III  6 

Fourth  Year 

01.341.  01.342.  01.343  Fluid  Mechanics  I.   II.   II  6 

02.324.  02.325.  02.326  Advanced  Stress  Analysis  I.  II.  Ill                                    6 

02.327.  02.328.  02.329  Mechanical  Design  I.  II.  Ill  6 

02.331.  02.332.  02.333  Mechnical  Technology  Lab.  I.  II.  Ill                                6 


Total  A.E.  degree     96 

Note:  Associate  degree  graduates  may  transfer  applicable  credits  toward  the 
requirements  in  other  Lincoln  College  programs  leading  to  the  Associate  in  Engi- 
neering. Associate  in  Science,  or  Bachelor  of  Engineering  Technology  degree. 


•03.320,  03.321  Electricity  and  Electronics  I,  II,  III,  may  be  substituted  for  02.341,  02.342.  02.343 
Materials  I.  II,  III. 


ACADEMIC  PROGRAMS  OF  INSTRUCTION  /  91 
Heat  Engineering  Technology 

Leading  to  the  Degree  of  Associate  in  Engineering 

The  program  in  Heat  Engineering  Technology  prepares  the  graduate  to  assume 
responsibilities  related  to  the  design,  operation,  and  construction  of  engines 
and  equipment  in  which  there  are  thermodynamic,  hydraulic,  and  mechanical 
forces.  Typical  examples  are  automobile,  aircraft,  and  ship  engines;  boilers  and 
furnaces;  and  heating,  air  conditioning,  and  ventilating  devices.  Employment 
opportunities  are  with  architectural  firms,  engineering  consultants,  light  and 
heavy  mechanical  industries,  and  other  engineering  and  oriented  organizations. 

Prerequisite:  Satisfactory  completion  of  the  Mathematics  Placement  Test  or 
the  Introductory  Mathematics  I  and  II  courses  (10.301  and  10.302).  The  Mathe- 
matics Placement  Test  must  be  taken  prior  to  registration. 

Third  Year 

Course  Number  Course  Q.H. 

10.307,  10.308  College  Algebra  &  Trigonometry  I,  II  8 

10.320     Calculus  I  4 

11.317,  11.318,  11.319     Physics  I,  II,  III  12 

Second  Year 

02.301,  02.302,  02.303  Mechanics  (Statics)   I,  II,  III  6 

09.311,  09.312,  09.313  Engineering  Graphics  I,  II,  III  6 

09.351,  09.352,  09.353  Principles  of  Computer  Programming  I,  II,  III               6 

10.321,  10.322,  10.323  Calculus  II,   III,   IV  6 

Third  Year 

02.304,  02.305,  02.306  Mechanics  (Dynamics)  I,  II,  III  6 

02.321,  02.322,  02.323  Stress  Analysis  I,   II,   III  6 

02.351,  02.352,  02.353  Thermodynamics  I,  II,  III  6 

09.314,  09.315,  09.316  Engineering  Design  I,   II,   III  6 

Fourth  Year 

01.341,  01.342,  01.343  Fluid  Mechanics  I,  II,  III  6 

02.354,  02.355,  02.356  Heat  Transfer  I,  II,  III  6 

02.357,  02.358,  02.359  Heat  Engineering  I,  II,  III  6 

02.361,  02.362,  02.363  Heat  Technology  Lab.  I,  II,  III  6 


Total  A.E.  Degree    96 

Note:  Associate  degree  graduates  may  transfer  applicable  credits  toward  the 
requirements  in  other  Lincoln  College  programs  leading  to  the  Associate  in  En- 
gineering, Associate  in  Science,  or  Bachelor  of  Engineering  Technology  degree. 


92  /  ACADEMIC  PROGRAMS  OF  INSTRUCTION 

Mechanical  Engineering  Technology 

(Accredited  by  Engineers'  Council  for  Professional  Development) 

Leading  to  the  Degree  of  Bachelor  of  Engineering  Technology 

The  program  in  Mechanical  Engineering  Technology  prepares  the  graduate  to 
assume  broad  responsibilities  related  to  the  design,  development,  production, 
operation,  and  installation  of  all  kinds  of  machinery,  engines,  and  transportation 
equipment  as  well  as  boilers,  furnaces,  and  heating  or  air  conditioning  equip- 
ment which  involve  interactions  of  mechanical,  hydraulic,  and  thermodynamic 
forces.  Employment  opportunities  are  in  industry  producing  mechanized  and 
automated  equipment,  in  design  and  engineering  organizations,  and  in  com- 
panies dealing  primarily  with  manufacture  and  production. 

Prerequisite:  Satisfactory  completion  of  the  Mathematics  Placement  Test  or 
the  Introductory  Mathematics  I  and  II  courses  (10.301  and  10.302).  The  Mathe- 
matics Placement  Test  must  be  taken  prior  to  registration. 

First  Year 

Course  Number  Course  Q.H. 

10.307,  10.308  College  Algebra  &  Trigonometry  I,  II  8 

10.320     Calculus  I  4 

11.317,  11.318,  11.319     Physics  I,  II,  III  12 

Second  Year 

09.311,  09.312,  09.313     Engineering  Graphics  I,  II,  III  6 

09.351,  09.352,  09.353     Principles  of  Computer  Programming  I,  II,  III              6 

10.321,  10.322,  10.323     Calculus  II,  III,  IV  6 

30.601,  30.602                  Composition  and  Rhetoric  I,  II  4 

English  Elective  2 

Third  Year 

02.301,  02.302,  02.303     Mechanics  (Statics)   I,  II,   III  6 

02.341,  02.342,  02.343     Materials  I,  II,  III  6 

09.314,  09.315,  09.316     Engineering  Design  I,  II,  III  6 

'Elective  I,  II,  III  6 

Fourth  Year 

01.341,  01.342,  01.343  Fluid  Mechanics  I,  II,  III  6 

02.304,  02.305,  02.306  Mechanics  (Dynamics)  I,  II,  III  6 

02.321,  02.322,  02.323  Stress  Analysis  I,  II,  III  6 

23.501,  23.502,  23.503  Western  Civilization  I,  II,  III  6 


"Before    registering    for   any   electives,    the   student   should   submit   a   proposed    program    of 
elective    courses — preferably    representing    a    minor   field    of   concentration    consistent   with 
his  personal  career  objectives— for  approval  by  the  Academic  Standing  Committee. 
10.324,  10.325,  10.326  Differential  Equations  I,  II,  III  is  recommended  for  all  students  planning 
advanced  engineering  technology  subjects. 


ACADEMIC   PROGRAMS  OF   INSTRUCTION  /  93 


Fifth  Year 


02.324,  02.325,  02.326     Advanced  Stress  Analysis  I,  II,  III                                      6 

02.351,  02.352,  02.353     Thermodynamics  I,  II,  III  6 

04.381,  04.382,  04.383     Nuclear  Technology  I,  II,   III  6 

39.501,  39.502,  39.503     Economic  Principles  and  Problems  I,  II,  III  6 

Sixth  Year 

02.327,  02.328,  02.329     Mechanical  Design  I,  II,  III  6 

02.354,  02.355,  02.356     Heat  Transfer  I,  II,  III  6 

19.501,  19.502,  19.503     Psychology  I,  II,  III  6 

"Elective  I,  II,  III  6 

Seventh  Year 

02.331,  02.332,  02.333     Mechanical  Technology  Labs.  I,  II,  III                            6 

02.357,  02.358,  02.359     Heat  Engineering  I,  II,  III  6 

"Elective  I,  II,  III  6 

Eighth  Year 

02.361,  02.362,  02.363     Heat  Technology  Labs.  I,  II,  III  6 

30.604,  30.605                   Introduction  to  Literary  Forms  I,  II                                   4 

English  Elective  2 

"Elective  I,  II,  III  6 


Total  B.E.T.  degree     180 

Suggested  Technical  Electives 

Q.H. 

02.337,  02.338,  02.339  Mechanical  Vibrations  I,  II,  III  6 

03.320,  03.321,  03.322  Electricity  and  Electronics  I,  II,  III  6 

02.334,  02.335,  02.336  Experimental  Stress  Analysis  I,  II,  III                              6 

02.344,  02.345,  02.346  Applied  Metallurgy  I,  II,  III  6 

02.347  Principles  of  Aerodynamics  4 

T93.402,  93.403  Technical  Communications  I,  II  4 

Transfer  students  may  petition  for  elective  credits  for  courses  that  are  suitable 
to  the  curriculum. 

Graduates  of  the  Bachelor  of  Engineering  Technology  program  desiring  to  pur- 
sue programs  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Engineering  degree  at 
Northeastern  University  may  apply  through  the  Admissions  Office  (150  Rl).  Pro- 
grams in  Electrical  and  Civil  Engineering  are  available  on  a  part-time  as  well 
as  a  regular  cooperative  program.  Industrial,  Chemical,  and  Chemical  Engineer- 
ing programs  are  available  only  during  the  regular  day  programs. 

Candidates  must  have  at  least  a  2.75  cumulative  average  and  complete  a  course 
program  prescribed  by  the  major  department  and  the  Dean's  Office. 


"Elective  courses  for  which  proper  preparation  exists  may  be  chosen  from  within  or  outside 
of  the   Mechanical    Engineering   discipline. 

t93.402,  93.403  Technical  Communications  I,  II  may  be  used  to  fulfill  English  elective  require- 
ments. 


94  /  ACADEMIC  PROGRAMS  OF  INSTRUCTION 

Mechanical  Engineering  Technology 

(Day  Cooperative  Curriculum) 

Leading  to  the  Degree  of  Bachelor  of  Engineering  Technology 

First  Year 

Course  Number              Course  Q.H. 

10.307,  10.308                  College  Algebra  &  Trigonometry  I,  II  8 

10.320     Calculus  I  4 

11.317,  11.318,  11.319     Physics  I,  II,  III  12 

30.113                                Freshman  Writing  4 

30.114,  30.115     Introduction  to  Lit.,  Great  Themes  in  Lit.                     8 

09.421,  09.422,  09.423     Principles  of  Computer  Programming  I,  II,  III  6 

09.461,  09.462,  09.463     Engineering  Design  Graphics  I,  II,  III                             6 

11.373,  11.374     Physics  Labs.  I,  II  4 

Second  Year 

10.421,  10.422                  Calculus  A,  B  8 

02.411,  02.412                   Mechanics  A,  B  8 

09.464                                Engineering  Design  Graphics  IV  4 

02.414                  Stress  Analysis  A  4 

02.431                                 Materials  A  4 

02.461  Machine  Shop  (or  Liberal  Arts  elective  4 
on    petition   with   experience) 

•Third  Year 

02.413                                Mechanics  C  4 

03.420                   Electricity  &  Electronics  I  4 

02.415                                Stress  Analysis  B  4 

02.465                   Heat  Lab.  I  2 

02.462                                Mechanical  Lab.  I  2 

02.421,  02.422                  Thermodynamics  A,  B  8 

39.115                                Principles  of  Economics  4 

02.441                   Fluid  Mechanics  A  4 

Fourth  Year 

02.417,  02.418                  Mechanical  Design  A,  B  4&2 

02.463,  02.464                  Mechanical  Labs.  II,  III  4 

02.442                                Fluid  Mechanics  B  2 

02.423                  Thermodynamics  C  4 

(    I    )    (    II    )                  Technical  Elective  I,  II  8 

(    I    )                                BA  Elective  or  Industrial  Engineering  Elect.  I                4 

(    II    )                   Liberal  Arts  Elective  II  4 


"Note:  Students  desiring  to  terminate  their  program  at  the  end  of  Quarter  7  may  petition  to 
be  awarded   the  Associate   in   Engineering   degree. 


Course 

Number 

Course 

04.481 

Nuclear  Technology 

02.467 

Project  Lab. 

02.466 

Heat  Lab.  II 

(    II    ) 

Technical  Elective  II 

02.424 

Thermodynamics  D 

(     I     ) 

(    I"    ) 

Technical  Elective  I, 

(     I     ) 

(    H    ) 

Liberal  Arts  Elective 

ACADEMIC  PROGRAMS  OF   INSTRUCTION  /  95 

Fifth  Year 

Q.H. 

4 
4 
2 
4 
2 
8 
8 


Total  B.E.T.  degree         180 

Technical  Electives  Must  Be  Chosen  From  the  Following  List 

02.416  Stress  Analysis  C  4 

02.452  Exp.  Stress  Analysis  4 

02.451  Mech.  Vibrations  4 

02.432  Materials  B  4 

02.433  Applied  Metallurgy  4 
02.425  Thermodynamics  E  4 
10.423  Differential  Equations  4 
03.421  Elect.  &  Electronics  II  4 
03.490  Optical   Instrumentation  4 

Graduates  of  the  Day  Bachelor  of  Engineering  Technology  program  who  have 
maintained  a  superior  level  of  achievement  and  who  wish  to  continue  their 
academic  studies  may  be  qualified  to  enter  the  part-time  or  full-time  program 
leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Engineering.  For  further  information  con- 
tact the  Lincoln  College  Office  at  219  Hayden  Hall,  telephone  437-2500. 


96  /  ACADEMIC  PROGRAMS  OF  INSTRUCTION 

INTERDISCIPLINARY  ENGINEERING  AND 
SCIENCE  TECHNOLOGY  PROGRAMS 

These  programs  offered  by  Lincoln  College  present  a  variety  of  inter- 
disciplinary combinations  of  the  Engineering  Technology  Programs 
and  the  Science  Programs  (chemistry,  physics,  and  mathematics). 
They  have  been  developed  to  meet  the  need  for  technologists  in  the 
areas  of  ecology,  bioelectronic  devices,  computer  systems,  and  other 
technological  applications  requiring  an  expertise  in  several  of  the 
academic  disciplines. 

This  demand  for  multi-skilled  technologists  reflects  the  increased  re- 
liance of  society  on  the  science  and  engineering  technologist  to  help 
solve  its  growth  problems.  Opportunities  are  also  developing  in  highly 
interdisciplinary  fields  such  as  ocean  engineering,  bioengineering, 
environmental  science,  and  public  health. 

The  programs  are  designed  to  prepare  the  student  to  meet  the  charge 
of  interfacing  technology  and  society.  The  engineering  technology  stu- 
dent not  only  learns  about  the  disciplines  that  are  related  to  his  ex- 
pertise but  he  also  becomes  oriented  in  the  disciplines  to  which  his 
technological  skills  will  be  applied.  A  program  of  concentrated  study 
in  chemistry  and  physics  or  mathematics  and  physics  is  offered  to  the 
science  technology  student. 

Lincoln  College  also  offers  an  Associate  in  Science  Degree  Program 
in  Fire  Technology  which  provides  a  broad  spectrum  of  those  science 
technologies  which  are  basic  in  coping  with  fire-fighting  problems  at- 
tendant to  the  complexities  of  today's  society. 

Interdisciplinary  Engineering  and  Science  Technology  programs  of- 
fered to  Lincoln  College  students  are: 

Associate  in  Science  Degree 

Chemical-Physical  Technology  page    97 

Mathematical-Physical  Technology    page    98 

Fire  Technology  page    99  j 

Associate  in  Engineering  Degree 

Bioelectronic  Engineering  Technology  page  100 

Computer  Engineering  Technology  page  101 

Post-Associate  Degree  Certificate 
Control  Systems  Engineering  Technology  page  102 

Bachelor  of  Engineering  Technology  Degree 

Environmental  Control  Technology pages  103-104  \ 

Mechanical-Structural  Engineering  Technology pages  105-106 


ACADEMIC  PROGRAMS  OF   INSTRUCTION  /  97 

Chemical-Physical  Technology 

Leading  to  the  Degree  of  Associate  in  Science 

The  program  in  Chemical-Physical  Technology  prepares  the  graduate  to  as- 
sume responsibilities  related  to  the  analysis,  synthesis,  and  production  of 
products  involving  chemical  as  well  as  physical  changes.  The  curriculum  pro- 
vides both  theoretical  and  laboratory  training  in  the  traditional  branches  of 
chemistry,  and  also  includes  modern  instrumental,  radiochemistry,  and  nuclear 
technology.  It  provides  broad  rather  than  specialized  training  so  as  to  have 
applicability  in  many  chemistry-related  fields.  Employment  opportunities  are  in 
manufacturing  and  pharmaceutical  plants  producing  drugs,  oils,  synthetics,  and 
plastics,  and  in  private  and  industrial  research  laboratories  concerned  with  the 
development  of  processes,  by-products,  and  new  knowledge. 

Prerequisite:  Satisfactory  completion  of  the  Mathematics  Placement  Test  or 
the  Introductory  Mathematics  I  and  II  courses  (10.301  and  10.302).  The  Mathe- 
matics Placement  Test  must  be  taken  prior  to  registration. 

First  Year 

Course  Number  Course  Q.H. 

10.307,  10.308  College  Algebra  &  Trigonometry  I,  II                               8 

10.320  Calculus  I  4 

11.304,  11.305,  11.306  General  Physics  I,  II,  III  6 

12.544,  12.545,  12.546  General  Chemistry  I,  II,  III  6 

12.547,  12.548,  12.549  General  Chemistry  Labs.  I,  II,  III  3 

Second  Year 

10.321,  10.322,  10.323     Calculus  II,   III,  IV  6 

12.521,  12.522,  12.523     Analytical  Chemistry  I,  II,  III  6 

12.524,  12.525,  12.526     Analytical  Chemistry  Labs.  I,  II,  III                                  6 

30.601,  30.602                  Composition  and  Rhetoric  I,  II  4 

English  Elective  2 

Third  Year 

12.531,  12.532,  12.533  Organic  Chemistry  I,  II,  III  6 

12.534,  12.535,  12.536  Organic  Chemistry  Labs.  I,  II,  III  6 

11.331,  11.332,  11.333  Modern  Physics  I,  II,  III  6 

09.351,  09.352,  09.353  Principles  of  Computer  Programming  I,  II,  III              6 

Fourth  Year 

12.541,  12.542,  12.543     Physical  Chemistry  I,  II,   III  6 

12.551,  12.552,  12.553     Instrumental  and  Radiochemistry  6 

04.381,  04.382,  04.383     Nuclear  Technology  I,  II,  III  6 

Elective  I,  II,  III  6 


Total  A.S.  degree     99 


Note:  Associate  degree  graduates  may  transfer  applicable  credits  toward  the  re- 
quirements in  other  Lincoln  College  programs  leading  to  the  Associate  in  Engi- 
neering, Associate  in  Science,  or  Bachelor  of  Engineering  Technology  degree. 


98  /  ACADEMIC  PROGRAMS  OF  INSTRUCTION 

Mathematical-Physical  Technology 

Leading  to  the  Degree  of  Associate  in  Science 
The  program  in  Mathematical-Physical  Technology  is  designed  to  establish  a 
firm  background  in  the  concepts  of  physics  and  mathematics  with  sufficient 
chemistry  to  allow  effective  communication  between  technologist  and  profes- 
sional. The  intensity  of  courses  introduces  theoretical  depth  for  concept  de- 
velopment but  places  emphasis  at  the  level  of  application  and  performance. 
Graduates  may  serve  as  high-level  technicians  and  laboratory  assistants  in 
such  fields  as  environmental  and  space  science.  Working  with  the  professional 
engineer  or  scientist,  he  may  assist  in  performing  intricate  and  detailed  experi- 
ments; collect,  organize,  and  reduce  technical  data  to  manageable  form  for 
analysis;  or  perform  investigations  requiring  mathematical  and  scientific  back- 
grounds. Opportunities  exist  in  the  wide  spectrum  of  research  and  develop- 
ment organizations  which  deal  in  the  physical,  mathematical,  and  engineering 
sciences. 

Prerequisite:  Satisfactory  completion  of  the  Mathematics  Placement  Test  or 
the  Introductory  Mathematics  I  and  II  courses  (10.301  and  10.302).  The  Mathe- 
matics Placement  Test  must  be  taken  prior  to  registration. 

First  Year 

Course  Number  Course  Q.H. 

10.307,  10.308  College  Algebra  &  Trigonometry  I,  II  8 

10.320     Calculus  I  4 

11.317,  11.318,  11.319     Physics  I,  II,  III  12 

Second  Year 

10.321,  10.322,  10.323  Calculus  II,  III,  IV  6 
11.321,  11.322,  11.323     Wave  Phenomena,  Semiconductor  Physics, 

Semiconductor  Devices  6 

12.544,  12.545,  12.546     General  Chemistry  I,  II,  III  6 

12.547,  12.548,  12.549     General  Chemistry  Labs.  I,  II,  III                                     3 

30.661,  30.602                  Composition  &  Rhetoric  I,  II  4 

English  Elective  2 

Third  Year 

09.351,  09.352,  09.353     Principles  of  Computer  Programming  I,  II,  III                6 

10.324,  10.325,  10.326     Differential  Equations  I,  II,  III  6 

03.307,  03.308,  03.309     Electricity  &  Electronics  I,  II,  III  6 

Technical  Elective  I,  II,  III  6 

Fourth  Year 

10.351,  10.352,  10.353     Advanced  Mathematics  I,  II,  III  6 

11.331,  11.332,  11.333     Modern  Physics  I,  II,  III  6 

11.373,  11.374,  03.323     Physics  Laboratory  I,  II,  Electronics  Lab.                      6 

Elective  I,  II,   III  6 


Total  A.S.  degree     99 

Note:  Associate  degree  graduates  may  transfer  applicable  credits  toward  the 
requirements  in  other  Lincoln  College  programs  leading  to  the  Associate  in  En- 
gineering, Associate  in  Science,  or  Bachelor  of  Engineering  Technology  degree. 


ACADEMIC  PROGRAMS  OF  INSTRUCTION  /  99 

Fire  Technology 

Leading  to  the  Degree  of  Associate  in  Science 
The  program   in   Fire  Technology  is  designed  to  prepare  students  to  assume 
responsibilities   in   such   areas   as   fire    investigation,    industrial   fire   prevention 
and    protection,   and    residential   fire  safety  and   prevention.   A   broad   array  of 
engineering   technologies   is   an    integral    part   of  the  student's   program   as   a 
preparation   for   coping   with    new   building   techniques,    present-day   industrial 
operations,  and  the  related  complexities  of  the  fire  services. 
The  curriculum  includes  72  quarter  hours  of  credit  in  science  and  mathematics 
including   physics,   chemistry,   and   basic  engineering  courses.  The  balance  of 
24  quarter  hours  is  made  up  of  professional  courses  taught  by  specialists  in 
this  field,  bringing  to  the  program  a  real  insight  into  fire  science  technology. 
Prerequisite:   Satisfactory   completion   of  the   Mathematics   Placement  Test  or 
Basic  Mathematics  I  and  II  courses  (10.330  and  10.331).  The  Mathematics  Place- 
ment Test  must  be  taken  prior  to  registration. 

First  Year 
Course  Number  Course  Q.H. 

10.327,  10.328,  10.329     Mathematics  I,  II,  III  6 

11.304,  11.305,  11.306     General  Physics  I,  II,  III  6 

91.301,  91.302  Fire  Protection  Science  I,  II  4 

91.303     Chemical  Behavior  of  Fire  2 

12.507,  12.508,  12.509     Modern  Chemistry  I,  II,  III  6 

Second  Year 
02.301,  02.302,  02.303     Mechanics  (Statics)   I,   II,   III  6 

10.320,  10.321,  10.322     Calculus  I,  II,  III  8 

02.321,  02.322,  02.323     Stress  Analysis  I,  II,  III  6 
91.304,  91.305     Fire  Prevention  I,  II  4 

Third  Year 
01.341,  01.342,  01.343     Fluid  Mechanics  I,  II,  III  6 

02.321,  02.322,  02.323     Stress  Analysis  I,  II,  III  6 

02.351  Thermodynamics  I  2 

03.344  Fundamentals  of  Electricity  and 

Residential   Power  Circuits  2 

03.345     Industrial  Power  Circuits  2 

91.306  Fire  Apparatus  Function  and  Design  2 

91.307,  91.308     Fire  Protection  Systems  I,  II  4 

Fourth  Year 

01.351  Environmental  Engineering  2 

09.311,  09.312     Engineering  Graphics  I,  II  4 

04.381,  04.382  Nuclear  Technology  I,  II  4 

91.312     Environmental  Physiology  2 

(45.570,  45.571,  45.572     Electronic  Data  Processing  I,  II,  III  6 

91.309,  91.310,  91.311     Fire  Operations  I,  II,  III  6 

Total  A.S.  degree     96 
Note:  Associate  degree  graduates  may  transfer  applicable  credits  toward  the 
requirements   in   other  Lincoln   College   programs  leading  to  the  Associate  in 
Engineering,    Associate    in    Science,    or   Bachelor   of    Engineering    Technology 
idegree. 


100  /  ACADEMIC  PROGRAMS  OF  INSTRUCTION 

Bioelectronic  Engineering  Technology 

Leading  to  the  Degree  of  Associate  in  Engineering 

The  program  in  Bioelectronics  Engineering  Technology  prepares  the  graduate 
to  assume  responsibilities  related  to  the  design,  installation,  and  operation  of 
modern  medical  electronic  devices  used  in  the  measurement,  recording,  and 
analysis  of  anatomical,  physiological,  and  biochemical  functions  in  humans 
and  animals.  The  curriculum  builds  heavily  on  electronics  theory,  chemistry,  and 
human  physiology  with  emphasis  on  typical  bioelectronic  devices  and  their 
laboratory  applications.  Employment  opportunities  are  in  biological,  chemical, 
physiological,  and  pharmaceutical  research  laboratories;  in  clinics  and  hospitals 
in  relation  to  medical  diagnosis  and  patient  care;  and  in  industrial  organizations 
concerned  with  the  design,  development,  and  production  of  the  equipment. 

Prerequisite:  Satisfactory  completion  of  the  Mathematics  Placement  Test  or 
the  Introductory  Mathematics  I  and  II  courses  (10.301  and  10.302).  The  Mathe- 
matics Placement  Test  must  be  taken  prior  to  registration. 

First  Year 

Course  Number  Course  Q.H. 

10.307,  10.308  College  Algebra  and  Trigonometry  I,  II  8 

10.320     Calculus  I  4 

11.317,  11.318,  11.319     Physics  I,  II,  III  12 

Second  Year 

03.301,  03.302,  03.303  Circuit  Theory  I,  II,  III  6 

09.307,  09.308,  09.309  Electrical  and  Electronic  Graphics  I,  II,  III                  6 

10.321,  10.322,  10.323  Calculus   II,   III,   IV  6 

12.507,  12.508,  12.509  'Modern   Chemistry   I,    II,    III  6 

Third  Year 

03.304,  03.306,  03.323     Circuit  Theory  IV,   Electrical   Measurements,   and 

Electronic   Lab.  6 

11.320  Semiconductor  Physics  and   Devices  4 

03.311,  03.312     Electronics    I,    II  8 

18.507,  18.508,  18.509     Gross  Anatomy  and  General  Physiology  I,  II,  III  6 

Fourth  Year 

03.351,  03.352,  03.353     Bioelectronic   Devices   I,   II,   III  6 

03.357,  03.358,  03.359     Bioelectronic    Labs.    I,    II,    III  6 

09.351,  09.352,  09.353     Principles  of  Computer  Programming  I,  II,  III              6 

Technical  Elective  6 


Total  A.E.  degree     96 

Note:  Associate  degree  graduates  may  transfer  applicable  credits  toward  the 
requirements  in  other  Lincoln  College  programs  leading  to  the  Associate  in 
Engineering,  Associate  in  Science,  or  Bachelor  of  Engineering  Technology  de- 
gree. 


'Student  may  elect  to  substitute  12.544,   12.545,  12.546  General   Chemistry  and  12.547,   12.548, 
12.549  General  Chemistry  Laboratory  I,  II,  III  (9  q.h.) 


ACADEMIC   PROGRAMS  OF   INSTRUCTION  /  101 

Computer  Engineering  Technology 

Leading  to  the  degree  of  Associate  in  Engineering 

The  Computer  Engineering  Technology  program  is  organized  to  provide  the 
mathematical  and  technological  background  for  understanding  both  the  hard- 
ware and  software  aspects  of  computer  systems.  Graduates  will  be  prepared  as: 
a)  programmers  who  translate  engineering  or  scientific  concepts  into  meaningful 
form  for  the  computer;  b)  engineering  technicians  concerned  with  the  develop- 
ment, specification,  production,  and  operation  of  computer  hardware;  and  c) 
applications  technicians  dealing  with  the  interface  of  the  computer  with  indus- 
trial process  and  control  systems  or  data  acquisition,  reduction,  and  display 
systems. 

Prerequisite:  Satisfactory  completion  of  the  Mathematics  Placement  Test  or 
the  Introductory  Mathematics  I  and  II  courses  (10.301  and  10.302).  The  Mathe- 
matics Placement  Test  must  be  taken  prior  to  registration. 

First  Year 

Course  Number  Course  Q.H. 

10.307,  10.308  College  Algebra  &  Trigometry  I,  II  8 

10.320     Calculus    I  4 

11.317,  11.318,  11.319     Physics  I,  II,  III  12 

Second  Year 

10.321,  10.322,  10.323  Calculus  II,   III,   IV  6 

03.301,  03.302,  03.303  Circuit  Theory  I,   II,   III  6 

09.307,  09.308,  09.309  Electrical   &   Electronic   Graphics   I,    II,    III  6 

09.351,  09.352,  09.353  Princ.  of  Computer  Programming  I,  II,  III  6 

Third  Year 

11.320  Semiconductor  Physics  &  Devices  and  4 

03.311,  03.312  Electronics   I,    II  8 

09.354,  09.355,  09.356  Computer  Systems  I,  II,  III  6 

10.324,  10.325,  10.326  Differential    Equations    I,    II,    III  6 

Fourth  Year 

03.323,  03.391,  03.392  Electronic  Labs.  &  Computer  Technology  Labs.  II,  III    6 

03.371,  03.372,  03.373  Analog,   Digital  and  Hybrid  Comps.   I,   II,  III                 6 

Any  2   of  4 

03.387,  03.388,  03.389  Active   Integrated   Circuits   I,   II,   III  6 

09.357,  09.358,  09.359  Computer  Aided  Design  I,  II,  III  6 

(09.361,  09.362,  09.363  Computer  Controlled   Systems   I,    II,    III  6 

110.351,  10.352,  10.353  Advanced   Mathematics   I,    II,    III  6 

Note:  Associate  degree  graduates  may  transfer  applicable  credits  toward  the 
i  requirements  in  other  Lincoln  College  programs  leading  to  the  Associate  in  En- 
gineering, Associate  in  Science,  or  Bachelor  of  Engineering  Technology  degree. 


102  /  ACADEMIC  PROGRAMS  OF  INSTRUCTION 

Control  Systems  Engineering  Technology 

Leading  to  a  Certificate 

The  program  in  Control  Systems  Engineering  Technology  is  designed  to  pro- 
vide electrical  and  electronic  background  required  in  the  development  of  control 
equipment  and  systems  related  to  the  age  of  automation.  Practicing  engineers 
who  wish  to  avoid  technological  obsolescence  may  keep  abreast  of  current  con- 
trol practices.  The  program  presumes  graduation  from  either  associate  in  en- 
gineering degree  programs  in  Electrical  Power  or  Electronic  Engineering  Tech- 
nology, or  bachelor  degree  programs  in  a  branch  of  engineering.  A  certificate 
will  be  awarded  upon  completion  of  30  quarter  hours  of  credit  and  a  minimum 
overall   Q.P.A.   requirement  of  1.8  in   Lincoln   College. 

Required    Courses 

Course  Number  Course  Q.H. 

03.361,  03.362,  03.363     Transients  in  Linear  Systems  I,  II,  III  6 

10.324,  10.325,  10.326     Differential  Equations  I,  II,  III  6 

Full-Year  Elective  Sequences 

(Require  completion  of  Transients  in  Linear  Systems) 

03.364,  03.365,  03.366  Advanced  Circuit  Theory  I,  II,  III  6 

03.367,  03.368,  03.369  Advanced  Pulse  and  Digital  Circuits  I,  II,  III                6 

03.371,  03.372,  03.373  Analog,  Digital,  and  Hybrid  Computers  I,  II,  III            6 

03.374,  03.375,  03.376  Digital   Systems   I,    II,    III  6 

03.377,  03.378,  03.379  Control  Systems  I,  II,  III  6 

03.381,  03.382,  03.383  Transistor  Circuit  Engineering  I,  II,  III  6 

03.384,  03.385,  03.386  Microwave  Semiconductor  Devices 

and   Circuits   I,   II,    III  6 

03.387,  03.388,  03.389  Active   Integrated   Circuits   I,    II,   III  6 

03.314,  03.315,  03.316  Pulse  and  Digital  Circuits  I,  II,  III  6 


ACADEMIC   PROGRAMS  OF   INSTRUCTION  /  103 

Environmental  Control  Technology 

Leading  to  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Engineering  Technology 

This  program  is  designed  to  meet  the  increasing  demand  for  qualified  man- 
power to  operate  and  maintain  facilities  and  services  which  relate  to  the  con- 
trol of  our  environment.  From  work  ranging  from  air  sampling  to  water  treat- 
ment and  industrial  waste  control,  graduates  will  take  important  positions  now 
waiting  to  be  filled. 

The  program  is  unique  in  its  mixture  of  physical  and  physiological  sciences. 
In  addition,  the  student  has  the  option  of  selecting  technical  electives  which 
are  oriented  toward  physical  facilities  or  the  study  of  the  user  of  the  facilities 
— man. 

Prerequisite:  Satisfactory  completion  of  the  Mathematics  Placement  Test  or 
the  Introductory  Mathematics  I  and  II  courses  (10.301  and  10.302).  The  Mathe- 
matics  Placement  Test  must  be  taken   prior  to  registration. 

First  Year 

Course  Number  Course  Q.H. 

10.307,  10.308  College  Algebra  &  Trig.  I,  II  8 

10.320     Calculus   I  4 

11.317,  11.318,  11.319     Physics    I,    II,    III  12 

Second  Year 

30.601,  30.602  Composition    &   Rhetoric    I,  II                                          4 

18.511,  18.512,  18.513  Biology  I,  II,  III  12 

12.544,  12.545,  12.546  Gen.  Chemistry  I,   II,   III  6 

12.547,  12.548,  12.549  Gen.   Chem.   Labs.   I,   II,   III  3 

Third  Year 

12.521,  12.522,  12.523     Analytical   Chem.   I,    II,    III  6 

18.521,  18.522,  18.523     Microbiology   I,   II,    III  12 

02.301,  02.302,  02.303     Mechanics   (Statics)    I,    II,    III  6 

Fourth  Year 

01.380,  01.381,  01.382  Environmental  Labs.  I,  II,  III  6 

09.351,  09.352,  09.353  Principles   of   Computer   Prog.  I,    II,    III                          6 

01.341,  01.342,  01.343  Fluid   Mechanics   I,    II,    III  6 

23.501,  23.502,  23.503  Western  Civilization  I,   II,   III  6 

Fifth  Year 

10.321,  10.322,  10.323  Calculus    II,    III,    IV  6 

09.311,  09.312,  09.313  Engineering   Graphics  I,    II,    III                                        6 

18.561,  18.562,  18.563  Ecology  I,   II,   III  6 

102.321,  02.322,  02.323  Stress   Analysis    I,    II,  III                                                   6 


104  /  ACADEMIC  PROGRAMS  OF  INSTRUCTION 

Sixth  Year 

Course  Number  Course  Q.H. 

39.501,  39.502,  39.503     Economic   Principles   &   Prob.   I,   II,   III  6 

02.341,  02.342,  02.343     Materials   I,    II,    III  6 

18.524,18.525,18.526)  (Human  Anat.  &  Physiology  or  9 

01.324,  01.325,  01.326  \  '       eC  IVe  ^Structural  Analysis  6 

Liberal    Arts   Elective  6 

Seventh  Year 

01.383,  01.384,  01.385     Public   Health   Engineering   1,    II,   III  6 

02.351,02.352,02.353)  (Thermodynamics   or  6 

01.331,  01.332,  01.333  \  IVe(Design  of  Structures  6 

Liberal  Arts  Elective  6 

Eighth  Year 

01.386,  01.387,  01.388     Environmental    Design    I,    II,    III  6 

02.357,  02.358,  02.359  )  _,_     ,     ,_,     x.      (Heat  Engineering  or  6 

V  Tprh     F  prtivp  ' 

01.371,  01.372,  01.373  j  JReinf.  Concrete  Design  6 

Liberal  Arts  Elective  6 


Total  B.E.T.  Degree     181  or  184 

Transfer  students  may  petition  for  elective  credits  for  courses  that  are  suitable 
to  the  curriculum. 

Graduates  of  the  Bachelor  of  Engineering  Technology  program  desiring  to 
pursue  programs  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Engineering  degree  at 
Northeastern  University  may  apply  through  the  Admissions  Office  (150  Rl). 
Programs  in  Electrical,  Civil,  and  Mechanical  Engineering  are  available  on  a 
part-time  as  well  as  a  regular  cooperative  program.  Industrial  and  Chemical 
Engineering  programs  are  available  only  during  the  regular  day  programs. 

Candidates  must  have  at  least  a  2.75  cumulative  average  and  complete  a 
course  program  prescribed  by  the  major  department  and  the  Dean's  Office. 


ACADEMIC  PROGRAMS  OF   INSTRUCTION  /  105 

Mechanical-Structural  Engineering  Technology 

(Accredited — Engineers'  Council  for  Professional  Development) 

Leading  to  the  Degree  of  Bachelor  of  Engineering  Technology 

The  program  in  Mechanical-Structural  Engineering  Technology  is  interdiscipli- 
nary in  that  it  prepares  the  graduate  to  assume  responsibilities  related  to  both 
the  planning  and  construction  of  relatively  static  structures  such  as  buildings, 
bridges,  docks,  etc.,  and  also  the  design  and  production  of  dynamic  machine 
tools,  machinery,  and  other  mechanical  devices.  The  mechanical  and  structural 
content  is  integrated  so  as  to  be  complementary  and  to  provide  a  broad  base 
for  design  problems  of  great  variety.  Employment  opportunities  lie  in  the 
architectural,   construction,   civil,   and   mechanical   professions  and   companies. 

Prerequisite:  Satisfactory  completion  of  the  Mathematics  Placement  Test  or 
the  Introductory  Mathematics  I  and  II  courses  (10.301  and  10.302).  The  Mathe- 
matics Placement  Test  must  be  taken  prior  to  registration. 

First  Year 

Course  Number  Course  Q.H. 

10.307,  10.308  College  Algebra  &  Trigonometry  I,   II  8 

10.320     Calculus  I  4 

11.317,  11.318,  11.319     Physics  I,  II,  III  12 

Second  Year 

09.311,  09.312,  09.313     Engineering   Graphics   I,   II,   III  6 

09.351,  09.352,  09.353     Principles  of  Computer  Programming  I,  II,  III                6 

10.321,  10.322,  10.323     Calculus   II,    III,    IV  6 

30.601,  30.602                  Composition  and  Rhetoric  I,   II  4 

English   Elective  2 

Third  Year 

01.301,  01.302,  01.303     Surveying  I,  II,  II  6 

02.301,  02.302,  02.303     Mechanics  (Statics)  1,  II,  III  6 

09.314,  09.315,  09.316     Engineering    Design    I,    II,    III  6 

'Elective   I,   II,   III  6 

Fourth  Year 

01.321,  01.322,  01.233  Introduction   to   Structures    I,  II,    III                                6 

02.304,  02.305,  02.306  Mechanics  (Dynamics)  I,  II,  III  6 

02.321,  02.322,  02.323  Stress  Analysis  I,   II,   III  6 

23.501,  23.502,  23.503  Western    Civilization    I,    II,    III  6 


"Before    registering    for   any   electives,   the   student   should    submit   a   proposed    program    of 
elective    courses — preferably    representing    a    minor   field    of   concentration    consistent   with 
his  personal  career  objectives — for  approval  by  the  Academic  Standing  Committee. 
10.324,  10.325,  10.326  Differential  Equations  I,  II,  III  is  recommended  for  all  students  planning 
advanced  engineering  technology  subjects. 


106  /  ACADEMIC  PROGRAMS  OF  INSTRUCTION 

Fifth  Year 

01.324,  01.325,  01.326     Structural  Analysis  I,  II,  III  6 

01.341,  01.342,  01.343     Fluid  Mechanics  I,  II,  III  6 

02.341,  02.342,  02.343     Materials  I,   II,  III  6 

39.501,  39.502,  39.503     Economic  Principles  and  Problems  I,  II,  III  6 

Sixth  Year 

01.331,  01.332,  01.333     Design  of  Structures  I,  II,  III  6 

02.324,  02.325,  02.326     Advanced  Stress  Analysis  I,  II,  III  6 

19.501,  19.502,  19.503     Psychology  I,  II,  III  6 

'Elective  I,  II,  III  6 

Seventh  Year 

01.371,  01.372,  01.373     Reinforced  Concrete  Design  I,  II,  III  6 

02.327,  02.328,  02.329     Mechanical  Design  I,  II,  III  6 

'Elective  I,  II,  III  6 

Eighth  Year 

02.331,  02.332,  02.333     Mechanical  Technology  Labs.  I,  II,  III  6 

30.604,  30.605                   Introduction  to  Literary  Forms  I,  II                                   4 

English  Elective  2 

'Elective  I,  II,  III  6 


Total  B.E.T.  degree     180 

Suggested  Technical  Electives 

01.361,  01.362,  01.363  Materials  and  Soil  Mechanics  6 

02.337,  02.338,  02.339  Mechanical  Vibrations  I,  II,  III  6 

01.327,  01.328,  01.329  Advanced  Structural  Analysis  I,  II,  III                              6 

02.351,  02.352,  02.353  Thermodynamics  I,  II,  III  6 

*93.402,  93.403  Technical  Communications  I,  II  4 

Elective  courses  for  which  proper  preparation  exists  may  be  chosen  from  within 
or  outside  of  the  Mechanical-Structural  Engineering  discipline. 

Transfer  students  may  petition  for  elective  credits  for  courses  that  are  suitable 
to  the  curriculum. 

Graduates  of  the  Bachelor  of  Engineering  Technology  Program  desiring  to  pur- 
sue programs  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Engineering  degree  at 
Northeastern  University  may  apply  through  the  Admissions  Office  (150  Rl). 
Programs  in  Electrical,  Civil,  and  Mechanical  Engineering  are  available  on  a 
part-time  as  well  as  a  regular  cooperative  program.  Industrial  and  Chemical 
Engineering  programs  are  available  only  during  the  regular  day  programs. 

Candidates  must  have  at  least  a  2.75  cumulative  average  and  complete  a  course 
program  prescribed  by  the  major  department  and  the  Dean's  Office. 


'Before  registering  for  any  electives,  the  student  should  submit  a  proposed  program  of 
elective  courses — preferably  representing  a  minor  field  of  concentration  consistent  with 
his  personal  career  objectives — for  approval  by  the  Academic  Standing  Committee. 
10.324,  10.325,  10.326  Differential  Equations  I,  II,  III  is  recommended  for  all  students  planning 
advanced  engineering  technology  subjects. 
**93.402,  93.403  Technical  Communications  I,  II  may  be  used  to  fulfill  English  elective  require- 
ments. 


description  of 


On  the  pages  which  follow  is  a  numerical  and  descriptive  listing  of 
courses  offered  in  the  several  curricula  of  Lincoln  College.  Although 
not  all  courses  are  offered  every  year,  all  will  be  offered  during  the 
normal  period  of  each  student's  curriculum.  The  term  "prerequisite" 
indicates  a  course  that  must  be  taken  before  undertaking  the  advanced 
course  to  which  it  applies. 

A  "quarter  hour"  equals  approximately  three  clock  hours  of  work  (ordi- 
narily, one  hour  of  class  and  two  hours  of  preparation  a  week  for  a 
quarter  of  12  weeks'  duration).  Laboratory  and  drawing  courses  nor- 
mally require  fewer  hours  of  outside  preparation  and  therefore  carry 
less  credit  than  lecture  courses. 

Abbreviations 

prereq. — prerequisite  lab. — laboratory  hours 

coreq. — corequisite  q.h. — quarter  hours 

cl. — class  hours 

Policy  on  Changes  of  Program 

Lincoln  College  reserves  the  right  to  cancel,  modify,  or  add  to  the 
courses  offered  or  to  change  the  order  or  content  of  courses  in  any 
curriculum. 

The  University  further  reserves  the  right  to  change  the  requirements 
for  graduation,  tuition,  and  fees  charged,  and  other  regulations.  How- 
ever, no  change  in  tuition  and  fees  at  any  time  shall  become  effective 
until  the  school  year  following  that  in  which  it  is  announced. 

Any  changes  which  may  be  made  from  time  to  time  relative  to  the 
above  policy  shall  be  applicable  to  all  students  in  the  school,  college, 
or  department  concerned,  including  former  students  who  may  re-enroll. 


107 


108  /  DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES 

INDEX  TO  COURSES 

Dept.  No.  Pages 

01  Civil  Engineering  Technology  108-113 

02  Mechanical  Engineering  Technology  113-121 

03  Electrical  Engineering  Technology  121-130 

04  Chemical  Engineering  Technology  130-132 

09  Engineering  Graphics  and  Computation  132-135 

10  Mathematics  135-138 

11  Physics  138-140 

12  Chemistry  140-143 
16    Earth  Science  143-144 

18  Biology  144-145 

19  Psychology  146 
21  Sociology  146-147 
23  History  147 
30  English  148-149 
39  Economics  149-150 
41  Accounting  150 
45  Management  150-152 
48  Transportation  152-153 
91  Fire  Technology  153-155 
96    Aviation  Technology  155-162 

New  General  Interest  Courses  162-163 


CIVIL  ENGINEERING  TECHNOLOGY 

01.301  Surveying  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Surveying  principles;  theory  of  measurements;  basic  traverse  computation  and 
adjustments  and  inverse  leveling.  Preq.  10.308. 

01.302  Surveying  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Stadia  principles  and  topography;  simple  and  compound  curves;  area  calcula- 
tions.    Prereq.  01.301. 

01.303  Surveying  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Vertical    curves,    earthwork    computations;    solution    of    the    mass    diagram. 
Prereq.  01.302. 

01.304  Advanced  Surveying  I  (2  cl.,  2  lab.,  2  q.h.) 

Introduction  to  observations  for  latitude,  time  azimuth  including  basic  spherical 
trigonometry.     Prereq.  01.303. 

01.305  Advanced  Surveying  II  (1  cl.,  2  lab.,  2  q.h.) 

Precise  leveling,  triangulation,  and  base  line  measurements.  Use  of  the  geodi- 
meter  and  telurometer.     Prereq.  01.304. 


DESCRIPTION   OF  COURSES  /  109 

01.306  Advanced  Surveying  III  (1  cl.,  2  lab.,  2  q.h.) 

Basic  principles  of  photogrammetry  and  map  making  from  aerial  photographs. 
Map  projections.  Prereq.  01.305. 

01.307  Legal  Aspects  of  Surveying  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Registry  of  deeds  and  probate;  ownership  of  land,  deeds;  descriptions  and 
qualifying  expressions;  monument  rule;  metes  and  bounds;  plans;  apportion- 
ment. Prereq.  01.303. 

01.308  Legal  Aspects  of  Surveying  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Adverse  possession;  casement;  title  insurance;  Massachusetts  land  court;  ex- 
pert witness.  Prereq.  01.307. 

01.309  Legal  Aspects  of  Surveying  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Water  rights;  riparian  rights;  navigable  vs  non-navigable;  Mill  acts;  surface 
water  rules;  zoning-subdivision  control;  zoning  boards  of  appeal;  acceptance  of 
a  town  way;  professional  ethics  of  a  land  surveyor;  registration  law.  Prereq. 
01.308. 

01.310  Surveying  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

An  outdoor  course  in  use  of  level,  level  circuit,  vertical  control,  use  of  the 
transit,  taping  exercises,  closed  traverse — transit-tape,  horizontal  control,  topo- 
graphy— stadia  and  plane  table,  layout  problems,  horizontal  and  vertical  curves, 
spiral  easements.  Prereq.  01.303  (Summer  Session). 

01.311  Highway  Engineering  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Engineering  considerations  in  the  planning  and  construction  of  modern  high- 
ways and  highway  routing.  Prereq.  01.301. 

01.312  Highway  Engineering  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Rates  of  grade,  superelevation,  flexible  and  rigid  pavements,  and  other  features 
of  highway  design.  Prereq.  01.311. 

01.313  Highway  Engineering  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Traffic  flow  and  traffic  control;  computer  applications  to  transportation  prob- 
lems. Prereq.  01.312. 

01.314  Surveying  Practice  I  (1  cl.,  2  lab.,  2  q.h.) 

Computing  and  balancing  a  control  traverse;  calculating  exact  property  lines; 
vertical  control  survey;  plotting  from  topographic  field  notes.  Prereq.  01.303. 

01.315  Surveying  Practice  II  (1  cl.,  2  lab.,  2  q.h.) 

Scale  drawing  of  the  proposed  subdivision;  making  calculations  of  the  sub- 
division required  by  the  land  court;  street  profiles  showing  grades;  drainage 
study.  Prereq.  01.314. 

01.321     Introduction  to  Structures  I  (1  cl.,  2  lab.,  2  q.h.) 

Framing  plans  and  details  for  steel  structures.  Prereq.  09.313  and  02.303. 


110  /  DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES 

01.322  Introduction  to  Structures  II  (1  cl.,  2  lab.,  2  q.h.) 

Structural  shop  drafting  and  the  evaluation  of  load  capacities  of  rivets,  welds, 
and  bolts  for  structural  connections  using  the  AISC  code.  Prereq.  01.321. 

01.323  Introduction  to  Structures  III  (1  cl.,  2  lab.,  2  q.h.) 

Design  and  detailing  of  joints  including  standard  connections,  seats,  and 
brackets.  Prereq.  01.322. 

01.324  Structural  Analysis  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Reactions,  shears,  bending  moments,  and  forces  developed  by  loads  on  beams 
and  trusses;  analytical   and  graphical   methods.  Prereq.  02.323. 

01.325  Structural  Analysis  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Influence  lines  for  beams,  girders,  and  trusses;  solutions  for  forces  from  moving 
load  system  on  statically  determinate  structures.  Prereq.  01.324. 

01.326  Structural  Analysis  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Introduction  to  classical  methods  of  deflection  solutions  of  beams  and  trusses. 
Methods  of  solving  statically  indeterminate  structures.  Prereq.  01.325. 

01.327  Advanced  Structural  Analysis  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Analysis  of  indeterminacy  and  instability;  analysis  of  statically  indeterminate 
structures  using  Castigliano,  virtual  work,  methods  of  deflections,  and  the  neu- 
tral point  methods.  Prereq.  01.326. 

01.328  Advanced  Structural  Analysis  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Analysis  of  statically  indeterminate  structures  using  the  column  analogy,  mo- 
ment, area,  elastic  weights,  and  conjugate  structures.  Prereq.  01.327. 

01.329  Advanced  Structural  Analysis  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Analysis  of  statically  indeterminate  structures  using  Williot-Mohr,  slope  deflec- 
tion, and  moment  distribution.  Prereq.  01.328. 

01.331  Design  of  Structures  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Design  of  steel  members  in  structural  frames;  tension,  compression,  bending, 
and  eccentrically  loaded  members.  Prereq.  01.323  and  02.323. 

01.332  Design  of  Structures  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Design  of  plate  girders,  highway  bridge  decks,  and  roof-framing  systems.  Pre- 
req. 01.331. 

01.333  Design  of  Structures  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Composite  design  in  bridges  and  buildings;  introduction  to  plastic  design  meth- 
ods in  steel.  Prereq.  01.332. 

01.334  Advanced  Structural  Design  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Design  of  continuous  frames  in  structural  steel,  moment  resistant  connections, 
and  column  bases.  Prereq.  01.326,  01.333,  01.373. 

01.335  Advanced  Structural  Design  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Design  of  continuous  frames  in  reinforced  concrete;  introduction  to  prestressed 
concrete  member  design.  Prereq.  01.334. 


DESCRIPTION   OF  COURSES  /  111 

01.336     Advanced  Structural  Design  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Design  of  foundations  for  structures;  spread  footings,  combined  footings,  mats 

and  pile  foundations.  Prereq.  01.335. 

01.341  Fluid  Mechanics  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Hydrostatics;  principles  governing  fluids  at  rest;  pressure  measurement;  hydro- 
static forces  on  submerged  areas  and  objects;  simple  dams;  fluids  in  moving 
vessels;  hoop  tension.  Prereq.  02.303. 

01.342  Fluid  Mechanics  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Fluid  dynamics;  kinematics  of  flow;  continuity,  momentum,  and  energy  equa- 
tions; orifices;  pi  theorem;  laminar  and  turbulent  flow.  Prereq:  01.341. 

01.343  Fluid  Mechanics  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Flow  in  closed  conduits  using  Moody  diagram;  empirical  formulae  for  closed 
conduit  flow;  minor  losses;  compound  pipe  systems;  open  channel  flow  and 
Manning  formula;  specific  energy  and  stage  relationships;  fluid  measurement 
systems.  Prereq.  01.342. 

01.351  Environmental  Engineering  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Principles  of  water  supply  engineering;  population  forecasting;  quality  and 
quantity  of  water  for  various  uses;  water  treatment  processes.  Prereq.  01.343 
and  12.546  or  12.509. 

01.352  Environmental  Engineering  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h) 

Collection  and  disposal  of  wastewater  and  storm  water;  modern  methods  of 
treatment  and  wastewater  plant  operation.  Prereq.  01.351. 

01.353  Environmental  Engineering  III  (1  cl.,  2  lab.,  2  q.h.) 

Layout  and  design  of  water  treatment  and  sewage  treatment  plants.  Instrumen- 
tation and  electrical  equipment.  Prereq.  01.352. 

01.361  Materials  and  Soil  Mechanics  I 

Physical  properties  of  Portland  cement,  aggregates,  mixing  water,  and  admix- 
tures; proportioning  of  batches;  mixing,  placing,  and  finishing  of  concrete; 
bituminous  materials.  Prereq.  02.303. 

01.362  Materials  and  Soil  Mechanics  II 

Index  properties,  soil  moisture,  and  structure;  compressibility,  theory  of  con- 
solidation. Prereq.  01.361. 

01.363  Materials  and  Soil  Mechanics  III 

Shearing  strength  of  soils,  stress  analysis,  settlement  calculations;  lateral 
earth  pressures,  bearing  capacity  of  shallow  footings;  soil  compaction,  stabi- 
lization and  site  investigation.  Prereq.  01.362. 

01.364  Materials  &  Soil  Mechanics  Lab.  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Grain  size  analysis;  variables  in  concrete  mix;  bituminous  testing,  specific  grav- 
ity— CBR  optimum  moisture;  direct  shear,  consolidation;  seepage  and  flow 
nets;  unconfined  compression  test.  Prereq.  01.363. 


112  /  DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES 

01.371  Reinforced-Concrete  Design  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Design  of  bending  members  in  reinforced  concrete,  using  elastic  and  ultimate- 
strength  theories.  Prereq.  02.323. 

01.372  Reinforced-Concrete  Design  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Design   of   axially   and   eccentrically   loaded   columns   by  elastic  and   ultimate 
strength  principles.  Prereq.  01.371. 

01.373  Reinforced-Concrete  Design  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Reinforced-concrete  design  of  basic  structures  including  consideration  of  con- 
tinuity. Prereq.  01.372. 

01.380  Environmental  Lab.  1  (2V2  lab.,  2  q.h.) 

Methods  and  techniques  for  the  examination  of  water.  Treatment  efficiency  is 
included  for  various  types  of  water  treatment.     Prereq.  12.546  or  equiv. 

01.381  Environmental  Lab.  II  (2Vz.,  2  q.h.) 

Methods  and  techniques  for  the  examination  of  wastewater  and  industrial  waste 
discharges.  Both  chemical  and  bacteriological  analysis  are  included. 

01.382  Environmental  Lab.  Ill  (2V2  lab.,  2  q.h.) 

Advanced  methods  of  measuring  impurities  in  air,  water,  and  solid  waste  dis- 
charges. 

01.383  Public  Health  Engineering  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

The   principles  and   practice  of  public  health  engineering.  Administrative  and 
legal  aspects  of  public  health  quality  control. 

01.384  Public  Health  Engineering  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Standard  .methods  employed  in  public  health  evaluations  of  foods,  dairy  prod- 
ucts, drinking  water,  shellfish,  air,  and  recreational  waters. 

01.385  Public  Health  Engineering  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Engineering  control  of  air  pollution,  refuse  disposal,  institutional  sanitation,  in- 
sect vectors,  and  rodent  control. 

01.386  Environmental  Design  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Lecture  and   design   problems   in   environmental   quality,  water  resources,   and 
waste  treatment. 

01.387  Environmental  Design  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Lecture  and  design  problems  in  wastewater  treatment,  chlorination,  and  water 
pollution  control. 

01.388  Environmental  Design  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Lecture  and  design  problems  in  air  pollution  control,  solid  waste  disposal,  and 
industrial  waste  disposal. 

01.390     Construction  Administration  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Contract,   specifications,    and   bidding   procedures;   estimating   and   scheduling, 


DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES  /  113 

including  the  critical  path  method;  discussion  of  personnel  administration  and 
union  negotiation.  Prereq.  none. 

01.393  Architectural  Design  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Basic  architectural  design  concepts;  proportion,  scale,  form,  massing,  color, 
texture,  lighting;  lecture  and  drawings.  Prereq.  none. 

01.394  Architectural  Design  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Orientation  of  structures;  site  organization;  selection  of  building  materials; 
consideration  of  the  building  process.  Prereq.  01 .393. 

01.395  Architectural  Design  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Basic  architectural  design  projects  assigned  by  the  instructor.  Prereq.  01.394. 

01.401  Technology  of  Modern  Architecture  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

General  background  of  architectural  styles  both  historical  and  contemporary, 
with  emphasis  on  engineering  design  aspects  and  construction  procedures  of 
various  types  of  buildings.  Prereq.  none. 

01.402  Technology  of  Modern  Architecture  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Contemporary  architecture,  emphasizing  the  engineering  design  aspects  and 
construction  procedures  required  for  modern  buildings.  Prereq.  none. 


MECHANICAL  ENGINEERING  TECHNOLOGY 

02.301  Mechanics  I  (Statics)  (2  cl.  2  q,h.) 

Forces,  moments,  couples,  statics  of  particles,  and  rigid  bodies  in  two  and  three 
dimensions.  Prereq.  10.320  and  11.317. 

02.302  Mechanics  II  (Statics)  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Distributed  forces — external  and  internal;  first  moments  and  centroids;  analy- 
sis of  structures — trusses,  frames,  and  machines.  Prereq.  2.301. 

02.303  Mechanics  III  (Statics)  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Friction,  second  moments,  and  virtual  work.  Prereq.  02.302. 

02.304  Mechanics  I  (Dynamics)  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Kinematics    of    particles — rectilinear   and    curvilinear   motion    of   dynamic    par- 
ticles— force;  mass  and  acceleration;  work  and  energy.  Prereq.  02.303. 

02.305  Mechanics  II  (Dynamics)  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Impulse  and  momentum  of  particles;  kinematics  and  dynamics  of  rigid  bodies 
— force  mass  and  acceleration.  Prereq.  02.304. 

02.306  Mechanics  III  (Dynamics)  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Dynamics   of   rigid   bodies — work  and   energy,    impulse   and   momentum;   intro- 
duction to  mechanical  vibration.  Prereq.  02.305. 

02.307  Mechanics  Statics  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 

Forces,    moments,    couples,    statics    of    particles,    and    rigid    bodies    in    three 
dimensions;    distributed    forces — external    and     internal;    first     moments    and 


114  /  DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES 

centroids;   analysis  of  structures,  second   moments,  and  virtual  work.  Prereq. 

10.320  and  11.317. 

02.321  Stress  Analysis  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Stress  and  deformation;  mechanical  properties  of  materials;  allowable  stresses 
and  factor  of  safety;  axially  loaded  indeterminate  members;  effects  of  tempera- 
ture on  stresses  and  strains;  thin  cylinders  and  spheres;  riveted  and  welded 
joints.  Prereq.  02.302. 

02.322  Stress  Analysis  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Shear  and  bending  moment  in  beams;  flexurai  and  transverse  shearing;  stresses 
in  beams;  design  of  beams.  Prereq.  02.321. 

02.323  Stress  Analysis  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Determinate  and  indeterminate  beam  deflections  and  reactions  by  numerical 
and  graphical  integration  and  area  moment  methods;  theorem  of  three  mo- 
ments. Prereq.  02.322. 

02.324  Advanced  Stress  Analysis  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Torsional  stresses  and  strains;  power  transmission;  eccentric  loads  on  struts, 
beams,  riveted  and  welded  joints;  combined  stresses,  principal  stresses,  Mohr's 
circle;  theories  of  failure.  Prereq.  02.323. 

02.325  Advanced  Stress  Analysis  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Curved  beams;  non-symmetrical  bending  of  beams;  shear-center  and  shear 
stresses  on  thin  sections;  composite  beams.  Prereq.  02.324. 

02.326  Advanced  Stress  Analysis  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Columns;  energy  absorption  and  resilience;  dynamic  loading;  deflection  of 
beams  by  energy  methods;  bolted  fastenings.  Prereq.  02.324. 

02.327  Mechanical  Design  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Introduction  and  principles  of  design,  properties  and  selection  of  materials; 
stress  concentrations;  strength  under  combined  stresses;  theories  of  failure; 
impact  and  fluctuating  and  repeated   loads.  Prereq.  02.306,  02.323. 

02.328  Mechanical  Design  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Stresses;  deformation  and  design  of  fasteners,  screws,  joints,  springs,  and 
bearings;  lubrication  and  journal  bearings.  Prereq.  02.327. 

02.329  Mechanical  Design  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Stresses  and  power  transmission  of  spur,  bevel,  and  worm  gear;  shaft  design; 
clutches  and  brakes.  Prereq.  02.327. 

02.331  Mechanical  Technology  Laboratory  I  (2V?  lab.,  2  q.h.) 
Experiments   concerning   the   physical   properties  of  materials;   instrumentation 
and  measurement.  Prereq.  02.343,  02.324  or  concurrently. 

02.332  Mechanical  Technology  Laboratory  II  (2V2  lab.,  2  q.h.) 

Experiments  concerning  compressible  and  incompressible  fluids;  experimental 
techniques.  Prereq.  02.331,  01.341. 


DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES  /  115 

02.333  Mechanical  Technology  Laboratory  III   (27?  lab.,  2  q.h.) 
Experiments  of  a  more  advanced  nature;  introduction  to  the  analog  computer 
and  experimental  stress  analysis.  Prereq.  02.332,  02.325. 

02.334  Experimental  Stress  Analysis  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Theory  and  experimentation  showing  the  application  of  extensometers  and 
electrical  strain  gages  as  transducers  and  in  the  field  of  experimental  stress 
and  strain  analysis.  Prereq.  02.324. 

02.335  Experimental  Stress  Analysis  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Theory  and  laboratory  practice  of  photoelastic  methods  as  applied  to  classical 
model  analysis  and  modern  coating  analysis.  Prereq.  02.334. 

02.336  Experimental  Stress  Analysis  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

The  use  of  resinous  and  ceramic  brittle  coatings  in  experimental  analysis; 
Moire  method  of  strain  analysis;  statistical  treatment  of  experimental  data. 
Prereq.  02.335. 

02.337  Mechanical  Vibrations  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Elements  of  vibrating  systems,  one  degree  of  freedom  (undamped  free  and 
forced  vibration  from  Newton's  law  of  motion  and  energy  methods);  natural 
frequencies;  damped  free  and  forced  vibration;  impedance  and  mobility.  Pre- 
req. 02.306. 

02.338  Mechanical  Vibrations  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Systems  with  more  than  one  degree  of  freedom;  influence  coefficients,  La- 
grange's equations,  generalized  coordinates,  vibration  absorber.  Prereq.  02.337. 

02.339  Mechanical  Vibrations  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Natural  frequencies  by  Rayleigh  methods  and  Holzer  methods  for  multi-degree 
of  freedom;  application  problems  with  combined  rotation  and  translation; 
Laplace  transforms  and  electro-mechanical  analogs.     Prereq.  02.338. 

02.341  Materials  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Lectures  on:  fundamental  material  structures,  general  information  covering 
theoretical  aspects  of  properties,  testing  and  failure  of  materials  supplemented 
by  visual  aids.  Prereq.  none. 

02.342  Materials  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Lectures  on:  alloying  and  hardening  of  metals,  refinement  of  metals,  equili- 
brium diagrams,  characteristics  of  engineering  materials,  principles  of  material 
fabrication.  Prereq.  02.341. 

02.343  Materials  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Lectures  on:  inorganic  materials,  i.e.,  polymers,  glasses,  ceramics,  cements, 
wood;  and  materials  having  important  electrical  and  magnetic  properties;  also 
a  summary  of  the  most  up-to-date  applications  for  the  fabrication  and  uses  of 
both  metals  and  non-metals.  Prereq.  02.342. 

02.344  Applied  Metallurgy  I  (1   cl.,  1   lab.,  2  q.h.) 

Lectures:  structures  of  metals,  imperfections,  phase  diagrams,  effect  of  tem- 
perature  on    structure   and    properties   of    metals    (annealing,    recrystallization, 


116  /  DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES 

recovery,  precipitation,  diffusion),  strengthening  mechanisms,  mechanical  prop- 
erties of  non-ferrous  metals. 

Laboratory:  experiments  in  preparation  of  samples,  selection,  polishing,  and 
etching;  examination  of  non-ferrous  metals;  use  of  the  microscope;  linear 
analysis;  construction  of  cooling  curves  and  simple  binary  phase  diagrams. 
Prereq.  02.342. 

02.345  Applied  Metallurgy  II  (1   cl.,  1   lab.,  2  q.h.) 

Lectures:  mechanical  properties  of  ferrous  metals,  the  iron  carbon  diagram, 
high  temperature  alloys,  hardening  methods,  impact  tests,  effects  of  environ- 
ment on  metals. 

Laboratory:  experiments  on  analysis  of  stress-strain  diagrams  of  iron  and  steel, 
heat  treatment  of  steels,  surface  corrosion,  tempering  and  drawing,  use  of 
metallograph  and  analysis  of  the  results.  Prereq.  02.344. 

02.346  Applied  Metallurgy  III  (1   cl.,  1   lab.,  2  q.h.) 

Lectures:  manufacturing  processes,  methods  of  fabrication;  limitations  on  the 
use  of  different  materials  and  processes;  casting,  welding,  cutting,  drawing, 
powder  metallurgy. 

Laboratory:  experiments  in  cold  rolling,  swagging,  drawing  of  non-ferrous  metals 
and  the  analysis  of  the  results;  tension,  shear,  fatigue,  and  machinability  tests 
on  ferrous  metals.  Prereq.  02.345. 

02.347  Principles  of  Aerodynamics  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 

This  is  a  first  course  in  aerodynamics  covering  the  fundamentals  of  theory  and 
application.  Material  presented  includes:  properties  of  air,  fluid  flow  principles, 
lift,  drag,  air  foil,  and  wing  theory;  auxiliary  lift  devices;  stability  and  control;  and 
flight  vehicle  performance.  Prereq.  01.343. 

02.351  Thermodynamics  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

General  theory  of  energy  and  heat  transfer;  laws  of  thermodynamics;  basic 
equations  of  energy  transformation;  thermodynamic  properties  and  behavior  of 
perfect  gases;   introduction  to  the  Carnot  cycle.  Prereq.  11.318. 

02.352  Thermodynamics  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Concepts  of  availability  of  energy  steady  and  non-flow  processes;  theory  of 
fluid  flow  through  orifices  and  nozzles,  and  compression  of  gases;  thermody- 
namic analysis  of  internal  combustion  engines  including  the  Otto  and  Diesel 
Cycles.  Prereq.  02.351. 

02.353  Thermodynamics  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Combustion  of  fossil  fuels  for  their  energy  transfer;  thermodynamic  properties 
and  processes  of  liquids  and  vapors,  tables  and  Mollier  diagram;  theory  of 
vapor  power  cycles;  analysis  of  external  combustion  engines  including  the 
Rankine  and  Brayton  Cycles.  Prereq.  02.352. 

02.354  Heat  Transfer  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

The  primary  modes  of  heat  transfer;  thermal  conductance/resistance  concept; 
thermal-electrical  anology;  combined  heat  transfer  mechanisms;  basic  equations 
of  conduction;  thermal  conductivity;  analytical  solutions  of  various  steady  state 
conduction  problems.  Prereq.  02.353. 


DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES  /  117 

02.355  Heat  Transfer  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Dimensional  analysis  and  similarity  considerations;  natural  and  forced  convec- 
tion; hydrodynamic  and  thermal  boundry  layers;  log-mean  temperature  dif- 
ferences; overall  heat  transfer  coefficients;  applications  to  heat  exchangers. 
Prereq.  02.354. 

02.356  Heat  Transfer  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Black  body  radiation;  Kirchoff's  Law;  emissivity  and  absorbtivity;  radiation  be- 
tween simple  bodies;  graphical  and  numerical  methods  applied  to  steady 
state,  conduction  problems;  radiation  and  convection  effects;  transient  heat 
transfer;  numerical  methods  applied  to  transient  problems;  heat  transfer  en- 
gineering problems.  Prereq.  02.355. 

02.357  Heat  Engineering  I  (Refrigeration)  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Principles  of  gas  compression;  analysis  of  vapor  compression;  refrigeration 
systems;  low  temperature  refrigeration  cycles;  and  absorption  refrigeration 
systems.  Prereq.  02.353. 

02.358  Heat  Engineering  II  (Air  Conditioning)  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Air  conditioning  principles  including  psychometrics  and  heat  pumps;  calculation 
of  heating  and  cooling  loads  in  accordance  with  A.S.H.R.A.E.  practices.  Pre- 
req. 02.353. 

02.359  Heat  Engineering  III  (Turbines)  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Design  and  performance  of  steam  and  gas  turbines;  spark-ignition  and  com- 
pression-ignition engine  design  and  performance,  fan  performance.  Prereq. 
02.353. 

02.361  Heat  Technology  Laboratory  I  (2V2  lab.,  2  q.h.) 

Experiments  illustrating  principles  of  thermodynamics  and  heat  transfer;  instru- 
mentation and  measurement.  Prereq.  02.353. 

02.362  Heat  Technology  Laboratory  II  (2V2  lab.,  2  q.h.) 

Experiments  on  various  types  of  heat  engines;  experimental  techniques.  Pre- 
req. 02.361,  02.354  and  02.357. 

02.363  Heat  Technology  Laboratory  III  (2V2  lab.,  2  q.h.) 

Experiments  of  a  more  advanced  nature  further  illustrating  the  principles  of 
thermodynamics  and  making  use  of  the  student's  increased  theoretical  back- 
ground; simulation  of  heat  problems  on  analog  computer.  Prereq.  02.362. 

02.401     Man  and  Materials  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

(See  General  Interest  Courses,  pages  162-163.) 

02.411  Mechanics  A  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.)  (Day  Curriculum) 
Forces,  moments,  couples,  statics  of  particles  and  rigid  bodies  in  two  and  three 
dimensions;  distributed  forces — external  and  internal;  first  moments  and 
centroids;  analysis  of  structure — trusses,  frames,  and  machines.  Prereq.  10.320, 
11.317. 

02.412  Mechanics  B  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.)  (Day  Curriculum) 
Friction,    second    moments,    and   virtual    work;    kinematics    of    particles — recti- 


118  /  DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES 

linear  and  curvilinear  motion  of  dynamic  particles — force,  mass  and  accelera- 
tion, work  and  energy.  Prereq.  02.411. 

02.413  Mechanics  C  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.)  (Day  Curriculum) 
Impulse  and  momentum  of  particles;  kinematics  and  dynamics  of  rigid  bodies 
— force,  mass,  and  acceleration;  dynamics  of  rigid  bodies — work  and  energy, 
impulse   and   momentum;   introduction  to  mechanical  vibration.  Prereq.  02.412. 

02.414  Stress  Analysis  A  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.)  (Day  Curriculum) 
Stress  and  deformation;  mechanical  properties  of  materials;  allowable  stresses 
and  factor  of  safety;  axially  loaded  indeterminate  members;  effects  of  temper- 
ature on  stresses  and  strains;  thin  cylinders  and  spheres;  riveted  and  welded 
joints;  shear  and  bending  moment  in  beams;  flexural  and  transverse  shearing; 
stresses  in  beams;  design  of  beams.  Prereq.  02.411 . 

02.415  Stress  Analysis  B  (3  cl.,  4  q.h.)  (Day  Curriculum) 
Determinate  and  indeterminate  beam  deflections  and  reactions  by  numerical 
and  graphical  integration  and  area  moment  methods;  theorem  of  three  mo- 
ments. Torsional  stresses  and  strains;  power  transmission;  eccentric  loads  on 
struts,  beams,  riveted  and  welded  joints;  combined  stresses;  principal  stresses; 
Mohr's  circle;  theories  of  failure.  Prereq.  02.414. 

02.416  Stress  Analysis  C  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.)  (Day  Curriculum) 
Curved  beams;  non-symmetrical  bending  of  beams;  short-center  and  shear 
stresses  on  thin  sections;  composite  beams.  Columns;  energy  absorption  and 
resilience;  inertial  stresses  impact  loading;  deflection  of  beams  by  energy 
methods.  Bolted  fastenings.  Prereq.  02.415. 

02.417  Mechanical  Design  A  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.)  (Day  Curriculum) 
Failure  criteria;  properties  and  selection  of  materials;  manufacturing  consid- 
erations; stress  concentrations;  strength  under  combined  stresses;  theories  of 
failure;  impact;  and  fluctuating  and  repeated  loads.  Stresses;  deformation  and 
design  of  springs;  screws,  keys,  pins,  and  interference  fits;  preloading  of  bolted 
joints;   shafts   and   flywheels;  friction   brakes.  Prereq.  02.415. 

02.418  Mechanical  Design  B  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.)  (Day  Curriculum) 
Lubrication  and  journal  bearings;  anti-friction  bearings;  stresses  and  power 
transmission  of  spur,  bevel,  and  worm  gear;  screws  for  power  transmission. 
Prereq.  02.417. 

02.421  Thermodynamics  A  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.)  (Day  Curriculum) 
General  theory  of  heat  and  matter;  laws  of  thermodynamics;  energy-transforma- 
tion principles  and  availability  of  energy;  properties  and  processes  for  pure 
substances  and  ideal  gases.  Thermodynamic  properties  and  processes  of 
liquids  and  vapors;  tables  and  charts;  mixtures  of  fluids;  vapor  cycles.  Prereq. 
11.318. 

02.422  Thermodynamics  B  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.)  (Day  Curriculum) 
Theory  of  vapor  engines  and  analysis  of  types  of  actual  engines  using  compres- 
sion of  gases  and  vapors;  internal  combustion  engines.  Theory  of  gas  and  vapor 
flow  through  orifices  and  nozzles.  Design  and  performance  of  steam  and  gas 


DESCRIPTION   OF  COURSES  /  119 

turbines;  spark-ignition  and  compression-ignition  engine  design  and  perform- 
ance. Fan  performance.     Prereq.  02.421. 

02.423  Thermodynamics  C  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.)  (Day  Curriculum) 
Air  conditioning  principles  including  psychometrics  and  heat  pumps.  Calcula- 
tion of  heating  and  cooling  loads  in  accordance  with  A.S.H.R.A.E.  practices. 
Principles  of  gas  compression;  analysis  of  vapor  compression;  refrigeration 
systems;  low  temperature  refrigeration  cycles;  and  absorption  refrigeration 
systems.     Prereq.  02.422. 

02.424  Thermodynamics  D  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.)  (Day  Curriculum) 
The  primary  modes  of  heat  transfer;  thermal  conductance/resistance  concept; 
thermal-electrical  analog;  combined  heat  transfer  mechanisms;  basic  equations 
of  conduction;  thermal  conductivity;  analytical  solutions  of  various  steady  state 
conduction  problems.     Prereq.  02.422. 

02.425  Thermodynamics  E  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.)  (Day  Curriculum) 
Dimensional  analysis  and  similarity  considerations;  natural  and  forced  convec- 
tion; hydrodynamic  and  thermal  boundary  layers;  log-mean  temperatures  dif- 
ferences; overall  heat  transfer  coefficients;  applications  to  heat  exchangers. 
Black  body  radiation;  Kirchoff's  Law;  emissivity  and  absorbtivity;  radiation  be- 
tween simple  bodies.  Graphical  and  numerical  methods  applied  to  steady  state; 
conduction  problems;  radiation  and  convection  effects;  transient  heat  transfer; 
numerical  methods  applied  to  transient  problems;  heat  transfer  engineering 
problems.     Prereq.  02.424. 

02.431  Materials  A  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.)  (Day  Curriculum) 
Lectures  on:  fundamental  metallic  structures;  general  metallurgical  information 
covering  theoretical  aspects  of  properties;  testing  and  failure  of  metals;  sup- 
plemented by  visual  aids.  Lectures  on:  alloying  and  hardening  of  metals;  re- 
finement of  metals;  equilibrium  diagrams;  characteristics  of  engineering  metals; 
principles  of  metal  fabrication.     Prereq.  none. 

02.432  Materials  B  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.)  (Day  Curriculum) 
Lectures  on:  inorganic  materials,  i.e.,  polymers,  glasses,  ceramics,  cements, 
wood,  and  materials  having  important  electrical  and  magnetic  properties;  also 
a  summary  of  the  most  up-to-date  applications  for  the  fabrication  and  uses  of 
both  metals  and  non-metals.  Structures  of  metals;  imperfections;  phase  dia- 
grams; effect  of  temperature  on  structure  and  properties  of  metals  (annealing, 
recrystallization,  recovery,  precipitation,  diffusion);  strengthening  mechanisms; 
mechanical  properties  of  non-ferrous  metals. 

Laboratory:  experiments  in  preparation  of  samples,  selection,  polishing,  and 
etching;  examination  of  non-ferrous  metals;  use  of  the  microscope;  linear  analy- 
sis; construction  of  codling  curves;  and  simple  binary  phase  diagrams.  Prereq. 
02.431. 

02.433  Applied  Metallurgy  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.)  (Day  Curriculum) 
Lectures  on:  mechanical  properties  of  ferrous  metals,  the  iron  carbon  diagram, 
high  temperature  alloys,  hardening  methods,  impact  tests,  effects  of  environ- 
ment on   metals;   manufacturing   processes,   methods  of  fabrication;   limitations 


120  /  DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES 

on  the  use  of  different  materials  and  processes;  casting,  welding,  cutting,  draw- 
ing, powder  metallurgy. 

Laboratory:  experiments  on  analysis  of  stress-strain  diagrams  of  iron  and  steel, 
heat  treatment  of  steels,  surface  corrosion,  tempering  and  drawing,  use  of 
metallograph  and  analysis  of  the  results.  Experiments  in  cold  rolling,  swaging, 
drawing  of  non-ferrous  metals  and  the  analysis  of  the  results.  Tension,  shear, 
fatigue,  and  machinability  tests  on  ferrous  metals.     Prereq.  02.432. 

02.441  Fluid  Mechanics  A  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.)  (Day  Curriculum) 
Hydrostatics,  principles  governing  fluids  at  rest;  pressure  measurement;  hydro- 
static forces  on  submerged  areas  and  objects;  simple  dams;  fluids  in  moving 
vessels;  hoop  tension.  Fluid  flow  in  pipes  under  pressure;  fluid  energy,  power 
and  friction  loss;  Bernoulli's  Theorem;  flow  measurement.     Prereq.  02.412. 

02.442  Fluid  Mechanics  B  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.)  (Day  Curriculum) 
Pipe  networks  and  reservoir  systems;  flow  in  open  channels;  uniform  flow; 
energy,  friction  loss,  minor  losses,  velocity  distribution,  alternate  stages  of  flow, 
critical  flow;  non-uniform  flow;  accelerated  and  retarded  flow;  hydraulic  jump 
and  waves.     Prereq.  02.441. 

02.451  Mechanical  Vibrations  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.)  (Day  Curriculum) 
Elements  of  vibrating  systems,  one  degree  of  freedom  (undamped  free  and 
forced  vibration  from  Newton's  law  of  motion  and  energy  methods);  natural 
frequencies;  damped  free  and  forced  vibration;  impedance  and  mobility;  sys- 
tems with  more  than  one  degree  of  freedom;  influence  coefficients,  Lagrange's 
equations,   generalized   coordinates,  vibration  absorber.     Prereq.  02.413. 

02.452  Experimental  Stress  Analysis  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.)  (Day  Curriculum) 
Theory  and  experimentation  showing  the  application  of  extensometers  and  elec- 
trical strain  gauges  as  transducers  in  the  field  of  experimental  stress  and  strain 
analysis.  Theory  and  laboratory  practice  on  photoelastic  methods  as  applied  to 
classical  model  analysis  and  modern  coating  analysis.     Prereq.  02.415. 

02.461  Machine  Shop  (2  cl.,  3  lab.,  4  q.h.)  (Day  Curriculum) 
Introduction  to  study  of  machines  for  metal  processing,  cutting  tools,  and 
fluids;  machinability;  automatic  machinery.     Prereq.  none. 

02.462  Mechanical  Technology  Laboratory  I  (2V2  lab.,  2  q.h.)  (Day  Curriculum) 
Experiments  concerning  compressible  and  incompressible  fluids;  instrumenta- 
tion and  measurement.     Prereq.  02.441. 

02.463  Mechanical  Technology  Laboratory  II  (2V2  lab.,  2  q.h.)  (Day  Curriculum) 
Experiments  concerning  the  physical  properties  of  materials;  experimental  tech- 
niques.    Prereq.  02.462,  02.415,  02.431. 

02.464  Mechanical  Technology  Laboratory  III  (2V2  lab.,  2  q.h.)  (Day  Curriculum) 
Experiments  of  a  more  advanced  nature;  introduction  to  the  analog  computer 
and  experimental  stress  analysis.     Prereq.  02.463. 

02.465  Heat  Technology  Laboratory  I  (2V2  lab.,  2  q.h.)  (Day  Curriculum) 
Experiments  illustrating  principles  of  thermodynamics  and  heat  transfer;  in- 
strumentation and  measurement.     Prereq.  02.422  or  concurrently. 


DESCRIPTION   OF  COURSES  /  121 

02.466  Heat  Technology  Laboratory  II  (2V2  lab.,  2  q.h.)  (Day  Curriculum) 
Experiments  on  various  types  of  heat  engines;  experimental  techniques.  Prereq. 
02.465,  02.424,  or  concurrently. 

02.467  Project  Laboratory  (6  cl.,  4  q.h.)  (Day  Curriculum) 
A  project  of  analytical,  design,  or  experimental  nature.  Must  be  approved  by 
student's  faculty  adviser.  A  formal  report  must  be  submitted.  Prereq.  02.464, 
02.466. 


ELECTRICAL  ENGINEERING  TECHNOLOGY 

03.301  Circuit  Theory  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Ohm's  law;  Kirchoff's  current  and  voltage  laws;  equivalent  resistances  and 
sources;  mesh  and  nodal  analysis;  network  theorems;  and  power  relations,  all 
with  respect  to  direct  currents.     Prereq.  10.320  and  11.319. 

03.302  Circuit  Theory  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Energy  storage;  singularity  functions;  response  of  R,  L,  and  C  elements  to 
singularities.     Prereq.  03.301 ,  10.322  concurrently. 

03.303  Circuit  Theory  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Complex  algebra;  phasors;  frequency  domain;  mutual  inductance;  transformers; 
steady-state  a-c  theory;  driving  point  and  transfer  impedances;  power  and  en- 
ergy in  a-c  circuits.     Prereq.  03.302. 

03.304  Circuit  Theory  IV  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Laplace  transforms;  partial  fraction  expansion;  Laplace  transform  techniques 
applied  to  the  solution  of  RLC  networks.     Prereq.  03.303. 

03.305  Circuit  Theory  V  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Consideration  of  balanced  and  unbalanced  polyphase  power  circuits;  symmetri- 
cal components;  harmonic  analysis.     Prereq.  03.304. 

03.306  Electrical  Measurements  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Measurement  of  voltage,  current,  power,  resistance,  capacitance,  inductance, 
impedance,  frequency,  etc.;  direct  and  substitution  measurements;  evaluation 
of  measured  data — standard  deviation  and  tolerance  limits,  instruments  cali- 
brations— effects  of  residual  impedance.     Prereq.  03.304,  10.323. 

03.311  Electronics  I  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 

Semiconductor  diodes,  power  supplies,  and  filters;  transistors  as  amplifying 
devices;  graphical  analysis  of  basic  amplifiers,  d-c  and  a-c  load  lines;  transistor 
biasing  techniques.     Prereq.  03.303,  11.323  or  11.320. 

03.312  Electronics  II  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 

Small  signal  low  frequency  transistor  models;  a-c  equivalent  circuits,  low  fre- 
quency amplifier  circuits;  frequency  effects  in  audio  amplifiers;  high  frequency 
transistor  model;  voltage  regulation.     Prereq.  03.311. 


122  /  DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES 

03.313  Electronics  III  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 

Continuation  of  transistor  circuits;  untuned  amplifiers,  feedback  amplifiers,  low 
frequency  large  signal  amplifiers;  field  effect  transistor  circuits  and  operational 
amplifiers.     Prereq.  03.312. 

03.314  Pulse  and  Digital  Circuits  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Study  of  wave  shaping  circuitry  including  clippers,  clampers,  slicers,  rise  time, 
and  sag;  review  of  semiconductor  diodes;  study  of  the  use  of  the  junction 
transistor  and  field-effect  transistor  as  a  switch.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  non- 
linear aspects  of  transistors  including  transient  switching  characteristics.  Review 
of  semi-conductor  diodes;  RL  and  RC  networks;  introduction  to  pulse  trans- 
formers; delay  lines;  and  pulse  forming  networks.  Study  of  the  application  of 
thyristors  and  unijunction  transistors  to  switching  circuits.     Prereq.  03.313. 

03.315  Pulse  and  Digital  Circuits  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Numbering  systems;  binary  notation  and  Boolean  Algebra;  analysis  of  inte- 
grated OR,  AND,  NOT,  NAND,  and  NOR  circuits  including  characteristics  of 
various  logic  families;  study  of  details  of  shift  register  and  diode  matrix. 
Prereq.  03.314. 

03.316  Pulse  and  Digital  Circuits  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Multivibrator  circuits;  bistable,  astable,  and  monostable;  study  of  counting  and 
timing  circuits;  synchronization,  voltage  and  current  time-base  generators; 
analysis  of  Schmitt  trigger  and  voltage  comparator  circuits.     Prereq.  03.315. 

03.317  Principles  of  Communication  Systems  I  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 

Analysis  of  RLC  tuned  circuits  including  inductively  coupled  circuits;  a  study 
of  class-C  tuned  power  amplifiers;  analysis  of  RC,  LC,  and  quartz  crystal  oscil- 
lators.    Prereq.  03.313. 

03.318  Principles  of  Communication  Systems  II  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 

Introduction  to  noise  and  noise-figure;  discussion  of  Fourier  analysis;  basic 
theory  of  amplitude,  frequency,  and  phase-modulated  systems  is  presented; 
basic  concepts  of  transmitter  and  receiver  circuits  are  detailed;  comparison  of 
noise  susceptibility  of  the  various  systems  is  examined.     Prereq.  03.317. 

03.319  Principles  of  Communication  Systems  III  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 

Introduction  to  pulse  communication  systems;  basic  discussion  of  sampling 
systems  quantizers,  encoders,  modulators,  transmission  paths;  presentation  of 
channel  capacity  and  decoding  systems;  error  detection  systems  are  compared. 
Prereq.  03.318. 

03.320  Electricity  and  Electronics  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.)  (not  for  electrical  majors) 
Introduction  to  circuit  analysis,  resistive  networks,  periodic  excitation  function, 
steady-state  a-c  circuits.     Prereq.  11.319. 

03.321  Electricity  and  Electronics  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

The  physical  foundation  of  electronics;  physical  operation  of  electronic  devices; 
single-stage  electronic  circuits.     Prereq.  03.320. 


DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES  /  123 

03.322  Electricity  and  Electronics  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Magnetic  circuits  and  transformers;  electron-mechanical  energy  conversion;  d-c 
machines;  a-c  machines.     Prereq.  03.321. 

03.323  Electronic  Laboratory  (3  lab.,  2  q.h.) 

Experiments  dealing  with  laboratory  equipment  (meters  and  oscilloscopes)  tech- 
niques; junction  and  field-effect  transistor  characteristics;  vacuum  and  semi- 
conductor diodes;  power  supplies  including  the  regulated  type;  silicon  con- 
trolled rectifiers;  resistance-coupled  amplifiers  using  transistors,  including 
feedback  methods.     Prereq.  03.312. 

03.324  Circuits  Laboratory  I  (3  lab.,  2  q.h.) 

Experimentation  in  electronic  circuit  theory  utilizing  various  measurement  tech- 
niques; instrumentation  verification  of  circuit  theorems;  response  of  circuits 
to  steps  and   impulses;  oscilloscope  theory  and   applications.     Prereq.  03.306. 

03.325  Circuits  Laboratory  II  (3  lab.,  2  q.h.) 

Further  experimentation  in  electrical  circuits  and  measurement  techniques. 
Experiments  include  non-linear  devices,  terminal  characteristics  of  active  de- 
vices, log  modulus  plots,  network  parameters  and  synthesis,  Fourier  analysis 
and  synthesis.     Prereq.  03.324. 

03.327  Advanced  Electronic  Laboratory  I  (2V2  lab.,  2  q.h.) 

Experiments  dealing  with  oscilloscopes,  class  B  audio  amplifier  with  transistors, 
push-pull  amplifiers,  drivers,  and  distortion  measurements.  Double-tuned  trans- 
formers, video  amplifiers,  audio  frequency  oscillators,  and  square-wave  testing 
of  audio  amplifiers  and  the  study  of  operational  amplifiers.  Prereq.  03.323, 
03.313. 

03.328  Advanced  Electronic  Laboratory  II  (2V2  lab.,  2  q.h.) 

Experiments  dealing  with  modulation  of  a  class  C  amplifier,  the  diode  detector, 
basic  timing  circuits,  RF  and  crystal  oscillators,  networks  in  FM  and  television 
equipment,  pulse  and  counter  circuits  and  frequency  dividers,  sawtooth  gen- 
erators, astable  (free-running)  multivibrators,  logic  gates,  frequency  modula- 
tion detectors.     Prereq.  03.327. 

03.329  Advanced  Electronic  Laboratory  III  (2V2  lab.,  2  q.h.) 

Spectral  studies  of  FM  and  PM  waves,  amplitude  limiters;  the  balance  modu- 
lators and  single  sideband  generators;  binary  adders,  registers  and  counters; 
testing  of  a  radio  receiver;  television  receiver  demonstration;  analog  com- 
puters; pulse  forming  and  delay  lines;  slotted  lines;  a  series  of  five  microwave 
experiments;  and  a  series  of  four  digital  experiments.     Prereq.  03.328. 

03.331  Energy  Conversion  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Generalized  theory  of  electromechanical  energy  conversion;  two-winding  trans- 
former; general  torque  form  applied  to  singly  and  doubly-excited  rotating 
devices.     Prereq.  03.303  and  10.323. 

03.332  Energy  Conversion  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Induction  and  synchronous  machines;  equivalent  circuit  models;  steady-state 
operating  modes;  applications.     Prereq.  03.331. 


124  /  DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES 

03.333  Energy  Conversion  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

D-c  machine;  transfer  functions  and  flow  chart  analysis;  Laplace  transform 
techniques  applied  to  the  analysis  of  dynamic  operating  modes  of  rotating  ma- 
chines.    Prereq.  03.332. 

03.334  Control  Circuits  (2  cl.,  2  q.h).* 

Basic  control  design  considerations;  circuit  transfer  functions,  time  and  fre- 
quency response  relationships,  bode  diagrams;  general  feedback  applications; 
stability  and  compensating  techniques  as  related  to  more  complex  control  sys- 
tems.    Prereq.    03.333. 

03.335  Control  Circuits  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.)* 

Characteristics  and  construction  of  common  control  circuit  devices;  synchros, 
choppers,  magnetic  amplifiers,  SCR's,  control  motors,  gear  trains,  tachometers. 
Prereq.  03.334. 

03.336  Control  Circuits  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.)* 

System  open  and  closed  loop  transfer  functions;  stability,  speed  of  response, 
and  accuracy  trade-offs;  industrial  uses  including  speed  and  voltage  regulation, 
photoelectric,  timing,  sorting,  and  temperature  control  applications.  Prereq. 
03.335. 

03.337  Basic  Power  Systems  I  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 

Consideration  of  power  transmission  lines;  line  constants;  current,  voltage,  and 
power  relations;  introduction  to  electric-power  distribution  loads,  feeders,  and 
substations;  application  of  matrices.     Prereq.  03.304. 

03.338  Basic  Power  Systems  II  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 

Consideration  of  symmetrical  and  unsymmetrical  faults;  protective  devices — 
application  and  coordination;  power  flow  in  electric  circuits;  steady-state  power 
limitations  of  systems;  voltage  regulation  theory  and  application.  Prereq. 
03.337. 

03.339  Basic  Power  Systems  III  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 

Computer  applications  to  power  systems  with  emphasis  on  load-flow  studies; 
basic  ideas  of  system  planning,  short-circuit  studies  and  system  stability.  Pre- 
req. 03.338. 

03.341  Power  and  Controls  Laboratory  I  (2V2  lab.,  2  q.h.)* 

Experimentation  on  measurement  techniques;  basic  devices  and  circuits  (in- 
cluding power  circuits);  transformers.  Prereq.  03.333  and  03.334  or  concur- 
rently. 

03.342  Power  and  Controls  Laboratory  II  (2V2  lab.,  2  q.h.)** 
Experimentation   on   the   steady-state   and   dynamic   characteristics   of   rotating 
machines.     Prereq.  03.341. 

03.343  Power  and  Controls  Laboratory  III  (2V2  lab.,  2  q.h.)** 
Experimentation   on   control    devices   systems   including   transient  and   steady- 
state  responses,  voltage  and  speed  control  systems,  polyphase  power  rectifiers. 
Prereq.  03.342. 


*03.334,  335,  336  Control  Circuits  I,   II,   III  may  not  be  offered  during  the  1975-76  year. 
**03.341,  342,  343  Power  and  Controls  Laboratory  may  not  be  offered  during  the  1975-76  year. 


DESCRIPTION   OF  COURSES  /  125 

03.344  Fundamental  Electricity  and  Residential  Power  Circuits  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 
The  fundamentals  of  electrical  work,  terminology,  basic  principles  and  the 
theory  behind  general  practice  in  accordance  with  the  National  Electric  Code 
are  presented  with  an  analysis  of  the  actual  wiring  of  residential  buildings  and 
farms.  Wiring  analysis  of  non-residential  buildings  such  as  churches,  schools, 
stores,  etc.  for  below  600  volts  service  is  also  included.     Prereq.  10.329,  11.306. 

03.345  Industrial  Power  Circuits  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

A  survey  of  the  use  of  sound  engineering  principles  in  the  design  of  electric 
distribution  systems  which  are  applicable  to  most  types  and  sizes  of  industrial 
plants.     Prereq.  03.344. 

03.346  Electronics  for  Industry  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Two-terminal  devices;  diode  rectifiers  and  filters;  transistors  and  vacuum  tubes; 
D.  C.  biasing.     Prereq.  03.302. 

03.347  Electronics  for  Industry  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Small  signal  analysis;  field  effect  transistors;  multi-stage  systems;  decibel  and 
frequency  considerations;  large  signal  amplifiers.     Prereq.  03.346. 

03.348  Electronics  for  Industry  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

PNPN  and  other  devices;  differential  and  operational  amplifiers;  regulators  and 
miscellaneous  circuit  applications;   cathode   ray  oscilloscope.     Prereq.  03.347. 

03.349  Advanced  Electronic  Laboratory  IV  (2V2  lab.,  2  q.h.) 

Electronic  Engineering  exercises  selected  from  the  following  topics:  transistor 
amplifier  design,  operational  amplifiers,  analog  computation,  Fourier  optics, 
acoustics,  and  microwaves.     Prereq.  03.329  or  equivalent. 

03.350  Advanced  Electronic  Laboratory  V  (2V2  lab.,  2  q.h.) 

Design  projects  laboratory.  Students  will  be  directed  in  design  of  such  projects 
as  motor  speed  control,  DC-DC  converter,  high  current  pulse  amplifiers,  etc. 
Prereq.  03.349. 

*03.351     Bioelectronic  Devices  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Transducers,  relating  body  functions  and  biomedical  reactions  to  electronic 
signals;  optics  and  optical  components  including  mirror  lenses,  prisms,  and 
gratings;  detraction  and  refraction  of  light  into  spectral  components  and 
spectra.     Prereq.  03.312. 

*03.352     Bioelectronic  Devices  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Operational  amplifier  design  and  utilization,  special  power  supply  design; 
chromatography  and  design  of  chromatography  systems;  spectrophotometry 
radiation  counting  equipment  and  Ph  measurement  equipment  related  to  chro- 
matography; the  electrocardiograph,  electroencephalograph,  and  related  physio- 
logical equipment  will  be  discussed.     Prereq.  03.351 . 

*03.353     Bioelectronic  Devices  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Blood  pressure  and  flow  measurement  including  ultrasonic  devices,  centrifuga- 
tion,  and  ultracentrifugation  equipment  as  well  as  amino  acid  analyzers;  nerve- 
conduction  apparatus  and  techniques.  Professional  specialists  in  the  field  will 
lecture  on  special  topics.     Prereq.  03.352. 


"Bioelectronic    Devices    (03.351,    03.352,    03.353)    and    the    laboratory    sequence    (03.357,    03.358, 
03.359)  are  offered  every  other  year. 


126  /  DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES 

*03.357     Bioelectronic  Laboratory  I  (2V2  lab.,  2  q.h.) 

Experiments  dealing  with  oscilloscopes,  transistor  amplifiers  with  negative 
feedback,  directly  coupled  and  difference  amplifiers,  clamping  circuits,  tran- 
sients, logic  circuits.  Experiments  in  electronic  circuitry  including  audio  am- 
plifiers, oscillators,  and  related  circuits.     Prereq.  03.312. 

*03.358     Bioelectronic  Laboratory  II  (2V2  lab.,  2  q.h.) 

Experiments  in  optics  covering  lenses,  mirrors,  prisms,  gratings,  and  spectra. 
Radiation  experiments.  Special  design  experiments  on  the  optical  bench  re- 
lated to  spectrophotometry.  Experiments  with  optical  and  electroptical  system. 
Design  of  detection  and  amplification  monitoring  systems.     Prereq.  03.357. 

*03.359     Bioelectronic  Laboratory  III  (2V2  lab.,  2  q.h.) 

Experiments  and  open  discussion  centered  around  bioelectronic  systems  includ- 
ing electrocardiogram,  electroencephalograph,  amino  acid  analyzers,  Ph  mea- 
surement and  titration  apparatus,  centrifuges,  and  ultracentrifuges,  as  well  as 
radioactive  sample  changers.     Prereq.  03.358. 

03.360  Introduction  to  Radar  Systems  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 

Discussion  of  radar  range  equation;  examination  of  CW,  FM,  MTI,  Pulse-Doppler 
and  monopulse  systems;  description  of  transmitter,  antennas,  and  receivers;  and 
a  discussion  of  information  extraction  from  typical  radar  waveforms.  Prereq. 
03.316  and  03.319. 

03.361  Transients  in  Linear  Systems  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Application  of  differential  equations  to  the  solutions  of  linear,  time-invariant 
electrical  networks;  introduction  to  singularity  functions,  convolution,  and  time 
domain  transient  analysis.     Prereq.  10.324  or  concurrently,  03.304  or  equivalent. 

03.362  Transients  in  Linear  Systems  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Network  topology  and  duality;  introduction  to  the  methods  of  transformation 
calculus  and  complex  frequency  concepts;  signal  analysis  in  the  frequency 
domain;  Fourier  series;  Fourier  and  Laplace  transform  methods.  Prereq.  10.325 
or  concurrently,  03.361. 

03.363  Transients  in  Linear  Systems  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

A  varied  selection  of  circuit  problems  are  solved  using  Laplace  transforms  and 
related  theorems.     Prereq.  03.362. 

03.364  Advanced  Circuit  Theory  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Definitions  and  tests  are  lumped,  linear,  time-invariant  systems;  review  of 
matrix  algebra;  general  analysis  of  networks  by  loop  current  and  node  voltage 
variables  using  matrix  techniques.     Prereq.  03.363. 

03.365  Advanced  Circuit  Theory  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

A  study  of  two-port  networks  using  various  parameter  systems;  S-plane  analysis 
of  system  response;  general  filter  analysis.     Prereq.  03.364. 


•Bioelectronic    Devices    (03.351,    03.352,    03.353)    and   the    laboratory   sequence   (03.357,   03.358, 
03.359)   are   offered   every   other  year. 


DESCRIPTION   OF  COURSES  /  127 

03.366  Advanced  Circuit  Theory  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Discussion  of  the  necessary  and  sufficient  conditions  for  the  physical  realiza- 
tion of  impedance  functions;  Forster  and  Cauer  forms;  synthesis  of  filters. 
Prereq.  03.365. 

03.367  Advanced  Pulse  and  Digital  Circuits  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Linear  and  non-linear  pulse  forming  and  processing  techniques;  design  of 
gate  and  binary  circuits  for  operation  under  severe  environmental  conditions. 
Prereq.  03.363. 

03.368  Advanced  Pulse  and  Digital  Circuits  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Analysis  of  applications  of  existing  integrated  circuits.     Prereq.  03.367. 

03.369  Advanced  Pulse  and  Digital  Circuits  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 
Negative-impedance  devices  and  their  applications;  linear  voltage  and  current 
sweep  circuits.     Prereq.  03.368. 

03.371  Analog,  Digital,  and  Hybrid  Computers  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Theory  and  operation  of  analog  computers;  amplitude  scaling  and  time  scaling 
on  the  analog  computer,  and  application  of  the  analog  computer  to  the  solution 
of  linear  and  non-linear  differential  equations.     Prereq.  10.325  and  03.303. 

03.372  Analog,  Digital,  and  Hybrid  Computers  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Introduction  to  the  field  of  digital  computer  design.  Topics  include  general 
computer  organization,  number  systems  and  number  representations,  design 
characteristics  of  major  computer  units.  Boolean  Algebra  application  to  com- 
puter design.     Prereq.  03.371. 

03.373  Analog,  Digital,  and  Hybrid  Computers  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Survey  of  the  present  state-of-the-art  hybrid  computers.  Problem  areas  unique 
to  hybrid  computers  such  as  interface,  analog-to-digital,  and  digital-to-analog 
conversion  will  also  be  discussed.  Hybrid  computer  programming  techniques. 
Direct  digital  process  control  computers.     Prereq.  03.372. 

03.374  Digital  Systems  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Basic  concepts  of  Boolean  Algebra;  switching  components;  review  of  number 
isystems,  codes,  and  negative  number  representation;  analysis  and  synthesis  of 
combinational  circuits;  examples  of  application.     Prereq.  03.316. 

303.375     Digital  Systems  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Data  acquisition  techniques;  analysis  and  synthesis  of  sequential  circuits;  ex- 
amples of  applications;  analog  and  digital  data  reduction;  real  time  data  proces- 
sing.    Prereq.  03.374. 

J03.376     Digital  Systems  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Residue  number  systems;  threshold  logic  concepts;  advanced  digital  system 
(techniques  with  application  to  complex  systems;  data  decommutation  tech- 
niques relative  to  communications  systems;  aerospace  telemetry  systems. 
■Prereq.  03.375. 


128  /  DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES 

03.377  Control  Systems  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Analysis  of  linear  servomechanisms  under  both  transient  and  steady-state  con- 
ditions; signal  flow  graphs.     Prereq.  03.363. 

03.378  Control  Systems  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Laplace  transforms  used  in  the  formulation  of  block  diagrams  and  transfer 
functions;  system  stability;  root  locus  techniques.     Prereq.  03.377. 

03.379  Control  Systems  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Treatment  of  Nyquist  criteria,  and  Bode  diagram  methods  for  systems  evalua- 
tion.    Prereq.  03.378. 

03.381  Linear  Active  Circuit  Design  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Review  of  large  and  small  signal  analysis  for  bipolar,  unipolar,  and  integrated 
circuit  devices;  review  of  feedback  principles  as  applied  to  discrete,  hybrid, 
and  integrated  circuit  amplifiers  or  regulators;  signal  flow  graph  analysis  will 
be  used  to  determine  accuracy  and  sensitivity  of  feedback  loops.  Prereq. 
03.313. 

03.382  Linear  Active  Circuit  Design  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Factors  influencing  high  and  low  frequency  response,  and  slew  rate  of  both 
discrete  and  integrated  circuit  amplifiers;  bode  and  gain-phase  plots  will  be 
used  to  analyze  stability  of  feedback  loops.     Prereq.  03.381. 

03.383  Linear  Active  Circuit  Design  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Active  filter  and  oscillator  design  using  both  discrete  and  hybrid/integrated  cir- 
cuits; principles  of  low-noise  video  amplifiers;  design  of  linear  integrated  elec- 
tronic systems.     Prereq.  03.382. 

03.384  Microwave  Semiconductor  Devices  and  Circuits  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 
Provides  basic  understanding  of  the  principles  and  design  techniques  for  micro- 
wave circuits  utilizing  semiconductor  devices;  introduction  to  microwave  theory 
and  techniques;  development  of  the  Smith  Chart  for  the  graphical  solution  of 
microwave  problems.     Prereq.  03.304. 

03.385  Microwave  Semiconductor  Devices  and  Circuits  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 
Introduction  to  the  basic  properties  of  semiconductors  at  microwave  frequencies 
including  analysis  of  bulk  semiconductor  effects  and  of  junction  phenomena. 
The  course  will  analyze  the  physical  properties  and  microwave  characteristics 
of  avalanche  diodes,  varactor  diodes,  tunnel  diodes,  PIN  diodes,  Gunn  effect 
devices,  and  the  microwave  transistors.     Prereq.  03.384. 

03.386  Microwave  Semiconductor  Devices  and  Circuits  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Design  and  utilization  of  semiconductor  devices  in  microwave  circuits  for 
microwave  generation,  amplification,  frequency  conversion,  multiplication,  and 
detection;  introduction  to  the  miniaturization  of  microwave  circuits  and  the 
integration  of  microwave  functions;  the  characteristics  and  limitations  of  the 
devices.     Prereq.  03.385. 

03.387  Integrated  Circuits  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Linear  integrated   circuits;   operational   amplifiers-characteristics;  selection  cri- 


DESCRIPTION   OF  COURSES  /  129 

teria;  linear  and  nonlinear  circuit  applications;  D/A  and  A/D  converters.  Prereq. 
03.313. 

03.388  Integrated  Circuits  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Digital  building  blocks;  truth  tables  and  synthesis  of  digital  logic;  flip-flops  and 
timing  circuits;  logic  families  and  specifications;  arithmetic  operations.  Prereq. 
03.387. 

03.389  Integrated  Circuits  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Arithmetic  operations  concluded;  counters;  registors  and  decoding;  memories- 
magnetic;  TTL  and  MOS;  theory  applied  to  calculators;  digital  phase  lock  loops. 
Prereq.  03.388. 

03.391  Computer  Technology  Laboratory  II  (2V2  lab.,  2  q.h.) 

Logic  performing  circuits;  flip-flops;  binary-counters;  sampling  gates;  pulse 
and  counter  circuits  and  frequency  dividers;  a  study  of  an  analog  computer. 
Prereq.  03.327. 

03.392  Computer  Technology  Laboratory  III  (2V2  lab.,  2  q.h.) 

A  continuation  of  03.391  topics  plus  the  use  of  a  PDP  8-1  minicomputer.  Prereq. 
03.391. 

03.396  Basic  Optics  for  Instrumentation  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Provides  the  necessary  background  for  the  two  instrumentation  courses  listed 
below.  Includes  basic  topics  in  geometrical  and  physical  optics.  No  previous 
background  in  optics  is  assumed.  Topics  included  are:  Gaussian  optics,  funda- 
mental laws  of  image  formation,  basic  elements  of  optical  design,  scalar  wave 
theory,  interference  and  diffraction,  polarization,  basics  of  coherent  (laser)  and 
non-coherent  optics.     Prereq.  10.308. 

03.397  Optical  Instrumentation  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Treats  the  classical  image-forming  instruments  (telescopes,  microscopes,  etc.) 
as  components  of  optical  systems.  Includes  magnification,  aberrations,  resolu- 
tion criteria,  photometry,  compatibility  of  system  components  and  optimization 
of  systems.  Topics  in  coherent  imaging  such  as  phase  contrast  and  hologra- 
phy.    Prereq.  03.396. 

03.398  Optical  Instrumentation  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

The  basic  non-image  forming  systems  used  for  analysis  control  and  metrology. 
Includes  spectroscopy,  interferometry  (classical  and  holographic),  electron-ion 
optical,  and  X-ray  systems.     Prereq.  03.397. 

03.399  Fundamentals  of  Operational  Amplifiers  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Emphasis  on  treating  the  amplifier  as  a  black  box.  Covers  gain,  distortion,  feed- 
back, matching,  offset,  drift,  and  frequency  response.  A  section  on  practical 
applications.     Prereq.  03.312. 

03.401  Electric  Devices  and  Systems  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 
(See  General  Interest  Courses,  pages  162-163.) 

03.402  Electric  Devices  and  Systems  II  (2  cl.,  4  q.h.) 
(See  General  Interest  Courses,  pages  162-163.) 


130  /  DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES 

03.410     Electrical  Measurements  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.)  (Day  Curriculum) 

Measurement  of  voltage,  current,  power,  resistance,  capacitance,  inductance, 
impedance,  frequency,  etc.;  direct  and  substitution  measurements;  evaluation 
of  measured  data — standard  deviation  and  tolerance  limits,  instruments  cali- 
brations— effects  of  residual  impedance.     Prereq.  03.454. 

03.420  Electricity  and  Electronics  I  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.)  (Day  Curriculum) 
Introduction  to  circuit  analysis,  resistive  networks,  periodic  excitation  function, 
steady  state  a-c  circuits;  the  physical  foundations  of  electronics  and  the  physi- 
cal operation  of  electronic  devices.     Prereq.  11.319. 

03.421  Electricity  and  Electronics  II  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.)  (Day  Curriculum) 
Single-stage  electronic  circuits,  magnetic  circuits  and  transformers,  electro 
mechanical   energy  conversion,   d-c   machines,   a-c   machines.     Prereq.  03.420. 

03.440     Physical  Electronics  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.)  (Day  Curriculum) 

Electron  Ballistics  and  applications;  properties  of  atoms  and  electrons  as  re- 
lated to  conduction  of  electricity  in  solids;  fundamentals  of  semiconductors, 
crystal  diodes,  and  transistors;  theory  of  field-effect  transistors,  integrated  cir- 
cuits, and  photoelectric  devices.     Prereq.  11.420. 

03.430     Energy  Conversion  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.)  (Day  Curriculum) 

Generalized  theory  of  rotating  energy  conversion  devices;  steady-state  opera- 
tion of  the  multiply-excited  direct-current  machine;  control  of  speed;  special 
machines;  transformers;  steady-state  considerations  of  induction  and  syn- 
chronous machines;  generalized  machine  and  circuit  model;  Laplace  transform 
techniques  applied  to  the  analysis  of  dynamic  operating  modes  of  rotating 
machines.     Prereq.  03.452  and  10.422. 

03.437     Distributed  Systems  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.)  (Day  Curriculum) 

Radiation,  transmission,  and  reception  of  electromagnetic  waves;  distributed-line 
constants  and  traveling  waves  of  transmission  lines;  differential  equations  of 
the  uniform  line.     Prereq.  10.422. 

03.451  Circuit  Analysis  I  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.)  (Day  Curriculum) 
Ohm's  law,  Kirchoff's  current  and  voltage  laws,  equivalent  resistances  and 
sources,  mesh  and  modal  analysis,  network  theorems,  two-port  networks  and 
power  relations — all  with  respect  to  direct  currents;  energy  storage,  singu- 
larity functions,  response  of  R,  L,  and  C  elements  to  singularities.  Prereq. 
10.320,   11.319. 

03.452  Circuit  Analysis  II  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.)  (Day  Curriculum) 
Complex  algebra,  phasors,  frequency  domain,  mutual  inductance,  transformers, 
steady-state  a-c  theory,  driving  point  and  transfer  impedances,  power  and 
energy  in  a-c  circuits;  Laplace  transforms;  partial  fraction  expansion;  Laplace 
transform  techniques  applied  to  the  solution  of  RLC  networks.     Prereq.  03.451. 

03.453  Circuits  Analysis  III  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.)  (Day  Curriculum) 
Application  of  differential  equations  to  the  solutions  of  linear,  time-invarient 
electrical  networks;  introduction  to  singularity  functions,  convolution,  and  time 
domain   transient   analysis;   network  topology  and   duality;   introduction   to  the 


DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES  /  131 

methods  of  transformation  calculus  and  complex  frequency  concepts.  Prereq. 
03.542. 

03.454     Circuits  Analysis  IV  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.)  (Day  Curriculum) 

Signal  analysis  in  the  frequency  domain;  Fourier  series;  Fourier  and  Laplace 
transform  methods;  a  varied  selection  of  circuit  problems  are  solved  using 
Laplace  transforms  and  related  theorems.     Prereq.  03.453. 

03.460  Engineering  Analysis  I  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.)  (Day  Curriculum) 
Linear  algebra  and  its  application  to  circuit  equations;  solution  of  linear  differ- 
ential equations  including  an  introduction  to  Laplace  transforms.  Prereq.  10.422 
and  03.452. 

03.461  Engineering  Analysis  II  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.)  (Day  Curriculum) 
Complex  variables  and  their  relevance  to  an  electrical  engineering  program. 
Prereq.  10.422. 

03.470     Digital  Computers  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.)  (Day  Curriculum) 

Introduction  to  the  field  of  digital  computer  design.  Topics  include  general 
computer  organization,  number  systems  and  number  representations,  design 
characteristics  of  major  computer  units,  Boolean  Algebra  applications  to  com- 
puter design.     Prereq.  03.313  or  concurrently. 

03.477  Control  Engineering  I  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.)  (Day  Curriculum) 
Analysis  of  linear  servomechanisms  under  both  transient  and  steady-state  con- 
ditions; signal  flow  graphs;  Laplace  transforms  used  in  the  formulation  of 
block  diagrams  and  transfer  function.     Prereq.  03.454  and  10.422. 

03.478  Control  Engineering  II  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.)  (Day  Curriculum) 
System  stability;  root  locus  techniques;  treatment  of  Nyquist  criteria  and  Bode 
diagram  methods  for  systems  evaluation.     Prereq.  03.477. 

03.490     Optical  Instrumentation  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.)  (Day  Curriculum) 

Telescopes,  microscopes,  etc.,  as  optical  system  components.  Includes  mag- 
nification, aberrations,  resolution  criteria,  photometry.  Compatibility  of  system 
components  and  optimization  of  systems.  The  basic  non-image  forming  sys- 
tems used  for  analysis  control  and  metrology.     Prereq.  10.308  and  11.319. 


CHEMICAL  ENGINEERING  TECHNOLOGY 

04.381  Nuclear  Technology  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Atomic  and  nuclear  structure;  discovery  and  nature  of  radioactivity;  nuclear 
instrumentation  for  particle  detection,  monitoring,  and  experimentation;  sup- 
plementary laboratory  experiments.     Prereq.  10.323  and  11.319. 

04.382  Nuclear  Technology  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Nuclear  reactions  and  energy;  induced  nuclear  transformations;  neutron  prop- 
erties; radiological  safety — the  hazards,  problems,  and  protection;  applications 
of  radionuclides;  supplementary  laboratory  experiments.     Prereq.  04.381. 


132  /  DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES 

04.383     Nuclear  Technology  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

The  fission  process  and  its  applications;  nuclear  reactors — their  classification, 
design  and  application;  nuclear  fuel  processing;  radioactive  waste  disposal; 
supplementary  laboratory  experiments.     Prereq.  04.382. 

04.481     Nuclear  Technology  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.)  (Day  Curriculum) 

Atomic  and  nuclear  structure;  discovery  and  nature  of  radioactivity;  nuclear 
reactions  and  energy;  induced  nuclear  transformations;  neutron  properties; 
nuclear  instrumentation  for  particle  detection,  monitoring,  and  experimentation; 
the  fission  process  and  its  applications;  nuclear  reactors — their  classification, 
design,  and  application;  supplementary  laboratory  experiments.  Prereq.  10.422 
and  11.319. 


ENGINEERING  GRAPHICS  AND  COMPUTATION 

09.307  Electrical  and  Electronic  Graphics  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Instrument  techniques;  principles  of  projection,  drawing,  reading,  and  interpre- 
tation of  multiview  drawings;  isometric,  oblique,  pictorial  representations;  aux- 
iliary views  and  sections.     Prereq.  none. 

09.308  Electrical  and  Electronic  Graphics  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Introduction  to  electronic  graphics,  including  symbols,  schematics,  block  and 
logic  diagrams,  production  and  cable  drawings,  military  standards.  Prereq. 
09.307. 

09.309  Electrical  and  Electronic  Graphics  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

A  study  of  single-  and  double-sided  printed  circuit  layout,  integrated  circuits, 
electro-mechanical  designs,  wiring,  and  interconnection  diagrams;  graphical 
data  presentation.     Prereq.  09.308. 

09.311  Engineering  Graphics  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Introduction  to  engineering  drawing,  geometric  construction,  charts  and  graphs, 
orthographic  projection  through  auxiliary  views.     Prereq.  none. 

09.312  Engineering  Graphics  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Detail  drawing,  including  intersections  and  development;  reading  of  multiview 
drawings;  pictorial  representation.     Prereq.  09.311. 

09.313  Engineering  Graphics  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Manufacturing  processes  and  dimensioning;  topographical;  earth  work;  drawing 
analysis   of   assemblies;   case  studies   in   engineering   design.     Prereq.   09.312. 

09.314  Engineering  Design  I  (Kinematics)  (1  cl.,  2  lab.,  2  q.h.) 

Translatory  and  rotary  motion  involving  basic  mechanisms  through  graphical 
vector  and  mathematical  analysis  of  displacement,  velocity,  and  acceleration; 
some  redesign  of  existing  mechanisms;  simple,  compound,  reverted,  and 
epicyclic  gear  trains.     Prereq.  09.313,  11.317. 


DESCRIPTION   OF  COURSES  /  133 

09.315  Engineering  Design  II  (1  cl.,  2  lab.,  2  q.h.) 

Drawings  and  specifications  for  the  production  and  precision  machining  of 
castings,  forging,  weldments,  etc.;  discussion  of  design  components.  Prereq. 
09.314. 

09.316  Engineering  Design  III  (1  cl.,  2  lab.,  2  q.h.) 

Introduction  to  design  through  graphical  analysis  of  cam  and  follower  motions 
and  other  mechanisms;  creativity  and  design  processes  through  case  studies 
and  original  projects  requiring  oral  presentation  of  student's  involvement  in  both 
synthesis  and  innovative  activities.     Prereq.  09.315. 

09.351  Principles  of  Computer  Programming  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.)* 

Rules  for  forming  simple  FORTRAN  programs.  Students  write  and  run  pro- 
grams to  compute  Fibonacci  sequences,  averages,  kinematic  displacements, 
and  maxima  and  minima  in  both  discrete  and  continuous  cases;  batch  pro- 
gramming in  FORTRAN  IV;  introduction  to  computer  organization  and  machine 
language.     Prereq.    10.308. 

09.352  Principles  of  Computer  Programming  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.)* 

Extended  capabilities  of  the  FORTRAN  language,  including  DO  loops,  sub- 
scripted variables,  and  alphanumeric  arrays.  Students  write  and  run  application 
programs  for  printer  plotting,  sorting,  matrix  algebra,  and  approximations. 
Batch  programming  in  FORTRAN  IV.     Prereq.  09.351. 

09.353  Principles  of  Computer  Programming  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.)* 

Subroutine  and  function  subprograms;  use  of  Scientific  Subroutine  Package 
with  programming  applications  in  probability,  solution  of  simultaneous  linear 
equations,  root  finding  and  quadrature;  introduction  to  use  of  plotter;  batch 
programming  in  FORTRAN  IV.     Prereq.  09.352. 

09.354  Computer  Systems  I  (Advanced  Fortran  Techniques)  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Data  storage  and  retrieval  techniques  in  Fortran;  tapes,  discs,  drums,  and 
methods  for  computer  files;  hierarchical  data  and  file  structures;  file  manipula- 
tion and  access  methods.     Prereq.  09.353. 

09.355  Computer  Systems  II  (Symbolic  Programming  Language)  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 
Internal  data  representation  and  manipulation;  computer  instructions  language; 
symbolic  languages  and  assemblers.     Prereq.  09.354. 

09.356  Computer  Systems  III  (Operating  Systems)  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Batch  processing;  time  sharing;  mixed  systems;  and  multiprogramming;  North- 
eastern University's  operating  system-MASTER. 

09.357  Computer  Aided  Design  I  (Computer  Graphics)  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 
Computer  graphics  programming,  using  the  computer  to  draw  two-  and  three- 
dimensional   shapes;   character   generation   and    manipulation   methods;   Imple- 
mentation on  Northeastern's  calcomp  plotter.     Prereq.  09.353. 

09.358  Computer  Aided  Design  II  (Problem  Oriented  Languages)  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 
Discussion  of  popular  languages;  user  oriented  requirements;  input  algorithms; 
command  structure;  design  of  a  POL  system.     Prereq.  09.353. 


*NOTE  Students  at  suburban   campuses  will   find    it   necessary   periodically  to   come  to  the 
Boston  Campus  Computation  Center  to  run  their  homework  problems. 


134  /  DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES 

09.359     Computer  Aided  Design  III  (Simulation  and  Mathematical  Models) 

(2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 
Random  numbers  programs  to  predict  the  outcome  of  probabilistic  systems; 
Computer  models  of  deterministic  systems.     Prereq.  09.353. 

09.361  Computer  Controlled  Systems  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Introduction  to  minicomputers;  minicomputers  organization  and  logical  com- 
ponents; basic  machine  language  programming.     Prereq.  09.353. 

09.362  Computer  Controlled  Systems  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Extended  programming  of  minicomputers;  the  use  of  a  minicomputer  as  an 
element  in  process  control;  analysis  of  open  and  closed  loop  systems.  Prereq. 
09.361. 

09.363  Computer  Controlled  Systems  ill  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Specification  of  computer  elements  for  a  control  system;  design  and  synthesis 
of  a  computer-controlled  system  to  meet  process  requirements.     Prereq.  09.362. 

09.401     Interpretation  of  Industrial  Drawings  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 
(See  General  Interest  Courses,  pages  162-163.) 

09.421  Principles  of  Computer  Programming  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.)  (Day  Curriculum) 
Rules  for  forming  simple  FORTRAN  programs;  basic  input/output  techniques; 
FORMAT  control;  algorithms  for  solving  simple  scientific  problems;  computing 
large  sums;  maxima  and  minima  in  both  discrete  and  continuous  cases.  Prereq. 
10.308  or  concurrently. 

09.422  Principles  of  Computer  Programming  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.)  (Day  Curriculum) 
Extended  capabilities  of  the  FORTRAN  language;  manipulation  of  vectors  and 
arrays;  subroutine  and  function  subprogramming;  continued  applications  of 
computers,  sorting,  merging,  root  determination;  A-Format.  Prereq.  09.421. 

09.423  Principles  of  Computer  Programming  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.)  (Day  Curriculum) 
Use  of  scientific  subroutines,  simulation,  random  numbers;  introduction  to  nu- 
merical methods  (solution  of  simultaneous  equations,  quadrature,  derivatives); 
use  of  plotter  language;  display  of  information.     Prereq.  09.422. 

09.461  Engineering  Design  Graphics  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.)  (Day  Curriculum) 
Introduction  to  engineering  drawing;  orthographic  projection  and  primary 
auxiliary  views;  reading  and  interpreting  of  multiview  drawings;  isometric  and 
oblique  pictorial  representation.     Prereq.  none. 

09.462  Engineering  Design  Graphics  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.)  (Day  Curriculum) 
Emphasis  on  engineering  drawings  required  to  support  engineering  design,  in- 
cluding standard  conventions,  dimensioning,  and  basic  production  processes; 
shop  detail  drawings  are  covered;  exercise  in  design  processes  is  given 
through  selected  projects  and  case  studies.     Prereg.  09.461. 

09.463  Engineering  Design  Graphics  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.)  (Day  Curriculum) 
Greater  involvement  in  design  by  examination  of  many  commonly  used  com- 
ponents; case  studies  of  large  systems  discussed  in  class;  advanced  design 
projects  assigned.     Prereq.  09.462. 


DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES  /  135 

09.464     Engineering  Design  Graphics  IV  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.)  (Day  Curriculum) 

Graphical  analysis  of  kinematic  elements;  displacement,  locus  generators, 
velocity  vectors,  and  sliding  motion;  simple,  compound,  and  reverted  gear  trains; 
acceleration  analysis  of  mechanisms  such  as  cams  and  linkages;  functions, 
scales  and  nomographs;  introduction  to  self-correcting  (feedback)  systems. 
Prereq.  09.463. 


MATHEMATICS 

10.301  Introduction  to  Mathematics  I  (4  cl.,  non-credit) 

A  comprehensive  review  of  high  school  algebra  including  first-degree  equations, 
factoring,  fractions,  fractional  equations,  ratio  and  proportion,  word  problems, 
and  concepts  of  plane  geometry.     Prereq.  none. 

10.302  Introduction  to  Mathematics  II  (4  cl.,  non-credit) 

Algebraic  operations  with  complex  fractions,  mixed  expressions,  square  roots, 
radicals,  quadratic  equations;  simultaneous  equations,  graphs  and  fractional 
zero  and  negative  exponents;  the  geometry  of  the  right  triangle,  areas  of  poly- 
gons, circles,  and  loci  problems;  basic  slide  rule  operation.     Prereq.  10.301. 

10.303  Introduction  to  Mathematics  (Day  Curriculum) 
An  accelerated  combination  of  10.301  and  10.302. 

10.307  College  Algebra  and  Trigonometry  I  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 

Fundamental  algebraic  operations;  complex  numbers;  radicals  and  exponents; 
functions;  linear  and  quadratic  equations;  irrational  equations;  inequalities;  vari- 
ation; roots  of  polynomial  equations.     Prereq.  Math.  Placement  Test  or  10.302. 

10.308  College  Algebra  and  Trigonometry  II  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 

Logarithms;  trigonometric  functions  of  angles  in  degrees  and  radians;  trigo- 
nometric identities  and  equations;  right  triangles;  oblique  triangles;  complex 
numbers  in  trigonometric  form;  systems  of  equations;  determinants.  Prereq. 
10.307. 

10.316  Probability  and  Statistics  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Basic  tools,  e.g.,  sets,  permutations,  and  combinations;  probability  and  appli- 
cations.    Prereq.  10.308,  or  10.329  or  10.335. 

10.317  Probability  and  Statistics  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Descriptive  statistics;  frequency  distributions  and  probability  density  functions; 
normal  and  other  distributions.     Prereq.  10.316. 

10.318  Probability  and  Statistics  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Bivariate  distributions;  correlation;  statistical  inference  and  estimation;  regres- 
sion.    Prereq.    10.317. 

10.320     Calculus  I  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 

Plane  Analytic  Geometry;  differentiation  of  algebraic  functions;  rate,  motion, 
maximum  and  minimum  problems;  derivatives  of  higher  order;  curve  sketch- 
ing; basics  in  functions,  limits,  and  continuity.     Prereq.  10.308  or  10.329. 


136  /  DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES 

10.321  Calculus  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Integration  of  algebraic  functions;  integration  and  differentiation  of  logarithmic, 
exponential,  and  trigonometric  terms;  calculations  of  areas,  volumes,  and  length 
of  arc  by  definite  integrals.     Prereq.  10.320. 

10.322  Calculus  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Differentiation  and  integration  of  inverse  trigonometric  functions;  integration 
by  parts,  substitution,  and  tables;  the  Trapezoidal  and  Simpson  Rules;  the  ap- 
plication of  the  differential  and  integral  calculus  to  the  Polar  Coordinate  System; 
indeterminate  forms.     Prereq.  10.321. 

10.323  Calculus  IV  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Vectors  in  the  plane;  vectors  in  three-dimensional  space;  functions  of  more 
than  one  variable;  partial  differentiation;  multiple  integration;  infinite  series; 
Taylor's  and  Maclaurin's  Formula.     Prereq.  10.322. 

10.324  Differential  Equations  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Vector  analysis;  matrices  and  linear  algebra.     Prereq.  10.323. 

10.325  Differential  Equations  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Ordinary  differential  equations — standard  types  of  the  first  order;  linear  differ- 
ential equations,  especially  with  constant  coefficients;  variation  of  parameters. 
Prereq.  10.324. 

10.326  Differential  Equations  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Series  solutions  of  differential  equations;  Laplace  transforms;  Fourier  series; 
and  orthogonal  functions.     Prereq.  10.325. 

10.327  Mathematics  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Methods  and  applications  of  algebra;  graphical  techniques.  Prereq.  Math. 
Placement  Test,  10.331,  or  10.302. 

10.328  Mathematics  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Linear  and  quadratic  equations;  exponents  and  radicals;  variation.  Prereq. 
10.327. 

10.329  Mathematics  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Introductory  topics  of  probability  and  statistics;  logarithms  and  applications; 
mathematics  of  finance.     Prereq.  10.328. 

10.330  Basic  Mathematics  I  (2  cl.,  non-credit) 

A  review  of  elementary  algebra;  algebraic  expressions  and  operations,  equa- 
tions, word  problems.     Prereq.  none. 

10.331  Basic  Mathematics  II  (2  cl.,  non-credit) 

Further  review;  operations  with  polynomials,  factoring,  fractional  expressions, 
word  problems.     Prereq.  10.330. 

10.332  Mathematics  for  Business  Management  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Topics  of  mathematics  applicable  to  business  management;  logic,  set  theory, 
probability  and  its  uses  in  decision-making  under  uncertainty.  Prereq.  10.329  or 
equiv. 


DESCRIPTION   OF  COURSES  /  137 

10.333  Mathematics  for  Business  Management  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Statistical  methods;  mathematics  of  finance;  introduction  to  vector  and  matrix 
algebra.     Prereq.  10.332  or  equiv. 

10.334  Mathematics  for  Business  Management  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Linear  programming  and  optimization  techniques;  applications  of  matrix  algebra; 
game  theory.     Prereq.  10.33  or  equiv. 

10.351  Advanced  Mathematics  I  (Numerical  Analysis)  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Basic  methods  of  numerical  analysis — roots  by  iteration;  approximating  poly- 
nomials and  interpolation;  least  squares  fitting;  numerical  integration;  approxi- 
mate solution  of  ordinary  differential  equations — problems  employing  the  elec- 
tronic computer.     Prereq.  09.353  and  10.326. 

10.352  Advanced  Mathematics  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Introduction  to  partial  differential  equations,  boundary-value  problems,  Sturm- 
Liouville  systems.     Prereq.  10.351. 

10.353  Advanced  Mathematics  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 
Special  topics  in  analysis.     Prereq.  10.352. 

10.361     Modern  Algebra  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Sets;  binary  operations;  mappings;  rings,  integers,  fields;  rationals;  reals,  bases 
for  computer  applications;  Euclidean  algorithm;  primes.  Prereq.  10.308,  10.329 
or    10.335. 

110.362  Modem  Algebra  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

i  Field  of  complex  number;  groups;  subgroups;  polynomial  rings;  homomor- 
phisms;  isomorphisms;  ideals.     Prereq.  10.361. 

110.363  Modern  Algebra  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Vector  spaces;  linear  transformations;  dependence,  independence;  dimension 
(applications  to  engineering,  science,  and  business.     Prereq.  10.362. 

H0.364     Modern  Applied  Algebra  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 

Introduction  to  the  language  of  abstract  algebra  to  the  following  topics:  graphs, 
ifinite  state  machines,  programming  languages,  Boolean  Algebra,  lattices,  coding 
for  communication  channels,  and  radar;  look  at  algebraic  theory  of  linear  sys- 
tems.    Prereq.  10.361,  10.362  and  10.363. 

110.401  Foundations  of  Mathematics  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 
(See  General  Interest  Courses,  pages  162-163.) 

110.402  Foundations  of  Mathematics  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 
(See  General  Interest  Courses,  pages  162-163.) 

110.403  Foundations  of  Mathematics  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 
(See  General  Interest  Courses,  pages  162-163.) 

U0.421     Calculus — A  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.)  (Day  Curriculum) 

Applications  of  derivatives  to  curve-sketching;  antidifferentiation;  the  definite  in- 


138  /  DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES 

tegral,  with  applications;  calculus  of  non-algebraic  functions — logarithmic,  ex- 
ponential, and  trigonometric;  calculus  of  inverse  trigonometric  functions;  tech- 
niques of  integration;  polar  coordinates;  the  conic  sections;  vectors  in  a  plane; 
indeterminate  forms;  L'Hospital's  rule.     Prereq.  10.320. 

10.422  Calculus — B  (3  cl.,  4  q.h.)  (Day  Curriculum) 
Calculus  of  functions  of  several  variables;  partial  differentiation;  multiple  in- 
tegrals; infinite  series;  vector  analysis;  matrices;  and  linear  algebra.  Prereq. 
10.421. 

10.423  Differential  Equations  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.)  (Day  Curriculum) 
Ordinary  differential  equations — standard  types  of  the  first  order;  linear  dif- 
ferential equations,  especially  with  constant  coefficients;  Laplace  transforms; 
series  solutions  of  differential  equations;  Fourier  series;  and  orthogonal  func- 
tions. Prereq.  10.422. 


PHYSICS 

Courses  marked*  not  available  in  every  curriculum.  See  curricula  in 
Programs  of  Instruction  section  for  applicable  sequence,  pp.  67-106. 

11.301  Introductory  Physics  I  (4  cl.,  non-credit) 

A  survey  of  physical  principles  and  theories  related  to  field  of  mechanics.  Em- 
phasis is  placed  upon  the  solution  of  applied  problems.  Prereq.  none. 

11.302  Introductory  Physics  II  (4  cl.,  non-credit) 

Extension   of   principles   in   mechanics   and   introduction   of  concepts   in   heat,  i 
sound,  light,  electricity,  and  magnetism.  Prereq.  11.301. 

*11.304     General  Physics  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Survey  of  Newtonian  mechanics;  kinematics  and  dynamics  of  particle  motion; 
projectile  and  circular  motion;  rotational  motion;  conservation  laws  of  energy 
and  momentum.  Prereq.  10.327  or  concurrently. 

*11.305     General  Physics  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Temperature;  heat  energy;  mechanical  equivalent  of  heat;  wave  motion;  sound; 

Doppler's  effect;  properties  of  light;  simple  optical  systems.  Prereq.  11.304. 

*11.306     General  Physics  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Fundamentals  of  electricity  and   magnetism;  fields;  potential;  electric  current; 
inductance;   capacitance;  electromagnetism;   a-c  and   d-c  series  circuits.  Pre-, 
req.  11.305. 

11.317  Physics  I  (Mechanics)  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 

Kinematics  and  dynamics  of  particle  motion;  Newton's  laws;  projectile  and  cir- 
cular motion;  conservation  laws  for  momentum  and  energy;  rational  motion; 
simple  harmonic  motion.  Prereq.   10.307  or  concurrently. 

11.318  Physics  II  (Wave  Motion,  Sound,  Heat)  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 

Wave  motion;  intensity;  interference  phenomena;  Doppler  effect;  vibrating  sys- 


DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES  /  139 

terns;  temperature;  heat;  change  of  state;  heat  transfer;  kinetic  theory  of  gases; 
general  gas  laws;  thermodynamics.  Prereq.  11.317. 

I 11.319     Physics  III  (Electricity,  Magnetism,  Light)  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 
Electrostatics;    magnetism;    magnetic    induction;    induced   currents;   direct   and 
alternating  current  circuits;  properties  of  light;  reflection;  refraction;  dispersion; 
optical   systems;  diffraction;   polarization.  Prereq.   11.318. 

11.320  Semiconductor  Physics  &  Devices  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 

Properties  of  atoms  and  electrons  as  related  to  conduction  of  electricity  in 
solids;  energy-band  of  semiconductors;  Nature  of  ph  junctions;  diode  equation; 
electron  and  holes;  junction,  light-emitting,  and  tunnel  diodes;  diode  rectifiers; 
junction  and  field-effect  transistors;  integrated  circuits.  (This  is  a  combination 
of  11.322  and  11.323.)  Prereq.  11.316  or  11.319. 

11.321  Wave  Phenomena  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Application  of  fundamental  principles  of  waves  to  electromagnetic  radiation; 
waves  on  transmission  lines;  selected  topics  in  antennas  and  wave  guides. 
Prereq.  11.319  or  11.316. 

111.322     Semiconductor  Physics  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Properties  of  atoms  and  electrons  as  related  to  conduction  of  electricity  in 
solids;  energy-band  of  semiconductors;  nature  of  ph  junctions;  diode  equation; 
electron  and  holes. 

11.323  Semiconductor  Devices  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Junction,  light-emitting,  and  tunnel  diodes;  diode  rectifiers;  junction  and  field- 
effect  transistors;  integrated  circuits. 

11.324  Introductory  Survey  of  Lasers  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Physical  principles  and  technology  will  be  emphasized.  Course  will  include  a 
review  of  the  fundamental  concepts  of  light  and  spectroscopy,  the  basic  theory 
of  lasers,  studies  of  solid  state;  atomic,  ionic  and  molecular  gas;  organic  dye; 
and  semiconductor  lasers.  Related  optics  and  detection  will  be  discussed. 
Prereq.  11.319. 

11.331  Modern  Physics  I  (2,  cl.  2  q.h.) 

Introduction  to  theory  of  relativity;  particle  properties  of  waves;  wave  properties 
of  particles;  atomic  structure;  Bohr  model  of  the  atom.  Prereq.  11.306  or  11.319. 

11.332  Modern  Physics  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Quantum  mechanics;  electron  spin;  atomic  spectra;  complex  atoms;  solid 
state  physics;  lasers.  Prereq.  11.331. 

11.333  Modern  Physics  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Atomic  nucleus;  radioactive  decay;  thermonuclear  energy;  nuclear  reactions; 
elementary  particles.  Prereq.  11.332. 

11.373     Physics  Laboratory  I  (2V2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

First  quarter  of  a  two-quarter  physics   laboratory.   Experiments  in   mechanics, 

iluid  dynamics,  and  gas  laws.  Prereq.  11.305  or  11.318,  or  concurrently. 


140  /  DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES 

11.374    Physics  Laboratory  II  (2V2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

A  continuation  of  11.373.   Experiments  in  wave  motion,  optics,  and  electrical 

circuits. 

11.401  Man's  Physical  Environment  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 
(See  General  Interest  Courses,  pages  162-163.) 

11.402  Man's  Physical  Environment  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 
(See  General  Interest  Courses,  pages  162-163.) 

11.420     Physics  IV  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.)  (Day  Curriculum) 

Application  of  fundamental  principles  of  waves  to  electromagnetic  radiation; 
waves  on  transmission  lines;  further  study  of  wave  motion  topics  from  11.318. 
Prereq.  11.319. 


CHEMISTRY 

Students  wishing  to  elect  other  chemistry  courses  should  refer  to  the  Uni- 
versity College  Catalog  and  petition  for  approval  by  the  Academic  Standing 
Committee  of  Lincoln  College. 

12.501  Introductory  Chemistry  I  (4  cl.,  non-credit) 

A  non-mathematical  approach  to  the  concepts  of  chemistry  including  matter, 
elements  and  compounds,  chemical  bonding,  chemical  equations.  Prereq.  none. 

12.502  Introductory  Chemistry  II  (4  cl.,  non-credit) 

A  continuation  of  12.301,  including  periodic  system,  forms  of  energy,  oxidation- 
reduction,  solutions,  chemical  and  ionic  equilibrium,  nuclear  reactions,  and  a 
brief   introduction   to   organic   chemistry.   Prereq.   12.501    or  equiv. 

12.507  Modern  Chemistry  I  (Intro,  to  Inorganic  Chemistry)  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 
Fundamental  ideas  of  matter  and  energy,  chemical  bonding,  chemical  energy, 
water  and  solutions,  colloids,  ionic  reactions,  oxidation  and  reduction,  acidity, 
radioactivity,  all  discussed  from  the  viewpoint  of  recent  developments.  Prereq. 
10.327  or  concurrently. 

12.508  Modern  Chemistry  II  (Intro,  to  Organic  Chemistry)  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 
Classes  of  organic  compounds,  including  hydrocarbons,  alcohols,  ethers,  alde- 
hydes, ketones,  carboxylic  acids,  esters,  amines  and  amides;  carbohydrates,  in- 
cluding the  relationship  with  modern  biology.  Prereq.  12.507  or  equiv. 

12.509  Modern  Chemistry  III  (Intro,  to  the  Chemistry  of  Living  Bodies) 

(2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 
Includes  fats,  proteins,  enzymes,  chemistry  of  digestion,  and  the  chemical  re- 
actions characteristic  of  body  fluids.  Prereq.  12.508  or  equiv. 

12.515     Biochemistry  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

The  first  quarter  of  a  three-quarter  course  sequence.  The  sequence  will  cover 

introduction  to  the  biochemistry  of  the  cell,   including  the  occurrence,  chem- 


DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES  /  141 

istry,  and  metabolism  of  carbohydrates,  lipids,  proteins,  and  nucleic  acids. 
Prereq.  12.533  or  equiv. 

12.516  Biochemistry  II  (2  el.,  2  q.h.) 

A  continuation  of  12.515.  Prereq.  12.515. 

12.517  Biochemistry  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

A  continuation  of  12.516.  Prereq.  12.516. 

12.521     Analytical  Chemistry  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Analytical  procedures  and  techniques;  the  principles  of  solution  chemistry,  ionic 
equilibria,  and  oxidation  potentials  applied  to  solving  problems  in  chemical 
analysis.  Prereq.  12.546  and  12.549  or  equiv. 

112.522     Analytical  Chemistry  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Principles  and  practice  of  gravimetric  and  titrimetric  methods  of  analysis. 
Prereq.  12.521. 

12.523     Analytical  Chemistry  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Theory  of  spectrophotometry,   chomatography,   and   selected   electro-analytical 

methods.  Prereq.  12.522. 

H2.524  Analytical  Chemistry  Laboratory  I  (  3  lab.,  2  q.h.)  (Laboratory  Fee) 
Qualitative  analysis;  separations  by  chemical  means,  chemical  tests,  and  spot 
itests  for  inorganic  ions  in  solution.  Prereq.  12.521  or  concurrently  or  equiv. 

112.525     Analytical  Chemistry  Laboratory  II  (3  lab.,  2  q.h.)  (Laboratory  Fee) 

Chemical    methods    of    quantitative    analysis;    procedures    and    techniques    of 

gravimetric  and  volumetric  methods  of  chemical  analysis.  Prereq.  12.522  or 
concurrently  or  equiv. 

12.526     Analytical  Chemistry  Laboratory  III  (3  lab.,  2  q.h.)  (Laboratory  Fee) 

Instrumental  methods  of  analysis;  instruments  and  procedures  for  electro- 
metric  and  optical  methods  of  chemical  analysis.  Prereq.  12.525  and  12.523  or 
concurrently  or  equiv. 

112.531  Organic  Chemistry  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

[■Nature  of  carbon  in  organic  compounds;  general  principles  of  structure,  nomen- 
clature, preparation,  uses,  and  reactions,  of  aliphatic  hydrocarbons:  alkanes, 
lalkenes,  alkynes,  dienes,  cycloalkanes;  position  and  geometric  isomerism;  in- 
jtroduction  to  free  radical  and  ionic  mechanisms  of  reactions.  Prereq.  12.546 
land  12.549  or  equiv. 

112.532  Organic  Chemistry  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

IStructure  of  benzene,  electrophilic  aromatic  substitution  reactions;  general 
principles  of  structure,  nomenclature,  preparation,  uses  and  reactions  of  the 
[various  types  of  organic  compounds,  including:  alcohols,  alkyl  and  aryl  halides, 
lathers  and  expoxides  and  carboxylic  acids;  optical  isomerism  and  introductory 
Ishemical  kinetics  will  be  discussed.  Prereq.  12.531  or  equiv. 


142  /  DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES 

12.533  Organic  Chemistry  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

A  continuation  of  12.532  with  emphasis  on  the  application  of  chemical  inter- 
conversions  to  synthetic  problems;  functional  derivatives  of  carboxylic  acids, 
sulfonic  acids  and  their  derivatives,  amines,  diazonium  compounds,  phenols, 
aldehydes  and  ketones.  Prereq.  12.532  or  equiv. 

12.534  Organic  Chemistry  Laboratory  I  (3  lab.,  2  q.h.)  (Laboratory  Fee) 
Coordinated  with  the  lecture  course,  Organic  Chemistry  I,  and  deals  with  the 
preparation  and  properties  of  compounds  discussed.  Prereq.  12.546  or  equiva- 
lent and  12.531  or  concurrently,  or  equiv. 

12.535  Organic  Chemistry  Laboratory  II  (3  lab.,  2  q.h.)  (Laboratory  Fee) 
Coordinated  with  the  lecture  course,  Organic  Chemistry  II,  and  deals  with  the 
preparation  and   properties  of  compounds  discussed.  Prereq.  12.534  or  equiv. 

12.536  Organic  Chemistry  Laboratory  III  (3  lab.,  2  q.h.)  (Laboratory  Fee) 
Coordinated  with  the  lecture  course,  Organic  Chemistry  III,  and  deals  with  the 
preparation  and   properties  of  compounds  discussed.  Prereq.  12.535  or  equiv. 

12.541  Physical  Chemistry  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

The  three  states  of  matter,  atomic  and  molecular  forces,  physical  properties 
and  molecular  structure;  heat,  work  and  heat  capacity;  thermochemistry.  Pre- 
req. 10.323,  11.306,  and  12.546  plus  12.549  or  equiv. 

12.542  Physical  Chemistry  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Thermodynamics,   solutions,   chemical   equilibria,   phase  diagrams,   and   chemi-  i 
cal  kinetics.  Prereq.  12.541  or  equiv. 

12.543  Physical  Chemistry  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Electrical  conductance,  electromotive  force,  ironic  equilibria,  colloids,  quantum 
theory,  and  photochemistry.  Prereq.  12.542  or  equiv. 

12.544  General  Chemistry  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Fundamental  concepts;  symbols,  formulas,  and  equations;  atomic  structure  and 
Periodic  Law;  chemical  bonding;  oxygen,  ozone,  and  hydrogen;  the  gaseous 
state  and  gram  mole  volume;  the.  liquid  and  solid  states;  water  and  hydrogen 
peroxide.  Prereq.  10.307  or  10.327  or  concurrently  or  equiv.  (Not  open  to  students 
with  credit  for  12.311  or  12.314.) 

12.545  General  Chemistry  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Solutions,  solutions  of  electrolytes,  colloids,  oxidation  and  reduction  reactions, 
periodic  properties,  halogens,  chemical  equilibrium,  electrochemistry;  acids, 
bases,  and  salts;  sulfur  family.  Prereq.  12.544  or  equiv.  (Not  open  to  students 
with  credit  for  12.512  or  12.515.) 

12.546  General  Chemistry  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Ionic  equilibrium  and  weak  electrolytes;  solubility  product  principle,  hydrolysis; 
nitrogen,  phosphorous,  and  their  compounds;  boron,  silicon,  and  their  com- 
pounds; alkali  and  alkaline  earth  metals,  metals  of  groups  III  and  IV;  nuclear 
chemistry;  carbon  and  its  compounds;  biochemistry.  Prereq.  12.545  or  equiv. 
(Not  open  to  those  students  with  credit  for  12.513  or  12.516). 


DESCRIPTION   OF  COURSES  /  143 


12.547  General  Chemistry  Laboratory  I  (2  lab.,  1  q.h.)  (Laboratory  Fee) 
Coordinated  with  the  lecture  course,  General  Chemistry  I,  and  deals  with  the 
preparation  and  properties  of  elements  and  compounds  discussed.  Prereq. 
12.544  or  concurrently  or  equiv.  (Not  open  to  those  students  with  credit  for 
12.514.) 

12.548  General  Chemistry  Laboratory  II  (2  lab.,  1  q.h.)  (Laboratory  Fee) 
Coordinated  with  the  lecture  course,  General  Chemistry  II,  and  deals  with  the 
preparation  and  properties  of  elements  and  compounds  discussed.  Prereq. 
12.547  or  equiv.  (Not  open  to  those  students  with  credit  for  12.315.) 

12.549  General  Chemistry  Laboratory  III  (2  lab.,  1  q.h.)  (Laboratory  Fee) 
Qualitative  analysis  experiments,  including  unknown  solutions.  Prereq.  12.548 
or  equiv.  (Not  open  to  those  students  with  credit  for  12.316.) 

12.551  Instrumental  Analysis  I  (formerly  Instrumental  &  Radiochemistry  I) 

(2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 
Basic  theory  and  instruments  used  in  electrochemical  analysis.  Course  includes 
such  topics  as  electrode  and  cell  potentials,  potentiometric  titrations,  direct 
potentiometry  (pH  meters  and  specific  ion  electrodes),  coulometry,  polarography, 
amperometry,  electrogravimetry,  and  conductivity.  Prereq.  12.523  or  equiv. 

12.552  Instrumental    Analysis    II   (formerly    Instrumental    &    Radiochemistry    II) 

(2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 
Basic  theory  and  instruments  used  in  spectrochemical  analysis.  Course  includes 
such  topics  as  electromagnetic  spectrum,  ultraviolet  and  visible  spectrophotom- 
etry, infrared  spectrophotometry,  X-ray  analysis,  fluorescence  and  phosphores- 
cence, emission  spectrophotometry,  absorption  spectrophotometry,  and  gas 
chromatography.  Prereq.  12.551  or  equiv. 

12.553  Radiochemistry  (formerly  Instrumental  &  Radiochemistry  III)  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 
Radioactivity  and  nuclear  reactions;  production  and  study  of  nuclear  reactions; 
equations  of  radioactive  decay;  nuclear  states  and  radioactive  processes;  in- 
teraction of  radiation  with  matter;  radiation  detection  and  measurement;  statis- 
tics of  radioactivity  measurements;  techniques  for  the  study  of  radionuclides; 
tracers  in  chemical  applications  and  nuclear  energy.  Prereq.   12.552  or  equiv. 

12.554  Physical  Chemistry  Laboratory  I  (3  cl.,  2  q.h.)  (Laboratory  Fee) 
Experimental  studies  of  viscosity,  thermochemistry,  and  homogeneous  equip- 
librium.  Prereq.  12.542. 

12.555  Physical  Chemistry  Laboratory  II  (3  cl.,  2  q.h.)  (Laboratory  Fee) 
Experimental  studies  of  phase  equilibrium,  solution  thermodynamics,  and 
chemical  kinetics.  Prereq.  12.554. 


EARTH  SCIENCE 

Students  wishing  to  elect  other  earth  science  courses  should  refer  to  the 
University  College  Catalog  and  petition  for  approval  by  the  Academic  Standing 
Committee  of  Lincoln  College. 


144  /  DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES 

16.531  Oceanology  I  (formerly  Oceanography  I)  (2  q.h.) 

Introduction  to  the  origin  of  the  global  ocean;  the  physical  and  chemical  prop- 
erties of  sea  water;  development  of  ocean  currents  and  their  effect  on  land 
masses  of  the  world;   problems  of  ocean   pollution.   Prereq.   16.503  or  equiv. 

16.532  Oceanology  II  (formerly  Oceanography  II)  (2  q.h.) 

The  habitat  zones  and  organisms  of  the  sea;  Phytoplankton,  zooplankton,  and 
nekton;  economic  importance  of  marine  resources  for  expanding  world  popu- 
lation. Prereq.  16.531  or  equiv. 

16.533  Oceanology  III  (formerly  Marine  Geology  )  (2  q.h.) 

Physiography  and  structure  of  ocean  basins;  marine  geological  processes  and 
features;  sedimentation,  erosion,  shorelines,  and  bottom  topography;  methods 
and    techniques   of    marine    geological   explorations.   Prereq.    16.532   or  equiv. 


BIOLOGY 

Students  wishing  to  elect  other  biology  courses  should  refer  to  the  University 
College  Catalog  and  petition  for  approval  by  the  Academic  Standing  Committee 
of  Lincoln  College. 

18.507  Gross   Anatomy  and   General   Physiology   I   (2   cl.,   2  q.h.) 
Fundamental  concepts  of  living  organisms;  chemical  and  biological  characteris- 
tics of  cellular  metabolism;  the  skeletal  system  and   its  appendages;  general 
nomenclature,  anatomical  names  and  terms.  Prereq.  none. 

18.508  Gross  Anatomy  and   General   Physiology   II   (2  cl.,   2  q.h.) 

The  systems  of  the  body  and  the  relationships  between  them;  the  structure 
and  function  of  each.  Prereq.  18.507  or  equiv. 

18.509  Gross  Anatomy  and  General  Physiology  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 
Continuation  of  the  systems  of  the  body  and  the   relationship  between  them. 
Prereq.  18.508  or  equiv. 

18.511  Biology  I  (General)  (3  cl.,  lab.,  4  q.h.)  (Laboratory  Fee) 
Universal  properties  and  processes  of  living  organisms;  cellular  composition 
and  cellular  activities;  inheritance  and  cellular  control.  Prereq.  none. 

18.512  Biology  II  (Animal)  (3  cl.,  3  lab.,  4  q.h.)  (Laboratory  Fee) 
Functional  anatomy  of  animal  organ  systems,  their  interactions  and  environ- 
mental relationships.  Prereq.  18.511  or  equiv. 

18.513  Biology  III  Animal  (3  cl.,  3  lab.,  4  q.h.)  (Laboratory  Fee) 
Systematic  comparative  study  of  the  structure  and  functions  of  animals. 
Diversity  of  animals  considered  from  the  standpoint  of  evolutionary  adaptation. 
Prereq.  18.512  or  equiv. 

18.521     Microbiology  I  (2  cl.,  4  lab.,  4  q.h.)  (Laboratory  Fee) 

Morphology  and  biochemistry  of  the  bacteria.  Prereq.  18.513  or  equiv. 


DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES  /  145 

18.522  Microbiology  II  (2  cl.,  4  lab.,  4  q.h.)  (Laboratory  Fee) 
Survey  of   pathogenic   microorganisms.   Prereq.   18.521   or  equiv. 

18.523  Microbiology  III  (2  cl.,  4  lab.,  4  q.h.)  (Laboratory  Fee) 
Biology  of  the  protista;  the  role  of  microorganisms  in  the  environment  and  in- 
dustry. 

18.524  Human  Anatomy  and  Physiology  I  (2  cl.,  2  lab.,  3  q.h.) 
Introduction   to   human  anatomy:   osteology,   anatomy  of  the   muscular  system, 
respiratory  system,  digestive  system,  the  vascular  systems,  urogenital  system. 
The   laboratory   includes  a  study  of  human  bones  and  cat  dissection.  Prereq. 
18.506  or  18.513  or  equiv. 

18.525  Human  Anatomy  and  Physiology  II  (2  cl.,  2  lab.,  3  q.h.)  (Laboratory  Fee) 
Principles  of  physiology  and  continuation  of  the  study  of  human  anatomy.  The 
laboratory  is  mainly  concerned  with  muscle  physiology.  Prereq.  18.524  or  equiv. 

18.526  Human  Anatomy  and  Physiology  III  (2  cl.,  2  lab.,  3  q.h.)  (Laboratory  Fee) 
Continuation  of  the  principles  of  physiology.  The  anatomy  and  physiology  of 
the  nervous  system,  physiology  of  the  endocrine  system.  The  laboratory  deals 
with  physiology  of  respiration  and  the  physiology  of  blood.  Prereq.  18.525  or 
equiv. 

18.560  Environmental  Ecology  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 

Biotic  and  abiotic  aspects  of  the  environment;  geo-physico-chemocycles  in  the 
biosphere;  food  chain  and  the  ecosystem;  energy  cycling;  environmental  pol- 
lution; population  explosion  and  natural  resources;  future  of  man  as  a  species; 
role  of  government,  industry,  and  individuals  in  controlling  the  environment. 
Prereq.  none. 

18.561  Ecology  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Environmental  factors;  the  soil  system;  water;  the  atmosphere;  temperature, 
light,  wind,  pressure;  the  physico-chemical  factors — CO„,  N,  and  mineral 
nutrients;  habitat;  distribution  of  plants  and  animals  in  the  world  according 
to  temperature  and  precipitation.  Prereq.  18.513  or  equiv. 

18.562  Ecology  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

The  ecosystem;  ecological  niche;  the  producers,  consumers,  and  decomposers; 
the  pond  ecosystem,  desert  ecosystem,  forest  ecosystem,  and  sea  shore  eco- 
system; energy  cycle  and  efficiency  of  energy  utilization;  mass,  weight,  and 
energy  pyramids.     Prereq.  18.561  or  equiv. 

18.563  Ecology  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Population  ecology;  biotic  community;  population  growth;  relations  between  the 
species;  symbiosis;  competition;  predation;  succession.     Prereq.  18.562  or  equiv. 

18.564  Man  and  His  Biosphere  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

An  ecological  analysis  of  the  human  situation  and  man's  interaction  with  other 
organisms;  the  necessary  foundation  of  biological  principles  will  be  presented. 

18.565  Man  and  His  Biosphere  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

A  continuation  of  Man  and  Environment  I.     Prereq.  18.564  or  equiv. 


146  /  DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES 

LIBERAL  ARTS 

Students  wishing  to  elect  other  humanities,  social  science,  and  natural  science 
courses  should  refer  to  the  University  College  Catalog  and  petition  for  approval 
by  the  Academic  Standing  Committee  of  Lincoln  College. 

19.501  Psychology  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

An  introductory  survey  of  the  historical  backgrounds  of  psychology,  psychologi- 
cal measurement  and  testing,  and  principles  of  animal  and  human  learning. 
Prereq.  none. 

19.502  Psychology  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Principles  of  sensory  processing,  perception,  motivation  and  emotion,  and  so- 
cial influences  on  behavior.     Prereq.  19.501  or  equiv. 

19.503  Psychology  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Personality  theory  and  measurement,  behavior  disorders,  mental  health,  and 
psychotherapy.     Prereq.  19.502  or  equiv. 

19.507  Psychology  (Intensive)  (6  cl.,  6  q.h.) 

An  introductory  survey  of  the  historical  backgrounds  of  psychology,  psychologi- 
cal measurement  and  testing,  and  principles  of  animal  and  human  learning; 
principles  of  sensory  processing,  perception,  motivation  and  emotion,  and  so- 
cial influences  on  behavior;  personality  theory  and  measurement,  behavior  dis- 
orders, mental  health,  and  psychotherapy.  (Not  open  to  students  who  have 
taken  19.501,  502,  503.)     Prereq.  none. 

19.508  Fundamentals  of  Psychology  I  (4  q.h.) 

Basic  concepts  from  most  areas  of  psychological  investigation;  the  experimental 
orientation  to  the  study  of  behavior,  including  child  development,  individual 
differences,  learning,  and  social  psychology.  (Recommended  for  psychology 
majors.)  (Not  open  to  students  who  have  credit  for  19.501,  502,  503.) 

19.509  Fundamentals  of  Psychology  II  (4  q.h.) 

The  sensory  basis  of  behavior,  cognition,  perception,  motivation,  emotions, 
normal,  and  abnormal  personality.  (Recommended  for  psychology  majors.)  (Not 
open  to  students  who  have  credit  for  19.501,  502,  503.)      Prereq.  19.508  or  equiv. 

21.501  Sociology  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Basic  concepts  and  theories  relating  to  the  study  of  man  as  a  participant  in 
group  life  with  emphasis  on  social  structure,  culture,  socialization,  and  the 
family. 

21.502  Sociology  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

A  continuation  of  Sociology  I,  with  major  emphasis  on  primary  groups,  associa- 
tions, social  stratification,  collective  behavior,  and  population.  Prereq.  21.501 
or    equiv. 

21.503  Sociology  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

A  continuation  of  Sociology  II,  focusing  on  the  major  institutional  areas,  with 


DESCRIPTION   OF  COURSES  /  147 

particular  attention  to  problems  of  social,  political,  urban,  and  industrial  change. 
Prereq.  21.502  or  equiv. 

21.504     Sociology  (Intensive)  (6  cl.,  6  q.h.) 

Basic  concepts  and  theories  relating  to  the  study  of  man  as  a  participant  in 
group  life,  with  emphasis  on  social  structure,  culture,  socialization,  and  the 
family;  primary  groups,  associations,  social  stratification,  collective  behavior, 
and  population;  the  major  institutional  areas,  with  particular  attention  to  prob- 
lems of  social,  political,  urban,  and  industrial  change.  (Not  open  to  students 
who  have  taken  21.501,  502,  503.) 

21.601  Principles  of  Sociology  I  (4  q.h.) 

An  intensive  introduction  to  basic  concepts  and  theories  relating  to  the  study  of 
man  as  a  participant  in  group  life.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  socialization,  culture, 
social  structure,  primary  groups,  family,  social  stratification,  and  population. 

21.602  Principles  of  Sociology  II  (4  q.h.) 

A  continuation  of  Principles  of  Sociology  I,  with  emphasis  on  a  critical  analysis 
of  American  society,  with  particular  attention  to  problems  of  social,  political, 
urban,  and  industrial  change.     Prereq.  21.601  or  equiv. 

23.501  Western  Civilization  I  (2  q.h.) 

The  beginnings  of  Western  Civilization  with  emphasis  on  the  political,  economic, 
and  social  history  of  ancient  and  medieval  times  to  1300. 

23.502  Western  Civilization  II  (2  q.h.) 

Early  Modern  Europe  from  1300  to  1789,  with  an  examination  of  the  two  major 
intellectual  movements,  the  Renaissance  and  the  Enlightenment,  and  their 
impact  on  the  rise  of  national  states,  capitalism,  and  Protestantism. 

23.503  Western  Civilization  III  (2  q.h.) 

Modern  Europe  from  1789  to  the  present,  emphasizing  the  rise  of  ideology  in  a 
technological  age. 

23.507     Western  Civilization  (Intensive)  (6  cl.,  6  q.h.) 

The  beginnings  of  Western  civilization,  with  emphasis  on  the  political,  economic, 
and  social  history  of  the  ancient  and  medieval  world;  modern  Europe  to  1815, 
with  an  examination  of  the  two  major  intellectual  movements — the  Renaissance 
and  the  Enlightenment — and  their  impact  upon  religious  movements,  economic 
developments,  and  the  rise  of  national  states;  Western  civilization  since  1815, 
emphasizing  the  Scientific  and  Industrial  Revolutions  and  their  impact  upon 
democracy  and  authoritarianism,  nationalism,  and  internationalism,  and  war 
and  peace.  (Not  open  to  students  who  have  taken  23.501,  502,  503.)  Prereq. 
none. 

23.509  Western  Civilization  A  (3  q.h.) 
Western  Civilization  to  1648. 

23.510  Western  Civilization  B  (3  q.h.) 
Western  Civilization  since  1648. 


148  /  DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES 

27.541  Drawing   I   (3  q.h.) 

Practice  in  the  techniques  and  development  of  drawing  in  pencil  and  pen  and 
ink,  with  concentration  on  basic  drawing  problems. 

27.542  Drawing  II  (3  q.h.) 

Practice  in  the  techniques  of  wash  drawing,  scratch  board  drawing,  and  mixed 
medias.     Prereq.  27.541  or  equiv. 

27.543  Drawing   III   (3  q.h.) 

Study  of  human  anatomy  and  the  practice  of  figure  drawing  and  composition. 
Prereq.  27.542  or  equiv. 

30.501  English  for  International  Students  I  (2  cl.,  non-credit) 

Introduction  to  English  grammar  for  foreign-speaking  students  with  an  emphasis 
on  listening,  speaking,  and  writing;  selected  readings  and  exercises  to  strengthen 
vocabulary  and  pronunciation.     Prereq.  none. 

30.502  English  for  International  Students  II  (2  cl.,  non-credit) 

A  continuation  for  30.501,  emphasizing  the  preparation  of  written  and  oral  re- 
ports and  business  and  social  correspondence.     Prereq.  30.501. 

30.503  English  for  International  Students  III  (2  cl.,  non-credit) 

Advanced  work  in  written  and  spoken  English  preparatory  to  entering  30.504 
English  I.     Prereq.  30.502. 

30.600  Elements  of  Composition  (2  q.h.) 

An  intensive  study  of  grammatical  forms  and  structural  patterns  of  current 
English. 

30.601  Composition  and  Rhetoric  I  (2  q.h.) 

A  detailed  examination  of  the  modes  of  rhetoric,  especially  exposition  and  argu- 
ment, and  the  exercises  in  the  development  of  paragraphs  and  short  papers. 
(Not  open  for  students  who  have  credit  for  30.504.) 

30.602  Composition  and  Rhetoric  II  (2  q.h.) 

A  continuation  of  30.601.  Stress  is  on  the  short  paper,  the  longer  library  paper, 
and  formal  documentation.  Prereq.  30.601.  (Not  open  to  students  who  have 
credit  for  30.505.) 

30.603  Composition  and  Rhetoric  (Intensive)  (4  q.h.) 
Same  as  30.601  plus  30.602. 

30.604  Introduction  to  Literary  Forms  I  (2  q.h.) 

The  development  of  techniques  for  reading  imaginative  writing.  Short  and 
long  fiction  are  the  materials  for  study,  discussion,  and  two  critical  papers. 
Prereq.  30.602. 

30.605  Introduction  to  Literary  Forms  II  (2  q.h.) 

A  continuation  of  30.604,  but  here  the  materials  are  poetry  and  drama.  Prereq. 
30.604. 


DESCRIPTION   OF  COURSES  /  149 

30.606     Introduction  to  Literary  Forms  (Intensive)  (4  q.h.) 
Same  as  30.604  plus  30.605. 

30.113  Freshman  Writing  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.)  (Day  Curriculum) 
Important  principles  of  logic  and  rhetoric  applied  to  exposition  and  argumen- 
tation writing;  review  of  sentence  structure,  punctuation,  and  paragraphing; 
extensive  reading  and  analysis  of  the  essay  form;  theme  assignments. 

30.114  Introduction  to  Literature  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.)  (Day  Curriculum) 
An  introduction  to  literary  forms:  poetry,  prose  fiction,  and  drama;  intensive 
reading  in  various  forms  and  discussion  of  different  approaches  to  literature. 
Prereq.  30.113. 

30.115  Great  Themes  in  Literature  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.)  (Day  Curriculum) 
Content  determined  by  instructor,  who  chooses  a  theme  and  a  number  of  books 
from  different  periods  to  illustrate  it.  Examples:  The  Hero  in  Literature,  Visions 
of  Utopia,  Science  Fiction,  etc.     Prereq.  30.114. 


BUSINESS  MANAGEMENT 

Students  wishing  to  elect  other  business  courses  should  refer  to  the  University 
College  Catalogue  and  petition  for  approval  by  the  Committee  on  Education  of 
Lincoln  College. 

39.115  Principles  and  Problems  of  Economics  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.)  (Day  Curriculum) 
An  introduction  to  the  conceptual  aspects  of  economics;  the  flow  of  national 
income;  economic  growth  and  fluctuation;  the  role  of  money  and  banking;  mone- 
tary and  fiscal  policies.  Emphasis  on  developing  conceptual  tools  for  use  in  the 
analysis  of  economic  problems  facing  modern  society. 

39.501  Economic  Principles  and  Problems  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Macro  analysis-national  income  concepts  and  determination;  macro  economic 
goals  and  problems;  monetary  and  fiscal  policy.     Prereq.  none. 

39.502  Economic  Principles  and  Problems  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Micro  analysis-theory  of  the  firm  and  market  structure;  supply,  demand,  mar- 
ket price;  international  economics.     Prereq.  39.501. 

39.503  Economic  Principles  and  Problems  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Applications  of  economic  principles  to  selected  problem  areas;  poverty,  com- 
petition,  labor,   agriculture,   urban.  Prereq.  39.502. 

39.510    Statistics  for  Quality  Control  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Fundamentals  of  statistical  concepts  and  computations  necessary  to  the  un- 
derstanding of  statistical  quality  control;  frequency  distributions,  measures  of 
centering  and  dispersion;  computation  of  average  and  standard  deviation  for 
ungrouped  and  grouped  data;  determination  of  areas  under  the  normal  distribu- 
tion curve;  standard  deviation  of  the  mean;  combinations  and  permutations  and 
their  use  of  computer  probabilities  computations  associated  with  the  hyper- 
geometric,  binomial,  and  Poisson  distributions.     Prereq.  10.503  or  equiv. 


150  /  DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES 

39.511  Statistics  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Introduction  to  the  collection  and  organization  of  data;  concentration  on  the 
nature,  computation,  and  uses  of  measures  of  central  tendency  and  variability. 
Prereq.  39.503. 

39.512  Statistics  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Introduction  to  statistical  inference,  parameters  of  samples,  tests  of  significance, 
"t"  distribution,  and  chi  square.     Prereq.  39.511. 

39.513  Statistics  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Introduction  to  the  analysis  of  variance,  trend  fitting,  linear  regression,  seasonal 
adjustment,  and  index  numbers.     Prereq.  39.512. 

39.514  Statistics  (Intensive)  (6  cl.,  6  q.h.) 

Introduction  to  the  collection  and  organization  of  data;  concentration  on  the 
nature,  computation,  and  uses  of  measures  of  central  tendency  and  variability; 
introduction  to  statistical  inference,  parameters  of  samples,  tests  of  significance, 
"t"  distribution  and  chi  square;  introduction  to  the  analysis  of  variance,  trend 
fitting,  linear  regression,  seasonal  adjustment  and  index  number.  (Not  open  to 
students  who  have  taken  39.511,  512,  513.)     Prereq.  39.503. 

41.501  Accounting  Principles  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

The  basic  concepts  and  methodology  of  accounting  for  service  and  merchandis- 
ing businesses.  (Offered  every  quarter  on  all  campuses)     Prereq.  none. 

41.502  Accounting  Principles  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

The  problems  of  income  measurement  and  valuation  related  to  sources  and  uses 
of  invested  capital.  (Offered  every  quarter)  Prereq.  41.501. 

41.503  Accounting  Principles  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

The  use  of  debt  and  investments  in  managerial  financial  decisions,  followed  by 
a  brief  introduction  into  cost  decision  analysis.  (Offered  every  quarter)  Prereq. 
41.502. 

41.541     Accounting  Principles  (Intensive)  (6  q.h.) 

Basic  concepts  and  methodology  of  accounting  for  service  and  merchandising 
businesses;  the  problems  of  income  measurement  and  valuation  related  to 
sources  and  uses  of  invested  capital;  the  use  of  debt  and  investments  in  man- 
agerial financial  decisions,  followed  by  a  brief  introduction  into  cost  decision 
analysis.  (Not  open  to  students  who  have  taken  41.501,  502.  503.)  (Available  at 
Boston,  Burlington,  and  Weymouth  campuses.) 

45.501,  502,  503  Management  and  Organization  I,  II,  III  (6  q.h.) 
An  introduction  to  the  American  business  system;  comparison  with  other  eco- 
nomic systems;  principles  and  concepts  of  organization  and  management. 
Emphasis  on  topics  such  as  the  social  responsibilities  of  business;  business 
and  its  environment;  business  ethics,  etc.  Traditional  material  presented  toward 
an  understanding  of  modern  American  business  and  preparation  for  a  business 
career.  The  environment  within  which  business  operates;  a  review  of  the  theory 
and  practice  of  organization;  the  "what"  and  "how"  of  the  management  pro- 
cess; an  application  of  the  concepts  covered  to  the  functional  areas  of  business. 
(Offered  every  quarter  on  all  campuses)     Prereq.  45.502,  503. 


DESCRIPTION   OF  COURSES  /  151 

45.541  Law  I   (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

CONTRACTS:  Nature,  kinds,  and  formation  of  contracts;  essential  elements; 
interpretation  of  contracts.  (Available  on  most  campuses)     Prereq.  none. 

45.542  Law  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

AGENCY:  Nature,  formation,  and  termination  of  agency  relationships;  rights  and 
duties  of  principal  and  agent,  scope  of  agent's  authority.     Prereq.  45.541. 
SALES:  Nature  of  sales  contracts;  warranties;  transfer  of  title;  rights  and  reme- 
dies of  seller  and  buyer.  (Available  on  most  campuses)     Prereq.  45.541. 

45.543  Law  III   (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

NEGOTIABLE  INSTRUMENTS:  Bills,  notes,  and  checks;  liabilities  and  defenses 
of  parties;  procedure  upon  dishonor;  discharge.     Prereq.  45.542. 
BUSINESS  ORGANIZATIONS:  Survey  of  corporations  and  partnerships.  (Avail- 
able on  most  campuses)     Prereq.  45.542. 

45.643     Law  (Intensive)  (6  q.h.) 

CONTRACTS:  Nature,  kinds,  and  formation  of  contracts;  essential  elements; 
interpretation  of  contracts.  AGENCY:  Nature,  formation  and  termination  of 
agency  relationships;  rights  and  duties  of  principal  and  agent;  scope  of  agent's 
authority.  SALES:  Nature  of  sales  contracts;  warranties;  transfer  of  title;  rights 
and  remedies  of  seller  and  buyer.  NEGOTIABLE  INSTRUMENTS:  Bills,  notes, 
and  checks;  liabilities  and  defenses  of  parties;  procedure  upon  dishonor;  dis- 
charge. BUSINESS  ORGANIZATIONS:  Survey  of  corporations  and  partnerships. 
Not  open  to  students  who  have  taken  45.541,  542,  543.  (Offered  every  quarter 
on  Boston,  Burlington,  and  Weymouth  campuses) 

45.561  Statistical  Quality  Control  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Description  and  practical  application  of  the  basic  statistical  quality  control 
methods  for  quality  assurance,  quality  control,  and  quality  improvement  of 
products  and  services;  the  determination  of  process  capability;  the  use  of 
quality-control  charts  for  measurable  and  nonmeasurable  quality  characteristics. 
(Offered  Fall  Quarter  on  most  campuses)     Prereq.  39.513. 

45.562  Statistical  Quality  Control  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Continuation  of  Statistical  Quality  Control  I,  covering  the  application  of  statisti- 
cal and  probability  considerations  in  acceptance  sampling  of  purchased  mate- 
rial, work-in-process,  and  outgoing  products.  Methods  of  predicting  sampling 
results  using  the  hypergeometric,  the  binomial,  and  the  Poisson  distributions; 
development  of  the  operating  characteristic  curve  for  any  sampling  plan;  risks 
involved  in  sampling  and  the  concepts  of  AQL,  RQL,  AOQL.  (Offered  Winter 
Quarter  on  most  campuses)     Prereq.  45.561 . 

45.563  Management  of  Quality  Control  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Modern  concepts  of  managing  the  quality  function  of  a  company  to  maximize 
customer  satisfaction  at  minimum  quality  cost;  the  idea  of  total  quality  con- 
trol; measurement  of  the  costs  of  quality;  development  of  a  coordinated  pro- 
gram of  improvement;  organizing  for  diagnosing  the  direct  causes.  (Offered 
Spring  Quarter  on  most  campuses) 


152  /  DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES 

45.608     Quality  Control  and  Management  (Intensive)  (6  q.h.) 

Same  as  45.561,  562,  and  563.  (Not  open  to  students  who  have  taken  these 
courses.)  (Offered  Fall  Quarter  on  Boston  campus  only)     Prereq.  39.513. 

45.570  Electronic  Data  Processing  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

An  introduction  to  computers,  including  the  discussion  of  numbering  and  coding 
systems;  examples  of  typical  business  problems;  and  study  of  basic  program- 
ming concepts.  (Offered  every  quarter  on  all  campuses)  Prereq.  none. 

45.571  Electronic  Data  Processing  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

A  survey  of  available  computer  systems;  price  and  performance  comparison  of 
available  input,  output,  and  storage  media;  discussion  of  filing  and  sorting  tech- 
niques; and  presentation  of  data  communications  concepts  and  terminals. 
(Offered  every  quarter  on  all  campuses)     Prereq.  45.570. 

45.572  Electronic  Data  Processing  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

A  presentation  of  COBOL,  FORTRAN,  and  other  programming  languages;  dis- 
cussion of  business  data  processing  and  operations  research  applications;  and 
a  summary  of  trends  in  EDP.  (Offered  every  quarter  on  all  campuses)  Prereq. 
45.571. 

45.648     Electronic  Data  Processing  (Intensive)  (6  q.h.) 

An  introduction  to  computers,  including  the  discussion  of  numbering  and  cod- 
ing systems;  examples  of  typical  business  problems;  a  study  of  basic  program- 
ming concepts;  a  survey  of  available  computer  systems;  price  and  perform- 
ance comparison  of  available  input,  output,  and  storage  media;  discussion  of 
filing  and  sorting  techniques;  and  presentation  of  data  communications  con- 
cepts and  terminals;  a  presentation  of  COBOL,  FORTRAN,  and  other  program- 
ming languages;  discussion  of  business  data  processing  and  operations  re- 
search applications;  and  a  summary  of  trends  in  EDP.  Not  open  to  students 
who  have  taken  45.570,  571,  572.  (Offered  every  quarter  on  Boston,  Burlington, 
and  Weymouth  campuses) 

48.501  Transportation  Management  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Basic  principles  of  management  and  organization;  evaluation  of  all  transporta- 
tion modes;  primary  concepts  of  freight  classification  and  rates.     Prereq.  none. 

48.502  Transportation  Management  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Study  of  primary  management  functions — use  of  tariffs,  routing,  document 
processing,  analysis  of  special  carrier  services  and  liabilities,  and  control  of 
private  carrier  operations.     Prereq.  48.501. 

48.503  Transportation  Management  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Appraisal  of  federal  transport  policy  and  introduction  to  factors  of  physical  dis- 
tribution— inventory  control,  warehousing,  material  handling,  packaging,  and 
international  distribution.     Prereq.  48.502. 

48.504  Transportation  Regulation  and  Promotion  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Study  of  the  history  and  content  of  the  Interstate  Commerce  Act.  (Available  on 
Boston  campus  only)      Prereq.  48.503. 


DESCRIPTION   OF  COURSES  /  153 

48.505  Transportation  Regulation  and  Promotion  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 
Examination  of  Administrative  Law  and  Procedure,  the  Code  of  Ethics,  and  the 
General  Rules  of  Practice.     Prereq.  48.504. 

48.506  Transportation  Regulation  and  Promotion  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Analysis  of  cases  pertinent  to  the  Commerce  Clause  and  comprehensive  prepa- 
ration for  the  Interstate  Commerce  Commission  Practitioners  Examination. 
Prereq.  48.505. 

48.514     Elements  of  Transportation  and  Distribution  (2  q.h.) 

An  introduction  to  regulatory,  economic,  and  management  aspects  of  transpor- 
tation from  the  viewpoints  of  shippers,  government,  and  carrier  managers. 
Topics  include:  costs,  rates,  operations,  entry,  mergers,  intercity  passenger  and 
urban  transportation.  A  course  of  general  interest  to  students  of  business,  law, 
or  government.  (Available  on  Boston,  Burlington,  Weymouth,  and  Norwood 
campuses)     Prereq.  none. 

48.591  Transportation  Management  A  (3  cl.,  3  q.h.) 

Evaluation  of  all  transportation  modes,  singly  and  in  combination  with  one 
another;  analysis  of  the  bill  of  lading  and  other  transportation  documents;  study 
of  primary  concepts  in  transportation  pricing;  freight  classification,  classification 
rule,  and  freight  dates;  study  of  primary  freight-management  functions;  use  of 
tariffs  and  rate  procedure  with  carrier  bureaus  and  the  Interstate  Commerce 
Commission;  routing  and  consolidation  of  freight.     Prereq.  none. 

48.592  Transportation  Management  B  (3  cl.,  3  q.h.) 

Special  services  performed  by  carriers — diversion  and  reconsignment,  transit, 
protective  services,  storage,  tracing,  switching,  pickup  and  delivery,  weighing, 
loading  and  unloading;  freight — claim  procedure  and  prevention;  management 
of  a  private  transportation  system;  exporting  and  importing;  inventory  manage- 
ment; materials  handling  and  packaging;  warehousing;  and  factors  of  industrial 
location.     Prereq.  48.591. 

48.593  Air  Transportation  Management  A  (3  cl.,  3  q.h.) 

The  economics  and  regulation  of  scheduled  passenger  service  and  scheduled- 
cargo  service;  corporate  and  general  aviation  policy  making  and  procedures. 
Prereq.  none. 

48.594  Air  Transportation  Management  B  (3  cl.,  3  q.h.) 

Areas  of  specific  study  include  route  structures,  equipment,  scheduling,  opera- 
tions, pricing,  cost  analysis,  and  financing.     Prereq.  48.593. 


FIRE  TECHNOLOGY 

91.301  Fire  Protection  Science  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

An  overall   review  of  the  fire  protection  field,  with  the  objective  of  providing 
career  orientation.     Prereq.  none. 

91.302  Fire  Protection  Science  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

An  overall  review  of  the  public  fire  service;  the  basic  organization,  manpower, 
and  utilization  of  equipment  by  municipal  fire  departments.     Prereq.  91.301. 


154  /  DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES 

91.303  Chemistry  of  Fires  and  Explosions  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

A  study  of  the  chemistry  and  physics  of  fire  and  some  of  the  common  hazards; 
electrical  fires  and  fires  caused  by  spontaneous  heating  and  ignition  as  well  as 
flammable  liquids,  gases,  and  hazardous  chemicals;  field  and  laboratory  inves- 
tigation of  fires;  explosions,  explosives,  and  field  and  laboratory  investigations 
of  explosions.     Prereq.  91.302. 

91.304  Fire  Prevention  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Eliminating  human  and  economic  fire  losses;  application  of  empirical  and  re- 
search knowledge  in  fire  prevention  measures.     Prereq.  none. 

91.305  Fire  Prevention  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

An  overview  of  collaborative  efforts,  and  developing  requirements  and  oppor- 
tunities, in  the  interest  of  fire  prevention  and  its  corollary  loss  control.  Prereq. 
91.304. 

91.306  Fire  Apparatus  Function  and  Design  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

An  analysis  of  the  procurement  policies  that  should  be  followed  in  acquiring 
fire  fighting  apparatus  and  equipment  with  details  on  the  type  and  amount  for 
good  fire  fighting  efficiency,  including  a  discussion  of  fire  department  buildings; 
review  of  the  physical  properties  of  water  that  are  pertinent  to  hydraulic  calcu- 
lations; discussion  of  hose,  streams,  and  nozzles.     Prereq.  none. 

91.307  Fire  Protection  Systems  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

A  study  of  the  theories  and  mechanics  involved  in  the  operation  of  fire  protec- 
tion systems  and  equipment;  fire  detection  and  extinguishing  systems  of  both 
automatic  and  manual  types,  including  sprinkler,  standpipe  systems,  and  water 
spray  protection.     Prereq.  none. 

91.308  Fire  Protection  Systems  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

A  study  of  fire  detection  and  suppression  systems  of  the  manual  and  automatic 
type;  types  of  alarm  systems,  detectors,  and  actuators;  systems  using  dry 
chemicals,  carbon  dioxide,  foam,  and  Halon  1301;  explosion  prevention;  sup- 
pression systems  for  buildings.     Prereq.  91.307. 

91.309  Fire  Service  Operations  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Fire  service  operations,  its  goal  and  objectives;  management  of  fire  service 
operations  and  various  aspects  of  planning,  organizing,  delegation,  staffing, 
implementing,  directing,  and  controlling;  systems  approach  to  fire  service  man- 
agement with  management  exercises.     Prereq.  none. 

91.310  Fire  Service  Operation  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Fire  service  operation  with  respect  to  government  and  collective  bargaining, 
leadership  and  discipline,  performance  analysis,  communications  and  the  im- 
portance of  listening,  effective  speaking  and  report  writing,  records  and  budgets; 
fire  service  operation  public  relations  in  the  community  and  the  press.  Prereq. 
91.309. 

91.311  Fire  Service  Operations  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Fire  defense  planning  and  development;  determining  fire  defense  requirements; 
organizing  the  defense  and  training  programs;  the  fire  officer  as  an  instructor, 
evolution  of  system,  strategy,  tactics,  and  other  types  of  emergencies.  Prereq. 
91.310. 


DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES  /  155 

91.312     Environmental  Physiology  (2  el.,  2  q.h.) 

Fundamental  principles  in  human  physiology  and  the  relationship  of  man  to  his 

physical  and  chemical  environment.     Prereq.  12.509. 


SUPPLEMENTAL  COURSES 

93.300  Celestial  Navigation  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Drinciples  of  celestial  navigation,  including  celestial  pole  identification,  use  of 
sextant  and  corrections,  latitude  from  morning,  noon,  and  afternoon  sightings, 
and  enough  descriptive  astronomy  for  the  required  background.  Prereq.  Math. 
Placement  Test,  10.302  or  equiv. 

33.301  Celestial  Navigation  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

'rinciples  of  celestial  navigation  continued,  including  solar  time,  reduction 
:ables  and  forms,  use  of  Nautical  Almanac,  applications  of  true  azimuth  of  sun, 
and  enough  descriptive  astronomy  for  the  required  background.     Prereq.  93.300. 

D3.302     Celestial  Navigation  III  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 

Principles  of  celestial  navigation,  including  celestial  pole  identification,  use  of 
sextant  and  corrections,  latitude  from  morning,  noon,  and  afternoon  sightings, 
>olar  time,  reduction  tables  and  forms,  use  of  Nautical  Almanac,  applications  of 
rue  azimuth  of  sun,  and  enough  descriptive  astronomy  for  the  required  back- 
ground.    Prereq.  Math.  Placement  Test,  10.302  or  equiv. 

13.305    Survival  Training  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Training  in  and  demonstration  of  modern  techniques  of  human  survival;  meth- 

)ds  in  the  wilderness  environment.     Prereq.  none. 

13.401  Technical  Communications  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 

"hought  organization  and  effective  sentences;  written  reports  and  instruction 
nanuals;  specifications  and  proposals;  graphic  aids  and  reproduction  processes. 
3rereq.  30.602. 

13.402  Technical  Communications  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

hought  organization  and  effective  sentences;  written  reports  and  instruction 
nanuals.     Prereq.  30.602. 

13.403  Technical  Communications  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Specifications  and  proposals;  graphic  aids  and  reproduction  processes.  Prereq. 
)3.402. 


AVIATION  TECHNOLOGY 

66.307     Introduction  to  Aircraft  Design  (1  cl.,  2  lab.,  2  q.h.) 

Jasic  orthographic  principles  and  interpretations  of  aircraft  design;  a  presenta- 
on  of  basic  aerodynamics,  structural  characteristics  of  aircraft,  materials,  and 
manufacturing  processes.  Laboratory  work  will  involve  aircraft  construction. 
)rereq.  10.391  and  11.391. 


156  /  DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES 

96.308  Aircraft  Power  &  Systems  (4  cl..  4  q.h.) 

Engine  types,  nomenclature,  and  engine  development;  engine  cycles  and  prin- 
ciples, performance,  power  and  its  measurement,  ratings;  design  and  construc- 
tion of  parts  and  their  functions;  valve  mechanisms  and  timing;  cooling  system, 
carburation.  fuel  system,  ignition  system,  lubrication,  and  oil  system  design: 
hydraulic,  pneumatic,  electrical  and  mechanical  systems;  landing  gear  types, 
design,  loads  and  limitations:  landing  gear  retraction  systems:  general  flight 
control  systems  including  rudder,  elevator,  aileron,  and  flaps;  loads  and  limita- 
tions de-icer  systems  for  flight  surfaces,  propeller,  and  engine  breathing  sys- 
tems; cabin  pressure  and  oxygen  systems:  airspeed  and  general  air-driven 
instrument  systems.     Prereq.  none. 

96.309  Introduction  to  Aerodynamics  (1  cl.,  1  q.h.) 

A  non-calculus  presentation  of  basic  fluid  dynamics  and  principles  of  fluid 
flow.  Includes  continuity,  Bernoulli,  and  momentum  equations;  streamlines, 
stream  tubes,  drag,  theory  of  lift,  wing  theory,  vortex  flow,  ground  effect,  stalls, 
boundary  layer,  flow  separation,  control  surfaces,  stability,  and  balance.  Prereq. 
10.308  and  11.318  or  concurrently. 

96.310  Basic  Helicopter  Aerodynamics  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

General  aerodynamics;  helicopter  components  and  their  functions:  loads  and 
load  factors:  gyroscopic  procession  principle:  performance;  introduction  to  flight 
manual,  helicopter  operations  in  confined  areas,  precautionary  measures  and 
critical  conditions.     Prereq.  96.392. 

96.311  Aviation  Meteorology  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

A  survey  of  the  principles  of  meteorology  and  structure  of  the  atmosphere; 
meteorological  instruments  and  observations.     Prereq.  11.306  or  equiv. 

96.312  Aviation  Meteorology  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Weather  map  interpretation  and  common  aviation  weather  teletype  codes;  physi- 
cal approach  to  pressure,  temperature,  basic  thermodynamics,  stability,  and 
cloud  formations.     Prereq.  96.311. 

96.313  Climatology  (2  cl..  2  q.h.) 

Climate  causes  and  effects;  climatology  of  several  regions  of  the  world;  appli- 
cation of  climatology  to  problems  of  airport  location  and  construction,  airline 
operation,  and  private  flying.     Prereq.  96.312. 

36.321  Avionics  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Review  of  basic  electronic  principles,  hazards,  aircraft  electrical  systems,  FCC 
regulations,  selection,  installation,  and  service  of  avionics,  strobe  lights,  radio 
communications.     Prereq.  03.309  or  03.395. 

96.322  Avionics  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Antennas,  ADF,  omni.  localizer,  marker  beacon,  audio  systems,  transponders. 
Prereq.  96.321. 

96.323  Avionics  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Glide  slope,  DME,  RNAV,  radar,  INAV,  autopilots.     Prereq.  96.322. 


: 


DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES  /  157 

96.324  Introductory  Avionics  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 

(Basic  coverage  of  electronics  including:  vacuum  tube  principles,  semiconductor 
ohysics  principles,  power  supplies,  amplifiers,  oscillators,  and  pulse  circuits; 
generator  and  motor  principles  and  applications;  basic  concepts  of  avionics, 
slectrical  hazards,  aircraft  electrical  systems,  electrical  instruments,  strobe 
ights,   FCC  regulations,   radio  communications,  and  antennas.     Prereq.  11.319. 

36.325  Avionics  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 

(Selection,  installation,  and  servicing  of  avionics,  automatic  direction  finders, 
narker    beacons,    omnirange    and    localizers,    audio    switching    systems,    ATC 

ransponders,   glide  slope  systems,   distance   measuring  equipment,   autopilots, 

and  radar.     Prereq.  96.324. 

16.326  Avionics  Laboratory  I  (3  lab.,  2  q.h.) 

Ixperiments  dealing  with  laboratory  techniques  in  measuring  instruments,  signal 
generators,  and  oscilloscopes;  junction  and  field  effect  transistor  characteris- 
es; filter  circuits;  Q  meter,  coils  with  iron  cores;  vacuum  and  semi-conductor 
Jiode;  power  supplies  including  the  regulated  type,  silicon  controlled  rectifier, 
ransistor  amplifiers.     Prereq.  96.324  and  96.325. 

'16.327     Avionics  Laboratory  II  (3  lab.,  2  q.h.) 

Experiments  in  oscilloscopes,  double-tuned  transformers,  audio  frequency  oscil- 
ators,  modulation  of  class  C  amplifiers,  the  diode  detector,  RF  and  crystal 
>scillators;  testing  of  a  radio  receiver;  reactance  modulators,  F.M.  detectors. 
3rereq.  96.326. 

96.328  Avionics  Laboratory  III  (3  lab.,  2  q.h.) 

Experiments  in  navigation  equipment  for  aircraft.     Prereq.  96.327. 

96.329  Radio  Communications  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

'reparation  for  second-class  Radiotelephone  License  Examination,  Elements  I, 
I,  and  III;  theory  and  Q  and  A  review  of  direct  current  circuits  and  components, 
•filternating  current  circuits  and  components,  vacuum  tubes  and  transistors, 
acuum  tube  and  transistor  circuits,  audio  frequency  equipment,  radio  fre- 
luency  amplifiers,  power  supplies,  oscillators,  and  modulation.     Prereq.  96.324. 

i6.330     Radio  Communication  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Continuation  of  Radio  Communications  I.  Theory  and  Q  and  A  review  of  detec- 
brs,  transmitters,  receivers,  batteries,  motors  and  generators,  measuring  and 
jieasuring  instruments,  propagation  of  radio  waves,  antennas,  rules  and  regula- 
|:ons.     Prereq.  96.329. 

196.331     Primary  Flight  I  (2  lab.,  iVa  q.h.) 

ilements  of  flight  principles  (pre-flight  operations),  operation  of  aircraft  systems; 
axi  operations  and  ground  performance;  basic  flight  maneuvers;  take-offs  and 
andings.     Prereq.  Class  I  or  II,  medical  certificate. 


"See  Flight  Tuition  Schedule,  pages  56  and  57. 


158  /  DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES 

*96.332  Primary  Flight  II  (2  lab.,  IV2  q.h.) 
Review  of  basic  flight  maneuvers;  advanced  maneuvers  and  stall  procedures; 
short  field  take-offs  and  landings;  power  approaches  and  landing  under  varying 
conditions;  emergency  operation  of  aircraft  equipment.  Prereq.  96.331.  Stu- 
dent must  have  a  current  endorsement  for  solo  flight. 

*96.333     Primary  Flight  III  (2  lab.,  IV2  q.h.) 

Cross  country  flight  planning  and  flight;  lost  procedures  and  related  emer- 
gencies; use  of  radio  and  navigation  equipment  under  V.F.R.  (visual  flight  rules); 
control  of  aircraft  by  reference  to  flight  instruments  only;  private  license  quali- 
fications complete.  Prereq.  96.332.  Student  must  have  a  current  endorsement 
for  solo  cross  country  flight. 

*96.341     Commercial  Flight  I  (2  lab.,  IV2  q.h.) 

Review  of  all   primary  flight  maneuvers;  advanced  maneuvers;  precision  take-: 

offs  and  landings;  cross  wind  techniques.     Prereq.  96.333. 

*96.342     Commercial  Flight  II  (2  lab.,  IV2  q.h.) 

Precision  flight  maneuvers — spirals  about  a  point;  shallow  and  steep  onpylon 

eights;  720°  steep  power  turns;  solo  practice.     Prereq.  96.341. 

*96.343     Commercial  Flight  III  (2  lab.,  IV2  q.h.) 

Continuation  of  precision  maneuvers — lazy  eights,  chandelles,  maneuvers  al 
minimal  controllable  airspeed;  continued  related  simulator  practice;  night  flying; 
basic  instrument  flying.     Prereq.  96.342. 

*96.344  Commercial  Flight  IV  (2  lab.,  IV2  q.h.) 
Stalls  from  all  normally  anticipated  flight  altitudes  with  and  without  power; 
simulated  emergency  procedures  and  forced  landings;  basic  instrument  flying. 
Prereq.  96.343. 

*96.345  Commercial  Flight  V  (2  lab.,  1 V2  q.h.) 
Advanced  cross  country  flight  planning  and  navigation;  advanced  radio  com- 
munications and  traffic  procedures;  review  of  all  maneuvers  and  procedures.; 
Certification  by  F.A.A.     Prereq.  96.344. 

*96.351  Instructional  Flight  I  (2  lab.,  IV2  q.h.) 
Fundamentals  of  flight  instruction;  development  of  student-instructor  relation- 
ship and  rapport;  teaching  procedures  in  flight  training;  instructor  responsibili-' 
ties  and  record  maintenance;  instructor  flight  demonstrations;  qualification  andj 
certification  by  F.A.A.     Prereq.  96.345  and  96.354  or  concurrently. 

*96.352  Instructional  Flight  II  (2  lab.,  IV2  q.h.) 
Continuation  of  fundamentals  of  instruction;  flight  training  procedures;  student- 
instructor  relationship;  review  of  all  maneuvers  and  flight  demonstrations.  Certi- 
fication by  F.A.A.     Prereq.  96.351. 

96.354     Principles  of  Flight  Instruction  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Fundamentals  and  principles  of  instructing;  learning  concepts  of  teacher-studen 


*See  Flight  Tuition  Schedule,  pages  56  and  57. 


DESCRIPTION   OF  COURSES  /  159 

ommunications;  use  of  special  flight  teaching  aids  and  training  procedures. 
'rereq.  96.345  or  equivalent  test 

96.355  Instrument  Instructor  Flight  A  (2  lab.,  2  q.h.) 

undamentals  and  procedures  for  teaching  operating  limitations  of  all  instru- 
lents,  control  of  rate  of  climb  and  descent  to  pre-determine  altitudes,  proce- 
ures  for  coping  with  unusual  altitudes  and  critical  situations. 

96.356  Instrument  Instructor  Flight  B  (2  lab.,  2  q.h.) 

rinciples  and  procedures  of  teaching  methods  in  instrument  flight  planning 
nd  enroute  weather  analysis,  radio  communication,  and  enroute  navigation  and 
Mentation.  Oral  exam  and  flight  test  preparation. 

6.357  Multi-Engine  Flight  (2  lab.,  IV2  q.h.) 

reparation  for  an  F.A.A.  multi-engine  rating  test  which  includes  an  oral  exam 
n  the  aircraft  documents  performance  and  operating  characteristics;  multi- 
ngine  flight  instruction  on  basic  piloting  techniques  and  emergency  proce- 
lures. 

6.358  Helicopter  A  (2  lab.,  2  q.h.) 

lements  of  flight  principles,  operations  of  helicopter  systems;  hovering  flight; 
ike-off,  hover,  forward  climb,  pattern,  power-glide  approach,  transition  to 
overing,  vertical  landing;  square  patterns;  crosswind  take-off  and  landing; 
.inning  take-off  and  landing  autorotations.  Prereq.  Commercial  Fixed  Wing 
icense;  Class  I  or  II  medical  certificate. 

6.359  Helicopter  B  (2  lab.,  2  q.h.) 

eview  and  practice  take-offs,  landings,  all  maneuvers,  plus  settling  with  power 
nd  recovery,  quick  stops,  precision  pattern  and  landing;  solo  practice;  dual 
eview  for  F.A.A.  Flight  Test.     Prereq.  96.358. 

6.360  Aircraft  Analysis  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

presentation  of  subsonic  aerodynamics  and  structural  characteristics  of  air- 
raft.     Prereq.  11.317. 

96.361  Instrument  Flight  I  (2  lab.,  IV2  q.h.) 

istrument  flight  planning,  preparing,  and  filing;  aircraft  performance  (range 
nd  fuel  requirements);  required  instruments  and  their  proper  use;  basic  in- 
Turment  flying,  needle  ball,  and  airspeed  only;  instrument  use  in  turns,  climbs, 
escents,  stalls,  and  approach  speeds;  recovery  from  unusual  altitudes;  airwork 
sing  all  altitudes  instruments.     Prereq.  96.345. 

96.362  Instrument  Flight  II  (2  lab.,  I.V2  q.h.) 

ladio  navigation  while  flying  on  instruments;  use  of  L.F.  (low  frequency),  omni- 
inge,  or  A.D.F.  (autdmatic  direction  finder);  advanced  radio  communications; 
astrument  approaches,  holding  procedures,  missed  approach  procedures, 
imergencies  (radio  and  instrument  malfunctions);  air  traffic  control  instructions 
nd  procedure.  Rating  by  F.A.A.     Prereq.  96.361. 


i'See  Flight  Tuition  Schedule,  pages  56  and  57. 


160  /  DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES 

96.363  General  Aviation  Operations  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

A  presentation  of  the  major  functions  of  airport  management — organization, 
zoning,  adequacy,  financing,  revenues  and  expenses,  evaluation,  and  safety;  the 
airport  and  its  socioeconomic  effect  on  the  community.     Prereq.  none. 

96.364  General  Aviation  Operations  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 
Study  and  analysis  of  airport  functions,  such  as  fixed  base  operators,  pilot  train- 
ing schools;  airtaxi  operations  in  both  charter  and  schedule  activities.  Prereq. 
96.363. 

96.365  General  Aviation  Operations  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

A  continuation  through  case  studies  of  general  aviation  operations.  Prereq. 
96.364. 

96.366  General  Aviation  Operations  (Intensive)  (6  q.h.) 

A  presentation  of  the  major  functions  of  airport  management — organization, 
zoning,  adequacy,  financing,  revenues  and  expenses,  evaluation,  and  safety;  the 
airport  and  its  socioeconomic  effect  on  the  community;  study  and  analysis  of 
airport  functions,  such  as  fixed  base  operators,  pilot  training  schools;  airtaxi 
operations  in  both  charter  and  schedule  activities. 

96.370  Air  Cargo  Practices  A  (3  cl.,  3  q.h.) 

Study  of  airline  and  air  freight  forward  cargo  practices  with  emphasis  on  regu- 
lation, economics,  marketing,  and  handling  and  organizational  aspects. 

96.371  Air  Cargo  Practices  B  (3  cl.,  3  q.h.) 

A  continuation  through  case  studies  of  air  cargo  operations. 

96.372  Airline  Traffic  and  Sales  A  (3  cl.,  3  q.h.) 

Functions  of  the  traffic  and  sales  department;  relationship  between  the  travel; 
agencies  and  the  airlines;  relationships  with  other  carriers;  reservations  and  the 
procedures   involved   in  the  transportation  of  one  passenger  of  NCA  and  an- 
other carrier;  airlines  promotion;  the  reservation  agent  and  training. 

96.373  Airline  Traffic  and  Sales  B  (3  cl.,  3  q.h.) 
Tariffs  and  schedules  with  an  explanation  of  how  flight  times  are  established; 
flight  frequencies;  new  routes;  and  the  establishment  of  ticket  fares;  aspects  of 
cargo  and  charters. 

96.376  General  Aviation  Operations  A  (3  cl.,  3  q.h.) 

A  presentation  of  the  major  functions  of  airport  management;  organization,  zon- 
ing, adequacy,  financing,  revenues  and  expenses,  evaluation,  and  safety;  the: 
airport  and  its  socioeconomic  effect  on  the  community.     Prereq.  none. 

96.377  General  Aviation  Operations  B  (3  cl.,  3  q.h.) 

Study  and  analysis  of  airport  functions,  such  as,  fixed  base  operators,  pilot  train- 
ing schools;  airtaxi  operations  in  both  charter  and  schedule  activities.  Prereq, 
96.376. 


'See  Flight  Tuition  Schedule,  pages  56  and  57. 


DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES  /  161 

96.378     Air  Traffic  Control  Systems  A  (3  cl.,  3  q.h.) 

Survey  of  the  total  aerospace  system  and  management;  air  traffic  administra- 
tive coordination;  regional  responsibilities;  NAFEC  organization  of  center,  tower, 
and  station. 

96.383  Advanced  Aircraft  Analysis  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

A  presentation  of  supersonic  aerodynamics  and  structural  characteristics  of 
aircraft.     Prereq.  11.318. 

96.384  Aviation  History  (3  cl.,  3  q.h.) 

Historical  survey  of  efforts  in  manned  flight,  aircraft  development,  pioneers  in 
flight,  general  aviation,  military  and  commercial  aspects  of  flight,  and  effects 
on  modern  civilization.     Prereq.  none. 

*96.390     Pilot  Refresher  (2  lab.,  IV2  q.h  ) 

This  course  consists  of  24  hours  of  concentrated  instruction  and  evaluation  of 
pilot  proficiency  in  advanced  instrument  flying  and  instructional  flight  pro- 
cedures. It  involves  simulator  flight,  aircraft  flight,  ground  instruction,  and  the 
updating  of  current  procedures  in  flight  instruction  and  flight  planning  pro- 
cedures.    Prereq.  special  permission  of  flight  director. 

96.391  Air  Science  &  Navigation  A  (3  cl.,  3  q.h.) 

Aircraft  structures  and  components;  aerodynamic  forces;  airfoil  terminology — 
lift  and  drag  coefficient;  boundary  layer  problems  and  control;  Reynolds  Num- 
ber and  Scale  Effect;  earth  in  space;  latitude;  longitude;  properties  and  com- 
ponents of  the  atmosphere;  map  projections;  dead  reckoning;  reciprocating 
engine  theory;  gas  turbine  engine  theory;  planform  effects;  aircraft  weight  and 
balance. 

96.392  Air  Science  &  Navigation  B  (3  cl.,  3  q.h.) 

Radio  navigation;  VOR,  ADF,  DME,  and  TACAN;  federal  air  regulations;  airplane 
performance  (climb,  range,  altitude,  takeoff,  and  landing);  aircraft  propeller 
theory  and  operation;  specific  aircraft  substructures  (landing  gear  et.  al.);  ad- 
vanced DR  navigation  problems  (radius  of  action,  unknown  wind);  general  re- 
view.    Prereq.  96.391. 

96.393  Advanced  Air  Science  &  Navigation  A  (3  cl.,  3  q.h) 

Supersonic  aerodynamics  physiologic  factors  of  flight;  instrument  flight  charts; 
IFR  planning;  instrument  flight  rules;  static  and  dynamic  axial  stability  of  aircraft; 
control  movements  and  forces;  stability  problems.     Prereq.  96.392. 

96.394  Advanced  Air  Science  and  Navigation  B  (3  cl.,  3  q.h.) 

Spins  and  spin  recoveries;  flying  high  performance  aircraft;  area  charts;  arrival 
and  departure;  SID  charts;  clearance  notation;  aircraft  performance;  applica- 
tions of  aerodynamics  to  specific  problems  of  flight;  helicopter  stability;  struc- 
tural strength  limitations;  doppler  radar;  precision  approach  radar  and  airport 
s  surveillance  radar;  loran;  consolan;  pressure  pattern  flight.     Prereq.  96.393. 

96.395  Meteorology  &  Climatology  A  (3  cl.,  3  q.h.) 

I A  survey  of  the   principles  of   meteorology  and   structure  of  the  atmosphere; 


*See    Flight   Tuition   Schedule,    pages   56   and   57. 


162  /  DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES 

meteorological  instruments  and  observations;  weather  map  interpretation  and 
common  aviation  weather  teletype  codes.     Prereq.  11 .392. 

96.396     Meteorology  &  Climatology  B  (3  cl.,  3  q.h.) 

Physical  approach  to  pressure,  temperature,  basic  thermodynamics,  stability, 
and  cloud  formations;  climate  causes  and  effects;  climatology  of  several  regions 
of  the  world;  application  of  climatology  to  problems  of  airport  location  and 
construction,  airline  operation,  and  private  flying.     Prereq.  96.395. 

96.399     Flight  Physiology  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

The  study  of  the  physical  and  chemical  processes  of  the  body;  functions  of  the 
living  body  and  its  environment;  adaptive  changes  of  function  of  the  body  re- 
sulting from  a  change  in  environment  with  emphasis  on  flight;  the  effects  of 
medication  on  the  function  and  reactions  of  the  body  with  emphasis  on  flight; 
the  effects  of  the  state  of  the  mind  on  the  function  and  reactions  of  the  body 
with  emphasis  on  flight. 

96.401  Aircraft  Engines  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Engine  types,  nomenclature,  and  engine  development;  engine  cycles  and  prin- 
ciples, performance,  power  and  its  measurement,  ratings;  design  and  construc- 
tion of  parts  and  their  functions;  valve  mechanisms  and  timing;  cooling  system, 
carburetion,  fuel  system,  ignition  system,  lubrication,  and  oil  system  design. 

96.402  Aircraft  Engines  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

A  presentation  of  turbo-engine  types  and  their  development;  radial  flow  and 
axial  flow  types,  turbo-prop,  compounding,  ram  jets,  pulse  jets  and  rockets; 
principles  of  combustion  and  propulsion,  performance,  power,  thrust,  and  their 
measurement,  design,  and  construction;  fuel,  lubrication,  and  ignition  systems. 

96.425  Chronology  of  Aviation  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

1903-1939;  early  flights  1903-1914  era;  World  War  I  1914-1918  era;  airmail  and 
barnstorming  era;  famous  pilots  and  company  histories  traced  1920-1939  era, 
including  history  of  air  racing.     Prereq.  none. 

96.426  Chronology  of  Aviation  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

1939-present;  World  War  II  1939-1945  era;  all  personalities  and  company  his- 
tories traced;  post  World  War  II  up  to  Apollo  17,  final  flight  in  Apollo  program. 
Prereq.  none. 

96.430  Aviation  Preventive  Maintenance  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

For  pilots  and  aircraft  owners.  Airframe  and  powerplant  nomenclature,  struc- 
tures, and  systems;  maintenance  that  a  pilot  can  and  is  allowed  to  do  to  the 
airframe  and  engine  of  his  aircraft;  proper  techniques.     Prereq.  none. 

96.431  Aircraft  Systems  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Hydraulic,  pneumatic,  electrical,  and  mechanical  systems;  landing  gear  types, 
design,  loads,  and  limitations;  landing  gear  retraction  systems;  general  flight 
control  systems  including  rudder,  elevator,  aileron,  and  flaps;  loads  and  limi- 
tations; de-icer  systems  for  flight  surfaces,  propeller,  and  engine  breathing  sys- 
tems; cabin  pressure  and  oxygen  systems;  airspeed  and  general  air-driven 
instrument  systems.     Prereq.  none. 


DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES  /  163 

96.432     Aircraft  Laboratory  (2  lab.,  1  q.h.) 

Aircraft  construction  methods  and  techniques  will  be  applied  to  the  construction 

of  aircraft  components.     Prereq.  none. 


NEW  GENERAL  INTEREST  COURSES 

In  response  to  repeated  requests,  we  are  offering  several  new  courses  in 
technology  which  do  not  require  students  to  have  a  mathematical  background. 
These  courses  have  a  three-fold  purpose:  1)  we  would  like  to  encourage  liberal 
arts  and  business  students  to  get  interested  in  technology;  2)  we  hope  that 
new  students  without  mathematic  backgrounds  will  be  sufficiently  attracted  to 
science  and  technology  that  they  will  ultimately  undertake  our  regular  curricula; 
3)  these  courses  should  serve  to  clarify  the  complexities  of  our  technological 
world  for  anyone  who  chooses  to  undertake  them. 

01.401  Technology  of  Modern  Architecture  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

The  general  background  of  architectural  styles,  both  historical  and  contem- 
porary, with  emphasis  on  the  engineering  design  aspects  and  construction 
procedures  concerned  with  the  various  types  of  buildings  involved.  Prereq. 
none. 

01.402  Technology  of  Modern  Architecture  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Contemporary  architecture,  with  an  emphasis  on  the  engineering  design  aspects 
and  construction  procedures  required  for  modern  buildings.     Prereq.  none. 

02.401     Man  and  Materials  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

The  consumption  of  earth's  raw  materials  has  increased  drastically,  creating 
serious  ecological  problems.  Metals,  plastics,  ceramics,  concrete,  etc.  evolve 
from  substances  in  the  earth's  crust;  unfortunately  however,  they  are  not 
properly  recycled  because  costs  have  always  come  before  environment.  This 
course  will  explore  what  action  man  may  taken  now  to  prevent  chaos  in  the 
future.     Prereq.  none. 

03.401  Electric  Devices  and  Systems  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

A  non-mathematical  examination  of  electric  and  electronic  devices  which  have 
become  a  part  of  daily  living;  analysis  of  functional  demands  and  their  realiza- 
tion in  elementary  working  systems;  ratings  and  applications  of  devices,  includ- 
ing light,  heat,  and  mechanical  energy  convertors.     Prereq.  none. 

03.402  Electric  Devices  and  Systems  II  (2  cl.,  4  q.h.) 

A  continuation  of  03.401;  discussion  of  modern  communications  systems,  radio, 
TV,  telephone;  economic  trade-off  in  designs;  energy  sources  and  energy  con- 
version, transmission  systems;  rate  basis  implications  of  increased  load  base; 
atomic  vs.  fossil  fuels.     Prereq.  03.401. 

J  09.401     Interpretation  of  Industrial  Drawings  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Emphasis  on  the  understanding  of  the  concepts  conveyed  by  working  engineer- 
ing drawings;  practice  is  provided  in  reading  and  interpreting  the  standard 
conventions  and  symbols  used  to  transmit  the  designer's  ideas  to  the  tradesman 


164  /  DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES 

or  craftsman.  No  formal  drafting  will  be  done,  although  a  few  freehand  sketches 
will  be  encouraged.     Prereq.  none. 

10.401  Foundations  of  Mathematics  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

The  many  branches  of  mathematics;  origins  of  arithmetic  and  algebra  and  their 
place  in  early  societies.     Prereq.  none. 

10.402  Foundations  of  Mathematics  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Mathematics  and  the  scientific  revolution;  functions,  graphs,  concepts  of  the 
calculus.     Prereq.  10.401. 

10.403  Foundations  of  Mathematics  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Mathematics  today:  analysis,  probability,  statistics,  and  other  topics;  the  mutual 
dependence  of  mathematics  and  computers;  math  in  social  sciences,  physical 
sciences,  and  business.     Prereq.  10.402. 

11.401  Man's  Physical  Environment  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

The  nature  of  energy;  its  sources  and  the  economics  of  its  expenditure;  the 
harmonious  interactions  of  natural  physical  systems  and  the  conservations 
which  govern  them;  man's  exploitations  of  these  laws;  the  cyclic  nature  of 
useful  physical  processes;  reversible  and  irreversible.     Prereq.  none. 

11.402  Man's  Physical  Environment  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

The  methods  by  which  man  gains  knowledge  of  two  inscrutable  areas  of  his 
environment;  effects  of  scale  from  astro-physical  to  atom;  the  paradoxical 
implications  of  this  knowledge  and  its  effect  on  man's  dealings  with  his  en- 
vironment.    Prereq.  none. 

LINCOLN  COLLEGE  ENGINEERING  TECHNOLOGY 

EVENING  COURSES  LISTED  WITH  EQUIVALENT  DAY  BET  COURSES 


Even 

02.301,  02.302 

02.303,  02.304 
02.305,  02.306 


02.321, 

02.322 

02.323, 

02.324 

02.325, 

02.326 

02.327, 

02.328 

02.329 

02.351, 

02.352 

02.353, 

02.357 

ing  Courses 

Mechanics  (Statics) 
I,  M 

Mechanics  (Statics) 
III,  Mechanics 
(Dynamics)  I 
Mechanics 
(Dynamics)  II,  III 
Stress  Analysis  I,  II 
Stress  Analysis  III, 
Adv.  Stress  Analysis  I 
Advanced  Stress 
Analysis  II,  III 
Mechanical  Design, 
I,  M 

Mechanical  Design  III 
Thermodynamics  I,  II 
Thermodynamics  III, 
Heat  Engineering 
(Refrigeration)  I 


Day  BET  Courses 

02.411  Mechanics  A 

02.412  Mechanics  B 

02.413  Mechanics  C 

02.414  Stress  Analysis  A 

02.415  Stress  Analysis  B 

02.416  Stress  Analysis  C 

02.417  Mechanical  Design  A 

02.418  Mechanical  Design  B 

02.421  Thermodynamics  A 

02.422  Thermodynamics  B 


Evening  Courses 


02.358,  02.359 


02.355, 
02.341, 
02.343, 


02.354 
02.356 
02.342 
02.344 


02.345,  02.346 
01.341, 
02.337, 
02.334, 


01.342 
01.343 
02.338 


02.335 
02.331 

02.332 

02.333 

02.361 
02.362 
03.306 

03.320,  03.321 
03.322 

11.322,  11.323 

03.331,  03.333 

03.301,  03.302 
03.303,  03.304 
03.361,  03.362 

03.363 

10.324,   10.325 


Heat  Engineering  II, 
III 

Heat  Transfer 
Heat  Transfer  II,  III 
Materials  I,  II 
Materials  III, 
Applied  Metallurgy  I 
Applied  Metallurgy 
II,  III 

Fluid  Mechanics  I,  II 
Fluid  Mechanics  III 
Mechanical 
Vibrations  I,  II 
Exp.  Stress  Analysis 
I,  M 

Mechanical 
Technology 
Laboratory  I 
Mechanical 
Technology 
Laboratory  II 
Mechanical 
Technology 
Laboratory  III 
Heat  Technology 
Laboratory  I 
Heat  Technology 
Laboratory  II 
Electrical 
Measurements 
(Plus  2  q.h.) 
Electricity  & 
Electronics  I,  II 
Electricity  & 
Electronics  (Plus 
2  q.h.) 

Semiconductor 
Physics  I,  II 
Energy  Conversion 
I,  III 

Circuit  Theory  I,  II 
Circuit  Theory  III,  IV 
Transients  in  Linear 
Systems  I,  II 
Transients  in  Linear 
Systems  (Plus  2  q.h.) 
Differential  Equa- 
tions I,  II 


DESCRIPTION   OF  COURSES  /  165 
Day  BET  Courses 

02.423     Thermodynamics  C 

02.414  Thermodynamics  D 

02.425  Thermodynamics  E 

02.431  Materials  A 

02.432  Materials  B 

02.433  Applied  Metallurgy 

02.441  Fluid  Mechanics  A 

02.442  Fluid  Mechanics  B 

02.451  Mechanical  Vibrations 

02.452  Experimental  Stress 
Analysis 

02.462  Mechanical  Technology 
Laboratory  I 

02.463  Mechanical  Technology 
Laboratory  II 

02.464  Mechanical  Technology 
Laboratory  III 

02.465  Heat  Technology  Laboratory  I 

02.466  Heat  Technology  Laboratory  II 
03.410     Electrical  Measurements 

03.420  Electricity  &  Electronics  I 

03.421  Electricity  &  Electronics  II 

03.440     Physical  Electronics 
03.430     Energy  Conversion 

03.451  Circuit  Analysis  I 

03.452  Circuit  Analysis  II 

03.453  Circuit  Analysis  III 

03.354     Circuit  Analysis  IV 
03.460     Engineering  Analysis  I 


166  /  DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES 


03.397,  03.398 

04.381,  04.383 

09.351 

09.352 

09.353 


Evening  Courses 

03.371,  03.372     Analog  and  Digital 
Computers  I,  II 

03.377,  03.378     Control  Systems  I,  II 
03.379     Control  Systems  III 
(Plus  2  q.h.) 
Optical  Instrumenta- 
tion I,  II 

Nuclear  Technol- 
ogy I,  III 

Principles  of  Computer 
Programming  I 
Principles  of 
Computer  Pro- 
gramming II 
Principles  of 
Computer  Pro- 
gramming III 
Engineering 
Graphics  I 
Engineering 
Graphics  II 
Engineering 
Graphics  III 
Electrical  &  Elec- 
tronic Graphics  I 
Electrical  &  Elec- 
tronic Graphics  II 
Electrical  &  Elec- 
tronic Graphics  III 
Engineering  Design 
I,  Engineering 
Design  II 

College  Algebra  & 
Trig.  I 

College  Algebra  & 
Trig.  II 
Calculus  I 
Calculus  II,  III 
Calculus  IV,  Dif- 
ferential Equations  I 

10.325,  10.326     Differential  Equa- 
tions II,  III 

11.317  Physics  I 

11.318  Physics  II 

11.319  Physics  III 

11.373  Physics  Lab.  I 

11.374  Physics  Lab.  II 
11.321,  11.331     Wave  Phenomena, 

Modern  Physics 


Day  BET  Courses 

03.470     Digital  Computers 


09.311 


09.312 


09.313 


09.307 


09.308 


09.309 


09.314,  09.315 


10.307 

10.308 

10.320 
10.321,  10.322 
10.323,   10.324 


03.477 
03.478 

03.490 

04.481 

09.421 

09.422 

09.423 

09.461 
09.462 
09.463 
09.461 
09.462 
09.463 
09.464 


Control  Engineering  I 
Control  Engineering  II 

Optical  Instrumentation 

Nuclear  Technology 

Principles  of  Computer 
Prog.  I 

Principles  of  Computer 
Prog.  II 

Principles  of  Computer 
Prog.  Ill 


Engineering 
Graphics  I 
Engineering 
Graphics  II 
Engineering 
Graphics  III 
Engineering 
Graphics  I 
Engineering 
Graphics  II 
Engineering 
Graphics  III 
Engineering 
Graphics  IV 


Design 
Design 
Design 
Design 
Design 
Design 
Design 


10.307  College  Algebra  &  Trig.  I 

10.308  College  Algebra  &  Trig.  II 


10.320 
10.421 
10.422 


Calcalus  I 
Calculus  A 
Calculus  B 


10.423  Differential  Equations 

11.317  Physics  I 

11.318  Physics  II 

11.319  Physics  III 

11.373  Physics  Laboratory  I 

11.374  Physics  Laboratory  II 
11.420  Physics  IV 


the  lincoln 

college 

faculty 


THE  STRENGTH  of  an  educational  institution  lies  in  the  quality  of  its 
faculty.  This  is  especially  true  in  a  college  devoted  to  the  training  of 
mature  men  and  women,  many  of  whom  are  already  employed  in  their 
chosen  professions. 

The  instructional  staff  of  Lincoln  College  is  composed  of  professional 
academicians  from  Northeastern  University  and  neighboring  educa- 
tional institutions  and  practicing  professionals  from  the  scientific  and 
industrial  community  of  Greater  Boston.  The  theoretical  training  and 
practical  experience  represented  by  this  combination  of  specialists  is 
ideally  suited  to  the  technology  programs  they  teach  and  the  adult  stu- 
dents they  serve. 

The  faculty  are  selected  for  their  ability  and  active  interest  in  the  wel- 
fare of  ambitious  part-time  students.  They  are  men  and  women  of  cul- 
ture and  high  ideals  and  are  qualified  by  educational  training  and  pro- 
fessional experience  to  teach  effectively  in  their  respective  fields. 

A  staff  of  experienced  professional  educators  who  serve  as  program 
and  course  consultants  constitutes  the  Academic  Advisory  Council 
and  Curriculum  Advisory  Committee  of  the  College.  They  guide,  super- 
vise, and  assist  with  the  administration  of  courses  and  programs. 


167 


168  /  FACULTY 

THE  FACULTY 

The  following  is  an  alphabetical  list  of  the  faculty  of  Lincoln  College;  degrees 
earned;  professional  affiliation;  titles  and  Lincoln  College  department  (year  of 
appointment). 

Arnold  M.  Aaron,  B.S.,  M.S. 

Teaching  Assistant,   Electrical   Engineering,   Northeastern   University. 
Electrical  Engineering   Technology  (1974) 

Charles  D.  Aaronson,  B.S.,  M.S. 

Electrical   Engineering   Manager  for  McPherson   Instr.   Corp. 
Electrical  Engineering  Technology  (1964) 

Sherif  M.  Abdel-Monem,   B.S.,   M.S. 

Teaching  Assistant,   Electrical   Engineering,   Northeastern   University. 
Electrical  Engineering   Technology  (1973) 

Arnold   W.   Almquist,   Jr.,    B.S.,    M.Ed. 

Instructor  of  Mathematics,   Needham   High  School. 
Mathematics  (1967) 

George  H.  Anderson,  Commercial  Art  Diploma 

Professional   Artist;   Free   Lance  Technical    Illustrator. 
Engineering  Graphics  and  Computation  (1956) 

Will    C.   Anderson,    B.S.,    M.S. 

Senior  Engineer,   Raytheon  Corporation. 
Engineering  Graphics  and  Computation  (1968) 

•Robert    B.   Angus,   Jr.,    B.S.,    M.S.,    P.E.    (Mass.) 

Service  Director,  Technical   Education   Research   Centers. 
Electrical  Engineering   Technology  (1948) 

Victor   S.   Aramati,    M.S.,    B.S. 
Bell  Telephone  Laboratories 
Mechanical  Engineering   Technology  (1970) 

Nathan  Aron 

Engineer,   Raytheon    Inc. 
Electrical  Engineering  (1973) 

Louis    E.   Ashley,   A.B.,    M.Ed. 

Product  Development  Section,  Arthur  D.   Little,   Inc. 
Mechanical  Engineering  Technology  (1966) 

Alfred  E.  Attard,  B.S.,  M.A.,   Ph.D. 

Research  Associate,  Northeastern  University. 
Physics  (1971) 

•Robert  J.  Averill,   B.S.,   M.S. 

Projects  Manager,  Sala  Magnetics,   Inc. 

Course  Consultant  tor  Electrical  Engineering  Technology  (1957) 

•Russell  H.  Babcock,  S.B.,  S.M.,  P.E.  (Mass.,  Maine,  N.H.,  R.I.,  Vt.,  Conn.,  N.Y.) 
Diplomate,  American  Academy  of  Environmental  Engineers; 
Chief  Engineer,  C.   E.  Maguire,   Inc. 
Civil  Engineering  Technology  (1954) 

John  C.  Balsavich 

Laboratory  Supervisor,  Electrical  Engineering,  Northeastern  University. 
Electrical  Engineering  Technology  (1957) 

Westley  P.  Barry,   BBA,   Eng.   &  Mgt. 
Vice  President,  McBar  Associates. 
Electrical  Engineering  Technology  (1971) 


•Appointed  to  the  rank  of  Senior  Lecturer 


FACULTY  /  169 


Samuel  W.  Bartol,  B.A. 

CFI  Multiengine  &  Instrument  Ratings,  Wiggins  Airways. 
Aviation  (1969) 

Adolph  Baumann,  B.S.,  P.E.  (Mass.) 

Lecturer,  Electronics  Engineering,  Northeastern  University. 
Electrical  Engineering  Technology  (1955) 

Fred  E.  Bellows,  Jr.,  B.S.,  M.Ed. 

Principal,  East  Elementary  School,  Sharon. 
Aviation  Technology  (1968) 

Walter  E.  Benulis,  B.S.,  M.S. 

Research  Associate,   M.E.   Department,  Northeastern  University. 
Mechanical  Engineering  Technology  (1969) 

Matteo  P.  Berardi,  B.S.,  M.S. 
Materials  Coordinator. 
Mechanical  Engineering  Technology  (1960) 

Maureen  P.  Berggren,  B.S. 
Mathematics  (1965) 

Alfred  L.  Birch,  B.S.E.E.,  P.E.  (Mass.) 

Dept.  Head,  Development  Engineering,  Western  Electric  Co. 
Electrical  Engineering  Technology  (1965) 

Emmanuel   E.  Bliamptis,  B.S.,  S.M.,   M.A.,   P.E.   (Mass.) 

Research   Physicist,  Air  Force  Cambridge  Research   Labs. 
Physics  (1965) 

Joseph   I.  Bluhm,  S.B.,   M.S.,   P.E.   (Mass.) 
Chief  Mechanics  Research  Laboratory, 
Army  Materials  and  Mechanics  Research  Center. 
Mechanical  Engineering  Technology  (1966) 

Sidney  Bluhm,  A.B.,  Ed.M.,  A.M. 

Head,  Science  Department,   Boston  Technical  High  School   (Retired). 
Physics  (1965) 

'Edward  Bobroff,  B.M.E.,  P.E.  (Mass.) 

Chief  Engineer,  Combat  Systems,  Boston  Naval  Shipyard  (Retired). 
Electrical   Engineer,   United   Engineers  and  Constructors. 
Course  Consultant  for  Mathematics  (1946) 

Edward  J.   Booth,  A.B.,   Ed.M. 

Associate  Professor  of  Mathematics,  Northeastern  University. 
Mathematics  (1956) 

Roland  J.  Boucher,  B.A.,  M.S. 

Research  Physicist,  Air  Force  Cambridge  Research  Lab. 
Aviation  Technology  (1968) 

James  W.  Bougioukas,  B.S.,  P.E.  (Mass.) 
Principal  Civil  Engineer  Mass.  D.P.W. 
Engineering  (1971) 

Kenneth   E.   Bourque,  B.S.,  M.S. 

Electrical  Engineering  Technology  (1959) 

*Alan  Bradshaw,  B.S.,  M.S. 

Chelmsford  School  System. 
Mathematics  (1966) 

iEugene  G.  Branca,  S.B.,  S.M. 

Assistant  Headmaster  (Retired),  Hyde  Park  High  School. 
Mathematics  (1946) 


170  /  FACULTY 

Donald  H.  Breslow,  S.B.,  M.S. 

Director  of  Engineering,   Measurement  Systems  Division,   Itek  Corp. 
Electrical  Engineering  Technology  (1959) 

Alfred  E.  Bresnahan,  B.S.,  M.A. 

Chairman,  Mathematics  Dept.,  Lynn  English  High  School. 
Mathematics  (1967) 

Donald  C.  Brock,  B.S.,  M.S. 

Mathematics  Instructor,  Needham  High  School. 
Mathematics  (1965) 

Bruno  Brodfeld,  B.S.C.E.,  P.E.  (Mass.,  La.) 

Assistant  Engineering  Manager,  Stone  &  Webster  Engineering  Corporation. 
Civil  Engineering  Technology  (1965) 

*Franklyn  K.  Brown,  B.S.Ed.,  M.Ed. 

Associate  Professor,  Graphic  Science,  Northeastern  University. 
Course  Consultant  for  Engineering  Graphics  and  Computation  (1955) 

William  A.  Brown,  B.S.E.E.,  M.S.E.E.,  J.D. 

Assistant  Professor  of  Law,  Suffolk  University  Law  School. 
Electrical  Engineering  Technology  (1965) 

Jeffrey  L.  Bruce,  B.S.,  M.A. 

Instructor,  Dover-Sherborn  Regional  High  School. 
Mathematics  (1969) 

William  O.  Bruehl,  B.S. 

Associate  Professor,  Mechanical  Engineering,  Northeastern  University  (Retired). 
Course  Consultant  for  Mechanical  Engineering  Technology  (1956) 

*Morris  H.   Burakoff,   B.S.,  P.E.  (Mass.) 

Department  Chief,  Western  Electric  Company. 
Electrical  Engineering  Technology  (1957) 

George  Burdick,  A.B.,  P.E.  (Mass.) 
Hudson  Institute,  Hudson,  Mass. 
Electrical  Engineering  Technology  (1950) 

Ralph  A.   Buonopane,  B.S.,   M.S.,  Ph.D. 

Associate  Professor  of  Chemical  Engineering,   Northeastern  University. 
Chemical  Engineering  Technology  (1964) 

Donald  Burgess,  A.B;,  M.Ed. 

Acting  Headmaster,  Roslindale  High  School. 
Mathematics  (1967) 

Steven  Butcher,  Jr.,  S.B.,  M.S. 

Technical  Staff,  The  Mitre  Corporation. 
Electrical  Engineering  Technology  (1967) 

Gregory  J.  Cahill 

Engineer,  Jackson  Moreland. 

Mechanical  Engineering  Technology  (1968) 

*Leroy  M.   Cahoon,   B.S.C.E.,  M.S.,  P.E.  (Mass.) 

Associate   Professor  of  Civil   Engineering,   Northeastern   University. 
Program  Consultant  for  Civil  Engineering  Technology  (1962) 

John  J.  Callahan,  B.S.,  M.Ed.,  M.A. 

Assistant  Professor,  Boston  State  College. 
Mathematics  (1969) 

'Frank  R.  Cangiano,  B.S.,  Ed.M. 

Instructor  in  Science  and  Mathematics,  Medford  High  School. 
Mathematics  (1957) 


"Appointed  to  the  rank  of  Senior  Lecturer 


FACULTY  /  171 


Barry  S.  Canner 

Wiggins  Airways 

Aviation  Technology  (1970) 

Edgar  T.  Canty,  B.S.,  M.S. 

Director  Academic  Computing  Services. 
Mathematics  (1966)  Babson  College 

Chapin  P.  Carnes 

Bedford  Air  Force  Base. 
Physics  (1974) 

'Richard  I.  Carter,  B.S.,  M.S.,  P.E.  (Mass.) 

Associate  Professor,  Electrical  Engineering  and  Director  of  Computation  Center, 

Northeastern  University. 

Engineering  Graphics  and  Computation  (1955) 

William  B.  Carter 

Programming  Analyst,  Polaroid  Corporation. 
Engineering  Graphics  and  Computation  (1974) 

•Walter  J.  Casey,  A.B.,  M.Ed.,  M.A.T. 

Head  of  Department,  Brighton  High  School. 
Mathematics  (1955) 

Walter  J.  Charow,   B.S.E.E.,  M.S.E.E.,  P.E.  (Mass.) 

Branch  Chief,  Avionics,   Electronics  System  Div.,   U.S.A. F. 
Electrical  Engineering  Technology  (1955) 

Susan  Chouinard 

Editor,  Benwill  Publishing  Corporation. 
Technical  Communications  (1975) 

'Philip  J.   Clang,   B.S.,   P.E.  (Conn.,  Mass.,  Pa.) 

Project  Manager,   United   Engineers   &  Constructors,    Inc. 
Mechanical  Engineering  Technology  (1957) 

iJohn  J.  Cochrane,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  P.E.  (Mass.) 

Associate  Professor  of  Civil  Engineering,  Northeastern  University. 
Civil  Engineering  Technology  (1972) 

Matthew  H.  Cohn,  B.S. 

Advanced  Research  Engineer,  G.T.E.  Sylvania. 
Engineering  Graphics  and  Computation  (1969) 

Thomas  C.  Coleman,  B.S.M.E.,  M.S.M.E. 

Engineer,  United  Engineering  and  Construction. 
Mechanical  Engineering  Technology  (1960) 

Donald  D.  Comastra 

Physicist,  New  England  Nuclear  Co. 
Physics  (1974) 

Leonard  M.  Conlin,  A.B.,  Ed.M. 

Mathematics  Teacher,  Framingham  North  High  School. 
Mathematics  (1967) 

Joseph  V.  Connolly,  B.S.,  M.Ed. 

Head  of  Department,  Boston  Latin  School. 
Physics  (1965) 

Roger  T.  Connor,  A.B.,  M.Ed. 

Principal — Milton  High  School. 
Mathematics  (1953) 


172  /  FACULTY 

•Robert  J.  Connors,  B.S. 

Manager  of  Technology,  Electronic  Systems,  Sylvania  Electric  Products,  Inc. 
Electrical  Engineering  Technology  (1948) 

•Edward  M.  Cook,  A.B.,  A.M. 

Professor  of  Mathematics,  Northeastern  University. 
Program  Consultant  for  Mathematics  (1941) 

Joseph  Z.  Cooper,  B.S.E. 

Principal  Engineer,  Raytheon  Company. 
Engineering  Graphics  and  Computation  (1967) 

Robert  C.  Copeland,  B.S.E.E.,  S.M. 
WCVB-TV,  Chief  Meteorologist. 
Aviation  Technology  (1968) 

James  B.  Corscadden,  B.S.,   M.Ed.,  A.M.T. 

Head  of  Department,  South  Boston  High  School. 
Mathematics  (1967) 

Richard   E.  Cox,   B.S.M.E.,   M.S.,   P.E.  (Mass.) 

Professional  Engineer,  Technical  Operations. 
Mechanical  Engineering  Technology  (1967) 

David  C.  Crockett,  B.S.,  M.S. 

Reliability  Engineer,  Raytheon  Corporation. 
Graphics  Instructor,  Fitchburg  State  College. 
Mechanical  Engineering  Technology  (1969) 

Thomas  J.  Crowley,  S.B.,   M.S.,   P.E.   (Mass.) 
New  Product  Center,  Raytheon  Company. 
Mechanical  Engineering  Technology  (1966) 

Mukti  Lai  Das,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  P.E.  (Mass.) 
Structural  Engineer,  Charles  T.  Main,  Inc. 
Civil  Engineering  Technology  (1972) 

•Herbert  R.  Davenport,  B.S. 

Standards  Engineer,  General  Radio  Company. 
Electrical  Engineering  Technology  (1948) 

Warren  C.  Dean,  A.B.,  M.A. 

Professor  of  Mathematics,  Northeastern  University. 
Course  Consultant  for  Mathematics  (1941) 

Dean  A.  De  Marre,  A.E.,  B.S.,  Sc.D. 

Consulting   Editor,  Medical   Electronics  &  Data 

President  CTR,  Inc.,  Adjutanct  Professor  at  Indiana  Northern  University. 

Electrical  (1967) 

Thomas  R.  Deveney,  B.S. 

Curriculum  Design  Specialist,  Copley  Sq.  High  School. 
Mathematics  (1965) 

Giles  C.  Dilg,   B.S.E.E.,   M.S.E.E.,  P.E.  (Mass.) 
Program  Manager,  Incoterm. 
Engineering  Graphics  &  Computation  (1966) 

Marie   Dolansky,   B.S.,   Ed.M.,    Ed.D.,   C.G.A. 
Mathematics  (1964) 

Mark  Domaszewicz,  B.E.E.,  M.S.E.E. 

Senior  Engineer,  Raytheon  Company. 
Electrical  Engineering  Technology 


'Appointed  to  the  rank  of  Senior  Lecturer 


FACULTY  /  173 


Paul  I.  Douglas,  B.S.,  M.S. 

Teaching  Assistant,  Mechanical  Engineering,  Northeastern  University. 
Mechanical  Engineering  Technology  (1973) 

Leonard  F.  Dow,  B.S.E.E.,  M.S.,  P.E.  (Mass.) 
Boston  Edison  Company,  Staff  Engineer. 
Electrical  Engineering  Technology  (1970) 

Paul  C.   Dow,  Jr.,   B.S.,   M.S.E.,   Ph.D. 
Program  Director,  Avco  Corporation. 
Electrical  Engineering  Technology  (1973) 

Paul  A.   Dunkerley,   B.S.,  S.M.,   P.E.   (Mass.) 

Associate   Professor  of  Civil    Engineering,   Tufts   University. 
Civil  Engineering  Technology  (1968) 

Philip  W.  Dunphy,  B.Sc,  M.Ed. 

Associate  Professor  of  Cooperative  Education,  Northeastern  University. 
Academic  Counsellor  (1967) 

William  V.   Durante,  B.S.,   M.Ed.,  M.A. 

Head  of  Mathematics  Dept.,   Boston  Latin  School. 
Mathematics  (1964) 

John  A.  Ebacher,  B.S.,  M.S. 

Engineer,  General  Electric  Co. 
Mechanical  Engineering  Technology  (1967) 

Henry  B.  Eden,  B.S. 

Vice  President,  Anco  Technical  Services  Inc. 
Engineering  Graphics  and  Computation  (1957) 

Charles  P.  Englehardt,  B.S.,  M.  Arch. 
Architect,  Corp.  of  Engineers. 
Engineering  Graphics  &  Computation  (1942) 

Adolf  J.  Erikson,   B.B.A.,  M.B.A.,  P.E.  (Mass.) 
President,  A.E.  Engineering  Corporation. 
Engineering  Graphics  and  Computation  (1966) 

'Martin  J.  Feeney,  S.B.,  Ed.M. 

Principal  Emeritus,  Boston  Public  Schools. 
Educational  Consultant,  St.  Anne's  School. 
Mathematics  (1957) 

Warren  G.   Ferzoco,  A.E.,   B.B.A.,  M.Ed. 

Dean,  Cambridge  High  and  Latin  School. 
Engineering  Graphics  and  Computation  (1966) 

Charles  Field,  B.S.,  M.Ed. 

Professor  of  Cooperative  Education,  Northeastern  University. 
Academic  Counsellor  (1967) 

Robert  G.  Field,  S.B.E.E.,  M.B.A. 
Electrical  Engineering  (1972) 

'William  D.  Finan,  A.B.,  M.A.,  D.Ed. 

Reading  Director,  Needham  Public  Schools. 
Course  Consultant  for  Mathematics  (1946) 

Paul  M.  Fitzgerald,  B.S. 

Special  Hazards  Engineer,  Factory  Mutual  Research. 
Fire  Technology  (1973) 

'Louis  A.  Fiore,  A.E.,  B.B.A. 

Mech.  Engineer,  Design  Checker,  American  Science  and  Engineering,  I 
Engineering  Graphics  and  Computation  (1956) 


174  /  FACULTY 

A.   Ralph  Fiore,  Jr.,  B.S.E.E.,  M.S.  Eng.  Mgt.,  P.E.  (Mass.) 
Computation  &  Graphics  (1969) 

•Robert  F.  Ford,  B.S.E.E.,  M.S.E.E. 

Engineering  Manager,  Special  Systems,  Data  General. 
Electrical  Engineering  (1962) 

Earlwood  T.  Fortini,  A.B.,  P.E.  (Mass.) 

Manager  Graphic  Products  Development,  Compugraphic  Corp. 
Mechanical  Engineering  Technology  (1957) 

Robert  M.  Fox,  A.S.,  B.S.,  M.B.A. 
Gerber  Electronics. 
Mathematics  (1969) 

*John  L.  Freedman,  B.S.,  P.E.  (Mass.) 

Instructor,   Bryant  &  Stratton  and  Northeastern   University. 
Course  Consultant  for  Electrical  Engineering  Technology  (1949) 

Jerry  M.  Galatis,  B.S.  (2),  M.Ed.,  O.D. 
Physics  (1965) 

Maurice  Gertel 

President,  Kinetic  Systems,  Inc. 
Mechanical  Engineering  Technology  (1973) 

*Peter  D.  Gianino,  B.S.,  M.S. 

Research  Physicist,  Air  Force  Cambridge  Research  Labs. 
Mathematics  (1965) 

Charles  J.  Glassbrenner,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D. 
Professor,  Worcester  State  College. 
Physics  (1967) 

Sheldon  L.  Glickler,  B.S.,  M.S. 

Avco  Everett  Research  Laboratory,  Senior  Scientist. 
Civil  Engineering  Technology  (1969) 

Fredrick  M.  Glock 

Laboratory  Assistant,  Northeastern  University. 
Mechanical  Engineering  Technology  (1969) 

William  B.  Goggins,  Jr.,  B.S.,  M.S.E.E.,  Ph.D. 
Chief,  Advanced  Radar  Techniques  Group, 
Air  Force  Cambridge  Research  Laboratories. 
Control  Systems  Engineering  (1964) 

David  Goldberg,  B.S.,  M.S.E.E.,  M.S.E.M. 

Research  &  Development  Engineer,  GTE  Sylvania. 
Engineering  Graphics  and  Computation  (1969) 

Bernard  F.  Goldstein,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D. 

Assistant  Engineer,  Cornell  Aero  Laboratory. 
Electrical  Engineering  Technology  (1974) 

Leonard  M.  Goodman,  S.B.,  S.M.,   E.E.,   P.E.  (Mass.) 

Staff  Member,  Lincoln  Laboratory,  Mass.  Institute  of  Technology. 
Electrical  Engineering  Technology  (1969) 

Ernest  C.  Greer,  B.S.M.E.,  M.S.M.E. 

Mechanical  Engineering  Technology  (1970) 

•Richard  Grojean,  B.S.,  M.S.  (Physics) 

Associate  Professor,  Electrical  Engineering,  Northeastern  University. 
Electrical  Engineering  (1955) 


'Appointed  to  the  rank  of  Senior  Lecturer 


FACULTY  /  175 

Forest  W.  Grumney,  B.A.,  M.B.A. 
N.E.G.E.A.  Service  Corp. 
Mathematics  1963 

'Arthur  F.   Gustus,   B.S.,   M.Ed.,   C.A.G.S. 

Assistant  Director  of  Science,   Boston   Public  Schools. 
Course  Consultant  tor  Physics  (1963) 

'Francis  R.  Hankard,  S.B.,  M.A. 

Senior  Chemist,  State  Police  Laboratories. 
Course  Consultant  tor  Physics  (1946) 

'Joseph  J.  Hansen,  A.B.,  M.B.A. 
Raytheon  Co. 
Course  Consultant  for  Mathematics  (1959) 

George  C.   Harrison,   B.S.,  M.S. 

Principal  Electronic  Engineer,  Polaroid  Corp. 
Electrical  Engineering  Technology  (1962) 

Harold  Harutunian,  A.B.,  M.A.T.,  Ed.D. 
Salem  State  College. 
Mathematics  1965 

William  J.  Hennessy,  B.S.,  M.B.A.,  B.S.E.E. 

Quality  and  Process  Mgr.,  American  Optical  Corp. 
Mathematics  (1969) 

Joseph   I.   Herzlinger,  B.S.,  M.S.,  P.E.  (New  Jersey) 

Manager  Product  Design,  Aerospace  Systems  Division  R.C.A. 
Mechanical  Engineering  Technology  (1967) 

Harry  E.  Hewes,  B.S.B.A.,  M.Ed. 
Teacher,  Boston  Latin  School. 
Mathematics  (1967) 

Lewis  H.  Holzman,  B.S.C.E.,  S.M.C.E.,   P.E.  (Mass.) 

Sr.  Computer  Application  Engr.,  Stone  and  Webster  Engineering  Corp. 
Engineering  Graphics  and  Computation  (1966) 

George  K.  Howe,  B.S.E.E.,  M.Ed. 

Associate  Professor  Cooperative  Education,  Northeastern  University. 
Academic  Counselor  (1970) 

Richard  A.  Hultin,  B.S.,   M.S.,  P.E.  (New  York) 

Manager-Mechanical    Engineering,    L.F.E.,   Corp. 
Mechanical  Engineering  Technology  (1967) 

Everett  L.   Hume,   B.S.,   M.S.,   P.E.   (Mass.) 
Staff,  M.I.T.,  Draper  Laboratory. 
Civil  Engineering  Technology  (1950) 

Charles  E.  Jacob,  B.S.E.E.,   M.S.Ed.,   M.L.S. 
Master,  Boston  Latin  School. 
Physics  (1967) 

iPerry  G.  Jameson,  B.Sr,  M.Ed. 

Hyde  Park  High  School,  Asst.  Headmaster — Mathematics. 
Mathematics  (1965) 

'Arthur  W.  John,  B.S.E.E.,  M.S. 

Lecturer,  Northeastern  University. 

Radiologic  Technology  and  Commercial  Aviation  Technology  (1968) 

i  Eugene  F.  Joyce 

Technician,  Electrical  Engineering  Dept.,  Northeastern  University,  U.S.  Army  Retired. 
Electrical  Engineering  Technology  (1963) 


176  /  FACULTY 

John  Kaczorowski,  Jr.,  B.S.E.E.,  M.S.E.E. 

Instructor,  Electrical  Engineering,  Northeastern  University. 
Electrical  Engineering  Technology  (1970) 

Leon  Katler,  Certificate  P.E.  (Mass.,  Maine,   N.Y.,  Pa.) 

Senior  Structural  Engineer,  Stone  &  Webster  Engineering  Corporation. 
Civil  Engineering  Technology  (1963) 

Louis  Katona,  B.C.E.,  M.C.E.,  P.E.  (Mass.,  N.Y.) 
Hydraulic  and  Sanitary  Engineer,   Badger  Co. 
Civil  Engineering  Technology  (1959) 

•Charles  W.  Kaufman,  B.S.Ed.,  Ed.M.,  M.N.S. 
Guidance  Counselor,  Girls  Latin  School. 
Physics  (1958) 

Sidney  W.  Kaye,  B.Sc,  M.Ed. 

Senior  Engineer,  Raytheon  Co. 
Mathematics  (1967) 

Gary  M.  Keighley,  B.S. 

Director,  Office  of  Aviation  Education,  Wiggins  Airways. 
Aviation  Technology  (1969) 

"John  T.   Keiran,  A.B.,  A.M. 

Chairman  of  Mathematics  Department,  Dorchester  High  School. 
Mathematics  (1957) 

George  F.   Kent,  B.S.,  M.S.,  P.E.  (Mass.) 

Power  Engineer,  Stone  &  Webster  Engineering  Corp. 
Course  Consultant  tor  Materials 

"Nicholas  P.  Kernweis,  B.E.E.,  M.S. 

Research  Physicist,  Air  Force  Cambridge  Research  Lab. 
Electrical  Engineering  Technology  (1957) 

Bernard  J.   Kiley,  B.E.,  M.E.,  P.E.  (N.H.,  Mass.) 

Senior   Structural    Engineer,    Stone    and   Webster   Corporation. 
Mechanical  Engineering  Technology  (1958) 

Mark  M.  Kiley,  B.E.,  M.E.,  P.E.  (Mass.,  R.I.,  La.,  Me.,  Vt.,  N.H.) 
Manager,  Day  and  Zimmerman  Associates. 
Mechanical  Engineering  Technology  (1955) 

Philip   D.    Kingman,    B.S.C.E.,    LL.B.,    P.E.    (Mass.,    N.H.),    R.L.S.    (Mass.,    Me.,    N.H.) 
Vice  President  and   Counsel   of  Security  Title  and  Guaranty  Co. 
Civil  Engineering  Technology  (1964) 

•John  J.  Klein,  B.S.,  M.S. 

Manager,  Design  Engineering,  Electro-optics  Section,  Aerospace  Systems  Division, 
Radio  Corporation  of  America. 
Electrical  Engineering  Technology  (1950) 

Juris  Krumins,  B.S.,  M.S. 

Power  Engineer,   Stone  &  Webster  Engineering  Corp. 
Mechanical  Engineering  Technology  (1966) 

"Horatio  W.  Lamson,  B.S.,  M.A.,  P.E.  (Mass.) 

Research  Engineer,  Emeritus,  General  Radio  Company. 
Electrical  Engineering  Technology  (1945) 

•Herbert  C.   Lang,  B.S.,  P.E.  (Mass.) 

Manager  of  Employment  and  Training,  Masoneilan  International,  Inc. 
Engineering  Graphics  and  Computation  (1936) 


"Appointed  to  the  rank  of  Senior  Lecturer 


FACULTY  /  177 

•Robert  S.   Lang,   B.S.,   Ed.M. 

Associate  Professor,  Graphic  Science,  Northeastern  University. 
Program  Consultant  lor  Engineering  Graphics  and  Computation  (1955) 

Philip  J.  Laurens,  B.S.,  M.S. 

Physics  and  Biochemistry  Teacher,  St.  Gregory  High  School,  Dorchester,  Mass. 
Mathematics  (1974) 

"Clarence  E.   LeBell,  P.E.  (Mass.) 

Mechanical  and  Electrical  Engineering  Senior  Designer,  Aircraft  Gas  Turbine  Division, 

General  Electric  Company. 

Engineering  Graphics  and  Computation  (1955) 

Carl   Leone,  Jr.,  A.B.,   M.S. 
Quincy  Public  Schools. 
Mathematics  (1965) 

A.  Richard  LeSchack,  A.B.,  A.M. 

Consultant  in  Applied  Mathematics  and  Computer  Sciences. 
Mathematics  (1968) 

See  Chung  Leung,  B.S. 

Teaching  Assistant,  Mechanical  Engineering,  Northeastern  University. 
Mechanical  Engineering  Technology  (1973) 

Edward  T.  Lewis,  B.S.,  M.E.E.,  M.B.A. 

Dept.  Manager,  Raytheon  Co.,  Burlington,   Mass. 
Physics  (1967) 

Sandra  M.  Licter,  B.S.Ed.,  M.Ed. 

Instructor,  Lynn  English  High  School. 
Mathematics  (1967) 

"Demetre  P.   Ligor,   B.S.E.E.,  P.E.  (Mass.) 

President,  Applied  Measurements,  Inc. 
Course  Consultant  for  Physics  (1959) 

Kenneth  L.   Lincoln,  B.S.C.E.,   M.S.C.E.,  P.E.  (Mass.) 

Senior  Engineer,  United  Engineers  and  Constructors. 
Civil  Engineering  (1972) 

Warren  J.  Little,   B.S.,  M.S. 

Principal   Engineer,  Charles  Stark  Draper  Laboratory,   Inc. 
Physics  (1966) 

Andrew  G.   Lofgren,  A. A.,   Ed.M.,  P.E.  (Mass.) 

Design  Engineer,  Charles  Stark  Draper  Laboratory,   Inc. 
Mechanical  Engineering  Technology  (1946) 

•Roger  G.   Long,  A.E.,  B.B.A.,  P.E.  (Mass.) 
Senior  Staff,  Arthur  D.  Little,   Inc. 
Electrical  Engineering  Technology  (1952) 

Spencer  P.   Lookner,   B.S.E.E.,  M.S.E.E.,  M.S. I.E. 
Mathematics  (1967) 

'Kenneth  A.   Lucas,   B.S.,   M.Ed.,   P.E.   (Mass.,   Conn.),   R.L.S.   (Mass.,   Conn.,   Maine,   N.H.) 
Director,  EMAPELS  School  of  Survey. 
Civil  Engineering  Technology  (1950) 

Norman  J.  MacDonald,  B.S.,  M.S. 
WBZ-TV  Meteorologist. 

Research  Associate,  Mass.  Institute  of  Technology. 
Aviation  Technology  (1974) 

'George  H.   MacMaster,   B.S.,   M.S.,   P.E.   (Mass.) 
Research  Engineer,  Raytheon  Company. 
Electrical  Engineering  Technology  (1968) 


178  /  FACULTY 

*Alvin  Mandell,  B.E.E.,  M.S.E.E.,  P.E.  (Mass.) 

Program  Management,  Raytheon  Missile  Systems  Division. 
Electrical  Engineering  Technology  (1950) 

Jack  I.  Mann.,  B.S.C.E.,  M.S.,  P.E.  (Mass.,  Conn.,  Pa.,  Vt.,  Wyoming) 
Chief    Engineer,    General    Engineering,    United    Eng.    &    Constr.    Inc. 
Mechanical  Engineering  Technology  (1960) 

Anthony  Martinez  III,  B.S.,  M.S. 

Air  Force  Cambridge  Research  Laboratory. 
Electrical  Engineering  Technology  (1973) 

Anton  Mavretic,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D. 

Staff  Member,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology. 
Electrical  Engineering  Technology  (1969) 

Richard  F.  McBrien,  B.S. 

Vice-Principal,    Lynn    Eastern   Jr.    High   School. 
Physics  (1967) 

'Edward   McCarren,  Jr.,  A.E. 

Engineer,  Bell  and  Howell  Comm.  Co. 
Electrical  Engineering  Technology  (1951) 

Carl  J.  Mellea,  S.B.,  M.S.,  P.E.  (Mass.,  R.I.,  Maine,  Vt.,  N.H.) 
Project  Engineer,   Howard,   Needles,  Tammen   &  Bergendorff. 
Civil  Engineering  Technology  (1960) 

Walter  Messcher,  B.M.E.,  M.S. 

Engineer,  Department  of  Transportation. 

Course  Consultant  for  Engineering  Graphics  and  Computation  (1966) 

Richard  W.  Miller,  B.S.,  M.S.,   P.E.  (Mass.) 

Manager,  Flow  Engineering  Dept.,  The  Foxboro  Co. 
Mechanical  Engineering  Technology  (1959) 

♦Ernest  E.  Mills,  B.S.,  M.S.,  P.E.  (Mass.) 

Associate  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineering,  Northeastern  University. 
Program  Consultant  for  Mechanical  Engineering  Technology 
Day  and  Evening  Programs  (1947) 

Edmund  J.  Mitchell,  B.S.E.E.,  M.S.E.E. 

Technical   Staff,   Radio  Corporation  of  America,  Burlington,  Mass. 
Electrical  Engineering  Technology  (1967) 

David  D.  Moore 

Teacher,  Pentucket  Regional  High  School. 
Mathematics  (1971) 

Louis  A.   Moore,  A.E.,  B.E.T.,   R.L.S.  (Mass.) 
Civil  Engineering  Technology  (1972) 

Martin  C.  Murphy,  B.S.C.E.,  P.E.  (Mass.) 
Principal,  Haley  &  Aldrich,  Inc. 
Civil  Engineering  Technology  (1972) 

Louis  J.  Nardone,   B.S.,  M.S.,  P.E.  (Mass.) 

Associate  Professor,  Electrical  Engineering,  Northeastern  University. 
Program  Consultant  for  Electrical  Engineering 
Day  and  Evening  Programs  (1973) 

Robert  L.   Norton,  A.S.,  B.S.,  M.S. 

Asst.  Prof.,  Engineering  Design,  Tufts  University. 
Graphics  &  Computation  (1967) 


'Appointed  to  the  rank  of  Senior  Lecturer 


FACULTY  /  179 


'John  R.   O'Brien,  A.B.,  A.M. 

Headmaster  Emeritus,  Dorchester  High  School. 
Mathematics  (1946) 

John  C.  O'Callahan 

Engineer,  McPherson  Associates,  Inc. 
Mechanical  Engineering  Technology  (1961) 

Ray  O.  Oglesby,  B.S.Ed.,  B.S.Ed. 

Teacher,  Weeks  Junior  High  School. 
Mathematics  (1967) 

Yesugey  Oktay,  B.S.,   M.S.,   P.E.  (Mass.,  N.Y.,  Cal.,   Ma.,   Ind.) 
Senior  Civil   Engineer,  The  Badger  Co.,   Inc. 
Civil  Engineering  Technology  (1970) 

Carl   A.   Olson,  Jr.,   B.S.,   Ed.M. 

Department  Head,  Wellesley  High  School. 
Engineering  Graphics  and  Computation  (1964) 

"Thomas  J.  Owens,  A.B.,  M.Ed. 

Instructor  in  Mathematics,  Quincy  High  School. 
Mathematics  (1952) 

Burton  S.  Parker,  B.S.,  P.E.  (Mass.) 

Mechanical   Engineer,  Army  Materials  and   Mechanics  Research  Center. 
Mechanical   Engineering   Technology  (1963) 

"William  H.  Parmenter,  A.E.,  B.B.A. 

Instructor,  Newton  North  High  School. 
Electrical  Engineering  Technology  (1952) 

Richard  W.   Peterson,   B.S.,  M.S. 

Radiochemist,  New  England  Nuclear  Corporation. 
Physics  (1968) 

Peter  J.   Philliou,  B.S.,  Eng.,   M.S.  Math,  M.S.   Mgt.,  M.S.  Astronautics 
Mathematics  (1967) 

Dominic  A.   Piccione,  B.S.,  M.S. 

Engineer,   Stone  and  Webster  Co. 
Mechanical  Engineering  Technology  (1966) 

'Norman  C.   Poirier,  B.S.,   M.S.,  P.E.  (Mass.) 

Research  Associate,  Northeastern  University. 
Electrical  Engineering  Technology  (1966) 

Donald  J.   Poulin,  A.E.,   B.S.I.T.,  P.E.  (Mass.) 

Associate  Engineer,  Western  Electric  Company. 
Electrical  Engineering  Technology  (1970) 

Daniel  W.  Pratt,  B.S.,  M.S. 

Math  Dept.,  Boston  Latin  School. 
Mathematics  (1967) 

•Charles  H.  Price,  Jr.,  B.S.,  M.S. 

Principal   Engineer,   Digital   Equipment  Corporation. 
Electrical  Engineering  Technology  (1960) 

William  B.  Pronk 

Chief  Flight  Instructor— Wiggins  Airways. 
Aviation  Technology  (1972) 

•Sidney  F.  Quint,  S.B.,  S.M.,  P.E.  (Mass.) 

Systems  Engineer,  Raytheon  Data  Systems. 
Electrical  Engineering  Technology  (1954) 

•Gerald  H.   Ratcliffe,  A.B. 

Ratcliffe  Marine  Design. 

Electrical  Engineering  Technology  (1955) 


180  /  FACULTY 

Bernard  C.  Reddy,  B.S.,  M.Ed. 

Teacher  of  Science,  Blue  Hills  Technical  High  School. 
Course  Consultant  for  Physics  (1965) 

James  F.  Regan,  B.S.C.E.,  P.E.  (Mass.) 

Chief  Design  Engineer  and  Associate  of  Kennedy,  Kennedy,  Keefe,  and  Carney. 
Civil  Engineering  Technology  (1972) 

•Edward  L.  Rich,  B.S.,  M.S.,  P.E.  (Mass.) 

Principal  Engineer,  Raytheon  Company. 
Mechanical  Engineering  Technology  (1956) 

William  Richmond,  B.S.,  Ed.M. 

Physics  Instructor,  Everett  High  School. 
Mathematics  (1964) 

Bertram  Rockower,  B.S.,  M.S.,  P.E.  (Mass.) 
Staff  Engineer,  Draper  Laboratory. 
Mechanical  Engineering  Technology  (1967) 

Eric  A.  Roy,  B.A.,  M.Ed.,  M.A. 

Copley  Sq.  High  School  Instructor. 
Mathematics  (1967) 

Thomas  E.  Ruden,  B.S.,  M.S. 

President,  Microwave  Power  Technology  Company. 
Physics  (1967) 

*Ernest  J.  Ryan,  A.B.,  M.S. 

South  Boston  High  School. 
Mathematics  (1959) 

*Thaddeus  Sadowski,  S.B.,  Ed.M. 
North  Quincy  High  School. 
Mathematics  (1958) 

Leo  D.  Salvucci,  A.B.,   M.Ed.,  M.S.T. 
Master,  Boston  Latin  School. 
Mathematics  (1965) 

Richard  P.  Samuels,  B.E.E.,  M.S.I.M.,  P.E.  (Mass.) 
New  England  Tel.  &  Tel. 
Mathematics  (1970) 

Alan  Schoenegge,  B.  Arch. 

Associate  Architect,  Childs,   Bertman,  Tseckares  Assoc.   Inc. 
Civil  Engineering  Technology  (1974) 

*Henry  Schwartz,  A.B.,  M.Ed.,  P.E.  (Mass.) 
Field  Engineer,  CA-PRA  Inc. 
Physics  (1958) 

'Robert  I.  Serody,  S.B.E.E.,  M.S.E.E.,  P.E.  (Mass.) 
Project  Engineer,  Raytheon  Co. 
Electrical  Engineering  Technology  (1967) 

Ralph  W.  Sexton,  B.S.,  M.S.,  P.E.  (Mass.,  N.H.) 

Associate  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineering,   Northeastern   University. 
Mechanical  Engineering  Technology  (1966) 

Harold  M.  Sharaf,  B.S.,  M.S.,  P.E.  (Mass.) 
General  Manager,  Titan  Transformer  Co. 
Course  Consultant  for  Electrical  Engineering  Technology  (1955) 

Irwin  Shear,  A.B.,  M.S. 

Special   Projects  Manager,   Raytheon  Co.,  Equipment  Div. 
Engineering  Graphics  and  Computation  (1967) 


'Appointed  to  the  rank  of  Senior  Lecturer 


FACULTY  /  181 

Walter  S.  Shields,   B.S.,   Ed.M.,   M.S. 

Administrative  Assistant  to  Director  of  Math,  Needham  Public  Schools. 
Mathematics  (1966) 

Bernard  Sidman,   B.A.,  M.Ed.,  M.A.,  Ed.D. 

Mathematics  Curriculum  Coordinator,  Beverly  Public  Schools. 
Mathematics  (1968) 

Charles  Siegel,  A.B.,  MA. 

Instructor  of  Mathematics,   Needham  Senior  High  School. 
Mathematics  (1967) 

John   M.   Slepetz,   B.C.E.,   M.C.E.,   Ph.D.,   P.E.   (Va.) 

Research  Civil   Engineer,  U.S.  Army  Materials  and  Mechanics  Research  Center. 
Mechanical  Engineering  Technology  (1970) 

Malcolm  V.  Smith,  B.S. 

New  England  Mutual   Life  Insurance  Co. 
Mathematics  (1959) 

Roderic  W.  Sommers,  B.S.,  M.Ed. 

Associate  Professor  of  Cooperative  Education,  Northeastern  University. 
Academic  Counsellor  (1969) 

S.   Leonard  Spitz,  B.S.,  M.S.,  P.E.  (Mass.) 
Program    Manager,    Raytheon   Corp. 
Mechanical  Engineering  Technology  (1955) 

Richard  E.   Sprague,   B.B.A.,   B.S.C.E.,   M.B.A.,   Ed.M. 

Assistant  to  the  Dean,  Department  of  Cooperative  Education,  Northeastern  University. 
Academic  Counsellor  (1967) 

Benjamin  R.  Stahl,  A.B. 

Senior  Systems  Analyst,   Raytheon  Data  Systems  Company. 
Engineering  Graphics  and  Computation  (1966) 

Joseph   E.   Steffano,   B.S.,   M.S.,  M.B.A.,  P.E.   (Mass.,  Vt.,   N.H.,  Conn.,  Me.,  R.I.,  N.Y.,  Pa.) 
R.L.S.  (Mass.,  Conn.,  N.H.,  Me.,  R.I.,  Vt.) 

Senior  Structural  Engineer,  Stone  &  Webster  Engineering  Corporation. 
Civil  Engineering  Technology  (1965) 

Robert   B.   Stitt,    B.B.A.,    M.B.A. 

Division  Manager,  Startronics  Connectors,  Division  of  Arco  Electronics  Inc. 
Electrical  Engineering  Technology  (1960) 

M.  Carlton  Storms,  B.A.,  M.Ed. 

Teacher,  Braintree  High  School. 
Physics  (1967) 

*Raimundas  Sukys,  B.S.,  M.S. 

Senior  Research  Associate  in  Electrical  Engineering,  Northeastern  University. 
Electrical  Engineering  Technology  (1962) 

Paul  J.  Sevigny,  A.E.,  B.S.,  M.B.A. 

Research  Associate  in  Mechanical  Engineering,  Northeastern  University. 
Mechanical  Engineering  Technology  (1969) 

Laurence  R.  Swain,  Jr.,  B.S.,  M.S. 

Manager,  Product  Development.  Adage,  Inc. 
Physics  (1961) 

Dexter  E.  Swift,  B.S.,  M.Ed. 
Teacher,  City  of  Lynn. 
Physics  (1968) 

Jason  R.  Taylor,  B.S.,  M.S. 

Editor  of  Wang   Laboratories   PROGRAMMER   Magazine   & 
Executive  Director  of  SWAP  Users  Society. 
Mathematics  (1966) 


182  /  FACULTY 

Maurice  Temple,  B.S.,  M.Ed.,  M.S. 

Associate  Professor  of  Physical  Science,  Boston  State  College. 
Mathematics  (1956) 

*Phineas  Tobe,  A.B.,   Ed.M. 

Head  of  Science  Department,  Girls'  Latin  School. 
Physics  (1960) 

Melvin  W.  Tracey,  B.S.,  S.M. 

Staff  Aeronautical   Engineer,   Itek  Corporation. 
Mechanical  Engineering  Technology  (1968) 

•John  S.  Travia,  B.S.E.E.,   M.S.E.E.,  M.S.E.M.,  P.E.   (Mass.) 
Senior  Engineer,  Raytheon  Company. 
Electrical  Engineering  Technology  (1965) 

Paul  A.  Tuck,  B.S.E.E.,  M.S. 

Electrical  Engineering  Technology  (1971) 

Leendert  J.   K.  Van  Opinjnen,  B.S.,  M.S. 
Project  Engineer,  Teradyne,  Inc. 
Mechanical  Engineering  Technology  (1973) 

Thomas  J.  Vaughn,  Jr.,  B.S. 

Engineer,  Stone  and  Webster  Co. 
Engineering  Graphics  and  Computation  (1972) 

John  F.  Videler,  B.S.,  M.S. 

Operations  Engineer,  General   Electric  Co. 
Physics  (1968) 

"Arthur  M.  Vuilleumier 

Head  of  Electronics  Department,  Blue  Hills  Regional  Vocation  Technical  High  School. 
Electrical  Engineering  Technology  (1953) 

Richard  Wadler,  A.E.,  P.E.  (Mass.) 

Senior  Mechanical  Engineer,  Raytheon  Company,  Missile  and  Space  Division. 
Mechanical  Engineering  Technology  (1953) 

•Thomas  H.  Wallace,  S.B.,   M.A.,  Ph.D. 

Professor  of  Physics,  Northeastern  University. 
Program  Consultant  for  Physics  (1941) 

Robert  M.  Walters,  B.S.,  M.S.  (ME),   NAV.E.,  MCE,  Ph.D. 
Lieutenant  Commander,  U.S.N.,  Naval  Engineer. 
Physics  (1968) 

•Morton  D.  Weinert,  A.B.,   Ed.M.,  M.Ed. 

Assistant  Headmaster  in  Charge  of  Mathematics,  Boston  Latin  School. 
Mathematics  (1955) 

•Ralph  A.  Wellings,  B.S.,  Ed.M. 

Mathematics  Instructor,  Boston  Latin  School. 
Mathematics  (1955) 

•Ralph  E.  Wellings,  A.B.,  A.M.,  Ed.M. 

Head  of  Science  Department,  Brighton  High  School  (Retired). 
Mathematics  (1944) 

Charles  S.  Whalen,  B.S.M.E.,  M.S.M.E.,  P.E.  (Mass.) 

Research  &  Development  Engineer,  Inertial  Guidance,  Raytheon  Company. 
Mechanical  Engineering  Technology  (1968) 

•Thomas  F.  White,  B.S.,  B.S.M.E.E.,  M.Ed.,  M.A. 

Coordinator  of  Mathematics   K-14,  Quincy  Public  Schools. 
Mathematics  (1957) 


•Appointed  to  the  rank  of  Senior  Lecturer 


FACULTY  /  183 


•Willard  B.  Whittemore,  B.S.,  in  C.E.,  Ed.M.,  C.A.G.S. 

Director  of  Mathematics,   Everett  Public  Schools  (Retired). 
Course  Consultant  tor  Mathematics  (1957) 


•Joseph   F.  Willard,  B.S.,  P.E.  (Mass.),  R.L.S.  (Mass.) 

Supervising  Civil   Computer  Engineer,  Data  Processing  Section, 
Massachusetts  Department  of  Public  Works. 
Civil  Engineering  Technology  (1949) 

•Donald   K.  Willim,   B.S.,   M.S.,   P.E.   (Mass.) 

Staff,   Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  Lincoln  Laboratory. 
Physics  (1961) 

•Albert  G.  Wilson,  Jr.,  B.S.,  M.S.,  P.E.  (Mass.),  S.E.  (III.) 

Member  Gilbert  Small   &  Company,  Consulting   Engineers. 
Course  Consultant  tor  Mechanical  Engineering   Technology  (1948) 

Kenneth  S.  Woodward,  B.S.,  M.E. 

Associate  Professor,  Graphic  Science,   Northeastern  University. 
Director,  Aviation  Technology-Lincoln  College. 
Academic  Counsellor  (1967) 

Elliot  Wyner,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D. 

Physicist,  United  States  Army  Natick  Laboratory. 
Physics  (1973) 

Walter  Zagieboylo,  M.S.,  M.E.,  P.E.  (Mass.) 

Research   Engineer,   U.S.  Army  Natick  Labs. 
Mathematics  (1969) 

Walter   P.   Zanor,    B.S.B.A. 

Instructor,  Everett  High  School. 
Mathematics  (1967) 


Northeastern  University 

Lincoln  College 

360  Huntington  Avenue  Boston,  Massachusetts  02115 

Telephone  437-2500 


19. 


Please  send  me  an  application  for  admission  for: 

□  Lincoln  College  Evening  Programs 

□  Day  BET  Programs 

□  Will  you  please  arrange  for  me  to  have  an  interview  to  discuss 
your  program  in  

□  I  would  like  to  apply  for  advance  standing  credit  and  shall  ar- 
range to  submit  transcripts  of  my  records  at  all  schools  attended 
since  high  school. 


Signature 


Street  Address 


City  State  Zip  Code 


suburban  maps 


Suburban  Campus 


II 


Framingham  North  High  School 


Weymouth  Schools 


Lynn  English  High  School 


Norwood 


WARNICK  RD 


index 


Academic  and  Professional  Awards,  53-55 
Academic  Council,  16 
Address  of  Lincoln  College,  5 
Administration 

University,  13 

Lincoln  College,  30-32 
Admissions,  41 

Advanced  Standing  Credits,  44 
Alumni  Information,  64,  65 
Attendance,  47 
Auditing  Policy,  49 
Aviation  Technology,  70 

Courses,  155-163 


B 


Bioelectronic  Engineering  Technology 

Program,  100 
Biology  Courses,  144-145 
Board  of  Trustees,  11 
Building  and  Facilities,  27-30 
Business  Management  Courses,  150-152 


Calendar,  6-7 

Campus  Locations,  4 

Certificates,  67-68 

Changes  in  Registration,  45 

Chemical-Physical  Technology  Program,  97 

Chemistry  Courses,  140-143 

Civil  Engineering  Technology 

Courses,  108-113 

Programs,  74-80 
Classification  of  Students,  43 
Computer  Engineering  Technology 

Program,  101 
Continuing  Education,  24 
Control  Systems  Engineering  Technology 

Program,  102 
Cooperative  Education,  18 
Corporation  Members,  9 
Counseling,  41 
Course  Descriptions,  108-164 

Biology,  144-145 

Chemistry,  140-143 

Chemical    Engineering   Technology,   130-132 

Civil  Engineering  Technology,  108-113 

Earth  Science,  143-144 

Electrical  Engineering  Technology,  121-130 

Engineering  Graphics  and  Computation, 
132-135 

Fire  Technology,  153-155 

Liberal  Arts,  146-149 

Management,  150-152 

Mathematics,  135-138 

Mechanical  Engineering  Technology, 
113-121 

Physics,  138-140 


Dates  for  Registration,  6-7 

Day  Cooperative  Programs,  87-88,  94-95 

Degrees,  67 


Earth  Science  Courses,  143-144 

Electrical  Engineering  Technology  Courses, 

121-130 
Electrical  Power  Engineering  Technology 

Program,  82 
Electronics  Engineering  Technology 

Program,  83 
Engineering  Graphics  and  Computer 

Courses,  132-135 
Environmental  Control  Technology  Program, 

103 
Examinations,  Makeup,  48-49 
Executive  Committee,  12 


Faculty,  167-183 
Faculty  Senate,  16 
Financial  Information,  56-61 
Fire  Technology  Program,  99 
Courses,  153-155 


Grading  System,  49 
Graduation  Requirements,  52-53 

With  Honor,  53-54 
Graduate  Schools,  23-26 

H 

Heat  Engineering  Technology  Program,  91 

I 

Index  to  Courses,  108 

Interdisciplinary  Engineering  and  Science 

Programs,  96 
Interviews,  5 


Liberal  Arts  Courses,  146-149 
Library,  27-29 
Loans,  60-61 

M 

Map  of  Campus,  4 
Mathematics,  135-138 
Mathematical-Physical  Technology  Program, 

98 
Mechanical  Engineering  Technology 
Courses,  113-121 
Programs,  89 
Mechanical-Structure  Engineering 
Technology  Program,  105 


190 


N 


Jatural)  Earth  Science  Courses,  143 


ffice  Hours,  5 


Student  Activities,  62-66 
Structural  Engineering  Technology 

Program,  77 
Surveying  and  Highway  Engineering 

Technology  Program,  78 


hysics  Courses,  138-140 

lacement  Service,  65-66 

lacement  Test  (Mathematics),  42 

robation,  51 

rogrammed  Study,  70 

rograms  of  Instruction,  67-106 

Civil  Engineering  Technology,  79-80,  103- 

104 
Computer  Engineering  Technology,  101 
Electrical  Engineering  Technology,  81-88, 

100-102 
Pre-Technology,  68-69 
Mechanical  Engineering  Technology,  89-95 


Technologist,  Description,  34-35 
Textbooks  and  Supplies,  59 
Transfer  Students,  44 
Trustees,  Board  of,  11 
Tuition,  56 

U 

Undergraduate  Colleges,  19 
University  Council,  16 


uality-Point  Average,  50 
uarter  Calendar,  6-7,  46 


eading-lmprovement  Programs,  70 
egistration,  45 
Bgistration  Dates,  6-7 


Veterans  Benefits,  58 


W 


Withdrawal,  45,  47 


191 


NORTHEASTERN 

UNIVERSITY 
BULLETIN 

August  Issue 


NORTHEASTERN  UNIVERSITY  1975-77 
UNIVERSITY  COLLEGE 


nil-Time  Day  and  Evening 

idergraduate  Programs  in: 

isiness  administration 

ealth-professions 

w  enforcement 

»eral  arts 

Jucation 

erapeutic  recreation  services 

ortheastern  University 
50  Huntington  Avenue 
oston,  Massachusetts  02115 
17)  437-2400 


NEW  ENGLAND 
ASSOCIATION 
OF  SCHOOLS 
AND  COLLEGES 


NORTHEASTERN 

JNIVERSITY 

BULLETIN 

lie  Northeastern  University  Bulletin  is  issued  at  360  Huntington  Avenue,  Boston,  Mas- 
chusetts  02115,  eight  times  a  year:  once  in  January,  twice  in  August,  once  in  September, 
ice  in  October,  twice  in  November  and  once  in  December.  Second  Class  Postage  paid  at 
oston,  Massachusetts.  Volume  III,  Number  2,  August  1, 1975. 


NORTHEASTERN  UNIVERSITY  1975-77 
UNIVERSITY  COLLEGE 


•dfe£=  •".-—,   *, 


The  University  College  Bulletin  is  a  document  of  record  issued  in 
August,  1975,  for  two  years.  Addenda  to  this  bulletin  will  be  published 
in  August,  1976. 


contents 

General  Information 

4  Boston  Campus  Map 

5  Office  Hours 

6  Calendar 

9  Governing  Boards  and  Officers 

20  The  University 

27  Buildings  and  Facilities 

University  College 

31  University  College 

33  Academic  Policies 

43  Tuition  and  Fees 

46  Financial  Aid  and  Scholarships 

51  Student  Activities 

55  Programs  of  Study 

57        Business  Administration 

83         Liberal  Arts 
108        Law  Enforcement 
129        Health  Professions  Programs 
154        Education 

159        Therapeutic  Recreation  Services 

162  Course  Descriptions 

304  University  College  Faculty 

325  Index 

328  Suburban  Locations  Maps 


zi—  co^=a«t:*:cJo_icc:«i:  cn*x.\—  <c  >  o  O  u_ 


<C  CO  cc 


mcDoooQDOtnuju-u-  oiio^s:3<Sq.q:d:d 


i=  .«J   ro 


>»  a>  =  :=■■?;■=: 


=    c  =    ro"  ■*  — 


T"     CD     TO     CO     1™    j__. 


"5   o 

-•—  -O 

O     TO 

i  CO  C_>  CJ> 


-c  c  ce   a> 


j=  _2>  e 


-c   =   ro   o  o  — 

•'OOOQuj 


cm 
"a>  P       *5  oo 

°-2,      £  ■/> 

o  ,*=        —    a> 

S  ™  tS  -g  o  .S  - 

■■eJ1I^-§M 

3   ro   c   c  — 


ro   m   <u 

<t  S  Q-  i 


:-§■! 

:  cc  =3 


U_U_ljLlCi3<t^Ll_LUCDLl_C3t3Ll_U_C3COUJLlJ— ,  lb- u-  UJ  X  CD 


UNIVERSITY  COLLEGE  OFFICES 


Dffice  for  General 

Information 
Dffice  of  the  Registrar 
Burlington  Campus 

•tegular  Office  Hours 

3oston 

(120HA&102CH) 

(102  CH) 
3urlington  (Suburban 

Campus) 
rramingham   North 

High  School 
_ynn  English  High 

School 
Haverhill  High  School 
vlorwood  Junior  High 

North 
/Veymouth  High 

Schools 
3oxford  (Masconomet) 
Gilford  High  School 
Severe  High  School 

Summer  Office  Hours 

3oston 
102  Churchill  Hall 


120  Hayden  Hall 
Burlington 


102  Churchill  Hall 
120  Hayden  Hall 


Monday-Friday 
Saturday 
Monday-Friday 
Saturday 

Monday-Thursday 

Monday  &  Wednesday 
Monday-Tuesday 


437-2400 
437-2300 
272-5500 


30  a.m.-8:30  p.m. 
30  a.m.-1:00  p.m. 
00a.m.-10:00  p.m. 
00  a.m.-1:00  p.m. 


5:30-9:30  p.m. 

5:30-9:30  p.m. 
5:30-9:30  p.m. 


Monday-Wednesday         5:30-9:30  p.m. 


Monday-Thursday 
Tuesday 

Monday-Tuesday 
Tuesday  &  Thursday 


Monday-Thursday 

Friday 

Saturday 

Monday-Thursday 

Friday 

Monday-Friday 

Saturday 


5:30-9:30  p.m. 
5:30-9:30  p.m. 
5:30-9:30  p.m. 
5:30-9:30  p.m. 


8:30  a.m.-8:30  p.m. 

8:30  a.m.-4:30  p.m. 

Closed 

8:30  a.m.-8:30  p.m. 

8:30  a.m.-4:30  p.m. 

8:00  a.m.-10:00  p.m. 

Closed 


1975-1976  ACADEMIC  CALENDAR 


Fall  Quarter  1975 


Classes  Begin  Monday,  September  29,  197f 


FALL  REGISTRATION  DATES 
Boston  5:30-8:00  p.m. 


Boston 

9:00  a.m.-12  noon 

Boston 

5:30-8:00  p.m. 

Burlington 

5:30-8:00  p.m. 

Burlington 

12  noon-8:00  p.m. 

Boxford  (Masconomet) 

Framingham  North  H.  S. 

Haverhill  H.  S. 

Lynn  English  H.  S. 

-    5:30-8:00  p.m. 

Norwood  Jr.  H.  S.  North 

Revere  H.  S. 

Weymouth  North  H.  S. 

Milford  H.  S. 

5:30-8:00  p.m. 

Monday-Friday, 
September  8-12 

Saturday,  September  13 

Monday-Thursday, 
September  15-18 

Monday-Thursday, 
September  15-18 

Tuesday,  September  16 


Tuesday,  September  9  and 
Monday,  September  15 


Milford  H.  S. 

5:30-8:00  p.m. 

Monday,  September  8  and 
Monday,  September  15 

Fall  Quarter  Classes  Begin 

Monday,  September  29 

Columbus  Day  Observed 

No  Classes 

Monday,  October  13 

Veterans'  Day  Observed 

No  Classes 

Tuesday,  November  11 

Thanksgiving  Recess 

No  Classes 

Thursday-Saturday, 
November  27-29 

Final  Examination  Period 

Monday,  December  15- 

For  Fall  Quarter 

Saturday,  December  20 

Winter  Quarter  1975-1976 

Classes 

Begin  Monday,  January  5,  197(>' 

WINTER  REGISTRATION  DATES 


Boston 

Boxford  (Masconomet) 

Burlington 

Framingham  North  H.  S. 

Haverhill  H.  S. 

Lynn  English  H.  S. 

Milford  H.  S. 

Norwood  Jr.  H.  S.  North 

Revere  H.  S. 

Weymouth  North  H.  S. 

Christmas  Vacation 


5:30-8:00  p.m. 
5:30-8:00  p.m. 
5:30-8:00  p.m. 
5:30-8:00  p.m. 
5:30-8:00  p.m. 
5:30-8:00  p.m. 
5:30-8:00  p.m. 
5:30-8:00  p.m. 
5:30-8:00  p.m. 
5:30-8:00  p.m. 

No  Classes 


Monday-Friday, 

December  8-12 
Tuesday,  December  9 

Monday-Thursday, 

December  8-11 
Monday-Thursday, 

December  8-11 
Monday  and  Tuesday, 

December  8-9 
Monday  and  Wednesday, 

December  8  and  10 
Monday  and  Tuesday, 

December  8-9 
Monday-Wednesday, 

December  8-10 
Tuesday  and  Thursday, 

December  9  and  11 
Monday-Thursday, 

December  8-11 

Monday,  December  22- 
Saturday,  January  3 


Winter  Quarter  Classes  Begin 
Martin  Luther  King  Day 

Observed 
Washington's  Birthday 

Observed 
Final  Examination  Period 

for  Winter  Quarter 


No  Classes 


No  Classes 


Monday,  January  5 
Thursday,  January  15 

Monday,  February  16 

Monday,  March  22- 
Saturday,  March  27 


Spring  Quarter  1976 

SPRING   REGISTRATION   DATES 

Boston  5:30-8:00  p.m. 

Boxford  (Masconomet)  5:30-8:00  p.m. 


Classes  Begin  Monday,  April  5,  1976 


Burlington 

Framingham  North  H.  S. 

Haverhill  H.  S. 

Lynn  English  H.  S. 

Milford  H.  S. 

Norwood  Jr.  H.  S.  North 

Revere  H.  S. 

Weymouth  North  H.  S. 

Spring  Recess  (or  Make-Up 
Period  for  Lost  Snow 
Days) 
Spring  Quarter  Classes  Begin 
Patriot's  Day  Observed 
Memorial  Day  Observed 
Final  Examination  Period 

for  Spring  Quarter 
Commencement 


5:30-8:00  p.m. 

5:30-8:00  p.m. 

5:30-8:00  p.m. 

5:30-8:00  p.m. 

5:30-8:00  p.m. 

5:30-8:00  p.m. 

5:30-8:00  p.m. 

5:30-8:00  p.m. 


No  Classes 
No  Classes 


Monday-Friday, 
March  15-19 
Tuesday,  March  16 

Monday-Thursday, 

March  15-18 
Monday-Thursday, 

March  15-18 
Monday  and  Tuesday, 

March  15  and  16 
Monday  and  Wednesday, 

March  15  and  17 
Monday  and  Tuesday, 

March  15  and  16 
Monday-Wednesday, 

March  15-17 
Tuesday  and  Thursday, 

March  16  and  18 
Monday-Thursday, 

March  15-18 
Monday,  March  29- 

Saturday,  April  3 

Monday,  April  5 
Monday,  April  19 
Monday,  May  31 
Tuesday,  June  14- 
Monday,  June  19 
Sunday,  June  20 


Summer  Quarter  1976  Classes  Begin  Monday,  June  28,  1976 

REGISTRATION  FOR  ENTIRE  SUMMER  QUARTER 
Boston  5:30-8:00  p.m. 


Burlington  12  noon-8:00  p.m. 

Summer  Quarter  Classes  Begin 
REGISTRATION  FOR  SECOND  SIX-WEEK  TERM 

Boston  5:30-8:00  p.m. 


Burlington 
Independence  Day  Observed 
Labor  Day  Observed 
Final  Examination  Period 

for  Summer  Quarter 


5:30-8:00  p.m. 
No  Classes 
No  Classes 


Monday-Friday, 

June  7-11 
Tuesday,  June  8 
Monday,  June  28 

Monday  and  Tuesday, 

July  26  and  27 
Monday,  July  26 
Monday,  July  5 
Monday,  September  6 
Monday,  September  13- 

Thursday,  September  18 


Program  Advisers 

Program  advisers  are  available  each  day  and  evening  by  appointment 
in  the  University  College  Office.  They  are  competent  to  assist  the  stu- 
dent in  planning  a  program  suitable  to  his  general  educational  and 
career  objectives.  They  can  also  answer  questions  relating  to  degree 
requirements,  course  sequence,  and  proper  scheduling  of  courses. 
Appointments  may  be  arranged  by  calling  the  University  College  Office 
(437-2400)  or  by  coming  in  person  to  102  Churchill  Hall.  There  is  no 
charge  for  this  service. 

Program  advisers  are  also  available  during  registration  at  all  registra- 
tion sites.  No  appointment  is  necessary. 

Counseling  and  Testing  Center 

Counseling  and  testing  to  aid  a  student  or  prospective  student  with 
career,  educational,  or  personal  concerns  are  available  days  and  cer- 
tain weekday  evenings  until  8:30  p.m.  Information  regarding  fees  and 
appointments  may  be  obtained  by  calling  437-2142,  or  by  going  to  the; 
Counseling  and  Testing  Center,  302  Ell  Student  Center. 

Equal  Opportunity  Policy 

Northeastern  University  is  committed  to  a  policy  of  providing  equal  opportunity 
for  all.  In  all  matters  involving  admission,  registration,  and  all  official  relation- 
ships with  students,  including  evaluation  of  academic  performance,  the  Univer- 
sity insists  on  a  policy  of  nondiscrimination.  Northeastern  University  is  also  an 
equal  opportunity  employer;  it  is  institutional  policy  that  there  shall  not  be  any 
discrimination  against  any  employee  or  applicant  for  employment  because  of 
race,  color,  religion,  sex,  age,  national  origin,  or  physical  or  mental  handicap. 


the  governing  boards 

and  officers 

(of  the  university 


^HE  CORPORATION 

Julius  Abrams 
3harles  F.  Adams 
Vernon  R.  Alden 
William  T.  Alexander 
0.  Kelley  Anderson 
Diana  J.  Auger 

Allen  G.  Barry 
Lincoln  C.  Bateson 
Thomas  P.  Beal 
Roy  H.  Beaton 
F.  Gregg  Bemis 
Beverly  Ann  Bendekgey 
Edward  L.  Bigelow 
Robert  D.  Black 
Gerald  W.  Blakeley,  Jr. 
Raymond  H.  Blanchard 
S.  Whitney  Bradley 
Rexford  A.  Bristol 
Edward  W.  Brooke 
George  R.  Brown 
'Martin  Brown 
William  L.  Brown 
William  H.  Bruce,  Jr. 
John  L.  Burns 
Hyman  H.  Burstein 
Victor  C.  Bynoe 

Louis  W.  Cabot 
INorman  L.  Cahners 


fCharles  W.  Call,  Jr. 
Henry  F.  Callahan 
Mrs.  Anthony  S.  Camarota 

(Dorothy  Dodge) 
Erwin  D.  Canham 

*Richard  P.  Chapman 
Theodore  Chase 
Robert  F.  Chick 
Vessarios  G.  Chigas 
Carl  W.  Christiansen 

*David  H.  Cogan 
Abram  T.  Collier 
William  A.  Coolidge 
Edward  Creiger 
H.  James  Crossan,  Jr. 

Marshall  B.  Dalton 

Roger  C.  Damon 
*Edward  Dana 

William  O.  DiPietro 

Alfred  di  Scipio 

Estelle  Dockser  (Mrs.) 
'William  R.  Driver,  Jr. 

*Carl  S.  Ell 
*Byron  K.  Elliott 
*William  P.  Ellison 

Joseph  A.  Erickson 

Robert  Erickson 


v  Member  of  the  Board  of  Trustees 
I  Deceased  January  2,  1975 


*Frank  L.  Farwell 
*James  V.  Fetchero 
Eldred  L.  Field 
Joseph  F.  Ford 


Thomas  J.  Galligan,  Jr. 
William  W.  Garth,  Jr. 
James  M.  Gavin 
Lloyd  S.  Glidden,  Jr. 
Elliott  M.  Gordon 
John  L.  Grandin,  Jr. 
Don  S.  Greer 
'Donald  B.  Guy 


Allan  M.  Hale 

William  Hellman 
*Ernest  Henderson  III 

Walter  F.  Henneberry 

James  S.  Herbert 

Richard  D.  Hill 

Charles  E.  Hodges 
*Harold  D.  Hodgkinson 

Robert  W.  Holmes 

Harvey  P.  Hood 

Hartwell  G.  Howe 

John  S.  Howe 

Howard  M.  Hubbard 

Carl  R.  Hurtig 


tEli  Jacobson 
*Robert  L  Johnson 
*Henry  C.  Jones 


Joseph  C.  Lawler 
Maurice  Lazarus 
"Kenneth  A.  Loftman 
Edward  A.  Loring 
'John  Lowell 
Ralph  Lowell 
Diane  H.  Lupean 


Kathryn  A.  MacKinnon 

"Lawrence  H.  Martin 

*J.  Edwin  Matz 
Peter  H.  McCormick 
Percy  M.  Mcintosh 
Andrew  J.  McNeill 
Dominic  Meo,  Jr. 
William  C.  Mercer 
Mrs.  Andrew  H.  Messer 

(Melanie  C.  Berger) 
Don  G.  Mitchell 

"Harold  A.  Mock 
Frank  E.  Morris 
James  A.  Morris 
William  B.  Moses,  Jr. 

'"Stephen  P.  Mugar 


William  H.  Nichols,  Jr. 
John  T.  Noonan 


Bernard  J.  O'Keefe 
Adrian  O'Keeffe 
Harry  Olins 
George  Olmsted,  Jr. 
James  H.  Orr 
Ara  Oztemel 


George  S.  Kariotis 
*Mrs.  John  B.  Kenerson 
(Frances  Comins) 

E.  Douglas  Kenna 

Edward  M.  Kennedy 

Fenton  G.  Keyes 

Calvin  A.  King 
*Asa  S.  Knowles 


'Augustin  H.  Parker 
Edward  S.  Larsons 

'Amelia  Peabody 
Theodore  R.  Peary 
Nicholas  V.  Petrou 

'Thomas  L.  Phillips 
Edward  D.  Phinney 
Jerome  M.  Powell 


**  Honorary  Trustee 

t  Deceased  January  20,  1975 


10 


Albert  Pratt 
Villiam  J.  Pruyn 
iaeorge  Putnam 


jJlanche  M.  Quaid 
:rancis  J.  Quirico 


'Villiam  M.  Rand 
j  Villiam  H.  Raye,  Jr. 
Kathleen  M.  Rice 
loseph  G.  Riesman 
A.  Earl  Roberson 
Daniel  J.  Roberts 
Dwight  P.  Robinson,  Jr. 
telph  B.  Rogers 
Cenneth  G.  Ryder 

.everett  Saltonstall 
David  T.  Scott 
Donald  W.  Seager 
Sydney  Shaftman 
lames  L.  Shanahan 
3hilip  A.  Singleton 
Donald  W.  Smith 
:arnham  W.  Smith 
George  A.  Snell 
Bernard  Solomon 
Robert  C.  Sprague 


*Russell  B.  Stearns 
*Earl  P.  Stevenson 

David  B.  Stone 
'Robert  G.  Stone 

George  B.  Storer 


Lawrence  I.  Templeman 
Charles  H.  Tenney  II 
Almore  I.  Thompson 
Milton  A.  Thompson 

*D.  Thomas  Trigg 

*Chaplin  Tyler 


Samuel  Wakeman 
Martin  F.  Walsh 
An  Wang 
Lloyd  B.  Waring 
Edward  A.  Weeks 
William  C.White 
'Robert  H.  Willis 
Alfred  K.  Wright 


Richard  W.  Young 


Vincent  C.  Ziegler 
*Alvin  C.  Zises 


THE  BOARD  OF  TRUSTEES 


Robert  H.  Willis,  Chairman 

Norman  L.  Cahners,  Vice  Chairman 

William  R.  Driver,  Jr.,  Vice  Chairman 

Frank  L.  Farwell,  Vice  Chairman 

Farnham  W.  Smith,  Vice  Chairman 

D.  Thomas  Trigg,  Treasurer 

Philip  C.  Boyd,  Secretary 


Byron  K.  Elliott,  Honorary  Chairman 

Dwight  P.  Robinson,  Jr.,  Honorary  Vice  Chairman 

Russell  B.  Stearns,  Honorary  Vice  Chairman 


11 


Class  of  1975 


Class  of  1976 


Roy  H.  Beaton 
F.  Gregg  Bemis 
Louis  W.  Cabot 
Byron  K.  Elliott 
Donald  B.  Guy 
Kenneth  A.  Loftman 
John  Lowell 
Lawrence  H.  Martin 
Augustin  H.  Parker 
Francis  J.  Quirico 
Earl  P.  Stevenson 


Diana  J.  Auger 
George  R.  Brown 
William  R.  Driver,  Jr. 
Harold  D.  Hodgkinson 
Robert  L.  Johnson 
Mrs.  John  B.  Kenerson 

(Frances  Comins) 
Amelia  Peabody 
Thomas  L.  Phillips 
James  L.  Shanahan 
Robert  G.  Stone 
Robert  H.Willis 


Class  of  1977 


Class  of  1978 


Norman  L.  Cahners 
Richard  P.  Chapman 
Edward  Dana 
William  P.  Ellison 
James  V.  Fetchero 
Ernest  Henderson  III 
Eli  Jacobson 
Asa  S.  Knowles 
Joseph  G.  Riesman 
Dwight  P.  Robinson,  Jr. 
Donald  W.  Smith 
Alvin  C.  Zises 


David  H.  Cogan 
Carl  S.  Ell 
Frank  L.  Farwell 
Henry  C.  Jones 
J.  Edwin  Matz 
Harold  A.  Mock 
Farnham  W.  Smith 
George  A.  Snell 
Russell  B.  Stearns 
D.  Thomas  Trigg 
Chaplin  Tyler 


t  Kenneth  G.  Ryder,  ex  officio 
Stephen  P.  Mugar,  Honorary  Trustee 


$  President  of  the  University 


12 


\DMINISTRATIVE  ORGANIZATION 

Officers  of  the  University 

<enneth  G.  Ryder,  A.B.,  M.A.,  L.H.D.,  President 

\sa  S.  Knowles,  A.B.,  A.M.,  LL.D.,  Litt.D.,  Sc.D.,  D.B.A.,  Sc.D.  in  Bus. 
Ed.,  Chancellor 

:arl  S.  Ell,  A.B.,  S.B.,  Ed.M.,  M.S.,  Sc.D.,  L.H.D.,  LL.D.,  D.S.Ed.,  Presi- 
dent Emeritus 

toy  L.  Wooldridge,  B.S.,  Ed.M.,  Executive  Vice  President  for  Coopera- 
tive Education 

Idmund  L.  Deltano,  B.S.,  Vice  President  for  Finance 

Arthur  E.   Fitzgerald,  E.E.,  S.M.,  Sc.D.,  Wee  President  for  Academic 
Affairs  and  Dean  of  Faculty 

Gilbert  G.  MacDonald,  B.I.E.,  Ed.M.,  Vice  President  for  Student  Affairs 

iugene  M.  Reppucci,  Jr.,  B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Wee  President  for  Development 
and  Director  of  Development 

laniel  J.  Roberts,  Jr.,  B.S.,  M.B.A.,  Ed.M.,  Wee  President  for  Business 

oring  M.  Thompson,  B.S.,  M.S.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Wee  President  and  Dean 
of  Planning 

loyal  K.  Toebes,  B.S.,  M.B.A.,  Wee  President  for  Alumni  Affairs  and 
Associate  Director  of  Development 

Academic  Deans,  Directors  of  Schools  and 
General  Administrative  Officers 

Catherine  L.  Allen,  B.S.,  M.A.,  Ed.D.,  Ph.D.,  Dean  of  Boston-Bouve  Col- 
lege and  Director  of  Boston-Bouve  College  Graduate  School 

enneth  W.  Ballou,  A.B.,  Ed.M.,  Dean  of  Adult  Education  Programs 
and  Dean  of  University  College 

ichard  W.  Bishop,  B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Dean  of  University  Relations  and  As- 
sistant to  the  President 

lalcolm  J.  Campbell,  B.A.,  M.Ed.,  Associate  Dean  of  Adult  Education 
H  and  Director  of  the  Center  for  Continuing  Education 

lichard  I.  Carter,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Director  of  the  Computation  Center 

<eoffrey  Crofts,  B.Comm.,  Dean  and  Director  of  the  Graduate  School 
)  of  Actuarial  Science 

13 


John  A.  Curry,  A.B.,  Ed.M.,  Dean  of  Academic  Services,  Assistant  to 
the  Executive  Vice  President,  and  Acting  Dean  of  Admissions 

Charles  M.   Devlin,   B.S.,   M.Ed.,  Assistant  to  the   Vice  President  for 
Finance  (Financial  Aid  Office) 

Ann   M.   Duncan-Glasgow,  A.B.,   Ed.M.,   Ph.D.,  Director  of  Affirmative 
Action 

Martin  W.  Essigmann,  S.B.,  M.S.,  Dean  of  Research 

Herbert  W.  Gallagher,  B.S.,  Director  of  Athletics 

Joseph    M.    Golemrjfie,    S.B.,    M.A.,    C.P.A.,    Director   of   the    Graduate 
School  of  Professional  Accounting 

George  W.  Hankinson,  A.B.,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School 
of  Engineering  and  Assistant  Dean  of  Engineering 

James  S.  Hekimian,  A.B.,  M.B.A.,  D.B.A.,  Dean  of  Business  Administra- 
tion 

Sidney  Herman,  A.B.,  M.A.,  Associate  Dean  of  Faculty 

John  W.  Jordan,  B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Busi- 
ness Administration  and  Associate  Dean  of  Business  Administration 

Christopher  F.  Kennedy,  A.B.,  Ed.M.,  Dean  of  Students 

Alvin  Kent,  B.A.,  M.Ed.,  Director  of  the  Office  of  Educational  Resources 

Robert  H.  Ketchum,  B.S.,  B.D.,  M.B.A.,  Ph.D.,  Director  of  the  Graduate 
School  of  Arts  and  Sciences  and  Associate  Dean  of  Liberal  Arts 

William  F.  King,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Director  of  Lincoln  College  and  Associate 
Dean  of  Engineering 

Philip  LaTorre,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Director  of  Environmental  Health  and  Assis- 
tant Dean  of  Academic  Services 

Juanita  A.  Long,  B.S.N. ,  M.S.N. ,  C.A.G.S.,  Dean  of  Nursing 

Helene  A.  Loux,  B.S.,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Dean  of  Allied  Health  Profes- 
sions 

Alan  A.  Mackey,  B.S.,  A.M.,  University  Registrar 

Melvin  Mark,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Sc.D.,  Dean  of  Engineering 

Frank  E.  Marsh,  Jr.,  A.B.,  M.Ed.,  D.Ed.,  Dean  of  Education 

John  Martin,  B.S.,  M.B.A.,  Assistant  Business  Manager 

Roland  H.  Moody,  A.B.,  B.L.S.,  Director  of  the  University  Library 


14 


Timothy  L.  Moran,  B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Associate  Dean  of  University  College 
and  Director  of  Law  Enforcement  Correctional  and  Security  Pro- 
grams 

Robert  Najjar,  B.A.,  M.B.A.,  Bursar 

Harold  Naidus,  A.B.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Dean  of  University  College 
and  Director  of  Liberal  Arts  Programs 

Robert  O'Brien,  B.S.,  Director,  Admin.  Computer  Services 

John  C.  O'Byrne,  A.B.,  M.S.,  J.D.,  Dean  of  the  School  of  Law 

Paul  M.  Pratt,  B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Dean  of  the  Department  of  Cooperative 
Education 

Gregory  T.  Ricks,  B.A.,  M.C.P.,  Director  of  the  African-American  Insti- 
tute and  Assistant  Dean  of  Students 

Nathan  Riser,  A.B.,  A.M.,  Ph.D.,  Director  of  Marine  Science  Institute 

Norman  Rosenblatt,  A.B.,  Ph.D.,  Dean  of  Criminal  Justice  and  Director 
of  the  Graduate  Program  of  Criminal  Justice 

Philip  J.  Rusche,  B.A.,  B.S.Ed.,  M.A.,  Ed.D.,  Director  of  the  Graduate 
School  of  Education  and  Associate  Dean  of  Education 

Robert  A.  Shepard,  B.S.,  Ph.D.,  Dean  of  Liberal  Arts 

Albert  H.  Soloway,  B.S.,  Ph.D.,  Acting  Dean  of  Pharmacy  and  Allied 
Health  Professions  and  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Phar- 
macy and  Allied  Health  Professions 

Carl  E.  Staab,  Director  of  Personnel  and  Assistant  Dean  of  Academic 
Services 

Donald  Taylor,  B.A.,  M.Ed.,  Business  Manager 

Elmer  Ziegler,  B.S.,  Superintendent  of  Building  and  Grounds 


15 


GENERAL  UNIVERSITY  COMMITTEES 

The  Executive  Council 

Kenneth  G.  Ryder,  Chairman 
Loring  M.  Thompson,  Secretary 

John  A.  Curry  Eugene  M.  Reppucci,  Jr. 

Edmund  L.  Deltano  Daniel  J.  Roberts,  Jr. 

Arthur  E.  Fitzgerald  Royal  K.  Toebes 


Gilbert  G.  MacDonald 


Roy  L.  Wooldridge 


The  Academic  Council 


Kenn 
Arthur  E 
Loring 
Catherine  L.  Allen 
Kenneth  W.  Ballou 
Malcolm  J.  Campbell 
Geoffrey  Crofts 
Philip  T.  Crotty,  Jr. 
John  A.  Curry 
Martin  W.  Essigmann 
Joseph  M.  Golemme 
George  W.  Hankinson 
James  S.  Hekimian 
Sidney  Herman 
Christopher  F.  Kennedy 
Robert  H.  Ketchum 
William  F.  King 


eth  G.  Ryder,  Chairman 
Fitzgerald,  Vice  Chairman 
M.  Thompson,  Secretary 

Juanita  A.  Long 
Helene  A.  Loux 
Gilbert  G.  MacDonald 
Alan  A.  Mackey 
Melvin  Mark 
Frank  E.  Marsh,  Jr. 
Roland  H.  Moody 
John  C.  O'Byrne 
Paul  M.  Pratt 
Norman  Rosenblatt 
Philip  J.  Rusche 
Robert  A.  Shepard 
Albert  H.  Soloway 
Roy  L.  Wooldridge 


The  Faculty  Senate 


"Harley  Anderson 
Charmarie  J.  Blaisdel 
John  F.  Buoncristiani 
Robert  L.  Cord 

'John  A.  Curry 
Robert  S.  Curtin 
Flora  M.  DeScenza 
Irvin  Doress 
John  Dromgoole 


Gerald  H.  Herman 
Donald  M.  Jacobs 
Conrad  M.  Jankowski 
Maurice  Kaufman 
Christopher  Kennedy 
Robert  D.  Klein 
Melvin  Mark 
Robert  W.  Miller 
Richard  G.  Natoli 


'Appointed  by  the  President 


16 


Charles  H.  Dufton 
John  F.  Dunn 
Ramona  H.  Edelin 
James  M.  Feldman 
Robert  G.  Finkenaur,  Jr. 
Arthur  E.  Fitzgerald 
Norbert  L.  Fullington 
Michael  Glaubman 
Suzanne  B.  Greenberg 
Robert  J.  Hehre 


Irene  A.  Nichols 
Paul  M.  Pratt 
Gordon  E.  Pruett 
Daniel  J.  Roberts 
David  Schmitt 
"Robert  A.  Shepard 
Roy  Weinstein 
M.  Delaine  Williamson 
Alvin  J.  Yorra 


Presiding  Officer 

Kenneth  G.  Ryder 


17 


UNIVERSITY  COLLEGE  ADMINISTRATIVE  OFFICERS 

Kenneth  W.  Ballou,  A.B.,  Ed.M.,  Dean  of  University  College 
Ann  A.  Barto,  A.S.,  Assistant  Director  of  Administrative  Services 
Richard  J.  Comings,  A.B.,  M.A.,  Assistant  Director  of  Admissions 
Joseph  N.  Connors,  A.S.,  B.S.,  M.P.A.,  Assistant  Dean  and  Associate 

Director  of  Law  Enforcement  Programs 
Edward  J.  Czarnowski,  B.S.,  Ed.M.,  C.L.U.,  Director,  Insurance  Institute 
William  T.  Edgett,  A.B.,  M.A.,  Assistant  Dean  and  Director  of  Admissions 
Henry  R.  Hilliard,  Jr.,  A.B.,  Assistant  to  the  Dean  of  Adult  Education 
David  R.  Kane,  B.S.,  Registrar 
Paul  J.  Mclnerney,  B.S.,  Assistant  Registrar 
Paul  D.  Maxwell,  B.S.,  M.B.A.,  Assistant  Dean  and  Director  of  Business 

Administration  Programs 
Timothy  F.  Moran,  B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Associate  Dean  and  Director  of  Law 

Enforcement  Correctional  &  Security  Programs 
Harold  Naidus,  A.B.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Dean  and  Director  of  Liberal 

Arts  Programs 
Helene  A.  Loux,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Dean  of  Allied  Health  Professions 
Debra  Silverstein,  B.A.,  Assistant  Registrar 
Kenneth  C.  Solano,  A.B.,  M.Ed.,  Assistant  Dean,  Associate  Director  of 

Admissions  and  Director  of  Student  Activities 
Florence  Tunder,  Administrative  Assistant 
Ralph  T.  Vernile,  Jr.,  B.S.,  Assistant  Dean  and  Director  of 

Administrative  Services 
Marilyn  S.  Wiener,  A.B.,  M.A.,  Assistant  Dean,  Assistant  Director  of 

Liberal  Arts  and  Director  of  Women's  Programs 


Committee  on  Academic  Standing 

Kenneth  W.  Ballou,  Chairman 
William  T.  Edgett,  Wee  Chairman 

Sidney  Herman  Harold  Naidus 

Helene  A.  Loux  Kenneth  C.  Solano 

Paul  D.  Maxwell  Ralph  T.  Vernile,  Jr. 

Timothy  F.  Moran  Marilyn  S.  Wiener 


Committee  on  Regulations  &  Discipline 

Kenneth  W.  Ballou,  Chairman 

William  T.  Edgett  Harold  Naidus 

Sidney  Herman  Kenneth  C.  Solano 

William  F.  King  President,  Adult  Student  Council 

Helene  Loux  Faculty  Member 

Paul  D.  Maxwell  Ralph  T.  Vernile,  Jr. 

Timothy  F.  Moran  Marilyn  S.  Wiener 

18 


Library  Committee 

Marilyn  S.  Wiener,  Chairwoman 


Kenneth  W.  Ballou  (ex-officio) 
Harold  Naidus 
Timothy  F.  Moran 


Marvin  Lesser 
William  Kidney 
Two  Students 


Business  Administration  Curriculum  Committee 

Paul  D.  Maxwell,  Chairman 


Kenneth  W.  Ballou  (ex-officio) 
Sidney  Herman 
Ronald  E.  Guittarr 
Robert  J.  Hehre 


Thomas  J.  McNamara 
Joel  M.  Rosenfeld 
Three  Students 


Law  Enforcement  Curriculum  Committee 

Timothy  O.  Moran,  Chairman 


Kenneth  W.  Ballou  (ex-officio) 
Joseph  Connors 
Robert  Croatti 
Sidney  Herman 


Three  Faculty  Members 
Norman  Rosenblatt 
Three  Students 


Liberal  Arts  Curriculum  Committee 

Harold  Naidus,  Chairman 


Kenneth  W.  Ballou  (ex-officio) 

Fletcher  Boig 

Thomas  Corwin 

Francis  D.  Crisley 

Harold  Goldstein 

Sidney  Herman 

Walter  Jones 


Lila  Leibowitz 

Marvin  X.  Lesser 

Roland  L.  Nadeau 

Raymond  H.  Robinson 

Three  Part-Time  Faculty  Mem. 

Three  Students 

Robert  L.  Wells 


Health  Professions  Curriculum  Committee 

Helene  A.  Loux,  Chairman 


Kenneth  W.  Ballou  (ex-officio) 

Constance  Bean 

Annalee  Collins 

Paul  Cowan 

Sidney  Herman 

Britta  Karlsson 


Robert  Lovejoy 
Mary  A.  Mackinnon 
Harold  Naidus 
Barbara  Schulze 
Two  Students 


19 


the  university 


Founded  in  1898,  Northeastern  University  is  incorporated  as  a  privately 
endowed  nonsectarian  institution  of  higher  learning  under  the  General 
Laws  of  Massachusetts.  By  special  enactment,  the  State  Legislature 
has  given  the  University  general  degree-granting  powers.  The  Univer- 
sity is  governed  by  a  Board  of  Trustees  elected  by  and  from  the  North- 
eastern University  Corporation,  which  comprises  more  than  178  dis- 
tinguished business  and  professional  men  and  women. 

From  its  beginning  Northeastern  University's  dominant  purpose  has 
been  to  identify  community  educational  needs  and  to  meet  these  in 
distinctive  and  serviceable  ways.  The  University  has  not  duplicated 
the  programs  of  other  institutions,  but  has  pioneered  new  areas  of 
educational  service. 

A  distinctive  feature  of  Northeastern  University  is  its  Cooperative  Plan, 
under  which  students  alternate  periods  of  work  and  study.  The  Plan 
was  initiated  by  the  College  of  Engineering  in  1909  and  subsequently 
adopted  by  the  Colleges  of  Business  Administration  (1922);  Liberal 
Arts  (1935);  Education  (1953);  Pharmacy  (1962);  Nursing  (1964);  Boston- 
Bouve  College  (1964);  the  College  of  Criminal  Justice  (1967);  and  by 
Lincoln  College's  daytime  Bachelor  of  Engineering  Technology  pro- 
gram (1971). 

This  time-tested  method  of  education  offers  students  the  opportunity 
to  gain  valuable  practical  experience  as  an  integral  part  of  their  col- 
lege programs  and  also  enables  them  to  contribute  substantially  to  the 
financing  of  their  education.  The  "Co-op"  Plan  has  been  extended  to 
the  graduate  level  in  engineering,  actuarial  science,  professional  ac- 
counting, business  administration,  rehabilitation  administration,  and 
law. 

In  the  field  of  adult  education,  Northeastern  University  offers  graduate 
and  undergraduate  degree  programs  and  non-credit  programs  which 
are  specifically  designed  to  meet  the  needs  and  interests  of  adults 
who  wish  to  further  their  education  on  a  part-time  basis. 

All  formal  courses  of  study  leading  to  degrees  in  the  Graduate  Divi- 
sion, Lincoln  College,  and  University  College  are  approved  by  the 
undergraduate  faculties  concerned,  and  are  governed  by  the  same 
qualitative  and  quantitative  standards  as  the  regular  day  curricula. 
Courses  are  scheduled  in  the  day  and  evening  at  the  Boston  Campus, 
Suburban  Campus  in  Burlington,  and  at  other  off-campus  locations 
near  Boston. 

20 


THE  UNIVERSITY  /  21 
UNDERGRADUATE  COLLEGES 

Boston-Bouve  College 

Boston-Bouve  College  offers  four  major  programs  of  study:  physical 
education,  recreation  education,  and  health  education,  leading  to  the 
degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education;  and  physical  therapy, 
leading  to  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Physical  Therapy. 

The  combined  programs  of  liberal  arts,  science,  and  professional  prep- 
aration include  field  experience  and  student  teaching  as  well  as  lead- 
ership training  in  camping  and  outdoor  education  at  the  Warren  Center 
for  Physical  Education  and  Recreation  in  Ashland.  In  accordance  with 
Northeastern's  Cooperative  Plan  of  Education,  students  are  offered 
varied  opportunities  for  alternate  terms  of  work-study  experience  dur- 
ing upper-class  years. 

College  of  Business  Administration 

The  College  of  Business  Administration  offers  programs  of  study  in 
the  principal  fields  of  business  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science 
degree  in  Business  Administration.  These  programs  are  offered  on  the 
five-year  Co-operative  Plan,  under  which  students  gain  substantial 
practical  experience  as  an  integral  part  of  their  undergraduate  course 
of  study. 

The  College  also  sponsors  a  Center  for  Management  Development, 
which  annually  conducts  an  intensive  program  designed  to  provide 
professional  growth  for  middle  management  executives.  The  plan  of 
instruction,  based  on  a  modification  of  the  Northeastern  Cooperative 
Program,  permits  the  participants  to  maintain  their  job  responsibilities 
during  the  six-month  period  of  the  course.  The  Management  Develop- 
ment Program  is  conducted  at  Andover,  Massachusetts,  on  the  cam- 
pus of  Andover  Academy. 

The  Bureau  of  Business  and  Economic  Research,  concerned  particu- 
larly with  problems  of  the  New  England  region,  is  an  integral  part  of 
the  College.  The  Bureau  conducts  research  projects  under  faculty 
leadership  using  undergraduate  cooperative  students  as  research  as- 
sistants. 

College  of  Criminal  Justice 

The  College  of  Criminal  Justice  offers  a  full-time  day  curricula  on  the 
Cooperative  Plan  leading  to  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science. 

College  of  Education 

The  College  of  Education  offers  programs  leading  to  the  degree  of 
Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education.  These  are  designed  to  prepare  stu- 


22  /  THE  UNIVERSITY 

dents  for  teaching  or  administrative  positions  in  elementary  and  sec- 
ondary schools.  Curricula  are  offered  on  the  five-year  Cooperative 
Plan,  which  provides  employment  in  libraries,  social  service  agencies, 
and  school  systems. 

College  of  Engineering 

The  College  of  Engineering  offers  five-year  cooperative  curricula  in 
civil,  mechanical,  electrical,  chemical,  and  industrial  engineering  lead- 
ing to  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  with  specification  according 
to  the  engineering  department  in  which  the  student  qualifies,  and  a 
more  general  program  without  specification  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of 
Science  degree.  A  six-year  program  in  power  systems  engineering  in 
collaboration  with  public  utilities  leads  to  both  the  bachelor's  and 
master's  degree  in  electrical  engineering.  The  College  also  offers  dur- 
ing evening  hours  part-time  programs  leading  to  Bachelor  of  Science 
degrees  in  Civil  and  Electrical  Engineering.  These  programs  extend 
over  eight  years,  cover  the  identical  courses  given  in  the  day  cooper- 
ative curricula,  and  meet  the  same  qualitative  and  quantitative  stan- 
dards of  scholarship. 

College  of  Liberal  Arts 

The  College  of  Liberal  Arts  offers  majors  in  the  arts  and  sciences  lead- 
ing to  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  or  Bachelor  of  Science  degrees.  With  the 
exceptions  of  preprofessional  programs,  curricula  are  normally  five 
years  in  length  and  operate  on  the  Cooperative  Plan. 

Lincoln  College 

Lincoln  College  offers  engineering  technology  programs  leading  to  the 
degrees  of  Associate  in  Engineering,  Associate  in  Science,  and  Bache- 
lor of  Engineering  Technology.  These  programs  are  made  available  as: 

(a)  A  full-time  day  curricula  on  the  Cooperative  Plan  leading  to  the 
degree  of  Bachelor  of  Engineering  Technology  (B.E.T.)  in  Me- 
chanical and  Electrical  Engineering. 

(b)  A  part-time  evening  program  including  pre-technology  prepara- 
tory courses  and  degree  programs  leading  to  the  Associate  in 
Engineering  (A.E.);  and  the  Bachelor  of  Engineering  Technology 
(B.E.T.)  in  Civil,  Mechanical,  and  Electrical  Engineering.  The 
Associate  in  Science  degree  may  be  earned  in  the  mathematical, 
physical,  and  chemical  sciences. 

The  day  B.E.T.  program  is  designed  to  meet  the  needs  of  the  high 
school  graduate  or  the  student  transferring  from  a  community  college 
or  technical  institute  and  who  desires  the  full  time  day  curricula  on  the 
Northeastern  Cooperative  Plan. 


THE   UNIVERSITY  /  23 

In  addition  to  its  traditional  curricula,  Lincoln  College  Evening  School 
offers  interdisciplinary  and  certificate  programs  providing  technologi- 
cal and  professional  development  opportunities  to  meet  special  needs 
of  the  part-time  student.  These  programs  are  designed  to  provide 
trained  people  for  ready  assimilation  by  the  engineering  field  and  to 
prepare  students  for  the  challenge  of  interfacing  technology  and  so- 
ciety. 

Recognizing  the  increasing  need  for  higher  levels  of  technical  effi- 
ciency in  firefighters,  Lincoln  College,  in  collaboration  with  local  fire- 
fighting  agencies,  has  designed  a  part-time  evening  program  leading 
to  an  Associate  in  Science  degree  in  Fire  Technology.  The  curriculum 
includes  a  broad  spectrum  of  those  science  technologies  which  are 
basic  in  coping  with  the  fire  fighting  problems  attendant  to  the  com- 
plexities of  today's  society. 

College  of  Nursing 

The  College  of  Nursing  offers  two  separate  and  distinct  programs  of 
study,  both  organized  on  the  Cooperative  Plan: 

(a)  A   three-year   curriculum    in   preparation   for  the   R.N.    Examina- 
tions, and  leading  to  the  Associate  in  Science  degree. 

(b)  A  five-year  curriculum  in  preparation  for  the  R.N.  Examinations, 
and  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Nursing. 

Five  of  Boston's  leading  hospitals — Beth  Israel,  Children's  Hospital 
Medical  Center,  New  England  Deaconess,  Peter  Bent  Brigham,  and 
Massachusetts  General — collaborate  with  Northeastern  by  providing 
suitable  cooperative  work  opportunities  during  the  students'  upper- 
class  years  in  these  programs. 

College  of  Pharmacy  and  Allied  Health  Professions 

The  College  of  Pharmacy  and  Allied  Health  Professions  offers  five-year 
cooperative  curricula  leading  to  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  in 
Pharmacy,  and  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  with  majors  in  medi- 
cal laboratory  science  (medical  technology,  cytotechnology,  and  he- 
matology) medical  record  administration,  and  management  in  health 
care  agencies  and  institutions.  Associate  degree  programs  are  offered 
in  medical  laboratory  science,  respiratory  therapy,  dental  hygiene,  and 
cytotechnology.  The  College  has  academic  responsibility  and,  in  co- 
operation with  the  medical  schools  and  teaching  hospitals  in  the  Bos- 
ton area,  offers  the  professional  program  for  physician  assistants. 

University  College 

University  College,  so  called  because  it  draws  upon  the  resources  of 
the  other  colleges  of  the  University,  offers  part-time  day  and  evening 


24  /  THE  UNIVERSITY 

programs  in  liberal  arts,  business  administration,  law  enforcement, 
education,  health  professions,  and  therapeutic  recreation  service  pro- 
grams, leading  to  the  Associate  in  Science,  Bachelor  of  Arts,  and 
Bachelor  of  Science  degrees.  It  does  not  duplicate  the  offerings  of 
the  day  colleges,  but  provides  curricula  which  cut  across  traditional 
subject-matter  areas  to  meet  the  particular  needs  of  adult  students. 
Students  may  pursue  a  degree  or  simply  take  courses,  based  on  needs 
and  interests,  up  to  a  total  of  forty  quarter  hours  of  credit.  Courses  are 
offered  in  Boston  as  well  as  in  Boxford,  Burlington,  Framingham,  Lynn, 
Haverhill,  Milford,  Revere,  Weymouth,  and  several  other  convenient 
locations. 

Adult  Day  Programs  refers  to  University  College  courses  that  are  of- 
fered Monday  through  Friday,  9:00  a.m.  to  5:00  p.m.,  to  meet  the  needs 
of  adults  with  family  or  other  obligations  who  wish  to  engage  in  part- 
time  study  during  the  day.  In  addition  to  the  daytime  offering  of  regular 
University  College  credit  courses,  Adult  Day  Programs  also  offers  day- 
time workshops  and  conferences,  sometimes  over  weekends,  with  the 
option  for  credit.  Adult  Day  Programs  are  offered  primarily  on  the  Bos- 
ton and  Burlington  campuses,  with  a  limited  number  of  courses  offered 
at  other  off-campus  locations. 

Students  may  enroll  as  degree  candidates  or  elect  single  courses  ap- 
propriate to  their  needs  and  interests.  Courses  are  scheduled  in  the 
day  and  evening  at  the  Boston  Campus,  Suburban  Campus  in  Burling- 
ton, and  other  off-campus  locations  near  Boston. 

GRADUATE  SCHOOLS 

Actuarial  Science 

Master  of  Science  in  Actuarial  Science. 

Arts  and  Sciences 

The  Master  of  Arts  degree  may  be  earned  in  economics,  English,  his- 
tory, political  science,  psychology,  sociology,  and  social  anthropology. 
The  Master  of  Science  degree  is  available  in  biology,  chemistry,  math- 
ematics, and  physics.  The  Master  of  Science  in  Health  Science  and 
the  Master  of  Public  Administration  degrees  are  also  offered.  In  addi- 
tion, there  are  programs  leading  to  the  Doctor  of  Philosophy  Degree  in 
biology,  chemistry,  economics,  mathematics,  physics,  psychology,  and 
sociology. 

Boston-Bouve  College 

Master  of  Science  in   Physical   Education  and   Master  of  Science  in 

Recreation  Education. 

Business  Administration 

Master  of  Business  Administration. 


THE  UNIVERSITY  /  25 

Criminal  Justice 

Master  of  Science  in  Criminal  Justice. 

Education 

Master  of  Education,  and  the  Certificate  of  Advanced  Graduate  Study. 

Engineering 

Master  of  Science  with  course  specification,  including  a  special  six- 
year  program  in  Power  Systems  Engineering  leading  to  both  bache- 
lor's and  master's  degrees  in  Electrical  Engineering;  a  similar  six-year 
program  in  Mechanical  Engineering  leading  to  both  bachelor's  and 
master's  degrees;  the  Master  of  Science  degree  in  Civil  Engineering; 
master's  degrees  in  the  fields  of  Industrial  Engineering  and  Engineer- 
ing Management;  the  professional  Engineer  degree  in  Electrical  En- 
gineering; the  Ph.D.  in  the  fields  of  Electrical,  Chemical,  Civil,  and 
Mechanical  Engineering;  and  Doctor  of  Engineering  degree  in  Chemi- 
cal Engineering.  In  addition,  the  intermediate  degree  of  Engineer  is 
offered. 

Law 

The  School  of  Law  offers  a  full-time  program  of  professional  instruc- 
tion leading  to  the  degree  of  Juris  Doctor  (J.D.)  The  three-year  cur- 
riculum includes  twelve  months  of  experience  in  law  offices.  There  are 
no  courses  for  part-time  or  evening  students. 

Pharmacy  and  Allied  Health  Professions 

Master  of  Science  with  specialization  in  Hospital  Pharmacy,  Industrial 
Pharmacy,  Medicinal  Chemistry,  Pharmacology,  Medical  Laboratory 
Science,  and  Doctor  of  Philosophy  in  Medicinal  Chemistry. 

Professional  Accounting 

A  five-quarter  curriculum  leading  to  the  degree  of  Master  of  Science 
in  Accounting. 

INSURANCE  INSTITUTE 

The  Insurance  Institute,  part  of  University  College,  is  sponsored  by  lo- 
cal insurance  organizations  and  companies.  It  offers  a  number  of  non- 
credit  courses  in  preparation  for  the  Chartered  Life  Underwriter  and 
Chartered  Property-Casualty  Underwriter  Designations  as  well  as  for 
the  General  Insurance,  Insurance  Adjuster,  and  Risk  Management 
Certificates.  (437-2506). 

CENTER  FOR  CONTINUING  EDUCATION 

The  Center  for  Continuing  Education  was  established  to  relate  the 
University  to  the  needs  of  its  community  in  a  period  of  accelerated 
change.  Its  programs  are  composed  of  seminars,  conferences,  insti- 
tutes, forums,  and  a  wide  variety  of  special  courses  designed  to  serve 


26  /  THE   UNIVERSITY 

specific  needs.  The  Division  of  Special  Programs,  working  coopera- 
tively with  trade  associations  and  professional  societies,  offers  several' 
programs  dealing  with  current  needs  and  problems.  Through  its  Divi- 
sion of  Community  Services,  working  with  governmental  agencies  and 
community  organizations,  the  Center  is  becoming  increasingly  in- 
volved in  social  problems  on  both  the  local  and  national  level. 

Many  of  these  programs  are  conducted  at  Henderson  House,  North- 
eastern University's  conference  center  in  Weston,  Massachusetts. 

RESEARCH  ACTIVITIES 

The  faculties  of  the  University  are  engaged  in  a  wide  variety  of  basic] 
research  projects  in  business,  science,  social  science,  pharmacy,  and; 
engineering.  These  are  coordinated  by  the  Dean  of  Research,  whose 
services  are  University-wide  and  available  to  the  faculties  of  all  the 
Colleges. 

Although  Northeastern  is  primarily  concerned  with  undergraduate  and! 
graduate   instruction,  the   University  believes  that  the  most  effective 
teaching  and  learning  takes  place  in  an  environment  characterized  by 
research  activities  directed  toward  extending  the  frontiers  of  knowl- 
edge. 


buildings  and  facilities 


The  main  campus  of  Northeastern  University  is  located  at  360  Hunting- 
ton Avenue  in  the  Back  Bay  section  of  Boston.  Many  of  the  city's  fa- 
mous cultural,  educational,  and  philanthropic  institutions  are  situated 
in  the  Back  Bay,  including  the  Museum  of  Fine  Arts.  Symphony  Hall, 
Horticultural  Hall,  the  Isabella  Stewart  Gardner  Museum,  the  Harvard 
teaching  hospitals,  and  many  schools  and  colleges.  Most  are  within 
walking  distance  of  Northeastern  University. 

Major  transportation  facilities  serving  the  Boston  area  are  Logan  In- 
ternational Airport,  two  rail  terminals,  bus  terminals  serving  inter-  and 
intrastate  lines,  and  MBTA  subway-bus  service  within  the  metropolitan- 
suburban  area.  There  is  a  subway  stop  in  front  of  the  campus.  For 
motorists,  the  best  routes  to  the  campus  are  the  Massachusetts  Turn- 
pike (Exit  22)  and  Route  9,  of  which  Huntington  Avenue  is  the  intown 
section. 

The  campus  of  47  acres  is  divided  by  Huntington  Avenue,  with  the 
main  educational  buildings  on  one  side  and  dormitories  on  the  other. 
The  principal  buildings,  all  of  which  have  been  constructed  since  1938. 
are  of  glazed  brick  in  contemporary  classic  style.  Most  are  intercon- 
nected by  underground  passageways. 

Carl  S.  Ell  Student  Center 

The  Carl  S.  Ell  Student  Center  provides  facilities  for  student  recreation 
and  for  extracurricular  activities.  The  Alumni  Auditorium,  with  a  seat- 
ing capacity  of  1,300,  is  part  of  the  Center.  Also  included  are  special 
drama  facilities,  a  ballroom,  main  lounge,  fine  arts  exhibition  area,  stu- 
dent offices,  conference  rooms,  and  a  dining  area  seating  more  than 
1,000. 

The  University  Library 

The  Dodge  Library  is  the  main  library  on  the  Boston  campus  and 
maintains  an  open-stack  system.  Bound  volumes  in  the  library  system 
exceed  360,000,  and  microfilm  titles.  267.000.  Collections  are  located 
in  these  areas: 

27 


28  /  BUILDINGS  AND  FACILITIES 

1.  The  General  Collection  in  the  book  stacks  as  indicated  by  the 
classification  number  given  in  the  upper  left  corner  of  the  catalog 
card. 

2.  The  Reference  Collection  in  the  Cabot  Reading  Room  to  the  left  of 
the  Circulation  Desk,  which  includes  bibliographies,  maps,  com- 
pany publications,  the  pamphlet  file,  and  association  publications. 
Theses,  under  the  supervision  of  the  Reference  Dept,  housed  in 
the  basement,  and  available  on  request  in  the  Reference  Room. 

3.  The  Periodical  Collection  in  the  Webster  Reading  Room  to  the 
right  of  the  circulation  desk,  consisting  of  current  periodicals,  pe- 
riodical indexes,  and  abstracts,  with  two  adjacent  stack  levels  for 
back  files  of  bound  volumes.  The  Microfilm  Collection  in  room  108, 
adjacent  to  the  Webster  Reading  Room. 

4.  The  Reserve  Book  Collection  on  the  second  floor. 

5.  The  Foreign  Literature  Collections  in  the  Webster  Reading  Room 
to  the  right  of  the  Circulation  Desk. 

6.  The  Collections  of  Fine  Arts,  housed  in  the  Richardson  Room  on  the 
second  floor.  The  Audio  Facility  for  spoken  and  music  recordings 
and  magnetic  tapes  for  instructional  and  individual  use  also  lo- 
cated in  this  room. 

7.  The  American  and  English  Literature  Collections  in  the  Literature 
Reading  Room. 

8.  Government  Documents  maintained  on  the  basement  level. 

The  Card  Catalog  is  a  union  list  of  materials  in  the  University  libraries 
and  is  located  in  the  Webster  Reading  Room.  There  are  also  book  cat- 
alogs of  the  collections  in  the  Math/Psych  Library,  Chemistry  Building 
Library,  Documents  and  Reserve  Rooms.  There  is  an  Information  Desk 
in  this  room  to  assist  people  in  using  the  card  catalog  during  the  day. 

The  Circulation  Dept.  has  a  printed  list  of  all  materials  charged  out, 
which  may  be  consulted  by  all  users.  To  borrow  materials,  University 
identification  must  be  presented.  For  extensive  research,  where  the 
University  Library  does  not  have  the  material,  application  should  be 
made  to  the  Inter-Library  Loan  Librarian  for  materials  needed  from 
other  libraries.  Information  service  is  available  in  this  department  in 
the  evenings. 

Library  Hours —  Boston  Campus 

Monday  —  Thursday  7:45  a.m.  to  10:00  p.m. 

Friday  7:45  a.m.  to  7:30  p.m. 

Saturday  &  Sunday  1 :00  p.m.  to  5:00  p.m. 

The  University  Library  System  includes  three  graduate  libraries  in  the 
Division  of  Research.  Physics-Electrical  Engineering  is  housed  in  325 


BUILDINGS  AND   FACILITIES  /  29 

Dana  Research  Center.  Mathematics-Psychology  is  housed  on  the  fifth 
(floor  of  the  United  Realty  Building  and  Chemistry  is   located  on  the 
first  floor  of  Hurtig  Hall. 

Library  Hours  —  Suburban  Campus,  Burlington 

Monday  —  Friday  8:30  a.m.  to  9:00  p.m. 

i  Cabot  Physical  Education  Center 

The  Godfrey  Lowell  Cabot  Physical  Education  Center  is  one  of  the 
best  equipped  in  New  England.  It  contains  four  basketball  courts,  an 
athletic  cage,  a  women's  gymnasium,  and  a  rifle  range,  as  well  as  ad- 
ministrative offices  for  the  Department  of  Athletics  and  for  the  Physical 
Education  Department  of  Boston-Bouve  College. 

A  recent  addition  to  the  center,  the  Barletta  Natatorium,  houses  a  105- 
foot  swimming  pool,  a  practice  tank  for  the  crew,  handball  courts,  and 
shower  and  dressing  facilities. 

Dockser  Hall 

Charles  and  Estelle  Dockser  Hall,  completed  in  1968,  houses  a  large 
gymnasium,  dance  studio,  motor  performance  laboratory,  college  li- 
brary, community  recreation  laboratory,  folk  arts  center,  dark  and  music 
rooms,  recreation  resources  area,  locker  rooms,  offices,  classrooms, 
conference  room  and  lounge,  storage  facilities,  and  a  research  lab- 
oratory. 

Suburban  Campus 

The  Suburban  Campus,  located  near  the  junction  of  Routes  128  and  3 
in  Burlington,  Massachusetts,  was  established  to  meet  the  needs  of 
individuals  and  of  industry  in  the  area. 

In  addition  to  graduate  courses  in  engineering,  business  administra- 
tion, education,  portions  of  undergraduate  programs  leading  to  the 
associate  and  bachelor's  degrees,  special  programs  for  adults,  and 
non-credit  state-of-the-art  programs  are  offered. 

Henderson  House 

The  University's  conference  center,  Henderson  House,  is  located  in 
Weston,  Massachusetts.  The  Center  for  Continuing  Education  con- 
ducts short-term  courses,  seminars,  and  special  institutes  for  busi- 
ness, professional,  and  research  groups.  Henderson  House  is  12  miles 
from  the  main  campus. 


30  /  BUILDINGS  AND  FACILITIES 

Warren  Center 

The  Warren  Center  for  Physical  Education  and  Recreation  in  Ashlanc 
Massachusetts,  serves  as  a  year-round  outdoor  laboratory  for  student 
in  Boston-Bouve  College.  There  are  facilities  for  conferences,  sped? 
education  in  arts  and  crafts,  and  sports  —  including  aquatics.  Builc 
ings  include  a  lodge,  cottages,  and  an  infirmary. 

Marine  Science  Institute 

The  Marine  Science  Institute  at  Nahant,  Massachusetts,  about  20  mile! 
northeast  of  Boston,  is  a  research  and  instructional  facility  primaril| 
engaged  in  studies  of  marine  biology  and  oceanography.  The  Institut; 
is  operated  the  year  around. 

Brockton,  Nashua,  and  Framingham  Campuses 

For  students  residing  in  southeastern  Massachusetts  and  northeaster. 
Rhode  Island,  the  Graduate  School  of  Business  Administration  offers  } 
major  portion  of  its  M.B.A.  Program  at  facilities  in  Brockton,  Mass?! 
chusetts.  These  facilities,  made  available  by  the  Veterans  Administ^ 
tion  Hospital,  are  conveniently  located  just  off  Route  24. 

Students  residing  in  the  southern  New  Hampshire  area  may  take 
major   portion   of  the   M.B.A.    Program   at  facilities   in    Nashua,   Nei| 
Hampshire.  These  facilities  are  furnished  by  Sanders  Associates,  Inq 
and  are  located  in  their  headquarters  on  Route  3,  just  over  the  Massgj 
chusetts  line. 

For  students  in  the  Framingham-Worcester  area,  a  major  portion  c1 
the  M.B.A.  Program  may  be  taken  at  classroom  facilities  located  i! 
Framingham,  Massachusetts. 


university  college 


he  Programs 

niversity  College  is  committed  to  the  education  of  mature,  adult  stu- 
snts  who  wish  to  live  effectively  in  today's  complex  society.  The  pro- 
rams  in  University  College  are  specifically  designed  to  satisfy  the 
langing  professional,  cultural,  and  social  needs  and  interests  of 
dults. 

egree  programs  have  been  developed  in  39  major  fields  of  study  in 
e  areas  of  business  administration,  education,  liberal  arts,  law  en- 
rcement,  therapeutic  recreation,  and  health-related  programs.  Flexi- 
e  curricula  are  offered  on  a  part-time  basis  Monday  through  Saturday 
jring  day  and  evening  hours  convenient  to  adult  students.  Students 
ay  elect  single  courses  or  may  enroll  in  full  degree  programs  leading 
I  the  Associate  in  Science  or  the  Bachelor's  degree.  Short-term  sem- 
ars  are  also  offered  for  credit.  Classes  are  scheduled  in  locations 
nich  are  accessible  to  the  urban  and  the  suburban  community.  Stu- 
jnts  may  attend  classes  at  the  Huntington  Avenue  Campus,  Boston, 
the  Suburban  Campus,  Burlington,  Massachusetts,  as  well  as  other 
f-campus  locations  north,  south,  and  west  of  Boston. 

liversity  College  programs  are  constantly  evaluated  and  redesigned 
len  necessary  in  order  to  keep  pace  with  the  changing  needs  and 
:erests  of  its  students  and  the  community. 


e  Faculty 

/•proximately  850  men  and  women  comprise  the  part-time  teaching 
Ikff  of  University  College.  Included  are  members  of  the  full-time  fac- 
ly  of  the  Basic  Colleges  of  Northeastern  University  and  other  educa- 
fmal  institutions  in  New  England,  as  well  as  outstanding  New  England 
lisiness  and  professional  leaders  with  backgrounds  of  training  and 
^perience  in  specialized  areas.  The  faculty  are  selected  because 
tyy  are  highly  successful  in  their  fields  and  are  well  qualified  to  pro- 
ve sound  methods  of  teaching  for  adults  in  an  interesting,  inspiring, 
H  effective  manner. 

31 


32  /  UNIVERSITY  COLLEGE 

The  Student  Body 

The  student  body  of  University  College  represents  diversified  interests 
which,  properly  recognized  and  utilized,  become  one  of  the  basic 
strengths  in  adult  education.  There  are  approximately  12,000  students 
in  University  College  who  range  in  age  from  18  years  to  beyond  retire- 
ment. While  some  students  enroll  in  University  College  immediately 
after  high  school  graduation,  others  may  have  graduated  25  years  prior 
to  enrollment  in  college-level  courses. 

University  College  students  are  men  and  women  who  have  full-time 
commitments  to  their  jobs,  families,  or  other  responsibilities.  They  may 
enroll  in  a  single  course  or  in  a  full  degree  curriculum,  depending  on 
whether  their  goal  is  job  advancement,  a  new  career,  or  personal  en- 
richment. 


academic  policies 


Admission 

All  applicants  who  satisfy  the  requirements  as  regular  or  special  stu- 
dents are  admitted  as  part-time  students  in  University  College.  It  is 
advisable  for  students  to  have  an  interview  with  an  admissions  coun- 
selor to  help  plan  their  academic  program  in  University  College,  par- 
ticularly in  cases  where  previous  credit  has  been  completed  at  other 
institutions,  in  order  to  avoid  possible  duplication  of  courses.  Because 
of  the  diversity  of  the  student  body  in  terms  of  background,  age,  in- 
terests, needs,  etc.,  there  are  no  entrance  examinations  and  college 
board  examination  scores  are  not  required.  In  lieu  of  entrance  exam- 
inations, students  must  maintain  a  C  average  in  order  to  be  admitted 
to  degree  candidacy. 

Regular  Students 

To  be  enrolled  as  a  regular  student,  that  is.  to  become  a  degree  can- 
didate, the  applicant  must  have  completed  an  approved  secondary 
school  course  or  the  equivalent  15  units*  of  a  high  school  diploma. 
Equivalency  certificates  are  accepted.  Regular  students  are  those  stu- 
dents who  expect  to  follow  a  degree  program. 

Special  Students 

Special  students  are  those  students  who  do  not  wish  to  enroll  in  a  full 
degree  program,  but  are  interested  in  taking  only  one  or  more  courses 
appropriate  to  their  needs  or  interests.  Credits  for  these  courses  may 
be  transferred  to  a  degree  program  if  the  student  desires  to  pursue  a 
degree  at  a  later  time. 

Procedure  for  Admission  As  a  Degree  Candidate:  Matriculation 

Petition  forms  for  admission  to  the  status  of  a  degree  candidate  are 
available  at  offices  on  all  University  College  Campuses.  There  are  two 
methods  of  matriculation: 


*A  unit  represents  a  year's  work  in  any  subject  in  any  approved  secondary  school  consti- 
tuting approximately  a  quarter  of  a  full  year's  work,  or  the  equivalent.  A  four-year  day  high 
school  course  is  regarded  as  representing  at  least  15  units  of  work,  or  3  units  in  junior 
high  school  and  12  units  in  a  three-year  high  school. 

33 


34  /  ACADEMIC  POLICIES 

A.  Standard  Method  of  Matriculation 

1.  If  a  student  has  completed  40  quarter  hours  of  credit  in  Uni- 
versity College,  he  cannot  register  for  additional  courses  un- 
less he  has  been  officially  accepted  as  a  degree  candidate. 

2.  In  order  to  matriculate  as  a  degree  candidate,  the  student 
must  have  a  high  school  diploma  or  its  equivalent  and  must 
achieve  a  cumulative  quality  point  average  of  2.00  (an  average 
grade  of  C)  for  all  courses  completed  before  filing  the  peti- 
tion. In  the  Liberal  Arts  Program,  the  8  quarter  hours  of  re- 
quired English  must  be  completed  prior  to  matriculation. 

B.  Optional  Method  of  Matriculation  by  Transfer  Students 

1.  If  a  student  has  successfully  completed  an  associate  degree 
program  at  another  accredited  institution,  he  may  file  for 
matriculation  following  one  quarter  in  residence  in  University 
College. 

2.  If  a  student  has  completed  40  quarter  hours  at  another  ac- 
credited institution,  he  may  file  for  matriculation  following  one 
quarter  in  residence  in  University  College. 

3.  If  a  student  has  completed  40  quarter  hours  of  combined 
credit  from  another  accredited  institution  and  University  Col- 
lege, he  may  file  for  matriculation. 

All  students  who  file  for  matriculation  must  have  a  high  school  diploma 
or  its  equivalent,  a  cumulative  quality  point  average  of  2.00,  and,  if  in 
the  Liberal  Arts  Program,  8  quarter  hours  of  required  English. 

A  student  who  matriculates  via  Method  B,  is  required  to  obtain  written 
permission  from  his  Program  Director  before  taking  courses  in  an- 
other institution  subsequent  to  matriculation  in  University  College. 

The  Committee  on  Academic  Standing  may  require  a  student  to  take 
one  or  more  aptitude  or  interest  tests  if  his  credentials  or  academic 
record  fail  to  give  evidence  of  probable  academic  success.  In  this 
case,  the  student  will  be  notified  in  writing  that  arrangements  for  test- 
ing should  be  made  by  him  with  the  University  Counseling  and  Testing 
Center.  A  fee  is  charged  for  administering  these  tests. 

Advanced  Standing  Credit 

After  completion  of  matriculation  requirements  in  University  College 
(40  quarter  hours)  Advanced  Standing  Credit  may  be  obtained  in  two 
ways: 

By  Transfer  of  Credit  from  Another  Institution 

Subject  to  approval  by  the  Director  of  Admissions,  credit  may  be 
granted  for  work  completed  in  other  approved  schools,  colleges,  or 
universities.  An   applicant  who  wishes  to   receive  credit  by  transfer 


ACADEMIC  POLICIES  /  35 

should  petition  for  transfer  credit  with  the  Director  of  Admissions.  He 
should  then  write  to  the  Registrar  of  the  institution  previously  attended 
i and  request  that  an  official  transcript  be  sent  to  the  Director  of  Ad- 
missions in  University  College.  The  transcript  indicates  honorable  dis- 
i  missal,  courses  completed,  credits  and  grades  received.  The  tran- 
script should  be  sent  well  in  advance  of  the  registration  period.  A 
petition  for  transfer  credit  must  be  filed  with  the  Director  of  Admis- 
sions to  facilitate  proper  identification  and  processing  of  transfer 
credit. 

Students  who  anticipate  taking  courses  at  other  Colleges  or  Univer- 
sities while  enrolled  in  University  College  must  secure  permission  in 
advance  from  the  appropriate  program  director  in  University  College. 

Students  who  have  been  dismissed  from  another  institution  for  aca- 
demic reasons  must  accompany  their  application  with  a  statement 
from  the  dean  or  other  appropriate  official  of  their  previous  institution 
setting  forth  the  reasons  for  dismissal  or  probationary  status  with  rec- 
ommendation for  continued  study.  All  applicants  will  be  considered  on 
their  own  merits. 

By  Examination 

Credit  is  granted  for  successful  completion  of  appropriate  examina- 
tions in  the  College  Level  Examination  Program  (CLEP).  Credit  may  be 
disallowed  for  work  previously  completed  because  of  the  remoteness 
of  the  time  of  study;  however,  these  applicants  may  take  CLEP  Exam- 
inations where  appropriate.  Credit  is  also  granted  for  non-collegiate 
experience  in  both  the  Liberal  Arts  and  Law  Enforcement  Programs. 
See  pages  87  and  109. 

In  all  cases  students  admitted  by  transfer  or  advanced  standing  credit 
from  any  other  institution  must  meet  the  requirements  for  matriculated 
status  as  set  forth  under  the  regulations  applicable  to  regular  students. 

Residence  Requirement 

Every  candidate  for  the  baccalaureate  or  associate  degree  must  fulfill 
the  residence  requirement.  The  residence  requirement  is  defined  as  the 
satisfactory  completion  in  University  College  immediately  preceding 
graduation  of  46  consecutive  quarter  hours  of  work  in  course,  with  the 
further  provision  that  at  least  12  of  the  46  quarter  hours  must  be  in  the 
candidate's  major  field.  All  programs  to  meet  the  residency  require- 
ment must  have  the  approval  of  the  Dean.  Students  whose  attendance 
in  degree  programs  is  interrupted  for  a  period  of  one  year  or  more  will 
be  reinstated  into  the  program  in  effect  at  the  time  of  their  re-entry 
into  University  College. 

In  the  case  of  students  who  for  causes  beyond  their  control  move  out- 
side of  the  reasonable  commuting  area  of  the  College,  and  who  have 


36  /  ACADEMIC  POLICIES 

completed  134  or  more  quarter  hours  of  credit,  the  Committee  on  Edu- 
cation will  entertain  a  petition  to  allow  them  the  privilege  of  complet- 
ing their  degree  requirements  at  some  other  approved  college.  Under 
no  circumstances  will  a  degree  be  awarded  to  any  student  who  has 
completed  less  than  46  quarter  hours  of  credit  in  courses  in  University 
College. 

Quality  Requirement  for  Graduation 

A  cumulative  quality  point  average  of  2.00  (an  average  grade  of  C)  is 
required  for  graduation.  Advanced  standing  credits  are  not  averaged 
in  the  cumulative  score. 

Graduation  with  Honor 

Candidates  who  have  achieved  distinctly  superior  attainment  in  their 
academic  work  will  be  graduated  with  honor.  Upon  special  vote  of  the 
faculty  a  limited  number  of  this  group  may  be  graduated  with  high 
honor  or  with  highest  honor.  To  be  considered  for  graduation  with 
honor,  a  student  must  have  completed  a  minimum  of  72  quarter  hours 
of  work  at  University  College.  Courses  credited  by  advanced  standing 
will  be  eliminated  in  determining  honor  graduates. 

Attendance  at  Commencement 

Attendance  at  commencement  for  all  University  College  degree  candi- 
dates is  optional.  Degree  candidates  will  be  polled  by  the  commence- 
ment committee  in  this  regard  during  the  Spring  Quarter. 

Quality  Points 

The  requirement  for  graduation  from  University  College  is  174  quarter 
hours  for  a  bachelor's  degree  and  96  quarter  hours  for  an  associate's 
degree,  with  attainment  of  a  quality  point  average  of  2.00.  Although  the 
credits  allowed  for  acceptable  work  completed  elsewhere  by  transfer 
students  count  toward  fulfillment  of  quantitative  graduation  require- 
ments, neither  the  credits  nor  the  grades  earned  in  such  courses  is 
included  in  quality  point  computations  for  graduation. 

The  method  of  figuring  quality  points  is  as  follows:  Each  quarter  hour 
credit  of  A  grade  is  multiplied  by  4,  B  grade  by  3,  C  grade  by  2,  D 
grade  by  1,  and  F  grade  by  0.  The  total  number  of  quality  points,  di- 
vided by  the  total  number  of  quarter  hour  credits  completed,  shall  be 
the  quality  point  average. 

Students  receiving  an  F  grade  in  a  required  course  must  repeat  the 
course  in  its  entirety  including  term  work,  examinations,  and  atten- 
dance. 


ACADEMIC   POLICIES  /  37 


<  Quality  Point  Averages 


The  Registrar's  Office  will  not  be  able  to  recalculate  or  confirm  the 
calculations  of  quality  point  averages  for  individual  students.  Each 
student's  record  will  be  brought  up  to  date  before  his  graduation.  In 
the  meantime,  borderline  cases  will  be  checked  by  the  Director  of  Ad- 
missions of  University  College. 

Dean's  List 

All  matriculated  students  who  have  taken  a  minimum  of  18  quarter 
hours  in  three  consecutive  quarters  (Fall,  Winter,  Spring)  of  an  aca- 
demic year  and  have  completed  all  their  courses  with  an  average  of 
3.0  or  better  shall  be  placed  on  the  Dean's  List.  Each  student  shall  re- 
ceive a  letter  of  commendation  from  the  Dean  of  University  College. 

!  Pass-Fail  Courses 

Any  student  who  is  not  on  academic  probation  and  who  has  completed 
40  Q.H.  of  academic  work  may  register  for  one  pass/fail  course  and, 
thereafter,  for  one  course  on  a  pass/fail  basis  for  each  10  Q.H.  of  suc- 
cessfully completed  work.  Written  permission  of  the  appropriate  aca- 
demic dean  must  be  obtained  for  each  pass/fail  course.  At  no  time 
may  a  student  register  for  more  than  one  pass/fail  course  per  quarter. 

Such  courses  will  be  restricted  to  free  electives  outside  the  major  field 
of  specialization,  so  that  no  part  of  the  specifically  prescribed  curric- 
ula will  be  affected. 

The  grades  recorded  on  the  basis  of  the  pass/fail  system  of  grading 
will  not  figure  in  the  computation  of  the  QPA. 

Satisfactory  completion  of  the  work  in  all  courses  taken  on  the 
pass/fail  system  of  grading  will  be  designated  on  the  transcript  by  the 
letter  "S."  Unsatisfactory  work  will  be  designated  on  the  transcript  by 
the  letter  "U."  Any  unsatisfactory  grade  must  be  handled  according  to 
the  existing  policy  of  the  University,  but  must  never  be  cleared  through 
the  election  of  the  same  course  on  the  basis  of  the  pass/fail  system  of 
grading. 

An  incomplete  in  a  course  taken  on  a  pass/fail  basis  will  be  desig- 
nated by  the  letter  "X"  on  the  transcript  and  must  be  treated  accord- 
ing to  the  normal  procedure  for  incomplete  grades. 

The  following  REGISTRATION  PROCEDURES  shall  prevail: 

Students  wishing  to  use  the  pass/fail  system  of  grading  for  a  course 

must  meet  all  prerequisites  for  such  course  and  should  signify  their 

desire  to  apply  for  a  specific  course  on  the  basis  of  this  system  of 

registration. 


38  /  ACADEMIC  POLICIES 

The  student's  decision  to  take  a  course  on  a  pass/fail  basis  must  be 
made  prior  to  the  second  meeting  of  the  course  and  no  changes  will 
be  permitted  thereafter. 

Class  Changes 

University  College  reserves  the  right  to  cancel,  split,  or  combine 
classes  when  necessary. 

Registration 

Before  attending  classes,  students  must  report  to  the  registration  area 
to  register.  All  students  must  complete  their  registration  properly  be- 
fore attending  class.  Attendance  at  class,  even  with  the  instructor's 
permission,  does  not  constitute  registration. 

No  academic  credit  will  be  recorded  for  students  not  properly  regis- 
tered. 

In  order  to  insure  academic  success,  students  are  strongly  advised  to 
adhere  to  course  prerequisites. 

Class  Attendance  and  Preparation 

Students  are  expected  to  attend  all  exercises  in  the  subjects  they  are 
studying  unless  excused  in  advance. 

Absence  from  regularly  scheduled  exercises  in  any  subject  will  seri- 
ously affect  the  standing  of  the  student.  Consecutive  absences  may 
cause  the  removal  of  the  subject  or  subjects  from  the  student's  sched- 
ule. 

Two  hours  of  preparation  are  normally  required  for  each  hour  spent  in 
the  classroom. 

Withdrawal  Policy 

A  student  may  be  withdrawn  from  a  course  in  several  ways: 

VOLUNTARY  WITHDRAWAL — The  student  completes  a  drop  course 
form  in  the  Registrar's  Office  or  notifies  the  Registrar  in  writing  of  his 
intention  to  withdraw  from  the  course. 

INITIAL  ABSENCE  WITHDRAWAL— If  a  student  is  absent  without  per- 
mission from  the  first  three  meetings  of  a  course,  he  will  be  with- 
drawn by  the  Registrar. 

END  OF  COURSE  WITHDRAWAL— If,  by  the  ninth  or  tenth  week  of 
the  quarter,  the  Registrar,  after  examining  the  attendance  book,  has 
every  reason  to  believe  the  student  has  dropped  from  the  course,  he 
will  officially  withdraw  the  student  and  so  note  in  the  attendance  book. 


ACADEMIC  POLICIES  /  39 

Change  of  Address 

Change  of  address  and/or  name  should  be  reported  immediately  to  the 
Registrar's  Office. 

Absence  Because  of  Illness 

All  students  who  are  absent  from  school  because  of  extended  illness, 
and  do  not  wish  to  be  withdrawn,  should  inform  the  Registrar's  Office 
by  letter. 

Examinations 

Term  tests  are  scheduled  in  each  quarter  at  the  option  of  the  instruc- 
tor and  are  regarded  as  part  of  the  term's  course  work.  A  final  exam- 
ination will  be  held  at  the  end  of  each  quarter  in  each  course  unless 
an  announcement  to  the  contrary  is  made. 

Homework  Assignments 

Students  are  responsible  for  obtaining  their  homework  assignments  by 
contacting  their  instructor  or  another  student  in  their  class.  Homework 
assignments  are  not  available  in  the  University  College  Office. 

Missed  Final  Examinations 

A  student  does  not  automatically  have  the  right  to  make  up  a  missed 
final  examination.  Students  must  petition  for  this  privilege  and  must 
pay  a  fee  of  $5.00  for  each  special  examination  when  filing  for  the 
special  make-up  exam.  All  students  who  wish  to  clear  an  I  (incom- 
plete) grade  must  pay  the  fee  and  file  the  proper  petition  in  the  Regis- 
trar's Office,  120-HA,  or  in  each  off-campus  administrative  office.  Peti- 
tions for  missed  finals  must  be  filed  in  accordance  with  the  schedule 
listed  below: 

final  examination  file  petition  make-up  final  exam 

missed  during:  no  later  than:  during  week  of: 

Fall  Quarter  1975  January  16,  1976  February  9,  1976 

Winter  Quarter  1976  April  16,  1976  May  10,  1976 

Spring  Quarter  1976  July  9,  1976  August  9,  1976 

Summer  Quarter  1976  October  8, 1976  November  1,  1976 

Students  will  be  notified  by  mail  when  and  where  to  take  the  missed 
final  examination.  All  examinations  will  be  administered  on  the  Boston 
Campus. 

Students  who  do  not  take  make-up  final  examinations  as  scheduled 
(see  below  for  I  grade  explanation)  and  clear  an  incomplete  through 
the  instructor,  will  be  billed  the  $5.00  make-up  exam  fee  by  the  Bursar 
before  the  I  grade  is  changed. 


40  /  ACADEMIC  POLICIES 

Grading  System 

The  following  system  of  grading  is  used.  The  numerical  equivalent  for 

each  grade  is  in  parentheses. 
A  (4.0)  —  Outstanding  L —Audit  (No  Credit)-UC  and  LC  only 

B    (3.0)  —  Good  S  —  Satisfactory  (Pass-Fail  Grade) 

C  (2.0)  —  Satisfactory  U  —  Unsatisfactory  (Pass-Fail  Grade) 

D  (1.0)  —  Poor  X  —  Incomplete  (Pass-Fail  Grade) 

F   (0.0)  —  Failure  *  — Grade  not  received 

I    ( — )  —  Incomplete 

A  general  average  of  D  is  unacceptable  and  will  not  allow  a  student 
to  continue  in  University  College  or  to  receive  a  degree  from  North- 
eastern University.  The  F  grade  is  a  definite  failure  and  requires 
repetition  of  course  in  its  entirety.  The  I  grade  is  given  only  when 
the  student  fails  to  take  the  final  examination. 

The  I  Grade 

The  I  grade  may  be  given  only  when  the  student  fails  to  take  the  final 
examination. 

An  instructor  may  decide  that  a  student  has  done  so  poorly  in  the 
course  that  even  a  perfect  grade  in  a  make-up  final  could  not  raise  the 
grade  from  F,  in  which  case  F  is  the  proper  grade,  irrespective  of  the 
missed  final. 

If  the  student  fails  to  complete  some  other  major  portion  of  the  course 
work  (examination,  quizzes,  major  paper,  etc.)  a  letter  grade  (A,  B,  C, 
D,  F)  should  be  assigned.  This  grade  can  be  changed,  upon  petition, 
when  the  deficiency  which  led  to  the  assigned  letter  grade  is  made  up 
to  the  satisfaction  of  and  in  the  manner  prescribed  by  the  instructor. 

All  deficiencies  must  be  made  up  in  the  prescribed  manner  no  later 
than  the  quarter  following  the  recording  of  the  grade. 

*Grade  Reports 

An  official  grade  report  will  be  mailed  approximately  three  weeks  after 
the  quarter  is  completed  to  each  registered  student.  Grades  will  not 
be  given  over  the  telephone  or  at  the  Registrar's  Office. 


*A  supplementary  grade  report  will  be  issued  when  the  missing  grade  is  received.  Please 
do  not  call  the  Registrar's  Office  for  it.  University  regulations  prohibit  issuing  grades  by 
telephone. 

S,  U,  X,  I  and  L  grades  are  not  included  in  the  Quality  Point  Average.  S  grades  are  in- 
cluded in  "Earned  Hours"  toward  the  degree.  Cumulative  totals  do  not  appear  on  reports 
for  non-matriculated   students. 


ACADEMIC   POLICIES  /  41 

Auditing  Policy 

Students  are  permitted  to  audit  courses  upon  filing  the  usual  registra- 
tion forms  and  paying  the  regular  tuition  fees.  There  is  no  reduction  in 
fees  for  auditing.  An  auditor  may  participate  in  class  discussion,  com- 
plete papers  and  projects  and  take  tests  and  examinations  for  informal 
evaluation,  if  desired.  However,  regardless  of  the  amount  or  quality  of 
work  completed,  no  academic  credit  will  be  granted  at  any  time  for 
courses  audited. 

Audit  Procedure 

'The  student's  decision  to  take  a  course  on  an  audit  basis  must  be 
communicated  in  writing  to  the  Registrar  prior  to  the  fourth  class 
meeting  of  the  course.  No  exception  to  this  procedure  can  be  ap- 
proved without  authorization  by  the  Academic  Standing  Committee  of 
the  College. 

Calculation  of  Quality  Point  Average 

1.  When  the  student  has  more  than  one  grade  in  the  same  course, 
the  most  recent  grade  will  be  used  in  the  calculation  of  the 
quality  point  average. 

2.  A  grade  of  I  will  not  be  considered  in  the  calculation  of  qual- 
ity point  average. 

3.  Although  advanced  standing  credits  (ASC)  allowed  for  accept- 
able work  completed  at  other  institutions  by  transfer  students 
count  toward  completion  of  the  quantitative  credit  requirements, 
neither  the  credits  nor  the  grades  earned  in  such  courses  is 
included  in  quality  point  average  computations. 

For  example,  a  student  who  has  registered  for  seven  courses,  cleared 
a  failure  in  one  of  them,  and  received  advanced  standing  credit  (ASC) 
in  another,  may  calculate  his  quality  point  average  as  follows: 

Quality 

Points 

16.0 

12.0 

6.0 

3.0 

0.0 

6.0 


Grade 

Numerical 

Credit 

Achieved 

Eq 

uivalent 

Hours 

A 

4.0 

X       4 

B 

3.0 

X       4 

C 

2.0 

X       3 

D 

1.0 

X       3 

F 

0.0 

X       2 

FB 
i 

3.0 

X       2 
X     — 
X     — 

i 

ASC 

— 

Totals  ~18~ 

43.0 


Total  Quality  Points  (43.0) 

Quality  Point  Average  =    -  -  ,  -      '   , , —~-  =  2.389 

a  Total  Credit  Hours   18 


42  /  ACADEMIC  POLICIES 

Academic  Probation 

Students  whose  scholarship  in  any  given  period  is  unsatisfactory  may 
be  dropped  from  the  College  or  may  be  placed  on  probation. 

Disciplinary  Action 

The  Committee  on  Regulations  and  Discipline  has  the  authority  to  dis- 
miss from  the  College  or  place  on  probation  at  any  time  or  to  strike 
from  the  list  of  candidates  for  the  degree,  any  student  deemed  un- 
worthy because  of  conduct  or  character. 

Maximum  Course  Load 

New  students  may  elect  up  to  five  (5)  subjects  per  quarter  without 
special  permission. 

Former  students,  who  are  not  on  the  Dean's  List,  may  also  elect  up  to 
five  (5)  subjects  per  quarter  without  special  permission.  Program  Di- 
rectors may  allow  six  (6)  subjects  if  the  student  has  a  2.50  Q.P.A.  or 
better. 

Dean's  List  students  may  elect  any  number  of  subjects  per  quarter  not 
to  exceed  sixteen  (16)  quarter  hours  without  special  permission. 

Not  all  the  courses  listed  in  this  bulletin  will  be  offered.  A  final  list  of 
those  classes  to  be  offered  will  be  contained  in  the  University  College 
Schedule  of  Courses  which  gives  the  hours,  days  and  location  of 
classes.  This  schedule  is  issued  prior  to  the  Fall,  Winter,  Spring,  and 
Summer  Quarters. 

Changes  in  Requirements 

The  continuing  development  of  University  College  forces  frequent  re- 
vision of  curricula.  In  every  new  bulletin  some  improvements  are  in- 
dicated. When  no  hardship  is  imposed  on  the  student  because  of 
changes,  and  when  the  facilities  of  the  school  permit,  the  student  is 
expected  to  meet  the  requirements  of  the  latest  bulletin.  If  the  student 
finds  it  impossible  to  meet  these  requirements,  the  bulletin  for  the  year 
in  which  he  entered  becomes  the  binding  one. 


tuition  and  fees 


Tuition  and  fees  are  refundable  only  as  stated  under  "Refund  of  Tui- 
tion." Checks  and  drafts  for  all  charges  are  to  be  drawn  to  the  order 
of  Northeastern  University. 

I  Initial  Registration  Fee 

A  ten  dollar  ($10.00)  registration  fee,  required  of  all  new  students  is 
due  and  payable  upon  registration.  This  fee  is  nonrefundable. 

Tuition 

Tuition  for  all  credit  courses  is  $35.00  per  quarter  hour  of  credit. 
Charges  for  registration  and  tuition  for  special  courses  are  at  the  rate 
specified  for  each  course.  Students  are  permitted  to  audit  courses, 
however,  there  is  no  reduction  in  fees  for  auditing. 

Non-credit  courses  are  charged  at  quarter  hour  rates  comparable  to 
those  of  credit  courses  meeting  on  an  equivalent  contact  hour  sched- 
ule. 

Students  are  not  permitted  to  attend  class  sessions  or  take  any  exam- 
ination or  test  until  they  have  paid  their  tuition  fees  or  have  made 
satisfactory  arrangements  for  payment. 

Students  will  not  be  advanced  in  class  standing,  or  permitted  to  re- 
enroll  in  the  University,  nor  will  degrees  be  conferred  until  all  financial 
obligations  to  the  University  have  been  met. 

No  certificate  of  honorable  dismissal  will  be  issued  to  any  student  who 
has  not  fully  met  his  financial  obligations  to  the  University. 

Tuition  Budget  Payment  Plans 

Occasionally  situations  develop — usually  beyond  the  control  of  the 
student — which  make  it  difficult  to  meet  the  payments  in  the  manner 
outlined  above.  Under  such  circumstances  the  student  is  advised  to 
discuss  his  problem  personally  at  the  Bursar's  Office,  where  one  of 
the  budget  plans  or  a  deferred  payment  agreement  may  be  worked 
out.  Such  arrangements  should  be  made  before  the  end  of  the  first 
week  of  the  quarter  or  within  one  week  of  the  date  of  registration  if 

43 


44  /  TUITION  AND   FEES 

the  student  enters  late.  A  charge  of  $2.00  will  be  made.  Failure  to  take 
immediate  action  will  result  in  a  late  payment  fee  of  $10.00. 

Tuition  Underwritten  by  Employers 

An  increasing  number  of  companies  are  underwriting  part  or  all  of  the 
cost  of  tuition  of  students  in  their  employ.  In  cases  where  payment  is 
to  be  made  directly  by  the  employer  to  the  University,  the  student 
should  furnish  to  the  Bursar's  Office  a  purchase  order  covering  his 
registration  or  a  statement  from  an  officer  of  his  company  certifying 
that  the  company  is  underwriting  the  tuition. 

Veterans'  Benefits 

Any  veteran  covered  by  Public  Law  89-358  should  report  to  Room  251 
Richards  Hall  to  fill  out  the  proper  enrollment  forms. 

Late  Payment  Fee 

Bills  for  tuition  and  fees  are  payable  on  or  before  Saturday  of  the  week 
of  issuance.  A  late  payment  fee  of  $10.00  is  charged  to  all  students 
failing  to  comply  unless  special  payment  arrangements  are  approved 
by  the  Bursar's  Office. 

Refund  of  Tuition 

The  general  policy  in  all  schools  and  colleges  of  the  University  with 
respect  to  refunds  of  tuition  to  students  is  as  follows: 

The  University  provides  all  instruction  on  an  academic  quarter  basis  for 
which  students  pay  at  the  beginning  of  each  quarter.  Tuition  refunds 
will  be  granted  through  the  first  four  weeks  of  a  quarter  only  when 
specific  conditions  are  met.  Questions  regarding  refunds  should  be 
discussed  with  the  Bursar. 

Tuition  refunds  will  be  granted  only  on  the  basis  of  the  date  appearing 
on  the  official  withdrawal  application  when  filed  with  the  Registrar  in 
Room  120  Hayden  Hall.  Non-attendance  does  not  constitute  official 
withdrawal. 

Refunds  will  be  granted  in  accordance  with  the  following  schedule: 

official  withdrawal  filed  within:  percentage  of  tuition 
1st  week  of  quarter  100% 

2nd  week  of  quarter  75% 

3rd  week  of  quarter  50% 

4th  week  of  quarter  25% 


TUITION   AND   FEES  /  45 


Courses  in  Other  Departments  of  the  University 


University  College  students  assigned  to  courses  in  other  departments 
of  the  University  are  charged  the  tuition  rates  and  other  fees  effective 
in  the  departments  in  which  they  are  enrolled. 

Student  Center  Fee 

All  students  in  University  College  on  the  Huntington  Avenue  Campus 
are  charged  $.75  each  quarter  for  the  services  available  in  the  Student 
Center. 

Laboratory  Fee 

All  students  enrolled  in  biology  or  health  professions  courses  which 
include  laboratory,  must  purchase  from  the  Bursar's  Office  a  Labora- 
tory Fee  and  Deposit  Card  for  $15.00  ($5.00  for  extra  cards).  For  chem- 
istry, the  cards  cost  $20.00  per  quarter  with  the  possibility  of  a  $5.00 
refund  at  the  end  of  the  quarter,  depending  upon  breakage.  The  fee 
for  arts  and  crafts  courses  is  $5.00.  Upon  completion  of  the  course  or 
withdrawal  during  the  quarter,  the  student  must  check  his  status  with 
the  laboratory  attendant.  The  Bursar's  Office  will  then  refund  any 
unused  balance  shown  on  the  Laboratory  Fee  and  Deposit  Card. 

Graduation  Fee 

The  University  graduation  fee,  charged  to  those  who  are  candidates 
for  the  baccalaureate  or  associate  degree,  is  $25.00  payable  on  or 
before  May  1  of  the  year  in  which  the  student  expects  to  graduate. 

'Missed  Final  Examination  Fee 

Students  absent  from  the  regularly  scheduled  final  examination  at  the 
end  of  a  course  may  petition  for  a  "Missed  Final  Examination."  The 
fee  for  each  examination  requested  by  the  student  is  $5.00.  The  fee 
must  be  paid  when  the  petition  is  filed  in  the  University  Registrar's 
Office. 

Transcripts 

Students  may  request  transcripts  of  their  grades  at  the  Registrar's 
Office.  There  is  a  charge  of  $1.00  per  copy,  payable  in  advance. 


financial  aid  and 
scholarships 


General  information  pertaining  to  financial  aid  opportunities  and  spe- 
cific scholarship  applications  for  part-time  students  are  available  in 
the  University  College  Admissions  Office,  Room  102  Churchill  Hall. 

The  following  scholarships  and  awards  are  available  to  students  en- 
rolled in  University  College. 

Professor  Joseph  A.  Mullen  Scholarships 

The  Massachusetts  Chapter  of  the  American  Society  of  Training  and 
Development  has  established  a  fund  to  provide  annual  scholarship 
awards  to  deserving  part-time  students  upon  the  recommendation  of 
the  Dean  of  University  College. 

Martin  Luther  King  Jr.  Scholarships 

Established  in  1969  in  memory  of  the  late  Rev.  Martin  Luther  King  Jr. 
Awards  are  made  as  openings  occur,  to  adults  from  minority  groups 
who  would  otherwise  be  unable  to  continue  their  education.  Stipends 
will  cover  tuition  expenses  not  to  exceed  six  quarter  hours  in  any 
academic  quarter  (excluding  Summer  Quarter). 

Kappa  Tau  Phi  Scholarships 

The  Kappa  Tau  Phi  Sorority  Scholarship  Fund  annually  makes  avail- 
able scholarship  awards.  They  are  granted  to  women  students  in  the 
liberal  arts,  business,  and  engineering  programs,  respectively,  who 
rank  highest  at  the  end  of  the  upper-middle  year.  In  the  event  the  stu- 
dent is  eligible  for  an  award  of  greater  monetary  value,  the  award  will 
be  made  to  the  next  highest-ranking  woman  student.  To  be  eligible 
for  this  scholarship,  the  student  must  be  enrolled  in  a  program  of  at 
least  two  evenings  per  week  and  must  be  a  candidate  for  the  bache- 
lor's degree.  In  determining  the  recipient,  grades  of  all  courses  com- 
pleted in  prior  years  shall  be  considered. 

Harry  Olins  Scholarship 

The  Harry  Olins  Scholarship  Fund  was  established  as  an  expression  of 
firm  belief  in  University  College  students  and  "what  they  stand  for." 

46 


FINANCIAL  AID  AND  SCHOLARSHIPS  /  47 

The  fund,  presented  by  Mrs.  Harry  Olins  in  recognition  of  her  hus- 
band's long  service  on  the  faculty,  makes  available  an  annual  tuition 
award  to  two  students  who  in  terms  of  scholastic  achievement,  charac- 
ter, and  personal  need  best  typify  the  spirit  of  Northeastern  University. 

To  be  eligible  for  this  award,  the  student  must  be  a  degree  candidate 
and  carry  a  full  academic  load  during  the  school  year. 

Northeastern  University  Alumni  Club  of  Lowell  Scholarships 

The  Northeastern  University  Alumni  Club  of  Lowell  awards  scholar- 
ships annually  to  evening  students  in  University  College  from  the 
Greater  Lowell  area  who  demonstrate  high  scholastic  ability  and  are 
in  need  of  financial  assistance.  Students  interested  should  obtain  an 
application  in  the  University  College  office,  102  Churchill  Hall.  Upon 
filing  an  application  and  submitting  a  resume,  the  student  will  be  re- 
quired to  complete  an  interview  with  the  Scholarship  Committee  of  the 
Alumni  Club  of  Lowell. 

Pilot  Freight  Carriers  Scholarships 

i  Pilot  Freight  Carriers,  Winston-Salem,  North  Carolina,  awards  $500  an- 
nually to  advanced  transportation  students  who  have  achieved  high 
academic  standing  and  who  have  paid  their  tuition  expenses  without 
prior  aid.  The  award  may  be  shared  by  more  than  one  student.  Quali- 
fied candidates  should  apply  during  the  Spring  Quarter,  in  University 
College,  102  Churchill  Hall.  The  final  determination  is  made  by  the 
Dean  of  University  College. 

i  H.  Patricia  Taylor  Scholarship  Fund 

The  H.  Patricia  Taylor  Scholarship  Fund  was  established  in  1974  by 
H.  Patricia  Taylor,  a  graduate  of  University  College,  and  her  husband, 
Harry  C.  Taylor,  a  graduate  of  the  School  of  Business.  The  Scholarship 
expresses  their  appreciation  for  financial  assistance  made  available  to 
Mrs.  Taylor  while  obtaining  her  degree,  and  is  an  attempt  to  provide 
similar  funds  to  assist  others  in  realizing  their  potential  through  higher 
education.  The  income  from  the  Scholarship  Fund  will  be  awarded 
annually  to  a  student  enrolled  in  University  College  or  Lincoln  College 
who  demonstrates  financial  need  and  academic  stability  and  who 
meets  certain  other  conditions  of  eligibility. 

University  College  Faculty  Club  Memorial  Scholarship  Awards 

The  Faculty  Club  of  University  College,  Northeastern  University,  offers 
two  awards  annually,  primarily  for  excellence  in  studies,  to  Bachelor 
degree  candidates  in  University  College  who  have  carried,  and  are 
currently  carrying,  a  minimum  of  24  quarter  hours  annually.  Applica- 


48  /  FINANCIAL  AID  AND  SCHOLARSHIPS 

tions,  available  during  the  Winter  Quarter,  must  be  returned  before  the 
Spring  Quarter. 

These  awards  shall  be  known  as  University  College  Faculty  Club  Me- 
morial Scholarship  Awards  in  commemoration  of  the  Club's  deceased 
members. 

U.S.  Navy  Field  Training  Supervisors  Association  Memorial 
Scholarship 

A  scholarship  fund  has  been  established  by  the  generosity  of  the 
United  States  Navy  Field  Training  Supervisors  Association,  in  com- 
memoration of  the  Association's  deceased  members.  The  Scholarship 
is  awarded  annually  to  a  deserving  student,  selected  by  the  Committee 
on  Scholarships,  who  is  a  Management  major,  working  toward  a  Bach- 
elor of  Science  degree  in  the  evening  program  of  University  College. 

Sigma  Epsilon  Rho  Honor  Society  Scholarship  Award 

The  Sigma  Epsilon  Rho  Honor  Society  Scholarship  Award,  established 
in  1974  by  the  membership  of  the  Society,  is  awarded  annually  to  an 
undergraduate  student  of  University  and/or  Lincoln  College  at  North- 
eastern University.  Eligible  students  must  have  a  cumulative  Quality 
Point  Average  of  3.0  or  better  after  completing  80  percent  or  more  of 
their  required  studies. 

Traffic  Club  of  New  England  Scholarship 

The  Traffic  Club  of  New  England  provides  12  basic  and  four  advanced 
scholarships  annually  for  persons  employed  in  transportation  and  in- 
dustry traffic  departments.  The  scholarships  are  divided  equally  be- 
tween industry  and  carrier  applicants,  and  each  award  is  applicable 
toward  tuition,  books,  and  incidental  expenses  involved  in  Transporta- 
tion Management  courses.  The  purpose  of  the  plan  is  to  afford  a 
limited  number  of  young  men  an  opportunity  to  expand  and  improve 
their  education  by  systematized  study  in  courses  in  the  field  of  transpor- 
tation and  traffic  management.  The  scholarships  are  administered  co- 
operatively with  the  Scholarship  Committee  of  the  Traffic  Club  of  New 
England.  Applications  may  be  secured  from  and  filed  with  the  Secre- 
tary, The  Traffic  Club  of  New  England,  294  Washington  Street,  Boston, 
Massachusetts  02108. 

Community  Sources 

Students  and  their  families  are  urged  to  explore  community,  industrial, 
and  foundation  sources  for  collegiate  financial  aid.  Parental  employers 
or  the  appropriate  union  organization  may  be  a  source.  In  addition, 
local,  civic,  political,  religious,  or  educational  leaders  are  often  aware 


FINANCIAL  AID  AND  SCHOLARSHIPS  /  49 

of  aid  sources  in  immediate  community.  Some  typical  sources  may  in- 
clude: P.T.A.,  Kiwanis,  Lions,  Elks,  Knights  of  Columbus,  Masons,  Sons 
of  Italy,  Rotary,  State  Rehabilitation,  American  Legion,  etc. 

University  Grants 

Each  year  Northeastern  University  grants  a  substantial  number  of  full 
and  partial  tuition  grants  to  students  who  have  demonstrated  both 
above-average  scholastic  achievement  and  financial  need.  All  applica- 
tions for  aid  are  automatically  considered  for  all  grants  administered 
by  the  University.  It  is  not  necessary  for  an  applicant  to  specify  the 
grant  in  which  he  is  interested. 

National  Direct  Student  Loan 

This  program  is  available  to  students  who  are  carrying  at  least  one-half 
the  normal  academic  workload,  are  accepted  as  degree  candidates, 
and  who  show  evidence  of  financial  need. 

Students  may  borrow  as  much  as  $1500  each  academic  year,  up  to  the 
maximum  of  $7500  for  their  undergraduate  education,  or  a  total  of 
$10,000  through  the  completion  of  graduate  studies.  Repayment  and 
interest  on  these  loans  do  not  begin  until  nine  months  after  the  stu- 
dent ceases  to  carry  at  least  a  half-time  academic  load  at  an  institu- 
tion of  higher  education.  The  repayment  of  principal  may  be  extended 
over  a  ten-year  period  with  the  interest  at  the  rate  of  3%  per  annum. 
Repayment  may  be  deferred  up  to  a  total  of  three  years  while  a  bor- 
rower is  serving  as  a  Peace  Corps  or  VISTA  volunteer. 

Borrowers  who  elect  to  teach  the  disadvantaged  or  handicapped  may 
qualify  for  cancellation  of  their  entire  obligation  at  the  rate  of  15%  per 
year  of  teaching  service.  A  borrower  serving  as  a  full-time  member 
of  the  Armed  Services  of  the  United  States  is  entitled  to  cancel  12V2% 
per  annum  of  the  principal  outstanding  on  any  loans,  for  each  year  of 
such  service,  up  to  a  maximum  cancellation  of  50%. 

Guaranteed  Student  Loan  Program 

Under  this  program,  students  who  are  matriculated  degree  candidates, 
enrolled  for  at  least  one-half  the  normal  academic  work  load,  may  bor- 
row from  a  participating  bank  or  other  financial  institution.  Terms  and 
conditions  vary  from  state  to  state,  but  a  student  generally  may  borrow 
up  to  $2,000  a  year  (the  law  allows  a  maximum  of  $2,500  per  year)  de- 
pending on  financial  need.  The  Federal  Government  pays  the  interest 
while  the  student  Is  in  school  if  the  student  is  eligible  for  interest  sub- 
sidy. 

Applications  for  the  loan  itself  are  available  from  local  banks  or  the 
Education  Office  of  your  state  government.  Additional  information  and 


50  /  FINANCIAL  AID  AND  SCHOLARSHIPS 

necessary  application  forms  for  Massachusetts  residents  are  available 
from  the  Financial  Aid  Office. 

Veterans'  Benefits 

Any  veteran  covered  by  the  Veterans  Readjustment  Act  of  1966,  Pub- 
lic Law  89-358,  should  report  to  Room  251  Richards  Hall  to  fill  out  the 
proper  enrollment  forms.  These  forms  will  be  made  available  during 
registration  periods  for  all  students  in  the  Law  Enforcement  Programs 
at  special  off-campus  locations. 

Students  needing  additional  information  as  to  eligibility,  allowances,  or 
other  details  are  urged  to  contact  their  local  office  of  the  Veterans 
Administration  as  early  as  possible. 

Law  Enforcement  Assistance  Administration 

The  Law  Enforcement  Assistance  Administration,  U.S.  Department  of 
Justice,  has  set  up  an  Office  of  Academic  Assistance  under  authority 
of  the  Omnibus  Crime  Control  and  Safe  Streets  Act  of  1968,  Public 
Law  90-351.  Through  the  University,  loans  up  to  $2200  per  year  for  tui- 
tion and  grants  up  to  $250  per  academic  quarter  for  tuition  and  fees 
are  available  to  law  enforcement  personnel  in  undergraduate  or  grad- 
uate programs  leading  to  degrees  or  certificates  in  areas  directly 
related  to  law  enforcement. 

The  loans,  limited  to  full-time  students  in  or  preparing  for  law  enforce- 
ment or  corrections  careers,  are  cancelled  at  the  rate  of  25  percent 
for  each  year  the  recipient  subsequently  serves  in  law  enforcement  at 
federal,  state,  or  local  level. 

The  grants  are  available  to  full-time  or  part-time  students  employed 
in  a  publicly-funded  law  enforcement  agency,  and  involve  a  signed 
agreement  to  remain  in  the  service  of  a  law  enforcement  agency  em- 
ploying such  applicant  for  two  years  following  completion  of  the 
course  for  which  aid  was  given. 

Applications  for  loans  or  grants  should  be  obtained  from  the  Office  of 
Financial  Aid,  Room  252  Richards  Hall. 

Please  note  that  aid  granted  from  programs  sponsored  by  the  Federal 
Government  is  dependent  upon  the  amount  of  funds  allocated  to 
Northeastern. 

The  University  does  not  award  financial  assistance  in  any  form  to  non- 
citizens  of  the  United  States. 


student  activities 


Student  activities  for  part-time  students  are  planned,  organized,  and 
operated  by  the  student  body  with  the  assistance  of  the  Director  of 
University-Lincoln  College  Student  Activities.  The  programs  are  de- 
signed to  keep  pace  with  the  changing  needs  of  adult  students  and 
to  provide  maximum  opportunity  for  student  participation.  All  part-time 
students  in  University  College  and  Lincoln  College  are  welcome  to 
participate. 

The  program  is  flexible  in  nature  and  pioneering  in  spirit  to  meet  the 
needs  of  adult  students.  The  Office  of  University-Lincoln  College  Stu- 
dent Activities  is  particularly  interested  in  developing  new  clubs  which 
will  benefit  students  professionally  and  educationally.  If  students  wish 
to  start  clubs  related  to  their  professions,  this  office  will  help  them 
plan  and  organize  clubs  on  the  local  and  national  level.  The  program 
is  dedicated  to  assisting  the  adult  student  in  the  development  of  his 
fullest  potential.  The  University-Lincoln  College  Student  Activities 
Office  is  located  in  102  Churchill  Hall. 

Purpose 

The  purposes  of  part-time  student  activities  are: 

To  provide  opportunities  for  the  development  and  pursuit  of  cultural 
interests  and  professional  objectives. 

To  encourage  the  development  of  leadership  activities  and  skills. 

To  enable  the  student  to  identify  more  closely  with  the  University. 

To  include  the  family,  as  an  important  and  vital  motivating  force,  in  the 
part-time  student's  educational  career. 

Sigma  Epsilon  Rho  Honor  Society 

Sigma  Epsilon  Rho  is  the  honor  society  of  University  College.  Its  pur- 
poses are: 

To  promote  acquaintance  and  good  fellowship  among  those  students 
who  have  attained  highest  scholastic  standing  in  the  College. 

To  stimulate  the  student  body  to  higher  scholastic  accomplishment 

51 


52  /  STUDENT  ACTIVITIES 

through  the  bearing,  influence,  and  work  of  these  selected  men  and 
women. 

To  develop  methods  of  mutual  improvement  and  advancement  among 
members. 

To  support  high  moral,  professional,  and  scholastic  ideals. 

Only  honor  graduates  or  seniors  with  honor  standing  at  the  end  of  the 
junior  year  are  eligible  for  admission  to  the  society.  Admission  is  by 
invitation  after  nomination  by  the  society. 

An  outstanding  book  is  awarded  each  year  by  Sigma  Epsilon  Rho  So- 
ciety to  the  highest-ranking  student  at  the  conclusion  of  the  junior 
year.  Students  will  receive  the  award  only  in  the  event  that  they  enroll 
for  the  subsequent  year. 

Northeastern  Flying  Huskies 

The  Flying  Huskies  was  organized  by  the  students  of  the  aviation  tech- 
nology program  in  the  Spring  of  1969.  The  main  objective  of  the  or- 
ganization is  to  promote  safety  and  precision  in  aviation.  During  the 
past  several  years  the  "Huskies"  have  been  involved  with  intercolle- 
giate competition  and  have  been  invited  to  the  national  championships 
for  four  consecutive  years.  Thanks  to  the  support  of  many  interested 
parties  and  a  fine  membership,  the  "Huskies"  are  becoming  well- 
known  in  the  collegiate  flying  circle.  Although  membership  is  restricted 
to  those  enrolled  in  the  aviation  technology  program,  the  club  hopes 
to  promote  comradeship  among  all  pilots. 

Lambda  Alpha  Epsilon 

Lambda  Alpha  Epsilon  is  a  national  law  enforcement  fraternity  founded 
in  1957.  The  Northeastern  Chapter  Kappa  Phi  Beta  is  open  to  part-time 
and  day  students  enrolled  in  Law  Enforcement  and  Security  Programs, 
and  also  to  professional  men  in  the  fields  of  law  enforcement  and 
security.  The  fraternity  is  dedicated  to  the  furtherance  of  professional 
standards  in  law  enforcement. 

Evening  Student  Council 

The  Evening  Student  Council  was  formed  to  provide  a  representative 
body  to  promote  the  welfare  of  the  student  body  in  non-academic  areas 
and  to  foster  extracurricular  activities  which.  wi!l  enrich  University  life. 
It  affords  participants  opportunities  to  meet  and  develop  close  per- 
sonal relationships  with  fellow  students  and  the  administrative  staff. 

The  Evening  Student  Council  provides  students  with  opportunities  to 
develop  leadership  skills  and  gives  them  a  chance  to  discuss  matters 
of  professional  interest  with  experts  in  their  chosen  field. 


STUDENT  ACTIVITIES  /  53 

The  Council  is  made  up  of  interested  students  in  University  and  Lin- 
coln College,  representatives  of  part-time  interest  groups,  and  those 
specially  certified  by  the  Council  because  of  their  demonstrated  inter- 
est in  the  overall  adult  programs  of  the  University. 

The  E.S.C.,  a  member  of  the  United  States  Association  of  Evening  Stu- 
dents, meets  evenings  on  a  monthly  basis  in  the  Student  Center.  Stu- 
dents are  welcome  to  visit,  observe,  and  express  opinions  concerning 
part-time  student  life.  Free  refreshments  are  served  at  all  meetings. 

Use  of  Gymnasium  Facilities 

Specific  schedules  for  use  of  the  pool,  weight  training  room,  indoor 
athletic  field  and  track,  handball  courts,  gymnasium,  and  wrestling 
room  are  set  up  each  quarter  for  use  by  all  part-time  students.  In 
order  to  become  eligible,  students  must  obtain  a  temporary  Gym- 
nasium Pass  each  time  they  wish  to  use  the  Cabot  Gymnasium  Com- 
plex. Passes  are  available  in  the  Cabot  Complex,  Monday  through  Friday 
from  4:30  p.m.  to  9:00  p.m.  and  on  Saturday  and  Sunday  from  1:00  p.m. 
to  4:00  p.m.  All  students  requesting  a  pass  must  present  their  Student 
Identification  Card  prior  to  receiving  a  pass.  Passes  are  issued  on  a 
first-come,  first-served  basis.  Students  using  the  Cabot  Gymnasium 
Complex  are  required  to  abide  by  all  the  Rules  of  the  Gym  and  may 
be  asked  to  complete  a  Medical  Release  form. 

Evening  Ski  Club 

The  Evening  Ski  Club  was  established  as  a  special  interest  club  by 
students  in  University  and  Lincoln  College  to  give  skiers  an  oppor- 
tunity to  meet  other  skiers  for  the  purpose  of  promoting  the  sport  and 
its  related  activities.  Events  sponsored  by  the  Evening  Ski  Club  include 
wine  and  cheese  parties  held  locally  and  in  the  various  ski  areas  of 
Maine,  New  Hampshire,  and  Vermont.  A  summer  clambake  is  also 
arranged  on  a  local  beach,  usually  in  July  or  August.  Meetings  are 
held  from  October  through  April  on  a  bi-weekly  basis  on  the  main 
campus.  Students  interested  should  contact  the  Evening  Student  Activ- 
ities Office  in  102  Churchill  Hall. 

Alumni  Association 

More  than  52,000  alumni  are  members  of  the  all-University  Alumni  As- 
sociation which  has  as  its  prime  purposes  the  promotion  of  the  welfare 
of  Northeastern  University,  the  establishment  of  a  mutually  beneficial 
relationship  between  the  University  and  its  alumni,  and  the  perpetua- 
tion of  fellowship  among  members  of  the  Association. 

The  Alumni  Relations  office  is  located  in  Room  101,  Ell  Student  Center. 
The  official  records  and  addresses  of  alumni  are  maintained  in  Room 
260,  United  Realty  Building. 


54  A  STUDENT  ACTIVITIES 

Activities  of  the  Association,  including  the  Homecoming  Day  celebra- 
tion and  the  annual  presentation  of  Professional  Promise  Awards  to 
outstanding  seniors  in  Lincoln  and  University  Colleges,  are  directed  by 
the  Vice  President  for  Alumni  Affairs.  Alumni  officers  also  attend  meet- 
ings of  the  undergraduate  classes  to  form  a  closer  relationship  between 
the  Association  and  its  future  members. 

The  Alumni  Relations  Office  assists  the  various  class  officers  in  plan- 
ning class  reunions.  Each  class  normally  holds  a  reunion  every  five 
years  during  the  month  of  June.  The  Vice  President  for  the  Alumni 
Class  Council  is  responsible  for  coordinating  class  activities  and  orga- 
nizing class  functions. 

The  Vice  President  for  Alumni  Clubs  works  in  close  association  with 
officers  of  the  more  than  50  Regional  Alumni  Clubs  which  have  been 
established  from  coast  to  coast.  All  alumni  are  eligible  to  become 
members  of  these  organizations.  The  alumni  clubs  meet  periodically, 
often  in  conjunction  with  visits  from  members  of  the  faculty  or  with 
athletic  events. 

For  Boston  area  alumni,  monthly  luncheon  meetings  are  held  in  both 
the  downtown  and  uptown  sections  of  the  city. 

The  Association  also  sponsors  and  assists  the  Alumnae  Organization 
and  the  Varsity  Club,  both  of  which  have  their  own  officers  and  con- 
duct various  programs  throughout  the  year.  Through  the  Varsity  Club, 
the  Association  presents  trophies  to  the  outstanding  athlete  of  the 
year  in  each  of  the  five  major  sports. 

One  of  the  most  recent  developments  in  alumni  activities  is  the  orga- 
nization of  seminars  which  are  conducted  by  the  Association  in  co- 
operation with  the  University's  Center  for  Continuing  Education.  The 
seminars  are  designed  particularly  for  alumni  who  have  a  special  inter- 
est in  current  events  and  the  field  of  adult  education. 

The  Northeastern  University  Alumni  Association  is  a  member  of  the 
American  Alumni  Council,  a  professional  organization  composed  of 
representatives  of  all  major  colleges  and  universities  in  the  United 
States  and  Canada. 

Alumni  Relations 

The  Alumni  Association  is  providing  a  uniquely  valuable  service  to 
both  the  University  and  the  community  by  sponsoring  admissions  con- 
ferences for  parents  of  high  school  students  who  are  interested  in  at- 
tending college.  These  meetings,  held  in  cooperation  with  the  North- 
eastern Department  of  Admissions,  have  been  extremely  well  attended. 
Local  residents  as  well  as  Alumni  of  the  University  have  been  invited 
to  these  conferences  which  help  to  clarify  many  of  the  questions 
today's  parents  and  young  people  have  concerning  application  pro- 
cedures of  colleges  and  universities. 


programs  of  study 


University  College  conducts  part-time  educational  programs  at  the 
undergraduate  level  during  day  and  evening  hours.  The  programs  are 
designed  to  meet  the  varying  needs  and  interests  of  adult  students 
who  may  enroll  as  (1)  Regular  students  following  degree  programs  or 
as  (2)  Special  students  taking  single  courses  or  special  programs. 

University  College  programs  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science  and 
Bachelor  of  Arts  degrees  provide  opportunities  for  cultural  and  profes- 
sional development  equivalent  in  quality  and  scope  to  those  offered  in 
the  conventional  four-year  college  enrolling  full-time  students.  The 
bachelor's  degree  requires  174  quarter  hours  of  credit. 

Programs  leading  to  the  Associate  in  Science  degree  provide  students 
a  background  in  fundamental  areas  in  business  administration,  liberal 
arts,  law  enforcement,  health  professions,  and  therapeutic  recreation 
services.  The  Associate  degree  requires  96  quarter  hours  of  credit  and 
is  equivalent  to  the  conventional  two-year  or  junior  college  in  scope 
and  quality. 

Degree  curricula  are  offered  in  the  following  areas: 

BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 

Major  Degree  Page 

Business  Administration  Associate  in  Science  60 

Electronic  Data  Processing  Associate  in  Science  62 

Purchasing  Associate  in  Science  64 

Real  Estate  Associate  in  Science  66 

Accounting  Bachelor  of  Science  68 

Finance  Bachelor  of  Science  69 

Industrial  Management  Bachelor  of  Science  71 

Industrial  Technology  Bachelor  of  Science  72 

Insurance  Bachelor  of  Science  73 

Management  Bachelor  of  Science  74 

Management  Information  Systems  Bachelor  of  Science  76 

Marketing  Bachelor  of  Science  78 

Personnel  and  Industrial  Relations  Bachelor  of  Science  79 
Transportation  and  Physical  Distribution 

Management  Bachelor  of  Science  80 
Combined  Program  in  Liberal  Arts 

and  Management  Bachelor  of  Science  82 

55 


56  /  PROGRAMS  OF  STUDY 

LIBERAL  ARTS 

Major  Degree  Page 

Economics  Bachelor  of  Arts  89 

English  Bachelor  of  Arts,  Bachelor  of  Science  90 

Fine  Arts  Bachelor  of  Arts,  Bachelor  of  Science  91 

History  Bachelor  of  Arts,  Bachelor  of  Science  93 

Liberal  Arts  Associate  in  Science  94 

Music  Bachelor  of  Arts,  Bachelor  of  Science  103 

Political  Science  Bachelor  of  Arts,  Bachelor  of  Science  95 

Psychology  Bachelor  of  Arts  98 

Sociology-Anthropology  Bachelor  of  Arts,  Bachelor  of  Science  100 

Chemical-Biological  Technology  Associate  in  Science  105 

Chemical-Biological  Technology  Bachelor  of  Science  106 

LAW  ENFORCEMENT 

Major  Degree  Page 

Correctional  Practices  Bachelor  of  Science  110 

Associate  in  Science  114 

Law  Enforcement  Bachelor  of  Science  116 

Associate  in  Science  120 

Security  Bachelor  of  Science  122 

Associate  in  Science  126 

HEALTH  PROFESSION  PROGRAMS 

Major  Degree  Page 

Health  Science  Bachelor  of  Science  130 

Management  in  Health  Bachelor  of  Science  132 

Agencies  and  Institutions 
Medical  Laboratory  Science 

Cytotechnology  Bachelor  of  Science  143 

Associate  in  Science  143 

Medical  Technology  Bachelor  of  Science  146 

Associate  in  Science  146 

Medical  Record  Administration  Bachelor  of  Science  136 

Certificate  138 

Nursing  Home  Administration  Certificate  134 

Radiologic  Technology  Associate  in  Science  152 

Respiratory  Therapy  Associate  in  Science  140 

Medical  Laboratory  Science 

Hematology  Bachelor  of  Science  149 

EDUCATION 

Major  Degree  Page 

Teaching  of  English  (in  grades  7-12)  Bachelor  of  Science  157 

Course  descriptions  are  listed  in  numerical  order  by  department  beginning  on 
page  162. 

THERAPEUTIC  RECREATION  SERVICES 

Major  Degree  Page 

Therapeutic  Recreation  Services  Certificate  161 

Associate  in  Science  161 


business 
administration 


Paul  D.  Maxwell,  Assistant  Dean 

Director,  Business  Administration  Programs 

Telephone  437-2418 


'Aims 


Business  Administration  programs  of  study  are  offered  to  meet  the 
needs  of  adult  men  and  women  wishing  to  acquire  a  college  education 
on  a  part-time  basis.  The  opportunity  to  achieve  professional  compe- 
tence in  a  chosen  field,  while  developing  potential  for  further  man- 
agerial growth,  is  one  of  the  program's  principal  objectives.  Degree 
programs  are  designed  to  create  both  a  breadth  of  perspective  and  a 
degree  of  specialization.  Breadth  of  perspective  will  be  obtained 
through  exposure  to  a  well-balanced  sequence  of  liberal  arts  courses, 
which  emphasize  fundamental  economic  laws,  and  the  social  and  cul- 
tural foundations  of  our  changing  American  society.  Specialized  knowl- 
edge for  future  managerial  growth  will  be  acquired  through  the  study 
of  basic  business  courses,  in  addition  to  a  self-determined  study  of  a 
major  business  area. 

I  Requirements 

i  Associate  in  Science  Degree 

The  Associate  in  Science  degree  is  offered  in  the  following  fields  of 
study:  Business  Administration,  Electronic  Data  Processing,  Purchas- 
ing, and  Real  Estate.  To  qualify  for  the  associate  degree  96  quarter 
hours  must  be  successfully  completed  in  one  of  the  four  associate 
programs.  Detailed  information  on  these  programs  together  with  a 
recommended  sequence  for  completing  them  appears  on  the  following 
pages. 

New  Students — Please  Note: 

In  an  effort  to  achieve  a  certain  level  of  analytic  and  academic  sophis- 
tication among  students  taking  upper  level  business  administration 
courses  (designated  by  an  asterisk  wherever  they  appear  in  the  cata- 
log), University  College  instituted  a  new  procedure  in  the  Fall  Quarter 
of  1969  whereby  all  new  students  are  required  to  successfully  com- 

57 


58  /  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 

plete  an  appropriate  associate  degree  program  before  they  become 
eligible  to  take  upper  level  business  administration  courses.  Special 
students  (students  not  pursuing  a  degree  program)  may  take  upper 
level  courses  if  they  can  demonstrate  to  a  program  adviser  (always 
present  during  registration)  or  to  one  of  the  deans  in  University  Col- 
lege that  they  have  an  adequate  background  to  cope  with  upper  level 
course  content.  In  determining  whether  a  student  has  "an  adequate 
background,"  the  program  advisers  and  the  deans  will  evaluate,  but 
not  be  limited  to,  such  factors  as  work  experience,  former  college 
work,  independent  study,  etc. 

The  "appropriate"  program  for  all  Bachelor  degree  students,  except 
the  Management  Information  Systems  (MIS)  degree  student,  is  the  As- 
sociate degree  program  in  Business  Administration.  The  "appropriate" 
program  for  the  MIS  degree  student  is  the  Associate  degree  program 
in  Electronic  Data  Processing  (EDP).  Students  pursuing  one  of  the 
other  associate  programs  or  students  pursuing  an  "inappropriate" 
associate  program  (e.g.,  student  following  EDP  associate  program 
who  wants  to  major  in  finance  in  his  bachelor's  program)  may  make 
special  arrangements  with  the  Dean  of  Administrations  or  the  Director 
of  Business  Programs  for  a  bachelor's  program. 

A  student  with  a  2.0  average  or  better  in  an  Associate  degree  program 
will  be  considered  by  University  College  as  having  "successfully  com- 
pleted" the  program.  It  should  be  noted  that  students  do  not  have  to 
formally  receive  Associate  degrees;  successful  completion  of  the  Asso- 
ciate degree  program  (or  demonstration  of  an  "adequate  background" 
in  the  case  of  special  students)  is  all  that  is  necessary  for  entry  into 
upper  level  business  administration  courses. 

The  Bachelor  of  Science  Degree 

The  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Business  Administration  is  offered 
in  the  following  fields  of  study:  Accounting,  Finance,  Industrial  Man- 
agement, Industrial  Technology,  Insurance,  Management,  Management 
Information  Systems,  Marketing,  Personnel  and  Industrial  Relations, 
Transportation  and  Physical  Distribution  Management,  and  in  the 
Combined  Program  in  Liberal  Arts  and  Management. 

In  general,  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  requires  successful  com- 
pletion of  the  following  areas  of  study: 


BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION  /  59 

Liberal  Arts  quarter  hours 

Basic  Courses  and  Electives  70 

[Business  Administration 

Basic  Courses  66 

Major  Field  of  Study  30 

Electives  (Business  Administration  or  Liberal  Arts)  8 

Total  174 

Detailed  information  on  these  programs  appears  on  the  following 
pages. 

English  Requirements 

The  English  requirements  shall  be  fulfilled  by  taking  Composition  and 
Rhetoric  I,  II,  (30.601,  30.602),  Introduction  to  Literary  Forms  I,  II  (30.604, 
30.605),  and  four  additional  hours  of  literature.  Please  review  the  ap- 
propriate detailed  program  information.  For  new  English  requirements 
see  explanation  on  page  220. 


60  /  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 

BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION  Associate  in  Science  Degree 

quarter  hours 
Basic  Courses — Liberal  Arts 

10.327,     10.328,     10.329     Mathematics  I,  II,  III  6 

16.501,     16.502,     16.503     Earth  Science  I,   II,   III  6 

19.501,     19.502,     19.503     Psychology  I,  II,  III  6 

23.501,     23.502,     23.503     Western  Civilization  I,  II,  III  6 

30.601,     30.602     Composition  and  Rhetoric  I,  II  4 

30.604,     30.605     Introduction  to  Literary  Forms  I,  II  4 

39.501,     39.502,     39.503     Economic  Principles  &  Problems  I,  II,  III  6 

39.511,     39.512,     39.513     Statistics  I,  II,  III  6         44 

Basic  Courses — Business  Administration 

41.501,     41.502,     41.503     Accounting  Principles  I,  II,   III  6 

43.501,     43.502,     43.503     Introduction  to  Marketing  I,  II,  III  6 

44.501,     44.502,     44.503     Finance  &  Risk  Management  I,  II,  III  6 

45.501,     45.502,     45.503     Management  &  Organization  I,  II,  III  6 
45.506,     45.507,     45.508     Production  Management  and 

Manufacturing  Systems  I,  II,  III  6 

45.511,     45.512     Human  Relations  in  Organizations  I,  II                4 

45.570,     45.571,     45.572     Electronic  Data  Processing  I,  II,  III  6 

45.599     Basic  Computer  Programming  2 

45.610,     45.611     Labor  Management  Relations  I,  II  4 

45.667     Project  Planning  and  Control  2         48 

Electives                              Literature  4 

Total  Credits  96 

Students  following  a  degree  program  should  refer  to  suggested  course  sequence 
on  the  opposite  page. 

The  following  courses  are  frequently  offered  as  single  quarter  intensives  during 
the  regular  school  year.  Please  refer  to  the  current  Schedule  of  Courses  and 
Registration  Guide  for  details. 

19.508,  19.509     Fundamentals  of  Psychology  I,  II  8* 

23.509,  23.510  Western  Civilization  A,  B  6 
30.603  Composition  and  Rhetoric  4 
30.603  Composition  and  Rhetoric  4 
41.541  Accounting  Principles  6 
43.504  Introduction  to  Marketing  6 
44.504     Finance  &  Risk  Management  6 

45.641  Human  Relations  In  Organization  4 

45.642  Production  Management  and 

Manufacturing  Systems  6 

45.648     Electronic  Data  Processing  6 

45.652     Management  and  Organization  6 

45.690     Labor  Management  Relations  4 


'Additional  2  quarter  hours  of  credit  may  be  applied  to  Liberal  Arts  Electives  in  B.S.  degree 
programs. 


BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION  /  61 


BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 

f  Recommended  Course  Sequence  for  the  4-Year  Program 
L  Leading  to  the  Associate  in  Science  Degree 


Quarter  I 

Comp.  &  Rhet.  I 
Accounting  I 
Mgmt.  &  Org.  I 
Earth  Science  I 

Economics  I 
Math.  I 
Marketing  I 
Fin.  &  Risk  I 

West.  Civ.  I 
Psych.  I 
E.D.P.  I 
Labor  Mgmt.  I 

Intro.  Lit.  Forms  I 
Stat.  I 

Prodn.  Mgmt.  I 
Basic  Computer 
Programming 


Quarter  II 

Comp.  &  Rhet.  II 
Accounting  II 
Mgmt.  &  Org.  II 
Earth  Science  II 

Economics  II 
Math.  II 
Marketing  II 
Fin.  &  Risk  II 

West.  Civ.  II 
Psych.  II 
E.D.P.  II 
Labor  Mgmt.  II 

Intro.  Lit.  Forms  II 
Stat.  II 

Prodn.  Mgmt.  II 
Hum.  Rel.  I 


Quarter  III 

Elective 
Accounting  III 
Mgmt.  &  Org.  Ill 
Earth  Science  III 

Economics  III 
Math.  Ill 
Marketing  III 
Fin.  &  Risk  III 

West.  Civ.  Ill 
Psych.  Ill 
E.D.P.  Ill 
Elective 

Project  Planning 
Stat.  Ill 

Prodn.  Mgmt.  Ill 
Hum.  Rel.  II 


62  /  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 

ELECTRONIC  DATA  PROCESSING  Associate  in  Science  Degree 

quarter  hours 
Basic  Courses — Liberal  Arts 

10.327,     10.328,     10.329     Mathematics  I,  II,  III  6 

16.501,     16.502,     16.503     Earth  Science  I,  II,  III  6 

19.501,     19.502,     19.503     Psychology  I,  II,  III  6 

29.501,     29.502,     29.503     Effective  Speaking  I,  II,  III  6 

30.601,     30.602     Composition  and  Rhetoric  I,  II  4 

30.604,     30.605     Introduction  to  Literary  Forms  I,  II  4 
39.501,     39.502,     39.503     Economic  Principles  &  Problems  I,   II,   III         6 

39.511,     39.512,     39.513     Statistics  I,  II,  III  6        44 

Basic  Courses — Business  Administration 

41.501,     41.502,     41.503     Accounting  Principles  I,  II,  III  6 

44.501,     44.502,     44.503     Finance  &  Risk  Management  I,  II,  III  6 

45.501,     45.502,     45.503     Management  and  Organization  I,  II,  III  6 

45.570,     45.571,     45.572     Electronic  Data  Processing  I,  II,  III  6        24 

Major  Field  of  Study 

10.332,     10.333,     10.334     Mathematics  for  Business 

Management  I,  II,  III  6 
45.573,     45.574,     45.575     Computer  Programming  for 

Business  I,  II,  III  6 

45.577     Data  Systems  Administration  2 
45.578,     45.579     Business  Data  Processing 

Applications  I,  II  4 

45.667     Project  Planning  and  Control  2 

45.586,     45.587,     45.588     Systems  Design  and  Techniques  I,  II,  III  6        26 

Eiectives  Liberal  Arts  2 

Total  Credits  96 

Students  following  a  degree  program  should  refer  to  suggested  course  sequence 
on  the  opposite  page. 

The  following  courses  are  frequently  offered  as  single  quarter  intensives  during 
the  regular  school  year.  Please  refer  to  the  current  Schedule  of  Courses  and 
Registration  Guide  for  details. 

19.508,     19.509     Fundamentals  of  Psychology  I,  II  8* 

30.603     Composition  and  Rhetoric  4 

30.606     Introduction  to  Literary  Forms  4 

41.541     Accounting  Principles  6 

44.504     Finance 'and  Risk  Management  6 

45.644     Computer  Programming  for  Business  6 

45.648     Electronic  Data  Processing  6 

45.652     Management  and  Organization  6 

45.689     Systems  Design  and  Techniques  6 


•Additional  2  quarter  hours  of  credit  may  be  applied  to  Liberal  Arts  eiectives. 


BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION  /  63 


ELECTRONIC  DATA  PROCESSING 

Recommended  Course  Sequence  for  the  4-Year  Program 
Leading  to  the  Associate  in  Science  Degree 


Quarter  I 

1st  Comp.  &  Rhet.  I 

Year         ED. P.  I 

Mgmt.  &  Org.  I 

Math.  I 

2nd  Economics  I 

Year        Accounting  I 

Math,  for  Bus. 
Mgmt.  I 

Comp.  Prog.  Bus.  I 

i  Fin.  &  Risk  I 

ar        Psych.  I 

Sys.  Des.  Tech.  I 

Stat.  I 

i  Intro,  to  Lit.  Forms  I 

ar         Effective  Spking.  I 
Data  Sys.  Adm. 

Earth  Science  I 


Quarter  II 

Comp.  &  Rhet.  II 
E.D.P.  II 
Mgmt.  &  Org.  II 
Math.  II 

Economics  II 
Accounting  II 
Math,  for  Bus. 

Mgmt.  II 
Comp.  Prog.  Bus.  II 

Fin.  &  Risk  II 
Psych.  II 
Sys.  Des.  Tech.  II 
Stat.  II 

Intro,  to  Lit.  Forms  II 
Effective  Spking.  II 
Bus.  Data  Proc. 

Appl.  I 
Earth  Science  II 


Quarter  III 

Elective 
E.D.P.  Ill 
Mgmt.  &  Org.  Ill 
Math.  Ill 

Economics  III 
Accounting  III 
Math,  for  Bus. 

Mgmt.  Ill 
Comp.  Prog.  Bus.  Ill 

Fin.  &  Risk  III 
Psych.  Ill 
Sys.  Des.  Tech.  Ill 
Stat.  Ill 

Project  Planning 
Effective  Spking.  Ill 
Bus.  Data  Proc. 

Appl.  II 
Earth  Science  III 


19.501, 

19.502, 

19.503 

30.601 , 

30.602 

30.604, 

30.605 

39.501, 

39.502, 

39.503 

39.511, 

39.512, 

39.513 

64  /  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 

PURCHASING  Associate  in  Science  Degree 

Basic  Courses — Liberal  Arts  quarter  hours 

10.327,     10.328,     10.329     Mathematics  I,  II,  III  6 

Psychology  I,  II,  III  6 

Composition  and  Rhetoric  I,   II  4 

Introduction  to  Literary  Forms  I,  II  4 

Economic  Principles  and  Problems  I,  II,  III        6 

Statistics  I,  II,  III  6        32 

Basic  Courses — Business  Administration 

41.501,     41.502,     41.503     Accounting  Principles  I,  II,  III  6 

44.501,     44.502,     44.503     Finance  and  Risk  Management  I,  II,  III  6 

45.501,     45.502,     45.503     Management  and  Organization   I,   II,   III  6 

45.570,     45.571,     45.572     Electronic  Data  Processing  I,  II,  III  6         24 

Major  Field  of  Study 

43.520     Industrial  Marketing  2 

45.511,     45.512     Human  Relations  in  Organizations  I,  II  4 

45.536     Principles  of  Material   Inspection  2 

45.537,     45.538,     45.539     Purchasing  I,  II,  III  6 

45.541,     45.542,     45.543     Law  I,   II,   III*  6 

45.610,     45.611     Labor  Management  Relations  I,  II  4 

45.623,     45.624,     45.625     Manufacturing  Processes  I,  II,  III  6 

45.627,     45.628     Value  Management  I,  II  4 

45.626     Professional   Purchasing  Techniques*  2         36 

Electives                              Literature  4 

Total  Credits  96 

Students  following  a  degree  program  should  refer  to  suggested  course  sequence 
on  the  opposite  page. 

Additional  Departmental  Offerings 

45.666     Materials  Acquisition  Function  2 
Please  see  page  256  for  course  descriptions. 

The  following  courses  are  frequently  offered  as  single  quarter  intensives  during 
the  regular  school  year.  Please  refer  to  the  current  Schedule  of  Courses  and 
Registration  Guide  for  details. 

quarter  hours 

19.508,     19.509     Fundamentals  of  Psych.  I,  II  8** 

30.603     Composition  and   Rhetoric  4 

30.606     Introduction  to  Literary  Forms  4 

41.541     Accounting   Principles  6 

44.504     Finance  and  Risk  Management  6 


"Upper    level    Business   Administration    course;    may    be   taken    in   the    Purchasing   Associate 
Degree   Program. 
"Additional    2    quarter    hours    of    credit    may    be    applied    to    Liberal    Arts    electives    in    B.S. 
degree   programs. 


BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION  /  65 


45.550  Purchasing 

45.641  Human  Relations  In  Organization 

45.643  Law 

45.648  Electronic  Data  Processing 

45.652  Management  and  Organization 

45.690  Labor  Management  Relations 


PURCHASING 

Recommended  Course  Sequence  for  the  4- Year  Program 
Leading  to  the  Associate  in  Science  Degree 


Quarter  I 

Quarter  II 

Quarter  III 

1st 

Comp.  &  Rhet.  I 

Comp.  &  Rhet.  II 

Elective 

Year 

Accounting  I 

Accounting  II 

Accounting  III 

Mgmt.  &  Org.  I 

Mgmt.  &  Org.  II 

Mgmt.  &  Org.  Ill 

Math.  I 

Math.  II 

Math.  Ill 

2nd 

Economics  I 

Economics  II 

Economics  III 

Year 

Psych.  I 

Psych.  II 

Psych.  Ill 

Fin.  &  Risk  I 

Fin.  &  Risk  II 

Fin.  &  Risk  III 

E.D.P.  I 

E.D.P.  II 

E.D.P.  Ill 

3rd 

Intro,  to  Lit.  Forms  I 

Intro,  to  Lit.  Forms  II 

Elective 

Year 

Stat.  I 

Stat.  II 

Stat.  Ill 

Purchasing  I 

Purchasing  II 

Purchasing  III 

Manuf.  Proc.  I 

Manuf.  Proc.  II 

Manuf.  Proc.  Ill 

4th 

Law  I 

Law  II 

Law  III 

Year 

Labor  Mgmt.  Rel.  I 

Labor  Mgmt.  Rel.  II 

Industrial  Mktg. 

Hum.  Rel.  I 

Hum.  Rel.  II 

Prin.  Mat.  Inspec 

Value  Mgmt.  I 

Value  Mgmt.  II 

Prof.  Purchasing 

66  /  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 

REAL  ESTATE                                               Associate  in  Science  Degree 

Basic  Courses — Liberal  Arts  quarter  hours 

10.327,     10.328,     10.329     Mathematics  I,  II,  III  6 

19.501,     19.502,     19.503     Psychology  I,  II,  III  6 

23.501,     23.502,     23.503     Western  Civilization  I,  II,  III  6 

30.601,     30.602     Composition  and  Rhetoric  I,  II  4 

30.604,     30.605     Introduction  to  Literary  Forms  I,  II  4 

39.501,     39.502,     39.503     Economic  Principles  and  Problems  I,  II,  III        6 

39.511,     39.512,     39.513     Statistics  I,  II,  III  6        38    ] 

Basic  Courses — Business  Administration 

41.501,     41.502,     41.503    Accounting  Principles  I,   II,  Ml  6 

44.501,     44.502,     44.503     Finance  and  Risk  Management  I,  II,  III  6 

45.501,     45.502,     45.503     Management  and  Organization  I,  II,  III  6 

45.541,     45.542,     45.543     Law  I,  II,  III*  6         24 

Major  Field  of  Study 

Real  Estate  Fundamentals  I,  II,  III  6 

Real  Estate  Financial  Analysis  I,  II  4 

Fundamental  Real  Estate  Appraisal  2 

Advanced  Real   Estate  Appraisal   I,  II                4 

Real  Estate  Development  2        18 

Literature  4 

Liberal  Arts  6 

Business  Administration  6         16 

Total  Credits  96 

Students  following  a  degree  program  should  refer  to  the  suggested  course  se- 
quence on  the  opposite  page. 

Additional  Department  Offerings 

45.586,     45.587,     45.588     Systems  Design  and  Techniques  I,  II,  III           6 

47.524     Private  Real  Estate  Law  2 

47.525,     47.526     Public  Real  Estate  Law  I,  II  4 

47.527     Housing  2 

47.528,     47.529,     47.530     Real  Estate  Management  I,  II,  III  6 

Please  see  page  270  for  course  descriptions. 

The  following  courses  are  frequently  offered  as  single  quarter  intensives  during 
the  regular  school  year.  Please  refer  to  the  current  Schedule  of  Courses  and 
Registration  Guide  for  details. 

quarter  hours 

19.508,  19.509     Fundamentals   of   Psychology   I,    II  8** 

23.509,  23.510     Western  Civilization  A,  B  6 
30.603     Composition  and   Rhetoric  4 


47.501 ,     47.502, 

47.503 

47.508, 

47.509 

47.511 

47.512, 

47.513 

47.521 

Electives 

"Upper   level    Business  Administration   course;   may   be   taken    in   the   Real    Estate  Associate 
Degree  program. 
"Additional  2  quarter  hours  of  credit  may  be  applied  to  Liberal  Arts  electives. 


BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION  /  67 


30.606  Introduction  to  Literary  Forms 

41.541  Accounting  Principles 

44.504  Finance  and  Risk  Management 

45.643  Law 

45.652  Management  and  Organization 


REAL  ESTATE 

I  Recommended  Course  Sequence  for  the  4-Year  Program 
Leading  to  the  Associate  in  Science  Degree 


Quarter  I 

Quarter  II 

Quarter  III 

1st 

Comp.  &  Rhet.  I 

Comp.  &  Rhet.  II 

Elective 

Year 

Accounting  I 

Accounting  II 

Accounting  III 

Mgmt.  &  Org.  I 

Mgmt.  &  Org.  II 

Mgmt.  &  Org.  Ill 

Math.  I 

Math.  II 

Math.  Ill 

2nd 

Economics  I 

Economics  II 

Economics  III 

Year 

Law  I 

Law  II 

Law  III 

Fin.  &  Risk  I 

Fin.  &  Risk  II 

Fin.  &  Risk  III 

R.E.  Fund.  I 

R.E.  Fund.  II 

R.E.  Fund.  Ill 

3rd 

Psych.  I 

Psych.  II 

Psych.  Ill 

Year 

Stat.  I 

Stat.  II 

Stat.  Ill 

R.E.  Fin.  Anal.  I 

R.E.  Fin.  Anal.  II 

R.E.  Development 

Elective 

Elective 

Elective 

4th 

Intro,  to  Lit.  Forms  I 

Intro,  to  Lit.  Forms  II 

Elective 

Year 

Fund.  R.E.  App. 

Adv.  R.E.  App.  I 

Adv.  R.E.  App.  II 

Elective 

Elective 

Elective 

Elective 

Elective 

Elective 

68  /  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 


ACCOUNTING 


Bachelor  of  Science  Degree 


Associate  Degree  Program 
Core  Courses — Liberal  Arts 

21.501,     21.502,     21.503     Sociology  I,  II,  III 

26.501,     26.502,     26.503     Introduction  to  Philosophy  I,  II, 

Core  Courses — Business  Administration 

41.504,     41.505,     41.506     Accounting— Intermediate  I,   II, 
41.507,     41.508,     41.509     Accounting— Cost  I,  II,  III 
44.507,     44.508,     44.509     Corporate  Finance  I,  II,  III 
45.541,     45.542,     45.543     Law  I,   II,  III* 


quarter  hours 
96 


12 


6 
6 
6 
6         24 


Major  Concentration  Courses 

41.510,     41.511,     41.512     Accounting— Advanced  I,  II,  III* 
41.513,     41.514,     41.515     Accounting — Specialized 

Problems  I,  II,  III* 
41.516,     41.517,     41.518     Auditing  I,  II,  III* 
41.519,     41.520,     41.521     Federal  Income  Taxes  I,  II,  III* 
41.522,     41.523,     41.524     Seminar  in  Contemporary  Accounting 

Problems  I,  II,  III* 

Electives  Liberal  Arts 

Business  Administration  or  Liberal  Arts 


10 
2 


30 


12 


Total  Credits 


174 


Additional  Department  Offerings 


41.553, 
45.586, 


41.526, 


41.554, 
45.587, 
45.618, 
45.655, 
45.661 , 


41.525     Estate  and  Gift  Taxes  2 

41.527  Corporate  and  Stockholder  Tax 

Problems  I,  II  4 

41.528  Tax  Factors  in  Business  Decisions  2 
41.555  Internal  Auditing  I,  II,  II  6 
45.588  Systems  Design  and  Techniques  I,  II,  III  6 
45.619  Retail  Data  Processing  Applications  I,  II  4 
45.656  Auditing  Data  Processing  Applications  I,  II  4 
45.662     Banking  Data  Processing 

Applications  I,   II  4 


Please  see  page  237  for  course  descriptions. 

The  following  courses  are  frequently  offered  as  single  quarter  intensives  during 
the  regular  school  year.  Please  refer  to  the  current  Schedule  of  Courses  and 
Registration  Guide  for  details. 

quarter  hours 
21.601,     21.602     Principles  of  Sociology   I,   II  8** 


"Upper  level  Business  Administration  course — see  page  57. 
"Additional   2  quarter   hours  of  credit  may  be  applied   to   Liberal  Arts  electives. 


quarter 

hours 

96 

6 

6 

4 

2 

18 

6 

6 

6 

6 

24 

BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION  /  69 

41.542  Intermediate  Accounting  6 

41.545  Auditing  6 

44.505  Corporate  Finance  6 

45.643  Law  6 

FINANCE  Bachelor  of  Science  Degree 


Associate  Degree  Program 
i  Core  Courses — Liberal  Arts 

21.501,     21.502,     21.503     Sociology  I,  II,  III 
26.501,     26.502,     26.503     Introduction  to  Philosophy  I,  II,  III 
39.517,     39.518     Money  and  Banking  I,  II 
39.519     Public  Finance 

Core  Courses — Business  Administration 

41.504,     41.505,     41.506     Accounting— Intermediate  I,  II,  III 
44.507,     44.508,     44.509     Corporate  Finance  I,  II,  III 
44.521,     44.522,     44.523     Credit  Management  I.  II,  III* 
45.541,     45.542,     45.543     Law  I,  II,  III* 


I  Major  Concentration  Courses — Students  Specializing  in  Savings  Banking  and 

Urban  Economics  2 

Estate  Planning*  2 

Investments  I,  II,  III*  6 

Savings  Banks  and  Banking  I,  II                          4 

Real  Estate  Fundamentals  I,  II,  III                       6 

Real  Estate  Appraisal  2         22 

Liberal  Arts  4 

Business  Administration  or  Liberal  Arts  10        14 

Total  Credits  174 

Major  Concentration  Courses — Students  Specializing  in  Commercial  Banking: 

44.513     Estate  Planning*  2 

44.517,     44.418,     44.519     Investments   I,   II,    III*  6 

44.531,     44.532     Seminar  in  Finance  I,  II*  4 

44.533,     44.534     International  Finance  I,  II*  4 

44.553     New  Venture  Financing  2 

44.556,     44.557     Commercial  Banks  and  Banking  I,  II  4        22 

Electives                              Liberal  Arts  4 

Business  Administration  or  Liberal  Arts  10        14 

Total  Credits  174 


Real  Estate: 

39.561 

44.513 

44.517,     44.518, 

44.519 

44.554, 

44.555 

47.501 ,     47.502, 

47.503 

47.511 

Electives 

"Upper  level  Business  Administration  course — see  page  57. 


70  /  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 


Major  Concentration  Courses — Students  Specializing  in  Corporate  Finance: 


41.507,     41.508,     41.509  Cost  Accounting  I,  II,  III 

41.528  Tax  Factors  in  Decision  Making 

44.517,     44.518,     44.519  Investments    I,    II,    III* 

44.531,     44.532  Seminar  in  Finance  I,  II* 

44.533,     44.534  International  Finance  I,  II* 

44.553  New  Venture  Financing 


24 


Electives 


Liberal    Arts 

Business  Administration  or  Liberal  Arts 


12 


Total  Credits 


174 


Major  Concentration  Courses — Students  Specializing  in   International  Finance: 


39.523,     39.524,     39.525  Government  and  Business  !,  II,  III 

39.528,     39.529  International    Economics    I,    II 

39.571  European    Economic   History 

44.517,     44.518,     44.519  investments  I,  II,  III* 

44.531,     44.532  Seminar  in  Finance  I,  II* 

44.533,     44.534  International  Finance  I,  II* 


26 


Electives 


Liberal  Arts 

Business  Administration  or  Liberal  Arts 


10 


Total   Credits 


174 


The  following  courses  are  frequently  offered  as  single  quarter  intensives  during 
the  regular  school  year.  Please  refer  to  the  current  Schedule  of  Courses  and 
Registration  Guide  for  details. 

quarter  hours 
21.601,     21.602     Principles  of  Sociology  I,  II  8** 

44.505     Corporate  Finance  6 

44.535     Investments  6 

44.552     Personal  Finance  4 


Additional  Department  Offerings 


45.586, 


44.545, 


44.550, 
45.587, 
45.616, 


45.655, 
45.661, 
45.664, 


II 


44.546  Profit   Planning   and   Control   I, 

44.547  Advanced   Financial   Problems 

44.548  Capital   Strategy 
44.551  Personal  Finance  I,  II 

45.588  Systems   Design   and   Techniques   I,    II,    III 

45.653  Government  Data  Processing 

Applications  I,  II 

45.643  Law 

45.656  Auditing    Data   Processing   Applications   I, 

45.662  Banking  Data  Processing  Applications  I,  II 

45.665  EDP  in  Property  and  Casualty  I,  II 


Please  see  page  245  for  course  descriptions. 


*Upper  level  Business  Administration  course — see  page  57. 
"Additional  2  quarter  hours  of  credit  may  be  applied  to  Liberal  Arts  electives 


BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION  /  71 

INDUSTRIAL  MANAGEMENT  Bachelor  of  Science  Degree 

quarter  hours 
Associate  Degree  Program  96 

Core  Courses — Liberal  Arts 

10.332,     10.333,     10.334     Mathematics  for  Business 

Management   I,   II,    III  6 
16.511,     16.512,     16.513     History  of  Science  and 

Technology  I,   II,   III  6 

19.532,  19.533,     19.534     Industrial  Psychology  I,  II,  III  6 
39.523,     39.524,     39.525     Government   and    Business    I,    II,    III  6         24 

1  Core  Courses — Business  Administration 

■45.541,     45.542,     45.543     Law    I,    II,    III*  6 

45.670,     45.671,     45.672     Management  of  Change   I,    II,    III  6         12 

Major  Concentration  Courses 

45.533,  45.534,     45.535     Management  Decisions  and 

Policies   I,    II,    III  6 

45.561,     45.562     Statistical   Quality  Control    I,   II  4 

45.563     Management   of   Quality   Control  2 

45.595,     45.596,     45.597     Manufacturing  Seminar  I,  II,  III*  6 

45.623,     46.624,     46.625     Manufacturing  Processes  I,  II,  III  6 

45.636,     45.637     Production   and    Inventory  Control    I,   II  4 

45.638,     45.639,     45.640     Industrial    Decision    Making    I,    II,    III*  6 

45.695  Materials   Management  2         36 

l  Electives  Liberal  Arts  or  Business  Administration  6 

Total    Credits  174 

Additional  Department  Offerings 

45.519     Work    Methods  2 

45.528     Work   Measurement  2 

45.522     Job   Evaluation  2 

45.526,     45.531     Facilities  Planning  and  Design  I,  II  4 

45.530     Standard  Data  Development  2 

45.577     Data   Systems   Administration  2 

45.586,     45.587,     45.588     Systems  Design  and  Techniques  I,  II,  III  6 

45.620     Industrial   Safety  2 

45.626     Professional    Purchasing   Techniques  2 

45.627,     45.628     Value    Management    I,    II  4 

45.685,     45.686,     45.687     Computer    Programming    for   Scientific 

Applications   I,   II,   III  6 

45.696  Principles  and  Practice  of  Management  2 
Please  see  page  252  for  course  descriptions. 

The  following  courses  are  frequently  offered  as  single  quarter  intensives  during 
the  regular  school  year.  Please  refer  to  the  current  Schedule  of  Courses  and 
Registration  Guide  for  details.  (Continued  on  page  72) 


"Upper  level  Business  Administration  course — see  page  57. 
""Additional   2  quarter  hours  of  credit  may  be  applied  to   Liberal   Arts  electives. 


72  /  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 

quarter  hours 

45.608     Quality   Control  4 

45.643     Law  6 

45.680     Production  and   Inventory  Control  4 

45.692     Quality    Control  6 

INDUSTRIAL  TECHNOLOGY  Bachelor  of  Science  Degree 

quarter  hours 
Engineering   or  Science  Technology  Courses  96 

Core  Courses — Liberal  Arts 

19.501,     19.502,     19.503     Psychology  I,  II,  III  6 

21.501,     21.502,     21.503     Sociology  I,  II,  III  6 

23.501,     23.502,     23.503     Western  Civilization  I,  II,  III  6 

30.601,     30.602     Composition    and    Rhetoric    I,    II  4 

30.604,     30.605     Introduction  to  Literary  Forms  I,   II  4 

39.501,     39.502,     39.503     Economic   Principles  and   Problems   I,    II,   III   6         32 

Core  Courses — Business  Administration 

41.501,     41.502,     41.503  Accounting  Principles  I,   II,  III  6 

43.514,     43.515  Marketing   Fundamentals  I,   II**  4 

45.501,     45.502,     45.503  Management  and  Organization  I,  II,  III               6 

45.541,     45.542,     45.543  Law    I,    II,    III*  6 

45.561,     45.562  Statistical  Quality  Control  I,  II  4 

45.563  Management   of  Quality   Control  2 

45.570,     45.571,     45.572  Electronic    Data    Processing    I,  II,    III               6 

45.610,     45.611  Labor-Management    Relations    I,  II                     4 

45.673,     45.674  Industrial    Processes    I,    II**  4        42 

Electives  Literature  4 

Total   Credits  174 

The  following  courses  are  frequently  offered  as  single  quarter  intensives  during 
the  regular  school  year.  Please  refer  to  the  current  Schedule  of  Courses  and 
Registration  Guide  for  details. 


quarter  hours 

23.509,     23.510     Western  Civ.  A,  B 

6 

30.603 

Composition    &    Rhetoric 

4 

30.606 

Introduction   to   Literary   Forms 

4 

41.541 

Accounting  Principles 

6 

45.608 

Quality   Control 

4 

45.643 

Law 

6 

45.648 

Electronic    Data    Processing 

6 

45.652 

Management    and    Organization 

6 

45.690 

Labor  Management  Relations 

4 

45.692 

Quality  Control 

6 

*Upper  level  Business  Administration  course — see  page  57. 
"Course  substitutions  may  not  be  affected. 


BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION  /  73 


INSURANCE 


Bachelor  of  Science  Degree 


Associate   Degree   Program 
Core  Courses — Liberal  Arts 

21.501,     21.502,     21.503     Sociology  I,  II,  III 
26.501,     26.502,     26.503     Introduction  to  Philosophy  I,   II,   III 
39.517,     39.518     Money  and  Banking   I,   II 
39.519     Public    Finance 


quarter  hours 
96 


18 


Core  Courses — Business  Administration 

44.511,     44.512     Life  Insurance  I,  II 
44.514,     44.515,     44.516     Property   and   Casualty   Insurance   l, 
45.541,     45.542,     45.543     Law    I,    II,    III* 


II,    III 


16 


Major  Concentration  Courses 

44.513  Estate  Planning* 
44.525,  44.526 
44.527 
44.529 
44.530 
44.543 


Health  and  Social  Insurance  I,  II* 
Group  Insurance  and  Pensions 
Advanced    Property   Insurance* 
Advanced  Property — Casualty  Insurance* 
Law   of   Insurance* 


14 


Electives 


Liberal   Arts  4 

Business  Administration  or  Liberal  Arts  26 


30 


Total  Credits  174 

Additional   Department  Offerings 

45.664,     45.665     EDP   in    Property   and   Casualty   I,    II  4 

The  following  courses  are  frequently  offered  as  a  single  quarter  intensive  during 
the  regular  school  year.  Please  refer  to  the  current  Schedule  of  Courses  and 
Registration  Guide  for  details. 


21.601,     21.602     Principles  of  Sociology   I,   II 
45.643     Law 

Please  see  page  249  for  course  descriptions. 


'Upper  level  Business  Administration  course — see  page  57. 
"Additional  2  quarter  hours  of  credit  may  be  applied  to  Liberal  Arts  electives. 


74  /  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 


MANAGEMENT 


Bachelor  of  Science  Degree 


Associate  Degree  Program 
Core  Courses — Liberal  Arts 

21.501,     21.502,     21.503     Sociology   I,    II,    III 
26.501,     26.502,     26.503     Introduction  to  Philosophy  I,  II, 
30.511,     30.512,     30.513     Business   Writing   and    Reports 
39.531,     39.532,     39.533     Business  Cycles  I,   II,  III 

Core  Courses — Business  Administration 

44.507,     44.508,     44.509     Corporate  Finance  I,  II,   III 
45.541,     45.542,     45.543     Law    I,    II,    III* 


II,    III 


quarter  hours 
96} 

6 
6 
6 
6         24 


Major  Concentration  Courses 

19.532,  19.533,     19.534     Industrial    Psychology   I,    II,    III* 

41.533,  41.534,     41.535     Accounting    for   Management 

Decisions    I,    II,    III 

43.532,  43.533,     43.534     Marketing  Management  I,  II,  III' 
45.523,     45.524,     45.525     Management  Seminar  I,  II,  III* 

45.533,  45.534,     45.535     Management  Decisions  and 

Policies  I,  II,  III* 


Electives 


Business  Administration   or  Liberal  Arts 


Total  Credits 


Additional  Department  Offerings 


45.577 

45.586,     45.587,     45.588 

45.603,     45.604 

45.616,     45.653 

45.618,     45.619 
45.655,     45.656 

45.661 ,     45.662 

45.664,     45.665 

45.667 

45.670,     45.671,     45.672 

45.696 

49.504,     49.505 


Data  Systems  Administration 

Systems   Design   and  Techniques   I,    II,   III 

Administrative  Management  and  Office 

Services   I,   II 
Government  Data  Processing 

Applications   I,    II 
Retail  Data  Processing  Applications  I,  II 
Auditing    Data   Processing 

Applications  I,  II 
Banking    Data    Processing 

Applications  I,  II 
EDP    in    Property   and   Casualty   I,    II 
Project  Planning  and  Control 
Management  of  Change  I,  II,  III 
Principles  and  Practice  of  Management 
Strategy  for  Planning  I,  II 


Please  see  page  250  for  course  descriptions. 


"Upper  level   Business  Administration  course — see  page  57. 


BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION  /  75 

The  following  courses  are  frequently  offered  as  single  quarter  intensives  during 
the  regular  school  year.  Please  refer  to  the  current  Schedule  of  Courses  and 
Registration  Guide  for  details. 

21.601,     21.602  Principles  of  Sociology  I,  II  8** 

41.543  Accounting  for  Management  Decisions  6 

44.505  Corporate  Finance  6 

45.643  Law  6 


"Additional   2  quarter  hours  of  credit  may  be  applied  towards   Liberal  Arts  electives. 


76  /  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 

MANAGEMENT  INFORMATION 

SYSTEMS  Bachelor  of  Science  Degree 

quarter  hours 
Associate  Degree  Program  96 

Core  Courses — Liberal  Arts 

21.501,     21.502,     21.503     Sociology  I,  II,  III  6 

26.501,     26.502,     26.503     Introduction  to  Philosophy  I,  II,  III  6 

30.511,     30.512,     30.513     Business  Writing  and  Reports  I,  II,  III  6         18 

Core  Courses — Business  Administration 

43.501,     43.502,     43.503     Introduction  to  Marketing  I,  II,  III  6 

44.507,     44.508,     44.509     Corporate  Finance  I,  II,  III  6 

45.511,     45.512     Human  Relations  in  Organizations  I,  II  4 

45.541,     45.542,     45.543     Law    I,    II,    III*  6 

45.610,     45.611     Labor  Management  Relations  I,  II  4         26 

Major  Concentration  Courses 

45.589,     45.590,     45.591     Advanced  Systems  Design  I,  II,  III*  6 

45.592,     45.593,     45.594     Advanced  Systems  Techniques  I,  II,  III*  6 

45.630     Introduction  to  Operations  Research  2 

45.631,     45.632     Operations  Research  Applications  I,  II*  4 

45.668,     45.669     Peripheral  Systems  Techniques  I,  II  4        22 

Electives  Liberal  Arts  2 

Business  Administration  or  Liberal  Arts  10         12 

Total  Credits  174 

Additional  Department  Offerings 

45.685,     45.686,     45.687     Computer  Programming  for  Scientific 

Applications  I,  II,  III  6 
45.616,     45.653     Government  Data  Processing 

Applications  I,  II  4 

45.617,     45.618,     45.619     Advanced  Comp.  Programming  I,  II,  III  6 

45.655,     45.656     Audit.  Data  Processing  Applications  I,  II  4 

45.658,     45.659     Retail  Data  Processing  Applications  I,  II  4 

45.661,     45.662     Banking  Data  Processing 

Applications  I,  II  4 
45.664,     45.665     EDP  in  Property  and  Casualty 

Insurance  I,  II  4 

Operating  Systems  I,  II,  III  6 
Computer  Communications  Systems 

I,  II,  III  6 

Information  Processing  in  Medicine  4 

Privacy  and  Security  2 

Data  Base  Management  2 

Mini  Computers  I,  II,  III  6 

Strategy  for  Planning  I,  II  6 


"Upper  level   Business  Administration  course — see  page  57. 


45.677, 

45.678, 

45.679 

45.680, 

45.681, 

45.682 

45.697, 

45.698 
49.530 
49.531 

49.532, 

49.533, 

49.534 

49.504, 

49.505 

Please  see 

page  26 

BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION  /  77 

The  following  courses  are  frequently  offered  as  single  quarter  intensives  during 
the  regular  school  year.  Please  refer  to  the  current  Schedule  of  Courses  and 
Registration  Guide  for  details. 

21.601,     21.602  Principles  of  Sociology  I,  II  8** 

43.504  Introduction  to  Marketing  6 

44.505  Corporate  Finance  6 
45.641  Human  Relations  in  Organization  4 
45.643  Law  6 
45.690  Labor  Management  Relations  4 
49.535  Auditing  Data  Processing  4 
45.690  Labor  Management  Relations  4 


"Additional   2  quarter  hours   of  credit   may  be  applied   towards   Liberal   Arts  electives. 


78  /  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 

MARKETING  Bachelor  of  Science  Degree 

quarter  hours  | 

Associate  Degree  Program  96 
Core  Courses — Liberal  Arts 

21.501,     21.502,     21.503     Sociology  I,  II,  III  6 

26.501,     26.502,     26.503     Introduction  to  Philosophy  I,  II,  III  6         12 

Core  Courses — Business  Administration 

43.518,     43.519,     43.522     Retailing  &  Mass  Merchandising  I,  II,  III            6 

45.541,     45.542,     45.543     Law  I,   II,   III*  6         12 

Major  Concentration  Courses 

Sales  Management  I,   II,   III  6 

Industrial  Marketing  2 

Market  Research  I,  II*  4 

International  Marketing  2 

Marketing  Management  I,  II,  III*  6 

Marketing  and  Sales  Seminar*  2 
Advertising  and  Sales  Promotion 

Management  I,  II,  III  6        28 

Liberal  Arts  10 

Business  Administration  or  Liberal  Arts  16         26 

Total  Credits  174 

Additional  Department  Offerings 

43.530     Consumer  Behavior  Seminar  2 

43.536     Introduction  to  Advertising  2 

43.541,     43.542     Public  Relations  I,  II  4 

43.543,     43.544     Salesmanship  I,  II  4 

43.545     Product  Management  and  Development  2 

45.577     Data  Systems  Administration  2 

45.618,     45.619     Retail  Data  Processing  Applications  I,  II            4 
45.685,     45.686,     45.687     Computer  Programming  for  Scientific 

Applications  I,  II,  III  6 

49.504,     49.505     Strategy  for  Planning  I,  II  6 

49.506     Consumer  Education  2 

Please  see  page  241  for  course  descriptions. 

The  following  courses  are  frequently  offered  as  a  single  quarter  intensive  during 

the  regular  school  year.  Please  refer  to  the  current  Schedule  of  Courses  and 
Registration  Guide  for  details. 

21.601,     21.602     Principles  of  Sociology  I,  II  8** 

45.643     Law  6 


43.507, 

43.508, 

43.509 
43.520 

43.525, 

43.526 
43.529 

43.532, 

43.533, 

43.534 

43.537 

43.546, 

43.547, 

43.548 

Electives 

'Upper  level  Business  Administration  course — see  page  57. 
"Additional   2  quarter  hours  of  credit   may   be  applied   towards   Liberal   Arts  electives. 


BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION  /  79 


PERSONNEL  AND  INDUSTRIAL 
RELATIONS 


Bachelor  of  Science  Degree 


Associate  Degree  Program 
Core  Courses — Liberal  Arts 

21.501,     21.502,     21.503     Sociology  I,  II,   III 

26.501,     26.502,     26.503     Introduction  to  Philosophy  I,  II,  III 


quarter 

hours 

96 

6 

6 

12 

Core  Courses — Business  Administration 

45.541,     45.542,     45.543     Law  I,   II,   III* 


Major  Concentration  Courses 

45.513,     45.514,     45.515     Personnel  Management 


II,  III  6 

45.517  Techniques  of  Employee  Selection  2 

45.518  Wage  and  Salary  Administration*  2 

45.521  Employee  Benefits  and  Social  Security  2 

45.522  Job  Evaluation  2 

45.545  Law  of  Employment  Standards*  2 

45.546  Law  of  Employment  Conditions*  2 
45.548  Law  of  Labor  Management  Relations*  2 
45.553  The  Labor  Agreement*  2 
45.556  Negotiation,  Mediation,  Arbitration'  2 
45.560  Seminar  on  Labor  Issues*  2 


26 


Electives 


Liberal  Arts 

Business  Administration  or  Liberal  Arts 


10 

24 


34 


Total  Credits 


174 


Additional  Department  Offerings 


45.670,     45.671, 

49.536,     49.537, 

49.504, 


45.552  Advanced   Human   Relations 

45.672  Management  of  Change  I,  II,  III 

45.691  Creative   Problem   Solving 

49.538  Group  Dynamics  I,  II,  III 

49.539  International  Labor  Relations 
49.505  Strategy  for  Planning  I,  II 


Please  see  page  257  for  course  descriptions. 


The  following  courses  are  frequently  offered  as  single  quarter  intensives  during 
the  regular  school  year.  Please  refer  to  the  current  Schedule  of  Courses  and 
Registration  Guide  for  details. 


21.601,     21.602     Principles  of  Sociology  I,  II 
45.607     Personnel  Management 
45.643     Law 


'Upper  level  Business  Administration  course — see  page  57. 
"Additional   2  quarter  hours  of  credit   may  be  applied   towards   Liberal   Arts  electives. 


80  /  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 

TRANSPORTATION  AND  PHYSICAL 

DISTRIBUTION  MANAGEMENT  Bachelor  of  Science  Degree 

quarter  hours 
Associate  Degree  Program  96 

Core  Courses — Liberal  Arts 

21.501,     21.502,     21.503     Sociology  I,  II,  III  6  6 

Core  Courses — Business  Administration 

43.532,  43.533,     43.534     Marketing  Management  I,  II,  III  6 

45.533,  45.534,     45.535     Management  Decisions  &  Policies 

I,  II,  III  6 

45.541,     45.542,     45.543     Law  I,   II,  III  6 

48.514,     48.515,     48.516     Elements  of  Transportation 

and  Distribution  I,  II,  III  6        24 

Major  Concentration  Courses — Students  specializing 
in  the  Management  of  Transportation  companies: 

45.553     The  Labor  Agreement  2 

45.556     Negotiations,  Mediation,  Arbitration  2 

45.670,     45.671,     45.672     Management  of  Change  I,  II,  III  6 

48.534,  48.535,     48.536     Surface  Transportation  I,  II,   III  6 

48.537     Surface  Transportation  IV  2 

48.541,     48.542,     48.543     Air  Transportation  Management  I,  II,  III             6 

48.547,     48.548     Urban  Transportation  I,  II  4 

48.549     Seminar  in  Selected  Topics  2 

48.600     Seminar  in  Northeast 

Corridor  Transportation  2         32 

Electives  Liberal  Arts  10 

Business  Administration  6         16 

Total  Credits  174 

Major  Concentration  Courses — Students  specializing 
in  Physical  Distribution  Management: 

45.526     Facilities  Planning  and  Design  I  2 

Purchasing  I,  II,  III  6 

Production  and  Inventory  Control  I,  II  4 

Industrial  Decision  Making  I,  II,  III  6 
Transportation  Regulation 

and  Promotion  I,  II,  III  6 

Traffic  Management  I,  II,  III  6 

Surface  Transportation  IV  2 

Management  of  Warehouse  Operations  2 
Organization  and  Control  of 

Physical  Distribution  Management  2 
48.540     Management  Science  &  Physical 

Distribution  Management  2 


45.537, 

45.538, 

45.539 

45.636, 

45.637 

45.638, 

45.639, 

45.640 

48.504, 

48.505, 

48.506 

48.527, 

48.528, 

48.529 
48.537 
48.538 
48.539 

BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION  /  81 

48.549  Seminar  in  Selected  Topics  2         40 
Electives                               Liberal  Arts  8 

Total  Credits  174 

The  following  courses  are  frequently  offered  as  single  quarter  intensives  during 
the  regular  school  year.  Please  refer  to  the  current  Schedule  of  Courses  and 
Registration  Guide  for  details. 

21.601,     21.602  Principles  of  Sociology  I,  II  8** 

45.550  Purchasing  6 
45.643  Law  6 
45.680  Production  and  Inventory  Control  4 

Please  see  page  272  for  course  descriptions. 


"Additional   2  quarter  hours   of  credit   may   be  applied   towards   Liberal   Arts  electives. 


82  /  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 


COMBINED  PROGRAM 
AND  MANAGEMENT 


Basic  Courses 

10.327,     10.328, 

10.329 

19.501,     19.502, 

19.503 

23.501,     23.502, 

23.503 

30.601, 

30.602 

IN  LIBERAL  ARTS 

Bachelor  of  Science  Degree 


LIBERAL  ARTS  COURSES 

Mathematics  I,  II,  III 
Psychology  I,  II,  III 
Western  Civilization  I,  II,  III 
Composition  and  Rhetoric  I, 


II 


30.604,     30.605     Introduction  to  Literary  Forms  I,  II 


quarter  hours 

6 

6" 
6" 
4** 

4 


39.501,     39.502,     39.503     Economic  Principles  and  Problems  I,  II,  III 


6"      32 


Core  Courses 

16.501, 

16.502, 

16.503 

21.501, 

21.502, 

21.503 

22.501, 

22.502, 

22.503 

23.504, 

23,505, 

23.506 

26.501, 

26.502, 

26.503 

39-.51 1 , 

39.512, 

39.513 

Fine  Arts: 

Literature 

Earth  Science  I,  II,  III  6** 

Sociology  I,  II,  III  6** 

Principles  of  Political  Science  I,  II,  III                6 

American  History  I,  II,  III  6 

Introduction  to  Philosophy  I,  II,  III  6" 

Statistics  I,  II,  III  6** 

Art,  Music  or  Theatre  Arts  6 
English,  American,  or  other  in 

Translation  6 


48 


Electives 


Literature 
Liberal  Arts 


4 
18 


22 


Core  Courses 

41.501, 

41 .502, 

41.503 

43.501, 

43.502, 

43.503 

44.501 , 

44.502, 

44.503 

44.507, 

44.508, 

44.509 

45.501, 

45.502, 

45.503 

45.511, 

45.512 

45.541, 

45.542, 

45.543 

45.570, 

45.571, 

45.572 

45.610, 

45.611 

Electives 

MANAGEMENT  COURSES 

Accounting  Principles  I,  II,  III  6 

Introduction  to  Marketing  I,  II,  III  6 

Finance  and  Risk  Management  I,  II,  III  6 

Corporate  Finance  I,  II,  III  6 

Management  and  Organization  I,  II,  III  6 

Human  Relations  in  Organizations  I,  II  4 

Law  I,  II,  III*  6 

Electronic  Data  Processing  I,  II,  III  6 

Labor  Management  Relations  I,  II  4 

Business  Administration 
Total  Credits 


50 

22 

174 


"Upper  level  Business  Administration  course — see  page  57. 

"These  Liberal  Arts  courses  and  all  of  the  MANAGEMENT  COURSES  listed  above  are  fre- 
quently offered  as  single  quarter  intensives  during  the  regular  school  year.  Please  refer  to 
the  current  schedule  of  Courses  and  Registration  Guide  for  details.  Any  Liberal  Arts 
courses  taken  as  intensive  for  8  quarter  hours  of  credit  will  permit  applying  the  additional 
2  quarter  hours  to  the  Liberal  Arts  electives. 


liberal  arts 


Harold  Naidus,  Associate  Dean 
Director,  Liberal  Arts  Programs 
Telephone  437-2416 


Aims 


In  providing  the  means  to  a  modern  liberal  education,  University  Col- 
lege has  the  main  objective  of  stimulating  and  guiding  the  self- 
development  of  the  student  in  three  main  areas:  first,  his  intellectual 
growth;  second,  the  development  of  his  character  and  sense  of  values; 
and  third,  his  preparation  for,  or  advancement  in,  a  career. 

Intellectual  growth — the  development  of  the  ability  to  think  indepen- 
dently and  creatively — rests  upon  the  foundation  of  a  sound  general 
education.  Through  the  liberal  arts  curricula,  students  are  guided  to- 
ward an  appreciative  understanding  of  the  active  discovery  of  ideas 
and  methods  in  the  areas  of  humanities,  natural  science,  and  social 
science.  With  this  training,  the  student  can  more  fully  realize  the  basic 
values  upon  which  civilization  rests  and  can  more  fully  participate  in 
the  intellectual,  moral,  and  material  achievement  of  that  civilization. 

Through  its  many  programs,  University  College  endeavors  to  provide 
experiences  conducive  to  the  development  of  strength  of  character 
and  a  sense  of  personal  responsibility,  including  such  personal  qual- 
ities as  self-reliance,  integrity,  perseverance,  and  the  ability  to  work 
with  others. 

University  College  holds  that  there  is  no  inconsistency  between  a  truly 
liberal  education  and  preparation  for  a  vocation.  As  an  adventure  in 
intellectual  discovery,  a  liberal  education  leads  to  the  broadening  and 
intensification  of  interests  as  the  student  becomes  aware  of  his  own 
mental  strengths  and  weaknesses.  This  discovery  is  essential  for  mak- 
ing more  intelligent  and  realistic  appraisals  of  himself  and  his  career. 
His  career  brings  meaning  and  focus  to  his  educational  experience. 
His  education  presents  both  a  challenge  to  accept  responsibility  and 
an  opportunity  to  seek  knowledge  and  skills  for  himself. 

Methods 

To  enable  each  student  to  plan  a  college  program  in  keeping  with  his 
own  interests  and  aptitudes,  a  wide  range  of  electives  is  offered.  This 

83 


84  /  LIBERAL  ARTS 

does  not  mean  that  students  are  free  to  elect  courses  indiscriminately, 
for  if  they  are  to  obtain  a  liberal  education  they  must  have  training  in 
several  basic  fields. 

Therefore,  the  Curriculum  Committee  of  University  College  has  estab- 
lished basic  minimum  requirements  in  each  of  several  fields.  These 
distribution  requirements  are  outlined  with  each  of  the  program  offer- 
ings. 

Bachelors  Degrees 

Bachelor  of  Arts 

Matriculating  students  must  indicate  their  choice  of  degree  programs, 
if  the  major  department  offers  the  option. 

Major  fields  of  study  are  offered  in  Economics,  English,  Art,  Political 
Science,  History,  Psychology,  Sociology-Anthropology,  and  Music.  Stu- 
dents should  choose  their  major  field  of  study  and  their  electives  in 
consultation  with  a  program  adviser. 

The  distribution  requirements,  including  specific  required  courses  are 
shown  with  each  curriculum. 

Each  curriculum  normally  provides  for  not  less  than  174  quarter  hours 
of  work,  including  at  least  40  quarter  hours  of  advanced  work  in  a  ma- 
jor field,  and  at  least  30  quarter  hours  of  elective  liberal  arts  courses. 

All  candidates  for  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  must  have  satisfactorily 
completed  in  college  one  full  year  of  a  modern  language  beyond  the 
elementary  level,  4  quarter  hours  of  Composition  and  Rhetoric  and  4 
quarter  hours  of  Introduction  to  Literary  Forms. 

No  student  transferring  from  another  college  or  university  is  eligible  to 
receive  a  degree,  until  at  least  46  quarter  hours  of  academic  work 
have  been  completed  at  Northeastern  University  immediately  preced- 
ing graduation. 

New  Bachelor  of  Science 

Some  departments  have  elected  to  offer  a  new  B.S.  degree,  the  re- 
quirements for  which  are  listed  after  the  B.A.  degree  in  the  following 
pages  (unless  otherwise  stated,  the  requirements  are  the  same  as  for 
the  B.A.  degree). 

Chemical-Biological  Technology  Programs 

Recognizing  the  need  for  technicians  and  technologists  in  modern  so- 
ciety, University  College  offers  the  following  programs  (formerly  in 
Lincoln  College): 


LIBERAL  ARTS  /  85 

Chemical-Biological  Technology  (A.S.)  page  105. 

Chemical-Biological  Technology  (B.S.)  page  106. 

The  Associate  in  Science  Degree 

The  program  leading  to  the  Associate  degree  is  offered  for  those  de- 
siring a  general  cultural  background  in  the  liberal  arts  and  humanities, 
but  who  do  not  wish  to  pursue  a  major  field  of  concentration  for  the 
baccalaureate  degree. 

Candidates  for  the  Associate  in  Science  degree  in  Liberal  Arts  must 
complete  a  minimum  of  96  quarter  hours  of  credit.  This  is  approxi- 
mately one  half  of  the  requirements  (174  quarter  hours)  for  the  Bache- 
lor of  Science  degree. 

To  provide  a  balanced  program  which  will  achieve  the  established  ob- 
jectives, the  faculty  has  set  a  minimum  credit  requirement  in  the  sev- 
eral areas  of  study  as  listed  under  each  major. 

Distribution  Requirements 

For  the  purpose  of  satisfying  the  distribution  requirements  in  all  Lib- 
eral Arts  Majors: 

Math-Science  includes  only  courses  in  Mathematics  (10....),  Physics 

(11 ),  Chemistry  (12 ),  Earth  Science  (16 ),  Biology  (18 ), 

and  Psychology  (lab.  courses  only)  (19. . . .). 

Humanities  includes  only  courses  in  Art  (27. .  . .),  Speech  and  Theatre 
Arts  (29.  . .  .),  English  (except  required)  (30.  .  .  .),  Journalism  (38.  .  .  .), 
Modern  Languages  (except  required  elementary  or  conversational) 
(31 . . . .  to  34. . . .),  Philosophy  (26. . . .),  and  Music  (28 ). 

Social  Sciences  includes  only  courses  in  Economics  (39....),  History 
(23....),  Political  Science  (22....),  Psychology  (except  laboratory 
courses)  (19....),  Social  Welfare  (25....),  and  Sociology-Anthropol- 
ogy (20 and  21 ). 

English  Requirement 

The  8  quarter  hours  of  required  English*  must  be  taken  prior  to  matric- 
ulation. These  are  required  courses  which  cannot  be  used  to  satisfy 
distribution  requirements  in  any  liberal  arts  course  of  study. 

30.601 ,  30.602,  (or  30.603)  Composition  and  Rhetoric  I,  II, 

(or  Intensive)  4  q.h. 

30.604,  30.605,  (or  30.606)  Introduction  to  Literary  Forms 

I,  II  (or  Intensive)  4  q.h. 


*For  new  English  requirements  see  explanation  on  p.  220. 


86  /  LIBERAL  ARTS 

Honors  Program 

An  upperclass  honors  program  is  provided  in  University  College  to  en- 
able superior  students  to  develop  their  potential  to  the  highest  degree 
by  making  it  possible  for  them  to  pursue  studies  in  their  major  fields  to 
greater  depth  than  is  possible  in  the  regular  courses. 

The  nature  of  the  program  is  determined  by  the  academic  department 
concerned.  Programs  may  involve  any  of  the  following  elements:  spe- 
cial research  projects  culminating  in  honor  theses,  seminars,  reading 
projects,  directed  independent  study,  or  creative  work.  Flexibility  is  the 
keynote,  with  every  consideration  given  to  the  individual  needs  and  re- 
quirements of  the  student. 

Students  who  have  earned  96  quarter  hours  of  credit  toward  their 
Bachelor's  degree  and  who  have  a  grade-point  average  of  3.0  or  bet- 
ter are  eligible  to  apply  to  the  Director  of  Liberal  Arts  in  University 
College  for  admission  to  the  program.  Acceptance  as  an  honors  can- 
didate rests  with  the  academic  department  concerned. 

Acceptance  of  Credits  by  the  College  of  Liberal  Arts* 

The  College  of  Liberal  Arts  permits  its  students  to  enroll  for  credit  in 
all  courses  in  University  College  offered  on  a  quarterly  basis,  when 
they  are  pertinent  to  the  student's  program  and  have  been  approved 
by  the  Dean  of  the  College  of  Liberal  Arts.  The  credits  for  such 
courses  may  be  applied: 

1.  To  the  total  number  of  credits  needed  for  graduation 

2.  To  satisfy  distribution  requirements 

3.  To  fulfill  language  and  major  deficiencies 

Credits  from  University  College,  as  well  as  those  from  other  accredited 
institutions,  may  not  be  applied  to  the  quality  point  average  of  students 
in  the  College  of  Liberal  Arts  except  when  such  credits  are  from  courses 
taken  as  substitutes  for  those  College  of  Liberal  Arts  courses  failed  by 
students.  In  such  instances  students  must  receive  a  grade  of  C  or  bet- 
ter in  the  University  College  courses  and  then  only  2.0  quality  points 
are  applied  to  the  student's  record  for  each  course.  Courses  taken  in 
University  College  which  are  not  offered  in  the  Liberal  Arts  College, 
may  be  transferred  with  the  full  grade  upon  approval  of  the  major  de- 
partment. 

Transfer  of  Students  to  the  College  of  Liberal  Arts* 

Those  students  enrolled  in  University  College  who  wish  to  transfer  to 
the  College  of  Liberal  Arts  must  apply  through  the  Department  of  Ad- 
missions of  the  Basic  Colleges. 


"One  of  the  Basic  (day)  Colleges  of  Northeastern  University. 


LIBERAL  ARTS  /  87 

Advanced  Standing  Credit — Credit  for  Non-Collegiate  Experience  (NCE) 

A  matriculated  Liberal  Arts  student  with  a  departmental  major  in  Uni- 
versity College  may  obtain  up  to  16  quarter  hours  of  credit  (excluding 
CLEP  credit)  for  knowledge  acquired  in  a  non-traditional  manner. 

The  student  will  petition  his  major  adviser  (with  a  copy  to  the  Director 
of  Admissions)  for  such  credit,  listing  the  Liberal  Arts  course(s),  as 
well  as  the  reasons,  for  which  he  feels  he  should  receive  credit.  He 
may  also  petition  for  credit  for  subject  matter  which  has  no  counter- 
part course  in  University  College.  The  major  adviser  will  contact  the 
consultant  of  the  appropriate  Liberal  Arts  department  to  arrange  for  an 
appraisal  of  the  student's  credentials.  At  the  discretion  of  the  depart- 
ment, this  appraisal  may  or  may  not  include  a  formal  examination. 
Upon  receipt  of  the  consultant's  recommendation,  the  student  may  re- 
quest the  Director  of  Admissions  to  inform  him  of  the  status  of  his 
petition. 

In  order  to  plan  their  last  year  and  to  expedite  the  evaluation  of  their 
petition  for  NCE  credit,  students  planning  to  graduate  during  a  par- 
ticular year  are  urged  to  submit  petitions  prior  to  June  1  of  the  year 
preceding  graduation.  No  petitions  can  be  considered  after  February 
1  for  June  graduation  or  after  March  1  for  September  graduation. 

In  no  case  will  this  credit  be  considered  as  partial  fulfillment  of  the 
residence  requirement  nor  will  a  grade  be  assigned. 

No  credit  will  be  assigned  in  this  manner  for  courses  which  can  be 
accredited  through  the  CLEP  testing  program  at  the  time  of  the  peti- 
tion. 

Wherever  possible,  credit  will  be  assigned  for  specific  courses. 

It  is  possible  that  this  credit  may  be  applicable  toward  a  degree  in  Uni- 
versity College  only. 

Field  Work  Courses 

To  provide  the  opportunity  for  a  student  to  apply  his  academic  back- 
ground to  practical  problems,  several  departments  have  introduced 
courses  in  their  curriculum  entitled  "Field  Work  in  . . . ." 

A  field  work  course  shall  have  the  following  characteristics  (as  voted 
by  the  Curriculum  Committee): 

1.  It  shall  be  a  one  quarter  course  worth  six  quarter  hours  of  credit. 

2.  Only  matriculated  majors  within  the  department  offering  the  course 
may  register. 

3.  The  prerequisites  shall  be  departmentally  established. 


88  /  LIBERAL  ARTS 

4.  Each  student  shall  make  his  own  arrangement  for  carrying  on  suit- 
able field  work  at  a  departmentally  acceptable  organization  in- 
volving departmental^  acceptable  field  work  experience(s).  The 
department  will  participate  in  student  placement  only  in  an  ad- 
visory capacity. 

5.  Each  student  shall  spend  a  minimum  of  fifteen  hours  per  week  at 
the  outside  organization  on  a  volunteer  or  paid  basis. 

6.  Each  student  shall  meet  with  the  departmental  field  work  adviser 
as  frequently  as  the  adviser  feels  necessary  but,  in  any  case,  no 
fewer  than  three  times  per  quarter  (once  to  formulate  the  program 
of  field  work  experience,  once  to  discuss  ongoing  work  and  once 
to  transmit  and  discuss  the  final  written  report). 

7.  The  student's  grade  shall  be  dependent  upon  both  the  quality  of 
the  experience  as  demonstrated  in  the  final  report  and  the  discus- 
sions between  the  U.C.  field  work  adviser  and  the  outside  super- 
visor. 

8.  So  long  as  one  student  registers,  the  course  will  not  be  cancelled. 

9.  The  outside  supervisor  will  be  offered  a  transferrable  voucher  for 
a  tuition-free  course  at  Northeastern  University. 

Prior  to  registration,  each  student  should  consult  with  his  major  de- 
partment. 

All  field  work  courses  will  be  numbered  as  follows:  — .699. 


LIBERAL  ARTS  /  89 

ECONOMICS  Bachelor  of  Arts  Degree 

(Students    who    matriculated    prior    to    September    1973   must   petition   the   UC 
Admissions  Office  for  this  degree.) 

I  Distribution  Requirements — (see  page  85  for  courses  included  in  the  three  cate- 
gories listed  below:) 

quarter  hours 
Math-Science  16 

Humanities  24 

Social  Sciences  24        64 

Liberal  Arts  Program  Requirements 

*30.601,     30.602     (or  30.603)     Composition  &  Rhetoric  I,  II 

(or  Intensive)  4 

•30.604,     30.605     (or  30.606)     Introduction  to  Literary  Forms  I,  II 

(or  Intensive)  4 

Modern  Language:  Elementary  or  Conversational  12 

Intermediate  12         32 

Major  Concentration  Courses — required 

39.507,     39.508,     39.509  Intermediate  Economic  Theory  I,  II,   III               6 

39.511,     39.512,     39.513  Statistics  I,  II,  III  6 

39.517,     39.518  Money  and  Banking  I,  II  4 

39.519  Public  Finance  2 

39.521  Economic  Growth  and  Development  I  2 
39.523  Government  and  Business  I  2 
39.527  Labor  Economics  2 

39.528,     39.529  International  Economics  I,  II  4 

39.530  Comparative  Economic  Systems  2 

39.531,     39.532  Business  Cycles  I,  II  4 

39.581  Economic  Policy  Seminar  2 
The  remaining  twelve  hours  must  be  taken  from  the  following  courses: 

39.522  Economic  Growth  and  Development  II  2 
39.524,     39.526  Government  and  Business  II,  III  4 

39.525  American  Economic  History  2 

39.533  Business  Cycles  III  2 

39.536,     39.537,     39.538  Advanced  Statistics  I,  II,   III  6 

39.539  Managerial  Economics  2 

39.540  History  of  Economic  Thought  2 
39.551  Industrial  Organization  2 
39.561  Urban  Economics  2 
39.571  European  Economic  History  2         48 

Elective**  30 

Total  Credits  174 

Bachelor  of  Science  Degree 

(None  offered  at  this  time.) 

'These   must   be   completed   prior  to   matriculation. 

"While  students   may  elect  courses   in  their  major  field   in   excess  of  the   minimum   number 
required,  they  are  encouraged  to  elect  courses  in  a  variety  of  fields  beyond  the  major. 


90  /  LIBERAL  ARTS 

ENGLISH  Bachelor  of  Arts  Degree 

Distribution  Requirements — (see  page  85  for  courses  included  in  the  three  cate- 
gories listed  below:) 

quarter  hours 

Math-Science  16 

Humanities  24 

Social  Sciences  24        64 


Liberal  Arts  Program  Requirements 

*30.601,     30.602     (or  30.603)     Composition  &  Rhetoric  I,  II 

(or  Intensive)  4 

*30.604,     30.605     (or  30.606)     Introduction  to  Literary  Forms 

I,  II  (or  Intensive)  4 

Modern  Language:  Elementary  or  Conversational  12 

Intermediate  12        32 

Major  Concentration  Courses — required 
Preliminary  Courses — all  courses  required 

30'.541,     30.542,     30.543     English  Literature  I,  II,  III  6 

30.544,     30.545,     30.546     American  Literature  I,  II,  III  6 

30.517     Intermediate  Writing  2         14 

Major  Figures  in  English  Literature — three  courses  required 

30.551,     30.552,     30.553     Chaucer  I,  II,  III  6 

30.561  Spenser  2 
30.554,     30.555,     30.556     Shakespeare  I,  II,  III  6 

30.562  Milton  2  6 

Major  Periods  in  English  Literature — six  courses  required 

30.557     The  17th  Century  2 

30.558,     30.559     The  18th  Century  I,  II  4 

30.571,     30.572,     30.573     The  19th  Century  I,  II,  III  6 

30.574,  30.575,  30.576  The  18th-century  English  Novel 
The  19th-century  English  Novel 
The  20th-century  English  Novel  6         12 

American  Literature — three  courses  required 

30.581,     30.582,     30.583     The  American  Short  Story; 

The  19th-century  American  Novel 
The  20th-century  American  Novel  6 

30.578     Afro-American  Literature  2 

30.584     Contemporary  American  Poetry  2  6 


(Continued  on  opposite  page) 


'These  must  be  completed   prior  to  matriculation. 


LIBERAL  ARTS  /  91 

Literature  in  Translation — three  courses  required 

30.531,     30.532,     30.533     Western  World  Literature  I,  II,  III  6 

30.534,     30.535,     30.536     Western  World  Literature  IV,  V,  VI  6  6 

English  Electives  8 

Open   Electives.  These  may  include  30.591,  30.592,  30.593  Honors  26 

Programs  I,  II,  III 

Total  Credits  174 

Bachelor  of  Science  Degree 

Unless  otherwise  stated,  requirements  are  the  same  as  for  the  B.A.  degree. 

Modern  Language  None 

English  Electives  16 

Open  Electives  42 

FINE  ARTS  Bachelor  of  Arts  Degree 

Distribution  Requirements — (see  page  85  for  courses  included  in  the  three  cate- 
gories listed  below:) 

quarter  hours 
Math-Science  16 

Humanities  24 

Social  Sciences  24        64 

Liberal  Arts  Program  Requirements 

*30.601,     30.602     (or  30.603)     Composition  &  Rhetoric  I,  II 

(or  Intensive)  4 

*30.604,     30.605     (or  30.606)     Introduction  to  Literary  Forms 

I,  II  (or  Intensive)  4 

Modern  Language:  Elementary  or  Conversational  12 

Intermediate  12        32 

Major  Concentration  Courses — required 

27.504,     27.505,     27.506     History  of  Art  I,  II,  III  6 

In  addition  to  History  of  Art  I,  II,  III  required  of  all  Fine  Arts  majors,  each  stu- 
dent will  select  a  minimum  of  38  quarter  hours  in  Area  I  or  39  quarter  hours 
in  Area  II.  (See  page  92) 

Bachelor  of  Science  Degree 

Unless  otherwise  stated,  requirements  are  the  same  as  for  the  B.A.  degree. 

Modern  Language  None 

Electives  58 

(Continued  on  following  page.) 


"These  must  be  completed   prior  to  matriculation. 


92  /  LIBERAL  ARTS 

Area  I — Art  History  Major 

27.507  Ancient  Architecture  2 

27.508  Medieval  and  Renaissance  Architecture  2 

27.509  European  Architecture  2 
27.510,     57.511     Ancient  Painting  and  Sculpture  I,  II  4 

27.512     Medieval  Painting  and  Sculpture  2 

27.514     European  Painting  2 

27.515,     27.516     Modern  Painting  I,  II  4 

27.518  20th-century  American  Architecture  2 

27.519  20th-century  European  Architecture  2 

27.520  Italian  Renaissance  Art  II  2 

27.522  French  Painting  2 

27.523  English  Art  2 
27.524,     27.525,     27.526     American  Art  I,   II,  III  6 

27.535  African  Art  2 

27.536  Latin  American  Art  2 

27.538  Chinese  Art  2 

27.539  Japanese  Art  2 
27.547  European  Graphic  Arts  2 
27.560     Oriental   Indian  Art  2 

27.587,     27.588,     27.589     History  of  Photography  I,  II,  III  6 

27.592     New  York  Art  Seminar  2 

27.594     European  Art  Seminar  2 

27.597,     27.598,     27.599     History  and  Technique  of  Film  I,  II,  III  6 

27.600,     27.601,     27.602     Honors  Program  I,  II,  III  12 

27.603     Mexican  Art  2 

Required: 

Area  II — Studio  Art  Major 

27.541,     27.542,     27.543     Drawing   I,   II,  III  9 

27.561,     27.562,     27.563     Basic  Color  and  Design  I,  II,  III  9 
Twenty  one  quarter  hours  must  be  taken  from  the  following  courses: 

27.527,     27.528,     27.529     Life  Drawing  I,  II,  III  9 

Graphic  Arts  I,  II,  III  9 

Painting — Basic  Level  I,  II,  III  9 

Painting — Advanced  Level  I,  II,  III  9 

Advanced  Graphic  Arts  I,   II,   III  9 

Advanced  Color  and  Design  3 

Basic  Commercial  Design  I,   II,   III  9 

Advanced  Commercial  Design  3 

Honors  Program  I,  II,  III  12 


Total  Credits 


27.544, 

27.545, 

27.546 

27.551, 

27.552, 

27.553 

27.554, 

27.555, 

27.556 

27.557, 

27.558, 

27.559 
27,564 

27.571, 

27.572, 

27.573 
27.574 

27.600, 

27.601, 

27.602 

Electives* 

'While   students   may   elect   courses   in   their   major  field   in   excess   of  the   minimum   number 
required,  they  are  encouraged  to  elect  courses  in  a  variety  of  fields  beyond  the  major. 


LIBERAL  ARTS  /  93 

HISTORY  Bachelor  of  Arts  Degree 

.  Distribution  Requirements — (see  page  85  for  courses  included  in  the  three  cate- 
gories listed  below:) 

quarter  hours 

Math-Science  16 

Humanities  24 

Social  Sciences  24        64 

i  Liberal  Arts  Program  Requirements 

*30.601,     30.602     (or  30.603)     Composition  &  Rhetoric  I,  II 

(or  Intensive)  4 

*30.604,     30.605     (or  30.606)     Introduction  to  Literary  Forms 

I,  II  (or  Intensive)  4 

Modern  Language  Elementary  or  Conversational  12 

Intermediate  12         32 

I  Major  Concentration  Courses — required 

History  majors  are  required  to  take  6  quarter  hours  of  Western  Civilization 
(23.501,  23.502,  23.503)  and  6  quarter  hours  of  the  American  History  survey 
(23.504,  23.505,  23.506).  These  12  credits  are  applicable  to  the  social  science 
distribution  requirements  for  History  majors.  12 

Required  in  addition  are  40  quarter  hours  of  history  courses  to  be  distributed 
as  follows: 

quarter  hours 
23.500  Historian's  Craft  4 

At  least  6  quarter  hours  in  each  of  the  following  four  areas: 
I.  Ancient  Medieval,  and  Early  Modern  Europe 
II.  Modern  and  Contemporary  Europe 

III.  American  History 

IV.  Other  Regions  24 

(See  specific  History  courses  at  back  of  catalog  for  area  designations.) 

The  remaining  12  quarter  hours  of  history  may  be  chosen  from  any 
of  the  above  four  areas.  Students  in  the  Honors  Program  (23.597, 
23.598,  23.599)  may  use  these  12  quarter  hours.  12         40 

Since  September,  1972,  some  history  courses  carry  4 
quarter  hours  of  credit  and  may  meet  twice  weekly. 

i  Electives**  26 

Total  Credits  174 

(Continued  on  following  page.) 


'These  must  be  completed   prior  to  matriculation. 

'While   students   may  elect  courses   in  their  major  field    in   excess  of  the   minimum   number 
required,  they  are  encouraged  to  elect  courses  in  a  variety  of  fields  beyond  the  major. 


94  /  LIBERAL  ARTS 


Bachelor  of  Science  Degree, 

(Unless  otherwise  stated,  requirements  are  the  same  as  for  the  B.A.  degree) 
Distribution  Requirements — 


Math-Science 
Humanities 
Social  Sciences 
Modern  Language 

Other  Required  Courses- 


39.501 , 

39.502, 

39.503 

39.511, 

39.512, 

39.513 

21.501, 

21 .502, 

21.503 

21.512, 

21.513, 

21.514 

45.570, 

45.571 , 

45.572 

quarter  hours 

None 

24 

None 

None 


Economic  Princ.  &  Problems  I,  II,  III 

Statistics  I,  II,  III 

Sociology  I,  II,  III 

Social  Research  Methods  I,  II,  III 

Electronic  Data  Processing  I,  II,  III 


30 


Electives 


60 


LIBERAL  ARTS 


Math — Science* 

Humanities* 

Social  Sciences* 

30.601,     30.602 
30.604,     30.605 

Electives 


Composition  and  Rhetoric  I,  II 
Introduction  to  Literary  Forms  I,  II 


Associate  in  Science  Degree 

quarter  hours 

16 
24 
24 
4 

4 


72 


24 


Total  Credits 


96 


*See  page  85  for  courses  included  in  the  various  designations. 


LIBERAL  ARTS  /  95 

POLITICAL  SCIENCE  Bachelor  of  Arts  Degree 

Distribution  Requirements — (see  page  85  for  courses  included  in  the  three  cate- 
gories listed  below): 

quarter  hours 

Math-Science  16 

Humanities  24 

Social  Sciences  24         64 


Liberal  Arts  Program  Requirements 

*30.601,     30.602     (or  30.603)     Composition  &  Rhetoric  I,  II 

(or  Intensive)  4 

*30.604,     30.605     (or  30.606)     Introduction  to  Literary  Forms 

I,  II  (or  Intensive)  4 

Modern  Language:  Elementary  or  Conversational  12 

Intermediate  12         32 

'Major  Concentration  Courses — required  (see  page  96) 

Prerequisites:  Principles   of   Political   Science   I,    II,    III    (22.501,   22.502,   22.503) 

which  may  be  taken  out  of  sequence  if  necessary,  or  Principles 

of  Political  Science  (Intensive)  (22.507). 

Bachelor  of  Science  Degree 

Unless  otherwise  stated,  requirements  are  the  same  as  for  the  BA  degree 

Distribution  Requirements  None 

Modern  Language  None 

Additional  Requirements — 

Statistics     10.316     10.317     10.318 

Or 
19.504     19.505     19.506 

Or 
39.511     39.512     39.513 

Computer  Techniques  and  Programming 

45.570     45.571     45.572  6 

45.599  2 

Other  Electives  to  a  total  of  174 

(Continued  on  following  page) 


"These  must  be  completed   prior  to  matriculation. 


96  /  LIBERAL  ARTS 


Each  student  will  select  a  minimum  of  6  quarter  hours  from  each  of  the  follow- 
ing four  areas,  as  indicated: 

Area  I — American  Government  quarter  hours 

22.511  American  National  Government  2 
any  additional  two  courses  from  among:  4 

22.512  Urban  and  Metropolitan  Government  2 

22.514  American  Constitutional  Law  2 

22.515  Civil  Rights  2 

22.516  Public  Administration  I  2 

22.517  Public  Administration   II  2 

22.518  Government  and  Politics  of  States  2 

22.519  The  Legislative  Process  2 

22.520  The  American  Presidency  2 

22.551  Current  Political  Issues  2 

22.570  Consumer  Advocacy  I  2 

22.571  Consumer  Advocacy  II  2 

22.572  Consumer   Advocacy   III  2 
Area  II — Comparative  Government 

22.521  Comparative  Government  I  2 

22.522  Comparative  Government  II  2 
any  additional  one  course  from  among:  2 
22.537     European  Political  Parties  2 

22.544  Government   and    Politics   in   the  Soviet 

Union   I  2 

22.545  Government   and    Politics    in   the  Soviet 

Union  II  2 

22.547  Government  and   Politics  of  Communist 

China  I  2 

22.548  Government  and   Politics  of  Communist 

China  II  2 

22.552  Government  and  Politics  of  the 

Middle  East  I  2 

22.553  Government  and  Politics  of  the 

Middle  East  II  2 

22.555  Government  and  Politics  in  Latin 

America  I  2 

22.556  Government  and  Politics  in  Latin 

America   II  2 

22.558  Government  and  Politics  of  Southeast 

Asia  2 

22.559  Government  and  Politics  of  Japan  2 

22.560  Politics  and   Policies  of  Developing 

Nations  I  2 

22.561  Politics  and  Policies  of  Developing 

Nations    II  2 

22.562  Government  and  Politics  of  Sub 

Saharan  Africa  2 

22.563  Government  and  Politics  of 

Northern  Africa  2 


LIBERAL  ARTS  /  97 

Area  III — International  Relations 

22.535  International  Relations  (not  to  be 

taken  by  students  who  have  credit 

for    22.531)  4 

any  additional   one  course  from   among:  2 

22.532  International  Organization  2 
22.534  Soviet  Foreign  Policy  2 
22.538     Communist  China's  Foreign  Policy  2 

22.541  International    Law  2 

22.533  American   Foreign   Policy  2 

22.542  American    Foreign    Policy    I  2 

22.543  American    Foreign    Policy   II  2 

22.564  Communism    in    Eastern    Europe    I  2 

22.565  Communism  in  Eastern  Europe  II  2 

Area  IV — Theory  and  Methodology 

22.536  Introduction  to  Political  Theory  (not 

to  be  taken  by  students  who  have 
credit  for  22.504)  4 

any  additional   one  course  from  among:  2 

22.505  Contemporary  Political  Theory  2 

22.506  American  Political  Thought  2 
22.508     Research    Methods  2 

Political  Science  Electives.  A  total  of  18  quarter  hours  of  elective 
courses  from  any  or  all  of  the  above  areas,  and  may  include  the 
maximum  number  of  quarter  hours  credit  for  Honors  permitted  by 
the   College.  18 

Open  Electives.  Social  Sciences  other  than  Political  Science,  in- 
cluding not  fewer  than  6  quarter  hours  of  each  of  three  different 
disciplines  selected  from  Economics,  History,  Psychology,  and 
Sociology-Anthropology.  18 

Other  Electives  18 

Total   Credits  174 


98  /  LIBERAL  ARTS 

PSYCHOLOGY  Bachelor  of  Arts  Degree 

Distribution  Requirements — (see  page  85  for  courses  included  in  the  three  cate- 
gories listed  below:) 

quarter  hours 

Math-Science  16 

Humanities  24 

"Social  Sciences  24        64 

Liberal  Arts  Program  Requirements 

*30.601,     30.602     (or  30.603)     Composition  &  Rhetoric  I,  II 

or  (Intensive)  4 

*30.604,     30.605     (or  30.606     Introduction  to  Literary  Forms 

I,   II   (or  Intensive)  4 

Modern  Language:  Elementary  or  Conversational  12 

Intermediate  12         32 

Major  Concentration  Courses  (page  99) 

Bachelor  of  Science  Degree 

Unless  otherwise  stated,   requirements  are  the  same  as  for  the  B.A.  degree. 

Distribution  Requirements — 

Math-Science  32 

Humanities  None 

Social  Sciences  20 

Modern  Language  None 

Major  Concentration  Courses — required 

All  of  the  following  pairs: 

19.514,     19.515;     19.538,     19.540;     19.549,     19.550;     19.580,     19.581 

Psychology  Electives  (as  listed  on  the  following  page)  28 

Electives  to  a  total  of  174 

(Continued  on  following  page) 


"These   must   be  completed   prior  to  matriculation. 
"It    is    recommended    that    Psychology    majors    substitute    19.508    and    19.509 — Fundamentals 
of  Psychology   I  and   II   for  19.501,   502,   and  503. 


LIBERAL  ARTS  /  99 


Major  Concentration  Courses — required 

19.501,     19.502,     19.503  (or    19.507)     Psychology    I,    II,    III  6 

OR 

19.508,     19.509  Fundamentals    of    Psychology    I,    II  8 

OR 

19.518,     19.519  Foundations   of    Psychology    I,    II  8 

19.504,     19.505,     19.506  Statistics    in    Psychology    I,    II,    III  6 

19.561,     19.562  Scientific  Foundations  of  Psychology  I,  II         4 


19.571 


Senior   Seminar 


THREE  OF  THE  FOLLOWING  PAIRS: 
19.514,     19.515  Personality  I,  II  (Lab) 

19.538,     19.540  Learning  I,  II  (Lab) 

19.550  Sensation  and  Perception  I,  II  (Lab) 

19.581  Physiological  Psychology  I,  II  (Lab) 


19.549, 
19.580, 


12  30-32 


In  addition  to  the  courses  listed  above,  required  of  all  Psychology  majors,  each 
student  will  select  a  minimum  of  24  hours  from  the  following  Psychology  elec- 
tives: 


19.511, 

19.512, 

19.513 

Developmental    Psychology   I,    II,    III 

6 

19.523 

Motivation 

2 

19.524, 

19.525 

Social  Psychology  I,  II 

4 

19.532, 

19.533, 

19.534 

Industrial    Psychology    I,    II,    III 

6 

19.536 

Psychology  of  Thought 

2 

19.537 

Psychology  of  Language 

2 

19.545 

Psychological  Therapies 

2 

19.541, 

19.542, 

19.543 

Abnormal  Psychology 

6 

19.588 

Drugs  and  Behavior 

2 

19.589 

Impact   of   Psychology   on    Society 

2 

19.591, 

19.592, 

19.593 

Honors   Program    I,    II,    III 

12         24 

Electives* 

to  a  total  of  174 

Total  Credits 

174 

"While   students   may   elect   courses    in   their   major  field    in   excess   of  the  minimum   number 
required,  they  are  encouraged  to  elect  courses  in  a  variety  of  fields  beyond  the  major. 


100  /  LIBERAL  ARTS 

SOCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY  Bachelor  of  Arts  Degree 

Distribution  Requirements — (see  page  85  for  courses  included  in  the  three  cate- 
gories listed  below:) 

quarter  hours 

Math-Science  16 

Humanities  24 

Social  Sciences  24        64 

Liberal  Arts  Program  Requirements 

*30.601,     30.602     (or  30.603)     Composition  &  Rhetoric  I,  II 

(or  Intensive)  4 

*30.604,     30.605     (or  30.606)     Introduction  to  Literary  Forms 

I,   II  (or  Intensive)  4 

Modern  Language:  Elementary    or    Conversational  12 

Intermediate  12        32 


Bachelor  of  Science  Degree 

Unless  otherwise  stated,   requirements  are  the  same  for  the  B.A.  degree. 

Distribution  Requirements — 

Math-Science  None 

Humanities  None 

Social  Sciences 

(other  than  soc-anthro.)  24 

Modern  Language  None 

For  those  anticipating  work  in  applied  social  welfare,  it  is  highly  rec- 
ommended that  at  least  elementary  or  conversational  courses  in  an 
appropriate  language  be  mastered. 

Major  Concentration  Requirements 

Same  as  for  the  B.A.  degree  plus  at  least  10  additional  quarter  hours  of  ad- 
vanced courses,  of  which  4  quarter  hours  should  be  in  anthropology. 

Electives  78 

(Students  are  encouraged  to  elect  math-science  and  humanities  for  ade- 
quate educational  breadth.) 

For  students  planning  to  attend  graduate  school,  the  B.A.  degree  is  recom- 
mended. 


*These  must  be  completed   prior  to  matriculation. 


20.501, 

20.502, 

20.503 

21.501, 

21.502, 

21.503 

21.512, 

21.513, 

21.514 

21.517, 

21.518, 

21.519 

LIBERAL  ARTS  /  101 

Major   Concentration   Courses — required  quarter  hours 

Anthropology    I,    II,    III  6 

Sociology   I,   II,   III  6 

Social    Research   Methods   I,    II,   III  6 

Social  Theory  I,   II,   III  6 

The  student  may  choose  to  substitute  for  any  of  the  course  sequences 

above  more  intensive  versions  under  the  following  numbers  and  titles: 

20.601,     20.602                    Principles  of  Anthropology  I,   II  8 

21.601,     21.602                    Principles  of  Sociology  I,  II  8 
21.612,     21.613                    Social    Research   Methods    I,    II    (Intensive)       8 

21,617,     21.618                    Social  Theory  I,  II  (Intensive)  8 

The  major  is  required  to  take  30  quarter  hours  of  advanced  courses 
from  among  the  following  offerings: 

20.521     Culture  and   Personality  2 

20.531  Primitive   Social   Organization  2 

20.532  Primitive    Religion  2 

20.533  Acculturation  2 
20.537  Anthropological  Theory  2 
20.541  North  American  Indian  2 
20.544     African  Peoples  and  Culture  2 

20.547  Latin  American  Peoples  and  Culture  2 

20.548  Studying  the  Family  Cross-Culturally  2 

20.549  Folklore  2 

20.550  Peasant  Society  and   Culture  as  an 

Anthropological   Problem  2 

20.551  The  Comparative  Study  of  Changing 

Peasantries  2 

20.552  Eastern   European  Peasantry  in  the 

Modern  World  2 

20.560     Language   and    Culture  2 

21.505  Drugs   and   Society  2 

21.506  Sociology  of  Religion  2 

21.507  Sex  in  Society:  The  Study  of  Sex  Roles  2 

21.508  Sociology  of  Literature  2 

21.509  Sociology  of  Socialist  Societies  2 
21.528  Social  Stratification  2 
21.531     Social   Change  2 

21.534  Social  Control  2 

21.535  Political  Sociology  2 

21.546  Sociology    of    Deviant    Behavior  2 

21.547  Social  Problems  2 
21.550     Juvenile  Delinquency  2 

21.551,     21.552     Family  and  Marriage  I,  II  4 

(Continued  on  next  page) 


102  /  LIBERAL  ARTS 

21.553,     21.554,     21.555  Racial   and   Cultural    Relations   I,    II,    III  6 

21.556  Sociology  of  Poverty  2 

21.557  Urban   Sociology  2 

21.558  Community  Analysis  2 

21.559  Seminar   in   Urban   Studies  2 

21.560  Medical  Sociology  2 

21.561  Sociology  of  Mental  Health  2 
21.563  Social  Gerontology  2 
21.567  Population  2 
21.570  Sociology  of  Occupations  and 

Professions  2 

21.573  Sociology  of  Industry  2 

21.575  Sociology  of  Formal   Organizations  2 

21.591,     21.592,     21.593  Honors   Programs    I,    II,    III  12         54 


Electives* 


24 


Total  Credits 


174 


*While  students   may   elect   courses    in   their   major  field    in   excess   of  the  minimum   number 
required,   they  are  encouraged   to  elect  courses   in   a  variety  of  fields   beyond  the   major. 


LIBERAL  ARTS  /  103 

MUSIC  Bachelor  of  Arts  Degree 

Distribution  Requirements — (see  page  85  for  courses  included  in  the  three  cate- 
gories listed  below:) 

quarter  hours 

Math-Science  16 

Humanities  24 

Social  Sciences  24         64 

Liberal  Arts  Program  Requirements 

*30.601,     30.602     (or  30.603)     Composition  &  Rhetoric  I,  II 

(or  Intensive)  4 

*30.604,     30.605     (or  30.606)     Introduction  to  Literary  Forms 

I,   II   (or  Intensive)  4 

Modern  Language:                     Elementary  or  Conversational  12 

Intermediate  12         32 

Major  Concentration  Courses-required 

28.599,     28.600,     28.601     Theory   I,   II,   III  6 

28.605,     28.606,     28.607     Theory    IV,   V,   VI  6 

28.608,     28.609,                    Contrapuntal  Techniques  I,  II  4 

28.534,     28.535,     28.536     Pedagogy  of  Music  I,   II,   III  6 

28.602,     28.603,     28.604     Music   History   I,    II,    III  6 

28.528,     28.529,     28.530     Ear  Training    I,    II,    III  6         34 

I  Major  Concentration  Electives  (page  104) 


Bachelor  of  Science  Degree 

Unless  otherwise  stated,  requirements  are  the  same  as  for  the  B.A.  degree. 

Distribution  Requirements —  quarter  hours 

Math-Science  7 

Humanities  24 

Social  Sciences  24 

'  Modern  Language:  12         67 

'  Elementary  or  Conversational  — 

I  Electives  (May  include  Honors  Program,  28.695,  28.696,  28.697)  29 

(Continued  on  following  page.) 


'These  must  be  completed  prior  to  matriculation. 


104  /  LIBERAL  ARTS 

Major  Concentration  Courses — elective 

Five  of  the  following  courses  should  be  taken: 

28.503  Women   in   Music  2 

28.510  Music  and  Art  2 

28.515  Contemporary  Music  2 

28.517  Music  as  a  Means  of  Social  Expression  2 

28.520  Musical   Forms  2 

28.521  The   Symphony  2 

28.522  The   Concerto  2 

28.523  Great    Literature    for    Piano  2 

28.524  The  World  of  Opera  2 

28.525  Contemporary  Opera  2 

28.526  Jazz:  Evolution  and   Essence  2 

28.531  Life  and  Works  of  J.  S.  Bach  2 

28.532  Life  and  Works  of  Mozart  2 

28.533  Life  and  Works  of  Beethoven  2 

28.543  Great   Choral    Literature  2 

28.544  Chamber   Music  2 

28.545  Wagner's  Ring  Cycle  2 

28.546  Life  and  Works  of  Stravinsky  2 

28.547  The  Music  of  Bruckner  and  Mahler  2 

28.548  Great  Love  Songs  through  the  Ages  2 

28.549  A  History  of  Musical   Instruments  in 

Western    Culture  2 

28.550  Life  and  Works  of  Haydn  2 

28.551  Life  and  Works  of  Brahms  2 

28.552  Life  and  Works  of  Chopin  2 

28.553  Melodrama  and  the  Macabre  2 

28.571  Piano  Class  I  2 

28.572  Piano  Class  II  2 

28.573  Piano  Class  III  2 
28.595  Opera  Seminar  2 
28.587  Symphony    Seminar  2 

Free  Electives 

Total  Credits 


LIBERAL  ARTS  /   105 


CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL 
TECHNOLOGY 


Associate  in  Science  Degree 


The  program  in  Chemical-Biological  Technology  provides  the  chem- 
istry and  biology  foundation  required  by  medical  and  industrial  lab- 
oratory assistants  and  technicians  in  clinically,  chemically,  or  biologi- 
cally oriented  organizations,  and  for  persons  having  paramedical 
responsibilities.  Employment  opportunities  are  in  hospitals,  health 
clinics,  research  foundations,  chemical  and  drug  industries,  public 
health  organizations,  water  and  sanitation  departments,  and  in  the 
emerging  fields  of  the  oceanographic  technologies. 

Prerequisite:  Satisfactory  completion  of  the  Mathematics  Placement 
Test  or  the  Basic  Mathematics  I  and  II  courses  (10.33Q  and  10.331). 
The  Mathematics  Placement  Test  must  be  taken  prior  to  registration. 

quarter  hours 

Mathematics   I,   II,   III  1  6 

or 
College  Algebra  &  Trigonometry  I,   II  8 

General  Physics  I,  II,  III 
General  Chemistry  I,  II,  III 
General  Chemistry  Lab.  I,  II,  III 
Composition  &  Rhetoric  I,  II 
English  Elective 


First  Year 

10.327, 

10.328, 

10.329 

10.307, 

10.308 

11.304, 

11.305, 

1 1 .306 

12.544, 

12.545, 

12.546 

12.547, 

12.548, 

12.549 

30.601, 

30.602 

Second  Year 

10.316, 

10.317, 

10.318 

10.320,     10.321,     10.322 


18.511, 

18.512, 

18.513 

Third  Year 

12.531, 

12.532, 

12.533 

12.534, 

12.535, 

12.536 

12.521, 

12.522, 

12.523 

12.524, 

12.525, 

12.526 

18.524, 

18.525, 

18.526 

Fourth 

Year 

18.521, 

18.522, 

18.523 

Probability  and  Statistics  I,  II,  III 

or 
Calculus  I,  II,  III 

Social  Science  Elective  I,  II,  III 
Biology  I,  II,  III 

Organic  Chemistry  I,  II,  III 
Organic  Chemistry  Lab.  I,  II,  III 

or 
Analytical  Chemistry  I,  II,  III 
Analytical  Chemistry  Lab.  I,  II,  III 
Human  Anatomy  and  Physiology  I,  II.  Ill 
Humanities  Elective  I.  II,  III 

Microbiology  I,  II,  III 

Biology  or  Chemistry  Elective  I,  II,  III 

Total    Credits 


3 

6 

12 


12 


12 

6 


96-100 


iNote:  Associate  degree  graduates  may  transfer  applicable  credits  to- 
ward the  requirements  in  Lincoln  College  programs  leading  to  the 
'Associate  in  Engineering,  Associate  in  Science,  or  Bachelor  of  En- 
gineering Technology  degrees,  as  well  as  University  College  programs. 


106  /  LIBERAL  ARTS 


CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL 
TECHNOLOGY 


Bachelor  of  Science  Degree 


The  Chemical-Biological  Technology  program  is  an  interdisciplinary 
program  integrating  theoretical  and  laboratory  course  sequences  from 
the  fields  of  chemistry  and  biology  which  prepare  the  student  to  as- 
sume responsibilities  in  laboratory  careers  which  emphasize  labora- 
tory application  and  teaching  careers  in  general  science.  Employment! 
opportunities  are  in  a  wide  variety  of  industrial,  pharmaceutical,  clini- 
cal, and  hospital  laboratories  dealing  with  analytical,  production,  and! 
research  functions  and  in  secondary  school  education  in  the  teaching 
of  general  science,  chemistry,  biology,  and  other  related  courses. 

Prerequisite:  Satisfactory  completion  of  the  Mathematics  Placement: 
Test  or  the  Basic  Mathematics  I  and  II  courses  (10.330  and  10.331). 
The  Mathematics  Placement  Test  must  be  taken  prior  to  registration. 


First  Year 

10.316, 

10.317, 

10.318 

10.307, 

10.308 

11.304, 

11.305, 

11.306 

12.544, 

12.545, 

12.546 

12.547, 

12.548, 

12.549 

30.601, 

30.602 

Second  Year 

10.316, 

10.317, 

10.318 

10.320, 

10.321, 

10.322 

18.511, 

18.512, 

18.513 

23.501, 

23.502, 

23.503 

Third  Year 

12.521, 

12.522, 

12.523 

12.524, 

12.525, 

12.526 

18.524, 

18.525, 

18.526 

19.501, 

19.502, 

19.503 

Fourth  Year 

12.531, 

12.532, 

12.533 

12.534, 

12.535, 

12.536 

18.521, 

18.522, 

18.523 

Fifth  Year 

18.551, 

18.552, 

18.553 

39.501, 

39.502, 

39.503 

Probability  and  Statistics  I,  II,  III 

or 
College  Algebra   &  Trigonometry   I,   II 
General  Physics,  I,  II,  III 
General  Chemistry  I,  II,   III 
General  Chemistry  Lab.  I,  II,  III 
Composition  and  Rhetoric,  I,  II 
English  Elective 


quarter  hours 

} : 

6 
6 
3 
4 
2 


12.551, 


Probability  and  Statistics  I,  II,  III 

or  I         8 

Calculus  I,  II,  III  J 

Biology  I,  II,  III  12 

Western  Civilization  I,  II,  III  6 


Analytical  Chemistry  I,  II,  III  6 

Analytical  Chemistry  Lab.  I,  II,  III  6 

Human  Anatomy  and  Physiology  I,  II,  III            9 

Psychology  I,  II,  III  6 


Organic  Chemistry  I,  II,  III  6 

Organic  Chemistry  Lab.  I,  II,  III  6 

Microbiology  I,  II,  III  12 


Histology-Organology  I,  II,  III                                6 

Economic    Principles   and  Problems 

I,   II,   III  6 

12.552     Instrumental  Analysis  I,  II  4 


LIBERAL  ARTS  /  107 


12.553 

Radiochemistry 

2 

16.531,     16.532, 

16.533 

Oceanography  I,  II,  III 

6 

Sixth  Year 

18.561,     18.562, 

18.563 

Ecology  I,  II,  III 

6 

12.541,     12.542, 

12.543 

Physical  Chemistry  I,  II,  III 

I      6 

12.515,     12.516. 

12.517 

or 

Biochemistry  I,  II,  III 

I          6 

21.501,     21.502, 

21.503 

Sociology  I,  II,  III 

6 

*Electives 

6 

Seventh  Year 

18.557, 

18.558 

Genetics  I,  II 

4 

18.556 

Genetics  Lab. 

2 

30.604,     30.605 

Introduction  to  Literary  Form  I,  II 

4 

English  Elective 

2 

*Electives  as  needed  to  complete 

Total  Credits 

Total  Credits 


174 


General  Science  Teacher  Option — Students  planning  to  apply  to  the  Northeastern  University 
Graduate  School  of  Education  must  include  courses  in  Adolescent  Psychology  and  Princi- 
ples of  Teaching  among  the  electives. 


law  enforcement 


Timothy  F.  Moran,  Associate  Dean 

Director.  Law  Enforcement  Programs 

Telephone  437-3324 

Joseph  N.  Connors,  Assistant  Dean 

Associate   Director,   Law  Enforcement  Programs 

Telephone  437-3325 


Aims 


Law  Enforcement  programs  of  study  are  offered  to  meet  the  needs  of 
present  and  potential  practitioners  in  the  fields  of  corrections,  law 
enforcement,  and  security  who  wish  to  acquire  a  liberal  education  as 
well  as  a  professional  competence,  or  to  gain  recognition  for  develop- 
ment and  attainment  while  pursuing  a  career  in  that  profession. 

Methods 

The  distribution  requirements,  including  certain  required  courses,  are 
shown  with  each  curriculum.  Upon  petition,  students  may  be  permitted 
under  certain  circumstances  to  substitute  other  courses  which  will 
more  adequately  serve  their  specific  objectives. 

To  provide  a  balanced  program  which  will  achieve  the  established  ob- 
jectives, the  faculty  has  set  minimum  requirements  in  the  areas  of 
study  outlined  on  the  following  pages,  with  a  recommended  sequence 
of  courses  for  each  program. 

Bachelor  of  Science  Degree  Program 

Major  fields  of  study  are  offered  in  Correctional  Practices,  Law  En- 
forcement, and  Security.  Students  should  choose  their  major  field  of 
study  and  their  electives  in  consultation  with  a  program  adviser. 

Each  curriculum  provides  for  not  less  than  174  quarter  hours  of  work, 
including  at  least  60  quarter  hours  of  advanced  work  in  a  major  field. 

No  student  transferring  from  another  college  or  university  is  eligible  to 
receive  a  degree  until  at  least  46  quarter  hours  of  academic  work  have 
been  completed  at  Northeastern  University  immediately  preceding 
graduation. 

108 


LAW  ENFORCEMENT  /  109 

Associate  in  Science  Degree  Program 

The  program  leading  to  the  associate  degree  is  offered  for  those  who 
wish  to  obtain  a  general  background  in  correctional  practices,  law  en- 
forcement, or  security,  but  do  not  wish  to  pursue  a  major  field  of  con- 
centration for  the  baccalaureate  degree. 

Candidates  for  the  Associate  in  Science  degree  must  complete  a  min- 
imum of  96  quarter  hours  of  credit.  This  is  approximately  one  half  of 
the  requirements  for  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree,  and  includes  at 
least  40  quarter  hours  of  work  in  a  major  field. 

Honors  Program 

*The  Honors  Program  in  the  field  of  law  enforcement  is  designed  to 
provide  qualified  students  with  the  opportunity  to  achieve  a  broader 
and  deeper  intellectual  academic  experience  within  their  chosen 
fields:  corrections,  law  enforcement,  or  security. 

In  general,  the  Honors  Program  consists  of  the  following  areas:  inde- 
pendent study,  directed  reading  seminar,  independent  research  pro- 
jects, and  special  seminars. 

The  particular  academic  structure  of  a  student's  Honors  Program  will 
be  arranged  in  consultation  with  the  Program  Director  and  the  Honors 
Faculty  Committee,  to  direct  the  student's  program. 

The  Honors  Program  is  open  to  all  matriculated  Law  Enforcement  Pro- 
gram students  in  University  College,  who  have  obtained  an  associate 
degree  or  equivalent,  and  a  minimum  cumulative  grade  point  average 
of  3.0.  Students  who  are  eligible  for  this  program  may  apply  for  admis- 
sion and  approval,  to  the  Director  of  Law  Enforcement  Programs. 

Advanced  Standing  Credit — Credit  for  Non-Collegiate  Experience  (NCE) 

A  matriculated  University  College  student  with  a  department  major  in 
Corrections,  Law  Enforcement,  or  Security,  may  obtain  up  to  16  quar- 
ter hours  of  credit  (excluding  CLEP),  by  petitioning  to  take  a  compre- 
hensive examination  in  the  specific  subject  area  based  upon  the  stu- 
dent's knowledge  acquired  in  a  non-traditional  manner.  Petitions  for 
these  examinations  may  be  obtained  in  102  Churchill  Hall  or  200 
Churchill  Hall. 

In  no  case  will  this  credit  be  considered  as  partial  fulfillment  of  the 
residence  requirement  nor  will  a  letter  grade  be  assigned. 

No  credit  will  be  assigned  in  this  manner  for  courses  which  can  be  ac- 
credited through  the  CLEP  Testing  Program  at  the  time  of  the  petition. 
Credit  will  only  be  assigned  to  specific  courses.  It  is  possible  that  this 
credit  may  be  applicable  toward  a  degree  in  University  College  only. 


'For  course  numbers  see  page  291 


110  /  LAW  ENFORCEMENT 

Course  Sequence 

The  course  sequence  as  listed  is  merely  a  frame  of  reference,  a  sug- 
gested guide  to  assist  students  in  arranging  their  program.  Students 
who  wish  to  add  a  fifth  course  each  quarter  to  this  sequence  may  do 
so  without  approval  of  the  department. 

Intensive  Courses 

Many  courses  are  frequently  offered  as  single  quarter  intensives  dur-  j 
ing  the  regular  school  year.  Please  refer  to  the  listing  of  courses  on 
page  301. 

Intensive  courses  offer  the  opportunity  for  a  student  to  achieve  his  ob- 
jective in  a  shorter  period  of  time,  i.e.,  a  student  could  reasonably  earn 
a  B.S.  degree  in  five  years,  and  an  associate  degree  in  three  years. 


CORRECTIONAL  PRACTICES 


Bachelor  of  Science  Degree 


Basic  Courses — required 

"10.327, 

10.328, 

10.329 

19.501, 

19.502, 

19.503 

23.501, 

23.502, 

23.503 

*30.601 , 

30.602 

30.604, 

30.605 

39.501, 

39.502, 

39.503 

Core  Courses — required 

19.524, 

19.525 

19.541, 

19.542, 

19.543 

21.501, 

21.502, 

21.503 
21.534 
21.547 

21.553, 

21.554 
21 .557 

22.501, 

22.502, 

22.503 
22.514 
22.515 

22.516, 

22.517 

23.504, 

23.505, 

23.506 

45.511, 

45.512 

Mathematics  I,  II,  III 
Psychology  I,  II,  III 
Western  Civilization  I,  II,  III 
Composition  and  Rhetoric  I,  II 
Introduction  to   Literary  Forms   I,   II 
Econ.  Princ.  and  Problems  I,  II,  III 


Social  Psychology  I,  II 

Abnormal  Psychology  I,  II,  III 

Sociology  I,  II,  III 

Social  Control 

Social  Problems 

Racial  and  Cultural  Relations  I,  II 

Urban  Sociology 

Principles  of  Political  Science  I,  II,  III 

American  Constitutional  Law 

Civil  Rights 

Public  Administration  I,  II 

American  History  I,  II,  III 

Human  Relations  in  Personnel  I,  II 


quarter  hours 

6 
6 
6 
4 
4 
6 


32 


50 


'For  new  English  requirements  see  explanation  on  page  220. 

"94.601,  602,  603,   L.   E.   Mathematics  I,   II,   III  may  be  taken   in  place  of  10.327,  328,  329. 


LAW  ENFORCEMENT  /  111 

Major  Concentration  Courses — required 

Human   Rights   in  Corrections  2 

Basic  Statistics  in  Law  Enforcement  2 

Correctional  Counseling  2 

Advanced  Correctional  Practices  I,  II,  III  6 

The  Law  and  Institutional  Treatment  2 

Comparative  Correctional  Systems  2 
Law  Enforcement  Identification 

and  Records  I,  II  4 

Research  Methods  in  Criminal  Justice  2 

The  American  Correctional  System  2 

Social  Deviance  I,  II  4 

Treatment  of  Offenders  I,  II  4 

Correctional  Administration  I,  II,  III  6 

Criminology  I,  II  4 

Delinquency   Prevention  2 

Probation  and  Parole  Practices  I,  II  4 

Juvenile  Corrections  I,  II  4 

Seminar  in  Correctional  Practices  2 

Administration  of  Justice  I,  II  4 

Criminal  Law  I,  II  4 

Evidence  and  Court  Procedure  I,  II  4        66 

26 

Total  Credits  174 


94.505 

94.506 

94.507 

194.517, 

94.518, 

94.519 
94.523 
94.524 

94.525, 

94.526 

94.532 
94.544 

94.546, 

94.547 

94.549, 

94.550 

94.551, 

94.552, 

94.553 

94.563, 

94.564 
94.565 

94.567, 

94.568 

94.574, 

94.575 
94.593 

94.627, 

94.628 

94.631 , 

94.632 

94.633, 

94.634 

Electives* 

*For  suggested  electives  and  additional  department  offerings,  see  page  128.  While  students 
may  elect  courses  in  their  major  field  in  excess  of  the  minimum  number  required,  they 
are  encouraged  to  elect  courses  from  any  other  curricula  in  the  University  College  Catalog. 


112  /  LAW  ENFORCEMENT 

CORRECTIONAL  PRACTICES 

Recommended  Course  Sequence  for  the  7-year  Program 
Leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science  Degree 

All  new  students  should  discuss  their  program  with  a  program  adviser  before 
attempting  to  undertake  the  following  sequence  of  courses: 


Quarter  1 

Quarter  2 

Quarter  3 

1st 

30.601 

30.602 

94.505 

Year 

*Comp.  &  Rhet.  I 

Comp.  &  Rhet.  II 

Human  Rts.  in  Corr. 

94.627 

94.628 

94.544 

Admin,  of  Justice  I 

Admin,  of  Justice  II 

Amer.  Corr.  System 

94.631 

94.632 

94.523 

Criminal  Law  I 

Criminal  Law  II 

Law  &  Inst.  Treat. 

94.633 

94.634 

Evid.  &  Ct.  Proc.  I 

Evid.  &  Ct.  Proc.  II 

Elective 

2nd 

19.501 

19.502 

19.503 

Year 

Psychology  I 

Psychology  II 

Psychology  III 

94.546 

94.547 

Soc.  Deviance  I 

Soc.  Deviance  II 

Elective 

94.567 

94.568 

Prob.  &  Par.  Prac.  I 

Prob.  &  Par.  Prac.  II 

Elective 

94.574 

94.575 

94.507 

Juvenile  Corr.  I 

Juvenile  Corr.  II 

Corr.  Counseling 

3rd 

21.501 

21.502 

21.503 

Year 

Sociology  I 

Sociology  II 

Sociology  III 

94.549 

94.550 

94.506 

Treat.  Offenders  I 

Treat.  Offenders  II 

Basic  Stats,  in  L.  E. 

19.541 

19.542 

19.543 

Abnorm.  Psych.  I 

Abnorm.  Psych.  II 

Abnorm.  Psych.  Ill 

22.514 

22.515 

94.532 

Amer.  Const.  Law 

Civil  Rights 

Res.  Meth.  Crim. 
Just. 

4th 

94.563 

94.564 

94.565 

Year 

Criminology  I 

Criminology  II 

Del.  Prevention 

21.553 

21.554 

21 .557 

Rac.  &  Cul.  Rel.  I 

Rac.  &  Cul.  Rel.  II 

Urban  Sociology 

94.551 

94.552 

94.553 

Corr.  Admin.  I 

Corr.  Admin.  II 

Corr.  Admin.  Ill 

23.504 

23.505 

23.506 

Amer.  Hist.  I 

Amer.  Hist.  II 

Amer.  Hist.  Ill 

*For  new  English  requirements  see  explanation  on  page  220. 


LAW   ENFORCEMENT  /  113 


5th  30.604 

Year  Intro,  to  Lit. 

Forms  I 
94.525 

Law  Enf.  Id.  & 
Rec.  I 
22.501 

Prin.  Polit.  Sci.  I 
45.511 

Hum.  Rel.  in 
Pers.  I 

6th  94.517 

Year  Adv.  Corr.  Prac.  I 

39.501 

Ec.  Prin.  &  Prob.  I 
23.501 

Western  Civ.  I 
19.524 
Soc.  Psych.  I 

7th  10.327 

Year  Mathematics  I 

22.516 

Public  Admin.  I 

21.534 

Social  Control 
94.593 

Sem.  Corr.  Pract. 


30.605 

Intro,  to  Lit. 
Forms  II 
94.526 

Law  Enf.  Id.  & 
Rec.  II 
22.502 

Prin.  Polit.  Sci.  II 
45.512 

Hum.  Rel.  in 
Pers.  II 

94.518 

Adv.  Corr.  Prac.  II 
39.502 

Ec.  Prin.  &  Prob.  II 
23.502 

Western  Civ.  II 
19.525 

Soc.  Psych.  II 

10.328 

Mathematics  II 
22.517 

Public  Admin.  II 

21.547 

Social  Problems 
Elective 

Elective 


Elective 


Elective 
22.503 

Prin.  Polit.  Sci.  Ill 


Elective 

94.519 

Adv.  Corr.  Prac.  Ill 
39.503 

Ec.  Prin.  &  Prob.  Ill 
23.503 

Western  Civ.  Ill 

Elective 

10.329 

Mathematics  III 
94.524 

Comp.  Corr. 
Systems 

Elective 
Elective 

Elective 


114  /  LAW  ENFORCEMENT 

CORRECTIONAL  PRACTICES  Associate  in  Science  Degree 

Basic  Courses — required  quarter  hours 

19.501,     19.502,     19.503     Psychology  I,   II,   III  6 

**30.601,     30.602     Composition  and  Rhetoric  I,  II  4        10 


Core  Courses — required 

19.541,     19.542,     19.543     Abnormal   Psychology  I,   II,   III  6 

21.501,     21.502,     21.503     Sociology  I,  II,  III  6 

Racial  and  Cultural  Relations  I,  II  4 

Urban  Sociology  2 

American  Constitutional  Law  2 

Civil  Rights  2        22 

rses — required 

Human  Rights  in  Corrections  2 

Basic  Statistics  in  Law  Enforcement  2 

Correctional  Counseling  2 

The  Law  and  Institutional  Treatment  2 

Research  Methods  in  Criminal  Justice  2 

The  American  Correctional  System  2 

Social  Deviance  I,  II  4 

Treatment  of  Offenders  I,  II  4 

94.551,        L552      94.553     Correctional  Administration  I,  II,  III  6 

Criminology  I,  II  4 

Delinquency  Prevention  2 

Probation  and  Parole  Practices  I,  II  4 

Juvenile  Corrections  I,  II  4 

Administration  of  Justice  I,  II  4 

Criminal  Law  I,  II  4 

Evidence  and  Court  Procedure  I,  II  4        52 

Eiectives*  12 

Total  Credits  96 


21 .502, 

21.503 

21.553, 

21.554 

21.557 

22.514 

22.515 

>ncentr£ 

ition  Co 

94.505 

94.506 

94.507 

94.523 

94.532 

94.544 

94.546, 

94.547 

94.549, 

94.550 

94.552, 

94.553 

94.563, 

94.564 

94.565 

94.567, 

94.568 

94.574, 

94.575 

94.627, 

94.628 

94.631 , 

94.632 

94.633, 

94.634 

"While   students   may  elect  courses   in  their  major  field   in   excess   of  the   minimum   number 
required,   they  are  encouraged  to  elect  courses  from  any  other  curricula  in  the  University 
College  Catalog.   For  suggested  eiectives  and  additional  offerings  se^  page  128. 
"For  new  English  requirements  see  explanation  on  page  220. 


LAW   ENFORCEMENT  /  115 

CORRECTIONAL  PRACTICES 

Recommended  Course  Sequence  for  the  4-Year  Program 
Leading  to  the  Associate  in  Science  Degree 

All  new  students  should  discuss  their  program  with  an  adviser  before  undertak- 
ing the  following  sequence  of  courses: 


Quarter  I 

Quarter  2 

Quarter  3 

1st 

30.601 

30.602 

94.505 

Year 

Comp.  &  Rhet.  I 

Comp.  &  Rhet.  II 

Human  Rts.  in  Corr 

94.627 

94.628 

94.544 

Admin,   of   Justice 

Admin,  of  Justice  II 

Amer.  Corr.  Sys. 

94.631 

94.632 

94.523 

Criminal  Law  I 

Criminal  Law  II 

Law  &  Inst.  Treat. 

94.633 

94.634 

Evid.  &  Ct.  Proc.  I 

Evid.  &  Ct.  Proc.  II 

Elective 

2nd 

19.501 

19.502 

19.503 

Year 

Psychology  I 

Psychology  II 

Psychology  III 

94.546 

94.547 

Soc.  Deviance  I 

Soc.  Deviance  II 

Elective 

94.567 

94.568 

Prob.  &  Par.  Prac.  I 

Prob.  &  Par.  Prac.  II 

Elective 

94.574 

94.575 

94.507 

Juvenile  Corr.  I 

Juvenile  Corr.  II 

Corr.  Counseling 

3rd 

21.501 

21.502 

21.503 

Year 

Sociology  I 

Sociology  II 

Sociology  III 

94.549 

94.550 

94.506 

Treat.  Offenders  I 

Treat.  Offenders  II 

Basic  Stats,  in  L.  E. 

19.541 

19.542 

19.543 

Abnorm.  Psych.  I 

Abnorm.  Psych.  II 

Abnorm.  Psych.  Ill 

22.514 

22.515 

94.532 

Amer.  Const.  Law 

Civil  Rights 

Res.  Meth.  Crim. 
Just. 

4th 

94.563 

94.564 

94.565 

Year 

Criminology  I 

Criminology  II 

Del.  Prevention 

21 .553 

21.554 

21 .557 

Rac.  &  Cul.  Rel.  I 

Rac.  &  Cul.  Rel.  II 

Urban  Sociology 

94.551 

94.552 

94.553 

Corr.  Admin.  I 

Corr.  Admin.  II 

Corr.  Admin.  Ill 

Elective 

Elective 

Elective 

116  /  LAW  ENFORCEMENT 


LAW  ENFORCEMENT 


Bachelor  of  Science  Degree 


Basic  Courses — required 

"10.327,     10.328, 

10.329 

19.501,     19.502, 

19.503 

23.501,     23.502, 

23.503 

*30.601, 

30.602 

30.604, 

30.605 

39.501 ,     39.502, 

39.503 

Mathematics  I,   II,   III 
Psychology  I,  II,  III 
Western  Civilization   I,   II,   III 
Composition  and  Rhetoric  I,  II 
Introduction  to  Literary  Forms  I,  II 
Economic  Principles  and 
Problems  I,  II,  III 


quarter  hours 

6 
6 
6 
4 
4 

6         32 


Core  Courses — required 

19.524, 

19.525 

19.541, 

19.542, 

19.543 

21.501, 

21.502, 

21.503 
21.534 
21 .547 

22.501, 

22.502, 

22.503 
22.514 
22.515 

22.516, 

22.517 

23.504, 

23.505, 

23.506 

29.501, 

29.502, 

29.503 

Social  Psychology  I,  II  4 

Abnormal  Psychology  I,  II,  III  6 

Sociology  I,  II,  III  6 

Social  Control  2 

Social  Problems  2 

Principles  of  Political  Science  I,  II,  III  6 

American  Constitutional  Law  2 

Civil  Rights  2 

Public  Administration  I,  II  4 

American  History  I,  II,  III  6 

Effective  Speaking  I,  II,  III  6 


46 


*For  new  English  requirements  see  explanation  on  page  220. 

*94.601,  602,  603,  L.  E.   Mathematics  I,   II,   III,  may  be  taken   in  place  of  10.327,  10.328,  10.329. 


LAW   ENFORCEMENT  /  117 


Major  Concentration  Courses — required  quarter  hours 

Basic  Statistics  in  Law  Enforcement  2 
Criminal  Investigation  and  Case 

Preparation  I,  II  4 

Comparative  Police  Systems  2 

Interviews  and  Interrogations  I,  II  4 

Traffic  Safety  &  Control  I,  II  4 
Law  Enforcement  Identification 

and  Records  I,  II  4 

Police  Public  Relations  2 

Police  Community  Relations  2 

Research  Methods  in  Criminal  Justice  2 

The  Patrol  Function  I,  II  4 

Introduction  to  Criminalistics  I,   II  4 

Social  Deviance  I,  II  4 

Investigative  Report  Writing  2 

Police  Supervision  2 

Police  Work  with  Juveniles  2 

Criminology   I,    II  4 

Delinquency  Prevention  2 
Law  Enforcement  Management 

and  Planning  I,  II  4 

Civil  Liberties  and  the  Police  I,  II  4 

Administration  of  Justice  I,  II  4 

Civil  Law  in  Criminal  Justice  I,  II  4 

Criminal  Law  I,  II  4 

Evidence  and  Court  Procedure  I,  II  4        74 

22 
Total  Credits  174 


94.506 

94.508, 

94.509 

94.512 

94.514, 

94.515 

94.520, 

94.521 

94.525, 

94.526 

94.530 

94.531 

94.532 

94.536, 

94.537 

94.541, 

94.542 

94.546, 

94.547 

94.557 

94.560 

94.561 

94.563, 

94.564 

94.565 

94.571, 

94.572 

94.621, 

94.622 

94.627, 

94.628 

94.629, 

94.630 

94.631 , 

94.632 

94.633, 

94.634 

Electives* 

"While  students  may  elect  courses  in  their  major  field  in  excess  of  the  minimum  number 
required,  they  are  encouraged  to  elect  courses  from  any  other  curricula  in  the  University 
College  Catalog.  For  suggested  electives  and  additional  department  offerings,  see  page  128. 


118  7  LAW  ENFORCEMENT 


LAW  ENFORCEMENT 

Recommended  Course  Sequence  for  the  7-Year  Program 
Leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science  Degree 

All   new  students  should  discuss  their  program  with  an  adviser  before  under- 
taking the  following  sequence  of  courses: 


Quarter  I 

Quarter  2 

Quarter  3 

1st 

30.601 

30.602 

Year 

Comp.  &  Rhet.  I 

Comp.  &  Rhet.  II 

Elective 

94.627 

94.628 

94.530 

Admin,  of  Justice  I 

Admin,  of  Justice  II 

Polic  Public  Rel. 

94.631 

94.632 

22.514 

Criminal  Law  I 

Criminal  Law  II 

Const.  Law 

94.633 

94.634 

22.515 

Evid.  &  Ct.  Proc.  I 

Evid.  &  Ct.  Proc.  II 

Civil  Rights 

2nd 

21.501 

21 .502 

21.503 

Year 

Sociology  I 

Sociology  II 

Sociology  III 

94.536 

94.537 

94.560 

Patrol  Funct.  I 

Patrol  Funct.  II 

Police  Supervision 

94.541 

94.542 

Elective 

Int.  Criminalist.  I 

Int.  Criminalist.  II 

94.514 

94.515 

Interv.  &  Interr.  I 

Interv.  &  Interr.  II 

Elective 

3rd 

19.501 

19.502 

19.503 

Year 

Psychology  I 

Psychology  II 

Psychology  III 

94.546 

94.547 

21 .547 

Social  Deviance  I 

Social  Deviance  II 

Social  Problems 

94.508 

94.509 

94.557 

Cr.  Inv.  Case 

Cr.  Inv.  Case 

Inv.  Report  Writing 

Prep.  I 

Prep.  II 

94.629 

94.630 

94.532 

Civ.  Law  Crim. 

Civ.  Law  Crim. 

Res.  Meth. 

Just.  I 

Just.  II 

Crim.  Just. 

4th 

94.563 

94.564 

94.565 

Year 

Criminology  I 

Criminology  II 

Del.  Prevention 

19.541 

19.542 

19.543 

Abnorm.  Psych.  I 

Abnorm.  Psych.  II 

Abnorm.  Psych.  Ill 

94.520 

94.521 

94.512 

Traf.  Sfty.  &  Cont.  I 

Traf.  Sfty.  &  Cont.  II 

Comp.  Pol.  Systems 

94.621 

94.622 

94.561 

Civ.  Lib.  &  Police  I 

Civ.  Lib.  &  Police  II 

Pol.  Work  w/Juv. 

LAW  ENFORCEMENT  /  119 


5th  29.501 

Year  Effec.  Spkg.  I 

23.504 

Amer.  History  I 
94.571 

Law  Enf.  Mgt. 
&  PI.  I 
30.604 

Intro,  to  Lit. 
Forms  I 

6th  10.327 

Year  Mathematics  I 

22.501 

Prin.  Polit.  Sci.  I 
94.525 

Law  Enf.  Id.  & 
Rec.  I 
19.524 
Soc.  Psych.  I 

7th  39.501 

Year  Ec.  Prin.  &  Prob.  I 

23.501 

Western  Civ.  I 
Elective 
22.516 

Public  Admin.  I 


29.502 

Effec.  Spkg.  II 
23.505 

Amer.  History  II 
94.572 

Law  Enf.  Mgt. 
&  PI.  II 
30.605 

Intro,  to  Lit. 
Forms  II 

10.328 

Mathematics  II 
22.502 

Prin.  Polit.  Sci.  II 
94.526 

Law  Enf.  Id.  & 
Rec.  II 
19.525 

Soc.  Psych.  II 

39.502 

Ec.  Prin.  &  Prob. 
23.502 

Western  Civ.  II 
Elective 
22.517 

Public  Admin.  II 


29.503 

Effec.  Spkg.  Ill 
23.506 

Amer.  History  III 
94.506 

Basic  Stat,  in 
Law  Enf. 
94.531 

Police  Comm.  Rel. 


10.329 

Mathematics  III 
22.503 

Prin.  Polit.  Sci.  Ill 


Elective 
21.534 

Social  Control 

39.503 

Ec.  Prin.  &  Prob.  Ill 
23.503 

Western  Civ.  Ill 
Elective 


Elective 


120  /  LAW  ENFORCEMENT 

LAW  ENFORCEMENT  Associate  in  Science  Degree 

Basic  Courses — required  quarter  hours 

19.501,     19.502,     19.503     Psychology  I,  II,  III  6 

**30.601,     30.602     Composition  and  Rhetoric  I,  II  4         10 

Core  Courses — required 

19.541,     19.542,     19.543     Abnormal  Psychology  I,  II,  III  6 

21.501,     21.502,     21.503     Sociology  I,  II,  III  6 

22.514  American    Constitutional    Law  2 

22.515  Civil  Rights  2         16 

Major  Concentration  Courses — required 

94.508,     94.509     Criminal  Investigation  and 

Case  Preparation   I,   II  4 

Interviews  and  Interrogations  I,  II  4 

Traffic  Safety  &  Control  I,  II  4 

Police  Public  Relations  2 

Police  Community  Relations  2 

Research  Methods  in  Criminal  Justice              2 

The  Patrol  Function  I,  II  4 

Introduction  to  Criminalistics  I,  II                         4 

Social  Deviance  I,  II  4 

Investigative  Report  Writing  2 

Police  Supervision  2 

Police  Work  with  Juveniles  2 

Criminology  I,  II  4 

Delinquency  Prevention  2 

Administration  of  Justice  I,  II  4 

Civil  Law  in  Criminal  Justice  I,  II  4 

Criminal  Law  I,  II  4 

Evidence  and  Court  Procedure  I,  II                      4        58 


Electives*  12 

_ 

Total  Credits  96 


94.514, 

94.515 

94.520, 

94.521 

94.530 

94.531 

94.532 

94.536, 

94.537 

94.541 , 

94.542 

94.546, 

94.547 

94.557 

94.560 

94.561 

94.563, 

94.564 

94.565 

94.627, 

94.628 

94.629, 

94.630 

94.631, 

94.632 

94.633, 

94.634 

*While   students   may  elect   courses   in   their  major  field    in   excess   of  the   minimum   number 
required,  they  are  encouraged  to  elect  courses  from   any  other  curricula  in  the  University 
College  Catalog.  For  suggested  electives  and  additional  department  offerings,  see  page  128. 
**For  new  English  requirements  see  explanation  on  page  220. 


LAW   ENFORCEMENT  /  121 


LAW  ENFORCEMENT 


Recommended  Course  Sequence  for  the  4-Year  Program 
Leading  to  the  Associate  in  Science  Degree 

All  new  students  should  discuss  their  program  with  their  program  adviser  be- 
fore undertaking  the  following  sequence  of  courses. 


Quarter  ! 

30.601 

Comp.  &  Rhet.  I 
94.627 

Admin,  of  Justice  I 
94.631 

Criminal  Law  I 
94.633 

Evid.  &  Ct.  Proc.  I 

21.501 

Sociology  I 
94.536 

Patrol  Funct.  I 
94.541 

Int.  Criminalist.  I 
94.514 

Interv.  &  Interr.  I 

19.501 

Psychology  I 
94.546 

Social  Deviance  I 
94.508 

Cr.  Inv.  &  Case 
Prep.  I 
94.629 

Civ.  Law  Crim. 
Just.  I 

94.563 

Criminology  I 
19.541 

Abnorm.  Psych.  I 
94.520 

Traf.  Sfty.  &  Cont.  I 
Elective 


Quarter  2 

30.602 

Comp.  &  Rhet.  II 
94.628 

Admin,  of  Justice  II 
94.632 

Criminal  Law  II 
94.634 

Evid.  &  Ct.  Proc.  II 

21.502 

Sociology  II 
94.537 

Patrol  Funct.  II 
94.542 

Int.  Criminalist.  II 
94.515 

Interv.  &  Interr.  II 

19.502 

Psychology  II 
94.547 

Social  Deviance  II 
94.509 

Cr.  Inv.  &  Case 
Prep.  II 
94.630 

Civ.  Law  Crim. 
Just.  II 

94.564 

Criminology  II 
19.542 

Abnorm.  Psych.  II 
94.521 

Traf.  Sfty.  &  Cont.  II 
Elective 


Quarter  3 

Elective 
94.530 

Police  Public  Rel. 
22.514 

Const.  Law 
22.515 

Civil  Flights 

21.503 

Sociology  III 
94.560 

Police  Supervision 

Elective 

Elective 

19.503 

Psychology  III 
94.561 

Pol.  Work  w/Juv. 
94.557 

Inv.  Report  Writing 

94.532 

Res.  Meth. 
Crim.  Just. 

94.565 

Del.  Prevention 
19.543 

Abnorm.  Psych.  Ill 
94.531 

Police  Comm.  Rel. 
Elective 


122  /  LAW  ENFORCEMENT 


SECURITY 

Basic  Courses — required 

"10.327,     10.328,  10.329 

19.501,     19.502,  19.503 

23.501,     23.502,  23.503 

*30.601,  30.602 

30.604,  30.605 

39.501,     39.502,  39.503 


Bachelor  of  Science  Degree 


Mathematics  I,  II,  III 
Psychology  I,   II,  III 
Western  Civilization  I,  II,  III 
Composition  and  Rhetoric  I,  II 
Introduction  to  Literary  Forms  I,  II 
Economic  Principles  and 
Problems  I,  II,  III 


quarter  hours 

6 
6 
6 
4 
4 

6         32 


Core  Courses — required 

19.532, 

19.533, 

19.534 

21.501, 

21.502, 

21.503 
22.514 
22.515 

22.516, 

22.517 

41.501, 

41.502, 

41 .503 

44.501, 

44.502, 

44.503 

44.514,     44.515,     44.516 

45.610,     45.611 

45.570,     45.571,     45.572 

45.620 


Industrial  Psychology  I,  II,  III 

Sociology  I,  II,  III 

American   Constitutional   Law 

Civil  Rights 

Public   Administration    I,    II 

Accounting  Principles  I,  II,  III 

Principles  of  Finance, 

Principles  of  Investments, 

Principles  of  Insurance 

and  Risk  Management 
Property  and  Casualty  Insurance  I,  II,  III 
Labor  Management  Relations 
Electronic  Data  Processing  I,  II,  III 
Industrial  Safety 


6 
6 
4 
6 
2         50 


"For  new  English  requirements  see  explanation  on  page  220. 
"94.601,  94.602,   94.603,   L.    E.   Math   I,    II,   III,   may  be  taken   in   place  of  10.327,  10.328,   10.329. 


LAW  ENFORCEMENT  /  123 

Major  Concentration  Courses — required 

94.508,     94.509     Criminal  Investigation  and  Case 

Preparation   I,   II  4 

Introduction  to  Industrial  Security  2 

Interviews  and  Interrogations  I,  II  4 

Security  Administration  2 
Law  Enforcement  Identification  and 

Records  I,  II  4 

The  Patrol  Function  I,  II  4 

Introduction  to  Criminalistics  I,  II  4 

Investigative  Report  Writing  2 

Criminology  I,  II  4 

Delinquency  Prevention  2 
Law  Enforcement  Management  and 

Planning  I,  II  4 

Government  Security  Programs  I,  II,  III  6 

Document  Control  2 

Industrial  Fire  Prevention  2 

Physical  Security  I,  II  4 

Retail   Security  2 

Bank  Security  Measures  2 

Seminar  in  Security  2 

Administration  of  Justice  I,  II  4 

Civil  Law  in  Criminal  Justice  I,  II  4 

Criminal   Law  I,   II  4 

Evidence  and  Court  Procedure  I,  II  4        72 


20 
174 


94.513 

94.514, 

94.515 

94.516 

94.525, 

94.526 

94.536, 

94.537 

94.541, 

94.542 

94.557 

94.563, 

94.564 

94.565 

94.571, 

94.572 

94.577,  94.578, 

94.579 

94.582 

94.583 

94.584, 

94.585 

94.586 

94.587 

94.591 

94.627, 

94.628 

94.629, 

94.630 

94.631, 

94.632 

94.633, 

94.634 

Electives* 

"While  students  may  elect  courses  in  their  major  field  in  excess  of  the  minimum  number 
required,  they  are  encouraged  to  elect  courses  from  any  other  curricula  in  the  University 
College  Catalog.  For  suggested  electives  and  additional  department  offerings,  see  page  128. 


124  /  LAW  ENFORCEMENT 

SECURITY 

Recommended  Course  Sequence  for  the  7-year  Program 
Leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science  Degree 

All  new  students  should  discuss  their  program  with  their  program  adviser  before 
undertaking  the  following  sequence  of  courses: 


Quarter  I 

Quarter  2 

Quarter  3 

1st 

30.601 

30.602 

94.513 

Year 

Comp.  &  Rhet.  I 

Comp.  &  Rhet.  Ill 

Introd.  Indust.  Sec. 

94.627 

94.628 

94.586 

Admin,  of  Justice  I 

Admin,  of  Justice  II 

Retail  Security 

94.631 

94.632 

Criminal  Law  I 

Criminal  Law  II 

Elective 

94.633 

94.634 

Evid.  &  Ct.  Proc.  I 

Evid.  &  Ct.  Proc.  II 

Elective 

- 

2nd 

94.514 

94.515 

Year 

Interv.  &  Interr.  I 

Interv.  &  Interr.  II 

Elective 

19.501 

19.502 

19.503 

Psychology  I 

Psychology  II 

Psychology  III 

94.536 

94.537 

94.583 

Patrol  Funct.  I 

Patrol  Funct.  II 

Indust.  Fire  Prev. 

94.584 

94.585 

94.516 

Phys.  Security  I 

Phys.  Security  II 

Security  Admin. 

3rd 

21.501 

21 .502 

21.503 

Year 

Sociology  I 

Sociology  II 

Sociology  III 

94.508 

94.509 

94.557 

Cr.  Inv.  &  Case 

Cr.  Inv.  &  Case 

Invest.  Report 

Prep.  I 

Prep.  II 

Writing 

19.532 

19.533 

19.534 

Int.  Indust.  Psy.  I 

Int.  Indust.  Psy.  II 

Int.  Indust.  Psy.  Ill 

94.629 

94.630 

Civ.  Law  in  Crim. 

Civ.  Law  in  Crim. 

Elective 

Just.  I 

Just.  II 

4th 

94.563 

94.564 

94.565 

Year 

Criminology  I 

Criminology  II 

Del.  Prevention 

45.570 

45.571 

45.572 

Elec.  Data  Proc.  I 

Elec.  Data  Proc.  II 

Elec.  Data  Proc.  Ill 

94.577 

94.578 

94.579 

Gov.  Sec.  Prog.  I 

Gov.  Sec.  Prog.  II 

Gov.  Sec.  Prog.  Ill 

22.514 

22.515 

Amer.  Const.  Law 

Civil  Rights 

Elective 

LAW   ENFORCEMENT  /  125 


5th  30.604 

Year  Intro,  to  Lit. 

Forms  I 
23.501 

Western  Civ.  I 
94.541 

Int.  Criminalist.  I 
94.571 

Law  Enf.  Mgt. 
&  Plan.  I 

6th  39.501 

Year  Ec.  Prin.  &  Prob.  I 

41.501 

Acctg.  Prin.  I 
45.610 

Labor  Mgt.  Rel.  I 
94.525 

Law.  Enf.  Id. 
&  Rec.  I 
44.501 

Prin.  of  Finance 

7th  10.327 

Year  Mathematics  I 

44.514 

Prop.  &  Cas.  Ins.  I 
94.587 

Bank  Sec.  Meas. 
22.516 

Public  Admin.  I 


30.605 

Intro,  to  Lit. 
Forms  II 
23.502 

Western  Civ.  II 
94.542 

Int.  Criminalist.  II 
94.572 

Law  Enf.  Mgt. 
&  Plan.  II 

39.502 

Ec.  Prin.  &  Prob.  II 
41.502 

Acctg.  Prin.  II 
45.61 1 

Labor  Mgt.  Rel.  II 
94.526 

Law  Enf.  Id. 
&  Rec.  II 
44.502 

Prin.  of  Invest. 


10.328 

Mathematics  II 
44.515 

Prop.  &  Cas.  Ins.  II 
45.620 

Indust.  Safety  I 
22.517 

Public  Admin.  II 


Elective 

23.503 

Western  Civ.  Ill 
94.582 

Document  Control 

Elective 

39.503 

Ec.  Prin.  &  Prob.  Ill 
41.503 

Acctg.  Prin.  Ill 


Elective 

44.503 

Prin.  of  Ins. 
&  Risk  Mgmt. 

10.329 

Mathematics  III 
44.516 

Prop.  &  Cas.  Ins.  Ill 
94.591 

Sem.  In  Security 

Elective 


126  /  LAW  ENFORCEMENT 

SECURITY  Associate  in  Science  Degree 

quarter  hours 
Basic  Courses — required 

19.501,     19.502,     19.503     Psychology  I,  II,  III  6 

"30.601,     30.602     Composition  and  Rhetoric  I,  II  4         10 

Core  Courses — required 

19.532,     19.533,     19.534     Industrial  Psychology  I,  II,  III  6 

21.501,     21.502,     21.503     Sociology  I,  II,  III  6 

22.514  American  Constitutional  Law  2 

22.515  Civil  Rights  2 
45.570,     45.571,     45.572     Electronic  Data  Processing  I,  II,  III  6        22 

Major  Concentration  Courses — required 

94.508,     94.509     Criminal  Investigation  and  Case 

Preparation  I,  II  4 

Introduction  to  Industrial  Security  2 

Interviews  and  Interrogations  I,  II  4 

Security  Administration  2 

The  Patrol  Function  I,  II  4 

Investigative  Report  Writing  2 

Criminology   I,    II  4 

Delinquency  Prevention  2 

Government  Security  Programs  I,  II,  III  6 

Industrial  Fire  Prevention  2 

Physical  Security  I,  II  4 

Retail  Security  2 

Administration  of  Justice  I,  II  4 

Civil  Law  in  Criminal  Justice  I,  II  4 

Criminal   Law  I,   II  4 

Evidence  and  Court  Procedure  I,  II  4        54 

10 
Total  Credits  96 


94.513 

94.514, 

94.515 

94.516 

94.536, 

94.537 

94.557 

94.563, 

94.564 

94.565 

94.577,  94.578, 

94.579 

94.583 

94.584, 

94.585 

94.586 

94.627, 

94.628 

94.629, 

94.630 

94.631, 

94.632 

94.633, 

94.634 

Electives* 

'While   students   may  elect   courses   in  their  major  field   in   excess  of  the   minimum   number 
required,   they  are  encouraged  to  elect  courses  from  any  other  curricula  in  the  University 
College  Catalog.  For  suggested  electives  and  additional  department  offerings,  see  page  128. 
"For  new  English  requirements  see  explanation  on  page  220. 


LAW  ENFORCEMENT  /  127 

SECURITY 

Recommended  Course  Sequence  for  the  4-Year  Program 
Leading  to  the  Associate  in  Science  Degree 

All  new  students  should  discuss  their  programs  with  an  adviser  before  undertak- 
ing the  following  sequence  of  courses: 


Quarter  I 

30.601 

Comp.  &  Rhet.  I 
94.627 

Admin,  of  Justice  I 
94.631 

Criminal  Law  I 
94.633 

Evid.  &  Ct.  Proc.  I 

94.514 

Interv.  &  Interr.  I 
19.501 

Psychology  I 
94.536 

Patrol  Funct.  I 
94.584 

Phys.  Security  I 

21.501 

Sociology  I 
94.508 

Cr.  Inv.  &  Case 
Prep.  I 
19.532 

Int.  Indust.  Psy.  I 
94.629 

Civ.  Law  in  Crim. 
Just.  I 

94.563 

Criminology  I 
45.570 

Elect.  Data  Proc.  I 
94.577 

Gov.  Sec.  Prog.  I 
22.514 

Amer.  Const.  Law 


Quarter  2 

30.602 

Comp.  &  Rhet.  II 
94.628 

Admin,  of  Justice  II 
94.632 

Criminal  Law  II 
94.634 

Evid.  &  Ct.  Proc.  II 

94.515 

Interv.  &  Interr.  II 
19.502 

Psychology  II 
94.537 

Patrol  Funct.  II 
94.585 

Phys.  Security  II 

21.502 

Sociology  II 
94.509 

Cr.  Inv.  &  Case 
Prep.  II 
19.533 

Int.  Indust.  Psy.  II 
94.630 

Civ.  Law  in  Crim. 
Just.  II 

94.564 

Criminology  II 
45.571 

Elect.  Data  Proc.  II 
94.578 

Gov.  Sec.  Prog.  II 
22.515 

Civil  Rights 


Quarter  3 

94.513 

Intro.  Indust.  Sec. 
94.586 

Retail  Security 

Elective 
Elective 

Elective 
19.503 

Psychology  III 
94.583 

Indust.  Fire  Prev. 
94.516 

Security  Admin. 

21 .503 

Sociology  III 
94.557 

Invest.  Report 
Writing 
19.534 

Int.  Indust.  Psy.  Ill 

Elective 

94.565 

Del.  Prevention 
45.572 

Elect.  Data  Proc.  Ill 
94.579 

Gov.  Sec.  Prog.  Ill 

Elective 


128  /  LAW   ENFORCEMENT 

SUGGESTED  ELECTIVES  AND  ADDITIONAL  DEPARTMENT 
OFFERINGS 

Suggested  Electives* 

94.595  The  National  Law  Enforcement  Seminar 

94.596  Hospital  Security 

94.614  Seminar  in  Law  Enforcement:  Interviewing  Practicum 

94.619  Seminar  in  Law  Enforcement:  Forensic  Laboratory 

94.617  Seminar  in  Law  Enforcement:  Criminal  Behavior 

94.624  Seminar  in  Law  Enforcement:  Executive  Development 
94.626  Seminar  in  Law  Enforcement:  Data  Processing 

32.609  Conversational  Spanish  I 

32.610  Conversational  Spanish  II 

32.611  Conversational  Spanish  III 

Additional  Department  Offerings 

94.604  Seminar  in  Law  Enforcement:  Youth  Crime  Control 

94;605  Seminar  in  Law  Enforcement:  Victimology 

94.606  Seminar  in  Law  Enforcement:  International  Crime  Control 

94.607  Seminar  in  Law  Enforcement:  Grantmanship 

94.608  Seminar  in  Law  Enforcement:  Law  Enforcement 

Operational  Intelligence 

94.609  Independent  Studies 

94.610  Seminar  in  Law  Enforcement:  Collective  Bargaining 

94.611  Man,  Law,  and  Society  I 

94.612  Man,  Law,  and  Society  II 

94.613  Man,  Law,  and  Society  III 

94.615  Seminar  in  Law  Enforcement:  Organized  Crime 

94.616  Seminar  in  Law  Enforcement:  Minorities  and  the  Urban  Crisis 

94.618  Seminar  in  Law  Enforcement:  Prosecutive  Development 

94.620  Seminar  in  Law  Enforcement:  Intervention,  Strategies,  and 
Tactics  for  Law  Enforcement  (Counseling  Techniques) 

94.623  Seminar  in  Law  Enforcement:  Drugs 

94.625  Seminar  in  Law  Enforcement:  Mental  Health  and  the  Police 

94.650  Fire  Investigation  and  Arson  I 

94.651  Fire  Investigation  and  Arson  II 
94.658  Alcohol  Problems  in  Law  Enforcement 

94.652  Law  Enforcement  Fiscal  Management 

94.653  Massachusetts  Criminal  Law 


*While  students  may  elect  courses  in  their  major  field  in  excess  of  the  minimum  number 
required,  they  are  encouraged  to  elect  courses  from  any  other  curricula  in  the  University 
College   catalog. 


health  professions 
programs 


Helene  A.  Loux,  Associate  Dean 
Director,   Health   Professions   Programs 
Telephone  437-3321 
Aims 

Programs  in  Health  Sciences  are  offered  through  University  College  in 
order  to  help  mature  students  improve  their  educational  preparation 
for  advancement  and  service  in  hospitals  and  other  health  agencies 
through  part-time  study. 

In  addition  to  offering  courses  in  the  liberal  arts  and  in  business  ad- 
ministration, specialized  courses  for  particular  categories  of  health 
personnel  are  offered  when  such  offerings  are  justified  in  terms  of 
community  and  student  neea.  The  unique  resources  of  the  Boston 
area  as  a  medical  center  offer  excellent  support  facilities  for  these 
health-related  programs. 

Degree  programs,  both  associate  and  baccalaureate,  are  designed  to 
provide  professional  specialization  and  general  cultural  development. 
All  programs  are  designed  to  meet  the  accreditation  standards  of  the 
Council  on  Medical  Education  of  the  American  Medical  Association 
and  of  licensing  or  registration  boards  where  such  exist. 

Course  Distribution 

While  students  will  graduate  from  the  programs  in  health  science  pre- 
pared to  assume  a  position  in  the  health  profession  of  his  choice,  and 
in  which  he  has  specialized,  it  is  the  goal  of  Northeastern  University 
that  graduates  will  have  a  balanced  educative  background.  To  this 
end,  the  following  curriculum  design  will  be  in  effect  for  most  pro- 
grams. 

Professional  and   Professionally  Related      35-50% 
Basic  and  Allied  Sciences  25^40% 

Liberal  Arts  (non-science)  25-40% 

Students  will  choose  electives  to  fulfill  course  distribution  require- 
ments and  to  equal  the  number  of  credits  required  for  the  specific  de- 
gree. 

Clinical  Assignments 

Clinical  assignments  are  available  for  students  whose  program  re- 
quires directed  applied  study  in  a  clinical  setting.  In  most  instances 
didactic  information  is  presented  at  the  University  while  clinical  prac- 
tice is  at  various  hospitals  or  other  health  agencies  in  the  Greater  Bos- 

129 


130  /  HEALTH  PROFESSIONS  PROGRAMS 

ton  community.  Academic  credit  earned  during  the  practicum  is  ap- 
plicable in  most  instances,  toward  the  degree  requirement. 

Students  accepting  clinical  assignments  in  hospitals,  either  as  part  of 
their  clinical  rotations  or  cooperative  assignments,  are  expected  to  ad- 
here to  hospital  dress  codes  and  any  other  requirements  of  the  hos- 
pital, all  of  which  are  outside  University  control. 

HEALTH  SCIENCE  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Health  Science  Degree 

The  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Health  Science  is  available  to  students 
holding  an  Associate  Degree  and/or  certification,  registration,  or  licen- 
sure (as  defined  by  University  regulations)  in  a  specific  health  pro- 
fession. 


REQUIREMENTS  FOR  THE  DEGREE 
DISTRIBUTION  REQUIREMENTS 

A.  Liberal  Arts  (non-science)  25-40% 


B.  Basic  and  Allied  Science 

C.  Professional  and   Professionally-related 


D.  Electives — to  equal 
A.  LIBERAL  ARTS 

(Non-science) 
Required 

English 

30.601,     30.602  or  30.603 


25-40% 
35-50% 

100% 


30.604,     30.605  or  30.606 


Composition  and  Rhetoric  I,  II, 

(or  intensive) 

or  equivalent 

Introduction  to  Literary  Forms  I  &  II 

(or  intensive) 

or  equivalent 


Humanities 
(Recommended  Courses) 


Social  Sciences 
(Recommended  Courses) 


Electives 


Introduction  to  Philosophy 

Spanish  or  Other  Modern  Language 

Communications  or  Speech 

Literature 

Arts 


Psychology 

History 

Sociology 

Principles  of  Political  Science 

to  equal  at  least  12  quarter  hours 


quarter  hours 

44-70 
44-70 
62-86 


174 


12 


12 


12 


44 


HEALTH   PROFESSIONS   PROGRAMS  /   131 


B.  BASIC  AND  ALLIED  SCIENCES 


Required 

General 


General  and  Animal  Biology 

Anatomy  and   Physiology 

Microbiology 

Math    or   Applied    Math 

(as  profession  demands) 
General  Chemistry 

(if  profession  demands) 


Advanced 

To  be  taken  after  matriculation  into  B.S.  program  and  to  be 
determined  by  profession. 


quarter  hours 

8 
9 
4 
6 


44 


C.  PROFESSIONAL  AND  PROFESSIONALLY  RELATED 

Required  quarter  hours 

General  14 

86.504,     86.505,     86.506     Foundations   of   Medical    Science    I,    II,    III       6 
or 
86.512,     86.513 
86.541,     86.542     Medical  Care  and  Current  Social 

Problems  4 

86.521,     86.522     Public  Health  4 

87.544,     87.545     Epidemiology  4 

or  equivalent 
Basic  Professional  Courses  (variable) 

Those  required  for  professional  certification,  registration,  or  licensure 
as  defined  by  University  regulations. 

Advanced   Professional   or  Professionally-related  Courses  18-24 

To  be  taken  after  matriculation  into  B.S.  program: 

Specific  profession  or  in  general  health  area 

(As  determined  by  program  director  or  academic  counselor)  6-8 

Health  Science  Education 

(Or  related  education  courses)  6-8 

Health  Science  Administration 

(Or  related  administrative  courses)  6-8 


D.  ELECTIVES 

To  equal  174  q.h.  credits  and  to  fulfill  distribution  requirements. 

All  students  admitted  to  this  program  will  be  interviewed  by  Program  Director 
and/or  Admissions  Committee.  Specific  applications  are  available. 


132  /  HEALTH  PROFESSIONS  PROGRAMS 


MANAGEMENT  IN  HEALTH  AGENCIES  AND  INSTITUTIONS 


Basic  Courses— 

10.327,  10.328, 
19.501,  19.502, 
23.501,  23.502, 
30.601 , 
30.604, 
39.501 ,     39.502, 


Bachelor  of  Science  Degree 

•required  quarter  hours 

10.329     Mathematics  I,   II,   III  6 

19.503     Psychology  I,   II,   III  6 

23.503     Western  Civilization  I,  II,  III  6 

30.602     Composition  and  Rhetoric  I,  II  4 

30.605     Introduction  to  Literary  Forms  I,   II                     4 
39.503     Economic  Principles  and 

Problems  I,   II,   III  6        32 


Core  Courses — required 

Liberal  Arts 

18.511,     18.512,  18.513  Biology  I,  II,  III 

19.532  Industrial    Psychology 

21.501,     21.502,  21.503  Sociology  I,   II,   III 

22.501,     22.502,  22.503  Principles  of  Political   Science   I,   II,   III 

26.501,     26.502,  26.503  Introduction  to  Philosophy  I,  II,  III 

Literature:  English,    American,    or   other    in    translation 

Fine  Arts:  Art,    Music,   or  Theater  Arts 
Management 

41.501,     41.502,  41.503  Accounting    Principles    I,    II,    III 

44.507,     44.508,  44.509  Corporate  Finance  I,  II,  III 

45.501,     45.502,  45.503  Management  and   Organization   I,   II,   III 

45.511,  45.512  Human  Relations  in  Personnel  I,  II 

45.513,     45.514,  45.515  Personnel  Management  I,  II,    III 

45.570,     45.571,  45.572  Electronic   Data   Processing    I,   II,    III 


12* 
2 
6 
6 
6 
6 
6 

6 
6 
6 
4 
6 
6 


Health  Care  Administration 

86.502     Hospital  Law  and  Ethics 
86.504,     86.505,     86.506     Foundations   of   Medical    Science    I,    II,    III 

86.507     Medical  Terminology 
In  addition,  each  student  will  select  one  of  the  following  sequences: 

86.581,     86.582,     86.583     Hospital  Organization  and 

Management  I,  II,  III— OR 
86.571,     86.572,     86.573     Long-Term  Care 

Administration  I,  II,  III— OR 
86.521,     86.522     Public  Health  I,  II  (4)  and 
86.511     Personal  and  Community 
Health  (2) 


Elective  Courses: 


Liberal  Arts 
Management 
From  Any  Area 


36 


6 
6 
48 


Total  Credits 


HEALTH   PROFESSIONS   PROGRAMS  /   133 


Note:  In  addition  to  the  required  coursework,  proof  of  understanding  of  prin- 
ciples of  descriptive  statistics  must  be  demonstrated.  This  requirement  may  be 
satisfied  by:  a)  successful  completion  of  the  examination  on  descriptive  statis- 
tics administered  by  Northeastern's  Center  for  Programmed  Study;  or  b)  com- 
pletion of  the  program  on  descriptive  statistics  at  the  Center;  or  c)  completion 
of  the  University  College  course  39.511,  Statistics  I,  with  a  grade  of  C  or  better. 
This  last  option  may  also  be  included  in  the  elective  credits  required  in  this  cur- 
riculum. This  requirement  should  be  satisfied  before  completion  of  the  first  96 
credits  of  coursework. 

A  significant  number  of  elective  courses  is  allowed,  to  permit  each  student  to 
select,  with  his  adviser,  a  sequence  of  courses  which  will  represent  examination 
in  some  depth  of  a  subject  of  particular  interest.  Ordinarily,  these  courses 
would  not  be  distributed  over  more  than  two  subject  areas. 

MANAGEMENT  IN  HEALTH  AGENCIES  AND  INSTITUTIONS 

Recommended  Course  Sequence  for  the  8-Year  Program 
Leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science  Degree 


Quarter  1 

Quarter  2 

Quarter  3 

1st 

Medical  Termi- 

Comp. I 

Comp.  II 

Year 

nology  I 

Mgmt.  &  Org.  I 

Mgmt.  &  Org.  II 

Mgmt.  &  Org.  Ill 

Math.  I 

Math.  II 

Math.  II 

2nd 

Western  Civ.  I 

Western  Civ.  II 

Western  Civ.  Ill 

Year 

Acctg.  I 

Acctg.  II 

Acctg.  Ill 

Biology  I 

Biology  II 

Biology  III 

3rd 

Psych.  I 

Psych.  II 

Psych.  Ill 

Year 

Elective 

Elective 

Elective 

Intro,   to   Lit.    Forms    I 

Intro,  to  Lit.  Forms  II 

Hospital  Law 

4th 

Ind.  Psych. 

Human  Rel.  I 

Human  Rel.  II 

Year 

Pers.  Mgmt.  I 

Pers.  Mgmt.  II 

Pers.  Mgmt.  Ill 

Found.  Med.  Sci.  I 

Found.  Med.  Sci.  II 

Found.  Med.  Sci.  Ill 

5th 

Econ.  I 

Econ.  II 

Econ.  Ill 

Year 

Fine  Arts 

Fine  Arts 

Fine  Arts 

Mgmt.  Elective 

Mgmt.  Elective 

Mgmt.  Elective 

Literature 

Literature 

Literature 

6th 

Soc.  I 

Soc.  II 

Soc.  Ill 

Year 

E.D.P.  I 

E.D.P.  II 

E.D.P.  Ill 

L.  A.  Elective 

L.A.  Elective 

L.A.  Elective 

Corp.  Fin.  I 

Corp.  Fin.  II 

Corp.  Fin.  Ill 

7th 

Pol.  Sci.  I 

Pol.  Sci.  II 

Pol.  Sci.  Ill 

Year 

Hospital  Org., 

Hospital  Org., 

Hospital  Org., 

Long-Term  C.  I,  or 

Long-Term  C.  II,  or 

Long-Term  C.  Ill,  or 

Pub.  Health  I 

Pub.  Health  II 

Per.  Comm.  Health 

Elective 

Elective 

Elective 

Elective 

Elective 

Elective 

Elective 

Elective 

Elective 

8th 

Phil.  I 

Phil.  II 

Phil.  Ill 

Year 

Elective 

Elective 

Elective 

Elective 

Elective 

Elective 

134  /  HEALTH  PROFESSIONS  PROGRAMS 

NURSING  HOME  ADMINISTRATION  CERTIFICATE  PROGRAM 

Under  the  Social  Security  Law — Title  XIX,  programs  for  the  licensure 
of  nursing  home  administrators  must  be  available  in  each  state.  In  or- 
der to  provide  the  educational  preparation  required  by  Title  XIX  and  to 
meet  the  immediate  needs  of  long-term  care  and  nursing  home  admin- 
istrators, while  still  providing  academically  structured  courses  that  will 
apply  to  a  degree  program,  the  following  sequence  is  offered: 

19.501,     19.502,     19.503  Psychology   I,   II,   III  6 

19.532  Industrial  Psychology  2 

41.501,     41.502,     41.503  Accounting  Principles  I,  II,  III  6 

45.501  Management  and   Organization   I  2 
45.511,     45.512  Human    Relations    in    Personnel  I,    II               4 

86.502  Hospital   Law  and   Ethics  2 
86.504,     86.505,     86.506     Foundations   of   Medical    Science    I,    II,    III       6 

86.507,     86.508     Medical  Terminology  I,   II  4 

86.571,     86.572,     86.573     Long-Term   Care  Administration   I,   II,   III  6 

86.577,     86.578,     86.579     Long-Term   Care  Administration   IV,   V,  VI         6 

Total  Credits  44 

Successful  completion  of  this  course  of  study  with  a  quality  point  aver- 
age of  2.00  will  entitle  the  student  to  a  letter  attesting  to  this  accom- 
plishment and  will  prepare  the  student  to  write  the  present  licensure 
examination  in  Massachusetts.  The  Board  of  Registration  in  Nursing 
Home  Administration  in  Massachusetts  will  require  two  years  of  col- 
lege level  study  (four  years,  part-time)  by  1975  and  a  baccalaureate 
degree  by  1978. 

Completion  of  the  above  described  sequence  of  courses  and  posses- 
sion of  the  letter  documenting  this  fact  does  not  constitute  graduation 
from  University  College. 

Program  Consultant: 
Robert  Lovejoy,  M.S. 
Executive  President,  Waltham  Hospital 
Lecturer  in  Health  Science,  Northeastern  University 

Course  Consultant  in  Nursing  Home 
Administration  Program: 
Jack  Chilnick,  M.Ed. 
Executive  Director,  Jewish  Rehabilitation 
Center  for  the  Aged  of  the  North  Shore 
Lecturer  in  Health  Science,  Northeastern  University 


HEALTH   PROFESSIONS   PROGRAMS  /  135 

MEDICAL  RECORD  ADMINISTRATION 

IThe  Profession 

IThe  medical  record  administrator  has  varied  responsibilities  relating  to 
health  information  systems.  He  designs  systems;  he  plans,  organizes, 
and  directs  medical  record  services;  he  develops,  analyzes,  and  eval- 
uates medical  records  and  indexes;  he  cooperates  with  the  medical 
staff  in  developing  methods  for  evaluation  of  patient  care;  he  cooper- 
ates with  the  medical  and  administrative  staff  in  research  projects 
utilizing  health  care  information;  and  provides  advisory  services  relat- 
ing to  health  information  systems  on  local,  national,  and  international 
level. 

The  Medical  Record  Administration  Program  leading  to  a  baccalaure- 
ate degree  has  been  in  effect  at  Northeastern  University  since  1966. 
The  professional  certification  program,  open  to  students  already  hold- 
ing baccalaureate  degrees  and  offering  the  required  professional 
courses,  was  instituted  in  1967. 

Northeastern  University's  Programs  in  Medical  Record  Administration 
are  approved  by  the  American  Medical  Association's  Council  on  Medi- 
cal Education,  in  collaboration  with  the  Committee  on  Education  and 
Registration  of  the  American  Medical  Record  Association. 

'Note:  This  program  is  also  offered  on  a  full-time  (day)  basis. 

)77?e  information  following  refers  only  to  the  part-time  (evening)  pro- 
gram. Further  information  about  this  Program  and/or  information  about 
the  Day  Program  may  be  obtained  by  contacting  the  Allied  Health  Pro- 
fessions Office,  201  Robinson  Hall. 


Basic  Courses— 

-required 

10.327,     10.328, 

10.329 

19.501,     19.502, 

19.503 

23.501,     23.502, 

23.503 

30.601, 

30.602 

30.604, 

30.605 

39.501,     39.502, 

39.503 

136  /  HEALTH  PROFESSIONS  PROGRAMS 

MEDICAL  RECORD  ADMINISTRATION       Bachelor  of  Science  Degree 

Completion  of  this  program  qualifies  a  student  for  admission  to  the  profes- 
sional registration  examinations  conducted  by  the  American  Medical  Record 
Association. 

quarter  hours 

Mathematics  I,  II,  III  6 

Psychology  I,   II,   III  6 

Western   Civilization   I,   II,   III  6 

Composition  and  Rhetoric  I,  II  4 

Introduction  to  Literary  Forms   I,   II  4 
Economic   Principles   and    Problems 

I,    II,    III  6        32 


Core  Courses — required 

Liberal  Arts: 

18.511,     18.512,     18.513  General  Biology  and  Laboratory  I,  II,  III  12 

18.524,     18.525,     18.526  Anatomy  and   Physiology  I,   II,   III  9 

19.532  Industrial  Psychology  2 

21.501,     21.502,     21.503  Sociology  I,   II,   III  6 

22.501,     22.502,     22.503  Principles  of  Political  Science  I,  II,  III  6 

26.501,     26.502,     26.503  Introduction  to  Philosophy  I,  II,  III  6 

Literature:  English,  American  or  other  in  translation  6 

Fine  Arts:  Art,   Music,   or  Theatre  Arts  6 


Professional  and  Professionally-related  Courses — required 

Management  and  Organization  I,  II,  III              6 

Human  Relations  in  Organizations  4 

Electronic  Data  Processing  I,  II  4 

Medical    Computer   Science  2 

Hospital  Law  and  Ethics  2 

Foundations   of   Medical    Science    I,  II,    III       6 

Medical    Terminology    I,    II  4 

Organization  of  the  Medical  Records 

Department  I,  II,  III  6 

Medical  Record  Science  I,  II,  III  12 

Medical  Record  Science  IV,  V  8 

Applied  Medical  Record  Science  I,  II,  III  8 


45.501, 

45.502, 

45.503 

45.511, 

45.512 

45.570, 

45.571 

" 

86.585 
86.502 

86.504, 

86.505, 

86.506 

86.507, 

86.508 

86.551, 

86.552, 

86.553 

86.554, 

86.555, 

86.556 

85.557, 

86.558 

86.586, 

86.587, 

86.588 

Elective  Courses 


Liberal   Arts  6 

From  Any  Area  22 

Total  Credits 


HEALTH   PROFESSIONS   PROGRAMS  /   137 


Candidates  who  wish  to  major  in  this  program  must  be  interviewed  by 
the  Program  Director.  Arrangements  for  this  interview  may  be  made 
through  the  Allied  Health  Professions  Office,  201  Robinson  Hall.  No 
candidate  will  be  considered  as  matriculated  until  this  requirement  has 
been  met. 

Note:  In  addition  to  the  required  coursework,  proof  of  understanding  of  prin- 
ciples of  descriptive  statistics  must  be  demonstrated.  This  requirement  may  be 
satisfied  by:  a)  successful  completion  of  the  examination  on  descriptive  statis- 
tics administered  by  Northeastern's  Center  for  Programmed  Study;  or  b)  com- 
pletion of  the  program  on  descriptive  statistics  at  the  Center;  or  c)  completion 
of  the  University  College  course  39.511 ;  Statistics  I,  with  a  grade  of  C  or  better. 
This  last  option  may  also  be  included  in  the  elective  credits  required  in  this  cur- 
riculum. This  requirement  should  be  satisfied  before  completion  of  the  first  96 
credits  of  coursework. 


Recommended  Course  Sequence 
lor  of  Science  Degree  in  Medical 


for  the  8-Year  Program  Leading  to  the  Bache- 
Records  and  qualification  for  examination. 


Quarter  1 

Quarter  2 

Quarter  3 

1st 

Comp.  and  Rhet.  I 

Comp.  and  Rhet.  II 

Elective 

Year 

Mgmt.  &  Org.  I 

Mgmt.  &  Org.  II 

Mgmt.  &  Org.  Ill 

Math.  I 

Math.  II 

Math.  Ill 

2nd 

West.  Civ.  I 

West.  Civ.  II 

West.  Civ.  Ill 

Year 

Gen.  Biol.  &  Lab.  I 

Gen.  Biol.  &  Lab.  II 

Gen.  Biol.  &  Lab.  Ill 

Elective 

Elective 

Elective 

3rd 

Psych.  I 

Psych.  II 

Psych.  Ill 

Year 

Anat.  &  Physiol.  I 

Anat.  &  Physiol.  II 

Anat.  &  Physiol.  Ill 

Med.  Termin.  I 

Med.  Termin.  II 

Hospital  Law 

Lit.  I 

Lit.  II 

Elective 

4th 

Literature 

Literature 

Literature 

Year 

Soc.  I 

Soc.  II 

Soc.  Ill 

Ind.  Psych. 

Human  Rel.  I 

Human  Relations  II 

Found.  Med.  Sci.  I 

Found.  Med.  Sci.  II 

Found.  Med.  Sci.  Ill 

5th 

Econ.  I 

Econ.  II 

Econ.  Ill 

Year 

Fine  Arts 

Fine  Arts 

Fine  Arts 

Med.  Rec.  Sci.  I 

Med.  Rec.  Sci.  II 

Med.  Rec.  Sci.  Ill 

6th 

Med.  Rec.  Sci.  IV* 

Med.  Rec.  Sci.  V* 

Year 

Electives 

Electives 

Electives 

7th 

Pol.  Sci.  I 

Pol.  Sci.  II 

Pol.  Sci.  Ill 

Year 

Org.  Med.  Rec.  I 

Org.  Med.  Rec.  II 

Org.  Med.  Rec.  Ill 

L.A.  Elective 

L.A.  Elective 

L.  A.  Elective 
Elective 

8th 

Phil.  I 

Phil.  II 

Phil.  Ill 

Year 

E.D.P.  I 

E.D.P.  II 

Med.  Comp.  Sci. 

Elective 

Elective 

Elective 

Applied  Med.  Rec. 

Applied  Med.  Rec. 

Applied  Med.  Rec. 

Sci.  I 

Sci.  II 

Sci.  Ill 

'Required   clinical   experience   hours   must  be  arranged    in   relation   to   courses  starred. 


138  /  HEALTH  PROFESSIONS  PROGRAMS 

MEDICAL  RECORDS  Certification  Program 

Candidates  who  wish  to  qualify  for  admission  to  the  professional  ex- 
amination leading  to  registration  as  a  Medical  Record  Administrator, 
RRA,  and  who  already  hold  a  baccalaureate  degree  in  another  field  of 
study  from  a  college  or  university  acceptable  to  Northeastern  Univer- 
sity, may  undertake  the  following  course  work.  Successful  completion 
of  this  course  sequence  with  a  cumulative  point  average  of  2.00  will 
lead  to  certification  from  University  College  that  the  candidate  has 
completed  a  professional  program  in  Medical  Records  Science.  In 
addition  to  the  required  courses  listed  below,  candidates  must  com- 
plete one  year  of  a  natural  science,  such  as  Biology,  Chemistry,  Micro- 
biology, etc.  This  requirement  is  in  addition  to  the  laboratory  course  in 
Anatomy  and  Physiology. 

Courses  required  for  Professional  Certification: 

quarter  hours 

18.524,     18.525,     18.526    Anatomy  and  Physiology  I,  II,  III  9 

45.501,     45.502,     45.503     Management  and  Organization  I,  II,  III                6 

86.502     Hospital  Law  and  Ethics  2 

86.504,     86.505,     86.506     Foundations  of  Medical  Science  I,  II,  III           6 

86.507,     86.508     Medical  Terminology  I,  II  4 

86.554,     86.555,     86.556     Medical  Record  Science  I,  II,  III  12 

86.557,     86.558     Medical  Record  Science  IV,  V  8 

86.551,     86.552,     86.553     Organization  of  the  Medical 

Records  Department  I,  II,   III  6 

45.570,     45.571     Electronic  Data  Processing  I,  II  4 

86.585     Medical  Computer  Science  2 
86.586,     86.587,     86.588     Applied  Medical  Records 

Science  I,  II,  III  8 

Total   Credits  67 

Candidates  who  wish  to  matriculate  in  this  program  must  be  inter- 
viewed by  the  Program  Director.  Arrangements  for  this  interview  may 
be  through  the  Allied  Health  Professions  Office,  206  Mugar  Building. 
No  candidate  will  be  considered  as  matriculated  until  this  requirement 
has  been  met. 

Note:  In  addition  to  the  required  coursework,  proof  of  understanding  of  prin- 
ciples of  descriptive  statistics  must  be  demonstrated.  This  requirement  may  be 
satisfied  by:  a)  successful  completion  of  the  examination  on  descriptive  statis- 
tics administered  by  Northeastern's  Center  for  Programmed  Study;  or  b)  com- 
pletion of  the  program  on  descriptive  statistics  at  the  Center;  or  c)  completion 
of  the  University  College  course  39.511,  Statistics  I,  with  a  grade  of  C  or  better. 
This  last  option  may  also  be  included  in  the  elective  credits  required  in  this  cur- 
riculum. This  requirement  should  be  satisfied  before  completion  of  the  first  96 
credits  of  coursework. 

Note:  This  sequence  is  available  through  the  evening  program  only. 


HEALTH   PROFESSIONS  PROGRAMS  /  139 

MEDICAL  RECORD  ADMINISTRATION 

Recommended  Course  Sequence  for  the  3-Year  Program 
Leading  to  a  Certificate  in  Medical  Record  Administration 

This   program    is  open   to   candidates  who   hold   an   acceptable   baccalaureate 
degree  only. 

Prerequisite:  A  College-level  course  in  General  Biology 


1st 

Quarter  1 

Quarter  2 

Quarter  3 

Year 

Mgmt.  &  Org.  I 

Mgmt.  &  Org.  II 

Mgmt.  &  Org.  Ill 

Anat.  &  Physiol.  I 

Anat.  &  Physiol.  II 

Anat.  &  Physiol.  Ill 

Found.  Med.  Sci.  I 

Found.  Med.  Sci.  II 

Found.  Med.  Sci.  Ill 

Med.  Termin.  I 

Med.  Termin.  II 

2nd 

Med.  Rec.  Sci.  I 

Med.  Rec.  Sci.  II 

Med.  Rec.  Sci.  Ill 

Year 

Hospital  Law 

EDP  I 

EDP  II 

Med.  Comp.  Sci. 

3rd 

*Med.  Rec.  Sci.  IV 

*Med.  Rec.  Sci.  V 

Year 

Org.  Med.  Rec. 

Org.  Med.  Rec. 

Org.  Med.  Rec. 

Dept.   I 

Dept.  II 

Dept.  Ill 

Applied  Med. 

Applied  Med. 

Applied  Med. 

Rec.  Sci.  I 

Rec.  Sci.  II 

Rec.  Sci.  Ill 

Hospitals  Affiliated  as  Primary  Teaching  Units 

Beth  Israel  Hospital,  Boston 

Children's  Hospital  Medical  Center,  Boston 

Massachusetts  General  Hospital,  Boston 

New  England  Medical  Center 

Boston  Hospital  for  Women 

Mt.  Auburn  Hospital,  Cambridge 

Curriculum  Advisory  Committee  in  Medical  Record  Administration 

Sr.  Margaret  MacDougall,  RRA 

Holyoke  Community  College 

Janice  E.  Gardner,  RRA 

Brookline  Hospital 

Joyce  Gormley,  RRA 

Massachusetts  General  Hospital,  Boston 

Marjorie  Gurney,  RRA 

Massachusetts  Hospital  Association,  Burlington 

Dorothy  Richmond,  RRA 

Beth  Israel  Hospital,  Boston 

Susan  Winship,  RRA 

Northern  Essex  Community  College,  Haverhill 

Lillian  Liebich,  RRA 

North  Adams  Regional  Hospital,  North  Adams 


•Required   clinical   experience   hours   must   be  arranged    in   relation   to   courses   starred. 


140  /  HEALTH  PROFESSIONS  PROGRAMS 

Northeastern  University  Representatives 
(Ex  officio) 

Meredith  Cameron,  RRA 

Acting  Director,  Medical  Records  Program 

Helene  A.  Loux,  Ph.D. 

Associate  Dean  for  Health  Professions 

The  College  of  Pharmacy  and  Allied  Health  Professions 

RESPIRATORY  THERAPY  (full-time) 

Associate  in  Science  Degree 

The  Profession 

As  medical  knowledge  has  advanced  and  become  highly  specialized, 
trained  personnel  in  the  fields  related  to  medicine  have  become  impor- 
tant members  of  the  health  care  team.  As  members  of  this  team,  res- 
piratory therapists  support  and  assist  in  the  effort  toward  optimum 
patient  care  by  using  a  variety  of  treatments  and  rehabilitative  proce- 
dures to  help  patients  with  respiratory  problems.  They  work  in  modern 
health  care  facilities  with  sophisticated  respirators,  ultrasonic  nebuliz- 
ers, blood  gas  machines,  pulmonary  function  equipment,  and  oxygen 
administering  devices. 

As  physicians  rely  more  and  more  on  specialized  techniques  and 
equipment,  the  respiratory  therapist  will  play  an  increasingly  important 
role  in  patient  care. 


HEALTH   PROFESSIONS  PROGRAMS  /  141 


The  first  year  of  this  program  may  be  completed  by  study  on  a  part- 
time  basis  over  two  or  more  years.  An  interview  with  the  program  fac- 
ulty is  required  prior  to  registration  in  86.591 ,  Introduction  to  Respira- 
tory Therapy  I.  The  candidate  who  completes  this  part-time  study  with  a 
cumulative  average  "C"  or  better  may  then  apply  for  admission  directly 
into  the  second  year  full-time  program.  Entrance  to  the  full-time  pro- 
gram is  on  a  competitive  basis.  The  second  and  third  years  of  the  full- 
time  program  are  spent  in  alternating  academic  and  cooperative  quar- 
ters. Each  academic  quarter  includes  twelve  hours  per  week  of  applied 
study  in  Respiratory  Therapy  as  well  as  didactic  study,  liberal  arts,  and 
electives. 

Prerequisite:  College-Level  or  College-Preparatory  General  Biology 


Freshman  Year  Courses 

quarter  hour 

10.327,     10.328,     10.329 

Math  I,  II,  III 

6 

30.603  (or  30.601 

and  30.602)  and 

Composition  &  Rhetoric 

4 

30.606  (or 

30.603  and  30.604) 

Introd.  to  Lit.  Forms 

4 

18.524,     18.525,     18.526 

Human  Anatomy  and  Physiology 

9 

19.501,     19.502 

Psychology 

4 

86.502 

Hospital  Law  &  Ethics 

2 

18.521,     18.522 

Microbiology  I,  II 

8 

86.591,     86.592,     86.593 

Introd.  to  Respiratory  Therapy 

12 

Suggested  Sequence  of  Courses  for  Freshman  Program 

Quarter  I 

Quarter  II 

Quarter  III 

1st            Math 

Math 

Math 

Year         Anatomy  &  Physiol.         Anatomy  &  Physiol. 

Anatomy  & 

Physiol. 

Psychology 

Psychology 

Hospital  Law  &  Ethics 

2nd          Comp.  &  Rhet. 

Introd.  to  Lit.  Forms 

Year        Intro.  Resp. 

Intro.  Resp. 

Intro.  Resp. 

Therapy 

Therapy 

Therapy 

Microbiology 

Microbiology 

Students  completing  these  courses  must  now  apply  to  the  full-time 
program  in  order  to  complete  the  requirements  for  the  Associate  in 
Science  Degree  and  for  eligibility  to  write  the  national  examination  for 
registration  as  a  Respiratory  Therapist. 

Students  accepted  into  the  full-time  day  program  will  follow  the  basic 
college  curriculum  in  effect  at  the  time  of  their  acceptance. 


142  /  HEALTH  PROFESSIONS  PROGRAMS 

Medical  Advisory  Committee 

Leonard  Bushnell,  M.D.,  Beth  Israel  Hospital 

Dean  S.  Crocker,  M.D.,  Children's  Hospital  Medical  Center 

John  Hedley-Whyte,  M.D.,  Beth  Israel  Hospital 

Henning  Pontoppidan,  M.D.,  Massachusetts  General  Hospital 

LeRoy  Van  Dam,  M.D.,  Peter  Bent  Brigham  Hospital 

Academic  Representatives  (Ex  Officio) 

Dean  Crocker,  M.D.,  Medical  Consultant 
Evelyn  L.  Cassara,  B.S.,  R.N.,  A.R.I.T.,  Program  Director 

Helene   A.    Loux,    Ph.D.,   Assoc.    Dean   for   Health    Professions,   College   of 
Pharmacy  and  Allied  Health  Professions 


HEALTH   PROFESSIONS   PROGRAMS  /   143 
MEDICAL  LABORATORY  SCIENCE— CYTOTECHNOLOGY 

Bachelor  of  Science  Degree  or  Associate  in  Science  Degree 

The  Profession 

Cytotechnology  is  a  specialty  in  the  broader  field  of  medical  laboratory 
science.  Cytotechnologists  are  employed  in  pathology  laboratories, 
where  they  expertly  examine  slides  of  cells  looking  for  minute  abnor- 
malities which  are  the  early  warning  signs  of  cancer  and  related  dis- 
ease. Cytotechnology  occupies  a  highly  important  place  in  clinical 
medicine,  requiring  a  technologist  with  highly  specialized  laboratory 
training  and  a  sound  academic  background. 

The  programs  are  offered  through  University  College  and  are  con- 
ducted in  affiliation  with  the  several  hospitals  which  comprise  the  Bos- 
ton School  of  Cytotechnology.  The  programs  lead  to  the  Associate  in 
Science  or  the  Bachelor  of  Science  Degree,  which  are  awarded  by 
University  College.  Completion  of  the  program  qualifies  a  student  for 
admission  to  the  professional  examination  conducted  by  the  Board  of 
Registry  of  the  American  Society  of  Clinical  Pathologists. 

The  basic  sciences  and  the  general  education  courses  are  offered 
evenings,  but  the  professional  courses  are  offered  only  full-time,  days, 
in  cooperation  with  the  affiliated  hospitals.  Students  planning  to  enter 
the  professional  courses  are  advised  to  consult  the  program  coordi- 
nator prior  to  the  Winter  Quarter  preceding  entrance  to  the  hospital 
program. 

Prerequisite:  Satisfactory  completion  of  the  Mathematics  Placement 
Test  or  the  Basic  Mathematics  I  and  II  courses  (10.330  and  10.331).  The 
Mathematics  Placement  Test  must  be  taken  well  in  advance  of  the 
registration  date. 

FIRST  YEAR 

Course  Number  Course  quarter  hours 

10.327,     10.328,     10.329     Mathematics  I,   II,   III  6 

or 
10.307,     10.308     College  Algebra  &  Trigonometry 
30.603 

or         30.601,     30.602     Composition  &  Rhetoric  I,  II  4 

18.511,     18.512,     18.513     Biology  I,  II,  III  12 

87.100  Medical  Laboratory  Science 

Orientation  1 

86.541,     86.542     Medical  Care  and  Current 

Social  Problems  4 


144  /  HEALTH   PROFESSIONS  PROGRAMS 


Course  Number 


18.524, 
12.544, 
12.547, 
19.501, 


18.525, 
12.545, 
12.548, 
19.502, 


18.526 
12.546 
12.549 
19.503 


22.501,     22.502,     22.503 


30.604,     30.605 


or 

30.606 

86.502 


SECOND  YEAR 

Course  quarter  hours 

Human  Anatomy  &  Physiology  I,  II,  III  9 

General  Chemistry  I,  II,  III  6 

General  Chemistry  Lab.  I,  II,  III  3 

Psychology  6 

or 
Principles  of  Political  Science 

or 
Other  Social  Science  Elective 

Introd.  to  Literary  Forms  4 

Hospital  Law  and  Ethics  2 


THIRD  YEAR 


Course 

Number 

Course 

quarter  hours 

87.101 

Basic  Medical  Lab.  Science 

(Fall) 

4 

87.102 

or 

87.541 

Hematology 

2 

18.557, 

18.558, 

18.556 

Genetics  I,   II  and  Genetics 

Lab. 

6 

18.551, 

18.552, 

18.553 

Histology  —  Organology  I,  II, 

Ill 

6 

18.521 

Microbiology 
Humanities  Electives 

4 
4 

FOURTH  YEAR 

12  months  at  an  AMA-approved  Hospital  School  of  Cytotechnology.  Those  stu- 
dents admitted  to  the  Boston  School  of  Cytotechnology  associated  with  North- 
eastern University  will  take  the  following  courses: 


87.518,     87.548, 


87.508 

Introduction  to  Cytotechnology 

2 

87.528 

Cytopathology  I 

2 

87.538 

Cytopathology  II 

2 

87.558 

Cytopathology  III 

2 

87.568 

Cytogenetics  and  New  Concepts 

2 

87.598 

Special  Topics 

2 

87.608 

Seminar:  Cytopathology  Criteria  and 

Correlations 

2 

87.578 

Applied  Cytology  I,  II,  III,  IV 

14 

87.618 

Total  A.S.  Degree    111 


HEALTH   PROFESSIONS   PROGRAMS  /  145 

FIFTH  YEAR 

Course  Number  Course  quarter  hours 

86.504,     86.505,     86.506     Foundations  of  Medical  Science  6 

11.304,     11.305,     11.306     "General  Physics  I,   II,  III  6 

or 
86.581,     86.582,     86.583     Hospital  Organization  and  Management 

Modern  Language  9 

or 
Electives 

SIXTH  YEAR 

Course  Number                   Course  quarter  hours 

12.531,     12.532,     12.533     Organic   Chemistry   I,   II,    III,   and  6 

12.534,     12.535,     12.536     Organic  Chemistry  Lab.  I,  II,  III  6 

86.574,     86.575,                    Health,  Disease,  and  Disability  4 

29.501,     29.502,     29.503     Effective  Speaking  6 

or 
Other  Speech  or  Communications  Course 


Course  Number 

39.501,     39.502,     39.503 

86.521,     86.522 


87.544, 
87.588 


87.545 


87.546 


87.547 


SEVENTH  YEAR 

Course 

Economics,    Principles   &    Problems 

or 
Other  Social  Science  Elective 
Public  Health 

or 
Epidemiology 
Cytopathology  Seminar 
Medical  Laboratory  Science 

Education  Seminar 
Medical  Laboratory  Science 

Administration  Seminar 
Electives 


quarter  hours 

6 


Total  B.S.  Degree     176 


'Students    planning    to    enter    graduate    school    should    take    4    quarter    hours    of    Analytical 
Chemistry  and  6  quarter  hours  of  Physics. 


146  /  HEALTH  PROFESSIONS  PROGRAMS 

MEDICAL  LABORATORY  SCIENCE— MEDICAL  TECHNOLOGY 

Bachelor  of  Science  Degree  or  Associate  in  Science  Degree 

The  Profession 

Medical  Technology  is  a  respected  and  important  health  profession. 
The  medical  technologist  works  as  a  professional  in  close  association 
with  pathologists,  doctors,  and  hospital  and  medical  laboratory  per- 
sonnel. Working  in  a  variety  of  specialized  fields  such  as  bacteriology, 
blood-banking,  histology,  hematology,  biochemistry,  and  nuclear  and 
radiochemistry,  the  medical  technologist  makes  important  observa- 
tions necessary  for  critical  diagnosis  by  the  doctor  upon  early  detec- 
tion and  treatment  of  disease. 

The  Associate  Degree  Medical  Laboratory  Technician  likewise  is  an 
important  member  of  the  health  team.  His  responsibilities  are  com- 
mensurate with  his  background  and  he  works  in  close  association  with 
medical  technologists  and  pathologists. 

The  Registered  Medical  Technologist  and  the  Associate  Degree  Medi- 
cal Laboratory  Technician  are  in  constant  demand  in  hospital  labora- 
tories, clinics,  public  health  agencies,  pharmaceutical  firms,  research 
foundations,  and  in  the  Armed  Forces. 

The  baccalaureate  program  in  Medical  Technology  (Medical  Labora- 
tory Science)  is  conducted  in  affiliation  with  several  Hospital  Schools 
of  Medical  Technology  approved  by  the  Council  on  Medical  Education 
of  the  American  Medical  Association.  The  program  leads  to  a  Bache- 
lor of  Science  degree,  which  is  awarded  by  University  College,  and 
entitles  the  student  to  write  the  registry  examination  in  Medical  Tech- 
nology MT  (ASCP)  given  by  the  Board  of  Registry  of  Medical  Technol- 
ogists of  the  American  Society  of  Clinical  Pathologists. 

Students  who  have  appropriate  clinical  experience  may  apply  to  write 
the  AD-MLT  (ASCP),  Associate  Degree  Medical  Laboratory  Technician 
Examination,  upon  completion  of  appropriate  courses.  University  Col- 
lege students  will  be  eligible  for  an  Associate  degree  upon  the  com- 
pletion of  the  courses  indicated  in  the  curriculum  below  and  appropri- 
ate applied  study. 

The  basic  science  and  general  education  courses  are  offered  eve- 
nings, but  the  professional  courses  are  offered  only  full-time,  days, 
in  cooperation  with  the  affiliated  hospitals.  Students  planning  to 
enter  the  professional  courses  are  advised  to  consult  the  program 
coordinator  prior  to  the  Winter  Quarter  preceding  entrance  to  the 
hospital  program. 

The  Medical  Laboratory  Science  Professional  Courses,  numbered  in 
the  87.100  and  87.200  series,  will  be  offered  directly  through  the  Col- 
lege of  Pharmacy  and  Allied  Health  Professions.  Students  must  regis- 


HEALTH   PROFESSIONS   PROGRAMS  /  147 


ter  as  Special  Students  of  that  basic  college  and  tuition  will  be  the 
same  as  that  charged  for  all  basic  college  Medical  Laboratory  Science 
Professional  Courses. 

Prerequisite:  Satisfactory  completion  of  the  Mathematics  Placement 
Test  or  the  Basic  Mathematics  I  and  II  courses  (10.330  and  10.331).  The 
Mathematics  Placement  Test  must  be  taken  well  in  advance  of  the 
registration  date. 


Course  Number 

10.307,     10.308 
12.544,     12.545,     12.546 
12.547,     12.548,     12.549 
30.603  or 30.601  &  30.602 
87.100 

86.541.     86.542 


Course 

Number 

18.511, 

18.512, 

12.513 

12.521, 

12.522, 

12.523 

12.524, 

12.525, 

12.526 

30.604, 

30.605  or30.606 

Course  Number 

18.524, 

18.525, 

18.526 

19.501, 

19.502, 

19.503 

22.501,     22.502,     22.503 


86.502 


18.521,     18.522 

Course    Number 

87.101 

87.102,     87.103 

87.105 

87.121 


FIRST  YEAR 
Course 

College  Algebra  &  Trigonometry  I,  II 
General  Chemistry  I,  II,  III 
General  Chemistry  Lab.   I,   II,   III 
Composition  and  Rhetoric  I  &  II 
Medical  Laboratory  Science  Orient. 
Medical  Care  and  Current  Social 
Problems 

SECOND  YEAR 
Course 

Biology  I,  II,  III 
Analytical  Chemistry  I,  II,  III 
Analytical  Chemistry  Lab.   I,   II,   III 
Introduction  to  Literary  Forms 

THIRD  YEAR 
Course 

Human  Anatomy  and  Physiology 
Psychology  I,  II,  III 

or 
Principles  of  Political  Science 

or 
Other  Social  Science  Elective 
Hospital  Law  and  Ethics 
Microbiology  I,  II 

FOURTH  YEAR 
Course 

Basic  Medical  Laboratory  Science 
Basic  Hematology;  Basic  Blood  Banking 
Basic  Medical  Laboratory  Chemistry  & 

Instrumentation 
Quality  Control 
Modern  Language 

or 
Other  Humanities  Electives 


quarter   hours 

8 
6 
3 

4 

1 


quarter  hours 

12 
6 
6 
4 

quarter  hours 

9 
6 


2 
8 

quarter  hours 

4 
4 

4 
2 
9 


Total   A.S.    Degree     102 

Associate  degree  requirement  completed  for  students  who  have  appropriate 
applied  study,  and  have  completed  a  minimum  of  102  quarter  hours  of  credit 
including  those  courses  listed  above. 


148  /  HEALTH  PROFESSIONS  PROGRAMS 

FIFTH  YEAR 

Course  Number  Course  quarter  hours 

39.501,     39.502,     39.503     Economic  Principles  &  Problems  I,  II,  III  6 


Other  Social  Science  Elective 
12.531,     12.532,     12.533     Organic  Chemistry  I,  II,  III 
12.534,     12.535,     12.536     Organic  Chemistry  Lab.  I,  II,  III 

Electives  (non-science) 


SIXTH  YEAR 

Course  Number                  Course  quarter  hours 

11.304,     11.305,     11.306    General  Physics,  I,  II,  III                                       6 

18.557,     18.558,     18.556     Genetics  I,  II,  &  Lab.  6 

Elective  3 

29.501,     29.502,     29.503     Effective  Speaking  6 

or 

Other  Speech  or  Communications  course 


SEVENTH  YEAR 

12  months  internship  at  an  affiliated  AMA-Approved  Hospital  School  of  Medical 
Technology. 


87.111, 


87.202 

87.201 

87.205 

87.203 

87.204 

87.112, 

87.190 

87.221 

87.226 


87.115 


Hematology-lmmunohematology 
Pathogenic  Microbiology 
Clinical  Chemistry 
Medical  Immunology-Serology 
Medical  Parasitology 
Applied  Studies  (at  hospital) 
Undergraduate  Research 
Medical  Laboratory  Management 

or 
Health  Science  Education 


4 
4 
4 
2 
2 
12 
2 


Total  B.S.  Degree     179 


Please  see  day  school   course  descriptions  for  professional   courses 
associated  with  the  A.M. A.  Hospital  Approved  Programs. 


HEALTH   PROFESSIONS  PROGRAMS  /  149 
MEDICAL  LABORATORY  SCIENCE— HEMATOLOGY 

Bachelor  of  Science  Degree 
The  Profession 

Hematology  is  a  specialty  in  the  broader  field  of  medical  laboratory 
science.  Hematology  technologists  are  employed  in  hospitals  and  clini- 
cal laboratories  where  they  perform  specific  laboratory  tests — includ- 
ing differential  cell  counts  and  bone  marrow  examinations  and  hemo- 
globin and  hematocrit  determinations — which  aid  in  the  diagnosis, 
treatment,  and  follow-up  of  infections,  anemias,  and  leukemias.  The 
hematology  technologist  also  performs  coagulation  studies  which  aid 
the  diagnosis  and  treatment  of  bleeding  disorders  and  the  treatment  of 
patients  on  anticoagulant  therapy.  The  modern  hematology  laboratory 
is  well  equipped  with  electronic  instruments  which  the  technologist 
must  operate  and  maintain.  Additional  responsibilities  include  labora- 
tory quality  control  and  associated  problem  solving. 

The  current  requirements  for  categorical  certification  in  hematology 
are  indicated  by  the  Board  of  Registry  of  the  American  Society  of  Clini- 
cal Pathologists  as  follows: 

A  candidate  for  certification  in  hematology  must  meet  at  least  one  of 
the  following  requirements: 

1.  Certification  in  Medical  Technology  by  the  Board  of  Registry  of  the 
American  Society  of  Clinical  Pathologists,  plus  one  year  of  satisfactory 
hematology  experience  in  an  acceptable  laboratory  within  the  three 
years  immediately  prior  to  application. 

2.  A  baccalaureate  degree  in  biological  sciences  or  chemistry  from  a 
college  or  university  accredited  by  a  recognized  regional  accrediting 
agency  plus  two  years  of  hematology  experience  in  an  acceptable 
laboratory. 

Students  should  contact  the  American  Society  of  Clinical  Pathologists, 
Board  of  Registry,  P.O.  Box  4872,  Chicago,  Illinois  60680,  for  details 
concerning  their  eligibility  to  write  the  hematology  examination. 

The  curriculum  in  hematology  does  not  incorporate  a  clinical  or  ap- 
plied study  component,  but  is  primarily  designed  for  one  who  works 
in  this  field,  giving  him  the  opportunity  to  earn  a  baccalaureate  degree 
with  a  concentration  in  his  area  of  interest. 

The  Medical  Laboratory  Science  Professional  Courses,  numbered  in 
the  87.100  and  87.200  series,  will  be  offered  directly  through  the  Col- 
lege of  Pharmacy  and  Allied  Health  Professions.  Students  must  regis- 
ter as  Special  Students  of  that  basic  college  and  tuition  will  be  the 
same  as  that  charged  for  all  basic  college  Medical  Laboratory  Science 
Professional  Courses. 


150  /  HEALTH  PROFESSIONS  PROGRAMS 


Course  Number 

10.307,     10.308 
12.544, 


FIRST  YEAR 
Course 

College  Algebra  &  Trigonometry  I,  II 


12.545, 
12.548, 


12.547, 
30.603 
30.606 
87.100 


Course  Number 

18.511,     18.512, 


12.546 
12.549 


General  Chemistry  I,  II,  III 
General  Chemistry  Lab.  I,  II,  II 
Composition  &  Rhetoric  I  &  II 
Introduction  to  Literary  Forms 
Medical  Laboratory  Science  Orientation 


quarter  hours 

8 
6 
3 
4 
4 


1 


SECOND  YEAR 
Course 

18.513     Biology  I,  II,  III 


12.532, 
12.525, 


87.102 


12.533 
12.526 


*87.103 
87.103 


Humanities  Elective 

Analytical  Chemistry  I,  II,  III  and 

Analytical  Chemistry  Lab.  I,  II,  III 

THIRD  YEAR 

Basic  Medical  Laboratory  Science 
Basic  Hematology;  Basic  Blood  Banking 

or  Elective 
Basic  Medical  Laboratory  Chemistry  and 

Instrumentation 
Quality  Control 
Genetics 

FOURTH  YEAR 

18.524,     18.525,     18.526     Human  Anatomy  and  Physiology  I,  II,  III 

Social  Science  Elective 
18.521,     18.522,     18.523     Microbiology  I,  II  or 

Med.  Microbiology  (4)  and  Elective  (4) 


'12.531, 
12.524, 


87.101 


87.105 

87.121 
18.557, 


quarter  hours 

12 

6 

.     6 
or  equiv. 


18.558,     18.559 


'Students  with  extensive  laboratory  experience   in  a  hematology  laboratory,  may  be  exempt 
from   these   courses. 
**An.   Chem.   and   Physics  recommended   for  students  applying  to  graduate  school. 


86.502 

87.542, 
12.531,  12.532, 
12.534,  12.535, 


87.543 
12.533 
12.536 


FIFTH  YEAR 

Hospital    Law   and    Ethics 
Morphologic  Hematology  I,  II 
Organic  Chemistry  I,  II,  III 
Organic  Chemistry  Lab.  I,  II,  IN 
Social  Science  Elective 

SIXTH  OR  SEVENTH  YEAR 

III  or  Elective 


"11.304, 

11.305, 

11.306 

General  Physics  I,  I 

87.211 

Coagulation 

87.213 

Immunohematology 

87.222 

Histochemistry 

18.531, 

18.532, 

18.533 

Cell  Biology  I,  II,  III 
Humanities  Elective 

HEALTH   PROFESSIONS   PROGRAMS  /  151 


SIXTH  OR  SEVENTH  YEAR 

86.574,     86.575                     Health,  Disease,  &  Disability  or  4 

Instrumentation  or  Electronics  6 

Elective  6 

87.203  Med.  Immunology-Serology  (Intensive)  2 

87.204  Hem.  Parasitology  2 
87.190  Undergrad  Research  2 
87.547  Med.  Lab.  Science  Educ.  Sem.  2 
87.546                                      Ed.  or  Adm.  Health  Science  Elective  6 

Total  B.S.  Degree  175 
Note:  Strongly  recommended  electives  are:  Psychology,   Economics 


152  /  HEALTH  PROFESSIONS  PROGRAMS 

RADIOLOGIC  TECHNOLOGY 

Associate  in  Science  Degree 

The  program  in  Radiologic  Technology  is  a  joint  offering  of  the  Uni- 
versity and  several  area  hospitals.  The  classroom  experiences  are  pro- 
vided by  the  University,  and  the  laboratory  practicum  is  conducted  at 
approved  Hospital  Schools  of  Radiologic  Technology.  These  are  ac- 
credited by  the  Council  on  Medical  Education  of  the  American  Medical 
Association.  The  Committee  on  Radiologic  Technology  Education  of 
the  Massachusetts  Radiological  Society  and  the  Massachusetts  So- 
ciety of  Radiologic  Technologists  serve  in  advisory  capacities  con- 
cerning curriculum  content. 

The  Radiologic  Technologist  is  a  respected  member  of  the  allied 
health  team  in  the  diagnostic  and  therapeutic  environment  of  the  clinic 
or  hospital,  and  an  important  functionary  in  the  production,  quality 
control,  and  inspection  laboratories  of  the  industrial  community.  Medi- 
cally related  responsibilities  demand  effective  rapport  with  internists, 
surgeons,  pathologists,  nurses,  and  laboratory  personnel  while  indus- 
trial competency  requires  close  association  with  metallurgists,  produc- 
tion and  manufacturing  specialists,  engineers,  and  scientists. 

Prerequisite:  Satisfactory  completion  of  the  Mathematics  Placement 
Test  or  the  Basic  Mathematics  I  and  II  courses  (10.330  and  10.331)  and 
acceptance  of  an  A.  M.  A.  accredited  School  of  Radiologic  Technology 
which  is  affiliated  with  Northeastern  University. 

Have  an  interview  with  the  Radiological  Technology  Program  Director, 
437-2818,  2819. 

Be  accepted  to  the  affiliated  hospital  through  an  interview  with  the 
Radiologist. 

FIRST  YEAR 

All  students  begin  the  program  in  July.  During  the  first  12  weeks,  students  spend 
two  days  at  Northeastern  University  and  three  days  at  the  affiliated  hospital 
doing  a  clinical  practicum.  This  is  followed  by  two  alternating  twelve-week  terms 
of  full-time  didactic  study  at  Northeastern  University  and  two  twelve-week  terms 
of  full-time  radiologic  practicum  and  seminars  at  the  affiliated  Hospital  Schools. 

Didactics  —  24  weeks  (at  Northeastern  University) 

Course   Number  Course  quarter  hours 

10.391,     10.392     Mathematics  A,  B  6 

18.570,     18.571     Gross  Anatomy  and  General  Physiology  I,  II  6 

(Continued  on  following  page.) 


HEALTH   PROFESSIONS   PROGRAMS  /  153 

86.620,     86.621  Radiologic  Technology  Orientation  I,  II  4 

86.622,     86.623  Radiological  Science  I,  II  8 

86.624,     86.625  Principles  of  Radiology  I,  II  8 

86.626,     86.627  Radiologic  Photography  &  Exposure  I,  II  8 

Practicum  —  28  weeks  (at  Hospital  Schools  of  Radiologic   Technology) 

86.647  Radiology  Practicum  12 

SECOND  YEAR 

Full-time  attendance  at  the  affiliated  Hospital  Schools  of  Radiologic  Technology 
(52  wks  @  40  hrs/wk  =  2080  hrs). 

Students  who  satisfactorily  complete  the  first  and  second  year  of  didactics  and 
practicum  are  eligible  to  take  the  American  Radiologic  Technology  examination 
for  certification  as  a  Radiologic  Technician  (R.T.). 

THIRD  YEAR 

Three  Quarters  (36  weeks)  part-time  evening  study  at  University  College.* 

Course  Number  Course  quarter  hours 

18.511,     18.512,     18.513     Biology  I,  II,  III  12 

30.601,     30.602  Composition  &  Rhetoric  I,  II  4 

English    Elective  2 

86.614,     86.615,     86.616     Adv.  Radiologic  Technology  I,  II,  III  6 

FOURTH  YEAR 

19.501,     19.502,     19.503     Psychology  I,  II,  III  or 

21.501,     21.502,     21.503**  Sociology  I,  II,  III  6 

45.501,     45.502,     45.503     Management  &  Organization  I,   II,  III                  6 

86.617,     86.618,     86.619     Radioactive  Isotopes  &  Therapy  I,  II,  III              6 

Humanities  Elective  I,  II,  III  6 

Total  A.S.  degree     100 

Qualified  students  may  accelerate  completion  of  the  program  by  en- 
rolling in  third  or  fourth  year  evening  courses  during  the  second  in- 
ternship year  upon  petition  for  approval  by  the  Director  of  Radiologic 
Technology  in  University  College  or  the  Radiologist  in  charge  of  the 
Hospital  School  of  Radiologic  Technology  involved. 


"These  courses  may  now  be  completed  on  a  full-time  day  basis,  enabling  the  students  to 
complete  the  above  program  in  27  months.  For  details  please  contact  the  Radiological 
Technology  Program  Director,  437-2818. 

**21.601,  21.602  Principles  of  Sociology  I,  II  (8  q.h.)  may  be  substituted  for  21.501,  21.502, 
21.503  Sociology  I,  II,  III  (6  q.h.). 


education 


GENERAL  OBJECTIVES 

The  teacher  education  program  in  University  College  is  deeply  con- 
cerned with  the  quality  of  those  who  teach.  In  the  paragraphs  that  fol- 
low, quality  is  generally  described  and  the  several  ways  of  assessing  it 
are  outlined. 

Objective  I:  Every  teacher  should  be  broadly  educated. 

All  students  are  expected  to  develop  breadth  in  their  program  in  two 
ways.  First,  students  will  be  required  to  complete  certain  common 
course  work:  social  science,  United  States  history,  American  literature, 
effective  speaking,  human  development,  and  English.  Second,  all  stu- 
dents must  complete  a  minimum  of  16  credits  in  each  of  the  following 
areas:  science  and  mathematics,  humanities,  and  social  sciences. 

Objective  II:  Every  teacher  should  achieve  an  expertness  in  some  field 
of  knowledge. 

The  Teacher  Education  Program  in  University  College  offers  an  aca- 
demic major  in  the  field  of  English.  The  major  is  designed  to  prepare 
English  teachers  for  the  junior  or  senior  high  school.  It  will  also  pro- 
vide a  basis  for  specialized  graduate  study  in  English  as  well  as  in 
education. 

Objective  III:  Each  teacher  should  be  professionally  prepared  for  the 
position  of  his  choice. 

In  addition  to  their  general  education  and  specialized  concentration, 
all  students  will  share  some  common  professional  course  work  with  re- 
lated out-of-class  experience  and,  in  addition,  will  take  course  work 
appropriate  to  their  level  or  field  of  teaching.  Student  teaching  during 
the  senior  year  will  serve  as  an  opportunity  to  apply  what  has  been 
learned  in  the  previous  years.  Beginning  students  will  have  about  two 
years  to  estimate  their  abilities  to  master  college  work,  to  discover  the 
wisdom  of  their  choice  of  a  major  field,  and  to  evaluate  the  strength  of 
their  commitment  to,  and  qualifications  for,  teaching. 

154 


EDUCATION  /  155 

Admission  Requirements 

Important  to  the  future  teacher  is  strong  ability  in  the  communication 
skills  and  adequate  strength  in  the  field  of  special  interest.  As  impor- 
tant as  the  pattern  and  quality  of  an  applicant's  preparation  are  the 
personal  qualifications  which  contribute  to  success  in  teaching. 

Upon  completion  of  all  courses  (or  their  equivalent)  listed  under  Quar- 
ters 1-6  on  p.  157,  students  desiring  certification  must  apply  to  the  Col- 
lege of  Education*  for  admission  to  the  professional  sequence  of  the 
teacher  education  program.  They  will  be  expected  to  present  such  evi- 
dence as  the  College  of  Education  shall  require.  Evaluations  will  be 
made  on  academic  aptitude,  verbal  fluency,  interest  in  working  with 
young  people,  and  emotional  maturity.  A  serious  attempt  will  be  made 
to  assess  these  factors  in  their  interrelationships  rather  than  as  iso- 
lated phenomena.  Students  accepted  into  the  professional  sequence 
of  the  College  of  Education  will  be  expected  to  commit  themselves  to 
the  remaining  requirements  of  the  program. 

Transfers 

Students  admitted  to  advanced  standing  in  University  College  (see  p. 
34)  may  apply  for  admission  to  the  professional  sequence  on  the  basis 
of  satisfactory  grades  received  in  courses  which  are  the  equivalent  of 
those  required  for  entering  Quarter  7  (see  p.  157).  Credit  toward  elec- 
tives  may  be  earned  by  means  of  the  College  Level  Examination  Pro- 
gram (see  p.  35). 

GRADUATION  REQUIREMENTS 

Degrees 

University  College  will  award  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  to 
those  who  successfully  complete  the  program  of  preparation  for  teach- 
ing English  at  the  secondary  school  level. 

Quantitative  Requirements 

The  required  courses  in  the  curriculum  for  the  teaching  of  English  are 
listed  on  a  following  page.  The  curriculum  requires  not  less  than  173 
quarter  hours  of  class  work,  including  one  quarter  of  student  teaching. 
At  least  45  quarter  hours  will  be  required  in  education,  including  stu- 
dent teaching. 

Elective  Courses 

Elective  courses,  approved  by  the  College  of  Education  adviser,  will 
be  selected  by  the  student  from  among  courses  in  University  College, 


'One  of  the  Basic  (day)  Colleges  of  Northeastern  University. 


156  /  EDUCATION 

or  credit  may  be  earned  by  means  of  the  College  Level  Examination 
Program. 

Qualitative  Requirements 

Students  in  the  Teacher  Education  Program  in  University  College  will 
be  expected  to  maintain  an  overall  average  of  C  while  doing  work  of 
C+  or  better  in  the  field  of  specialization  and  in  the  professional  se- 
quence in  order  to  be  recommended  for  placement.  Students  are 
warned  that  any  failure  seriously  handicaps  their  records  and  must  be 
made  up  at  the  earliest  opportunity. 

Graduation  with  Honor 

Candidates  of  distinctly  superior  achievement  in  their  academic  work 
will  be  graduated  with  honor.  Upon  special  vote  of  the  faculty  a  limited 
number  of  this  group  may  be  graduated  with  high  honor  or  with  high- 
est honor.  Students  must  have  been  in  attendance  at  the  University  at 
least  six  quarters  before  they  may  become  eligible  for  honors  at  grad- 
uation. 

National  Teacher  Examinations 

All  students  who  plan  to  make  teaching  their  career  will  be  expected 
to  take  the  general  and  special  National  Teacher  Examinations  in  their 
senior  year. 

Programs  of  Instruction 

The  teacher  education  program  in  University  College  offers  an  aca- 
demic major  in  the  field  of  English  (in  grades  7-12).  A  specimen  pro- 
gram is  shown  on  the  following  page. 

Accreditation 

Northeastern  University's  College  of  Education  is  accredited  by  the 
National  Council  for  Accreditation  of  Teacher  Education.  The  College 
is  a  member  of  the  American  Association  of  Colleges  for  Teacher 
Education. 


EDUCATION  /  157 

SPECIMEN  PROGRAM  IN  TEACHING  OF  ENGLISH  (GRADES  7-12) 

This  program  is  designed  with  the  assumption  that  the  student  is  at- 
tending college  on  approximately  a  half-time  basis. 
First  Year  Second  Year 


QUARTER  1 

QUARTER  4 

No. 

Course 

CI. 

q.h. 

No.                       Course 

CI. 

q.h. 

16.501 

Nat.  Sci.  I 

2 

2 

22.501    Prin.  Pol.  Sci.  I 

2 

2 

23.501 

West.  Civ.  I 

2 

2 

30.605  Intro,  to  Lit.  Forms  II 

2 

2 

29.501 

Eff.  Spkg.  I 

2 

2 

50.111   Soc.  Sci.  I 

3 

3 

30.601 

Comp.  &  Rhet.  I* 
QUARTER  2 

2 

2 

QUARTER  5 

No. 

Course 

CI. 

q.h. 

No.                       Course 

CI. 

q.h. 

16.502 

Nat.  Sci.  II 

2 

2 

22.502  Prin.   Pol.  Sci.   II 

2 

2 

23.502 

West.  Civ.  II 

2 

2 

English    Elective 

2 

2 

29.502 

Eff.  Spkg.  II 

2 

2 

50.112  Soc.  Sci.  Ill 

3 

3 

30.602 

Comp.  &  Rhet.  II 
QUARTER  3 

2 

2 

QUARTER  6 

No. 

Course 

CI. 

q.h. 

No.                      Course 

CI. 

q.h. 

16.503 

Nat.  Sci.  Ill 

2 

2 

22.503  Prin.  Pol.  Sci.  Ill 

2 

2 

23.503 

West.  Civ.  Ill 

2 

2 

English  Elective 

2 

2 

29.503 

Eff.  Spkg.  Ill 

2 

2 

50.113  Soc.  Sci.  Ill 

3 

3 

30.604 

Intro,  to  Lit.  Forms  I 

2 

2 
24 

Total  Credits 

21 

45 

Students  desiring  certification  must  now  apply  to  the  College  of  Edu- 
cation** for  admission  to  the  teacher  education  program. 
Third  Year  Fourth  Year 


QUARTER  7 

QUARTER  10 

No. 

Course 

CI. 

q.h. 

No. 

Course 

23.527 
26.501 
30.525 
39.501 

England  500-1603 
Intro.  Phil.  I 
English  Language  I 
Ec.  Prin.  &  Prob.  I 

QUARTER  8 

2 
2 
2 
2 

2 
2 
2 
2 

23.504 
30.541 
50.121 

U.S.  History  I 

English  Lit.   I 

Hum.  Dev.  & 

Learn.  I 

QUARTER  11 

No. 

Course 

CI. 

q.h. 

No. 

Course 

23.548 
26.502 
30.526 
39.502 

England  1603-1815 
Intro.  Phil.  II 
English  Language  II 
Ec.  Prin.  &  Prob.  II 

2 
2 
2 
2 

2 
2 
2 
2 

23.505 
26.534 
30.542 

U.S.  History  II 
Logic 

English  Lit.  II 
Electives 

CI.  q.h. 

2  2 
2      2 

4      4 

CI.  q.h. 

2  2 
2  2 
2  2 
2      2 


*An  English  placement  examination  must  be  taken.  If  the  score  is  not  satisfactory,  students 
should  enroll  for  30.600  Elements  of  Composition,  a  2  q.h.  credit  course  designed  to  im- 
prove command  of  written  English.  Then  proceed  with  30.601,  602,  603,  604  and  a  2  q.h. 
English    elective    in    Quarter   6. 

*One   of  the   Basic   (day)   Colleges   of   Northeastern   University 


158  /  EDUCATION 


QUARTER  9 
No.  Course 

23.549  England  Since  1815 
26.503  Intro.  Phil.  Ill 
30.527  English  Language  III 
39.503  Ec.  Prin.  &  Prob.  Ill 


Fifth  Year 

QUARTER  13 

No.  Course 

30.522  Intro.  Semantics  I 

30.544  Amer.  Lit.  I 
51.135  Anal.  Tchng.  & 

Ed.  Proc. 

QUARTER  14 
No.  Course 

30.523  Intro.  Semantics  II 

30.545  Amer.  Lit.   II 
Electives 

QUARTER  15 
No.  Course 

Elective 

30.546  Amer.   Lit.   Ill 
54.126  Sec.  Reading 

Seventh  Year 

QUARTER  19 
No.  Course 

Sci.  or  Math.  Elec. 
Art  Music  or  Thea. 
Arts 
50.151   Bckgrnds.  Amer.  Ed. 

QUARTER  20 
No.  Course 

Sci.  or  Math.  Elec. 
Art  Music  or  Thea. 

Arts 
Electives 

QUARTER  21 
No.  Course 

Sci.  or  Math.  Elec. 
Art  Music  or  Thea. 
Arts 
50.143  M&M— English 


QUARTER  12 


CI. 

q.h. 

No. 

Course 

CI. 

q.h. 

2 
2 
2 
2 

2 
2 
2 
2 

23.506 
30.543 
50.131 

U.S.  History  III 
English  Lit.  Ill 
Hum.  Dev.  & 
Learn.  II 

2 
2 

4 

2 
2 

4 

24 

Sixth  ' 

fear 

QUARTER  16 

CI. 

q.h. 

No. 

Course 

CI. 

q.h. 

2 
2 

4 

2 
2 

4 

30.517 
30.554 
50.141 

Intermed.  Wrtg. 
Shakespeare  I 
Meas.  &  Eval. 

QUARTER  17 

2 
2 
4 

2 
2 

4 

CI. 

q.h. 

No. 

Course 

CI. 

q.h. 

2 
2 

4 

2 
2 

4 

30.518 
30.555 

Creative  Wrtg.  I 
Shakespeare  II 
Electives 

QUARTER  18 

2 
2 
4 

2 
2 

4 

CI. 

q.h. 

No. 

Course 

CI. 

q.h. 

2 

2 
4 

2 
2 

4 

30.519 
30.556 

Creative  Wrtg.  II 
Shakespeare  III 
Electives 

2 
2 

4 

2 
2 

4 

24 


CI.  q.h. 
2      2 


CI.  q.h. 

2      2 


CI.  q.h. 

2      2 


Eighth  Year 

QUARTER  22 

No.  Course  CI.  q.h. 

51.151   Student  Teaching  8 

8 

Total  Credits  173 


24 


therapeutic 
recreation  services 


for  Nursing  Home  Activity  Directors 

Prof.  Frank  Robinson,  Consultant 
Therapeutic  Recreation  Services 
Telephone  437-3157 

A  certification  and  degree  program  for  nursing  home  activity  directors 
and  others  is  offered  by  University  College.  The  program  is  designed 
to  meet  the  needs  of  directors  of  activity  in  the  Commonwealth's  nurs- 
ing homes  and  the  needs  of  others  entering  this  occupational  field  in 
the  future. 

The  part-time  program,  leading  to  certification  and  an  Associate  de- 
gree, will  be  taught  by  the  distinguished  faculty  of  Northeastern  Uni- 
versity's Boston-Bouve  College.  Courses  offered  will  be  in  the  areas  of 
therapeutic  recreation  services,  the  process  of  aging,  arts  and  crafts, 
social  recreation,  geriatric  care,  utilization  of  resources,  and  many 
Dther  professional  courses. 


CURRICULUM 

I.     Certification — 25  quarter  hours 

Professional  courses 

II.     Associate  Degree — 96  quarter  hours 

Psychology 

2  q.h 

Social  Sciences 

8  q.h 

Fine  Arts 

3  q.h 

Speech  &  Theatre  Arts 

4  q.h 

English 

2  q.h 

Health  Care  Science 

8  q.h 

Professional 

51   q.h 

Electives 

18  q.h 

159 


160  /  THERAPEUTIC   RECREATION  SERVICES 

THERAPEUTIC  RECREATION  SERVICES 

Associate  in  Science  Degree 

Required  Courses  (Liberal  Arts)  quarter  hours 

19.501  Psychology  I  2 

21.501,     21.502,     21.503     Sociology  I,  II,  III  6 

21.563  Social  Gerontology  2 

27.541  Drawing  I  3 

29.501  Effective  Speaking  I  2 

29.511  Introduction  to  Theatre  Arts  2 

30.601  Composition  and  Rhetoric  I  2 

Required  Courses  (Health  Care  Services) 

86.571,     86.572,     86.573     Long-Term  Care  Administration  I,  II,  III  6 

86.577  Geriatric  Care  I  2 

Required  Courses  (Therapeutic  Recreation  Services) 
A.S.  degree  candidates  must  complete  51  quarter  hours  of  credit,  selected  frorr 
the  professional  courses  listed  below. 
Note:  Twenty-five    (25)    quarter   hours   of   credit   in   the   following    professiona 

courses  will  qualify  a  student  for  certification  by  Boston-Bouve  College 
63.501                                     Introduction  to  Therapeutic  Recreation 

Services  2 

63.505  The  Nursing  Home  Experience  2 

63.510  Philosophy  of  Recreation  and  Leisure  2 

63.521  Recreation  Skills  I  (Social  Recreation)  2 

63.522  Recreation  Skills  II  (Music  Therapy)  2 

63.523  Recreation  Skills  III  (Guitar  or  Auto  Harp)  2 

63.524  Recreation  Skills  IV  (Intermediate  Guitar)  2 

63.531  Techniques  of  Recreation  Leadership  2 

63.532  Interagency  Planning  for  Community 

Action  2 
63.535                                    Recreation  Skills  VI  (Special  Events 

and  Programs)  2 
63.540,     63.541                     Analysis  of  Movement  as  Applied  to 

Recreation  I,  II  4 

63.547  Outdoor  Education  for  Handicapped  2 

63.549  The  Process  of  Aging  2 

63.550,     63.551  Group  Dynamics  I,  II  4 

63.552  Leadership   and    Program   for   III,   Aged, 

and  Infirm  2 

63.553  Techniques  and  Resources  in  Working 

with  Elderly  2 

63.555  Therapeutic  Recreation  for  Special  Groups  2 

63.556  Workshop  in  Adapted  Hospital  Recreation  2 

63.557  Recreation  Activities  of  Atypical 

Individuals  and  Groups  2 

63.559  Group  Dynamics  (Intensive)  4 

63.560  Development  and  Utilization  of 

Recreation   Education   Resources  2 

(Continued  on  following  page. 


THERAPEUTIC   RECREATION   SERVICES  /  161 

33.565,     63.566  Social  and  Psychological  Impacts 

of  Disabilities  I,   II  4 

53.567  Social  and  Psychological  Impacts  of 

Disabilities  (Intensive)  4 

33.570,     63.571,     63.572     Arts  and  Crafts  I,   II,  III  6 

!33.573  Arts  and  Crafts  (Intensive)  4 

33.592  Independent  Study  3 

33.593  Independent  Study  4 
33.600                                    Seminar  in  Group  Dynamics  2         51 

Elective  Courses*  18 

Total  Credits  96 


'While  students  may  elect  courses  in  their  major  field  in  excess  of  the  minimum  number 
required,  they  are  encouraged  to  elect  courses  from  any  other  curricula  in  the  University 
College    Catalog. 


course  descriptions 


Not  all  the  courses  listed  in  this  bulletin  will  be  offered.  A  final  list  of  those 
classes  to  be  offered  will  be  contained  in  the  University  College  Schedule  of 
Courses,  which  gives  the  hours,  days,  and  location  of  classes.  This  schedule  is 
issued  prior  to  the  Fall,  Winter,  Spring,  and  Summer  Quarters. 

Abbreviations 

Q.H.  =   Quarter  Hours  (credit  earned) 
CI.  =   Hours  required  in  class  per  week 
Prereq.  =  Prerequisite 


10— MATHEMATICS  (Lincoln  College) 

Students  intending  to  enroll  in  Mathematics  10.327  or  10.335  will  be  given  a 
Mathematics  Placement  Test  during  the  registration  period.  A  satisfactory  score 
on  this  test  will  entitle  the  student  to  enroll  in  course  10.327  or  10.335,  while  ■■ 
an  unsatisfactory  score  will  require  that  he  enroll  in  the  non-credit  course 
10.330  for  additional  preparation. 

10.301  Introduction  to  Mathematics  I  (4  cl.,  non-credit) 

A  comprehensive  review  of  high  school  algebra  including:  first  degree  equations, 
factoring,  fractions,  fractional  equations,  ratio  and  proportion,  word  problems, 
and  concepts  of  plane  geometry.     Prereq.  none. 

10.302  Introduction  to  Mathematics  II  (4  cl.,  non-credit) 

Algebraic  operations  with  complex  fractions,  mixed  expressions,  proportions, 
square  roots,  radicals,  quadratic  equations,  simultaneous  equations,  graphs, 
and  fractional  zero  and  negative  exponents.  The  geometry  of  the  right  triangle, 
areas  of  polygons  and  circles,  and  loci  problems.  Basic  slide  rule  operation. 
Prereq.  10.301. 

10.303  Introduction  to  Mathematics  (3  cl.,  non-credit) 

An  accelerated  combination  of  10.301  and  10.302.  (Day  Curriculum.) 

10.307  College  Algebra  and  Trigonometry  I  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 

Fundamental  algebraic  operations;  complex  numbers;  radicals  and  exponents; 
functions;  linear  and  quadratic  equations;  irrational  equations;  inequalities;  vari- 
ations; roots  of  polynomial  equations.     Prereq.  Math.  Placement  Test  or  10.302. 

10.308  College  Algebra  and  Trigonometry  II  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 

Logarithms;   trigonometric   functions   of  angles   in   degrees  and   radians;  trigo- 

162 


COURSE   DESCRIPTIONS  /   163 

nomentric  identities  and  equations;  right  triangles;  oblique  triangles;  complex 
numbers  in  trigonometric  form;  systems  of  equations;  determinants.  Prereq. 
10.307. 

110.316     Probability  and  Statistics  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Basic  tools,  e.g.,  sets,  permutations  and  combinations;  probability  and  appli- 
cations.    Prereq.  10.308  or  10.329  or  10.335. 

10.317  Probability  and  Statistics  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.)  * 

Descriptive  statistics,  frequency  distributions  and  probability  density  functions, 
normal  and  other  distributions.     Prereq.  10.316. 

10.318  Probability  and  Statistics  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Bivariate  distributions,  correlation,  statistical  inference,  and  estimation  regres- 
sion.    Prereq.  10.317. 

10.320  Calculus  I  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 

Plane  analytic  geometry.  Differentiation  of  algebraic  functions.  Rate,  motion, 
maximum  and  minimum  problems.  Derivatives  of  higher  order.  Curve  sketching. 
Basics  in  functions,  limits,  and  continuity.     Prereq.  10.308  or  10.329. 

10.321  Calculus  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Integration  of  algebraic  functions.  Integration  and  differentiation  of  logarithmic, 
exponential,  and  trigonometric  terms.  Calculations  of  areas,  volumes,  and 
length  of  arc  by  definite  integrals.     Prereq.  10.320. 

10.322  Calculus  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Differentiation  and  integration  of  inverse  trigonometric  functions.  Integration  by 
parts,  substitution,  and  tables.  The  Trapezoidal  and  Simpson  Rules.  The  appli- 
cation of  the  differential  and  integral  calculus  to  the  Polar  Coordinate  System. 
Indeterminate  forms.     Prereq.  10.321. 

10.323  Calculus  IV  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Vectors  in  the  plane,  vectors  in  three-dimensional  space.  Functions  of  more  than 
one  variable.  Partial  differentiation.  Multiple  integration.  Infinitive  series.  Taylor's 
and  Maclaurin's  Formula.     Prereq.  10.322. 

10.324  Differential  Equations  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Vector  analysis;  matrices  and  linear  algebra.     Prereq.  10.323. 

10.325  Differential  Equations  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Ordinary  differential  equations  —  standard  types  of  the  first  order;  linear  differ- 
ential equations,  especially  with  constant  coefficients.  Variation  of  parameters. 
Prereq.  10.324. 

10.326  Differential  Equations  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Series  solutions  of  differential  equations;  Laplace  transforms;  Fourier  series 
and  orthogonal  functions.     Prereq.  10.325. 

10.327  Mathematics  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Methods  and  applications  of  algebra,  graphical  techniques.  Prereq.  Math. 
Placement  Test,  10.331  or  10.302. 


164  /  COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 

10.328  Mathematics  II  (2  el.,  2  q.h.) 

Linear  and  quadratic  equations,  exponents  and  radicals,  variation.  Prereq. 
10.327. 

10.329  Mathematics  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Introductory  topics  of  probability  and  statistics;  logarithms  and  applications; 
mathematics  of  finance.     Prereq.  10.328. 

10.330  Basic  Mathematics  I  (2  cl.,  non-credit) 

A  review  of  elementary  algebra;  algebraic  expressions  and  operations,  equa- 
tions, word  problems.     Prereq.  none. 

10.331  Basic  Mathematics  II  (2  cl.,  non-credit) 
Further   review;  operations  with   polynomials,  factoring,  fractional  expressions, 
word  problems.     Prereq.  10.330. 

10.332  Mathematics  for  Business  Management  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 
Topics  of  mathematics  applicable  to  business  management.  Logic;  set  theory; 
probability  and  its  uses  in  decision  making  under  uncertainty.  Prereq.  10.329 
or  equiv. 

10.333  Mathematics  for  Business  Management  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 
Statistical  methods;  mathematics  of  finance;  introduction  to  vector  and  matrix 
algebra.     Prereq.  10.332  or  equiv. 

10.334  Mathematics  for  Business  Management  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 
Linear  programming  and  optimization  techniques;  applications  of  matrix  algebra; 
game  theory.     Prereq.  10.333  or  equiv. 

10.351  Advanced  Mathematics  I  (Numerical  Analysis)  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Basic  methods  of  numerical  analysis  —  roots  by  iteration;  approximating  poly- 
nomials and  interpolation;  least  squares  fitting;  numerical  integration;  approxi- 
mate solution  of  ordinary  differential  equations  —  problems  employing  the  elec- 
tronic computer.     Prereq.  09.353  and  10.326. 

10.352  Advanced  Mathematics  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Introduction  to  partial  differential  equations,  boundary-value  problems,  Sturm- 
Liouville  systems.     Prereq.  10.351. 

10.353  Advanced  Mathematics  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 
Special  topics  in  analysis.     Prereq.  10.352. 

10.361  Modern  Algebra  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Sets;  binary  operations;  mappings;  rings,  integers,  fields;  rationals;  reals,  bases 
for  computer  applications;  Euclidean  algorithm;  primes.  Prereq.  10.308,  10.329, 
or  10.335. 

10.362  Modern  Algebra  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Field  of  complex  number;  groups;  subgroups;  polynominal  rings;  homomor- 
phisms;  isomorphisms;  ideals.     Prereq.  10.361. 


COURSE   DESCRIPTIONS  /  165 


10.363  Modern  Algebra  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Vector  spaces;  linear  transformations;  dependence,  independence;  dimension 
implications  to  engineering,  science,  and  business.     Prereq.  10.362. 

10.364  Modem  Applied  Algebra  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 

Introduce  the  language  of  abstract  algebra  to  the  following  topics:  graphs,  finite 
state  machines,  programming  languages,  Boolean  Algebra,  lattices,  coding  for 
communication  channels,  and  radar.  Look  at  algebraic  theory  of  linear  systems. 
°rereq.  10.361,  10.362  and  10.363. 

10.401  Foundations  of  Mathematics  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 
[See  General  Interest  Courses,  pages  159-161.) 

10.402  Foundations  of  Mathematics  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 
(See  General  Interest  Courses,  pages  159-161.) 

10.403  Foundations  of  Mathematics  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 
(See  General  Interest  Courses,  pages  159-161.) 

10.421  Calculus  —  A  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 

Applications  of  derivatives  to  curve-sketching;  antidifferentiation;  the  definite  in- 
tegral, with  applications;  calculus  of  non-algebraic  functions  —  logarithmic,  ex- 
ponential, and  trigonometric.  Calculus  of  inverse  trigonometric  functions;  tech- 
niques of  integration;  polar  coordinates;  the  conic  sections;  vectors  in  a  plane; 
indeterminate  forms,  L'Hospital's  Rule.     Prereq.  10.320. 

10.422  Calculus  — B  (3d.,  4  q.h.) 

Calculus  of  functions  of  several  variables,  partial  differentiation,  multiple  in- 
tegrals, infinite  series.  Vector  analysis;  matrices  and  linear  algebra.  Prereq. 
10.421. 

10.423  Differential  Equations  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 

Ordinary  differential  equations  —  standard  types  of  the  first  order;  linear  differ- 
ential equations,  especially  with  constant  coefficients;  Laplace  transforms,  series 
solutions  of  differential  equations.  Fourier  series  and  orthogonal  functions. 
Prereq.  10.422. 

11— PHYSICS  (Lincoln  College) 

11.301  Introductory  Physics  I  (4  cl.,  non-credit) 

A  survey  of  physical  principles  and  theories  related  to  field  of  mechanics.  Em- 
phasis is  placed  upon  the  solution  of  applied  problems.     Prereq.  None. 

11.302  Introductory  Physics  II  (4  cl.,  non-credit) 

Extension  of  principles  in  mechanics  and  introduction  of  concepts  in  heat, 
sound,  light,  electricity,  and  magnetics.     Prereq.  11.301. 

11.304     General  Physics  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Survey  of  Newtonian  mechanics;  kinematics  and  dynamics  of  particle  motion; 
projectile  and  circular  motion;  rotational  motion;  conservation  laws  of  energy 
and  momentum.     Prereq.  10.501  or  concurrently. 


166  /  COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 

11.305  General  Physics  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Temperature;  heat  energy;  mechanical  equivalent  of  heat;  wave  motion;  sound; 
Doppler's   effect;   properties   of   light;   simple  optical   systems.     Prereq.   11.304. 

11.306  General  Physics  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Fundamentals  of  electricity  and  magnetism;  fields;  potential;  electric  current; 
inductance;  capacitance;  electromagnetism;  a-c  and  d-c  series  circuits.  Prereq. 
11.305. 

12— CHEMISTRY 

Consultant:  Prof.  K.  Weiss,  Chairman,  Chemistry  Dept.  (L.A.  College) 
Course  Coordinator:  Prof.  F.  Boig,  (L.A.  College) 

12.501  Introductory  Chemistry  I  (4  cl.,  non-credit) 
A  non-mathematical  approach  to  the  concepts  of  chemistry  including  matter, 
elements,  and  compounds,  chemical  bonding,  chemical  equations.  Prereq. 
None. 

12.502  Introductory  Chemistry  II  (4  cl.,  non-credit) 

A  continuation  of  12.501,  including  periodic  system,  forms  of  energy,  oxidation 
reduction,  solutions,  chemical  and  ionic  equilibrium,  nuclear  reactions,  and  a 
brief  introduction  to  organic  chemistry.     Prereq.  12.501  or  equiv. 

12.507  Modern  Chemistry  I  (Intro,  to  Inorganic  Chemistry)  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 
Fundamental  ideas  of  matter  and  energy,  chemical  bonding,  chemical  energy, 
water  and  solutions,  colloids,  ionic  reactions,  oxidation  and  reduction,  acidity, 
radioactivity;  all  discussed  from  the  viewpoint  of  recent  developments. 

12.508  Modern  Chemistry  II  (Intro,  to  Organic  Chemistry),  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 
Classes  of  organic  compounds,  including  hydrocarbons,  alcohols,  ethers,  alde- 
hydes,   ketones,   carboxylic   acids,   esters,   amines  and   amides,   carbohydrates; 
including  their  relationships  with  modern  biology.     Prereq.  12.507  or  equiv. 

12.509  Modern    Chemistry    III    (Intro,    to    the    Chemistry    of    Living    Bodies) 
(2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Includes  fats,  proteins,  enzymes,  chemistry  of  digestion,  and  the  chemical  re- 
actions characteristic  of  body  fluids.     Prereq.  12.508  or  equiv. 

12.515  Biochemistry  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

The  first  quarter  of  a  three-quarter  course  sequence.  The  sequence  will  cover 
introduction  to  the  biochemistry  of  the  cell,  including  the  occurrence,  chem- 
istry, and  metabolism  of  carbohydrates,  lipids,  proteins,  and  nucleic  acids. 
Prereq.  12.533  or  equiv. 

12.516  Biochemistry  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Continuation  of  Biochemistry  I.     Prereq.  12.515  or  equiv. 

12.517  Biochemistry  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Continuation  of  Biochemistry  II.     Prereq.  12.516  or  equiv. 


COURSE   DESCRIPTIONS  /  167 

12.518  Modern  Chemistry  Laboratory  1  (2  lab,  1  q.h.) 

Coordinated  with  the  lecture  course,  Modern  Chemistry  I,  and  deals  with  the 
oreparation,  properties,  and  reactions  of  substances  discussed.  Prereq.  12.507 
Jaken  concurrently.  (Laboratory  fee) 

12.519  Modern  Chemistry  Laboratory  II  (2  lab,  1  q.h.) 

Coordinated  with  the  lecture  course,  Modern  Chemistry  II,  and  deals  with  the 
oreparation,  properties,  and  reactions  of  substances  discussed.  Prereq.  12.518 
'or  12.508  taken  concurrently).  (Laboratory  fee) 

12.520  Modern  Chemistry  Laboratory  III  (2  lab,  1  q.h.) 

Coordinated  with  the  lecture  course,  Modern  Chemistry  III.  Prereq.  12.519  (or 
12.509  taken  concurrently).  (Laboratory  fee) 

12.521  Analytical  Chemistry  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Analytical  procedures  and  techniques.  The  principles  of  solution  chemistry, 
ionic  equilibria,  and  oxidation  potentials  applied  to  solving  problems  in  chem- 
ical analysis.     Prereq.  12.546  and  12.549  or  equiv. 

12.522  Analytical  Chemistry  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Principles  and  practice  of  gravimetric  and  titrimetric  methods  of  analysis. 
Prereq.  12.521  or  equiv. 

12.523  Analytical  Chemistry  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Theory  of  spectrophotometry,  chromatography,  and  selected  electroanalytical 
methods.     Prereq.  12.522  or  equiv. 

12.524  Analytical  Chemistry  Laboratory  I  (3  lab,  2  q.h.) 

Qualitative  analysis;  separations  by  chemical  means,  chemical  tests,  and  spot 
tests  for  inorganic  ions  in  solution.  Prereq.  12.521  (or  taken  concurrently)  or 
equiv.  (Laboratory  fee) 

12.525  Analytical  Chemistry  Laboratory  II  (3  lab,  2  q.h.) 

Chemical  methods  of  quantitative  analysis.  Procedures  and  techniques  of  gravi- 
metric and  volumetric  methods  of  chemical  analysis.  Prereq.  12.522  (or  taken 
concurrently)  or  equiv.  (Laboratory  fee) 

12.526  Analytical  Chemistry  Laboratory  Ml  (3  lab,  2  q.h.) 

Instrumental  methods  of  analysis;  instruments  and  procedures  for  electrometric 
and  optical  methods  of  chemical  analysis.  Prereq.  12.525  and  12.523  (or  taken 
concurrently)  or  equiv.  (Laboratory  fee) 

12.527  Analytical  Chemistry  (Lectures  and  lab,  4  q.h.,  Summer  Quarter  only) 
Survey  of  principles  and  theories  of  volumetric,  gravimetric,  and  instrumental 
analysis.  Application  made  in  the  laboratory  with  analyses  of  unknown  samples. 
Prereq.  General  Chemistry  or  equiv. 

12.531     Organic  Chemistry  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Nature  of  carbon  in  organic  compounds.  General  principles  of  structure,  nomen- 
clature, preparation,  uses,  and  reactions,  of  aliphatic  hydrocarbons:  alkanes, 
alkenes,  alkynes,  dienes,  cycloalkanes.  Position  and  geometric  isomerism.  Intro- 


168  /  COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 

duction  to  free  radical  and  ionic  mechanisms  of  reactions.  Prereq.  12.546  and 
12.549  or  equiv. 

12.532  Organic  Chemistry  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 
Structure  of  benzene,  electrophilic  aromatic  substitution  reactions.  General: 
principles  of  structure,  nomenclature,  preparation,  uses,  and  reactions  of  the 
various  types  of  organic  compounds,  including:  alcohols,  alkyl  and  aryl  halides, 
ethers  and  epoxides,  and  carboxylic  acids.  Optical  isomerism  and  introductory 
chemical  kinetics  will  be  discussed.     Prereq.  12.531  or  equiv. 

12.533  Organic  Chemistry  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 
Continuation  of  Chemistry  12.532  with  emphasis  on  the  application  of  chem- 
ical conversions  to  synthetic  problems.  Functional  derivatives  of  carboxylic; 
acids,  sulfonic  acids  and  their  derivatives,  amines,  diazonium  compounds,  phe- 
nols, aldehydes,  and  ketones.     Prereq.  12.532  or  equiv. 

12.534  Organic  Chemistry  Laboratory  I  (3  lab,  2  q.h.) 

Coordinated  with  the  lecture  course,  Organic  Chemistry  I,  and  deals  with  the 
preparation  and  properties  of  compounds  discussed.  Prereq.  12.546  or  equiv. 
and  12.531  (or  taken  concurrently)  or  equiv.  (Laboratory  fee) 

12.535  Organic  Chemistry  Laboratory  II  (3  lab,  2  q.h.) 
Coordinated  with  the  lecture  course,  Organic  Chemistry  II,  and  deals  with  the 
preparation  and  properties  of  compounds  discussed.  Prereq.  12.534  or  equiv. 
(Laboratory  fee) 

12.536  Organic  Chemistry  Laboratory  III  (3  lab,  2  q.h.) 
Coordinated  with  the  lecture  course,  Organic  Chemistry  III,  and  deals  with  the! 
preparation  and  properties  of  compounds  discussed.  Prereq.  12.535  or  equiv. 
(Laboratory  fee) 

12.541  Physical  Chemistry  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

The  three  states  of  matter,  atomic  and  molecular  forces,  physical  properties,  and 
molecular  structure;  heat,  work,  and  heat  capacity;  thermochemistry.  Prereq. 
10.323,  11.306,  and  12.546  plus  12.549  or  equiv. 

12.542  Physical  Chemistry  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Thermodynamics,  solutions,  chemical  equilibria,  phase  diagrams,  and  chemical 
kinetics.     Prereq.  12.541  or  equiv. 

12.543  Physical  Chemistry  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Electrical  conductance,  electromotive  force,  ionic  equilibria,  colloids,  quantum 
theory,  and  photochemistry.     Prereq.  12.542  or  equiv. 

12.544  General  Chemistry  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Fundamental  concepts;  symbols,  formulas,  and  equations;  atomic  structure, 
and  Periodic  Law;  chemical  bonding;  oxygen,  ozone,  and  hydrogen;  the  gaseous 
state  and  gram  mole  volume;  the  liquid  and  solid  states;  water  and  hydrogen 
peroxide.  Prereq.  10.327  or  equiv.  (or  taken  concurrently).  (Not  open  to  those 
students  with  credit  for  12.311  or  12.314.) 


COURSE   DESCRIPTIONS  /  169 

12.545  General  Chemistry  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Solutions,  solutions  of  electrolytes,  colloids,  oxidation  and  reduction  reactions, 
periodic  properties,  halogens,  chemical  equilibrium,  electrochemistry;  acids, 
bases,  and  salts;  sulfur  family.  Prereq.  12.544  or  equiv.  (Not  open  to  those 
students  with  credit  for  12.312  or  12.315.) 

12.546  General  Chemistry  II!  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Ionic  equilibrium  and  weak  electrolytes;  solubility  product  principle;  hydrolysis. 
Nitrogen,  phosphorus,  and  their  compounds;  boron,  silicon,  and  their  com- 
pounds; alkali  and  alkaline  earth  metals;  metals  of  groups  III  and  IV.  Nuclear 
chemistry.  Carbon  and  its  compounds.  Biochemistry.  Prereq.  12.545;  or  equiv. 
(Not  open  to  students  with  credit  for  12.313  or  12.316.) 

12.547  General  Chemistry  Laboratory  I  (2  lab,  1  q.h.) 

Coordinated  with  the  lecture  course,  General  Chemistry  I,  and  deals  with  the 
preparation  and  properties  of  elements  and  compounds  discussed.  Prereq. 
12.544  (or  taken  concurrently)  or  equiv.  (Not  open  to  those  students  with  credit 
for  12.314.)  (Laboratory  fee) 

12.548  General  Chemistry  Laboratory  II  (2  lab,  1  q.h.) 

Coordinated  with  the  lecture  course,  General  Chemistry  II,  and  deals  with  the 

preparation    and    properties   of   elements   and    compounds   discussed.  Prereq. 

12.547  or  equiv.  (Not  open  to  those  students  with  credit  for  12.315.)  (Labora- 
tory fee) 

12.549  General  Chemistry  Laboratory  III  (2  lab,  1  q.h.) 

Qualitative  analysis  experiments,  including  unknown  solutions.  Prereq.  12.548 
or  equiv.  (Not  open  to  those  students  with  credit  for  12.316.)  (Laboratory  fee) 

12.550  Chemistry  for  the  Citizen  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

The  objective  of  the  course  is  to  give  the  non-science  student  an  appreciation 
and  some  knowledge  of  the  role  of  chemistry  in  our  technological  society  and 
in  our  everyday  lives.  To  provide  background  for  subsequent  discussion;  im- 
portant laws  and  theories  relating  to  matter  and  its  transformations  will  be 
reviewed.  There  will  then  follow  discussion  of  the  chemistry  of  such  basic 
human  needs  as  food,  clothing,  shelter,  transportation,  and  energy  production. 
Other  topics  may  be  included  or  substituted,  since  students  will  participate  in 
the  selection  of  subjects  for  discussion.     Prereq.  none. 

'12.551     Instrumental    Analysis    I    (formerly    Instrumental    &    Radiochemistry    I) 

(2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 
Basic  theory  and  instruments  used  in  electrochemical  analysis.  Course  includes 

isuch  topics  as  electrode  and  cell  potentials,  potentiometric  titrations,  direct 
potentiometry  (pH  meters  and  specific  ion  electrodes),  coulometry,  polarogra- 
phy,  amperometry,  electrogravimetry,  and  conductivity.     Prereq.  12.523  or  equiv. 

112.552     Instrumental    Analysis    II    (formerly    Instrumental    &    Radiochemistry    II) 

(2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 
:  Basic  theory  and  instruments  used  in  spectrochemical  analysis.  Course  includes 
isuch   topics   as   electromagnetic   spectrum,   ultraviolet  and   visible   spectropho- 
tometry,   infrared    spectrophotometry,    X-ray    analysis,    fluorescence   and    phos- 


170  /  COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 

phorescence,  emission  spectrophotometry,  absorption  spectrophotometry,  andi 
gas  chromatography.     Prereq.  12.551  or  equiv. 

12.553  Radiochemistry  (formerly  Instrumental  &  Radiochemistry  III)  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 
Radioactivity  and  nuclear  reactions;  production  and  study  of  nuclear  reactions; 
equations  of  radioactive  decay;  nuclear  states  and  radioactive  processes;  inter- 
action of  radiation  with  matter;  radiation  detection  and  measurement;  statistics 
of  radioactivity  measurements;  techniques  for  the  study  of  radionuclides;  tracers 
in  chemical  applications;  and  nuclear  energy.     Prereq.  12.552  or  equiv. 

12.554  Physical  Chemistry  Laboratory  I  (3  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Experimental  studies  of  viscosity,  thermochemistry,  and  homogeneous  equi- 
librium.    Prereq.  12.542  (or  taken  concurrently)  or  equiv.  (Laboratory  fee) 

12.555  Physical  Chemistry  Laboratory  II  (3  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Experimental  studies  of  phase  equilibrium,  solution  thermodynamics,  and  chem- 
ical kinetics.     Prereq.  12.554  or  equiv.  (Laboratory  fee) 

16— EARTH  SCIENCE 

Consultant:  Prof.  D.  Wilmarth,  Earth  Sciences  (L.A.  College) 

16.501  Introduction  to  Earth  Sciences  I  (2  q.h.) 

The  nature  and  role  of  the  sciences  of  the  Earth;  the  investigations  that  have 
provided  information  of  the  Earth  as  an  object  in  space;  our  conceptions  of 
the  dynamic  nature  of  the  Earth.     Prereq.  none. 

16.502  Introduction  to  Earth  Science  II  (2  q.h.) 
The  issue  of,-energy;  the  significance  of  energy  for  the  dynamics  of  the  Earth's 
atmosphere,  oceans,  and  land  surfaces.     Prereq.  16.501  or  equiv. 

16.503  Introduction  to  Earth  Science  III  (2  q.h.) 

The  complex  activities  of  the  Earth's  crust;  the  consequences  of  crustal  dynam- 
ics, both  internally  and  externally;  the  history  of  the  dynamics  of  crustal  activity; 
the  origin  of  the  Earth;  structure  and  origin  of  the  Solar  System;  the  components 
of  the  Universe.     Prereq.  16.502  or  equiv. 

16.504  Earth  Science  (Intensive)  (6  q.h.) 
A  composite  of  16.501,  16.502,  16.503  as  a  one-quarter  course.     Prereq.  none. 

16.505  Earth  Science  A  (3  q.h.) 

A  composite  of  16.501  and  the  first  half  of  16.502.     Prereq.  none. 

16.506  Earth  Science  B  (3  q.h.) 

The  second  half  of  16.502  and  all  of  16.503.     Prereq.  16.505. 

16.511     History  of  Science  and  Technology  I  (2  q.h.) 

An  analysis  of  the  varieties  of  cultures  and  civilizations  from  primitive  man  to 
the  Roman  Empire,  emphasizing  the  interrelationships  of  science,  technology, 
and  society.     Prereq.  16.503  or  equiv. 


COURSE   DESCRIPTIONS  /  171 

16.512  History  of  Science  and  Technology  II  (2  q.h.) 

A  continuation  of  History  of  Science  and  Technology  I  covering  the  period  from 
the  Roman  Empire  to  Sir  Isaac  Newton.     Prereq.  16.511  or  equiv. 

16.513  History  of  Science  and  Technology  III  (2  q.h.) 

0A  continuation   of   History  of  Science  and  Technology   II   covering   the  period 
from  Sir  Isaac  Newton  to  the  present.     Prereq.  16.512  or  equiv. 

16.521  Introduction  to  Geology  (2  q.h.) 

Introduction  to  fundamental  concepts  of  the  Earth  and  its  crust.  Consideration 
of  the  nature  and  properties  of  the  materials  composing  the  Earth;  the  areal 
distribution  of  these  materials,  and  the  processes  by  which  they  are  formed, 
altered,  transported,  and  deposited;  and  the  nature  and  development  of  the 
landscape.     Prereq.  16.503  or  equiv. 

16.522  Economic    Mineralogy   (2    q.h.) 

Introduction  to  the  geological  occurrence,  mineralogy,  use,  and  economics  of 
the  more  important  metallic  and  non-metallic  minerals  in  the  world  today.  Inter- 
national mineral  problems  will  be  discussed.     Prereq.  16.503  or  equiv. 

16.523  Gemology  (2  q.h.) 

Introduction   to  the  precious  and   semiprecious  minerals  of  the   Earth's  crust. 

Techniques  of  gem  cutting,  polishing,  and  faceting  will  be  discussed  in  detail. 

Opportunity  will  be  available  to  view  and  handle  gem  stones.  Prereq.  16.503 
or  equiv. 

16.531  Oceanology  I  (formerly  Oceanography  I)  (2  q.h.) 

Introduction  to  the  origin  of  the  global  ocean;  the  physical  and  chemical  prop- 
erties of  sea  water;  development  of  ocean  currents  and  their  effect  on  land 
masses  of  the  world;  problems  of  ocean  pollution.     Prereq.  16.503  or  equiv. 

16.532  Oceanology  II  (formerly  Oceanography  II)  (2  q.h.) 

The  habitat  zones  and  organisms  of  the  sea;  Phytoplankton,  zooplankton,  and 
nekton;  economic  importance  of  marine  resources  for  expanding  world  popu- 
lation.    Prereq.  16.531  or  equiv. 

16.533  Oceanology  III  (formerly  Marine  Geology)  (2  q.h.) 

Physiography  and  structure  of  ocean  basins;  marine  geological  processes  and 
features;  sedimentation,  erosion,  shorelines,  and  bottom  topography;  methods 
and   techniques   of   marine   geological   explorations.     Prereq.    16.532   or   equiv. 

16.534  Fisheries  Oceanography  I  (2  q.h.) 

Survey   of   commercially   important   marine   organisms;   life   and   distribution   of 
commercially    important   seaweed,   shellfish,    and   fishes;    population    dynamics 
>and  fishery  potential  of  the  world's  oceans;  analysis  of  fishery  stocks  and  sea 
farming.     Prereq.  16.533  or  equiv. 

I  16.535     Fisheries  Oceanography  II  (2  q.h.) 

Examination    of    fishery    methods    and    techniques    around    the    world;    recent 
i  technological  advancement.     Prereq.  16.534  or  equiv. 


172  /  COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 

16.536  Fisheries  Oceanography  III  (2  q.h.) 

Commercial  products  and  applications  of  marine  organisms;  special  emphasis 
on  marine  products  of  commerce  from  the  New  England  area;  chemical,  indus-: 
trial,   and   dietary   applications   of   marine   products.     Prereq.   16.535  or  equiv. 

16.537  Marine  Resources  I  (2  q.h.) 

Quantitative  and  qualitative  consideration  of  energy  from  the  marine  environ-' 
ment:  current  technological  developments  in  the  use  of  tidal  power,  off-shore 
oil,  natural  gas,  thermal  and  nuclear  energy  from  the  sea.  Prereq.  16.533) 
or  equiv. 

16.538  Marine  Resources  II  (2  q.h.) 

Food  resources  of  the  sea;  analysis  of  world  marine  food  production;  marine 
food  technology,   conservation,  and  mariculture.     Prereq.  16.537  or  equiv. 

16.539  Marine  Resources  III  (2  q.h.) 
Coastal  zone  recreational  resources:  beaches,  artificial  fishing  reefs;  shore  ero-; 
sion;   SCUBA,   boating,  sailing,   angling,   and  surfing.     Prereq.  16.538  or  equiv.. 

16.551  Principles  of  Astronomy  I  (2  q.h.) 
The  nature  and  scope  of  astronomy;  the  geocentric  universe;  the  heliocentric; 
universe;  celestial  reference  systems;  time  and  the  calendar;  the  sun-moon-  \ 
earth  system;  astronomical  instruments.     Prereq.  16.503  or  equiv. 

16.552  Principles  of  Astronomy  II  (2  q.h.) 

The  Solar  System;  the  inner  planets;  the  outer  minor  planets;  the  outer  major1 
planets;  the  telescopic  planets;  the  asteroid  belt;  meteors;  comets;  the  sun  as 
a  source  of  energy  and  center  of  organization.     Prereq.  16.551  or  equiv. 

16.553  Principles  of  Astronomy  III  (2  q.h.) 
The  triangulation  of  space;  stellar  population;  star  color  and  motion;  star  sys- 
tems; stellar  evolution;  galaxies.     Prereq.   16.552  or  equiv. 

16.554  Observational  Astronomy  (3  q.h.) 

An  introduction  to  the  planets,  stars,  and  constellations  that  are  visible  to  the' 
naked  eye.  Lectures,  the  planetarium,  and  actual  viewing  sessions  are  all  used: 
during  the  course.  Primary  emphasis  will  be  placed  on  those  stars  and  con-> 
stellations  easily   seen   from   mid-northern   latitudes. 

16.557  Celestial  Astronomy  I  (2  q.h.) 

A  thorough  examination  of  the  sun  as  a  typical  star;  determination  of  stellar 
physical  properties — the  instrumentation  and  the  information:  size,  mass,  den- 
sity; chemical  composition,  surface  temperature,  rotation,  axial  tilt,  distance. 
Prereq.  16.553  or  equiv. 

16.558  Celestial  Astronomy  II  (2  q.h.) 

Star  systems — the  visual,  telescopic,  and  spectroscopic  doubles;  simple  star 
systems;  stellar  populations;  H-R  diagrams  and  stellar  evolution;  multiple  stars; 
irregular  stars;  nova;  nebulae.     Prereq.  16.557  or  equiv. 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS  /  173 

16.559     Celestial  Astronomy  III  (2  q.h .) 

Galactic    detection;   galactic   distribution;   forms,   types,    and   possible   galactic 
evolution;  the  MILKY  WAY;  inter-stellar  and  intergalactic  space;  pulsars,  qua- 
.  sars,  and  black  holes;  cosmology.     Prereq.  16.558  or  equiv. 

16.561  Physical  Geography  I  (2  q.h.) 

Physical  assessment  of  the  Earth  as  a  spheroid;  relations  with  the  sun;  geo- 
graphic grid;  map  projections;  illumination  of  the  globe;  geographic  time 
studies  and  moon-tide  relationships.     Prereq.  16.503  or  equiv. 

16.562  Physical  Geography  II  (2  q.h.) 

Physical  weather  elements — temperature,  pressure,  moisture;  cyclonic  storms; 
role  of  weather  elements  in  world  climate.     Prereq.  16.561  or  equiv. 

16.563  Physical  Geography  III  (2  q.h.) 

The  Earth's  landforms — their  formation  and  description;  particular  emphasis 
given  to  the  agents  of  deposition  and  erosion:  the  volcano,  the  river,  the  glacier, 
and  ocean  waves.     Prereq.  16.562  or  equiv. 

16.567  Human  and  Cultural  Geography  (2  q.h.) 

Spatial  analysis  of  people  throughout  the  world — their  culture,  culture  land- 
scapes, cultural  history,  and  cultural  ecology;  provides  for  an  understanding 
of  differences  in  world  populations.     Prereq.  16.563  or  equiv. 

16.568  Urban  Geography  I  (2  q.h.) 

In-depth  analysis  of  historical  and  present  structure  of  cities;  comparative 
world  urbanism  trends;  historic  city  growth  patterns;  morphology;  site  and 
situations;  central  place  theories;  external  and  internal  relations;  economic 
base.     Prereq.  16.567  or  equiv. 

16.569  Urban  Geography  II  (2  q.h.) 

An  applied  approach  to  urban  problems  through  urban  theories  and  planning 
techniques;  vertical  classification  of  cities;  methods  of  city  development;  land 
utilization;  land-use  survey  and  mapping  techniques;  planning  approaches; 
zoning.     Prereq.  16.568  or  equiv. 

16.571  Conservation  I  (2  q.h.) 

Philosophy  of  conservation;  historical  development  of  the  conservation  move- 
ment in  the  U.S.  since  1900;  interactions  of  economics  and  conservation 
practices.     Prereq.  16.503  or  equiv. 

16.572  Conservation  II  (2  q.h.) 

Problems  relating  to  the  supply,  use,  and  management  of  major  renewable 
natural    resources:   forests,   soil,   wildlife,   and   water.     Prereq.   16.571   or  equiv. 

16.573  Conservation  III  (2  q.h.) 

Application  of  the  theories  and  techniques  of  conservation;  problems  of  urban 
resources;  air  and  water  pollution;  recreational  resources;  the  availability  of 
funds.     Prereq.  16.572  or  equiv. 


174  /  COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 

16.574  Conservation  and  the  Nation  (2  q.h.) 

In-depth  study  of  the  current  practices  and  problems  in  our  nation;  mineral  re- 
sources availability  and  allocation;  energy  resources;  atmospheric,  fresh  and 
salt  water  pollution;  wildlife  and  endangered  species.     Prereq.  16.573  or  equiv. 

16.575  Conservation  and  the  Community  (2  q.h.) 

Examination  of  the  conservation  problems  at  the  local  level;  identification  of  the 
problem;  the  factors  involved;  the  dimension  of  the  problem;  the  responsibility 
of  the  community.     Prereq.  16.574  or  equiv. 

16.576  Conservation  Management  (2  q.h.) 

Assessment  of  current  practices  of  the  local  community;  sources  of  knowledge 
and  assistance  among  the  populace;  agencies  available  to  the  community; 
nature  and  scope  of  practices  needed;  practicality  of  community  action.  Pre- 
req.  16.575  or  equiv. 

16.577  Environmental  Conservation  I  (2  q.h.) 

Identification  of  the  natural  resources  of  the  land;  history  of  the  discovery  and 
use  of  natural  land  resources;  the  scientific,  social,  and  political  uses  of  natural 
resources.     Prereq.  16.573  or  equiv. 

16.578  Environmental  Conservation  II  (2  q.h.) 

The  physical,  chemical,  and  biological  significance  of  the  atmosphere;  factors 
that  are  removed,  added,  or  altered;  the  economic  practices  of  the  urban,  subur- 
ban, and  rural  communities;  modern  methods  of  detection  of  atmospheric 
pollutants;  modern  techniques  and  practices  designed  to  deal  with  the  problem. 
Prereq.  16.577  or  equiv. 

16.579  Environmental  Conservation  III  (2  q.h.) 

An  in-depth  analysis  of  the  natural  resources  of  the  ocean;  reclamation  of  soil; 
detection  and  procurement  of  mineral  resources — especially  metals  and  fuel 
materials;  chemical  and  thermal  pollution  problems;  the  biotic  resources  and 
their  conservation.     Prereq.  16.578  or  equiv. 

16.580  Economic  Geography  I  (2  q.h.) 

Theoretical  approach  and  case  study  examination  of  spatial  manifestations  of 
the  economy;  spatial  models  and  systems;  the  economic  landscape.  Prereq. 
16.563  or  equiv. 

16.581  Economic  Geography  II  (2  q.h.) 

Continuation  of  16.580 — the  locational  determinants  of  services,  trade,  finance, 
and  insurance;  transportation  and  communications;  manufacturing,  construction, 
and  the  extractive  industries.     Prereq.  16.580  or  equiv. 

16.582  Applied  Climatology  (2  q.h.) 

Climatic  effects  on  man — his  agricultural  and  economic  activities;  macrocli- 
matology  and  microclimatology  in  rural,  suburban,  and  urban  situations;  short- 
and  long-range  extremes  and  their  climatological  consequences.  Prereq.  16.581 
or  equiv. 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS  /   175 

18— BIOLOGY 

Consultant:   Prof.   F.   D.   Crisley,   Chairman,   Biology  Dept.  (L.A.  College) 
Course  Coordinator:  Prof.  F.  A.  Rosenberg  (L.A.  College) 

18.507  Gross  Anatomy  and  General  Physiology  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Fundamental  concepts  of  living  organisms;  chemical  and  biological  characteris- 
tics of  cellular  metabolism.  The  skeletal  system  and  its  appendages.  General 
nomenclature,  anatomical  names  and  terms.     Perereq.  none. 

18.508  Gross  Anatomy  and  General  Physiology  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

The  systems  of  the  body  and  the  relationships  between  them.  The  structure 
and  function  of  each.     Prereq.  18.507  or  equiv. 

18.509  Gross  Anatomy  and  General  Physiology  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 
Continuation  of  the  systems  of  the  body  and  the  relationships  between  them. 
Prereq.  18.508  or  equiv. 

18.511  Biology  I  (General)  (3  cl.,  3  lab.,  4  q.h.) 

Universal  properties  and  processes  of  living  organisms;  cellular  composition 
and  cellular  activities;  inheritance  and  cellular  control.  Prereq.  none.  (Labora- 
tory fee) 

18.512  Biology  II  (Animal)  (3  cl.,  3  lab.,  4  q.h.) 

Functional  anatomy  of  animal  organ  systems,  their  interactions  and  environ- 
mental relationships.     Prereq.  18.511  or  equiv.  (Laboratory  fee) 

18.513  Biology  III  (Animal)  (3  cl.,  3  lab.,  4  q.h.) 

Systematic  comparative  study  of  the  structure  and  functions  of  animals.  Diversity 
of  animals  considered  from  the  standpoint  of  evolutionary  adaptation.  Prereq. 
18.512  or  equiv.  (Laboratory  fee) 

18.519  Plant  Biology  (3  cl.,  3  lab.,  4  q.h.) 

Systematic  study  of  the  structure  and  function  of  plants,  principally  vascular 
plants.  Survey  of  the  plant-like  protists  and  monerans.  Prereq.  18.511  or 
equiv.  (Laboratory  fee) 

18.520  Medical  Microbiology  (2  cl.,  4  lab.,  4  q.h.) 

Major  characteristics  of  disease-producing  organisms.  Prereq.  A  formal  course 
or  professional  laboratory  experience  in  bacteriology.  (Laboratory  fee) 

18.521  Microbiology  I  (2  cl.,  4  lab.,  4  q.h.) 

Morphology  and  biochemistry  of  the  bacteria.  Prereq.  18.513  or  equiv.  (Labora- 
tory fee) 

18.522  Microbiology  II  (2  cl.,  4  lab.,  4  q.h.) 

Survey  of  pathogenic  microorganisms.  Prereq.  18.521  or  equiv.  (Laboratory 
fee) 

18.523  Microbiology  III  (2  cl.,  4  lab.,  4  q.h.) 

Biology  of  the  protista;  the  role  of  microorganisms  in  the  environment  and  in- 
dustry.    Prereq.  18.522  or  equiv.  (Laboratory  fee) 


176  /  COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 

18.524  Human  Anatomy  and  Physiology  I  (2  cl.,  2  lab.,  3  q.h.) 

Introduction  to   human   anatomy;  osteology;  anatomy  of  the  muscular  system, 

respiratory  system,   digestive   system,  the  vascular  system,   urogenital  system. 

The  laboratory  includes  a  study  of  human  bone  and  cat  dissection.  Prereq. 
18.506  or  18.513  or  equiv.     (Laboratory  fee) 

18.525  Human  Anatomy  and  Physiology  II  (2  cl.,  2  lab.,  3  q.h.) 

Principles  of  physiology  and  continuation  of  the  study  of  human  anatomy.  The 
laboratory  is  mainly  concerned  with  muscle  physiology.  Prereq.  18.524  or  equiv. 
(Laboratory   fee) 

18.526  Human  Anatomy  and  Physiology  III  (2  cl.,  2  lab.,  3  q.h.) 
Continuation  of  the  principles  of  physiology.  The  anatomy  and   physiology  of 
the  nervous  system,  physiology  of  the  endocrine  system.  The  laboratory  deals 
with  physiology  of  respiration  and  the  physiology  of  blood.     Prereq.  18.525  or 
equiv.  (Laboratory  fee) 

18.530  Horticulture  (3  q.h.) 

The  study  of  the  science  and  art  of  plants,  stressing  the  use  of  plants  in  the  | 
home  and  community.     Prereq.  none.  (Laboratory  fee) 

18.531  Cell  Biology  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Chemical  composition  of  cells,  structure  of  cells  and  organelles,  transport  proc- 
esses, cell  motion  and  excitability,  growth.  Prereq.  18.513,  18.556,  18.558,  and 
12.533  or  equiv. 

18.532  Cell  Biology  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Cellular  energy  supply,  enzyme  function,  respiration  and  metabolism,  photo- 
synthesis and  other  synthetic  pathways,  control  of  cellular  process.  Prereq. 
18.531  or  equiv. 

18.533  Cell  Biology  III  (4  lab.,  2  q.h.) 

Laboratory  techniques  in  cell  biology;  microscopy;  structure  and  chemical  com- 
position   of   cells;    enzyme    measurements;    photosynthesis;    respiration;    active  . 
transport;  growth.     Prereq.  18.532  or  equiv.  (Laboratory  fee) 

18.535     Advanced  Horticulture  (3  q.h.) 

The  advanced  study  of  the  art  and  science  of  using  plants  for  home  and  com- 
munity. Special  emphasis  will  be  accorded  various  philosophies  involving  plants 
and  man.     Prereq.  18.530.  (Laboratory  fee) 

18.538     Immunology  (2  cl.,  4  lab.,  4  q.h.) 

Biological,  chemical,  and  physical  attributes  of  antigens  and  antibodies,  to- 
gether with  their  serological  interactions.  Prereq.  18.523,  12.533,  or  equiv. 
(Laboratory  fee) 

18.551     Histology-Organology  I  (1  cl.,  2  lab.,  2  q.h.) 

The    morphology   of   cells   and   tissues.     Prereq.    18.513   or   equiv.    (Laboratory 

fee) 


COURSE   DESCRIPTIONS  /  177 

18.552  Histology-Organology  II  (1  pi.,  2  lab.,  2  q.h.) 

The  tissue  components  of  the  integumentary,  digestive,  and  respiratory  systems. 
Prereq.  18.551  or  equiv.  (Laboratory  fee) 

18.553  Histology-Organology  III  (1  cl.,  2  lab.,  2  q.h.) 

The  tissue  components  of  the  cardiovascular,  excretory,  reproductive,  and 
endocrine   systems.     Prereq.    18.552   or  equiv.    (Laboratory   fee) 

18.556  Genetics  Laboratory  (4  lab.,  2  q.h.) 

Laboratory  exercises  involving  Principles  of  Mendelian  inheritance,  linkage, 
crossing-over.  Classical  genetics  utilizing  Drosophila;  biochemical  studies  util- 
izing  Neurospora.     Prereq.    18.558  or  equiv.   (Laboratory  fee) 

18.557  Genetics  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Mitrosis,  meiosis,  and  mendelian  genetics.     Prereq.  18.513  or  equiv. 

18.558  Genetics  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Chromosome  mapping,  mutations,  translocation,  chromosomal  aberrations. 
Prereq.  18.557  or  equiv. 

18.561  Ecology  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

I  Environmental  factors.  The  soil  system.  Water.  The  atmosphere.  Temperature, 
light,  wind,   pressure.  The  physico-chemical  factors  —  C02  N  and   mineral  nu- 

i  trients.  Habitat.  Distribution  of  plants  and  animals  in  the  world  according  to 
temperature  and  precipitation.     Prereq.  18.513  or  equiv. 

18.562  Ecology  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

The  ecosystem.  Ecological  niche.  The  producers,  consumers,  and  decomposers. 
The  pond  ecosystem,  desert  ecosystem,  forest  ecosystem,  and  seashore  eco- 
system. Energy  cycle  and  efficiency  of  energy  utilization.  Mass,  weight,  and 
energy  pyramids.     Prereq.  18.561  or  equiv. 

18.563  Ecology  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Population   ecology.    Biotic   community.   Population   growth.    Relations   between 
I  the  species.  Symbiosis.  Competition.  Predation.  Succession.     Prereq.  18.562  or 
equiv. 

18.564  Man  and  His  Biosphere  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

An  ecological  analysis  of  the  human  situation  and  man's  interaction  with  other 
organisms.  The  necessary  foundation  of  biological  principles  will  be  presented. 

18.565  Man  and  His  Biosphere  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

A  continuation  of  Man  and  His  Biosphere  I.     Prereq.  18.564  or  equiv. 


178  /  COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 

19— PSYCHOLOGY 

Consultant:  Prof.  H.  S.  Zamansky,  Psychology  Dept.  (L.A.  College) 

Associate    Consultant:    Prof.    Harlan    Lane,    Chairman;    Psychology    Dept.    (L.A. 

College) 

19.501  Psychology  I  (2  q.h.) 

An  introductory  survey  of  the  historical  backgrounds  of  psychology,  psycholog- 
ical  measurement  and  testing,  and   principles  of  animal  and  human  learning. 

19.502  Psychology  II  (2  q.h.) 

Principles  of  sensory  processing,  perception,  motivation  and  emotion,  and  so- 
cial influences  on  behavior.     Prereq.  19.501  or  equiv. 

19.503  Psychology  III  (2  q.h.) 

Personality  theory  and  measurement,  behavior  disorders,  mental  health,  and 
psychotherapy.     Prereq.   19.502  or  equiv. 

19.504  Statistics  in  Psychology  I  (2  q.h.) 

Scales  of  measurement  in  psychological  research,  measures  of  central  tendency, 
and  variability.     Prereq.  19.503  or  equiv. 

19.505  Statistics  in  Psychology  II  (2  q.h.) 

Measures  of  correlation,  introduction  to  probability,  and  statistical  distributions. 
Prereq.  19.504  or  equiv. 

19.506  Statistics  in  Psychology  III  (2  q.h.) 

Parametric  and  non  parametric  tests  of  significance,  including  chi  square, 
t-test,  F  test,  and  simple  analysis  of  variance.     Prereq.  19.505. 

Note:  19.504,  19.505,  and  19.506  may  not  be  taken  in  addition  to  Statistics 
(39.511,  39.512,  39.513).  Psychology  majors  may  substitute  39.511,  39.512,  and 
39.513  with  permission  of  the  Dean. 

19.507  Psychology  (Intensive)  (6  q.h.) 

An  introductory  survey  of  the  historical  backgrounds  of  psychology,  psycholog- 
ical measurements  and  testing,  and  principles  of  animal  and  human  learning. 
Principles  of  sensory  processing,  perception,  motivation  and  emotion,  and  social 
influences  on  behavior.  Personality  theory  and  measurement,  behavior  disorders, 
mental  health,  and  psychotherapy.  (Not  open  to  students  who  have  taken  19.501 . 
19.502,  19.503.) 

19.508  Fundamentals  of  Psychology  I  (4.  q.h.) 

Basic  concepts  from  most  areas  of  psychological  investigation;  the  experimental 
orientation  to  the  study  of  behavior,  including  child  development,  individual 
differences,  learning,  and  social  psychology.  (Recommended  for  psychology 
majors.)  (Not  open  to  students  who  have  credit  for  19.501,  502,  503.) 

19.509  Fundamentals  of  Psychology  II  (4.  q.h.) 

The  sensory  basis  of  behavior,  cognition,  perception,  motivation,  emotions, 
normal  and  abnormal  personality.  (Recommended  for  psychology  majors.) 
Prereq.  19.508  or  equiv.  (Not  open  to  students  who  have  credit  for  19.501,  502, 
503.) 


COURSE   DESCRIPTIONS  /  179 

19.511  Developmental  Psychology  I  (formerly  Child  Psychology  I)  (2  q.h.) 

The  behavioral  examination  of  developmental  abnormalities,  as  evidenced  in 
mental  retardation,  childhood  schizophrenia,  child  delinquency,  hyperactivity, 
specific  learning  problems,  and  aging,  is  used  to  illuminate  normal  develop- 
mental processes.     Prereq.  19.509,  19.519,  19.503,  or  equiv.) 

(It  is  highly  recommended  that  19.540  be  completed  prior  to  registration  for 
this  course.) 

19.512  Developmental  Psychology  II  (formerly  Child  Psychology  II)  (  2  q.h.) 
Genetic  factors  in  development;  biological,  social,  and  intellectual  development 
during  preschool  years;  factors  in  psychological  development  during  the  middle- 
childhood  years;  psychological  and  physical  changes  during  adolescence;  atti- 
tudes toward  peer  groups  and  parental  figures;  vocational  choice;  and  the 
determination  of  moral  standards  and  values.     Prereq.  19.511  or  equiv. 

19.513  Developmental  Psychology  III  (formerly  Adolescent  Psychology)  (2  q.h.) 
A  continuation  of  19.512.     Prereq.  19.512  or  equiv. 

19.514  Personality  I  (2  q.h.) 

A  systematic  study  of  the  normal  personality,  its  growth,  and  development. 
Topics  include:  environmental  and  constitutional  contributions;  assessment  of 
personality;  research;  and  a  survey  of  the  major  theories  of  personality.  (NOT 
open  to  students  who  have  taken  19.521.)  Prereq.  19.509,  19.519  OR  19.503  or 
equiv. 

19.515  Personality  II  (Laboratory)  (2  q.h.) 

Introduction  to  methods  and  areas  of  research  in  personality.  Includes  prob- 
lems of  measurement,  behavioral  and  dynamic  concepts,  and  a  laboratory  proj- 
ect.    Prereq.  19.514  or  equiv. 

19.518  Foundations  of  Psychology  I  (4  q.h.) 

The  basic  principles  of  psychological  analysis  are  taught  by  a  personalized  in- 
teraction method  using  videotapes,  progress  quizzes,  one-to-one  study  tutorials, 
and  optional  small  group  discussions.  The  student  can  study  at  his/her  own 
pace,  within  flexible  calendar  limits,  and  class  hours  are  not  preassigned. 

19.519  Foundations  of  Psychology  II  (4  q.h.) 

The  personalized  method  of  19.518  is  extended,  featuring  a  sequence  of  graded 
reading  assignments  and  tutorial  sessions,  with  frequent  self-evaluation  of  study 
progress.  Topics  include:  the  analysis  of  behavior  as  applied  to  education;  per- 
sonality and  behavior  disorders;  brain  damage  and  language;  sensory  proc- 
esses; ethology,  and  aggression.     Prereq.  19.518  or  equiv. 

19.523  Motivation  (2  q.h.) 

Survey  of  the  various  aspects  of  motivation.  Such  areas  as  primary  and  second- 
ary reinforcement,  unconscious  motivation,  effectance  motivation,  and  the  as- 
sessment of  motive  will  be  considered.     Prereq.  19.522  or  equiv. 

19.524  Social  Psychology  I  (2  q.h.) 

The  socialization  process,  social  motives,  interpersonal  perception,  group  mem- 
bership and  structure.     Prereq.  19.503  or  equiv. 


180  /  COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 

19.525    Social  Psychology  II  (2  q.h.) 

Attitudes,  prejudice  and  ethnic  relations,  leadership,  mass  behavior  and  social 
movements,  and  the  effects  of  mass  media  of  communication.  Prereq.  19.524 
or   equiv. 

19.532  Industrial  Psychology  I  (2  q.h.) 

Psychology  as  applied  to  industry,  including  such  topics  as  history  causation 
of  behavior,  attitudes,  morale,  and  supervision.     Prereq.  19.503  or  equiv. 

19.533  Industrial  Psychology  II  (2  q.h.) 

The  place  of  psychological  tests  in  industry,  individual  differences,  leadership, 
training,  design  of  jobs,  and  practical  application  of  these  topics  for  the  student 
in  industry.     Prereq.  19.532  or  equiv. 

19.534  Industrial  Psychology  III  (2  q.h.) 

Topics  studied  include  motivation,  fatigue,  safety,  and  job  turnover  as  related 
to  industry.  Special  emphasis  given  to  industrial  mental  health,  counseling,  inter- 
viewing, and  personnel  selection.     Prereq.  19.533  or  equiv. 

19.536  Psychology  of  Thought  (2  q.h.) 

Psychological  factors  in  intuition,  imagination,  problem-solving,  information 
processing,  and  concept  learning.     Prereq.  19.503  or  equiv. 

19.537  Psychology  of  Language  (2  q.h.) 

The  child's  acquisition  of  language,  verbal  habits,  the  analysis  and  measure- 
ment of  meaning,  cultural  determinants  of  linguistic  behavior,  communication 
processes,  and  recent  research  in  psycholinguistics.     Prereq.  19.503  or  equiv. 

19.538  Psychology  of  Learning  I  (2  q.h.) 

Features  the  application  of  basic  behavioral  principles  to  behavioral  develop- 
ment, behavior  modification,  language  development,  and  programmed  learning, 
and  their  relations  to  theoretical  considerations  in  the  learning  process. 
Prereq.  19.503  or  equiv. 

19.540  Psychology  of  Learning  II  (Laboratory)  (2  q.h.) 

Through  direct  experience,  students  gain  proficiency  in  the  laboratory  analysis 
of  behavior,  and  in  evaluating  common  generalizations  about  human  behavior. 
Students  design  and  perform  experiments  in  animal  and  human  learning, 
memory,  decision  processes,  concept  formation,  and  other  topics  of  individual 
interest.     Prereq.  19.538  or  equiv. 

19.541  Abnormal  Psychology  I  (2  q.h.) 

An  introduction  of  the  study  of  the  etiology  and  dynamics  of  the  abnormal  per- 
sonality.    Prereq.  19.503  or  equiv. 

19.542  Abnormal  Psychology  II  (2  q.h.) 

The  symptomatology  and  treatment  of  the  neuroses  and  psychoses.  Prereq. 
19.541  or  equiv. 


COURSE   DESCRIPTIONS  /  181 

19.543  Abnormal  Psychology  III  (2  q.h.) 

Psychosomatic,  psychopathic,  and  organic  disorders;  varieties  of  psychotherapy. 
Prereq.   19.542  or  equiv. 

19.544  Abnormal  Psychology  (Intensive)  (6  q.h.) 

Same  as  19.541,  19.542  and  19.543.     Prereq.  19.503  or  equiv. 

19.545  Psychological  Therapies  (2  q.h.) 

I  A  survey  of  techniques  for  treating  deviant  behavior,  from  classical  psychonalyti- 
cal  therapies  through  methods  of  behavior  modification.  Prereq.  19.543  or 
equiv. 

19.549  Sensation  and  Perception  I  (2  q.h.) 

An  introduction  to  the  nature  of  the  perceptual  world;  the  nature  of  object  rec- 
ognition and  identification;  spatial  organization;  contextual  effects;  learning  and 
perception;  and  the  influence  of  attitudinal,  motivational,  and  personality  factors 
on  perception.     Prereq.  19.503  or  equiv. 

19.550  Sensation  and  Perception  II  (Laboratory)  (2  q.h.) 

Students  do  laboratory  experiments  on  seeing,  hearing,  touching,  and  tasting. 
Studies  may  include  dark  adaptation,  loudness,  binaural  interaction,  brightness 
constancy,  two-point  touch  thresholds,  information  processing,  and  interactions 
between  the  senses.     Prereq.  19.549  or  equiv. 

19.560     Psychology  of  Women  (2  q.h.) 

The   examination,    in    both    historical   and    contemporary   context,   the   body   of 
•  knowledge  studying  woman,  her  function  in  social  roles,  and  her  behavior  as 
determined  genetically,   physiologically,  and  psychologically.  The  research  im- 
plications, future  life  styles,  roles,  and  contributions  of  women. 

i  19.561     Scientific    Foundations   of   Psychology   I    (formerly    Historical    Develop- 
ment of  Psychology  I)  (2  q.h.) 
Historical  development  of  psychology  from  its  philosophical  beginnings.     Prereq. 
Two  of  the  following:  19.515,  19.539,  19.550,  19.581. 

19.562     Scientific   Foundations   of   Psychology   II    (formerly   Historical    Develop- 
ment of  Psychology  II)  (2  q.h.) 
I  Major  schools  of  psychology  which  have  influenced  modern  psychological  re- 
search,  including  functionalism,  behaviorism,  Gestalt  psychology,  and  psycho- 
analysis.    Prereq.  19.561  or  equiv. 

19.571     Senior  Seminar  in  Psychology  (2  q.h.) 

Small  groups  of  students  meet  to  discuss  topics  in  psychology  of  mutual  inter- 
i  est.  Each  seminar  has  a  different  flavor,  depending  upon  the  student  group  and 
faculty.     Prereq.  19.562  or  equiv. 

19.580     Physiological  Psychology  I  (2  q.h.) 
i  How  nerves  function  and  work  together  in  the  nervous  system;  how  our  sense 
organs   provide  the   brain   with   information   about  the  outside  world;   how  the 


182  /  COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 

brain  acts  to  produce  external  observable  behavior;  and  how  such  psychologi- 
cal concepts  as  perception,  learning,  motivation  arousal,  and  emotion  may  relate 
to  nervous  system  activity.     Prereq.  19.509,  19.519  or  19.503,  or  equiv. 

19.581     Physiological  Psychology  II  (Laboratory)  (2  q.h.) 

Laboratory  experiments  based  on  evolution  of  the  nervous  system,  sensory  and 
motor  mechanisms,  motivation  and  emotion,  sleep,  attention  and  perception, 
learning,  and  memory.     Prereq.  19.580  or  equiv. 

19.588  Drugs  and  Behavior  (2  q.h.) 

The  application  of  quantitative  behavior  techniques  in  animals  and  man,  to  de- 
termine the  behavioral  effects  of  pharmacological  agents.  A  systematic  survey 
of  the  experimental  literature.     Prereq.  19.503  or  equiv. 

19.589  Impact  of  Psychology  on  Society  (2  q.h.) 

A  consideration  of  such  recent  developments  as  the  uses  of  intelligence  and 
aptitude  tests;  psychosurgery  and  electroconvulsive  therapy;  techniques  of  be- 
havior modification  and  control;  minority  and  women's  rights  movements;  direct 
brain  stimulation  by  implanted  electrodes;  use  of  psychoactive  drugs;  use  of  the 
lie  detector  machine;  and  the  application  of  experimental  techniques  to  humans. 
Prereq.  19.503  or  equiv. 

19.591  Honors  Program  I  (4  q.h.) 
Prereq.  approval  of  the  Dean. 

19.592  Honors  Program  II  (4  q.h.) 
Prereq.  19.591. 

19.593  Honors  Program  III  (4  q.h.) 
Prereq.  19.592. 

19.699     Field  Work  in  Psychology  (6  q.h.) 

Refer  to  page  87  describing  field  work  courses  (To  be  discussed  with  Depart- 
ment Consultant  or  Major  Advisor  prior  to  registration.) 


20— ANTHROPOLOGY 

Consultant:  (See  Sociology) 

20.501  Anthropology  I  (formerly  Introduction  to  Physical  Anthropology)  (2  q.h.) 
An  introduction  to  elements  of  physical  anthropology,  covering  such  subjects 
as  the  primates,  fossil  man  and  evolution,  problems  of  heredity  and  genetics, 
problems  of  race  and  racial  classification,  and  the  bases  of  cultural  behavior. 

20.502  Anthropolgy  II  (formerly  Cultural  Anthropology  I)  (2  q.h.) 

An  introduction  to  cultural  anthropology  covering  the  nature  of  culture;  methods 
and  theories.     Prereq.  20.501  or  equiv. 


COURSE   DESCRIPTIONS  /  183 

20.503  Anthropology  III  (formerly  Cultural  Anthropology  II)  (2  q.h.) 
Characteristic  features  of  the  language,  family  life,  rituals,  and  values  of  tribal 
peoples  in  different  parts  of  the  world.     Prereq.  20.502  or  equiv. 

20.504  Anthropology  (Intensive) 

Same  as  20.501,  502,  plus  503. 

20.521     Culture  and  Personality  (2  q.h.) 

'A  cultural  approach  integrating  concepts  of  social  role,  values,  personality  and 
socialization,  and  linguistic  considerations.     Prereq.  20.503  or  equiv. 

20.531  Primitive  Social  Organization  (2  q.h.) 

The  institutions  of  primitive  societies;  comparative  approaches  and  functional 
explanations  of  a  limited  number  of  societies;  the  dynamics  of  continuity  and 
change  of  culture  and  social  organization.     Prereq.  20.503  or  equiv. 

20.532  Primitive  Religion  (2  q.h.) 

A  study  of  religious  beliefs  and  rituals  of  tribal  peoples  in  many  parts  of  the 
world,  including  the  origin  of  religious  behavior,  the  relationship  of  religious 
behavior  to  other  aspects  of  culture,  and  the  psychological  factors  involved. 
Prereq.  20.503  or  equiv. 

20.533  Acculturation  (2  q.h.) 

An  examination  of  the  processes  of  acculturation  in  culture  contact  situations 
of  tribal  and  non-tribal  peoples.  Focus  is  on  the  role  of  the  individual,  and  the 
concepts  of  personality  and  values  in  relation  to  this  process.  Prereq.  20.503 
or  equiv. 

20.537     Anthropological  Theory  (2  q.h.) 

A  history  of  major  orientations,  emphasizing  the  principal  contemporary  orien- 
tations in  the  field.  Evolutionary  approaches,  culture  area  and  historical  analysis, 
functionalism,  role  structure,  comparative  methods,  social  relations  approaches, 
and  the  theory  of  cognitive  structure.     Prereq.  20.503  or  equiv. 

20.541     North  American  Indian  (2  q.h.) 

Prehistory  of  the  North  American  Indian,  including  the  study  of  aboriginal  cul- 
ture areas,  utilizing  a  comparative  analysis  of  representative  Indian  tribes  and 
their  cultures  as  the  method  of  study.  Family  life,  religion,  warfare  patterns, 
and  political  organization  are  described.     Prereq.  20.503  or  equiv. 

20.544     African  Peoples  and  Cultures  (2  q.h.) 

African  geography,  prehistory,  and  cultures;  the  spectrum  of  cultures  ranging 
from  the  Pygmy  to  Ashanti  Federation;  the  family,  lineage,  clan,  and  tribe  as 
these  relate  to  problems  of  political  and  economic  change  in  contemporary 
Africa.     Prereq.  20.503  or  equiv. 

20.547     Latin  American  Peoples  and  Cultures  (2  q.h.) 

Tribal  and  peasant  systems,  traditional  values,  and  institutions  of  Latin  America, 

with  particular  emphasis  on  Hispanic  America.     Prereq.  20.503  or  equiv. 


184  /  COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 

20.548  Studying  the  Family  Cross-Culturally  (2  q.h.) 

Family  systems   in  a  variety  of  cultural  settings:  Todas,  the  Hopi,  the  Anglo- 
Saxon,  Kibbutz,  etc. 

20.549  Folklore  (2  q.h.) 

The  general  nature  of  folklore  and  methods  employed  in  its  study  with  emphasis 
on  the  behavioral-structural  approach. 


20.550  Peasant  Society  and  Culture  (2  q.h.) 

The  development  of  the  concept  of  peasantry.  Analyses  of  representative  case 
studies  of  traditional  peasant  societies  in  the  non-Western  and  Western  world. 
Prereq.  20.503  or  20.602  or  equiv. 

20.551  Changing  Peasantries  (2  q.h.) 

Peasant  societies  of  Asia,  Europe,  Africa,  and  Latin  America;  historical  traditions 
and  social  structure;  change  and  modernization.  Prereq.  20.503  or  20.602  or 
equiv. 

20.552  Eastern  European  Peasantry  in  the  Modern  World  (2  q.h.) 

Selected  studies  of  peasant  societies  in  East-Central  and  Southeastern  Europe 
from  Russia  to  Greece.  The  traditional  peasant  village,  collectivized  peasant 
units.  Programs  of  modernization  under  socialism  and  capitalism.  Prereq. 
20.503  or  20.602  or  equiv. 

20.560     Language  and  Culture  (2  q.h.) 

The  function  of  language  in  human  society  and  an  introduction  to  the  relation- 
ship between  the  patterns  of  language  and  the  patterns  of  culture. 


20.601     Principles  of  Anthropology  I  (4  q.h.) 

An  intensive  introduction  to  elements  of  physical  anthropology  covering  such 
subjects  as  the  primates,  fossil  man  and  evolution,  problems  of  heredity  and   : 
genetics,  problems  of  race  and  racial  classification,  the  bases  of  cultural  be- 
havior, and  the  nature  of  culture. 


20.602     Principles  of  Anthropology  II  (4  q.h.) 

An  intensive  introduction  to  cultural  anthropology  covering  characteristic  fea- 
tures of  tribal  peoples,  language,  family  life,  rituals,  values,  social  organization, 
etc.     Prereq.  20.601  or  equiv. 

20.699     Field  Work  in  Anthropology  (6  q.h.) 
(Refer  to  page  87  describing  field  work  courses.) 

To  be  arranged  with  a  departmental  field  work  adviser  prior  to  registration. 
Prereq.  Major  in  Sociology- Anthropology  and  completion  of  12  credits  in  An- 
thropology. (Students  may  receive  credit  for  only  one  departmental  field  work 
course.  Credit  for  20.699  precludes  credit  for  21.699). 


COURSE   DESCRIPTIONS  /  185 

21— SOCIOLOGY 

Consultant:  Prof.  Lila  Leibowitz,  Sociology  Dept.  (L.A.  College) 
Coordinator:  Prof.  M.  Golden,  Sociology  Dept.  (L.A.  College) 

:  21.501     Sociology  I  (2  q.h.) 

Basic  concepts  and  theories  relating  to  the  study  of  man  as  a  participant  in 
group  life  with  emphasis  on  social  structure,  culture,  socialization,  and  the 
family. 

21.502  Sociology  II  (2  q.h.) 

^A  continuation  of  Sociology  I  with  major  emphasis  on  primary  groups,  associa- 
tions, social  stratification,  collective  behavior,  and  population.  Prereq.  21.501 
or  equiv. 

21.503  Sociology  III  (2  q.h.) 

'A  continuation  of  Sociology  II  emphasizing  a  critical  analysis  of  American  so- 
ciety with  particular  attention  to  problems  of  social,  political,  urban,  and  indus- 
trial change.     Prereq.  21 .502  or  equiv. 

21.504  Sociology  (Intensive)  (6.  q.h.) 

Basic  concepts  and  theories  relating  to  the  study  of  man  as  a  participant  in 
group  life  with  emphasis  on  social  structure,  culture,  socialization,  and  the 
family.  Primary  groups,  associations,  social  stratification,  collective  behavior, 
and  population.  The  major  institutional  areas,  with  particular  attention  to  prob- 
lems of  social,  political,  urban,  and  industrial  change.  (Not  open  to  students 
»  who  have  taken  21.501,  21.502,  21.503).     Prereq.  30.506. 

21.505  Drugs  and  Society  (2  q.h.) 

An  introduction  to  the  sociology  of  drugs.  Examines  social  definitions  of  drugs, 
conditions  of  their  use,  and  socialization  into  drug  use.  Considers  deviant  drug 
use  and  effects  of  social  control  on  definitions  and  use.  A  range  of  licit  and 
illicit  drugs  will  be  considered  but  major  emphasis  will  be  given  to  alcohol, 
marihuana,  and  heroin. 

21.506  Sociology  of  Religion  (2  q.h.) 

■  An  examination  of  the  role  of  religious  belief  systems  and  institutions  in  various 
societies,  ancient  and  modern,  Western  and  non-Western. 

21.507  Sex  in  Society:  The  Study  of  Sex  Roles  (2  q.h.) 

Analysis  of  historical  and  contemporary  development  in  how  men's  and  women's 
changing  roles  are  related  to  the  society-at-large. 

21.508  Sociology  of  Literature  (2  q.h.) 

'  A  novel  approach  to  novels  and  other  literary  productions  from  lyrics  and  love 
songs  to  sci-fi  and  films.  Sociological  analysis  of  content  and  contexts. 

.  21.509     Sociology  of  Socialist  Societies  (2  q.h.) 
Comparative  sociology  of  China,   USSR,  Cuba,  others,  focussing  on   ideology, 
social  organization,  economy,  polity,  education,  child  care,  women's  positions, 
etc.  The  course  will  emphasize  processes  of  change  and  the  interrelationships 
between  institutions. 


186  /  COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 

21.512  Social  Research  Methods  I  (2  q.h.) 

An  introduction  to  social  research  methods  with  particular  attention  to  problems 
of  theory  and  method  in  both  anthropology  and  sociology.  Prereq.  Consent  of 
the  Instructor  or  12  q.h.  in  sociology-anthropology. 

21.513  Social  Research  Methods  II  (2  q.h.) 

A  continuation  of  Social  Research  Methods  I  with  emphasis  on  data  collection, 
measurement,  and  scaling  in  both  anthropology  and  sociology.  Prereq.  21.512 
or  equiv. 

21.514  Social  Research  Methods  III  (2  q.h.) 

A  continuation  of  Social  Research  Methods  II  stressing  the  analysis  of  data 
Prereq.  21.513  or  equiv. 

21.517  Social  Theory  I  (formerly  Foundations  of  Sociological  Theory)  (2  q.h.) 
An  historical  survey  of  sociological  theorists  including  the  work  of  de  Tocque- 
ville,  Comte,  Marx,  Durkheim,  Cooley,  and  others.  Prereq.  Consent  of  the 
Instructor  or  12  q.h.  in  sociology-anthropology. 

21.518  Social  Theory  II  (formerly  Contemporary  Sociological  Theory  I)  (2  q.h.) 
A  study  of  major  theoretical   issues  in  sociology.  Discussion  concentrates  on 
systematic  questions  and  topics,  as  opposed  to  particular  theorists,  but  material    ! 
is  drawn  from  theorists  such  as  Weber,  Simmel,  Thomas,  Mannheim,  Merton, 
and  Parsons.     Prereq.  21.517  or  equiv. 

21:519  Social  Theory  III  (formerly  Contemporary  Sociological  Theory  II)  (2  q.h.) 
A  seminar  in  which  the  principal  focus  will  be  upon  questions  of  theoretical  in- 
terest, e.g.,  the  problem  of  order,  the  problem  of  change,  the  role  of  the  indi- 
vidual in  change.  Students  will  present  their  papers  in  class.  Prereq.  21.518  or 
equiv. 

21.528    Social  Stratification:  Class,  Status,  and  Power  (2  q.h.) 
A  comparative  study  of  the   nature   of  class  structure  with   emphasis  on  the 
United   States  and   with   reference  to   India  and   England.   Discussion  of  such 
topics   as  theories  of  class  structure,   factors  determining   class   membership, 
differential  class  behavior,  and  social  mobility.     Prereq.  21.503  or  equiv. 

21.531     Social  Change  (2  q.h.) 

An  analysis  of  the  changing  patterns  in  social  and  economic  institutions,  a  dis- 
cussion of  modern  social  trends,  and  a  review  of  current  literature  in  a  field. 
Prereq.  21.503  or  equiv. 

21.534  Social  Control  (2  q.h.) 

The  study  of  group  membership  as  a  determinant  of  behavior,  analysis  of  status 
and  role,  patterns  of  authority,  and  group  ideology  as  factors  in  the  evaluation   j 
of  conduct.     Prereq.  21.503  or  equiv. 

21.535  Political  Sociology:  Who  Gets  What  (2  q.h.) 

The  social  structure  of  political  life  emphasizing  relationships  in  the  structure  of 
society  with  its  classes,  occupations,  races,  and  levels  of  opportunity  as  they 
affect  political  activity.     Prereq.  21 .503  or  equiv. 


COURSE   DESCRIPTIONS  /  187 

21.538  (see  25.538). 

A. 539  (see  25.539). 

1 21 .540  (see  25.540). 

121.543  (see  25.543). 

•21.544  (see  25.544). 

'21.545  (see  25.545). 

21.546  Sociology  of  Deviant  Behavior  (2  q.h.) 

Analysis  of  the  variety  of  social  problems  and  their  relationship  to  the  organiza- 
tion of  society.  Particular  attention  will  be  given  to  alcoholism,  sex  offenses, 
drug  abuse,  mental  health,  and  other  problems  relating  to  an  urban  industrial 
society.     Prereq.  21.503  or  equiv. 

21.547  Social  Problems  (2  q.h.) 

An  overview  of  contemporary  American  social  problems  and  the  application  of 
sociological  concepts,  methods,  and  principles  to  these  problems.  Prereq. 
21.503  or  equiv. 

21.550  Juvenile  Delinquency  (2  q.h.) 

A  study  of  factors  in  delinquency  and  an  examination  of  the  implications  for 
prevention,  rehabilitation,  and  treatment.     Prereq.  21.503  or  equiv. 

21.551  Family  and  Marriage  I  (2  q.h.) 

A  comparative  and  historical  treatment  stressing  the  past  history  and  develop- 
ment of  the  family.     Prereq.  21.503  or  equiv. 

21.552  Family  and  Marriage  II  (2  q.h.) 

A  continuation  of  Family  and  Marriage  I  emphasizing  the  backgrounds  of  con- 
temporary problems  in  the  context  of  functions,  forms,  and  processes  of  this 
institution.     Prereq.  21.551  or  equiv. 

21.553  Racial  and  Cultural  Relations  I  (2  q.h.) 

A  study  of  the  relationships  between  various  racial,  national,  cultural,  and 
religious  groups  with  emphasis  on  the  historical  development  of  black-white 
relationships  in  American  society.     Prereq.  21 .503  or  equiv. 

21.554  Racial  and  Cultural  Relations  II  (2  q.h.) 

A  continuation  of  Racial  and  Cultural  Relations  I  stressing  the  problems  of 
contemporary  black-white  relationships  in  American  and  other  societies. 
Prereq.  21 .553  or  equiv. 

21.555  Racial  and  Cultural  Relations  III  (2  q.h.) 

A  continuation  of  Racial  and  Cultural  Relations  II  with  specific  attention  to 
religious  nationality,  and  non-African  racial  groups  in  American  and  other  multi- 
racial societies.     Prereq.  21 .554  or  equiv. 


188  /  COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 

21.556     Sociology  of  Poverty  (2  q.h.) 

An  analysis  of  American  poverty  in  historical  perspective,  drawing  on  compari- 
sons with  other  countries.  Critical  evaluation  of  sociological  research  and 
theories  relating  to  poverty.  Consideration  of  causes  and  effects  of  poverty,  as 
well  as  societal  responses  to  poverty  and  its  consequences.  Suitable  for  stu- 
dents in  applied  fields,  such  as  nursing,  criminal  justice,  education,  allied  health, 
pre-med,  and  pre-law. 


21.557  Urban  Sociology  (2  q.h.) 

An  analysis  of  the  various  causes,  characteristics,  and  effects  of  urbanization  in 
several  different  cultures  of  the  world.  Specific  attention  is  given  to  the  prob- 
lems of  urban  and  suburban  living  and  the  changing  structure  of  the  city. 
Prereq.  21.503  or  equiv. 

21.558  Community  Analysis  (2  q.h.) 

Ecological  theories  of  man's  relation  to  his  physical  environment.  Development 
of  the  concept,  and  discussion  of  community  study  methods.  Contrasts  between 
rural  communities  and  urban  neighborhoods.  Discussion  and  evaluation  of  com- 
munity-action programs.     Prereq.  21.503  or  equiv. 

21.559  Seminar  in  Urban  Studies  (2  q.h.) 

Interdisciplinary  approaches  to  analyses  of  urban  issues,  continuing  student 
projects.     Prereq.  One  previous  course  in  urban  studies  field. 

21.560  Medical  Sociology  (2  q.h.) 

Sociological  concepts  and  research  relating  to  the  study  of  patterns  of  behavior 
in  the  areas  of  health  and  disease.  Emphasis  on  the  family,  community,  medical 
organizations,  class,  and  status  as  social  subsystems  related  to  the  field  of 
health.     Prereq.  21.503  or  equiv. 

21.561  Sociology  of  Mental  Health 

The  emphasis  of  this  course  will  be  the  sociological  aspects  of  mental  health 
and  mental  disorder.  There  will  be  presentations  and  discussions  of  the  social 
history  of  mental  illness,  epidemiological  and  cross-cultural  approaches  to 
mental  disorder,  the  career  of  the  mental  patient,  the  functions  of  psychiatry  in 
society,  community  and  social  treatment  modalities,  and  other  aspects  of  social 
psychiatry.     Prereq.  21.503  or  21.602  or  equiv. 

21.563     Social  Gerontology:  The  Aged  in  Society  (2  q.h.) 

An  examination  of  social  factors  involved  in  aging,  with  specific  reference  to 
how  biological  and  psychological  age  change  influence  behavior,  social  roles, 
and  cultural  patterns.  The  relation  of  aging  to  social  change,  and  special  pro- 
visions for  the  aged.     Prereq.  21 .503  or  equiv. 

21.567     Population  (2  q.h.) 

The  use  of  demographic  methods  in  the  analysis  of  social  structures.  Introduc- 
tion to  the  use  of  population  size  and  composition,  birth  rates,  and  other  demo- 
graphic data  in  the  comparative  analysis  of  societies.     Prereq.  21.503  or  equiv. 

21.570     Sociology  of  Occupations  and  Professions  (2  q.h.) 

Analysis   of  the   social    relations   within   occupational   groups,   of  occupational 


COURSE   DESCRIPTIONS  /  189 

structure,  and  of  institutional  aspects  of  an  occupation.  Relationships  of  super- 
visors, peers,  colleagues,  subordinates,  and  clientele;  their  significance  for  work 
role  behavior.     Prereq.  21 .503  or  equiv. 

21.573     Sociology  of  Industry  (2  q.h.) 

Comparison  of  pre-industrial  and  industrial  society,  stressing  the  impact  of 
industry  on  society  and  the  relationship  between  industry,  culture,  and  values. 
Diversification  and  specialization.  Human  relations  in  industry;  analysis  of 
subordinate — super  ordinate  behavior,  line  and  staff  relationships,  and  formal 
and  informal  groups.     Prereq.  21 .503  or  equiv. 

21.575  Sociology  of  Formal  Organizations:  Humans,  Machines,  and  Bureau- 
cracy (2  q.h.) 
A  study  of  formal  organizations  and  the  principles  that  govern  organizational 
life.  Weber's  theory  of  bureaucracy  and  the  concept  of  authority;  communica- 
tion systems  and  other  conceptions  of  formal  organizations.  The  structure  of 
work  groups  and  their  effect  on  the  larger  organization.     Prereq.  21.503  or  equiv. 

21.591  Honors  Program  I  (4  q.h.) 
Prereq.  Approval  of  Dean. 

21.592  Honors  Program  II  (4  q.h.) 
Prereq.  21.591. 

21.593  Honors  Program  III  (4  q.h.) 
Prereq.  21.592. 

21.601  Principles  of  Sociology  I  (Recommended  for  Majors)  (4.  q.h.) 

An  intensive  introduction  to  basic  concepts  and  theories  relating  to  the  study  of 
man  as  a  participant  in  group  life.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  socialization,  culture, 
social  structure,  primary  groups,  family,  social  stratification,  and  population. 

21.602  Principles  of  Sociology  II  (4  q.h.) 

1 A  continuation  of  Principles  of  Sociology  I  with  emphasis  on  a  critical  analysis 
of  American  society  with  particular  attention  to  problems  of  social,  political, 
urban,  and  industrial  change.     Prereq.  21.601  or  equiv. 

21.612  Social  Research  Methods  I  (Intensive)  (4  q.h.) 

'An  intensive  introduction  to  social  research  methods  in  both  anthropology  and 
sociology  with  particular  attention  to  problems  of  theory,  methods,  and  data  col- 
lection.    Prereq.  Consent  of  the  Instructor  or  12  q.h.  in  sociology-anthropology. 

21.613  Social  Research  Methods  II  (Intensive)  (4  q.h.) 

'  A  continuation  of  Social  Research  Methods  I  (Intensive),  with  emphasis  on  data 
collection,  measurement,  scaling,  and  the  analysis  of  data.     Prereq.  21.612. 

1  21.617     Social  Theory  I  (Intensive)  (4  q.h.) 

1  An  historical  survey  of  sociology  theorists,  including  the  work  of  de  Tocque- 

ville,    Comte,    Mark,    Durkheim,    Cooley,   Weber,    Simmel,   and   others.     Prereq. 

Consent  of  the  Instructor  or  12  q.h.  in  sociology-anthropology. 


190  /  COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 

21.618    Social  Theory  II  (Intensive)  (4  q.h.) 

A  study  of  major  theoretical  issues  in  sociology.  Discussion  concentrates  on; 
systematic  questions  and  topics,  but  material  is  drawn  from  theorists  such  as! 
Mannheim,  Merton,  Parsons.  Students  will  present  papers  in  class  on  questions' 
of  theoretical  interest;  e.g.,  the  problem  of  order,  the  problem  of  change,  the 
role  of  the  individual  in  change,  etc. 

21.699     Field  Work  in  Sociology  (6  q.h.) 
(Refer  to  page  87  describing  field  work  courses.) 

To  be  arranged  with  a  departmental  field  work  adviser  prior  to  registration. 
Prereq.  Major  in  Sociology-Anthropology  and  completion  of  Social  Research 
Methods  21.514  or  21.613.  (Students  may  receive  credit  for  only  one  depart- 
mental field  work  course.  Credit  for  21.699  precludes  credit  for  20.699). 


25— SOCIAL  WELFARE 

Course  Coordinator:  Prof.  Lois  Ames  (College  of  Criminal  Justice) 

25.538  Introduction  to  Social  Welfare  I  (formerly  21.538)(  (2  q.h.) 
An  introduction  to  the  nature  and  scope  of  the  social  welfare  institution,  its ^ 
historical  development,  the  effects  of  urban  industrialization,  and  its  relation- 
ship to  present  day  American  Society. 

25.539  Introduction  to  Social  Welfare  II  (formerly  21.539)  (2  q.h.) 

A  continuation  of  Introduction  to  Social  Welfare  I,  with  particular  attention  to 
the  development  of  social  security  and  the  welfare  state. 

I 

25.540  Introduction  to  Social  Welfare  III  (formerly  21.540)  (2  q.h.) 

A  continuation  of  Introduction  to  Social  Welfare  II,  focusing  on  selected  aspects; 
of  the  current  social  welfare  system,  its  attempts  to  alleviate  poverty,  and  other 
social  problems. 

I 

25.543  Introduction  to  Social  Work  Practice  I  (formerly  21.543)  (2  q.h.) 

An   introduction  to  the  functions  of  the  helping  profession  of  social  work,  its  J 
settings  and  methods.  Specific  techniques  such  as  interviewing,  history  taking, 
and  recording  skills  are  presented. 

25.544  Introduction  to  Social  Work  Practice  II  (formerly  21.544)  (2  q.h.) 
A  continuation  of  Introduction  to  Social  Work  Practice  I,  with  particular  atten- 
tion to  the  functioning  of  social  workers  in  selected  settings. 

25.545  Introduction  to  Social  Work  Practice  III  (formerly  21.545)  (2  q.h.) 

A  continuation  of  Introduction  to  Social  Work  Practice  II,  with  emphasis  on  en- 
hancement of  practice  skills. 


COURSE   DESCRIPTIONS  /  191 

22— POLITICAL  SCIENCE 

Consultant:  Prof.  W.  S.  Jones,  Chairman,  Political  Science  Dept.  (L.A.  College) 
IsOurse  Coordinator:  Prof.  Minton  Goldman  (L.A.  College) 

>2.501      Principles  of  Political  Science  I  (2  q.h.) 

Evolution  of  the  nation-state.  Analysis  of  basic  political  concepts.  Study  of 
JDasic  forms  of  the  contemporary  political  system. 

22.502  Principles  of  Political  Science  II  (2  q.h.) 

Analysis  of  constitutional  and  totalitarian  models.  Study  of  contemporary  British 
and  Soviet  political  systems.     Prereq.  22.501  or  equiv. 

22.503  Principles  of  Political  Science  III  (2  q.h  ) 

The  American  political  system  including  study  of  civil  rights.  International  poli- 
tics and  American  foreign  policy  since  1945.     Prereq.  22.502  or  equiv. 

22.505  Contemporary  Political  Theory  (2  q.h.) 

Political  ideas  and  systems  of  political  thought  from  Machiavelli  to  the  present. 
Prereq.  22.503  or  equiv. 

22.506  American  Political  Thought  (2  q.h.) 

Political  thought  from  the  colonial  period  to  the  present  including  a  study  of 
the  impact  of  religious,  economic,  and  judicial  theory  on  the  structure  of  Ameri- 
can ideas.     Prereq.  22.503  or  equiv. 

22.507  Principles  of  Political  Science  (Intensive)  (6  q.h.) 

Evolution  of  the  nation-state.  Analysis  of  basic  political  concepts.  Study  of  basic 
forms  of  the  contemporary  political  system.  Analysis  of  constitutional  and 
totalitarian  models.  Study  of  contemporary  British  and  Soviet  political  systems. 
The  American  political  system  including  study  of  Civil  Rights.  International 
politics  and  American  foreign  policy  since  1945.  (Not  open  to  students  who  have 
taken  22.501,  22.502,  22.503,  or  equiv.) 

22.508  Research  Methods  (2  q.h.) 

An  introduction  to  some  of  the  most  common  methods  of  carrying  out  research 
in  the  discipline  of  political  science.  Problems  of  theory  construction,  data- 
gathering,  and  a  selection  of  analytical  research  tools  including  bibliographical 
aids  and  the  computer  are  examined. 

22.511  American  National  Government  (2  q.h.) 

A  study  of  the  form  and  structure  of  the  federal  constitution  and  an  analysis 
of  the  legislative  process  at  the  national  level.     Prereq.  22.503  or  equiv. 

22.512  Urban  and  Metropolitan  Government  (2  q.h.) 

The  political,  structural,  and  functional  problems  of  an  urbanizing  United  States, 
including  an  analysis  of  urban,  suburban,  and  metropolitan  governments. 
Prereq.  22.503  or  equiv. 

22.513  Political  Parties  and  Pressure  Groups  (2  q.h.) 

Party  government  in  the  United  States  and  Great  Britain.  A  contrasting  study 
focusing  on  the  interaction  of  party  and  government.     Prereq.  22.503  or  equiv. 


192  /  COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 

22.514  American  Constitutional  Law  (2  q.h.) 

A  case  analysis  of  the  development  of  federalism,  the  separation  of  powers, 
and   the   role   of  the   federal   and   state   courts   in   constitutional   development. 

22.515  Civil  Rights  (2  q.h.) 

An  evaluation  of  the  quality  and  content  of  civil  liberties  in  the  United  States.! 
Emphasis  will  be  placed  on  the  first,  fifth,  sixth,  fourteenth,  and  fifteenth  amend- 
ments to  The  Constitution. 

22.516  Public  Administration  I  (2  q.h.) 
An   introduction  to  the  theory,   forms,  and   processes  of  administration  at  the 
national  and  state  level. 

22.517  Public  Administration  II  (2  q.h.) 
Selected   problems.  Case  study  approach  to  examination  of  relation   between 
the  theory  and  practice  of  public  administration.     Prereq.  22.516  or  equiv. 

22.518  Government  and  Politics  of  the  States  (2  q.h.) 

A  study  of  state  and  local  government  and  problems  and  the  function  and| 
operational   responses  to  them. 

22.519  The  Legislative  Process  (2  q.h.) 
An  institutional,  functional  analysis  of  the  roles  of  Congress,  the  executive,  and 
political  parties  in  the  legislative  process. 

22.520  The  American  Presidency  (2  q.h.) 
A  multifaceted  examination  of  the  nation's  Chief  Executive:  the  presidential 
electoral  process;  the  President's  many  constituencies;  and  the  differing  styles 
of  various  20th-century  Presidents.  The  constitutional  and  extra-constitutional 
powers  of  the  office  are  some  areas  considered. 

22.521  Comparative  Government  I  (2  q.h.) 
A    comparative    analysis    of    political    culture,    organization,    and    behavior    in 
England,  France,  and  Germany.     Prereq.  22.503  or  equiv. 

22.522  Comparative  Government  II  (2  q.h.) 
A  continuation  of  22.521.     Prereq.  22.521  or  equiv. 

22.532  International  Organization  (2  q.h.) 
Development  of  international  organizations  with  special  emphasis  on  the  United 
Nations,  specialized  agencies,  and  regional  organizations.  Prereq.  22.503  or 
equiv. 

22.533  American  Foreign  Policy  (2  q.h.) 
The    constitution    and    political    instruments    for   the    formulation    of   American 
foreign  policy.     Prereq.  22.503  or  equiv. 

22.534  Soviet  Foreign  Policy  (2  q.h.) 
A  study  of  the  evolution  of  Soviet  foreign  policy  since  1917  with  emphasis  on 
the  development  of  the   international   Communist   movement. 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS  /  193 

2.535     International  Relations  (4  q.h.) 

ilements  and  limitations  on  national  power.  Contemporary  world  politics,  prob- 
arns  of  war  and  peaceful  coexistence.  Prereq.  22.503  or  equiv.  (Not  to  be 
tsken  by  students  who  have  credit  for  22.531.) 

.2.536     Introduction  to  Political  Theory  (4  q.h.) 

)evelopment  of  the  political  ideas  of  the  Western  world.  The  major  philosophers 
if  Greece,  Rome,  The  Christian  Era,  and  the  Renaissance.  Prereq.  22.503  or 
>quiv.  (Not  to  be  taken  by  students  who  have  credit  for  22.504.) 

!2.537     European  Political  Parties  (2  q.h.) 

i|  study  of  political  party  systems  in  England,  France,  and  Germany  emphasiz- 
ng  ideology,  organization  in  and  out  of  Parliament,  electoral  strategies,  and 
oter  behavior. 

!2.538     Communist  China's  Foreign  Policy  (2  q.h.) 

^  study  of  the  Peking  government's  relations  with  Afro-Asia,  the  Soviet  orbit, 
ind  the  West.  Attention  is  given  to  policy  objectives,  strategy,  tactics,  and  the 
method  of  decision-making  in  both  the  party  and  state  apparatus. 

!2.541     International  Law  (2  q.h.) 

\  procedural  and  substantive  study  of  legal  relations  among  nation  states. 

>2.542     American  Foreign  Policy  I  (2  q.h.) 

decent  and  current  American  foreign  affairs.     Prereq.  22.533  or  equiv. 

22.543     American  Foreign  Policy  II  (2  q.h.) 

decent    and    current   American    foreign    affairs,    continued.     Prereq.    22.542   or 

squiv. 

£2.544     Government  and  Politics  in  the  Soviet  Union  I  (2  q.h.) 
<\n  analysis  of  modern  totalitarian  theory  and  practice  is  followed  by  a  study  of 
he  ideological  and  historical  bases  of  the  Soviet  dictatorship.     Prereq.  22.522 
or  equiv. 

22.545     Government  and  Politics  in  the  Soviet  Union  II  (2  q.h.) 
\  continuation   of  22.544.   A   study  of  the   Soviet  federalism,    party   and   state 
organization,    with   special    attention   to   the    problems   of   political   succession. 
Prereq.  22.544  or  equiv. 

22.547  Government  and  Politics  of  Communist  China  I  (2  q.h.) 

<\  study  of  Chinese  political  culture  with  emphasis  on  the  nineteenth-century 
cultural,  economic,  and  political  impact  of  the  West,  the  emergence  of  the  Com- 
munist Party  under  the  leadership  of  Mao,  and  the  progressive  disintegration 
of  Kuomintang  leadership.     Prereq.  22.522  or  equiv. 

22.548  Government  and  Politics  of  Communist  China  II  (2  q.h.) 

A  study  of  ideology,  party,  and  state  organization  and  behavior,  and  the  Cultural 
Revolution.     Prereq.  22.547  or  equiv. 


194  /  COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 

22.551  Current  Political  Issues  (2  q.h.) 

A  topical  analysis  of  the  constitutional  and  political  basis  of  selected  problems 
in  American  political  life. 

22.552  Government  and  Politics  in  the  Middle  East  (2  q.h.) 
A  study  of  political  change,  economic  growth,  and  social  adaptation  in  selected 
countries  of  the  Middle  East.  Foreign  policies  are  also  considered,  especially 
the  ties  of  the  Middle  Eastern  countries  with  Northern  Africa.  Prereq.  22.522 
or  equiv. 

22.553  Government  and  Politics  in  the  Middle  East  II  (2  q.h.) 
A  continuation  of  22.552.     Prereq.  22.552  or  equiv. 

22.555  Government  and  Politics  of  Latin  America  I  (2  q.h.) 
After  a  discussion  of  the  historical  background  of  the  Latin  American  nations 
an  analysis  of  the  cultural,  economic,  social,  and  political  characteristics  o 
these  countries  is  undertaken.  Political  violence  and  the  breakdown  of  demo- 
cratic governments  are  given  particular  attention.     Prereq.  22.522  or  equiv. 

22.556  Government  and  Politics  of  Latin  American  II  (2  q.h.) 
Analysis  of  politics  of  Mexico,  Cuba,  and  Chile;  the  Communist,  one-party,  anc 
democratic  approaches  to  political  development  are  compared;  each  of  the 
three  countries  is  used  as  an  example.     Prereq.  22.555  or  equiv. 

22.558  Government  and  Politics  of  South  East  Asia  (2  q.h.) 
A  study  of  political  instability  and  problems  of  establishing  democratic  struc- 
tures and  processes  in  the  Philippines,  Thailand,  and  India.  Prereq.  22.522 
or  equiv. 

22.559  Government  and  Politics  of  Japan  (2  q.h.) 
The  historical  development  of  the  Japanese  nation  is  studied  with  particular 
attention  to  the  growth  of  fascism.  Efforts  to  create  a  viable  democracy  since 
Wold  War  II  is  a  major  concern  of  the  course.     Prereq.  22.522  or  equiv. 

22.560  Politics  and  Policies  of  the  Developing  Nations  I  (2  q.h.) 

Colonialism  and  the  struggles  for  independence  are  discussed  and  the  common 
problems  of  developing  nations  are  analyzed.  Topics  include  economic  develop- 
ment, urbanization,  cultural  fragmentation,  and  revolution.  Prereq.  22.522  or 
equiv. 

22.561  Politics  and  Policies  of  the  Developing  Nations  II  (2  q.h.) 
Based  on  the  foundation  provided  in  Part  I,  this  course  deals  with  efforts  off 
developing  countries  to  achieve  rapid  social,  economic,  and  political  modern-: 
ization.  The  frequency  of  military  takeovers  and  the  prevalence  of  corrupt,: 
inefficient  government  bureacracies  are  discussed.  The  democratic  and  authori- 
tarian avenues  toward  development  are  compared  and  evaluated.  Prereq. 
22.560  or  equiv. 

22.562  Government  and  Politics  of  Sub  Saharan  Africa  (2  q.h.) 
Comparative  analysis  of  political  culture,  organization,  and  behavior  of  African 
states  south  of  the  Sahara.     Prereq.  22.522  or  equiv. 


COURSE   DESCRIPTIONS  /  195 

I2.563     Government  and  Politics  of  Northern  Africa  (2  q.h.) 

Comparative  analysis  of  political  culture,  organization,  and  behavior  of  African 
states  north  of  the  Sahara.  Emphasis  is  on  Morocco,  Algeria,  Tunisia,  and  Egypt. 
Prereq.  22.522  or  equiv. 

!2.564     Communism  in  Eastern  Europe  I  (2  q.h.) 

V  study  of  the  conditions  and  circumstances  surrounding  the  establishment  of 
[Communist  regimes  in  Eastern  Europe  immediately  after  the  Second  World  War, 
jnd  their  relations  with  Soviet  Union.     Prereq.  22.522  or  equiv. 

22.565     Communism  in  Eastern  Europe  II  (2  q.h.) 

II  continuation  of  22.564.  A  study  of  nationalism,  popular  revolt,  and  socio- 
jconomic  change  in  the  1950's  and  1960's.  Attention  is  given  to  the  changing 
'ole  of  the  Soviet  Union  in  bloc  affairs  and  the  development  of  polycentrism. 
^rereq.  22.564  or  equiv. 

22.570  Consumer  Advocacy  I  (2  q.h.) 

A  pragmatic  course  designed  to  define  and  expand  the  role  of  consumers  in  the 
marketplace.  It  is  intended  to  focus  upon  consumer  issues  which  confront  us 
daily,  so  that  individuals  may  deal  with  them  intelligently  and  effectively.  While 
not  designed  to  make  students  "consumer-lawyers,"  it  will  touch  upon  legal 
as  well  as  social,  economic,  and  political  aspects  of  consumer  problems. 

22.571  Consumer  Advocacy  II  (2  q.h.) 

A  continuation  of  22.570.     Prereq.  22.570  or  equiv. 

22.572  Consumer  Advocacy  III  (2  q.h.) 

A  continuation  of  22.571.     Prereq.  22.571  or  equiv. 

22.591  Honors  Program  I  (4  q.h.) 
Prereq.  Approval  of  the  Dean. 

22.592  Honors  Program  II  (4  q.h.) 
Prereq.  22.591. 

22.593  Honors  Program  III  (4  q.h.) 
Prereq.  22.592. 

22.601  Introduction  to  Political  Science  I  (4  q.h.) 

Basic  political  concepts  and  forces  of  organization  from  the  classical  Greeks  to 
the  modern  nation-state.  The  Soviet  Union  and  the  United  Kingdom  are  con- 
trasted as  contemporary  illustrations  of  the  institutional  distinction  between  a 
totalitarian  and  constitutional  system.  (Not  open  to  students  who  intend  to 
receive  credit  for  22.501,  22.502,  22.503.) 

22.602  Introduction  to  Political  Science  II  (4  q.h.) 

The  development  of  operational  liberty  in  the  United  States  and  its  constitu- 
tional underpinnings  are  considered,  together  with  an  analysis  of  the  national 
American  political  process  and  the  conduct  of  recent  American  foreign  relations. 
(Not  open  to  students  who  intend  to  receive  credit  for  22.501,  22.502,  22.503.) 


196  /  COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 

23— HISTORY 

Consultant:  R.  H.   Robinson,  Chairman,  History  Dept.  (L.A.  College) 

Coordinator  of  Western  Civilization  and  Adviser  to  History  Majors:  G.  H.  Herman,  j 
History  Dept.  (L.A.  College) 

23.500  The  Historian's  Craft  (4  q.h.) 
The  ways  in  which  the  historian  studies  the  past  with  emphasis  on  research! 
and  writing. 

23.501  Western  Civilization  I  (2  q.h.) 

The  beginnings  of  Western  Civilization,  with  emphasis  on  the  political,  economic, 
and  social  history  of  ancient  and  medieval  times  to  1300. 

23.502  Western  Civilization  II  (2  q.h.) 

Early  Modern  Europe  from  1300  to  1789,  with  an  examination  of  the  two  majorl 
intellectual  movements,  the  Renaissance  and  the  Enlightenment,  and  their ; 
impact  on  the  rise  of  national  states,  capitalism,  and  Protestantism. 

23.503  Western  Civilization  III  (2  q.h.) 
Modern  Europe  from  1789  to  the  present,  emphasizing  the  rise  of  ideology  in  a 
technological  age. 

23.504  American  History  I  (2  q.h.) 

America  from  1763  to  1840,  with  emphasis  on  political  institutions  and  policies  ; 
of  the  new  republic. 

23.505  American  History  II  (2  q.h.) 

The  United  States  from  1840  to  1900,  with  emphasis  on  the  rise  of  the  sectional  ; 
controversy,  the  Civil  War,  and  the  economic  development  of  the  nation  after' 
the  war. 

23.506  American  History  III  (2  q.h.) 

The  United  States  since  1900;  an  age  of  urbanized  industrialism  and  inter-  [ 
national  crisis. 

23.509  Western  Civilization  A*  (3  q.h.) 
Western  Civilization  to  1648.  (Not  open  to  students  who  intend  to  receive  credit 
for  23.501  and/or  23.502.) 

23.510  Western  Civilization  B*  (3  q.h.) 

Western  Civilization  since  1648.  (Not  open  to  students  who  intend  to  receive 
credit  for  23.502  and/or  23.503.) 

23.511  American  History  A*  (3  q.h.) 

America  from  1763  to  1877.  (Not  open  to  students  who  intend  to  receive  credit 
for  23.504  and/or  23.505.) 


*The   course   sequence   23.509,   23.510   is   identical   to  23.501,   23.502   and  23.503. 

The   course   sequence   23.511,   23.512   is   identical  to  23.504,   23.505   and  23.506. 

The  A  and   B   sequence   is  accomplished   in  two  quarters  rather  than  three  for  the   I,   II,   III 
sequence. 


COURSE   DESCRIPTIONS  /  197 

£3.512     American  History  B*  (3  q.h.) 

ifhe  United  States  since  1877.  (Not  open  to  students  who  intend  to  receive 
hredit  ior  23.505  and/or  23.506.) 

23.515  Women  in  American  History  (2  q.h.,  Group  III) 

i\n  historical  examination  of  the  position  and  role  of  women  in  American  history. 

23.516  Women  in  European  History  (2  q.h.,  Group  II) 

An  historical  examination  of  the  position  and  role  of  women  in  European  history. 

23.520  Population  in  History  (2  q.h.,  Group  I  or  II) 

An  application  of  the  principles  of  demography  to  European  history,  from 
Roman  times  to  the  present. 

23.521  Ancient  Middle  East  (2  q.h.,  Group  I) 

\  study  of  ancient  cultures  and  people  in  the  Middle  East,  to  the  rise  of  Islam. 

23.522  Ancient  Greece  (2  q.h.,  Group  I) 

The  origin  and  development  of  Greek  civilization. 

23.523  Ancient  Rome  (2  q.h.,  Group  I) 

Roman  civilization  in  ancient  times,  with  emphasis  on  the  rise  of  the  Republic 
and  the  decline  of  the  Empire. 

23.524  Early  Middle  Ages  (2  q.h.,  Group  I) 

Europe  from  the  decline  of  the  Roman  Empire  to  1050,  with  emphasis  on  bar- 
Darian  migrations,  the  role  of  religion  in  medieval  society,  and  the  fashioning 
3f  political  and  economic  institutions  of  feudalism  and  manorialism  . 

23.525  Late  Middle  Ages  (2  q.h.,  Group  I) 

The  medieval  period  from  1050  to  1350  with  emphasis  on  the  church-state  con- 
troversy and  the  growth  of  classicism  in  the  arts. 

23.526  Early  Modern  Europe  (2  q.h.,  Group  I) 

The  political,  economic,  and  social  history  of  Europe  from  1350  to  1648. 

23.527  England,  500-1603  (2  q.h.,  Group  I) 
England,  to  the  coming  of  the  Stuarts. 

23.530  Byzantine  History  (2  q.h.,  Group  I) 

A  political  and  cultural  history  of  the  Eastern  Christian  world,  from  the  fourth 
century  to  the  sacking  of  Constantinople  in  1453. 

23.531  Islamic  History  (2  q.h.,  Group  IV) 

The  history  of  the  Muslim  Arab  world,  from  the  seventh  century  to  the  end  of  the 
Abbasid  Caliphate  in  1258. 

23.532  Ottoman  History  (2  q.h.,  Group  IV) 

A  study  of  the  rise,  glory,  decay,  and  attempts  at  reform  in  the  Ottoman  Empire 
from  the  thirteenth  century  to  World  War  I. 

"The  course  sequence  23.509,  23.510  is  identical  to  23.501,  23.502  and  23.503. 
The  course  sequence  23.511,  23.512   is  identical  to  23.504,  23.505  and  23.506. 
The  A  and   B  sequence   is  accomplished   in  two  quarters  rather  than  three  for  the   I,   II,   III 
sequence. 


198  /  COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 

23.533  History  of  the  Jews  I  (2  q.h.,  Group  I) 

A  survey  of  the  Jews  from  the  end  of  antiquity  to  early  modern  times,  from  a 
cultural  and  intellectual  perspective. 

23.534  History  of  the  Jews  II  (2  q.h.,  Group  II) 
The  role  and  position  of  the  Jew  in  modern  history. 

23.537  European  Intellectual  History,  1350-1688  (2  q.h.,  Group  I) 
The  major  ideas  of  the  Renaissance  and  Reformation. 

23.538  European  Intellectual  History,  1688-1815  (2  q.h.,  Group  I) 

The  broad  spectrum  of  eighteenth-century  thought,  with  emphasis  on  scientific, 
religious,  and  political  ideas. 

23.539  European  Intellectual  History  since  1815  (2  q.h.,  Group  II) 

The  main  currents  of  European  thought  considered  in  their  social  and  political 
context,  from  Romanticism  to  the  present. 

23.541  Europe,  1648-1789  (2  q.h.,  Group  I) 

Europe  from  the  end  of  the  Thirty  Years'  War  to  the  French  Revolution. 

23.542  Europe,  1789-1870  (2  q.h.,  Group  II) 

Europe  from  the  French  Revolution  to  the  Franco-Prussian  War,  with  a  stress  on  $ 
the  struggles  for  liberalism  and  nationalism. 

23.543  Europe,  1870-1914  (2  q.h.,  Group  II) 

The  background  of  World  War  I,  with  an  emphasis  on  the  roles  of  nationalism, 
militarism,  imperialism,  and  the  European  alliance  system. 

23.544  Europe,  1914-1939  (2  q.h.,  Group  II) 

Europe  from  World  War  I  to  World  War  II,  emphasizing  the  failures  of  peace- 
makers at  Versailles  and  the  subsequent  rise  of  aggressive  autocracies  in  Italy 
and  Germany. 


23.545     Europe  since  1939  (2  q.h.,  Group  II) 

World  War  II  and  its  aftermath,  with  an  emphasis  on  the  Cold  War  and  attempts 

by  European  nations  to  unify  the  continent. 


23.548  England,  1603-1815  (2  q.h.,  Group  I) 

England  in  the  Stuart  and  Hanover  age,  with  emphasis  on  the  victory  of  the 
parliamentary  institutions  over  the  monarchy. 

23.549  England  since  1815  (2  q.h.,  Group  II) 

The  democratization  of  English  life  in  the  nineteenth  and  twentieth  centuries, 
with  emphasis  on  changing  imperial  and  international  relations. 

23.552  English  Constitutional  History  to  1485  (2  q.h.,  Group  I) 

The  development  of  the  English  constitution  from  Anglo-Saxon  roots  to  the  com- 
ing of  the  Tudors,  with  attention  to  local  as  well  as  central  government. 

23.553  English  Constitutional  History  since  1485  (2  q.h.,  Group  II) 

The  victory  of  Parliament  over  the  King  and  the  subsequent  democratization  of 
England's  governmental  institutions  and  processes. 


COURSE   DESCRIPTIONS  /  199 

1.554  France  since  1815  (2  q.h.,  Group  II) 

ance  after  Napoleon,  with  attention  to  continuing  attempts  by  the  French 
jople  to  find  satisfactory  political  institutions. 

1.555  Germany  since  1815  (2  q.h.,  Group  II) 

IR  analysis  of  the  role  of  nationalism  in  German  life  after  1815,  with  emphasis 
i  unification,  militarism,  and  imperialism. 

$.556     Italy  since  1815  (2  q.h.,  Group  II) 

r\e  unification  of  Italy,  the  attempt  to  establish  constitutional  monarchy,  the 
se  of  fascism  after  World  War  I,  and  the  movement  toward  democratic  repub- 
oanism  after  World  War  II. 

ii.557     Ireland  since  1800  (2  q.h.,  Group  II) 

study  of  the  Irish  question  in  British  politics,  from  the  Act  of  Union  to  the 
stablishment  of  the  Free  State. 

J.558     European  Economy  and  Society  to  1750  (4  q.h.,  Group  I) 

topical  survey  of  European  economic  and  social  development  in  the  pre- 
idustrial  period. 

J.559     European  Economy  and  Society  since  1750  (4  q.h.,  Group  II) 
topical  survey  of  European  economic  and  social  development  from  the  begin- 
ings  of  industrialization  to  the  present. 

3.560  American  Indians  (2  q.h.,  Group  III) 

survey  of  the  American  Indian  from  pre-Columbian  times  to  the  present. 

3.561  Colonial  America  to  1689  (2  q.h.,  Group  III) 

he  exploration  and  settlement  of  North  America,  with  emphasis  on  the  estab- 
shment  of  political,  social,  and  economic  institutions. 

3.562  Colonial  America,  1689-1763  (2  q.h.,  Group  III) 

lorth  America  in  an  age  of  international  rivalry  for  the  continent. 

3.563  American  Revolution  and  Constitution  (2  q.h.,  Group  III) 

merica's  quest  for  independence  from  England  and  the  efforts  to  establish 
overnments  in  the  new  republic. 

3.564  American  Constitutional  History,  1789-1900  (2  q.h.,  Group  III) 

•elected  topics  in  the  development  of  the  American  Constitution,  with  primary 
mphasis  on  federalism  and  the  relations  of  government  and  the  economy. 

3.565  American  Constitutional  History  since  1900  (2  q.h.,  Group  III) 

"opics  include  the  conflict  between  the  liberal  and  conservative  attitudes  toward 
he  role  of  government  in  the  economy  and  the  role  of  the  Supreme  Court  in 
le  struggle  for  civil  liberties  and  rights. 

3.566  United  States  since  1945  (4  q.h.,  Group  III) 

"he  American  people,  from  the  close  of  World  War  II  to  the  present. 


200  /  COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 

23.567  American  Diplomatic  History  (2  q.h.,  Group  III) 
Selected  topics  in  the  history  of  American  foreign  relations  and  policy  sine* 
1789. 

23.568  American  Social  History  (2  q.h.,  Group  III) 
Selected  topics  in  the  life  of  the  American  people  since  1789. 

23.569  American  Economic  History  (2  q.h.,  Group  III) 
Selected  topics  in  the  development  of  the  capitalist  economy  in  America  sine*) 
1789,  with  attention  to  the  role  of  government. 

23.571     American  Urban  History  (2  q.h.,  Group  III) 

The  development  of  urban  society  in  the  United  States  since  1800. 

23.574  Afro-American  History  (2  q.h.,  Group  III) 
The  history  of  Afro-Americans,  from  colonial  times  to  the  present. 

23.575  Populism  and  Progressivism  (2  q.h.,  Group  III) 
A  topical  history  of  the  United  States  from  1877  to  1917,  concentrating  on  it: 
social  and  cultural  reactions  to  the  processes  of  industrialization  and  urbaniza 
tion. 

23.576  The  United  States,  1917-1933  (2  q.h.,  Group  III) 
A  topical   history  of  the  United   States   in  time  of  world  war,   prosperity,   ano 
depression. 

23.577  The  Age  of  Roosevelt  (2  q.h.,  Group  III) 
America  in  the  era  of  the  Great  Depression  and  World  War  II. 

23.580  Perceptions  of  America  (2  q.h.,  Group  III) 
A  study  of  the  image  of  America  and  Americans,  as  expressed  by  Americans  anc 
others. 

23.581  Latin  America  to  1826  (2  q.h.,  Group  IV) 
The  fusing  of  Indian,  Iberian,  and  Negro  cultures  in  Latin  America  and  the  quest 
for  political  independence. 

23.582  Latin  America,  1826-1920  (2  q.h.,  Group  IV) 

The  attempts  by  Latin  Americans  to  establish  stable  societies  and  democratic 
governments. 

23.583  Contemporary  Latin  America  (2  q.h.,  Group  IV) 
The  struggles  of  Latin  Americans  for  political,  economic,  and  social  develop- 
ment since  1920. 

23.584  The  Far  East  to  1850  (2  q.h.,  Group  IV) 

The  history  of  China  and  Japan  prior  to  their  opening  by  the  West  in  the  mid- 
nineteenth  century. 

23.585  China  since  1850  (2  q.h.,  Group  IV) 

A  century  of  China's  history,  with  emphasis  on  the  western  impact  on  Chinese) 


COURSE   DESCRIPTIONS  /  201 

civilization,  China's  struggle  to  maintain  independence,  and  the  victory  of  com- 
munism in  the  twentieth  century. 

23.586     Japan  since  1850  (2  q.h.,  Group  IV) 

VAn  analysis  of  Japanese  domestic  developments  and  foreign  relations  since  the 
mid-nineteenth  century. 

23.588  Africa  to  1885  (2  q.h.,  Group  IV) 

African  prehistory;  the  evolution  of  African  government  and  society;  the  dy- 
namics of  Afro-European  contact  before  1885. 

23.589  Africa  since  1885  (2  q.h.,  Group  IV) 

The  European  impact  on  Africa;  the  rise  of  African  nationalism;  the  emergence 
of  independent  African  states. 

23.591  Modern  Middle  East  (2  q.h.,  Group  IV) 

The  Middle  East  since  1914,  with  attention  to  Zionism,  Pan  Arabism,  the  effects 
of  two  world  wars,  and  the  postwar  settlements. 

23.592  India  and  Pakistan  (2  q.h.,  Group  IV) 

The  political  and  religious  history  of  the  peoples  who  formed  India  and  Pakistan 
with  an  account  of  internal  developments  and  foreign  relations  since  inde- 
pendence. 

23.593  Southeast  Asia  (4  q.h.,  Group  IV) 

The  cultures  of  the  peoples  of  Southeast  Asia,  with  an  examination  of  the  impact 
of  European  nations  upon  them  and  an  account  of  their  quests  for  national 
identity  and  economic  development. 

I  23.594     Russia,  1450-1801  (2  q.h.,  Group  I) 

The  emergence  of  Russia  as  a  recognized  European  power  with  an  account  of 
westernization  and  expansion  in  the  eighteenth  century. 

I  23.595     Russia,  1801-1917  (2  q.h.,  Group  II) 

The  history  of  the  Russian  people  and  their  government,  from  the  Days  of  Czar 
:  Alexander  I  to  the  revolutions  of  1917. 

:  23.596     Russia  since  1917  (2  q.h.,  Group  II) 

The  revolutions  of  1917  and  the  subsequent  history  of  the  Russian  people  and 
i  their  government,  with  special  emphasis  on  foreign  relations. 

;  23.597     Honors  Program  I  (4  q.h.) 

Prereq.  Approval  of  Dean. 

23.598     Honors  Program  II  (4  q.h.) 
Prereq.  23.597. 

i  23.599     Honors  Program  III  (4  q.h.) 
-  Prereq.  23.598 

23.601     Western  Civilization  IV  (4  q.h.) 

The  major  ideas  and  institutions  of  Western  Civilization  from  ancient  times  to 


202  /  COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 

1648.  (Not  open  to  students  who  intend  to  receive  credit  for  23.501,  23,502, 
or  23.509.) 

23.602    Western  Civilization  V  (4  q.h.) 

A  continuation  of  23.601,  covering  the  period  since  1648.  (Not  open  to  stu- 
dents who  intend  to  receive  credit  for  23.502,  23.503,  or  23.510.) 

23.699     Field  Work  in  History  (6  q.h.) 

Extra-collegiate  experience  in  historical  research  or  historical  agencies.  (Refer 
to  page  87  describing  field  work  courses)  Pereq.  Survey  courses  in  Western 
Civilization  and  American  History  and  23.500. 

25— SOCIAL  WELFARE  (see  page  190.) 
2&—  PHILOSOPHY 

Consultant:  Prof.  E.  Hacker,  Philosophy  Dept.  (L.A.  College) 

26.501  Introduction  to  Philosophy  I  (2  q.h.) 

An  examination  of  the  aims,  functions,  and  methods  of  philosophy  by  means  of 
a  systematic  study  of  one  or  two  philosophers.  Questions  in  ethics  and  moral 
philosophy  stressed   in  the  latter  part  of  the  quarter. 

26.502  Introduction  to  Philosophy  II  (2  q.h.) 

Development  of  some  of  the  major  conceptions  of  the  meaning  of  human  exist- 
ence, the  nature  of  human  knowledge,  and  the  nature  and  existence  of  God. 

26.503  Introduction  to  Philosophy  III  (2  q.h.) 

A  study  of  some  of  the  central  views  of  the  aims,  structure,  and  functions  of 
society.  One  other  area  in  philosophy  will  be  discussed  in  the  latter  half  of  this 
quarter. 

26.510     Introduction  to  Philosophy  (Intensive)  (6  q.h.) 

An  examination  of  the  aims,  functions,  and  methods  of  philosophy  in  com- 
parison with  other  areas  of  human  knowledge  and  valuation.  Inquiry  into  the 
nature  of  morality,  kinds  of  moral  judgments,  and  types  of  ethical  theories 
with  particular  attention  to  their  application  to  moral  issues  of  our  day.  Com- 
parison of  major  conceptions  of  the  ultimate  meaning  of  human  existence,  the 
nature  of  mind,  freedom,  and  God.  (Not  open  to  students  who  have  taken  26.501, 
26.502,  26.503,  or  equiv.) 

26.504  The  Greek  and  Roman  Philosophers  (2  q.h.) 

Development  of  western  thought  from  the  seventh  century  B.C.  until  the  time 
of  Christ  with  emphasis  upon  Plato,  Aristotle,  and  the  Stoics. 

26.505  The  Ages  of  Belief  and  Adventure  (2  q.h.) 

The  leading  philosophers  of  the  early  Christian,  Medieval,  and  Renaissance 
periods  with  particular  attention  to  St.  Augustine,  St.  Thomas,  Francis  Bacon, 
and  Thomas  Hobbes.     Prereq.  26.504  or  equiv. 

26.506  The  Ages  of  Reason  and  Enlightenment  (2  q.h.) 

Philosophy  in  the  seventeenth  and  eighteenth  centuries  with  emphasis  upon 
Descartes,   Spinoza,   Locke,   Hume,   and   Kant.     Prereq.  26.505  or  equiv. 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS  /  203 

26.507  Philosophy  of  the  Nineteenth  Century  (2  q.h.) 

Philosophic  trends  in  the  nineteenth  century  considered  as  background  for  the 
understanding  of  ideas  influential  in  the  twentieth  century.  Prereq.  26.503, 
26.506  or  equiv. 

26.508  Twentieth-Century  Philosophy  (2  q.h.) 

Discussion   of  the   major  contemporary   philosophic  trends  as   represented   by 

1  logical   positivism,   analytic   philosophy,   and   existentialism.     Prereq.   26.507  or 
Yequiv. 

26.509  Major  Thinkers  of  Our  Time  (2  q.h.) 

l*An  in-depth  study  of  two  or  three  philosophers,  representatives  of  which  would 
|  be  Austin,  Ayer,  Carnap,  Dewey,  Lewis,  Maritain,  Moore,  Sartre,  or  Whitehead. 
Prereq.  26.508  or  equiv. 

26.511  Philosophy  of  Art  I  (2  q.h.) 

The  nature  of  art  and  the  experience  of  beauty. 

26.512  Philosophy  of  Art  II  (2  q.h.) 

Theories  concerning  art  and  aesthetic  experience  such  as  those  of  Plato,  Aris- 
totle, Tolstoy,  Santayana,  Dewey,  and  Cassirer.     Prereq.  26.511  or  equiv. 

226.513     Philosophy  of  Art  III  (2  q.h.) 

/A  study  of  the  problems  of  artistic  taste,  standards  of  criticism,  and  the  ob- 
jectivity of  artistic  judgements.  Concludes  with  a  discussion  of  the  arts,  the 
artist,  and  society.     Prereq.  26.512  or  equiv. 

26.514  The  Human  Search  for  Meaning  (2  q.h.) 

The  role  of  selected  recent  philosophy  and  literature  in  the  human  struggle  for 
meaning  and  identity.  Some  of  the  themes  to  be  explored:  freedom  and  respon- 
sibility;  alienation   and   anxiety;  death  and  finitude. 

26.515  Images  of  Man  in  Philosophy  (2  q.h.) 

•An  exploration  of  selected  concepts  of  the  nature  of  man  in  philosophy  and 
literature. 

2  26.516     Technology  and  Man  (2  q.h.) 

An  exploration  of  the  human  issues  which  have  arisen  in  a  technological  age. 
Issues  such  as  the  relations  between  man  and  machine  and  the  moral  issues 
surrounding  organ   transplants  are   representative. 

•  26.517     Utopias  and  Anti-Utopias  (2  q.h.) 

A  study  of  Utopian  and  anti-utopian  literature  as  expressions  of  social  criticism 
and  as  theories  of  social  reform. 

i  26.521     Philosophy  of  Religion  I  (2  q.h.) 

'  A  study  of  the  nature  of  religious  experience  and  beliefs  about  the  nature  of  God. 

i  26.522     Philosophy  of  Religion  II  (2  q.h.) 
The  origins,  nature,  and  functions  of  religion.     Prereq.  26.521  or  equiv. 


204  /  COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 

26.523  Philosophy  of  Religion  III  (2  q.h.) 

Intensive  study  of  some  of  the  major  problems  such  as  natural  and  moral  evil,  I 
the  soul,  immortality,  miracles,  and  religious  knowledge.  Prereq.  26.522  or 
equiv. 

26.524  The  Great  Eastern  Religions  I  (2  q.h.) 

The  development  of  eastern  primitive  religions  and  their  subsequent  evolution 
into  the  sophisticated  forms  of  the  contemporary  eastern  religions. 

26.525  The  Great  Eastern  Religions  II  (2  q.h.) 

Study  of  Egyptian  and  Babylonian  religions,  Confucianism,  and  Taoism.  Prereq. 
26.524  or  equiv. 

26.526  The  Great  Eastern  Religions  III  (2  q.h.) 

Study  of  Hinduism,  Buddhism,  and  Shintoism.     Prereq.  26.525  or  equiv. 

26.527  The  Great  Western  Religions  I  (2  q.h.) 

The  development  of  western  primitive  religions  and  their  subsequent  evolution 
into  the  sophisticated  forms  of  the  contemporary  western  religions. 

26.528  The  Great  Western  Religions  II  (2  q.h.) 

Study  of  Zoroastrianism,  Judaism,   and   Christianity.     Prereq.  26.527  or  equiv. 

26.529  The  Great  Western  Religions  III  (  2  q.h.) 

Study  of  the  religion  of  Islam,  contemporary  religious  sects,  and  religious 
phenomena.     Prereq.  26.528  or  equiv. 

26.531  Ethics  I  (2  q.h.) 

Introduction  to  moral  problems  such  as  egoism  and  altruism,  good  and  evil, 
conscience,  obligation,  and  human  freedom. 

26.532  Ethics  II  (2  q.h.) 

Critical  discussion  of  some  of  the  major  ethical  theories  and  the  implications 
of  modern  psychological  and  sociological  theories  about  man  and  society. 
Prereq.  26.531  or  equiv. 

26.533  Ethics  III  (2  q.h.) 

The  relations  of  ethical  theory  and  morality  to  religion,  social  philosophy,  art, 
and  science.     Prereq.  26.532  or  equiv. 

26.534  Logic  (2  q.h.) 

Emphasis  upon  logic  as  a  practical  discipline  which  enables  the  student  to 
analyze  types  of  arguments  and  to  detect  fallacies  in  arguments. 

26.535  Ethics  (Intensive)  (6  q.h.) 
Same  as  26.532,  533,  and  534. 

26.541     Social  Philosophy  I  (2  q.h.) 

Critical  examination  of  the  leading  socio-political  ideologies  in  regard  to  their 
conceptions  of  the  character,  structure,  and  function  of  society.  Plato  and 
Aristotle  emphasized. 


COURSE   DESCRIPTIONS  /  205 

26.542  Social  Philosophy  II  (2  q.h.) 

Continuation   of  26.541    with   emphasis   upon   Hobbes,   Locke,   Hegel,   and   Mill. 
Prereq.  26.541  or  equiv. 

26.543  Social  Philosophy  III  (2  q.h.) 

!  Emphasis   upon   Marxism,   contemporary   communism,  fascism,   capitalism,   and 
1  contemporary  social  ideologies.     Prereq.  26.542  or  equiv. 

26.544  Selected  Topics  in  Philosophy  I  (2  q.h.) 

Advanced  course.  Readings  chosen  jointly  by  students  and  instructor.  Has  in- 
cluded   such    topics    as   aggression,    Utopian    literature,    Marxism,    pragmatism. 

26.545  Selected  Topics  in  Philosophy  II  (2  q.h.) 
Continuation  of  26.544 

26.546  Selected  Topics  in  Philosophy  III  (2  q.h.) 
Continuation  of  26.545 

1  26.551     The  Existentialist  Revolt  (2  q.h.) 

Sources  of  existentialism  in  the  Western  tradition  with  emphasis  upon  Kierke- 
gaard and  Nietzsche. 

j  26.552     The  Existentialist  Challenge  (2  q.h.) 
The  existential  view  of  man  and  his  world  with  emphasis  upon  Heidegger,  Sartre, 
and    the    religious   existentialists — Marcel,   Tillich,    and    Buber.     Prereq.   26.551 
or  equiv. 

!  26.553     Existentialism  Appraised  (2  q.h.) 
Contemporary  assessments  of  the  existentialism  movement,  its  meaning,  signif- 
icance, and  truth.     Prereq.  26.552  or  equiv. 

26.560     Buddhism  (2  q.h.) 

The  principal  teachings  of  the  Buddhists. 

.  26.561     Hinduism  (2  q.h.) 
The  major  Hindu  teachings. 

26.562  Islam  (2  q.h.) 

The  major  principles  of  Islam. 

26.563  Judaism  (2  q.h.) 
The  elements  of  Judaism. 

26.567     Mysticism:  East  and  West  (2  q.h.) 
'  An  exploration  of  mystical  experiences  through  a  discussion  of  some  repre- 
sentative religious  mystics. 

:  26.570     Religion  and  Myth  (2  q.h.) 

1  A  study  of  myths  as  the  expressions  of  religious  man's  experience  of  the  world 
<  and  himself.  Examples  will  be  drawn  from  primitive  religions  and  the  traditional 
religious  of  East  and  West. 


206  /  COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 

27— FINE  ARTS 

Consultant:  Prof.  R.  L.  Wells,  Chairman,  Art  Dept.  (L.A.  College) 

27.501     Introduction  to  the  Arts  (2  q.h.) 

Introduction  to  the  techniques  and  meanings  of  various  artistic  expressions  iff 

painting,   sculpture,   drawing,   architecture,   and  graphic  arts. 

27.504  History  of  Art  I  (2  q.h.) 

History  of  Western  art  from  prehistoric  times  to  the  end  of  the  Roman  Empire.) 

27.505  History  of  Art  II  (2  q.h.) 

History  of  Western  art  from  the  end  of  the  Roman  Empire  to  the  late  sixteenth; 
century.     Prereq.  27.504. 

27.506  History  of  Art  III  (2  q.h.) 

History  of  Western  Art  from  the  late  sixteenth  century  to  the  twentieth  century.' 
Prereq.  27.505. 

27.507  Ancient  Architecture  (2  q.h.) 

Developments   in   the   builder's   art  from   prehistoric  times  to  the  end   of  the j 
classical  Era. 

27.508  Medieval  and  Renaissance  Architecture  (2  q.h.) 

A  study  of  architecture  from  the  Early  Christian  Period  through  the  Renaissance.' 

27.509  European  Architecture  (2  q.h.) 
Seventeenth-,  eighteenth-,  and  nineteenth-century  architecture. 

27.510  Ancient  Painting  and  Sculpture  I  (2  q.h.) 
A  survey  of  art  from  pre-historic  period  through  Egypt  and  Mesopotamia. 

27.511  Ancient  Painting  and  Sculpture  II  (2  q.h.) 
A  survey  of  art  from  Crete  through  Greece  and  Rome. 

27.512  Medieval  Painting  and  Sculpture  (2  q.h.) 
Early  Christian  era;  Byzantine,  Romanesque,  and  Gothic  Art. 

27.514  European  Painting  (2  q.h.) 
Development  of  painting  from  the  late  sixteenth  century  to  the  middle  of  the 
nineteenth  century  in  Northern  and  Western  Europe. 

27.515  Modern  Painting  I  (2  q.h.) 
The   development   of   painting   from    late   nineteenth   century  to  the   Surrealist 
movement. 

27.516  Modern  Painting  II  (2  q.h.) 
The  various  styles  of  painting   from   Surrealism  to  contemporary  art. 

27.518     Twentieth-Century  American  Architecture  (2  q.h.) 
Study  of  architecture  from  Richardson  to  the  present. 


COURSE   DESCRIPTIONS  /  207 

27.519     Twentieth-Century  European  Architecture  (2  q.h.) 
Study   of   architecture   from    Le   Corbusier   to  the   present. 

:  27.520     Italian  Renaissance  Art  (2  q.h.) 
Study  of   painting   and   sculpture  of  the  fifteenth   and   sixteenth   centuries. 

27.522  French  Painting  (2  q.h.) 

Study  of  French  painting  of  the  nineteenth  century. 

27.523  English  Art  (2  q.h.) 

English  art  from  the  Gothic  to  the  nineteenth  century. 

27.524  American  Art  I  (2  q.h.) 

The  development  of  American  architecture,  sculpture,  and  painting  from  Colo- 
nial times  to  the  War  of  Independence. 

27.525  American  Art  II  (2  q.h.) 

The   development  of  American   architecture,   sculpture,   and   painting   from  the 
Revolution  to  the  Civil  War.     Prereq.  27.524  or  equiv. 

:  27.526     American  Art  III  (2  q.h.) 

The   development  of  American   architecture,   sculpture,   and   painting  from  the 
Civil  War  to  the  present.     Prereq.  27.525  or  equiv. 

I  27.527     Life  Drawing  I  (3  q.h.) 
Basic    life   drawing    involving   anatomy   and    study   of   figure   drawing.     Prereq. 
27.543  or  other  drawing  courses  on  departmental  approval. 

27.528  Life  Drawing  II  (3  q.h.) 

Life  drawing  of  the  figure  in  various  media.     Prereq.  27.527. 

27.529  Life  Drawing  III  (3  q.h.) 

Figure  drawing  and  figure  composition  in  various  media.     Prereq.  27.528. 

27.535  African  Art  (2  q.h.) 

Various  stylistic  characteristics  of  sculpture  and  other  artistic  expressions  of 
the  major  cultures  of  Africa  from  the  thirteenth  to  the  twentieth  century. 

27.536  Latin  American  Art  (2  q.h.) 

i  Pre-Columbian  and  post-Columbian  art  forms  of  Latin  America,  including  archi- 
tecture,  sculpture,   painting,   and   the  decorative  arts — excluding   Mexico. 

27.538  Chinese  Painting  (2  q.h.) 

A   history   of  the   Chinese  art  of   painting  from   its   inception   to  the  twentieth 
century. 

27.539  Japanese  Art  (2  q.h.) 

The  arts  of  painting,  sculpture,  and  architecture  in  Japan. 

:  27.540     Freehand  Drawing  (3  q.h.) 
An  elementary  course  in  drawing.  (Does  not  fulfill  drawing  requirement  for  the 
studio  art  major.) 


208  /  COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 

27.541  Drawing  I  (3  q.h.) 

Practice  in  the  techniques  and  development  of  drawing  in  pencil,  pen,  and  ink, 
with  concentration  on  basic  drawing  problems. 

27.542  Drawing  II  (3  q.h.) 

Practice  in  the  techniques  of  wash  drawing,  scratch  board  drawing,  and  mixed 
medias.     Prereq.  27.541  or  equiv. 

27.543  Drawing  III  (3  q.h.) 

Study  of  human  anatomy  and  the  practice  of  figure  drawing  and  composition. 
Prereq.  27.542  or  equiv. 

27.544  Graphic  Arts  I  (3  q.h.) 

Creative  expression  in  various  graphic  art  media  such  as  woodcuts. 

27.545  Graphic  Arts  II  (3  q.h.) 

Execution  of  prints  in  various  media  and  the  printing  process. 

27.546  Graphic  Arts  III  (3  q.h.) 

Execution  of  more  advanced  printmaking  with  various  graphic  media. 

27.547  European  Graphic  Arts  (2  q.h.) 

History  of  graphic  arts  from  the  Medieval  period  to  the  end  of  the  nineteenth 
century.  Development  of  engraving,  etching,  woodcuts,  and  lithography. 

27.551  Painting — Basic  Level  I  (3  q.h.) 

Practice  and  creative  expression  in  the  technical  fundamentals  of  figure  and 
landscape  painting. 

27.552  Painting — Basic  Level  II  (3  q.h.) 

Creative   expression   in   advanced   painting   problems  of  figure   study.     Prereq. 

27.551  or  equiv. 

27.553  Painting — Basic  Level  III  (3  q.h.) 

Creative   expression   in   advanced   painting   problems   in   composition.     Prereq. 

27.552  or  equiv. 

27.554  Painting — Advanced  Level  I  (3  q.h.) 

Painting  with  concentration  upon  the  development  of  personal  expression  and 
style. 

27.555  Painting — Advanced  Level  II  (3  q.h.) 

Painting  with   concentration   upon  the  development  of  personal   style  and  the 
execution  of  various  painting  problems. 

27.556  Painting — Advanced  Level  III  (3  q.h.) 
Development  of  style  and  experimentation  with  various  media. 

27.557  Advanced  Graphic  Arts  I  (3  q.h.) 

Execution  of  advanced  printmaking  in  various  media.     Prereq.  27.544,  546,  547 
or  other  graphic  courses  on  departmental  approval. 


COURSE   DESCRIPTIONS  /  209 

27.558  Advanced  Graphic  Arts  II  (3  q.h.) 

Printmaking  in  various  experimental  media.     Prereq.  27.557. 

27.559  Advanced  Graphic  Arts  III  (3  q.h.) 
Printmaking  in  various  media.     Prereq.  27.558. 

27.560  Oriental  Indian  Art  (2  q.h.) 

The  national  Indian  styles  of  sculpture,  painting,  and  architecture. 

27.561  Basic  Color  and  Design  I  (3  q.h.) 

Study  and  practice  of  the  principles  of  design  and  science  of  color. 

27.562  Basic  Color  and  Design  II  (3  q.h.) 

Advanced  study  in  the  science  of  color.     Prereq.  27.561  or  equiv. 

27.563  Basic  Color  and  Design  III  (3  q.h.) 
Advanced  problems  in  design.     Prereq.  27.562  or  equiv. 

27.564  Advanced  Color  and  Design  (3  q.h.) 

Creative  expression  in  various  color  and  design  problems. 

27.571  Basic  Commercial  Design  I  (3  q.h.) 

Study  and  creative  work  in  layout,  illustration,  advertising,  and  typography. 

27.572  Basic  Commercial  Design  II  (3  q.h.) 

Advanced  commercial  design  problems.     Prereq.  27.571  or  equiv. 

27.573  Basic  Commercial  Design  III  (3  q.h.) 

Advanced  commercial  design  problems.     Prereq.  27.572  or  equiv. 

27.574  Advanced  Commercial  Design  (3  q.h.) 
Creative  problems  in  illustration  design. 

27.587  History  of  Photography  I  (2  q.h.) 

Early  developments   in   photography  from  ancient  times  to  the  daguerreotype. 

27.588  History  of  Photography  II  (2  q.h.) 

Developments  of  modern  photography  from  the  work  of  Stieglitz  to  the  present. 
Prereq.  27.587  or  equiv. 

27.589  History  of  Photography  III  (2  q.h.) 

Study  of  styles  in  contemporary  photography  with  emphasis  on  major  modern 
photographs.     Prereq.  27.588  or  equiv. 

27.591  Art  Seminar  (2  q.h.) 

Specific  techniques,  problems,  and  theories  in  art.  Students  will  be  responsible 
for  research  projects  and  papers. 

27.592  New  York  Art  Seminar  (2  q.h.) 

Study  and  inspection  of  the  painting  collections  in  the  Metropolitan  Museum  of 
Art,   Frick  Collection,   Museum  of  Modern  Art,  and  the  Guggenheim   Museum. 


210  /  COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 

27.594     European  Art  Seminar  (2  q.h.) 

A  four-week  study  and  travel  seminar  through  major  European  art  centers,  with 

emphasis  on  the  major  works  of  art  in  each. 

27.597  History  and  Technique  of  Film  Art  I  (2  q.h.) 

A  study  of  the  development  of  film  art  in  Europe  and  America  from  its  origins 
to  1945. 

27.598  History  and  Technique  of  Film  Art  II  (2  q.h.) 

A  study  of  the  development  of  film  art  in  the  United  States  and  Europe  from 
1945  to  the  present.     Prereq.  27.597. 

27.599  History  and  Techniques  of  Film  Art  III  (2  q.h.) 

Study  of  films  by  major  contemporary  directors.     Prereq.  27.598. 

27.600  Honors  Program  I  (4  q.h.) 
Prereq.  Approval  of  the  Dean. 

27.601  Honors  Program  II  (4  q.h.) 
Prereq.  27.600. 

27.602  Honors  Program  III  (4  q.h.) 
Prereq.  27.601. 

27.603  Mexican  Art  (2  q.h.) 

Pre-Columbian  from  the  Archaic  and  Classical  periods  in  the  present. 


28—  MUSIC 

Consultant:  Prof.  R.  L.  Nadeau,  Chairman,  Music  Dept.  (L.A.  College) 

28.501     Introduction  to  Music  (2  q.h.) 

The  principal  concern  is  to  teach  the  student  a  technique  for  listening  actively 
to  music.  The  course  surveys  and  analyzes  works  by  J.  S.  Bach,  Mozart,  Beetho- 
ven, Wagner,  Stravinsky,  and  others. 

28.503     Women  in  Music  (2  q.h.) 

A  study  in  depth  of  the  historical  role  of  women  in  music;  woman  as  composer, 

performer,  patron,  inspiration. 

28.507  Fundamentals  of  Music  I  (for  non-majors)  (2  q.h.) 

A  course  for  beginners  who  are  not  music  majors.  The  development  of  music 
reading  and  hearing  skills.  Simple  notation  of  pitch  and  rhythm.  Scales,  inter- 
vals, chords. 

28.508  Fundamentals  of  Music  II  (2  q.h.) 

Continuation  of  course  28.507.  New  students  admitted  upon  examination.  Dicta- 
tion, part-singing,  and  sight-singing.  Beginning  instrumental  studies  in  recorder. 
Prereq.  28.507  or  equiv. 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS  /  211 

28.509  Fundamentals  of  Music  III  (2  qh.) 

Continuation  of  course  28.508.  New  students  admitted  upon  examination.  Major, 
minor,  and  modal  melodies.  Seventh-chord  symbols.  Voice  leading,  cadences. 
Chorale  analysis.  Continuation  of  instrumental  studies  on  recorder.  Prereq. 
28.508  or  equiv. 

28.510  Music  and  Art  (2  qh.) 

A  chronological  survey  of  the  relationship  between  music  and  art  comparing  the 
musical  styles  of  great  composers  and  the  pictorial  qualities  of  the  master 
painters  of  our  heritage. 

28.511  History  of  Music  (2  qh.) 

A  survey  of  the  historical  trends  in  music  from  ancient  times  to  the  present. 
Men,  ideas,  and  events  which  have  influenced  change  in  musical  style  will  be 
highlighted.  From  this  course,  the  student  should  gain  a  broad  overview  of 
musical  literature  and  history  which  will  enhance  his  understanding  and  future 
concert-going. 

28.515     Contemporary  Music  (2  qh.) 

Contemporary  music  and  its  techniques  seen  as  a  mirror  of  our  time.  Major 
composers  studied  include  Stravinsky,  Debussy,  Ravel,  Bartok,  Prokofiev,  Hinde- 
mith,  Milhaud,  and  Schoenberg. 

28.517  Music  as  a  means  of  Social  Expression  (formerly  Music  as  the  Expres- 
sion of  Man)  (2  q.h.) 

A  general  and  philosophical  view  of  music  in  Western  culture  covering  the  fol- 
lowing: aspects  of  social  relevance;  compositional  style  in  various  periods;  and 
important  themes,  (war  and  peace,  love  and  rejection,  etc.)  examined  in  a 
musical  context.  When  pertinent,  related  concepts  from  the  fine  arts  and  from 
philosophy  will  be  explored.  Live  performance,  recordings,  and  audiovisual 
media  will  be  used. 

28.520  Musical  Forms  (2  q.h.) 

The  fugue,  the  sonata,  theme  and  variations,  rondo,  the  lied;  analysis  of  the 
symphony,  the  string  quartet,  the  opera,  and  the  tone  poem. 

28.521  The  Symphony  (2.  q.h.) 

A  thorough  study  of  the  symphonies  of  Haydn,  Mozart,  Beethoven,  Berlioz, 
Brahms,  Dvorak,  and  Tchaikovsky. 

28.522  The  Concerto  (2  q.h.) 

The  evolution  of  the  concerto  from  its  origins  in  the  Baroque  period  to  its  use 
in  our  time.  Concertos  for  every  instrument  are  studied,  including  piano,  cello, 
violin,  horn,  organ,  and  bassoon. 

28.523  Great  Literature  for  the  Piano  (2  q.h.) 

The  study  of  pianoforte  music  written  in  the  nineteenth  and  early  twentieth 
centuries  by  masters  such  as  Beethoven,  Chopin,  Schumann,  Liszt,  Debussy, 
and  Ravel. 

28.524  The  World  of  Opera  (2.  q.h.) 

Distinctions  will  be  made  between  music  drama  and  the  number  opera.  Students 


212  /  COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 

will  be  required  to  acquire  librettos.  Aria,  recitative,  ensemble,  and  other  basic 
elements  of  opera  will  be  isolated  and  discussed. 

28.526    Jazz:  Evolution  and  Essence  (2  q.h.) 

The  many  roots  of  jazz  and  its  development  from  the  worksong  and  the  vocal 
blues  to  the  avant-garde  experiments  of  today.  Contributions  of  the  major  per- 
formers: soloists,  arrangers,  composers.  The  problems  of  "on-the-spot"  creativity 
and  personal  expression.  The  "beat."  Multiplicity  of  accent. 

28.528  Ear  Training  I  (2  q.h.) 

Rhythmic  articulation.  Solmization  studies  in  major  keys;  G  and  F  Clef.  Con- 
ductor's beat  patterns  in  simple  meter.  Rhythmic  and  melodic  dictation  in  major 
keys.  Interval  studies. 

28.529  Ear  Training  II  (2  q.h.) 

Continuation  of  course  28.528.  Solmization  studies  in  major  keys  with  chro- 
matics, and  in  minor  keys:  G,  F,  and  C  clef.  Conductor's  beat  patterns  in  simple 
and  compound  meter.  Melodic  dictation  in  major  and  minor  keys.  Harmonic  dic- 
tation. Interval  studies.     Prereq.  28.528  or  equiv. 

28.530  Ear  Training  III  (2  q.h.) 

Continuation  of  course  28.529.  Advanced  rhythmic,  melodic,  and  harmonic  dic- 
tation. Sight  singing  of  one-  and  two-part  melodies  in  major  and  minor  keys, 
with  chromatics.  Modulation.  Singing  in  four  parts.  Advanced  interval  studies. 
Prereq.  28.529  or  equiv. 

28.531  Life  and  Works  of  J.  S.  Bach  (2  q.h.) 

A  comprehensive  survey  of  the  music  and  background  of  J.  S.  Bach  with  four 
areas  of  concentration:  Bach  and  the  figured  bass;  the  young  Bach  (Baroque 
Romanticism);  Bach,  the  churchman;  Bach,  the  secular  composer. 

28.532  Life  and  Works  of  Mozart  (2  q.h.) 

Mozart's  mastery  in  all  fields  of  music  with  particular  emphasis  on  his  develop- 
ment of  the  symphony  and  his  achievements  in  opera.  The  man,  as  seen  through 
his  letters,  as  performer  and  composer. 

28.533  Life  and  Works  of  Beethoven  (2  q.h.) 

An  analysis  of  the  complex  personality  and  art  of  this  supreme  musical  genius. 
His  relation  to  the  turbulent  times  in  which  he  lived;  his  role  as  the  great  transi- 
tional figure  in  the  passage  from  Classicism  to  Romanticism.  His  psychological 
and  aesthetic  growth  will  be  observed  by  studying  similar  forms  written  in 
different  periods  of  his  life. 

28.534  Pedagogy  of  Music  I  (2  q.h.) 

Introduction  to  philosophy  principles  and  procedures  in  the  teaching  of  music. 

28.535  Pedagogy  of  Music  II  (2  q.h.) 

Procedures,  program  planning,  and  techniques  in  teaching  vocal  and  instru- 
mental music.     Prereq.  28.534  or  consent  of  instructor  prior  to  registration. 

28.536  Pedagogy  of  Music  III  (2  q.h.) 

Methods,    procedures,   and    materials   of/for   advanced   vocal   and   instrumental 


COURSE   DESCRIPTIONS  /  213 

music  instruction.  Prereq.  28.534,  28.535  or  consent  of  instructor  prior  to 
registration. 

28.540  The  Black  Artist  in  Music  (2  q.h.) 

General  survey  of  Afro-American  music  in  the  U.S.  traced  from  its  origins  in 
Africa  to  the  present.  Emphasis  on  jazz,  its  history,  and  an  analysis  of  the  con- 
tributions of  major  innovative  figures.  Sources  and  origins  of  jazz,  as  well  as 
their  contemporary  extensions  will  be  studied.  Intended  to  introduce  the  student 
to  the  vast  and  rich  expanses  of  black  musical  culture,  from  both  a  musical 
and  a  socio-historical  standpoint. 

28.541  Nationalism  in  Music  (2  q.h.) 

The  relationship  of  folk  song,  dance,  and  art  to  symphonic  literature;  national- 
istic elements  in  the  music  of  Dvorak,  Tchaikovsky,  Grieg,  Copland,  Shostako- 
vich, Sibelius;  the  effect  of  ideology  on  composers;  the  Soviet  composers. 

28.542  Music  of  the  U.S.A.  (2  q.h.) 

American  music  from  the  colonial  times  to  the  present,  influence  of  Stravinsky 
and  Schoenberg  on  American  composers,  music  for  the  theater,  jazz,  electronic 
music,  and  contemporary  music  trends. 

28.543  Great  Choral  Literature  (2  q.h.) 

A  study  of  sacred  and  secular  choral  literature  from  medieval  to  contemporary 
times. 

28.544  Chamber  Music  (2  q.h.) 

Ensemble  music  for  small  groups.  Examples  for  analysis  are  selected  from  the 
Baroque  Period  to  contemporary  styles. 

28.545  Wagner's  Ring  Cycle  (2  q.h.) 

An  in-depth  study  of  Wagner's  Cycle  of  music  drama:  Das  Rheingold,  Walkure, 
Siegfried  Gotterdammerung.  Wagner's  compositional  techniques  (e.g.,  the  use 
of  leitmotif  and  musical  metaphor)  are  examined  in  detail. 

28.546  Life  and  Work  of  Stravinsky  (2  q.h.) 

Le  Sacre,  Petrouchka,  Symphony  of  Psalms,  and  more  recent  works  are  given 
detailed  attention.  His  contributions  to  twentieth-century  style:  neo-classicism, 
pandiatonicism,  and  additive  style  are  analyzed,  and  his  strong  influence  on 
other  composers  is  noted. 

28.547  The  Music  of  Bruckner  and  Mahler  (2  q.h.) 

A  study  of  their  major  works  and  aesthetic  principles.  Large-scale  symphonic 
and  vocal  works  will  be  examined  as  a  culmination  of  nineteenth-century  Ro- 
manticism and  as  the  forerunners  of  twentieth-century  Expressionism. 

28.548  Great  Love  Songs  Through  the  Ages  (2  q.h.) 

The  music  of  love  songs,  ballads,  chansons,  lieder,  and  opera  arias  from  the 
Middle  Ages  to  today  will  be  studied,  listened  to,  and  discussed. 

28.549  A  History  of  Musical  Instruments  in  Western  Culture  (2  q.h.) 

A  study  of  the  evolution  of  musical  instruments  from  the  Middle  Ages  to  today. 


214  /  COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 

General  principles  of  instrument  construction  and  the  historical  contexts  of  their 
use  through  the  ages  will  be  discussed.  The  evolution  of  changing  tastes  in 
instrumental  sound  will  be  illustrated  through  listening  to  recordings  and,  when- 
ever possible,  through  live  performance.  Field  trips  to  the  Boston  Museum  of 
Fine  Arts  (which  houses  an  excellent  early  instrument  collection)  and  to  various 
instrument  builders  in  the  Boston  area  will  help  give  the  student  a  firsthand 
view  of  some  ancient  and  modern  instruments. 

28.550  Life  and  Works  of  Haydn  (2  q.h.) 

A  study  of  his  major  works  and  aesthetic  principles.  Emphasis  on  Haydn's  con- 
tributions to  Symphonic  form;  his  oratorios,  masses,  chamber  music,  songs, 
symphonies,  and  works  for  the  keyboard. 

28.551  Life  and  Works  of  Brahms  (2  q.h.) 

The  Romantic-Classicist;  his  technique  of  germinal  motivic  construction;  a  study 
of  his  symphonies,  concertos,  chamber  music,  the  songs,  and  the  Requiem. 

28.552  Life  and  Works  of  Chopin  (2  q.h.) 

A  comprehensive  study  of  the  pianoforte  compositions  of  Chopin  including  the 
sonatas,  concertos,  and  the  shorter  forms  such  as  the  waltzes,  nocturnes,  prel- 
udes, mazurkas,  etudes,  scherzos,  polonaises,  impromptus,  and  ballades. 

28.553  Melodrama  and  the  Macabre:  Aspects  of  Romanticism  in  Music  (2  q.h.) 
The  focus  of  this  course  is  on  program  music  of  the  Romantic  period  dealing 
with  strange  and  macabre  subjects.  Works  studied  will  include  Schubert's 
Erlkonig,  Weber's  Der  Freischutz,  and  Berlioz'  Symphonie  Fantastique.  Inves- 
tigations will  be  made  into  the  forces  which  produced  this  aspect  of  Roman- 
ticism with  references  to  literature  and  art  and  how  they  affected  the  musical 
scene. 

28.555     Contemporary  Opera  (2  q.h.) 

Almost  every  major  composer  including  Schoenberg,  Berg,  Bartok,  Stravinsky, 
Hindemith,  and  Poulenc  have  contributed  to  the  opera  repertory,  thus  illustrat- 
ing twentieth-century  style.  Among  the  works  studied  are:  Wozzeck,  the  Rake's 
Progress,  Dialogue  of  the  Carmelites,  and  Bluebeard's  Castle. 

28.571  Piano  Class  I  (2  q.h.) 

Fundamentals  of  music  and  interval  identification.  Scales  and  arpeggios,  hands 
separate.  Ear  training  through  keyboard  harmony  and  some  emphasis  on  en- 
semble playing.  Repertoire  requirements,  early  Mozart  minuets,  etc. 

28.572  Piano  Class  II  (2  q.h.) 

Scales  and  arpeggios,  hands  together.  Primary  triads  in  some  major  and  minor 
keys  for  improvisation  and  ear  playing.  Sight  playing  and  some  duet  perform- 
ances. Repertoire:  Anna  Magdelena.  Notebook  by  J.  S.  Bach.  Prereq.  28.571 
or  equiv.,  or  consent  of  instructor  prior  to  registration. 

28.573  Piano  Class  III  (2  q.h.) 

Scales  and  arpeggios,  hands  together  (2  octaves).  Primary  triads  in  all  keys 
adding  secondary  triads  in  some  keys.  Transposition  of  simple  tunes,  including 
The   National   Anthem,    using   own   accompaniment   in   all    keys.   Sight   playing, 


COURSE   DESCRIPTIONS  /  215 

Diller — Quaille  Book  II,  Repertoire:  Complete  Oxford  Piano  Course.  Prereq. 
28.572  or  equiv.,  or  consent  of  instructor  prior  to  registration. 

28.590  Directed  Study  (2  q.h.) 

Independent  work  under  the  direction  of  the  department  upon  a  chosen  topic. 
(Limited  to  qualified  students  with  approval  of  department  chairman.)  Prereq. 
Dept.  approval. 

28.591  Off-Broadway  Musical  Seminar  (2  q.h.) 

>  A  survey  of  the  music  and  forms  of  musicals  other  than  the  traditional  Broad- 
way show.  New  York,  off-Broadway,  and  community  theater  will  be  studied. 
Specific  off-Broadway  musicals  will  be  analyzed  in  depth. 

28.595     Opera  Seminar  (2  q.h.) 
'  An   historical   survey   of   opera.   Students  will   attend    performances   of   several 
operas  and  write  critical  reviews. 

28.597  Symphony  Seminar  (2  q.h.) 

!  An   historical   survey  and   analytic  study  of  the  symphony  orchestra.  Students 
■  will   attend   performances  of  several   different  symphony  orchestras  and   write 
critical  reviews. 

28.598  Musical  Comedy  Seminar  (2  q.h.) 

An  historical  survey  and  analytic  study  of  musical  shows.  Students  will  attend 
performances  and  write  critical  reviews. 

28.599  Theory  I— Tonal  Techniques  A  (2  q.h.) 

Fundamentals.  Pitch  and  rhythmic  notation,  scales,  intervals,  chord  construc- 
tion. Basic  ear  training,  melodic  and  rhythmic  dictation. 

28.600  Theory  II — Tonal  Techniques  B  (2  q.h.) 

Chord  progression.  Realization  of  figured  bass,  voice  leading,  harmonic  rhythm. 
Non-harmonic  tones.  Melodic  and  rhythmic  dictation.  Prereq.  28.599  or  equiv. 
or  consent  of  instructor  prior  to  registration. 

28.601  Theory  III — Eighteenth-Century  Harmonic  Practice  (2  q.h.) 

Choral  analysis.  Seventh  chords,  secondary  dominants,  modulation.  Melodic 
and  rhythmic  dictation.  Prereq.  28.600  or  equiv.  or  consent  of  instructor  prior 
to  registration. 

28.602  Music  History  l-Musical  Literature  to  1750  (2  q.h.) 

pA  study  of  sacred  and  secular  musical  literature  from  the  early  Middle  Ages 
through   the    Baroque.    Listening   to   and    discussion   of   monophony,   organum, 

i  music  of  the  troubadours  and  trouveres;  motets,  masses,  and  secular  music 
by  Machaut,  Dufay,  Josquin,  Palestrina,  Byrd;  Elizabethan  music,  both  vocal 
and    instrumental;   early   Italian   opera;   music   of  the  German   protestants  cul- 

!  minating  in  the  works  of  Bach  and  Handel  will  give  the  student  an  evolutionary 

Iview  of  music  history  and  style  during  this  period. 

p 28.603     Music  History  ll-Music  of  the  Classical  Period  (2  q.h.) 

^A  study  of  changing   musical  styles  from  Stamitz,  and  the  Mannheim  School 

I  through  the  works  of  Haydn,  Mozart,  and  early  Beethoven. 


216  /  COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 

28.604  Music  History  Ill-Music  of  the  Romantic  Era  (2  q.h.) 

Musical  styles  of  the  nineteenth  century.  The  role  of  music  and  the  musician  in 
the  changing  social,  economic,  political,  and  cultural  structure  of  Europe.  Music 
by  Beethoven,  Schubert,  Berlioz,  Brahms,  Verdi,  and  Wagner  will  be  heard,  dis- 
cussed, and  analyzed. 

28.605  Theory  IV  (2  q.h.) 

Non-dominant  seventh,  ninth,  eleventh,  and  thirteenth  chords.  Linear  embellish- 
ment of  harmony  and  harmonization  of  melody.  Keyboard  harmony.  Melodic  and 
rhythmic  dictation;  part  singing.  Prereq.  28.601  or  equiv.  or  consent  of  instruc- 
tor prior  to  registration. 

28.606  Theory  V  (2  q.h.) 

Analysis  of  appropriate  period  forms  and  compositions.  Chromatic  and  other 
non-diatonic  harmony.  Advanced  modulation.  Keyboard  harmony.  Melodic- 
rhythmic  dictation  and  part  singing.  Prereq.  28.605  or  equiv.  or  consent  of 
instructor  prior  to  registration. 

28.607  Theory  VI  (2  q.h.) 

Continuing  analysis  of  compositions  and  period  forms.  Modern  chord  symbols. ! 
Basic  principles  of  serial  writing.  Keyboard  harmony.  Melodic-rhythmic  dictation 
and   part  singing.     Prereq.  28.606  or  equiv.   or  consent  of  instructor  prior  to  i 
registration. 

28.608  Contrapuntal  Techniques  I  (2  q.h.) 
A  study  of  sixteenth-century  counterpoint.     Prereq.  28.599  or  equiv. 

28.609  Contrapuntal  Techniques  II  (2  q.h.) 
A  study  of  seventeenth-  and  eighteenth-century  counterpoint.     Prereq.  28.608  or 
equiv.  or  consent  of  instructor  prior  to  registration. 

28.611  Musical  Performance  I  (1  q.h.) 

Participation  in  rehearsals  and  public  performances  and/or  research,  composi- 
tion, arranging,  conducting,  solo  and  ensemble  activity,  etc.,  with  the  NU  SyrrH 
phony  Orchestra,  the  Early  Music  Players,  the  NU  Chorus,  the  NU  Bands,  on 
other  ensembles  under  the  supervision  and  coaching  of  a  faculty  member  of! 
the  Department  of  Music.  The  student's  progress  will  be  evaluated  at  the  end 
of  the  quarter  by  audition  or  otherwise.  Prereq.  Audition  or  permission  of 
instructor. 

28.612  Musical  Performance  II  (1  q.h.) 
Prereq.     Audition  or  permission  of  instructor. 

28.613  Musical  Performance  III  (1  q.h.) 
Prereq.     Audition  or  permission  of  instructor. 

28.614  Musical  Performance  IV  (1  q.h.) 
Prereq.     Audition  or  permission  of  instructor. 

28.695     Honors  Program  I  (4  q.h.) 
Prereq.  Permission  of  Dean. 


COURSE   DESCRIPTIONS  /  217 


28.696  Honors  Program  II  (4  q.h.) 
Prereq.  28.695. 

28.697  Honors  Program  III  (4  q.h.) 
Prereq.  28.696. 


29— SPEECH  AND  THEATRE  ARTS 

Consultant:  Prof.  E.  J.  Blackman,  Chairman,  Drama  and  Speech  Dept.  (L.A. 
College) 

29.501  Effective  Speaking  1  (2  q.h.) 

Selection  and  organization  of  speech  materials,  essentials  of  good  platform 
delivery,  individual  and  class  criticism  of  both  prepared  and  impromptu 
speeches.  A  practical  course  devoted  to  developing  an  ability  to  speak  easily, 
naturally,  and  forcefully. 

29.502  Effective  Speaking  II  (2  q.h  ) 

This  course  builds  upon  the  techniques  and  principles  developed  in  Effective 
Speaking  I  by  stressing  increased  student  proficiency.  Speech  organization  and 
delivery  of  more  complex  materials  with  which  the  student  is  likely  to  be  con- 
fronted in  business,  industry,  or  the  professions  will  be  studied.     Prereq.  29.501. 

29.503  Effective  Speaking  III  (2  q.h.) 

The  individual  speaker  as  part  of  a  group.  The  role  of  discussion  in  problem 
analysis,  problem  solving,  and  policy  making.  The  principles  and  methods  of 
organizing  and  participating  in  group  discussions.  Parliamentary  procedure. 
Prereq.  29.502. 

29.504  Voice  and  Articulation  I  (2  q.h.) 

A  practical  course  aimed  at  developing  the  speaking  voice;  special  emphasis 
on  articulation,  pitch  control,  vocal  variety,  and  flexibility;  basic  theory  of  the 
vocal  mechanism. 

29.505  Voice  and  Articulation  II  (2  q.h.) 

Study  of  the  science  of  speech  sounds,  investigation  of  regionalisms,  individual 
voice  development.     Prereq.  29.504. 

29.506  Oral  Interpretation  (2  q.h.) 

Application  of  basic  vocal  techniques  to  the  dramatic  interpretation  of  various 
forms  of  literature. 

29.507  Business  and  Professional  Speaking  (2  q.h.) 

Practice  in  the  organization  and  presentation  of  material  to  fit  varying  audi- 
ences. Emphasis  on  techniques  of  delivery  and  effective  presentation  of  ideas. 

29.508  Argumentation  and  Discussion  (2  q.h.) 

Designed  to  acquaint  the  student  with  the  basic  concepts  of  argumentation 
(evidence,  research,  refutation).  Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  psychology  of  an 
audience  and  various  types  of  group  discussion. 


218  /  COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 

29.509     Parliamentary  Procedure  (2  q.h.) 

Methods  of  conducting  and  organizing  meetings.  Development  of  effective  lead- 
ership techniques.  Experience  in  chairing  a  meeting  and  applying  rules  of  order. 

29.511     Introduction  to  Theatre  Arts  (2  q.h.) 

A  course  aimed  at  developing  in  theatregoers  an  appreciation  of  the  total  theatre 
experience,  by  studying  the  roles  played  by  the  artists  and  craftsmen  of  the 
theatre  in  bringing  the  playwright's  script  to  life.  The  role  of  the  director,  actors, 
and  designers.  The  role  of  the  audience  as  critics. 

29.521  Introduction  to  Dramatic  Literature  (2  q.h.) 

The  relationship  between  drama  as  literature  and  as  theatre.  Types  of  drama: 
comedy,  tragedy,  melodrama,  farce,  and  drawing-room  comedy.  The  dramatist's 
attitude  and  his  style:  Classicism,  Romanticism,  Realism,  Naturalism,  and 
Theatricalism. 

29.522  Masters  of  the  Theatre  I  (2  q.h.) 

The  plays  in  relationship  to  their  times,  the  theatres  in  which  they  were  per- 
formed, and  the  dramatic  theory  of  the  age.  An  examination  of  selected  plays 
from  the  Classical  Greek  and  Roman,  Medieval  religious  and  secular,  and 
Elizabethan  theatre. 

29.523  Masters  of  the  Theatre  II  (2  q.h.) 

The  art  of  the  Italian  commedia  dell'arte,  the  Neoclassic  theatre  of  Racine, 
Moliere,  and  Dryden,  the  Restoration  theatre,  and  the  plays  of  Goldsmith  and 
Sheridan. 

29.524  Modern  European  Drama  (2  q.h.) 

An  examination  of  European  drama  of  the  late  nineteenth  century  and  of  the 
twentieth  century  reflecting  the  changing  views  toward  the  nature  of  man  and 
the  techniques  of  theatre. 

29.525  Modern  British  Drama  (2  q.h.) 

The  drama  of  England  and  Ireland  of  the  twentieth  century  reflecting  the 
impact  of  modern  life  upon  modern  theatre. 

29.526  Modern  American  Drama  (2  q.h.) 

A  view  of  American  drama  from  1900  to  the  present  time.  The  American  play- 
wright reflecting  the  social,  philosophical,  and  psychological  temper. 

29.527  Interpersonal  Communications  I  (2  q.h.) 

Ways  of  becoming  more  aware  of  self  and  one's  relation  to  others.  An  explora- 
tion of  various  options  for  communicating  and  increasing  one's  knowledge  of 
the  group  process,     (enrollment  limited) 

29.528  Interpersonal  Communications  II  (2  q.h.) 

A  continuation  of  29.527.     Prereq.  29.527.  (enrollment  limited) 

29.529  Interpersonal  Communications  III  (2  q.h.) 

A  continuation  of  29.528.     Prereq.  29.528.  (enrollment  limited) 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS  /  219 

29.531     Contemporary  Film  (2  q.h.) 

A  survey  of  world  film  from  the  days  of  Edison's  experiments  to  the  present. 

Evaluation   and   critical   review  of  representative  films.  Viewing  of  outstanding 

films. 

29.535  Workshop  in  Play  Production  I  (2  q.h.) 

Training  for  the  beginning  director  of  plays.  The  organization  of  the  producing 
unit.  Play  selection.  Casting.  Script  analysis.  Production  style.  Creating  the 
floor  plan.  Directing  simple  scenes  in  the  proscenium  theatre. 

29.536  Workshop  in  Play  Production  II  (2  q.h.) 

Studying  of  composition  and  picturization.  Rehearsal  techniques.  Directing  of 
simple  scenes.     Prereq.  29.535. 

29.537  Workshop  in  Play  Production  III  (2  q.h.) 

Directing  in  the  arena  theatre,  as  well  as  in  proscenium  theatre.     Prereq.  29.536. 

29.541  Workshop  for  the  Actor  I  (2  q.h.) 

Physical  preparation.  Basic  stage  movement  and  deportment;  the  control  of 
the  stage  voice;  the  analysis  and  establishment  of  characterization  through 
observation  and  awareness  of  the  body;  improvisations  and  short  scenes. 

29.542  Workshop  for  the  Actor  II  (2  q.h.) 

Psychological  preparation.  The  analysis  and  establishment  of  characterization 
through  memory,  emotion,  imagination,  and  recall.  Analysis  of  specific  roles, 
the  creation   of  a  character  analysis   book,   improvisations  and  short  scenes. 

29.543  Workshop  for  the  Actor  III  (2  q.h.) 

Preparing  and  performing  the  role.  The  physical  and  psychological  prepara- 
tion of  specific  roles.  Short  classroom  scenes;  the  presentation  of  a  one-act  play. 

29.550  The  Comic  Theatre  (2  q.h.) 

An  examination  of  the  writing  and  the  staging  of  works  by  Aristophanes, 
Moliere,  Shaw,  Neil  Simon.  The  nature,  the  functions,  the  techniques  of  comic 
writing  and  comic  performance. 

29.551  Of  and  By  Women  in  the  Theatre  (2  q.h.) 

The  changing  role  of  women  as  reflected  in  plays  about  and  by  women. 

29.552  The  Off-Broadway  Theatre  (2  q.h.) 

The  playwrights,  the  performers,  and  the  audience  of  contemporary  Off- 
Broadway    theatre. 

29.561  Announcing  I  (2  q.h.) 

A  course  dealing  with  the  delivery  of  all  types  of  radio  commercials. 

29.562  Announcing  II  (2  q.h.) 

A  course  dealing  with  the  delivery  of  prepared  as  well  as  ad  lib  materials  so 
t  that  the  announcer  may  strengthen  his  spontaneous  broadcast  speech  abilities. 
Prereq.  29.561. 


220  /  COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 

29.563     Announcing  III  (2  q.h.) 

A  course  dealing  with  a  variety  of  ad  lib  program  types  in  both  radio  and  tele- 
vision to  aid  the  announcer  in  developing  his  ability  to  think  quickly  and  speak 
fluidly  and  dynamically.     Prereq.  29.562. 

29.595  Charles  Playhouse  Seminar  (2  q.h.) 

A  seminar  designed  to  teach  students  how  to  appreciate  the  experience  of 
theatregoing  through  pre-show  preparation  and  post-show  critique,  under  the 
guidance  of  a  faculty  member  as  well  as  Charles  Theatre  artistic  personnel. 

29.596  New  York  Theatre  Seminar  (2  q.h.) 

A  seminar  aimed  at  introducing  the  theatre  arts  to  students  by  varied  theatre- 
going  experiences  as  well  as  formal  class  discussions,  and  studying  the  role  of 
the  New  York  stage  in  shaping  contemporary  American  theatre. 

29.597  London  Theatre  Seminar  (2  q.h.) 

Examination  of  the  contemporary  London  theatre  scene  by  viewing  and  evalu- 
ating representative  productions. 

29.598  Stratford  Shakespeare  Seminar  (2  q.h.) 

Seminar  designed  to  give  students  an  opportunity  to  attend  four  performances 
at  the  Stratford  Festival  Theatre:  to  meet  with  Festival  actors,  directors,  de- 
signers; to  tour  the  theatre  plant;  and  to  evaluate  contemporary  Shakespearian 
productions. 

29.599  Creative  Dramatics 

Theories  and  methods  of  relating  the  creative  techniques  of  pantomime,  impro- 
visations, dramatization;  and  to  work  with  children's  programs  in  schools, 
churches,  recreation  facilities. 

29.600  Children's  Theatre 

Analysis  and  creation  of  dramatic  literature  for  children;  the  developing  of  a 
production  for  children. 


30— ENGLISH 

Consultant:  Prof.  P.  C.  Wermuth,  Chairman,  English  Dept.  (L.A.  College) 

Assoc.  Consultants:  Dean  H.  Vetstein  (L.A.  College);  Prof.  M.  Lesser  (L.A. 
College) 

Each  student  enrolled  in  Composition  and  Rhetoric  (30.601  and  30.603)  will 
take  a  Placement  Examination  during  class.  Some  students  may  be  requested 
to  register  for  Elements  of  Composition  (30.600),  a  2  q.h.  course  designed  to 
upgrade  the  student's  background. 

Courses  required  for  Liberal  Arts  Majors  are: 

30.601,  30.602     Composition  and  Rhetoric  I  &  II  (or  30.603  Intensive) 

and 
30.604,  30.605     Introduction  to  Literary  Forms  I  &  II  (or  30.606  Intensive) 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS  /  221 
For  other  majors,  refer  to  English  requirement  listed  under  major. 
During  the  changeover  of  English  requirements,  the  following  will  apply: 

Students  who  have  successively  completed: 

■  30.504  may  register  for  30.602 

30.505  may  register  for  30.604 

30.507  may  register  for  30.605 

130.501     English  for  International  Students  I  (2  cl.,  non-credit) 
Introduction  to  English  grammar  for  foreign-speaking  students  with  an  emphasis 

■  on  listening,  speaking,  and  writing;  selected  readings  and  exercises  to 
strengthen  vocabulary  and   pronunciation. 

30.502  English  for  International  Students  II  (2  cl.,  non-credit) 

»A  continuation  of  30.501  emphasizing  the  preparation  of  written  and  oral  reports, 
and  business  and  social  correspondence. 

30.503  English  for  International  Students  III  (2  cl.,  non-credit) 

^Advanced  work  in  written  and  spoken  English  preparatory  to  entering  30.601, 
Composition  and  Rhetoric  I. 

130.511  Business  Writing  and  Reports  I  (2  q.h.) 

Developing  an  appropriate  vocabulary  and  a  business  letter-writing  philosophy. 

130.512  Business  Writing  and  Reports  II  (2  q.h.) 

Planning,  writing,  and  analyzing  effective  business  letters.  Prereq.  30.511  or 
equiv. 

130.513  Business  Writing  and  Reports  III  (2  q.h.) 

Researching,  organizing,  documenting,  and  writing  semi-technical  and  business 
reports.     Prereq.  30.512  or  equiv. 

130.514  Technical  Writing  I  (2  q.h.) 

Introduction  to  types  of  technical  documentation,  memoranda,  and  technical 
reports.  Writing  of  reports.     Prereq.  30.506  or  equiv. 

130.515  Technical  Writing  II  (2  q.h.) 

Proposals,  technical  manuals,  and  graphic  aids  for  printed  documents  and 
presentations.     Prereq.  30.514  or  equiv. 

30.516  Technical  Writing  III  (2  q.h.) 

Technical  writing,  editing,  and  documentation,  including  information  retrieval, 
^programmed  instruction,  and  reproduction  processes.     Prereq.  30.515  or  equiv. 

30.517  Intermediate  Writing  (2  q.h.) 

fPractice  in  expository  and  imaginative  writing  in  a  variety  of  forms,  designed  to 
jihelp  the  student  discover  his  own  style.  Individual  attention  to  the  student's 
vwork.     Prereq.  30.506,  30.602  or  equiv. 


222  /  COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 

30.518  Creative  Writing  I  (2  q.h.) 

A  workshop  in  writing  short  fiction.     Prereq.  30.517  or  equiv. 

30.519  Creative  Writing  II  (2  q.h.) 

A  workshop  in  analyzing  and  editing  the  participants'  short  fiction.  Prereq. 
30.518  or  equiv. 

30.522  Introduction  to  Semantics  I  (2  q.h.) 

The  effect  of  language  habits  on  thinking  processes  and  on  social  relationships. 
Prereq.  30.506,  30.509,  or  equiv. 

30.523  Introduction  to  Semantics  II  (2  q.h.) 

A  formulaic  examination  of  language.     Prereq.  30.522  or  equiv. 

30.525  The  English  Language  I  (2  q.h.) 

An  introduction  to  the  scientific  study  of  the  backgrounds  and  historical  devel- 
opment of  the  English  language.     Prereq.  30.506,  30.509,  or  equiv. 

30.526  The  English  Language  II  (2  q.h.) 

An  examination  of  sounds,  grammar,  and  usage.     Prereq.  30.525  or  equiv. 

30.527  The  English  Language  III  (2  q.h.) 

The  problem  of  meaning  and  the  symbolic  nature  of  language.  Prereq.  30.526 
or  equiv. 

30.531  Western  World  Literature  I  (2  q.h.) 
The  Classical  Age. 

30.532  Western  World  Literature  II  (2  q.h.) 
The  Bible  and  the  Middle  Ages. 

30.533  Western  World  Literature  III  (2  q.h.) 
The  Renaissance. 

30.534  Western  World  Literature  IV  (2  q.h.) 
The  Neoclassical  Age. 

30.535  Western  World  Literature  V  (2  q.h.) 
The  Enlightenment. 

30.536  Western  World  Literature  VI  (2  q.h.) 
The  Romantic  Age  and  the  rise  of  Realism. 

30.537  Modern  Irish  Literature  I  (2  q.h.) 

Irish  literature  in  English  from  1885  to  1920  (fiction,  drama,  and  verse).  Con- 
centration will  be  on  such  major  figures  as  the  early  Yeats,  Synge,  Lady  Gregory, 
O'Flaherty,  and  the  early  Joyce. 

30.538  Modern  Irish  Literature  II  (2  q.h.) 
Irish  literature  in  English  from  1920  to  the  present  (fiction,  drama,  and  verse). 
Concentration  will  be  on  such  major  figures  as  the  later  Yeats,  O'Casey,  O'Fao- 
lain,  the  later  Joyce,  O'Connor,  Behan,  Lavin,  and  Montague. 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS  /  223 

30.539  The  Irish  Influence  in  Selected  Modern  American  Literature  (2  q.h.) 
/  A  survey  of  the  Irish  imagination,  themes,  and  attitudes  as  embodied  in  the  fic- 
tion and  drama  of  a  number  of  twentieth-century  American  writers:  O'Neill's 
"Touch  of  the  Poet,"  Donleavy's  "Ginger  Man,"  O'Connor's  "Last  Hurrah," 
/  Alfred's  "Hogan's  Goat,"  and  McHale's  "Farragan's  Retreat."  (Partially  fulfills 
American  Literature  requirement  for  majors). 

30.541  English  Literature  I  (2  q.h.) 
From  early  English  to  1700. 

30.542  English  Literature  II  (2  q.h.) 
From  Neoclassicism  to  Romanticism. 

30.543  English  Literature  III  (2  q.h.) 
From  the  Victorian  Age  to  the  present. 

30.544  American  Literature  I  (2  q.h.) 
From  Colonial  times  to  Poe. 

30.545  American  Literature  II  (2  q.h.) 

The  American  Renaissance:  Emerson,  Thoreau,  Hawthorne,  Melville,  and  Whit- 
man. 

30.546  American  Literature  III  (2  q.h.) 
From  1865  to  the  present. 

i  30.547     Science  Fiction  (2  q.h.) 

1  The   myths   and    rhetorical   strategies   of   science   fiction   from   Mary   Shelley's 
Frankenstein  through  such  authors  as  Vonnegut,  Bradbury,  Heinlein,  and  Clarke. 

30.548     Images  of  Women  in  Literature  (2  q.h.) 

A  descriptive  and  analytic  study  of  the  images  of  women  and  the  archetypes 
!  underlying   them    in    imaginative    literature,    including    such   writers   as   Homer, 
Austen,  Ibsen,  Lawrence,  Mailer,  and  Plath. 

I  30.551     Chaucer  I  (2  q.h.) 
"The  Canterbury  Tales,"  with  attention  to  Middle  English  vocabulary,  historical 
setting,  and  the  rhythms  and  devices  of  Chaucer's  poetry. 

30.552  Chaucer  II  (2  q.h.) 

More  of  "The  Canterbury  Tales,"  and  a  beginning  in  the  text  of  "Troilus  and 
Criseyde."     Prereq.  30.551  or  equiv. 

30.553  Chaucer  III  (2  q.h.) 

Is  An    emphasis   on    "Troilus    and    Criseyde,"    and    on    certain   shorter   works   of 
;  Chaucer.     Prereq.  30.552  or  equiv. 

I  30.554     Shakespeare  I  (2  q.h.) 

il  The  Elizabethan  theatre,  Shakespeare's  England,  and  the  pre-1600  plays. 

3  30.555     Shakespeare  II  (2  q.h.) 

I  The  "problematical"  comedies  and  the  histories.     Prereq.  30.554  or  equiv. 


224  /  COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 

30.556  Shakespeare  III  (2  q.h.) 

Emphasis  on  the  major  tragedies  of  Shakespeare.     Prereq.  30.555  or  equiv. 

30.557  The  Seventeenth  Century  (2  q.h.) 
The  literature  of  the  Restoration. 

30.558  The  Eighteenth  Century  I  (2  q.h.) 
The  age  of  Pope  and  Swift. 

30.559  The  Eighteenth  Century  II  (2  q.h.) 
The  age  of  Johnson. 

30.561  Spenser  (2  q.h.) 

"The    Faerie    Queene,"    studied   as   the    English    culmination   of   Medieval    and 
Renaissance  romantic  narrative. 

30.562  Milton  (2  q.h.) 

Close  reading  of  "Paradise  Lost,"  and  of  such  political  and  theological  back- 
ground as  needed.  "Samson  Agnoistes"  will  also  be  read. 

30.564  The  Old  Testament  I  (2  q.h.) 

Selected  books  from  the  Old  Testament  examined  for  their  literary  and  histori- 
cal importance. 

30.565  The  Old  Testament  II  (2  q.h.) 
Continuation  of  30.564. 

30.566  The  New  Testament  (2  q.h.) 

Selected  books  from  the  New  Testament  considered  in  their  literary  and  his- 
torical aspects. 

30.571  The  Nineteenth  Century  I  (2  q.h.) 
Wordsworth  and  Coleridge. 

30.572  The  Nineteenth  Century  II  (2  q.h  ) 

Byron,  Shelley,  and  Keats. 

30.573  The  Nineteenth  Century  III  (2  q.h.) 
The  Victorian  Age. 

30.574  The  Eighteenth-Century  English  Novel  (2  q.h.) 
From  Defoe  to  Austen. 

30.575  The  Nineteenth-Century  English  Novel  (2  q.h.) 
From  Bronte  to  Hardy. 

30.576  The  Twentieth-Century  English  Novel  (2  q.h.) 
From  Conrad  to  the  present. 

30.577  Conrad  (2  q.h.) 

Conrad's  art  related  to  his  Polish  heritage,  nautical  career,  theory  of  life  and 
composition,  and  literary  legacy. 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS  /  225 

i30.578     Afro-American  Literature  (2  q.h.) 

A  study  of  representative  black  authors  of  the  United  States,  emphasizing  the 
period  from  the  Civil  War  to  the  present. 

30.581  The  American  Short  Story  (2  q.h.) 

The  development  of  the  American  short  story  from  its  nineteenth-century  origins 
to  the  present. 

30.582  The  Nineteenth-Century  American  Novel  (2  q.h.) 
From  Cooper  to  Crane. 

30.583  The  Twentieth-Century  American  Novel  (2  q.h.) 
From  Dreiser  to  the  present. 

I30.584     Contemporary  American  Poetry  (2  q.h.) 
From  Frost  to  the  present. 

30.585  The  Modern  European  Novel  (2  q.h.) 
From  Proust  to  the  present. 

30.586  Literary  Criticism  (2  q.h.) 

Major  schools  of  criticism  through  a  study  of  Aristotle,  Longinus,  Sidney,  John- 
son, and  a  representative  group  of  moderns. 

30.590     Writers'  Conference  (2  q.h.) 

A  workshop  in  which  professional  writers  will  analyze  participants'  manuscripts. 

130.591     Honors  Program  I  (4  q.h.) 
See  page  86. 

(30.592     Honors  Program  II  (4  q.h.) 
Prereq.  30.591. 

(30.593     Honors  Program  III  (4  q.h.) 
Prereq.  30.592. 

30.600     Element  of  Composition  (2  q.h.) 

An   intensive   study   of   grammatical   forms   and    structural    patterns   of   current 

English. 

(30.601     Composition  and  Rhetoric  I  (2  q.h.) 

A  detailed  examination  of  the  modes  of  rhetoric,  especially  exposition  and 
argument,  and  exercises  in  the  development  of  paragraphs  and  short  papers. 
(Not  open  to  students  who  have  credit  for  30.504.) 

30.602     Composition  and  Rhetoric  II  (2  q.h.) 

A  continuation  of  30.601.  The  stress  here  is  on  the  short  paper,  the  longer 
|ilibrary  paper,  and  formal  documentation.  (Not  open  to  students  who  have  credit 
'dor  30.505.) 

i(30.603     Composition  and  Rhetoric  (Intensive)  (4  q.h.) 
'.Same  as  30.601  plus  30.602. 


226  /  COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 

30.604  Introduction  to  Literary  Forms  I  (2  q.h.) 
The  development  of  techniques  for  reading  imaginative  writing.  Short  and  long 
fiction  are  the  materials  for  study,  discussion,  and  two  critical  papers. 

30.605  Introduction  to  Literary  Forms  II  (2  q.h.) 
A  continuation  of  30.604,  but  here  the  materials  are  poetry  and  drama. 

30.606  Introduction  to  Literary  Forms  (Intensive)  (4  q.h.) 
Same  as  30.604  plus  30.605. 

30.607  The  Modern  Novel  (2  q.h.) 
An  introductory  course  in  the  structure  and  themes  of  twentieth-century  Ameri-i 
can,  British,  and  European  novels;  reading  of  such  writers  as  Hemingway,  and' 
Faulkner,  Joyce  and  Lawrence,  Kafka  and  Camus. 


31— FRENCH 

Consultant:    Prof.    L.    Cooperstein,    Chairman,    Modern    Language    Dept.    (L.A. 
College) 

31.601  Elementary  French  I  (4  q.h.) 

Essentials  of  grammar,  practice  in  pronunciation,  and  progressive  acquisition  of 
a  basic  vocabulary  and  idiomatic  expressions. 

31.602  Elementary  French  II  (4  q.h.) 

Continuation  of  grammar  study.  Oral  and  written  exercises.     Prereq.  31.601  or 
equiv. 

31.603  Elementary  French  III  (4  q.h.) 

Reading  of  French  prose  of  increasing  difficulty,  with  written  and  oral  exercises, 
based  on  the  materials  read;  practice  in  conversation.     Prereq.  31.602  or  equiv. 

31.604  Intermediate  French  I  (4  q.h.) 

A  review  of  grammar,  with  practice  in  composition  and  conversation.     Prereq.} 

31.603  or  equiv. 

31.605  Intermediate  French  II  (4  q.h.) 

History    of    French    civilization,    with    discussions    and    conversation.     Prereq. 

31.604  or  equiv. 

31.606  Intermediate  French  III  (4  q.h.) 

Intensive    reading    of    modern    French    prose,    with    conversational    practice. 
Prereq.  31.605  or  equiv. 

31.607  Elementary  French  (Intensive)  (12  q.h.) 

Stresses  the  essentials  of  grammar,  practice  in  pronunciation,  and  progressive; 
acquisition  of  a  basic  vocabulary  with  idiomatic  expressions.  Written  and  oral 
exercises  are  based  upon  simple  French  prose.  Develops  into  the  reading  of 
more  difficult  work  accompanied  by  practice  in  conversation.     (Not  open  to  stu- 
dents who  have  taken  31.601,  31.602,  31.603.) 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS  /  227 

31.608     Intermediate  French  (Intensive)  (12  q.h.) 

Same   as  31.604,   31.605  and  31.606.   (Not  open   to  students   who  have   taken 

31.604,  31.605,  31.606.) 

I  31.521.     French  Literature  I  (2  q.h.) 
Origins  of  French  literature  with  readings  from  major  works  of  the  Middle  Ages. 
Prereq.  31.506  or  equiv. 

i  31.522     French  Literature  II  (2.  q.h.) 

Selections  from  the  Classical   period   in  the  seventeenth  and   eighteenth  cen- 
turies.    Prereq.  31.521  or  equiv. 

31.523     French  Literature  III  (2  q.h.) 

Readings  from  major  works  of  the  nineteenth  and  twentieth  centuries.     Prereq. 

31.522  or  equiv. 


32— SPANISH 

32.601  Elementary  Spanish  I  (4  q.h.) 

Essentials  of  grammar,  practice  in  pronunciation,  progressive  acquisition  of  a 
basic  vocabulary  and  idiomatic  expressions. 

32.602  Elementary  Spanish  II  (4  q.h.) 

Continuation  of  grammar  study.  Oral  and  written  exercises;  reading  of  Spanish 
prose  of  moderate  difficulty.     Prereq.  32.601  or  equiv. 

32.603  Elementary  Spanish  III  (4  q.h.) 

Continuation  of  grammar  study.  Oral  and  written  exercises;  reading  of  Spanish 
prose  of  moderate  difficulty.     Prereq.  32.602  or  equiv. 

32.607     Elementary  Spanish  (Intensive)  (12  q.h.) 

Stresses  the  essentials  of  grammar,  practice  in  pronunciation,  and  progressive 
acquisition  of  a  basic  vocabulary  with  idiomatic  expressions.  Written  and  oral 
exercises  are  based  upon  simple  Spanish  prose.  Develops  into  the  reading  of 
more  difficult  work  accompanied  by  practice  in  conversation.  (Not  open  to  stu- 
dents who  have  taken  32.601,  32.602,  32.603.) 

32.604  Intermediate  Spanish  I  (4  q.h.) 

Review  of  grammar,  with  practice  in  composition  and  conversation.  Prereq. 
32.603,  32.611  or  equiv. 

32.605  Intermediate  Spanish  II  (4  q.h.) 

Spanish  civilization  through  texts  of  average  difficulty.  Intensive  reading  of 
modern  prose,  with  occasional  oral  or  written  translation;  conversation  practice 
based  on  assigned  readings.     Prereq.  32.604  or  equiv. 

)32.606     Intermediate  Spanish  III  (4  q.h.) 

SSpanish-American  civilization  through  texts  of  average  difficulty.  Intensive  read- 
ting  of  modern  prose,  with  occasional  oral  or  written  translation;  conversation 
p  practice  based  on  assigned  readings.     Prereq.  32.605  or  equiv. 


228  /  COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 

32.608  Intermediate  Spanish  (Intensive)  (12  q.h.) 

Same    as   32.604,    32.605    and   32.606.   (Not   open    to   students   who   have   had\ 
32.604,  32.605,  32.606.) 

32.609  Conversational  Spanish  I*  (4  q.h.) 

This  course  is  intended  to  provide  students  with  a  basic  speaking  ability  and! 
understanding  of  everyday  Spanish.  (No  previous  background  needed.) 

32.610  Conversational  Spanish  II*  (4  q.h.) 

Continued   building  of  basic  skills  in  conversational   Spanish.     Prereq.  32.609 
or  equiv. 

32.611  Conversational  Spanish  III*  (4  q.h.) 

A  continuation  of  32.610     Prereq.  32.610  or  equiv. 

32.621  Spanish  Literature  I  (2  q.h.) 

Origins  of  Spanish   literature  with   readings  from   major  works  of  the  Middle' 
Ages,  the  Romancero,  and  Mysticism.     Prereq.  32.606  or  equiv. 

32.622  Spanish  Literature  II  (2  q.h.) 

Selections  from  Cervantes  and  other  major  figures  of  the  Siglo  de  Oro.     Prereq. 

32.621  or  equiv. 

32.623  Spanish  Literature  III  (2  q.h.) 

Readings  from  major  works  of  the  nineteenth  and  twentieth  centuries.     Prereq. 

32.622  or  equiv. 


33— GERMAN 

33.601  Elementary  German  I  (4  q.h.) 

Essentials  of  grammar;  practice  in  pronunciation;  progressive  acquisition  of  a 
basic  vocabulary  and  idiomatic  expressions. 

33.602  Elementary  German  II  (4  q.h.) 

More  difficult  points  of  grammar — particularly  uses  of  subjunctive  mood. 
Prereq.  33.601   or  equiv. 

33.603  Elementary  German  III  (4  q.h.) 

Reading   of  simple   German   prose,   with   oral   and  written   exercises   based  on 
material    read;    German    conversation    encouraged.     Prereq.    33.602    or   equiv. 

33.604  Intermediate  German  I  (4  q.h.) 

A  review  of  grammar,  with  practice  in  composition  and  conversation.     Prereq. 

33.603  or  equiv. 

33.605  Intermediate  German  II  (4  q.h.) 

History    of    German    civilization,    with    discussions    and    conversation.     Prereq. 

33.604  or  equiv. 


*Will  satisfy  the  elementary  language  requirement  only. 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS  /  229 

33.606     Intermediate  German  III   (4  q.h.) 

Intensive    reading    of    modern    German    prose,    with    conversational    practice. 

Prereq.  33.605  or  equiv. 


34— RUSSIAN 

34.601  Elementary  Russian  I  (4  q.h.) 

Essentials  of  grammar;   practice  in   pronunciation   and   progressive  acquisition 
of  a  base  vocabulary;  idiomatic  expressions. 

34.602  Elementary  Russian  II  (4  q.h.) 

Continuation    of   grammar   study;    oral    and   written    exercises.     Prereq.   34.601 
or  equiv. 

34.603  Elementary  Russian  III  (4  q.h.) 

Reading   of   Russian   prose  of   moderate  difficulty.     Prereq.  34.602  or  equiv. 

34.604  Intermediate  Russian  I  (4  q.h.) 

Graded  reading  from  the  works  of  Pushkin,  Lermontov,  and  Turgenev;  oral  and 
written  practice  based  on  the  covered  material.     Prereq.  34.603  or  equiv. 

34.605  Intermediate  Russian  II  (4  q.h.) 

Russian   history  and   civilization  through  texts  of  average  difficulty;  oral   prac- 
tice and   composition   based  on  covered   material.     Prereq.  34.604  or  equiv. 

34.606  Intermediate  Russian  III  (4  q.h.) 

Russian  history  and  civilization  through  texts  of  average  difficulty;  oral  practice 
and   composition   based   on  covered   material.     Prereq.  34.605  or  equiv. 


34— JAPANESE 

34.621  Elementary  Japanese  I  (4  q.h.) 

Essentials  of  grammar;   practice  in   pronunciation  and   progressive  acquisition 
of  a  basic  vocabulary;  idiomatic  expressions. 

34.622  Elementary  Japanese  II  (4  q.h.) 

Continuation    of   grammar   study;    oral    and    written    exercises.     Prereq.   34.621 
or  equiv. 

34.623  Elementary  Japanese  III  (4  q.h.) 

Reading   of  Japanese   prose   of   moderate   difficulty.     Prereq.  34.622  or  equiv. 

34.624  Intermediate  Japanese  I  (4  q.h.) 

Review  of  grammar,   with   practice   in   composition   and   conversation.     Prereq. 
1 34.623  or  equiv. 

34.625  Intermediate  Japanese  II  (4  q.h.) 

Japanese  history  and  civilization  through  texts  of  average  difficulty;  oral  prac- 
tice and  composition  based  on  covered  material.     Prereq.  34.624  or  equiv. 


230  /  COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 

34.626     Intermediate  Japanese  III  (4  q.h.) 

Japanese  history  and  civilization  through  texts  of  average  difficulty;  oral  prac- 
tice and   composition   based  on  covered   material.     Prereq.  34.625  or  equiv. 


34— ITALIAN 

i1 

34.631  Elementary  Italian  I  (4  q.h.) 

Essentials  of  grammar;   practice  in  pronunciation;  and  progressive  acquisition 
of  a  basic  vocabulary  and   idiomatic  expressions. 

34.632  Elementary  Italian  II  (4  q.h.) 
Continuation  of  grammar  study.  Oral  and  written  exercises.     Prereq.  34.631  or 
equiv. 

34.633  Elementary  Italian  III  (4  q.h.) 
Reading  of  Italian  prose  of  increasing  difficulty;  with  written  and  oral  exercises 
based  on  the  material  read;  practice  in  conversation.     Prereq.  34.632  or  equiv.' 

34.634  Intermediate  Italian  I  (4  q.h.) 

A  review  of  grammar,  with  practice  in  composition  and  conversation.     Prereq. 
34.633  or  equiv. 

34.635  Intermediate  Italian  II  (4  q.h.) 

History  of  Italian  civilization  with  discussions  and  conversation.     Prereq.  34.634 
or  equiv. 

34.636  Intermediate  Italian  III  (4  q.h.) 
Intensive  reading  of  modern  Italian  prose,  with  conversational  practice.     Prereq. 
34.635  or  equiv. 


34— SWAHILI 

34.641  Elementary  Swahili  I  (4  q.h.) 
Essentials  of  grammar;   practice   in   pronunciation  and   progressive  acquisition 
of  a  basic  vocabulary;  idiomatic  expressions. 

34.642  Elementary  Swahili  II  (4  q.h.) 
Continuation    of   grammar   study;    oral    and    written   exercises.     Prereq.   34.641 
or  equiv. 

34.643  Elementary  Swahili  III  (4  q.h.) 

Reading  of  Swahili  prose  of  moderate  difficulty.     Prereq.  34.642  or  equiv. 

34.644  Intermediate  Swahili  I  (4  q.h.) 

Review  of  grammar,   with   practice   in   composition   and   conversation.     Prereq. 
34.643  or  equiv. 

34.645  Intermediate  Swahili  II  (4  q.h.) 
Swahili  history  and  civilization  through  texts  of  average  difficulty;  oral  practice 
and   composition   based  on   covered   material.     Prereq.  34.644  or  equiv. 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS  /  231 

34.646     Intermediate  Swahili  III  (4  q.h.) 

Swahili  history  and  civilization  through  texts  of  average  difficulty;  oral  practice 

and  composition  based  on  covered  material.     Prereq.  34.645  or  equiv. 


34— CHINESE 

54.651     Mandarin  Chinese  I  (4  q.h.) 

\n  introduction  to  sounds  and  structure  of  spoken  and  written  Chinese  (the 
standard  or  "national  language" — kuo-yu).  Stresses  essentials  of  grammar, 
sentence  pattern  drills. 

J4.652     Mandarin  Chinese  II  (4  q.h.) 

Continuation   of   Chinese   I.    Essentials   of  grammar,   reading   of  simple  written 

Chinese.     Prereq.  34.651  or  equiv. 

54.653     Mandarin  Chinese  III  (4  q.h.) 

Continuation  of  Chinese  II.  Grammar,  reading  Chinese  with  conversational  drill 

o  be  based  on  material  covered  in  class.     Prereq.  34.652  or  equiv. 


38— JOURNALISM 

consultant:  Prof.   G.   A.   Speers,   Chairman,  Journalism   Dept.   (L.A.  College) 

58.501  History  and  Principles  of  Journalism  I  (2  q.h.) 

lournalism  from  its  European  origins  into  the  Colonial  period.  The  evolution  of 
oress  freedoms  and  principles  now  and  in  the  Colonial  press  and  the  party 
)ress. 

18.502  History  and  Principles  of  Journalism  II  (2  q.h.) 

lournalism  from  1800.  The  "Dark  Period,"  the  "Penny  Press,"  and  the  great 
>ersonal  journalists:  Bryant,  Bennett,  Greeley,  Raymond,  and  others.  Prereq. 
18.501  or  equiv. 

18.503  History  and  Principles  of  Journalism  III  (2  q.h.) 

"he  "giants"  of  American  journalism  in  the  closing  decades  of  the  nineteenth 
;entury:  Dana,  Greeley,  Ochs,  White,  Medill,  Pulitzer,  Hearst,  and  others. 
Vereq.  38.502  or  equiv. 

18.504  Newswriting  I  (2  q.h.) 

Obtaining  and  organizing  facts;  the  writing  of  basic  news  stories.  Subjects 
jiovered  include  the  five  "W's"  and  the  "H"  of  news,  inverted  pyramid  form, 
lews  values,  and  leads. 

[18.505     Newswriting  II   (2  q.h.) 

Analysis  of  different  types  of  news  stories  through  assignments  and  class  dis- 
cussions; building  news  stories;  news  interview  stories,  and  other  types.  Pre- 
\ieq.  38.504. 

JI8.506     Newswriting  III  (2  q.h.) 

Investigative  reporting,  feature  stories,  editorials.  Copyediting  exercises  and 
assignments  in  specialized  writing.  Libel,  slander,  and  other  legal  matters 
uffecting  journalism.     Prereq.  38.505  or  equiv. 


232  /  COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 

38.507  Techniques  of  Journalism  I  (2  q.h.) 

Techniques  of  journalism,  stressing  actual  assignments  and  classroom  dis 
cussion  of  students'  work.  Course  applies  basic  newswriting  practices  to  asf 
signments.     Prereq.  38.506  or  equiv. 

38.508  Techniques  of  Journalism  II  (2  q.h.) 

Focus  on  handling  stories  that  emanate  from  various  "beats,"  including  court:' 
and   government   beats;   and   investigative   reporting.     Prereq.  38.507  or  equi\i 

38.509  Techniques  of  Journalism  III  (2  q.h.) 

Concentration  on  fields  of  "specialities"  of  business,  sports,  editorials,  an< 
student  development  of  a  special  project  in  journalism.  Prereq.  38.508  o 
equiv. 


39— ECONOMICS 

Consultant:   Prof.    M.   A.    Horowitz,    Chairman,    Economics   Dept.   (L.A.   College 
Associate  Consultant:  Prof.  H.  Goldstein  (L.A.  College) 

39.501  Economic  Principles  and  Problems  I  (2  q.h.) 
Macro  analysis — national  income  concepts  and  determination;  macro  economii 
goals  and  problems;  monetary  and  fiscal  policy. 

39.502  Economic  Principles  and  Problems  II  (2  q.h.) 
Micro    analysis — theory    of   the    firm    and    market    structure;    supply,    demand 
market  price;  international  economics.     Prereq.  39.501  or  equiv. 

39.503  Economic  Principles  and  Problems  III  (2  q.h.) 
Applications  of  economic  principles  to  selected  problem  areas:  poverty,  com 
petition,  labor,  agriculture,  urban.     Prereq.  39.502  or  equiv. 

39.504  Economics  (Intensive)  (6  q.h.) 
Macro  analysis — national  income  concepts  and  determination;  macro  economic 
goals  and  problems;  monetary  and  fiscal  policy.  Micro  analysis — theory  of  thc-f 
firm  and  market  structure;  supply,  demand,  market  price;  international  ecoj 
nomics.  Applications  of  economic  principles  to  selected  problem  areas:  poverty, 
competition,  labor,  agriculture,  urban.  (Not  open  to  students  who  have  taker 
39.501,  39.502,  39.503.) 

39.505  Economics  A  (3  q.h.) 

Same  as  39.501  plus  the  first  half  of  39.502. 

39.506  Economics  B  (3  q.h.) 

Same  as  the  second  half  of  39.502  plus  39.503.     Prereq.  39.505  or  equiv. 

39.507  Intermediate  Economic  Theory  I  (2  q.h.) 

Classical  equilibrium  theory.  Theory  of  demand,  supply,  and  the  market  price 
Marginal  analysis.     Prereq.  39.503  or  equiv. 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS  /  233 

39.508  Intermediate  Economic  Theory  II  (2  q.h.) 

Determination  of  price  and  output  in  the  context  of  the  theory  of  the  firm. 
Prereq.  39.507  or  equiv. 

39.509  Intermediate  Economic  Theory  III  (2  q.h.) 

Introduction  to  mathematical  analysis  and  a  comprehensive  analysis  of  the 
theory  of  distribution.     Prereq.  39.508  or  equiv. 

39.511  Statistics  I  (2  q.h.) 

Introduction  to  the  collection  and  organization  of  data.  Concentration  on  the 
nature,  computation,  and  uses  of  measures  of  central  tendency  and  variability. 
Prereq.  39.  503  or  equiv. 

39.512  Statistics  II  (2  q.h.) 

Introduction  to  statistical  inference,  parameters  of  samples,  tests  of  signifi- 
cance,  "t"   distribution,  and  chi  square.     Prereq.  39.511   or  equiv. 

39.513  Statistics  III   (2  q.h.) 

Introduction  to  the  analysis  of  variance,  trend  fitting,  linear  regression,  seasonal 
adjustment,  and  index  numbers.     Prereq.  39.512  or  equiv. 

39.514  Statistics  (Intensive)   (6  q.h.) 

Introduction  to  the  collection  and  organization  of  data.  Concentration  on  the 
nature,  computation,  and  uses  of  measures  of  central  tendency  and  variability. 
Introduction  to  statistical  inference,  parameters  of  samples,  tests  of  significance, 
"t"  distribution,  and  chi  square.  Introduction  to  the  analysis  of  variance,  trend 
fitting,  linear  regression,  seasonal  adjustment,  and  index  numbers.  (Not  open  to 
students    who    have    taken    39.511,    39.512,    39.513.)     Prereq.    39.503    or    equiv. 

39.517  Money  and  Banking  I  (2  q.h.) 

Introduction  to  money  and  credit,  commercial  banking  structure,  and  money 
creation;  problems  and  policy  of  central  banking  in  the  United  States.  Prereq. 
39.503  or  equiv. 

39.518  Money  and  Banking  II  (2  q.h.) 

Theory  of  money  and  prices  and  monetary  policy;  interest  theory,  debt  manage- 
ment, and  international  monetary  problems  and  analysis.  Prereq.  39.517  or 
equiv. 

39.519  Public  Finance  (2  q.h.) 

Analysis  of  the  growth  and  development  of  the  public  sector  of  the  economy. 
Public  finance  policies,  intergovernment  fiscal  relations.  Prereq.  39.518  or 
equiv. 

39.521  Economic  Growth  and  Development  I  (2  q.h.) 

Analysis   of   the   development  of  the   Western    market   system.   Introduction   to 
economic  growth  and  alternative  approaches  to  economic  development. 
Prereq.  39.503  or  equiv. 

39.522  Economic  Growth  and  Development  II  (2  q.h.) 

An    introductory   analysis  of  the   role  of  economic  factors  and   institutions  as 


234  /  COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 

well  as  an  examination  of  the  effect  of  psychological  social  and  political  influ- 
ences upon  economic  development.     Prereq.  39.521  or  equiv. 

39.523  Government  and  Business  I  (2  q.h.) 

Role  of  Government  in  national  economic  affairs — theory  and  practice.     Prereq. 
39.503  or  equiv. 

39.524  Government  and  Business  II  (2  q.h.) 

The  relationship  between  government  and  business  and  anti-trust  laws.     Prereq. 
39.523  or  equiv. 

39.525  American  Economic  History  (2  q.h.) 

Economic  development  of  the  United  States  with  emphasis  upon  the  post  Civil 
War   period   and   selected    European   developments.     Prereq.   39.503   or  equiv. 

39.526  Government  and  Business  III  (2  q.h.) 

Application   of  anti-trust   laws  to   business — emphasis   upon   cases,   principles, 
and  current  anti-trust  problems.     Prereq.  39.524  or  equiv. 

39.527  Labor  Economics  (2  q.h.) 
Development  of  labor  organizations,  their  aims  and  methods.  Issues  in  collec- 
tive bargaining  and  public  policy  toward  labor.     Prereq.  39.503  or  equiv. 

39.528  International  Economics  I  (2  q.h.) 

Economics   of    international    trade,   tariffs   and    resource    use,    and    balance   of 
payments  mechanisms.     Prereq.  39.503  or  equiv. 

39.529  International  Economics  II  (2  q.h.) 

International   commercial   policy,  financial  organizations,   and  recent  problems. 
Prereq.  39.528  or  equiv. 

39.530  Comparative  Economic  Systems  (2  q.h.) 
Analysis   and   evaluation  of  different  economic  systems:  capitalism,  socialism, 
communism,  and  fascism.     Prereq.  39.503  or  equiv. 

39.531  Business  Cycles  I  (2  q.h.) 
Intermediate    marco   economic    theory.   Theory   of   cyclical    fluctuations    in   the 
context  of  multiplier  and  accelerator  models.     Prereq.  39.503  or  equiv. 

39.532  Business  Cycles  II  (2  q.h  ) 

Business   cycle   analysis,   measurement,   and   public   policy.     Prereq.  39.531   or 
equiv. 

39.533  Business  Cycles  III  (2  q.h.) 

Business    cycle   forecasting    methods   and   services.     Prereq.   39.532   or  equiv. 

39.536     Advanced  Statistics  I  (2  q.h.) 

Advanced  topics   in  sampling   and  statistical   inference  as  a  management  aid. 

Prereq.  39.503,  39.513  or  equiv. 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS  /  235 

39.537  Advanced  Statistics  II  (2  q.h.) 

Elements  in  probability  theory  and  the  decomposition  of  economic  change  into 
secular,  seasonal,  and  cyclical  variation.     Prereq.  39.536  or  equiv. 

39.538  Advanced  Statistics  III  (2  q.h.) 

Advanced  topics  in  statistical  inference,  regression,  and  correlation  and  index 
numbers.     Prereq.  39.537  or  equiv. 

39.539  Managerial  Economics  (2  q.h.) 

An  application  of  the  theory  of  demand,  price,  and  output  to  the  business  firm 
and  capital  budgeting.     Prereq.  39.503  or  equiv. 

39.540  History  of  Economic  Thought  (2  q.h.) 

Development  of  economic  theory  through  Keynesian  and  post-Keynesian  analy- 
sis.    Prereq.  39.503  or  equiv. 

39.551     Industrial  Organization  (2  q.h.) 

An   extension   and   application   of   micro-theory   to   structure   and    performance 

of  American   industry.  Anti-trust  policy  and  analysis.     Prereq.  39.503  or  equiv. 

39.561     Urban  Economics  (2  q.h.) 

A  study  of  urban  affairs  in  the  context  of  economic  principles.     Prereq.  39.503 

or  equiv. 

39.571     European  Economic  History  (2  q.h.) 

An  analysis  of  European  economic  affairs  after  the  industrial  revolution.  The 
twentieth  century  and  recent  integration  policies  and  their  analysis.  Prereq. 
39.503  or  equiv. 

39.581     Economic  Policy  Seminar  (2  q.h.) 

Capstone   course  for  senior  majors  with   stress   upon   independent  study  and 

contemporary  issues.     Prereq.  39.509,  39.531,  or  equiv. 


40— LIBRARY  SCIENCE 

Consultant:  Mr.  Frank  Seegraber,  Boston  College 

40.501  Introduction  to  Library  Science  (2  q.h.) 

Brief  survey  of  the  history  of  books  and  librarianship.  The  development  of 
libraries  in  the  United  States  with  some  emphasis  on  recent  federal  and  state 
library  legislation.  The  library  profession,  its  philosophy,  publications,  and  or- 
ganizations. 

40.502  Selection  of  Library  Materials  (2  q.h.) 

Principles  and  practices  in  the  selection  of  multi-media  materials  for  the  modern 
library;  bibliographic  aids  to  selection;  practice  in  preparation  of  book  notes 
and  book  reviews. 

40.511     Organization  of  the  Library  (2  q.h.) 

The   organization,    administration,    and    services   of   municipal    libraries;    public 


236  /  COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 

library  systems  in  the  United  States;  the  role  of  public  libraries  as  educational 
institutions. 

40.512  Multi-Media  Centers  (Formerly  Building  and  Administering  the  School 
Library)  (2  q.h.) 

Organization  and  management  of  elementary  and  secondary  school  libraries; 
problems  in  the  selection  and  evaluation  of  multi-media  materials  necessary 
to  the  school   curriculum. 

40.513  Administration   of   Multi-Media   Centers   (Formerly   School    Library   Ad- 
ministration) (2  q.h.) 

The  library  as  a  media  center  for  instructional  materials;  problems  in  personnel 
and  budgeting;  the  library's  role  in  the  school  curriculum  and  its  services  to 
students  and  faculty. 

40.514  Multi-Media    Materials   and   Services   (Formerly  Audio-Visual    Materials 
and  Services)  (2  q.h.) 

The  selection,  organization,  and  use  of  multi-media  materials  in  school  libraries; 
types   of  equipment  and   services;   cataloging   of   non-print   materials. 

40.521     Introduction  to  Reference  Materials  and  Methods  (2  q.h.) 
The  basic  tools  and   methods  for   locating   information.   Evaluation   of  diction- 
aries, encyclopedias,  gazetteers  and  atlases,  handbooks,  almanacs,  directories, 
and  indexes. 


40.522  Reference  Work  in  The  Social  Sciences  (2  q.h.) 
Scope  and  use  of  outstanding  reference  materials  in  the  broad  range  of  the 
social  sciences — economics,  education,  political  science,  sociology,  and  allied 
fields.     Prereq.  40.521  or  equiv. 

40.523  Reference  Work  in  The  Humanities  (2  q.h.) 

Development  of  the  book,  and  the  beginnings  of  enumerative  and  descriptive 
bibliography.  Approaches  to  the  solution  of  reference  problems  in  the  humani- 
ties, with  special  emphasis  on  literature.     Prereq.  40.521  or  equiv. 

40.526     Library  Community  Relations  (2  q.h.) 

An  exploration  of  creative  approaches  and  practical  techniques  for  reaching 
individuals  and  groups  with  dynamic  library  science.  Emphasis  on  modern 
public  relations  methods  and  media. 

40.531  Descriptive  Cataloging  (2  q.h.) 

Theory  and  practice  of  descriptive  cataloging,  introducing  techniques  of  com- 
piling author,  corporate,  and  serial  entries. 

40.532  Subject  Headings  and  Classification   (Formerly  Descriptive  Cataloging 
and  Classification)  (2  q.h.) 

Introduction  to  Dewey  Decimal  Classification  and  Sears  subject  headings; 
further  study  of  descriptive  cataloging  in  book  and  non-book  materials.  Prereq. 
40.531  or  equiv. 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS  /  237 

40.533     Library  of  Congress  Classification  (2  q.h.) 
'  The  significant  differences  between  LC  and  Dewey.  Notes  on  original  catalog- 
ing and  techniques  of  classification  within  the  LC  scheme.  Use  of  LC  outlines 
and  tables.     Prereq.  40.531  or  equiv. 

■■  40.541     Introduction  to  Children's  Literature  (2  q.h.) 
The  history  of  children's  literature;  current  trends  in  its  publication  and  social 
forces  that  influence  its  production;  criteria  for  evaluation  and  aids  for  selection 
of  types  of  children's  books. 

40.542     Library  Service  to  Young  People  (2  q.h.) 

Study  of  adolescent  needs  in  the  field  of  literature  with  application  to  both 
public  and  school  libraries;  special  attention  to  the  problem  of  material  selec- 
tion, book  talks,  and  discussion  groups. 

40.533     Library  of  Congress  Classification  (2  q.h.) 

The  significant  differences  between  LC  and  Dewey.  Notes  on  original  cataloging 
and  techniques  of  classification  within  the  LC  scheme.  Use  of  LC  outlines  and 
tables.     Prereq.   40.531    or   equiv. 

40.541  Introduction  to  Children's  Literature  (2  q.h.) 

The  history  of  children's  literature;  current  trends  in  its  publication  and  social 
forces  that  influence  its  production;  criteria  for  evaluation  and  aids  for  selection 
of  types  of  children's  books. 

40.542  Library  Service  to  Young  People  (2  q.h.) 

Study  of  adolescent  needs  in  the  field  of  literature  with  application  to  both 
public  and  school  libraries;  special  attention  to  the  problem  of  material  selection, 
book  talks,  and  discussion  groups. 


BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 

All  course  descriptions  carry  an  indication  of  which  quarter(s)  a  particular 
course  will  be  offered.  Any  course  sequence  not  reporting  an  indication  will 
have  Part  I  offered  in  the  Fall,  Part  II  in  the  Winter,  and  Part  III  in  the  Spring 
Quarter.  The  campus  availability  of  courses  is  also  indicated  after  the  descrip- 
tion. Please  refer  to  the  Schedule  of  Courses  and  Registration  Guide  for  details. 


41— ACCOUNTING 

Consultant:  Prof.  J.  W.  Golemme  (College  of  Business  Admin.)  437-3244 
:  Coordinator:  C.  P.  Carter,  Asst.  Prof.  (College  of  Business  Admin.)  437-3245 

'  41.501     Accounting  Principles  I  (2  q.h.)  (Offered  every  quarter) 

The  basic  concepts  and  methodology  of  accounting  for  service  and  merchandis- 
i  ing  businesses.  (Offered  on  all  campuses) 


238  /  COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 

41.502  Accounting  Principles  II  (2  q.h.)  (Offered  every  quarter) 

The  problems  of  income  measurement  and  valuation  related  to  sources  and 
uses  of  invested  capital.     Prereq.  41.501. 

41.503  Accounting  Principles  III  (2  q.h.)  (Offered  every  quarter) 
The  use  of  debt  and  investments  in  managerial  financial  decisions,  followed  by 
a  brief  introduction  into  cost  decision  analysis.     Prereq.  41.502. 

41.504  Intermediate  Accounting  I  (2  q.h.) 

The  study  of  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  as  applicable  to  the 
preparation  of  financial  statements.  Accounting  for  cash,  securities,  and  receiv- 
ables.    Prereq.  41.503.  (Available  on  suburban  campuses) 

41.505  Intermediate  Accounting  II  (2  q.h.) 

The  use  of  various  systems  for  accounting  for  the  flow  of  inventory  in  a  mer- 
chandising or  manufacturing  operation.  Long-term  investments  as  a  means  of 
providing  stability  to  the  concern.     Prereq.  41.504. 

41.506  Intermediate  Accounting  III  (2  q.h.) 

The  problems  of  long-term  asset  acquisition  and  write-off  through  depreciation, 
amortization,  and  depletion  methods.     Prereq.  41.505. 

41.507  Cost  Accounting  I  (2  q.h.) 

The  foundations  of  cost  accounting,  including  terminology,  purposes,  and  rela- 
tionship to  financial  accounting.  Prereq.  41.503.  (Available  on  suburban 
campuses) 

41.508  Cost  Accounting  II  (2  q.h.) 

The  planning  and  control  of  current  operations  through  the  use  of  standard 
costs  and  budgets.     Prereq.  41.507. 

41.509  Cost  Accounting  III  (2  q.h.) 

The  use  of  cost  accounting  in  special  decisions  and  in  long-range  planning. 
Prereq.  41.508. 

41.510  Advanced  Accounting  I*  (2  q.h.) 

The  accounting  problems  encountered  through  the  issuance  of  capital  stock, 
both  at  issue  date  and  at  subsequent  dates.  Prereq.  41.506.  (Available  on 
suburban  campuses) 

41.511  Advanced  Accounting  II*  (2  q.h.) 

The  techniques  of  statement  analysis,  using  both  internal  and  external  informa- 
tion. A  complete  examination  of  cash  and  fund  flow  as  it  is  used  by  the 
accountant  and  the  analyst.     Prereq.  41.510. 

41.512  Advanced  Accounting  III*  (2  q.h.) 

The  introduction  of  special  problems  posed  by  partnerships,  estates,  and  trusts.    \ 
Prereq.  41.511. 


'Upper  level  Business  Administration  course — see  page  57. 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS  /  239 

41.513  Specialized  Problems  I*  (2  q.h.) 

The  problems  of  accounting  for  special  sales.  Introduction  of  the  concepts  of 
present  value  and  its  use  in  accounting.  Prereq.  41.512.  (Available  at  Boston 
and  Burlington) 

41.514  Specialized  Problems  II*  (2  q.h.) 

The  use  of  consolidated  statements  in  conjunction  with  newly  developing  trends 
toward  multi-purpose  companies,  combinations,  mergers,  and  pools.  Prereq. 
41.513. 

41.515  Specialized  Problems  III*  (2  q.h.) 

The  use  of  specialized  systems  and  financial  statements  by  companies.  Prereq. 
41.514. 

41.516  Auditing  I*  (2  q.h.) 

The  examination  of  modern  auditing  requirements  relative  to  the  professional 
ethics  and  legal  responsibility  of  the  certified  public  accountant  and  the  public 
accountant.     Prereq.  41.512.  (Available  at  Boston  and  Burlington) 

41.517  Auditing  II*  (2  q.h.) 

The  methods  and  approach  used  in  auditing  assets  of  the  firm.     Prereq.  41.516. 

41.518  Auditing  III*  (2  q.h.) 

The  methods  and  approach  used  in  auditing  liabilities,  owner  equity,  and  nomi- 
nal accounts  of  the  firm.     Prereq.  41.517. 

41.519  Federal  Income  Taxes  I*  (2  q.h.) 

The  application  of  the  Federal  Tax  Law  to  the  individual's  income,  gains,  losses, 
and  expenses.     Prereq.  41.515.  (Available  at  Boston  and  Burlington) 

41.520  Federal  Income  Taxes  II*  (2  q.h.) 

The  application  of  the  Federal  Tax  Law  to  the  individual's  special  deductions. 
Installment  sales;  income  average.     Prereq.  41.519. 

41.521  Federal  Income  Taxes  III*  (2  q.h.) 

The  application  of  Federal  Tax  Law  to  corporations.     Prereq.  41 .520. 

41.522  Seminar  in  Contemporary  Accounting  Problems*  (2  q.h.) 

The  careful  examination  of  the  underlying  concepts  and  conventions  of  account- 
ing, and  their  application  to  financial  statements.  Prereq.  41.515,  and  41.509. 
(Available  at  Boston  and  Burlington) 

41.523  Seminar  in  Contemporary  Accounting  Problems  II*  (2  q.h.) 

The  careful  examination  of  the  areas  of  revenue  and  income  recognition,  cost 
determination  and  allocation,  and  depreciation.     Prereq.  41 .522. 

41.524  Seminar  in  Contemporary  Accounting  Problems  III*  (2  q.h.) 

The  careful  examination  of  newly  developing  accounting  areas  such  as  pen- 
sions, leases,  stock  options,  and  business  combinations.     Prereq.  41.523. 


240  /  COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 

41.525  Estate  and  Gift  Taxes*  (2  q.h.) 

An  examination  of  the  relevant  Internal  Revenue  Code  provisions,  property  in- 
cluded in  gross  estate,  including  lifetime  transfers  which  remain  subject  to 
some  control  by  donor;  marital  and  charitable  deductions;  administrative  ex- 
penses; estate  planning.     Prereq.  41 .521 .  (Offered  1976-1977) 

41.526  Corporate  and  Stockholder  Tax  Problems  I*  (2  q.h.) 

Real  estate  transactions,  stock  market  options,  transfers  of  appreciated  assets 
to  donees,  patents,  sale  of  franchise  rights,  and  redemptions  of  stock  in  closely 
held  corporations.     Prereq.  41.525.  (Offered  1976-1977) 

41.527  Corporate  and  Stockholder  Tax  Problems  II*  (2  q.h.) 

Contribution  of  assets,  Section  301  distributions,  preferred  stock,  partial  liqui- 
dations, spin-offs;  collapsible  corporations,  unreasonable  accumulations,  per- 
sonal holding  companies,  and  elements  of  reorganizations.  Prereq.  41.526. 
(Offered  1976-1977) 

41.528  Tax  Factors  in  Business  Decisions*  (2  q.h.) 

An  examination  of  the  Federal  Income  Tax  consequences  of  typical  business 
decisions:  form  of  enterprise;  compensation  policy;  capitalization  policy;  cor- 
porate reorganizations,  and  other  related  areas.  Prereq.  41.506.  (Offered  Fall 
and  Spring  Quarters)  (Available  at  Boston  and  Burlington) 

41.533  Accounting  for  Management  Decisions  I  (non-accounting  majors)  (2  q.h.) 
The  preparation  and  interpretation  of  financial  statements,  including  cash  and 
fund  flow,  for  internal  use  by  the  company.     Prereq.  41 .503.  (Available  at  subur- 
ban campuses) 

41.534  Accounting  for  Management  Decisions  II  (non-accounting  majors)  (2  q.h.) 
The  preparation  and  interpretation  of  cost  accounting  information.  Prereq. 
41.533. 

41.535  Accounting    for    Management    Decisions    III    (non-accounting    majors) 
(2  q.h.) 

The  utilization  of  accounting  information  for  management  decisions.  Prereq. 
41.534. 

41.541  Accounting  Principles  (Intensive)  (6  q.h.) 

Basic  concepts  and  methodology  of  accounting  for  service  and  merchandising 
businesses.  The  problems  of  income  measurement  and  valuation  related  to 
sources  and  uses  of  invested  capital.  The  use  of  debt  and  investments  in  mana- 
gerial financial  decisions,  followed  by  a  brief  introduction  into  cost  decision 
analysis.  (Not  open  to  students  who  have  taken  41.501,  41.502,  41.503.)  (Offered 
every  quarter)  (Available  at  Boston,  Burlington,  and  Weymouth  campuses) 

41.542  Intermediate  Accounting  (Intensive)  (6  q.h.) 

The  study  of  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  as  applicable  to  the 
preparation  of  financial  statements.  Accounting  for  cash,  securities,  and  receiv- 
ables. The  use  of  various  systems  for  accounting  for  the  flow  of  inventory  in 


'Upper  level  Business  Administration  course — see  page  57. 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS  /  241 

i  a    merchandising    or    manufacturing    operation.    Long-term    investments    as    a 

■  means  of  providing  stability  to  the  concern.  The  problem  of  long-term  asset 
•  acquisition  of  and  write-off  through  depreciation,  amortization,  and  depletion 
•methods.     (Not    open    to    students    who    have    taken    41.504,    41.505,    41.506.) 

Prereq.  41.503.  (Available  at  Boston  and  Burlington) 

■  41.543     Accounting    for    Management    Decisions    (Intensive)    (non-accounting 

majors)  (6  q.h.) 
The  preparation  and  interpretation  of  financial  statements,  including  cash  and 
i  fund  flow,  for  internal  use  by  the  company.  The  preparation  and  interpretation 
of  cost  accounting  information  and  the  utilization  of  accounting  information  for 
management  decisions.  (Not  open  to  students  who  have  taken  41.533,  41.534, 
41.535.)     Prereq.  41.503.  (Offered  Fall  Quarter,  Boston) 

I  41.551,  41.552     Accounting  (A),  (B)  (6  q.h.) 

The  basic  concepts  and  methodology  of  accounting  for  service  and  merchan- 
dising businesses.  The  problems  of  income  measurement  and  valuation  related 

(to  sources  and  uses  of  invested  capital.  The  use  of  debt  and  investments  in 
managerial  financial  decisions,  followed  by  a  brief  introduction  into  cost  deci- 
sion analysis.  (Offered  Fall  and  Spring  Quarters)  (Boston  only) 

141.545     Auditing  (Intensive)  (6  q.h.) 

Same  as  41.516,  517,  518.  (Not  available  to  students  who  have  completed  those 
courses.)     Prereq.  41.512.  (Available  at  Boston  and  Burlington) 

'41.553     Internal  Auditing  I  (2  q.h.) 

Designed  to  aid  in  understanding  how  a  modern  internal  audit  function  under- 
takes to  review  and  appraise  diverse  operations.  Studies  the  audit  organization, 
selection  and  development  of  staff  preparation  of  long-range  programs,  perform- 
ing preliminary  surveys,  and  developing  audit  programs.  The  course  is  case 
study  oriented.  (Offered  Boston  only) 

>41.554     Internal  Auditing  II  (2  q.h.) 

Techniques  of  internal  audit  appraisal  are  examined.  Topics  include  regression 
analysis,  statistical  sampling,  computers  as  an  audit  tool,  auditor  responsibili- 
ties, and  field  work.  Case  studies  are  employed.     Prereq.  41.553. 

41.555     Internal  Auditing  III  (2  q.h.) 

Continuation  of  the  study  of  internal  auditing,  emphasizing  audit  work  papers, 
reports,  reviews,  replies,  and  management  summaries.  Case  studies  are  em- 
ployed.    Prereq.  41.554. 

43— MARKETING 

Consultant:  Prof.  C.  H.  Dufton,  Chairman,  Marketing  Dept.  (College  of  Business 
'Administration)  437-3260 

\ Associate  Consultant:  G.  P.  Foster,  749-1599 

'43.501     Introduction  to  Marketing  I  (2  q.h.) 

\A  description  and  evaluation  of  the  marketing  system  and  an  introduction  to 


242  /  COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 

the  decision-making  process.  (Offered  every  quarter)  (Offered  on  all  campuses) 

43.502  Introduction  to  Marketing  II  (2  q.h.) 

A  continuation  of  Marketing  I  with  emphasis  upon  specific  marketing  functions 
and  their  application  through  the  use  of  case  studies  and  analysis.  Prereq. 
43.501.  (Offered  every  quarter) 

43.503  Introduction  to  Marketing  III  (2  q.h.) 

A  continuation  of  the  case  method  plus  discussion  and  analysis  of  current  mar- 
keting issues  and  problems.     Prereq.  43.502.  (Offered  every  quarter) 

43.504  Introduction  to  Marketing  (Intensive)  (6  q.h.) 
A  description  and  evaluation  of  the  marketing  system  and  an  introduction  to  the 
decision-making  process,  with  emphasis  upon  specific  marketing  functions  and 
their  application  through  the  use  of  case  studies  and  analysis.  A  continuation 
of  the  case  method  plus  discussion  and  analysis  of  current  marketing  issues 
and  problems.  (Not  open  to  students  who  have  taken  43.501,  43.502,  43.503.) 
(Offered  every  quarter)  (Available  at  Boston,  Burlington,  and  Weymouth 
campuses) 

43.505,  43.506     Introduction  to  Marketing  (A),  (B)  (6  q.h.) 

A  description  and  evaluation  of  the  marketing  system  and  an  introduction  to( 
the  decision-making  process.  A  review  of  specific  marketing  functions  and  their 
application  through  the  use  of  case  studies  and  analysis.  A  continuation  of  the 
case   method   plus   discussion   and   analysis  of  current   marketing   issues  and 
problems.  (Offered  Fall  Quarter)  (Boston  only) 

43.507  Sales  Management  I  (2  q.h.) 

Through  readings  and  case  studies,  the  creation,  management,  and  appraisal 
of  the  sales  force  are  examined.  In  the  first  quarter  of  the  course,  emphasis  is 
upon  the  principles,  policies,  and  structures  of  sales  organization  and  the  selec- 
tion of  salesmen.     Prereq.  43.503.  (Available  on  suburban  campuses) 

43.508  Sales  Management  II  (2  q.h.) 

A  continuation  of  43.507  with  emphasis  upon  sales  force  operation,   including  l 
communication,    sales   training,    compensation,   expenses,   supervision,    morale, 
and  stimulation.     Prereq.  43.507. 

43.509  Sales  Management  III  (2  q.h.) 

In  this  concluding  quarter  of  the  course,  emphasis  is  upon  sales  planning:  mar-  j 
ket  potential,  sales  forecast,  sales  budgets,  territories,  quotas;  sales  analysis: 
sales  volume,   marketing  cost,   performance;  and  the  sales  manager.     Prereq. 
43.508. 

43.514  Marketing  Fundamentals  I  (Industrial  Technology  majors  only)  (2  q.h.) 
A  description  of  the  role  of  marketing  in  the  modern  business  firm  and  an  intro- 
duction  to  basic  marketing  strategies.  (Offered  Fall  and  Winter  Quarters)  (Avail- 
able on  suburban  campuses) 

43.515  Marketing  Fundamentals  II  (Industrial  Technology  majors  only)  (2  q.h.) 
A  continuation  of  Marketing  Fundamentals  I  with  emphasis  upon  specific  mar- 
keting functions  and  the  evaluation  and  control  of  the  marketing  effort.  (Offered 
Winter  and  Spring  Quarters) 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS  /  243 

43.518     Retailing  and  Mass  Merchandising  I  (2  q.h.) 

The  marketing  concept  and  retail  management,  retail  profit  and  loss.  Starting 
,  a   retail   business,   store  location,   store  planning,   and   the  retail  organization. 
(Available  on  suburban  campuses) 

I  43.519     Retailing  and  Mass  Merchandising  II  (2  q.h.) 
Merchandising  planning  and  control,  pricing,  and  buying.     Prereq.  43.518. 

1 43.522     Retailing  and  Mass  Merchandising  III  (2  q.h.) 

Distribution  of  merchandise,  sales  promotion,  customers'  services,  retail  ac- 
counting, and  expense  management.     Prereq.  43.519. 

(43.520     Industrial  Marketing  (2  q.h.) 

The  marketing  of  products  where  other  business  firms  and  organizations  are 
the  customers,  including  a  study  of  physical  distribution,  marketing  concepts, 
and  the  decision-making  process  relevant  to  the  marketing  of  business  goods. 
Prereq.  43.503.  (Offered  Fall  Quarter) 

1 43.525  Marketing  Research  I*  (2  q.h.) 

Introductory  presentation  and  evaluation  of  procedures  and  techniques  cur- 
rently available  to  improve  the  chances  of  marketing  success  and  effectiveness. 
Prereq.  43.503,  39.513,  45.572.  (Offered  Fall  Quarter)  (Available  at  Boston  and 
Burlington) 

1 43.526  Marketing  Research  II*  (2  q.h.) 

Modern  techniques  of  data  collection  and  analysis,  both  quantitative  and  quali- 
tative, in  marketing  research,  forecasting,  product  planning,  test  marketing, 
marketing  evaluation,  and  the  application  of  modern  data-processing  tech- 
niques.    Prereq.  43.525.  (Offered  Winter  Quarter) 

>  43.529     International  Marketing  (2  q.h.) 

Opportunities,  methods,  and  policies  required  for  the  successful  development 
and  management  of  international  business  and  marketing  operation.  Prereq. 
43.503.  (Offered  Winter  Quarter) 

43.530    Consumer  Behavior  Seminar  (2  q.h.) 

Economic,  behavioral,  and  other  models  of  consumer  behavior  are  examined 
as  bases  for  the  planning  and  evaluation  of  marketing  effort.  Prereq.  43.503. 
(Offered  Spring  Quarter) 

43.532     Marketing  Management  I*  (2  q.h.) 

Advanced  management  and  decision-making  covering  the  complete  marketing 
spectrum   are   analyzed    in   a  variety  of   case  studies   and   problems.     Prereq. 
j  43.503. 

143.533  Marketing  Management  II*  (2  q.h.) 

Using  a  seminar-type  approach,  emphasis  is  placed  upon  problem-solving  in 
such  areas  as  sales,  logistics  and  physical  distribution,  advertising,  pricing,  new 
development,   public  and  governmental   policy.     Prereq.  43.532. 

143.534  Marketing  Management  III*  (2  q.h.) 

'^A  continuation  of  Marketing  Management  II,  with  increased  emphasis  upon  case 
i  analysis  and  study.     Prereq.  43.533. 


1  "Upper  level  Business  Administration  course — see  page  57. 


244  /  COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 

43.536  Introduction  to  Advertising  (2  q.h.) 

A  broad  survey  of  advertising  and  how  it  contributes  to  business  activity,  and 
to  our  society  and  culture,  with  emphasis  on  the  principles  involved  in  its  in- 
creasing importance  as  a  major  form  of  communications  and  motivation. 
(Offered  Spring  Quarter) 

43.537  Marketing  and  Sales  Seminar*  (2  q.h.) 

A  one-quarter,  capstone  course  to  round  out  the  student's  study  of  marketing 
through  investigation  and  analysis  of  the  most  recent  trends  in  marketing  man- 
agement, finance,  logistics,  sales,  advertising,  and  promotion.  Prereq.  43.534. 
(Offered  Spring  Quarter)  (Available  at  Boston  and  Burlington) 

43.541  Public  Relations  I  (2  q.h.) 

Introduction  to  the  basic  principles,  purposes,  and  methods  of  public  relations. 
Prereq.  43.503.  (Offered  Fall  Quarter) 

43.542  Public  Relations  II  (2  q.h.) 

A  continuation  of  Public  Relations  I  providing  in-depth  coverage  of  the  planning, 
management,  operation,  and  evaluation  of  public  relations  programs,  including 
case  analysis.     Prereq.  43.541.  (Offered  Winter  Quarter) 

43.543  Salesmanship  I  (2  q.h.) 

Opportunities  in  personal  selling  for  both  men  and  women;  the  importance  in 
the  marketing  mix;  introduction  to  broadly  applicable  principles  for  all  types 
of  selling.     Prereq.  43.503.  (Offered  Fall  Quarter) 

43.544  Salesmanship  II  (2  q.h.) 

Development  of  techniques  as  required  for  the  personal  selling  of  goods  and  i 
services  through   middlemen  and  direct  to  the  consumer.  Both   industrial  and 
consumer  channels  are  studied.     Prereq.  43.543.  (Offered  Winter  Quarter) 

43.545  Product  Management  and  Development  (2  q.h.) 

An  analysis  of  the  problems  present  in  managing  and  directing  product  develop- 
ment activities.  Presents  current  trends  and  concepts  in  new  product  planning, 
development,  improvement,  evaluation,  and  marketing.  Both  consumer  and  in- 
dustrial products  will  be  studied.  Prereq.  43.503.  (Offered  Fall  and  Spring 
Quarters)  (Available  at  Boston  and  Burlington) 


43.546  Advertising  and  Sales  Promotion  Management  I*  (2  q.h.) 

The  principles  of  advertising  and  sales  promotion  and  how  they  are  used  with 
maximum  efficiency  as  communications  and  motivational  functions  of  the  mar- 
keting mix.  (Formerly  43.511)     Prereq.  43.503.  (Available  on  suburban  campuses) 

43.547  Advertising  and  Sales  Promotion  Management  II*  (2  q.h.) 

A  study  of  specific  advertising  and  sales  promotion  techniques  in  various  media, 
with  emphasis  on  the  development  of  creative  concepts  as  an  important  part 
of  sales  and  marketing  strategy.  (Formerly  43.512)     Prereq.  43.546. 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS  /  245 

43.548     Advertising  and  Sales  Promotion  Management  III*  (2  q.h.) 

Case   histories   and   contemporary   projects   are   used   for   improving   ability  to 
(develop  creative  advertising  and  sales  promotion  strategies  in  support  of  over- 
all sales  and  marketing  goals.  (Formerly  43.513)     Prereq.  43.547. 

49.506     Consumer  Education  (2  q.h.) 

The  development  of  knowledge  and  skills  involved  in  the  daily  life  and  eco- 
nomic welfare  of  the  consumer  and  consumer  groups,  including  competency  in 
managing  money;  purchasing  and  using  goods  and  services;  banking;  invest- 
ments; credit;  consumer  legislation;  evaluation  of  consumer  research  arid  prod- 
uct testing;  and  the  role  of  the  consumer  in  the  economy.  (Offered  Fall  and 
.Spring  Quarters) 


44—  FINANCE  AND  INSURANCE 

Finance 

Consultant:  Prof.  R.  J.  Hehre  (College  of  Business  Administration)  432-3248 
Coordinator:  W.  F.  Hancock,  Jr. 

44.501     Finance  and  Risk  Management  I  (2  q.h.) 

A  survey  of  major  financial  institutions  and  their  role  within  the  economy. 
Special  emphasis  is  given  to  the  dollar  supply,  commercial  banking,  the  Federal 
Reserve  System,  and  savings  institutions.  Prereq.  41.503.  (Offered  every  quar- 
ter) (Available  on  all  campuses) 

i  44.502     Finance  and  Risk  Management  II  (2  q.h.) 

A  study  of  security  markets  and  investment  institutions.  The  student  is  intro- 
duced to  stocks,  bonds,  investment  companies,  and  trust  companies.  (Offered 
every  quarter) 

44.503  Finance  and  Risk  Management  III  (2  q.h.) 

This  course  is  intended  to  acquaint  each  student  with  personal  property  and 
liability  risks,  and  the  forms  of  insurance  designed  to  meet  these  risks.  The 
emphasis  is  placed  on  basic  insurance  principles  inherent  in  life,  homeowners, 
and  automobile  coverage.  (Offered  every  quarter) 

44.504  Finance  and  Risk  Management  (Intensive)  (6  q.h.) 

Same  as  44.501,  44.502  and  44.503.  (Not  open  to  students  who  have  taken 
those  courses.)  (Offered  Fall  and  Winter  Quarters)  (Available  at  Boston  and 
(Burlington) 

44.505  Corporate  Finance  (Intensive)  (6  q.h.) 

■An  introduction  to  the  role  of  financial  management  of  the  business  firm.  Review 
of  financial  statements,  promotion,  and  forms  of  organization.  Planning  the  use 
B  assets  and  cost  of  capital  concepts  are  introduced  as  management  evalua- 
tion techniques.  An  analytical  approach  to  capital  budgeting  and  optimum 
lasset  returns.  Cost  of  capital  is  further  developed  and  applied  against  consider- 
ation of  capital  mixture.  The  analysis  of  various  financial  tools  are  considered. 


246  /  COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 

An  intensive  examination  of  short-  and  intermediate-term  credit,  as  well  as  the  I 
distribution  of  stocks  and  bonds  to  the  public  and  special  buyers.  A  survey  of  j 
reorganization  and  liquidation  techniques  are  analyzed.  (Not  open  to  students  i 
who   have   taken   44.507,   44.508,   44.509.)     Prereq.  44.501.   (Offered  Winter  and 
Spring  Quarters)  (Available  at  Boston  and  Burlington) 

44.507  Corporate  Finance  I  (2  q.h.) 

An  introduction  to  the  role  of  financial  management  of  the  business  firm.  Review 
of  financial  statements,  promotion,  and  forms  of  organization.  Planning  the 
use  of  assets  and  cost  of  capital  concepts  are  introduced  as  management 
evaluation  techniques.     Prereq.  41.503,  44.501.  (Available  at  all  campuses) 

44.508  Corporate  Finance  II  (2  q.h.) 

An  analytical  approach  to  capital  budgeting  and  optimum  asset  returns.  Cost 
of  capital  is  further  developed  and  applied  against  consideration  of  capital  mix- 
ture.    Prereq.  44.507. 

44.509  Corporate  Finance  III  (2  q.h.) 

The  analysis  of  various  financial  tools  are  considered.  An  intensive  examination 
of  short-  and  intermediate-term  credit,  as  well  as  the  distribution  of  stocks  and 
bonds  to  the  public  and  special  buyers.  A  survey  of  reorganization  and  liquida- 
tion techniques  are  analyzed.     Prereq.  44.508. 

44.517  Investments  I*  (2  q.h.) 

Investment  goals  and  objectives  are  considered.  Various  types  of  investments 
are  compared  and  the  role  of  the  securities  markets  examined.  Prereq.  44.509. 
(Available  at  suburban  campuses) 

44.518  Investments  II*  (2  q.h.) 

Broad  coverage  of  the  relationship  between  the  economy  and  stock  price  aver- 
ages. Methods  of  analyzing  and  appraising  developments  within  the  corporation 
as  they  apply  to  the  investment  analyst's  techniques.     Prereq.  44.517. 

44.519  Investments  III*  (2  q.h.) 

The  relation  of  earnings,  dividends,  and  cash  flow  to  market  valuation  of  a 
company's  securities.  Portfolio  analysis  and  planning  are  examined,  as  well 
as  methods  of  security  selection.  Technical  and  fundamental  factors  are  also 
considered.     Prereq.  44.518. 

44.521  Credit  Management  I*  (2  q.h.) 

An  introduction  to  credit  and  its  functions,  including  the  role  of  the  credit  execu- 
tive, credit  investigation,  documentary  credit,  trade  credit.  Prereq.  44.509. 
(Available  at  Boston  and  Burlington) 

44.522  Credit  Management  II*  (2  q.h.) 

The  organization  and  function  of  credit  departments;  various  forms  of  credit 
and  collection  services.     Prereq.  44.521. 


*Upper  level  Business  Administration  course — see  page  57. 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS  /  247 

4.523     Credit  Management  III*  (2  q.h.) 

Analysis  of  financial  statements  to  determine  credit  worthiness,  creditor's  rights, 

idjustment  bureau,  credit  insurance,  and  guarantees.     Prereq.  44.522. 

114.531,  44.532     Seminar  in  Finance  I,  II*  (4  q.h.) 

Student   participation   in   the   study   and   analysis   of   case   histories.    Individual 

>apers    presented.     Prereq.    All    finance    courses.    (Offered    Fall    and    Winter 

Quarters) 

4.533  International  Finance  I  (2  q.h.) 

itroduction  to  international  financial  management  in  the  multi-national  corpo- 
ation.  Analysis  of  the  basic  problems  and  finance  considerations  involved  with 
iternational  investments,  trade,  and  payments.  Planning  in  the  international 
nvironment  related  to  exchange  rates,  currency  revaluations,  inflation,  and 
Deal  government  policies.  Prereq.  44.507  or  consent  of  instructor.  (Offered  Fall 
Quarter)  (Available  at  Boston  and  Burlington) 

4.534  International  Finance  II  (2  q.h.) 

inalysis  of  the  financial  strategy  involved  with  international  investment  alterna- 
tes, sources  of  capital,  working  capital  management,  fund  flows,  and  manage- 
ment control  through  accounting  and  financial  reporting.  Prereq.  44.533. 
Offered  Winter  Quarter) 

14.535     Investments  (Intensive)  (6  q.h.) 

ivestment  goals  and  objectives  are  considered.  Various  types  of  investments 
re  compared  and  the  role  of  the  securities  markets  examined.  Broad  coverage 
>f  the  relationship  between  the  economy  and  stock  price  averages.  Methods  of 
nalyzing  and  appraising  developments  within  the  corporation  as  they  apply 
3  the  investment  analyst's  techniques.  The  relation  of  earnings,  dividends,  and 
ash  flow  to  market  valuation  of  a  company's  securities.  Portfolio  analysis  and 
banning  are  examined,  as  well  as  methods  of  security  selection.  Technical  and 
jndamental  factors  are  also  considered.  (Not  open  to  students  who  have  taken 
4.517,  44.518,  44.519.)  Prereq.  44.509.  (Offered  Spring  Quarter)  (Available  at 
ioston  and  Burlington) 

4.544     Law  of  Finance*  (2  q.h.) 

,  consideration  of  the  legal  problems  immediately  affecting  finance.  Special 
ttention  is  given  to  the  field  of  corporate  law.  Prereq.  44.509,  45.543.  (No 
>nger  offered) 

I4.545     Profit  Planning  and  Control  I*  (2  q.h.) 

.n  intensive  treatment  of  managerial  planning,  budgetary  control,  and  financial 
nalysis.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  interrelationship  between  functional  areas 
l  an  organization  using  consolidated  profit  planning  as  an  integrating  device, 
itudents  will  utilize  materials  studied  in  earlier  courses.  Topics  covered  include 
jndamental  financial  analysis,  comprehensive  profit  planning  and  control,  gen- 
ral  expense  planning  and  control,  production  planning,  materials  planning  and 
ontrol,  purchasing  direct,  etc.  Prereq.  41.506,  44.509  or  equiv.  (Offered  Fall 
iluarter) 

Upper  level  Business  Administration  course — see  page  57. 


248  /  COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 

44.546  Profit  Planning  and  Control  II*  (2  q.h.) 

Topics  covered  include  development  and  application  of  variable  budgets,  plan- 
ning and  controlling  capital  expenditures,  computer  applications  in  profit  plan- 
ning, cash  flow  planning  and  control,  cost-profit-volume  analysis,  performance 
reporting  and  analysis  of  budget  variations.  Prereq.  44.545.  (Offered  Winter 
Quarter) 

44.547  Advanced  Financial  Problems*  (2  q.h.) 

An  in-depth  examination  of  two  complex  but  vital  financial  areas.  Failure  and; 
reorganization,  and  merger  and  consolidation.  Students  will  devote  consider- 
able time  to  studying  the  legal  relationships  and  requirements  of  both  areas 
and  their  business  implications.     Prereq.  44.509  or  equiv.  (Offered  Spring  Quarter) 

44.548  Capital  Strategy*  (2  q.h.) 

Focuses  on  the  matters  of  capital  budgeting  and  the  related  capital  structure 
problems  with  particular  emphasis  on  the  role  of  the  cost  of  capital  in  long- 
range  decision-making.  The  processes  by  which  investment  decisions  and  fi- 
nancing decisions  are  made  as  well  as  sources  of  long-term  funds  are  exam- 
ined. (Offered  Spring  Quarter) 

44.550,  44.551     Personal  Finance  I,  II  (4  q.h.) 

(Recommended  for  all  non-Finance  majors.)  Course  takes  a  practical  approach! 

to  problems  of  managing  personal  finances.  Topics  include  financial  planning. 

budgeting,  obtaining  credit  and  loans,  income  taxes,  savings  and  investments, 

life   insurance,   home   buying,   and  estate  planning.  Subjects  are  treated  on  a! 

non-technical    basis.    (Offered    Fall    and    Winter    Quarters)    (Available    at    all 

campuses) 

44.552  Personal  Finance  (Intensive)  (4  q.h.) 

Same  as  44.550  and  44.551.  (Offered  Fall,  Winter,  and  Spring  Quarters)  (Avail 
able  in  Boston  only) 

44.553  New  Venture  Financing  (2  q.h.) 

Designed  to  assist  the  entrepreneur  in  establishing  and  financing  his  own  busi- 
ness. Particular  problems  of  small  business  finance  as  well  as  the  expansion  of 
established  and  growing  businesses  are  given  close  attention.  Methods  of; 
raising  and  safeguarding  capital  and  the  practical  management  of  new  business 
financial  problems  are  covered  as  well.  Field  work  and  guest  lecturers  are  fea- 
tured wherever  practical.  Prereq.  44.509.  (Offered  Spring  Quarter)  (Available 
in  Boston  only) 

44.554,  44.555     Savings  Banks  and  Banking  I,  II  (4  q.h.) 

A  professional  course  in  the  management  of  institutions  involved  in  the  chan-. 
neling  of  savings  into  investments.  Investment  and  loan  practices  are  covered 
in  detail,  as  well  as  such  topics  as  community  relations,  deposit  attraction  pro- 
grams, and  personnel  management.  Prereq.  44.509.  (Offered  Fall  and  Winter 
Quarters)  (Available  in  Boston  only) 

44.556,  44.557     Commercial  Banks  and  Banking  I,  II  (4  q.h.) 

A  professional-level  course  in  the  management  of  commercial  banks  designed 

for  students   currently   in   or  desiring  to   enter  the   commercial    banking   field. 


COURSE   DESCRIPTIONS  /  249 

Course  concentrates  on  the  efficient  management  of  bank  assets,  including 
bank  liquidity,  capital  adequacy,  investment  and  loan  portfolio  management, 
bank  audit  and  control,  and  community  relations.  Prereq.  44.509.  (Offered  Fall 
and  Winter  Quarters)  (Available  in  Boston  only) 

Insurance 

44.511  Life  Insurance  I  (2  q.h.) 

A  study  of  the  origin,  development,  and  basis  of  modern  life  insurance.  Analysis 
and  comparison  of  the  various  policies  and  riders  and  their  uses.  (Offered  Fall 
Quarter)  (Available  at  Boston  and  Burlington) 

44.512  Life  Insurance  II  (2  q.h.) 

The  fundamentals  of  programming,  including  beneficiary  designations,  settle- 
ment options,  and  tax  implications.  Company  organization  and  operations: 
underwriting,  investments,  and  regulations.  (Offered  Winter  Quarter) 

44.513  Estate  Planning  and  Business  Insurance  (2  q.h.) 

The  use  of  insurance  to  meet  the  needs  of  the  various  types  of  business  or- 
ganizations. The  planning,  disposition,  administration,  and  taxation  of  testa- 
mentary and  intervivos  transfers  of  property.  (Offered  Spring  Quarter)  (Available 
at  Boston  and  Burlington) 

44.514  Property  and  Casualty  Insurance  I  (2  q.h.) 

The  basis  of  modern  property-casualty  insurance.  Analysis  of  the  insurance 
contract,  its  application,  meaning,  and  rating.  (Available  at  Boston  and  Burling- 
ton) 

44.515  Property  and  Casualty  Insurance  II  (2  q.h.) 

Study  of  various  policies  including  automobile,  homeowners,  inland  marine,  and 
commercial  special  multi-peril.     Prereq.  44.514. 

44.516  Property  and  Casualty  Insurance  III  (2  q.h.) 

A  study  of  the  mechanics  of  the  insurance  industry,  including  types  of  com- 
panies, reserves,  reinsurance,  financial  analysis,  and  government  regulation. 
Prereq.  44.515. 

44.525  Health  and  Social  Insurance  I*  (2  q.h.) 

A  study  of  the  economic  basis  served  by  health  and  social  programs  of  insur- 
ance, including  a  detailed  analysis  and  comparison  of  the  plans  offered.  (Offered 
Fall  Quarter)  (Available  at  Boston) 

44.526  Health  and  Social  Insurance  II*  (2  q.h.) 

A  continuing  study  of  "contracts,  including  benefit  structure,  rate-making,  re- 
serves, and  the  proper  use  and  coordination  of  the  plans  available  from  private 
industry  and  from  the  government.     Prereq.  44.525.  (Offered  Winter  Quarter) 

44.527  Group  insurance  and  Pensions  (2  q.h.) 

The  nature,  development,  and  coverage  offered  by  group  life  and  health  insur- 


"Upper  level  Business  Administration  course — see  page  57. 


250  /  COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 

ance.  Analysis  of  the  various  kinds  of  individual  and  group  pension  plans  and 
their  use.  (Offered  Spring  Quarter)  (Available  at  Boston) 

44.529  Advanced  Property  Insurance*  (2  q.h.) 

A  study  of  the  plans  and  programs  designed  to  provide  protection  for  multi- 
peril,  diversified  industrial,  and  commercial  organizations.  Prereq.  44.515.  (Of- 
fered in  Fall  Quarter)  (Available  at  Boston  only) 

44.530  Advanced  Property-Casualty  Insurance*  (2  q.h.) 

A  study  of  the  various  plans  and  programs  for  providing  liability  and  casualty 
protection  for  commercial  and  industrial  organizations.  Prereq.  44.515.  (Offered 
Winter  Quarter)  (Available  at  Boston  only) 

44.543     Law  of  Insurance*  (2  q.h.) 

A  study  of  the  legal  problems  affecting  insurance,  including  regulation  design 
and  interpretation  of  contracts  and  the  relationship  between  the  insurance  com- 
pany, its  agent,  and  the  public.  Prereq.  45.543.  (Offered  Spring  Quarter) 
(Available  at  Boston  only) 


45— MANAGEMENT 

General  Management 

Consultant:  Prof.  D.  McCarthy  (College  of  Business  Administration)  437-3256 
Coordinator:  J.  L.  Griffith  843-6209 
Coordinator:  W.  A.  Gagne  647-2121 

45.501,  45.502,  45.503  Management  and  Organization  I,  II,  III  (6  q.h.) 
An  introduction  to  the  American  business  system;  comparison  with  other  eco- 
nomic systems;  principles  and  concepts  of  organization  and  management. 
Emphasis  on  topics  such  as  the  social  responsibilities  of  business;  business 
and  its  environment;  business  ethics,  etc.  Traditional  material  presented  toward 
an  understanding  of  modern  American  business  and  preparation  for  a  business 
career.  The  environment  within  which  business  operates;  a  review  of  the  theory 
and  practice  of  organization;  the  "what"  and  "how"  of  the  management  proc- 
ess; an  application  of  the  concepts  covered  to  the  functional  areas  of  business. 
Prereq.  45.502,  45.503.  (Offered  every  quarter)  (Available  on  all  campuses) 

45.652     Management  and  Organization  (Intensive)  (6  q.h.) 

Same   as  45.501,   45.502,   45.503.   (Not  open   to   students   who  have  completed 

those   courses.)   (Offered   every  quarter)   (Available  at  Boston,   Burlington,  and 

Weymouth) 

45.523,  45.524,  45.525     Management  Seminar  I,  II,  III*  (6  q.h.) 
A   broad    interdisciplinary   project   utilizing   one  or  more  of  the  techniques  of 
library  research,  field  research,  field  surveys  and  organizational  audits.  Students 
will  be  expected  to  utilize  the  knowledge  gained  in  earlier  course  work.     Prereq. 
45.535.  (Available  at  Boston  and  Burlington) 


*Upper  level  Business  Administration  course — see  page  57. 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS  /  251 

45.533,  45.534,  45.535     Management  Decisions  and  Policies  I,  II,  III  (6  q.h.) 

',  Takes  the  viewpoint  of  the  general  manager  in  planning  effective  relationships 
between   the   organization   and   its  environment.   Emphasis  placed  on  sensing, 
j  analyzing,   evaluating,   and   responding   to   demographic,   cultural,   political   and 
|  technological  change.  Functions  and  responsibilities  of  top  management;  prob- 
lems which  affect  the  character  and  success  of  the  total  enterprise;  operations 
i  in  various  environments  and  the  impact  of  government  regulations.  A  frame- 
'  work  will  be  developed  for  dealing  with  a  total  organization  evolving  or  modify- 
;  ing  strategies  and  policy.  Cases  are  drawn  from  profit-oriented  and  non-profit 
entities  of  various  sizes  in  widely  diversified  fields,  operating   in  a  variety  of 
'  environments.  Students  will  be  expected  to  actively  participate  in  class  discus- 
sions of  case  studies.     Prereq.   minimum  of  100  quarter  hours  of  completed 
course  work.  (Available  at  Boston,  Burlington,  and  Norwood) 

45.600,  45.601,  45.602  Small  Business  Management  I,  II,  III  (6  q.h.) 
!  For  those  who  wish  to  explore  the  opportunities  of  being  in  a  small  business  or 
in  business  for  themselves.  Subjects  considered  include  objective  self-analysis; 
discovery  of  opportunities  in  the  manufacturing,  retailing  and  service  fields; 
raising  and  conservation  of  capital;  organization  and  site  location  factors;  man- 
agement controls  in  relation  to  legal,  financial,  personnel,  and  marketing  prob- 
lems. (Available  at  Boston  and  Burlington) 

i  45.603     Administrative  Management  and  Office  Services  I  (2  q.h.) 
!  Principles  and  techniques  of  modern  administrative  management  including  or- 
ganization, planning,  office  mechanization,  computers,  information  requirements 
analysis,  and  the  conducting  of  a  systems  study.  (Offered  Fall  Quarter)  (Avail- 
able at  Boston  only) 

45.604     Administrative  Management  and  Office  Services  II  (2  q.h.) 
An   analysis   of  systems  and   procedures,   business  writing,   report  structuring, 
',  records    management,    control   techniques,   staffing,   and    methods  of   directing 
the    administrative     management    function.     Prereq.    45.603.     (Offered    Winter 
Quarter)  (Available  at  Boston  only) 

45.606     Management  Decisions  and  Policies  (Intensive)*  (6  q.h.) 
Same   as   45.533,   45.534,   45.535,   except   presented   twice   per  week   during   a 
single   quarter.     Prereq.   Minimum   of  100  quarter  hours  of  completed  course 
work.  (Offered  Summer  Quarter) 

45.646     Management  Seminar  (Intensive)*  (6  q.h.) 

Same  as  45.523,  45.524,  45.525,  except  presented  as  a  single-quarter  inten- 
sive course.  (Not  open  to  students  who  have  taken  45.523,  524,  525.)  Prereq. 
45.535.  (No  longer  offered) 

'45.667     Project  Planning  and  Control  (2  q.h.) 

This  course  employs  a  systems  approach  to  planning  and  controlling  a  work 
project.  Topics  to  be  covered  include  detailed  planning  techniques,  establish- 
tment  of  functional  and  individual  responsibilities,  resource  allocation,  identi- 
fying anticipated  benefits,  measuring  results  and  effective  progress  reporting. 
^Students  will   be  expected  to  actively  participate  in  class  workshop  sessions. 


*Upper  level  Business  Administration  course — see  page  57. 


252  /  COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 

Prereq.  Minimum  of  40  quarter  hours  of  completed  work.  (Offered  every  quarter) 
(Available  at  all  campuses) 

45.670,  45.671,  45.672     Management  of  Change  I,  II,  III  (6  q.h.) 

Traditional  concepts  of  management  are  reexamined  in  light  of  current  changes! 
in  employee  attitudes,  material,  energy  and  capital  shortages,  consumer  protec-| 
tion  interests,  unemployment  and  inflation  problems,  and  government  reactions.; 
Selected  cases  of  reaction  to  change  by  business  organizations  as  reported  in 
current  business  publications  are  studied.  Students  are  expected  to  identify^ 
changes  that  call  for  new  management  strategy  and  to  evaluate  actions  taken: 
by  the  firms  studied.  Further,  the  student  will  be  expected  to  reevaluate  his  own- 
career  goals  in  relation  to  the  changing  world  of  business,  and  to  restructure 
those  goals  accordingly.     Prereq.  45.503.  (Available  at  Boston  only) 

45.696     Principles  and  Practice  of  Management  (2  q.h.) 

Considers  management  as  a  process  engaged  in  various  levels  of  any  organiza-; 
tion,  and  investigates  fundamental  principles  which  are  generally  accepted' 
as  the  foundation  of  management  action.  Included  among  other  topics  are  i 
those  of  planning,  organizational  considerations,  and  directing  and  controlling 
an  organization.  Application  of  generally  accepted  principles  are  considered; 
through  investigation  of  management  practice  in  organizational  settings.  (Offered; 
every  quarter)   (Available  at  Boston,   Burlington,   Framingham,  and  Weymouth) 


49.504  Strategy  for  Planning  I  (3  q.h.) 
Students  participate  as  team  members  in  a  computerized  decision-making  ex-^ 
ercise.  Course  materials,  class  discussions,  and  guest  lecturers  will  expose  the 
student  to  planning  techniques,  systems,  and  issues  with  which  executive  man-, 
agement  becomes  involved.  Each  class  member  is  provided  with  an  oppor-t 
tunity  to  use  a  full  range  of  skills  and  experience  to  make  key  decisions  in, 
planning  and  operating  a  company  in  an  uncertain,  competitive  environment. 
Prereq.  Minimum  of  100  quarter  hours  of  completed  work.  45.535  recommended. 
(Offered  Fall  and  Winter  Quarters)  (Available  at  Boston  only) 

49.505  Strategy  for  Planning  II  (3  q.h.) 

A  continuation  of  49.504.  Students  will  have  continued  opportunities  to  analyze; 
results  of  previous  decision-making,  engage  in  additional  planning  and  decision- 
making,   and    conduct    board    meetings.     Prereq.   49.504.    (Offered   Winter   and 
Spring  Quarters)  (Available  at  Boston  only.) 

Industrial  Management  Courses 

Consultant:  J.  M.  Rosenfeld  969-4783 

45.506  Production  Management  and  Manufacturing  Systems  I  (2  q.h.) 
Analysis  of  the  basic  areas  of  production  management,  characteristic  organiza- 
tions, activities,  responsibilities,  and  decision-making.  The  systems  concept  as 
applied  to  manufacturing.  Manufacturing  costs  and  their  management.  (Available 
at  all  campuses) 

45.507  Production  Management  and  Manufacturing  Systems  II  (2  q.h.) 
Further   analysis   of   the    manufacturing   system,    including    production    control, 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS  /  253 

materials,  work  design,  simplification  and  measurement;  quality  control;  data 
processing  as  applied  to  manufacturing;  selected  readings  in  modern  produc- 
tion management  techniques.     Prereq.  45.506.  (Available  at  all  campuses) 

45.508     Production  Management  and  Manufacturing  Systems  III  (2  q.h.) 

Continuing  study  and  analysis  of  the  manufacturing  function;  production  and 
process  technology;  workplace  methods  and  standards;  planning  and  control 
of  operations  and  inventories:  concepts,  analytical  techniques  and  information 
systems;  selected  case  studies  emphasizing  relevant  production  management 
and  manufacturing  systems,  concepts  and  applications.  Prereq.  45.507.  (Avail- 
able at  all  campuses) 

45.519     Work  Methods  (2  q.h.) 

The    principles   of    motion    economy   and   work   simplification    in   analysis   and 

improvement  of  methods,  utilizing  flow  charts,  diagrams,  work  station  activity 

charts,  and   laboratory  techniques.  (Offered   Fall  Quarter)  (Available  at  Boston 

only) 

45.526     Facilities  Planning  and  Design  I  (2  q.h.) 

The  planning  and  designing  of  industrial  plants,  in  terms  of  equipment  and 
machinery  requirements,  plant  layout  and  material  flow,  utilizing  flow  charting, 
scheduling,  and  laboratory  scale  models.  Prereq.  45.508.  (Offered  Fall  Quarter) 
(Available  at  Boston  only) 

45.531     Facilities  Planning  and  Design  II  (2  q.h.) 

The  fundamentals  of  material  handling  and  related  equipments,  vehicles,  and 
machinery,  including  cranes,  conveyors,  freight  elevators,  and  monorails,  with 
emphasis  on  analysis  of  problems,  typical  cases,  and  costs,  and  including  engi- 
neering economy.  Prereq.  45.526.  (Offered  Winter  Quarter)  (Available  at  Boston 
only) 

45.528     Work  Measurement  (2  q.h.) 

Measurement  techniques  as  applied  to  development  of  production  and  wage 
standard  data,  including  appropriate  incentive  plans  and  directed  towards  quan- 
tity manufacturing,  with  laboratory  use.  (Offered  Winter  Quarter)  (Available  at 
Boston  only) 

45.530     Standard  Data  Development  (2  q.h.) 

Development  of  production  standards  for  job  shop  operations,  applying  curve, 
•:able,  equation,  nomograph,  family  and  multivariables  techniques,  and  utiliz- 
ng  work  sampling  methods  and  laboratory  practice.  (Offered  Spring  Quarter) 
[Available  at  Boston  only) 

45.595     Manufacturing  Seminar  I*  (2  q.h.) 

Problems  of  manufacturing  operation  at  the  plant  manager  level,  including  pro- 
duction economics  of  specialization,  simplification,  standardization,  diversifica- 
tion, expansion,  contraction,  or  integration,  all  with  pertinent,  selected  case 
studies.     Prereq.  45.625  &  45.637.  (Available  at  Boston  only) 

U5.596     Manufacturing  Seminar  II*  (2  q.h.) 

/Continued  analysis  of  manufacturing  problems,  including  plant  location,  layout, 

'Upper  level  Business  Administration  course — see  page  57. 


254  /  COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 

materials  handling,  power  maintenance,  labor  market  status,  organization  and 
wage  policy,  all  with  pertinent,  selected  case  studies.  Prereq.  45.595.  (Avail- 
able at  Boston  only) 

45.597     Manufacturing  Seminar  III*  (2  q.h.) 

Continued  analysis  of  manufacturing  problems,  including  controls  of  the  manu- 
facturing process;  product  design  and  development,  scheduling,  inventory, 
quality,  cost  and  budgetary  controls  with  applicable  cases.  Prereq.  45.596. 
(Available  at  Boston  only) 

45.620     Industrial  Safety  (2  q.h.) 

A  study  of  the  organization  and  administration  of  a  comprehensive  accident- 
prevention  program,  including  analysis  of  industrial  hazards  and  accidents,  cor-; 
rective  actions,  and  the  responsibilities  of  all  management  echelons,  from  the 
safety  engineer  to  top  management.  (Offered  Fall  and  Spring  Quarters)  (Avail- 
able at  Boston  only) 

45.623  Manufacturing  Processes  I — Material  (2  q.h.) 

Materials  and  their  processing,  including  the  derivation,  characteristics,  and 
applications  of  materials  used  in  industry,  such  as  ferrous,  non-ferrous  metals, 
plastics,  their  mechanical,  thermal,  electrical,  chemical,  and  other  properties 
with  an  analysis  of  applications  to  manufacturing.  (Available  at  most  campuses) 

45.624  Manufacturing  Processes  II — Production  (2  q.h.) 

Machinery,   welding,    and   allied    processing,    including   an   analysis   of   product 
design.    Production    processes   and    material   selection    in   the    production   and  I 
manufacturing  of  hard  goods,  including  selection  of  best  methods  by  study  of 
casting,  machinery,  forming,  joining,  hot  and  cold  locking,  extrusion,  finishing, 
and  assembly.     Prereq.  45.623.  (Available  at  most  campuses) 

45.625  Manufacturing  Processes  III — Automation  (2  q.h.) 

The  analysis  of  advanced  manufacturing  processes,  including  mass  production, 
numeric  control,  central  vs  line  layout  systems,  automated  systems  and  related 
problems,  computer  controlled  equipment  and  systems,  equipment  and  ma- 
chinery selection  and  replacement  policies.  Emphasis  on  manufacturing  pro- 
cesses case  studies.     Prereq.  45.624.  (Available  at  most  campuses) 


45.627,  45.628     Value  Management  I,  II  (4  q.h  ) 

An  organized  technique  for  challenging  costs  by  analyzing  a  product  or  method 
in  terms  of  value,  function,  costs,  without  sacrificing  essential  quality.  (Offered 
Fall   Quarter)   (Available  at  Boston  and   Burlington) 

45.636     Production  and  Inventory  Control  I  (2  q.h.) 

Basic  analysis  and  systems  design  techniques  for  controlling  production.  As- 
pects of  intermittent  and  continuous  production  scheduling  and  the  relationship 
of  planning,  scheduling  and  dispatching,  and  utilizing  mathematical  models. 
Scheduling  techniques  of  PERT,  CPM,  line  of  balance,  and  learning  curves.  Field 
trip  to  local  company  and  examination  of  its  production  control  system. 
(Offered  Fall  and  Winter  Quarters)  (Available  at  Burlington,  Weymouth,  Norwood, 
and  Revere) 


*Upper  level  Business  Administration  course — see  page  57. 


COURSE   DESCRIPTIONS  /  255 

45.637  Production  and  Inventory  Control  II  (2  q.h.) 

Analysis  and  systems  design  techniques  for  controlling  inventory  levels  empha- 
sizing cost  reduction,  including  inventory  investment,  economic  order  quantity. 
make  or  buy  decisions,  and  warehousing.  Goals  include  bringing  the  range  of 
concept  and  technique  to  the  point  of  useful  application  in  practical  design. 
Prereq.  45.636.  (Offered  Winter  and  Spring  Quarters)  (Available  at  Burlington, 
Weymouth,  Norwood,  and  Revere) 

45.638  Industrial  Decision  Making  I*  (2  q.h.) 

The  development  of  a  systematic  approach  to  problem  solving  and  decision 
making;  decision  theory;  structure  of  human  decisions.  Prereq.  10.334.  (Avail- 
able at  Boston  only) 

45.639  Industrial  Decision  Making  II*  (2  q.h.) 

Application  of  mathematical  methods  of  management  science  and  quantitative 
decision-making  procedures  to  practical  industrial  problems;  optimization  and 
models  applied  to  production  functions  such  as  the  inventory  process,  plant 
location,  layout  and  maintenance,  and  equipment  selection,  replacement,  and 
maintenance.     Prereq.  45.638.  (Available  at  Boston  only) 

45.640  Industrial  Decision  Making  III*  (2  q.h.) 

Application  of  mathematical  methods  of  management  science  and  quantitative 
decision-making  procedures  to  practical  industrial  problems,  including  linear 
systems  utilizations  and  functional  production  applications  such  as;  economic 
lot  size,  optimal  machine  loading,  production,  and  employment  scheduling; 
seasonal  inventory  distribution;  transportation  and  transshipment  models;  maxi- 
mum profit  margin;  methods  improvements;  selected  case  studies.  Prereq. 
45.639.  (Available  at  Boston  only) 

45.642     Production  Management  and  Manufacturing  Systems  (Intensive)  (6  q.h.) 
Same   as   45.506,    45.507,   45.508.    (Not  open    to   students   who   have   completed 
'hose   courses.)   (Offered   every   quarter)   (Available   at  Boston,   Burlington,   and 
lA/eymouth) 

15.673  Industrial  Processes  I  (2  q.h.) 

ramiliarizes  the  Industrial  Technology  student  with  the  materials  and  processes 
jsed  in  manufacturing  to  convert  ideas  into  products,  machines  and  structures; 
characteristics  and  applications  of  materials  used  in  industry;  casting  and  form- 
ng  processes;  machining  processes.  (Open  to  Industrial  Technology  students 
only.)  (Offered  every  quarter)  (Available  at  most  campuses) 

15.674  Industrial  Processes  II  (2  q.h.) 

Continued  analysis  of  manufacturing  processes  including  welding  and  allied 
Drocesses;  machine  tools:  advantages  and  limitations;  economic  analysis  of 
nanufacturing  processes;  automated  and  computer  controlled  systems;  equip- 
nent  and  machinery  selection  and  replacement  policies.  Prereq.  45.673.  (Of- 
ered  every  quarter)  (Available  at  most  campuses) 

45.688     Production  and  Inventory  Control  (Intensive)  (4  q.h.) 

Same    as    45.636,    45.637.    (Not   open    to    students    who    have    completed   those 


Upper  level  Business  Administration  course — see  page  57. 


256  /  COURSE   DESCRIPTIONS 

courses.)  (Offered  every  quarter)  (Available  at  Boston  and  Burlington) 

45.695     Materials  Management  (2  q.h.) 

The  development  and  examination  of  materials  management  objectives  as  they 
relate  to  cost  improvement,  investment  control,  and  ability  to  serve  the  market; 
the  development  of  an  integrated  materials  system;  cases  in  materials  manage- 
ment. (Offered  every  quarter)  (Available  at  Boston  and  Burlington) 


49.501  Environmental  Management  I  (2  q.h.) 

The  state  of  our  environment  now  and  in  the  future — an  introduction  to  the 
types  and  threats  of  pollution,  including  the  atmosphere,  land,  and  waterways. 
Emphasis  placed  on  impact  of  pollution  upon  economic  growth,  business 
profitability,  governmental  outlays,  and  individual  expenditures.  Lectures,  class 
participation,  and  selected  readings.  Written  reports  required.  (Offered  1976- 
1977) 

49.502  Environmental  Management  II  (2  q.h.) 

A  continuation  of  Environmental  Management  I  in  which  the  level  of  our  tech-  » 
nology  is  explored.  A  review  of  control  techniques,  disposal  systems  and  puri- 
fication equipment  with  an  evaluation  of  their  effectiveness  and  costs.  Critical 
unsolved  technical  problems  and  the  needs  for  scientific  investigation  will  be 
highlighted.  Lectures,  class  participation,  and  selected  readings.  Written  reports 
required.     Prereq.  49.501.  (Offered  1976-1977) 

49.503  Environmental  Management  III  (2  q.h.) 

A  continuation  of  Environmental  Management  II  in  which  past,  present,  and  fu- 
ture controlling  and  corrective  actions  of  business  and  government  and  the  indi- 
vidual are  examined.  Evaluation  of  the  balance  between  responsible  self  control 
and  preventive  legislation.  Specific  attention  to  the  complexity  of  interacting  l 
factors  and  the  dilemma  of  productivity  demands  versus  the  environmental 
limitations  of  adaptability.  Lectures,  class  participation,  and  selected  readings. 
Written    reports    required.     Prereq.   49.502.    (Offered    1976-1977) 


Purchasing 

Coordinator:  Mr.  A.  D.  Finley  475-6172 

45.537  Purchasing  I  (2  q.h.) 
The  span  of  responsibilities;  its  objectives,  organization,  and  personnel  require-  • 
ments.  Systems  and  operational  flow  with  current  techniques.  The  interface  with  I 
EDP.   The  acquisition  of  correct  quality   levels.   Developing  sources  of  supply. 
(Available  at  most  campuses) 

45.538  Purchasing  II  (2  q.h.) 

Planning  materials  acquisition  to  optimize  inventory  investment.  Controlling 
the  aspects  of  price.  The  "make  or  buy"  decision.  The  functions  of  planning, 
forecasting,  and  special  project  research.  The  application  of  standardization 
and  value  analysis/engineering  principles.  Prereq.  45.537.  (Available  at  most 
campuses) 

45.539  Purchasing  III  (2  q.h.) 

The  art  and  techniques  of  negotiation.  Purchasing  capital  equipment,  materials 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS  /  257 

Dudgeting.  Major  policy  considerations.  Supplier  relations  and  ethical  behavior 
orofiles.  The  impact  of  law  and  its  constraints.  Evaluating  purchasing  per- 
:ormance.     Prereq.  45.538.  (Available  at  most  campuses) 

15.550     Purchasing  (Intensive)  (6  q.h.) 

3ame  as  45.537,  45.538,  45.539.  (Offered  Fall  Quarter)  (Available  at  Boston  only) 

15.626     Professional  Purchasing  Techniques*  (2  q.h.) 

\  seminar-type  examination  of  methods  of  negotiation,  use  of  contract  types 
jnd  incentives  which  yield  improved  buyer  performance.  Price  analysis  and 
he  development  of  supplier  monitoring  and  control  techniques.  Prereq.  45.539. 
Offered  Spring  Quarter)  (Available  at  Boston,  Burlington,  Weymouth,  and 
Vlilford) 

15.666     The  Materials  Acquisition  Function  (2  q.h.) 

\  survey  of  the  procurement  function  as  found  in  industry.  This  course  is  de- 
signed to  furnish  candidates,  with  majors  in  other  than  purchasing,  a  broad 
comprehension  of  the  acquisition  function.  Purchasing's  mission,  procedures, 
oroper  interface  with  other  functions,  and  its  legitimate  objectives  are  explored. 
System  techniques,  organizational  structures  and  required  skills  are  investigated 
ind  particular  attention  is  given  to  the  integration  of  this  function  into  the 
otal  cycle  of  product  creation.  (Offered  Fall  and  Spring  Quarters)  (Available  at 
Boston  and  Burlington) 

Personnel  &  Industrial  Relations 

Consultant:  Professor  Christine  L.  Hobart  437-3252 

\ssociate  Consultant:  (Industrial  Labor  Relations)  Mr.  D.  F.  Hurley  785-0484 

45.545  Law  Employment  Standards*  (2  q.h.) 

Tie  minimum  wage  laws — state  and  federal — and  laws  on  employment  prac- 
ices,  administrative  and  enforcement  procedures,  employment  provisions  of  the 
'964  Civil  Rights  Act,  and  of  state  anti-discrimination  laws.  Prereq.  45.611. 
Offered  in  Fall  Quarter)  (Available  at  Boston  only) 

15.546  Law  of  Employment  Conditions*  (2  q.h.) 

rhe  Labor  Management  Reporting  and  Disclosure  Act,  the  Social  Security  Act, 
The   Massachusetts   Employment  Security  Act.  The   Massachusetts  Workmen's 
Compensation  Act,  veterans'   reemployment  rights.     Prereq.  45.611. 
Offered   Winter  Quarter)   (Available  at  Boston  only) 

15.548     Law  of  Labor  Management  Relations*  (2  q.h.) 

"he  legal  framework  for  collective  bargaining,  the  impact  of  the  anti-trust  laws 
>n  labor  unions,  injunctions  in  labor  disputes,  the  Railway  Labor  Act,  the  Na- 
ional  Labor  Relations  Act,  the  Labor-Management  Relations  Act.  Prereq. 
'■5.611.  (Offered  Spring  Quarter)  (Available  at  all  campuses) 

5(5.553     The  Labor  Agreement*  (2  q.h.) 

a.abor  contracts:  component  clauses,  grievance  analysis,  and  arbitration  pro- 
cedures. Case  studies  in  labor-management  relations  affected  by  such  clauses. 


JUpper  level  Business  Administration  course — see  page  57. 


258  /  COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 

Prereq.  45.611  (Offered  Fall  Quarter)  (Available  at  Boston,  Burlington,  anc 
Framingham) 

45.556    Negotiations,  Mediation,  Arbitration*  (2  q.h.) 

The  bargaining  process;  preparation  and  negotiation  of  agreements;  mediation: 
fact-finding,  arbitration,  other  alternatives  to  the  strike.  Prereq.  45.611.  (Offered, 
Winter  Quarter)  (Available  at  Boston,  Burlington,  and  Framingham) 

45.560    Seminar  on  Labor  Issues*  (2  q.h.)  (For  Seniors  only) 
An  advanced  discussion  of  current  labor-management  issues;  policy  as  to  dis- 
putes, wage  guidelines,  public  employees'  unions,  professionals,  etc.     Prereq 
45.546,  45.548,  45.553.  (Offered  Spring  Quarter)  (Available  at  Boston,  Burlington 
and  Framingham) 

45.610     Labor  Management  Relations  I  (2  q.h.) 

The  American  labor  movement  and  labor  relations  development;  collective  bari 
gaining  issues,  policy  and  practice;  public  control  of  industrial  relations 
Prereq.  39.503.  (Offered  every  quarter)  (Available  at  all  campuses) 

45.611-  Labor  Management  Relations  II  (2  q.h.) 
Continuation  of  Part  I.  The  economic  and  political  impact  of  bargaining  power  or! 
labor  markets,  employment,  wages,  and  income.  Prereq.  45.610.  (Offeree, 
every  quarter)  (Available  at  all  campuses) 

45.690  Labor  Management  Relations  (Intensive)  (4  q.h.) 
The  American  labor  movement  and  labor  relations  development;  collective' 
bargaining  issues,  policy,  and  practice;  public  control  of  industrial  relations 
The  economic  and  political  impact  of  bargaining  power  on  labor  markets,  em- 
ployment, wages,  and  income.  Prereq.  39.503.  (Not  open  to  students  who  have 
taken  45.610,  45.611.)  (Offered  every  quarter)  (Available  at  Boston,  Burlington 
and  Weymouth) 

49.539     International  Labor  Relations  (2  q.h.) 

A  survey  of  union-employee  relations  on  the  international  level  with  specific 
reference  to  Western  Europe,  Japan,  Australia,  and  Mexico.  An  examination  off 
the  legal  structure,  the  structure  of  unions,  the  organization  of  both  employers 
and  unions  for  collective  bargaining,  and  the  impact  on  major  economic  or' 
governmental  policies.  Replaces  course  45.557.  (Offered  Fall  Quarter)  Available 
at  Boston  only) 

Personnel 

Coordinator:  Mr.  Ronald  E.  Guittarr  475-5000 
(Personnel  Relations) 

45.511,  45.512  Human  Relations  in  Organizations  I,  II  (4  q.h.) 
The  first  quarter  emphasizes  the  expanding  popularity  of  human  relations, 
describing  participation,  formal  and  informal  organizational  concepts,  andj 
leadership  patterns.  The  second  quarter  provides  a  review  of  the  processes 
of  communication,  appraisal  of  performance,  and  accomplishment  of  change.! 
Classes  are  highly  participative,  with  emphasis  on  case  discussion  as  relatedi 
to  text  materials.  (Offered  every  quarter)  (Available  at  all  campuses) 


"Upper  level  Business  Administration  course — see  page  57. 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS  /  259 

45.552    Advanced  Human  Relations  (2  q.h.) 

\  seminar  to  discuss  the  theories  of  human  effectiveness.  An  amplification  of 
epics  surveyed  in  Human  Relations  I,  II,  emphasizing  their  practical  applica- 
tion to  present-day  management  of  business  enterprises.  Review  implications  of 
;uch  theories  as  the  managerial  grid,  theory  X,  Y,  maintenance  vs  motivation, 
jtc.     Prereq.  45.512.  (Offered  every  quarter)  (Available  at  all  campuses) 

45.513  Personnel  Management  I  (2  q.h.) 

Organization,  function,  and  procedures  of  the  personnel  department  in  rela- 
:ionship  to  the  management  organization;  manpower  selection;  training;  rating; 
jersonnel    policies,   benefits,   and   reports.   (Available   at  all   campuses) 

45.514  Personnel  Management  II  (2  q.h.) 

3rinciples  and  techniques  of  training,  the  psychology  of  learning,  meeting  train- 
ng  needs,  principles  and  practices  of  organizing  training  activities.  Prereq. 
15.513.  (Available  at  ail  campuses) 

15.515  Personnel  Management  III  (2  q.h.) 

Controlling  and  coordinating  the  managerial  responsibility  of  supervision;  plan- 
Ting  the  work;  employee  assignments;  employee  attitudes;  employee  grievances; 
administering  company  policies,  developing  work  interest.  Prereq.  45.514. 
^Available  at  all  campuses) 

45.517  Techniques  of  Employee  Selection*  (2  q.h.) 

Recruitment,  selection,  and  placement  techniques  including  interviewing,  em- 
sloyment  testing,  and  examining.  Prereq.  45.515.  (Offered  Spring  Quarter) 
{Available  at  Boston  and  Burlington) 

45.518  Wage  and  Salary  Administration*  (2  q.h.) 

A/age  and  salary  determination;  merit  and  incentive  plans;  wage  and  salary 
structure;  compensation  methods;  impact  on  employer-employee  relations  in  the 
jconomy.  Prereq.  39.503,  45.503.  (Offered  in  Fall  Quarter)  (Available  at  Boston 
and  Burlington) 

15.521  Employee  Benefits*  (2  q.h.) 

3rivate  and  public  programs  directed  to  job  and  worker  income  security; 
jnemployment  compensation,  training  and  employment  services;  private  guar- 
anteed income:  retirement  pension  plans  and  disability;  group  insurance. 
^rereq.  39.503.  (Offered  Winter  Quarter)  (Available  at  Boston  and  Burlington) 

15.522  Job  Evaluation  (2  q.h.) 

'Wage-payment  systems;  theory  of  wage  determination,  job  elements,  rating 
scales,  writing  job  descriptions  and  specifications;  selection  of  plans;  develop- 
ment of  wage  structures  and  integration  with  the  principles  of  merit  rating. 
Offered   Fall  Quarter)  (Available  at  Boston  and  Burlington) 

15.607     Personnel  Management  (Intensive)  (6  q.h.) 

'Organization,  function,  and  procedures  of  the  personnel  department  in  relation- 
ship to  the  management  organization;  manpower  selection;  training;  rating;  per- 


.  Upper  level  Business  Administration  course — see  page  57. 


260  /  COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 

sonnel  policies,  benefits,  and  reports.  Principles  and  techniques  of  training;  the 
psychology  of  learning;  meeting  training  needs;  principles  and  practices;  orga- 
nizing training  activities.  Controlling  and  coordinating  the  managerial  respon- 
sibility of  supervision;  planning  the  work;  employee  assignments;  employees 
attitudes;  employee  grievances;  administering  company  policies,  developing 
work  interest.  (Not  open  to  students  who  have  taken  45.513,  45.514,  45.515, 
(Offered  every  quarter)  (Available  at  Boston,  Burlington,  and  Weymouth) 

45.641  Human  Relations  in  Organizations  (Intensive)  (4  q.h.) 
An  introduction  to  human  problems  of  the  work  environment:  motivation,  em! 
ployee  participation,  formal  and  informal  organizations,  and  leadership  patterns' 
The  processes  of  communication:  interviewing,  counseling,  appraisal  of  per' 
formance,  and  the  accomplishment  of  change.  Special  employment  groups  anci 
overview  of  the  individual  in  his  organization.  (Not  open  to  students  who  have 
taken  45.511,  45.512.)  (Offered  Fall  and  Winter  Quarters)  (Available  at  Bostor 
and  Burlington) 

45.691     Creative  Problem  Solving  (2  q.h.) 

New  ways  of  thinking  are  learned  and  practiced.  Sensing  and  analyzing  prob-, 

lems,  producing  ideas,  evaluating  and  implementing  solutions.  The  attitudes  and 

climate   conducive   to   creative  thinking   as  well   as   common   barriers  will   be; 

presented.  Provides  methods  for  developing  imagination  which  is  the  key  par 

of  the  creative  process.  (Offered  Fall  and  Spring  Quarters)  (Available  at  Bostor1 

only) 

I 
49.536,  49.537,  49.538     Group  Dynamics  I,  II,  III  (6  q.h.) 

Students  explore  the  theoretical  and  practical  applications  of  group  dynamics  tc 
their  current  and  future  work  situations.  Outside  readings,  observation  of  groups, 
and  journal-keeping  techniques  are  employed  to  assist  in  class  participation.'; 
Emphasis  is  placed  upon  the  student  as  a  group  member,  the  understanding  ol 
group  processes,  and  the  individual  as  a  change  agent.  (Available  at  Boston 
only) 

Quality  Control  and  Management  Sciences 

Consultant:  Prof.   R.  A.   Parsons   (College  of  Business  Administration)  437-3255 


45.536     Principles  of  Material  Inspection  (2  q.h.) 

An  operating  and  technical-level  course  involving  mensuration,  need  and  func- 
tion of  inspection  and  specifications;  basic  principles  and  techniques  of  meas-! 
urement;  various  methods  and  equipment  used  for  gauging  and  measuring; 
special  measuring  and  inspection  problems.  (Offered  Fall  Quarter)  (Available  at; 
Burlington  only) 

45.561     Statistical  Quality  Control  I  (2  q.h.) 

Description  and  practical  application  of  the  basic  statistical  quality-control1 
methods  for  quality  assurance,  quality  control  and  quality  improvement  off 
products  and  services;  the  determination  of  process  capability;  the  use  of  qual-) 
ity  control  charts  for  measurable  and  non-measurable  quality  characteristics.) 
Prereq.  39.513.  (Offered  Fall  Quarter)  (Available  at  most  campuses) 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS  /  261 

5.562  Statistical  Quality  Control  II  (2  q.h.) 

)ontinuation  of  Statistical  Quality  Control  I,  covering  the  application  of  statis- 
ical  and  probability  considerations  in  acceptance  sampling  of  purchased  ma- 
erial,  work  in  process,  and  outgoing  products.  Methods  of  predicting  sampling 
esults  using  the  hypergeometric,  the  binomial,  and  the  poisson  distributions; 
levelopment  of  the  operating  characteristic  curve  for  any  sampling  plan;  risks 
tvolved  in  sampling  and  the  concepts  of  AQL,  RQL,  AOQL.  Prereq.  45.561. 
Offered   Winter   Quarter)    (Available  at   most  campuses) 

5.563  Management  of  Quality  Control  (2  q.h.) 

lodern  concepts  of  managing  the  quality  function  of  a  company  to  maximize 
ustomer  satisfaction  at  minimum  quality  cost;  the  idea  of  total  quality  control; 
neasurement  of  the  cost  of  quality;  development  of  a  coordinated  program  of 
nprovement,  organizing  for  diagnosis  the  defect  causes.  (Offered  Spring 
iuarter)  (Available  at  most  campuses) 

5.565  Industrial  Experimentation  I*  (2  q.h.) 

1odem  small  sample  techniques  are  applied  to  industrial  problems.  Use  of 
tatistical  inference  to  make  estimates  and  set  confidence  intervals  of  key 
haracteristics  of  production  lots  and  processes;  design  of  single  and  multiple 
actor  experiments;  tests  of  significance;  analysis  of  variance.  Prereq.  39.513. 
Offered  Winter  Quarter)  (Available  at  Burlington  only) 

5.566  Industrial  Experimentation  II*  (2  q.h.) 

ests  of  significance,  analysis  of  variance;  correlation  techniques;  experimental 
esign;  balancing  and  randomizing  techniques;  factorial  designs;  nested  de- 
igns; Latin  square;  random  balance/multiple-balance.  Prereq.  45.565.  (Of- 
3red  Spring  Quarter)  (Available  at  Burlington  only) 

5.608     Quality  Control  and  Management  (Intensive)  (6  q.h.) 

■ame  as  45.561,  45.562,  and  45.563.  (Not  open  to  students  who  have  taken  these 

ourses.)     Prereq.  39.513.  (Offered  Fall  Quarter)  (Available  at  Boston  only) 

5.630  Introduction  to  Operations  Research  (2  q.h.) 

■ecision  making  under  uncertainty  integration  of  classical  statistics  and  de- 
ision  theory  with  Bayesian  concepts;  decision  tree  analysis;  preference  curves. 
Dffered  Fall  Quarter)  (Available  at  Boston  and  Burlington) 

5.631  Operations  Research  Applications  I  (2  q.h.) 

lathematical  programming;  linear  programming;  graphical,  vector,  simplex,  and 
ansportation  methods;  the  dual;  degeneracy;  integer  programming;  non-linear 
rogramming;  dynamic  programming.  (Offered  Winter  Quarter)  (Available  at 
toston   and   Burlington) 

5.632  Operations  Research  Applications  II  (2  q.h.) 

pecial  topics  including  model  building,  queuing  theory,  simulation,  Pert-CPM, 
nd  game  theory.  (Offered  Spring  Quarter)  (Available  at  Boston  and  Burlington) 

5.633  Advanced  Quality  Control  I*  (2  q.h.  ) 

etailed  study  of  specialized  techniques  used  in  defect-cause  diagnosis  and 
roblem  analysis.  Complete  analysis  of  progress  capability;  the  multi-vari  chart; 
ictograms;  the  span  plan  method.  Prereq.  45.562.  (Offered  Fall  Quarter) 
Wailable  at  Boston  only) 


262  /  COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 

45.634    Advanced  Quality  Control  II*  (2  q.h.) 

Continuation  of  Advanced  Quality  Control  I  with  special  emphasis  on  design  o 
control  plans  for  process  quality  control  and  special  cases  of  product  accep 
tance.     Prereq.  45.624.  (Offered  Winter  Quarter)  (Available  at  Boston  only) 

45.692    Quality  Control  I,  II  (Intensive)  (4  q.h.) 

Description  and  practical  application  of  the  basic  statistical  quality-contro 
methods  for  quality  assurance,  quality,  control,  and  quality  improvement  o 
products  and  services  the  determination  of  process  capability;  the  use  of  quality 
control  charts  for  measurable  and  non-measurable  quality  characteristics.  The 
application  of  statistical  and  probability  considerations  in  acceptance  samplinc1 
of  purchased  material,  work  in  process,  and  outgoing  products.  Methods  o 
predicting  sampling  results  using  the  hypergeometric,  the  binomial,  and  the; 
poisson  distributions;  development  of  the  operating  characteristic  curve  for  an}* 
sampling  plan;  risks  involved  in  sampling  and  the  concepts  of  AQL,  RQL,  AOQL 
(Not  open  to  students  who  have  taken  45.561,  45.562.)  Prereq.  39.513.  (Offeree 
Winter  Quarter)  (Available  at  Boston  only) 

Law 

Consultant:  Mr.  H.  Olins,  Esq.,  482-6998 

45.541  Law  I*  (2  q.h.) 

CONTRACTS:  nature,  kinds,  and  formation  of  contracts;  essential  elements 
interpretation  of  contracts.  (Available  at  most  campuses) 

45.542  Law  II*  (2  q.h.) 

AGENCY:  nature,  formation,  and  termination  of  agency  relationships;  rights  anc| 
duties  of  principal  and  agent;  scope  of  agent's  authority. 
SALES:  nature  of  sales  contracts;  warranties;  transfer  of  title;  rights  and  reme- 
dies of  seller  and  buyer.     Prereq.  45.541.  (Available  at  most  campuses) 

45.543  Law  III*  (2  q.h.) 

NEGOTIABLE  INSTRUMENTS:  bills,  notes  and  checks;  liabilities  and  defenses; 
of  parties;   procedure  upon  dishonor;  discharge. 

BUSINESS  ORGANIZATIONS:  survey  of  corporations  and  partnerships.  Prereql 
45.542.  (Available  at  most  campuses) 

45.643     Law  (Intensive)*  (6  q.h.) 

CONTRACTS:   nature,    kinds,   and   formation   of  contracts;   essential   elements; 

interpretation  of  contracts. 

AGENCY:    nature,   formation,   and   termination   of  agency   relationships;    rights, 

and  duties  of  principal  and  agent;  scope  of  agent's  authority. 

SALES:  nature  of  sales  contracts  warranties;  transfer  of  title;  rights  and  reme-l 

dies  of  seller  and  buyer. 

NEGOTIABLE  INSTRUMENTS:  bills,  notes,  and  checks;  liabilities  and  defenses 

of  parties;   procedure  upon  dishonor;  discharge. 

BUSINESS   ORGANIZATIONS:   survey  of  corporations   and   partnerships.   (Not 

open  to  students  who  have  taken  45.541,  45.542,  45.543.)  (Offered  every  quarter) 

(Available  at  Boston,  Burlington,  and  Weymouth) 


*Upper  level  Business  Administration  course — see  page  57. 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS  /  263 

45.693     Law  and  Social  Issues  (2  q.h.) 

A  study  of  the  structure  and  dynamics  of  the  American  Legal  System  ap- 
proached through  an  analysis  of  selected  cases  dealing  with  social  issues. 
(Offered  every  quarter)  (Available  at  Boston  and  Burlington) 


Management  Information  Systems 

Consultant:  Mr.  T.  J.  McNamara  479-4949 

Associate  Consultant:  (EDP)   Mr.  R.  M.  Morrison  742-4000 

'45.570     Electronic  Data  Processing  I  (2  q.h.) 

An  introduction  to  computers  including  the  discussion  of  numbers  and  coding 
systems;  examples  of  typical  business  problems;  and  study  of  basic  program- 
ming concepts.  (Offered  every  quarter)   (Available  at  all  campuses) 

45.571  Electronic  Data  Processing  II  (2  q.h.) 

A  survey  of  available  computer  systems;  price  and  performance  comparison  of 
available  input,  output,  and  storage  media;  discussion  of  filing  and  sorting 
techniques;  and  presentation  of  COBOL  and  other  programming  languages. 
tPrereq.  45.570.  (Offered  every  quarter)  (Available  at  all  campuses) 

45.572  Electronic  Data  Processing  III  (2  q.h.) 

A  presentation  of  data  communications  concepts  and  terminals;  discussion  of 
business  data  processing  and  operations  research  applications;  and  a  summary 
lof  trends  in  EDP.  Prereq.  45.571.  (Offered  every  quarter)  (Available  at  all 
campuses) 

45.648     Electronic  Data  Processing  (Intensive)  (6  q.h.) 

An  introduction  to  computers  including  the  discussion  of  numbering  and  coding 
systems;  examples  of  typical  business  problems;  and  study  of  basic  program- 
ming concepts.  A  survey  of  available  computer  systems;  price  and  performance 
comparison  of  available  input,  output,  and  storage  media;  discussion  of  filing 
and  sorting  techniques;  and  presentation  of  data  communications  concepts  and 
terminals.  A  presentation  of  COBOL  and  other  programming  languages;  dis- 
cussion of  business  data  processing  and  operations  research  applications;  and 
a  summary  of  trends  in  EDP.  (Not  open  to  students  who  have  taken  45.570, 
45.571,  45.572.)  (Offered  every  quarter)  (Available  at  Boston,  Burlington,  and 
Weymouth) 

45.675,  45.676     Electronic  Data  Processing  (A),  (B)  (6  q.h.) 

An  introduction  to  computers  including  the  discussion  of  numbering  and  coding 

systems;  examples  to  typical  business  problems;  and  study  of  basic  program- 
ming concepts.  A  survey  of  available  computer  systems;  price  and  performance 
(.comparison  of  available  input,  output,  and  storage  media;  discussion  of  filing 
rand  sorting  techniques;  and  presentation  of  data  communications  concepts  and 
terminals.  A  presentation  of  COBOL  and  other  programming  languages;  dis- 
cussion of  business  data  processing  and  operations  research  applications,  and 

i  summary  of  trends  in  EDP.  (Offered  Spring  Quarter)  (Available  at  Boston  only) 


264  /  COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 

Associate   Consultant:   (Programming)   Mr.  J.   G.  Sullivan  443-3122 

45.599     Basic  Computer  Programming  (2  q.h.) 

A  one-quarter  survey  course  in  introductory  computer  programming  for  business 
students.  Fundamentals  of  programming  are  introduced  along  with  COBOL, 
Common  Business  Oriented  Language.  The  divisions  of  COBOL,  Data  File  Struc- 
ture, verb  actions  are  studied.  Each  student  will  prepare  and  check  out  pro- 
grams using  the  University's  Computer  Center.  Prereq.  45.572.  (Offered  every 
quarter)  (Available  at  all  campuses) 

45.573  Computer  Programming  for  Business  I  (2  q.h.) 

Fundamentals  of  business  application  programming:  Introduction  to  COBOL, 
Common  Business  Oriented  Language,  adopted  as  standard  business  program- 
ming language  of  EDP  industry.  Principles  of  flowcharting.  Programs  prepared 
by  student  are  run  and  checked  out  using  the  University's  Computer  Center. 
Prereq.  45.572.  (Offered  Fall  and  Winter  Quarters)  (Available  at  most  campuses) 

45.574  Computer  Programming  for  Business  II  (2  q.h.) 

Programming  in  COBOL  presented  in  more  detail.  Business  data-processing 
functions  of  editing,  file  updating,  report  writing  are  illustrated  and  imple- 
mented in  programs  prepared  by  students  and  run  on  University's  Computer. 
Programming  involves  punched  card  input  and  line  printer  output.  Prereq. 
45.573.  (Offered  Winter  and  Spring  Quarters)  (Available  at  most  campuses) 

45.575  Computer  Programming  for  Business  III  (2  q.h.) 

More  sophisticated  programming  techniques  as  applied  to  the  solution  of  more 
complex  business  application  problems.  Random  access  disk  file  organization 
and  processing  is  illustrated.  Disk  and  magnetic  tape  files  are  utilized  in  prob- 
lem solving.  Prereq.  45.574.  (Offered  Spring  and  Summer  Quarters)  (Available 
at  most  campuses) 

45.617  Advanced  Computer  Programming  I*  (2  q.h.) 

Introduction  to  assembler  language  programming  using  the  University's  Com-' 
puter  Center.  Organization,  representation,  and  processing  data  within  the 
computer.  Looping,  instruction  modification,  indexing,  indirect  addressing  anc 
data  retrieval  are  introduced.  Cursory  survey  of  assembler  languages  in  general 
Prereq.  Demonstrate  familiarity  with  any  currently  available  computer  language 
(Available  at  Boston  only) 

45.618  Advanced  Computer  Programming  II*  (2  q.h.) 

Further  exploration  of  assembler  language  techniques,  other  addressing  struc 
tures,  floating  point  techniques,  coding  and  use  of  macro  instructions.  Input 
output  routines,  use  of  operating  system  for  job  scheduling,  resource  alloca- 
tion, file  handling.  Business  problems  analyzed,  flowcharted,  programmed,  anc 
debugged  on  University's  computer  by  students.  Debugging  of  problems  by  core 
dump  analysis.     Prereq.  45.617.  (Available  at  Boston  only) 

45.619  Advanced  Computer  Programming  III*  (2  q.h.) 

Utilization  of  business  data  processing  hardware  on  University's  computing 
system.  Further  use  of  operating  system,  divide  independent  file  handling 
Blocked  and  unblocked  file  manipulation.  Application  of  assembler  language  tc 
a  sophisticated  programming  project.  Prereq.  45.618.  (Available  at  Bostor 
only) 


•Upper  level  Business  Administration  course — see  page  57. 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS  /  265 

45.644  Computer  Programming  for  Business  (Intensive)  (6  q.h.) 
Fundamentals  of  business  application  programming:  Introduction  to  COBOL, 
Common  Business  Oriented  Language,  adopted  as  standard  business  program- 
ming language  of  EDP  industry.  Principles  of  flowcharting.  Programs  prepared 
by  students  are  run  and  checked  out  using  the  University's  Computer  Center. 
Programming  in  COBOL  presented  in  more  detail.  Business  data  processing 
functions  of  editing,  file  updating,  report  writing  are  illustrated  and  implemented 
in  programs  prepared  by  students  and  run  on  the  University's  computer.  Pro- 
gramming involving  punched  card  input  and  line  printer  output.  Prereq.  45.572. 
(Not  open  to  students  who  have  taken  45.573,  45.574,  45.575.)  (Offered  Winter 
Quarter)  (Available  at  Boston  and  Burlington) 

45.677  Operating  Systems  I  (2  q.h.) 

Survey  type  course — describing  operating  systems  and  investigating  the  full 
range  of  systems  services  available  under  computer  operating  systems.  Special 
emphasis  is  placed  on  their  value  as  tools  for  developing  management  informa- 
tion. (Note:  This  quarter  could  stand  alone  as  management  tool  for  decision 
making.)     Prereq.  45.575.  (Available  at  Boston  only) 

45.678  Operating  Systems  II  (2  q.h.) 

Specific  Software  covered  will  be  systems  supervisor,  data  management  system, 
FORTRAN,  COBOL,  PL/1,  and  special  purpose  compilers.  Also  investigated  will 
be  operating  systems  which  accommodate  network  analysis,  Pert  systems, 
simulation  packages,  and  statistical  analysis  packages.  Prereq.  45.677.  (Avail- 
able at  Boston  only) 

45.679  Operating  Systems  III  (2  q.h.) 

Detail  analysis  on  data  management  systems  with  specific  case  studies  and 
development  of  operating  system  programs.  Prereq.  45.678.  (Available  at 
Boston  only) 

45.680  Computer-Communications  Systems  Design  and  Analysis  I  (2  q.h.) 
An  introduction  into  data  communications  as  seen  from  the  systems  and  appli- 
cations viewpoints.  Discussions  of  the  various  types  of  terminals:  Teletype-like, 
CRTs,  Banking,  programmable.  Discussions  of  the  various  line  disciplines  with 
detail  examination  of  one  or  more.  An  overview  of  terminal  usage  with  time 
sharing,  transaction  processing,  and  network  processing.  Prereq.  45.575. 
(Available  at  Boston  only) 

i  45.681  Computer-Communications  Systems  Design  and  Analysis  II  (2  q.h.) 
Discussions  and  studies  of  access  methods  for  communications  and  USER  visi- 
bility to  terminals;  introduction  to  the  COBOL  communication  facility;  introduc- 
tion to  and  detail  discussion  of  Front  End  Processors  and  Remote  Network 
Processors  with  emphasis  on  functionality.  Prereq.  45.680.  (Available  at  Boston 
only) 

4  45.682  Computer-Communications  Systems  Design  and  Analysis  III  (2  q.h.) 
[  Discussion  of  the  communications  aspects  of  Transaction  processing.  Case 
s  studies  are  used  to  illustrate  alternative  approaches.  Presentation  and  usage  of 
l  the  functional  approach  to  information  network  design.  Prereq.  45.681.  (Avail- 
a  able  at  Boston  only) 


266  /  COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 

45.684  RPG  Programming  (2  q.h.) 

Provides  a  working  knowledge  of  the  Report  Program  Generation  language. 
This  language  is  suited  to  small  scale  computer  usage  for  such  tasks  as: 
Report  Generation;  File  Up-dating;  utility  functions.  Students  will  prepare  and 
debug  class  problems  using  the  RPG  of  their  choice.  (Offered  every  quarter) 
(Available  at  Boston,  Burlington,  Weymouth,  and  Norwood) 

45.685  Computer  Programming  for  Scientific  Applications  I*  (2  q.h.) 
Designed  to  provide  the  student  with  a  working  knowledge  of  FORTRAN,  the 
modern  problem-oriented  computer  language.  Enables  the  professional  to 
understand  the  use  of  a  computer  in  solving  problems  in  business,  mathe- 
matics, and  the  social  and  physical  sciences  by  introducing  him  to  problems  in 
selected  applications,  and  illustrating  use  of  FORTRAN  in  finding  solutions. 
Prereq.  45.572.  (Available  at  Boston  only) 

45.686  Computer  Programming  for  Scientific  Applications   II*   (2  q.h.) 

The  course  provides  the  student  with  practical  experience  in  the  use  of  FOR- 
TRAN in  solving  significant  problems  in  business,  mathematics,  and  the  social 
and  physical  sciences.  Problems  of  sufficient  complexity  will  be  used  to  allow 
the  student  to  actively  participate  in  the  various  steps  necessary  to  analyze, 
define,  document,  and  solve  the  problem  using  FORTRAN.  Prereq.  45.685. 
(Available  at  Boston  only) 

45.687  Computer  Programming  for  Scientific  Applications  III*  (2  q.h.) 

A  sophisticated  set  of  problems  are  presented  to  teams  of  students  for  solution. 
Consultations  with  instructor  allows  students  to  actively  participate  in  solving 
problems  with  the  use  of  FORTRAN.     Prereq.  45.686.  (Available  at  Boston  only) 

49.530  Privacy  and  Security  (2  q.h.) 

A  clarification  of  the  issues  of  computer  privacy,  security,  and  confidentiality 
with  emphasis  on  computer  security.  Review  of  past  violations  of  privacy,  se- 
curity, and  potential  threats.  Development  of  security  approaches,  techniques, 
and  methods  of  implementing  security.  Prereq.  45.572.  (Offered  Fall  and 
Winter  Quarters)  (Available  at  Boston  and  Burlington) 

49.531  Data  Base  Systems  (2  q.h.) 

An  introduction  to  data-base  approach  to  the  design  of  integrated  information 
applications.  Data-base  design,  data  structures,  diagramming,  CODASYL  data 
definition  language,  data  manipulation  language,  data-base  implementation  and 
evaluation.  Prereq.  45.575,  45.588.  (Offered  Fall  and  Winter  Quarters)  (Available 
at  Boston  and  Burlington) 

49.532  Minicomputer  Systems  in  Business  I*  (2  q.h.) 

An  introduction  to  the  application  of  minicomputers  in  the  business  environment. 
Topics  covered  include:  analysis  of  cost/performance;  systems  consideration  of 
minis  versus  alternatives;  role  of  minis  in  a  variety  of  applications  such  as: 
time  sharing,  intelligent  terminals,  data  entry  and  gathering,  data  communica- 
tions, and  others.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  evaluation  of  minis  as  cost-effective 
elements  of  a  business  system.  Prereq.  45.573,  45.591.  (Available  at  Boston  and 
Burlington) 


*Upper  level  Business  Administration  course — see  page  57. 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS  /  267 

49.533  Minicomputer  Systems  in  Business  II*  (2  q.h.) 

Development  of  system  specifications,  functional  configurations,  system  trade- 
offs, site  preparation,  and  maintenance  considerations.  Detailed  analysis  of 
systems  with  specific  case  studies  related  to  business  applications.  Prereq. 
49.532. 

49.534  Minicomputer  Systems  in  Business  III*  (2  q.h.) 

Minicomputer  programming  fundamentals;  source  and  object  programs;  assem- 
blers; compilers;  high-level  languages;  and  operating  systems.  Prereq.  45.703. 
Coordinator:  Mr.  R.  E.  Anderson,  862-6831 

45.577  Data  Systems  Administration  (2  q.h.) 

The  major  phases  involved  in  the  study  and  detailed  planning  for  the  effective 
use  of  data  processing  equipment  and  management  sciences  in  meeting  the 
information  needs  of  business  are  presented,  including  the  analysis  of  company 
objectives,  the  feasibility  study,  the  system  specifications,  equipment  selec- 
tion, and  the  implementation  of  the  new  system.  Prereq.  45.572  (Offered  Fall 
Quarter)  (Available  at  Boston,  Burlington,  and  Weymouth) 

45.578  Business  Data  Processing  Applications  I  (2  q.h.) 

Each  student  is  given  an  opportunity  to  understand  and  perceive  a  company  as 
a  total  operating  system.  Specific  systems  applications  examined  include  in- 
ventory control,  purchasing,  accounts  payable,  and  their  integration.  Specific 
techniques  on  data  collection  including  data  communications  are  dealt  with 
during  the  quarter.  A  field  trip  to  a  communications  training  center  and  a  team 
case  study  project  complete  the  quarter.  Prereq.  45.577.  (Offered  Winter 
Quarter)  (Available  at  Boston,  Burlington,  and  Weymouth) 

45.579  Business  Data  Processing  Applications  II  (2  q.h.) 

A  continuation  of  45.578  covering  additional  information  systems  of  accounts 
receivable,  sales  analysis,  the  design  of  integrated  systems,  a  review  of  "on- 
line" systems,  and  computer  system  simulation.  The  opportunity  to  participate 
in  a  computer  simulation  exercise  is  offered  during  a  field  trip.  A  team  case 
study  project  completes  the  quarter.  Prereq.  45.578.  (Offered  Spring  Quarter) 
(Available  at  Boston,  Burlington,  and  Weymouth) 

45.586  System  Design  and  Techniques  I  (2  q.h.) 

Introduction  to  system  concepts,  system  department  organization,  forms  de- 
sign, systems  controls,  and  manuals.  Prereq.  45.503  or  45.572.  (Available  at 
Boston,  Burlington,  Weymouth,  Norwood  and  Revere) 

45.587  System  Design  and  Techniques  II  (2  q.h.) 

Development  of  system  techniques  through  lectures  and  case  studies,  including 
work  simplification,  work  measurement,  flowcharting,  system  cost  estimating, 
and  system  development.     Prereq.  45.586. 

45.588  System  Design  and  Techniques  III  (2  q.h.) 

Application  of  system  techniques  through  extensive  use  of  case  studies  cover- 
ing the  full  spectrum  of  system  development  and  design.     Prereq.  45.587. 


'Upper  level  Business  Administration  course — see  page  57. 


268  /  COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 

45.589  Advanced  Business  System  Design  I*  (2  q.h.) 

Introduction  to  total  computer-based  system  concepts,  resource  management, 
functional  data  flows,  information  feedback  process,  and  major  design  criteria. 
Prereq.  45.588.  (Available  at  Boston  and  Burlington  only) 

45.590  Advanced  Business  System  Design  II*  (2  q.h.) 

Detailed  analysis  of  a  manufacturing  company's  business  system  design,  focus- 
ing on  data  base  design  and  subsystem  relationships  between  order  entry, 
production  control,  and  inventory  control.     Prereq.  45.589. 

45.591  Advanced  Business  System  Design  III*  (2  q.h.) 

Management  information  system  design,  including  the  impact  of  advanced 
capabilities  such  as  data  communication,  on-line  file  storage,  and  simulation 
on  the  design  and  system  approach.     Prereq.  45.590. 

45.592  Advanced  Computer  System  Techniques  I*  (2  q.h.) 

On-line  data  communication  systems  covering  the  range  of  services  available, 
remote  input  and  output  devices,  techniques  of  control,  and  application  ex- 
amples.    Prereq.  45.591.  (Available  at  Boston  and  Burlington  only) 

45.593  Advanced  Computer  System  Techniques  II*  (2  q.h.) 

On-line  mass  storage  devices,  data-base  design,  and  file  retrieval  techniques. 
Real-time  input-output  techniques  including  visual  and  graphic  displays.  Pre- 
req. 45.592. 

45.594  Advanced  Computer  System  Techniques  III*  (2  q.h.) 

Timesharing  system  concepts,  design,  and  languages.  Application  of  on-line 
and  timesharing  system  techniques  through  case  studies  and  field  trips.  Pre- 
req. 45.593. 

45.616    Government  Data  Processing  Applications  I  (2  q.h.) 

Discusses  the  basic  role  of  data  processing  in  the  current  governmental  activi- 
ties in  education  (including  computer  assisted  instruction),  health  (including 
patient  care),  welfare  (including  urban  planning),  information  (including  graphic 
storage  and  retrieval  systems)  through  description  of  scientific  advanced  sys- 
tems and  equipment.     Prereq.  45.572.  (To  be  offered  1976-1977) 

45.653  Government  Data  Processing  Applications  II  (2  q.h.) 
Describes  principal  applications  and  specific  advanced  system  designs  and 
equipment  which  have  been  employed  successfully  by  various  levels  of  govern- 
ment in  the  fields  of  public  administration,  planning,  finance,  law  enforcement 
and  judicature,  communication,  and  integrated  information  bases.  Prereq. 
45.616. 

45.655     Auditing  Data  Processing  Applications  I  (2  q.h.) 

A  general  presentation  of  auditing  techniques  used  when  auditing  typical  elec- 
tronic data  processing  installations.  Functional  assignment  of  duties  within  an 
electronic  data  processing  installation.  Control  over  input/output  and  over 
data  processing.  Methodology  of  safeguarding  record  files,  both  physical  and 
against  unauthorized  use.  Prereq.  45.572.  (No  longer  offered  as  single-quarter 
course) 


'Upper  level  Business  Administration  course — see  page  57. 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS  /  269 

45.656    Auditing  Data  Processing  Applications  II  (2  q.h.) 

A  continuation  of  auditing  applications  when  reviewed  for  internal  control,  hard- 
ware checks,  system  checks,  and  audit  trail.  Auditing  around  the  computer 
versus  through  the  computer.  Using  the  computer  to  test  the  data  processing 
system  and  also  the  records  produced  by  the  computer  system.  Auditing  ad- 
vanced data  processing  systems.     Prereq.  45.655. 

45.658  Retail  Marketing  and  Distribution  Data  Processing  Applications  I  (2  q.h.) 
Analyzes  the  unique  characteristics  of  the  retail  application  including  high 
volume  of  transactions,  low  unit  value,  decentralized  input,  short-term  em- 
ployees, multi-level  reporting  and  their  effects  on  the  EDP  systems  requirements 
in  each  of  the  classical  areas  of  the  organization.  Prereq.  45.572.  (To  be 
offered  1976-1977) 

|  45.659  Retail  Marketing  and  Distribution  Data  Processing  Applications  II  (2  q.h.) 
Develops  the  systems  considerations  of  the  first  quarter  further  into  the  re- 
quirements of  an  overall,  integrated  management  information  system  for  retail. 
Prereq.  45.658. 

>  45.661     Banking  Data  Processing  Applications  I  (2  q.h.) 

Reviews  the  major  functions  of  banking,  deposit  loan,  and  money,  and  analyzes 
their  uniqueness  from  an  EDP  point  of  view  in  the  applications  of  demand 
deposit  accounting,  commercial  and  installment  loan  accounting,  bank  credit 
card  accounting,  and  credit  file  maintenance.  Prereq.  45.572.  (To  be  offered 
1976-1977) 

i  45.662.     Banking  Data  Processing  Applications  II  (2  q.h.) 
Expands  on  first  quarter  by  analyzing  mortgage  accounting,  savings  accounting, 
mutual    fund    and    stock   transfer   accounting,    personal    trust   accounting,    new 
remote   terminals   and   the   development   of   management   information   systems 
for  commercial  banks  and  thrift  institutions.     Prereq.  45.661. 

>  45.664     EDP  in  Property  and  Casualty  Insurance  I  (2  q.h.) 

A  survey  of  the  various  functions  unique  to  property  and  casualty  industry  and 
the  role  of  data  processing  as  applied  to  the  particular  functions:  underwriting, 
policy  production  claims,  and  actuarial.  Prereq.  45.572.  (To  be  offered  1976- 
1977) 

>  45.665     EDP  in  Property  and  Casualty  Insurance  II  (2  q.h.) 

Application  of  the  principles  surveyed  in  the  first  quarter  to  one  or  more  case 
studies  developing  an  information  system  for  property  and  casualty  company 
management.     Prereq.  45.664. 

45.668     Peripheral  Systems  Techniques  I  (2  q.h.) 

This  course  deals  with  the  many  peripheral  skills  and  techniques  which  the 
i  modern  analyst  must  employ  in  his  daily  activities.  Specific  areas  to  be  covered 

include  the  systems  approach  to  decision  making,  interviewing,  preparing  and 
jj  presenting  proposals  to  executive  management,  techniques  of  documentation. 
/  Prereq.  45.573.   (Offered  Winter  Quarter)   (Available  at   Boston   and   Burlington 

only) 


270  /  COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 

45.669     Peripheral  Systems  Techniques  II  (2  q.h.) 

A  continuation  of  45.668.  This  course  will  cover  such  topics  as  the  impact  of; 
the  systems  analyst  as  a  trainer;  organizational  employers  of  third  generation; 
computers;  control  and  systems  auditing;  and  the  establishment  of  data  proc- 
essing standards.  Prereq.  45.668.  (Offered  Spring  Quarter)  (Available  at  Boston; 
and  Burlington  only) 

45.694  Systems  Design  and  Techniques  (Intensive)  (6  q.h.) 
Introduction  to  system  concepts,  system  department  organization,  forms  de-[, 
sign,  systems  controls,  and  manuals.  Development  of  system  techniques! 
through  lectures  and  case  studies,  including  work  simplification,  work  measure-' 
ment,  flowcharting,  system  cost  estimating,  and  system  development.  Applica- 
tion of  system  techniques  through  extensive  use  of  case  studies  covering  the; 
full  spectrum  of  development  and  design.  (Not  open  to  students  who  have1 
taken  45.586,  45.587,  45.588.)  Prereq.  45.503  or  45.572.  (Offered  Spring  and; 
Summer  Quarters)  (Available  at  Boston  and  Burlington  only) 

45.697  Information  Processing  In  Medicine  I  (2  q.h.) 

A  non-technical  survey  of  the  impact  and  potential  of  computers  in  medicine: 
medical    records;   clinical    reporting   systems;   automated    laboratories;   on-line, 
monitoring;    research    needs;    medical    administration    requirements.     Prereq.] 
none.  (Offered  Fall  Quarter)  (Available  at  Boston  only) 

45.698  Information  Processing  in  Medicine  II  (2  q.h.) 

Analysis  of  the  content  and  interactions  of  medical  information  sub-systems. 
Implications  of  computerization  of  various  medical  activities;  equipment  selec- 
tion;   organizational    considerations.     Prereq.   45.697.    (Offered   Winter   Quarter) 

49.535     Auditing  Data  Processing  (Intensive)  (4  q.h.) 

Replaces  former  courses  45.655  and  45.656.  A  general  presentation  of  auditing 
techniques  used  when  auditing  typical  EDP  installations.  Functional  assignment, 
of  duties  within  an   EDP  installation.  Control  over  input  and  output,  and  pro- 1 
cessing  itself.  Methodology  of  safeguarding  record  files  against  physical  and/or 
unauthorized  use.     Prereq.  45.572.  (Offered  every  quarter)  (Available  at  Boston  i 
and  Burlington  only) 


47— REAL  ESTATE 

Consultant:  Mr.  G.  D.  Prigmore,  536-2474 

47.501  Real  Estate  Fundamentals  I  (2  q.h.) 

An  introduction  to  the  fundamentals  of  real  estate  including  basic  terminology 
and  various  types  of  purchase  contracts.  Real  estate  brokerage  and  leasing 
fundamentals  in  commercial,  office,  and  residential  properties  will  also  be 
explored.  (Offered  every  quarter)  (Available  at  most  campuses) 

47.502  Real  Estate  Fundamentals  II  (2  q.h.) 

A  general  examination  of  real  property  management  with  emphasis  on  the  spe- 
cial characteristics  of  different  types  of  property,  along  with  introduction  to 
valuation  of  property,  including  analysis  of  operating  statements.  Prereq.  47.501 
or  permission  of  instructor. 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS  /  271 

47.503  Real  Estate  Fundamentals  III  (2  q.h.) 

i  Real  Estate  financing  will  be  explored  with  respect  to  the  various  types  of  insti- 
'  tutions  involved  in  the  financing  of  different  properties,  including  interim, 
!  permanent,  and  secondary  financing.  Specific  case  studies  will  also  be  used. 
I  Prereq.  47.502  or  permission  of  instructor. 

47.504  Real  Estate  Fundamentals  (Intensive)  (6  q.h.) 

Same  as  47.501,  502  and  503.  (Not  open  to  students  who  have  taken  those 
courses.)  (Offered  Summer  Qurarter) 

47.508  Real  Estate  Financial  Analysis  I  (2  q.h.) 

Structure  and  analysis  of  real  estate  income  and  expense  statements.  Sources 
of  funds,  borrowing  methods,  effects  of  taxation,  rates  of  return,  etc.  Prereq. 
47.503  or  permission  of  instructor.  (Offered  Fall  Quarter)  (Available  at  Boston 
and  Burlington  only) 

47.509  Real  Estate  Financial  Analysis  II  (2  q.h.) 

Analysis  of  risks  and  problems  involved  in  financing  real  property  with  emphasis 
i  on   use   of  case   studies  and   problems.   Class  participation   stressed.     Prereq. 
47.508  or  permission  of  instructor.  (Offered  Winter  Quarter) 

47.511     Fundamental  Real  Estate  Appraisal  (2  q.h.) 

/  A  fundamental  course  in  real  estate  appraisal  with  emphasis  on  single-  and 
two-  and  three-family  properties.  Analysis  of  city  and  neighborhood  influences, 
site  valuation,  building  diagnosis,  depreciation;  study  of  the  applicable  ap- 
proaches to  value,  appraisal  report  preparation.     Prereq.  47.503  or  permission 

>  of  instructor.  (Offered   Fall  Quarter)   (Available  at  Boston  and  Burlington  only) 

4  47.512,  47.513     Advanced  Real  Estate  Appraisal  I  and  II  (4  q.h.) 
An   advanced   course   in   the  evaluation   of   residential   and   income   properties. 
Application  of  the  cost,  market,  and  income  approaches  to  apartment  buildings 

i  and  commercial  and  industrial  developments.  Particular  emphasis  on  the  vari- 
ous methods  of  capitalization  and  residual  techniques.  Class  participation  in 
case  studies  and  problems.  Prereq.  47.511,  47.512,  or  permission  of  instructor. 
(Offered  Winter  Quarter)  (Available  at  Boston  and  Burlington  only) 

i  47.521     Real  Estate  Development  (2  q.h.) 

Analysis  of  the  problems  in  real  estate  development  using  the  case  method. 
Emphasis  on  the  risks  and  opportunities  which  face  developers  in  the  planning, 
marketing,  construction,  and  financing  of  apartments,  shopping  centers,  and 
office  buildings.  Prereq.  47.509  or  permission  of  instructor.  (Offered  Spring 
Quarter)  (Available  at  Boston  and  Burlington  only) 

I  47.524     Private  Real  Estate  Law  (2  q.h.) 

I  Elements  of  a  real  estate  contract  and  its  enforceability;  the  concept  of  title; 
I  mortgages  and  their  purposes;  recording  of  real  estate  interests;  the  landlord 
I  and  tenant  relationship.  Prereq.  47.503  or  permission  of  instructor.  (Offered 
f  Fall  Quarter)  (Available  at  Boston  only) 

4  47.525,  47.526     Public  Real  Estate  Law  I  and  II  (4  q.h.) 

H  This   course  will   focus  on   zoning,   subdivision   control,   conservation   controls, 


272  /  COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 

taxation  of  real  estate,  rent  control,  eminent  domain,  and  urban  renewal 
Prereq.  47.503,  47.525,  or  permission  of  instructor.  (Offered  Winter  and  Spring 
Quarters)  (Available  at  Boston  only) 

47.527     Housing  (2  q.h.) 

A  specialized  course  dealing  with  the  demand  for  housing  and  the  ability  of  the! 
private  market  to  meet  the  demand.  Particular  emphasis  placed  on  public 
programs  dealing  with  housing  via  the  private  sector.  Prereq.  47.509  or  per- 
mission of  instructor.  (To  be  offered  1976-1977) 

47.528,  47.529,  47.530  Real  Estate  Management  I,  II,  III  (6  q.h.) 
A  course  designed  to  prepare  the  student  for  the  practical  problems  of  real 
estate  management.  The  course  stresses  the  requisite  day-to-day  management 
of  commercial,  industrial,  and  residential  properties  as  well  as  the  need  for 
management  strategy  as  it  relates  to  long-term  property  value.  Prereq.  47.503 
or  instructor's  permission  (Available  at  Boston  and  Burlington  only) 

48— TRANSPORTATION   &   PHYSICAL   DISTRIBUTION   MAN) 

Consultant:  Dr.  R.  C.  Lieb  (College  of  Business  Admin.)  437-3236 


■: 


48.514  Elements  of  Transportation  and  Distribution  I  (2  q.h.) 
An  introduction  to  regulatory,  economic,  and  management  aspects  of  trans 
portation  from  the  viewpoints  of  shippers,  government,  and  carrier  managers. 
Topics  include:  costs,  rates,  operations,  entry,  mergers,  intercity  passenger  and 
urban  transportation.  A  course  of  general  interest  to  students  of  business,  law, 
or  government.  Prereq.  for  all  other  courses  in  transportation.  (Not  open  to 
students  who  have  completed  courses  48.501,  48.502,  48.503.)  (Available  at 
Boston,  Burlington,  Weymouth,  and  Norwood) 

48.515  Elements  of  Transportation  and  Distribution  II  (2  q.h.) 
An  introduction  to  physical  distribution  management  concepts.  Topics  include 
marketing,  locational  strategy,  organization,  inventory  control,  forecasting,  and 
cost  control.  Course  uses  text  and  case  materials  developed  from  industry  sit 
uations.  Prereq.  48.514.  (Not  open  to  students  who  have  completed  courses 
48.501,  48.502,  48.503.) 

48.516  Elements  of  Transportation  and  Distribution  III  (2  q.h.) 
Continued  examination  of  the  major  elements  of  the  physical  distribution  mix 
Topics  include:  information  flow,  data  processing,  warehousing,  and  labor  re 
lations.  Cases  include  application  of  the  "total  cost"  approach  to  physical  dis- 
tribution. Prereq.  48.515.  (Not  open  to  students  who  have  completed  courses 
48.501,  48.502,  48.503.) 

48.504  Transportation  Regulation  and  Promotion  I  (2  q.h.) 
Study  of  the  history  and  content  of  the  Interstate  Commerce  Act.  Prereq. 
48.527,  48.514,  or  former  course  numbers  48.503  and  48.526.  (Available  at  Boston 
only) 

48.505  Transportation  Regulation  and  Promotion  II  (2  q.h.) 

Examination  of  administrative  law  and  procedure,  the  code  of  ethics,  and  the 
general  rules  of  practice.     Prereq.  48.504. 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS  /  273 

18.506     Transportation  Regulation  and  Promotion  III  (2  q.h.) 
Analysis  of  cases  pertinent  to  the  Commerce  Clause.  Preparation  for  ICC  Prac- 
titioners Exam.     Prereq.  48.505. 

818.527     Traffic  Management  I — Rates  and  Tariffs  (2  q.h.) 

k  practical  course  in  the  interpretation  and  use  of  tariffs.  Topics  include  classi- 
fications, rate  scales,  tariff  rules,  rate-making  procedures,  etc.  Prereq.  48.514 
pr  former  course  numbers  48.501,  48.502,  48.503.  (Not  open  to  students  who 
wve  taken  former  course  numbers  48.524,  48.525,  48.526.)  (Available  in  Boston 
(only) 

18.528  Traffic  Management  II — Rates  and  Tariffs  (2  q.h.) 

\n  advanced  course  in  the  interpretation  and  use  of  tariffs.  Topics  include  ICC 
aw  and  practice,  and  computerized  tariffs.     Prereq.  48.527.  (Not  open  to  stu- 
;  ients  who  have  taken  former  course  numbers  48.524,  48.525,  48.526.) 

18.529  Traffic  Management  III — Selected  Topics  (2  q.h.) 

\  practical  course  in  traffic  management  covering  topics  other  than  rates  and 
ariffs.  Subjects  include:  routing,  claims,  insurance,  consolidation,  packaging, 
jtc.  Course  uses  cases  and  text.  Prereq.  48.514  or  former  course  numbers 
18.501,  48.502,  48503.  (Not  open  to  students  who  have  taken  former  course 
]  lumbers  48.524,  48.525,  48.526.) 

18.534     Surface  Transportation  I — Railroad  Management  (2  q.h.) 
i\  management-oriented  course  that  considers  the  current  and  future  status  of 
|  he  railroads.  Topics  include  investment  and  finance,  mergers,  marketing,  labor 
relations,    operations   and    control,   diversification,    and   public    policy.     Prereq. 

1-8.514  or  former  course  numbers  48.501,  48.502,  48.503.  (Replaces  former 
[course  number  48.511   and  48.512.)  (Offered  Fall  Quarter)  (Available  at  Boston 

>nly) 

H8.535     Surface  Transportation  II — Motor  Carrier  Management  (2  q.h.) 

\K  management-oriented  course  that  considers  the  current  and  future  status  of 

J  he   regulated   motor-carrier  industry.  Topics  include:  equipment  selection  and 

inance,  mergers,  marketing,  labor  relations,  routes,  operations  and  control,  and 
public  policy.     Prereq.  48.514  or  former  course  numbers  48.501,  48.502,  48.503. 

Replaces    former    course    numbers   48.517,    48.518.)    (Offered    Winter    Quarter) 

Available  at  Boston  only) 

H8.536  Surface  Transportation  III — Marine  Transportation  Management  (2  q.h.) 
\\  management-oriented  course  that  considers  the  current  and  future  status  of 
I'he  U.S.  Merchant  Marine.  Topics  include:  international  trade  patterns,  govern- 
ment promotion  and  subsidy,  technological  innovations,  port  facilities,  and  labor 

elations.     Prereq.    48.514    or    former    course    numbers    48.501,    48.502,    48.503. 

Replaces  former  course  number  48.513.)  (Offered  Spring  Quarter)  (Available  at 

3oston  only) 

I8.537     Surface  Transportation  IV — Private  Trucking  Management  (2  q.h.) 
Initiating  a  private  trucking  operation.  Topics  include  legality,  purchase  vs  lease 
|f)f   equipment,    operations,    and    measures   of   performance.     Prereq.   48.514   or 
jormer  course  numbers  48.501,  48.502,  48.503.  (Replaces  former  course  number 
H8.519.)  (Offered  Spring  Quarter)  (Available  at  Boston  only) 


274  /  COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 

48.538  Management  of  Warehouse  Operations  (2  q.h.) 

A  practical  course  in  the  management  of  warehouses.  Topics  include:  site  selec-i 
tion,  construction,  finance,  operations,  measurement  of  performance,  and  ware- 
house technology.  Prereq.  48.514,  48.515,  48.516.  (Replaces  former  course 
number  48.521.)  (Offered  Fall  Quarter)  (Available  at  Burlington  only) 

48.539  Organization  and  Control  of  Physical  Distribution  Management  (2  q.h.) 
Establishment  of  a  physical  distribution  organization.  Measuring  performance. 
Interrelationships  with  other  functions  in  the  company.  Interpersonal  relations! 
Prereq.  48.514,  48.515,  48.516.  (Replaces  former  course  number  48.522.)  (Offeree; 
Winter  Quarter)  (Available  at  Burlington  only) 

48.540  Management  Science  and  Physical  Distribution  Management  (2  q.h.) 
Application  of  quantitative  techniques  to  physical-distribution  management 
including:  linear  programming,  simulation,  and  statistical  decision  theory.  Stu 
dents  will  use  computer  facilities  for  solving  problems.  (Knowledge  of  program 
ming  is  not  required.)  Prereq.  48.514,  48.515,  48.516,  or  10.539  (math),  or  equiv 
(Replaces  former  course  number  48.523.)  (Not  offered  1975-1976) 

48.541  Air  Transportation  Management  I  (2  q.h.) 

Economics  and  regulation  of  Civil  Aeronautics  Board  certified  commercial  pas, 
senger  aviation — including  routes,  schedules,  operations,  pricing,  mergers,  cosj 
analysis,  and  financing.  Case  method  of  instruction  emphasized.     Prereq.  48.514 
(Available  at  Boston  only) 

48.542  Air  Transportation  Management  II  (2  q.h.) 

Similar  topics  as  48.541,  but  for  cargo  operations.     Prereq.  48.541. 

48.543  Air  Transportation  Management  III  (2  q.h.) 

Economics  and  regulation  of  general  aviation  including  analysis  of  corporate- 
air  taxi,  and  third-level  operations.     Prereq.  48.542. 

48.547  Urban  Transportation  I  (2  q.h.) 

The  planning  and  financing  of  urban  transportation  systems.  Role  of  federal' 
state,  and  local  governments.  Choice  of  technology  and  method  of  financing!, 
The  concept  of  "balanced"   transportation.     Prereq.  48.514.  (Replaces  formed 
course  number  48.544.)  (Offered  Fall  Quarter)  (Available  at  Boston  only) 

48.548  Urban  Transportation  II  (2  q.h.) 

Management  of  urban  transportation  systems.  Topics  include:  routes  and  ser- 
vices, pricing,  labor  relations,  selection  of  equipment,  community  relations,  andi 
measures  of  performance.  Prereq.  48.547.  (Replaces  former  course  numbers 
48.545,  48.546.) 

48.549  Seminar  in  Selected  Transportation  and  Physical  Distribution 
Management  Topics  (2  q.h.) 

A  seminar  which  focuses  on  a  topic  of  particular  interest  during  the  academic 
year,  for  example,  reappraisal  and  formulation  of  National  Transportation  Policy! 
labor  relations  in  transportation,  ecology  and  transportation,  etc.  The  seminar1! 
will  utilize  speakers  and  published  materials  and  will  require  a  written  or  orati 
presentation  by  the  students  at  the  end  of  the  course.  The  seminar  topic  will 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS  /  275 

be  announced  during  the  academic  year  in  time  for  registration  for  the  Spring 
Quarter.     Prereq.  48.514.  (Offered  Spring  Quarter)  (Available  at  Burlington  only) 

48.600     Seminar  in  Northeast  Corridor  Transportation  (2  q.h.) 

\Analysis  of  the  demand  for  and  supply  of  passenger  and  freight  transportation 
in  the  Northeast  Corridor.  Topics  include:  government  policy,  technology,  car- 
rier strategy,  the  consumer,  and  interrelationships  between  transportation  and 
economic  activity.  Students  make  a  presentation  of  their  research  findings  at 
the  end  of  the  course.  This  course  should  be  of  interest  to  students  of  business, 
government,  engineering,  economics,  and  planning.  Prereq.  48.514  and  10.539 
(math),  or  equiv.  (Offered  Spring  Quarter)  (Available  at  Boston  only). 


50— EDUCATION  FOUNDATIONS 

50.111  Social  Science  I  (3  cl.,  3  q.h.) 

Cultural  anthropology  and  education.  Theories  and  concepts  in  cultural  anthro- 
pology will  be  studied  with  primary  emphasis  on  their  relevance  to  informal 
and  formal  aspects  of  educational  processes.  Considerable  attention  will  be 
devoted  to  the  study  of  cross-cultural  materials  in  order  to  understand  the 
educational  process  in  different  cultural  milieus. 

50.112  Social  Sciences  II  (3  cl.,  3  q.h.) 

Sociology  and  education.  Involves  sociological  analysis  of  the  educational  enter- 
prise in  the  United  States  and  other  technologically  advanced  societies,  includ- 
ing consideration  of  the  socialization  process,  the  formation  of  youth  cultures, 
and  the  function  of  the  schools  in  these  contexts.  Attention  will  be  given  to  the 
study  of  the  effects  of  stratification,  ethnic,  and  racial  factors  on  educational 
institutions,  education  and  social  change,  and  the  school  as  a  social  system. 

50.113  Social  Science  III  (3  cl.,  3  q.h.) 

ntergroup  relations  and  education.  Examination  of  theoretical  and  empirical 
Tiaterials  relative  to  the  problem  of  intergroup  relations  and  prejudice.  Par- 
:icular  attention  will  be  paid  to  the  role  of  education  in  the  reduction  of  inter- 
jroup  conflict. 

50.121     Human  Development  and  Learning  I  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 

[Developmental    processes  from   prenatal    life   up   to   adolescence,   theories   of 

earning  and  personality,  with  research  and  case  material  covering  major 
(aspects  of  psychological  development. 

S0.131     Human  Development  and  Learning  II  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 

Continuation  of  Human  Development  and  Learning  I.  Significant  aspects  of 
adolescence — physical,  social,  and  psychological  factors  as  they  influence 
adolescent   behavior.     Prereq.   50.121. 

($0,141     Measurement  and  Evaluation  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 

H"he  fundamentals  of  measurement;  basic  statistical  concepts  and  techniques 
:jsed;  evaluation  of  standardized  and  teacher-made  tests.  Prereq.  Methods  and 
Materials  course  in  major  field. 


276  /  COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 

50.151     Backgrounds  of  American  Education  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 

Historical  and  philosophical  foundations  of  American  education  beginning  with1 
old-world  origins;  development  of  American  schools  and  educational  thoughf 
from  the  Colonial  period  to  the  present  with  emphasis  on  major  current  issues! 
in  education.     Prereq.  50.141. 


51— EDUCATION  —  INSTRUCTION 

51.135  Analysis  of  Teaching  and  Educational  Process  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 
The  relationships  that  exist  between  instructional  objectives  and  teaching 
behavior;  applications  of  human  development  and  learning  concepts  as  they 
relate  to  subsequent  specialized  teaching  methods  and  materials.  Research' 
results  and  promising  theory  are  used  to  extend  the  prospective  teacher's  con- 
cepts of  the  teaching  function.     Prereq.  50.131. 

51.143  Methods  and  Materials  of  Teaching  English  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 
An  introduction  to  the  structure  and  functions  of  language  as  they  apply  to 
the  teaching  of  English;  curriculum  and  planning  in  English;  the  unit  approach., 
specific  techniques  of  teaching  reading  and  literature,  grammar  and  usage,: 
written  and  oral  composition,  listening,  spelling,  vocabulary,  and  the  use  ol 
mass  media.     Prereq.  51.135. 

51.151     Student  Teaching  with  Related  Seminar  (8  q.h.) 

A  University-arranged  practicum  of  observation  and  teaching  in  schools  within 
reasonable  commuting  distance  of  Northeastern.  Participating  on  a  full-time: 
basis,  the  student  is  expected  to  develop  planning  and  communication  abilities 
within  his  major  field.  Biweekly  seminars  at  the  University  provide  additional 
opportunity  to  analyze  theory-practice  relationships  and  to  examine  generic 
problems  of  teaching.     Prereq.  Permission  of  adviser. 


54—  EDUCATION  —  READING 

54.126     Teaching  Reading  in  Secondary  Schools  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 

For  English   and  social  studies  majors  in  the  College  of  Education  who  are( 

preparing  for  teaching  in  the  junior  or  senior  high  schools.  Basically  the  same 

approach  and  organization  applies  to  this  course  as  to  the  elementary  level; 

course. 


63— THERAPEUTIC  RECREATION  SERVICES 

63.501     Introduction  to  Therapeutic  Recreation  Services  (2  q.h.) 
Philosophy  and  scope  of  modern  recreation  and  its  role  in  society. 

63.505  The  Nursing  Home  Experience  (2  q.h.) 
Exchange  of  empirical  data  relating  to  case  experiences  and  institutional  pro-! 
cedures  encountered  by  activity  leaders  and  other  practitioners  in  nursing! 
homes.  Feasibility  of  functional  innovations  will  be  discussed  in  relation  to 
present  practices. 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS  /  277 

53.510     Philosophy  of  Recreation  and  Leisure  (2  q.h.) 

3oals  for  American  recreation  studied  in  modern  context;  implications  for  the 
Drofessional;  historical  background,  concepts  of  work,  leisure,  recreation; 
trends,  issues,  and  future  direction. 

53.521  Recreational  Skills  I  (Social  Recreation)  (2  q.h.) 

(Techniques  of  leadership,  planning,  and  motivation  for  social-recreation  activi- 
ies;  mixers,  table  games,  active  and  inactive  group  games,  adapting  and  creat- 
ing games. 

53.522  Recreation  Skills  II  (Music  Therapy)  (2  q.h.) 

Theory  and  practical  application  of  music  activities  in  special  therapeutic 
settings. 

ii3.523     Recreation  Skills  III  (Guitar  or  Autoharp)  (2  q.h.) 

An  introductory  course  in  tablature  reading;  designed  to  develop  personal  skills 

or  accompaniment  of  group  singing. 

53.524     Recreation  Skills  IV  (Intermediate  Guitar)  (2  q.h.) 

)evelopment  of  performance  versatility  and  art  of  improvisation  for  students 
vho  either  have  completed  Recreation  Skills  III  or  who  possess  basic  compe- 
ence  with  the  instrument. 

>>3.531     Techniques  of  Recreation  Leadership  (2  q.h.) 

Study  and  practical  experience  in  a  diversity  of  group  programs  and  processes. 

H3.532     Interagency  Planning  for  Community  Action  (2  q.h.) 
k  study  of   agencies   and    how  they  function   (program   and   personnel);   how 
tgencies  cooperate  for  interagency  programming.  Legal  and  financial  aspects 
ind  their  effect  on  the  program. 

3.535     Recreation  Skills  VI  (Special  Events  and  Programs)  (2  q.h.) 

iow  to  organize  and  administrate  tournaments  for  selected  activities;  checkers, 

hess,  card  games,  table  games,  party  planning,  and  techniques. 

3.540  Analysis  of  Movement  as  Applied  to  Recreation  I  (2  q.h.) 

he  identification  of  muscles  and  muscle  groups  that  may  be  involved  in  thera- 
eutic  recreation  activities,  which  will  enable  the  student  to  select  the  most 
uitable  activity  for  a  given  disability.  Includes  analysis  of  movement  and  a 
9view  of  muscle  attachment  and  action. 

3.541  Analysis  of  Movement  as  Applied  to  Recreation  II  (2  q.h.) 
vontinuation  of  63.540.     Prereq.  63.540  or  equiv. 

3.547     Outdoor  Education  for  Handicapped  (2  q.h.) 

echnical  training  and  experiences  for  adapted  recreation  and  education  for 
exceptional  and  handicapped  age  groups. 

13.549     The  Process  of  Aging  (2  q.h.) 

jihe  experience  and  viewpoints  from  leading  professional  people — from  the 
selds  of  medicine,  psychiatry,  sociology,  nursing,  rehabilitation,  research,  coun- 
seling, education,  and  recreation — related  to  the  process  of  aging. 


278  /  COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 

63.550  Group  Dynamics  I  (2  q.h.) 

The  group  process;  how  groups  arrive  at  group  identity;  factors  influencing  size) 
purpose,  behavior  patterns,  selections  of  individual  members;  training  and  ex- 
perience in  leadership  techniques. 

63.551  Group  Dynamics  II  (2  q.h.) 
A  continuation  of  Group  Dynamics  I.     Prereq.  63.550. 

63.552  Leadership  and  Program  for  III,  Aged,  and  Infirm  (2  q.h.) 
The  scope  of  program  planning  and  leadership  in  a  variety  of  activities  including 
adapted  square  dances,  drama  and  puppetry,  developing  a  rhythm  band,  parties 
and  special  events,  active  and  quiet  games,  and  others. 

63.553  Techniques  and  Resources  in  Working  with  Elderly  (2  q.h.) 

Course  on  how  to  deal  with  day-to-day  problems  such  as  the  ability  to  converse 
or  understand  different  languages;  understanding  diseases  and  disabilities  ol 
the  aged;  techniques  in  assisting  the  blind  or  deaf;  sensitivity  training  and 
sources  of  assistance  in  these  areas. 

63.555  Therapeutic  Recreation  for  Special  Groups  (2  q.h.) 
Concentrated  study  and  individual  projects  in  areas  of  special  interest;  mentally 
retarded,  handicapped,  aging,  culturally  deprived,  socially  atypical,  others. 

63.556  Workshop  in  Adapted  and  Hospital  Recreation  (2  q.h.) 

Investigation  in  depth  of  basic  and  recent  developments  in  adaptive  and  hos- 
pital recreation.  Reports,  discussions,  observations,  and  visitations. 

63.557  Recreation  Activities  of  Atypical  Individuals  and  Groups  (2  q.h.) 
Adaptation  of  recreational  activities  to  meet  the  needs  of  handicapped  individ- 
uals in  hospitals  and  other  organizations  offering  recreation  programs  for  handi- 
capped. Emphasis  on  the  basic  principles  of  recreational  therapy. 

63.559  Group  Dynamics  (Intensive)  (4  q.h.) 

The  group  process:  how  groups  arrive  at  group  identity;  factors  influencing  size, 
purpose,  behavior  patterns,  selections  of  individual  members;  training  and  ex- 
perience of  leadership  techniques.     (Equiv.  to  Group  Dynamics  I  &  II) 

63.560  Development  and  Utilization  of  Recreation  Education  Resources  (2  q.h.) 
Survey  of  field  and  audiovisual  education  and  resources;  instruction  and  prac- 
tice in  the  use  of  equipment  and  materials. 

63.565  Social  and  Psychological  Impacts  of  Disabilities  I  (2  q.h.) 

An  interdisciplinary  approach  to  social  and  psychological  understanding  of  the! 
impact  of  disabilities  and  handicaps,  enabling  the  activity  leader  to  evaluate  and 
understand  behavioral  changes  in  a  handicapped  population. 

63.566  Social  and  Psychological  Impacts  of  Disabilities  II  (2  q.h.) 
Continuation  of  63.565.     Prereq.  63.565  or  equiv. 

63.567  Social  and  Psychological  Impacts  of  Disabilities  (Intensive)  (4  q.h.) 
The  equivalent  of  63.565  and  63.566. 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS  /  279 

53.570  Arts  and  Crafts  I  (2  q.h.) 

Opportunities  to  learn  and  to  teach  in  various  media:  clay,  paper,  crayon,  paint, 
xint,  leather,  wood,  metal,  yarn,  natural  and  scrap  materials;  emphasis  on 
creativity. 

63.571  Arts  and  Crafts  II  (2  q.h.) 

Course  is  geared  to  teach  design  skills  and  craft  skills  at  the  same  time.  Present 
:he  basic  elements  of  design  to  plaster,  stone,  metal,  papier-mache,  clay,  wood, 
vire,  cloth,  and  wax,  and  exploit  the  qualities  of  each  medium.  Prereq.  63.570 
■>r  equiv. 

53.572  Arts  and  Crafts  III  (2  q.h.) 

Continuation  of  Arts  and  Crafts  II.     Prereq.  63.571  or  equiv. 

53.573  Arts  &  Crafts  (Intensive)  (4  q.h.) 

Dpportunities  to  learn  and  teach  the  various  media:  clay,  paper,  crayon,  paint, 
jrint,  leather,  wood,  metal,  yarn,  natural  and  scrap  materials;  emphasis  on 
creativity.  Course  is  geared  to  teach  design  skills  and  craft  skills  at  the  same 
ime.  Present  the  basic  elements  of  design  to  plaster,  stone,  metal,  papier- 
nache,  clay,  wood,  wire,  cloth,  and  wax,  and  exploit  the  qualities  of  each 
medium.  (Equiv.  to  Arts  and  Crafts  I  and  II) 

53.592  Independent  Study  (3  q.h.) 

ndependent  study  designed  for  the  individual  specific  needs.  Field  assignments 
n  nursing  homes  for  practical  experience.  Special  and  specific  assignments. 
>rereq.  63.501. 

53.593  Independent  Study  (4  q.h.) 
Continuation  of  63.592.     Prereq.  63.592. 

13.600     Seminar  in  Group  Dynamics  (2  q.h.) 

seminar  covering  all  aspects  of  motivation,  behavior  patterns,  and  the  general 

>rocess  procedures.     Prereq.  63.551. 


86  &  87— HEALTH  PROFESSIONS 

bourses  open  to  all  Health  Profession  Students. 

16.502     Hospital  Law  and  Ethics  (2  q.h.) 

V  study  of  important  legal  principles  and  rulings  of  importance  to  medical 
idministrative  personnel  and  others.  Brief  introduction  to  interpersonal  ethics 
n  patient  care. 

6.504     Foundations  of  Medical  Science  I  (2  q.h.) 

t>tudy,  primarily  through  physicians'  lectures,  of  major  disease  problems  in 
jiur  society  and  modes  of  treatment.  Intended  for  the  non-medical  student 
h/ho  wishes  an  understanding  of  the  problems  faced  by  the  physician  in  daily 
uractice,  to  facilitate  communication  between  medical  and  non-medical  mem- 
bers of  the  health  team.  Discusses  organized  care,  diagnosis,  and  treatment. 


280  /  COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 

86.505  Foundations  of  Medical  Science  II  (2  q.h.) 

A  continuation  of  86.504,  emphasizing  reproduction,  birth,  pediatrics.  Denta 
health  and  dermatology  also  discussed. 

86.506  Foundations  of  Medical  Science  III  (2  q.h.) 

A  continuation  of  86.505.  Heart  disease;  cancer;  stroke;  blood  and  lymphatic 
diseases;  accidents;  musculo-skeletal,  respiratory,  and  gastro-intestinal  diseases 

86.507  Medical  Terminology  I  (2  q.h.) 

An  intensive  introduction  to  medical  terminology  including  stems,  prefixes,  anc; 
suffixes.  Practice  in  usage. 

86.508  Medical  Terminology  II  (2  q.h.) 

A  more  extensive  and  in-depth  consideration  of  medical  terminology.  Intendec 
for  the  medical  records  specialist.     Prereq.  86.507. 

86.509  Medical  Terminology  (4  q.h.) 
Combines  the  content  of  86.507  and  86.508. 

86.511  Personal  and  Community  Health  (2  q.h.) 
Principles  of  personal  health  and  healthful  living  and  their  application  to  inter- 
personal relationships  and  community  life.  Discusses  important  contemporar 
health  problems. 

86.512  Foundations  of  Medical  Science  (3  q.h.) 

Combines  the  content  of  86.504  and  the  first  half  of  86.505.  Offered  for  day 
programs  only. 

86.513  Foundations  of  Medical  Science  (3  q.h.) 

Combines  the  content  of  the  second  half  of  86.505  and  86.506.  Offered  for  day 
programs  only. 

86.515  Home  Health  Care  (3  q.h.) 

A  combination  lecture  and  field  training  program  designed  to  provide  the  tech-, 
nical  skills  required  for  the  provision  of  effective  community  home  health  care., 
Prereq.  Permission  from  the  Dean. 

86.516  Principles  and  Practice  of  Community  Mental  Health  (3  q.h.) 

The  course  will  provide  a  rudimentary  understanding  of  the  basic  principles  and 
techniques  of  modern  community  mental  health  practice.  Supervised  clinical 
experience  will  be  provided. 

86.521  Public  Health  I  (2  q.h.) 

Principles  of  public  health.  Organization  of  health  agencies  and  services. 

86.522  Public  Health  II  (2  q.h.) 

Continuation  of  86.521,  emphasizing  community  organization  for  health  services. 
Prereq.  86.521. 

86.524     Methods  and  Materials  in  Public  Health  Education  (2  q.h.) 

An    introduction    to    health    education    in   the    public    health    context.     Prereq. 

86.511  or  86.522. 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS  /  281 

!  86.531     Man's  Present  Environment  (2  q.h.) 

A  survey  of  environmental  conditions  in  land,  air,  and  water.  The  causes  of  pol- 
lution; effects  on  man  and  other  life;  and  a  general  discussion  of  current  con- 
trol methods.  Particular  emphasis  on  the  significance  of  environmental  problems 

:  to  the  individual. 

I  86.532  Environmental  Problems  and  Control  (2  q.h.) 
Aspects  of  environmental  engineering  on  a  municipal  scale  are  presented  in  a 
format  directed  to  the  nonprofessional.  Discussion  of  topics  in  water  supply 
and  water  quality,  waste  water  treatment  and  disposal,  solid  waste  manage- 
ment, milk  and  food  sanitation,  and  noise  control,  in  the  language  of  the  inter- 
ested citizen. 

86.533     Pollution  and  the  Global  Environment  (2  q.h.) 

Threats  to  the  environment  on  a  global  scale  from  man's  activities,  and  an 
examination  of  various  methods  and  recommendations  for  control  of  atmos- 
pheric, oceanic,  and  land  pollution. 

I  86.541     Medical  Care  and  Current  Social  Problems  I  (2  q.h.) 
Seminar    course    discussing    society's    organization    to    deliver    medical    care 
.  services. 

H  86.542     Medical  Care  and  Current  Social  Problems  II  (2  q.h.) 
11 A  continuation   of  86.541    discussing   topics   identified   in   the  first  part  of  the 
course  as  matters  of  great  concern  in  the  field  of  medical  care.     Prereq.  86.541. 

it  86.543     Medical  Care  and  Current  Social  Problems  III  (2  q.h.) 
QA  continuation  of  86.542,   examining  current  professional   literature  of  medical 
care.     Prereq.  86.542. 

186.545,   86.546     Contemporary  and  Controversial   Issues  in   Family  Health   I,   II 

(4  q.h.) 

»A  survey  of  contemporary  health  topics  will  be  offered.  Timely  issues  will  be 
analyzed  to  differentiate  fact  and  opinion.  The  course  is  designed  for  non- 
medical individuals  desiring  authentic  information  on  current  health  matters. 
General  and  mental  health  topics  will  be  covered. 

86.548     The  Health  of  the  Young  Child  (2  q.h.) 
I  A   course   for   people   working   in   health   programs  that   reach   out  to  families 

through  clinics,  schools,  etc.  Emphasis  on  early  child  development,  on  relating 
j  to  the  child  in  his  immediate  environment,  and  on  expanding  observation  skills 
j' to  increase  early  identification  of  children  with  special  needs. 

86.500     Orientation  and  Counseling  for  Family  Health  Workers  (non  credit) 
Discussion  of  the  role  of  family  health  workers  in  the  community;  their  relation- 
ship to  health  centers  and  to  other  members  of  the  medical  team.  Discussion 
of  professional  standards  and  future  career  possibilities. 

186.571     Long-Term  Care  Administration  I  (2  q.h.) 

TThe  organization  of  care  for  the  long-term  acute  and  chronically  ill  patient. 
3Goals  and  purposes  of  nursing  homes;  types.  Budgeting,  financing,  administra- 
tion, and  services. 


282  /  COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 

86.572  Long-Term  Care  Administration  II  (2  q.h.) 

Nursing  units;  role  of  the  physician.  Nursing  home-hospital  relationships.  Thera- 
pies. Social  Work.     Prereq.  86.571. 

86.573  Long-Term  Care  Administration  III  (2  q.h.) 
Design  of  long-term  care  facilities,  capital  funding,  staffing,  budgeting,  public 
relations.     Prereq.  86.572. 

86.539  Health,  Disease,  and  Disability  I  (Formerly  86.574)  (2  q.h.) 
A  study  of  the  major  disease  or  disability  states  and  their  impact  on  human 
physiology  and  psychology.  Social  and  individual  response  to  these  states. 
Lectures,  demonstrations,  field  visits.  Part  I  emphasizes  medical  areas.  Prereq. 
86.506  or  86.513,  and  18.306,  18.309,  or  18.326. 

86.540  Health,  Disease,  and  Disability  II  (Formerly  86.575)  (2  q.h.) 

A  continuation  of  86.574.  Part  II  emphasizes  surgical  areas.     Prereq.  86.574. 

86.577  Long-Term  Care  Administration  IV  (2  q.h.) 

The    nature    and    problems    of    aging — individual    and    social    considerations. 
Prereq.    86.573. 

86.578  Long-Term  Care  Administration  V  (2  q.h.) 
The   care   of   elderly   patients   in   home,   community,   and    institutions.     Prereq. 
86.577. 

86.579  Long-Term  Care  Administration  VI 

Seminar  course  on  the  provision  and  improvement  of  services  to  the  elderly. 
Prereq.  86.578. 

86.581  Hospital  Organization  and  Management  I  (2  q.h.) 

The  history  and  development  of  hospitals — the  contemporary  hospital  system. 
Different  types   of   hospital   organizations.   For  middle-management   personnel. 

86.582  Hospital  Organization  and  Management  II  (2  q.h.) 
A   continuation   of  86.581;   hospital   departments,   their  organization,   functions, 
and  interrelationships.     For  middle-management  personnel.     Prereq.  86.581. 

86.583  Hospital  Organization  and  Management  III  (2  q.h.) 

A  continuation  of  86.582.  New  methods  of  patient  care.  For  middle-management 
personnel.     Prereq.  86.582. 


86.601  Communications  for  Health  Care  Personnel  I  (2  q.h.) 
A  two-part   course   blending   the   demands  of  careful   interviewing   techniques,  i 
thorough  record  keeping,  and  accurate  and  articulate  health  correspondence 
Emphasis  will  be  placed  on  effective  interaction  between  patients  and  health  | 
personnel,  and  between  health  workers  and  staff  members  of  health  agencies. 
This   course  will   also   deal  with   the   means  of  effecting   good   communicative 
skills  with  community  resources  for  the  benefit  of  patients. 

86.602  Communications  for  Health  Care  Personnel  II  (2  q.h.) 
Continuation  of  86.601. 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS  /  283 

i  86.603     Seminar:  Criteria  and  Correlation  of  Therapeutic  and  Rehabilitative 
Services  (2  q.h.) 
Exposure  to  and  interpretation  of  the  proper  use  of  the  therapies  in  home  health 
care.    Discussion   of  those   employed    in   aiding   the   emotionally   and   mentally 
disturbed  individual.  The  role  of  the  health  care  worker  in  families  where  such 
services  are  required.     Prereq.  Permission  of  Instructor. 

\  86.604     Seminar:  Relevant  Topics  in  Health  Care  for  Family  Health  Workers 

(2  q.h.) 
Discussion  of  the  rights  of  patients  and  families  in  relationship  to  health  prob- 
lems;  how  to   implement  community   resources   in   a   meaningful   manner;  and 
consideration  of  current  topics  that  become  relevant  to  health  care  of  the  family. 
Prereq.  Enrollment  in  Program  for  Family  Health  Workers. 

The  following  courses  are  offered  by  Business  Administration  and  are  available 
to  students  in  the  health  science  and  other  health  profession  programs 

145.697  Information  Processing  in  Medicine  I 

*A  non-technical  survey  of  the  impact  and  potential  of  computers  in  medicine; 
medical  records;  clinical  reporting  systems;  automated  laboratories;  on-line 
monitoring;  research  needs;  medical  administration  requirements.  Prereq. 
none.   (Offered  Fall  Quarter) 

145.698  Information  Processing  in  Medicine  II 

Analysis  of  the  content  and  interactions  of  medical  information  subsystems. 
Implications  of  computerization  of  various  medical  activities;  equipment  selec- 
tion; organizational  considerations.     Prereq.  45.697. 

Courses  open  to  medical  record  students  only 

^86.544     Medical  Records  Field  Practice  and  Research  Seminar  (3  q.h.) 
Full-time   field    assignment    in    affiliated    hospital    medical    record    departments 

ivwith  research  assignments  and  regularly  scheduled  seminar  and  conference 
sessions.     Prereq.  85.558  and  permission  of  instructor. 

85.551     Organization  of  the  Medical  Record  Department  I  (2  q.h.) 
The  study  of  the  hospital,   patterns  of  organization,  lines  of  responsibility  and 
authority,  medical  staff  and  administrative  organization,  departmental  functions 
and  organization.  The  planning  aspects  of  management  are  stressed.     Prereq. 
\86.556. 

486.552     Organization  of  the  Medical  Record  Department  II  (2  q.h.) 
The  study  of  fundamental  principles  and  successful  practices  in  getting  office 

M/vork  accomplished.  Office  management  problems  and  their  solution,  concep- 
tive  framework  for  the  operation  of  essential  management  function,  facilities, 
solutions,  and  contributions  to  the  office. 

86.553     Organization  of  the  Medical  Record  Department  III  (2  q.h.) 
The  study  of  the  controlling  function  in  the  Medical  Record  Department.  Qual- 
ity  control,   time   standards,   cash   controlling,    budgeting,   and   office   manuals. 
Work  simplification  and  systems  as  it  applies  to  the  Medical   Record   Depart- 
ment. 


284  /  COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 

86.554  Medical  Record  Science  I  (4  q.h.) 

Introduction  to  medical  records;  history  of  the  medical  record,  and  medical 
record  forms.  A  study  of  the  professional  medical  record  administrator  and  his 
relationship  to  the  health  facility.  Medical  staff  and  committees  in  the  hospital. 
Quantitative  analysis  of  the  medical  record.  Prereq.  80  q.h.  of  credit  including 
18.524,  18.525,  18.526,  86.507,  and  86.508. 

86.555  Medical  Record  Science  II  (4  q.h.) 

A  study  of  the  numbering,  filing,  securing,  and  preserving  of  medical  records. 
Includes  the  study  of  principles  of  law  as  related  to  patient  care  and  medical 
records.  Study  and  practice  of  medical  transcription.  The  rules  of  privileged 
communications  and  the  release  of  information  to  agencies  stressed.  Prereq. 
86.554. 

86.556  Medical  Record  Science  III  (4  q.h.) 

A  study  of  the  basic  principles  of  compiling  statistics  for  hospitals  and  other 
health  institutions.  Includes  the  preparation  of  the  daily  census,  discharge 
analysis,  monthly,  annual,  and  special  reports.  Birth  and  death  certificates. 
Prereq.  86.555. 

86.557  Medical  Record  Science  IV  (4  q.h.) 

Principles  of  standardized  nomenclature  of  diseases  and  operations.  Interna- 
tional classification  of  diseases,  adapted — 8.  Study  of  other  indexes  used  in 
Medical  Record  Department,  directed  laboratory  practice  for  proficiency. 
Prereq.  86.556  and  86.506. 

86.558  Medical  Record  Science  V  (4  q.h.) 

A  study  of  the  new  and  advanced  aspects  of  medical  record  science.  Includes 
such  topics  as  skilled  nursing  facilities,  neighborhood  health  centers,  utilization 
review,  PSRO,  and  cancer  registry.     Prereq.  86.557. 

86.559  Current  Issues  in  Medical  Record  Administration  (2  q.h.) 

Seminar  course  discussing  new  problems  presented  by  changing  patterns  of 
medical  care.  Review  of  the  current  literature. 

86.564     Seminar  in  Medical  Record  Science  (3  q.h.) 

Class  discussion  of  experiences  in  the  clinical  setting.  Assigned  outside  proj- 
ects. Supervised  practice.  (Open  only  to  full-time  medical  record  majors  during 
senior  year) 

86.585  Medical  Record  Computer  Science  (2  q.h.) 

Electronic    data    processing    applications   in   the  medical    record   environment. 

The   study   of   the    hospital    information    system.  Application   of   computers   in 

hospital    methodology    and    assessing    the    need  for   EDP    in    medical    record 

environment.  Trends  in  the  state  of  the  art  and  future  prospects  for  medical 
record  management.     Prereq.  EDP  I  and  II. 

86.586  Applied  Medical  Record  Science  I  (3  q.h.) 

Clinical  practice  in  medical  record  science  and  management  techniques  at 
one  or  more  of  the  affiliated  hospitals. 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS  /  285 

86.587    Applied  Medical  Record  Science  II  (3  q.h.) 

Clinical  practice  in  medical  record  science  and  management  techniques  at  one 
or  more  of  the  affiliated  hospitals. 

f  86.588     Applied  Medical  Record  Science  III  (2  q.h.) 
Clinical  practice  in  medical  record  science  and  management  techniques  at  one 
or  more  of  the  affiliated  hospitals. 

Courses  open  to  Respiratory  Therapy  students  only 

86.591  Introduction  to  Respiratory  Therapy  I  (4  q.h.) 

The  development  and  understanding  of  the  respiratory  therapist's  role  as  a 
member  of  the  health  care  profession.  A  concise  survey  of  the  normal  struc- 
tures and  functions  of  the  human  body  with  particular  emphasis  on  the  organs 
of  respiration  and  circulation  and  the  principle  of  oxygen  transport  and  tissue 
metabolism.  An  introduction  to  the  physical  principles  governing  gas  exchange 
and  the  design  of  mechanical  equipment.  Prereq.  Permission  of  Director  of 
Program. 

86.592  Introduction  to  Respiratory  Therapy  II  (4  q.h.) 

A  continuation  of  86.591  with  emphasis  on  ventilation,  acid-base  balance, 
blood  gases,  cardiovascular  physiology,  and  clinical  cardiopulmonary  pathology. 

I  86.593     Introduction  to  Respiratory  Therapy  III  (4  q.h.) 

!  An  expansion  of  86.591  and  86.592  with  emphasis  on  therapy  modalities  in 
current  use.  Topics  covered  include  gas  administration  systems,  humidity  and 
nebulization,  mechanical  ventilation,  and  pulmonary  function  equipment.  Spe- 
cial attention  is  given  to  the  physical  and  microbial  care  necessary  in  applying 

!  these  modalities. 

186.681     Pulmonary  Technology  I  (2  q.h.) 

Introduction  to  basic  concepts  of  pulmonary  physiology.  The  lung  volumes, 
vital  capacity  and  its  subdivisions,  residual  volume,  functional  residual  capacity, 
and  total  lung  capacity.  Pulmonary  ventilation  and  its  regulation.  Causes,  ef- 
fects, and  tests  for  uneven  distribution  of  inspired  gas.  A  concise  survey  of  im- 
portant pulmonary  functions  and  laboratory  procedures  in  clinical  spirometry. 
!  Prereq.  86.186  or  equiv.;  86.115  or  equiv.;  or  permission  of  instructor. 

p  86.682     Pulmonary  Technology  II  (2  q.h.) 

|  Pulmonary  circulation.  Diffusion  and  factors  affecting  diffusing  capacity.  Methods 

of  determining  blood  02,  CO.,,  and  pH.  Oxygen-hemoglobin  dissociation  curves. 

Significance  of  anoxemia,  anoxia,  and  changes  in  arterial  PC02,  C02,  pH,  and 
•acid-base  balance.     Prereq.  86.681   or  permission  of  instructor. 

186.683     Pulmonary  Technology  III  (2  q.h.) 

VMechanics  of  breathing,  compliance  of  lungs  and  thorax,  airway  resistance,  the 
'Awork  of  breathing,  expiratory  flow  limitation,  flow  volume  curves,  dynamic  in- 
i homogeneities,  closing  volumes  and  measurements.  Evaluation  of  pulmonary 
^function,  obstructive  and  restrictive  patterns.  Case  studies,  special  laboratory 
procedures. 


286  /  COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 

Courses  open  to  Special  Respiratory  Therapy  Program  students  only 

86.691  Applied  Clinical  Study  I  (2  q.h.) 

A  presentation  of  the  techniques,  skills,  and  rationale  for  the  effective  admini- 
stration of  gas,  humidity,  and  aerosol  therapy.  Also  introduces  the  student  to; 
quality  patient  care  concepts  necessary  to  develop  the  ability  to  function  as! 
a  member  of  the  health  care  team.     Prereq.  86.591. 

86.692  Applied  Clinical  Study  II  (2  q.h.) 

A  presentation  of  the  techniques,  skills,  and  rationale  for  the  proper  and  effec- 
tive administration  of  intermittent  positive  pressure  breathing  and  chest  physio- 
therapy with  practical  clinical  application  of  both.  An  introduction  to  the  basic 
concepts  of  microbiology  and  problems  of  immunization  with  stress  on  the 
clinical  problems  of  infection  and  the  techniques  of  cleaning  and  sterilization 
in  the  clinical  setting.     Prereq.  86.691. 

86.693  Applied  Clinical  Study  III  (2  q.h.) 

An  introduction  to  the  skills,  techniques,  and  rationale  necessary  to  perform 
proper  and  effective  airway  management,  cardiopulmonary  resuscitation  and 
artificial  ventilation  therapy  presented  in  the  laboratory  setting  with  emphasis 
on  the  development  of  manual  dexterity  prior  to  clinical  application.  Prereq. 
86.692. 

86.694  Applied  Clinical  Study  IV  (6  q.h.) 

Clinical  application  of  the  techniques  and  skills  acquired  in  the  preceding  three 
quarters,  with  emphasis  on  the  development  of  an  individual  who  will  provide 
safe  and  effective  respiratory  care,  together  with  a  basic  introduction  to  phar-  : 
macology,  clinical  medicine,  and  disease  entities.     Prereq.  86.693. 

Courses  for  Dental  Hygiene  students  enrolled  in  baccalaureate  degree  program 

86.535  Oral  Microbiology  and  Infectious  Disease  I  (2  q.h.) 

The  qualitative  and  quantitative  composition  of  the  microbiota  inhabiting  the 
various  ecologic  niches  of  the  oral  cavity.  Methods  which  have  been  used  to 
study  the  oral  microbiota  will  be  critically  evaluated.  Ecologic  factors  such  as 
adhesion,  growth  factors,  and  physico-chemical  environment  controlling  the  ! 
establishment  of  colonization  of  organisms  in  such  sites  will  be  discussed  in 
detail.     Prereq.  Chemistry,  Microbiology  I. 

86.536  Oral  Microbiology  and  Infectious  Disease  II  (2  q.h.) 

The  pathogenic  potential  of  plaque  microorganisms  in  terms  of  caries,  peri- 
odontal disease,  and  mixed  anaerobic  infections  will  be  evaluated.  Mechanisms 
of  pathogenicity  in  each  disease  state  will  be  discussed.  Attempts  will  be  made 
to  use  the  information  developed  in  the  course  to  project  methods  of  control 
of  the   diseases  caused   by  oral   microorganisms.     Prereq.  86.535. 

86.537  Advanced  Periodontology  I  (2  q.h.) 
The  structure  of  the  periodontal  tissues  at  both  a  light  and  electron  microscopic 
level  will  be  discussed.  Particular  attention  will  be  paid  to  the  vascular  and 
cellular  changes  in  inflammation.  Consideration  of  the  physiologic  and  chemical 
basis  of  the  observed  differences  in  pathological  and  nonpathological  processes 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS  /  287 

,  will  be  examined  extensively  with  emphasis  on  the  dynamics  of  these  changes. 
1  Prereq.  Anatomy  &  Physiology,  Chemistry,  Pathology. 

1  86.538     Advanced  Periodontology  II  (2  q.h.) 

"  The  etiologic  factors  responsible  for  the  pathologic  alterations  discussed  in 
I  Part  One  will  be  examined.  Attempts  will  be  made  to  correlate  experimental 
animal  findings  with  the  human  clinical  situation.  Methods  of  diagnosis,  treat- 
ment planning,  and  treatment,  as  well  as  approaches  to  the  evaluation  of 
therapeutic  efficacy  will  be  discussed.  Stress  will  be  placed  on  relating  modern 
concepts  of  etiology  to  alterations  in  approach  to  therapy.     Prereq.  86.537. 

Courses  open  to  Radiologic   Technology  students 

86.614  Advanced  Radiologic  Technology  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Review  of   basic   principles;    new   equipment   (operation);   special    procedures; 
thermography;   ultrasound   and  video;  anatomy  and  physiology.     Prereq.  Ft.   T. 
c  or  special  permission. 

86.615  Advanced  Radiologic  Technology  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

The  study  of  specialized  procedures  which  utilize  advanced  and  sophisticated 
equipment  in  the  fields  of:  neurology;  cardio-vascular,  pediatrics,  tomography, 
intraoral,  operative  procedures.     Prereq.  86.614. 

fl  86.616    Advanced  Radiologic  Technology  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 
Accounting    principles;    budgeting,    preparing    schedules;    personnel    practices. 
Prereq.  86.615. 

86.617     Radioactive  Isotopes  and  Therapy  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Review  of  physics,   mathematics,  anatomy,  treatment  planning,  radiation  units 

of   measurement,   and   introduction  to   radioisotopes     Prereq.  86.616. 

1 86.618  Radioactive  Isotopes  and  Therapy  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Radiobiology,  nursing  procedures,  protection  and  shielding,  and  supervoltage 
equipment.     Prereq.  86.617. 

186.619  Radioactive  Isotopes  and  Therapy  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Specific  procedures,  records  and  administrative  procedures,  clinical  application, 
i  and  radiobiology.     Prereq.  86.618. 

9  86.620     Radiologic  Technology  Orientation  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

A  study  of  the  history  of  X-rays;  medical  terminology;  nursing  and  dental  pro- 
j  cedures  pertinent  to  radiologic  technology.     Prereq.  none. 

186.621     Radiologic  Technology  Orientation  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 
A  study  of  pediatrics  and  proper  methods  of  immobilizing  infants.  Necessity  for 
•  standardizing  radiographic  exposures  to  protect  the  patient.  Medical  and  sur- 
ggical  diseases  and  the  effects  they  cause  on  anatomy  and  physiology  and  the 
r  radiograph.     Prereq.  86.620. 

8  86.622     Radiological  Science  I  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 

*A  survey  of  the  basic  concepts  of  physics;  units  of  measurement;  Newton's 


288  /  COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 

law  of  motion  work;  energy;  atomic  theory  of  matter;  electric  currents;  mag- 
netism; generators;  motors;  production  and  control  of  high  voltage.  Prereq. 
none. 

86.623  Radiological  Science  II  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 

Interaction  of  X-rays  and  matter;  nature  and  production  of  X-rays,  radioactivity; 
properties  of  lightwaves;  optics;  heat  transfer  and  wave  motion;  dosimetry; 
X-ray  circuits  and  tubes.     Prereq.  86.622. 

86.624  Principles  of  Radiology  I  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 

Chemistry  used  to  process  radiographic  films;  uses  of  each  chemical.  A  study 
of  the  planes  of  the  body;  basic  positioning  of  the  skeletal  system  and  more 
detailed  positions  utilized  to  demonstrate  anatomical  parts  to  best  advantage. 
Prereq.  none. 

86.625  Principles  of  Radiology  II  (4  cl.,  4  q.h  ) 

Organization  factors  of  hospitals;  financial  consideration;  legal  considerations; 
proper  care  and  maintenance  of  X-ray  equipment;  test  equipment  necessary; 
special  procedures  used  in  radiology  and  indications  for  doing  them.  Prereq. 
86.624. 

86.626  Radiologic  Photography  and  Exposure  I  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 

A  study  of  contrast  materials  used  to  visualize  areas  and  organs  of  the  body; 

basic   principles  of  image  formation;  electromagnetic  spectrum;  circuits  used 

in  radiology;  X-Ray  tube  construction;  factors  controlling  radiographic  quality. 
Prereq.  none. 

86.627  Radiologic  Photography  and  Exposure  II  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 

Accessory  items  used  to  improve  radiographic  quality;  methods  of  protection 
for  patients  and  personnel.  Effects  of  radiation  on  cells  and  tissue,  malignant 
and  benign;  therapy  planning  and  treatment;  uses  of  radioactive  nuclides  for 
diagnosis  and  treatment.     Prereq.  86.626. 

86.647     Radiology  Practicum  (formerly  86.628  &  86.629)  (12  q.h.) 
Application  of  theoretical  principles  presented  at  the  University  by  performing 
radiographic  procedures  under  supervision.  Assigned  homework  to  be  part  of 
lesson  plans  received  while  at  the  hospital,  and  lectures  presented  at  the  hos- 
pital  and   the   University.  A.M.A.  requirement  minimum  2  hrs/week. 

Courses  open  to  students  in  Medical  Laboratory  Science  programs 

87.211     Coagulation  (1  cl.,  2  lab.,  2  q.h.) 

Advanced  studies  in  coagulation  factory  identification  and  problem  solving  of 

coagulation  tests.  Discussion  of  related  Hematologic  Disorders. 

87.213     Immunohematology  (1  cl.,  2  lab.,  2  q.h.) 

Advanced  studies  in  antigen-antibody  detection  and  problem  solving  of  im- 
munohematological  tests.  Discussion  of  related  hematologic  disorders,  and  the 
medical  legal  aspects  of  blood  banking. 

87.222     Histochemistry  (of  hemic  cells)  (1  cl.,  2  lab.,  2  q.h.) 

The    histochemistry   and   electronmicrography   of   hemic   cells   and   the   use  of 

these  techniques  in  diagnosis  of  hematological  disorders. 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS  /  289 

87.540     Seminar  in  Medical  Technology  (formerly  18.529)  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Current  topics  in  medical  technology.  Required  readings  and  presentations  by 

students.  Guest  lecturers.     Prereq.  Permission 

f  87.541     Hematology  (formerly  18,341)  (1  cl.,  3  lab.,  2  q.h.) 

!  Basic  hematological  techniques  including  discussion  of  the  differential  smear 
and  observation  of  the  normal  morphology  of  human  red  cells,  white  cells,  and 
platelets.  Prereq.  18.512  or  equiv.  (Laboratory  fee)  (Not  for  Medical  Tech- 
nology or  Hematology  majors.) 

I  87.542     Morphologic  Hematology  I  (formerly  18.342)  (1  cl.,  3  lab.,  2  q.h.) 
Morphologic  and  etiologic  classification  of  the  anemias.  Related  diagnostic  tests 
will  be  discussed.     Prereq.  18.541  or  equiv.  (Laboratory  fee) 

i  87.543     Morphologic  Hematology  II  (formerly  18.343)  (1  cl.,  3  lab.,  2  q.h.) 
Studies  of  pathologic  and  physiologic  deviations  of  the  white  cell  series  as  ob- 
served in  leukemias  and  infections.  Some  animal  hematology  will  be  included. 
Prereq.  18.542  or  equiv.  (Laboratory  fee) 

187.544     Epidemiology  I  (2  q.h.) 

Basic  concepts  in  epidemiology.  Causes  of  disease.  Factors  contributed  by 
agent,  the  human  host,  and  the  environment.  Illustrated  by  case  studies.  Prereq. 
Microbiology  or  permission  of  instructor. 

87.545  Epidemiology  II  (2  q.h.) 

Acquisition  and  evaluation  of  data  in  epidemiology.  Relationships  of  person, 
time,  and  place.  Case  studies  and  problems.  Prereq.  87.544  or  permission  of 
instructor. 

87.546  Medical  Laboratory  Science  Education  Seminar  (2  q.h.) 

A  series  of  seminars  designed  to  prepare  the  practicing  technologist  for  effec- 
tive clinical  instruction. 

87.547  Medical  Laboratory  Science  Administration  Seminar  (2  q.h.) 

A  presentation  of  the  principles  of  personnel  and  laboratory  management,  medi- 
cal and  legal  aspects  of  medical  technology,  and  quality  control. 

87.508     Introduction  to  Cytotechnology  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

[A  review  of  cell  structure,  principles  of  microscopy,  and  staining  techniques, 
j  Anatomy  and   physiology  of  the  female  reproduction  system  and  study  of  the 

non-malignant   cytology  of  the   female   genital   tract.     Prereq.   18.132  or  equiv. 

(Laboratory  fee) 

'87.518     Applied  Cytology  I  (At  Hospital)  (4  q.h.) 

The  microscopic  evaluation  and  screening  of  benign  cytological  smears  and 
ismears  from  cervical  dysplasia,  carcinoma-in-situ,  invasive  squamous  cell  car- 
cinoma and  adenocarcinoma,  and  invasive  malignant  tumors  of  the  female 
(genital  tract. 


'Available  only  to   students  enrolled   in  the  12-month   professional   cytology   program. 


290  /  COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 

87.528     Cytopathology  I  (2  cl..  2  q.h.) 

Cytopathology  and  clinical  aspects  of  cervical  dysplasia,  carcinoma-in-situ,  and 
invasive  squamous  cell  carcinoma.  Consideration  of  endometrial  and  endo- 
cervical  carcinoma,  other  genital  tract  cancers  and  radiation  effect.  Prereq. 
87.508.  (Laboratory  fee) 

87.538     Cytopathology  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Benign  and  malignant  cytology  of  the  respiratory  and  gastrointestinal  systems 
correlated  with  the  anatomy  and  physiology.  Considerations  of  clinical  aspects. 
Special  collection  techniques.  Emphasis  on  cancer  of  the  lung  and  stomach. 
Prereq.  87.528.  (Laboratory  fee) 

*87.548     Applied  Cytology  II  (At  Hospital)  (4  q.h.) 

The  microscopic  evaluation  and  screening  of  cytological  smears  from  the  respi- 
ratory tract,  gastrointestinal  tract,  urinary  tract,  and  from  body  fluids.  Con- 
tinuing evaluation  of  Cytological  smears  from  the  gynecological  tract. 

87.558     Cytopathology  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Study  of  benign,  atypical  and  malignant  cells  exfoliated  from  various  portions 
of  the  urinary  tract,  in  serious  effusions,  cerebrospinal  fluid,  and  breast  secre- 
tions.    Prereq.  87.528.  (Laboratory  fee) 

87.568    Cytogenetics  and  New  Concepts  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Clinical  and  cytological  aspects  of  genetics,  including  genetic  counseling. 
Special  uses  of  cytology.  Cell  research  techniques,  cancer.  Epidemiology  and 
current  concepts  related  to  cytotechnology.  Prereq.  87.558  or  permission  of 
instructor.  (Laboratory  fee) 

*87.578     Applied  Cytology  III  (At  Hospital)  (4  q.h.) 

The  microscopic  evaluation  and  screening  of  cytological  smears  from  all  parts 

of  the  body.  Practical  experience  in  genetic  cytology. 

87.588     Cytopathology  Seminar 

Advanced  course  for  students  in  baccalaureate  degree  program.  Discussion  of 
pertinent  journal  reports,  new  methodologies,  and  research.  Prereq.  Permis- 
sion of  instructor. 

87.598     Special  Topics  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Special  projects  in  cytology,  cytopathology,  or  cytotechnology  investigated  or 
reviewed  and  reported  by  student.  Written  and  oral  presentation  required. 
Prereq.  87.558  or  permission  of  instructor. 

87.608     Seminar:  Cytopathology  —  Criteria  and  Correlations  (4  cl.,  2  q.h.) 
Presentation,    discussion,    and    interpretation    of   benign,    suspicious,   and    hor- 
monal conditions.  The  cytological  diagnostic  criteria  of  malignant  tumors  from 
various  body  sites  and  their  histopathological  correlation. 

*87.618     Applied  Cytology  IV  (At  Hospital)  (2  q.h.) 

The  microscopic  evaluation  and  screening  of  cytological  smears  from  various 
body  sites.  Effects  of  radiation  and  of  chemotherapy;  diagnosis  of  suspicious 
and  hormonal  conditions;  cytological  observations  in  pregnancy;  and  the  clini- 
cal significance  of  these. 


'Available  only  to  students  enrolled   in  the  12-month   professional   cytology  program. 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS  /  291 

94— LAW  ENFORCEMENT 

1  94.505     Human  Rights  in  Corrections  (2  q.h.) 

Consideration  of  the  special  practices  and  problems  in  the  protection  of  human 
I  rights  in  the  institutional  environment;  legal  and  practical  aspects. 

1  94.506     Basic  Statistics  in  Law  Enforcement  (2  q.h.) 
Introduction  to  basic  statistical  information  procedures  and  operations  relating 
to  law  enforcement  areas;  interpretation  of  criminal  statistics;  crime  rates;  un- 
recognized crime;  non-reporting;  recidivists'  rates;  individual  statistics;  evalu- 
ation of  records;  research  and  data  on  specialized  services. 

'■  94.507    Correctional  Counseling  (2  q.h.) 
Basic    concepts   and    principles   of   counseling;    individual    and   group   therapy 
carried  on   in  the  correctional  field  and  institutional  services;  case  study  and 
projects. 

94.508     Criminal  Investigation  and  Case  Preparation  I  (2  q.h.) 
General   investigation  techniques;  collection  and  preservation  of  evidence  and 
information;  consideration  of  particular  crimes,  including  arson,  sexual  offenses, 
larceny,  burglary,  robbery,  forgery,  and  homicide. 

194.509    Criminal  Investigation  and  Case  Preparation  II  (2  q.h.) 
Conduct  of  raids;  surveillance  and  undercover  operations;  methods  of  preparing 
a  case  for  court;  specialized  scientific  methods;  exercises  involving  techniques 
of  prosecution  and  cross-examination.     Prereq.  94.508. 

94.512  Comparative  Police  Systems  (2  q.h.) 

A  study  of  existing  police  systems  in  other  jurisdictions;  examination  of  the 
organization,  administration  and  practices  in  police  agencies  in  the  United 
States,  Europe,  and  the  United  Kingdom. 

94.513  Introduction  to  Industrial  Security  (2  q.h.) 

The  historical,  philosophical,  and  legal  basis  of  security;  a  survey  of  administra- 
tive, personnel,  and  physical  aspects  of  the  security  field. 

94.514  Interviews  and  Interrogations  I  (formerly  Police  Interrogation  I)  (2  q.h.) 
Interviewing  of  victims,  witnesses,  informants,  and  complainants;  demonstra- 
tion, study,  discussion,  and  practice  of  techniques  and  procedures. 

194.515  Interviews  and  Interrogations  II  (formerly  Police  Interrogation  II)  (2  q.h.) 
Techniques  for  legally  acceptable  questioning  of  suspects  and  persons  in  cus- 
tody; laws  governing  interrogation  practices;  demonstrations,  class  exercises 
and  assigned  projects.     Prereq.  94.514. 

94.516     Security  Administration  (2  q.h.) 

Administration,  organization  and  operations  of  security  and  protection  units; 
^personnel  selection;  relationships  of  business  and  industry  with  governmental 
-units. 

194.517     Advanced  Correctional  Practices  I  (2  q.h.) 

diagnosis  and  treatment  of  the  drug  addict  and  the  alcoholic  offender  at  both 


292  /  COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 

juvenile  and  adult  levels;  a  study  of  these  and  related  kinds  of  personal  self- 
abuse  as  to  causation  and  treatment.     Prereq.  94.553. 

94.518  Advanced  Correctional  Practices  II  (2  q.h.) 

Case  studies  of  persons  confined;  their  past  and  present  environment  and 
relationships;  consideration  of  purposeful  resolves  or  regressions.  Prereq. 
94.517. 

94.519  Advanced  Correctional  Practices  III  (2  q.h.) 

Evaluation  of  correction-psychiatric  facilities  for  the  disordered  offender,  in- 
cluding the  aggressive,  the  assaultive,  and  the  violent  subject.     Prereq.  94.518. 

94.520  Traffic  Safety  and  Control  I  (formerly  Traffic  Law  Enforcement  I)  (2  q.h.) 
A  study  of  the  state  of  the  art  of  highway  safety;  research;  traffic  accident  inves- 
tigation; prevention;  rescue;  automated  system  of  vehicular  traffic  accident  and 
moving  violation  data  collection;  analysis  and  utilization;  speed  control;  speed 
zoning  techniques;  radar;  vascar;  laws,  rules,  and  regulations. 

94.521  Traffic   Safety   and    Control    II    (formerly   Traffic    Law   Enforcement    II) 
(2  q.h.) 

An  in-depth  study  of  traffic  law  enforcement,  techniques  of  selective  enforce- 
ment; traffic  surveys;  engineering,  safety  education,  and  evaluation  of  current 
traffic  programs.     Prereq.  94.520. 

94.523  The  Law  and  Institutional  Treatment  (2  q.h.) 

The  process  of  law  from  arrest  of  offender  through  release  in  its  relation  to 
correctional  principles  and  practices;  functions  of  police,  defense,  prosecution, 
and  courts;  legal  documents  related  to  commitment. 

94.524  Comparative  Correctional  Systems  (2  q.h.) 

A  study  of  correctional  systems  and  methods  in  selected  jurisdictions;  exami- 
nation of  the  organization,  administration,  and  practices  in  United  States  and 
foreign  countries. 

94.525  Law  Enforcement  Identification  and  Records  I  (2  q.h.) 

Records  and  systems  and  utilization;  survey  of  forms,  files,  procedures,  stand- 
ards  and    uniformity;    concentration   of  theoretical    and    practical    applications. 

94.526  Law  Enforcement  Identification  and  Records  II  (2  q.h.) 

Theories  and  practices  in  personal  identification  principles;  survey  and  evalu- 
ation of  present  and  new  identification  techniques;  historical  and  legal  consid- 
eration of  identification  and  record  data.     Prereq.  94.525. 

94.530  Police  Public  Relations  (2  q.h.) 

The  principles  of  sound  public  relations  for  the  entire  police  operation;  writ- 
ing, public  speaking,  conferences,  and  all  news  media;  consideration  of  police 
image  and  public  opinion. 

94.531  Police  Community  Relations  (2  q.h.) 

A  survey  of  the  role  and  function  of  police  in  intergroup  relations;  human 
relations  and  minority  groups;  responsibilities  of  police  with  civil  rights,  civil 
disorders,  and  public  protection. 

94.532  Research  Methods  in  Criminal  Justice  (2  q.h.) 

A  research  project  related  to  some  specific  police  or  correctional  interest  or 
operation,  in  consultation  with  the  faculty  adviser.  Course  meets  at  discretion 
of  the  instructor.  Project  paper  required  for  grade. 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS  /  293 


94.536  The  Patrol  Function  I  (formerly  Police  Patrol  I)  (2  q.h.) 

The  planning  process  related  to  the  administration  of  the  patrol  function. 
Consideration  of  theoretical  and  operational  aspects  of  various  patrol  systems; 
random  patrol,  response  force,  split  force,  team  policing,  probability  theory,  and 
the  relationship  between  patrol  and  crime  levels. 

94.537  The  Patrol  Function  II  (formerly  Police  Patrol  II)  (2  q.h.) 

A  continuation  of  94.536  with  emphasis  upon  the  goals  and  objectives  of 
police  patrol  management  models.  Discussion  and  analysis  of  manpower,  work 
load,  response  time,  patrol  communications,  preventive  strategies,  and  inputs 
and  outputs  of  patrol  systems  evaluated  in  quantitative  form.     Prereq.  94.536. 

94.541  Introduction  to  Criminalistics  I  (2  q.h.) 

A  survey  of  the  elements  of  microscopy,  spectroscopy,  and  chemistry  as  ap- 
plied to  trace  evidence  in  criminal  investigations;  responsibilities  of  technician, 
investigator,  and  others. 

94.542  Introduction  to  Criminalistics  II  (2  q.h.) 

Toxicology  and  serology;  procedures  related  to  other  physical  evidence;  labora- 
tory demonstrations  and  practical  exercises.     Prereq.  94.541 . 

94.544    The  American  Correctional  System  (2  q.h.) 

A  critical  survey  of  the  correctional  field  covering  probation,  institutions,  and 

parole  as  to  historical  development,  program  content,  and  current  problems  and 

needs. 

94.546  Social  Deviance  I  (2  q.h.) 

A  consideration  of  the  social  problems  of  social  disorganization,  mental  dis- 
orders, drug  addiction,  alcoholism,  suicide,  and  sexual  behavior. 

94.547  Social  Deviance  II  (2  q.h.) 

Continuing  consideration  of  world's  population  crisis,  race  and  ethnic  relations, 
amily  disorganization,  work  and  automation,  poverty  and  disrepute,  war  and 
disarmament.     Prereq.  94.546. 

94.549  Treatment  of  Offenders  I  (2  q.h.) 

The  concept  of  treatment  and  corrections;  history;  classification;  training,  edu- 
cation and  guidance;  treatment  methods;  inmate  society;  health  and  social 
services. 

44.550  Treatment  of  Offenders  II  (2  q.h.) 

Therapy,  psychiatric  and  psychological  considerations,  case  studies,  evalua- 
ion  of  comparable  methods.     Prereq.  94.549. 

H4.551     Correctional  Administration  I  (2  q.h.) 

Correctional    processes   and   services,   standards,   personnel   and   principles  of 

nanagement;  allocation  of  resources,  training  of  staff. 

04.552     Correctional  Administration  II  (2  q.h.) 

Study  of  regular  and  special  programs,  volunteers,  outside  contacts,  sentence 

'eduction,  discharge  planning,  work  release  administration. 

4.553     Correctional  Administration  III  (2  q.h.) 

/'ypes  of  institutions;  compacts;  regional  concepts;  planning,  organizing,  con- 
trolling, and  directing  corrections;  budgeting.     Prereq.  94.552. 


294  /  COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 

94.557     Investigative  Report  Writing  (2  q.h.) 

Report  content  and  writing,  exercises  in  accurate  terminology  and  concise  re- 
porting, interpretation  and  evaluation  of  information,  practical  report-writing 
projects. 

94.560  Police  Supervision  (2  q.h.) 

The  police  supervisor's  role  in  discipline;  interdepartmental  relations;  problem 
handling  and  personnel  policies;  problems  in  supervisory  relationships;  wages, 
grievances,  morale,  and  safety. 

94.561  Police  Work  with  Juveniles  (formerly  Police  Juvenile  Methods)  (2  q.h.) 
The  role  of  the  police  in  delinquency  prevention  with  emphasis  on  theory,  ad- 
ministration, control,  treatment,  confinement,  community  resources,  and  rela- 
tionships with  the  public  and  the  juvenile  court. 

94.563  Criminology  I  (2  q.h.) 

An  introduction  to  the  study  of  crime  from  the  perspective  of  classical  and 
contemporary  criminological  theories.  In  particular,  attention  is  given  to  bio- 
logical, psychological  and  sociological  approaches  to  the  explanation  of  crime. 

94.564  Criminology  II  (2  q.h.) 

A  continuation  of  Criminology  I  with  emphasis  on  the  causes  of  crime  and  the 
relationship  between  law  and  crime.  Specific  implications  of  prevention,  re- 
habilitation and  treatment  are  considered  in  depth.     Prereq.  94.563. 

94.565  Delinquency  Prevention  (2  q.h.) 

A  survey  of  delinquent  behavior,  causation,  and  delinquency  prevention  pro- 
grams; seminar  projects  for  discussion  of  specific  problems  and  general  prin- 
ciples in  establishing  delinquency  prevention  services. 

94.567  Probation  and  Parole  Practices  I  (2  q.h.) 

The  probation  officer;  presentence  investigation;  conditions  of  probation;  effec- 
tiveness, administrative  aspects  and  prediction  methods;  relationship  to 
community. 

94.568  Probation  and  Parole  Practices  II  (2  q.h.) 

The  parole  officer;  conditions  of  parole;  supervision;  effectiveness;  administra- 
tive relationships;  relationships  to  community,  court  and  law  enforcement 
agencies;  relationships  of  probationer  and  parolee  to  rehabilitative,  social,  and 
family  services;  consideration  of  recidivism  and  aftercare. 

94.571  Law  Enforcement  Management  and  Planning  I  (2  q.h.) 

Philosophy  and  theories  of  management  in  law  enforcement;  studies  of  orga- 
nization from  the  administrator's  viewpoint,  including  control,  efficiency,  effec- 
tiveness, and  discipline. 

94.572  Law  Enforcement  Management  and  Planning  II  (2  q.h.) 

A  survey  of  the  administrator's  role,  including  special  activities  and  responsibili- 
ties; administrative  planning  civilian  personnel,  including  recruitment,  selection, 
evaluation;  training;  budgets;  management  records;  interpersonal  communica- 
tions; auxiliary  services;  evaluation  of  present  and  future  management  systems 
Prereq.  94.571. 

94.574    Juvenile  Corrections  I  (2  q.h.) 

A  study  of  police,  detention,  petition,  and  hearings  related  to  juveniles;  juvenile 

court  procedures,  philosophy,  and  terminology;  adjudication. 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS  /  295 

94.575     Juvenile  Corrections  II  (2  q.h.) 

Social  workers,  probation  officers,  judges,  psychologists,  and  psychiatrists  with 

relation  to  juveniles;  institutions;  aftercare;  prevention.     Prereq.  94.574. 

94.577  Government  Security  Programs  I  (2  q.h.) 

Department  of  Defense  security  programs;  applicable  federal  statutes  and 
executive  orders;  visitor  control. 

94.578  Government  Security  Programs  II  (2  q.h.) 

Security  clearances  under  appropriate  federal  directives;  handling  classified 
information;  automatic  time-phased  downgrading  and  declassification. 

i  94.579     Government  Security  Programs  III  (2  q.h.) 

Relations  with  subcontractors,  vendors,  and  suppliers;  the  protection  of  pro- 
prietary information;  legal  and  practical  protection  of  sensitive  data.  Prereq. 
94.578. 

94.582  Document  Control  (2  q.h.) 

A  detailed  study  of  procedures  for  handling  and  control  of  classified  and  other 
sensitive  information;  a  survey  of  control  systems  from  manual  to  semi- 
automated  systems  using  data  processing  equipment. 

94.583  Industrial  Fire  Prevention  (2  q.h.) 

Principles  and  practices  of  fire  safety,  including  organization  and  manage- 
ment responsibility,  property  conservation,  safeguards  for  construction,  fire 
control  apparatus  and  functions,  engineering  and  scientific  data  on  fires  and 
related  perils. 

94.584  Physical  Security  I  (formerly  Plant  Protection  I)  (2  q.h.) 

The  basic  foundations  for  security  in  industry,  banking,  transportation,  utilities, 
and  other  nongoverning  operations;  physical  requirements  and  standards. 

94.585  Physical  Security  II  (formerly  Plant  Protection  II)  (2  q.h.) 
Implementation  of  security;   study  of   inanimate  aspects,   including   alarm   and 
surveillance  devices;  study  of  animate  aspects  of  protection.     Prereq.  94.584. 

94.586  Retail  Security  (2  q.h.) 

The  operation  of  security  departments  including  functions  of  mercantile  estab- 
lishments; dishonest  employees;  shoplifters;  management  and  public  rela- 
tions; receiving,  shipping,  and  warehousing;  special  laws  and  procedures. 

'94.587  Bank  Security  Measures  (formerly  Security  Measures  for  Financial  In- 
stitutions) (2  q.h.) 

An  in-depth  study  of  the  principles  and  practices  of  security  measures  for 
aanks  and  other  financial  institutions  and  the  preparation  of  rules  establishing 
iminimum  standards  under  current  federal  and  state  legislation. 

U4.591     Seminar  in  Security  (formerly  Seminar  in  Industrial  Security)  (2  q.h.) 
An  analysis  of  current   problems   in  security  such   as  growth   patterns,  salary 
structures,  training  and   education,   existing  weaknesses;  field  trips,   individual 
study  assignments,  and  required  oral  and  written  reports. 


296  /  COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 

94.593     Seminar  in   Correctional   Practices   (formerly   Seminar   in   Correctional 

Program  Management)  (2  q.h.) 
An   analysis  of  current  problems  in   corrections  designed  to  meet  the  needs 
and  interests  of  specific  groups  of  students,  practitioners,  supervisors,  and  ad- 
ministrators of  correctional  programs. 

94.595  The  National  Law  Enforcement  Seminar  (3  q.h.) 

An  annual,  concentrated  exploration  of  current  viewpoints,  varied  solutions, 
innovative  procedures,  and  critical  analyses  in  the  issues  facing  law  enforce- 
ment, correctional  practices,  and  security,  drawing  on  exceptionally  qualified 
local  and  national  figures.  A  research  paper  under  the  direction  of  a  faculty 
adviser  is  required  for  credit. 

94.596  Hospital  Security  (2  q.h.) 

The  function  of  protection  in  the  health  industry;  medical  security  administra- 
tion including  study  of  health  care  providers;  trends  in  hospital  law;  security 
from  injury,  fire  and  loss  in  the  medical  world;  security  methodology  for  safe-i 
guarding  specialty  areas;  the  security  role  in  mass  casualty  management  and 
emergency  preparedness;  the  concept  of  professionalism;  community  liaison;; 
and  patient  attitudes  toward  security. 

94.597  Current  Security  Problems  (2  q.h.) 

An  analysis  of  special  problem  areas  such  as  security  education  and  training, 
community  relations,  white-collar  crime,  drug  abuse,  theft  control,  shoplifting, 
document  control,  subversion  and  sabotage,  protection  of  classified  informa- 
tion, control  of  proprietary  information  and  business  espionage,  labor  problems, 
civil  disturbances,  and  natural  and  man-made  disasters. 


94.601  Law  Enforcement  Math  I  (formerly  Seminar  in  Law  Enforcement  94.590) 
(2  q.h.) 

A  review  of  elementary  algebra:  algebraic  expressions  and  operations,  equa- 
tions, word  problems.  Solutions  to  mathematical  problems  in  connection  with 
their  practical  applications  in  law  enforcement. 

94.602  Law  Enforcement  Math  II  (2  q.h.) 

Further  review:  fundamental  operations,  measurement  and  computation,  solu-f 
tions  of  linear  and  quadratic  equations.  Probability,  trigonometry,  statistics,; 
ratio,  and  proportion.     Prereq.  94.601. 

94.603  Law  Enforcement  Math  III  (2  q.h.) 

Methods  and  applications  of  algebra:  analytic  geometry,  equations  of  motions 
and  energy,  permutations,  combinations.  Stress  is  on  problem  solving  more1 
than  theory.  Application  of  these  principles  are  applied  to  most  areas  of  law 
enforcement.     Prereq.  94.602. 

94.604  Seminar  in  Law  Enforcement  (Youth  Crime  Control)  (2  q.h.) 

The  criminality  and  deviance  of  those  between  the  juvenile  and  adult  age.' 
Consideration  is  given  to:  concepts  and  characteristics  of  the  youthful  offender;  t 
the  role  of  the  family  in  youth  crime;  the  generation  gap;  violence  of  youth  i 
hooliganism;  drug  addiction  of  youth;  ordinary  crimes  of  youth;  the  youth  sub- 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS  /  297 

culture  and  culture  conflict;  the  role  of  mass  media  and  education  in  youth 
crime;  the  concepts  of  freedom  and  justice  in  the  youth  culture;  treatment  of 
youthful  offenders;  and  the  state  of  youth  crime  control  in  foreign  countries. 

94.605  Seminar  in  Law  Enforcement  (Victimology)  (2  q.h.) 
(Criminal-victim   relationships,  with  emphasis  on  victim-precipitated  crimes  and 

compensation  to  the  victims.  Consideration  is  given  to:  concept  and  significance 
of  "victimology;"  time,  space,  sex,  age,  and  occupational  factors  in  criminal- 
victim  relationships;  victims  of  murder,  rape,  other  violent  crimes,  and  property 
crimes;  victim-typology;  the  public  as  victim;  restitution  to  victims  of  crime; 
compensation  to  victims  of  crime;  and  the  functional  responsibility  of  the  victim. 

94.606  Seminar  in  Law  Enforcement  (International  Crime  Control)  (2  q.h.) 
Crimes  touching  upon  more  than  one  country,  with  emphasis  on  international 
criminal  law  principles,  treason,  and  espionage.  Concentration  is  given  to:  the 
concept  of  law  in  its  comparative  aspects;  customs;  treaties;  international  con- 
ventions; "comity;"  culture  conflicts;  the  "international  personality;"  the  "at- 
tempt clause;"  the  Belgian  approach;  the  Oxford  approach;  asylum,  extradition; 
international  ordinary  criminals;  political  criminals;  piracy  (on  sea  and  in  the 
air);  war  criminals;  genocide;  international  courts;  League  of  Nations;  United 
Nations;  international  criminal  statistics;  Interpol,  the  Soviet-type  spy-schools; 
the  history  of  American  Intelligence. 

994.607     Seminar  in  Law  Enforcement  (Grantsmanship)  (formerly  Seminar  in  Law 

Enforcement,  94.590)  (2  q.h.) 
This  seminar  is  designed  to  familiarize  the  participants  with  the  orderly  se- 
quence of  organizational  steps  required  in  providing  the  institutional  framework 
necessary  for  preparation  and  submission  of  applications  to  granting  agencies. 
Major  topics  include:  Omnibus  Crime  Control  and  Safe  Streets  Act  of  1968; 
functions  of  the  Law  Enforcement  Assistance  Administration;  grant  application 
strategy,  planning,  and  research. 

94.608  Seminar   in    Law    Enforcement   (Law   Enforcement   Operational    Intelli- 
gence) (formerly  Seminar  in  Law  Enforcement,  94.590)  (2  q.h.) 

Designed  to  provide  a  theoretical  understanding  of  the  value  and  function  of  an 
intelligence  unit,  including  planning,  directing,  organizing,  financing,  and  other 
salient  features  of  the  administration  of  these  units.  Emphasis  is  placed  on 
organized  crime,  subversive  activities,  and  liaison  programs  as  they  apply  to  a 
modern  police  agency. 

94.609  Independent  Studies  (2  q.h.) 

Faculty  guided  research  in  individually  selected  topics  relating  to  the  criminal 
ustice  system. 

134.610    Seminar  in  Law  Enforcement  (Collective  Bargaining)  (formerly  Seminar 

in  Law  Enforcement,  94.590)  (2  q.h.) 
The  history  and  background  of  collective  bargaining  in  the  public  sector  as  it 
ilaffects  members  of  the  law  enforcement  field;  initial  establishment  of  rights  of 
3abor,   labor  legislation — federal  and  state;  preparation  for  negotiation,  resolu- 
tions of  impasses,  final  agreement  and  operation  of  the  contract. 


298  /  COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 

94.611  Man,  Law,  and  Society  I  (2  q.h  ) 

Designed  to  help  the  student  to  improve  his  capacity  to  handle  problems  in  the 
many  institutions  and  sociological  processes  of  the  American  legal  system,  and 
to  see  these  problems  in  the  perspective  of  their  everyday  working  interrelation- 
ships, in  order  to  heighten  his  awareness  of  those  aspects  of  familiar  and  often  j 
unnoticed  legal  problems  which  call  for  a  perceptive  understanding  of  the  func- , 
tions  of  the  various  institutions  involved. 

94.612  Man,  Law,  and  Society  II  (2  q.h.) 

A  general  analysis  of  the  way  in  which  major  changes  occur  in  the  established 
practices  of  legal  and  social  organizations  and  communities.  Particularly  con-; 
cerned  with  the  part  played  by  legal  institutions  in  initiating,  controlling,  and 
directing  or  assisting  such  changes. 

64.613  Man,  Law,  and  Society  III  (2  q.h.) 

An  introduction  to  the  social  science  concepts  and  methods  in  their  current  and 
potential  application  to  social  and  legal  problems.  Aims  to  acquaint  the  student 
with   a  variety  of  social   research  concepts  and   methods  of  special  utility  in  J 
investigating  diverse  types  of  social  law  related  problems. 

94.614  Seminar  in  Law  Enforcement  (Interviewing  Practicum)  (formerly  Seminar 
in  Law  Enforcement,  94.590)  (2  q.h.) 

Advanced    interrogation    methods   and    procedures;   techniques   of   persuasion; 
conditioning  (negative  and  positive);  the  polygraph,  its  history  and  methodology; 
the  established   rules  and   procedures  required  for  current  diagnosis  of  truth' 
and   deception;  the  evaluation   of  the  contemporary   methods  of  international 
law  enforcement  agencies.     Prereq.  94.515. 

94.615  Seminar  in  Law  Enforcement  (Organized  Crime)  (formerly  Seminar  ill 
Law  Enforcement,  94.590)  (2  q.h.) 

The  nature  and  problems  of  organized  crime;  causes  and  effects;  comparative 
and  historic  roots;  the  activities,  organization,  and  economics;  possible  solu- 
tions— the  scope  and  techniques  in  combating  organized  crime. 

94.616  Seminar  in  Law  Enforcement  (Minorities  and  the  Urban  Crisis)  (formerly 
Seminar  in  Law  Enforcement,  94.590)  (2  q.h.) 

An   investigation   of  the   ethnic   and    racial   origins  and   characteristics  of  the 
American  people;  the  interaction,  conflicts,  and  possibilities  of  adjustment  be-' 
tween  the  dominant  society  and  minority  groups — particularly  in  contemporary! 
urban  settings,  and  the  role  and  function  of  police  in  their  interrelationship  with 
minority  groups. 

94.617  Seminar  in  Law  Enforcement  (Criminal  Behavior)  (formerly  Seminar  in. 
Law  Enforcement,  94.590)  (2  q.h.) 

An  examination  of  crime  and  criminal  behavior  as  a  social  phenomenon.  Threes 
principal  divisions:  sociology  of  law  and  its  effect;  criminal  etiology  and  the) 
scientific  analysis  of  the  causes  of  crime;  evaluation  of  the  various  rationales  of  | 
detention  as  a  crime  control  factor. 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS  /  299 

1 94.618     Seminar    in    Law    Enforcement    (Prosecutive    Development)    (formerly 
Seminar  in  Law  Enforcement,  94.590)  (Prereq.  94.622,  94.630,  94.632,  or 
94.634)  (2  q.h.) 
i  Lecture  and  discussion  relating  the  professional  requirements  of  the  modern 
J  police  officer  in  the  United  States;  oral  testimony;  the  entire  corpus  delicti  and 
pall  other  related  matters  in  proper  form  and  sequence;  the  trial;  testimony  and 
i the  jury;   conduct   on   the  witness   stand;   opposition   counsel;  the  defense  of 
!  entrapment;  opinion  testimony;  confessions;  prospective  witnesses;  legal  stand- 
ards and  the  police.     Prereq.  94.622,  94.630,  94.632  or  94.634. 

<  94.619    Seminar  in  Law  Enforcement  (Forensic  Laboratory)  (formerly  Seminar 

in  Law  Enforcement,  94.590)  (2  q.h.) 
Crime  laboratory  organization  and  the  utilization  of  special  equipment  for  the 
i  analysis  interpretation,  classification,  and  identification  of  physical  evidence 
obtained  in  crime  scene  searches.  The  transportation,  storage,  and  security  of 
physical  evidence  and  the  effect  of  the  results,  coupled  with  the  preparation  of 
exhibits  for  courtroom  presentation.     Prereq.  94.542.  (Laboratory  fee) 

<  94.620    Seminar  in  Law  Enforcement  (Intervention  Strategies  and  Tactics  for 

Law  Enforcement  —  Counseling  Techniques)  (formerly  Seminar  in  Law 

Enforcement,  94.590)  (2  q.h.) 
Basic  concepts  and  principles  of  intervention  as  a  social  work  method.  Nature 
of  therapeutic   relationships,   principles  of   communication.   Diagnostic  assess- 
ment of  the  person-problem-situation  configuration.  Goal-setting  process.  Ego 
supportive  procedures  and  use  of  community  resources. 

*  94.621     Civil  Liberties  and  the  Police  I  (formerly  Seminar  in  Law  Enforcement, 

94.590)  (2  q.h.) 
a  An  in-depth  preparation  for  the  officer  facing  the  practical  problems  of  enforcing 
the  law  without  breaching  the  civil  rights  of  the  accused  and  bystanders;  indi- 
vidual readings,  lectures,  group  discussions,  and  preparations  from  Massachu- 
setts and  national  interest  cases;  many  incidents  pertinent  to  the  actions  of  the 
people  involved  with  these  problems  will  be  investigated  and  studied;  constitu- 
tional interpretation  and  limitations  are  the  guidelines  for  the  course. 

I  94.622  Civil  Liberties  and  the  Police  II  (2  q.h.) 
Several  Supreme  Court  cases  are  followed  from  the  time  of  the  call,  to  the 
confrontation,  arrest,  examination  in  court,  appeals,  and  the  direct  statements 
on  the  problem  by  jurists  of  the  highest  courts.  The  last  section  of  the  term 
ties  in  the  latest  criminal  law  and  civil  rights  act  changes  including — but  not 
limited  to — criminal  justice  and  no-knock  laws  and  the  latest  Civil  Rights  Act 
provisions.     Prereq.    94.621. 

*  94.623     Seminar  in  Law  Enforcement  (Drugs)  (formerly  Seminar  in  Law  Enforce- 

ment, 94.590)  (2  q.h.) 
Designed  to  meet  the  needs  of  law  enforcement  personnel  in  the  problematic 

<  area  of  drug  abuse;  the  law,  society  classification,  distribution,   identification, 
and  the  effects  of  drugs. 

i  94.624     Seminar  in  Law  Enforcement  (Executive  Development)  (formerly  Semi- 
nar in  Law  Enforcement,  94.590)  (2  q.h.) 
The   role  of  the  police  administrator  within  the  managerial  structure.  Special 


300  /  COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 

problems  unique  to  the  law  enforcement  executive,  decision  making,  policy; 
formation,  planning,  controlling,  communicating,  and  directing.  A  consideration  - 
of  case  studies  and  surveys  will  be  utilized. 

94.625  Seminar  in  Law  Enforcement  (Mental  Health  and  the  Police)  (formerly; 
Seminar  in  Law  Enforcement,  94.590)  (2  q.h.) 

A  study  of  the  roles  of  law  enforcement  and  mental  health  services.  Diagnosis; 
of  the  triggering  mechanisms  of  behavioral  disorders  and  the  suicidal  phenom- 
enon;  psychiatric  and  psychological  considerations;  case  studies  and  the  legal 
process. 

94.626  Seminar  in  Law  Enforcement  (Data  Processing)   (formerly  Seminar  in ! 
Law  Enforcement,  94.590) 

An  introduction  to  automated  systems  utilized  in  the  field  of  law  enforcement;; 
basic  program  concepts;  filing  and  sorting  techniques;  available  input  and  out- 
put storage  media;  types  and  sources  of  data  communications  and  applications. 

94.627  Administration  of  Justice  I  (formerly  94.501)  (2  q.h.) 

A  survey  of  the  evaluation  of  justice  from  the  earliest  times,  developed  histori- 
cally, with  particular  emphasis  on  Western  justice  and  American  justice,  includ- 
ing the  roles  played  by  the  judiciary,  with  stress  on  due  process  and  the 
constitutional    guarantees. 

94.628  Administration  of  Justice  II  (2  q.h.) 

An  analysis  of  the  various  groups  and  professions  in  the  American  justice  sys- 
tem. Emphasis  is  fixed  on  human  relations,  efficiency,  current  trends,  and  the. 
future  role  of  the  American  criminal  justice  system.     Prereq.  94.627. 

94.629  Civil  Law  in  Criminal  Justice  I  (formerly  94.511)  (2  q.h.) 

Civil  matters  such  as  defamation,  negligence,  assault  and  battery,  false  confine- 
ment, trespass,  conversion,  and  agency  relationships. 

94.630  Civil  Law  in  Criminal  Justice  II  (2  q.h.) 

Civil  matters  such  as  the  law  of  contracts,  bailments,  domestic  relations  and 
business  relationships  which  should  be  known  to  and  distinguished  by  law 
enforcement  personnel.     Prereq.  94.629. 

94.631  Criminal  Law  I  (2  q.h.) 
Exploration  of  the  major  problems  of  criminal  law  as  a  device  for  controlling; 
socially  undesirable  behavior.  It  is  intended  to  give  one  a  working  knowledge! 
of  the  basic  questions  of  public  policy  involved  in  the  administration  of  criminal 
justice  and  the  legal  principles  of  determining  criminal  liability.  Course  includes  ( 
a  consideration  of  specific  crimes,  elements  of  a  crime,  parties  to  a  crime,  and  j 
defenses  to  a  crime. 

94.632  Criminal  Law  II  (2  q.h.) 

Consideration  of  vital  constitutional  and  statutory  concepts,  including  self- 
incrimination,  search  and  seizure,  law  of  arrest,  criminal  procedure  and  re- 
sponsibility, confessions,  right  to  counsel,  and  conduct  of  trial  in  the  District, 
Superior,  Appellate,  and  Federal  Courts.     Prereq.  94.631. 

94.633  Evidence  and  Court  Procedure  I  (2  q.h.) 

Rules  of  evidence;  principles  of  exclusion;  evaluation  and  examination  of  evi- 
dence and  proof. 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS  /  301 

94.634     Evidence  and  Court  Procedure  II  (2  q.h.) 

Competency,    consideration   of  witnesses,    laws   of  search   and   seizure,   court 

procedures,  moot  court  exercises.     Prereq.  94.633. 

94.650     Fire  Investigation  and  Arson  I  (2  q.h.) 

A  study  of  the  elementary  chemistry  of  combustion  involving  sources  of  ignition, 

fuels,   the    nature   and    behavior   of   gases   and   their  toxicity.   The   combustion 

properties  of  non-solid  fuels  as  opposed  to  the  combustion  properties  of  solid 

I  fuels  are  considered.  Also  consideration  is  given  to  explosions  associated  with 

|  fires.  A  discussion  of  the  socio-economic  aspects  of  fire  including  the  pyro- 

;  maniac  and  his  physiological  involvement. 

;  94.651     Fire  Investigation  and  Arson  II  (2  q.h.) 

»A  more  concentrated  approach  is  taken  in  dealing  with  the  fire  bug  and  his 
j  sociological  orientation.  A  discussion  of  carbon,  hydrogen,  and  oxygen  as 
j  major  elements  in  all  fires  and  the  flameless  ignition  effect.  Methods  of  fire- 
i  proofing  are  also  considered  and  references  made  to  various  types  of  building 
!  materials  as  well  as  the  role  of  pyrolysis.  Fire  patterns  of  structural  fires  and 

asphyxiation  along  with  the  legal  aspects  of  arson  are  also  considered.     Prereq. 

94.650. 

i  94.652     Law  Enforcement  Fiscal  Management 

The  various  budgeting  systems  and  their  application  to  law  enforcement  orga- 
nizations including:  the  line  item  budget,  programmed  budget,  performance 
budget,  and  the  planned  programmed  budget  system;  development  of  sound 
fiscal  policy;  appropriation  of  funds;  tax  base  revenue  systems;  distribution  of 
public  monies;  budget  request,  expenditures,  and  auditing  procedures. 

•  94.653     Massachusetts  Criminal  Law 

^A  comprehensive  study  of  Massachusetts  Criminal  Law  and  its  application  by 
law  enforcement  officers.  Areas  of  study  include:  Common  Law,  Criminal 
Statutes,  Annotated  Laws,  Criminal  Case  Law,  Supreme  Court  Decisions,  and 
Motor  Vehicle  Law. 

1  94.658     Alcohol  Problems  in  Law  Enforcement 

Acquaints  students  with  the  current  state  of  knowledge  on  society,  culture, 
and  drinking  patterns;  the  variety  of  alcohol  problems  that  confront  peace 
officers;  discussion  of  the  range  of  solutions  available. 

I  94.697     Honors  Program  I  (4  q.h.) 
Prereq.  Approval  of  the  Dean. 

I  94.698     Honors  Program  II  (4  q.h.) 
Prereq.  94.697. 

*  94.699     Honors  Program  III  (4  q.h.) 
Prereq.  94.698. 

INTENSIVE  COURSES 

T  The  following  are  intensive  courses.  Please  refer  to  the  combination  numbers 
fl  for  the  individual  course  description  previously  listed  in  this  catalog. 

9  97.500     Administration  of  Justice  (Intensive)  (4  q.h.) 
'  Combination  of  94.627  and  94.628. 


302  /  COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 

97.501  Criminal  Law  (Intensive)  (4  q.h.) 

Combination  of  94.631  and  94.632. 

97.502  Evidence  and  Court  Procedure  (Intensive)  (4  q.h.) 
Combination  of  94.633  and  94.634. 

97.503  Civil  Law  in  Criminal  Justice  (Intensive)  (4  q.h.) 
Combination  of  94.629  and  94.630. 

97.504  Civil  Liberties  and  the  Police  (Intensive)  (4  q.h.) 
Combination  of  94.621  and  94.622. 

97.505  Interviews  and  Interrogations  (Intensive)  (4  q.h.) 
Combination  of  94.514  and  94.515. 

97.506  Traffic  Law  Enforcement  (Intensive)  (4  q.h.) 
Combination  of  94.520  and  94.521. 

97.507  Law  Enforcement  Identification  and  Records  (Intensive)  (4  q.h.) 
Combination  of  94.525  and  94.526. 

97.508  Introduction  to  Criminalistics  (Intensive)  (4  q.h.) 
Combination  of  94.541  and  94.542. 

97.509  Social  Deviance  (Intensive)  (4  q.h.) 
Combination  of  94.546  and  94.547. 

97.510  Law  Enforcement  Management  Planning  (Intensive)  (4  q.h.) 
Combination  of  94.571  and  94.572. 

97.511  The  Patrol  Function  (Intensive)  (4  q.h.) 
Combination  of  94.536  and  94.537. 

97.512  Criminal  Investigation  and  Case  Preparation  (Intensive)  (4  q.h.) 
Combination  of  94.508  and  94.509. 

97.513  Criminology  (Intensive)  (4  q.h.) 
Combination  of  94.563  and  94.564. 

97.514  Treatment  of  Offenders  (Intensive)  (4  q.h.) 
Combination  of  94.549  and  94.550. 

97.515  Probation  and  Parole  Practices  (Intensive)  (4  q.h.) 
Combination  of  94.567  and  94.568. 

97.516  Fire  Investigation  and  Arson  (Intensive)  (4  q.h.) 
Combination  of  94.650  and  94.651. 

97.517  Advanced  Correctional  Practices  (Intensive)  (6  q.h.) 
Combination  of  94.517,  94.518,  94.519. 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS  /  303 


97.518     Correctional  Administration  (Intensive)  (6  q.h.) 
Combination  of  94.551,  94.552,  94.553. 

,97.519     Law  Enforcement  Mathematics  (Intensive)  (6  q.h.) 
Combination  of  94.601,  94.602,  94.603. 

97.520  Government  Security  Programs  (Intensive)  (6  q.h.) 
Combination  of  94.577,  94.578,  94.579. 

97.521  Man,  Law,  and  Society  (Intensive)  (6  q.h.) 
Combination  of  94.611,  94.612,  94.613. 


university  college 
faculty 


Francis  Abbate,  B.S. 

Law  Enforcement 

Westwood  Police  Dept. 
Herbert  Abrams,  J.D.,  M.L. 

Criminal  Law  Evidence  & 
Procedure 

Herbert    Abrams,    Counsellor    at 
Law 
Roger  L.  Ackels,  B.S.,  M.B.A. 

Marketing 

General    Motors 
Henry  Adleman,  B.S. 

Management  Information  Systems 

Digital  Equipment  Corp. 
Kenneth  Aft,  B.S.E.E.,  M.B.A. 

Industrial  Management 

Foxboro   Company 
"John  P.  Agnew,  A.B.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

Political  Science  &  History 

Pine  Manor  Junior  College 
Thomas  J.  Ahern,  Jr.,  B.A.,  J.D. 

Law 

Silver  &  Ahern 
H.  David  Ahlberg,  A.B.,  Ph.D. 

Biology 

Northeastern  University 
Joseph  Aieta,  III.,  B.S.,  M.A.,  M.A. 

History 

Lasell  Junior  College 
John  J.  Aldrich,  B.A.,  M.Ed. 

Earth  Science 

Wellesley  Junior  High  School 
Israel  Aluf,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

German 

Northeastern  University 
Lois  W.  S.  Ames,  B.A.,  M.A. 

Criminal  Justice 

Northeastern  University 
Esmail  E.  Amiri,  B.S.,  M.A. 

Economics,  Government  Finance 

Northeastern  University 
Robert  Anastas,  B.A.,  M.A. 

Law  Enforcement 

Wayland  Public  Schools 
Beverly  J.  Anderson,  A.B.,  M.A. 

Sociology 
Dora  L.  Anderson,  B.A.,  Ed.M. 

Personnel  &  Industrial  Relations 

Consultant  in  Mgmt.  &  Org. 
Development 
Harley  H.  Anderson,  B.S.,  M.B.A.,  J.D. 

Law 

Northeastern  University 


Harry 


M.A. 


L.  Anderson,  A.B. 

English 

Mansfield  High  School 
Paul  G.  Anderson,  B.S. 

Fine  Arts 
'Robert  E.  Anderson,  B.S. 

Management  Information 
Systems 

Coordinator 

Anderson  Associates 
R.  Wayne  Anderson,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

History 

Northeastern  University 
Ruth  T.  Anderson,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

History 
Stanley  S.  Antoniotti,  B.A.,  M.A. 

Economics 

Bridgewater  State  College 
Harriet  J.  Aranoff,  B.A.,  M.A 

History 
John  J.  Arcari,  B.S.,  M.B.A. 

Accounting 

Price  Waterhouse  &  Company 
Joan  L.  Arches,  B.A.,  M.S. 

Sociology 

New  England  Deaconess 
Hospital 
Dion  J.  Archon,  A.B.,  A.M.,  Ph.D. 

Economics 

Suffolk  University 
Stephen  Armstrong,  B.A.,  M.B.A. 

Purchasing 
George  R.  Atkinson,  B.S. 

Recreation  Education 

Springfield  College 
Alfred  E.  Attard,  B.S.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

Chemistry 

Northeastern  University 
Jason  M.  Avergun,  B.S.M.E.,  M.B.A. 

Marketing 

York  Division 

Borg-Warner  Corporation 
Warren  F.  Averill,  B.S.,  M.S. 

Chemistry 

Research  Chemist,  Ionics  Inc. 

Master,  Boston  Latin  School 
Patricia  A.  Babcock,  B.A.,  A.M.,  Ph.D. 

English 

Lynn  Daily  Evening  Item 
David  Bachrach,  A.B.,  M.A.,  Ed.D. 

Psychology 

V.A.   Hospital 
Hilda  B.  Bachrach,  A.B. 

Earth  Science 


'Designates  Senior  Lecturer  as  of  September,  1974. 


304 


UNIVERSITY  COLLEGE   FACULTY  /  305 


Joseph  J.  Baggetta,  B.A.,  M.A. 

Law  Enforcement 

Archdiocese  of  Boston 
Anthony  J.  Bajdek,  B.A.,  M.A. 

History 

Northeastern  University 
.  Errol  H.  Baker,  B.A.,  M.A. 

Psychology 
Alan  R.  Balboni,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

Political  Science 

Boston  State  College 
Dorothy  J.  Bales,  B.A.,  B.Mus.,  M.Mus. 

Music 

Emmanuel  College 
Peter  S.  Baletsa,  B.A. 

Biology 

Lynn  Public  Schools 
David  B.  Balise,  B.S.,  R.N.,  M.P.H. 

Hospital  Security 

McLean   Hospital 
Michael  J.  Banda,  B.S. 

Cell  Biology 

Northeastern  University 
Louis  Banderet,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D. 

Psychology 

Military  Stress  Lab. 

U.S.  Army  Research  Inst,  of 
Environmental   Medicine 
Sbhn  J.  Baranofsky,  A.E.E.,  B.S.,  M.S., 
P.E. 

Management 

Raytheon  Company 
John  N.  Barbas,  M.B.A. 

Management 

U.S.  Small  Business 
Administration 
Norman  F.  Barbeau 

Industrial  Management 

Consultant 
David  L.  Barbero,  B.F.A.,  M.F.A. 

Fine  Arts 

Lasell  Junior  College 
Donald  E.  Bardsley,  A.S.,  B.S. 

Law  Enforcement 

Bristol  County  House  of 
Correction 
Raymond  S.  Barnstone,  B.S.,  M.S. 

Corporate  Finance, 
Investments 

Honeywell   Information 
Systems,   Inc. 
N.  Bernard  Basch,  B.S.B.A.,  M.S. 

Systems 

F.W.  Faxon  Company 
Franco  A.  Baseggio,  B.S.,  M.B.A. 

Industrial  Management 

Gillette 
David  S.  Baum,  B.S.,  M.B.A. 

Industrial  Management 

Bay  State  Abrasives 
Robert  L.  Beal,  B.A.,  M.B.A. 

Real  Estate 

The  Beacon  Companies 
Constance  A.  Bean,  B.A.,  M.S. 

Health  Science 

Parmenter  Health  Center 
Stanley  A.  Beecoff,  A.E.E.,  B.B.A., 
M.B.A. 

Management  &  Organization 

Microwave  Associates,  Inc. 
Eugene  V.  Begley,  B.S. 

Law  Enforcement 

City  of  Lynn  Police  Dept. 


Richard  E.  Belanger,  A.E.E.,  B.S. 

Management  &  Organization 

Honeywell   Information 
Systems,  Inc. 
Paula  Bennett,  B.S.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

English 
Paul  J.  Bento,  B.S.,  M.S. 

Earth  Science 

J. P.  Keefe  Technical  School 
Ellen  S.  Berelson,  A.B.,  A.M. 

History 
Anna  S.  Berger,  B.A.,  M.A. 

Spanish 

Boston  University 
John  L.  Bernardi,  Jr.,  A.B.,  M.A.,  M.A., 
Ph.D. 

Economics 
Samuel  J.  Bernstein,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

English 

Northeastern  University 
Sandra  A.  Best,  B.A.,  C.T. 

Health  Science 

Boston  Hospital  for  Women 
Samuel  S.  Bishop,  B.A.,  M.A.,  M.F.A. 

Fine  Arts 

Northeastern  University 
Alvin  M.  Black,  B.S.B.A.,  M.B.A.,  C.P.A. 

Advanced  Accounting 

Sanford  N.  Cooper  &  Co., 
CPA's 
*Carl  Blackman,  B.S.,  C.P.A. 

Accounting 

Management  Consultant 
'Eugene  J.  Blackman,  B.S.,  M.A. 

Speech,  Theatre  Arts 

Consultant 
Charmarie  J.  Blaisdell,  Ph.D. 

History 

Northeastern  University 
Robert  J.  Blanch,  A.B.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

Literature 

Northeastern  University 
Theodore  Blank,  B.S.,  Ed.M.,  Ed.D. 

Health  Science 

Mass.  Dept.  of  Public  Health 
Joseph  Bleiberg,  B.A.,  M.A. 

Psychology 
Carolyn  L.  Blitch,  B.A.,  M.A. 

Sociology 

Northeastern    University 
*C.  Raymond  Block,  B.C.S.,  C.P.A. 

Accounting 
Debra  S.  Bloom,  B.S.,  M.A. 

Recreation 

Boston  State  College 
Richard  B.  Bobbitt,  B.S.,  B.M.,  M.M., 
Ph.D. 

Music 

Berklee  College  of  Music 
Stanley  I.  Bogdan,  B.S. 

Law  Enforcement 

Boston  Police  Department 
•Fletcher  S.  Boig,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ed.M. 

Chemistry — Consultant 

Northeastern    University 
Stephen  A.  Bolduc,  M.B.A. 

Management 

Compunetics,    Inc. 
Robert  W.  Bolster,  M.Ed. 

Law  Enforcement 

Youth  Services  Department 
Sharon  C.  Bonk,  B.S.Ed.,  M.A.,  M.A. 

Library  Science 


306  /  UNIVERSITY  COLLEGE  FACULTY 


Vincent  C.  Borman,  Jr.,  B.B.A.,  M.B.A. 

Transportation 

Raytheon  Company 
Ann  C.  Bourgeois,  B.S.,  H(ASCP) 

Health  Science 

New  England  Deaconess 
Hospital 
Richard  Bourne,  Ph.D.,  J.D. 

Sociology 

Northeastern   University 
Theodore  R.  Bousquet,  B.S.B.A. 

Electronic   Data   Processing 

Honeywell   Information 
Systems,   Inc. 
Guy  R.  Bouthillette,  M.S. 

Biology 
John  F.  Bowes,  Jr.,  B.S.B.A.,  M.B.A. 

Systems 

Child  World,  Inc. 
George  S.  Bowling,  B.S.,  M.A.,  M.A., 
M.Ed.,    Ed.D. 

Human   Relations — Personnel 

U.S.  Dept.  of  H.E.W. 
Alfred  P.  Boyajian,  A.S.,  B.S.,  M.P.A. 

Law  Enforcement 

Massachusetts  State  Police 
Elaine  C.  Boyer,  B.A.,  M.S.W. 

Law  Enforcement 

Mass.  Mental  Health  Center 
John  J.  Boyle,  B.A.,  M.S. P. 

Sociology 

Mass.  Dept.  of  Public  Welfare 
Patrick  J.  Brady,  B.S. 

Law  Enforcement 

Boston  Police  Department 
William  F.  Brady,  Jr.,  B.S.,  M.B.A. 

General  Management 

Northeastern    University 
Laurence  G.  Branch,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

Psychology 

Univ.  of  Massachusetts 
Raymond  W.  Brennan,  A.B.,  A.M.,  M.S. 
in  S.S. 

Law  Enforcement 

MCI  Norfolk 
Brian  E.  Brightly,  A.B.,  B.D.,  M.S. 

Speech 

21   Inch  Classroom 
Stanley  J.  Britton,  A.B.,  M.B.A. 

Investments 

Mass.  Turnpike  Authority 
David  L.  Brody,  B.S. 

Law  Enforcement 

Boston  Police  Department 
Candace  K.  Brook,  B.A.,  M.A. 

English 
•George  M.  Brooker,  B.S.,  M.B.A. 

Statistics 

Dean  Junior  College 
Gerald  R.  Brown,  B.S.,  M.S. 

Law  Enforcement 

Youth  Services  Dept. 
Thomas  J.  Brown,  A.B.,  M.A. 

History 

Westwood  Public  Schools 
John  J.  Brule,  B.B.A.,  M.B.A. 

Management 

Raytheon  Company 
"Gordon  L.  Brumm,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

Philosophy 
Anthony  A.  Buglio,  B.S.,  M.S. 

Speech 

Northeastern   University 


Stephen  A.  Bulduc,  B.S.E.E.,  M.B.A. 

Operations  Research 

Compunetics,    Inc. 
Charles  M.  Bump,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D. 

Epidemiology 

Children's  Hospital  Medical 
Center 
*Bruce  Bunten,  B.S. 

Personnel  &  Industrial  Relations 

Stone  &  Webster  Engineering 
Larry  R.  Burnett,  B.A.,  M.A. 

Sociology 

Northeastern   University 
Charles  F.  Burt,  B.S.,  M.B.A. 

Accounting,  Finance 

Manganaro  Brothers,    Inc. 
Nelson  M.  Butters,  A.B.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

Psychology 

Boston  V.A.  Hospital 
Robert  F.  Butterworth,  A.B.,  M.S. 

Advanced  Business  System 
Design 

IBM 
Joseph  H.  Bylinski,  B.A.,  M.B.A.,  C.P.A. 

Accounting 
John  A.  Cahalane,  A.B. 

Law  Enforcement 

Mass.  Dept.  Public  Safety 
Eugene  Calderaro,  B.S.,  M.A.,  P.E. 

Systems  Design 

Damon  Corp. 
Conrad  P.  Caligaris,  B.B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

Economics  Major  Advisor 

Northeastern   University 
Charles  Calusdian,  B.S.,  M.B.A. 

Industrial  Management 

Raytheon 
*David  S.  Calverley,  A.B.,  M.Ed. 

Psychology 

Commonwealth  of  Mass. 
Meredith  E.  Cameron,  B.S.,  R.R.A. 

Health  Science 
Horace  J.  Cammack,  Jr.,  B.S.B.A.,  M.B.A., 
J.D. 

Law  Enforcement 

Smail  Business  Administration 
Paul  G.  Campbell,  B.S.,  M.Ed. 

Earth  Science 

Wellesley   Public  Schools 
James  E.  Canavan,  B.S.,  M.E.,  M.B.A. 

Management 

Arlington  Public  Schools 
Lawrence  S.  Canter,  B.A.,  M.B.A. 

Marketing 

Norwood  School  Department 
*A.  Arthur  Capone,  B.S.,  M.A.,  M.Ed.,  D.J. 

Law  Enforcement 
Brian  R.  Caputo,  B.S.,  M.B.A. 

Quality  Control 

Raytheon 
Andrea  Carr,  B.A.,  M.A. 

Sociology 
Charles  J.  Carr,  B.S.B.A.,  M.B.A. 

Accounting 
Patrick  R.  Carroll,  J.D. 

Health  Science 

Mass.  Hospital  Association 
Clairmont  P.  Carter,  B.S.,  M.B.A.,  D.B.A. 

Accounting 

Northeastern   University 
Sarah  A.  Carter,  B.S.,  M.D. 

Medical  Science 

Bedford  V.A.  Hospital 


UNIVERSITY  COLLEGE   FACULTY  /  307 


Norman  Cartmill,  B.B.A.,  M.B.A. 

Accounting,  Management 

Revere  Copper  &  Brass,  Inc. 
Grimaldo  Carvalho,  B.S.,  M.D. 

Health  Science 

New  England  Medical  Center 
Hospital 
Jean  Carvalho,  C.T.  (ASCP) 

Cytotechnology — Clinical 
Coordinator 

Northeastern   University 
Lydia  Casavant,  B.A.,  M.S.S.W. 

Group  Dynamics 

Executive  Director — Youth 
Agency — Girl   Scouts 
Peter  S.  Casey,  B.S.B.A.,  J.D. 

Law  Enforcement 
Richard  J.  Cass,  J.D. 

Law  Enforcement  Security 
Consultant 

Attorney  at  Law 
Christopher  J.  Cassidy,  B.S.I.E.,  M.S. 

Management  Information  Systems 

Keefe  Technical  School 
Claire  M.  Cassin,  C.T.  (ASCP) 

Clinical  Cytology 

N.E.  Medical  Center  Hospital 
Stephanie  L.  Catalan,  A.B.,  M.A.T.,  M.A. 

Sociology 

Boston  College 
John  O.  Cech,  B.A.,  Ph.D. 

English 
Laird  S.  Cermak,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

Psychology 

Boston  V.A.  Hospital 
Arthur  P.  Chamian,  A.B.,  M.B.A. 

Marketing 

Dean   Confectionary   Company 
John  F.  Chaves,  A.B.,  A.M.,  Ph.D. 

Psychology 

Medfield   Foundation 
George  F.  Chen,  B.A.,  M.A.,  M.S. 

Economics 

Northeastern   University 
Jerry  D.  Cherrington,  B.A.,  M.A. 

Philosophy 

New  England  Life 
John  A.  Chmielinski,  A.S.,  B.S.,  M.Ed. 

Corrections 

Mass.  Dept.  of  Correction 
John  Chruney,  B.S. 

Management 

Dunkin   Donuts,    Inc. 
Donald  J.  Ciappenelli,  Ph.D. 

Chemistry 

Brandeis  University 
Robert  E.  Cipriano,  B.A.,  M.A. 

Therapeutic  Recreation 

Northeastern    University 
David  E.  Clapp,  B.A.,  M.Ed. 

Biology 
Fred  W.  Clarridge,  Jr.,  B.S. 

Earth  Science 

Wellesley  Junior  High  School 
George  P.  Clinch,  B.S.B.A. 

Electronic  Data  Processing 

American  Mutual  Insurance  Co. 
•William  M.  Cloran,  B.S.B.A.,  J.D. 

Law  Enforcement 

Clerk,  Supreme  Judicial  Court 
Charles  T.  Cobb,  A.S.,  B.S. 

Law  Enforcement 

Boston  Police  Department 


Nelson  N.  Cochrane,  A.B. 

Corrections 

Mass.  Dept.  of  Correction 
William  C.  Coe,  B.S.,  Ph.D. 

Psychology 
•William  C.  Coggan,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D. 

Law  Enforcement — Business 

Massasoit  Community  College 
Edward  S.  Cohen,  B.S.,  M.A. 

Computer  Programming 

Engineering  Computer  Systems 
Ruth  A.  Cohen,  B.A.,  M.S. 

Genetics 

Northeastern  University 
Beverly  Colalucci,  B.A.,  M.Ed. 

Educational  Media 

Boston  University 
Patricia  A.  Cole,  B.A.,  Th.M.,  Ph.D. 

Philosophy 
Annalee  Collins,  B.S. 

Health  Science 

Nursing  Home  Consultant 
Charles  Comegys,  B.S.,  M.B.A. 

Marketing  Research  & 

Consumer  Behavior 
Richard  J.  Comings,  A.B.,  M.A. 

History 

Northeastern  University 
Elizabeth  M.  Congdon,  B.A.,  M.Ed.,  M.A. 

History 

Peabody  High  School 
Norman  J.  Conklin,  B.S. 

Systems 
Donald  B.  Connors,  A.B.,  M.B.A.,  M.A.T. 

Accounting — English 

Bunker  Hill  Community  College 
Joseph  N.  Connors,  A.S.,  B.S.,  M.P.A. 

Law  Enforcement 

Northeastern  University 
(Rev.)  Thomas  D.  Conway,  B.A.,  M.A., 
M.R.E.,   M.Div. 

Law  Enforcement 

St.  John  the  Baptist  Parish, 
Haverhill 
Constance  E.  Cook,  B.A.,  M.A. 

Political  Science 
'Louis  Cooperstein,  A.B.,  A.M. 

English,  Modern  Languages 
Consultant 

Northeastern  University 
•Robert  M.  Copeland,  B.S.,  A.M.,  Ph.D. 

Modern  Languages,  English 

Winchester  High  School 
Richard  S.  Corrente,  B.S.,  M.B.A. 

Management  &  Organization 

Raytheon  Company 
John  C.  Cort,  B.A. 

Law  Enforcement 
Thomas  Corwin,  B.S.E.E.,  M.S.E.E. 

Psychology 

Northeastern  University 
Eugene  C.  Courtney 

Horticulture 

Northeastern  University 
Thomas  F.  Coveney,  B.S.,  M.B.A. 

Electronic  Data  Processing 

Liberty  Mutual   Insurance  Co. 
Paul  B.  Cowan,  B.A.,  M.Ed. 

Consultant  in  Health  Science 

Northeastern  University 
Charles  C.  Cox,  III,  B.A.,  M.A. 

History 

Boston  College 


308  /  UNIVERSITY  COLLEGE  FACULTY 


James  M.  Cox,  B.S. 

Law  Enforcement 

Boston  Police  Department 
E.  Wallace  Coyle,  B.S.Ed.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

English 
Kenneth  Cram,  M.Ed. 

Law  Enforcement 

Kingstown  Police  Dept. 
Adam  D.  Crescenzi,  B.S. 

Industrial  Management 

Raytheon 
Salvatore  A.  Crisafulli,  B.S.,  M.B.A. 

Electronic  Data  Processing 

Digital  Equipment  Corp. 
Francis  D.  Crisley 

Biology — Consultant 

Northeastern  University 
Dean  Crocker,  B.A.,  M.D. 

Health   Science 

Children's  Hospital 
Robert  D.  Crofts,  B.S.,  M.A. 

Economics 

Salem  State  College 
•John   F.  Cronin,  Jr.,  A.B.,  M.B.A. ,  C.P.A. 

Accounting 

Raytheon  Co. 
Joseph  W.  Cronin,  B.S. I.E. 

Quality  Control 

Courier  Corp. 
Hugh   J.    Crossland,    B.B.A.,    M.B.A.,   J.D., 
L.L.M. 

Law 

Hugh  J.   Crossland  Attorneys  & 
Counsellors  at  Law 
Brian  C.  Crowley,   B.S.B.A.,   M.B.A. 

Accounting 

Amicon   Corporation 
Nicholas  Csendes,   B.A.,   M.B.A. 

Finance 

Sun  Life  of  Canada 
Joseph  Cullen,  A.B.,  Ed.M. 

Law  Enforcement 

North  Shore  Community  College 
David  M.  Culver,  A.B.,  M.A. 

History 
Frederick   Cunliffe,    B.S.,    M.S.,    Ph.D. 

Law  Enforcement 

Northeastern  University 
Helen  M.  Curley,  B.S.,  M.A. 

Law  Enforcement — Therapeutic 
Recreation 
John  J.  Curley,  B.S. 

Accounting 

Tape,  Shannon  &  Kendig 
John  A.  Curry,  B.A.,  M.Ed. 

English 

Northeastern  University 
Joanne   M.    Cutter,    B.S.,    M.S.,    M.L.S. 

Lab   Instructor — Biology 

Cambridge   Hospital    Bacteriology 
Dept. 
Albert  C.  D'Amato,  B.A.,  M.Ed. 

English 
Miriam  F.  D'Amato,  B.A.,  M.A. 

English 
Fred  G.  DaCosta,  A.B.,  M.B.A. 

Finance 
•Arnold  E.  Daum,  B.S.B.A. 

Marketing 

Arnold  E.  Daum  Co. 
"Charles  Daum,  J.D. 

Marketing 

Art-Craft  Optical   Co.   of 
New  England 


Donna  May  Davis,  B.A.,  M.A. 

History 
Richard  J.  Davis,  B.S.,  M.A. 

Law  Enforcement 

Belmont  School  Dept. 
•Ronald  C.  Davis,  A.B.,  Ed.M. 

Fine  Arts 

Northeastern  University 
Willie  J.  Davis,  A.B.,  J.D. 

Law  Enforcement 

Magistrate  United  States,  District 
Court  for  District  of  Mass. 
Sylvia  C.  Dawson,  B.S.,  M.S. 

Guitar,  Arts  &  Crafts 

Northeastern  University 
Rolando  De  Aguiar,  B.S.,  M.B.A. 

Accounting 

Northeastern  University 
John  C.  Decker,  B.S.,  M.S. 

Personnel  Management 

U.S.   Trust  Co. 
Ernest  M.  DeCicco,  B.S.,  A.M.,  Ph.D. 

Economics 

Northeastern  University 
John  R.  Deitrick,  A.B.,  A.M. 

English 

Becker  Junior  College 
James  L.  Delaney,  B.S. 

Law  Enforcement 

Northeastern   University 
Miguel  C.  De  La  Pena,  A.S.,  B.A.,  B.S., 
M.B.A. 

Management 

Federal   Energy  Administration 
Richard  P.  Delmore,  B.A. 

Microbiology 

Northeastern   University 
Dante  J.  DeMichaelis,  A. A.,  J.D. 

Law  Enforcement 

Asst.  District  Attorney, 
Middlesex  County 
Robert  J.  Denn,  B.A.,  M.A. 

Advisor,  Freshman  Alternative 
Program 

Northeastern  University 
Paul  J.  Derby,  B.S.,  M.S. 

Electronic  Data  Processing 

Honeywell,  Inc. 
Joseph  B.  DeRoche,  B.A.,  M.F.A. 

English 

Northeastern   University 
Robert  T.    Devereaux,   B.S. 

Law  Enforcement 

Metropolitan   Police 
George  J.  DiBlasi,  A.S.,  B.S. 

Law  Enforcement 

Westwood  Police  Dept. 
Theresa  A.  DiCiaccio,  B.S. 

Biology 

Northeastern   University 
'Eugene  P.  DiCostanzo,  B.S. 

Electronic  Data  Processing 

Honeywell,   Inc. 
Edward  Dillon,  B.S.,  M.B.A. 

Human  Relations 

Raytheon  Co. 
Howard  T.  Dimmick,  B.S.Ed.,  Ed.M.,  M.S.T. 

Earth  Science 

Stoneham  Junior  High  School 
Ray  M.  DiPasquale,  B.S. 

Therapeutic  Recreation 

Recreation  Dept.,  Town  of 
Gorham,  N.H. 


UNIVERSITY  COLLEGE   FACULTY  /  309 


'Francis  J.  DiSabatino,  B.S.,  Ed.M. 

Chemistry 

Quincy  Junior  &  Senior  High 
School 
Melinda  M.  diSessa,  B.A.,  M.A. 

Philosophy 
Rosemarie  M.  Dittmer,  B.A.,  M.A. 

English  Literature 

Grahm  Junior  College 
Richard  J.  Dobbyn,  B.S.,  C.P.A. 

Accounting 

Simplex  Time  Recorder  Co. 
Edward  Doherty,   B.S. 

Law  Enforcement 

Boston   Police   Dept. 
Edward  P.  Doherty,  A.B.,  J.D. 

Law  Enforcement 

225   Main   St.,    Milford 
Paul  L.  Doherty,  A.B.,  J.D. 

Law  Enforcement 

Capitol    Police 
Robert  A.  Dolan,  B.A.,  M.Ed. 

Law  Enforcement 

Research  Publishing  Co. 
Michael  B.  Donham,  B.A.,  M.B.A. 

Human  Relations 

DARE,   INC. 
Kathleen  Donovan,  B.S.,  M.A. 

Psychology 

Northeastern   University 
Timothy  R.  Donovan,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

English 

Northeastern   University 
Eugene  J.  Doody,  B.S.,  B.A.,  M.B.A. 

Industrial  Relations 

Northern  Telecom,  Inc. 
Carlos   Dorantes,    B.A.,    S.T.L.,    M.A. 

Sociology 

Northeastern   University 
Barbara  A.  Dowd,  A.B.,  A.M. 

Political  Science 

Boston  State  College 
Nancy  L.  Dowling,  B.S. 

Reading 

A  &  P  Food  Stores 
John  P.  Driscoll,  A.B.,   LL.B.,  J.D. 

Real  Estate 

Lawyer  &  Counselor,  G.P. 
Richard  E.  Driscoll,  B.S.,  J.D. 

Law  Enforcement 

Essex  County  Probation   Dept. 
Robert  V.  Driscoll,  A.A.,  B.S. 

Law  Enforcement 

M.I.T.  Lincoln  Laboratory 
Walter  T.  Driscoll,  Jr.,  A.S.,  B.S. 

Law  Enforcement 

Scituate  Police  Dept. 
David  C.  Dronsick,  A.B. 

Earth  Science 

Northeastern  University 
Edward  Dube,  B.B.A.,  M.B.A. 

Management  Consultant 

Mass.  Mutual  Life 
Ardyn  E.  Dubnow,  B.B.A.,  M.B.A. 

Accounting 

Northrop  Corp. 
Charles  H.  Dufton,  A.B.,  M.A. 

Marketing — Consultant 

Northeastern  University 
Stephen  J.  Duggan,  B.S.,  M.Ed. 

Law  Enforcement 

Consultant 


*Carl  W.  Eastman,  B.A.,  M.A. 

Speech 

Northeastern  University 
David  B.  Eastwood,  A.B.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

Economics 
Norman  J.    Ebsary,   A.S.,   B.S.,   M.P.A. 

Law  Enforcement 

Boston  Police  Department 
•William  T.  Edgett,  A.B.,  M.A. 

History 

Northeastern  University 
"Maureen  L.  Edison,  B.A.,  M.A. 

English 
Hubert  E.   Edmond,   B.S.Ed.,   M.Ed. 

Branch   Campus   Representative 

Framingham  North  High  School 
John  G.  Edwards,  B.A.,  M.S. 

Biology 
Frank  T.  Eggemeir,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

Psychology 

U.S.  Army  Natick  Lab 
Robert  L.  Ehrmann,  A.B.,  M.D. 

Health   Science 

Boston  Hospital  for  Women 
Susan  V.  Eisen,  B.A.,  Ph.D. 

Psychology 

Brandeis  University 
James  E.   Elgin,   B.S.E.E.,   M.S.E.E.,   M.B.A. 

Computer    Programming,    EDP 

Digital  Equipment  Corp. 
Elaine  G.  Eliopoulos,  B.S.,  M.S. 

Recreation 

Northeastern  University 
Edward  G.  Elliott,  B.S.,  M.B.A. 

Management 

Northeastern  University 
Louis  Ennis,  M.B.A. 

Management 

Brandeis  University 
J.   Clive  Enos,   B.S. 

Management 

Raytheon 
Herbert  J.  Eskowitz,  B.A. 

Economics 

Northeastern  University 
Charles  H.  Espanet,  B.A.,  M.A. 

Branch   Campus   Representative 

Milford  High  School 
Benedetto  Fabrizi,  B.S.,  M.A.,  D.M.L. 

Modern  Languages 

Northeastern  University 
Edward  J.  Falvey,  B.S.,  M.B.A. 

Electronic  Data  Processing 

New   England    Merchants   Nat'l 
Bank 
George  J.  Fantini,  Jr.,  B.S. A.,  M.B.A. 

Real  Estate 

State  Street   Bank  &  Trust 
Daniel   M.   Fasulo,  B.S. 

Law  Enforcement 

Haverhill   Police   Department 
John   E.   Fedele,  A.B.,  J.D.,    LL.M.,   C.L.U. 

Estate  Planning 

New  England  Mutual  Life 
Irwin  Feigelman,  B.S.,  C.P.A. 

Accounting 

U.S.  Treasury  Department 
Ellsworth  A.   Fersch,  Jr.,   B.A.,   M.A.,  J.D., 
M.A.,  Ph.D. 

Law  Enforcement 

Harvard  Medical  School 


310  /  UNIVERSITY  COLLEGE   FACULTY 


Larry  S.  Field,  B.S.I.E. 

Industrial   Management 

Child  World 
Barbara  A.  Filo,  B.A.,  M.A. 

History 
'Francis  X.  Finigan,  A.B.,  Ed.M. 

Natural  Science 

Winchester   Public   Schools 
Martin  D.  Finkel,  B.A.,  J.D. 

Consumer  Advocacy 

Mass.    Consumers'   Council 
Ellis  A.  Finkelstein,  B.A.,  M.A. 

Law  Enforcement 

Middlesex   County   House   of 
Corrections 
Arnold  D.  Finley,  A.B. 

Purchasing — Coordinator 
Albert  J.  Finney,  Jr.,  B.S.B.A.,  C.P.A. 

Accounting 

Raytheon 
Karen  L.  Fischer,  A. A.,  B.F.A. 

Art 
Jeffrey  H.  Fisher,  A.B.,  J.D. 

Law  Enforcement 

Attorney  at  Law,  Boston 
Ellen  Fitzgerald,  R.N.,  R.R.A.,  B.S. 

Medical   Terminology 

Children's   Hospital    Medical 
Center 
Leo  J.   Fitzgerald,   B.S.,   in   B.A.,   M.B.A. 

Management 

General   Electric 
*Kevin  T.    Fitzpatrick,   B.S.B.A.,   M.B.A. 

Finance 

Boston  Public  Library 
J.  Joseph  Fitzsimmons,  B.S.,  M.S.,  P.E. 

Management 

Polaroid  Corporation 
H.  Drew  Flegal,  B.S. 

Marketing 

Daniel    F.   Sullivan   Co.,    Inc. 
David  E.  Floreen 

Public  Administration 

Greater  Boston  Real   Estate 
Board 
Leo  M.  Flynn,  A.B.,  M.B.A. 

Real  Estate 

Leo  M.  Flynn 
Martin  E.  Foley,  A.S.,  B.S. 

Law  Enforcement 

Mass.  State  Police 
Peter  A.  Foote,  A.A.,  B.S. 

Law  Enforcement 

Ipswich   Police  Department 
John  A.  Ford,  Jr.,  B.S. 

Law  Enforcement 

Westwood    Police    Department 
Robert  J.  Forrest,  B.S.,  J.D. 

Federal  Tax 

Counsellor  at   Law,    Duxbury 
"Douglas  G.  Foster,  A.B.,  Ed.M.,  M.S. 

Earth   Science 

Headmaster,    Boston    Public 
Schools 
*Gale  P.  Foster,  B.S. 

Marketing — Coordinator 

Samson  Cordage  Works 
•James  A.  Foster,  B.S.,  C.P.C.U. 

Finance 

Liberty  Mutual   Insurance  Co. 
Joseph  P.  Fox,  B.A. 

Law   Enforcement 

Northeastern  University 


Walter  Fox  Tree,   Dipl.,   F.A.,  B.S.Ed.,  M.A. 

Art 

Boston  State  College 
Susan  H.  Francis,  B.A.,  M.A. 

English 
Dennis  Francoeur,  B.S. 

Management 

Honeywell 
Martha  E.  Francois,  A.B.,  A.M.,  Ph.D. 

History 

Northeastern  University 
Barbara  E.  Freedman,  B.S.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

Psychology 
'Howard  H.  Freedman,  A.B.,  M.S.,  C.P.A. 

Accounting 

Raytheon 
Pamela  C.  Freundl,  B.S.,  M.A. 

Psychology 
Melvin  W.  Friedman,  S.B. 

Management 

M.W.    Friedman   Associates 
Edmond  M.  Gagey,  A.B.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

English 
•Walter  A.  Gagne,  Jr.,  B.S.,  M.B.A. 

Management 

Brandeis  University 
Mary  Gamerman,  B.A.  (Hons)  Keele 

Preparator,    Microbiology 

Northeastern  University 
Alfred  R.  Garafalo,  B.A. 

Chemistry 
Rawle  W.  Garner,  B.S.,  M  U.A. 

Law   Enforcement 

Federal  Trade  Commission 
Robert  L.  Garnick,  B.A. 

Chemistry 

Baird  Atomic 
Marcia  Garrett,  A.B.,  Ph.D. 

Sociology 
John  M.  Garvey,  B.S.,  J.D. 

Law 

Counsellor  at  Law 
John  A.  Gavin,  B.SS.,  M.A. 

Law  Enforcement 

Commissioner    of    Correction 

(Ret.)  Commonwealth  of  Mass. 
Stanley  S.  Gawlinski,   B.S. 

Law   Enforcement 

Boston   Police  Dept. 
•Paul  C.  Gay,  B.A.,  J.D. 

Law 

Register  of  Probate,  Norfolk 
County 
•John  A.  Geary,  B.S.Ed. 

Industrial   Management 

Consultant  Accident  Prevention 
&  Supervisory  Training 
Sandra  Geer,  B.A.,  M.A. 

Psychology 

Boston  State  College 
Victor  A.  Gelineau,  A.B.,  Ph.D. 

Sociology 

Dept.  of  Mental  Health, 
Commonwealth  of  Mass. 
John  R.  Geraghty,  B.B.A.,  M.B.A. 

Management  &   Organization 

Internat'l  Business  Machines 
Corp. 
Margaret  Gerteis,  A.B.,  A.M. 

History 
Roberta  Gianfortoni,  B.A.,  M.A. 

Sociology,  Anthropology 


UNIVERSITY  COLLEGE   FACULTY  /  311 


Cleveland  Gilcreast,  B.S.,  M.B.A. 

Marketing,   Management  & 
Organization 
Edwin  S.  Giles,  Jr.,  B.M.E. 

Electronic  Data  Processing 

Mass.  Teachers  Association 
i  Cheryl-Louise  Gilkes,  B.A.,  M.A. 

Sociology 
Philip  L.  Gilman,  B.A. 

Law   Enforcement 

Mass.   Dept.   of  Public   Safety 
•William  F.  Glaser,  B.S.,  M.S. 

Marketing 

Commercial  Marketing  Associates 
L.  James  Glinos,  B.B.A.,  Ed.M. 

Human  Relations 

Kennecott   Copper  Corp. 
Leonard  B.  Goldberg,  A.B. 

Biology 

Northeastern  University 
Linda  S.  Goldberg,  B.A.,  M.A. 

English 
Myer  Goldberg,    B.S. 

Law  Enforcement 

M.D.C.  Police 
Robert   L.    Goldberg,   A.B.,    M.B.A.,    C.L.U. 

Management 

John   Hancock  Mutual  Life 
Insurance  Co. 
I  M.   Patricia  Golden,   B.S.,   M.A.,   Ph.D. 

Sociology 

Northeastern  University 
Renee  V.  Golden,  B.A.,  M.A. 

Modern  Languages 
Frederick  T.  Golder,  B.A.,  J.D.,  LL.M. 

Labor   Management  Relations 

Attorney  at  Law 
•Daniel  M.  Goldfarb,  A.B.,  M.A.T.,  M.A. 

Modern  Languages 

Quincy  High  School 
Alan  M.  Goldfine,  B.S.,  C.P.A. 

Accounting 

Polaroid  Corporation 
Eli  Goldman,  B.S.,  M.A. 

Psychology 
i  Jack  B.  Goldman,  B.S. 

Medical  Record  Computer 
Science 

Ames  Medical  Record 
Systems   Div. 
Maureen  A.  Goldman,  B.A.,  M.A. 

English 
Minton  F.  Goldman,  B.A.,  M.A.,  MALD, 
Ph.D. 

Political  Science   Major  Advisor 

Northeastern  University 
Stan  Goldman,  B.S.,  M.A. 

Political  Science 
Arnold  S.  Goldstein,   B.S.,   M.B.A.,  J.D., 
LL.M. 

Health  Science 

Northeastern   University 
Harold  M.  Goldstein,  A.B.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

Economics 

Associate  Consultant 
i  M.  Alvin  Goldstein,  A.B. 

Computer  Systems 

Boeing  Computer  Systems,   Inc. 
Joseph   M.    Golemme,   S.B.,   M.A.,   C.P.A. 

Accounting — Consultant 

Northeastern   University 


Herbert  P.  Golub,  B.A.,  Ed.M.,  C.A.G.S., 
Ph.D. 

Psychology 

Northeastern  Essex  Mental 
Health  Center 
Michael   E.  Goodhue,   B.A. 

Electronic   Data   Processing 

Singer  Business  Machines 
Judith  R.  Goodman,  B.A.,  M.A. 

English 

Northeastern   University 
Leon  M.  Goodman,  B.B.A.,  M.B.A. 

Human  Relations 

New  England  Tel.   &  Tel.  Co. 
Christine  S.  Goodrich,  B.A.,  A.M. 

Modern  Languages 

Boston    University 
Stephen  Goodyear,  A.B.,  M.A. 

Modern  Languages 

Hull    High   School 
•Bernard  L.  Gordon,  B.S.,  M.S. 

Earth  Science 

Northeastern   University 
•Daniel  D.  Gordon,  B.A.,  M.A.,  M.B.A. 

Economics,   Statistics 

Salem  State  College 
Lester  I.  Gordon,  A.B.,  M.A. 

History 

Boston    University 
Mary  Jane  Gorton,  B.A.,  Ed.M. 

Fine  Arts 

President,   Animal  Aid,    Inc. 
Leslie  C.  Gosule,  B.S. A. 

Accounting 

Robert   Sharkansky   Co. 
Daniel  Z.  Gould,  B.S.,  M.B.A. 

Industrial   Management 

Gould,    Inc. 
David  F.  Grace,  B.A.,  M.A. 

English 

Lasell  Jr.  College 
Daniel  A.  Grady,  B.S.B.A.,  M.B.A. 

Accounting 

William  Underwood  Co. 
•William  Grady,  B.B.A. 

Quality   Control 

Courier-Citizen    Printing    Co. 
Anthony  P.  Graffeo,  B.A. 

Research  Asst.,   Chemistry 

Northeastern   University 
Robert  L.   Graham,  Jr.,   B.S.B.A.,   M.B.A. 

Mgmt.  Decisions  &  Policies 

Lybrand,  Ross  Bros.  & 
Montgomery 
William  J.  Grant,  A. A.,  B.S. 

Law  Enforcement 

Mass.   Dept.  of  Public  Safety 
Richard  P.  Grassie,  B.S.,  M.S. 

Criminology 

Mass.  Police  Institute 
Leon  S.  Graubard,  A.B.,  A.M. 

Economics 

Northeastern   University 
Joseph  H.  Greelish,  Jr.,  A. A.,  B.S. 

Law  Enforcement 
Richard  T.  Green,  A.B.,  Ed.M.,  Ed.D. 

Group  Dynamics 

Masconomet  Regional  High 
School,    Boxford 
Patricia  A.  Greer,  A.B.,  H(ASCP) 

Hematology 

University   Hospital 


312  /  UNIVERSITY  COLLEGE   FACULTY 


Kristo  Gregory,  B.S. 

Investments 

Paine,  Webber,  Jackson  & 
Curtis 
Gerald  R.  Griffin,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

English 

Northeastern   University 
John  L.  Griffith,  B.S. 

Management   &    Organization, 
Coordinator 

Director  of  Planning,  Town  of 
Braintree 
Joseph  Grimaldi,  B.A.,  M.A. 

History 

First  National   Bank  of  Boston 
*Thomas  G.  Grogan 

Industrial  Management 

Consultant 
A.  Nicholas  Groth,  A.B.,  A.M.,  Ph.D. 

Psychology 

Commonwealth   of  Mass.,   Dept. 
of  Mental  Health 
'Erie  N.  Grubinger,  B.S.E.E.,  M.B.A. 

Electronic  Data  Processing 

Transaction  Technology,    Inc. 
John  J.  Guarino,  B.A. 

Biology 
George  J.  Guilbault,  Mus.B. 

Music 

Johnson  &  Higgins 
Ronald  E.  Guittarr,  B.S. B.A. 

Human  Relations 

Raytheon 
Jose  L.  Guzman,  B.A.,  M.A. 

Spanish 

Northeastern   University 
Jane  E.  Gwiazda,  A.B.,  M.A. 

Psychology 

Northeastern   University 
Reginald  Hache,  B.M.,  M.M.,  A.D. 

Music 

Northeastern   University 
*Edward  A.  Hacker,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

Philosophy 

Northeastern   University 
Shala  Haeri,  B.A.,  M.A. 

Anthropology 

Northeastern   University 
James  F.  Hall,  A.B.,  M.S. 

Chemistry 
Herbert  E.  Halliday,  B.S. 

Law  Enforcement 

Civil  Service 
Arthur  Halleran,   M.B.A. 

Real  Estate 

Boston   Financial  Tech.   Group 
Paul  M.  Halloran,  B.S. B.A. 

Management  Information 

Raytheon 
Ruth  J.  Halloran,  B.S.,  M.Ed. 

Branch   Campus  Representative 

Masconomet    Regional    High 
School — Boxford 
Donald  J.  Halpin,  B.S.B.A.,  M.B.A. 

Finance 

Drexel,  Burnham  &  Co.,  Inc. 
Isadore  Halzel,  B.A.,  M.B.A. 

Industrial   Management 

Charles  Stark  Draper  Lab 
Lawrence  Halzel,  B.S.,  Ed.M.,  Ed.D. 

Counselor 

Boston   V.A.    Hospital 


Jacalyn  S.  Hamada,  B.A. 

Arts  &  Crafts 

Crittenton  Hastings  House 
Suzanne  L.  Hamner,  B.A.,  M.A. 

History 
William   F.   Hancock,  Jr.,   B.B.A.,   M.B.A., 
C.L.U.,  C.P.C.U.,  CD. P. 

Finance — Coordinator 

Keane  Associates,  Inc. 
Francis  R.  Hankard,  B.S.,  M.A. 

Law  Enforcement 

Dept.  of  Public  Safety 
Robert  A.  Hankin,  B.S.,  M.A. 

Economics 

Northeastern   University 
Eleanor  Z.  Hanna,  A.B.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

Psychology 

Harvard  Medical  School 
Joseph  J.  Hansen,  A.B.,  M.B.A. 

Newsletter   Editor 

Raytheon 
Norman  E.  Hansen,  A.B.,  M.B.A. 

Marketing 

Marco  Polo 
Rose  H.  Hardavellas,  B.A. 

Health  Science 

Northeastern   University 
James  Hardcastle,  A.B. 

Physical  Distribution 
Management 

Gillette  Company 
"David  J.  Harrigan,  B.S. 

Quality  Control 

D.  J.  Harrigan  Associates 
Charles  Harrington,  B.S. 

Economics 
Ruth-Ann  M.  Harris,  B.A.,  M.A. 

History 

Tufts  University 
John  J.  Hart,  B.S.,  Soc.Sc,  M.Ed. 

Branch   Campus  Representative 

Framingham  North  High  School 
"Pamela  H.  Hart,  B.A.,  M.A. 

French 
George  E.  Hawkins,  B.S.,  M.B.A. 

Project  Planning 

Polaroid   Corp. 
Donald  R.  Hayden,  B.S. 

Electronic  Data  Processing 

United-Carr 
Robert  T.   Heald,  B.S.B.A.,   M.B.A.,  C.P.A. 

Accounting 

Price  Waterhouse  Co. 
Charles  B.  Healy,  A.B. 

Project  Planning 

New  England  Merchants 
National  Bank 
*George  E.  Healy,  J.D. 

Law  Enforcement 

Attorney  at  Law 
Kenneth  P.  Healy,  B.S. B.A. 

Credit  Management 

First  National   Bank  of  Boston 
•Warren  K.  Heckman,  B.B.A.,  M.A. 

Management 

Heath  Consultants,  Inc. 
Ann  Hehre,  B.A.,  M.B.A. 

Finance 

Northeastern  University 
Robert  J.  Hehre,  B.S.,  M.S.,  M.B.A., 
D.B.A.,   C.P.A. 

Finance 

Consultant 


Barbara  J.  Hein,  B.A.,  M.A. 

Arts  &  Crafts 

Northeastern  University 
Robin   Hendrich,    B.M.,    M.M.,    L.R.A.M. 

Music 

Northeastern  University 
George  S.  Hennessey,  B.S.,  B.A.,  M.B.A. 

Marketing 

Boston  Gas  Company 
Barbara  L.  Henry,  B.A.,  M.A. 

Anthropology 

Northeastern  University 
Gerald  H.  Herman,  A.B.,  M.A. 

History 

Course  Coordinator  &  Major 
Advisor 

Northeastern  University 
George  M.  Herrick,  B.A.,  M.B.A. 

Finance 

John  E.  Cain  Co. 
Max  E.  Hess,  B.A.,  M.A. 

Sociology 

Northeastern  University 
Robert  Hicks,  M.A. 

Finance 
•Chester  Higgins,  B.B.A.,   M.B.A. 

Management 

M.B.T.A. 
Edward  J.  Higgins,  Jr.,  A.S.,  B.S.,  M.P.A. 

Law  Enforcement 

Mass.  State  Police 
'Peter  Higgins,  B.S.,  M.B.A. 

Accounting 
Richard  A.  Hill,  B.S.B.A.,  M.B.A. 

Marketing 

R.  A.  Hill,  Inc. 
James  R.  Hindman,  B.S.,  M.B.A. 

Labor — Management  Relations 

Northrop  Corporation 
Christine  L.  Hobart,  A.B.,  D.B.A. 

Personnel  &  Industrial 
Relations — Consultant 

Northeastern  University 
i  Elizabeth  J.  Hodges,  A.B.,  B.S. 

Library  Science 

Northeastern  University 
'Wheaton  Holden,  A.B.,  M.A. 

Fine  Arts 

Northeastern  University 
James  A.  Hope,  A.B.,  M.B.A. 

Management 

Stonemarketing   Corp. 
Daniel  J.  Horgan,  Jr.,  A.B.,  J.D. 

Law 

Daniel  J.  Horgan 
Morris  A.  Horowitz,  B.A.,  Ph.D. 

Economics — Consultant 

Northeastern  University 
'  Francis  A.  Howard,  J.D. 

Law  Enforcement 

MCI  Walpole 
1  Pih-Kuei  C.  Huang,  Ph.D. 

Biochemistry 

Northeastern  University 
|   Doris  A.  Hunter,  B.A.,  S.T.B.,  Ph.D. 

Philosophy 

Northeastern  University 
I  Robert  A.  Hunter,  A.B.,  M.A. 

English 

Mansfield  Public  School 
i  Anne  D.  Hurley,  Ph.D. 

Psychology 

Boston  State  Hospital 


UNIVERSITY  COLLEGE  FACULTY  /  313 


•Daniel  F.  Hurley,  A. A.,  LL.B. 

Labor  Management  Relations 

Federal    Mediation    & 
Conciliation  Service 
Joseph  J.  Hurwitz,  B.S.,  B.J.Ed.,  Ph.D. 

English 

Northeastern  University 
William  F.  Hutchins,  A.B.,  M.Ed. 

Advanced  Computer  Systems 

Honeywell   Information 
Systems,  Inc. 
Richard  E.  Ingham,  B.S.,  M.B.A. 

Accounting 

Liberty  Mutual  Insurance  Co. 
John  J.  Irwin,  Jr.,  A.B.,  J.D. 

Law  Enforcement 

Dept.  of  Attorney  General — 
Criminal  Division 
Arthur  L.  Isberg,  B.S.,  J.D. 

Law  Enforcement 

Commonwealth  of  Mass. 
•Mervyn  Israel,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D. 

Organic  Chemistry 

Sidney   Farber   Cancer   Center 
Herbert  H.  Itzkowitz,  B.S.B.A.,  M.B.A., 
C.P.A. 

Accounting 

Rosenthal,    Forman,    &    Itzkowitz 
Byrum  M.  Jackson,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D. 

Epidemiology 

Northeastern  University 
•Phillip  S.  Jackson,  S.B.,  LL.B. 

Law 

Attorney  at  Law 
Joshua  R.  Jacobson,  B.A.,  M.M. 

Music 

Northeastern  University 
Thomas  E.  Jaillet,  B.S.Ed.,  M.A. 

Law  Enforcement 

Sandwich  High  School 
John  J.  Jamison,  B.S.M.E. 

Electronic  Data  Processing 

Honeywell 
Chester  A.  Janiak,  B.A.,  M.S. 

Political  Science 

Northeastern  University 
Philip  A.  Janus,  B.B.A.,  M.B.A. 

Computer  Programming 

Commonwealth  of  Mass. 
Howard  Jeffrey,  A.B.,  M.A.,  D.R. 

Therapeutic  Recreation 
John  J.  Jennings,  A.B.,  J.D. 

Law  Enforcement 

First  Assistant  District 
Attorney,  Essex  County 
Gary  A.  Jennison,  B.A.,  M.B.A. 

Real  Estate 

Corcoran,  Mullins,  Jennison,  Inc. 
Patricia  Layden  Jerabek,  B.A.,  M.A. 

Economics 
Thomas  A.  Johnnykutty,  Ph.D. 

Health  Science 

Dept.  of  Public  Health, 
Commonwealth  of  Mass. 
"Carson  C.  Johnson,  A.B.,  M.S.,  Ph.D. 

Psychology 

Emmanuel  College 
Donald  R.  Johnson,  B.S.M.E.  &  E.E., 
M.B.A. 

Human  Relations,  Personnel 
Management 

N.E.T.&T. 


314  /  UNIVERSITY  COLLEGE   FACULTY 


Edward  A.  Johnson,  Jr.,  B.A.,  M.T. 

Transportation  Management 

President,  Howe  &  Co.,   Inc. 
Leonard  E.  Johnson,  B.B.A. 

Marketing 

Garden  City  Mall 
Marshal  E.  Johnson,  B.A.,  M.B.A. 

Human  Relations 

Northeastern  University 
Richard  F.Q.  Johnson,  A.B.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

Psychology 

The  Medfield  Foundation,  Inc. 
Robert  F.  Johnson,  B.S. 

Law  Enforcement 

First  Security  Services  Corp. 
Walter  S.  Jones,  A.B.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

Political  Science — Consultant 

Northeastern  University 
Joseph  M.  Jordan,  A.S.,  B.S.,  M.P.A. 

Law  Enforcement 

Boston  Police  Dept. 
Farhoun  Kafi-Tehrani,  B.A.,  M.A. 

Economics 
Martin  J.  Kahan,  B.S. 

Electronic  Data  Processing 

Randy  Mfg.  Co. 
Marsha  Kaitz,  B.A.,  M.A. 

Psychology 

Northeastern  University 
'Eugenia  O.  Kaledin,  A.B.,  A.M. 

English 
Martin  A.  Kalustian,  A.B.,  M.B.A. 

Management 

Raytheon 
Edward  L.  Kandib,  A.B.,  Ed.M. 

Accounting 

Treasury  Department 
•Martin  J.  Kane,  B.A.,  M.B.A. 

Purchasing 

Raytheon 
Lawrence  E.  Kaplan,  B.S.B.A.,  J.D. 

Law 

Attorney  at  Law 
*Mort  S.  Kaplan,  B.A.,  M.A. 

Theatre  Arts 

Northeastern  University 
Gary  M.  Karelis,  B.S.B.A.,  M.B.A. 

Accounting 

Karelis  Heel  Co.,  Inc. 
Charles  Karis,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

Psychology  Consultant 

Northeastern  University 
Andrew  A.  Karmen,  B.A.,  M.A. 

Sociology 
Ronald  D.  Karr,  A.B.,  M.A. 

History 

Raytheon   Service  Co. 
Kerkor  Kassabian,  B.S.,  Ed.M. 

Health  Science 

Northeastern  University 
•Harold  D.  Kastle,  B.S.,  B.J. P.,  M.A. 

Personnel  &  Industrial  Relations 

Raytheon 
Stanley  W.  Kaszanek,  B.A.,  M.A. 

Sociology 

Suffolk  University 
Sotiris  Katsaros,  B.S.,  M.Ed. 

Branch    Campus    Representative 

Haverhill   High  School 
'Hyman   Mendel   Kaufman,  S.B.,   M.A.,  J.D. 

Law 

Attorney  at  Law 


Ronald  P.  Kaufman,  B.S. 

Law  Enforcement 

Mass.  Dept.  of  Public  Safety 
Richard  M.  Kaye,  B.S.,  M.B.A. 

Finance 

North  American  Packing  Corp. 
Helen  Keaney,  B.M.,  M.M. 

Music — Major  Advisor 

Northeastern  University 
Walter  E.  Kearney,  B.S.B.A.,  M.B.A. 

Accounting 

Northeastern  University 
John  S.  Kearns,  M.A. 

Psychology 

Northeastern  University 
William  T.  Kearns,  B.S.Ed.,  M.A. 

Branch   Campus  Representative 

Weymouth  North  High  School 
George  L.  Keefe,  A.B. 

Law  Enforcement 

Parole   Board 
•William  E.  Kelley,  B.S.B.A.,  M.B.A. 

Accounting 

M.I.T. 
James  A.  Kelly,  Jr.,  B.B.A.,  C.P.A. 

Public  Administration 

Massachusetts   Senate 
Joseph  D.  Kelly,  B.A.,  M.A. 

English 
Thomas  W.  Kelly,  B.B.A.,  M.B.A. 

Electronic  Data  Processing 

General  Electric 
A.  David  Kessler,  B.B.A.,  LL.B.,  J.D. 

Accounting 

Direct  Dial  Data 
A.  Karim  Khudairi,  B.Sc,  Ph.D. 

Ecology 

Northeastern  University 
William  F.  Kidney,  A.B.,  LL.D. 

Law  Enforcement 
Brian  L.  King,  B.S.E.E.,  M.B.A. 

Marketing 

Consultant 
Sandra  J.  King,  B.S.Ed. 

Electronic  Data  Processing 

Raytheon 
Robert  Kinnee,  B.B.A.,  M.B.A.,  M.A. 

Marketing 

The  Stop  &  Shop  Companies, 
Inc. 
•Paul  G.  Kinsella,  B.S.,  B.A. 

Real  Estate 

Investors  Mortgage  Insurance  Co. 
Virginia  K.  Kirshner,  A.B. 

Theatre  Arts 
Edward  W.  Knight,  Jr.,  B.S.Ed.,  M.Ed. 

Branch  Campus  Representative 

Weymouth   North    High   School 
David   Kobey,  B.S.,   M.S.E.E.,   M.S.E.M. 

Marketing 

Silko  Motor  Sales,  Inc. 
•John  L.  Kobrick,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D. 

Psychology 

U.S.  Army  Research  of 
Environmental   Medicine 
Bernhard  J.  Kohler,  B.S.,  M.B.A. 

Production  &  Inventory  Control 

Polaroid 
Walter  C.  Kohler,  B.B.A. 

Industrial  Safety 

Fireman's   Fund — American 
Insurance   Companies 


UNIVERSITY  COLLEGE   FACULTY  /  315 


Arthur  J.  Komar,  A.B.,  M.Mus.,  Ph.D. 

Music 
Gerald  P.  Koocher,  A.B.,  A.M.,  Ph.D. 

Psychology 

Children's  Hospital  Medical 
Center 
Harvey  B.  Korotkin,  B.S.,  M.S. 

Operations  Research 

Polaroid 
Pavel  Kovaly,  Ph.D.,  C.Sc. 

Philosophy 

Northeastern  University 
Bennett  L.  Kramer,  B.B.A.,  M.S. 

Electronic  Data  Processing 
"Donald  J.  Kramer,  B.S.B.A.,  M.B.A. 

Finance 

Modicon  Corp. 
James  B.  Krasnoo,  A.B.,  M.A.,  J.D. 

Interviews  &  Interrogations 

Kozodoy  &  Krasnoo 
Claudio  R.  Kraus,  B.S.E.E.,  M.S.E.E.,  M.E. 

Economics 

Northeastern  University 
Daniel  G.  Kraus,  B.S.,  M.A. 

Economics 

Northeastern  University 
Ernest  A.  Kraus,  A.B.,  M.Ed.,  M.S.W. 

Therapeutic  Recreation 

Executive  Office  of  Elderly  Affairs 
Elliot  A.  Krause,  A.B.,  A.M.,  Ph.D. 

Sociology 

Northeastern  University 
David  H.  Kravetz,  B.B.A.,  LL.B.,  J.D. 

Law 

Widett  &  Widett 
Donald  F.  Krier,  B.S.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

Economics 

Newton  College 
Joseph  T.  Lamb,  A.B.,  MBA. 

Marketing 

Parks,  Cramer  Co. 
"Paul  K.  Lambert,  B.A.,  M.B.A. 

Physical  Distribution 

Management 
Robert  H.  Landry,  B.S.B.A.,  M.B.A. 

Accounting 

Massasoit  Community  College 
Jerome  L.  Langer,  B.S.,  M.B.A. 

Management,  Marketing — 
Consultant 

Langer  Associates 
Janet  Lapey,  B.A.,  M.D. 

Health  Science 
Louis  R.  Larsen 

Public   Relations   &    Marketing 

Stone  &  Webster 
'Aristotle  T.  Laskaris,  A.B.,  M.S. 

Chemistry 

AVCO 
Gerard  J.  Lavoie,  B.S. 

Criminal  Justice — Coordinator 

Northeastern  University 
Kenneth  L.  Lavoie,  B.S.Ed. 

Systems 
Alfred  Lazzeri,  B.S.,  M.F.A. 

Chairman,  Art  Dept. 

Walpole  Schools 
Edward  J.  Leach,  B.S.,  J.D. 

Law  Enforcement 

Revere  Police   Dept. 

Pass  &  Leach 
Morris  G.  Learner,  LL.B. 

Insurance 

Attorney 


Lila  Leibowitz,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

Sociology  Coordinator  &   Major 
Advisor 

Northeastern  University 
Leonard  L.   Leinonen,  B.S.M.E.,  M.S.E.M. 

Industrial  Processes 

Facilities  Planning  &  Design 
Richard  A.  Le  Maire,  Mus.B.,  Ed.M. 

Therapeutic  Recreation 
Ralph  T.  Lepore,  Jr.,  A.S.,  B.S. 

Law  Enforcement 

Framingham   Police  Dept. 
Rose  Lerner,  B.S.,  R.R.A. 

Medical  Terminology 

Winchester   Hospital 
Marvin  X.  Lesser,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

Associate  Consultant  in 
Literature 

Northeastern  University 
Joseph  E.  Levangie,  S.B.,  M.B.A. 

Marketing 

Avco  Corporation 
"Albert  M.  Levenson,  B.S.,  M.B.A. 

Quality  Control 

C.  S.  Draper  Lab,  Inc. 
Seymour  Leventman,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

Sociology 

Boston  College 
Dale  F.  Levering,  B.A.,  M.S.,  Ph.D. 

Biology 

Northeastern  University 
Carole  B.  Levin,  M.A. 

History 
Jack  Levin,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

Sociology- Anthropology 

Major  Advisor 

Northeastern  University 
Howard  A.  Levine,  B.S.,  B.A. 

Real  Estate  Management 

Robsham  Industries 
Robert  C.  Lieb,  B.S.,  M.B.A.,  D.B.A. 

Transportation 

Consultant 
Joanne  G.  Linowes,  B.S.Ed.,  M.S.Ed. 

Speech 

Massachusetts  Educational 
Television 
Marcia  M.  Littlefield,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

Speech 

Northeastern  University 
Thomas  E.  Littlehale,  B.S.,  M.Ed. 

Electronic  Data  Processing 

John  Hancock  Insurance 
Leo  Litwin 

Music 

Leo  Litwin  Piano  Studios 
*J.  Antony  Lloyd,  B.A.,  M.A. 

English 

Mass.  Eye  &  Ear  Infirmary 
Joseph  S.  LoCastro,  B.S.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

Psychology 

Boston  V.A.  Hospital 
John  M.  Lockhart,  M.S.,  Ph.D. 

Psychology 

U.S.  Army  Natick  Lab 
Edward  J.  Lonczak,  B.A.,  M.B.A. 

Management 

Commercial   Union  Companies 
Richard  J.  Longabaugh,  B.A. 

Finance 

Northeastern  Un;versity 
Robert  R.  Lovejoy,  B.A.,  M.S. 

Health  Care  Administration 

Waltham  Hospital 


316  /  UNIVERSITY  COLLEGE  FACULTY 


*Edwin   H.    Lovequist,   Jr.,   B.S. 

Inventory  Management 

General  Electric 
Ellen  C.  Lynch,  B.A. 

Arts  &  Crafts 

Phillips  Academy 
Paul  E.  Lyons 

Quality  Control 

Gillette 
•Andrew  C.  MacAulay,  Jr.,  B.S.,  M.S. 

Chemistry 

New  England  Medical  Center 
Edward  M.  MacCormack,  B.S. 

Law  Enforcement 

Mass.  State  Police  Dept. 
Donald  F.  MacDonald,  B.A. 

Marine   Transportation 

H.  A.  Johnson  Co.,  Inc. 
Kenneth  W.  MacDonald,  B.A.,  M.A. 

Sociology 

Northeastern  University 
Warren  G.  MacDonald,   B.S.B.A.,  M.B.A. 

Marketing 

Sugarman  Brothers 
Thomas  J.   MacDonough,   B.S.F.S.,   M.A. 

Branch  Campus  Representative 

Adult  Education,  Norwood 
Public  Schools 
Harry  Mackay,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

Psychology 

Northeastern  University 
Alan  A.  Mackey,  B.S.,  M.A. 

Law  Enforcement 

Northeastern  University 
Mary  Anne  MacKinnon,  A.S.,   B.A.,   M.M. 

Health  Science 

New  England  Deaconess  Hospital 
Robert  O.  Mackler,  B.A.,  M.A. 

Sociology 

Northeastern  University 
Patricia  Macrides,  B.A. 

Sociology 

Fitchburg  State  College 
"William  J.  Madden,  A.B. 

Accounting 

Office  of  Naval  Research 
Ann  M.  Maguire,  B.S.,  M.Ed. 

Public  Health 

Northeastern  University 
Gerard  E.  Maguire,  B.A.,  M.A. 

Purchasing 

R.C.A. 
John  A.  Maguire,  B.A. 

Electronic  Data  Processing 

Northeastern  University 
Thomas  J.  Maguire,  LL.B. 

Law  Enforcement 

City  of  Woburn  Police  Dept. 
Paul  F.  Mahoney,  A.B.,  J.D. 

Law  Enforcement 

Paul  F.  Mahoney,  Esq. 
Robert  G.  Mallion,  B.S.Ed.,  M.Ed. 

Earth  Science 

Stoneham  Public  Schools 
Neil  A.  Malmquist,  B.S.,  M.B.A. 

Profit  Planning  &  Control 

Teradyne 
Lorin  M.  Maloney,  B.A.,  M.A.,  M.Ed. 

History 
Francis  S.  Mancini,  B.A.,  M.A. 

Political  Science 

Roger  Williams  College 


George  J.  Manikas,  B.S.E.E. 

Law  Enforcement 

Raytheon 
Bernard  Manning,  Esq.,  B.S.,  Ed.M., 
CAGS,  LL.B.,  LL.M. 

Law  Enforcement 

Assistant  Attorney  General 
John  P.  Manning 

Law  Enforcement 

Honeywell   Information  Systems 
Albert  R.  Manson,  B.B.A.,  M.Ed. 

Electronic  Data  Processing 

Honeywell 
Jack  Manuel,  B.M.,  M.N.,  D.M.A. 

Philosophy 

Boston  University 
John  A.  Manzo,  Jr.,  M.E.,  M.S. I.E. 

Industrial  Management 

New  England  Medical  Center 
Hospital 
Sharon  Marecki,  B.A. 

Operations  Research 

Mitre  Corporation 
Julius  Mariasis,  B.A.,  M.B.A.,  M.Ed. 

Management 

Julius   Mariasis 
Joseph  Markowitz,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

Psychology 

M.I.T. 
William  T.  Marler,  B.S. 

Law  Enforcement 

Lynn  Police  Dept. 
Arnold  M.  Marrow,  A.B.,  LL.B. 

Labor  Management  Relations 

National  Labor  Relations  Board 
•John  E.  Marshall,  B.B.A.,  M.S. 

Management 

Converse  Rubber 
Arthur  Martin,  B.S. 

Law  Enforcement 

Framingham  Police  Dept. 
James  J.  Martin,  A.S.,  B.S. 

Police  Supervision 

Massachusetts  State  Police 
John  A.  Martin,  B.S.  in  B.A.,  M.B.A. 

Accounting 

Northeastern  University 
John  F.  Martin,  B.B.A.,  M.S. 

Industrial  Management 

Bostitch  Div.  Textron 
Zareh  Martin,  B.S.,  M.Ed. 

Industrial  Management 

Lynn  Public  Schools 

Consultant 
Frederick  J.  Mason,  B.S. 

Accounting 

Internal  Revenue  Service 
Richard  P.  Mason,  B.B.A.,  M.B.A. 

Management  Information  Systems 

AVCO  Systems  Division 
Russell  B.  Mason,  B.S.,  M.B.A. 

Marketing 
Joseph  D.  Mastone,  B.S.,  A.M. 

Law  Enforcement 

Mass.   Dept.   of  Public  Safety 
George  D.  Matson,  A.B.,  A.M. 

Speech 

Matson  Personnel 
Paul  D.  Maxwell,  B.S.B.A.,  M.B.A. 

Management 

Northeastern  University 


UNIVERSITY  COLLEGE  FACULTY  /  317 


James  J.  Mazza,  A.S.,  B.S. 

Law  Enforcement 

Woburn  Police  Dept. 
Robert  McAuliffe,  B.S.B.A.,  M.B.A. 

Marketing 

General  Radio  Company 
Gilla  McCarriston,  B.A. 

Law  Enforcement 

McCarriston  Plumbing  &  Heating 
Daniel  J.   McCarthy,  A.B.,  M.B.A. ,  D.B.A. 

Management  Consultant 

Northeastern  University 
Kathleen  V.  McCarthy,  A.B. 

Applied  Cytology 
Albert  H.  McCay,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ed.D. 

Recreation — Consultant 

Northeastern  University 
Joseph  F.  McCormack,  A.B.,  Ed.M. 

Law  Enforcement 

Dir. ,   Human  Relations,  Youth 
Resources 
Leo  F.  McCue,  M.A. 

History 
Andrew  J.  McDonough,  B.S.,  C.P.C.U., 
C.L.U. 

Insurance 

Appleby  &  Wyman  Insurance 
Fred  McDonough,  B.S.B.A.,  M.Ed.,  D.Ed. 

Branch  Campus  Representative 

Revere  High  School 
Marion  B.  McEttrick,  B.A.,  M.A. 

Sociology 

Northeastern  University 
Earl  E.  McEvoy,  B.A.,  M.B.A. 

Finance  &  Accounting 

First  Nat'l  Bank  of  Boston 
David  A.  McGaughy,  A.B.,  M.S. 

Quality  Control 

Polaroid 
John  P.  McGloin,  B.S.,  LL.B. 

Law  Enforcement 

McGloin  &  Gustafson,   Esquires 
John  S.  McGrath,  B.S. 

Finance 

NET  &  T 
James  L.  McGuinness,  Jr.,  B.S.B.A.,  M.B.A. 

Accounting 

E.G.&.G.,  Inc. 
Deborah  A.  McKenney,  A. A.,  C.T.  (ASCP), 
C.T.  (IAC) 

Clinical  Cytology 

N.E.  Medical  Center  Hospital 
I     Marlene  Marie  M.  McKinley,  B.A.,  M.A., 
Ph.D. 

English 
Thomas  J.  McNamara,  B.S.  in  E.E. 

Management  Information  Systems 
— Consultant 
Richard  J.  McNeil,  Jr.,  B.S.B.A.,  M.B.A. 

Economics 

Northeastern  University 
Sydney  McNeil 

Health  Science 

Northeastern  University 
John  J.  McNulty,  A.S.,  B.S. 

Law  Enforcement 

Boston  Police  Dept. 
Joseph  P.  McParland,  B.S.,  J.D. 

Law  Enforcement 

Attorney  at  Law 


Daniel  G.  McSweeney,  B.A.,  J.D. 

Law  Enforcement 

Lynn  Police  Dept. 
Robert  M.  Meier,  Ph.D. 

Psychology 

Greater  Lawrence  Mental 
Health  Center 
Herbert   L.   Meiselman,   B.S.,   M.S.,   Ph.D. 

Psychology 

U.S.  Army  Natick  Labs 
Daniel  M.  Melgar,  M.B.A. 

Marketing  Management 

Northeastern  University 
Bruce  A.  Mellin,  B.S. 

Earth  Science 

Town  of  Chelmsford 
Arnold  Meltzer,  B.A.,  M.A. 

Purchasing 

Sugarman  Brothers 
George  B.  Merry,  A.B. 

Journalism 

Christian  Science  Monitor 
Charles  A.  Meszoely,  Ph.D. 

Biology 

Northeastern  University 
'Elmer  B.  Michelson,  M.A.,  M.A. 

English 

Boston  Conservatory  of  Music 
Stephen  R.  Miller,  SR.M.,  B.A.,  M.L.S. 

Library  Science 

Wellesley  Free  Library 
Barbara  D.  Millner,  A.B.,  A.M.,  Ph.D. 

History 

Northeastern  University 
*Setrak  E.  Minas,  J.D.,  LL.M. 

Law 

Attorney  at  Law 
James  F.   Molloy,  Jr.,   B.S.B.A.,  M.B.A. 

Transportation 

Tramco,  Inc. 
C.  Robert  Montgomery,  B.A.,  P.E., 
A.A.G.O.,  C.H.M. 

Management 

Lowell   University 
John  W.  Moran,  B.S.,  M.B.A.,  M.S. 

Industrial  Management 

Polaroid  Corp. 
•Leslie  B.  Morash,  B.S.,  M.B.A. 

Transportation 

Service  Warehouse  Co. 
Norman  Moray,  Jr.,  B.A.,  LL.B. 

Insurance 

Hartford  Fire  Group 
Carol  Morgenstern,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

Earth  Science 

Northeastern  University 
William  R.  Moriarty,  B.A.,  M.B.A. 

Accounting 

St.  Joseph's  College 
Jerry  A.  Morris,  B.A.,  M.B.A. 

Labor   Management  Relations 

Itek  Corp. 
Norman  Morris,  C.I. A.,  B.S.B.A.,  A.M., 
LL.B. 

Cap.  Inst.  &  Risk  Management 

First  National   Bank  of  Boston 
Esther  M.  Morrison,  B.S. 

Therapeutic  Recreation 
•Richard  M.  Morrison,  B.S.Ed. 

Electronic   Data  Processing — 
Coordinator 


318  /  UNIVERSITY  COLLEGE   FACULTY 


William  E.  Morrison,  B.S.,  M.S. 

Labor  Management  Relations 

American  Management 
Association 
Mark  B.  Moss,  B.S.,  M.A. 

Psychology 

Northeastern  University 
Robert  L.  Moyer,  B.A.,  M.S. 

Anatomy  &  Physiology 

Mass.  Bay  Community  College 
James  D.  Mukjian,  B.B.A.,  M.B.A. 

Industrial  Management 

Management  Consultant 
Bruce  L.  Muldoon,  B.S.,  M.S. 

Earth  Science 

Wellesley  Public  Schools 
James  W.  Mulford,  B.S. 

Law  Enforcement 

First  District  Court 
Northern  Middlesex 
•John  J.  Mulkerin,  Jr.,  A.B. 

Human  Relations 

Management  Consultant 
"Paul  V.  Mulkern,  A.B.,  M.S. 

Personnel  &  Industrial  Relations 

U.S.  Bureau  of  Labor  Statistics 
Edmund  J.  Mullen,  B.A.,  M.Ed. 

History  &  Law  Enforcement 

Northeastern  University 
Francis  E.  Mullen,  A. A.,  A.S.,  B.S. 

Law  Enforcement 

Quincy  Police  Dept. 
•Joseph  A.  Mullen,  B.B.A.,  M.B.A. 

Management 

Management  Consultant 
Charles  W.  Murphy,  B.S.A.,  M.B.A. 

Finance 

Bunker  Hill  Community  College 
James  F.  Murphy,  A.S.,  B.S. 

Law  Enforcement 

Haverhill  Police  Dept. 
Paul  J.  Murphy,  M.B.A. 

Management  &   Organization 

G.E. 
•Roland  L.  Nadeau,  B.M.,  M.M. 

Music,    Chairman — Consultant 

Northeastern  University 
Robert  P.  Najjar,  B.A.,  M.B.A. 

Accounting 

Northeastern  University 
Paul  R.  Nangle,  B.A. 

Civil  Rights  &  Const.  Law 

Northeastern  University 
Shashi  Nath,  M.S.,  Ph.D. 

Anthropology 
Alvin  S.  Nathanson,  B.A.,  J.D. 

Real  Estate 

Kobatznick,  Stern,  &  Cooper 
Richard   G.   Natoli,   M.A.   Criminology 

Police  Patrol,  Police  Super. 

Northeastern  University 
Scott  Needham,  B.F.A. 

Effective  Speaking 

Lynn  School  Dept. 
•Theodore  H.  Needle,  B.B.A.,  C.P.A. 

Accounting 

Needle  &  Needle 
Mark  A.  Nelles,  B.S.M.E.,  M.S.E.M. 

Marketing 

York  Div.,  Borg  Warner 
David  C.  Nelson,  B.S.,  C.P.A. 

Accounting 

David  C.  Nelson 


Graham  J.  Nelson,  A.B.,  C.L.U. 

Corporate  Finance 

Connecticut  Mutual  Life 
Insurance  Co. 
Margaret  W.  Nelson,  B.A.,  M.A.T. 

English 
David  A.  Neskey,  B.S. A.,  C.P.A. 

Accounting 

Price  Waterhouse 
John  N.  Nestor,  A.B.,  J.D. 

Law  Enforcement 
Mary  E.  Newman,  B.A.,  M.A.,  M.Ed. 

English 

Northeastern  University 
Thomas  J.  Neylon,  Jr.,  A.B.,  M.A.T. 

English 

Watertown  Public  Schools 
Bruce  E.  Nickerson,  A.S.,  B.A.,  M.A. 

English,  Folklore 
James  S.  Nicholson,  B.A.,  M.A. 

Music 
A.  Gene  Niro,  B.S.,  J.D. 

Labor  Management 

U.S.  Navy  Dept.,  Boston 
Donald  C.  Norris,  B.A.,  S.T.B.,  Ph.D. 

Philosophy 

Harvey  Industries 
Richard  W.  Norton,  B.B.A. 

Electronic  Data  Processing 

Foxboro   Company 
•Franklin  Norvish,  B.S.,  M.A. 

English 

Northeastern    University 
Edward  G.  Novello,  B.S. B.A. 

Transportation 

Transcontinental   Music  Corp. 
Norbert  Nunes,  A.B.,  M.A. 

English 
David  H.  O'Brien,  B.S.,  M.B.A. 

Accounting 

New  England   Merchants   Nat'l 
Bank 
Paul  D.  O'Brien,  A. A.,  B.S.,  LL.B. 

Law  Enforcement 

General    Electric 
Timothy  C.  O'Brien,  B.S.,  C.P.A. 

Accounting 

Price  Waterhouse  &  Co. 
William  T.  O'Brien,  A.S.,  B.S. 

Law  Enforcement 

City  of  Boston  Police  Dept. 
John  J.  O'Callaghan,  A.B.,  J.D.,  LL.M. 

Law  Enforcement 

Suffolk  University 
Daniel  F.  O'Connor,  B.S. 

Computer  Programming 

Northeastern   University 
•Edward  T.  O'Donnell,  B.C.S.,  M.B.A. 

Statistics 

U.S.  Bureau  of  Labor  Statistics 
Aileen  J.  Ofer,  B.A.,  M.A.,  M.A. 

English 
•Harry  Olins,  A.B.,  J.D. 

Law — Consultant 

Attorney  at  Law 
Ernest  Oliveira,  Jr.,  B.S. B.A. ,  M.B.A. 

Management 

General  Electric 
George  C.  Olson,  B.S.,  B.A.,  M.B.A. 

Electronic  Data  Processing 

Home  Savings  Bank 


UNIVERSITY  COLLEGE   FACULTY  /  319 


•David  S.  Omar,  B.S.,  M.Ed.,  M.B.A. 

Statistics 

Dean  Junior  College 
James  W.  O'Neil,  A.B. 

Law  Enforcement 

Industrial    Security   Consultant 
Timothy  P.  O'Neill,  S.T.B.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  J.D. 

Law  Enforcement 
George  J.   O'Shea,  Jr.,   B.S.B.A.,   M.S.S.W. 

Law  Enforcement 

Div.  of  Youth  Services — 
Commonwealth  of  Mass. 
Richard  H.  O'Shea,  Jr.,  B.S.,  M.P.A. 

Law  Enforcement 

Dept.   Public  Safety,   Div.   State 
Police 
•Albert  J.  Ottariano,  B.B.A.,  M.S.B.A. 

Statistics 

U.S.  Dept.  of  Labor 
J.  Rosson  Overcash,  B.A.,  A.M.T. 

Earth  Science 

Bunker  Hill  Community  College 
Nancy  L.  Owens,  B.A.,  M.A. 

Sociology 

Northeastern  University 
Richard  W.  Paine,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

Psychology 

Emmanuel  College 
Howard  R.  Palmer,  LL.B.,  J.D. 

Law  Enforcement 

294  Washington  St.,  Boston 
Carl  A.  Palombo,  B.S.,  M.Sci. 

Branch  Campus  Representative 

Lynn  English  High  School 
Leo  Panas,  B.S.,  M.Ed. 

Fine  Arts 
•Robert  A.  Parsons,  B.A.B.S.,  M.B.A.,  M.A. 

Operations  Research — 
Coordinator 

Northeastern  University 
Bernard  R.  Patriacca,  Jr.,  B.S.,  M.B.A. 

Accounting 

Dunkin  Donuts,  Inc. 
Theodore  Patrikas,  B.B.A. 

Management 

General    Electric 
Joseph  V.   Pearincott,   B.Sc,   M.Sc,   Ph.D. 

Biology 

Northeastern  University 
Martin  L.  Pendleton,  Jr.,  B.S. 

Electronic  Data  Processing 

A.D.L.  Systems 
Philip  W.  Pendleton,  Ph.D. 

Psychology 

Northeastern  University 
Carroll  E.  Pennell,  II,  A.B.,  M.B.A. 

Real  Estate 

N.E.  Merchants  Nat'l  Bank 
Francine  L.  Pennine  B.Sc. 

Real  Estate 

Kuras  &  Co.,  Inc. 
Robert  L.  Peretti,  B.A.,  M.B.A. 

Finance 

Marsh  &  McLennan,  Inc. 
Philip  P.  Perry,  A.B.,  M.A. 

Law  Enforcement 

William   Filene's  Sons 
"Daniel  Pershonok,  Ph.D. 

Psychology 

Harvard  Medical  School 
Charles  R.   Peters,  Jr.,  B.S.,  M.B.A.,  J.D. 

Accounting 

Charles  Peters,  C  P. A. 


D.  Wayne  Peters,  B.A.,  M.P.A.,  M.S. A. 

Accounting 

Price  Waterhouse  &  Company 
Bruce  A.  Petersen,  B.S.,  Ph.D. 

Chemistry 

Northeastern    University 
Frederick  D.  Peterson,  A.B.,  M.A. 

Sociology 

Merrimack  College 
Ausrele  M.  Petronis,  B.A.,  M.A. 

English 

Northeastern  University 
Robert  G.  Phelan,  B.S.,  J.D. 

Law  Enforcement 

Phelan  &  Phelan 
Shirley  A.  Phelan,  A.B.,  J.D. 

Administration  of  Justice 

Phelan  &  Phelan 
Diane  Piekut,  B.S.,  M.S. 

Human  Anatomy  &  Physiology 
'George  G.  Pierce,  A.B.,  J.D. 

Law 

U.S.   Administrative   Law  Judge 
Samuel   Pietropaolo,  B.A.,   M.A.,   M.S.W. 

Law  Enforcement 

Revere  Public  Schools 
Benjamin  E.  Pike,  B.S.,  M.B.A. 

Management 

Massasoit   Community  College 
Gerald  T.  Pineault,  B.B.A.,  M.B.A. 

Management 

Polaroid   Corp. 
Garth  I.  Pitman,  B.A.,  M.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

English 

Harvard  University 
Aldo  M.  Pitt,  B.S. 

Biology 

Northeastern  University 
Carmen  S.   Pizzuto,  A.B.,   M.A.,   M.S.W., 
Ph.D. 

Law  Enforcement 

Department  of  Youth   Services 
Andrew  Plotkin,  B.A.,  M.S.,  Ph.D. 

Law  Enforcement 

Northeastern  University 
Gladys  M.  Polansky,  B.A.,  B.S.,  M.A. 

English 
•John  D.  Post,  A.B.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

History 

Northeastern  University 
James  Poulos,  B.A.,  M.A. 

English 

Newbury  College 
•Edward  J.  Powers,  B.B.A. ,  M.B.A.,  M.Ed. 

Industrial  Management 

Consultant  in  Mgmt.  &  Education 
William  J.  Powers,  B.S. 

Law  Enforcement 
John  T.  Prendergast,  A. A.,  LL.B. 

Law  Enforcement 

Dept.  of  Public  Safety, 
Commonwealth  of  Mass. 
G.  Daniel  Prigmore,  B.A.,  M.B.A. 

Real  Estate 

G.  Daniel  Prigmore 
Fred  M.  Proodian,  B.S.,  M.B.A. 

Accounting 

U.S.M.  Corp. 
•Edward  V.  Puopolo,  B.S.,  J.D. 

Law 

Sloane,  Puopolo,  &  Carr 


320  /  UNIVERSITY  COLLEGE   FACULTY 


David  P.  Quintal,  B.A.,  Ph.D. 

Political  Science 

Northeastern  University 
Cathleen  T.  Quirk,  B.A.,  M.A. 

English 

Northeastern  University 
Daniel  B.  Rakov,  A.B.,  LL.B. 

Real  Estate 

Rappaport  &  Rakov 
Malati  Ramratnam,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

English 
Lewis  M.  Randa 

Therapeutic  Recreation 

The  Life  Experience  School 
Norman  W.  Rasmussen,  B.B.A.,  M.S. 

Management  &  Organization 

H.  P.  Hood,  Inc. 
Nathaniel  Raymond,  A.B.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

Sociology — Anthropology 

Boston  State  College 
James  H.  Reeves,  B.A. 

Chemistry 

Northeastern  University 
Denis  G.  Regan,  B.S.,  J.D. 

Law 

Attorney  at  Law 
Richard  M.  Regan,  A.B.,  LL.B. 

Labor  Management 

State  Street  Bank 
Charles  W.  Reilly,  B.S.,  M.A. 

English,   Speech 

Northern  Essex  College 
Michael  J.  Reilly,  B.B.A.,  M.B.A. 

Corporate  Finance 

Halsey  Stuart  &  Co. 
Philip  J.  Reilly,  Jr.,  B.S. 

Law  Enforcement 

Commonwealth  of  Mass.,   Dept. 
of  Public  Safety 
Alice  E.  Richmond,  A.B.,  J.D. 

Law  Enforcement 

Office  of  the   District  Attorney 
Frederick  W.  Riley,  B.S.,  M.A.,  J.D. 

Law  Enforcement 

Bongiorno  &  Fogarty 
J.  Scott  Riley,  B.S.,  A.E. 

Marketing 

JSR  Associates 
Anthony  J.  Rizzo,  A.S.,  B.S. 

Law  Enforcement 

Westwood  Police  Dept. 
Dennis  A.  Robbins,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

Philosophy 
Raymond  H.   Robinson,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

History — Consultant 

Northeastern  University 
Leo  F.  Roche,  Jr.,  A.B.,  LL.B. 

Cap.  Inst.  &  Risk  Mgmt. 

American  Mutual   Liability 
Insurance  Co. 
Cephas  B.  Rogers,  B.S.M.E.,  M.S. 

Quality  Control 

Polaroid   Corp. 
Francis  C.  Rogers,  B.S. 

Law  Enforcement 

Haverhill  Police   Dept. 
"Lawrence  J.  Romano,  B.S.,  M.A. 

Law  Enforcement,  Modern 
Languages 

The  Charles  Stark  Draper  Lab 


Paul  G.  Ronco,  B.S.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

Psychology 

Salem  State  College 
Robert  D.  Ronsshejm,  A.B.,  A.M. 

History 

Boston   200 
Hilde  Rosbash,  B.S. 

Health  Science 

Beth   Israel   Hospital 
Steven  J.  Rosen,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

Political  Science 

Brandeis  University 
Fred  A.  Rosenberg,  A.B.,  Ph.D. 

Biology — Consultant 

Northeastern  University 
Morris  E.  Rosenberg,  B.S.,  B.A. 

Accounting 

Massasoit  Community  College 
Joel  M.  Rosenfeld,  B.S.,  M.S. 

Industrial  Management — 
Consultant 

American  Biltrite,   Inc. 
Arthur  E.  Rosenstein,  B.A.,  M.A. 

History 
•Albert  H.  Ross,  B.S.,  LL.B. 

Personnel  &  Industrial  Relations 

Attorney,  U.S.  Dept.  of  Labor 
David  Ross,  B.M.E.,  M.S.E.E. 

Quality  Control 

G.E. 
Robert  J.  Roth,  B.B.A. 

Law  Enforcement 

Mass.   Dept.   of  Public  Safety 
Harvey  F.  Rowe,  Jr.,  A.B.,  J.D. 

Law  Enforcement 

Asst.  Attorney  General, 
Commonwealth  of  Mass. 
Richard  N.  Roy,  B.S.B.A.,  M.B.A. 

Transportation 

Stone   &  Webster   Engineering 
Corp. 
•Gerald  R.  Rubin,  B.B.A.,  C.P.A. 

Accounting 

Partner  Greene,  Rubin  &  Miller 
Richard  V.  Rude,  B.A. 

Modern  Languages 

Newton  North  High  School 
Louis  Rudzinsky,  B.S. B.A. 

Labor  Management  Relations 

Louis   Rudzinsky  Associates 
Edward  F.  Ryan,  A.S.,  B.S. 

Law  Enforcement 

Revere  Police  Dept. 
•Frank  L.  Ryan,  A.B.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

English 

Stonehill  College 
John  D.  Ryder,  A.B.,  M.S.A.,  C.P.A. 

Accounting 

Price  Waterhouse 
•Charles  Saccardo,  B.S.B.A.,  M.A. 

Economics 

Lowell  Technological  Inst. 
Mabel  M.  Sahakian,  A.B.,  D.Sc,  S.T.B. 

Philosophy 
Robert  P.  St.  Amand,   B.A.,  M.S.Ed.,  M.S. 

Chemistry 

Northeastern  University 
•Charles  L.  Sakey,  A.B.,  M.A. 

Modern  Languages 

Boston   Latin  School 


UNIVERSITY  COLLEGE   FACULTY  /  321 


Mary  E.  Salus,  B.S.,  M.A. 

Sociology 

Dept.  of  Public  Welfare 
Herbert  J.  Sandberg,  B.S.,  M.S. 

Industrial  Decision  Making 

Dynamics  Research  Corp. 
Steven  Sands,  B.A.,  Ph.D. 

English 

Northeastern  University 
Enrico  V.  Sasso,  B.S.,  M.A. 

Branch  Campus  Representative 

Haverhill  High  School 
•Willis  L.  Saulnier,  A.B.,  M.S.W. 

Labor  Management  Relations 

Raytheon  Co. 
Alae-Eldin  Sayed,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ed.D. 

Therapeutic  Recreation 

Northeastern  University 
Stephen  Schafer,  D.Jur.,  Prof.  Agrege 

Sociology — Criminology 

Law  Enforcement  Consultant 

Northeastern  University 
Bary  D.  Scheckner,  B.B.A.,  M.B.A. 

Accounting 

Price  Waterhouse  &  Co. 
Joan  E.  Schiller,  B.S.,   M.T.   (ASCP),   M.S. 

Health  Science 

Quincy  City  Hospital 
Roy  M.  Schoenfeld,  B.S.,  J.D. 

Labor-Management  Relations 

Nat'l   Labor  Relations  Board 
•Mary  L.  Schroeder,  B.S.,  M.C.S. 

English 

Boston  University 
•Herbert  J.  Schwartz,  B.S. 

Marketing 

Sales   Management  Consultant 
William  J.  Scott,  B.S.,  M.B.A. 

Management 

Quinsigamond  Community 
College 
•  Richard  S.  Seaman,  B.A.,  M.A. 

Human  Relations 

Northeastern  University 
William  E.  Sears,  B.S.,  M.Ed. 

Law  Enforcement 

Dept.  of  Youth  Service 
Frank  J.  Seegraber,  A.B.,  B.S. 

Library  Science 

Boston  College 
Peter  M.  Selig,  M.B.A.,  M.A. 

Statistics 
Dennis  Senchuk,  B.A.,  Ph.D. 

Philosophy 
Peter  Serenyi,  A.B.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

Art 

Northeastern   University 
Stephen  Shalom,  S.B.,  M.A. 

Political  Science 
•John  C.  Shannon,  B.S.,  M.A. 

Economics — Statistics 

Suffolk  University 
Paul   H.  Shapiro 

Art 

Northeastern   University 
'Samuel   Shapiro,   A.B.,    M.B.A.,   C.P.A. 

Corporate  Finance 

Samuel   Shapiro  &  Co.,   CPA's 
1  Arvind   Sharma,   B.A.,   M.A. 

Economics 

Harvard  Divinity  School 


Eugene  H.  P.  Shaw-Colyer,  B.A.,  S.T.B., 
M.A.,   A.M. 

History 

Harvard   University 
Ezra  H.  Sheffres,  B.S.E.E.,  M.B.A. 

Management 

Raytheon  Co. 
Carolyn   F.   Shettle,   B.A.,  M.A.,   Ph.D. 

Sociology 
George  E.  Shire,  B.S.,  J.D. 

Law  Enforcement 

Asst.  District  Attorney, 
Norfolk  County 
Jeannette  Saquet  Shire,  B.A.,  M.A. 

Sociology 

Boston  Alcohol   Detoxification 
Project 
Alan  R.   Shneider,   B.S.B.A.,   M.B.A.,  C.P.A. 

Accounting 

Self   Employed 
•Ruth  E.  Shore,  B.S.,  M.A. 

English 

Fisher  Junior  College 
Ronald  A.  Shulman,  BE.,  M.S.,  Chem.  Eng. 

Marketing 

Business  Communication 
Services,  Inc. 
Paul  Sibley,  B.A.,  J.D.,  M.Ed. 

Law  Enforcement 

Attorney 
James  R.  Siebold,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

Psychology 

U.S.  Army  Natick  Labs 
Herbert  Silverman,  Mus.B.,  Ed.M.,  Ed.D. 

Music 

Northeastern   University 
Marilyn  P.  Silvestri,  B.A.,  M.S. 

Speech — Educational   Research 

Boston  College 
S.  Murray  Simons,  B.S.B.A.,  M.B.A. 

Accounting 

Newton  College  of  the 
Sacred  Heart 
Eric  A.  Simonsen,  B.S.,  M.B.A. 

Accounting 

Price  Waterhouse 
James  S.  Skall,  B.A.,  M.B.A. 

Marketing 

United  Way  of  Mass.   Bay 
•Lloyd  A.   Skiffington,   B.A.,  A.M.,   Ph.D. 

English 

Northeastern   University 
•William  I.  Sloane,  A.B.,  LL.B. 

Law 

Sloane,  Gay,  &  Puopolo 
William  G.  Slowe,  A.S.,  B.S. 

Law  Enforcement 

Needham  Police  Dept. 
Barbara  A.  Smith,  B.A.,  J.D. 

Law  Enforcement 
Edwin  Smutz,  B.A.,  M.S.,  Ph.D. 

Psychology 

U.S.  Army  Natick  Research  Labs 
Paul   E.  Snoonian,   B.S.,   M.B.A.,   M.A.,  Ph.D. 

Economics 

Lowell   Technological    Institute 
*Leo  Snyder,  B.A.,  M.M. 

Music 

Northeastern    University 
•Christos  Socarides,  A.B.,  M.A. 

English 

Brockton   Public  Schools 


322  /  UNIVERSITY  COLLEGE  FACULTY 


Sulo  A.  Soini,  B.B.A.,  M.B.A. 

Industrial  Management 

Commonwealth  of  Mass. 
Susan  R.  Solberg,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

Literature 
David  Sonnenschein,  M.A. 

Music 

Northeastern   University 
Robert  V.  Sparks,  B.A.,  M.A. 

History 
Robert  M.  Spector,   LL.B.,  M.A.,  M.Ed., 
Ph.D. 

History 

Worcester  State  College 
Paul  H.  Spiers,  Jr.,  B.Us. 

Journalism 
Thomas  S.  Sprague,  A.B. 

Law  Enforcement 

Northeastern   University 
Francis  C.  Stacey,  A.B.,  M.B.A. 

Management   &    Organization 

Computer   Processing   Unit, 
Mass.   Dept.   of  Public  Health 
George  H.  Stacey,  Jr.,  A.B.,  M.B.A. 

Electronic  Data  Processing 

AVCO   Everett  Research   Lab. 
Lee  B.  Staebler,  B.S.,  M.B.A. 

Accounting 

Business  Consultant 
Charles  K.   Stefanidakis,   B.S.B.A., 
M.B.A.,   C.P.A. 

Cosf  Accounting 

Rohtstein  Corp. 
Alan  E.  Steinberg,  B.S.,  J.D. 

Real  Estate 

Attorney,   Kabatznick,  Stern 
&  Cooper 
Thomas  J.  Stockett,  B.S. 

Human  Relations  in  Personnel 

Balco,    Maintenance    Manager 
"Edmund  Stoddard,  Jr.,  B.A. 

English,  Literature 

Raytheon  Service,  Inc. 
Joseph  F.  Stoltz,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

Economics 

Manpower  Administration 
•Robert  C.  Story,  B.A. 

Personnel  &   Industrial  Relations 

Raytheon  Co. 
John  W.  Stout,  A.B.,  M.A. 

Political  Science 

Roger  Williams  College 
James  J.  Stratford,  Jr.,  LL.B. 

Law  Enforcement — Consultant 
Esther  H.  Strauss,  B.A.,  M.A.,  M.Ed. 

Sociology 

Boston  University  Medical  School 
Albert  W.  Sullivan,  A.B.,  J.D. 

Real  Estate 

Asst.  Regional  Counsel, 
U.S.  Postal  Service 
Cornelius  J.  Sullivan,  LL.B. 

Law  Enforcement 

Attorney 
'Frank  E.  Sullivan,  A.B.,  Ed.M. 

English 

Boston  Trade  School 
•Jeremiah  G.  Sullivan,  B.S. 

Computer  Programming — 
Coordinator 

Honeywell   Information 
Systems,  Inc. 


Peter  G.  Sullivan,  A.S.,  B.S. 

Law  Enforcement 

Sudbury  Police  Dept. 
Joseph  L.  Supple,  A.B. 

Computer  Programming 

A.D.L.  Systems,  Inc. 
Gerald  Sussman,  B.S.,  A.M. 

Marketing 

Bryant  College 
Wayne  A.  Sutcliffe,  B.B.A.,  M.B.A. 

Finance 

N.E.  Merchants  Nat'l  Bank 
John  T.  Sweeney,  B.S.,  LL.B. 

Law  Enforcement 

Administrative    Law  Judge, 
S.S.  Admin. 
Joseph  Sweeney,   B.S.Ed.,   M.Ed.,   M.B.A. 

Computer   Programming 

American  Mutual   Insurance  Co. 
Allen  M.  Swenson,  B.S. B.A. ,  M.B.A. 

Economics 

Raytheon  Co. 
George  J.  Swidler,  B.S.,  M.Ed. 

Law    Enforcement — Consultant 

Polygraph    Examiner 
Lawrence  E.  Symington,  A.B.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

Psychology 

U.S.  Army  Natick  Labs 
William  R.  Synnott,  B.S. 

Corporate  Finance 

First  Nat'l  Bank  of  Boston 
Priscilla  D.  Taft,  M.D. 

Cytopathology 

Mass.  General  Hospital 
Hugh  J.  Talbot,  A.S.,  B.S. 

Law  Enforcement 

P.  L.  Abelson,  Co. 
'Sumner  B.  Tapper,  A.B.,  M.Ed.,  A.M., 
B.J.Ed. 

English 

Stoughton  High  School 
Theodore  A.  Tasis,  B.S.,  M.A. 

English 

Raytheon  Co. 
Alan  M.  Tattle,  B.S.,  M.Ed. 

Electronic  Data  Processing 

English  High  School 
Paul  H.  Tedesco,  A.B.,  A.M.,  Ph.D. 

History 

Northeastern   University 
Philip  R.  Tetu,  A.B.,  J.D. 

Law  Enforcement 

Attorney  at  Law,  Natick 
'Alan  P.  Thayer,  Col.,  U.S.  Army  (Ret.), 
B.S.,    M.B.A. 

Economics 

Boston  College 
Emile  F.  Thibault,  B.S. 

Law  Enforcement 

Dept.  of  Public  Safety 
Wendy  W.  Thompson,  B.A.,  M.Litt. 

History 

Lexington  Public  Schools 
Henry  L.  Tischler,  A.B.,  M.A. 

Sociology 

Framingham  State  College 
Jeffrey  J.  Title,  B.A.,  M.S. 

Law  Enforcement 

Charles  River  Counseling  Center 
William  J.  Tobin,  B.S. 

Law  Enforcement 

M.D.C.  Police  Captain 


UNIVERSITY  COLLEGE  FACULTY  /  323 


Ronald  C.  Tocci,  B.S. 
Accounting 
Financial  Consultant 
Richard  T.  Torto,  B.S.,  J.D. 
Law  Enforcement 
Attorney  at  Law 
Rosario  J.  Tosiello,  A.B.,  A.M.,  Ph.D. 
History 

Pine  Manor  Junior  College 
Allan  Tosti,  B.A.,  M.A. 

Political  Science 
Northeastern   University 
James  C.  Trainor,  A.B.,  N.M.,  A.S.C.P. 
R.T.,  A.R.R.T. 
Nuclear  Medicine 
St.  Vincent  Hospital 
Richard  J.  Traverse,  B.A. 
Oceanology 

Northeastern   University 
James  D.  Turley,  B.Ph.,  B.A.,  M.Ed., 
M.A.,  Ed.D. 
English 

Rhode   Island   College 
David  W.  Tutein,  B.A.,  M.A. 
English 

Northeastern   University 
Theresa  H.  Twombly,  B.A.,  M.A. 
Sociology 

Mount  Wachusett   Community 
College 
•John  A.  Tyrell,  B.S.,  M.S.Ed.,  Ed.D. 
Science 

Boston  Public  Schools 
Alint  V.  Varughese,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 
English 

Bentley  College 
*Harvey  Vetstein,  B.A.,  M.A. 

Associate   Consultant,    English 
Northeastern  University 
Pauline  S.  Vexler,  B.A.,  M.A. 

English 
Robert  Vitale,  B.S. 

Electronic  Data  Processing 
Data  General  Corporation 
Phillip  M.  Vitti,  B.S.,  M.A. 

Law  Enforcement 
Boston  Police  Dept. 
Carola  T.  Von  Kapff,  B.S. 
Health  Science 
Harvard   University 
Barbara  A.  Wade,  A.B. 

Basic   Computer  Programming 
Computations,  Inc. 
Jeffrey  L.  Wain,  B.A.,  M.S. 

Biology — Consultant 
Northeastern  University 
•Rowell  L.  Waller,  Jr.,  B.A.,  M.S. 
Library  Science 
Attleboro  Public  Library 
Stephen  J.  Wallner,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D. 
Biology 

Plant  Products  Division 
David  I.  Walsh,  B.S.,  M.Ed.,  M.B.A. 
Marketing 

Statewide  Transfer,  Inc. 
E.  Denis  Walsh,  A.B.,  M.B.A. 
Real  Estate 
Schochet  Associates 
Martin  S.  Walsh,  B.A.,  M.A. 

History 
Robert  L.  Ward,  A.B.,  Ed.M. 
Law  Enforcement 
The  Boston  Globe 


Robert  Ware,  AS.,  A.B. 

Electronic  Data  Processing 

Ware  Associates 
Lois  D.  Wasserman,  B.S.,  Ed.M.,  Ph.D. 

History 

Northeastern  University 
Stanley  R.  Wayne,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

Psychology 

V.A.  Out-Patient  Clinic 
Robert  C.  Webb,  A.B.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

Psychology 

Suffolk  University 
William  S.  Webb,  B.S.,  M.A. 

Law   Enforcement 

Danvers  Police  Dept. 
Richard  S.  Wein,  B.A.,  M.A. 

Anthropology 

Winthrop  Public  Schools 
*Frank  J.  Weiner,  B.S.,  M.B.A.,  J.D. 

Transportation 

Frank  J.  Weiner,  Inc. 
Michael  S.  Weiner,  B.S.,  M.B.A. 

Marketing 

Rand  Industries,  Inc. 
Robert  I.  Weisberg,  B.S. 

Corporate  Finance 

First  Nat'l  Bank  of  Boston 
Karl  Weiss,  B.S.,  Ph.D. 

Chemistry — Consultant 

Northeastern  University 
Arthur  J.  Weitzman,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

English 

Northeastern  University 
Daniel  A.  Welch,  A.S.,  B.S. 

Law   Enforcement 

Marshfield   Police   Dept. 
•Robert  L.  Wells,  B.S.,  M.A. 

Fine  Arts — Consultant 

Northeastern  University 
Dorothy  A.  Wemple,  B.S. 

Health  Science 

Peter  Bent  Brigham  Hospital 
Clifford  Wenzel,  A.B. 

Personnel  Industrial  Relations 

Raytheon  Service  Co. 
J.  Bettina  Werman,  B.S.,  M.S. 

Therapeutic  Recreation 

Dir.  Newton  Senior  Citizen 
Centers 
Paul  C.  Wermuth,  A.B.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

English — Consultant 

Northeastern  University 
Robert  Westwater,  B.A.,  M.B.A. 

Corporate  Finance 

Commercial   Union  Company 
•Charles  W.  White,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

English 

Southeastern   Massachusetts 
University 
Joseph  White,  Jr.,  B.S.,  M.S.W. 

Social   Welfare 
Paul  F.  White,  B.S.,  M.S. 

Criminology 

Middlesex  County   Probation 
Service,    Inc. 
Robert  N.  Wiener,  B.A.,  Ph.D. 

Chemistry 

Northeastern  University 
James  L.  Wiles,  A.B.,  A.M. 

Economics 

StonehiM  College 


324  /  UNIVERSITY  COLLEGE  FACULTY 


Calvin  Williams,  A.B.,  M.A. 

Management 

Raytheon 
"Elizabeth  S.  Williams,  A.B.,  Ed.M.,  C.A.S. 

Psychology 

Suffolk  University 
Jayne  B.  Williamson,  A.B.,  M.A. 

History 
David  L.  Wilmarth,  B.S.,  Ed.M.,  Ph.D. 

Earth  Science 

Northeastern    University 
George  R.  Wilson,  Jr.,  B.A.,  M.A. 

Government,  History 

Consolidated  Service  Corp. 
Walter  B.  Winchenbach,  Jr.,  A.E.,  B.S., 
MB. A 

Industrial  Management 

Hewlett    Packard    Company 
Arthur  Wingfield,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

Psychology 

Brandeis  University 
Irene  P.  Winner,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

Anthropology 

Brown  University 
Burton  Winnick,  B.S.,  LL.B. 

Real  Estate 

Goldstein  &  Winnick 
Gail  S.  Wintersteiner,  A.B.,  M.S., 
M.A.,  Ph.D. 

Philosophy 
Robert  E.  Withstandley,  B.B.A.,  M.B.A. 

Management 

U.S.  Steel  Corporation 


Gerald  Wolper,  A.B.,  J.D. 

Labor  Management  Relations 

Nat'l  Labor  Relations  Board 
Philip  Woodes,  A.A.,  A.B.,  M.S.W. 

Sociology 

Private  Practitioner 
•Michael  Woodnick,  B.S.,  M.S. 

Speech,  Communication 

Northeastern   University 
Steve  Worth,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D. 

Political  Science — Coordinator 

Northeastern  University 
William  C.  Wright,  B.S.,  M.B.A. 

Management  &   Organization 

U.S.  Army  Natick  Labs 
Albert  J.  Zahka,  A.B.,  J.D. 

Law 

First  Nat'l  Bank  of  Boston 
Harold  S.  Zamansky,  B.S.,  Ph.D. 

Psychology — Consultant 

Northeastern   University 
Norman  Zankel,  A.B.,  J.D. 

Personnel  &  Industrial  Relations 

Nat'l  Labor  Relations  Board 
Philip  E.  Zawasky,  B.S.,  Ed.M. 

Earth  Science 

Education    Liaison — U.S.    Navy 
John  Zimka,  B.S.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

Accounting 

Boston  College 
Jeffrey  J.  Zornitsky,  B.A.,  M.A. 

Economics 

Boston  Manpower  Planning  Staff 


index 


Absences,  39 
Academic  Council,  16 
Academic  Policies,  33-42 
Academic  Probation,  42 
Accounting  Course  Descriptions,  237 
Accounting,  Curricula  in,  68 
Activities,  Student,  51-54 
Administrative  Officers,  University 

College,  18 
Administrative  Organization,  13-15 
Admission  Requirements,  33-35 
Advanced  Standing  Credit,  34-35 
Advisors,  Program,  8 
Alumni  Association,  53-54 
Anthropology  Course 

Descriptions,  182 
Anthropology-Sociology, 

Curriculum  in,  100-102 
Application  fee,  43 
Attendance,  38 
Auditing  Policy,  41 
Awards,  Scholarships,  Loans,  46-50 

B 
Benefits,  Veterans',  44 
Board  of  Trustees,  11-12 
Biology  Course  Descriptions,  175 
Budget  Payment  Plan,  43^44 
Buildings  and  Facilities,  27-30 
Business  Administration: 
Aims,  57 

Course  Descriptions,  237 
English  Requirements,  59 
Program  of  Study,  60-82 
Business  Administration,  Curriculum 
in,  60-82 


Calendar,  6-7 
'  Campus  Buildings  and 

Facilities,  27-30 
(  Canceled  Classes,  38 
(  Change  of  Address,  39 
(  Chemical-Biological  Technology, 

Curriculum  in,  105-107 


Chemistry  Course  Descriptions,  166 
Chinese  Course  Descriptions,  231 
Class  Attendance  and  Preparation,  38 
Commencement,  36 
Committees,  University,  16-17 
Committees,  University 

College,  18-19 
Corporation,  9 
Correctional  Practices,  Curriculum 

in,  110-115 
Counseling  and  Testing,  8 
Course  Descriptions,  162-303 
Courses  in  other  Departments,  45 
Cytotechnology,  Curriculum 

in,  143-145 


Dean's  List,  37 

Degree  Candidates,  33-35 

Degree  Programs,  Programs  of 

Study,  55-161 
Descriptions  of  Courses,  162-303 
Disciplinary  Probation,  42 


Earth  Science  Course 

Descriptions,  170 
Economics  Course  Descriptions,  232 
Economics,  Curriculum  in,  89 
Education,  Course  Descriptions,  275 
Education,  Curriculum  in,  154-158 
Electronic  Data  Processing, 

Curriculum  in,  62-64 
English  Course  Descriptions,  220 
English,  Curriculum  in,  90-91 
Examinations,  39 

Missed  Final,  39 
Executive  Council,  16 
Expenses,  43-45 


Facilities,  Buildings  and,  27-30 
Faculty,  304-324 
Faculty  Senate,  16 
Fees  and  Tuition,  43-45 
Final  Examinations,  39 


325 


326  /  INDEX 


Finance,  Curriculum  in,  69 

Fine  Arts  Course  Descriptions,  206 

Fine  Arts,  Curriculum  in,  91-92 

Finance  Course  Descriptions,  245 

Financial  Aid,  46-50 

Fraternities,  Sororities,  Clubs,  51-54 

French  Course  Descriptions,  226 


German  Course  Descriptions,  228 
Grades,  40-41 
Graduation,  Fee,  45 

Registration,  36 

With  Honor,  69 
Gymnasium  Facilities,  53 

H 

Health  Professions  Course 
Descriptions,  279 
Health  Professions  Programs, 

129-153 
History  Course  Descriptions,  196 
History,  Curriculum  in,  93 
Homework,  Assignments,  39 
Honors  Program,  86 


Industrial  Management  Course 

Descriptions,  252 
Industrial  Management,  Curriculum 

in,  71 
Industrial  Technology,  Curriculum 

in,  72 
Insurance  Course  Descriptions,  249 
Insurance,  Curriculum  in,  73 
Intensive  Course  Descriptions,  301 
Italian  Course  Descriptions,  230 


Japanese  Course  Descriptions,  229 
Journalism  Course  Descriptions,  231 


Laboratory  Fee,  45 

Lambda  Alpha  Epsilon  Fraternity,  52 

Language  Course  Descriptions, 

226-231 
Late  Payment  Fee,  44 
Law  Course  Descriptions,  262 
Law  Enforcement  Course 

Descriptions,  291 
Law  Enforcement,  Programs  of 

Study,  108-128 
Law  Enforcement,  Curriculum 

in,  116-123 
Liberal  Arts: 

Aims,  83 

Course  Descriptions,  162 

Curriculum,  94 


English  Requirement,  85 

Programs  of  Study,  83-107 
Liberal  Arts  and  Management 

Curriculum  in,  82 
Library,  27-28 
Library  Science  Course 

Descriptions,  235 
Loan  Funds,  Scholarships, 

Awards,  46-50 
Location  of  Northeastern 

University,  27 

M 

Make-up  Examinations,  39 
Management  Course  Descriptions,  250 
Management,  Curriculum  in,  70 
Management  Information  Systems 

Course  Descriptions,  263 
Management  Information  Systems, 

Curriculum  in,  71 
Management  in  Health  Agencies  and 

Institutions,  Curriculum 

in,  126 
Management  Sciences  Course 

Descriptions,  260 
Maps,  Boston,  4 

Burlington,  Framingham, 

Haverhill,  Lynn,  Weymouth, 

Norwood,  Revere,  328  ff. 
Marketing  Course  Descriptions,  241 
Marketing,  Curriculum  in,  78 
Mathematics  Course 

Descriptions,  162 
Matriculation,  33-34 
Maximum  Course  Load,  42 
Medical  Laboratory  Science, 

Curriculum,  146-148 
Medical  Records  Administration 

Curriculum,  135 

Certification  in,  138 

Curriculum  in,  136-139 
Medical  Technology,  Curriculum 

in,  146 
Missed  Final  Examinations,  45 
Music  Course  Descriptions,  210 
Music,  Curriculum  in,  103 

N 

Nursing  Home  Administration, 
Certification,  134 


Office  Hours,  5 


Pass-Fail  Courses,  37 
Payments,  43-45 

Personnel  Course  Descriptions,  258 
Personnel  and  Industrial  Relations, 
Course  Descriptions,  257 


INDEX  /  327 


Personnel  and  Industrial  Relations, 

Curriculum  in,  79 
Philosophy  Course  Descriptions,  202 
Physical  Distribution  Management 

Course  Descriptions,  272 
i  Physics  Course  Descriptions,  165 

Policies,  Academic,  33-42 
I  Political  Science,  Course 

Descriptions,  191 

Curriculum,  95 
Probation,  Academic  and 

Disciplinary,  42 
Program  Advisors,  8 
Programs  of  Study,  55-161 
Purchasing,  Curriculum  in,  65-67 
n  Purchasing,  Course  Descriptions,  256 
Psychology,  Course  Descriptions,  178 
Psychology,  Curriculum  in,  98 


Quality  Control  Course 

Descriptions,  260 
Quality  Points,  36 
Quality  Point  Requirements,  36 


Real  Estate,  Course  Descriptions,  270 
Real  Estate,  Curriculum  in,  66-67 
Refund  of  Tuition,  44 
Registration,  38 

Dates  for,  6-7 
Regular  Students,  33 
Residence  Requirement,  35 
Respiratory  Therapy,  Curriculum 

in,  141-142 

Medical  Advisory 
Committee,  142 
Russian  Course  Descriptions,  229 


Sociology-Anthropology,  Curriculum 

in,  100 
Social  Welfare,  Course 

Descriptions,  190 
Sociology  Course  Descriptions,  185 
Spanish  Course  Descriptions,  227 
Special  Students,  33 
Speech  and  Theatre  Arts  Course 

Descriptions,  217 
Student  Activities,  51-54 
Student  Center  Fee,  45 
Student  Council,  Evening,  52 
Swahili  Course  Descriptions,  230 


Teaching  Staff,  304-324 

Tests,  39 

Testing,  Counseling,  8 

Theatre  Arts  Course  Descriptions,  217 

Therapeutic  Recreation  Course 

Descriptions,  276 
Therapeutic  Recreation  Services,  159 

Programs  of  Study,  160-161 
Transcripts,  45 
Transfer  of  Credit,  34 
Transfer  Students,  34 
Transportation  Course 

Descriptions,  272 
Transportation,  Curriculum  in,  80 
Trustees,  Board  of,  11-12 
Tuition  and  Fees,  43-45 

Budget  Payment  Plan,  43-44 

Refund  Policy,  44 

Underwritten  by  Employers,  44 

U 

Undergraduate  Colleges,  20-23 
University  Council,  14 
University,   The,  20-25 


Scholarships,  Awards,  Loans,  46-50 
Security,  Curriculum  in,  124-128 
Senate,  Faculty,  16 
Sigma  Epsilon  Rho  Fraternity,  51 


Veterans'  Benefits,  40 


W 


Withdrawals,  38 


suburban  maps 


Suburban  Campus 


Framingham  North  High  School 


Weymouth  Schools 


Lynn  English  High  School 


"SALEM-BEVERLY  ->\^ 
SHORE  DR.  SWAMPSCOTT,  MARBLEHEAD    ■*. 


Norwood 


WARNICK  RD 


Warren  Center 


EXIT  11 

Tufttrtftt^t  Boston 


Ashland 


Haverhill  High  School 

125 


Take  Route  97  exit 
from  Route  495 


Milford  High  School 


onomet  Regional  High  School 
(Boxford) 


fjyj/corr 


£*om  four*/-  MT.  /28  to  at.  t 
*r.  /  to  *r  «r 
*r.  fs  7b  enoicorr 

«<*)  *Jo*r*  -  *r.  9s  to  f  A/6i  cor r  »y/r 


Northeastern  University 
University  College 
360  Huntington  Avenue 
Boston,  Massachusetts  02115 


Second  class 

postage  paid  at 

Boston,  Massachusetts 


NEW  ENGLAND 
ASSOCIATION 
OF  SCHOOLS 
AND  COLLEGES 


'Drtheastem  University 
>0  Huntington  Avenue 
oston,  Massachusetts  02115 
3l.  (617)  437-2705 


'■■■; 


-       :■::-.: ?  " 


■  ' 


aduate  school  off  arts  and  sciences    northeastern  university  1976-7 


\ 


K, 


contents 


4  Campus  Map 

5  Academic  Calendar 

7  The  Governing  Boards  and  Officers  of  the  University 

7  The  Northeastern  University  Corporation 

9  Board  of  Trustees 

10  Administration  Organization 

12  General  University  Committees 

14  Organization  of  the  Graduate  Schools 

17  The  University 

19  Buildings  and  Facilities 

21  The  Graduate  School  of  Arts  and  Sciences 
21  General  Regulations 

25  The  Master's  Degree 

26  The  Doctor  of  Philosophy  Degree 
28  Interdisciplinary  Programs 

30  Financial  Information 

30  Financial  Obligations 

31  Financial  Aid 

33  Fields  of  Study 

34  Biology 
45             Chemistry 

54  Clinical  Chemistry 

58  Forensic  Chemistry 

61  Economics 

73  English 

83  History 

91  Mathematics 

101  Physics 

110  Political  Science 

126  Psychology 

131  Sociology  and  Anthropology 

142  Index 


<<CQCQOCQOmLUC0ujOO 


o  =  .—  ^  =       w  <d  _  a>  =  <d  a>  "-1 


aimsiifmitmisiii 


Q)    Q)    0)    Q)    0) 

to 

COCO  CO  CO  CO 

5  5  5  S  5 

<U   Q)    Q}   0  0) 

JWit 

E  E  E  E  E 

m 

ra 

I 

I 

-2-c 

IXIII 

IOOXONO 

*-  t-  IT3  tf>  (O 

*: 

_i 

5^W 

ACADEMIC  CALENDAR  1976—1977 


Fall  Quarter  1976 

Registration  period 

Burlington 

Boston 
Classes  begin 
Examination  period 

Winter  Quarter  1976—1977 

Registration  period 

Burlington 

Boston 
Classes  begin 
Examination  period 

Spring  Quarter  1977 

Registration  period 

Burlington 

Boston 
Classes  begin 
Last  day  to  file  card  for 

Spring  Commencement 
Last  day  to  pay  fee  for 

Spring  Commencement 
Final  grades  due  in  Registrar's 

Office  for  June  graduates 
Examination  period 
Spring  Commencement 

Summer  Quarter  1977 

Registration  period 

Burlington 

Boston 
Classes  begin 
Last  day  to  file  card  for 

Fall  Commencement 
Last  day  to  pay  fee  for 

Fall  Commencement 
Examination  period 


Tuesday— Wednesday 
Monday— Thursday 
Monday 
Monday— Saturday 


Tuesday 

Monday — Thursday 
Monday 
Monday— Saturday 


Monday— Tuesday 
Wednesday — Thursday 
Monday 

Friday 

Monday 

Wednesday — Thursday 


Sept.  14—15 
Sept.  20—23 
Sept.  27 
Dec.  13—18 


Nov.  30 
Dec.  6—9 
Jan.  3 
Mar.  21—26 


Tuesday 

Mar.  8 

Monday- 

-Thursday 

Mar.  14—17 

Monday 

Apr.  4 

Friday 

Apr.  1 

Friday 

Apr.  29 

Friday 

June  3 

Monday- 

-Saturday 

June  13—18 

Sunday 

June  19 

June  13—14 
June  15—16 
June  27 

July  1 

Aug.  1 
Aug.  3—4 


UNIVERSITY  HOLIDAYS  1976—1977 


Columbus  Day 
Veterans'  Day 
Thanksgiving  Recess 
Christmas  Vacation 
Martin  Luther  King  Day 
Washington's  Birthday 
Patriot's  Day 
Memorial  Day 
Independence  Day 
Labor  Day 


Monday 

Thursday 

Thursday— Saturday 

Monday— Saturday 

Saturday 

Monday 

Monday 

Monday 

Monday 

Monday 


October  1 1 
November  11 
November  25—27 
Dec.  20— Jan.  1 
January  15 
February  21 
April  18 
May  30 
July  4 
September  5 


Equal  Opportunity  Policy 

Northeastern  University  is  committed  to  a  policy  of  providing  equal  op- 
portunity for  all.  In  all  matters  involving  admissions,  registration,  and  all  of- 
ficial relationships  with  students,  including  evaluation  of  academic  perfor- 
mance, the  University  insists  on  a  policy  of  nondiscrimination.  Northeastern 
University  is  also  an  equal  opportunity  employer;  it  is  institutional  policy  that 
there  shall  not  be  any  discrimination  against  any  employee  or  applicant  for 
employment  because  of  race,  color,  religion,  sex,  age,  national  origin,  or  on 
the  basis  of  being  a  handicapped  but  otherwise  qualified  individual.  In  addi- 
tion, Northeastern  takes  affirmative  action  in  the  recruitment  of  students 
and  employees.  Inquiries  concerning  our  equal  opportunity  policies  may  be 
referred  to  the  University  Affirmative  Action  Officer  and/or  the  Title  IX  coor- 
dinator. 


Delivery  of  Services 

The  University  assumes  no  liability,  and  hereby  expressly  negates  the 
same,  for  failure  to  provide  or  delay  in  providing  educational  or  related  ser- 
vices or  facilities  or  for  any  other  failure  or  delay  in  performance  arising  out 
of  or  due  to  causes  beyond  the  reasonable  control  of  the  University,  which 
causes  include,  without  limitation,  power  failure,  fire,  strikes  by  University 
employees  or  others,  damage  by  the  elements  and  acts  of  public 
authorities.  The  University  will,  however,  exert  reasonable  efforts,  when  in 
its  judgment  it  is  appropriate  to  do  so,  to  provide  comparable  or  substan- 
tially  equivalent  services,  facilities  or  performance,  but  its  inability  or  failure 
to  do  so  shall  not  subject  it  to  liability. 


the  governing  boards 
and  officers 
of  the  university 


THE  CORPORATION 

Julius  Abrams 
Charles  F.  Adams 
Vernon  R.  Alden 
William  T.  Alexander 
William  F.  Allen,  Jr. 
0.  Kelley  Anderson 

*  Diana  J.  Auger 

Allen  G.  Barry 

Lincoln  C.  Bateson 

Thomas  P.  Beal 
*Roy  H.  Beaton 
*F.  Gregg  Bemis 

Beverly  Ann  Bendekgey 

Robert  D.  Black 

Gerald  W.  Blakeley,  Jr. 

Raymond  H.  Blanchard 

S.  Whitney  Bradley 

Rexford  A.  Bristol 

Edward  W.  Brooke 

*  George  R.  Brown 
Martin  Brown 
William  L.  Brown 
William  H.  Bruce,  Jr. 
John  L.  Burns 
Hyman  H.  Burstein 
Victor  C.  Bynoe 

*  Louis  W.  Cabot 

*  Norman  L.  Cahners 
Henry  F.  Callahan 

Mrs.  Anthony  S.  Camarota 

(Dorothy  Dodge) 
Erwin  D.  Canham 
Thomas  E.  Cargill,  Jr. 


*  Richard  P.  Chapman 
Theodore  Chase 
Robert  F.  Chick 
Vessarios  G.  Chigas 
Carl  W.  Christiansen 

*  David  H.  Cogan 
Abram  T.  Collier 
William  A.  Coolidge 
Edward  Creiger 

H.  James  Crossan,  Jr. 

Roger  C.  Damon 

*  Edward  Dana 
William  O.  DiPietro 
Alfred  di  Scipio 
Estelle  Dockser  (Mrs.) 

*William  R.  Driver,  Jr. 

*CarlS.  Ell 

*  Byron  K.  Elliott 
*William  P.  Ellison 

Joseph  A.  Erickson 
Robert  Erickson 

*  Frank  L.  Farwell 

*  James  V.  Fetchero 
Eldred  L.  Field 
Joseph  F.  Ford 

Thomas  J.  Galligan,  Jr. 
James  M.  Gavin 
Lloyd  S.  Glidden,  Jr. 
Elliott  M.  Gordon 
John  L.  Grandin 
Don  S.  Greer 


'Member  of  the  Board  of  Trustees 


*  Donald  B.  Guy 

Allan  M.  Hale 
William  Hellman 

*  Ernest  Henderson  III 
James  S.  Herbert 
Richard  D.  Hill 
Charles  E.  Hodges 

*  Harold  D.  Hodgkinson 
Robert  W.  Holmes 
Harvey  P.  Hood 
Hartwell  G.  Howe 
John  S.  Howe 
Howard  M.  Hubbard 
Carl  R.  Hurtig 

*  Robert  L.  Johnson 

*  Henry  C.  Jones 

George  S.  Kariotis 
*Mrs.  John  B.  Kenerson 
(Frances  Comins) 

E.  Douglas  Kenna 

Edward  M.  Kennedy 

Fenton  G.  Keyes 

Calvin  A.  King 
*Asa  S.  Knowles 

Harvey  C.  Krentzman 

Joseph  C.  Lawler 
Maurice  Lazarus 
Elma  Lewis 

*  Kenneth  A.  Loftman 
Edward  A.  Loring 

*John  Lowell 
Ralph  Lowell 
Diane  H.  Lupean 


Melanie  Berger  Messer 

Don  G.  Mitchell 
k  Harold  A.  Mock 

Frank  E.  Morris 

James  A.  Morris 

William  B.  Moses,  Jr. 
'  Stephen  P.  Mugar 


William  H.  Nichols,  Jr. 
Mrs.  James  Nicholson 

(Kathryn  A.  MacKinnon) 
John  T.  Noonan 

Bernard  J.  O'Keefe 
Adrian  O'Keeffe 
Harry  Olins 
George  Olmsted,  Jr. 
Stanley  C.  Olsen 
James  H.  Orr 
Ara  Oztemel 

*Augustin  H.  Parker 
Edward  S.  Parsons 

*  Amelia  Peabody 
Theodore  R.  Peary 
Nicholas  V.  Petrou 

*Thomas  L.  Phillips 
Edward  D.  Phinney 
Jerome  M.  Powell 
Albert  Pratt 
Peter  W.  Princi 
William  J.  Pruyn 
George  Putnam 

Blanche  M.  Quaid 

*  Francis  J.  Quirico 


*  Lawrence  H.  Martin 
*J.  Edwin  Matz 

Peter  H.  McCormick 

Percy  M.  Mcintosh 

Andrew  J.  McNeill 

Dominic  Meo,  Jr. 

William  C.  Mercer 
*Member  of  the  Board  of  Trustees 
"Honorary  Trustee 


William  M.  Rand 

William  H.  Raye,  Jr. 

Kathleen  M.  Rice 
"Joseph  G.  Riesman 

R.  Earl  Roberson 

Daniel  J.  Roberts 
*  Dwight  P.  Robinson,  Jr. 


Ralph  B.  Rogers 

*  Kenneth  G.  Ryder 

Leverett  Saltonstall 
David  T.  Scott 
Donald  W.  Seager 
Sydney  Shaftman 

*  James  L.  Shanahan 
Philip  A.  Singleton 

*  Donald  W.  Smith 
*Farnham  W.  Smith 

*  George  A.  Snell 
Bernard  Solomon 
Robert  C.  Sprague 

*  Russell  B.  Stearns 
*Earl  P.  Stevenson 

David  B.  Stone 

*  Robert  G.  Stone 


Lawrence  I.  Templeman 
Charles  H.  Tenney  II 
Almore  I.  Thompson 
Milton  A.  Thompson 
*D.  Thomas  Trigg 

*  Chaplin  Tyler 

Samuel  Wakeman 
Martin  F.  Walsh 
An  Wang 
Lloyd  B.  Waring 
Edward  A.  Weeks 
William  C.  White 

*  Robert  H.Willis 

Richard  W.  Young 

Vincent  C.  Ziegler 
*Alvin  C.  Zises 


THE  BOARD  OF  TRUSTEES 

Robert  H.  Willis,  Chairman 
Norman  L.  Cahners,  Vice  Chairman 
William  R.  Driver,  Jr.,  Vice  Chairman 

Frank  L.  Farwell,  Wee  Chairman 

Farnham  W.  Smith,  Vice  Chairman 

D.  Thomas  Trigg,  Treasurer 

Philip  C.  Boyd,  Secretary 

Byron  K.  Elliott,  Honorary  Chairman 

Dwight  P.  Robinson,  Jr.,  Honorary  Vice  Chairman 

Russell  B.  Stearns,  Honorary  Vice  Chairman 


Class  of  1976 

Diana  J.  Auger 
George  R.  Brown 
William  R.  Driver,  Jr. 
Harold  D.  Hodgkinson 
Robert  L.  Johnson 
Mrs.  John  B.  Kenerson 

(Frances  Comins) 
Amelia  Peabody 
Thomas  L.  Phillips 
James  L.  Shanahan 
Robert  G.  Stone 
Robert  H.  Willis 


Class  of  1977 

Norman  L.  Cahners 
Richard  P.  Chapman 
Edward  Dana 
William  P.  Ellison 
James  V.  Fetchero 
Ernest  Henderson  III 
Asa  S.  Knowles 
Joseph  G.  Riesman 
Dwight  P.  Robinson,  Jr. 
Donald  W.  Smith 
Alvin  C.  Zises 


'Member  of  the  Board  of  Trustees 


Class  of  1978 

David  H.  Cogan 
Carl  S.  Ell 
Frank  L.  Farwell 
Henry  C.  Jones 
J.  Edwin  Matz 
Harold  A.  Mock 
Farnham  W.  Smith 
George  A.  Snell 
Russell  B.  Stearns 
D.  Thomas  Trigg 
Chaplin  Tyler 


Class  of  1979 

Roy  H.  Beaton 
F.  Gregg  Bemis 
Louis  W.  Cabot 
Byron  K.  Elliott 
Donald  B.  Guy 
Kenneth  A.  Loftman 
John  Lowell 
Lawrence  H.  Martin 
Augustin  H.  Parker 
Francis  J.  Quirico 
Earl  P.  Stevenson 


Kenneth  G.  Ryder,  ex  officio 
Stephen  P.  Mugar,  Honorary  Trustee 


ADMINISTRATIVE  ORGANIZATION 

Officers  of  the  University 

Harry  T.  Allan,  A.B.,  B.S.,  J.D.,  Provost 

John  A.  Curry,  A.B.,  Ed.M.,  Vice  President  for  Administration 

Edmund  L.  Deltano,  B.A.,  Vice  President  for  Finance 

Carl  S.  Ell,  A.B.,  S.B.,  Ed.M.,  M.S.,  Sc.D.,  L.H.D.,  LLD.,  D.S.Ed.,  President 
Emeritus 

Asa  S.  Knowles,  A.B.,  A.M.,  LL.D.,  Litt.D.,  Sc.D.,  D.B.A.,  Sc.D.  in  Bus.  Ed., 
Chancellor 

Eugene  M.  Reppucci,  Jr.,  B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Wee  President  for  Development 

Daniel  J.  Roberts,  B.S.,  M.B.A.,  Ed.M.,  Vice  President  for  Business 

Kenneth  G.  Ryder,  A.B.,  M.A.,  L.H.D.,  President 

Loring  M.  Thompson,  B.S.,  M.S.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Vice  President  for  Physical 
Planning 

Royal   K.   Toebes,   B.S.,   M.B.A.,    Vice  President  for  Alumni  Affairs  and 
Associate  Director  of  Development 

Roy  L.  Wooldridge,  B.S.,  Ed.M.,  Vice  President  for  Cooperative  Education 


10 


Academic  Deans,  Directors  of  Schools  and 
General  Administrative  Officers 

Catherine  L.  Allen,  B.S.,  M.A.,  Ed.D.,  Ph.D.,  Dean  of  Boston-Bouve  College 
and  Director  of  Boston-Bouve  College  Graduate  School 

Kenneth  W.  Ballou,  A.B.,  Ed.M.,  Dean  of  Adult  Education 

Malcolm  J.  Campbell,  B.A.,  M.Ed.,  Associate  Dean  of  Adult  Education  and 
Director  of  the  Center  for  Continuing  Education 

Richard  I.  Carter,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Director  of  the  Computation  Center 

Geoffrey  Crofts,  B.  Comm.,  Dean  and  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of 
Actuarial  Science 

Philip  T.  Crotty,  Jr.,  A.B.,  A.M.,  M.B.A.,  Ed.D.,  Acting  Dean  of  Business 
Administration 

Charles  Devlin,  B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Director  of  Financial  Aid 

Ann  M.  Duncan-Glasgow,  B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Dean  and  Director 
of  A  ffirmative  A ction 

Martin  W.  Essigmann,  S.B.,  M.S.,  Dean  of  Research 

Clifford  J.  Fralen,  B.S.,  M.S.E.,  M.B.A.,  Director  of  the  Physical  Plant 

Dr.  Job  E.  Fuchs,  M.D.,  Director  of  Health  Services 

Mina   Ghattas,    B.A.,    M.Ed.,    Ph.D.,   Director  of  the   Office  of  Learning 
Resources 

Joseph  M.  Golemme,  S.B.,  M.A.,  C.P.A.,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of 
Professional  Accounting 

George  W.  Hankinson,  A.B.,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of 
Engineering  and  Assistant  Dean  of  Engineering 

James  S.  Hekimian,  A.B.,  M.B.A.,  D.B.A.,  Special  Assistant  to  the  President 

Sidney  Herman,  A.B.,  M.A.,  Associate  Dean  of  University  Administration 

Walter  S.  Jones,  A.B.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Acting  Dean  of  Liberal  Arts 

John  W.  Jordan,  B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Business 
Administration  and  Associate  Dean  of  Business  Administration 

Christopher  F.  Kennedy,  A.B.,  Ed.M.,  Dean  of  Students 

Robert  H.  Ketchum,  B.A.,  B.D.,  M.B.A.,  Ph.D.,  Director  of  the  Graduate 
School  of  Arts  and  Sciences  and  Associate  Dean  of  Liberal  Arts 

William  F.  King,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Director  of  Lincoln  College  and  Associate  Dean 
of  Engineering 

Phillip  Latorre,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Dean  of  Personnel  Services  and  Director  of  En- 
vironmental Health 

11 


Juanita  A.  Long,  B.S.N.,  M.S.N.,  C.A.G.S.,  Dean  of  Nursing 

Alan  A.  Mackey,  B.S.,  A.M.,  Dean  of  Administrative  Services 

Melvin  Mark,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Sc.D.,  Dean  of  Engineering 

Frank  E.  Marsh,  Jr.,  A.B.,  M.Ed.,  D.Ed.,  Dean  of  Education 

John  Martin,  B.S.,  M.B.A.,  Business  Manager 

Paul  D.  Maxwell,  B.S.,  M.B.A.,  Director  of  Business  Administration 
Programs  and  Assistant  Dean  of  University  College 

Philip  McCabe,  B.A.,  M.Ed.,  Dean  of  Admissions 

Roland  H.  Moody,  A.B.,  B.L.S.  Director  of  the  University  Libraries  and 
Learning  Resources 

Timothy  L.  Moran,  B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Director  of  Law  Enforcement  Correctional 
and  Security  Programs  and  Associate  Dean  of  University  College 

Edmund  J.  Mullen,  B.A.,  University  Registrar 

Robert  Najjar,  B.A.,  M.B.A.,  Bursar 

Harold  Naidus,  A.B.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Director  of  Liberal  Arts  Programs  and 
Associate  Dean  of  University  College 

Robert  O'Brien,  B.S.,  Director,  Administrative  Computer  Services 

John  C.  O'Byrne,  A.B.,  M.S.,  J.D.,  Dean  of  the  School  of  Law 

Donald  G.  Porter,  A.B.,  M.B.A.,  Director  of  Development 

Paul  M.  Pratt,  B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Dean  of  the  Department  of  Cooperative 
Education 

Gregory  T.  Ricks,  B.A.,  M.C.P.,  Special  Assistant  to  the  President 

Nathan  Riser,  A.B.,  A.M.,  Ph.D.,  Director  of  Marine  Science  Institute 

Norman  Rosenblatt,  A.B.,  Ph.D.,  Dean  of  Criminal  Justice  and  Director  of 
the  Graduate  Program  of  Criminal  Justice 

Philip  J.  Rusche,  B.A.,  B.S.Ed.,  M.A.,  Ed.D.,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School 
of  Education  and  Associate  Dean  of  Education 

Albert  H.  Soloway,  B.S.,  Ph.D.,  Dean  of  Pharmacy  and  Allied  Health 
Professions  and  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Pharmacy  and  Allied 
Health  Professions 

Joseph  Zabilski,  B.S.,  Acting  Director  of  Athletics 


12 


GENERAL  UNIVERSITY  COMMITTEES 

The  Executive  Council 


Kenneth  G.  Ryder,  Chairman 
Barbara  F.  Burke,  Secretary 


Harry  T.  Allan 
John  A.  Curry 
Eugene  M.  Reppucci,  Jr. 


Daniel  J.  Roberts 
Roy  L.  Wooldridge 


The  Academic  Council 

Harry  T.  Allan,  Chairman 


Catherine  L.  Allen 
Kenneth  W.  Ballou 
Phillip  T.Crotty 
Walter  S.  Jones 
Juanita  Long 


*Harry  T.  Allan 

*Catherine  L.  Allen 
Samuel  J.  Bernstein 
Charmarie  Blaisdell 

*  Philip  T.  Crotty,  Jr. 
Robert  S.  Curtin 
Ellen  T.  Daly 
Ramona  H.  Edelin 
Elaine  G.  Eliopoulos 
Irene  R.  Fairley 
Edith  E.  Flynn 
M.  Rita  Flynn 
Martha  E.  Francois 
Marvin  H.  Friedman 
Norbert  L.  Fullington 
Michael  J.  Glaubman 
Gerald  H.  Herman 
Richard  B.  Higgins 

*Walter  S.  Jones 
Kenneth  M.  Leet 


Melvin  Mark 
Frank  E.  Marsh,  Jr. 
John  C.  O'Byrne 
Norman  Rosenblatt 
Albert  H.  Soloway 


John  A.  Curry,  ex  officio 
The  Faculty  Senate 


Presiding  Officer 

Harry  T.  Allan 


Morton  Loewenthal 

*Juanita  Long 

*Melvin  Mark 

*Frank  E.  Marsh,  Jr. 
Joseph  Meier 
Irene  A.  Nichols 
Sandra  M.  Parker 
Patrick  F.  Plunkett 

*Paul  M.  Pratt 
Andre  P.  Priem 
John  G.  Proakis 

*  Norman  Rosenblatt 
John  N.  Rossettos 
Daniel  C.  Scioletti 

*  Albert  H.  Soloway 
Harold  L.  Stubbs 
Albert  H.  Taubman 
Roy  Weinstein 
Karl  Weiss 

Alvin  J.  Yorra 


'Appointed  by  the  President 


13 


ORGANIZATION  OF  THE  GRADUATE  SCHOOLS 

Administration 

Catherine    L.    Allen,    Ed.D.,    Ph.D.,    Director    of   Boston-Bouve    College 
Graduate  School 

Linda  J.  Allen,  B.A.,  Registrar  of  the  Graduate  Schools 

Geoffrey  Crofts,  B.  Comm.,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Actuarial 
Science 

Philip  T.  Crotty,  Jr.,  M.A.,  Ed.D.,  Acting  Dean  of  Business  Administration 

Nancy  Dean,  M.Ed.,  Coordinator  of  Admissions,  Graduate  School  of  Edu- 
cation 

Stephen  R.  DeRosier,  B.A.,  Assistant  Registrar  of  the  Graduate  Schools 

Joseph  M.  Golemme,  M.A.,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Professional 
Accounting 

George    W.    Hankinson,    M.S.,    Director    of    the    Graduate    School    of 
Engineering 

John  W.  Jordan,   M.Ed.,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Business 
Administration 

Thomas  J.  Kerr,  M.S. I.E.,  Assistant  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of 
Engineering 

Robert  H.  Ketchum,  Ph.D.,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Arts  and 
Sciences 

John  J.  McKenna,  M.A.,  Assistant  Director,  Graduate  School  of  Actuarial 
Science 

Norman  Rosenblatt,  Ph.D.,  Director  of  the  Graduate  Program  in  Criminal 
Justice 

Philip  J.  Rusche,  Ed.D.,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Education 

Albert  Soloway,  Ph.D.,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Pharmacy  and 
Allied  Health  Professions 

Janice  Walker,  A.B.,  Assistant  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Education 

University  Graduate  Council 

The  Council  determines  broad  policies  and  regulations  governing  the 
conduct  of  graduate  work.  All  new  graduate  programs  must  be  approved 
by  the  Council. 

OFFICERS 

Harry  Allan,  Chairman 
Barbara  Phi  I  brick,  Vice  Chairman 
Joan  Lipson,  Secretary 

14 


Administrative  Members 


Catherine  L.  Allen 
Philip  T.  Crotty,  Jr. 
George  W.  Hankinson 
John  W.  Jordan 
Robert  H.  Ketchum 


Melvin  Mark 
Frank  E.  Marsh 
Norman  Rosenblatt 
Philip  J.  Rusche 
Albert  Soloway 


Elected  Faculty  Members 


Petros  Argyres 
Frederick  Blank 
Conrad  Caligaris 
Andre  Favat 
Austin  Fisher 
Albert  Galmarino 
M.  Patricia  Golden 
Minton  Goldman 
James  Gozzo 
Arvin  Grabel 
Gerald  Griffin 
Thomas  Henstock 
Richard  Higgins 
Christine  Hobart 
James  Inashima 
Donald  Kosersky 
Louise  LaFontaine 


Harlan  Lane 
Robert  Minichiello 
Irene  Nichols 
Barbara  Philbrick 
John  Post 
Robert  Read 
Robert  Redden 
Nathan  Riser 
Alae-Eldin  Sayed 
Stephen  Schafer 
Joseph  Senna 
Albert  Soloway 
Ralph  Troupe 
Elizabeth  Van  Slyck 
Robert  Wiener 
Joseph  Zelinski 
Richard  Zobel 


Administrative  Committee  of  the  Graduate  Schools 


Catherine  L.  Allen 
Alvah  K.  Borman 
Geoffrey  Crofts 
Philip  T.  Crotty,  Jr. 
Robert  Fuller 
Joseph  M.  Golemme 
George  W.  Hankinson 
Walter  S.  Jones 
John  W.  Jordan 
Thomas  Kerr 
Robert  H.  Ketchum 


Sidney  Herman,  Chairman 
Linda  Allen,  Secretary 


Alan  A.  Mackey 
Melvin  Mark 
Frank  E.  Marsh,  Jr. 
Edmund  J.  Mullen 
John  C.  O'Byrne 
Barbara  Philbrick 
Norman  Rosenblatt 
Philip  J.  Rusche 
Albert  Soloway 
Jacqueline  A.  St.  Germain 


Ex  Officio 
Harry  T.  Allan,  Provost 


15 


16  /THE  UNIVERSITY 

Committee  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Arts  and  Sciences 
1976-1978 

Robert  H.  Ketchum,  Chairman,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Arts  and  Sciences 

Maurice  E.   Gilmore,  Associate  Professor  of  Mathematics  and  Chairman  of  the 
Department 

Patricia  Golden,  Associate  Professor  of  Sociology  and  Acting  Chairman  of  the 
Department 

Gerald  R.  Griffin,  Associate  Professor  of  English 

Morris  A.  Horowitz,  Professor  of  Economics  and  Chairman  of  the  Department 

Walter  S.  Jones,  Acting  Dean  of  Liberal  Arts 

Harlan  Lane,  Professor  of  Psychology  and  Chairman  of  the  Department 

Raymond  H.  Robinson,  Professor  of  History  and  Chairman  of  the  Department 

Roy  Weinstein,  Professor  of  Physics  and  Chairman  of  the  Department 

Karl  Weiss,  Professor  of  Chemistry  and  Chairman  of  the  Department 

Henry  O.  Werntz,  Associate  Professor  of  Biology  and  Chairman  of  the  Department 


the  university 


Founded  in  1898,  Northeastern  University  is  incorporated  as  a  privately 
endowed  nonsectarian  institution  of  higher  learning  under  the  General 
Laws  of  Massachusetts.  The  State  Legislature  by  special  enactment  has 
given  the  University  general  degree-granting  powers.  The  University  is 
governed  by  a  Board  of  Trustees  elected  by  and  from  the  Northeastern 
University  Corporation,  which  is  composed  of  180  distinguished  business 
and  professional  men  and  women. 

From  its  beginning,  Northeastern  University  has  had  as  its  dominant  pur- 
pose the  discovery  of  community  educational  needs  and  the  meeting  of 
these  in  distinctive  and  serviceable  ways.  The  University  has  not  duplicated 
the  programs  of  other  institutions,  but  has  sought  to  pioneer  new  areas  of 
educational  service. 

A  distinctive  feature  of  Northeastern  University  is  its  Cooperative  Plan,  in- 
itiated by  the  College  of  Engineering  in  1909  and  subsequently  adopted  by 
the  Colleges  of  Business  Administration  (1922);  Liberal  Arts  (1935);  Educa- 
tion (1953);  Pharmacy  (1962);  Nursing  (1964);  Boston-Bouve  College 
(1964);  the  College  of  Criminal  Justice  (1967);  and  by  Lincoln  College's  day 
Bachelor  of  Engineering  Technology  Programs  (1971).  This  educational 
method  enables  students  to  gain  valuable  practical  experience  as  an  in- 
tegral part  of  their  college  program  and  also  provides  the  means  by  which 
they  may  contribute  substantially  to  the  financing  of  their  education.  The 
Plan  has  been  extended  to  the  graduate  level  in  engineering,  actuarial 
science,  rehabilitation  administration,  professional  accounting,  business 
administration,  and  law. 

In  the  field  of  adult  education,  programs  of  study  have  been  developed  to 
meet  a  variety  of  needs.  University  College  offers  evening  courses— offered 
by  the  University  since  1906— and  adult-day  courses  leading  to  the 
bachelor's  degree.  In  addition  to  its  day  undergraduate  programs  in  Elec- 
trical Engineering  Technology  and  Mechanical  Engineering  Technology, 
Lincoln  College  offers  evening/part-time  certificate,  associate,  and 
bachelor  degree  programs  in  technological  areas.  All  formal  courses  of 
study  leading  to  degrees  through  part-time  programs  are  approved  by  the 
Basic  College  faculties  concerned. 

GRADUATE  AND  PROFESSIONAL  SCHOOLS 

The  ten  graduate  and  professional  schools  of  the  University  offer  day  and  evening 
programs  leading  to  the  degrees  listed: 

The  Graduate  School  of  Actuarial  Science  offers  the  degree  of  Master  of  Science 
in  Actuarial  Science. 

17 


18 /THE  UNIVERSITY 

The  Graduate  School  of  Arts  and  Sciences  offers  the  degrees  of  Master  of  Arts, 
Master  of  Science,  Master  of  Science  in  Health  Science,  Master  of  Public  Administra- 
tion, and  Doctor  of  Philosophy. 

The  Graduate  School  of  Boston-Bouve  College  offers  the  degree  of  Master  of 
Science,  with  specialization  in  Physical  Education  and  Recreation  Education. 

The  Graduate  School  of  Business  Administration  offers  the  degree  of  Master  of 
Business  Administration. 

The  Graduate  Program  in  Criminal  Justice  offers  the  degree  of  Master  of  Science. 

The  Graduate  School  of  Education  offers  the  degree  of  Master  of  Education  and 
Doctor  of  Education  and    the  Certificate  of  Advanced  Graduate  Study. 

The  Graduate  School  of  Engineering  offers  the  degrees  of  Master  of  Science, 
Engineer,  Doctor  of  Philosophy,  and  Doctor  of  Engineering  in  Chemical  Engineering. 

The  School  of  Law  offers  the  degree  of  Juris  Doctor. 

The  Graduate  School  of  Pharmacy  and  Allied  Health  Professions  offers  the 
degrees  of  Master  of  Science  and  Doctor  of  Philosophy. 

The  Graduate  School  of  Professional  Accounting  offers  the  degree  of  Master  of 
Science  in  Accounting. 

CENTER  FOR  CONTINUING  EDUCATION 

The  Center  for  Continuing  Education  was  established  to  relate  the 
University  to  the  needs  of  its  community  in  a  period  of  accelerated  change. 
Its  programs  are  composed  of  seminars,  conferences,  institutes,  forums, 
and  a  wide  variety  of  special  courses  designed  to  serve  specific  needs.  The 
Division  of  Special  Programs,  working  cooperatively  with  trade  associations 
and  professional  societies,  offers  a  wide  variety  of  programs  dealing  with 
current  needs  and  problems.  Through  its  Division  of  Community  Services, 
working  with  governmental  agencies  and  community  organizations,  the 
Center  is  becoming  increasingly  involved  in  social  problems  on  both  the 
local  and  national  level. 

Many  of  these  programs  are  conducted  at  Henderson  House,  North- 
eastern University's  conference  center  in  Weston,  Massachusetts. 

RESEARCH  ACTIVITIES 

The  facilities  of  the  University  are  engaged  in  a  wide  variety  of  basic 
research  projects  in  business,  science,  social  science,  pharmacy,  and 
engineering.  These  are  coordinated  by  the  Dean  of  Research,  whose  ser- 
vices are  University-wide  and  available  to  the  faculties  of  all  the  Colleges. 

Although  Northeastern  is  primarily  concerned  with  undergraduate  and 
graduate  instruction,  the  University  believes  that  the  most  effective  teaching 
and  learning  take  place  in  an  environment  characterized  by  research  ac- 
tivities directed  toward  extending  the  frontiers  of  knowledge. 


buildings  and  facilities 


MAIN  CAMPUS 

The  main  campus  of  Northeastern  University  is  located  at  360  Huntington 
Avenue  in  the  Back  Bay  section  of  Boston.  Many  of  the  city's  famous 
cultural,  educational,  and  philanthropic  institutions  are  situated  in  the  Back 
Bay,  including  the  Museum  of  Fine  Arts,  Symphony  Hall,  Horticultural  Hall, 
the  Isabella  Stewart  Gardner  Museum,  the  Harvard  teaching  hospitals,  the 
Boston  Public  Library,  and  many  schools  and  colleges.  Most  are  within 
walking  distance  of  Northeastern  University. 

Major  transportation  facilities  serving  the  Boston  area  are  Logan  Inter- 
national Airport,  two  rail  terminals,  bus  terminals  serving  inter-  and  in- 
trastate lines,  and  MBTA  subway-bus  service  within  the  metropolitan- 
suburban  area.  There  is  a  subway  stop  in  front  of  the  campus.  For 
motorists,  the  best  routes  to  the  campus  are  the  Massachusetts  Turnpike 
(Exit  22)  and  Route  9,  of  which  Huntington  Avenue  is  the  intown  section. 

The  campus  of  48  acres  is  divided  by  Huntington  Avenue,  with  the  main 
educational  buildings  on  one  side  and  dormitories  on  the  other.  The  prin- 
cipal buildings,  all  of  which  have  been  constructed  since  1938,  are  of  glazed 
brick  in  contemporary  classic  style.  Most  are  interconnected  by  un- 
derground passageways. 

Libraries 

The  University  library  system  consists  of  the  Dodge  Library,  which  is  the 
main  library;  the  Suburban  Campus  Library  at  Burlington;  the  School  of 
Law  Library;  and  three  divisional  libraries  for  Physics  and  Electrical 
Engineering,  Chemistry  and  Biology,  and  Mathematics  and  Psychology, 
Physical  and  Recreation  Education,  and  Physical  Therapy.  There  are  ad- 
ditional subject  collections  for  the  Center  of  Management  Development  at 
Andover,  Massachusetts,  and  the  Marine  Science  Institute  at  Nahant. 

The  library  collections  number  400,000  volumes  supplemented  by  some 
333,000  titles  in  microprint,  microfilm,  and  microfiche  forms.  The  collection 
includes,  in  addition,  some  3,700  periodical  titles,  100,000  documents,  and 
4,600  sound  recordings. 

SUBURBAN  FACILITIES 

Suburban  Campus 

The  Suburban  Campus,  located  near  the  junction  of  Routes  128  and  3  in 
Burlington,  Massachusetts,  was  established  to  meet  the  needs  of  in- 
dividuals and  of  industry  in  the  area. 

19 


20  /  BUILDINGS  AND  FACILITIES 


In  addition  to  graduate  courses  in  engineering,  business  administration, 
science,  education,  and  the  arts,  portions  of  undergraduate  programs 
leading  to  the  associate  and  bachelor's  degrees,  special  programs  for 
adults,  and  noncredit  state-of-the-art  programs  are  offered. 

Marine  Science  Institute 

The  Marine  Science  Institute  at  Nahant,  Massachusetts,  is  a  research  and 
instructional  facility  primarily  engaged  in  studies  of  marine  biology  and 
oceanography.  The  Institute  is  operated  all  year,  and  is  about  20  miles 
northeast  of  Boston.  Many  of  the  courses  at  the  institute  are  applicable 
toward  an  advanced  degree  in  biology  or  health  science. 

Government  Center  Campus 

With  the  cooperation  of  the  Federal  Executive  Board,  the  Department  of 
Political  Science  offers  an  entire  Master  of  Public  Administration  Program 
at  the  John  F.  Kennedy  Building  in  downtown  Boston.  This  program  is 
primarily  for  individuals  employed  in  federal,  state,  or  local  civil  services. 


Henderson  House 

The  University's  conference  center,  Henderson  House,  is  located  in 
Weston,  Massachusetts.  The  Center  for  Continuing  Education  conducts 
short-term  courses,  seminars,  and  special  institutes  for  business,  profes- 
sional, and  research  groups.  Henderson  House  is  12  miles  from  the  main 
campus. 


the  graduate  school 
of  arts  and  sciences 


Thirty-five  years  ago  the  Department  of  Chemistry  and  the  Department  of 
Physics  inaugurated  the  first  graduate  programs  at  Northeastern.  In  the 
succeeding  years  the  creation  of  degree  programs  in  other  departments  of 
the  College  of  Liberal  Arts  led  to  the  formation  of  the  graduate  program  of 
arts  and  sciences  in  1958  and  finally  the  Graduate  School  of  Arts  and 
Sciences  in  1963.  Ten  departments  now  offer  work  at  the  graduate  level. 

The  Master  of  Arts  degree  may  be  earned  in  economics,  English,  history, 
political  science,  psychology,  sociology,  and  social  anthropology.  The 
Master  of  Science  degree  is  available  in  biology,  chemistry,  clinical 
chemistry,  economic  policy  and  planning,  mathematics,  and  physics.  The 
Master  of  Science  in  Health  Science  and  the  Master  of  Public  Administra- 
tion degrees  are  also  offered.  In  addition,  there  are  programs  leading  to  the 
Doctor  of  Philosophy  degree  in  biology,  chemistry,  economics, 
mathematics,  physics,  psychology,  and  sociology. 

GENERAL  REGULATIONS 

The  general  regulations  of  the  graduate  school  that  follow  are  minimal 
requirements  shared  by  the  several  degree  programs.  The  student  is  ad- 
vised to  consult  the  appropriate  departmental  section  for  a  statement  of 
specific  requirements. 

Application 

All  applicants  should  address  inquiries  to  the  Director  of  the  Graduate 
School  of  Arts  and  Sciences.  Initial  correspondence  directed  elsewhere 
may  result  in  valuable  time  lost  in  initiating  the  admissions  procedure. 
Application  forms  and  reference  blanks  will  be  mailed  to  the  applicant.  This 
material,  together  with  complete  official  transcripts,  the  Graduate  Record 
Examination  scores  when  required,  and  the  results  of  the  Test  of  English  as 
a  Foreign  Language,  required  of  all  applicants  whose  native  language  is  not 
English,  should  be  returned  to  the  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Arts 
and  Sciences.  Applications  for  those  desiring  assistantships  should  be  sub- 
mitted no  later  than  March  15;  however,  some  departments  have  earlier 
deadlines.  Applications  received  after  this  date  may  not  be  given  equal  con- 
sideration. All  necessary  supporting  documents  must  be  on  file  with  the 
graduate  school  office  at  least  four  weeks  before  the  date  of  registration  for 
the  quarter  in  which  the  student  expects  to  begin  his  scholastic  program. 
For  more  detailed  information  see  departmental  requirements  for  admis- 
sion. 

21 


22/ ARTS  &  SCIENCES 

All  applicants  to  the  graduate  school  are  strongly  urged  to  take  both  the 
aptitude  and  advanced  portions  of  the  Graduate  Record  Examination. 
These  tests  are  presently  required  in  biology,  English,  history,  mathematics, 
psychology,  and  sociology  and  anthropology.  Applicants  for  the  M.A.  in 
Political  Science  are  required  to  furnish  scores  only  for  the  verbal  and 
quantitative  aptitude  tests.  At  present  the  Graduate  Record  Examination  is 
not  required  of  M.P.A.  applicants.  At  least  two  letters  of  recommendation 
are  required  of  all  candidates.  In  biology,  physics,  political  science  (M.A. 
and  M.P.A.),  psychology,  and  sociology  and  anthropology,  three  letters  are 
necessary.  Candidates  for  financial  awards  should  so  indicate  to  those 
supplying  references. 

Applications  for  the  Graduate  Record  Examination  can  be  obtained  by 
writing  to: 

Educational  Testing  Service 

Box  955 

Princeton,  New  Jersey  08540 

Applications  for  the  Test  of  English  as  a  Foreign  Language  can  be  ob- 
tained by  writing  to: 

Educational  Testing  Service 

Box  899 

Princeton,  New  Jersey  08540 

Admission 

To  be  enrolled  for  graduate  work,  an  applicant  must  submit  a  complete 
official  transcript  indicating  the  award  of  a  bachelor's  degree  from  a 
recognized  institution  and  provide  evidence  that  he  is  able  to  pursue 
creditably  a  program  of  graduate  study  in  his  chosen  field.  His  scholastic 
record  must  therefore  show  distinction,  and  his  undergraduate  program 
show  breadth  as  well  as  adequate  preparation  in  the  field  in  which  the 
applicant  expects  to  do  advanced  work.  Admission  to  the  graduate  school 
is  for  a  specific  academic  quarter.  Students  who  fail  to  attend  must  reapply 
if  they  wish  to  do  course  work  in  a  subsequent  quarter.  Acceptance  to  the 
school  is  granted  upon  recommendation  of  the  departmental  graduate 
committee  after  a  review  of  the  completed  application.  Foreign  students 
who  do  not  receive  a  graduate  award  or  whose  award  is  insufficient  to  cover 
all  educational  and  living  expenses  must  certify  that  they  are  able  to  meet 
all  their  expenses  while  at  Northeastern.  A  visa  may  not  be  granted  without 
such  certification. 

Student  Classifications 

Regular  Student    Those  students  admitted  with  a  bachelor's  degree  show- 
ing a  high  quality  of  previous  work. 

Provisional  Student     Students  whose  records  do  not  qualify  them  for 
enrollment  as  regular  students.   Provisional  students  must  obtain  a  B 


ARTS  &  SCIENCES/ 23 

average  in  the  first  12  quarter  hours  of  study  for  continuation  in  the  degree 
program. 

Special  Student  Students  not  matriculated  in  a  degree  program.  Accep- 
tance as  a  special  student  is  in  no  way  related  to  admission  into  a 
departmental  degree  program.  However,  those  special  students  subse- 
quently admitted  into  a  degree  program  may  apply  the  first  twelve  quarter 
hours  of  credit  earned  as  a  special  student  toward  degree  requirements. 
Special  students  are  expected  to  maintain  a  B  average  in  the  first  12 
quarter  hours  of  study. 

Doctoral  Student     Students  admitted  to  a  doctoral  program. 

Doctoral  Degree  Candidate  Doctoral  students  who  have  completed  40 
quarter  hours  of  acceptable  graduate  work  and  have  passed  the  qualifying 
examination. 

Registration 

Students  must  register  within  the  dates  and  times  listed  on  the  school 
calendar.  The  place  of  registration  will  be  announced  prior  to  each  period. 

Residence 

All  work  for  advanced  degrees  must  be  registered  for  and  completed  at 
the  University  unless  approval  has  been  obtained  from  the  director  of  the 
graduate  school  for  work  taken  elsewhere. 

I  Programs  of  Study 

The  study  load  for  full-time  students  is  usually  four  courses  per  quarter. 
Part-time  students  are  limited  to  two  courses  per  quarter  unless  permission 
to  carry  a  heavier  load  is  given  by  the  departmental  chairman  or  his 
designate.  Courses  in  most  fields  are  offered  both  in  the  afternoon  and 
evening. 

Grading  System 

The  performance  of  students  in  graduate  courses  will  be  recorded  by  the 
instructor  by  use  of  the  following  grades: 
A     Excellent 

This  grade  is  given  to  those  students  whose  performance  in  the 

course  has  been  of  very  high  graduate  caliber. 
B     Satisfactory 

This  grade  is  given  to  those  students  whose  performance  in  the 

course  has  been  at  a  satisfactory  level. 
C     Fair 

This  grade  is  given  to  those  students  whose  performance  in  the 

course  is  not  at  the  level  expected  in  graduate  work. 


24  /  ARTS  &  SCIENCES 

F     Failure 

This  grade  is  given  to  those  students  whose  performance  in  the 
course  is  unsatisfactory. 

In  addition,  the  following  letter  designations  are  used: 

I      Incomplete  without  quality  designation. 

This  grade  may  be  given  to  those  students  who  fail  to  complete  the 
work  of  the  course. 

L     Audit  without  credit. 

S     Satisfactory  without  quality  designation. 

U     Unsatisfactory  without  quality  designation. 

An  S  or  U  grade  is  used  for  the  first  quarter  of  a  two-quarter  se- 
quence in  which  the  grade  for  the  second  quarter  applies  to  both  the 
first  and  second  quarters  of  the  sequence. 

The  I  grade  will  be  changed  to  a  letter  grade  when  the  deficiency  which  \ 
led  to  the  I  is  made  up  to  the  satisfaction  of  and  in  the  manner  prescribed 
by  the  instructor  in  the  course,  or,  in  his  absence,  by  the  chairman  of  the 
department  in  which  the  grade  is  given.  The  period  for  clearing  such  a 
grade  will  be  restricted  to  one  calendar  year  from  the  date  of  its  first  being 
recorded  on  the  student's  permanent  record. 

Students  must  indicate  their  preference  for  auditing  a  course  at  registra- 
tion. No  credit  will  be  given  for  the  course.  It  will,  however,  appear  on  the 
student's  transcript.  Registration  changes  from  an  audit  to  a  graded  status, 
or  vice  versa,  may  only  be  made  prior  to  the  first  day  of  classes. 

Class  Hours  and  Credits 

All  credits  are  entered  as  quarter  hours.  A  quarter  hour  of  credit  is 
equivalent  to  three-fourths  of  a  semester  hour  credit. 

Continuity  of  Program 

Students  are  expected  to  maintain  continuous  progress  toward  a  degree. 
Any  student  who  does  not  attend  Northeastern  for  a  period  of  one  year 
must  apply  for  readmission. 

Withdrawals 

In  order  to  withdraw  from  a  course,  a  student  must  fill  out  an  official 
withdrawal  form  obtained  at  the  Registrar's  Office  or  at  the  Suburban  Cam- 
pus Office.  Withdrawals  may  be  made  through  the  ninth  week  of  the 
quarter.  Students  will  be  withdrawn  as  of  the  date  on  which  they  fill  out  the 
form.  Ceasing  to  attend  a  class  or  notifying  the  instructor  does  not  con- 
stitute an  official  withdrawal. 

Changes  In  Requirements 

The  continuing  development  of  the  graduate  school  forces  frequent  revi- 
sion of  curricula.  In  every  new  bulletin  some  improvements  are  indicated. 


ARTS  &  SCIENCES  /  25 

When  no  hardship  is  imposed  on  the  student  because  of  changes,  and 
when  the  facilities  of  the  school  permit,  the  student  is  expected  to  meet  the 
requirements  of  the  last  bulletin.  If  the  student  finds  it  impossible  to  meet 
these  requirements,  the  bulletin  for  the  year  in  which  he  entered  becomes 
the  binding  one. 

Application  for  the  Diploma 

If  a  commencement  card  is  not  filed  with  the  Registrar's  Office  on  or 
before  the  applicable  date  listed  in  the  calendar,  there  is  no  assurance  that 
the  degree  will  be  granted  in  that  particular  year  even  though  all  other  re- 
quirements have  been  fulfilled. 


THE  MASTER'S  DEGREE 

Admission 

Specific  requirements  for  each  degree  program  will  be  found  in  the  ap- 
propriate paragraphs  for  each  department. 

Academic  Requirements 

A  candidate  for  the  master's  degree  must  complete  a  minimum  of  40 
quarter  hours  of  correlated  work  of  graduate  caliber  and  such  other  study 
as  may  be  required  by  the  department  in  which  he  is  registered. 

During  the  first  half  of  the  total  number  of  hours  of  course  work  required 
for  the  degree,  the  candidate  will  be  expected  to  maintain  a  minimum  quali- 
ty point  average  of  2.5.  At  the  completion  of  three-fourths  of  the  total 
number  of  hours  of  course  work  required  for  the  degree,  the  candidate  will 
be  expected  to  have  a  quality  point  average  of  2.8.  To  qualify  for  the 
degree,  a  final  average  of  3.0,  equivalent  to  a  grade  of  B,  must  be  obtained. 
This  average  will  be  calculated  quarterly  by  the  graduate  school  on  the 
basis  of  A=4,  B=3,  C=2,  and  F=0  and  will  exclude  any  transfer  credits. 

Not  more  than  six  quarter  hours  of  repeated  courses,  additional  courses, 
or  permanent  I's  may  be  allowed  in  order  to  satisfy  the  requirements  for  the 
degree. 

Within  the  above  limitations,  a  required  course  for  which  a  grade  of  F  is 
received  must  be  repeated  with  a  grade  of  C  or  better,  and  may  be 
repeated  only  once.  If  a  grade  of  F  is  received  in  an  elective  course,  that 
course  may  be  repeated  once  to  obtain  a  grade  of  C  or  better,  or  another 
elective  course  may  be  substituted  for  it.  If  a  grade  of  C  is  received  in  a  re- 
quired course,  that  course  may  be  repeated  once  to  obtain  a  grade  of  B  or 
better. 

Comprehensive  Examination 

A  final  written  or  oral  comprehensive  examination  may  be  required.  This 


26/ ARTS  &  SCIENCES 

examination  will  be  given  at  least  two  weeks  before  the  commencement  at 
which  the  degree  is  expected. 

Thesis 

A  thesis  must  show  independent  work  based  on  original  material,  be  ap- 
proved by  the  department  graduate  committee,  and  in  cases  where  a 
department  requires  a  grade,  must  receive  a  grade  of  B  or  better  to  be 
accepted. 

Language  Requirement 

An  examination  to  show  evidence  of  ability  in  one  or  more  foreign 
languages  is  required  in  some  graduate  programs.  This  knowledge  is  es- 
tablished by  an  examination  which  will  be  administered  by  the  graduate 
school  at  least  twice  yearly. 

Transfer  Credit 

A  maximum  of  12  quarter  hours  of  credit  obtained  at  another  institution 
may  be  accepted  toward  the  master's  degree  provided  that  the  credits 
transferred  consist  of  A  or  B  grades  in  graduate  level  courses,  be  in  the 
candidate's  field,  have  been  earned  at  a  recognized  institution,  and  have 
not  been  used  toward  any  other  degree.  Students  should  petition  the  direc- 
tor of  the  graduate  school  in  writing  for  all  transfer  credit.  Transfer  credit 
grades  may  not  be  used  for  the  purpose  of  obtaining  the  academic  average 
necessary  for  the  completion  of  the  degree  requirements. 

Time  Limitation 

Course  credits  earned  in  the  program  of  graduate  study,  or  accepted  by 
transfer,  are  valid  for  a  maximum  of  seven  years  unless  an  extension  is 
granted  by  the  Committee  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Arts  and  Sciences. 

THE  DOCTOR  OF  PHILOSOPHY  DEGREE 

The  Doctor  of  Philosophy  degree  is  awarded  to  candidates  who  give 
evidence  of  high  attainment  and  research  ability  in  their  major  field.  The 
degree  requirements  are  administered  by  committees  in  charge  of  each 
degree  program.  These  committees  may  be  departmental  graduate  com- 
mittees or  the  committee  of  the  graduate  school  depending  upon  the  nature 
of  the  program.  It  is  the  responsibility  of  the  chairman  of  the  committee  to 
certify  to  the  Graduate  School  Office  the  completion  of  each  requirement 
for  each  candidate. 

Admission 

Each  degree  program  has  an  established  admission  procedure  for 
students  starting  their  doctoral  work  at  Northeastern  University. 


ARTS  &  SCIENCES/ 27 

Residence  Requirement 

Candidates  for  the  Doctor  of  Philosophy  degree  must  spend  the 
equivalent  of  at  least  one  academic  year  in  residence  at  the  University  as  a 
full-time  graduate  student.  The  committee  of  each  degree  program 
specifies  the  method  by  which  the  residence  requirement  is  satisfied. 

Qualifying  Examination 

Students  must  pass  a  qualifying  examination  within  time  limits  set  by  the 
committee  of  each  degree  program. 

Comprehensive  Examination 

Degree  programs  may  require  a  comprehensive  examination  during  the 
time  in  which  a  student  is  a  degree  candidate. 

Course  Requirements 

The  minimum  course  requirement  of  40  quarter  hours  constitutes  the 
work  normally  required  for  a  master's  degree.  The  course  requirements 
beyond  this  in  each  doctoral  program  are  specified  by  the  committee  in 
charge  of  the  doctoral  program. 

Dissertation 

Each  doctoral  student  must  complete  a  dissertation  which  embodies  the 
results  of  extended  research  and  makes  an  original  contribution  to  the  field. 
This  work  should  give  evidence  of  the  candidate's  ability  to  carry  out  in- 
dependent investigation  and  interpret  in  a  logical  manner  the  results  of  the 
research.  The  method  of  approval  of  the  dissertation  is  established  by  the 
committee  in  charge  of  the  degree  program. 

Language  Requirement 

The  foreign  language  requirement  is  established  by  the  committee  in 
charge  of  each  degree  program. 

Final  Oral  Examination 

The  final  oral  examination  will  be  on  the  subject  matter  of  the  doctoral 
dissertation  and  significant  developments  in  the  field  of  the  dissertation. 
Other  fields  may  be  included  if  recommended  by  the  examining  committee. 

This  examination  will  be  taken  after  completion  of  all  other  requirements 
of  the  degree  and  must  be  held  at  least  two  weeks  prior  to  the  com- 
mencement at  which  the  degree  is  to  be  awarded. 

Transfer  Credit 

Approval  for  transfer  credit  may  be  given  by  the  committee  in  charge  of 
the  degree  program. 


28/ ARTS  &  SCIENCES 


Time  Limitation 


After  the  establishment  of  degree  candidacy,  a  maximum  of  five  years 
will  be  allowed  for  the  completion  of  the  degree  requirements. 

Registration 

All  students  must  register  for  course  work  or  dissertation  as  approved  by 
their  advisers  or  the  departmental  registration  officer.  After  the  first 
registration  for  doctoral  work,  registration  must  be  continuous  unless 
withdrawal  is  allowed  by  the  committee  in  charge  of  the  degree  program. 
Students  must  be  registered  for  dissertation  during  the  quarter  in  which 
they  take  the  final  oral  examination. 

INTERDISCIPLINARY  PROGRAMS 

Some  graduate  students  may  wish  to  pursue  doctoral  programs  which 
involve  substantial  work  in  two  or  more  departments.  To  meet  this  need,  an 
interdisciplinary  program  may  be  established  which  corresponds  in  scope 
and  depth  to  doctoral  standards,  but  does  not  agree  exactly  with  the  in- 
dividual departmental  regulations.  For  such  possibilities,  the  following  op- 
tion is  available: 

Admission 

Application  for  admission  to  interdisciplinary  doctoral  study  consists  of 
the  submission  of  a  carefully  thought-out  written  proposal  describing  the 
areas  of  proposed  study  and  research.  The  proposal  may  be  a  part  of  the 
initial  application  for  admission  to  graduate  study  at  Northeastern  Universi- 
ty, or  it  may  be  submitted  by  a  student  already  enrolled.  It  may  be  directed 
to  a  doctoral  degree-granting  department  or  to  the  director  of  the  graduate 
school  who  forwards  it  to  the  appropriate  department.  In  either  case,  ad- 
mission to  interdisciplinary  doctoral  study  requires  favorable  recommenda- 
tion by  the  sponsoring  doctoral  degree-granting  department  and  approval 
by  authorized  representatives  of  the  graduate  study  committees  of  the 
departments  appropriate  to  the  disciplines  covered  by  the  applicant's 
proposal.  The  sponsoring  department  becomes  the  registration  base  of  the 
student. 

Formation  of  Interdisciplinary  Committee 

A  student  who  has  been  accepted  for  interdisciplinary  study  must  obtain 
the  consent  of  an  adviser  who  will  direct  his  doctoral  dissertation.  This  ad- 
viser, who  may  or  may  not  be  a  member  of  the  registration  department,  will 
be  chairman  of  the  interdisciplinary  committee  for  this  student.  A  second 
member  will  be  appointed  from  the  registration  department  by  its  chair- 
man. These  two  members  will  obtain  one  or  more  additional  members  or 
request  the  director  of  the  graduate  school  to  do  so.  At  least  two 
departments  must  be  represented  on  the  committee  and  a  majority  of  the 


ARTS  &  SCIENCES  /  29 

committee  must  come  from  doctoral  degree-granting  departments.  The 
chairman  of  the  registration  department  will  notify  the  director  of  the 
graduate  school  of  the  membership  of  the  committees  as  soon  as 
arrangements  are  complete. 

Duties  of  Interdisciplinary  Committee 

A  member  of  the  interdisciplinary  committee  who  is  also  a  member  of  the 
registration  department  will  serve  as  the  registration  officer  to  approve  the 
course  registration  for  the  student.  A  copy  of  the  approved  course  registra- 
tion must  also  be  filed  with  the  other  committee  members  and  with  the 
graduate  study  committee  of  the  registration  department. 

The  interdisciplinary  committee  will  be  responsible  for  the  administration 
of  the  qualifying  examination,  language  examination,  approval  of  the  dis- 
sertation, and  comprehensive  examination.  This  committee  must  also  cer- 
tify to  the  registration  department  the  completion  of  the  requirements  for 
the  award  of  the  doctoral  degree. 

The  interdisciplinary  committee  must  assure  that  the  program  of  the  stu- 
dent represents  standards  comparable  to  those  of  the  registration  depart- 
ment and  that  the  program  is  not  so  broad  that  it  has  inadequate  depth  in 
any  area. 

The  program  of  the  student  may  be  reviewed  at  any  time  by  the  director 
of  the  graduate  school  to  determine  whether  objectives  of  the  program  are 
being  met. 


financial  information 

FINANCIAL  OBLIGATIONS 
Tuition 

Master's  Degree  Candidates 

The  tuition  rate  for  1976  -  1977  is  $67  per  quarter  hour  of  credit. 

Doctoral  Candidates 

Tuition  for  full-time  doctoral  candidates  in  1976- 1977  is  $67  per  quarter 
hour  of  credit.  Doctoral  candidates  actively  utilizing  the  resources  of  the 
University  in  their  Ph.D.  dissertation  are  charged  an  additional  $600  per 
quarter.  Those  doctoral  candidates  registered  for  dissertation  work  per- 
formed off  campus  are  charged  $200  in  addition  to  tuition  charges  each 
quarter,  and  those  doctoral  candidates  who  are  no  longer  actively  utilizing 
University  resources  are  charged  a  continuation  fee  of  $50  per  quarter. 

Tuition  statements  are  mailed  to  students  by  the  Bursar's  Office  and  are 
payable  by  check  to  Northeastern  University. 

Fees 

An  application  fee  of  $15  is  charged  all  students  when  they  apply  for  the 
first  time  in  the  graduate  school  at  Northeastern. 

Other  fees  include  a  charge  of  $10  for  late  payment  of  tuition;  a  fee  of  $25 
for  all  degree  candidates,  payable  before  commencement  by  the  applicable 
date  listed  on  the  academic  calendar. 

For  full-time  students  there  is  a  charge  of  $12.50  per  quarter  for  the  ser- 
vices available  in  the  Student  Center.  The  fee  for  teaching  assistants  and 
research  fellows  is  $6.25  each  quarter.  All  part-time  students  on  the  Hun- 
tington Avenue  campus  are  charged  $.75  a  quarter. 

All  full-time  students  will  pay  a  nonrefundable  University  health  services 
fee  of  $120  each  year.  This  fee  will  provide  Blue  Cross-Blue  Shield 
coverage  and  entitle  the  student  to  the  medical  care  furnished  by  the 
University  Health  Services.  Tuition  and  fees  are  subject  to  change  without 
notice. 

All  financial  obligations  to  the  University  must  be  discharged  by  gradua- 
tion. 

Tuition  rates  and  fees  are  subject  to  revision  by  the  Board  of  Trustees  at 
any  time. 

Refunds 

Tuition  refunds  will  be  granted  only  on  the  basis  of  the  date  appearing  on 
the  official  withdrawal  form  filed  by  the  student.  Nonattendance  does  not 

30 


FINANCIAL  INFORMATION  /  31 

constitute  official  withdrawal.  Questions  regarding  refunds  should  be  dis- 
cussed with  the  Bursar's  Office. 

Refunds  will  be  granted  in  accordance  with  the  following  schedule: 

Amount  of  Refund 

Official  Withdrawal  Filed  Within  Percentage  of  Tuition 
First  week  of  quarter  1 00 

Second  week  of  quarter  75 

Third  week  of  quarter  50 

Fourth  week  of  quarter  25 

FINANCIAL  AID 

Northeastern  University  has  available  fellowships  and  assistantships  for 
full-time  students  who  are  working  toward  the  master's  or  doctor's  degree. 
Candidacy  for  these  awards  may  be  established  by  completing  the  relevant 
section  of  the  application  for  admission.  Those  students  already  enrolled 
should  consult  their  departmental  adviser. 

Teaching  Assistantships 

Teaching  assistantships  allowing  remission  of  tuition  and  a  stipend  are 
available  in  all  departments.  Holders  of  such  awards  devote  half  time  to 
academic  assistance  directly  related  to  the  teaching  function  and  the 
balance  to  course  work. 

Graduate  Administrative  Assistantships 

Some  University  departments  offer  the  graduate  student  an  opportunity 
for  remission  of  tuition  and  a  stipend  in  return  for  half  time  spent  in 
assisting  with  nonteaching,  administrative  duties. 

Tuition  Assistantships 

Many  departments  provide  remission  of  tuition  to  full-time  students 
assisting  eight  hours  a  week  in  the  administrative  work  of  the  department. 
These  awards  are  normally  given  to  students  in  the  first  year  of  graduate 
work. 

Research  Fellowships 

A  number  of  departments  offer  research  fellowships  including  N.I.H., 
N.S.F.,  and  N.D.E.A.  carrying  a  stipend  and  remitting  tuition.  Certain  of 
these  grants  require  half-time  work  on  research  in  the  department,  with  the 
remaining  time  devoted  to  course  work.  Others  provide  for  full-time  work 
on  research  used  for  a  thesis  or  dissertation. 

I  Martin  Luther  King,  Jr.,  Scholarships 

A    limited    number    of    full-  and  part-time    Martin    Luther    King,    Jr., 
'  Fellowships  are  available.  These  scholarships  provide  for  remission  of  tui- 


32  /  FINANCIAL  INFORMATION 

tion  and  all  fees,  and  are  awarded  to  qualified  black  students  on  the  basis 
of  financial  need.  Additional  information  and  application  forms  are  available 
from  the  Office  of  Financial  Aid. 

Robert  A.  Feer  Scholarship 

This  scholarship  is  awarded  yearly  to  the  outstanding  candidate  for  the 
Master  of  Arts  degree  in  History.  The  scholarship  was  established  in 
memory  of  Professor  Robert  A.  Feer  who  was  a  member  of  the  Department 
of  History  from  1963  to  1970. 

Appointments 

Appointments  to  fellowships  and  assistantships  are  ordinarily  announced 
no  later  than  April  15  for  the  following  academic  year  or  summer.  Ap- 
pointments are  for  a  maximum  of  three  quarters  and  are  not  automatically 
renewed.  Students  who  hold  assistantships  and  research  fellowships  are 
expected  to  devote  full  time  to  their  studies  and  the  duties  of  the  award. 
They  may  not  accept  outside  employment  without  the  consent  of  their  facul- 
ty adviser  and  the  director  of  the  graduate  school. 

Acceptance  Conditions 

Northeastern  University,  which  is  a  member  of  the  Council  of  Graduate 
Schools  of  the  United  States,  subscribes  to  the  following  resolution  of  the 
Council: 

Acceptance  of  an  offer  of  financial  aid  (such  as  a  graduate  scholarship, 
fellowship,  traineeship,  or  assistantship)  for  the  next  academic  year  by  an 
actual  or  prospective  graduate  student  completes  an  agreement  which  both 
student  and  graduate  school  expect  to  honor.  In  those  instances  in  which 
the  student  accepts  the  offer  before  April  15  and  subsequently  desires  to 
withdraw,  the  student  may  submit  in  writing  a  resignation  of  the  appoint- 
ment at  any  time  through  April  15.  However,  an  acceptance  given  or  left  in 
force  after  April  15  commits  the  student  not  to  accept  another  offer  without 
first  obtaining  a  written  release  from  the  institution  to  which  a  commitment 
has  been  made.  Similarly,  an  offer  by  an  institution  after  April  15  is  con- 
ditional on  presentation  by  the  student  of  the  written  release  from  any 
previously  accepted  offer. 

Dormitory  Proctorships 

A  number  of  proctorships  for  men  in  dormitories  on  or  near  the  Hun- 
tington Avenue  campus  are  available  each  year.  Appointments  carry  a 
minimum  compensation  of  room  and  board.  Further  information  and 
application  forms  may  be  obtained  from  the  Office  of  University  Housing. 

National  Direct  Student  Loan 

This  program  is  available  to  students  who  are  carrying  at  least  one-half 


FINANCIAL  INFORMATION  /  33 

the  normal  academic  work  load,  are  accepted  as  degree  candidates,  and 
who  show  evidence  of  financial  need. 

The  Federal  maximum  which  a  graduate  student  may  borrow  while  pur- 
suing a  post- baccalaureate  degree  is  $5,000. 

Repayment  and  interest  on  these  loans  do  not  begin  until  nine  months 
after  the  student  ceases  to  carry  at  least  a  half-time  academic  load  at  an  in- 
stitution of  higher  education.  The  repayment  of  principal  may  be  extended 
over  a  10-year  period  with  the  interest  at  the  rate  of  three  percent  per  an- 
num. Repayment  may  be  deferred  up  to  a  total  of  three  years  while  a 
borrower  is  serving  as  a  Peace  Corps  or  VISTA  volunteer. 

Guaranteed  Student  Loan  Program 

Under  this  program,  students  who  are  matriculated  degree  candidates, 
enrolled  for  at  least  one-half  the  normal  academic  work  load,  may  borrow 
from  a  participating  bank  or  other  financial  institution.  Terms  and  con- 
ditions vary  from  state  to  state,  but  a  student  generally  may  borrow  up  to 
$1,500  a  year  (the  law  allows  a  maximum  of  $2,500  per  year)  depending  on 
financial  need.  The  Federal  government  pays  the  interest  while  the  student 
is  in  school  if  the  student  is  eligible  for  interest  subsidy. 

The  student  must  have  submitted,  through  the  College  Scholarship  Ser- 
vice, a  Parents'  Confidential  Statement;  or  if  he  has  been  declared  financial- 
ly independent  by  the  Financial  Aid  Office,  a  Students'  Confidential  State- 
ment. These  forms  are  available  from  local  banks  or  the  Education  Office  of 
your  state  government.  Additional  information  and  necessary  application 
forms  for  Massachusetts  residents  are  available  from  the  Financial  Aid  Of- 
fice. 

The  federal  aid  programs  listed  above  are  available  to  citizens  and  per- 
manent residents  of  the  United  States. 


I  fields  of  study 


The  departmental  sections  that  follow  list  courses  available  to  a  student 
ji  during  the  typical  period  of  attendance  required  to  obtain  a  degree.  The 
(  quarter  in  which  a  specific  course  will  be  offered  will  be  found  in  the  course 
i  announcement  made  available  in  May  for  the  summer  quarter  and  in  June 
I  for  the  following  academic  year. 


biology 


Professors 

Francis  D.  Crisley,  Ph.D. 
Janis  Z.  Gabliks,  D.D.S.,  Ph.D. 
Charles  Gainor,  Ph.D. 
Abdul-Karim  Khudairi,  Ph.D. 
Nathan  W.  Riser,  Ph.D.,  Director, 
Marine  Science  Institute 


Associate  Professors 

Charles  H.  Ellis,  Jr.,  Ph.D. 
Helen  Lambert,  Ph.D. 
Charles  A.  Meszoely,  Ph.D. 
M.  Patricia  Morse,  Ph.D. 
Joseph  V.  Pearincott,  Ph.D. 
Fred  A.  Rosenberg,  Ph.D. 
Ernest  Ruber,  Ph.D. 
Henry  O.  Werntz,  Ph.D.,  Chairman 
Assistant  Professors 
William  Hartner,  Ph.D. 
Dale  F.  Levering,  Jr.,  Ph.D. 
Daniel  Scheirer,  Ph.D. 
Phyllis  R.  Strauss,  Ph.D. 


THE  MASTER  OF  SCIENCE  DEGREE 
Full-Time  Program 

THE  MASTER  OF  SCIENCE  IN  HEALTH  SCIENCE  DEGREE 
Part-Time  Program 

Admission 

In  addition  to  the  requirements  listed  on  page  22  applicants  should  have 
a  background  which  includes  one  year  each  of  organic  chemistry,  physics 
and  mathematics,  and  the  six  quarter  courses  of  the  biology  under- 
graduate core  curriculum  or  their  equivalents.  Students  admitted  with 
deficiencies  should  remove  them  during  the  first  20  quarter  hours  of 
graduate  work. 


Program 

Forty-six  quarter  hours  of  academic  work  are  required.  A  candidate  for 
either  degree  is  expected  to  take  forty  hours  of  course  work  including  four 
hours  of  seminar.  Transfer  credits  will  be  accepted  only  from  those  schools 
offering  graduate  programs  in  biology.  Application  for  such  credit  should 
be  made  in  writing  to  the  Graduate  Director  of  the  respective  program  dur- 
ing the  first  quarter  following  the  student's  assignment  to  an  academic  ad- 
viser. Other  limitations  on  transfer  credit  are  listed  on  page  27.  Graduate 
courses  in  departments  other  than  Biology  will  be  accepted  for  credit  up  to 
a  limit  of  12  quarter  hours,  including  those  credits  previously  accepted  as 
transfer  credits,  upon  written  recommendation  from  the  student's  adviser  to 

34 


BIOLOGY/ 35 

the  graduate  director  for  final  approval. 

During  his  tenure,  in  addition  to  the  above  course  requirements,  each 
student  pursuing  work  toward  the  master  of  science  in  Biology  must  enroll 

i  for  a  minimum  of  six  credits  of  work  in  18.990,  Special  Topics  in  Biology,  or 
18.991,  Research  for  the  Master  of  Science  degree.  After  initial  election  of 
either  18.990  or  18.991  the  student  must  register  for  either  of  these  courses 

I  for  each  quarter  until  the  work  is  completed.  Work  in  18.990,  Special  Topics 
in  Biology,  is  pursued  under  the  supervision  of  an  individual  faculty 
member,  by  mutual  agreement.  It  may  take  the  form  of  a  comprehensive, 
critical  review  of  the  literature  in  a  specialized  area  and/or  a  specific 

I  program  of  experimental  work  on  a  single  topic.  If  experimental  work  has 

I  been  elected  under  18.990  it  may  later  be  expanded,  with  permission  of  the 
department  graduate  committee,  into  a  master's  thesis  with  a  topic  and  ad- 
viser and  a  committee  of  three  members  approved  by  the  departmental 
graduate  committee.  Grades  in  18.990  or  18.991  are  recorded  as  "Satisfac- 
tory" (or  "Unsatisfactory")  until  all  work  is  completed,  culminating  in  either  a 
comprehensive,  well-written  report  —  which  must  be  reviewed  by  the 
department  graduate  committee  —  or  a  thesis.  For  the  latter  a  final  oral  ex- 
amination on  the  thesis  is  required.  The  department  encourages  the  pursuit 
of  a  thesis  wherever  feasible. 

The  program  leading  to  the  Master  of  Science  in  Health  Science  degree 
is  designed  for  part-time  students  who  may  progress  according  to  their 
abilities,  the  time  available,  and  the  need  or  desire  to  extend  their  education 
into  interdisciplinary  work  involving  biology  or  allied  areas  such  as  the 
health  sciences.  Students  may  elect  to  substitute  six  quarter  hours  of 
course  work  credit  for  the  required  18.990,  Special  Topics  in  Biology  or 
18.991,  M.S.  Thesis.  Those  students  electing  the  course  option  must  take  a 
comprehensive  examination  in  the  last  six-month  period  of  their  program, 
similar  to  that  required  of  non-thesis  students  in  the  M.S.  in  Biology  degree. 
If  their  schedules  permit,  students  in  the  M.S.  in  Health  Science  program 
may  carry  out  their  work  on  a  full-time  basis. 

THE  DOCTOR  OF  PHILOSOPHY  PROGRAM 

I  Admission 

Applicants  who  will  have  a  master's  degree  or  its  equivalent  at  entry  may 
be  considered  for  direct  admission  to  the  doctoral  program.  Those  who  will 
not  may  be  considered  only  after  admission  to  the  master's  program,  and, 
after  satisfactory  completion  of  30  quarter  hours  of  graduate  study,  may 
then  be  considered  for  admission  to  the  doctoral  program.  In  addition,  a 
student  must  present  evidence  of  the  willingness  of  a  faculty  member  of  the 
graduate  faculty  to  serve  as  the  Ph.D.  thesis  adviser. 

F  Residence  Requirement 

After  admittance  to  the  doctoral  program,  the  student  may  satisfy  the 
i  residence  requirement  by  one  year  of  full-time  graduate  work  or  by  two 


36/  BIOLOGY 

years  of  half-time  graduate  work.  However,  a  student  should  expect  to 
spend  at  least  two  years  or  the  equivalent  in  full-time  study. 

Degree  Candidacy 

Degree  candidacy  is  established  in  accordance  with  the  general  graduate 
school  regulations. 

Qualifying  Examination 

Students  entering  the  doctoral  program  will  be  expected  to  have  had  the 
equivalent  of  an  M.S.  degree  at  Northeastern  before  taking  their  qualifying 
examination.  Students  who  have  been  accepted  into  the  doctoral  program 
must  take  their  qualifying  examination  by  the  end  of  three  quarters  at 
Northeastern  University.  The  student  will  be  expected  to  demonstrate  an 
advanced  knowledge  of  biological  concepts.  The  examination  will  be  oral, 
given  by  a  standing  committee,  and  last  approximately  two  hours.  Eligibility 
to  continue  in  the  program  toward  the  Doctor  of  Philosophy  degree  is  con- 
tingent upon  satisfactory  performance  on  the  qualifying  examination. 

Comprehensive  Examination 

The  comprehensive  examination  requirement  will  be  fulfilled  by  two 
written  examinations,  one  in  the  major  area  of  specialization  and  the  other 
in  closely  related  areas.  The  candidate  may  apply  through  his  adviser  after 
completing  the  foreign  language  requirement  and  at  least  one  quarter  prior 
to  the  oral  examination. 

Course  Requirements 

After  the  establishment  of  candidacy,  any  further  course  requirements 
will  be  established  by  the  dissertation  adviser  and  approved  by  the 
departmental  graduate  committee. 

Dissertation 

Arrangements  for  a  dissertation  adviser  are  made  at  the  time  of  admit- 
tance into  the  Ph.D.  program.  Research  for  the  Ph.D.  is  performed  under 
the  guidance  of  the  dissertation  adviser.  The  adviser  also  serves  as  the 
chairperson  of  the  doctoral  committee  which  must  consist  of  at  least  5 
members.  The  research  proposal  and  the  doctoral  committee  must  be  ap- 
proved by  the  Department  Graduate  Committee.  The  doctoral  committee 
must  approve  the  dissertation  before  the  degree  may  be  conferred. 

Language  Requirement 

Ability  to  read  and  translate  biological  literature  in  one  foreign  language 
must  be  established  by  the  candidate.  In  order  to  maximize  the  usefulness 
of  this  language  as  a  tool  of  research,  the  student  should  take  the  language 


BIOLOGY/ 37 

examination  as  early  as  possible.  The  examination  will  be  administered  by 
the  Department  of  Biology,  or  in  certain  cases,  by  the  Modern  Language 
Department.  French,  German,  and  Russian  are  the  three  most  important 
foreign  languages  for  the  biologist.  Students  will  be  expected  to  choose  one 
of  these  languages  for  their  examination,  but  another  language  may  be  sub- 
stituted where  there  is  significant  literature  in  the  area  of  interest. 

Tool  of  Research 

A  tool  of  research  is  required  in  addition  to  the  above  language.  This  re- 
quirement may  be  fulfilled  through  either  passing  a  second  foreign 
language  examination  in  a  language  in  which  there  is  significant  literature, 
or  completion  of  a  program  in  the  general  principles  of  statistics,  biometry, 
and/or  computer  programming. 

Final  Oral  Examination 

This  examination  will  be  held  in  accordance  with  the  general  regulations 
of  the  graduate  school. 

INTERDISCIPLINARY  PROGRAMS 

Admission 

Application  and  credentials  for  admission  to  interdisciplinary  programs 
involving  the  Biology  Department,  where  this  department  is  clearly  the 
department  of  registry,  as  described  under  "General  Regulations,"  should 
be  submitted  as  described  under  the  heading  of  "Admission"  in  the  section 
"The  Doctor  of  Philosophy  Program"  for  biology.  The  interdisciplinary  com- 
mittee will  consist  of  at  least  five  members.  The  composition  of  this  com- 
mittee will  be  determined  by  mutual  consent  between  the  departments  in- 
volved, but  will  have  at  least  three  members  from  the  Biology  Department  if 
the  dissertation  adviser  is  from  this  department.  Upon  admission,  suitable 
interdisciplinary  course  requirements  will  be  determined  by  the  inter- 
disciplinary committee. 

Qualifying  Examination 

Students  accepted  into  the  program  will  normally  be  expected  to  com- 
plete the  qualifying  examination  by  the  end  of  three  quarters  at  North- 
eastern University.  At  least  five  areas  of  study  will  be  covered  by  the  qualify- 
ing examination,  at  least  three  of  which  will  be  oral  examinations  chosen  by 
the  candidate  from  the  following  areas:  biochemistry,  botany,  ecology, 
genetics,  microbiology,  physiology,  apd  zoology.  The  remaining  com- 
ponents of  the  examination  will  be  specified  and  evaluated  by  the  other  par- 
ticipating department.  With  the  exceptions  of  the  procedures  for  admission 
and  examinations  for  qualification,  the  remaining  requirements,  and 
procedures  are  as  specified  under  "The  Doctor  of  Philosophy  Program"  for 
biology. 


38 /BIOLOGY 

DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES 

18.804  Lower  Invertebrates  (4  q.h.) 

Taxonomy,  morphology,  embryology,  and  life  histories  of  acoelomate  phyla  (Marine 
Science  Institute). 

1 8.805  Coelomate  I n vertebrates  (4  q .  h . ) 

Biology  of  annelids,  arthropods,  molluscs  and  echinoderms  (Marine  Science 
Institute). 

18.806  Malacology  (4  q.h.) 

Functional  morphology,  embryology,  systematics,  and  ecology  of  the  major  groups 
of  molluscs.  Prep.  Invertebrate  Zoology. 

18.809  Mammalogy  (5  q.h.) 

Phylogeny,  anatomy,  physiology,  behavior,  reproduction,  population  dynamics,  and 
natural  history  of  the  mammals.  The  course  will  include  student  presentation  of  the 
recent  advances  in  mammalogy.  Field  collection  and  laboratory  preparation  and 
study  of  specimens  will  be  included.  Prep.  Comparative  Anatomy  of  Embryology. 

18.810  Ichthyology  (4  q.h.) 

Natural  history  and  systematics  of  fishes,  with  emphasis  on  marine  species  (Marine 
Science  Institute).  Prep.  Comparative  Anatomy  or  Vertebrate  Zoology. 

18.813  Dynamics  of  Aquatic  Ecology  I  (3  q.h.) 

Chemical,  physical  and  biotic  features  influencing  coastal,  lake  and  stream  com- 
munities. Lectures.  Prep.  18.134  or  18.834  or  equivalent. 

18.814  Dynamics  of  Aquatic  Ecology  II  (3  q.h.) 

One  hour  of  lecture  and  one  full  day  (7  hours)  of  laboratory-field  work.  Prep.  18.813. 


18.818  Ecology  of  Salt  Marshes  (3  q.h.) 

Survey  of  fauna  and  flora,  environmental  factors  affecting  them  and  current 
biological  and  social  problems  associated  with  this  habitat.  This  course  will  meet  for 
2  lectures  of  VA  hours  each  and  1  full  day  of  laboratory  for  6  weeks  during  the 
summer  quarter.  Prep.  18.134  or  18.834  or  equivalent. 

18.819  Principles  of  Systematics  (3  q.h.) 
Codes  of  nomenclature.  Biological  principles  basic  to  methodology  of  the  prepara- 
tion of  monographs  and  of  faunas  and  floras. 

18.823     Human  Ecology  (4  q.h.) 

Parameters  of  the  human  ecological  niche,  man's  effect  on  them,  and  their  conse- 
quences for  him. 

18.825     Plant  Nutrition  and  Metabolism  (4  q.h.) 

Mineral  nutrition,  photosynthesis,  metabolic  pathways,  and  translocation  in  higher 

plants. 


18.826     Plant  Growth  and  Reproduction  (4  q.h.) 

Plant  hormones,  growth,  development,  and  physiology  of  reproduction.  Prep.  18.825. 


BIOLOGY/ 39 

18.827     Physiology  of  Plant  Growth  and  Development  (2  q.h.) 

A  general  coverage  of  the  internal  and  environmental  factors  that  influence  the 
physiology  of  plant  growth  and  development.  The  mechanisms  by  which  plant  growth 
hormones  regulate  the  physiology  of  plants  will  be  discussed  with  particular 
emphasis  on  the  roles  of  auxins,  gibberellins,  cytokinins,  and  phytochrome.  Alter- 
nates yearly  with  18.833. 

18.830  Marine  Algae  (4  q.h.) 

Systematics,  life  histories,  and  ecology  of  marine  algae,  with  emphasis  on  the  flora  of 
the  Gulf  of  Maine  (Marine  Science  Institute). 

18.831  Plant  Morphogenesis  (4  q.h.) 

The  origin  of  form,  experimentally  controlled  development,  and  external  and  internal 
factors  that  govern  development  of  form.  Plant  tissue,  organ,  and  cell  culture 
techniques  employed  in  the  study  of  morphogenetic  processes.  Prep.  18.237. 

18.833  Photosynthesis  (2  q.h.) 

A  general  discussion  of  the  biochemistry  and  physiology  of  photosynthesis  with  par- 
ticular emphasis  on  recent  discoveries  in  electron  transport,  chloroplast  structure, 
and  C02  assimilation.  The  evolution  and  requirements  of  photosynthesis  will  also  be 
discussed.  Prep.  18.827.  Alternates  yearly  with  18.827. 

18.834  Environmental  and  Population  Biology  (2  q.h.) 

Physico-chemical  factors  influencing  and  influenced  by  organisms.  Interactions 
among  individual  organisms  and  among  species.  Students  will  participate  in  lectures 
and  laboratories  given  for  18.134.  Individual  work  on  specialized  aspects  of  ecology 
will  be  assigned.  Prep.  One  year  of  General  Biology,  including  plant  and  animal 
biology.  Open  only  to  graduate  students  completing  deficiencies  in  entrance  re- 
quirements. 

18.835  Genetics  and  Developmental  Biology  (2  q.h.) 

Elaboration  of  the  classic  laws  of  heredity.  Cytogenetics.  Chemical  basis  of  heredity. 
Selected  examples  of  the  development  of  form  and  function.  Students  will  participate 
in  lectures  and  laboratories  given  for  18.135  and  will  be  assigned  extra  individual 
work.  Prep.  General  Biology.  Open  only  to  graduate  students  completing  deficiencies 
in  entrance  requirements. 

18.836  Cardiovascular  Physiology  (3  q.h.) 

Physiology  of  blood  cells,  anemia,  polycythemia  immunity  and  allergy.  Elec- 
trophysiology  of  the  heart,  cardiac  cycle,  EKG,  hemodynamics,  capillary  dynamics, 
pulmonary  circulation,  cardiovascular  reflexes,  cardiac  output  and  venous  return. 
Cardiac  failure,  coronary  circulation,  atherosclerosis,  hypertension,  cerebral  circula- 
tion, circulatory  shock. 

18.837  Cardiovascular  Physiology  Laboratory  (1  q.h.) 
Three  hours  of  laboratory  study  per  week.  Prep.  18.836. 

18.838  Animal  Nutrition  (2  q.h.) 

Detailed  consideration  of  organic  and  inorganic  nutritional  requirements  of  man  and 
selected  animals.  Digestion,  absorption,  and  metabolism  of  nutrient  materials.  Role 
of  vitamins,  minerals,  and  trace  elements  in  metabolism.  Variation  in  nutritional 


40 /BIOLOGY 

needs  among  normal  individuals  and  in  various  physiologic  and  genetic  pathologies. 
Evaluation  of  food  additives  and  of  permissible  levels  of  toxic  materials  in  food. 

18.840     Comparative  Physiology  of  Regulatory  Mechanisms  (2  q.h.) 
Principles  and  selected  examples  of  physiological  response  to  environmental  varia- 
tion. Prep.  Basic  Physiology. 

18.842     Vertebrate  Endocrinology  (2  q.h.) 

Principles    of    hormonal    regulation    of    physiological    processes    in    vertebrates, 

mechanisms  of  hormone  action,  neuro-endocrine  relationships.  Prep.  Physiology. 

18.845     Physiological  Ecology  (2  q.h.) 

Study  of  biological  and  chemical  mechanisms  involved  in  adaptation;  homeostasis 
and  its  regulation,  salt  and  water  metabolism;  respiratory  and  circulatory  control 
systems;  adaptation  versus  acclimation.  Control  systems  within  the  body  versus  set 
points.  Prep.  College  Biology,  Organic  Chemistry. 

18.847     Environmental  Law  (2  q.h.) 

The  kinds  of  scientific  information  required  for  implementation  of  the  legal  and 
political  aspects  of  environmental  management.  The  role  of  the  scientist  as  an  expert 
witness.  Scientific  and  legal  predictability.  Analyses  of  suitable  dynamic  models  and 
case  law  with  the  goal  of  improving  the  results  of  legal,  political,  and  scientific 
decisions  bearing  upon  remedial  environmental  management.  Prep.  Biology  core 
and  first  course  in  physiology,  e.g.,  18. 158  and  18. 159. 

18.852  Advanced  Developmental  Biology  (3  q.h.) 

Analysis  of  development  at  the  biochemical  and  cellular  levels.  Nucleic  acid  and  pro- 
tein synthesis,  gene  action  and  differentiation,  cell-cell  interactions,  mechanisms  of 
animal  morphogenesis.  3  hrs.  of  lecture.  Prep.  18.135,  18.136  or  consent  of  the  in- 
structor. 

18.853  Advanced  Developmental  Biology  Laboratory  (2  q.h.) 

Analysis  of  the  fundamental  problems  of  development  through  experimental  techni- 
ques. Culture  of  vertebrate  and  invertebrate  embryos;  microsurgical  analysis  of 
morphogenesis;  biochemistry  of  development,  cell-cell  interactions;  organ  and  tissue 
culture  will  be  studied.  5  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Prep.  18.852  or  consent  of  the 
instructor. 

18.857     Advanced  Mammalian  Physiology  (4  q.h.) 

Intensive  study  of  the  circulatory,  respiratory,  digestive,  excretory,  reproductive,  ner- 
vous and  endocrine  systems  in  mammals,  with  emphasis  on  laboratory  procedures 
and  surgical  techniques  used  with  living  animals  —  chiefly,  the  rat.  Prep.  Background 
in  Physiology,  consent  of  the  instructor. 

18.860     Cell  Biophysics  and  Biochemistry  I  (5  q.h  ) 

Biogenesis  and  ultrastructure  of  the  cell  considered  together  with  the  biophysical 
procedures  and  biochemical  patterns  used  in  the  study  of  cellular  and  tissue  com- 
ponents. Lecture  only.  Prep.  Organic  Chemistry,  General  Biology,  Biochemistry  and 
Cell  Biology. 


BIOLOGY/ 41 

18.861     Cell  Biophysics  and  Biochemistry  II  (5  q.h.) 

Laboratory  portion  of  the  course,  18.860.  Prep.  Consent  of  the  instructor. 

18.903     Environmental  Microbiology  (4  q.h.) 

The  microbial  environment  and  ecology  of  the  cell.  Interactions  between  microbial 

populations,  stressing  soil  and  fresh-water  associations.  Prep.  18.220  or  equivalent. 

18.907  Food  Microbiology  (2  q.h.) 

Microbiology  of  food  with  emphasis  on  the  pathogenic  types  and  their  interactions 
with  other  groups  indigenous  to  food.  Prep.  18.220  or  equivalent. 

18.908  Food  Microbiology  Laboratory  (2  q.h.) 

Detection,  quantification,  and  isolation  of  microorganisms  and  their  products  of 
significance  in  food  with  emphasis  on  the  pathogenic  types.  Prep.  18.907  (may  be 
taken  concurrently). 

18.909  Animal  Virology  (4  q.h.) 

Physical  and  chemical  properties  of  viruses.  Viruses  as  intracellular  parasites.  Viral 
replication  and  genetics,  host-virus  interaction,  pathogenesis,  diseases,  tumor 
viruses,  and  serological  reactions.  Laboratory  sessions  will  consist  of  demonstrations 
emphasizing  use  of  animals,  eggs  and  animal  cell  cultures  for  cultivation,  isolation, 
and  identification  of  viruses.  Prep.  18.220  and  18.242  or  their  equivalent  and 
Biochemistry. 

18.910  Microbial  Genetics  (3  q.h.) 

Principles  of  bacterial  and  bacteriophage  genetics.  Nature  of  variation  and  in- 
heritance and  the  mechanisms  of  exchange  of  genetic  material.  Prep.  18.220  or 
equivalent. 

18.911  Microbial  Genetics  Laboratory  (2  q.h.) 

Origin,  isolation,  and  characterization  of  mutants.  Mechanisms  of  genetic  exchange 
in  bacteria  and  bacteriophage.  Prep.  18.910  (may  be  taken  concurrently). 

18.914  Medical  Mycology  (2  q.h.) 

Morphological,  pathological,  and  epidemiological  factors  of  pathogenic  opportunistic 
and  common  fungal  contaminants  from  human  sources.  Prep.  18.220  and  18.224  or 
equivalents. 

18.915  Medical  Mycology  Laboratory  (2  q.h.) 

Basic  methodology  for  demonstration  and  isolation  of  fungi  in  clinical  specimens. 
Identification  on  morphologic  and  biochemical  basis.  Prep,  or  co-requisite  18.914. 

18.920  Industrial  Microbiology  (3  q.h.) 

Microorganisms  and  methods  employed  in  production  of  products  of  economic  and 
medical  importance,  decomposition  of  wastes,  and  control  of  desirable  and  un- 
wanted processes  and  biodeterioration.  Fermentation  processes  emphasized.  Prep. 
18.240  or  equivalent  or  consent  of  instructor. 

18.921  Industrial  Microbiology  Laboratory  (2  q.h.) 

Laboratory  and  discussion  seminar  sessions  devoted  to  the  study  of  selected  com- 
mercial processes. 


42 /BIOLOGY 

18.936     Cell  Biology  (2  qh) 

Basic  chemical  and  physical  processes  of  cells  related  to  their  fine  structure;  ox- 
idative and  intermediary  metabolism;  photosynthesis,  membrane  phenomena;  move- 
ment; chemical  and  physical  processes  of  prokaryotic  and  eukaryotic  cells.  Students 
will  participate  in  lectures  and  laboratories  given  for  18.136.  Extra  individual  work  will 
be  assigned.  Prep.  General  Biology,  college  physics,  and  organic  chemistry.  Only 
open  to  graduate  students  completing  deficiencies  in  entrance  requirements. 

18.940     Microbial  Biochemistry  (4  q.h.) 

Study  of  the  enzymatic  reactions,  intermediate  products,  and  metabolic  pathways  in- 
volved in  carbohydrate,  protein,  and  nucleic  acid  metabolism  by  microorganisms. 
Prep.  18.220  and  18.240  or  equivalents,  and  Biochemistry. 

18.980     Seminar  (1  q.h.) 

Various  topics  and  newer  developments  in  botany,  microbiology,  physiology,  and 

zoology  covered  in  depth.  Student  presentations  are  emphasized. 

18.990  Special  Topics  in  Biology  (credit  variable) 

Special  study  of  a  selected  topic  under  direction  of  a  faculty  member.  Topic  and 
direction  of  study  to  be  arranged  with  the  faculty  member  supervising  the  study. 

18.991  M.S.  Thesis  (credit  variable) 

Research  methods  of  some  special  field  and  their  application  to  a  specific  problem, 
under  direction  of  a  faculty  member. 

18.992  Special  Investigations  in  Biology  (credit  variable) 

Laboratory  studies  on  a  topic  not  directly  related  to  research  being  pursued  for  a 
thesis  or  dissertation. 

18.993  Biological  Electron  Microscopy  (4  q.h.) 

Techniques  of  electron  microscopy  applied  to  biological  materials.  Specimen 
preparation,  fixation,  thin-sectioning,  staining,  operation  of  electron  microscope, 
photographic  techniques,  interpretation  of  electron  micrographs.  Student  seminars 
and  project  required.  Prep.  Consent  of  the  instructor. 

18.995     Ph.D.  Dissertation 

Original  research  in  depth,  representing  a  significant  contribution  of  new  biological 
knowledge,  and  a  written  dissertation  thereon,  under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty 
member. 

90.821  Biochemistry  I  (2  q.h.) 

Discussion  of  the  structures  and  chemistries  of  carbohydrates,  proteins,  lipids, 
nucleic  acids,  and  selected  cofactors.  Prep.  One  year  Organic  Chemistry. 

90.822  Biochemistry  II  (2.  q.h.) 

Bioenergetics,  enzymes  and  enzyme  kinetics,  intermediary  metabolism,  including 
carbohydrate  catabolism,  tricarboxylic  acid  cycle,  electron  transport,  and  oxidative 
phosphorylation.  Prep.  Biochemistry  I  (90.821). 

90.823  Biochemistry  III  (2  q.h.) 

Continuation  of  intermediary  metabolism  from  Biochemistry  II,  or  73.842,  including 


BIOLOGY/ 43 

lipid,  protein,  and  nucleic  acid  metabolism,  photosynthesis,  and  cell  regulation.  Prep. 
Biochemistry  II  (90.822). 

The  following  courses  have  been  reviewed  by  the  Biology  Department  Graduate 
Committee  and  may  be  taken  for  graduate  credit.  No  more  than  twelve  hours  of 
courses  outside  of  the  18.000  and  Biochemistry  courses  may  count  toward  the 
Master  of  Science  degree  in  Biology  or  the  Master  of  Science  degree  in  Health 
Sciences. 

73.814  Concepts  in  Pharmacology  I  (2  q.h.) 

Selected  areas  of  pharmacology  are  examined  in  depth  with  special  reference  to  in- 
teractions of  drugs  and  other  chemical  agents  with  biological  systems.  Emphasis  is 
placed  on  biochemical  mechanisms,  experimental  design,  evaluation  of  data  utilizing 
conventional  statistical  procedures,  and  techniques  employed  in  pharmacological 
evaluations.  Alternates  yearly  with  73.816. 

73.815  Concepts  in  Pharmacology  II  (2  q.h.) 
Continuation  of  73.814. 

73.816  Concepts  in  Toxicology  I  (2  q.h.) 

Concepts  of  modern  toxicology  in  which  emphasis  is  placed  on  biochemical 
mechanisms  underlying  the  toxicological  action  of  drugs  and  other  chemical  sub- 
stances upon  biological  systems.  Selected  topics  in  toxicology,  including  acute,  sub- 
acute, and  chronic  effects  of  drugs  in  the  experimental  animal.  Consideration  of  the 
predictive  value  of  animal  studies  for  drug  effects  in  man.  Alternates  yearly  with 
73.814. 

73.817  Concepts  in  Toxicology  II  (2  q.h.) 
Continuation  of  73.816. 

01.952     Industrial  Hygiene  (2  q.h.) 

Factors  in  the  industrial  environment  that  adversely  affect  the  health,  comfort,  and  ef- 
ficiency of  the  worker.  Industrial  surveys,  and  application  of  engineering  principles  to 
control  of  dust,  toxic  metals,  gases  and  vapors,  organic  compounds,  radiation, 
pressure,  temperature,  and  humidity. 

01.957     Air  Pollution  Science  (2  q.h.) 

Theory  and  practice  related  to  engineering  management  of  air  resources,  control  of 

gaseous  emission,  investigation  and  study  of  air  pollution,  sampling  and  analysis 

methods. 

11.872     Radiation  Biology  and  Health  Physics  (2  q.h.) 
Prep,  consent  of  the  instructor. 


All  undergraduate  biology  courses  in  the  series  designated  18.200-18.300  are 
available  for  graduate  credit.  Please  consult  the  undergraduate  or  other  appropriate 
bulletin  for  course  details. 

18.208  Comparative  Vertebrate  Anatomy  5  q.h. 

18.209  Developmental  Anatomy  5  q.h. 

18.210  Invertebrate  Zoology  5  q.h. 


44 /BIOLOGY 

18.211 

Parasitology 

18.212 

Vertebrate  Paleontology 

18.220 

General  Microbiology 

18.227 

Animal  Histology 

18.228 

Histological  Technique 

18.231 

Lower  Plants 

18.232 

Higher  Plants 

18.234 

Plant  Anatomy 

18.235 

Economic  Botany 

18.236 

Horticulture 

18.237 

Introduction  to  Plant  Physiology 

18.238 

Local  Flora 

18.239 

Terrestrial  Ecosystems  of  North  America 

18.240 

Microbial  Physiology 

18.242 

Medical  Microbiology 

18.245 

Serology- Immunology 

18.246 

Serology-lmmunology  Laboratory 

18.248 

Marine  and  Freshwater  Microbiology  Laboratory 

18.249 

Marine  and  Freshwater  Microbiology 

18.251 

Comparative  Animal  Physiology 

18.252 

Vertebrate  Physiology  I 

18.253 

Vertebrate  Physiology  II 

4q.h. 
4q.h. 
5q.h. 
4q.h. 
3q.h. 
4q.h. 
4q.h. 
4q.h. 
4q.h. 
4q.h. 
5q.h. 
4q.h. 
4q.h. 
4q.h. 
4q.h. 
3q.h. 
2q.h. 
2q.h. 
2q.h. 
4q.h. 
3q.h. 
3q.h. 


chemistry 


Professors 

Karl  Weiss,  Ph.D. 

Chairman 
Bill  C.  Giessen,  Dr.  Sc.  Nat. 
Barry  L.  Karger.  Ph.D. 
Albert  H.  Soloway.  Ph.D. 
Alfred  Viola.  Ph.D. 


Associate  Professors 

David  M.  Howell,  Ph.D. 

Conrad  M.  Jankowski,  Ph.D. 

Elmer  E.  Jones,  Ph.D. 

Philip  W.  LeQuesne,  Ph.D. 

John  L.  Roebber,  Ph.D.,  Executive  Officer 

Robert  N.  Wiener,  Ph.D. 
Assistant  Professors 

Claude  Eon,  D.  es  Sci. 
Arthur  M.  HaJpern,  Ph.D. 
James  E.  Quick,  Ph.D. 
William  M.  Rerff.  Ph.D. 


Admission 

In  addition  to  the  admission  requirements  listed  on  page  22  an  applicant 
must  have  completed  not  less  than  four  full-year  chemistry  courses  of  the 
level  required  of  an  undergraduate  major  in  chemistry.  These  must  include 
organic,  physical,  and  analytical  chemistry.  Admission  policy  favors  those 
who  have  taken  more  chemistry  than  these  minima.  In  addition,  one  year 
each  of  college  physics  and  calculus  are  required,  and  further  work  in  these 
subjects  is  desirable. 

These  admission  requirements  may  be  modified  to  accommodate 
applicants  who  have  taken  fewer  courses  than  indicated  above,  but  who 
have  outstanding  records  and  a  strong  interest  in  chemical  or  inter- 
disciplinary studies.  See  also  the  description  of  interdisciplinary  programs. 


DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS 

Part-Time  Program  Leading  to  M.S.  Degree 

This  program  consists  of  a  total  of  40  quarter  hours  of  credit  in  graduate 
course  work,  of  which  32  credits  must  be  taken  in  chemistry  graduate 
courses  numbered  between  12.821  and  12.899.  Eight  additional  credits 
may  be  taken  in  any  graduate  courses  for  which  the  student  has  the 
necessary  prerequisites.  The  student's  program  must  include  the  following 
core  courses  in  the  four  areas  of  chemistry: 

45 


46  /  CHEMISTRY 

(a)  Four  credits  of  analytical  chemistry.  These  may  be  chosen  from 
12.821,  12.822,  12.823,  12.831  and  12.833. 

(b)  Four  credits  of  inorganic  chemistry.  These  will  normally  be  the 
12.841  and  12.842  sequence. 

(c)  Four  credits  of  organic  chemistry.  These  may  be  either  the  12.861 
and  1 2.862  sequence  or  the  1 2.864  and  1 2.865  sequence. 

(d)  Four  credits  of  physical  chemistry.  These  may  be  either  the  12.881 
and  12.882  sequence  or  the  12.885  and  12.886  sequence.  Note  that 
12.881  and  12.885,  by  themselves,  are  riot  sufficient. 

In  cases  of  unusual  preparation,  more  advanced  courses  may  be  sub- 
stituted within  the  given  subdiscipline. 


Full-Time  Program 


Master's  Degree 


The  normal  full-time  program  consists  of  a  total  of  40  quarter  hours  of 
graduate  credit  in  courses,  seminars,  research,  and  a  thesis  based  on  this 
research.  Each  student  is  required  to  take  at  least  24  quarter  hours  of  credit 
in  graduate  chemistry  courses  numbered  between  12.821  and  12.899.  Up  to 
4  quarter  hours  of  graduate  courses  in  physics  or  mathematics  may  be  sub- 
stituted. At  least  one  two-quarter  sequence  of  courses  must  be  taken  in 
three  out  of  the  four  areas  of  chemistry.  These  sequences  would  normally 
be  chosen  from  the  following  core  courses: 

(a)  Analytical  Chemistry  —  12.821  and  12.831  or  12.823  and  12.833. 

(b)  Inorganic  Chemistry  — 12.841  and  12.842 

(c)  Organic  Chemistry  —  12.861  and  12.862 

(d)  Physical  Chemistry  —  1 2.881  and  1 2.882  or  1 2.885  and  1 2.886. 

A  minimum  of  6  hours,  but  no  more  than  14  quarter  hours  of  credit  may 
be  assigned  to  12.991,  Research  and  Thesis  for  the  Master  of  Science 
degree.  Each  student  is  required  to  attend  12.990,  Seminar,  in  each  term. 
One  credit  is  assigned  to  a  student  for  each  term  in  which  he  conducts  a 
seminar,  up  to  the  maximum  of  2  credits. 


DOCTOR  OF  PHILOSOPHY  DEGREE 

The  doctoral  program  in  chemistry  may  be  pursued  only  in  residence.  The 
additional  requirements  beyond  those  of  the  master's  degree  are  designed 
to  demonstrate  superior  proficiency  in  original  research,  including  technical 
reading  ability  in  a  foreign  language  and  familiarity  with  current  advances  in 
one  of  the  main  divisions  of  chemistry. 

Residence  Requirement 

The    residence   requirement   is   satisfied    after   one   year   of   full-time 


CHEMISTRY/ 47 

graduate  work  or  two  years  of  half-time  work.  If  a  student  holds  a  teaching 
assistantship  which  occupies  one  half  of  his  time,  his  residence  require- 
ment is  being  discharged  at  half  rate.  Other  arrangements  require  faculty 
approval.  If  a  candidate  has  a  research  fellowship  which  supports  his 
research  for  the  doctoral  dissertation,  his  residence  requirement  is  dis- 
charged at  full  rate.  Normally,  the  equivalent  of  two  years  of  work  after  es- 
tablishment of  doctoral  candidacy  is  necessary  to  complete  research. 


Degree  Candidacy 

Degree  candidacy  is  established  in  accordance  with  the  general  graduate 
school  regulations. 


Qualifying  Examination 

Qualifying  examinations  are  offered  in  the  fields  of  analytical,  inorganic, 
organic,  and  physical  chemistry.  There  are  eight  examinations  offered  each 
year  in  each  field.  A  student  must  pass  four  of  these. 

A  student  is  eligible  to  take  the  qualifying  examination  if: 

(a)  he  has  entered  with  a  bachelor's  degree  and  has  achieved  a  3.0 
average  in  eight  courses  taken  in  the  first  year  of  residence.  Two  of 
the  eight  graduate  courses  may  be  in  physics  or  mathematics,  the 
remaining  courses  must  be  numbered  between  12.821  and  12.899; 

(b)  he  has  been  admitted  to  the  doctoral  program  with  an  awarded 
master's  degree; 

(c)  he  is  a  part-time  student  who  has  petitioned  the  department  after 
having  completed  at  least  sixteen  credits  of  graduate  courses  which 
include  fulfillment  of  three  of  the  four  distributional  requirements 
listed  for  the  part-time  program.  A  3.0  average  is  required  for  all 
courses  taken. 

Students  in  category  "a"  must  pass  the  qualifying  examinations  by  July  1 
of  their  second  year  of  residence.  Students  in  category  "b"  must  pass  the 
qualifying  examinations  by  July  1  of  their  first  year  of  residence.  Students  in 
category  "c"  will  have  the  conditions  set  at  the  time  their  petition  is  ap- 
proved. 

Course  Requirements 

A  candidate  is  normally  required  by  bis  faculty  adviser  to  do  some  course 
work  beyond  the  40  quarter  hour  minimum.  The  number  and  nature  of 
these  courses  are  individually  determined  for  each  candidate. 

Dissertation 

In  most  cases,  arrangements  for  a  dissertation  adviser  will  have  been 
made  before  the  completion  of  the  qualifying  examination.  If  not,  such 


48 /CHEMISTRY 

arrangements  must  be  made  as  soon  as  possible  after  degree  candidacy 
has  been  established.  The  dissertation  adviser  directs  the  research  for  the 
dissertation  and  serves  as  chairman  of  the  dissertation  committee,  which 
must  approve  the  dissertation  before  the  degree  may  be  conferred. 

Language  Requirements 

Proficiency  must  be  demonstrated  in  a  foreign  language  as  specified  by 
the  departmental  graduate  committee  in  accordance  with  the  general 
graduate  school  regulations.  French,  German,  and  Russian  are  the  accep- 
table foreign  languages.  Normally,  proficiency  is  demonstrated  by  taking 
examinations  administered  by  the  Chemistry  Department. 

Final  Oral  Examination 

This  examination  will  be  held  in  accordance  with  the  graduate  school 
regulations. 


AREAS  OF  ADVANCED  STUDY  AND  RESEARCH 

Analytical  Chemistry 

The  general  areas  of  active  research  include  separation  science,  applica- 
tion of  analytical  methods  to  a  wide  range  of  problems  of  social  relevance, 
and  research  in  theoretical  and  applied  analytical  techniques  such  as  elec- 
troanalytical  chemistry,  atomic  absorption,  and  related  areas. 

Inorganic  Chemistry 

Research  in  inorganic  chemistry  is  largely  concentrated  on  the  structure 
and  properties  of  transition  elements  and  their  compounds.  Current  in- 
vestigations range  from  solid  state  studies  to  the  thermodynamics  and 
mechanism  of  reactions  in  solution.  The  application  of  inorganic  chemistry 
in  the  field  of  forensic  science  is  also  under  investigation. 

Organic  Chemistry 

Research  in  the  organic  chemistry  division  is  concentrated  in  the  areas  of 
organic  synthesis,  organic  reaction  mechanisms  and  natural  products,  and 
phytochemistry. 

Physical  Chemistry 

The  physical  chemistry  division  has  active  research  programs  in  the 
areas  of  photophysics,  fluorescence  spectroscopy,  solution  and  gas  phase 
photochemistry,  molecular  spectroscopy,  physical  solid  state  chemistry  in- 
cluding X-ray  diffraction,  and  theoretical  studies  of  molecular  systems. 


CHEMISTRY/ 49 

Research  Facilities  and  Equipment 

The  main  facilities  of  the  department  are  located  in  Hurtig  Hall.  Substan- 
tial additional  space  and  equipment  are  available  in  the  Institute  of 
Chemical  Analysis,  Applications  and  Forensic  Science  in  Mugar  Hall,  in  the 
Forsyth  Building,  and  at  the  University's  Marine  Science  Institute  at  Nahant. 
Major  research  equipment  includes: 

□  electron  spin,  nuclear  magnetic  resonance,  and  mass  spectrometers 

□  liquid  and  gas  chromatographs  and  an  atomic  absorpt/on  spec- 
trometer 

□  X-ray  diffractometers,  an  electron  microscope  and  thermal  analyzers 
and  calorimeters 

□  Gouy   and    Faraday   magnetic   balances   and   a  vibrating   sample 
magnetometer 

□  vacuum  ultraviolet,  electron  impact,  photoionization,  ultraviolet,  visi- 
ble, and  infrared  spectrometers 

□  flash  photolysis,  laser  photolysis,  and  photochemical  equipment 

□  Mossbauer  spectrometer  and  low  temperature  facilities 

□  fluorescence  emission  and  lifetimes  and  a  stopped-flow  apparatus 

□  electroanalytical,  polarographic,  and  coulometric  equipment 


Interdisciplinary  and  Other  Graduate  Chemistry  Programs 

Some  graduate  students  wish  to  pursue  doctoral  programs  which  involve 
substantial  work  in  two  or  more  departments.  The  chemistry  department 
has  served  as  the  registration  department  for  a  number  of  students  engag- 
ed in  such  areas.  The  details  of  establishing  such  a  program  tailored  to  a 
student's  individual  needs  are  explained  on  page  26  of  this  bulletin. 


Interdisciplinary  Ph.D.  In  Forensic  Chemistry 

This  program  is  designed  to  prepare  a  student  for  research  and 
leadership  positions  in  forensic  laboratories.  It  is  offered  in  conjunction  with 
the  College  of  Criminal  Justice  and  the  Institute  of  Chemical  Analysis, 
Applications  and  Forensic  Science.  Details  are  given  on  page  58. 


Master  of  Science  in  Forensic  Chemistry 

This  program  is  available  on  a  full-time  or  part-time  basis  with  courses 
being  offered  primarily  during  the  evening  hours.  Details  are  given  on  page 
59. 


50 /CHEMISTRY 

Master  of  Science  in  Clinical  Chemistry 

This  is  a  part-time  interdisciplinary  program  with  the  College  of  Phar- 
macy and  Allied  Health  Professions.  It  is  designed  to  prepare  a  student  for 
employment  in  clinical  laboratories.  Details  are  given  on  page  54. 

DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES 

All  courses  carry  two  quarter  hours  of  credit  unless  otherwise  specified. 

12.810     Modern  Methods  of  Analysis  (3  q.h.) 

Training  in  a  wide  variety  of  modern  methods  of  instrumental  analysis  with  extensive 
"hands-on"  experience  provided  by  a  laboratory  section.  Areas  covered  include: 
data  handling;  spectroscopy  (UV-visible  and  IR  absorption,  luminescence,  X-ray, 
atomic  absorption  and  mass  spectrometry);  separations  (gas  and  modern  liquid 
chromatography,  TLC);  pulse  polarography;  X-ray  diffraction;  microscopy  (optical 
and  scanning  electron  microscopy  including  X-ray  fluorescence  microanalysis);  com- 
puterized instrumentation.  (Restricted  to  students  in  the  Forensic  Chemistry  M.S. 
program). 

12.811,  12.812, 12.813  Special  Topics  In  Chemistry  —  Chemistry  and  Society  I,  II, 
III 

Special  topics  of  current  importance  including:  Chemical  Aspects  of  the  En- 
vironment: pollution  and  its  determination,  pesticides,  carcinogenics,  resources; 
Chemical  Aspects  of  Energy  Conversion  and  Storage:  fossil  fuels  and  fuel  analysis; 
nuclear  reactors;  storage  batteries;  hydrogen  production  and  storage;  solar  energy, 
photovoltaic  cells  and  photochemistry;  energy  related  materials.  Prep.  Bachelor's 
degree  in  science  or  engineering. 

12.821  Analytical  Separations 

Theory  and  practice  of  analytical  separation  techniques.  Emphasis  will  be  on  fun- 
damentals as  they  relate  to  practice.  Topics  will  be  based  mainly  on  chromatographic 
processes  including  gas  and  high  speed  liquid  chromatography.  Other  topics  will  in- 
clude zone  refining,  liquid-liquid  extraction,  and  electrophoresis. 

12.822  Electroanalytical  Chemistry 

The  principles  and  practice  of  electroanalytical  chemistry  will  be  discussed.  Topics 
will  include  potentiometry  and  ion-selective  electrodes,  normal  and  thin-layer 
coulometry,  polarography,  and  electrochemical  relaxation  methods.  Application  of 
these  techniques  to  titration  endpoint  detection  will  also  be  discussed. 

12.823  Optical  Methods  of  Analysis 

Theory  and  practice  of  atomic  absorption,  fluorescence,  and  emission  spectrometry. 
Use  of  flames,  plasmas,  and  electrically  heated  rods,  tubes,  and  furnaces  as  atom 
reservoirs.  Molecular  absorption  and  fluorescence,  Raman  spectrometry. 

12.824, 12.825, 12.826     Special  Topics  in  Analytical  Chemistry  I,  II,  III 

Selected  topics  of  current  importance  in  analytical  chemistry. 

12.828     Chemical  Instrumentation 

Principles  of   instrument   design   will   be  considered  with  emphasis  on   practical 


CHEMISTRY/ 51 

aspects.  Instrument  limitations  and  sources  of  error  will  be  considered  along  with 
modular  instruments  and  interfacing.  Prep.  Consent  of  instructor. 

12.829     Computers  in  Chemistry  (3  q.h.) 

A  laboratory-lecture  course  illustrating  the  use  of  small  digital  computers  for  real- 
time control  of  chemical  instruments.  Topics  will  include  digital  logic,  real-time  data 
structures,  A/D  and  D/A  conversion,  noise,  and  other  aspects  of  real-time  computer 
interfacing.  Programming  will  be  done  on  a  PDP-11  computer  in  MIRACL,  a  language 
designed  for  real-time  processing.  Prep.  Consent  of  instructor. 

12.831     Advanced  Analytical  Separations 

Continuation  of  12.821.  Prep.  12.821. 

12.833     Advanced  Optical  Methods  of  Analysis 

A  detailed  discussion  of  parameters  affecting  analytical  spectrometric 
measurements.  Optics:  pre,  post,  and  inner  filter  effects;  modulation  and  transform 
techniques;  factors  affecting  signal-to-noise  ratios;  interferences;  quenching;  scatter- 
ing; novel  detectors;  and  other  topics  will  be  covered.  Prep.  12.823. 

12.841  Advanced  Inorganic  Chemistry  I 

Application  of  basic  quantum  chemistry  to  inorganic  systems.  Russell-Saunders  and 
j-j  coupling.  Stereo  chemistry  of  non-transition-metal  compounds;  bonding  and 
structure  of  electron  deficient  systems. 

12.842  Advanced  Inorganic  Chemistry  II 

Magnetic  properties;  electronic  spectra  and  selection  rules.  Thermodynamic  stability 
of  coordination  compounds.  Experimental  techniques  of  inorganic  chemistry.  Prep. 
12.841. 

12.843  Advanced  Inorganic  Chemistry  III 

Crystal  symmetry.  Introduction  to  theory  of  lokids;  semi-conductors  and  metals;  non- 
stoichiometric  compounds;  solid  state  reactions.  Application  of  molecular  orbital 
theory.  Determination  of  electron  distribution  in  transition  metal  compounds.  Moss- 
bauer  spectroscopy  and  advanced  magneto-chemistry.  Prep.  12.842  and  12.885. 

12.846     Coordination  Chemistry 

Solution  phase  properties  of  coordination  compounds.  Experimental  methods  for  the 
study  of  thermodynamics  stability  and  kinetic  lability.  Kinetics  and  mechanism  of  sol- 
vent exchange  and  substitution  reactions  at  transition  metal  centers.  Classification  of 
redox  reaction  mechanisms.  Marcus  theory.  Phenomenological  mechanisms.  Prep. 
12.843. 

12.847, 12.848, 12.849, 12.850     Special  Topics  in  Inorganic  Chemistry  I,  II,  III,  IV 

Advanced  topics  of  importance  in  inorganic  chemistry  including:  Advanced  Ligand 
Field  Theory:  Crystal  field  theory  of  ions  in  weak  and  strong  fields.  Molecular  orbital 
theory  of  transition  metal  complexes.  Crystal  Structure  Determination  in  Solids: 
Crystallography,  X-ray,  electron  and  neutron  diffraction  techniques  applied  to  in- 
organic, bio-inorganic  and  other  solids.  Resonance  Spectroscopy  in  Inorganic 
Chemistry:  Electron  spin  resonance,  nuclear  magnetic  resonance,  nuclear 
quadrupole  resonance  and  Mossbauer  Spectroscopy.  Solid  State  Chemistry:  Ther- 
mal, magnetic  and  transport  properties;  phase  transformations  and  crystal  defects; 


52 /CHEMISTRY 

surface  effects;  material  preparation  techniques.  Prep.  12.842  and  consent  of  in- 
structor. 

12.861, 12.862     Advanced  Organic  Chemistry  I,  II 

An  intensive  survey  of  organic  reactions.  Modern  concepts  of  structure  and 
mechanism  are  used  to  correlate  factual  material.  Prep.  One  year  of  Organic 
Chemistry. 

12.863     Physical  Organic  Chemistry 

Topics  in  basic  physical  organic  chemistry:  molecular  polarity,  equilibrium  and 
kinetics,  reactivity  and  structure,  solvent  effects,  acid-base  catalysis,  orbital 
symmetry,  aromaticity,  etc.  Prep.  12.862  or  consent  of  instructor. 

12.864, 12.865     Organic  Stereochemistry  and  Reaction  Mechanisms  I,  II. 

Interrelations  of  the  stereochemistry  of  organic  molecules  with  their  physical  and 
chemical  behavior.  Conformational  analysis.  The  effects  of  spatial  relationships  on 
transition  states,  equilibria  and  reaction  rates  as  an  introduction  to  the  study  of 
organic  reaction  mechanisms.  Prep.  12.863. 

12.866     Spectrometric  Identification  of  Organic  Compounds 

Interpretation  of  the  ultraviolet,  infrared  and  nuclear  magnetic  resonance  spectra  of 
organic  compounds.  Prep.  One  year  of  Organic  Chemistry. 

12.871, 12.872, 12.873     Special  Topics  in  Organic  Chemistry  I,  II,  III 

Selected  topics  of  current  importance  in  organic  chemistry.  Prep.  12.862  and  con- 
sent of  instructor. 

12.876, 12.877     Organic  Reaction  Mechanisms  and  Organic  Synthesis  I,  II. 

The  fundamental  factors  influencing  the  courses  of  organic  reactions.  Substitution 
reactions.  Pericyclic  reactions.  Synthetic  methods  as  an  introduction  to  organic  syn- 
thesis. Prep.  12.865  or  concurrent  registration  therein. 

12.881  Chemical  Thermodynamics  I 

First  Law  of  Thermodynamics,  Thermochemistry,  Second  and  Third  Laws,  Free 
Energies,  Reaction  and  Phase  Equilibria.  Prep,  consent  of  instructor. 

12.882  Chemical  Thermodynamics  II 

Partial  Molar  Properties,  Solutions,  Electrolytes.  Statistical  Analogues  of  Entropy  and 
Free  Energy,  Partition  Functions.  Prep.  12,881. 

12.883  Chemical  Thermodynamics  III 

Statistical  Thermodynamics  applied  to  gases,  liquids  and  solids.  Irreversible  Ther- 
modynamics. Prep.  12.882  and  12.886. 

12.885     Introductory  Quantum  Chemistry  I 

Introduction  to  quantum  mechanics.  Application  to  simple  systems.  Perturbation 
theory  and  applications.  Harmonic  oscillator,  rigid  rotor  and  applications  to 
microwave  and  infrared  spectroscopy.  Simple  atoms.  Prep.  One  year  of  Physical 
Chemistry. 


CHEMISTRY/ 53 

12.886  Introductory  Quantum  Chemistry  II 

The  variational  method.  The  chemical  bond.  H+2 .  The  LCAO  method.  Group  theory 
and  applications.  Molecules.  Woodward-Hoffman  rules.  Prep.  12.885. 

12.887  Introductory  Quantum  Chemistry  III 

Application  of  group  theory  and  simple  approximate  theories  to  conjugated 
molecules.  The  SCF  method  and  its  application  to  atoms  and  molecules. 
Applications  to  molecular  spectroscopy.  Prep.  12.886. 

12.890, 12.891, 12.892     Special  Topics  in  Physical  Chemistry  I,  II,  III 

Advanced  topics  of  importance  in  physical  chemistry  including:  Quantum  Chemistry: 
Linear  algebra  and  the  formulation  of  quantum  theory.  Angular  momentum.  Group 
theory.  Small  molecules.  Time-dependent  theory  and  selected  advanced  topics. 
Statistical  Mechanics:  Quantum  statistics;  electrons  in  metals,  photons  and  phonons; 
superconductivity;  fluctuations,  noise  and  irreversible  thermodynamics;  transport 
phenomena;  phase  transitions  of  high  order.  Prep,  consent  of  instructor. 

12.893     Chemical  Kinetics 

Use  of  experimental  data  to  deduce  the  rate  law  of  a  reaction.  Mechanisms  deduced 
from  rate  laws.  Influence  of  experimental  error  on  precision  of  rate  constants  and  ac- 
tivation energies.  Collision  and  transition  state  theories  of  reaction  rates.  Prep.  One 
year  of  physical  chemistry. 

12.901  Polymer  Chemistry  I 

Introduction  to  polymers.  Major  emphasis  on  synthesis.  Step-reaction,  chain- 
reaction,  and  ring-opening  polymerizations.  Copolymerization.  Three-dimensional 
polymers  and  crosslinking.  Prep.  One  year  of  Organic  Chemistry  and  one  year  of 
Physical  Chemistry. 

12.902  Polymer  Chemistry  II 

Physical  chemistry  of  polymers  in  solution  and  bulk.  Molecular  characterization. 
Mechanical  and  physical  properties  in  the  glassy,  rubbery,  viscous,  and  semi- 
crystalline  states.  Prep.  12.901. 

12.903  Polymer  Chemistry  III 

Industrial  practice.  Polymer  processing.  Fibers.  Elastomers.  Coatings.  Adhesives. 
Reinforced  plastics.  Relationship  of  polymer  structure  to  usage.  Prep.  12.902. 

12.910     Special  Projects  in  Chemistry 

Laboratory  studies  on  a  topic  not  directly  related  to  research  pursued  for  a  thesis. 
Prep.  Permission  of  the  departmental  faculty  is  required. 

12.990  Seminar  (1  q.h.) 

Oral  reports  by  the  participants  on  current  investigations  in  chemistry.  Prep.  Enroll- 
ment in  full-time  program. 

12.991  Research  and  Thesis  for  M.S.  (maximum:  14  q.h.) 

Original  research  and  a  written  thesis  thereon,  under  supervision  of  a  faculty 
member. 

12.995     Research  and  Dissertation  for  Ph.D. 

Original  research  in  depth,  representing  a  significant  contribution  of  new  chemical 


54 /CHEMISTRY 


knowledge,  and  a  written  dissertation  thereon,  under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty 
member. 

90.821  Biochemistry  I 

Discussion  of  the  structures  and  chemistries  of  carbohydrates,  proteins,  lipids, 
nucleic  acids,  and  selected  cofactors.  Prep.  One  year  organic  chemistry. 

90.822  Biochemistry  II 

Bioenergetics,  enzymes  and  enzyme  kinetics,  intermediary  metabolism  including 
carbohydrate  catabolism,  tricarboxylic  acid  cycle,  electron  transport,  and  oxidative 
phosphorylation.  Prep. Biochemistry  I,  90.821. 

90.823  Biochemistry  III 

Continuation  of  intermediary  metabolism  from  Biochemistry  II,  including  lipid,  pro- 
tein, and  nucleic  acid  metabolism,  photosynthesis  and  cell  regulation.  Prep. 
Biochemistry  II,  90.822. 

See  Biology  Department  offerings  and  College  of  Pharmacy  offerings  for  other 
courses  on  chemical  topics. 


clinical  chemistry 


MASTER  OF  SCIENCE  IN  CLINICAL  CHEMISTRY 

Part-Time  Program 

Admission 

In  addition  to  the  admissions  requirement  listed  on  page  22,  the  appli- 
cant must  have  completed  a  baccalaureate  program  in  biology,  chemistry, 
medical  technology,  or  pharmacy.  Undergraduate  requirements  in  this 
program  are  a  minimum  of  two  quarters  of  organic  chemistry,  two  quarters 
of  analytical  chemistry  (each  with  a  laboratory  or  its  equivalent),  two 
quarters  of  human  physiology,  and  two  quarters  of  physical  chemistry.  An 
individual  who  has  deficiencies  in  any  of  these  areas  may  take  appropriate 
evening  courses  at  Northeastern  University  concurrently  with  those 
graduate  courses  which  do  not  require  the  deficient  prerequisites.  The  ap- 
propriate evening  courses  offered  at  University  College  of  Northeastern 
University  are:  Analytical  Chemistry  12.521-6,  Organic  Chemistry  12.531-3, 
Physical  Chemistry  12.541-3,  Human  Anatomy  and  Physiology  18.524-6. 
Equivalent  courses  from  this  university  or  other  universities  will  be 
accepted. 


CHEMISTRY/ 55 

Program 

The  Master  of  Science  in  Clinical  Chemistry  is  an  interdisciplinary 
program  with  the  College  of  Pharmacy  and  Allied  Health  Professions.  Forty 
quarter  hours  of  academic  coursework  are  required.  In  addition,  a  student 
must  have  at  least  one  year  of  acceptable  clinical  laboratory  experience 
prior  to  completion  of  academic  degree  requirements.  Students  in  good 
standing  in  the  program  who  lack  this  experience  requirement  may  apply 
for  an  applied  study  (training)  course  in  clinical  chemistry.  This  course  is 
offered  through  the  College  of  Pharmacy  and  Allied  Health  Professions  of 
Northeastern  University  at  one  of  nearby  affiliated  hospitals,  and  provides 
three  months  of  this  experience  requirement.  Individuals  who  have  com- 
pleted this  course  achieve  an  enhanced  opportunity  to  obtain  subsequent 
employment  in  this  field  and  thereby  satisfy  the  one  year  of  experience  re- 
quirement. 

The  program  is  available  on  a  part-time  basis  with  courses  offered 
primarily  during  the  evening  hours.  Courses  are  scheduled  in  the  Fall, 
Winter,  Spring,  and  Summer  Quarters.  The  following  are  core  courses  re- 
quired in  the  program: 

Total  Credits 

12.821  Analytical  Separations  2 

12.823  Optical  Methods  of  Analysis  2 

72.834  Clinical  Chemistry  I  2 

72.835  Clinical  Chemistry  II  2 
72.837  Seminar  and  Report  in  Clinical  Chemistry*  2 
73.845  Radioisotopes  in  Biological  Systems  2 
87.807  Biometrics  2 
87.810  Functions  of  Human  Systems  2 

90.821  Biochemistry  I  2 

90.822  Biochemistry  II  2 

90.823  Biochemistry  III  2 

22 

*The  first  quarter  of  72.837  is  a  required  course.  However,  the  course 
may  be  repeated  twice  as  an  elective. 

Twelve  additional  credits  must  be  taken  from  the  following  elective  core 
courses: 

Credits 

12.822     Electroanalytical  Chemistry  2 

12.824  Special  Topics  in  Analytical  Chemistry  I  2 

12.825  Special  Topics  in  Analytical  Chemistry  II  2 

12.828  Chemical  Instrumentation  2 

12.829  Computers  in  Chemistry  3 

72.836  Protein  Analysis  2 

72.837  Seminar  and  Report  in  Clinical  Chemistry  2 

72.861  Central  Nervous  System  Depressants  2 

72.862  Autonomic  Drugs  2 

72.863  Anti-infectives  2 


56 /CHEMISTRY 


72.864  Cancer  Therapy 

72.865  Special  Topics  in  Medicinal  Chemistry 

73.816  Concepts  in  Toxicology  I 

73.817  Concepts  in  Toxicology  II 
73.844  Drug  Metabolism 

87.811  Pathophysiology  I 

87.812  Pathophysiology  II 


Taken  with  the  approval  of  the  Admissions  Committee  and  the  course  in- 
structor, selection  may  be  made  from  the  above  courses  as  well  as  the 
following  and  other  appropriate  graduate  courses  in  the  University. 


12.841  Advanced  Inorganic  Chemistry  I 

12.842  Advanced  Inorganic  Chemistry  II 
12.846  Coordination  Chemistry 

12.861  Advanced  Organic  Chemistry  I 

12.862  Advanced  Organic  Chemistry  II 

12.863  Physical  Organic  Chemistry 

12.866  Spectrometric  Identification  of  Compounds 

12.881  Chemical  Thermodynamics  I 

12.885  Introductory  Quantum  Chemistry  I 

12.893  Chemical  Kinetics 

18.245  Immunology 

18.840  Comparative  Physiology  of  Regulatory  Mechanisms 

18.842  Vertebrate  Endocrinology 

18.843  Procedures  in  Endocrinology 
18.860  Cell  Biophysics  and  Biochemistry 
18.909  Animal  Virology 

18.940  Microbial  Biochemistry 

72.837  Seminar  and  Report  in  Clinical  Chemistry 

73.814  Concepts  in  Pharmacology  I 

73.815  Concepts  in  Pharmacology  II 

73.818  Special  Topics  in  Pharmacology 

73.819  Pharmacological  Instrumentation 
72.866  Phytochemistry 

87.802  Advanced  MLS  Hematology  and  Immunology 


Credits 

2 
2 
2 
2 
2 
2 
2 
2 
2 
2 
3 
2 
2 
3 
5 
4 
4 
2 
2 
2 
2 
2 
2 
2 


DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES 

All  courses  carry  two  quarter  hours  of  credit  unless  otherwise  indicated. 

Courses  with  the  prefix  number  12  are  chemistry  offerings.  Their 
descriptions  may  be  found  in  the  preceding  section  of  this  bulletin  along 
with  interdisciplinary  biochemistry  courses  (prefix  number  90). 

72.834  Clinical  Chemistry  I 

Principles,  instrumentation,  methodology,  and  interpretations  in  clinical  chemistry. 
Prep.  90.823. 

72.835  Clinical  Chemistry  II 

A  Continuation  of  Clinical  Chemistry  I.  Prep.  72.834.  . 


CHEMISTRY/ 57 

72.836  Protein  Analysis 

Laboratory  and  discussion  of  electrophoretic  and  immunochemical  methods  of 
analysis  of  proteins  of  clinical  or  forensic  interest.  Prep.  72.835. 

72.837  Seminar  and  Report  in  Clinical  Chemistry 

Reports  and  discussions  of  current  journal  articles  in  clinical  chemistry.  Prep.  72.835. 

72.861  Central  Nervous  System  Depressants 

Presentation  and  discussion  of  the  chemistry,  structure-activity  relationships,  and 
mechanism  of  action  of  general  anesthetics,  hypnotics  and  sedatives,  anti-epileptics, 
analgetics,  tranquilizers,  and  muscle  relaxants.  A  consideration  of  the  mechanics  of 
drug  design  and  methods  of  modification  will  be  undertaken.  Prep.  Two  quarters  of 
Organic  Chemistry.  Offered  alternate  years. 

72.862  Autonomic  Drugs 

A  discussion  of  drugs  acting  on  the  central  nervous  system  with  a  special  emphasis 
on  the  mechanism  of  action  of  the  chemical  mediators  of  the  peripheral  nervous 
system.  The  role  of  agents  affecting  this  system— adrenergic  and  cholinergic  and 
reversible  and  irreversible  inhibitors  of  these  systems  will  be  discussed  in  relation  to 
their  chemical  structure  and  biological  activity.  Prep.  Two  semesters  of  Organic 
Chemistry.  Offered  alternate  years. 

72.863  Antl-infectives 

A  study  of  the  various  chemotherapeutic  agents  employed  in  the  treatment  of  infec- 
tious diseases.  Included  will  be  the  sulfonamides,  antibiotics,  antivirals,  antituber- 
cular,  antifungal,  and  antimalarial  agents.  Special  emphasis  will  be  on  structure- 
activity  relationships,  mechanisms  of  action,  and  modern  research  in  each  area. 
Prep.  Two  quarters  of  Organic  Chemistry.  Offered  alternate  years. 

72.864  Cancer  Therapy 

Recent  developments  in  new  approaches  to  the  treatment  of  cancer  from  a 
chemotherapeutic  standpoint  will  be  considered:  including  alkylating  agents,  an- 
timetabolites, hormones,  and  miscellaneous  compounds,  and  combinations  of  the 
above  with  radiation  and  immunology.  Possible  mechanisms  of  action  will  be  ex- 
plored. Prep.  Two  quarters  of  Organic  Chemistry.  Offered  alternate  years. 

72.865  Special  Topics  in  Medicinal  Chemistry 

A  consideration  of  a  special  area  of  medicinal  chemistry  including  either  CNS  com- 
pounds, pharmacodynamic  agents  or  chemotherapeutics;  their  chemistry  and 
structure-activity  relationships  will  be  presented.  Prep.  Two  quarters  of  Organic 
Chemistry.  Offered  alternate  years. 

72.866  Phytochemistry 

The  important  classes  of  chemical  compounds  produced  by  plants  considered  from 
the  standpoint  of  their  biogenetic  origin,  methods  for  their  detection,  isolation  and 
characterization;  application  of  these  techniques  to  research  in  pharmacy,  medicine, 
economic  botany,  taxonomy;  and  introduction  to  the  literature  of  plant  chemistry. 
Prep.  Two  quarters  of  Organic  Chemistry,  two  quarters  of  Biology.  Offered  alternate 
years. 


58  /  CHEMISTRY 

73.816  Concepts  in  Toxicology  I 

Concepts  of  modern  toxicology  in  which  emphasis  is  placed  on  biochemical 
mechanism  underlying  the  toxicological  action  of  drugs  and  other  chemical  sub- 
stances upon  biological  systems.  Selected  topics  in  toxicology  including  acute,  sub- 
acute, and  chronic  effects  of  drugs  in  the  experimental  animal  and  man.  Considera- 
tion of  the  predictive  value  of  animal  studies  for  drug  effects  in  man.  Prep.  Permis- 
sion of  Instructor.  Offered  alternate  years. 

73.817  Concepts  in  Toxicology  II 

Continuation  of  Concepts  in  Toxicology  I.  Prep.  73.816.  Offered  alternate  years. 

73.844  Drug  Metabolism 

Presentation  of  detoxication  mechanisms  relating  to  drug  metabolism  and  excretion 
patterns:  adaptive  factors  influencing  metabolism  will  be  discussed.  Prep. 
Biochemistry  I,  90.821. 

73.845  Radioisotopes  in  Biological  Systems 

Methodology  of  radioactive  nuclides  and  application  of  these  isotopes  to  biology  and 
medicine  with  special  emphasis  on  their  use  in  clinical  analysis. 

Other  biology,  chemistry,  and  pharmacy  courses  may  be  taken  with  the  approval 
of  the  admissions  committee  and  the  course  instructor. 


forensic  chemistry 

INTERDISCIPLINARY  PH.D.  PROGRAM  IN  FORENSIC  CHEMISTRY 

This  program  is  being  offered  in  conjunction  with  the  College  of  Criminal 
Justice  and  Northeastern  University's  Institute  of  Chemical  Analysis, 
Applications  and  Forensic  Science.  This  unique  program  is  designed  as  a 
preparation  for  research  and  leadership  positions  in  forensic  laboratories. 
The  Chemistry  Department  is  the  registering  department  for  two  of  the 
three  specializations  of  this  program,  namely,  forensic  analytical  chemistry 
and  forensic  materials  science;  a  third  specialization,  forensic  toxicology,  is 
administered  by  the  College  of  Pharmacy,  again  in  connection  with  the 
College  of  Criminal  Justice.  Admission  is  made  through  the  registering 
department. 

For  students  entering  with  a  B.S.,  completion  of  the  M.S.  course  re- 
quirements in  Forensic  Chemistry  (described  below,  page  59)  with  a  B 
average  is  required  to  qualify  for  further  Ph.D.  study.  For  students  with  M.S. 
degrees  in  forensic  science  or  the  natural  sciences,  individual  programs  are 
planned  according  to  the  student's  background.  The  course  of  study  in- 
cludes comprehensive  examinations,  thesis  research  to  be  carried  out  at 
the  Institute  of  Chemical  Analysis,  Applications  and  Forensic  Science  and 
an  internship  at  a  major  forensic  laboratory  engaged  in  research. 


CHEMISTRY/ 59 


MASTER  OF  SCIENCE  IN  FORENSIC  CHEMISTRY 
Full-Time  and  Part-Time  Program 

Admission 

In  addition  to  the  admissions  requirements  listed  on  page  22,  the  appli- 
cant must  have  completed  a  baccalaureate  degree  in  the  physical  or  life 
sciences.  Undergraduate  courses  must  include  general  chemistry,  organic 
chemistry,  analytical  chemistry,  physics,  and  calculus.  An  individual  who 
has  deficiencies  in  any  of  these  areas  may  take  the  appropriate  courses  at 
Northeastern  University  concurrently  with  those  graduate  courses  which  do 
not  require  the  deficient  prerequisites.  Although  they  are  not  prerequisites 
for  the  program,  courses  in  general  biology,  botany,  microbiology  and  com- 
puter science  are  desirable. 


Program 

The  Master  of  Science  in  Forensic  Chemistry  is  an  interdisciplinary 
program  involving  cooperation  among  the  College  of  Liberal  Arts,  the 
College  of  Criminal  Justice,  and  the  Institute  of  Chemical  Analysis, 
Applications  and  Forensic  Science.  Forty-two  quarter  hours  of  academic 
graduate  coursework  are  required,  including  a  Master's  paper.  In  addition, 
a  three-months  internship  consisting  of  full-time  work  in  an  approved,  prac- 
ticing forensic  laboratory  is  required.  The  full-time  program  will  thus 
generally  encompass  five  quarters;  this  may  be  reduced  to  four  quarters  if 
the  student  can  demonstrate  to  the  satisfaction  of  the  program  committee 
the  prior  completion  of  three  months  or  more  of  equivalent  forensic 
laboratory  experience.  The  program  is  available  on  a  full-time  or  part-time 
basis;  courses  are  offered  primarily  during  the  evening  hours.  Graduate 
courses  are  scheduled  in  the  Fall,  Winter,  and  Spring  Quarters.  The  follow- 
ing are  core  courses  required  in  the  program. 


Required  Courses  Credits 

12.810  Modern  Methods  of  Analysis  3 

73.816  Concepts  in  Toxicology  I  2 

87.807  Biometrics  2 

90.821  Biochemistry  I  2 

92.824  Legal  Aspects  of  Forensic  Science  3 

92.904  Administration  of  Criminal  Justice  3 

92.921  Arson  and  Explosives  3 

92.931  Crime  Scene  Investigation  3 

93.950  Forensic  Materials  2 

93.951  Forensic  Chemistry  Techniques  I  4 

93.952  Forensic  Chemistry  Techniques  II  4 

93.953  Seminar  1 

93.954  Master  of  Science  Paper  4 


60 /CHEMISTRY 

Six  additional  credits  must  be  taken  from  the  following  list  of  elective 
courses. 

2.970  Material  Science  and  Engineering  2 

2.971  Material  Science  and  Engineering  2 

12.821  Analytical  Separations  2 

12.822  Electroanalytical  Chemistry  2 

12.823  Optical  Methods  of  Analysis  2 

12.824  Special  Topics  of  Analytical  Chemistry  I  2 

12.825  Special  Topics  of  Analytical  Chemistry  II  2 

12.826  Special  Topics  of  Analytical  Chemistry  III  2 

12.861  Advanced  Organic  Chemistry  I  2 

12.862  Advanced  Organic  Chemistry  II  2 

12.863  Physical  Organic  Chemistry  2 
12.866  Spectrometric  Identification  of  Organic  Compounds  2 

12.901  Polymer  Chemistry  I  2 

12.902  Polymer  Chemistry  II  2 

12.903  Polymer  Chemistry  III  2 

72.834  Clinical  Chemistry  I  2 

72.835  Clinical  Chemistry  II  2 

72.861  C  N  S  Depressants  2 

72.862  Autonomic  Drugs  2 

73.814  Concepts  in  Pharmacology  I  2 

73.815  Concepts  in  Pharmacology  II  2 
73.817  Concepts  in  Toxicology  II  2 
73.844  Drug  Metabolism  2 

90.822  Biochemistry  II  2 

90.823  Biochemistry  III  2 
92.913  Criminal  Justice  Planning  and  Development  3 
92.841  Criminal  Law  3 


economics 


Professors 

Morris  A.  Horowitz,  Ph.D., 

Chairman 
Harold  M.  Goldstein,  Ph.D. 
Irwin  L.  Herrnstadt,  Ph.D. 
Peggy  Musgrave,  Ph.D. 
Gustav  Schachter,  Ph.D. 
Donald  Shelby,  Ph.D. 


Associate  Professors 

Conrad  P.  Caligaris,  Ph.D. 
Ernest  M.DeCicco,  Ph.D. 
Daryl  A.  Hellman,  Ph.D. 
Sungwoo  Kim,  Ph.D. 
Pawan  K.  Sawhney,  Ph.D. 

Assistant  Professors 

Yudhishter  L.  Mahajan,  Ph.D. 
Joel  Naroff,  Ph.D. 
Andrew  Sum,  M.A. 


The  Economics  Department  offers  four  terminal  programs  with  different 
admission  requirements  and  program  form  and  content  in  an  effort  to  serve 
students  with  varying  backgrounds,  interests,  and  goals.  These  programs 
are:  a  non-degree  certificate  program,  an  M.S.  degree  program  in 
economic  policy  and  planning,  an  M.A.  degree  program  with  specialization 
in  one  of  four  available  fields,  and  a  doctoral  degree  program. 


CERTIFICATE  PROGRAM 

The  Economics  Department  offers  a  non-degree  program  in  the 
Economics  of  Manpower  and  Development  Planning.  Upon  completion  of 
the  prescribed  program,  students  will  receive  a  certificate  issued  by  the 
Graduate  School  of  Arts  and  Sciences,  Northeastern  University.  The 
program  is  designed  for  students  interested  in  a  specialized  program  of 
courses  in  manpower  and  development  planning  but  who  do  not  wish  to 
meet  the  requirements  of  a  degree  program. 


Admission 

Admission  to  the  program  will  be  considered  for  graduates  of  recognized 
universities  or  institutes  of  technology,  although  practical  experience  in 
manpower  planning  or  development  planning  may  be  substituted  for  the 

61 


62  /ECONOMICS 

admission  requirements  at  the  discretion  of  the  faculty.  All  foreign  students 
must  submit  a  TOEFL  test  score  or  an  equivalent  certification  of  the 
applicant's  proficiency  in  English  along  with  the  application  and  academic 
transcripts. 

Program 

This  certificate  program  is  designed  to  be  completed  in  one  year. 
Students  admitted  to  the  program  may  not  transfer  into  the  regular  degree 
programs.  Evidence  of  completion  of  a  course  and  of  the  program  shall  be 
attendance,  all  required  reading,  and  all  written  work.  Successful  comple- 
tion of  a  course  shall  be  noted  by  a  pass  designation. 

Fall  Quarter  (All  four  courses  required) 
39.9B0     Introductory  Macroeconomic  Theory 
39.9A0     Introductory  Microeconomic  Theory 
39.9G1     Economics  of  the  Labor  Market 
39.9P1     Economic  Development 

Winter  Quarter  (Select  any  two  of  three  electives  listed) 
39.250     Statistics  (Required) 
39.9G4     Manpower  Planning  I  (Elective) 
39.9P4     Regional  Development  (Elective) 
39.9Q1     Development  Finance  (Elective) 

Spring  Quarter  (Select  any  three  of  four  courses  listed) 
39.9J1     Seminar  in  Human  Resource  Development 
39.9R1     Seminar  in  Development  Planning 
39.9G5     Manpower  Planning  II 
39.9P6     Comparative  Economic  Development 

Variations  in  this  basic  program  are  possible  only  with  prior  approval  of 
the  Graduate  Director. 


THE  MASTER  OF  SCIENCE  DEGREE  IN  ECONOMIC  POLICY 
AND  PLANNING 

Forty-one  quarter  hours  of  academic  work  are  required.  The  program 
consists  of  20  quarter  hours  of  required  courses  and  21  quarter  hours  of 
electives.  With  the  approval  of  the  program  advisor,  a  student  may  select  a 
maximum  of  9  quarter  hours  from  graduate  courses  offered  by  other 
departments.  This  is  a  terminal  degree  program  designed  mainly  for  work- 
ing economists,  government  agency  officials,  and  middle  echelon 
employees  in  the  private  sector. 

Admission 

Applicants  must  meet  the  general  admission  regulations  of  the  Graduate 
School  of  Arts  and  Sciences. 


ECONOMICS/  63 

Comprehensive  Examination 

After  completion  of  courses,  a  comprehensive  examination  is  required  of 
all  students  to  test  their  ability  to  apply  concepts  and  tools  in  the  broad  field 
of  economic  policy  and  planning.  The  examination  may  be  repeated  only 
once. 

Master's  Thesis 

A  Master's  thesis  for  a  maximum  of  six  quarter  hours  of  credit  is  optional, 
with  the  approval  of  the  program  advisor. 

Course  Requirements 

A.  Required  Core  Courses  Q.H.  Credits 
39.9A0  Introductory  Microeconomics  Theory  4 
39.9B0  Introductory  Macroeconomic  Theory  4 
39.9F0  Introduction  to  Statistics/Mathematics  4 
39.9F1  Economic  Policy  and  Planning  I  4 
39.9F2     Economic  Policy  and  Planning  II  4 

B.  Elective  Courses 

A  total  of  twenty-one  hours  of  electives  (12  of  which  must  be  economics 
courses)  may  be  selected  by  the  student  in  accordance  with  interests  and 
needs.  Electives  may  be  concentrated  in  any  of  the  available  areas  or  may 
be  distributed  among  fields  to  obtain  a  broader  exposure.  All  economics 
electives  are  3  quarter  hour  credits.  A  maximum  of  6  credits  for  courses 
taken  at  other  institutions  may  be  accepted  if  taken  during  the  past  7  years. 


THE  MASTER  OF  ARTS  DEGREE 

Forty  quarter  hours  of  academic  work  are  required.  This  program  com- 
prises 16  quarter  hours  of  required  core  course  work  and  24  quarter  hours 
of  electives  of  which  a  minimum  of  twelve  quarter  hours  must  be  selected 
from  one  of  the  economic  fields  listed  below.  The  required  core  courses 
must  be  completed  as  soon  as  possible.  With  the  approval  of  the  graduate 
adviser,  a  student  may  select  a  maximum  of  six  quarter  hours  from 
graduate  courses  offered  by  other  departments,  or  two  advanced  un- 
dergraduate courses  in  economics  carrying  three  quarter  hours  of  graduate 
credit. 

Admission 

In  addition  to  the  general  admission  requirements  of  the  Graduate 
School  of  Arts  and  Sciences,  applicants  should  have  had  a  minimum  of  12 
semester  hours  of  economics,  or  the  equivalent,  of  which  three  semester 
hours,  or  the  equivalent,  should  be  statistics.  Admission  is  only  possible  in 
the  Fall  and  Winter  Quarters.  Application  for  admission  to  the  Fall  Quarter 


64 /ECONOMICS 

will  be  given  consideration  if  received  by  August  31.  Applications  for  admis- 
sion to  the  Winter  Quarter  will  be  given  consideration  if  received  by 
November  30. 

Applications  for  financial  aid  should  be  submitted  no  later  than  March  15. 
See  page  31  for  information  on  financial  aid  available. 

Comprehensive  Examination 

A  comprehensive  examination,  which  will  be  held  in  accordance  with  the 
general  graduate  school  regulations,  must  be  taken  by  all  students  during 
the  quarter  in  which  the  student  completes  the  40  quarter  hours  of 
academic  work.  The  examination  may  be  repeated  only  once. 

Master's  Thesis 

A  master's  thesis  for  six  quarter  hours  of  credit  is  optional  with  the  ap- 
proval of  the  graduate  adviser.  Approval  will  be  granted  only  in  those  in- 
stances in  which  previous  graduate  work  of  the  student  indicates  capacity 
for  independent  study. 

Required  Core  Courses" 

The  required  core  courses  are: 

Credits 

39.9A1      Microeconomic  Theory** 4 

39.9B1      Macroeconomic  Theory**       4 

39.9E1      Statistical  Inference      4 

39.9E7     Econometrics  I       4 

Economic  Fields 

Available  economic  fields  are  listed  below.  Under  each  field  are  stated 
the  required  field  courses  and  the  elective  field  courses.  Students  must 
take  at  least  twelve  quarter  hours  in  one  field  of  concentration.  In  all  fields 
the  first  listed  required  course  in  the  field  ordinarily  should  be  taken  first  by 
the  student  majoring  in  the  field.  For  students  not  majoring  in  the  field, 
courses  in  the  field  may  be  taken  in  any  sequence. 

Manpower  Economics 

Required  field  courses: 

39.9G1      Economics  of  the  Labor  Market  and  Labor  Force 
39.9G4     Economics  of  Manpower  Planning  I 
39.9J1     Seminar  in  Human  Resource  Development 


*  Students  must  demonstrate  competence  in  mathematics  by  taking  a  mathematics  examination 
given  by  the  department  during  registration  week  prior  to  the  start  of  the  Fall  Term.  Students 
must  pass  this  exam  or  register  for  39.9D0. 

"Candidates  deficient  in  intermediate  theory  may  not  be  admitted  into  these  core  courses  until 
they  have  completed  39.9A0  and/or  39.9B0. 


ECONOMICS/ 65 


Elective  field  courses: 
39.9G5     Economics  of  Manpower  Planning  II 
39.9G7     Human  Resources  and  Labor  Problems  and  Policies 
39.9H1      Economics  of  Medical  Care  and  Health  Manpower 
39.9H3     Economics  of  Education 

Urban/Regional  Economics 

Required  field  courses: 

39.9K1      Regional  Economics 

39.9L1     Urban  Economics  I 

39.9N1     Seminar  in  Urban/Regional  Economics 

Elective  field  courses: 

39.9K5      Economics  of  Crime 

39.9L2      Urban  Economics  II 

39.9L5      Economics  of  Urban  Transportation 

39.9L7      Economics  of  Inter-City  Transportation 

39.9M1      Intergovernmental  Fiscal  Relations 

Development  Economics 

Required  field  courses: 

39.9P1      Economic  Development 

39.9P3     Regional  Development 

39.9R1      Seminar  in  Development  Planning 

Elective  field  courses: 

39.9P6     Comparative  Economic  Development 
39.9Q1      Development  Finance 
39.9G4     Economics  of  Manpower  Planning  I 
39.9K1     Regional  Economics 

Economics  of  Money  and  Finance 

Required  field  courses: 
39.9S1      Monetary  Theory 
39.9S3     Monetary  Policy 
39.9V1     Seminar  in  Money  and  Finance 

Elective  field  courses: 

39.9T1       Public  Policy  and  Finance 

39.9T5      Capital  Markets 

39.9Q1      Development  Finance 

39.9M1      Intergovernmental  Fiscal  Relations 


THE  DOCTOR  OF  PHILOSOPHY  DEGREE 

The  doctoral  degree  program  in  economics  is  offered  in  the  fields  of  man- 
power, urban-regional,  development,  and  monetary  economics. 


66/  ECONOMICS 

Admission 

Applicants  who  will  have  a  master's  degree  in  economics  or  its  equivalent 
at  entry  may  be  considered  for  direct  admission  to  the  doctoral  program. 
Applicants  who  will  not  have  a  master's  degree  in  economics  or  its 
equivalent  at  entry  may  apply  for  admission  to  the  doctoral  program  after 
the  satisfactory  completion  of  40  quarter  hours  of  graduate  work. 

Admission  to  the  doctoral  program  is  possible  only  in  the  Fall  Quarter. 
Applications  for  the  doctoral  program  must  be  submitted  no  later  than 
March  15. 

Residence  Requirement 

After  acceptance  to  the  doctoral  program,  the  student  may  satisfy  the 
residence  requirement  by  one  year  of  full-time  graduate  course  work. 
Teaching  assistants  may  satisfy  the  residence  requirement  by  two  con- 
secutive years  of  half-time  graduate  course  work.  A  student  should  expect 
to  spend  at  least  two  academic  years  in  full-time  study,  or  its  equivalent, 
completing  the  requirements  for  the  doctoral  degree. 

Degree  Candidacy 

Degree  candidacy  is  established  in  accordance  with  the  general  graduate 
school  regulations. 

Course  Requirements 

A.  At  least  32  quarter  hours  of  graduate  work  beyond  the  master's 
degree  are  required.  These  include: 

Required  Core  Courses: 

39.9A2     Microeconomics  II 
39.9B2     Macroeconomics  II 
39.9D1      Mathematics  for  Economists 
39.9E8     Econometrics  II 

B.  Concentration  in  one  academic  field.  Course  work  in  the  field  must  in- 
clude the  doctoral  seminar  sequence  39.9C1  and  39.9C2.  This  seminar  has 
a  prerequisite  of  12  quarter  hours  of  graduate  course  work  in  the  field. 

Qualifying  Exam 

Each  student  must  pass  comprehensive  qualifying  examinations  after  the 
completion  of  the  required  core  and  field  courses.  These  exams  are:  (1)  a 
two-hour  written  exam  in  macroeconomic  theory;  (2)  a  two-hour  written 
exam  in  microeconomic  theory;  (3)  a  two-hour  written  exam  in  quantitative 
methodology;  (4)  a  three-hour  written  exam  in  one  doctoral  field;  and  (5)  a 
two-hour  general  oral  exam.  Passing  the  qualifying  exams  signifies  that  the 
student  has  completed  all  course  requirements  and  can  now  devote  all  the 
time  to  dissertation.  An  examination  may  be  repeated  only  once. 


ECONOMICS/ 67 


Doctoral  Dissertation 


An  original  doctoral  dissertation  is  required  of  all  students  in  accordance 
with  the  general  graduate  school  regulations  and  the  regulations  establish- 
ed by  the  department.  After  the  successful  completion  of  the  qualifying  ex- 
amination, each  student  shall  work  with  a  dissertation  adviser  under  whose 
guidance  he  will  write  the  doctoral  dissertation.  The  dissertation  adviser 
serves  as  chairman  of  the  dissertation  committee  which  must  approve  the 
dissertation  before  the  degree  may  be  conferred. 

Final  Oral  Examination 

The  final  oral  examination  will  be  established  in  accordance  with  the 
general  graduate  school  regulations. 


DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES 

All  courses  carry  three  quarter  hours  of  credit  unless  otherwise  specified. 

Courses  indicating  microeconomic  theory  as  a  prerequisite  refer  to  39.9 AO  for 
M.S.  degree  students  and  39.9 A 1  for  M.A.  degree  students. 

Courses  indicating  macroeconomic  theory  as  a  prerequisite  refer  to  39.9B0  for 
M.S.  degree  students  and  39.9B1  for  M.A.  degree  students. 

39.9A0     Introduction  to  Intermediate  Microeconomic  Theory 

Intensive  coverage  of  basic  micro  theory.  This  course  carries  academic  credit  for 
the  M.S.  degree  program  but  no  credit  toward  the  M.A.  or  Ph.D.  programs. 

39.9A1     Microeconomic  Theory  I  (4  q.h.) 

A  non-math  treatment  of  microeconomic  theory  at  the  beginning  graduate  level.  An 
investigation  of  the  conditions  underlying  consumer  and  producer  equilibrium  under 
different  objective  functions  and  various  market  structures.  Derivation  of  product  de- 
mand curves,  supply  curves,  and  factor  demand  curves  for  alternative  market  struc- 
tures in  product  and  factor  markets  are  surveyed. 

39.9A2     Microeconomic  Theory  II  (4  q.h.) 

An  examination  of  contemporary  microeconomic  problems  and  theory  with  specific 
emphasis  on  welfare  economics,  general  equilibrium,  distribution,  the  theory  of  the 
firm,  and  the  ability  of  modern  value  theory  to  reach  meaningful  and  feasible  policy 
conclusions.  Prep.  39.9A1  and  consent  of  instructor. 

39.9B0     Introduction  to  Intermediate  Macroeconomic  Theory 

Intensive  coverage  of  basic  macro  theory.  This  course  carries  academic  credit  for  the 
M.S.  degree  program  but  no  credit  toward  the  M.A.  or  Ph.D.  programs. 

39.9B1     Macroeconomic  Theory  I  (4  q.h.) 

Income  and  employment  theory;  classical,  Keynesian,  and  post-Keynesian  aggregate 

demand  and  supply  systems. 

39.9B2     Macroeconomic  Theory  II  (4  q.h.) 

Theory  and  problems  of  macro-dynamics,  growth,  inflation,  cycles,  and  stabilization 

policy.  Prep.  39.9B1  and  consent  of  instructor. 


68  /  ECONOMICS 

39.9C1     Doctoral  Research  Seminar  I  (4  q.h.) 
Prep.  12  q.h.  of  field  work  and  consent  of  instructor. 

39.9C2     Doctoral  Research  Seminar  II  (4  q.h.) 
Prep.  39.9C1. 

39.9D0     Introduction  to  Mathematics  for  Economists  (4  q.h.) 

This  course  acquaints  the  student  with  the  algebra  and  elementary  calculus 
necessary  for  quantitative  economics:  simultaneous  linear  systems;  polynomial, 
logarithmic,  and  exponential  functions;  and  elementary  differential  and  integral 
calculus.  This  course  offers  no  credit  toward  a  degree  in  economics. 

39.9D1     Mathematics  for  Economics  (4  q.h.) 

Application  of  matrix  algebra  and  simple  multivariate  calculus  to  economic  analysis. 
Static  organization  and  dynamic  analysis,  difference  and  differential  equations.  Ex- 
amples from  economic  theory.  Prep.  39.9D0  or  mathematics  examination. 

39.9E1     Statistical  Inference  (4  q.h.) 

A  study  of  statistical  methods  and  techniques  used  in  economic  analysis.  Descriptive 
statistics,  index  number  and  time  series  problems,  sampling  problems,  testing 
economic  hypotheses,  estimation  techniques,  correlation  and  regression  analysis, 
analysis  of  variance. 

39.9E5     Economic  Programming 

Economic  programming  with  emphasis  on  linear  programming,  including  the 
transportation  and  simple  problems,  and  simulation  and  queuing  theory  with 
applications  to  the  computer.  Prep.  39.9D1. 

39.9E7     Econometrics  I  (4  q.h.) 

Review  of  matrix  algebra;  single  equation  least  squares  estimates  and  their 
theoretical  properties;  hypothesis  testing  and  measures  of  goodnesss  of  fit; 
definitions  of  and  tests  for  autocorrelation,  heteroskedasticity,  and  multicollinearity; 
simultaneous  equations  estimation:  identification,  bias,  and  alternative  estimation 
techniques.  Prep.  39.9E1. 

39.9E8     Econometrics  II 

Assymptotic  and  small  sample  properties  of  various  estimators;  rank-order  con- 
ditions for  identification;  specification  error  and  error  in  variables;  remedies  for 
autocorrelation  and  multicollinearity;  dummy  variables;  distributed  lags;  forecasting 
and  simulation;  non-linear  estimation;  alternative  estimation  technique  (two-stage 
least  squares,  three-stage  least  squares,  maximum  likelihood  estimators,  etc.).  Prep. 
39.9E7. 

5.913     Data  Processing 

A  study  of  digital  computers  and  computer  programming  techniques.  The  FORTRAN 
language  is  utilized  for  programming  and  running  several  projects. 

39.9F0     Introduction  to  Statistics/Mathematics  (4  q.h.) 

Data  sources,  time  series  analysis,  descriptive  statistics,  hypothesis  testing  and 
regression  and  correlation  analysis.  Forms  and  graphical  presentation  of  functions, 
input-output  analysis,  the  concept  of  derivatives  and  potential  use  in  mathematical 


ECONOMICS/ 69 

analysis.  This  course  carries  academic  credit  for  the  M.S.  degree  program  but  no 
credit  toward  the  M.A.  or  Ph.D.  program. 

39.9F1     Seminar  In  Economic  Policy  and  Planning  I  (4  q.h.) 

Students  are  required  to  participate  in  a  project  in  their  own  field  of  interest,  covering 
such  issues  as  metropolitan  and  regional  job  creation  policies,  budget  analysis, 
evaluation  of  public  programs  and  the  role  of  private  and  public  sectors  in  regional 
development.  Techniques  for  planning  such  as  construction  and  use  of  data  banks, 
application  of  input-output  analysis,  industrial  location  analysis  and  social  benefit- 
cost  analysis  are  covered.  The  role  of  agencies  in  the  organization  and  implementa- 
tion of  programs  and  plans  are  examined.  Prep.  39.9A0,  39.9B0,  39.9F0  co-requisite. 

39.9F2     Seminar  in  Economic  Policy  and  Planning  II  (4  q.h.) 
Prep.  39.9F1. 

39.9G1     Economics  of  the  Labor  Market  and  Labor  Force 

Labor  force  measurement  and  determinants,  changing  labor  market  role  of  women; 
micro-analysis  of  labor  supply  and  demand,  varieties  of  labor  markets  and  their  func- 
tioning; minimum  wages;  wage  structures  and  differentials,  labor  allocation  and 
migration;  union  impact  on  wage  levels  and  structures;  macro-wage-employment 
determination,  macro-wage-price  problems,  income  policies.  Applications  to 
developing  and  developed  economies. 

39.9G4     Economics  of  Manpower  Planning  I 

The  role  of  manpower  planning  and  its  integration  with  general  development  plan- 
ning. Analysis  and  evaluation  of  different  techniques  of  manpower  planning. 
Technological  versus  economic  methods.  Practice  of  manpower  forecasting  and  data 
problems.  Skill  training  versus  educational  strategies.  Models  of  educational  plan- 
ning and  their  applications  to  different  countries.  Prep.  Microeconomic  Theory. 

39.9G5     Economics  of  Manpower  Planning  II 

Applications  of  manpower  planning  methods  and  techniques  to  problems  of  national 
economic  development.  Cost-benefit  and  cost-effectiveness  of  educational  and  man- 
power programs.  Special  problems  of  health  manpower,  scientists,  engineers,  and 
technicians.  Evaluation  of  methods  and  prediction  used  in  national  manpower  plans. 
Prep.  39.9G4. 

39.9G7     Human  Resources  and  Labor  Problems  and  Policies 

Unemployment  and  underemployment,  technological  change  and  changing  skill  re- 
quirements; income  distribution  and  poverty;  human  capital  theories  and  human 
resource  development;  employment  and  training  policies  to  raise  personal  earnings, 
income  maintenance  programs.  Topics  discussed  in  relation  to  developing  and 
developed  economies. 

39.9H1     Economics  of  Medical  Care  and  Health  Manpower 

The  organization  of  medical  care,  the  problems  associated  with  various  alternative 
delivery  systems,  the  utilization  and  availability  of  physicians  and  other  categories  of 
paramedical  personnel,  the  growth  and  pressures  exerted  by  third  party  payers;  and 
consideration  of  federal,  state,  and  municipal  participation  in  the  delivery  of  quality 
medical  care  under  various  alternatives  for  national  health  insurance. 


70 /ECONOMICS 

39.9H3     Economics  of  Education 

An  examination  of  the  contribution  of  education  to  the  process  of  economic  growth 
and  the  way  education  is  produced  and  distributed.  Special  topics  to  include:  ine- 
qualities in  returns  to  education;  the  role  of  intelligence  and  class  background  in 
educational  success;  and  socializing  role  of  education  in  production. 

39.9J1     Seminar  In  Human  Resource  Development 

Selected  topics  on  the  development  and  use  of  human  resources.  Prep.  Consent  of 
instructor. 

39.9K1     Regional  Economics 

Delineating  regions.  Theories  of  location  for  firms,  industries,  and  people.  Regional 
income  accounting  systems,  and  models  of  intra-  and  inter-regional  income  deter- 
minants and  impact  analysis.  Prep.  Microeconomic  Theory. 

39.9K4     Externalities 

Theoretical  foundations  for  urban  and  regional  economics.  Survey  of  economic 
theory  related  to  externalities  and  welfare  economics.  Prep.  39.9 A1  and  consent  of 
instructor. 

39.9K5     Economics  of  Crime 

A  discussion  of  the  resource  allocation  problem  as  it  relates  to  criminal  behavior  and 
effective  law  enforcement.  Evaluation  of  costs  and  benefits  of  alternative  law  enforce- 
ment policies.  Criminal  activity,  including  organized  crime,  will  be  analyzed  in  an 
economic  context. 

39.9L1     Urban  Economics  I 

The  economy  of  cities.  Analysis  of  intra-metropolitan  spatial  relationships  including 
residential  location,  land  and  housing  markets.  Prep.  Microeconomic  Theory. 

39.9L2     Urban  Economics  II 

Continuation  of  Urban  Economics  I.  Problems  in  urban  economics  including 
segregation,  housing,  transportation,  urban  renewal,  and  related  policy  issues.  Prep. 
39.9L1. 

39.9L5     Economics  of  Urban  Transportation 

Urban  agglomeration,  economic  activities,  residential  concentration  and  transporta- 
tion network;  urban  and  suburban  densities  in  relation  to  the  central  place;  capital 
budgeting;  pricing;  costs  incidence  and  externalities  of  various  modes;  cost-benefit 
analysis;  effects  of  transportation  patterns  on  urban  socio-economic  life;  modal  split 
and  forecasting  economic  requirements  for  integrated  urban  transport  needs. 

39.9L7     Economics  of  Inter-City  Transportation 

Investigates  the  rationale  for  intercity  freight  and  passenger  movements  within  the 
framework  of  interregional  commodity  flows.  The  choice  of  mode  once  traffic  volume 
has  been  determined.  The  economic  and  environmental  impacts  of  the  choice  of 
mode  are  studied. 

39.9M1     Intergovernmental  Fiscal  Relations 

A  study  of  the  development  of  the  federal  system,  interstate  and  interarea  fiscal  com- 
parisons, grants-in-aid,  tax  credits,  revenue  sharing,  state  and  local  taxes,  non-tax 


ECONOMICS/ 71 

revenues,  borrowing  and  budgeting  at  the  state  and  local  level,  and  a  discussion  of 
the  process  and  prospects  of  state  and  municipal  equalization  of  tax  burden  and  ef- 
fort. Prep.  Microeconomic  Theory. 

39.9N1     Seminar  in  Urban/Regional  Economics 

Selected  topics  in  urban/regional  economics.  Prep.  Consent  of  instructor. 

39.9P1     Economic  Development 

A  study  of  the  prospects  of  economic  growth  in  less  developed  areas.  Measurement 
and  theories  of  economic  development.  Role  of  human  and  natural  resources, 
education,  technology,  and  capital  formation  in  national,  regional,  and  sectoral 
development.  Changes  in  institutions. 

39.9P3     Regional  Development. 

Intra-regional  dynamics,  dualism,  and  spontaneous  polarization.  Growth  poles,  dis- 
persion, and  spread  effect;  inter-regional  factor  migration  and  social  cost;  regional 
structural  change  and  dynamic  analysis;  public  policies  and  planning;  socio- 
economic variables  and  measurements;  feasibility  and  simulation  in  shortrun 
analysis.  Examples  of  regions  at  county,  province,  state  and  "area"  level;  differentia- 
tion between  political  and  economic  boundaries;  bootstrapping  vs.  outside  source 
approach.  Application  of  the  FS  and  UN  multiregional  models. 

39.9P6     Comparative  Economic  Development 

Comparison  of  economic  systems  in  differing  stages  of  economic  development  as 
exemplified  by  Yugoslavia,  Southern  Italy,  Turkey,  the  Middle  East,  and  China. 

39.9Q1     Development  Finance 

Sources  of  investment  finance  in  developing  countries;  role  of  taxation  and  tax  struc- 
ture reform;  development  of  financial  institutions  and  capital  markets;  private  and  of- 
ficial finance  from  abroad  and  debt-service  problems;  problems  of  monetary 
management  and  export  instability. 

39.9R1     Seminar  in  Development  Planning 

Planning  techniques  at  the  national,  regional  project  and  plan  level.  Planning  for 
system  of  regions;  interindustry  economic  programming;  interdependence,  resource 
use,  and  structural  change.  Application  of  input-output  and  linear  and  non-linear  op- 
timal decision  techniques  to  short-run  planning  and  long-run  projection.  Evaluation 
of  discontinuities,  linkages,  and  "openness."  Planning  in  closed  and  open  economy. 
The  role  of  the  private  sector  and  the  governments,  limits,  sequence,  and  optimality 
in  planning.  Application  of  techniques  to  empirical  examples.  Prep.  Consent  of  in- 
structor. 

39.9S1     Monetary  Theory 

A  study  of  the  relationships  between  money  and  economic  activity  with  emphasis 
upon  various  quantity  theory  models  and  theories  of  the  demand  for  money  and 
velocity.  Prep.  Macroeconomic  Theory. 

39.9S3     Monetary  Policy 

A  study  of  the  interrelationships  between  aggregate  economic  activity,  financial 
markets  and  central  banking  instruments,  objectives  and  policy. 


72 /ECONOMICS 

39.9T1     Public  Policy  and  Finance 

Techniques  of  fiscal  policy,  fiscal  policy  norms,  public  sector  debt;  tax  policy;  federal 
tax  reform;  the  conflict  between  social  implications  of  price  stabilization  and  full 
employment;  public  expenditure  policy  and  the  interrelationship  between  monetary 
and  fiscal  controls.  Prep.  Macroeconomic  Theory. 

39.9T5     Capital  Markets 

Primary  sources  of  savings  and  demand  for  financial  assets;  role  of  financial  in- 
termediaries; banking  system  and  government  lending  agencies.  Demand  for  funds 
and  real  investment  —  mortgage,  corporate  and  government  securities  markets;  in- 
terdependence of  rate  structures.  Flow  of  funds  data  in  relation  to  national  income 
accounts. 

39.9V1     Seminar  In  Money,  Credit,  and  Banking. 

Selected  topics  in  the  economics  of  money,  credit  and  banking.  Prep.  Consent  of  in- 
structor. 

39.9Z1     Master's  Thesis  Seminar  (maximum  6  q.h.) 

Thesis  supervision  by  members  of  the  department;  approval  of  graduate  adviser  re- 
quired. 

39.9Z2     Readings  In  Economics  (up  to  3  q.h.) 

Supervised  reading  in  selected  topics  in  economics.  Prep.  Consent  of  instructor  and 

approval  of  graduate  adviser. 

39.9Z5     Doctoral  Dissertation  Seminar  (no  credit) 
Prep.  Approval  of  graduate  adviser  required. 


english 


Gordon  E.  Pruett,  Ph.D.,  Acting  Chairman 

Professors 

Raymond  E.  Blois,  Ph.D. 
Victor  E.  Howes,  Ph.D. 
Samuel  French  Morse,  Ph.D. 
Stanley  J.  Trachtenberg,  Ph.D. 
Arthur  J.  Weitzman,  Ph.D. 
Paul  C.  Wermuth,  Ph.D. 


Associate  Professors 

Gerald  R.  Griffin 
Acting  Director  of 
Graduate  Studies 

Samuel  J.  Bernstein,  Ph.D. 

Robert  J.  Blanch,  Ph.D. 

Frank  C.  Blessington,  Ph.D. 

M.  X.  Lesser,  Ph.D. 

James  Nagel,  Ph.D. 

Jane  A.  Nelson,  Ph.D. 

Robert  B.  Parker,  Ph.D. 

Kinley  E.  Roby,  Ph.D. 

Herbert  L.  Sussman,  Ph.D. 


Assistant  Professors 

Irene  R.  Fairley,  Ph.D. 
Norma  Kroll,  Ph.D. 
Joseph  E.  Westlund,  Ph.D. 


THE  MASTER'S  DEGREE 

The  Department  of  English  offers  a  program  leading  to  the  M.A.  degree. 
The  courses  emphasize  training  in  research  and  criticism  in  the  fields  of 
English  and  American  literature,  and  they  provide  the  student  the  com- 
prehensive background  necessary  for  a  career  as  a  scholar,  teacher,  and 
writer. 


Admission 

Applicants  are  judged  favorably  if  they  do  superior  work  in  their  un- 
dergraduate preparation  and  do  significantly  better  than  average  in  the  ver- 
bal and  advanced  sections  of  the  Graduate  Record  Examination,  the  scores 
of  which  are  required  before  an  application  will  be  considered.  An  applicant 
is  expected  to  have  had  at  least  24  semester  credits  in  English  courses  on  a 
4  point  scale.  Recommendations  should  be  submitted  by  former  English 
professors.  An  applicant  who  is  deficient  in  any  one  of  these  areas  may  be 
admitted  as  a  provisional  student. 

The  category  of  special  student  is  provided  for  those  nondegree  students 
who  wish  to  take  a  summer  course  or  those  already  enrolled  in  a  graduate 
program  in  another  institution  who  wish  to  transfer  credit.  A  holder  of  a 
graduate  degree  in  English  may  also  enroll  as  a  special  student. 

73 


74 /ENGLISH 

Program 

Forty-two  quarter  hours  of  academic  work  are  required.  The  course  work 
must  include  30.8A1,  Bibliography  and  Literary  Historiography,  which 
should  be  taken  as  soon  as  the  student  enters  the  program.  Required  also 
are  three  hours  from  courses  in  Group  II;  three  hours  from  courses  in 
Group  III;  and  three  hours  from  courses  in  Group  IV;  three  hours  from 
courses  in  Group  V  (or  their  equivalents  among  the  seminars);  and  fifteen 
hours  in  designated  seminars,  which  are  limited  in  enrollment  to  twelve 
students.  The  remaining  twelve  hours  may  be  elected  from  any  courses  in 
the  program. 

Transfer  Credit 

A  student  may  transfer  from  another  institution  no  more  than  12  quarter 
hours  (9  semester  hours)  of  graduate  credit  in  English.  Within  this  limit, 
graduate  courses  in  other  fields  may  also  be  transferred  if  their  relevance  to 
the  student's  specialized  interest  can  be  demonstrated.  In  every  case,  a 
petition  for  graduate  credit  must  be  sent  to  the  Director  of  the  Graduate 
School  of  Arts  and  Sciences  with  a  copy  of  an  official  transcript. 

Thesis 

A  thesis  is  optional.  A  student  wishing  to  write  a  master's  paper  must 
secure  the  approval  of  a  graduate  faculty  member  and  write  the  thesis  un- 
der the  supervision  of  his  adviser.  Six  credits  in  lieu  of  course  work  are 
allowed.  The  student  must  enroll  in  30.9Z1,  Thesis,  to  obtain  credit.  Papers 
must  conform  to  the  guidelines  laid  down  in  the  MLA  Style  Sheet. 

Comprehensive  Examination 

A  four-hour  comprehensive  examination  is  required.  It  will  be  given  dur- 
ing the  Fall  and  Spring  Quarters.  Copies  of  previous  examinations  are 
available  in  the  graduate  director's  office.  A  student  must  accrue  30  quarter 
hours  of  credit  before  he  is  eligible  to  take  the  examination.  The  examina- 
tion may  be  taken  only  twice.  As  an  option,  students  may  choose  an  oral  ex- 
amination in  lieu  of  the  written  comprehensive.  This  must  be  arranged  with 
the  graduate  director. 

Language  Requirement 

Normally  a  degree  candidate  must  pass  a  reading  examination  in  French 
or  German  or  Latin.  Substitutions  must  have  the  approval  of  the  graduate 
director.  Exemption  from  the  examination  may  be  obtained  by  submitting 
evidence  of  having  passed  with  at  least  a  grade  of  C  an  advanced  under- 
graduate language  course  carrying  six  semester  credits  or  eight  quarter 
credits.  The  examinations  will  be  offered  during  the  Fall  and  Spring 
quarters. 


ENGLISH  lib 

PROGRAM  OF  ADVANCED  LITERARY  STUDY 

The  Department  of  English  offers  a  program  of  advanced  work  in 
humanistic  literary  study  for  those  people  who  already  hold  the  Master's 
degree.  Neither  an  intermediate  step  toward  a  research-oriented  Ph.D.  nor 
instruction  in  pedagogy,  the  program  is  designed  as  "state  of  the  art"  train- 
ing in  literary  studies.  The  program  is  directed  toward  practitioners  in  the 
field  as  well  as  those  for  whom  continuing  literary  study  is  an  end  in  itself. 
The  program  is  designed  for  both  full-time  and  part-time  study.  Financial 
aid  is  available. 

Admission 

Applicants  must  have  a  Master's  degree  and  are  expected  to  submit 
transcripts  of  undergraduate  and  graduate  work. 

Program 

Each  student  will  follow  an  individualized  coherent  course  of  study  built 
around  his  or  her  own  needs  and  designed  in  close  association  with  a  facul- 
ty advisor.  The  student  will  develop  the  outline  of  this  program  by  the  end  of 
the  first  quarter  of  work  at  Northeastern  and  follow  the  program,  under  the 
supervision  of  the  advisor,  throughout  his  or  her  work  at  Northeastern. 
Forty-two  quarter  hours  of  work  are  needed  to  complete  the  program.  With 
permission  of  the  advisor,  the  student  may  take  up  to  three  graduate 
courses  in  any  other  department. 

Examination 

The  student  must  pass  an  individual  comprehensive  examination  based 
upon  his  or  her  own  program  of  study.  The  examination  will  include  the 
evaluation  of  a  lecture/classroom  presentation. 

DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES 

All  courses  carry  three  quarter  hours  of  credit  unless  otherwise  specified. 

GROUP  I 
(three  quarter  hours  required) 

30.8A1     Bibliography  and  Literary  Historiography 

Materials    and    techniques    of    research    in    English    and    American    literature; 
bibliography,  form,  and  content  of  papers  and  theses;  problems  of  literary  history. 

GROUP  II 
(three  quarter  hours  required) 

30.8B1     Theories  of  Criticism 

Modern  critical  theories  including  New  Critical,  psychoanalytic,  and  Marxist.  Course 
may  not  be  used  to  satisfy  group  requirement. 


76 /ENGLISH 

30.8C1     Historical  Linguistics  I 

Written  records;  the  classification  of  language;  phonetics  and  phonetic  change;  the 
comparative  method;  dialect  geography. 

30.8C2     Historical  Linguistics  II 

Continuation  of  30.8C1.  Fluctuation;  analogic  and  semantic  change;  cultural,  in- 
timate, and  dialect  borrowing.  Prep.  30.8C1. 

30.8C4     Semantics 

The  relation  between  language  and  behavior;  the  concept  of  change,  variety,  and  un- 
iqueness; symbols;  levels  of  abstraction;  habits  of  evaluation  of  linguistic 
phenomena;  and  modification  of  such  habits  in  the  direction  of  human  adjustment, 
understanding,  and  survival. 

30.8C5     History  of  the  English  Language  I 

The  nature  and  origin  of  language;  ancestry  and  early  growth  of  English;  phonetics, 
sound-change,  and  history  of  English  sounds;  history  of  English  inflections;  sources 
of  the  vocabulary;  the  making  of  words. 

30.8C6     History  of  the  English  Language  II 

Semantic  change;  syntax  and  usage;  dictionaries,  spelling,  pronunciation,  variations, 
and  usage.  Prep.  30.8C5 

30.8C7     Language  and  Its  Structure 

Introduction  to  the  study  of  language,  the  principles  and  methods  of  linguistic 
description;  the  development  of  the  science  of  language,  of  descriptive  and 
generative  linguistics.  Emphasis  on  goals  of  modern  linguistic  theory. 

30.8D1      Introduction  to  Old  English 

30.8D6     Chaucer's  Troilus  and  Criseyde  and  Other  Poems 

The  Book  of  the  Duchess,  The  House  of  Fame,  and  Troilus  and  Criseyde,  with  a  look 
at  The  Romaunt  of  the  Rose. 

30.8D7     Chaucer's  Canterbury  Tales 


GROUP  III 
(three  quarter  hours  required) 

30.8E1     Tudor  Literature 

Wyatt  and  Surrey,  Sidney,  Raleigh,  and  the  beginnings  of  prose  fiction. 

30.8E4     Renaissance  Drama 

Twelve  representative  Elizabethan  and  Jacobean  comedies  and  tragedies. 

30.8F1     Seventeenth-Century  Literature 

Major   prose   and   poetry  of  the  seventeenth-century,   excluding   drama:   Bacon, 
Hobbes,  Browne,  Bunyan,  Donne,  Herbert,  Jonson,  Marvell,  and  others. 


ENGLISH/  77 

GROUP  IV 
(three  quarter  hours  required) 

30.8G1     Restoration  and  Early  Eighteenth  Century  Literature 

A  critical  study  of  neoclassical  drama,  poetry,  and  criticism:  Restoration  drama, 
Dryden,  Pope,  Addison,  Steele  and  Gay. 

30.8G6     Age  of  Johnson 

Johnson,  Boswell,  and  the  Club:  Burke,  Goldsmith,  and  Gibbon;  poetry  of  Cowper, 
Gray,  Burns,  and  Smart. 

30.8H1     Romanticism 

General  introduction  to  English  Romanticism  as  an  intellectual  and  artistic  move- 
ment. 

30.8 J 1     Victorian  Literature 

General  survey  touching  upon  major  genres  of  Victorian  literature  with  emphasis  on 
the  transition  from  the  Victorian  to  the  "modern."  Such  writers  as  Carlyle,  Ruskin,  the 
Brontes,  Swinburne,  Pater,  Wilde. 

30.8K1     Twentieth-Century  British  Literature 

Theme  and  structure  in  the  work  of  several  dramatists  from  Shaw  to  Osborne  and  of 
several  novelists  from  Conrad  to  Anthony  Powell  with  an  emphasis  on  major  trends 
in  the  novel  and  in  drama  during  the  present  century.  Course  may  not  be  used  to 
satisfy  group  requirement. 


GROUP  V 
(three  quarter  hours  required) 

30.8L1     American  Literature  to  1830 

A  survey  of  American  literature  during  its  first  two  centuries,  from  the  Puritans  to  the 
Knickerbockers,  from  William  Bradford  to  James  Fenimore  Cooper. 

30.8M1     Nineteenth-Century  American  Literature 

A  critical  examination  of  selected  works  of  prose  and  poetry  by  major  writers  of  the 
period:  Poe,  Hawthorne,  Melville,  Thoreau,  Dickinson,  and  Longfellow. 

30.8N1     Twentieth-Century  American  Literature 

Chance    collisions:    Adams,    Dreiser,    Crane,    Dos    Passos,    Fitzgerald,    Cozzens, 
Faulkner.  The  beginnings  and  development  of  Naturalistic  fiction. 


SEMINARS 

(Fifteen  quarter  hours  of  seminar  courses  are  required,  of  which  three  credits  must 
be  in  a  pre-nineteenth-century  period.) 

30.9B1     Critical  Schools 

The  subject  of  this  year's  seminar  will  be  structuralism  and  formalism. 


78 /ENGLISH 

30.9B3     English  Prose  Style 

The  development  of  prose  style  in  English  (chiefly  expository),  from  the  sixteenth 
century  to  the  present.  Most  major  authors  are  represented,  from  Roger  Ascham  to 
James  Baldwin. 

30.9B4     Short  Fiction 

The  short  stories  of  Sherwood  Anderson  and  Ernest  Hemingway  and  their  contribu- 
tion to  American  literature. 

30.9B5     Comic  Drama 

The  Comic  Spirit  and  its  manifestations  in  dramatic  literature  and  performance.  The 
nature  and  forms  of  comic  playwriting  from  Aristophanes  to  the  present.  An  ex- 
amination of  the  theater's  comic  forms:  farce,  comedy,  satire,  parody. 

30.9B6     Tragic  Drama 

This  course  will  consider  important  theories  of  tragedy  and  certain  plays  in  an  effort 
to  consider  the  relation,  if  any,  which  exists  between  theory  and  practice  of  the  tragic 
genre. 

30.9B7     Theatrical  Styles 

An  examination  of  modern  dramatic  expression  and  theory.  The  course  will  give  par- 
ticular attention  to  absurdist  drama,  existentialist  drama,  and  Brecht's  theatre  of 
alienation. 

30.9B8     Humor  in  Literature 

30.9B9     Satire 

A  theoretical  study  of  satiric  forms,  Roman,  Renaissance  and  neoclassical  verse 
satire,  and  later  satiric  narratives.  Writers  surveyed:  Horace,  Juvenal,  Pope,  Swift, 
Voltaire,  Byron,  Evelyn  Waugh,  etc. 

30.9C1     Phonetics  and  Dialectology 

Mastering  of  the  International  Phonetic  Alphabet  (IPA)  and  of  a  standard  phonemic 
alphabet;  their  application  to  practical  work  in  recording  and  studying  both  standard 
speech  and  dialects. 

30.9C2     Descriptive  Linguistics 

Intonation  (stress,  pitch,  juncture);  phonemics;  morphemes  and  morphology;  syntac- 
tic devices;  the  process  of  communication;  variation  in  speech;  etc.  Prep.  30.9C1. 

30.9C5     Transformational  and  Generative  Grammar  of  English 

Deep  and  surface  structures  and  transformations  necessary  to  generate  the  latter; 
graphic  representations  of  structure;  deep-structure  nature  of  adjectives,  pronouns, 
prepositions,  auxiliaries,  possessives,  etc.;  comparison  with  traditional  grammar. 

30.9C7     Linguistics  and  Literary  Study 

Language  viewed  in  its  special  function  as  literary  medium.  Linguistic  approach  to 
style,  metaphor,  form  and  meaning.  Representative  works  of  major  writers,  poetry 
and  prose,  studied  for  characteristic  formal  properties.  Discussion  of  contribution  of 
linguistic  analysis  to  literary  criticism,  and  to  a  theory  of  literature. 


ENGLISH/  79 

30.9D1      Beowulf 

Prep.  30.8 D1 

30.9D2     Old  English  Poetry 

Prep.  30.8 D1 

30.9D5     Middle  English  Lyrics  and  Drama 

A  study  of  the  epic  and  romance,  concentrating  on  the  transformation  of  the  epic  to 
the  courtly  hero:  works  to  include  in  translation  Beowulf,  Chretien  de  Troyes,  the 
Nibelungenlied,  and  Le  Morte  D'Arthur. 

30.9D8     Studies  In  Fourteenth-Century  Literature 

Major  works  in  Middle  English  including  Sir  Gawain  and  The  Green  Knight,  The 
Pearl,  and  Piers  Plowman. 

30.9E1     Studies  in  Renaissance  Poetry 

Shakespeare,  Marlowe,  Jonson  etal. 

30.9E4     Jacobean  Drama 

About  ten  plays,  mostly  tragedies  (except  for  Jonson);  the  course  presumes  a 
knowledge  of  Shakespeare's  late  tragedies  and  romances. 

30.9E5     Shakespeare's  Histories 

The  English  history  plays  from  Richard  III  to  Henry  V,  plus  Titus  Andronicus,  Julius 
Caesar,  and  Troilus  and  Cressida. 

30.9E6     Shakespeare's  Tragedies 

Eight  Plays  from  Richard  II  to  Antony  and  Cleopatra. 

30.9E7     Shakespeare's  Comedies 

Eight  plays  from  Comedy  of  Errors  to  The  Tempest. 

30.9E8     Problems  of  Shakespearean  Interpretation 

A  study  of  various  "problematic"  plays;  a  general  knowledge  of  Shakespearean 
drama  and  the  sonnets  is  presumed. 

30.9F1      Metaphysical  Poetry 

Analysis  of  the  structure  and  texture  of  poems  by  Donne,  Herbert,  and  Marvell  to 
determine  the  distinguishing  characteristics  of  the  metaphysical  approach  to  poetry. 

30.9F4     Seventeenth-Century  Thought 

Discussion  of  seventeenth-century  theories  on  science,  religion,  politics,  and  art  as 
expressed  in  Bacon,  Burton,  Browne,  Locke,  and  Hobbes. 

30.9F6     Milton's  Major  Poetry 

Milton's  poetic  and  intellectual  achievement  will  be  studied  by  analyzing  his  major 
works.  Particular  emphasis  will  be  given  to  Paradise  Lost  as  an  expression  of 
Renaissance  humanism  and  the  culmination  of  the  epic  tradition. 


80 /ENGLISH 

30.9G2     Restoration  and  Eighteenth-Century  Drama 

Plays  of  Etherege,  Wycherley,  Dryden,  Vanburgh,  Congreve,  Gay,  Lillo,  Goldsmith, 
and  Sheridan. 

30.9G3     Augustan  Literature 

Jonathan  Swift  and  the  tradition  of  satire. 

30.9G5     Eighteenth-Century  Thought 

Images  of  London:  ambivalence  and  satire  in  urban  literature;  a  survey  of  novels,  es- 
says, plays  and  poetry  treating  of  life  in  an  urban  milieu. 

30.9G7     Eighteenth-Century  Fiction 

Novels  by  Defoe,  Fielding,  Richardson,  Smollett,  Sterne  and  Austen. 

30.9G8     Individual  Eighteenth-Century  Novelist 

Henry  Fielding. 

30.9H1     Romantic  Poetry  I 

The  First  Generation:  Wordsworth  and  Coleridge. 

30.9H2     Romantic  Poetry  II 

The  Second  Generation:  Byron,  Keats,  and  Shelley. 

30.9H3     Problems  of  Romanticism 

Romantic  attitudes  towards  man  in  relation  to  himself,  society,  and  the  universe,  and 
romantic  attitudes  towards  individual  man  as  Poet,  with  the  impact  these  attitudes 
have  upon  the  form  and  thematic  substance  of  authentic  and  fictional  autobiography 
in  poetry  and  prose. 

30.9H8     Individual  Romantic  Writer 

Blake. 

30.9J1     Early  Victorian  Poetry 

Close  study  of  Tennyson,  Browning,  Arnold. 

30.9J2     Late  Victorian  Poetry 

The  Pre-Raphaelite  circle,  and  the  movement  toward  modernism:  D.  G.  Rossetti, 
Swinburne,  G.  M.  Hopkins. 

30.9J5     Prose  of  the  Victorian  Age 

Emphasis  on  late  Victorian  period  and  particularly  on  the  development  of  prose 
forms  such  as  Utopian  literature,  fantasy,  science-fiction,  detective  fiction  and  the  im- 
perial adventure  story:  Morris,  Pater,  Kipling,  Wilde,  Wells,  Carroll. 

30.9J7     Victorian  Novel 

Close  study  of  major  works  by  Dickens,  Eliot,  the  Brontes,  Hardy. 

30.9J8     individual  Victorian  Novelist 

Recent  critical  approaches  to  the  novels  of  Charles  Dickens. 


ENGLISH  /81 

30.9K1     Early  Twentieth-Century  British  Poetry 

Twentieth-century  poets  whose  work  has  shaped  and  established  the  modern  tradi- 
tion, or  extended  our  understanding  of  the  traditions  of  the  past:  Hardy,  Yeats, 
Lawrence,  Muir,  Auden,  Owen,  Thomas. 

30.9K2     Contemporary  British  Poetry 

Graves,  Larkin,  Hughes,  era/. 

30.9K3     Individual  Modern  British  Poet 

W.  H.  Auden.  A  study  of  Auden's  achievement  as  poet,  critic,  dramatist,  and 
translator,  in  the  context  of  his  age. 

30.9K4     Twentieth-Century  Irish  Renaissance 

A  study  of  the  emergence  of  a  distinctive  Irish  literary  tradition  through  concentration 
on  the  work  of  the  main  figures  of  the  Irish  Literary  Revival,  with  particular  emphasis 
on  Yeats,  Joyce,  Synge,  and  O'Casey;  minor  concentration  will  be  on  post- 
Revolutionary  and  contemporary  Irish  writers:  O'Faolain,  O'Connor,  and  Behan. 

30.9K7     Twentieth-Century  British  Fiction 

Major  figures  of  the  modern  and  the  contemporary  periods:  Conrad,  Joyce,  Cary, 
Beckett,  Braine,  Fowles,  Snow,  Lawrence,  Woolf,  Murdoch,  Lessing,  Huxley. 

30.9K8     Individual  Modern  British  Novelist 

James  Joyce  and  William  Beckett. 

30.9L1     Puritanism 

Edward  Taylor  and  Jonathan  Edwards. 

30.9L2     Literature  of  the  New  Republic 

The  beginning  of  the  American  literary  tradition  in  poetry,  fiction,  and  drama,  from 
Freneau  to  Cooper,  1765-1830. 

30.9M1     Transcendentalism 

From  religious  or  metaphysical  idealism  to  theories  of  self-transformation,  with 
emphasis  on  Emerson  and  Thoreau  and  consideration  of  related  figures  such  as 
Kant,  Coleridge,  Carlyle,  William  James,  Mumford,  Jung. 

30.9M2     Nineteenth-Century  American  Poetry 

The  legacies  of  Whitman  and  Dickinson. 

30.9M7     The  Romance  in  America 

An  attempt  to  define  American  Romance  through  the  study  of  Cooper's  Leather- 
stocking  novels,  the  major  novels  of  Hawthorne,  and  Melville's  Moby  Dick  and  Billy 
Budd. 

30.9M8     The  Rise  of  Realism 

An  examination  of  Local  Colorism,  Realism,  and  Naturalism  in  the  works  of  Twain, 
Howells,  James,  Dreiser,  Norris,  and  readings  in  European  Realism. 

30.9N1     Twentieth-Century  American  Poetry 

Twentieth-century  poets  who  have  struggled  to  establish  a  tradition  for  American 


82 /ENGLISH 

poetry  and  whose  examples  have  dominated  poetry  up  to  the  present:  Robinson, 
Frost,  Stevens,  W.  C.  Williams,  M.  Moore,  Eliot,  Pound,  Crane,  Cummings,  and  the 
Fugitives. 

30.9N2     Individual  Modern  American  Poet 

Wallace  Stevens. 

30.9N3     Contemporary  American  Poetry 

Lowell,  Bishop,  Bronk,  Roethkeefa/. 

30.9N7     Modern  American  Novel 

Comic  Resistance:  West,  Ellison,  Mailer,  Hawkes,  Barth.  The  exhaustion  of 
possibilities  and  the  post-modern  idea  of  self. 

30.9N8     Individual  American  Novelist 

Hemingway  and  Fitzgerald. 

30.9N9     Modern  American  Drama 

Philosophic  and  aesthetic  trends  among  such  playwrights  as  O'Neill,  Williams,  Miller, 
Albee,  Simon,  and  others. 

30.9P2     Comedy  of  Disaster  In  19th  and  20th  Century  Novels 

30.9P4     The  American  1890s 

Intensive  study  of  the  works  of  Stephen  Crane  with  some  attention  to  other  writers  of 
the  period,  including  Howells,  Frederic,  Garland,  and  to  the  cultural  milieu. 

30.9P5     Literature  of  the  American  South 

A  study  of  the  southern  literary  experience  from  early  nineteenth-century  to  mid- 
twentieth,  from  Simms  to  Faulkner. 

30.9P8     Art  and  Literature  in  the  Victorian  Period 

Relationships  of  visual  art,  literature,  and  aesthetic  theory  in  the  Victorian  period. 
Emphasis  on  Ruskin,  Pre-Raphaelite  circle,  Pater,  Whistler,  Wilde. 

30.9P9     Twain  and  James 

30.9R1     Creative  Writing  I 

Prose  fiction. 

30.9R2     Creative  Writing  II 

Prose  fiction. 

30.9Z1     Thesis  (maximum:  6  q.h.) 
By  arrangement. 

30.9Z2     Directed  Research 

By  arrangement. 


history 


Professors 

Raymond  H.  Robinson,  Ph.D., 

Chairman 
Philip  N.  Backstrom,  Jr.,  Ph.D. 
Martha  E.  Francois,  Ph.D. 


Associate  Professors 

Ballard  C.  Campbell,  Ph.D. 
Norbert  L.  Fullington,  Ph.D. 
Donald  M.  Jacobs,  Ph.D. 
John  D.  Post,  Ph.D. 
Stanley  R.  Stembridge,  Ph.D. 

Assistant  Professors 

Charmarie  J.  Blaisdell,  Ph.D. 
William  M.  Fowler,  Ph.D. 
Gerald  H.  Herman,  M.A. 
Laverne  J.  Kuhnke,  Ph.D. 
Martin  R.  Ring,  Ph.D. 


THE  MASTER'S  DEGREE 


Admission 


In  addition  to  the  admission  requirements  listed  on  page  22,  applicants 
must  have  had  a  program  which  includes  at  least  15  semester  hours  of 
history.  Applicants  for  the  Fall  Quarter  who  submit  their  application  and  all 
supporting  documents  by  March  15  will  be  notified  on  or  about  April  1. 
Students  who  are  interested  in  financial  assistance  must  file  all  material  by 
March  15. 


Program 

Forty-two  quarter  hours  of  academic  work  are  required.  Full-time 
students  take  four  courses  each  quarter,  thereby  completing  36  quarter 
hours  during  the  Fall,  Winter,  and  Spring  Quarters.  The  remaining  credits 
may  be  taken  during  the  summer  sessions  preceding  or  following  the  nor- 
mal academic  year. 

All  students  must  take  the  following  courses: 

23.800     Methodology 
either  23.801     European  Historiography  or  23.900     American  Historians 

Two  courses  specifically   labeled   "seminar."   except  that  students  writing 
theses  need  take  only  one  seminar. 

Students  must  complete  23.800  prior  to  enrolling  in  seminars,  and  grades 
of  at  least  B  must  be  obtained  in  the  seminars. 

Students  must  complete  at  least  one  course  (three  quarter  hours)  in  each 

83 


84 /HISTORY 

of  three  areas:  Group  I,  Europe;  Group  II,  United  States;  and  Group  III, 
Other  Regions. 

Group  requirements  will  not  be  satisfied  by  the  historiography  courses, 
23.801  and  23.900,  or  by  23.894,  23.895,  23.896  and  23.898.  Courses  are 
identified  by  group  in  the  course  list  below. 

With  the  approval  of  the  faculty  adviser,  a  maximum  of  nine  quarter 
hours  may  be  elected  from  graduate  courses  in  other  departments  and  a 
maximum  of  12  quarter  hours  may  be  elected  from  advanced  un- 
dergraduate courses  in  history. 

A  thesis  is  optional  with  the  approval  of  the  chairman  of  the  department. 
If  approved,  a  thesis  carries  nine  quarter  hours  of  credit. 

Comprehensive  Examination 

All  degree  candidates  must  pass  a  comprehensive  examination. 

Language  Requirement 

Proficiency  must  be  demonstrated  in  a  foreign  language  approved  by  the 
department. 

Financial  Aid 

In  addition  to  teaching  and  tuition  assistantships,  there  is  a  scholarship  in 
memory  of  Professor  Robert  A.  Feer,  a  member  of  the  Department  of 
History  from  1963  to  1970. 

DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES 

All  courses  carry  three  quarter  hours  of  credit  unless  otherwise  specified. 

23.800  Methodology 

The  objectives,  methods,  and  resources  of  the  historian. 

23.801  European  Historiography 

The  development  of  historical  writing  from  ancient  times  to  the  present. 

23.802  Ancient  Greece  (Group  I) 
Selected  topics  in  the  history  of  ancient  Greece. 

23.803  Ancient  Rome  (Group  I) 
Selected  topics  in  the  history  of  Rome  in  the  period  of  the  Republic  or  the  Empire. 

23.806  Intellectual  History  of  Europe,  1688  - 1789  (Group  I) 
The  broad  spectrum  of  eighteenth-century  thought,  with  emphasis  on  scientific 
religious,  and  political  ideas. 

23.807  Intellectual  History  of  Europe,  1789-1870  (Group  I) 

The  great  age  of  liberal  and  nationalistic  thought.  Social  problems  created  by  in- 
dustrialism and  various  proposals  to  solve  these  problems  will  be  examined. 


HISTORY  /  85 

23.808  Intellectual  History  of  Europe,  1870-1950  (Group  I) 

The  intellectual  developments  which  have  brought  Europe  to  its  present  position  in 
world  affairs.  Topics  considered  include  theories  of  evolution,  scientism,  radical 
socialism,  and  fascism. 

23.809  Seminar  In  European  Intellectual  History  (Group  I) 
Research  and  writing  on  special  topics  in  European  intellectual  history. 

23.810  Social  History  of  Europe,  400-1350  (Group  I) 

A  study  of  society  in  the  "Age  of  Faith,"  with  special  emphasis  on  aspirations,  way  of 
life,  and  cultural  achievement. 

23.811  Social  History  of  Europe,  1350-1650  (Group  I) 

A  study  of  social  structure,  standards  of  living,  aspirations  and  frustrations,  and 
cultural  achievement  in  an  age  of  Black  Death,  Renaissance,  and  religious  controversy. 

23.812  Social  History  of  Europe,  1650  - 1850  (Group  I) 

Exploration  of  social  development  and  cultural  achievement  in  an  age  of  revolutions 
—  intellectual,  political,  agricultural,  and  industrial. 

23.813  Economic  History  of  the  Modern  Western  World  (Group  I) 
Topical  analysis  of  the  economic  development  of  the  modern  western  world. 

23.817  Medieval  Institutions  (Group  I) 

Political,  economic,  and  religious  institutions  in  England  and  France  from  the  fourth 
to  the  thirteenth  centuries. 

23.818  Seminar  in  the  Renaissance  (Group  I) 
Research  and  writing  concerning  the  Renaissance. 

23.819  Seminar  in  the  Reformation  (Group  I) 
Research  and  writing  concerning  the  Reformation. 

23.820  The  Renaissance  (Group  I) 

European  political  and  cultural  life  from  the  thirteenth  to  the  seventeenth  centuries, 
with  attention  to  Humanism  and  to  the  rebirth  of  classicism  in  literature  and  the  arts. 

23.821  The  Reformation  (Group  I) 

The  development  of  the  Christian  Church  from  the  thirteenth  to  the  seventeenth  cen- 
turies, with  attention  to  the  conflict  between  church  and  state,  the  impact  of  the 
Renaissance,  the  rise  of  the  Protestant  sects,  and  the  wars  of  religion. 

23.822  European  Urban  History  to  1750  (Group  I) 

A  study  of  urban  places  from  Roman  times  to  1750  with  special  consideration  of  ori- 
gins; layouts;  political,  economic,  and  social  life;  and  the  effects  of  towns  on  society. 

23.823  European  Urban  History  since  1750  (Group  I) 

A  study  of  urban  places  since  1750  with  attention  to  the  growth  of  population,  in- 
dustrialization, and  bureaucratization  and  attendant  problems. 


86  /  HISTORY 

23.827     Seminar  In  England,  1558-1660  (Group  I) 

A  study  of  political,  religious,  social,  and  economic  problems  from  Elizabeth  I  to  the 

Restoration. 

23.830  Britain,  1688-1815  (Group  I) 

Topics  include  constitutional  evolution,  political  parties,  social  and  economic  change, 
religious  and  intellectual  developments,  cultural  achievements,  and  Scotland  and 
Ireland. 

23.831  Britain,  1815-1914  (Group  I) 

Aspects  of  nineteenth-century  Britain,  including  reform  of  parliament,  liberalism  and 
socialism,  the  Irish  question,  imperialism,  and  Victorian  ideals  and  attitudes. 

23.832  Seminar  in  Twentieth-Century  Britain  (Group  I) 
Selected  topics  for  research  and  writing. 

23.833  Seminar  in  Nineteenth-Century  Britain  (Group  I) 

Selected  topics  for  research  and  writing  with  special  emphasis  on  the  social  effects  of 
industrialization. 

23.835  France,  1180-1661  (Group  I) 

The  history  of  France  from  the  time  of  Philip  II  to  the  majority  of  Louis  XIV  with 
special  emphasis  on  the  problems  of  cultural,  political,  and  economic  unity  and  the 
effects  of  the  Renaissance  and  the  Reformation. 

23.836  France,  1661-1830  (Group  I) 

A  study  of  the  "Old  Regime,"  including  an  examination  of  the  reign  of  Louis  XIV,  the 
decline  of  the  French  monarchy  in  the  eighteenth  century,  and  the  general  effects  of 
the  Enlightenment;  an  analysis  of  the  revolutionary  period,  1789  to  1830. 

23.840  France  and  Germany,  1870-1918  (Group  I) 

Selected  comparative  topics  in  the  Third  French  Republic  and  Wilhelmian  Germany. 

I 

23.841  France  and  Germany  since  1918  (Group  I) 

Selected  comparative  topics  in  French  and  German  history  since  the  First  World 
War. 

23.845     Seminar  in  Nineteenth-Century  Europe  (Group  I) 
Research  and  writing  in  European  history  from  1850  to  1900. 

23.850     Seminar  In  Russian  History  (Group  I) 

A  narrow  period  or  special  topic  in  Russian  history.  The  course  presupposes  a  basic 

knowledge  of  Russian  history  and  will  require  extensive  work  on  a  research  paper. 

23.855     Socialism  and  Revolution  (Group  I) 

Studies  in  the  history  of  socialism  and  revolution  from  the  early  nineteenth-century 

Utopias  to  the  New  Left  of  the  1960s. 

23.860     Diplomatic  History  of  Europe,  1815  -  1914  (Group  I) 

The  foreign  policies  of  the  chief  European  powers,  with  emphasis  on  changing 
alliances  and  alignments,  imperialistic  rivalries,  and  efforts  at  international  coopera- 
tion. 


HISTORY  /  87 

23.861  Seminar  in  Imperialism  (Group  I) 

An  inquiry  into  the  motives  underlying  European  expansion  in  the  late  nineteenth 
century. 

23.862  Twentieth-Century  Europe  (Group  I) 

The  political  history  of  Europe  since  1900,  with  attention  to  World  War  I,  the  rise  of 
Communism  and  Fascism,  the  struggle  for  security  in  the  western  democracies, 
World  War  II,  and  the  Cold  War. 

23.863  Seminar  In  Twentieth-Century  Europe  (Group  I) 

A  study  of  a  selected  controversy  in  contemporary  European  History. 

23.870  China  to  1800  (Group  III) 

History  of  Chinese  civilization  from  antiquity  through  Confucianism  to  the  period  of 
Western  impact. 

23.871  Modern  China  (Group  III) 

Revolution  and  institutional  change  in  China  from  the  nineteenth  century  to  1927. 

23.872  Communism  in  China  (Group  III) 

A  study  of  the  Chinese  Communist  movement  from  its  origins  in  the  1920s  to  the 
present. 

23.873  Japan  to  1600  (Group  III) 

A  survey  of  early  Japanese  history  with  special  emphasis  on  the  social,  political,  in- 
tellectual, and  literary  history  of  the  medieval  period. 

23.874  Japan,  1600  - 1868  (Group  III) 

A  study  of  the  Tokugawa  period,  emphasizing  the  problems  of  late  feudal  control,  ur- 
ban and  rural  developments,  social,  intellectual,  and  literary  history. 

23.875  Modern  Japan  (Group  III) 

The  history  of  Japan  since  the  fall  of  the  Tokugawa,  emphasizing  political  and 
economic  developments,  especially  after  World  War  II. 

23.881     Modern  Africa  (Group  III) 

A  topical  approach  to  the  history  of  Africa  since  1850. 

23.883  History  of  the  Islamic  Peoples  (Group  III) 

A  study  of  the  history,  culture,  and  religion  of  the  followers  of  Muhammad  from  600  to 
1800. 

23.884  Modern  Middle  East  (Group  III) 

A  study  of  the  Middle  East  in  the  twentieth  century. 

23.894     Seminar  in  History  and  Media 

Students  will  explore  such  topics  as  the  advantages  and  drawbacks  of  specific 
media,  the  uses  and  abuses  of  media  in  research  and  teaching,  and  the  construction 
of  media.  Each  student  will  participate  in  a  research  project  involving  the  creation 
and/or  evaluation  of  historically  valid  films,  slide  tapes,  and  other  materials. 


88  /  HISTORY 

23.895  Approaches  to  World  History 

An  interdisciplinary  examination  of  the  study  of  civilization  emphasizing  various 
methodologies  and  theories  and  testing  them  by  studying  specific  historical  periods 
and  cultures. 

23.896  Psycho-History 

An  introduction  to  the  concepts,  scholarship,  problems,  and  directions  of  psycho- 
historical  studies. 

23.898     Population  in  History 

An  application  of  demographic  theory  to  history. 

23.900     American  Historians 

The  writing  of  American  history  by  Americans  from  colonial  times  to  the  present  with 
emphasis  on  changes  in  both  form  and  substance. 

23:901     Recent  Interpretations  of  American  History  (Group  II) 
The  literature  of  American  history  since  1945. 

23.905  Colonial  America:  The  Seventeenth  Century  (Group  II) 

Exploration  of  the  New  World,  settlement  of  the  English  North  American  mainland 
colonies,  and  the  adaptation  of  European  institutions  and  ideas  to  New  World  con- 
ditions. 

23.906  Colonial  America:  The  Eighteenth  Century  (Group  II) 

The  expansion  of  the  English  colonies  in  the  New  World,  the  development  of  political 
and  social  institutions,  and  the  sources  of  friction  with  England  to  1763. 

23.907  The  American  Revolution  (Group  II) 

Topics  in  the  history  of  the  American  Revolution  from  1763  to  1783. 

23.909  Seminar  In  Colonial  and  Revolutionary  America  (Group  II) 
Research  and  writing  on  some  topic  in  American  history  prior  to  1789. 

23.910  American  Social  History,  1607-1815  (Group  II) 

The  ethnic  foundation  of  American  society;  the  ways  Americans  made  their  living, 
and  the  ways  in  which  they  lived  during  the  colonial  and  early  national  periods. 

23.911  American  Social  History,  1815-1900  (Group  II) 

The  King  Cotton  society  of  the  South,  the  ferment  of  reform  and  industrialism  in  the 
North,  the  Civil  War,  and  the  materialistic  civilization  of  the  late  nineteenth  century. 

23.912  American  Social  History,  1900-1950  (Group  II) 

The  transformation  of  the  naive  and  idealistic  America  of  the  early  twentieth  century 
to  life  in  a  world  in  which  technology  has  far  outstripped  man's  mental  and  moral 
capacity  to  cope  with  it. 

23.920     Seminar  in  American  Urban  History  (Group  II) 

The  political,  economic,  and  social  history  of  America's  major  cities,  with  special 

emphasis  on  Boston's  last  century. 


HISTORY/ 89 

23.921  American  Social  Structure  (Group  II) 

Survey  of  population,  residential,  family,  ethnic,  and  class  patterns  in  American 
history. 

23.922  American  Immigration  and  Ethnicity  (Group  II) 

Analysis  of  immigration  to  the  United  States,  ethnicity  and  assimilation,  and  ethnic 
group  diversity  since  1800. 

23.924     Topics  In  American  Reform  (Group  II) 

Selected  studies  of  movements  to  change  aspects  of  American  Society. 

23.935     Seminar  In  Recent  American  History  (Group  II) 

Special  topics  from  the  period  1896  to  1960  will  be  studied  in  detail,  and  students  will 

present  a  research  paper  on  a  major  person,  action,  or  movement. 

23.937  American  Politics,  1800-1877  (Group  II) 

The  development  of  politics  and  parties  in  the  nineteenth  century. 

23.938  American  Politics,  1877-1920  (Group  II) 
Analysis  of  political  patterns  in  the  "transition"  period. 

23.939  Seminar  in  American  Political  History  (Group  II) 
Research  and  writing  on  problems  in  American  political  history. 

23.940  American  Politics  since  1920  (Group  II) 

Analysis  of  recent  politics,  emphasizing  the  Presidency,  voting  behavior,  and  party 
activity. 

23.941  American  Diplomatic  History,  1775-1889  (Group  II) 

The  history  of  American  foreign  policy  and  foreign  relations  from  the  American 
Revolution  to  1889. 

23.942  American  Diplomatic  History  since  1889  (Group  II) 

The  United  States  in  the  age  of  world  involvement  and  responsibility;  the  imperialistic 
episode;  the  world  wars;  international  organizations  and  alliances. 

23.943  Seminar  in  American  Diplomatic  History  (Group  II) 

Research  and  writing  on  selected  topics  in  the  history  of  American  foreign  relations. 

23.945     Topics  In  the  Civil  War  and  Reconstruction  (Group  II) 

Analysis  of  key  issues  surrounding  the  events  leading  up  to  the  Civil  War,  the  war 

itself,  and  the  Reconstruction  period. 

23.962  Archival  Administration  I 

An  introduction  to  the  archival  administration  with  attention  to  theory  and  practice  of 
archives  and  the  relation  of  archives  to  other  historical  agencies. 

23.963  Archival  Administration  II 

Field  work  experience  in  archives  or  other  historical  agencies  under  the  direction  of 
agency  administrators  and  Northeastern  faculty.  Prerequisite  23.962. 


90 /HISTORY 

23.967  Afro-American  History  I  (Group  II) 

The  history  of  Afro-Americans  to  1900,  with  emphasis  on  the  role  of  black  people  in 
slavery  and  freedom. 

23.968  Afro-American  History  II  (Group  II) 
The  history  of  Afro-Americans  since  1900. 

23.969  Seminar  In  Afro-American  History  (Group  II) 
Research  and  writing  on  some  aspect  of  Afro-American  history. 

23.970  The  United  States  and  the  Caribbean  Region  (Group  II) 

The  Caribbean  policy  of  the  United  States  from  the  Monroe  Doctrine  to  the  present. 

23.971  Mexican  History  (Group  III) 

The  making  of  modern  Mexico  from  its  Indian  and  Spanish  beginnings  to  the  pre- 
sent. 

23.973  South  America  to  1900  (Group  III) 

The  European  impact  on  South  America,  the  movements  for  independence,  and  the 
nineteenth-century  history  of  the  new  republics. 

23.974  South  America  since  1 900  (G  rou  p  1 1 1 ) 

The  internal  developments  of  the  South  American  republics  and  their  relations  with 
one  another  and  with  other  nations  in  the  twentieth  century. 

23.975  Seminar  in  South  American  History  (Group  III) 

Research   and   writing   on   special  topics  in  the   history  of  the  South   American 
republics. 

23.990  Assigned  Reading  in  History  (1  q.h.) 
Assigned  reading  under  supervision  of  a  faculty  member. 

23.991  Thesis  (9  q.h.) 

Thesis  supervision  by  members  of  the  department. 


mathematics 


Professors 

David  I.  Epstein,  Ph.D. 
Bohumil  Cenkl,  D.Sc. 
Holland  C.  Filgo,  Jr.,  Ph.D. 
Arshag  Hajian,  Ph.D. 
Flavio  B.  Reis,  Ph.D. 
Gabriel  Stolzenberg,  Ph.D. 
Harold  L.  Stubbs,  Ph.D. 
Jack  Warga,  Ph.D. 

Associate  Professors 

Samuel  J.  Blank,  Ph.D. 

Mark  Bridger,  Ph.D. 

Alberto  R.  Galmarino,  Ph.D. 

Maurice  E.  Gilmore,  Ph.D.,  Chairman 

Eugene  Gover,  Ph.D. 

Robert  D.  Klein,  M.S. 

Nancy  J.  Kopell,  Ph.D. 

Richard  A.  Rasala,  Ph.D. 

Thomas  O.  Sherman,  Ph.D. 

Victor  R.  Staknis,  Ph.D. 


Assistant  Professors 

Harriet  Fell,  Ph.D. 
John  Frampton,  Ph.D. 
Nishan  Krikorian,  Ph.D. 
JayantShah,  Ph.D. 
Brian  Smith,  Ph.D. 
Betty  Stark,  Ph.D. 

Instructor 

John  Casey,  B.S. 


Admission 

In  addition  to  the  admission  requirements  listed  on  page  22,  applicants 
should  have  a  background  which  includes  courses  in  linear  and  modern 
algebra  and  mathematical  analysis. 


THE  MASTER'S  DEGREE 

Full-Time  Program 

Forty  hours  of  course  work  are  required  for  the  degree.  The  following 
courses  are  required. 

Credits 

10.9A1      Basic  Analysis  and  Topology   4 

I0.9A2     Algebra  A  4 

10.9A3     Integration  4 

10.9A4     AlgebraB  4 

1 0.9A5     General  Topology  4 

10.9A6     Complex  Variables  4 

10.9A7     Geometry  _4 

28 
91 


92 /MATHEMATICS 

The  remaining  12  credits  required  for  the  master's  degree  may  be 
selected  from  any  graduate  mathematics  courses  with  the  approval  of  the 
student's  faculty  adviser.  In  some  cases,  courses  in  other  departments  may 
be  approved. 

A  full-time  candidate  for  the  master's  degree  will  normally  take  the 
courses  listed  above  in  the  first  four  quarters  of  graduate  study,  according 
to  the  following  schedule: 


Fall  Quarter  Credits  Winter  Quarter  Credits 

10.9A1      Basic  Analysis  and  10.9A3     Integration  4 

Topology 4  10.9A5     General  Toplogy 4 

10.9A2     AlgebraA  4 

2nd  Fall  Quarter  Credits 

Spring  Quarter  Credits  10.9A6     Complex  Variables  4 

10.9A4     AlgebraB  4 

10.9A7     Geometry  4 


Part-Time  Program 

Students  in  this  program  may  progress  according  to  their  abilities  and 
the  time  available.  If  students  are  deficient  in  any  of  the  mathematics 
courses  required  for  admission  to  the  degree  program,  they  will  be  re- 
quired to  satisfy  their  deficiencies  by  taking  courses  given  for  this  purpose. 
Such  courses  will  carry  graduate  credit,  but  the  credit  will  be  in  addition  to 
the  regular  degree  requirements.  The  following  courses  are  required: 

Total  Credits 

10.8C1     General  Topology  I 2 

10.8D1,  10.8D2     Theory  of  Functions  of  a  Real  Variable  I,  II   4 

10.8J1,  10.8J2,  10.8J3     Theory  of  Functions  of  a  Complex 

Variable  I,  II,  III  6 

10.8P1,  10.8P2,  Algebra  I,  II  4 

16 


The  remaining  24  quarter  hours  may  be  selected  from  graduate 
mathematics  courses.  With  the  approval  of  the  department,  a  maximum  of 
10  of  these  elective  credits  may  be  selected  from  courses  in  other 
departments  in  the  Graduate  School  of  Arts  and  Sciences  or  the  Graduate 
School  of  Engineering. 


Other  Requirements 

There  is  no  comprehensive  examination  and  no  language  requirement 
for  the  master's  degree.  A  thesis  is  not  required  but  may  in  some  cases  be 
substituted  for  an  elective  course  with  the  approval  of  the  department. 


MATHEMATICS/ 93 
THE  DOCTOR  OF  PHILOSOPHY  DEGREE 


Admission 


Students  who  have  completed  the  first  year  of  the  full-time  master's 
degree  program  or  who  have  obtained  a  master's  degree  at  another  institu- 
tion are  eligible  for  admission  to  the  doctoral  program.  Students  who  wish 
to  earn  the  doctor's  degree  should  inform  the  chairman  of  the  graduate 
committee  of  their  desire  to  be  doctoral  candidates.  Those  who  have  been 
accepted  as  doctoral  candidates  will  remain  in  that  category  as  long  as  their 
progress  is  deemed  satisfactory. 

Residence  Requirement 

The  residence  requirement  is  satisfied  by  one  year  of  full-time  graduate 
work. 

Degree  Candidacy 

Degree  candidacy  is  established  in  accordance  with  the  general  graduate 
school  regulations. 

Course  Requirements 

The  course  requirements,  in  addition  to  the  minimum  master's  degree 
requirements  of  40  quarter  hours  of  credit,  are  established  by  the 
departmental  graduate  committee  for  each  candidate.  In  most  cases,  40 
quarter  hours  of  additional  work  will  be  required. 

Independent  Work 

Before  starting  their  dissertation,  doctoral  students  may  be  required  to 
do  some  kind  of  independent  project,  possibly,  but  not  necessarily,  in  con- 
junction with  departmental  seminars  or  courses.  The  aim  of  the  project  is  to 
start  students  on  independent  work  and  to  give  them  a  practical  way  to 
learn  research  techniques.  Students  should,  with  the  help  of  their  advisers, 
choose  a  topic  they  want  to  investigate.  In  studying  it,  students  should  read 
texts  and  journal  articles  and  learn  what  to  read  and  what  not  to  read.  In  ad- 
dition, they  should  try  to  solve  problems,  compute  examples,  modify 
proofs,  and  see  whether  or  not  the  known  results  can  be  extended. 
Students  should  report  on  their  work  either  in  seminars  or  by  giving  a 
special  lecture  or  writing  up  a  short  paper. 

Minor  Specialty 

Each  doctoral  candidate  will  select  some  specific  mathematical  subject 
of  an  advanced  nature,  which  must  be  reasonably  unrelated  to  the  topic  of 
the  student's  dissertation.  By  means  of  reading,  lecture  courses,  and/or 
seminars,  the  student  should  render  work  in  this  area  equivalent  to  a  good 
part  of  one  full  year's  course  work.  Approval  of  the  area  and  the  plan  of 
work  should  be  obtained  in  advance  from  the  Ph.D.  committee. 


94  /  MATHEMATICS 

Language  Requirements 

Ability  to  read  and  translate  mathematical  texts  and  journals  in  two 
foreign  languages  must  be  established  by  each  candidate.  The  languages 
may  be  chosen  from  French,  German,  and  Russian;  any  other  choice  re- 
quires special  approval.  The  students  should  notify  the  chairman  of  the 
departmental  graduate  committee  when  they  are  prepared  to  be  examined 
on  each  language.  At  least  one  language  examination  must  be  passed 
before  beginning  work  on  the  dissertation.  The  examinations  are  conducted 
by  members  of  the  faculty  of  the  mathematics  department. 

Teaching  Requirement 

Some  teaching  experience  is  required.  This  requirement  may  be  satisfied 
by  at  least  one  year  of  service  as  a  teaching  assistant  or  by  suitable 
teaching  duties. 

Dissertation 

After  the  successful  completion  of  their  independent  work  when  re- 
quired, students  shall  select  a  dissertation  adviser  under  whose  guidance 
they  will  write  their  doctoral  dissertation.  They  may  be  assisted  by  the 
departmental  graduate  committee  in  that  selection  if  they  wish  it.  The  dis- 
sertation itself  must  represent  an  original  solution  of  a  problem  in  the 
chosen  area  of  mathematics  which  makes  some  contribution  to 
mathematical  knowledge. 

Final  Oral  Examination 

This  examination  on  the  dissertation  will  be  held  in  accordance  with  the 
graduate  school  regulations. 


DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES 

The  following  courses  are  offered  for  those  who  wish  to  enter  the  master's  degree 
program  in  mathematics,  but  who  fail  to  satisfy  the  admission  requirements  in 
algebra  and/or  analysis.  These  courses  will  be  taken  in  addition  to  the  required 
course  work  in  mathematics. 

10.8B1, 10.8B2, 10.8B3     Abstract  Algebra  I,  II,  III  (2  q.h.) 

Groups,  subgroups,  normal  subgroups,  rings,  ideals,  integral  domains,  and  fields. 
Prep.  Differential  and  Integral  Calculus. 

10.8B4     Advanced  Calculus  I  (2  q.h.) 

Functions  of  one  independent  variable;  limits,  continuity,  differentiability.  Properties 
of  continuous  functions  on  a  closed  bounded  interval.  Rolle's  theorem  and  the  mean- 
value  theorem.  Prep.  Differential  and  Integral  Calculus. 

10.8B5     Advanced  Calculus  II  (2  q.h.) 

Functions  of  several  independent  variables.  Distance  and  open  sets;  limits,  continui- 


MATHEMATICS  /  95 

ty.  Properties  of  continuous  functions  on  a  closed  bounded  set.  Differentiability  and 
differentials,  mean-value  theorem,  implicit  function  theorems,  Jacobians  and 
transformations.  Prep.  10.8B4. 

10.8B6     Advanced  Calculus  III  (2  q.h.) 

Sequences,  sequences  of  functions,  uniform  convergence,  series.  Integration,  line 

and  surface  integrals.  Prep.  10.8B5. 

The    following    courses    may    be    used    toward    the    degree    requirements    in 
mathematics. 

10.8C1, 10.8C2     General  Topology  I,  II  (2  q.h.) 

Sets  and  maps,  metric  spaces,  topological  spaces,  separation  axioms,  compactness, 

connectedness.  Prep.  10.8B6  or  equivalent. 

10.8D1     Theory  of  Functions  of  a  Real  Variable  I  (2  q.h.) 

Lebesque  measure  on  real  line,  measurable  functions,  Lebesque  integral,  con- 
vergence theorems,  bounded  variation,  absolute  continuity.  Prep.  10.8C1. 

10.8D2     Theory  of  Functions  of  a  Real  Variable  II  (2  q.h.) 

Classical  Banach  spaces,  integration  theory  on  abstract  measure  spaces,  signed 

measures,    Radon-Nikodym    theorem,    product   measure,    Fubini   theorem.    Prep. 

10.8D1. 

10.8E1     Advanced  Differential  Equations  I  (2  q.h.) 

First  order  differential  equation;  existence  and  uniqueness  theorems;  dependence  of 

solution  on  parameter.  Stability  theory.  Periodic  solutions.  Prep  10.8B6. 

10.8E2     Advanced  Differential  Equations  II  (2  q.h.) 
Systems  of  first  order  differential  equations.  Prep.  10.8E1. 

10.8E3     Advanced  Differential  Equations  III  (2  q.h.) 

Selected  topics,  including  asymptotic  behavior  of  solutions.  Prep.  10.8E2. 

10.8E4     Partial  Differential  Equations  I  (2  q.h.) 

Partial  differential  equations  of  first  order;  Cauchy-problem;  Cauchy-Kowalewski 

theorem.  Method  of  characteristics.  Prep.  10.8B6. 

10.8E5     Partial  Differential  Equations  II  (2  q.h.) 

Classification  of  second  order  equations.  Well-posed  problems.  Emphasis  on  hyper- 
bolic equations.  Prep.  10.8E4. 

10.8E6     Partial  Differential  Equations  III  (2  q.h.) 
Emphasis  on  elliptic  equations.  Prep.  10.8E5. 

10.8E8, 10.8E9     Integral  Equations  I,  II  (2  q.h.) 

Equations  of  Volterra  and  Fredholm.  Symmetric  kernals.  Orthogonal  systems  of 

functions.  Applications.  Prep.  10.8B6  or  equivalent. 

10.8F1     Difference  Equations  (2  q.h.) 

Formulation  and  solution  of  difference  equations;  approximate  solution  of  engineer- 


96  /  MATHEMATICS 

ing  problems  by  finite-difference  methods;  relaxation  techniques;  stability  and  con- 
vergence of  approximate  methods;  applications.  Prep.  10.8B6  or  equivalent. 

10.8F3, 10.8F4     Calculus  of  Variations  I,  II  (2  q.h.) 

The  concept  of  the  first  variation  of  a  functional;  the  simplest  variational  problem; 
Euler's  equation.  Generalization  to  several  variables.  Hamilton-Jacobi  theory.  Suf- 
ficient conditions  for  extrema.  Fields  of  extremals.  Direct  methods  in  variational 
problems.  Prep.  10.8B6. 

10.8G1     Probability  I  (2  q.h.) 

Fundamentals  of  probability  theory;  discrete  and  continuous  probability  distributions, 
including  binominal,  Poisson,  and  normal;  law  of  large  numbers  and  central  limit 
theorem.  Prep.  Differential  and  Integral  Calculus. 

10.8G2     Probability  II  (2  q.h.) 

Further  study  of  probability  distributions  for  one  or  more  random  variables.  Special 

topics  such  as  counting  processes  and  Markov  chains.  Prep.  10.8G1. 

10.8G4     Mathematical  Statistics  I  (2  q.h.) 

Fundamental  statistical  methods.  Tests  of  significance  and  estimation  based  on  large 

or   small   samples;    simple   correlation    and    linear   regression.    Prep.    10.8G1   or 

equivalent. 

10.8G5     Mathematics  Statistics  II  (2  q.h.) 

Further  topics  in  statistical  inference,  including  analysis  of  variance.  Prep.  10.8G4. 

10.8G8     Stochastic  Processes  (2  q.h.) 

Processes  with  independent  increments.  Strict  and  wide  sense  stationary  processes. 

Markov  processes.  Renewal  processes.  Queuing  problems.  Prep.  10.8G2. 

10.8H4     Statistical  Decision  Theory  (2  q.h.) 

Subjective  Probability.  Utility.  Bayesian  approach  to  statistical  decision  problems. 

Prep.  10.8G1  or  10.8G4. 

10.8J1     Theory  of  Functions  of  a  Complex  Variable  I  (2  q.h.) 

Geometry  of  the  complex  pane,  analytic  functions,  Cauchy's  theorem.  Prep.  10.8C1 

(may  be  taken  concurrently). 

10.8J2     Theory  of  Functions  of  a  Complex  Variable  II  (2  q.h.) 

Infinite  sequences  and  series,  singularities,  residues,  applications.  Prep.  10.8J1. 

10.8J3     Theory  of  Functions  of  a  Complex  Variable  III  (2  q.h.) 

Meromorphic  functions,  Mittag-Leffler  theorem,  conformal  mapping.  Prep.  10.8J2. 

10.8K1     Fundamental  Questions  of  Mathematics:  An  Introduction  to 

Mathematical  Logic  (2  q.h.) 
A  discussion  of  truth  tables,  propositional  calculus  with  applications,  theories  and 
models,  and  Godel's  incompleteness  results.  The  course  stresses  the  way  in  which 
Mathematical   Logic  raises  and   solves   problems  in  number  theory,  set  theory, 
analysis,  and  geometry.  Prep.  none. 


MATHEMATICS  /  97 

10.8K2     A  First  Course  In  Mathematical  Logic  (2  q.h.) 

Propositional  calculus,  quantificational  logic,  first  order  theories  through  the  Skolem- 
Lowenheim  Theorem.  Prep.  none. 

10.8K3     An  Introduction  to  Recursive  Function  Theory  (2  q.h.) 

Turing  machines.  Partially  computable  functions.  Primitive  recursive  and  general 

recursive  functions  and   predicates.   Unsolvable  decision   problems.    Recursively 

enumerable  sets  of  integers.  The  unsolvability  of  Hilbert's  Tenth  Problem.  Prep. 

none. 

10.8K4     Godel's  Incompleteness  Theorems  (2  q.h.) 

Formal  number  theory.  Arithmetization.  Godel's  First  and  Second  Incompleteness 
Theorems  for  formal  number  theory.  Prep,  a  knowledge  of  the  methods  of 
mathematical  logic. 

10.8K5     Set  Theory  (2  q.h.) 

The  informal  study  of  sets,  including  detailed  discussion  of  the  axiom  of  choice,  well- 
ordered  sets,  and  transfinite  arithmetic.  Prep.  none. 

10.8K6     Formal  Set  Theory  (2  q.h.) 

Versions  of  axiomatic  set  theory.  The  consistency  of  the  continuum  hypothesis  and 
the  axiom  of  choice.  As  time  permits,  the  independence  of  the  continuum  hypothesis 
and  the  axiom  of  choice.  Prep,  the  equivalent  of  10.8K2  and  10.8K5. 

10.8L1, 10.8L2     Numerical  Analysis  I,  II 

Solutions  of  algebraic  and  trascendental  equations.  Approximation  and  interpolation. 
Prep.  10.8B6  or  equivalent. 

10.8P1, 10.8P2, 10.8P3     Algebra  I,  II,  III  (2  q.h.) 

The  content  of  these  courses  is  the  same  as  10.9A2  and  the  first  part  of  10.9A4.  Prep. 

10.8B2  or  equivalent. 

10.8T1, 10.8T2     Matrix  Analysis  I,  II  (2  q.h.  each) 

Solutions  of  systems  of  linear  equations;  matrix  inversion,  characteristic  values, 

canonical  forms.  Hermitian,  orthogonal  and  unitary  matrices.  Matrix  calculus.  Prep. 

10.8B6orequiv. 

10.8T3     Tensor  Analysis  I  (2  q.h.) 

Tensor  algebra;  review  of  three-dimensional  point  and  vector  spaces  in  the  setting  of 
tensor  analysis.  Linear  algebra  and  n-dimensional  affine  space.  The  coordinate  ten- 
sor, tensor  products,  invariants,  physical  components.  Prep.  10.8B6  or  equivalent. 

1 0.9 A1     Basic  Analysis  and  Topology  (4  q . h . ) 

Sets  and  functions.  Metric  spaces  with  examples.  Continuous  functions.  Notions  of 
compact,  complete,  paracompact  spaces.  Function  spaces,  especially  Banach  and 
Hilbert  spaces.  Multilinear  maps.  Coordinate-free  calculus,  inverse  and  implicit  func- 
tion theorems,  Taylor  formula,  first-order  differential  equations. 

10.9A2     Algebra  A  (4  q.h.) 

Groups,  rings,  modules:  basic  properties  and  examples.  Linear  algebra  from  an  ad- 
vanced standpoint;  exactness  and  techniques  of  ring  theory.  Free  groups,  generators 


98  /  MATHEMATICS 

and  relations,  finitely  generated  abelian  groups,  Sylow  theorems.  Other  topics  as 
time  permits. 

10.9A3     Integration  (4  q.h.) 

Measure  spaces.  Abstract  Lebesque  integral.  Convergence  theorems.  Construction 
of  Lebesque  measure  on  Rn.  Radon-Nikodym  theorem.  Product  measure  theorem. 
Fubini's  theorem. 

10.9A4     Algebra  B  (4  q.h.) 

Polynomial  functions  and  formal  polynomials.  Polynomial  rings  and  unique  factoriza- 
tion. Construction  of  extension  fields.  Splitting  fields  of  polynomials.  Theory  of  fields 
and  Galois  theory.  Examples. 

10.9A5     General  Topology  (4  q.h.) 

General  topological  spaces.  Moore-Smith  convergence.  Compactness  and  con- 
nectedness. Separation  properties.  Products,  Quotient  spaces.  Inductive  and  projec- 
tive limits.  Function  spaces.  Elementary  homotopy.  Some  of  the  functorial  viewpoint. 

10.9A6     Complex  Variables  (4  q.h.) 

Elementary  properties  of  holomorphic  functions,  harmonic  functions,  maximum 
modulus  principle,  approximation  theorems,  conformal  maps,  zeroes  of  holomorphic 
functions,  analytic  continuation. 

10.9A7     Geometry  (4  q.h.) 

Fundamental  group,  covering  spaces,  simplicial  complexes,  manifolds,  orientation, 

linear  group  manifolds.  Some  attempt  to  tie  up  algebra  and  topology. 

10.9B3     Constructive  Algebra  (4  q.h.) 

A  constructive  development  of  some  of  the  old  familiar  areas  of  algebra:  principal 

ideal  domains,  Dedekind  domains,  factorial  domains,  Noetherian  rings. 

10.9B7, 10.9B8     Philosophy  of  Science  &  Mathematics  I,  II  (4  q.h.  each) 
Topics  may  vary  from  year  to  year.  Past  subjects  have  included  the  foundations  of 
statistical  inference,  the  structure  of  scientific  theories  and  an  analysis  of  the  concep- 
tual structure  of  mathematics. 

10.9B9     Seminar:  Constructive  Mathematics  (4  q.h.) 

10.9C1, 10.9C2     Functional  Analysis  A,  B  (4  q.h.) 

Topological  vector  spaces,  Banach  spaces,  Hilbert  spaces,  algebras  of  operators, 

representations. 

10.9E1     Advanced  Differential  Equations  (4  q.h.) 

The  Material  of  10.8E1  and  10.8E2  is  covered  as  a  unit  in  10.9E1.  Prep.  10.9A1. 

10.9E3, 10.9E4     Partial  Differential  Equations  A,  B  (4  q.h.) 

Treats  a  selection  of  the  material  of  10.8E4,  10.8E5  and  10.8E6.  Prep.  10.9A1  and 

10.9A6. 

10.9E6     Integral  Equations  (4  q.h.) 

Covers  material  from  10.8E8,  10.8E9.  Prep.  10.9A1. 


MATHEMATICS  /  99 

10.9F1     Optimal  Control  Theory  A  (4  q.h.) 

Analytical  preliminaries  (special  theorems  on  measure  and  integration,  differentiation 
in  Banach  spaces,  differential  equations,  convex  sets,  representation  of  special  linear 
functionals,  etc).  Relaxed  controls  and  the  existence  of  optimal  relaxed  solutions  and 
approximate  solutions.  Necessary  conditions  for  minimum  with  and  without  unilateral 
restrictions  for  problems  defined  by  ordinary  differential  equations.  Prep.  10.9A1, 
10.9  A  3. 

10.9F2     Optimal  Control  Theory  B  (4  q.h.) 

Selected  topics  such  as  problems  with  minimax  controls,  necessary  conditions  for 
optimal  unrelaxed  solutions,  problems  with  unbounded  controls,  problems  defined 
by  functional-integral  equations,  necessary  conditions  without  differentiability 
assumptions.  Prep.  10.9F1. 

10.9G1     Probability  (4  q.h.) 

Probability  spaces.  Probability  laws  of  families  of  random  variables.  Distribution 
functions  and  characteristics  functions  on  R  .  Strong  limit  laws  of  sums  of  indepen- 
dent random  variables.  Central  limit  theorem.  Conditional  expectations. 

10.9H1     Mathematical  Statistics  (4  q.h.) 

This   course   embodies   the    material    in    10.8G4   and    10.8G5.    Prep.    10.8G1    or 

equivalent. 

10.9M5, 10.9M6     Lie  Groups  and  Fourier  Theory  A,  B  (4  q.h.) 
Certain  questions  in  analysis  take  on  a  special  simplicity  due  to  the  benevolent 
presence  of  an  algebraic  structure.  Starting  with  simple  classical  examples,  the 
course  will  work  toward  a  deeper  and  more  contemporary  vision  of  Lie  groups  and 
Fourier  theory.  Ideas  will  outweigh  proofs. 

10.9N1     Advanced  Mathematics  A  (4  q.h.) 

Legendre  and  Bessel  functions,  Laplace  transforms,  Fourier  integrals,  boundary- 
value  problems,  introduction  to  matrix  algebra.  Prep.  Differential  Equations.  Not  to 
be  used  for  credit  toward  the  program  in  mathematics. 

10.9N2     Advanced  Mathematics  B  (4  q.h.) 

This  course  embodies  the  material  in  10.8A3  and  10.8A4.  Prep.  10.9N1.  Not  to  be 

used  for  credit  toward  the  program  in  mathematics. 

10.9P0     Seminar:  Classical  Groups  (up  to  4  q.h.) 
Topics  in  classical  groups  as  chosen  by  participants. 

10.9P1     Representations  of  Groups  (4  q.h.) 

A  basic  course  in  group  representations  and  character  theory. 

10.9Q1     Homologlcal  Algebra  (4  q.h.) 

Maps,  sums,  tensor  products,  exact  sequences,  homology,  derived  functors  and  ad- 
joints,  applications  to  algebra  and  topology. 

10.9Q2     Module  Theory  (4  q.h.) 

Techniques  of  commutative  and  homological  algebra  applied  to  modules  and  ideals. 

Applications  to  regular  and  Gorenstein  rings. 


100 /MATHEMATICS 

10.9Q6     Ring  Theory  (4  q.h.) 

A  survey  of  ring  theory.  Commutative  algebra  and  its  geometric  significance.  Ideal 
and  decomposition  theory,  semi-simple  rings.  Additional  topics  to  be  decided  upon. 

10.9U1, 10.9U2     Algebraic  Topology  A,  B  (4  q.h.) 

Topics  from:  Homology  groups,  homology  sequences,  fiber  spaces,  sheaves, 
products  in  homology  and  cohomology,  cohomology  algebra,  Kunneth  theorems, 
Steenrod  operations,  Poincare  duality,  higher  homotopy  groups  and  the  Hurewicz 
theorem,  characteristic  classes. 

10.9W1, 10.9W2     Dynamical  Systems  A,  B  (4  q.h.) 
Structural  stability  and  qualitative  theory  of  dynamical  systems. 

10.9W9     Seminar:  Dynamical  Systems  (up  to  4  q.h.) 
Topics  in  dynamical  systems  as  chosen  by  participants. 

10.9Z1  Master's  Thesis  (up  to  6  q.h.) 

10.9Z2  Readings  in  Analysis  (up  to  4  q.h.  per  quarter) 

10.9Z3  Readings  in  Algebra  (up  to  4  q.h.  per  quarter) 

10.9Z4  Readings  in  Topology  (up  to  4  q.h.  per  quarter) 

10.9Z5  Doctoral  Dissertation 

10.9Z6  Seminar  In  Analysis  (up  to  4  q.h.  per  quarter) 

10.9Z7  Seminar  in  Algebra  (up  to  4  q.h.  per  quarter) 

10.9Z8  Seminar  in  Topology  (up  to  4  q.h.  per  quarter) 


physics 


Professors 

Roy  Weinstein,  Ph.D. 

Chairman 
Ronald  Aaron,  Ph.D. 
Petros  N.  Argyres,  Ph.D. 
Richard  L.  Arnowitt,  Ph.D. 
Alan  H.  Cromer,  Ph.D. 
Marvin  H.  Friedman,  Ph.D. 
David  A.  Garelick,  Ph.D. 
Marvin  W.  Gettner,  Ph.D. 
Michael  J.  Glaubman,  Ph.D. 
Hyman  Goldberg,  Ph.D. 
Bernard  Gottschalk,  Ph.D. 
Walter  Hauser,  Ph.D. 
Giovanni  Lanza,  Ph.D. 
Bertram  J.  Malenka,  Ph.D. 
Pran  Nath,  Ph.D. 
Clive  H.  Perry,  Ph.D. 
Eugene  J.  Saletan,  Ph.D. 
Carl  A.  Shiftman,  Ph.D. 
Yogi  N.  Srivastava,  Ph.D. 
Michael  T.  Vaughn,  Ph.D. 
Eberhard  von  Goeler,  Ph.D. 
Thomas  H.  Wallace,  Ph.D. 
Fa-Yueh  Wu,  Ph.D. 


Associate  Professors 

Evangelos  M.  Anastassakis,  Ph.D. 
Robert  I.  Boughton,  Ph.D. 
William  L.  Faissler,  Ph.D. 
Robert  P.  Lowndes,  Ph.D. 
James  E.  Neighbor,  Ph.D. 
Jeffrey  B.  Sokoloff,  Ph.D. 
Allan  Widom,  Ph.D. 

Assistant  Professors 

Arun  Bansil,  Ph.D. 

Research  Associates 

PaulS.  Gauthier,  Ph.D. 
Ronald  S.  Longacre,  Ph.D. 
Michael  L.  Mallary,  Ph.D. 
Douglas  M.  Potter,  Ph.D. 
Giulia  Srivastava,  Ph.D. 
Neal  E.  Tornberg,  Ph.D. 


Admission 

Applicants  for  admission  must  have  had,  in  addition  to  the  requirements 
of  the  college,  an  undergraduate  program  which  includes  at  least  12 
semester  hours  of  upperclass  physics  (beyond  general  physics)  and 
courses  in  calculus  and  ordinary  differential  equations. 

Students  planning  to  enter  graduate  school  should  have  in  their  upper- 
class  undergraduate  program  the  following  courses  or  their  equivalent: 

11.200-11.201      Mechanics 

11.211  -11.212     Electricity  and  Magnetism 

1 1 .220  - 1 1 .230     Thermodynamics,  Kinetic  Theory  and  Modern  Physics 

11.240-11.241  Quantum  Mechanics 
plus  courses  in  advanced  calculus,  functions  of  a  complex  variable,  fourier 
series  and  boundary  value  problems.  (The  numbers  correspond  to 
Northeastern  courses  which  are  listed  among  the  introductory  courses 
below.)  Students  whose  background  in  one  or  more  of  these  areas  is  weak 
will  be  asked  to  satisfy  the  prerequisites  to  the  required  courses  by  taking 
up  to  9  q.h.  of  introductory  courses. 

All  students  admitted  to  the  program  must  be  interviewed  by  the  depart- 
1  ment  and  arrangements  for  a  program  of  study  must  be  concluded  before 


101 


102 /PHYSICS 

registration.  Appointments  may  be  made  in  advance  (though  this  is  not 
usually  necessary  during  regular  office  hours)  by  writing  or  calling  the 
department  [tel.  (617)  437-2902]. 

The  Program 

There  exists  only  one  graduate  program  in  the  department,  though  some 
of  our  students  are  full-time,  some  are  part-time,  some  leave  with  the  M.S. 
and  some  continue  on  to  the  Ph.D. 

The  department  is  very  active  in  research  as  evidenced  by  a  publication 
rate  of  over  50  journal  articles  per  year,  a  research  support  level  of  close  to 
$1  million  per  year,  and  an  internationally  established  reputation  in  ex- 
perimental and  theoretical  high  energy  (particle)  and  solid  state  physics. 
The  research  done  in  the  department  is  basic  research  of  high  quality,  and 
is  of  significance  to  the  fundamental  development  of  physics. 


THE  MASTER  OF  SCIENCE  DEGREE 

Course  Requirements 

Forty-two  quarter  hours  (q.h.)  of  graduate  credit  are  required,  of  which 
up  to  12  q.h.  may  be  transfer  credit  on  departmental  approval,  and  up  to  9 
q.h.  may  be  in  introductory  courses. 

The  following  courses  are  required,  for  a  total  of  30  q.h.  of  graduate 
credit: 

Mathematical  Methods  A,B,  (3  q.h.) 

Classical  Mechanics  A,B,  (3  q.h.) 

Electromagnetic  Theory  A,B,C  (3  q.h.) 

Quantum  Theory  A, B,C  (4  q.h.) 

*NOTE:  Only  one  of  these  two  courses  is  required  for  the  M.S. 

Students  may  take  as  electives  any  courses  carrying  graduate  credit  in 
physics,  mathematics,  engineering,  chemistry,  psychology,  or  biology,  for 
which  the  student  has  adequate  preparation. 
Detailed  course  descriptions  are  listed  below. 


11:820*,  11.825 
11.824,  11.826 
11.834,11.835,  11.836* 
11.841,  11.842,  11.843 


Sample  Programs  for  Part-time  Students 


YEAR   F 

1     11.820 

W 

11.211 

Sp 

11.212 

F 
11.820 

W 

11.240 

Sp 

11.241T 

F      W 

11.820t  11.825 
11.824 

Sp 

11.826 

II    11.824 

11.825 

11.826 

11.824 

11.825 

11.826 

11.834  11.835 

11.836 

III    11.834 

11.835 
1 1 .240 

11.836t 

11.834 

11.835 
11.285t 

11.836t 

11.841  11.842 

11.8431" 

IV    11.841 

11.842 

11.843 

11.841 

11.842 

11.843 

11.8271"  11.828t  11.8291" 

tElectives 


PHYSICS/  103 


THE  DOCTOR  OF  PHILOSOPHY  DEGREE 


Admission 


A  student's  eligibility  to  take  the  Ph.D.  qualifying  examination  is  decided 
by  a  committee  of  the  department  on  the  basis  of  the  student's  overall  per- 
formance. Full-time  students  will  be  notified  of  their  status  sometime  in  their 
second  year  of  study.  Students  enrolled  in  the  part-time  master's  degree 
program  who  wish  to  qualify  for  Ph.D.  candidacy  may  so  indicate  by  petition 
to  the  graduate  committee  of  the  department.  The  petition  should  include  a 
timetable  for  completing  the  additional  33  (30  if  he  has  had  11.836)  quarter 
hours  of  required  courses  listed  below  and  for  taking  the  qualifying  ex- 
amination. 

Course  Requirements 

The  following  courses  are  required  in  addition  to  the  required  courses  for 
the  M.S.  degree: 


11.827,  11,828,  11.829 

11.836 

11.848 

11.86A,  11.86B,  11.86C 

11.87A,  11.87B 


Statistical  Physics,  A,B,C  (3  q.h.) 

Electromagnetic  Theory  C  (3  q.h.) 

Advanced  Quantum  Theory  (4  q.h.) 

Particle  and  Nuclear  Physics  A,  B,  C  (3  q.h.) 

Solid  State  Physics  A,B  (4  q.h.) 


Notice  that  while  these  courses  add  up  to  33  q.h., 
have  been  taken  for  the  M.S.,  leaving  only  21  q.h. 
courses  for  the  Ph.D. 


12  q.h.  of  the  total  may 
of  additional  required 


Sample  Programs  for  Full-Time  Ph.D.  Students 


YEAR 

F 
11.820 
11.824 
11.240 

W             Sp 

11.211     11.212 
11.825     11.826 
11.2851"  11.241 

F 
11.820 
11.824 
11.834 

W 

11.240 
11.825 
11.835 

SP 

11.241 
11.826 
11.836 

F 
11.824 
11.834 
11.841 

W 

11.825 
11.835 
11.842 

SP 

11.826 
11.836 
11.843 

II 

11.834 
11.841 
11.827 

11.835     11.836 
11.842     11.843 
11.828     11.829 

11.841      11.842 
11.827     11.828 
Electives 

11.843 
11.829 

11.827     11.828     11.829 
11.848     11. 87  A    11.87B 
11.86A    11.86B    11.86C 
Qualifying  Exam 

III 

11.848 
11.86A 

11.87A    11.87B 
11.86B    11.86C 
Electives 

1 1 .848 
11.86A 

11.87A 

11.86B 

Electives 

11.87B 
11.86C 

Thesis  Research 

and  Advanced  Electives 

Qualifying  Exam 

Qualifying  Exam 

IV,  V    Thesis  Research  and  Advanced  Electives 


tSuggested  electives. 


104/  PHYSICS 

Qualifying  Examination 

The  qualifying  examination  consists  of  a  written  and  an  oral  part.  The 
written  examination  covers  the  material  in  the  required  courses  for  the 
Ph.D.  program.  This  examination  is  given  twice  a  year,  once  in  September 
and  once  in  February.  A  student  must  take  this  examination  during  the  next 
Fall  Quarter  following  the  quarter  in  which  he  became  eligible  to  take  it.  If 
the  examination  is  failed,  it  may  be  repeated  for  the  second  and  last  time  on 
the  next  occasion  it  is  given. 

Residence  Requirement 

After  a  student  has  completed  the  required  63  q.h.  (60  q.h.  for  students 
exempted  from  11.820)  of  course  work  and  has  passed  his  qualifying  ex- 
amination, he  becomes  a  doctoral  degree  candidate  and  must  satisfy  the 
residence  requirement  by  one  year  of  full-time  graduate  work. 

Teaching  Requirement 

Some  teaching  experience  is  required.  This  requirement  may  be  satisfied 
by  at  least  one  year  of  service  as  a  teaching  assistant  or  by  suitable 
teaching  duties. 

Dissertation 

The  student  should  arrange  for  a  dissertation  adviser  by  the  time  he 
wishes  to  take  the  oral  part  of  the  qualifying  examination.  An  outline  of  the 
dissertation  must  be  approved  by  the  departmental  graduate  committee  at 
least  eight  months  before  the  final  dissertation  examination  (see  below). 

The  student  may  choose  his  field  of  research  according  to  one  of  the 
following  options: 

a)  In  one  of  the  research  areas  in  the  department,  under  direct  supervi- 
sion of  his  adviser. 

b)  In  one  of  the  other  research  areas  of  the  University,  under  the  direct 
supervision  of  a  researcher  in  that  field.  In  that  case,  a  joint  committee 
including  his  direct  supervisor,  his  departmental  adviser,  and  one 
other  member  of  the  department  will  constitute  his  thesis  committee. 

c)  In  an  area  of  applied  research  in  one  of  the  industries  or  non-profit  in- 
stitutions associated  with  the  department's  Industrial  Ph.D.  Program. 
His  direct  supervisor  will  be  an  employee  of  the  institution  where  their 
research  is  done  (and  will  have  been  accredited  by  the  physics 
department);  the  rest  of  the  thesis  committee  will  be  as  in  option  (b) 
above. 

Final  Dissertation  Examination 

This  examination  will  be  held  in  accordance  with  the  graduate 
school  regulations. 


PHYSICS/  105 
DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES 

I.     INTRODUCTORY  COURSES 

11.200  Mechanics  f  (3  qh) 

Vector  analysis.  Kinematics  and  dynamics  of  particle  motion,  generalized  coor- 
dinates and  Lagrange's  equations  of  motion.  Prep.  Basic  Physics  and  Differential 
Equations. 

11.201  Mechanics  II  (3  qh) 

Conservation  theorems,  central  force  motion,  systems  of  particles,  rigid  body  motion, 
Hamilton's  equations.  Prep.  11.200. 

11.208     Introduction  to  Mathematical  Physics 

Review  of  linear  algebra  and  vector  calculus,  special  functions  and  partial  differential 
equations  of  physics,  potential  theory,  functions  of  a  complex  variable.  Prep. 
Differential  Equations. 

11.211*,  11.212*     Electricity  and  Magnetism  I,  II  (3  q.h.) 

A  two-quarter  sequence  in  electromagnetic  theory,  MaxwelJ's  equations  and  their  ex- 
perimental basis,  electrostatics  and  magnetostatics,  the  electromagnetic  field  in 
empty  space,  electromagnetic  waves,  energy  and  momentum  in  the  electromagnetic 
field,  electrodynamics,  the  interaction  of  matter  and  the  field,  radiation.  Prep.  11.208. 

1 1 .230     Modern  Physics  ( 3  q .  h . ) 

A  review  of  experiments  demonstrating  the  atomic  nature  of  matter,  the  properties  of 
the  electron,  the  nuclear  atom,  the  wave-particle  duality,  spin,  and  the  properties  of 
elementary  particles.  The  course  discusses,  mostly  on  a  phenomenological  level, 
such  subjects  as  atomic  and  nuclear  structure,  properties  of  the  solid  state,  and 
elementary  particles.  Prep.  11.200 

11.240*     Quantum  Mechanics  I  (3  q.h.) 

The  first  of  a  two-quarter  sequence  in  quantum  mechanics.  Observations  of 
macroscopic  and  microscopic  bodies.  The  uncertainty  principle,  wave  particle  duali- 
ty, probability  amplitudes,  Schrodinger  wave  theory,  and  one-dimensional  problems. 
Prep.  11.208. 

11.241*     Quantum  Mechanics  II  (3  q.h.) 

Continuation  of  11.240.  Discrete  and  continuous  states,  Schrodinger  equation  in 
three  dimensions,  angular  momentum,  general  theory  of  quantum  mechanics, 
application.  Prep.  11.240. 

11.285*     Introduction  to  Nuclear  Physics  (3  q.h.) 

Nuclear  structure,  nuclear  masses,  radioactivity,  nuclear  radiation,  interaction  of 

radiation  and  matter,  detectors,  fission,  nuclear  forces,  elementary  particles.  Prep. 

11.230. 


"These  courses  meet  twice  a  week  in  the  late  afternoon  and  evening  for  2  hours  each 
time.  The  others  usually  meet  3  times  a  week  in  the  day  (except  for  1 1 .871 ,  11 .872). 


106/  PHYSICS 

11.846, 11.847     Electronics  and  Data  Analysis  I,  II  (4  q.h.) 

A  two-quarter  course  intended  to  teach  those  electronic  and  data-analysis  tech- 
niques that  are  common  to  research  in  all  fields  of  experimental  physics.  Subjects  in 
electronics  will  be:  principles  of  semiconductor  devices;  analog  techniques  including 
feedback  and  servo  loops,  and  wide-band  amplification;  digital  techniques  including 
integrated  circuits  and  logic  techniques;  design  of  electronic  subsystems  such  as 
counters,  analog-to-digital  converters  and  phase-sensitive  detectors.  Subjects  in 
data  analysis  will  be  probability  theory;  distribution  functions;  fitting  data  with  a 
hypothesis;  error  estimation.  Time  permitting,  high-vacuum  techniques,  cryogenic 
techniques,  and  lasers  may  also  be  covered. 

11.871  Radiation  Physics  (2  q.h.) 

Introduction  to  atomic  and  nuclear  physics  for  graduate  students  in  biology  and 
pharmacy.  Topics  include  quantum  mechanics  and  atomic  structure,  nuclear  struc- 
ture, radioactivity,  properties  of  nuclear  radiation,  detection  of  radiation. 

11.872  Radiation  Biology  and  Health  Physics  (2  q.h.) 

The  effects  of  radiation  on  biological  systems  and  the  uses  of  radiation  in  medicine 
and  biological  research.  Topics  include  dosimetry,  effects  of  radiation  on  chemical 
reactions;  effects  of  radiation  on  cells,  organs,  and  individuals;  theories  of  radiation 
damage;  imaging  and  tracer  techniques  using  radiopharmaceuticals;  radiation  safety 
and  standards.  Prep.  11.871. 

II.     REQUIRED  REGULAR  COURSES  (Offered  every  year) 

11.820     Mathematical  Methods  A  (3  q.h.) 

Theory  of  functions  of  complex  variable.  Analytic  functions.  Taylor  and  Laurent  in- 
finite series.  Analytic  continuation  and  classification  of  functions.  Calculus  of 
residues.  Asymptotic  series.  Applications  to  ordinary  differential  equations  and  the 
study  of  special  functions. 

11.825  Mathematical  Methods  B  (3  q.h.) 

Finite  dimensional  linear  vector  spaces.  Matrices  and  determinants.  Function  spaces, 
Hilbert  space  and  Hermitian  forms.  Linear  integral  equations.  Completely  continuous 
operators.  Generalized  Fourier  expansions  generated  by  solutions  of  the  Sturm- 
Liouville  problem.  Linear  response  theory.  Green's  functions.  Prep.  11.820  or 
equivalent. 

11.824     Classical  Mechanics  A  (3  q.h.) 

Newton's  law.  Central  force  motion.  Constraints  and  generalized  coordinates. 
Lagrangian  formulation.  Hamilton's  variational  principle.  Transformation  symmetries. 
Small  oscillations  and  normal  modes.  Scattering  theory  and  cross-sections. 

11.826  Classical  Mechanics  B  (3  q.h.) 

Rigid  body  motion.  Hamiltonian  formulation.  Poisson  brackets  and  canonical 
transformations.  Hamilton-Jacobi  theory.  Lagrangian  and  Hamiltonian  formalisms  of 
continuous  media  and  fields.  Prep.  11.824. 

11.827  Statistical  Physics  A  (3  q.h.) 

The  phenomenological  theory  of  thermodynamics.  Fundamental  relations  and  ther- 
modynamic potentials.  Extremal  principles  of  thermodynamics.  Applications  to  sim- 
ple systems.  Stability  conditions.  Phase  transitions.  Thermodynamics  of  electric  and 


PHYSICS/  107 

magnetic  systems.  Principles  of  irreversible  thermodynamics.  Prep.  11.824;  and 
11.841  concurrently. 

11.828, 11.829     Statistical  Physics  B,  C  (3  q.h.) 

The  principles  of  statistical  mechanics  and  statistical  thermodynamics.  Density 
matrix.  Theory  of  ensembles.  Derivation  of  the  laws  of  thermodynamics.  Fermi-Dirac 
and  Bose-Einstein  statistics.  Application  to  gases,  liquids,  and  solids.  Theory  of 
phase  transitions.  Second-quantization  formalism  for  interacting  systems.  Co- 
operative phenomena.  Prep.  11.827,  11.841. 

11.834, 11.835, 11.836  Electromagnetic  Theory  A,  B,  C  (3  q.h.) 
Maxwell's  equations.  Static  field  and  boundary  value  problems;  multipole  expansion. 
Phenomenology  of  dielectrics,  conductors,  and  magnetic  materials.  Faraday's  Law. 
Energy  and  momentum;  Poynting  vector;  Maxwell  stress  tensor.  Plane  waves; 
polarization.  Reflection  and  refraction;  diffraction.  Relativity.  Radiation  from  sources. 
Motion  of  charged  particles  in  electromagnetic  fields;  magnetic  mirrors,  particle 
accelerators.  Introduction  to  plasma  physics;  magnetohydrodynamics.  Radiation 
from  accelerated  charges;  bremsstrahlung,  synchrotron  radiation.  Scattering  of 
radiation;  interaction  of  radiation  with  matter.  Prep.  11.212,  11.820  (concurrently). 

11.841, 11.842, 11.843     Quantum  Theory  A,  B,  C  (4  q.h.) 

Experimental  basis  of  quantum  theory.  Schrodinger  equation  and  probability  inter- 
pretation of  wave  mechanics.  Uncertainty  principle.  Application  to  one  dimensional 
problems,  the  harmonic  oscillator,  orbital  angular  momentum,  and  the  central  force 
problem.  Quantum  theory  of  scattering.  Born  approximation.  Phase  shift  analysis.  In- 
troduction to  S-matrix  theory.  General  formulation  of  quantum  mechanics  in  Hilbert 
space.  Spin.  Identical  particles  and  symmetrization  principle.  Time-independent  and 
time-dependent  perturbation  theory.  Semi-classical  theory  of  radiation  and  atomic 
spectra.  Addition  of  angular  momentum.  Wigner-Eckart  theorem.  Quantum  theory  of 
radiation.  Absorption,  emission,  and  scattering  of  photons.  Prep.  11.240. 

1 1 .848     Advanced  Quantum  Theory  (4  q . h . ) 

Introduction  to  the  formulation  of  a  relativistic  quantum  theory.  Study  of  the  Dirac 
equation  and  its  Lorentz  covariance.  Plane  wave  solution  of  the  Dirac  equation,  and 
projection  operators.  Bound  state  solutions  of  the  Dirac  equation  in  a  Coulomb  field, 
and  the  hydrogen  atom.  Parity,  charge  conjugation,  and  time  reversal  symmetries. 
Propagator  theory.  Prep.  11.843. 

11.86A,  11.86B,  11.86C  Particle  and  Nuclear  Physics  A,  B,  C  (3  q.h.) 
The  first  quarter  is  a  study  of  nuclear  physics  with  emphasis  on  the  nature  of  nuclear 
forces  and  its  connection  to  particle  physics.  Phenomenological  models  are  exam- 
ined and  compared  with  experimental  results.  The  second  and  third  quarters  are  a 
study  of  elementary  particles  and  their  interactions.  A  basic  classification  of  elemen- 
tary particles  is  made,  along  with  a  summary  of  their  strong,  weak,  and  elec- 
tromagnetic interactions.  Lorentz  invariance  and  other  symmetry  principles  are  used 
to  extract  theoretical  statements  about  scattering  and  decay  amplitudes,  and  particle 
mass  spectra.  Prep.  1 1.843  and  concurrent  with  11.848. 

11.87A,  11.87B     Solid  State  Physics  A,  B  (4  q.h.) 

Adiabatic  approximation  and  theory  of  lattice  vibrations  of  perfect  crystals.  Phonons, 
polaritons,  and  their  measurement.  One-electron  approximation  of  solids  and  theory 


108/  PHYSICS 

of  Bloch  electrons.  Metals,  semiconductors,  and  insulators.  Thermal  properties. 
Bloch  electrons  in  external  fields.  Electron-phonon  interaction.  Electrical  and  thermal 
conductivity.  Theory  of  transport  phenomena.  Magnetic  properties.  Amorphous 
solids.  Prep.  11.827,  11.842. 

Ill      ADVANCED  ELECTIVES 

11.804, 11.805, 11.806  Advanced  Solid  State  Physics  A,  B,  C  (4  q.h.) 
Selected  advanced  topics  in  the  theory  of  solids  to  be  chosen  each  time  by  the  in- 
terested students  and  instructor.  E.g.:  Theory  of  normal  metals.  Hartree-Fock  and 
Random  phase  approximations.  Optical  and  transport  properties.  Solid-state 
plasmas.  Raman  spectroscopy.  Quasiparticles  and  collective  excitations.  Quantum 
solids.  Amorphous  solids,  etc.  Prep.  11.829,  11.843,  11.87B.  Offered  every  other 
year. 

11.817  Foundations  of  General  Relativity 

The  course  discusses  the  physical  basis  underlying  relativity  (the  weak  and  strong 
principle  of  equivalence),  the  role  of  the  metric  tensor  as  a  carrier  of  gravitational  in- 
formation, and  the  modification  of  the  Lorentz  covariant  field  equations  in  the 
presence  of  gravitation.  An  introduction  to  Riemannian  geometry  is  given,  and  the 
Einstein  field  equations  and  tests  of  Einstein's  theory  are  discussed.  Prep.  11.825, 
11.826,  11.836,  and  11.843. 

1 1 .81 8  Relativistic  Astrophysics  and  Cosmology 

The  course  deals  with  the  equations  for  the  relativistic  stellar  system,  white  dwarfs, 
neutron  stars  and  properties  of  pulsars,  gravitational  collapse  and  black  holes,  quan- 
tum radiation  from  black  holes,  super  heavy  stars  as  possible  quasar  energy 
sources,  quantum  effect  in  gravitational  collapse,  the  metric  for  cosmological 
systems,  and  the  big  bang  theory.  Prep.  11.817  and  11.848. 

11.819  Quantum  Gravity 

The  course  deals  with  gravitation  as  a  quantum  field,  threshold  properties  of 
gravitational  quantum  S-matrix,  quantization  leading  to  a  set  of  Feynman  rules, 
calculations  of  simple  tree  diagrams,  closed  loop  infinities  and  the  problem  of  renor- 
malizability  of  quantum  gravity.  Prep.  11.818. 

11.857,11.858,11.859     Many-Body  Theory  A,  B,  C  (4  q.h.) 

Introduction  to  some  many-body  problems  and  the  required  mathematical  tech- 
niques. Theory  of  linear  response  and  correlation  functions.  Landau's  theory  of  Fermi 
liquids  and  applications  to  solids.  Theory  of  superconductivity  and  superfluidity. 
General  theory  of  Green's  functions  and  diagrammatic  techniques.  Prep.  11.829, 
11.843,  11.87B.  Offered  every  other  year. 

11.854, 11.855, 11.856  Fields,  Particles,  and  Currents  A,  B,  C  (4  q.h.) 
Introduction  to  a  local  field  theory.  Symmetries  of  the  Lagrangian  and  conservation 
laws,  Lorentz  group,  spin,  and  helicity.  P,  C,  and  T.  Klein-Gordon,  Dirac,  vector 
meson  and  photon  fields.  The  S-matrix  and  LSZ  reduction  formulae.  Spectral 
representations.  Feynman  diagrams.  Green's  functions  at  large  Euclidean  momenta. 
Renormalization  and  finiteness.  The  renormalization  group  and  asymptotic  freedom. 
Gauge  theories,  spontaneous  breaking  and  Higgs  phenomenon.  Weinberg's  unified 
theory  of  weak  and  electromagnetic  interactions.  Currents.  Prep.  11.848. 


PHYSICS/  109 

1 1 .837     Electromagnetic  Theory  D  ( 3  q .  h . ) 

Advanced  topics  in  electromagnetic  theory  such  as  problems  involving  radiation 
reaction,  energy,  momentum,  and  the  equations  of  motion  of  a  high-speed  particle, 
Cerenkov  radiation,  the  Lagrangian  and  Hamiltonian  formulation  of  electromag- 
netism.  Prep.  11.836. 

11.838, 11.839     General  Relativity  A,  B  (3  q.h.) 

A  brief  survey  of  differential  geometry,  physical  basis  of  the  Einstein  equations,  sim- 
ple solutions  and  experimental  tests,  cosmology,  asymptotic  properties  of  the  Ein- 
stein equations  (radiation,  energy,  momentum),  quantization  of  the  theory.  Prep. 
11.837  andl  1.826. 

11.91A,  B,  C  (1  q.h.) 
11.92A,  B,  C  (2  q.h.) 
11.93A,  B,  C  (3  q.h.) 
11.94A,  B,  C     (4  q.h.) 

Reading  course,  or  theoretical  or  experimental  work  under  individual  faculty  supervi- 
sion. Prep.  Consent  of  faculty  member. 

11.995     Doctoral  Dissertation 

Experimental  and  theoretical  work  for  Ph.D.  candidates. 


political  science 


Professors 

Walter  S.  Jones,  Ph.D. 

Edward  W.  Brooke  Professor 
R.  Gregg  Wilfong,  Ph.D. 

Associate  Professors 

L.  Gerald  Bursey,  Ph.D. 

Robert  L.  Cord,  Ph.D. 

Robert  E.  Gilbert,  Ph.D. 

Minton  F.  Goldman,  Ph.D. 

David  E.  Schmitt,  Ph.D.,  Acting  Chairman 

Steve  Worth,  Ph.D. 

Assistant  Professors 

Seth  I.  Hirshorn,  Ph.D. 
Edward  McD.  Humberger,  Ph.D. 
Eileen  McDonagh,  Ph.D. 
Suzanne  Ogden,  Ph.D. 
Wendell  C.  Lawther,  M.A. 


Adjunct  Faculty 

Elizabeth  D.  Bennett,  S.M.,  J.D. 
Gordon  Bowen,  M.B.A. 
Thomas  J.  Cahill,  Ph.D. 
Ernest  W.  Cook,  Ph.D. 
Oleta  L.  Crain,  M.P.A. 
Michael  P.  Curran,  M.A.,  J.D. 
Maxim  M.  Dem'chak,  M.P.A. 
Richard  M.  Doherty,  M.A.,  J.D. 
Kevin  T.  Fitzpatrick,  M.B.A. 
Etsie  L.  Foreman,  M.A. 
W.  Arthur  Gagne,  Jr.,  S.B.,  M.B.A. 
Richard  Gladstone,  M.A.,  M.C.P. 
Harry  Grossman,  L.L.B. 
James  T.  Hilliard,  J.D. 
Paul  G.  Keough,  M.P.A. 
Demeter  J.  Kollias,  M.P.A. 
Ronald  E.  Lawson,  M.B.A.,  M.P.A. 
Alexander  MacMillan,  J.D. 
Robert  H.  McClain,  Jr.,  M.P.A. 
Harold  J.  Mezoff,  M.P.A. 
Walter  W.  Mode,  M.P.A. 
Richard  B.  Morrison,  Ed.D. 
Robert  J.  M.  O'Hare,  M.S. 
Richard  A.  Siegel,  Ph.D. 
Marvin  Siflinger,  M.P.A. 
Wallace  Stickney,  M.S. 
Richard  E.  Wall,  M.A. 
John  S.  Warren,  M.P.A. 
John  A.  Wolaver,  M.B.A.,  M.U.A. 


Admission 

In  addition  to  the  admission  requirements  listed  on  page  22,  applicants 
for  the  Master  of  Arts  program  should  have  had  a  background  which  in- 
cludes at  least  15  semester  hours  of  political  science  or  government.  All 
applicants  must  take  the  Graduate  Record  Examination. 

Applicants  for  the  Master  of  Public  Administration  program  should 
demonstrate  a  clear  and  strong  interest  in  public  administration.  All 
applicants  for  admission  must  furnish  a  statement  that  supports  his  or  her 
interest  in  public  administration  and  provides  reasons  for  wishing  to  enter 
this  program.  Although  it  is  anticipated  that  most  candidates  for  this 
program  will  come  with  a  major  concentration  in  the  social  sciences,  this  is 
not  mandatory,  and  applicants  from  other  fields  such  as  engineering,  law, 
the  sciences,  and  business  administration  will  be  considered  for  candidacy. 


110 


POLITICAL  SCIENCE  /  11 1 
THE  MASTER  OF  ARTS  DEGREE 


Program 


Forty  quarter  hours  of  academic  work  are  required  including  a  four  credit 
course  in  Scope  and  Method  in  Political  Science,  which  should  be  com- 
pleted at  the  outset  of  the  program.  With  the  approval  of  the  faculty  adviser, 
a  maximum  of  nine  quarter  hours  may  be  elected  from  graduate  courses  in 
other  departments  and  a  maximum  of  eight  quarter  hours  may  be  elected 
from  advanced  undergraduate  courses. 

A  thesis  is  optional  with  the  approval  of  the  chairman  of  the  department. 
If  approved,  a  thesis  carries  six  quarter  hours  of  credit. 

Comprehensive  Examination 

This  examination  will  be  held  in  accordance  with  the  general  graduate 
school  regulations.  Every  candidate  for  the  degree  must  pass  examinations 
in  two  fields  as  prescribed  by  the  department.  Degree  candidates  are 
limited  to  two  attempts  at  successful  examination  in  each  field.  Choice  may 
be  made  from  the  following  fields:  American  Government,  Comparative 
Government,  International  Relations,  Political  Theory,  or  Public  Administra- 
tion. 


THE  MASTER  OF  PUBLIC  ADMINISTRATION  DEGREE 

Program 

Forty-two  quarter  hours  of  academic  work  are  required.  All  students 
must  complete  the  following  five  courses: 

22.871  Public  Budgeting,  or 

22.872  Public  Fiscal  Management 

22.874  Functions  and  Techniques  of  Public  Management 

22.880  Survey  of  Public  Administration 

22.882  Public  Personnel  Administration 

22.885  Quantitative  Methods  in  Public  Administration 

At  least  five  additional  courses  must  be  selected  from  courses 
designated  public  administration  electives.  Not  more  than  four  courses  may 
be  selected  from  other  graduate  courses  offered  by  the  department  or  the 
University,  and  these  must  have  the  approval  of  the  faculty  adviser. 

M.P.A.  Concentrations 

Students  may  elect  to  declare  an  M.P.A.  concentration  after  completing 
four  courses.  Concentration  areas  include:  (1)  Public  Organization  and 
Management,  (2)  Public  Finance  and  Budgeting,  (3)  Public  Personnel  Ad- 
ministration, (4)  State  and  Urban  Administration,  and  (5)  Policy  Sciences. 
The  concentrations  seek  to  provide  integrated  course  offerings  in  key 
public  administration  fields.  Each  concentration  area  is  coordinated  by  a 


112 /POLITICAL  SCIENCE 

full-time  faculty  member,  who  also  serves  as  advisor  to  students  in  his  or 
her  area  of  concentration.  For  each  concentration  area  students  must  take 
at  least  one  required  course  and  at  least  three  of  the  concentration  elec- 
tives.  They  must  also  meet  the  above  M.P.A.  Program  requirements. 

Comprehensive  Examination 

A  candidate  for  the  degree  must  pass  a  general  examination  in  the  field 
of  public  administration  as  a  whole  which  will  test  both  mastery  of  the 
literature  and  the  ability  to  apply  concepts  in  the  field  to  problems  of 
government.  Degree  candidates  are  limited  to  two  attempts  at  successful 
completion  of  the  comprehensive  examination.  Candidates  who  have 
selected  an  M.P.A.  concentration  area  will  be  expected  to  answer  at  least 
one  question  in  their  concentration  area. 


DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES 

All  courses  carry  three  quarter  hours  of  credit  unless  otherwise  specified. 
All  courses  are  seminars. 

22.800     American  Government 

Analysis  in  depth  of  selected  problems  in  American  government.  Examples  of 
problems  are:  transition  of  American  political  parties,  legislative  reapportionments, 
and  the  decline  of  Congress  as  a  law-making  body.  M.P.A.  elective. 

22.805     Scope  and  Methods  of  Political  Science  (4  q.h.) 

This  course  is  designed  as  an  in-depth  examination  of  the  assumptions,  principles, 
etc.  that  underlie  contemporary  political  science.  As  such  it  invites  the  student  to 
consider  the  present  practice  of  the  discipline  in  the  light  of  its  history  and  to  critically 
evaluate  the  discipline  in  the  interest  of  a  greater  understanding  of  nature  and  limits. 

22.810     Models  of  Political  Systems. 

A  detailed  examination  and  critique  of  current  models  of  political  systems. 

22.812     Political  Psychology  and  Socialization 

An  examination  of  theories  of  political  psychology,  opinion  formation  and  attitude 
change;  of  political  ideology;  of  processes  of  individual  political  development  and 
socialization;  of  effects  on  mass  and  elite  political  behavior;  of  attitudinal  differences 
and  differential  socialization  experiences;  of  individual  political  behavior  and  the 
political  system. 

22.815     Politics  and  the  Mass  Media 

Study  of  the  role  of  mass  media  in  the  formation  of  public  opinion,  with  special  atten- 
tion to  use  of  the  media  in  the  electoral  process. 

22.820     Legislative  Process 

Study  of  Congress  and  of  the  influence  of  the  President,  administrative  bureaucracy, 
parties,  interest  groups,  and  public  opinion  on  the  development  of  legislative  policy. 
Comparisons  will  be  made  with  legislative  process  in  the  states.  M.P.A.  elective. 


POLITICAL  SCIENCE/ 113 

22.821  Theories  of  American  Political  Participation 

This  course  will  examine  political  behavior  at  both  the  national  electorate  level  and  at 
the  level  of  legislative  roll  call  voting,  analyzing  the  relative  impact  of  demographic 
and  attitudinal  components  as  well  as  the  effect  of  constituency  and  partisan  iden- 
tification upon  legislative  behavior. 

22.822  American  Constitutional  Law 

Employing  excerpts  of  U.S.  Supreme  Court  decisions  and  other  primary  legal 
materials,  this  course  examines  the  constitutional  rationale  for  judicial  review; 
various  philosophical  approaches  to  the  exercise  of  judicial  power;  and  the  scope  of 
judicial  authority  to  settle  questions  challenging  the  legitimacy  of  governmental  ac- 
tions in  the  American  constitutional  system. 

22.823  American  Constitutional  Law  II 

Using  excerpts  of  primary  legal  materials,  this  course  builds  upon  the  judicial  doc- 
trines developed  in  22.822  and  specifically  examines  the  constitutional  theories 
behind  the  growth  of  congressional  prerogatives  in  economic  and  social  affairs,  and 
expanding  presidential  power  in  internal  and  foreign  matters.  Prep.  22.822  or  con- 
sent of  the  instructor. 

22.824  The  Presidency 

Examination  of  the  place  and  function  of  the  chief  executive  in  the  formulation  and 
execution  of  public  policy.  M.P.A.  elective. 

22.826  American  Electoral  Behavior 

The  theoretical  and  methodological  assumptions  of  election  studies  of  the  American 
political  system  will  be  analyzed  and  the  substantive  conclusions  carefully  reviewed. 

22.827  Campaigns  and  Elections. 

A  study  of  campaign  tactics  and  strategies.  Field  work  required. 

22.828  The  Judiciary 

Analysis  of  the  role  of  the  judiciary  in  the  American  governmental  process.  Special 
attention  is  given  to  those  areas  of  constitutional  law  where  the  Court's  decisions 
have  a  profound  impact  on  the  basic  structure  of  American  politics  (apportionment, 
economic  regulation,  federalism,  etc.). 

22.829  Political  Parties,  Pressure  Groups  and  Public  Policy 

A  study  of  the  role  of  parties  and  pressure  groups  in  the  policy  making  process; 
trends  in  contemporary  party  politics  will  be  examined  as  well  as  behavior  patterns  of 
the  American  electorate. 

22.830  Civil  Rights 

Examination  of  the  doctrine  of  constitutionalism  illustrated  and  amplified  by  a  study 
of  the  substance  and  process  of  the  Bill  of  Rights  as  developed  in  decisions  of 
Federal  courts,  and  Congressional  enactments. 

22.831  Procedural  Due  Process 

Utilizing  excerpts  from  U.S.  Supreme  Court  decisions  and  other  legal  materials,  this 
course  examines  the  philosophical  and  constitutional  relationships  between 
Amendments  4,  5,  6,  8  and  the  Fourteenth  Amendment.  The  substance  of  the  right  to 


114 /POLITICAL  SCIENCE 

fair  trial,  counsel,  confrontation,  protection  against  self-incrimination  and  un- 
reasonable searches  and  seizures  are  among  the  many  procedural  rights  examined 
through  the  decisions  of  the  Roosevelt,  Vinson,  Warren,  and  Burger  Courts. 

22.832     Intergovernmental  Relations 

An  institutional-behavioral  analysis  of  the  changing  relationship  between  the  various 
levels  of  American  government  —  national,  state,  and  local  —  relating  the  pattern  of 
change  to  the  social  and  economic  forces  which  underlie  it.  M.P.A.  elective. 

22.834  Constitutional  Law  In  Public  Administration 

An  introduction  to  American  Constitutional  Law  and  the  Federal  system  using  case 
materials  and  emphasizing  principles  of  importance  to  public  administrators,  in- 
cluding such  constitutional  concepts  as  separation  of  powers,  judicial  review,  dual 
federalism,  legislative  investigating  power,  executive  impoundment,  federal  preemp- 
tion and  the  appointment  and  removal  power.  M.P.A.  elective. 

22.835  Administrative  Problems  In  Criminal  Justice 

An  examination  of  the  criminal  justice  system  in  the  United  States  with  particular 
emphasis  on  political  and  administrative  factors.  Emphasis  on  the  role  of  police, 
courts,  judges,  juries,  parole,  probation  and  incarceration.  M.P.A.  elective. 

22.838     Administrative  Ethics  in  Public  Management 

An  analysis  of  ethical  problems  in  American  public  administration  including  discus- 
sion of  ethical  dilemmas  frequently  faced  by  public  managers.  M.P.A.  elective. 

22.840  Problems  in  State  Administration 

Appraisal  of  the  problems  of  contemporary  state  government  in  the  U.S.  Particular 
emphasis  is  given  to  the  state  government  of  Massachusetts.  Individual  research  is 
stressed.  M.P.A.  elective. 

22.841  Problems  in  Urban  Planning 

An  exploration  of  the  devices  available  to  the  urban  planner  for  policy  implementa- 
tion, including  zoning,  subdivision  regulation,  and  capital  improvement  programs. 
Special  emphasis  is  given  to  the  planning  of  individual  sites.  M.P.A.  elective  . 

22.842  Techniques  of  Urban  Planning 

A  study  of  the  history  and  techniques  of  city  planning,  stressing  the  elements  of  plan- 
ning. M.P.A.  elective. 

22.843  The  Politics  of  Urban  Planning 

An  investigation  of  the  relationships  of  planning  to  other  governmental  functions  with 
stress  on  practical  processes,  particularly  at  the  municipal  government  level.  M.P.A. 
elective. 

22.844  Urban  Administration 

The  contemporary  crisis  in  urban  government  —  problems  of  political  independence, 
government  finance  and  administration,  rapid  growth  of  suburban  and  metropolitan 
areas,  and  decline  and  decay  of  the  core  city  are  stressed.  Particular  emphasis  is 
given  to  the  Boston  metropolitan  area.  Individual  research  is  stressed.  M.P.A.  elec- 
tive. 


POLITICAL  SCIENCE/ 115 

22.845  Problems  of  Urban  Administration 

Selected  case  problems  and  topics  in  municipal  administration  including  organiza- 
tion, financial  management,  personnel  and  labor  relations,  municipal  services,  and 
public  and  political  relations.  Individual  research  is  stressed.  M.P.A.  elective. 

22.846  Problems  of  Regional  Development 

An  examination  of  the  role  of  government  and  politics  in  the  planning,  programming, 
and  administration  of  regional  and  urban  development  in  the  United  States.  Con- 
sideration is  given  to  urban  renewal;  interurban  and  interregional  competition;  in- 
terstate compacts;  public  authorities;  T.V.A.,  Appalachia,  and  New  England  regional 
development;  anti-poverty  programs;  and  conflicts  between  public  and  private  in- 
terests. Individual  research  is  stressed.  M.P.A.  elective. 

22.847  The  Politics  of  Transportation 

Examination  of  the  role  of  politics,  governmental  mechanisms  and  public  policy  in 
the  transportation  planning  process.  Particular  attention  is  given  to  political  interest 
groups  and  the  manner  in  which  they  affect  transportation  policy  on  the  federal,  state 
and  local  levels.  M.P.A.  elective. 

22.848  Problems  of  Community  Development 

Examination  of  the  role  of  government,  politics  and  public  policy  in  the  urban 
process  and  related  problems  in  the  United  States.  M.P.A.  elective. 

22.850  Comparative  Politics  I 

Comparative  analysis  of  politics  and  political  systems  with  special  attention  to  fun- 
damental problems  of  theory  and  practice.  The  chief  focus  is  on  contemporary 
political  systems  and  contemporary  theories  in  the  field  of  comparative  politics. 
Traditional  models  are  also  treated,  but  more  briefly.  Particular  attention  will  be  paid 
to  British  and  American  political  experience. 

22.851  Comparative  Politics  II 

Extends  and  intensifies  the  comparative  analysis  of  politics  undertaken  in  Com- 
parative Politics  I  by  examining  a  broader  range  of  institutional  experience.  Special 
attention  will  be  given  to  European  political  experience,  particularly  that  of  France 
and  Germany.  Prep.  22.850. 

22.852  European  Political  Parties 

A  comparative  cross-national  study  of  political  organization  and  behavior  in  England, 
France,  and  Germany  with  emphasis  on  party  leadership,  strategy,  organization  and 
constituency  as  well  as  socialization,  recruitment,  and  participation  of  voters. 

22.853  Crisis  Politics  in  Democracies  and  Dictatorships 

Analysis  of  governmental  response  to  crises  and  emergencies.  Consideration  of  such 
topics  as  war  powers,  riots  and  rebellions,  martial  law,  transfer  of  regime,  succession 
problems,  economic  crises,  presidential  emergency  powers,  national  security 
powers,  executive  privilege,  impeachment,  etc. 

22.854  Totalitarianism 

An  analysis  of  totalitarianism  and  dictatorship  including  study  of  historical 
background;  fundamental  characteristics;  theories  of  origin,  nature,  and  significance; 


116/  POLITICAL  SCIENCE 

and  evaluation  of  techniques,  ideologies,  policies,  and  instruments  of  power.  Special 
attention  will  be  given  to  the  government  and  politics  of  the  Soviet  Union. 

22.855  Government  and  Politics  in  Germany 

A  study  of  political  culture,  federalism,  and  executive-legislative  relations  on  the 
national  level  with  a  view  to  appraising  the  quality  and  durability  of  the  present 
democratic  system. 

22.856  Government  and  Politics  of  France 

A  study  of  governmental  organization  and  political  behavior  in  France  today.  Special 
attention  is  given  to  the  role  of  the  presidency,  executive-legislative  relations,  and  the 
political  party  system. 

22.857  European  Legislative  Systems 

A  comparative  analysis  of  the  legislatures  in  Britain,  France,  and  Germany  with 
emphasis  on  patterns  of  historical  development,  functions,  internal  organization  and 
relations  with  the  executive. 

22.858  Government  and  Politics  of  the  United  Kingdom  of  Great  Britain 
and  Northern  Ireland 

An  analysis  of  government  organization  and  political  behavior  in  the  United  Kingdom. 
Special  attention  will  be  given  to  executive-legislative  relations,  the  political  party 
system,  and  the  politics  of  Northern  Ireland. 

22.859  European  National  Executives 

A  comparative  cross-national  study  of  executive  decision  making  in  England,  France, 
and  Germany  with  emphasis  on  varying  patterns  of  presidential  and  cabinet  authority 
as  well  as  relationships  with  the  legislature. 

22.860  Collective  Bargaining  in  the  Public  Sector 

Study  of  the  mechanisms  for  labor  relations  in  federal,  state  and  local  government 
with  its  impact  on  the  public  manager.  Emphasis  is  placed  upon  collective  bargaining 
processes,  tactics,  and  techniques.  M.P.A.  elective. 

22.861  Grantsmanship 

Instruction  in  ways  to  prepare  well-conceived,  adequately  documented,  and  logically 
developed  grant  proposals.  Consideration  will  also  be  given  to  the  political  strategies 
of  proposal  submission.  M.P.A.  elective. 

22.863  Management  Information  Systems 

The  course  studies  the  life  cycle  of  a  management  system  through  its  three  phases: 
(1)  study  and  design;  (2)  implementation;  and  (3)  operation  within  the  target 
organization.  It  will  explore  the  impact  which  management  information  systems  have 
and  may  in  the  future  have  on  governmental  managers,  on  their  professional  en- 
vironment, and  on  the  society  which  they  serve.  Various  government  MIS  wiil  be 
studied.  The  course  requires  no  mathematical  or  data  processing  background. 
M.P.A.  elective. 

22.864  Problems  in  Computer  Applications 

Definition  and  study  of  the  characteristic  weaknesses  and  failures  of  information 
systems  with  use  of  case  studies  to  examine  problems  in  governmental  computer 


POLITICAL  SCIENCE/ 117 


applications.  Particular  emphasis  on  management's  role  in  minimizing  or  eliminating 
problems  of  system  control,  error  detection,  audit,  security,  hardware  reliability  and 
manufacturer  support.  M.P.A.  elective. 

22.865     Computer  Techniques  in  Public  Administration 

A  general  orientation  to  the  computer,  its  uses  and  operation,  with  particular  atten- 
tion to  programming  analysis,  preparation  and  coding,  and  use  of  computer 
programs  specifically  written  for  governmental  applications.  M.P.A.  elective. 

22.867  Health  Care  Management 

An  exploration  of  concepts  in  managing  health  care  systems  with  special  emphasis 
on  management  as  it  relates  to  policy,  organization,  and  development  of  health  care 
programs  and  institutions.  M.P.A.  elective. 

22.868  Politics  of  Health  Care  Administration 

An  examination  of  the  politics  and  administration  of  health  services  delivery  systems, 
including  a  discussion  of  current  topics  in  health  care  administration  and  politics 
(e.g.  national  health  insurance,  health  maintenance  organizations,  physician 
assistants,  citizen  participation,  administrative  decentralization),  and  an  introduction 
to  current  developments  in  policy  evaluation  methodology  and  health  services 
research.  M.P.A.  elective. 

22.870  Public  Budgeting  and  Fiscal  Management 

An  overview  of  money  management,  budgeting,  and  allocation  processes  and 
problems  in  public  organizations.  M.P.A.  elective. 

22.871  Public  Budgeting 

Emphasizes  the  public  budgeting  function  in  its  relationship  to  other  functions  of 
public  administration.  Business  budgeting  in  contrast  with  public,  conflicting 
legislative,  and  executive  interests  are  examined;  illustration  is  given  of  the  budget 
cycle  and  the  mechanics  of  budget  preparation;  attention  is  given  to  means  for  im- 
proving budget  decision-making  and  administration  with  use  of  quantitative  and 
other  methods. 

22.872  Public  Fiscal  Mangement 

A  study  of  the  interrelationships  in  public  administration  between  systems  of  finance 
and  the  achievement  of  program  objectives.  Emphasis  is  placed  upon  those  aspects 
of  the  budgetary  process  that  bear  on  fiscal  policy  and  appropriations. 

22.873  Systematic  Analysis  and  Public  Finance 

A  conceptual  examination  of  the  Planning,  Programming  and  Budgeting  System 
(PPBS)  and  its  application  to  the  decision-making  and  budgetary  processes  in  the 
public  sector.  An  overview  of  the  elements  of  the  system  and  their  application  in 
determining  optimum  allocation  of  public  funds.  Specific  examples  will  be  discussed. 
M.P.A.  elective. 

22.874  Functions  and  Techniques  of  Public  Management 

An  introduction  to  problems  in  public  management  and  techniques  for  dealing  with 
them.  This  will  include  functions  of  middle  management,  supervision,  administration 
of  staff  activities  (e.g.  planning,  personnel,  budget),  organization  and  methods,  public 
relations,  managerial  use  of  computer-based  techniques,  and  tactics  and  strategies 
of  management. 


118 /POLITICAL  SCIENCE 

22.876  Administrative  Behavior 

An  analysis  of  the  sociological  and  psychological  aspects  of  organization  and 
management.  Topics  include:  bureaucratic  leadership;  interaction  of  individual  and 
organization;  dynamics  of  the  small  group;  pathology  of  bureaucratic  behavior. 
M.P.A.  elective. 

22.877  Public  Policy  and  Environmental  Control 

Consideration  of  the  legal,  political,  administrative,  and  intergovernmental  factors  in- 
volved in  the  formulation  of  public  policy  and  the  exercise  of  public  power  in  reg- 
ulating the  use  of  the  environment.  Individual  research  is  stressed.  M.P.A.  elective. 

22.879  Science,  Technology,  and  the  Administration  of  Public  Policy 

An  analysis  of  central  administrative  and  policy  issues  raised  by  the  interre- 
lationships of  science  and  public  affairs.  Some  issues  to  be  discussed:  effects  of 
technological  development  upon  the  development  of  policy  alternatives  and  their  im- 
plementation; national  policy  for  support  of  science  and  technology;  the  ad- 
ministrative role  of  the  expert.  M.P.A.  elective. 

22.880  Survey  of  Public  Administration 

Introduction  to  the  literature  and  the  major  topics  in  public  administration  with 
special  attention  given  to  the  interrelationships  of  politics  and  administration. 

22.881  Special  Issues  in  Public  Personnel  Administration 

Selected  issues  and  problems  will  be  examined  in  depth.  Prep.  22.882.  M.P.A.  elec- 
tive. 

22.882  Public  Personnel  Administration 

Technique,  practice,  and  organization  of  personnel  functions  in  public  administra- 
tion, including  recruitment,  compensation,  training,  discipline,  and  relations  with 
employee  organizations.  M.P.A.  elective. 

22.883  Comparative  Public  Administration 

A  comparative  study  of  the  approaches  to  public  administration  in  selected 
democratic  governments  in  the  United  States  and  Europe.  M.P.A.  elective. 

22.885  Quantitative  Methods  in  Public  Administration 

Application  of  statistical  techniques  to  Public  Administration.  M.P.A.  elective. 

22.886  Advanced  Quantitative  Methods 

Seminar  instruction  on  either  individual  or  small  group  projects  emphasizing  the 
application  of  methodology  to  administrative  problem-solving.  Specific  topics  vary 
quarter-to-quarter  and  are  oriented  toward  the  needs  and  interests  of  student  par- 
ticipants. M.P.A.  elective. 

22.887  Regional  Administration 

An  examination  of  the  growth  and  development  of  intrastate  and  interstate  regional 
councils,  together  with  their  relations  with  local,  state,  and  federal  governments.  Ex- 
amples throughout  the  nation  will  be  studied,  and  a  detailed  analysis  made  of 
regional  councils  in  Massachusetts.  M.P.A.  elective. 


POLITICAL  SCIENCE/ 119 

22.888  Federal  Administrative  Law 

Study  of  rule-making,  adjudication  (formal  and  informal),  administrative  finality  and 
judicial  review,  administrative  procedure,  scope  of  administrative  powers,  and  en- 
forcement techniques.  M.P.A.  elective. 

22.889  Governmental  Accounting 

Examination  of  principles  and  procedures  involved  in  governmental  accounting. 
M.P.A.  elective. 

22.890  Research  Seminar  in  Public  Administration 

Will  require  each  student  to  develop  and  report  upon  an  individual  research  project 
in  public  administration.  This  seminar  will  normally  be  taken  in  the  last  quarter  of 
study  for  the  M.P.A.  degree.  M.P.A.  elective. 

22.891  Public  Administration  and  Economic  Impacts 

An  analysis  of  the  impact  of  economic  variables  on  the  administrative  process. 
Special  attention  will  be  given  to  the  administrative  problems  posed  by  inflation  and 
recession.  M.P.A.  elective. 

22.892  Techniques  of  Policy  Analysis 

The  purpose  of  this  course  is  to  familiarize  the  student  with  various  techniques  useful 
in  analyzing  public  policy  issues.  Case  studies  of  specific  applications  of  such 
methods  as  modeling,  simulation,  and  survey  research  will  be  examined.  M.P.A. 
elective. 

22.893  Productivity  and  Public  Policy 

The  purpose  of  Productivity  and  Public  Policy  is  to  familiarize  the  student  with  public 
sector  productivity  analysis.  Studies  employing  productivity  measures,  primarily 
dealing  with  urban  and  federal  levels  of  government,  will  be  discussed.  The  final  few 
weeks  of  the  course  will  focus  on  uses  of  productivity  measures,  especially  personnel 
and  program  evaluation.  As  part  of  the  course  requirements,  students  will  design  a 
productivity  study  for  a  federal,  state  or  city  agency.  M.P.A.  elective. 

22.894  Techniques  of  Program  Evaluation 

A  review  of  the  various  methods  used  to  assess  public  policy  including  identification 
and  categorization  of  outcome,  input  and  program  operation  variables;  and  the  types 
of  research  designs  and  the  steps  needed  to  institute  program  change  after  comple- 
tion of  an  evaluation  study.  M.P.A.  elective. 

22.895  Motivation  and  Management 

An  examination  of  current  sociological  and  psychological  theories  on  the  subject  of 
motivations  of  individuals  in  organizations  and  of  the  effects  of  their  application. 
M.P.A.  elective. 

22.896  Management  Planning  for  Public  Organizations 

A  review  of  the  growth  of  the  planning  approach  to  public  management  and  of  its 
application  in  specific  agencies.  Topics  include  organization  of  the  management 
planning  function,  budget  planning  and  methods  of  providing  planning  forecasts. 
M.P.A.  elective. 

22.897  Management  by  Objectives 

A  course  designed  to  provide  a  basic  understanding  of  MBO  and  to  prepare  the  stu- 


120  /  POLITICAL  SCIENCE 

dent  to  prepare,  develop  and  implement  an  MBO  System  in  a  public  agency.  Topics 
will  include  objective  setting  and  resource  allocation,  organizational  development, 
work  planning  and  control.  MPA  elective. 

22.898  Organizational  Psychology  and  Behavior 

The  primary  objective  is  to  familiarize  the  student  with  the  literature,  theories  and 
concepts  of  administrative  behavior  as  it  has  evolved,  and  then  to  focus  on  the 
development  of  self-awareness  and  the  building  of  interpersonal  skills.  M.P.A.  elec- 
tive. 

22.899  Public  Issues  In  Human  Resources 

Discussion  of  the  origins  and  development  of  the  Social  Security  Public  Assistance 
Income  Maintenance  and  various  health  care  programs.  The  course  content  will 
focus  on  controversial  public  policy  issues  of  retirement,  survivors,  disability  in- 
surance, aid  to  families  with  dependent  children,  medicare  and  medicaid.  The  objec- 
tive of  the  course  is  to  develop  understanding  of  the  push  and  pull  of  many  different 
viewpoints  involved  in  public  policy  development.  M.P.A.  elective. 

22.900  Ancient  and  Medieval  Political  Thought 

The  development  of  political  thought  from  Greek  antiquity  to  the  end  of  the  Middle 
Ages.  Both  historical  and  analytical  approaches  will  be  utilized.  Attention  is  also  paid 
to  the  cultural,  social,  and  intellectual  context  within  which  political  theories  develop. 

22.905  Affirmative  Action 

An  analysis  of  the  impact  of  affirmative  action  programs  on  public  personnel  ad- 
ministration. Topics  include  the  Equal  Employment  Opportunity  Act  of  1972  and  sub- 
sequent executive  orders;  commencement  and  maintenance  of  affirmative  action 
programs;  and  the  use  of  affirmative  action  to  improve  personnel  functions.  M.P.A. 
elective. 

22.906  Position  Classification 

An  examination  of  the  bases  of  position  classification  at  the  state,  federal  and  local 
levels.  After  reviewing  the  process  of  job  analysis  the  course  will  emphasize  several 
classification  schemes,  including  the  new  Federal  factor  benchmark  system.  Final 
topics  will  include  wage  and  salary  administration.  M.P.A.  elective 

22.907  Recruitment  and  Selection 

A  study  of  the  bases  of  recruitment  and  selection  including  the  use  of  manpower 
planning  and  the  use  of  testing.  M.P.A.  elective 

22.909  State  and  Regional  Planning 

A  course  designed  to  familiarize  students  with  the  comprehensive  planning  of  state 
services,  including  the  development  of  program  objectives,  alternative  implementa- 
tion strategies  and  their  evaluation.  M.P.A.  elective. 

22.910  Modern  Political  Thought 

Examination  of  political  thought  from  Machiavelli  to  Marx. 

22.911  Energy  Development  and  Conservation 

A  non-technical  review  of  the  energy  problems  of  the  United  States  in  general  and 
the  New  England  region  in  particular.  All  potential  sources  of  energy  are  explored  as 


POLITICAL  SCIENCE/  121 

well  as  the  need  for  continuous  increases  in  the  energy  supply  and  the  potential  for 
energy  conservation.  Comparative  analyses  are  presented  to  provide  a  basis  for  ac- 
tion to  those  who  must  participate  in  energy-related  decision  making.  M.P.A.  elective. 

22.920     Contemporary  Political  Theory 

The  main  currents  of  political  thought  in  the  latter  half  of  the  nineteenth  and  the  twen- 
tieth centuries  with  special  emphasis  on  the  relations  between  political  theory, 
philosophy,  and  political  science. 

22.922     The  Measurement  of  Political  Events 

The  purpose  of  this  course  is  to  acquaint  political  science  majors  with  some 
analytical  and  mathematical  tools  appropriate  for  use  in  studying  politics. 

22.924     Strategy  In  Politics 

An  examination  of  formal  theories  of  political  behavior,  stressing  elements  of  strategy 
and  their  implications.  Relationships  between  political  actors,  patterns  in  political 
processes,  bargaining,  decision  making,  and  voting  will  be  covered. 

22.926  Trends  In  American  Political  Thought 

Examination  of  intellectual  concepts  and  movements  that  have  informed  and  in- 
fluenced American  political  life  with  emphasis  upon  those  relating  to  the  making  and 
execution  of  public  policy.  M.P.A.  elective. 

22.927  Organizational  Development 

An  examination  of  Organizational  Development  as  a  management  technique  de- 
signed to  increase  organizational  effectiveness  by  emphasizing  the  personal  growth 
of  employees.  Specific  topics  include  intergroup  and  interpersonal  cooperation, 
resolving  intergroup  conflict,  team  management,  and  planned  organizational  change. 
M.P.A.  elective. 

22.928  Organization  Theory 

An  in-depth  study  of  the  major  organization  theories  including  the  scientific  basis  for 
organization  theory;  models  and  ideal  types;  decision-making;  application  of  game 
theory;  systems  analysis.  M.P.A.  elective. 

22.929  Organizational  Analysis  and  Change 

A  study  of  the  structure  and  processes  of  organization  essential  for  problem-solving 
and  for  effecting  organizational  change.  Emphasis  is  placed  upon  the  application  of 
social  science  theory  and  administrative  principles  in  administrative  problem  iden- 
tification and  problem  resolution.  M.P.A.  elective. 

22.930  Positive  Political  Theory 

An  examination  of  the  works  of  Anthony  Downs,  William  Riker,  and  others  in  this 
current  school  of  political  analysis. 

22.931  Environment  and  Energy 

An  analysis  of  environment  and  energy  problems  facing  the  American  administrative 
system.  The  interrelationships  of  environment  and  energy  policy  will  be  discussed. 
Special  attention  will  be  given  to  new  administrative  requirements  placed  on  ad- 
ministrators in  government  agencies  not  directly  connected  with  environmental  and 
energy  affairs.  M.P.A.  elective. 


122  /  POLITICAL  SCIENCE 

22.932  State  Finance  and  Budgeting 

This  course  explores  the  many  channels  that  the  state  budget  must  travel  before  it 
becomes  a  viable  document.  The  several  ways  by  which  the  budget  can  be  affected 
before  and  after  it  is  signed  into  law  will  be  explored  in  depth.  M.P.A.  elective. 

22.933  Revenue  Sources  for  Local  Government  and  Public  Organizations 

Selected  sources  of  revenue,  other  than  local  taxes,  will  be  studied  from  ad- 
ministrative and  political  perspectives.  Case  studies  will  be  used  to  analyze  real  and 
in-kind  revenue  sources  such  as:  philanthropy,  concessions,  fees  for  service, 
volunteerism,  resource  recovery  and  multi-town  consortia  for  public  services.  M.P.A. 
elective. 

22.935  Urban  Planning  Workshop  I 

The  course  is  intended  to  enable  the  student  to  experience  the  actual  decision  mak- 
ing that  goes  into  the  formulation  of  local  communities'  comprehensive  plans.  A 
knowledge  of  the  material  covered  in  course  22.842.  Techniques  of  Urban  Planning 
is  a  prerequisite.  M.P.A.  elective. 

22.936  Urban  Planning  Workshop  II 

Continuation  of  Urban  Planning  Workshop  I.  M.P.A.  elective. 

22.937  Forms  of  Municipal  Government 

After  a  review  of  the  powers  and  functions  of  municipal  government,  this  course  will 
undertake  an  in-depth  examination  and  analysis  of  the  several  forms  of  organizations 
employed  by  municipal  governments  in  the  U.S.  (mayor-council,  commission, 
council-manager,  and  town  meeting).  Examination  will  be  made  of  various  sub- 
categories within  these  broad  areas,  e.g.,  strong  mayor,  weak  mayor,  council-at- 
large,  council  from  districts,  open  town  meeting,  representative  town  meeting,  town 
manager,  and  executive  secretary.  M.P.A.  elective. 

22.938  Municipal  Finance  and  Budgeting 

A  discussion  of  the  special  problems  of  budgeting  and  finance  in  local  governments, 
including  budget  preparation  and  presentation,  debt  management,  capital  financing 
and  local  taxation  policy.  M.P.A.  elective. 

22.939  Municipal  Law 

Designed  for  the  non-lawyer,  this  course  will  review  the  law  of  municipal  cor- 
porations. Topics  will  include  general  powers  and  duties,  charters,  ordinances,  ad- 
ministrative rules  and  regulations,  officers  and  employees,  tort  liability,  policy 
powers,  planning  and  zoning,  taxation  and  borrowing,  elections,  licenses  and  per- 
mits. M.P.A.  elective. 

22.940  Comparative  Urban  Administration 

This  course  will  analyze  decision-making  structures  and  processes  in  selected  urban 
areas.  Topics  will  include:  examination  of  world  organization  trends  and  implications 
for  administration  and  politics  of  cities;  changing  scopes,  scale,  participants,  and 
organization  of  urban  politics;  and  selected  issues  such  as  urban  housing,  finance, 
leadership,  planning  and  goals.  M.P.A.  elective. 

22.942     Asia  and  the  Politics  of  Development 

This  course  relates  the  theoretical  literature  on  political  development  to  the  concrete 


POLITICAL  SCIENCE/  123 


attempts  to  develop  in  Asia.  Because  of  the  diversity  in  levels  and  types  of  political 
development  in  Asian  states,  each  student  is  encouraged  to  concentrate  on  one  state 
and  explore  different  ideas  about  political  development  within  the  context  of  that 
state. 

22.943  The  Governments  and  Politics  of  Latin  America 

This  course  investigates  contemporary  Latin  American  politics  with  particular 
emphasis  on  militarism,  revolution,  executive  dominance,  and  social  change.  It  then 
focuses  on  three  representative  nations  such  as  Mexico,  Argentina,  and  Cuba. 

22.944  Nationalism 

The  evolution  and  role  of  nationalism  in  both  theory  and  practice.  Representative 
nationalistic  movements  and  theories  are  analyzed. 

22.946     The  Politics  of  Revolution  and  Change 

Analysis  of  the  nature  of  political  change  with  attention  to  both  theory  and  practice. 
Topics  discussed  are  revolution,  major  trends  in  contemporary  politics,  and  the 
relationship  between  political  change  and  technological,  scientific,  or  social  change. 

22.948     Government  and  Politics  of  North  Africa  and  the  Middle  East 

Comparative  analysis  of  the  political  systems  and  foreign  policies  of  African  states 
north  of  the  Sahara.  Also  stressed  is  the  relationship  of  this  area  with  the  Middle  East. 

22.950  United  States-Soviet  Relations 

The  relations  between  the  United  States  and  the  Soviet  Union  from  1917  to  the 
present.  Topics  stressed  are:  the  "nonrecognition"  period,  the  breakdown  of  the 
World  War  II  "Grand  Alliance,"  and  the  nature  of  the  present  power  conflict. 

22.951  United  States-Far  Eastern  Relations 

American  diplomacy  in  the  Far  East,  with  primary  concentration  on  Japan  since 
World  War  II,  the  two  Chinas,  and  Southeast  Asia. 

22.952  Communist  China's  Foreign  Policy 

A  study  of  the  Peking  government's  relations  with  Afro-Asia,  the  Soviet  orbit,  and  the 
West.  Attention  is  given  to  policy  objectives,  strategy,  tactics,  and  the  method  of  deci- 
sion making  in  both  the  party  and  state  apparatus. 

22.954  Soviet  Relations  with  Eastern  Europe 

An  analysis  of  Soviet  policy  in  Eastern  Europe,  especially  Russian  efforts  after  World 
War  II  to  develop  communism  and  maintain  a  position  of  pre-eminence  in  this  region. 

22.955  Chinese  Politics 

This  course  concentrates  on  the  objectives  of  the  Chinese  revolution  from  191 1  to  the 
present.  It  examines  the  political  theory  and  institutions  which  have  been  established 
to  promote  "permanent  revolution"  and  evaluates  the  "rationality"  of  Chinese  Com- 
munist policies  in  terms  of  Chinese  goals. 

22.956  Government  and  Politics  in  Sub-Saharan  Africa 

Comparative  analysis  of  the  political  systems  and  foreign  policies  of  selected  African 
states  south  of  the  Sahara.  Special  attention  is  given  to  the  Republic  of  South  Africa 
and  its  policy  of  apartheid. 


124 /POLITICAL  SCIENCE 

22.958  Decision-Making  in  U.S.  Foreign  Policy 

Comprehensive  analysis  of  the  governmental  mechanism  and  process  for  decision- 
making in  U.S.  Foreign  Policy.  Case  studies  in  decision-making  will  be  emphasized. 

22.959  American  Foreign  Policy 

Examination  in  depth  of  selected  issues  concerning  the  role  of  the  United  States  in 
world  affairs  since  1945. 

22.960  Problems  of  World  Order  I 

Emphasizes  such  topics  as  appraisal  of  diverse  systems  of  public  order,  approaches 
of  international  law  and  international  organization  to  the  problem  of  world  order,  and 
the  problem  of  world  peace  enforcement. 

22.961  Problems  of  World  Order  II 

Political  problems  of  world  order  are  stressed.  Representative  topics  are  arms  con- 
trol and  disarmament,  limits  of  economic  growth,  global  interdependence,  over- 
population, and  adequate  global  food  distribution. 

22.964  The  United  Nations 

Selected  topics  on  the  "non-political"  work  of  the  United  Nations:  human  rights; 
economic,  social,  health  and  related  problems;  decolonization  and  the  trusteeship 
system. 

22.965  International  Peace-Keeping 

A  detailed  investigation  of  the  origins,  history  and  theory  of  interventionary  peace- 
keeping, with  reference  to  the  documentation  of  the  United  Nations.  An  assessment 
of  this  method  of  maintaining  regional  stability,  and  a  projection  of  potential  methods 
of  developing  the  method  to  broader  applicability. 

22.966  International  Law 

Examination  of  selected  topics  in  International  Law  not  covered  in  22.960  and  22.961. 

22.967  Regional  Organization 

A  study  of  international  organization  at  the  regional  level,  concerned  with  examining 
the  capability  of  institutions  to  foster  integration  of  policy  and  authority,  and  with  the 
effect  of  this  progress  upon  broader  international  cooperation. 

22.968  The  Atlantic  Community 

A  topical  analysis  of  European-American  diplomacy  with  particular  stress  upon 
security  and  economic  matters.  Major  consideration  of  the  integration  of  Europe, 
American  responses,  and  the  results  of  these  interactions  for  world  political  and 
economic  stability. 

22.969  The  United  States  and  the  United  Nations 

A  study  of  the  pursuit  of  American  foreign  policy  through  the  organs  of  the  United 
Nations,  with  emphasis  on  the  uses  and  effects  of  parliamentary  diplomacy.  Ex- 
amination of  the  reasons  for  reversal  of  American  attitudes  toward  the  United  Nations 
as  the  world  moves  toward  multipolarity.  Particular  stress  upon  economic  matters 
and  the  American  role  in  the  UN's  quest  for  a  New  International  Economic  Order. 


POLITICAL  SCIENCE/ 125 

22.980     Project  Management 

A  workshop  course  aimed  at  the  development  of  practical. skills  in  managing  one- 
time projects.  Use  of  case  method  to  discuss  techniques  of.  problem  identification, 
establishment  of  objectives,  pre-entry  strategies,  data  collection,  project  planning 
and  control,  project  presentation  and  the  image  of  temporary  projects.  M.P.A. 
elective. 

22.990  Assigned  Reading  (maximum:  6  q.h.) 
Assigned  reading  under  supervision  of  a  faculty  member. 

22.991  Thesis  (6  q.h.) 

Thesis  supervision  by  individual  members  of  the  department. 

22.994  Seminar  In  Public  Organization  and  Management 

Analysis  of  specified  topics  and  issues  in  Public  Organization  and  Management.  Pur- 
pose of  the  course  is  to  provide  flexibility  in  presenting  material  of  current  interest 
and  to  allow  in-depth  research  into  specified  areas  where  appropriate.  Subject 
matter  to  be  covered  will  be  covered  in  registration  materials.  M.P.A.  elective. 

22.995  Seminar  In  Public  Finance  and  Budgeting 

Analysis  of  specified  topics  and  issues  in  Public  Finance  and  Budgeting.  Purpose  of 
the  course  is  to  provide  flexibility  in  presenting  material  of  current  interest  and  to 
allow  in-depth  research  into  specified  areas  where  appropriate.  Subject  matter  to  be 
covered  will  be  published  in  registration  materials.  M.P.A.  elective. 

22.996  Seminar  in  Public  Personnel  Administration 

Analysis  of  specified  topics  and  issues  in  Public  Personnel  Administration.  Purpose 
of  the  course  is  to  provide  flexibility  in  presenting  material  of  current  interest  and  to 
allow  in-depth  research  into  specified  areas  where  appropriate.  Subject  matter  to  be 
covered  will  be  published  in  registration  materials.  M.P.A.  elective. 

22.997  Seminar  In  Policy  Sciences 

Analysis  of  specified  topics  and  issues  in  the  Policy  Sciences.  Purpose  of  the  course 
is  to  provide  flexibility  in  presenting  material  of  current  interest  and  to  allow  in-depth 
research  into  specified  areas.  Subject  matter  to  be  covered  will  be  published  in 
registration  materials.  M.P.A.  elective. 

22.998  Seminar  in  State  and  Urban  Administration 

Analysis  of  specified  topics  and  issues  in  State  and  Urban  Administration.  Purpose  of 
the  course  is  to  provide  flexibility  in  presenting  material  of  current  interest  and  to 
allow  in-depth  research  into  specified  areas  where  appropriate.  Subject  matter  to  be 
covered  will  be  published  in  registration  materials.  M.P.A.  elective. 


psychology 


Professors 

John  C.  Armington,  Ph.D. 

Harlan  Lane,  Ph.D.,  Doc.  es  Lettres 

Chairman 
Helen  Mahut,  Ph.D. 
Bertram  Scharf,  Ph.D. 
Murray  Sidman,  Ph.D. 
Harold  S.  Zamansky,  Ph.D. 

Associate  Professors 

Edward  A.  Arees,  Ph.D. 
Roger  F.  Brightbill,  Ph.D. 
Perrin  S.  Cohen,  Ph.D. 
Charles  Karis,  Ph.D. 
Harry  A.  Mackay,  Ph.D. 
Alexander  A.  Skavenski,  Ph.D. 
Lawrence  T.  Stoddard,  Ph.D. 
Michael  Terman,  Ph.D. 


Assistant  Professors 

Martin  Block,  Ph.D. 
Karen  Busby,  Ph.D. 
Francois  Grosjean,  Ph.D. 
Joanne  L.  Miller,  Ph.D. 
Claude  Sigel,  Ph.D. 

Research  Associates 

Leila  R.  Cohen,  Ph.D. 
Jiuan  S.  Terman,  Ph.D. 
Stuart  M.  Zola,  Ph.D. 


THE  PROGRAM  OF  GRADUATE  STUDIES 

The  Department  of  Psychology  offers  a  full-time  program  of  graduate 
studies  and  research  in  experimental  psychology  leading  to  the  Ph.D. 
degree.  Applicants  are  considered  only  for  the  doctoral  program;  the  M.A. 
is  granted  in  the  course  of  progress  toward  the  Ph.D.  Since  the  Ph.D. 
degree  is  awarded  in  experimental  psychology,  research  accomplishment 
forms  an  essential  and  integral  part  of  the  doctoral  program;  students  may 
expect  to  collaborate  with  faculty  in  conducting  research  in  one  or  more  of 
the  following  areas:  learning  and  behavioral  analysis;  sensation  and 
perception;  neuropsychology;  language  and  cognition;  personality  and 
social  psychology. 

Desirable  experience  includes  laboratory  courses  in  psychology  and 
allied  sciences  as  well  as  courses  in  mathematics.  Applications  should  be 
filed  by  March  1,  complete  with  official  transcripts,  three  letters  of 
recommendation,  and  scores  on  the  Graduate  Record  Examination  and  the 
Miller  Analogies  Test. 

Research  assistantships  and  teaching  assistantships  carry  a  stipend  of 
$3,000  for  the  first  year,  $3,000  for  the  second  year,  and  $3,300  for  the  third 
year,  with  remission  of  tuition.  In  addition,  some  positions  are  available  in 
research  and  teaching  during  the  summer.  The  department  aims  to  support 
all  graduate  students  requesting  financial  aid. 

The  first  year  of  the  graduate  program  is  uniform  for  all  students.  It  in- 
cludes a  proseminar  in  experimental  psychology,  a  course  in  quantitative 
methods,  and  a  seminar  in  instrumentation.  In  addition,  all  students  choose 


126 


PSYCHOLOGY/ 127 

a  research  advisor  and  take  an  active  part  in  one  of  the  current  research 
projects.  Detailed  descriptions  of  the  current  research  projects  are  con- 
tained in  the  brochure,  "Research  in  Psychology  at  Northeastern,"  available 
on  request. 

At  the  end  of  the  academic  year,  each  student's  readiness  for  the  doc- 
toral program  is  determined  on  the  basis  of  her  or  his  performance  in  the 
two  seminars  and  a  written  examination  in  the  quantitative  methods  course. 
Equal  emphasis  is  placed  on  the  quality  of  laboratory  research  during  the 
first  year. 

After  that  year,  the  structure  of  the  doctoral  program  is  very  flexible  and 
assumes  that  the  process  of  learning  and  scientific  discovery  must  be  in- 
dividualized. A  wide  variety  of  advanced  seminars  and  courses  is  offered. 
Colloquia  and  in-house  seminars  bring  students  and  faculty  together  to  dis- 
cuss ongoing  research,  often  with  visiting  scholars  from  other  institutions. 
Most  important,  students  pursue  their  research  projects  under  the  expert 
guidance  of  their  advisors.  The  advisors  and  projects  available  to  students 
vary  from  year  to  year.  Potential  applicants  are  encouraged  to  visit  the 
department  in  order  to  discuss  their  interests  with  the  faculty  and  to 
observe  the  program  and  facilities  first-hand. 


DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES 

All  courses  carry  three  quarter  hours  of  credit  unless  otherwise  specified. 

19.817, 19.818, 19.819     General  Experimental  Psychology  I,  II,  III  (4  q.h.) 

The  Departmental  proseminar.  Student  presentations  and  discussions  of  the  ex- 
perimental literature  in  the  following  areas:  learning  and  behavioral  analysis;  sensa- 
tion and  perception;  neuropsychology;  language  and  cognition;  personality  and 
social  psychology. 

19.808, 19.809, 19.810     Quantitative  Methods  I,  II,  III 

A  survey  of  the  quantitative  methods  used  in  experimental  psychology,  emphasizing 
applications  of  computer  programming,  theory  of  functions  and  relations,  curve  fit- 
ting, probability  functions,  set  theory  and  analysis  of  variance. 

19.980, 19.981, 19.982     Research  Methods  I,  II,  III  (2  q.h.) 

Instrumentation  and  laboratory  techniques  through  instruction  and  participation  in 

ongoing  laboratory  projects. 

LEARNING  AND  BEHAVIORAL  ANALYSIS 

19.811, 19.812, 19.813     Programmed  Learning  Seminars  I,  II,  III 

Students  learn  to  evaluate  instructional  programs  in  the  light  of  basic  behavioral  prin- 
ciples, and  become  acquainted  with  programming  techniques  in  the  normal 
classroom,  special  education  classroom,  in  complex  academic  subject  matter,  and  in 
individual  problem  areas.  Students  design,  test,  and  evaluate  instructional  programs 
for  teaching  specific  subject  matter  material,  or  for  application  to  remedial  problems, 
and  to  test  basic  instructional  theory. 


128 /PSYCHOLOGY 

19.820  Mental  Retardation  Seminar 

Interdisciplinary  seminar  in  mental  retardation.  Faculty  members  from  various 
Boston  universities  present  lectures  and  direct  discussion  in  their  specialty  areas.  A 
broad  range  of  topics  within  retardation  is  covered  including  genetic  factors,  ad- 
ministrative issues  in  federal,  state,  and  local  programs,  impact  of  communication 
problems  for  the  mentally  retarded  individual,  and  other  related  topics. 

19.821  Behavior  Change  In  Institutions 

A  review  of  successful  projects  which  have  been  carried  out  to  provide  effective 
remediation  in  institutions  for  the  mentally  ill,  the  mentally  retarded,  the  juvenile 
delinquent,  and  the  developing  human  (in  schools). 

19.835, 19.836, 19.837     Advanced  Learning  Seminars  I,  II,  III 

These  seminars  cover  contemporary  research  in  operant  conditioning,  with 
emphasis  on  relating  the  techniques  of  behavioral  analysis  to  problems  of  reinforce- 
ment, comparative  psychophysics,  and  physiological  psychology. 

19.912     Behavior  Modification 

Survey  and  demonstrations  of  applied  behavior  analysis,  with  emphasis  on  behavior 
therapies,  retardate  training  techniques,  and  classroom  behavior  modification. 

SENSATION  AND  PERCEPTION 
19.828     Contemporary  Psychophysics 

19.830     Psychoacoustlcs 

This  seminar  deals  with  the  relationship  between  sound  and  auditory  perception. 
After  five  tutorial  sessions  on  the  physics  and  laboratory  generation  of  sound, 
thresholds,  masking,  loudness,  pitch,  and  sound  localization,  students  will  lead  dis- 
cussions based  on  research  papers  in  the  psychoacoustic  literature. 

19.833     Perception 

A  detailed  consideration  of  research  in  such  areas  as  form,  space,  and  pattern 
perception,  recognition,  and  the  effects  of  set  and  motivation  on  perception. 
Physiological  concomitants  of  perceptual  phenomena  will  be  considered. 

19.860, 19.861, 19.862     Vision  I,  II,  III 

Seminars:  classical  and  modern  problems  in  vision.  Recent  journal  articles  will 
provide  primary  source  materials  for  discussion.  Consideration  will  be  given  to 
problems  of  stimulus  specification,  retinal  structure,  photochemistry,  and  psy- 
chophysical measures  of  sensitivity,  color  vision,  and  electrophysiology. 

NEUROPSYCHOLOGY 

19.880, 19.881     Sensory  Psychophyslology  I,  II 

Concentration  on  the  anatomy  and  physiology  of  the  various  sensory  systems,  and 
correlation  of  these  data  with  psychophysical  and  perceptual  concepts.  Laboratory 
work  will  be  included. 

19.844, 19.845, 19.846     Physiological  and  Comparative  Psychology  I,  II,  III 

Seminars:  a  shared  background,  key  concepts,  and  central  issues  of  the  field  of 
physiological  and  comparative  psychology. 


PSYCHOLOGY/  129 

19.915     Biological  Bases  of  Mental  Retardation 

The  course  considers  the  relationship  between  biological  malfunction,  of  the  brain  in 
particular,  and  the  defective  learning  ability  and  other  behavioral  abnormalities  which 
constitute  mental  retardation.  The  aim  is  toward  as  comprehensive  a  survey  as  time 
permits.  Exercises  include  actual  case  presentations  as  illustrative  examples. 

19.919     Neurochemistry  and  Behavior 

This  seminar  will  examine  different  experimental  approaches  to  the  problems  in- 
volved in  uncovering  the  relationships  between  changes  in  brain  activity  and  changes 
in  behavior  produced  by  drugs.  Discussions  will  center  on  current  theorizing  on  the 
role  of  early  experience,  environmental  factors,  biological  rhythms,  and  other  facets 
in  the  determination  of  drug-induced  behavioral  changes. 

19.952, 19.953     Neurological  and  Sensory  Impairments  Seminars  I,  II 

Etiology,  assessment,  and  diagnosis,  clinical  characteristics,  and  education  of  the 
mentally  retarded  with  visual,  hearing,  and  motor  deficits  are  studied.  In  addition  to 
discussion  participation,  experiences  are  provided  in  evaluation  and  remedial 
programming,  via  application  of  operant  techniques. 


LANGUAGE  AND  COGNITION 

19.870  Psychollngulstics 

Seminar.  In  depth  analysis  of  research  methods  and  findings  in  selected  problems  in 
the  psychology  of  language,  including  developmental,  anthropological,  and  ex- 
perimental psycholinguistics. 

19.871  Psycholinguistics  Laboratory 

Students  perform  modified  replications  of  classical  experiments  in  several  areas  of 
psycholinguistics  and  conduct  and  report  a  psycholinguistic  study  of  their  own 
design. 


PERSONALITY  AND  SOCIAL  PSYCHOLOGY 

19.822     Psychopathology 

A  detailed  consideration  of  the  major  forms  of  psychopathology,  including  the 
neuroses  (obsessional  states,  hysteria,  anxiety  states,  phobias),  the  psychoses 
(schizophrenia,  mania,  depression,  paranoia),  psychosomatics,  sociopathy,  conduct 
disorders,  organic  disorders,  and  mental  retardation. 

19.901, 19.902, 19.903     Personality  Theory  and  Research  I,  II,  III 

A  survey  of  representative  theoretical  formulations  of  the  normal  personality  and  its 
development,  and  an  examination  of  experimental  evidence  bearing  upon  relevant 
concepts  and  assumptions  (anxiety,  repression,  aggression,  cognitive  styles). 


130 /PSYCHOLOGY 

SPECIAL  TOPICS 

19.807     Advanced  Quantitative  Methods  and  Instrumentation 

19.990  Special  Topics  in  Psychology  (maximum:  (9  q.h.) 

19.991  Thesis  (6  q.h.) 

Experimental  work  for  the  master's  degree  requirement. 

19.995     Dissertation  (0  q.h.) 

Experimental  and  theoretical  work  for  Ph.D.  candidates. 


sociology  and 
anthropology 


Professors  Associate  Professors 

Morris  Freilich,  Ph.D.  Patricia  Golden, 

Blanche  Geer,  Ph.D.  Ph.D.,  Acting  Chairperson 

Frank  F.  Lee,  Ph.D.  Elliott  A.  Krause,  Ph.D. 

Morton  Rubin,  Ph.D.  Lila  Leibowitz,  Ph.D. 

Earl  Rubington,  Ph.D.  Jack  Levin,  Ph.D. 

Adjunct  Faculty  Assistant  Professors 

Paul  Dredge  Richard  Bourne,  Ph.D. 

William  Greenbaum  Marcia  Garrett,  Ph.D. 

Joan  Laxson,  Ph.D.  Freddye  Hill,  Ph.D. 

Wilfred  Holton,  Ph.D. 

Deborah  Kaufman,  Ph.D. 

Carol  A.  Owen,  Ph.D. 

Alex  Rysman,  Ph.D. 

Admission 

The  general  procedures  and  requirements  are  set  forth  on  page  22. 
Students  will  normally  be  admitted  to  begin  their  graduate  work  in  the  Fall 
Quarter  only.  Applications  received  after  March  15  will  usually  not  be  con- 
sidered. Each  application  will  be  reviewed  on  its  own  merits.  Any  questions 
concerning  the  adequacy  of  the  undergraduate  background  in  sociology  or 
anthropology  will  be  considered  individually.  In  some  cases,  students  may 
be  asked  to  make  up  certain  deficiencies  before  proceeding  to  the  basic 
requirements.  Exceptions  will  be  made  with  respect  to  procedural  or  sub- 
stantive requirements  on  an  individual  basis  if  the  circumstances  seem  suf- 
ficiently compelling. 

In  addition  to  examining  the  catalog  and  course  offerings,  all  prospective 
candidates  are  urged  to  learn  something  about  the  scholarly  interests  and 
writings  of  our  faculty  and  to  talk  with  graduate  students  now  in  residence 
to  ascertain  whether  or  not  we  have  something  to  offer  in  terms  of  their 
capabilities,  needs,  and  interests. 

NB.  Some  of  the  requirements  listed  below  for  both  the  M.A.  and  Ph.D.  will 
undoubtedly  have  been  modified.  Please  check  with  the  department 
and/or  the  graduate  school  for  the  most  recent  information.  This  applies 
also  to  course  offerings. 

THE  MASTER'S  DEGREE 

The  department  offers  graduate  programs  that  lead  to  a  master  of  arts 
degree  in  sociology  or  social  anthropology.  Forty-two  quarter  hours  of  B  or 
better  academic  work  are  required  for  the  degree.  Certain  advanced  un- 

131 


132  /  SOCIOLOGY  AND  ANTHROPOLOGY 

dergraduate  courses  offered  by  the  department  may  be  taken  for  graduate 
credit  with  the  approval  of  the  department.  Students  must  maintain  a  better 
than  B  average. 

In  general,  students  are  encouraged  to  fashion  a  program  of  studies  best 
suited  to  their  needs  and  capabilities  instead  of  following  any  single  set  of 
rigid  requirements.  To  this  end,  all  entering  students  should  consult  with 
the  faculty  adviser  assigned  to  them,  and  other  faculty  members  if  possible, 
before  registering  for  courses. 

For  the  Master  of  Arts  in  Sociology,  students  are  generally  required  to 
take  two  quarter  courses  in  theory  (usually  21.805,  and  21.806)  and  two  in 
methodology  (usually  21.810  and  either  21.811  or  21.916).  The  statistics 
requirement  may  be  satisfied  by  achieving  at  least  a  B  in  21.813  or  its 
equivalent.  All  students  are  strongly  advised  to  take  some  work  in  social 
anthropology. 

For  the  Master  of  Arts  in  Sociology  with  an  emphasis  in  Social 
Anthropology,  students  are  generally  required  to  take  two  quarter  courses 
in  theory  (usually  20.805  and  20.802)  and  methodology.  Other  requirements 
will  be  individually  determined.  All  students  are  strongly  advised  to  take 
some  work  in  sociology. 

Students  who  can  demonstrate  proficiency  in  any  of  the  requirements 
need  not  take  those  particular  courses,  and  should  petition  the  graduate 
committee  for  an  opportunity  to  demonstrate  proficiency. 

A  master's  paper  is  required  and  earns  four  quarter  hours  of  credit.  This 
paper  may  be  based  on  empirical  or  library  research,  and  must  be  of 
publishable  quality.  It  is  expected  that  the  full-time  student  will  complete  his 
master's  paper  no  later  than  the  end  of  his  second  year.  Students  planning 
to  go  on  for  the  Ph.D.  are  urged  to  take  the  qualifying  examination  during 
their  second  year  of  residence  as  the  results  will  be  a  major  determining 
factor  in  deciding  whether  to  encourage  the  student  to  try  to  go  on  or  not. 

Deadlines  for  Submission  of  Master's  Paper 

A  student  must  have  substantially  finished  his  master's  paper  as  certified 
by  his  first  reader  on  or  before  April  1  of  the  year  in  which  he  expects  to  be 
awarded  the  degree.  Those  who  miss  the  April  1st  deadline  will  normally 
have  to  wait  until  the  subsequent  fall  quarter,  and  should  not  expect  that  a 
defense  can  be  set  up  much  before  November  1st  of  that  quarter. 

THE  DOCTOR  OF  PHILOSOPHY  DEGREE 

The  department  offers  the  Ph.D.  in  sociology.  A  limited  number  of 
students  will  be  enrolled  in  the  Ph.D.  program  so  as  to  provide  highly  per- 
sonalized study  and  research  training  with  individual  supervision. 

Admission 

Applicants  to  the  doctoral  program  should  apply  for  admission  not  later 
than  March  fifteenth  of  the  year  in  which  they  expect  to  complete  the  re- 
quirements for  the  master's  degree. 


SOCIOLOGY  AND  ANTHROPOLOGY  /  133 

Students  seeking  admission  whose  master's  degree  is  not  in  sociology 
will  be  considered  on  an  individual  basis.  A  tentative  evaluation  of  the 
probability  of  advanced  standing  will  be  made  at  the  time  the  student  is  ad- 
mitted with  the  final  determination  after  the  qualifying  examination  has 
been  completed. 

Students  completing  their  master's  at  Northeastern  will  be  considered  for 
admission  to  the  doctoral  program  only  after  the  results  of  their  qualifying 
examination  have  been  evaluated.  Students  completing  their  master's  at 
another  institution  are  admitted  with  the  expectation  that  they  will  take  the 
qualifying  examination  at  the  first  available  opportunity. 

Residence  Requirement 

The  University's  residence  requirement  can  be  satisfied  by  one  year  of 
full-time  graduate  work,  or  its  equivalent,  beyond  the  Master  of  Arts  degree. 
If  the  M.A.  has  not  been  in  sociology,  a  longer  period  of  residence  will  un- 
doubtedly be  essential.  Most  students  should  expect  to  spend  ap- 
proximately two  years  or  the  equivalent  in  full-time  graduate  study  beyond 
the  requirements  of  the  master's  degree. 

Degree  Candidacy 

Degree  candidacy  is  established  in  accordance  with  the  general 
regulations  of  the  graduate  school. 

Qualifying  Examination 

Students  will  be  examined  on  their  ability  to  interpret  readings  and  ex- 
perience sociologically.  A  written  examination  is  followed  by  an  oral  hearing 
where  a)  the  strengths  and  weaknesses  shown  by  the  examination  are  dis- 
cussed with  the  student  and  suggestions  are  made  for  remedying  the 
weaknesses  and  b)  in  the  light  of  these  results  a  future  course  is  charted  for 
the  student.  The  main  purpose  of  this  examination  is  diagnostic  and  should 
help  both  the  department  and  the  student  to  determine  the  best  course  of 
future  action.  Excessive  weaknesses  will  lead  to  a  recommendation  to  con- 
sider pursuing  alternatives  elsewhere. 

Course  Requirements 

Generally,  thirty-three  hours  of  academic  work  beyond  the  master's 
degree  are  required.  However,  the  actual  number  needed  by  any  particular 
student  will  be  specially  determined  in  each  case.  Depending  on 
background,  experience,  and  performance,  a  greater  or  lesser  number  of 
formal  courses  may  be  required.  Decisions  on  special  cases  will  be  made 
by  the  Committee  on  Graduate  Studies  (COGS),  acting  in  conjunction  with 
the  student,  his  adviser,  and  the  chairman  of  the  department.  Students 
entering  from  another  university  may  be  required  to  take  certain  basic 
courses  before  proceeding  with  the  doctoral  program. 


134  /  SOCIOLOGY  AND  ANTHROPOLOGY 

Language  Requirements 

A  reading  knowledge  of  one  language  in  which  there  is  substantial 
sociological  literature  is  required.  Students  must  submit  their  choice  to  the 
COGS  for  approval.  The  language  requirement  must  be  satisfied  before  ad- 
mission to  the  comprehensive  examination.  Statistics  and/or  advanced 
mathematics  as  well  as  languages  needed  primarily  for  field  research  are 
considered  an  integral  part  of  the  training  of  students  specializing  in  such 
directions,  and  are  therefore  not  the  equivalent  of  the  general  language 
requirement. 


Comprehensive  Examination 

During  the  period  of  doctoral  degree  candidacy,  each  student  must  pass 
a  comprehensive  examination,  the  purpose  of  which  is  to  ensure  that  the 
student  has  breadth  in  sociology  in  areas  other  than  that  pursued  in  the  dis- 
sertation. Two  "state  of  the  art"  papers  are  required  in  fields  which  are  not 
close  to  that  represented  by  the  dissertation.  When  a  student  feels  ready  to 
undertake  these  papers,  s/he  must  submit  the  choice  of  fields  to  the  COGS 
for  approval. 

A  student  who  wants  to  demonstrate  breadth  in  sociology  in  another  way 
must  petition  the  COGS.  The  comprehensive  examination  must  be  passed 
at  least  nine  months  before  the  commencement  at  which  the  Ph.D.  is  to  be 
awarded. 


Doctoral  Dissertation 

The  student  must  submit  a  prospectus  describing  the  topic  of  his  doc- 
toral dissertation,  the  methods  of  research,  and  the  theoretical  relevance  of 
his  problem.  This  prospectus  is  to  be  discussed  with  and  approved  by  the 
dissertation  committee  consisting  of  the  major  adviser,  two  readers  within 
the  department  and  at  least  one  reader  from  outside  the  department.  The 
revised  prospectus  is  then  filed  with  the  department. 

Deadlines  for  Considering  a  Doctoral  Dissertation 

The  chairman  of  the  dissertation  committee  should  be  fully  satisfied  that 
a  dissertation  is  substantially  complete  on  or  before  April  1  of  the  year  in 
which  the  candidate  expects  to  defend. 

Final  Oral  Examination 

The  dissertation  will  be  defended  after  completion  of  all  other  re- 
quirements for  the  doctoral  degree.  This  oral  defense  will  be  held  ap- 
proximately four  weeks  after  the  dissertation  has  been  accepted  by  the  dis- 
sertation committee,  and  at  least  two  weeks  before  the  commencement  at 
which  the  degree  is  to  be  awarded. 


SOCIOLOGY  AND  ANTHROPOLOGY  /  135 

NB.  Some  of  the  requirements  listed  above  for  both  the  M.A.  and  Ph.D.  will 
undoubtedly  have  been  modified.  Please  check  with  the  department 
and/or  the  graduate  school  for  the  most  recent  information.  This  applies 
also  to  course  offerings. 

DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES 

All  courses  carry  three  quarter  hours  of  credit  unless  otherwise  specified. 

SOCIAL  ANTHROPOLOGY 

Many  undergraduate  courses  in  the  20.200  series  may  be  offered  for  graduate  credit. 
Students  should  check  the  current  course  announcements  to  take  advantage  of 
these  offerings. 

20.802     Theory  (4  q.h.) 

History  of  major  contemporary  orientations:  evolutionary  approaches,  culture  area, 
cultural  ecology,  functionalism,  structuralism,  and  analysis  of  current  status  of  these 
and  related  theories. 

20.809     Human  Origins 

An  examination  of  the  data  on  fossil  remains  and  on  contemporary  primates  which 
are  essential  for  understanding  human  physical  and  behavioral  evolution. 

20.815     Tribal  Societies  and  Culture 

The  structures  and  institutions  of  bands,  tribes,  and  chiefdoms:  comparative  and 
functional  studies  of  tribal  societies  and  the  dynamics  of  change  under  contact 
situations. 

20.820     Peasant  Society  and  Culture 

Institutions  of  peasant  society.  The  structure  of  traditional  civilizations  and  the  in- 
terrelations between  urban  and  local  communities:  comparative  and  functional 
analysis  of  the  peasant  community  and  the  dynamics  of  change  from  peasant  to 
post-peasant  and  industralized  societies. 

20.825     Language  and  Communication 

Human  communication,  including  language.  Theories  of  the  evolution  of  language 
and  the  application  of  models  derived  from  the  study  of  language  to  other  aspects  of 
behavior. 

20.828     Aggression 

Concepts  of  aggression  as  they  have  been  used  in  evolutionary  and  comparative 
anthropological  formulations.  Professional  and  popular  publications  in  anthropology, 
ethology,  and  psychology  are  analyzed. 

20.830     Individual  and  Culture 

Examination  of  current  theory  and  method  in  the  study  of  the  interplay  between  per- 
sonality and  culture.  Contributions  by  various  disciplines  are  discussed. 

20.835     Kinship  and  Social  Structure 

A  variety  of  kinship  systems  and  their  terminological  and  structural  components  and 
the  way  in  which  their  systems  articulate  with  other  social  institutions. 


136  /  SOCIOLOGY  AND  ANTHROPOLOGY 

20.836     Family  in  Evolutionary  Perspective 

The  emergence  of  family  from  pre-human  patterns,  its  biological  and  behavioral 
components,  and  its  cross-cultural  variations  examined  from  an  evolutionary 
perspective. 

20.840     Urban  Anthropology 

Selected  problems  in  anthropological  studies  in  urban  societies. 

20.850     Religion  and  Myth 

Nature  and  institutionalization  of  primitive,  ancient,  and  contemporary  religions.  Ex- 
ploration of  religious  concepts  and  movements  in  relation  to  social,  religious,  and 
political  organization. 

20.860     Cultural  Ecology 

Examines  man's  adaptation  to  environment  and  the  effect  of  different  human  adap- 
tations on  natural  systems. 

20.870     Evolution  of  Society 

The  development  of  political  and  economic  institutions:  specialization,  social 
stratification  and  the  emergence  of  civilization. 

20.880,  20.881,  20.882,  20.883,  20.884,  20.885 

Ethnographic  area  courses  (India,  Africa,  Mediterranean  and  others)  will  be  offered 
as  resources  permit. 

20.950,  20.951,  20.952     Directed  Study  In  Social  Anthropology  (maximum:  9  q.h.) 
Reading  and  empirical  research  in  social  and  cultural  anthropology  supervised  by 
members  of  the  anthropological  staff. 

20.980     Contemporary  Issues  In  Social  Anthropology 

Contemporary  issues  in  the  field  of  anthropology.  Supervised  readings  and  written 
reports  on  special  problems. 

20.990  Seminar  (maximum:  9  q.h.) 

Discussion  of  selected  topics  in  the  field  of  anthropology. 

20.991  Master's  Paper  in  Sociology  with  an  Emphasis  in  Social  Anthropology  (4  q.h. 

Empirical  or  library  research  meeting  the  criteria  for  publication  in  a  professional 
journal.  Supervision  by  members  of  the  department. 

SOCIOLOGY 

21.805,  21.806     Foundations  of  Social  Theory  I  and  II  (4  q.h.  each  quarter) 
The  classic  theorists  (Durkheim,  Weber,  Marx,  Simmel,  and  others)  will  be  con- 
sidered intensively. 

21.807  Contemporary  Sociological  Theories 

Analytic  treatment  of  major  contemporary  theories  such  as  functionalism,  conflict, 
neo-Marxism,  and  others.  Prep.  21.806. 

21.808  Recent  Developments  in  Sociological  Theory 

New  horizons  in  theory  and  the  relation  of  theory  to  research.  Topics  to  be  selected 
each  year  and  announced  by  the  instructor. 


SOCIOLOGY  AND  ANTHROPOLOGY  /  137 

21.810  Introduction  to  Research  Methods  I  (4  q.h.) 

A  survey  of  methods  of  social  research  including  field  study  and  participant  observa- 
tion techniques,  survey  techniques,  interviewing  and  questionnaire  construction, 
sampling  procedures,  experimental  design,  content  analysis  and  use  of  available 
data. 

21.811  Introduction  to  Research  Methods  II  (4  q.h.) 

Quantitative  techniques  of  analysis.  Students  will  conduct  individual  research  pro- 
jects. 

21.812  Current  Issues  In  Social  Research 

Selected  topics  will  be  examined. 

21.813  Statistical  Methods  for  Sociologists  (4  q.h.) 

This  course  is  a  detailed  introduction  to  statistical  methods  most  relevant  to 
sociology.  Topics  include  tabular  analysis,  non-parametric  statistics,  analysis  of 
variance,  regression  analysis,  path  analysis,  measures  of  association,  estimation  and 
univariate  and  multivariate  hypothesis  testing.  The  approach  will  presume  a 
knowledge  of  elementary  statistical  theory. 

21.814  Mathematical  Models  and  Advanced  Statistical  Methods  for  Sociologists 

This  course  will  include  selected  topics  in  advanced  sociological  statistics:  introduc- 
tion to  Markov  chains,  factor  analysis,  multiple  classification  analysis,  and  model 
building.  The  orientation  will  be  toward  the  more  advanced  students  and  the  ap- 
proach will  be  somewhat  mathematical.  Some  mathematical  aptitude  or  at  least  one 
previous  college  course  in  mathematics  is  suggested.  Graduate  statistics  (21.813)  is 
a  prerequisite. 

21.817     American  Society 

Study  of  the  development  of  and  the  changes  in  the  institutional  structure  of 
American  society  in  comparison  with  certain  other  social  systems. 

21.820     Sociology  of  Deviant  Behavior 

Applications  of  sociological  concepts  and  principles  to  some  problems  of  social  dis- 
organization in  industrial  societies.  Analysis  of  such  problems  as  suicide,  prostitu- 
tion, physical  handicaps,  unemployment,  alcoholism,  sexual  deviance,  and  gambling. 
Prep.  21.806. 

21.822     Sociology  of  Poverty 

An  analysis  of  sociological  perspectives  on  causes  of  poverty,  public  views  on  pover- 
ty and  institutional  responses  to  poverty.  A  concern  with  policy  issues  and  implemen- 
tation of  policies  is  emphasized.  For  advanced  students  in  the  social  sciences  and  in 
the  various  human  service  schools  of  the  university. 

21.827     Sociology  of  Delinquency 

Social  and  psychological  factors  of  delinquency  and  their  implications  for  prevention, 
rehabilitation,  and  treatment. 

21 .832     Sociology  of  Crime  and  Justice 

A  sociological  and  legal  analysis  of  the  criminal  justice  system,  concentrating  on 
police    and    law    enforcement;    plea-bargaining;    courtroom    research    and    trial 


138  /  SOCIOLOGY  AND  ANTHROPOLOGY 

strategies;  sentencing;  and  prisoners'  right  and  corrections.  The  relationship 
between  race,  social  class  and  crime  is  also  considered,  as  are  the  sociological  ex- 
planations of  crime  causation. 

21.835     Theories  of  Criminology 

Theories  and  philosophies,  underlying  various  correctional  systems.  Schools  of 
thought  in  criminology  and  penology.  Theoretical  approaches  to  the  crime  and 
delinquency  problem  from  the  beginnings  of  criminology  to  current  thinking. 

21 .837     Sociology  of  Law 

Fundamentals  of  law.  The  concept  of  social  control.  Order  and  Law.  Consensus  and 
conflict.  Analysis  of  the  normative-formative  influences  of  law.  Mores  and  morals. 
The  concept  of  justice.  Analysis  of  some  legal  institutions. 

21.840     Sociology  of  Medicine 

Social  aspects  of  illness  and  medicine,  historically  and  cross-culturally.  Illness  and 
the  medical  profession  in  modern  society  and  their  structural  settings:  the  communi- 
ty, the  hospital,  the  medical  school.  Research  studies  in  the  field  will  be  examined 
critically  and  problems  for  future  research  will  be  specified. 

21.843     Sociology  of  Education 

The  structure  and  functioning  of  educational  institutions.  Student,  faculty,  and  ad- 
ministrative perspectives.  Emphasis  will  be  placed  on  the  role  of  education  in 
processes  of  socialization,  social  mobility,  social  change,  and  social  control. 

21.847     Formal  Organizations:  Administration  and  Structure 

Analysis  of  the  goals  and  functions  in  modern  organizations.  Aspects  of  bureau- 
cratization will  be  examined  within  business  firms,  public  institutions,  and  private 
associations. 

21 .850     Sociology  of  Occupations  and  Professions 

The  relations  between  the  occupations  and  professions  and  society.  Special  topics 
may  include  occupational  stratification,  professional  group  behavior,  recruitment  and 
socialization  of  occupations  and  professions,  and  political  activism. 

21.855     Political  Sociology 

Sociological  analysis  of  power  relations  and  power  systems  with  special  attention  to 
the  bases  of  political  power,  processes  of  change  in  power,  and  the  part  played  by 
violence  and  revolutionary  movements. 

21.857     Economic  Sociology 

The  role  of  economic  factors  in  the  social  process.  Consideration  will  be  given  to 
both  classic  economic  theory  and  its  impact  on  classic  social  theory,  and  the  poten- 
tial interrelations  between  modern  economic  theory  (especially  model-building  ap- 
proaches) and  general  sociological  problems. 

21.860     Intergroup  Relations 

The  relations  between  various  racial,  nationality,  cultural,  and  religious  groups  with 
emphasis  on  historical  development.  Particular  attention  will  be  paid  to  American 
society  with  its  specific  problems  of  adjustment  and  assimilation. 


SOCIOLOGY  AND  ANTHROPOLOGY  /  139 

21.861     Sociology  of  Prejudice  and  Discrimination 

A  study  of  the  characteristics,  causes,  and  consequences  of  prejudice  and  dis- 
crimination, with  particular  reference  to  American  society. 

21.863     Sociology  of  Religion 

A  sociological  analysis  of  religious  institutions  and  experiences  in  their  historical  and 
contemporary  content.  Religion  and  political  content  will  be  considered. 

21.865     Sociology  of  Knowledge 

The  relationship  between  the  social  base  of  a  society  and  its  intellectual  products. 
The  viewpoints  of  authors  such  as  Marx,  Weber,  Mannheim,  G.  H.  Mead,  the  Neo- 
Marxian,  and  other  modern  schools  will  be  considered.  Prep.  Three  terms  of 
graduate  theory. 

21.870     The  Family 

Social  structure  and  social  functions  of  the  family  as  a  social  institution.  Relations 
between  the  family  and  other  institutions  in  society  will  be  examined  comparatively 
and  historically. 

21.873,  21.874     Childhood  and  Adolescence  I,  II 

Growth  and  development  of  the  child  in  the  social  context.  Primary  socialization  in 
the  family  including  the  transmission  of  role  expectations,  values,  and  the  develop- 
ment of  self  concept.  Secondary  group  socialization  in  school,  neighborhood,  and 
peer  group. 

21.877     Theories  of  Socialization 

A  critical  examination  of  the  major  theories  in  the  field.  Attention  will  be  focused  on 
the  work  of  Freud,  Piaget,  Cooley,  Mead,  Parsons,  and  Merton. 

21.880  Community  Analysis 

Ecological  theories  of  man's  relation  to  his  physical  environment.  Development  of  the 
concept,  and  discussion  of  methods  for  community  study.  Comparison  between  rural 
communities  and  urban  neighborhoods.  Discussion  and  evaluation  of  community  ac- 
tion programs. 

21.881  Community  Research  Lab. 

21.885  Urban  Sociology 

Theories  of  the  development  of  urban  life.  Comparisions  between  pre-industrial  and 
industrializing  urban  areas.  Methods  for  the  study  of  urban  social  structure  and 
change.  Evaluation  of  contemporary  metropolitan  action  programs. 

21.886  Seminar  in  Urban  Social  Policies 

Social  science  theories  and  methods  are  evaluated  from  the  perspectives  of  urban 
affairs.  Consent  of  instructor. 

21.887  Sociology  of  Policy,  Planning  and  Evaluation 

A  general  introduction  to  the  social,  political  and  economic  factors  affecting  policy 
formation  and  the  eventual  success  or  failure  of  social  programs  in  health,  education, 
welfare,  and  urban  planning.  Stress  on  evaluation  of  policy  alternatives,  and  planning 
problems.  For  advanced  students  in  the  social  sciences  and  in  the  various  human 
service  schools  of  the  university. 


140  /  SOCIOLOGY  AND  ANTHROPOLOGY 

21.888  Metropolitan  and  Regional  Issues 

Comparative  analysis  of  problems,  policies,  programs,  and  activities  associated  with 
metropolitan  and  regional  life.  Includes  assessment  of  values,  institutions,  networks, 
interest  groups,  decision-making,  service  delivery,  growth  and  development,  en- 
vironment, equity,  and  integration.  Case  studies  in  societal  context. 

21.889  Boston  Seminar 

A  case  study  in  urban  development,  including  the  evaluation  of  environmental  and 
historical  circumstances,  demands  for  services,  response  to  events,  programs.  Basis 
for  value  systems  of  Yankees,  ethnics,  and  cosmopolitans.  Impact  on  downtown  and 
neighborhood  relations.  Metropolitan  prospects. 

21.890  Middle  East  Area  Study 

Socio-cultural  analysis  of  the  Middle  East.  Ecological,  structural,  institutional,  and 
normative  factors  in  nomadic,  rural,  and  urban  life.  Comparative  regional  analysis. 

21.895     Latin  American  Societies 

Study  and  analysis  of  selected  Latin  American  societies  with  particular  attention  to 
such  countries  as  Cuba,  Mexico,  Peru,  and  Brazil.  Emphasis  on  urbanization  and  in- 
dustrialization, social  and  political  change. 

21.900     Issues  in  Social  Psychology 

Human  behavior  and  theories  of  self  from  a  sociological  and  psychological  perspec- 
tive. Special  consideration  of  interpersonal  relations,  socialization,  and  symbolic  in- 
teraction. 

21.910     The  Sociology  of  Science 

Selected  topics  dealing  with  interactions  between  science  and  society.  Consent  of  in- 
structor. 

21.912,  21.913     Experimental  Methods  in  Social  Research  I,  II 

This  course  covers  experimental  design  and  laboratory  methods  in  sociology.  The 
small  groups  laboratory  is  treated  as  a  setting  for  testing  sociological  theory.  The 
emphasis  is  upon  techniques  and  problems  in  the  creation  and  manipulation  of 
social  variables  in  the  laboratory  situation,  although  the  techniques  of  the  natural  ex- 
periment are  also  considered. 

21.914  Rhetoric  in  Sociology 

Critical  examination  of  the  conventional  forms  of  sociological  writings.  How  conven- 
tions differ  by  theoretical  perspective  and  paradigm. 

21.915  Seminar  in  Symbolic  Interaction 

The  social  psychology  of  groups  as  found  in  the  works  of  Mead,  Becker,  Blumer, 
Goffman,  and  others. 

21.916,  21.917     Seminar  in  Qualitative  Analysis  I,  II  (4  q.h.  each  quarter) 
Qualitative  techniques  of  analysis.  Social  structure  process  and  meaning  in  inter- 
acting groups.  Each  student  studies  a  face-to-face  group  by  means  of  participant 
observation  using  symbolic  interaction  concepts. 


SOCIOLOGY  AND  ANTHROPOLOGY  /  141 

21.920     Social  Stratification 

Theories  of  inequality  between  groups  in  historical  perspective,  from  classical  to 
modern  industrial  times.  Discussion  and  evaluation  of  sociological  research  in  social 
stratification  in  regard  to  different  social  and  cultural  groups. 

21.930,  20.930     Social  and  Cultural  Change  S,  A 

Two-quarter  course,  in  conjunction  with  Anthropology. 

Analysis  of  the  changing  patterns  in  social,  economic,  and   political  institutions. 

Modern  social  trends  are  discussed. 

21 .940,  21 .941     Social  Control  I,  II 

Seminar  in  research,  theories,  and  methods  in  the  sociology  of  social  control. 

21.950,  21.951     Seminar  in  Social  Structure  I,  II 

Seminar  relating  current  theories  and  research  in  sociology,  social  psychology,  and 
social  anthropology. 

21.960,  21.961,  21.962     Seminar  on  Socialization  I,  II,  III 

I.  Instructor  reviews  theories  and  findings  in  organizational  socialization.  II.  Students 
design  studies  in  organizational  socialization.  III.  Students  present  results  of  their 
studies.  Not  open  to  first  year  students. 

21 .980,  21.981,21 ,982,  21 .983     Contemporary  Issues  In  Sociology 

Contemporary  issues  in  sociology.  Supervised  readings  and  written  reports  on 
special  problems. 

21.990  Seminar  (maximum:  9  q.h.) 

Discussion  of  selected  topics  in  the  field  of  sociology. 

21.991  Master's  Paper  in  Sociology  (4  q.h.) 

Supervision  by  members  of  the  department.  Empirical  or  library  research  meeting 
the  criteria  for  publication  in  a  professional  journal. 

21.992,  21.993,  21.994     Directed  Study  in  Sociology  (Maximum:  9  q.h.) 

Reading  and  research  under  the  direction  of  a  faculty  member.  Open  to  doctoral 

candidates  with  the  consent  of  the  graduate  committee. 

21.995     Doctoral  Dissertation 


index 


Academic  calendar,  5 
Address  of  University,  1 
Administration 

University,  10 

Graduate,  14 
Admission  (see  also  Courses),  22 

Doctor's  degree,  26 

Master's  degree,  25 
Applications,  21 
Assistantships,  31 

B 
Biology,  34 

Courses,  38 

Faculty,  34 

Programs,  34 
Board  of  Trustees,  9 
Buildings,  19 


Calendar,  5 

Campus  description  and  location,  19 

Map,  4 
Center  for  Continuing  Education,  18 
Chemistry,  45 

Courses,  50 

Faculty,  45 

Programs,  45 
Clinical  Chemistry,  54 

Program,  54 

Courses,  56 
Class  hours,  24 
Committee  of  the  Graduate  School  of 

Arts  and  Sciences,  16 
Cooperative  Plan  of  Education,  17 

(see  also  Courses) 
Corporation,  7 
Courses 

Anthropology  (see  Sociology) 

Biology,  38 

Chemistry,  50 

Clinical  Chemistry,  56 
Forensic  Chemistry,  58 

Economics,  67 

English,  75 

History,  84 

Mathematics,  94 

Physics,  105 

Political  Science,  112 

Psychology,  127 

Sociology,  135 
Credits,  24 


Degree  programs,  25 
(see  also  Courses) 
Doctor  of  Philosophy  degree 

Admission,  26 

Comprehensive  examination,  27 

Course  requirements,  27 

Dissertation,  27 

Final  oral  examination,  27 

Foreign  language,  27 

Interdisciplinary  programs,  28 

Qualifying  examination,  27 

Registration,  28 

Residence  requirement,  27 

Time  limitation,  26 

Transfer  credit,  27 


Economics,  61 

Courses,  67 

Faculty,  61 

Programs,  61 
English,  73 

Courses,  75 

Faculty,  73 

Program,  73 
Evening  programs  (see  Courses) 
Executive  Council,  13 


Fees,  30 
Fellowships,  31 
Fields  of  Study  (see  Courses) 
Financial  aid,  31 
Forensic  Chemistry,  58 
Program,  58 


Grading  system,  23 

Graduate  School  of  Arts  and 
Sciences,  21 

Fields  of  study,  33 
Registration,  5,  23 
Regulations,  21 

H 

History,  83 

Courses,  84 
Faculty,  83 
Program,  83 


Interdisciplinary  programs,  28 
142 


INDEX/  143 


Library,  19 

Loan  program,  33 

M 

Map  of  campus,  4 

Marine  Science  Institute,  20 

Mathematics,  91 

Courses,  94 

Faculty,  91 

Programs,  91 
Master's  degree 
(see  also  Courses) 

Admission,  25 

Comprehensive  examination,  25 

Language  requirement,  26 

Thesis,  26 

Time  limitation,  26 

Transfer  credit,  26 

N 

NDEA  loan  program,  33 


Part-time  programs 
(see  Courses) 

Physics,  101 

Courses,  105 
Faculty,  101 
Programs,  101 

Political  Science,  110 
Courses,  111 
Faculty,  110 


Program,  110 
Programs  of  study,  23,  26 

(see  Courses) 
Psychology,  126 

Courses,  127 

Faculty,  126 

Programs,  126 


Registration,  23 

Regulations 

For  doctor's  degree,  26 
For  master's  degree,  25 
General,  21 

Research  activities,  18 

Residence  requirement,  18,  23,  27 


Sociology  and  Anthropology,  131 

Courses,  135 

Faculty,  131 

Programs,  131 
Suburban  campus,  20 


Tuition,  30 
Trustees,  9 


U 


University  Graduate  Council,  14 

W 

Withdrawals,  24 


Iheastem  university  1976-77 


boston-bouv£  college  graduate  school 


ntheastem  university  1976-77 

QDockser  Hall 

ion,  Massachusetts  021 

e  phone  (617)  437-3154 


NEA 

Se?C 


NEW  ENGLAND 
ASSOCIATION 
OF  SCHOOLS 
AND  COLLEGES 


boston-bouve'  college  graduate  school 


contents 


Campus  Map 

Academic  Calendar 

University  Holidays 

The  Governing  Boards  and  Officers  of  the  University 

Corporation 

Board  of  Trustees 

Administrative  Organization 

General  University  Committees 

Organization  of  the  Graduate  Schools 
The  University 
Buildings  and  Facilities 
Boston-Bouve  College  Graduate  School 

Part-Time  Study 

General  Regulations 

The  Master  of  Science  Degree 
Financial  Information 

Financial  Obligations 

Financial  Aid 
Faculty 
Fields  of  Study 

Programs  in  Professional  Specializations 
Courses 

Physical  Education 

Recreation  Education 

Interdepartmental  Courses 
Index 


o 
m  cr>  <n       CDcor^T-i^ 


oocor^coco  cDt-r--cocof>.r*-r*" 

<<CQCQOCQQCQLUCQLiJOC' 


erican  1 
atoriun 
Iding 
ical  Ed 

3 
■o 

ill 

Cushing  Hall 
Dana  Research  Cen 
DockserHall 
Dodge  Library 
Ell  Student  Center 

(Auditorium  secti 
Ell  Student  Center 

(Student  Lounges 
Forsyth  Building 
Forsyth  Building  A 
Greenleaf  Building 
HaydenHall 
HurtigHall 
Kerr  Hall  (Faculty  C 
Knowles  Center 

(Gryzmish  Hallse 
Knowles  Center 

(VolpeHallsectio 
11  Leon  Street 
15  Leon  Street 
Mugar  Life  Science 

1351 

Dl 

0)    o 

■a  ■; 

'    to  CO. 

OJ 

?2a 

ID 

1 

>t  nl  O  « 

M  .C    O 

<  co 

<  CD  CQ  O 

OOO 

:    Q)  £ 


55553  W      __ 

C    C    C    C    C  =      •  _  —    (0 

0)0)0)030)        =^cnm-2x 

OJQKDIDqjT^CN^Po 

IIIII^>V«  «  i2  .a 
mo)cor-co  ^  o>  a>  <°  P  S  <E  a 

«-  t-  lOintD    <U  ._  jr  o    P    Q.  +-  -* 


ACADEMIC  CALENDAR  1976—1977 


Fall  Quarter  1976 


Registration  period 

Burlington 

Tuesday— Wednesday 

Sept.  14—15 

Boston 

Monday— Thursday 

Sept.  20—23 

Classes  begin 

Monday 

Sept.  27 

Examination  period 

Monday— Saturday- 

Dec.  13—18 

Winter  Quarter  1976—1977 

Registration  period 

Burlington 

Tuesday 

Nov.  30 

Boston 

Monday— Thursday 

Dec.  6—9 

Classes  begin 

Monday 

Jan.  3 

I  Examination  period 

Monday— Saturday 

Mar.  21— 26 

I  Spring  Quarter  1977 

-  Registration  period 

Burlington 

Tuesday 

Mar.  8 

Boston 

Monday— Thursday 

Mar.  14—17 

Classes  begin 

Monday 

Apr.  4 

Last  day  to  file  card  for 

Spring  Commencement 

Friday 

Apr.  1 

Last  day  to  pay  fee  for 

Spring  Commencement 

Friday 

Apr.  29 

Final  grades  due  in  Registrar's 

Office  for  June  graduates 

Friday 

June  3 

I  Examination  period 

Monday— Saturday 

June  13—18 

Spring  Commencement 

Sunday 

June  19 

Summer  Quarter  1977 

1 1  Registration  period 

Burlington 

Monday— Tuesday 

June  13—14 

Boston 

Wednesday— Thursday 

June  15—16 

l  Classes  begin 

Monday 

June  27 

j !  Last  day  to  file  card  for 

Fall  Commencement 

Friday 

July  1 

Last  day  to  pay  fee  for 

Fall  Commencement 

Monday 

Aug.  1 

||  Examination  period 

Wednesday— Thursday 

Aug.  3—4 

UNIVERSITY  HOLIDAYS  1976—1977 


Columbus  Day 
Veterans'  Day 
Thanksgiving  Recess 
Christmas  Vacation 
Martin  Luther  King  Day 
Washington's  Birthday 
Patriot's  Day 
Memorial  Day 
Independence  Day 
Labor  Day 


Monday 

Thursday 

Thursday— Saturday 

Monday— Saturday 

Saturday 

Monday 

Monday 

Monday 

Monday 

Monday 


October  11 
November  11 
November  25—27 
Dec.  20— Jan.  1 
January  15 
February  21 
April  18 
May  30 
July  4 
September  5 


Equal  Opportunity  Policy 

Northeastern  University  is  committed  to  a  policy  of  providing  equal  op- 
portunity for  all.  In  all  matters  involving  admissions,  registration,  and  all  of- 
ficial relationships  with  students,  including  evaluation  of  academic  perfor- 
mance, the  University  insists  on  a  policy  of  nondiscrimination.  Northeasterr; 
University  is  also  an  equal  opportunity  employer;  it  is  institutional  policy  tha 
there  shall  not  be  any  discrimination  against  any  employee  or  applicant  f oi 
employment  because  of  race,  color,  religion,  sex,  age,  national  origin,  or  or 
the  basis  of  being  a  handicapped  but  otherwise  qualified  individual.  In  addi 
tion,  Northeastern  takes  affirmative  action  in  the  recruitment  of  student; 
and  employees. 


the  governing  boards 
and  officers 
of  the  university 


THE  CORPORATION 

Julius  Abrams 
Charles  F.  Adams 
Vernon  R.  Alden 
William  T.  Alexander 
William  F.  Allen,  Jr. 
O.  Kelley  Anderson 

*  Diana  J.  Auger 

Allen  G.  Barry 

Lincoln  C.  Bateson 

Thomas  P.  Beal 
*Roy  H.  Beaton 
*F.  Gregg  Bemis 

Beverly  Ann  Bendekgey 

Robert  D.  Black 

Gerald  W.  Blakeley,  Jr. 

Raymond  H.  Blanchard 

S.  Whitney  Bradley 

Rexford  A.  Bristol 

Edward  W.  Brooke 

*  George  R.  Brown 
Martin  Brown 
William  L.  Brown 
William  H.  Bruce,  Jr. 
John  L.  Burns 
Hyman  H.  Burstein 
Victor  C.  Bynoe 

*  Louis  W.Cabot 
"Norman  L.  Cahners 

Henry  F.  Callahan 

Mrs.  Anthony  S.  Camarota 

(Dorothy  Dodge) 
Erwin  D.  Canham 
Thomas  E.  Cargill,  Jr. 


*  Richard  P.  Chapman 
Theodore  Chase 
Robert  F.  Chick 
Vessarios  G.  Chigas 
Carl  W.  Christiansen 

*  David  H.  Cogan 
Abram  T.  Collier 
William  A.  Coolidge 
Edward  Creiger 

H.  James  Crossan,  Jr. 

Roger  C.  Damon 

*  Edward  Dana 
William  O.  DiPietro 
Alfred  di  Scipio 
Estelle  Dockser  (Mrs.) 

*  William  R.  Driver,  Jr. 

*CarlS.  Ell 

*  Byron  K.Elliott 
*William  P.  Ellison 

Joseph  A.  Erickson 
Robert  Erickson 

*  Frank  L.  Farwell 

*  James  V.  Fetchero 
Eldred  L.  Field 
Joseph  F.  Ford 

Thomas  J.  Galligan,  Jr. 
James  M.  Gavin 
Lloyd  S.  Glidden,  Jr. 
Elliott  M.  Gordon 
John  L.  Grandin 
Don  S.  Greer 


"Member  of  the  Board  of  Trustees 


*  Donald  B.  Guy 

Allan  M.  Hale 
William  Hellman 

*  Ernest  Henderson  III 
James  S.  Herbert 
Richard  D.  Hill 
Charles  E.  Hodges 

*  Harold  D.  Hodgkinson 
Robert  W.  Holmes 
Harvey  P.  Hood 
Hartwell  G.  Howe 
John  S.  Howe 
Howard  M.  Hubbard 
Carl  R.  Hurtig 

*  Robert  L.  Johnson 

*  Henry  C.  Jones 

George  S.  Kariotis 
*Mrs.  John  B.  Kenerson 
(Frances  Comins) 

E.  Douglas  Kenna 

Edward  M.  Kennedy 

Fenton  G.  Keyes 

Calvin  A.  King 
*Asa  S.  Knowles 

Harvey  C.  Krentzman 

Joseph  C.  Lawler 
Maurice  Lazarus 
Elma  Lewis 

*  Kenneth  A.  Loftman 
Edward  A.  Loring 

*John  Lowell 
Ralph  Lowell 
Diane  H.  Lupean 


Mrs.  Andrew  H.  Messer 

(MelanieC.  Berger) 
Don  G.  Mitchell 

*  Harold  A.  Mock 
Frank  E.  Morris 
James  A.  Morris 
William  B.  Moses,  Jr. 

*  Stephen  P.  Mugar 

William  H.  Nichols,  Jr. 
Mrs.  James  Nicholson 

(Kathryn  A.  MacKinnon) 
John  T.  Noonan 

Bernard  J.  O'Keefe 
Adrian  O'Keeffe 
Harry  Olins 
George  Olmsted,  Jr. 
Stanley  C.  Olsen 
James  H.  Orr 
Ara  Oztemel 

*Augustin  H.  Parker 
Edward  S.  Parsons 

*  Amelia  Peabody 
Theodore  R.  Peary 
Nicholas  V.  Petrou 

*Thomas  L.  Phillips 
Edward  D.  Phinney 
Jerome  M.  Powell 
Albert  Pratt 
Peter  W.  Princi 
William  J.  Pruyn 
George  Putnam 

Blanche  M.  Quaid 

*  Francis  J.  Quirico 


*  Lawrence  H.  Martin 
*J.  Edwin  Matz 

Peter  H.  McCormick 

Percy  M.  Mcintosh 

Andrew  J.  McNeill 

Dominic  Meo,  Jr. 

William  C.  Mercer 
*Member  of  the  Board  of  Trustees 
"Honorary  Trustee 


William  M.  Rand 

William  H.  Raye,  Jr. 

Kathleen  M.  Rice 
*Joseph  G.  Riesman 

R.  Earl  Roberson 

Daniel  J.  Roberts 
*Dwight  P.  Robinson,  Jr. 


Ralph  B.  Rogers 

*  Kenneth  G.  Ryder 

Leverett  Saltonstall 
David  T.  Scott 
Donald  W.  Seager 
Sydney  Shaftman 
*James  L.  Shanahan 
Philip  A.  Singleton 

*  Donald  W.  Smith 
*Farnham  W.  Smith 

*  George  A.  Snell 
Bernard  Solomon 
Robert  C.  Sprague 

*  Russell  B.  Stearns 
*Earl  P.  Stevenson 

David  B.  Stone 
•Robert  G.Stone 


Lawrence  I.  Templeman 
Charles  H.  Tenney  II 
Almore  I.  Thompson 
Milton  A.  Thompson 

*D.  Thomas  Trigg 

*Chaplin  Tyler 

Samuel  Wakeman 
Martin  F.  Walsh 
An  Wang 
Lloyd  B.  Waring 
Edward  A.  Weeks 
William  C.  White 
*  Robert  H.Willis 

Richard  W.  Young 

Vincent  C.  Ziegler 
*Alvin  C.  Zises 


THE  BOARD  OF  TRUSTEES 

Robert  H.  Willis,  Chairman 
Norman  L.  Cahners,  Wee  Chairman 
William  R.  Driver,  Jr.,  Vice  Chairman 

Frank  L.  Farwell,  Wee  Chairman 

Farnham  W.  Smith,  Wee  Chairman 

D.  Thomas  Trigg,  Treasurer 

Philip  C.  Boyd,  Secretary 

Byron  K.  Elliott,  Honorary  Chairman 

Dwight  P.  Robinson,  Jr.,  Honorary  Vice  Chairman 

Russell  B.  Stearns,  Honorary  Vice  Chairman 


Class  of  1976 

Diana  J.  Auger 
George  R.  Brown 
William  R.  Driver,  Jr. 
Harold  D.  Hodgkinson 
Robert  L.  Johnson 
Mrs.  John  B.  Kenerson 

(Frances  Comins) 
Amelia  Peabody 
Thomas  L.  Phillips 
James  L.  Shanahan 
Robert  G.  Stone 
Robert  H.Willis 


Class  of  1977 

Norman  L.  Cahners 
Richard  P.  Chapman 
Edward  Dana 
William  P.  Ellison 
James  V.  Fetchero 
Ernest  Henderson  III 
Asa  S.  Knowles 
Joseph  G.  Riesman 
Dwight  P.  Robinson,  Jr. 
Donald  W.  Smith 
Alvin  C.  Zises 


*Member  of  the  Board  of  Trustees 


Class  of  1978 


Class  of  1979 


David  H.  Cogan 
Carl  S.  Ell 
Frank  L.  Farwell 
Henry  C.  Jones 
J.  Edwin  Matz 
Harold  A.  Mock 
Farnham  W.  Smith 
George  A.  Snell 
Russell  B.  Stearns 
D.  Thomas  Trigg 
Chaplin  Tyler 


Roy  H.  Beaton 
F.  Gregg  Bemis 
Louis  W.  Cabot 
Byron  K.  Elliott 
Donald  B.  Guy 
Kenneth  A.  Loftman 
John  Lowell 
Lawrence  H.  Martin 
Augustin  H.  Parker 
Francis  J.  Quirico 
Earl  P.  Stevenson 


Kenneth  G.  Ryder,  ex  officio 
Stephen  P.  Mugar,  Honorary  Trustee 


ADMINISTRATIVE  ORGANIZATION 
Officers  of  the  University 

Kenneth  G.  Ryder,  A.B.,  M.A.,  L.H.D.,  President 

Asa  S.  Knowles,  A.B.,  A.M.,  LL.D.,  Litt.D.,  Sc.D.,  D.B.A.,  Sc.D.  in  Bus.  Ed., 
Chancellor 

Carl  S.  Ell,  A.B.,  S.B.,  Ed.M.,  M.S.,  Sc.D.,  L.H.D.,  LL.D.,  D.S.Ed.,  President 
Emeritus 

Harry  T.  Allan,  A.B.,  B.S.,  J.D.,  Provost 

John  A.  Curry,  A.B.,  Ed.M.,  Vice  President  for  Administration  and    Student 
Affairs 

Edmund  L.  Deltano,  B.A.,  Vice  President  for  Finance 

Eugene  M.  Reppucci,  Jr.,  B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Vice  President  for  Development  and 
Director  of  Development 

Daniel  J.  Roberts,  Jr.,  B.S.,  M.B.A.,  Ed.M.,  Vice  President  for  Business 

Royal   K.  Toebes,  B.S.,   M.B.A.,   Vice  President  for  Alumni  Affairs  and 
Associate  Director  of  Development 

Roy  L.  Wooldridge,  B.S.,  Ed.M.,  Vice  President  for  Cooperative 
Education 


10 


Academic  Deans,  Directors  of  Schools  and 
General  Administrative  Officers 

Catherine  L.  Allen,  B.S.,  M.A.,  Ed.D.,  Ph.D.,  Dean  of  Boston-Bouve  College 
and  Director  of  Boston-Bouve  College  Graduate  School 

Kenneth  W.  Ballou,  A.B.,  Ed.M.,  Dean  of  Adult  Education  Programs  and 
Dean  of  University  College 

Malcolm  J.  Campbell,  B.A.,  M.Ed.,  Associate  Dean  of  Adult  Education  and 
Director  of  the  Center  for  Continuing  Education 

Richard  I.  Carter,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Director  of  the  Computation  Center 

Geoffrey  Crofts,  B.  Comm.,  Dean  and  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of 
Actuarial  Science 

Philip  T.  Crotty,  Jr.,  Acting  Dean  of  Business  Administration 

Charles  Devlin,  B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Director  of  Financial  Aid 

Ann  M.  Duncan-Glasgow,  B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Dean  and  Director 
of  Affirmative  Action 

Martin  W.  Essigmann,  S.B.,  M.S.,  Dean  of  Research 

Clifford  J.  Fralen,  B.S.,  M.S.E.,  M.B.A.,  Director  of  the  Physical  Plant 

Dr.  Job  E.  Fuchs,  M.D.,  Director  of  Health  Services 

Mina  Ghattas,    B.A.,    M.Ed.,    Ph.D.,   Director  of  the   Office  of  Learning 
Resources 

Joseph  M.  Golemme,  S.B.,  M.A.,  C.P.A.,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of 
Professional  Accounting 

George  W.  Hankinson,  A.B.,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of 
Engineering  and  Assistant  Dean  of  Engineering 

James  S.  Hekimian,  A.B.,  M.B.A.,  D.B.A.,  Special  Assistant  to  the  President 

Sidney  Herman,  A.B.,  M.A.,  Acting  Dean  of  Faculty 

Walter  S.  Jones,  A.B.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Acting  Dean  of  Liberal  Arts 

John  W.  Jordan,  B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Business 
Administration  and  Associate  Dean  of  Business  Administration 

Christopher  F.  Kennedy,  A.B.,  Ed.M.,  Dean  of  Students 

Robert  H.  Ketchum,  B.A.,  B.D.,  M.B.A.,  Ph.D.,  Director  of  the  Graduate 
School  of  Arts  and  Sciences  and  Associate  Dean  of  Liberal  Arts 

William  F.  King,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Director  of  Lincoln  College  and  Associate  Dean 
of  Engineering 


11 


Phillip  Latorre,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Dean  of  Personnel  Services  and  Director  of  En- 
vironmental Health 

Juanita  A.  Long,  B.S.N. ,  M.S.N.,  C.A.G.S.,  Dean  of  Nursing 

Alan  A.  Mackey,  B.S.,  A.M.,  Dean  of  Administrative  Services 

Melvin  Mark,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Sc.D.,  Dean  of  Engineering 

Frank  E.  Marsh,  Jr.,  A.B.,  M.Ed.,  D.Ed.,  Dean  of  Education 

John  Martin,  B.S.,  M.B.A.,  Business  Manager 

Paul  D.  Maxwell,  B.S.,  M.B.A.,  Director  of  Business  Administration 
Programs  and  Assistant  Dean  of  University  College 

Philip  McCabe,  B.A.,  M.Ed., Dean  of  Admissions 

Roland  H.  Moody,  A.B.,  B.L.S.  Director  of  the  University  Libraries  and 
Learning  Resources 

Timothy  L.  Moran,  B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Director  of  Law  Enforcement  Correctional 
and  Security  Programs  and  Associate  Dean  of  University  College 

Edmund  J.  Mullen,  B.A.,  University  Registrar 

Robert  Najjar,  B.A.,  M.B.A.,  Bursar 

Harold  Naidus,  A.B.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Director  of  Liberal  Arts  Programs  and 
Associate  Dean  of  University  College 

Robert  O'Brien,  B.S.,  Director,  Administrative  Computer  Services 

John  C.  O'Byrne,  A.B.,  M.S.,  J.D.,  Dean  of  the  School  of  Law 

Paul  M.  Pratt,  B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Dean  of  the  Department  of  Cooperative 
Education 

Gregory  T.  Ricks,  B.A.,  M.C.P.,  Special  Assistant  to  the  President 

Nathan  Riser,  A.B.,  A.M.,  Ph.D.,  Director  of  Marine  Science  Institute 

Norman  Rosenblatt,  A.B.,  Ph.D.,  Dean  of  Criminal  Justice  and  Director  of  i 
the  Graduate  Program  of  Criminal  Justice 

Philip  J.  Rusche,  B.A.,  B.S.Ed.,  M.A.,  Ed.D.,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School 
of  Education  and  Associate  Dean  of  Education 

Albert  H.  Soloway,  B.S.,  Ph.D.,  Dean  of  Pharmacy  and  Allied  Health 
Professions  and  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Pharmacy  and  Allied 
Health  Professions 

Loring  M.  Thompson,  B.S.,  M.S.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Dean  of  Physical  Planning 
Joseph  Zabilski,  B.S.,  Acting  Director  of  Athletics 


12 


GENERAL  UNIVERSITY  COMMITTEES 

The  Executive  Council 

Kenneth  G.  Ryder,  Chairman 

Daniel  J.  Roberts,  Vice  Chairman 

Barbara  F.  Burke,  Secretary 


Harry  Allan 
John  A.  Curry 
Edmund  L.  Deltano 


Eugene  M.  Reppucci,  Jr. 
Roy  L.  Wooldridge 


The  Academic  Council 

Harry  Allan,  Chairman 


Catherine  L.  Allen 
Kenneth  W.  Ballou 
Walter  S.  Jones 
Juanita  Long 
Melvin  Mark 


Samuel  Bernstein 
Charmarie  Blaisdell 
John  Buoncristiani 
Robert  Cord 
'John  Curry 
Robert  Curtin 
Ellen  Daly 
Flora  DeScenza 
John  Dromgoole 
Charles  Dufton 
'Ann  Duncan-Glasgow 
Ramona  Edelin 
Robert  Finkenaur 
Edith  Flynn 
Norbert  Fullington 
Michael  Glaubman 
Suzanne  Greenberg 
Gerald  Herman 
'Sidney  Herman 
Richard  Higgins 


'Appointed  by  the  President 


Frank  E.  Marsh,  Jr. 
John  C.  O'Byrne 
Norman  Rosenblatt 
Robert  A.  Shepard 


John  A.  Curry,  ex  officio 


The  Faculty  Senate 


Presiding  Officer 

Suzanne  Greenberg 


Donald  Jacobs 
•John  Jordan 
'Christopher  Kennedy 
*  Melvin  Mark 

Joseph  Meier 

Robert  Miller 

Irene  Nichols 
*Paul  Pratt 

Andre  Priem 

John  Proakis 

Gordon  Pruett 
"Daniel  Roberts 

John  Rosettos 

David  Schmitt 
*Robert  Shepard 

Harold  Stubbs 

Paul  Tedesco 

Karl  Weiss 

Alvin  Yorra 


13 


ORGANIZATION  OF  THE  GRADUATE  SCHOOLS 

Administration 

Catherine    L.    Allen,    Ed.D.,    Ph.D.,    Director   of   Boston-Bouve    College 
Graduate  School 

Linda  J.  Allen,  B.A.,  Registrar  of  the  Graduate  Schools 

Geoffrey  Crofts,  B.  Comm.,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Actuarial 
Science 

Philip  T.  Crotty,  Jr.,  M.A.,  Ed.D..  Acting  Dean  of  Business  Administration 

Nancy  Dean,  M.Ed.,  Coordinator  of  Admissions,  Graduate  School  of  Edu- 
cation 

Stephen  R.  DeRosier,  B.A.,  Assistant  Registrar  of  the  Graduate  Schools 

Joseph  M.  Golemme,  M.A.,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Professional 
Accounting 

George    W.    Hankinson,    M.S.,    Director    of    the    Graduate    School    of 
Engineering 

John  W.  Jordan,   M.Ed.,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Business 
Administration 

Thomas  J.  Kerr,  M.S. I.E.,  Assistant  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of 
Engineering 

Robert  H.  Ketchum,  Ph.D.,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Arts  and 
Sciences 

John  J.  McKenna,  M.A.,  Assistant  Director,  Graduate  School  of  Actuarial 
Science 

Norman  Rosenblatt,  Ph.D.,  Director  of  the  Graduate  Program  in  Criminal 
Justice 

Philip  J.  Rusche,  Ed.D.,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Education 

Albert  Soloway,  Ph.D.,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Pharmacy  and 
Allied  Health  Professions 

Janice  Walker,  A.B.,  Assistant  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Education 

University  Graduate  Council 
1976—1977 

The  Council  determines  broad  policies  and  regulations  governing  the 
conduct  of  graduate  work.  All  new  graduate  programs  must  be  approved 
by  the  Council. 

OFFICERS 

Sidney  Herman,  Chairman 

Barbara  Philbrick,  Vice  Chairman 

Joan  Lipson,  Secretary 

14 


Administrative  Members 


Catherine  L.  Allen 
Philip  T.  Crotty,  Jr. 
George  W.  Hankinson 
John  W.  Jordan 
Robert  H.  Ketchum 
Melvin  Mark 


Petros  Argyres 
Frederick  Blank 
Conrad  Caligaris 
Monty  Carter 
Andre  Favat 
Austin  Fisher 
Albert  Galmarino 
M.  Patricia  Golden 
Minton  Goldman 
James  Gozzo 
Arvin  Grabel 
Gerald  Griffin 
Thomas  Henstock 
Richard  Higgins 
Christine  Hobart 
James  Inashima 
Donald  Kosersky 
Louise  LaFontaine 


Frank  E.  Marsh 
Norman  Rosenblatt 
Philip  J.  Rusche 
Robert  A.  Shepard 
Albert  Soloway 


Elected  Faculty  Members 


Harlan  Lane 
Robert  Minichiello 
Irene  Nichols 
Barbara  Philbrick 
John  Post 
Robert  Read 
Robert  Redden 
Nathan  Riser 
Alae-Eldin  Sayed 
Stephen  Schafer 
Joseph  Senna 
Albert  Soloway 
Ralph  Troupe 
Elizabeth  Van  Slyck 
Robert  Wiener 
Joseph  Zelinski 
Richard  Zobel 


Administrative  Committee  of  the  Graduate  Schools 


Sidney  Herman,  Chairman 
Linda  Allen,  Secretary 


Catherine  L.  Allen 
Alvah  K.  Borman 
Geoffrey  Crofts 
Philip  T.  Crotty,  Jr. 
Robert  Fuller 
Joseph  M.  Golemme 
George  W.  Hankinson 
John  W.  Jordan 
Thomas  Kerr 
Robert  H.  Ketchum 
Alan  A.  Mackey 


Melvin  Mark 
Frank  E.  Marsh,  Jr. 
Edmund  J.  Mullen 
John  C.  O'Byrne 
Barbara  Philbrick 
Norman  Rosenblatt 
Philip  J.  Rusche 
Robert  A.  Shepard 
Albert  Soloway 
Jacqueline  A.  St.  Germain 


Ex  Officio 
James  S.  Hekimian,  Acting  Vice  President  of  Academic  Affairs 


15 


Committee  of  Boston-Bouve  College  Graduate  School 

Catherine  L.  Allen,  Director,  Dean  of  Boston-Bouve  College,  Director  of  the 
Graduate  School  and  Chairman  of  the  Graduate  Committee 

Carl  S.  Christensen,  Representative  for  Physical  Education,  Chairman  and 
Professor  of  Physical  Education 

H.  Marie  Garrity,  Representative  for  Health  Education,  Executive  Officer 
and  Professor  of  Health  Education 

Elizabeth  Neilson,  Representative  for  Health  Education,  Adjunct  Professor 
of  Health  Education 

Albert  H.  McCay,  Representative  for  Recreation  Education,  Chairman  and 
Professor  of  Recreation  Education 

Terry  E.  Hardy,  Representative  for  Physical  Therapy,  Assistant   Professor 
of  Physical  Therapy 

Barbara    Philbrick,    Representative    for    Physical    Education,    Associate 
Professor  of  Physical  Education 

Alae-Eldin   Sayed,    Representative   for   Recreation   Education,  Associate 
Professor  of  Recreation  Education 

Elizabeth  W.  Van  Slyck,  Representative  for  Physical  Therapy,  Executive  Of- 
ficer and  Professor  of  Physical  Therapy 


16 


the  university 


Founded  in  1898,  Northeastern  University  is  incorporated  as  a  privately 
endowed  nonsectarian  institution  of  higher  learning  under  the  General 
Laws  of  Massachusetts.  The  State  Legislature  by  special  enactment  has 
given  the  University  general  degree-granting  powers.  The  University  is 
governed  by  a  Board  of  Trustees  elected  by  and  from  the  Northeastern 
University  Corporation,  which  is  composed  of  nearly  180  distinguished 
business  and  professional  men  and  women. 

From  its  beginning,  Northeastern  University  has  had  as  its  dominant  pur- 
pose the  discovery  of  community  educational  needs  and  the  meeting  of 
these  in  distinctive  and  serviceable  ways.  The  University  has  not  duplicated 
the  programs  of  other  institutions,  but  has  sought  to  pioneer  new  areas  of 
educational  service. 

A  distinctive  feature  of  Northeastern  University  is  its  Cooperative  Plan, 
initiated  by  the  College  of  Engineering  in  1909  and  subsequently  adopted 
by  the  Colleges  of  Business  Administration  (1922),  Liberal  Arts  (1935), 
Education  (1953),  Pharmacy  (1962),  Nursing  (1964);  Boston-Bouve  College 
(1964);  the  College  of  Criminal  Justice  (1967);  and  by  Lincoln  College's 
daytime  Bachelor  of  Engineering  Technology  program  (1971).  This 
educational  method  enables  students  to  gain  valuable  practical  experience 
as  an  integral  part  of  their  college  program  and  also  provides  the  means  by 
which  they  may  contribute  substantially  to  the  financing  of  their  education. 
The  Plan  has  been  extended  to  the  graduate  level  in  engineering,  actuarial 
science,  rehabilitation  administration,  professional  accounting,  business 
administration,  and  law. 

In  the  field  of  adult  education,  programs  of  study  have  been  developed  to 
meet  a  variety  of  needs.  University  College  offers  evening  courses  — 
offered  by  the  University  since  1906  —  and  adult-day  courses  leading  to  the 
bachelor's  degree.  In  addition  to  offering  day  undergraduate  programs  in 
Electrical  Engineering  Technology  and  Mechanical  Engineering  Technol- 
ogy, Lincoln  College  offers  evening/part-time  certificate,  associate,  and 
bachelor's  degree  programs  in  technological  areas.  All  formal  courses  of 
study  leading  to  degrees  through  part-time  programs  are  approved  by  the 
Basic  College  faculties  concerned. 

GRADUATE  AND  PROFESSIONAL  SCHOOLS 

The  10  graduate  and  professional  schools  of  the  University  offer  day  and 
evening  programs  leading  to  the  degrees  listed. 

The  Graduate  School  of  Actuarial  Science  offers  the  degree  of  Master  of 
Science  in  Actuarial  Science. 

17 


18 /THE  UNIVERSITY 

The  Graduate  School  of  Arts  and  Sciences  offers  the  degrees  of  Master 
of  Arts,  Master  of  Science,  Master  of  Science  in  Health  Science,  Master  of 
Public  Administration,  and  Doctor  of  Philosophy. 

The  Graduate  School  of  Boston-Bouve  College  offers  the  degree  of 
Master  of  Science  with  specializations  in  Physical  Education  and  Recreation 
Education. 

The  Graduate  School  of  Business  Administration  offers  the  degree  of 
Master  of  Business  Administration. 

The  Graduate  Program  in  Criminal  Justice  offers  the  degree  of  Master  of 
Science. 

The  Graduate  School  of  Education  offers  the  degrees  of  Master  of 
Education  and  Doctor  of  Education  and  the  Certificate  of  Advanced 
Graduate  Study. 

The  Graduate  School  of  Engineering  offers  the  degrees  of  Master 
of  Science,  Engineer  degree,  Doctor  of  Engineering,  and  Doctor  of 
Philosophy. 

The  School  of  Law  offers  the  degree  of  Juris  Doctor. 

The  Graduate  School  of  Pharmacy  and  Allied  Health  Professions  offers 
the  degrees  of  Master  of  Science  and  Doctor  of  Philosophy. 

The  Graduate  School  of  Professional  Accounting  offers  the  degree  of 
Master  of  Science  in  Accounting. 


CENTER  FOR  CONTINUING  EDUCATION 

The  Center  of  Continuing  Education  was  established  in  1960  to  relate  the 
University  to  the  needs  of  its  community  in  a  period  of  accelerated  change. 
Adult  education  programs  offered  by  the  Center  and  University  College 
have  since  been  consolidated.  Its  programs  are  composed  of  seminars, 
conferences,  institutes,  forums,  and  a  wide  variety  of  special  courses 
designed  to  serve  specific  needs.  The  Division  of  Special  Programs,  work- 
ing cooperatively  with  trade  associations  and  professional  societies,  offers 
a  wide  variety  of  programs  dealing  with  current  needs  and  problems. 
Through  its  Division  of  Community  Services,  working  with  governmental 
agencies  and  community  organizations,  the  Center  is  becoming  increasing- 
ly involved  in  social  problems  on  both  the  local  and  national  level. 

Many  of  these  programs  are  conducted  at  Henderson  House,  North- 
eastern University's  conference  center  in  Weston,  Massachusetts. 


RESEARCH  ACTIVITIES 

The  facilities  of  the  University  are  engaged  in  a  wide  variety  of  basic  I 
research  projects  in  business,  science,  social  science,  pharmacy,  and  ! 
engineering.  These  are  coordinated  by  the  Dean  of  Research,  whose  ser-  i 
vices  are  University-wide  and  available  to  the  faculties  of  all  the  Colleges. 


THE  UNIVERSITY/ 19 

Although  Northeastern  is  primarily  concerned  with  undergraduate  and 
graduate  instruction,  the  University  believes  that  the  most  effective  teaching 
and  learning  take  place  in  an  environment  characterized  by  research  ac- 
tivities directed  toward  extending  the  frontiers  of  knowledge. 


m 


buildings  and  facilities 


MAIN  CAMPUS 

The  main  campus  of  Northeastern  University  is  located  at  360  Huntington 
Avenue  in  the  Back  Bay  section  of  Boston.  Many  of  the  city's  famous 
cultural,  educational,  and  philanthropic  institutions  are  situated  in  the  Back 
Bay,  including  the  Museum  of  Fine  Arts,  Symphony  Hall,  Horticultural  Hall, 
the  Isabella  Stewart  Gardner  Museum,  the  Harvard  teaching  hospitals,  the 
Boston  Public  Library,  and  many  schools  and  colleges.  Most  are  within 
walking  distance  of  Northeastern  University. 

Major  transportation  facilities  serving  the  Boston  area  are  Logan  Inter- 
national Airport,  two  rail  terminals,  bus  terminals  serving  inter-  and  intra- 
state lines,  and  MBTA  subway-bus  service  within  the  metropolitan- 
suburban  area.  There  is  a  subway  stop  in  front  of  the  campus.  For 
motorists,  the  best  routes  to  the  campus  are  the  Massachusetts  Turnpike 
(Exit  22)  and  Route  9,  of  which  Huntington  Avenue  is  the  intown  section. 

The  campus  of  48  acres  is  divided  by  Huntington  Avenue,  with  the  main 
educational  buildings  on  one  side  and  dormitories  on  the  other.  The  prin- 
cipal buildings,  all  of  which  have  been  constructed  since  1938,  are  of  glazed 
brick  in  contemporary  classic  style.  Most  are  interconnected  by  under- 
ground passageways. 

Ell  Student  Center 

The  Carl  S.  Ell  Student  Center  provides  facilities  for  student  recreation 
and  for  extracurricular  activities.  The  Alumni  Auditorium,  with  a  seating 
capacity  of  1,300,  is  part  of  the  Center.  Also  included  are  special  drama 
facilities,  a  ballroom,  main  lounge,  fine  arts  exhibition  area,  student  offices, 
conference  rooms,  and  a  dining  area  seating  more  than  1 ,000. 

Libraries 

The  University  library  system  consists  of  the  Dodge  Library,  which  is  the 
main  library;  the  Suburban  Campus  Library  at  Burlington;  the  School  of 
Law  Library;  and  divisional  libraries  for  Physics  and  Electrical  Engineering, 

I  Chemistry  and  Biology,  Mathematics  and  Psychology,  and  Health,  Physical 
and  Recreation  Education,  and  Physical  Therapy.  There  are  additional  sub- 
ject collections  for  the  Center  for  Management  Development  at  Andover, 
Massachusetts,  and  the  Marine  Science  Institute  in  Nahant. 
The  library  collections  number  400,000  volumes  supplemented  by  some 

i  333,000  titles  in  microprint,  microfilm,  and  microfiche  forms.  The  collection 

i  includes,  in  addition,  some  3,700  periodical  titles,  100,000  documents,  and 

1 4,600  sound  recordings. 

21 


22  /  BUILDINGS  AND  FACILITIES 

Cabot  Physical  Education  Center 

The  Godfrey  Lowell  Cabot  Physical  Education  Center  is  one  of  the  best 
equipped  in  New  England.  The  large  gymnasium  contains  four  basketball 
courts.  In  addition,  the  Center  consists  of  an  athletic  cage,  a  small  gym- 
nasium, and  a  rifle  range,  as  well  as  administrative  offices  for  the  Depart- 
ment of  Athletics  and  for  the  Physical  Education  Department  of  Boston- 
Bouve  College. 

A  recent  addition  to  the  Center,  the  Barletta  Natatorium,  houses  a  105- 
foot  swimming  pool,  a  practice  tank  for  the  crew,  handball  courts,  and 
shower  and  dressing  facilities. 

Dockser  Hall 

Charles  and  Estelle  Dockser  Hall,  the  main  Boston-Bouve  College 
building,  completed  in  1968,  houses  a  large  gymnasium,  dance  studio, 
motor  performance  laboratory,  college  library,  community  recreation 
laboratory,  folk  arts  center,  dark  and  music  rooms,  recreation  resources 
area,  locker  rooms,  offices,  classrooms,  conference  room  and  lounge, 
storage  facilities,  and  a  research  laboratory. 

Apartments  for  Graduate  Students 

The  University  maintains  a  100-apartment  housing  unit  which  accom- 
modates 279  people.  Two-,  three-,  and  four-party  apartments  are  available 
which  vary  in  size  from  two  to  four  rooms  plus  bath.  Apartments  are  fur- 
nished with  beds,  chairs,  desks,  stove,  refrigerator,  and  kitchen  table.  The 
cost  includes  all  utilities. 

A  $100  deposit  is  required  when  making  application  for  the  apartments. 
Applications  are  available  in  the  Office  of  University  Housing.  Students  are 
expected  to  make  such  arrangements  on  a  term-to-term  basis  but  may  live 
in  the  apartments  both  while  on  cooperative  work  assignments  and  in 
school  if  they  wish.  All  reservations  are  made  on  a  first  come,  first  served 
basis. 


SUBURBAN  FACILITIES 
Suburban  Campus 

The  Suburban  Campus,  located  near  the  junction  of  Routes  128  and  3  in 
Burlington,  Massachusetts,  was  established  to  meet  the  needs  of  indi- 
viduals and  of  industry  in  the  area. 

In  addition  to  graduate  courses  in  engineering,  physics,  mathematics, 
business  administration,  science,  education,  and  the  arts,  portions  of  un- 
dergraduate programs  leading  to  the  associate  and  bachelor's  degrees, 
special  programs  for  adults,  and  noncredit  state-of-the-art  programs  are 
offered. 


BUILDINGS  AND  FACILITIES  /  23 


Warren  Center 


The  Warren  Center  is  a  practical  laboratory  for  Boston-Bouve  College  in 
outdoor  education  and  conservation,  in  group  practicum,  and  in  camping 
administration,  programming,  and  counseling.  At  this  Center  in  Ashland, 
completed  in  1967,  there  are  tennis  courts,  field  hockey  and  lacrosse  fields, 
waterfront  for  swimming  and  boating,  overnight  camp  sites,  fields  and 
forests,  heated  cottages,  the  Hayden  Lodge  with  a  recreation  hall,  library, 
crafts  shop,  dining  facilities,  and  conference  accommodations. 

Henderson  House 

The  University's  conference  center,  Henderson  House,  is  located  in 
Weston,  Massachusetts.  The  Center  for  Continuing  Education  conducts 
short-term  courses,  seminars,  and  special  institutes  for  business,  pro- 
fessional, and  research  groups.  Henderson  House  is  12  miles  from  the  main 
campus. 

Marine  Science  Institute 

The  Marine  Science  Institute  at  Nahant,  Massachusetts,  is  a  research  and 
instructional  facility  primarily  engaged  in  studies  of  marine  biology  and 
oceanography.  The  Institute  is  operated  all  year,  and  is  about  20  miles 
northeast  of  Boston.  Many  of  the  courses  at  this  institute  are  applicable 
toward  an  advanced  degree  in  biology  or  health  science. 

Government  Center  Campus 

With  the  cooperation  of  the  Federal  Executive  Board,  the  Graduate 
School  of  Liberal  Arts'  Department  of  Political  Science  offers  an  entire 
Master  of  Public  Administration  program  at  the  John  F.  Kennedy  Building  in 
downtown  Boston.  This  program  is  primarily  for  individuals  employed  in 
Federal,  state,  or  local  civil  services. 

Brockton,  Nashua,  and  Framingham  Campuses 

For  students  residing  in  southeastern  Massachusetts  and  northeastern 
Rhode  Island,  the  Graduate  School  of  Business  Administration  offers  a 
significant  portion  of  its  M.B.A.  Program  at  facilities  in  Brockton, 
Massachusetts.  These  facilities,  made  available  by  the  Knapp  Corporation, 
are  located  on  West  Chestnut  Street  in  Brockton. 

Students  residing  in  the  southern  New  Hampshire  area  may  take  a 
significant  portion  of  the  M.B.A.  Program  at  facilities  in  Nashua,  New 
Hampshire.  These  facilities  are  furnished  by  Sanders  Associates,  Inc.  and 
are  located  in  their  headquarters  on  Route  3,  just  over  the  Massachusetts 
line. 

For  students  in  the  Framingham-Worcester  area,  a  significant  portion  of 
the  M.B.A.  Program  may  be  taken  at  classroom  facilities  located  in 
Framingham,  Massachusetts. 


boston-bouve  college 
graduate  school 


The  purposes  of  advanced  study  in  Boston-Bouve  College  are  consistent 
with  the  philosophy  of  Northeastern  University,  and  with  the  goals  of  ad- 
vanced study  in  the  professions.  The  programs  are  designed  to  fulfill  the 
needs  and  interests  of  personnel  in  health,  physical  and  recreation  educa- 
tion and  physical  therapy  in  an  era  of  social  and  educational  change  and 
redirection. 

Graduate  study  is  founded  in  the  fields  of  knowledge  and  specialization 
which  are  extensively  explored  in  upper-division  or  upper-class  years  of 
undergraduate  preparation.  The  nature  of  advanced  study  leading  to  the 
master's  degree  demands  of  students  and  faculty  attitudes  of  intensive 
critical  analysis;  cognitive  development  of  idea  and  thought  reliably  tested 
in  scholarly  search  and  discussion,  with  application  involving  educational 
resources  and  practice;  specialized  research  and  creative  experimentation 
in  emerging  theories,  with  application  in  the  primary  specialized  field  and 
its  ancillary  contexts;  exploration  and  development  of  new  trends  in 
curriculum  theory,  process,  and  evaluation;  critiques  of  professional 
reading  and  related  literature;  conversance  with  diverse  methods  and  inter- 
pretation of  scientific,  philosophic,  historical,  and  descriptive  research;  and 
a  depth  study  using  the  appropriate  research  method  in  an  approved  in- 
vestigation or  thesis/project  under  faculty  advisement. 

The  goals  of  graduate  education  in  Boston-Bouve  College  are: 

1.  To  provide  advanced  preparation  for  administrators,  supervisors, 
therapists,  teachers,  recreation  specialists,  coaches,  and  researchers 
through  specific  professional  study  and  interdisciplinary  experience. 

2.  To  develop  appreciation  for  the  orderly  approach  to  discovery  through 
research,  philosophical  thought,  and  discussion. 

3.  To  provide  a  sound  basis  for  research  and  to  facilitate  student  research 
experiences  and  applications. 

4.  To  contribute  to  the  development  and  refinement  of  dance,  games, 
sports,  recreation,  and  outdoor  education  within  their  cultural  settings, 
and  through  comparative  study. 

5.  To  develop  leaders  and  teachers  capable  of  designing  current  and  in- 
novative approaches  to  learning  and  curriculum  development. 

6.  To  encourage  intensive  study  in  a  specialized  area  of  concern,  with 
awareness  of  problems  in  education  and  society. 

7.  To  provide  a  foundation  for  advanced  study  at  the  doctoral  level. 

25 


26  /  BOSTON-BOUVE  COLLEGE  GRADUATE  SCHOOL 


PART-TIME  STUDY 


Graduate  programs  in  Boston-Bouve  College  are  structured  to  provide 
an  opportunity  for  the  master's  degree  candidate  to  attend  classes  in  the 
late  afternoon  or  evening  while  continuing  his/her  full-time  employment.  By 
judicial  use  of  electives  and  independent  study,  an  unemployed  student 
may  carry  the  equivalent  of  a  full-time  course  load. 

Students  normally  take  one  or  two  courses  per  quarter  and  can  complete 
the  degree  program  in  two  to  three  years,  depending  upon  whether  or  not 
course  work  is  taken  during  the  summer  quarter. 

Students  maintaining  a  satisfactory  academic  standing  may  petition  the 
Director  of  the  Graduate  School  for  permission  to  take  more  than  two 
courses  per  quarter. 


GENERAL  REGULATIONS 

The  general  regulations  and  minimum  requirements  for  all  graduate 
programs  are  established  by  the  Northeastern  University  Graduate  Council. 
In  some  matters  the  committee  of  each  graduate  school  is  allowed  discre- 
tion to  establish  regulations  within  limits  defined  by  the  Council.  The 
regulations  and  academic  requirements  which  follow  have  been  formulated 
in  accordance  with  this  general  policy. 

Application 

All  applicants  should  address  inquiries  to  Boston-Bouve  College  Grad- 
uate School.  Application  forms  and  information  will  be  mailed  promptly. 

Registration 

Students  must  register  within  the  period  listed  on  the  school  calendar. 
Registration  will  not  be  permitted  after  this  period. 

Residence 

All  work  for  advanced  degrees  must  be  completed  in  residence  at  the 
University,  unless  approval  has  been  obtained  from  the  Director  of  the 
Boston-Bouve  College  Graduate  School  for  work  taken  elsewhere. 
Students  who  are  in  residence  and  using  the  facilities  of  the  University  must 
register  for  such  work. 

Grading  System 

The  performance  of  students  in  graduate  courses  is  recorded  by  the  in- 
structor, using  the  following  grades: 

A  Excellent 

For  performance  of  high  graduate  caliber 


BOSTON-BOUVE  COLLEGE  GRADUATE  SCHOOL  /  27 

B  Satisfactory 

For  performance  at  a  satisfactory  level 
C  Fair 

For  performance  not  at  the  level  expected  in  graduate  work 
F   Failure 

For  unsatisfactory  performance 

In  addition,  the  following  letter  designations  are  used: 

I    Incomplete 

For  failure  to  complete  course  work 
S  Satisfactory  without  quality  designation 

For  satisfactory  completion  of  course  work 
U  Unsatisfactory  without  quality  designation 

The  grades  S  and  U  are  used  for  the  first  quarter  of  a  two-quarter  se- 
quence in  which  the  second-quarter  grade  applies  to  both  the  first  and 
second  quarters  of  the  sequence:  e.g.,  Thesis  I  and  II. 

The  designation  I  is  to  be  changed  to  a  grade  upon  removal  of  the 
deficiencies  which  caused  the  I  to  be  reported.  Deficiencies  must  be  re- 
moved within  the  quarter  following  that  for  which  the  I  is  received,  unless  an 
extension  of  time  is  granted  by  the  instructor.  However,  such  extension  of 
time  may  not  exceed  two  additional  consecutive  calendar  quarters.  Grades 
of  Incomplete  received  in  Thesis  I  and  II  may  be  continued  beyond  the  two- 
quarters'  limit,  but  must  be  removed  prior  to  graduation  and  within  the  six- 
year  time  limitation. 

Any  student  who  wishes  to  take  a  make-up  examination  must  obtain  per- 
mission from  the  Director  of  Boston-Bouve  College  Graduate  School  by  the 
second  week  of  the  quarter  succeeding  that  in  which  the  examination  is 
missed.  The  make-up  examination  must  be  taken  in  that  succeeding 
quarter  unless  circumstances  warrant  permission  from  the  Director  to  defer 
it  to  the  second  succeeding  quarter. 

Class  Hours  and  Credits 

All  credits  at  Northeastern  University  are  entered  as  quarter-hour  credits, 
with  a  quarter  hour  of  credit  being  equivalent  to  three-fourths  of  a  semester 
hour,  i.e.,  12  semester  hours  are  equal  to  16  quarter  hours. 

All  classes  in  the  Boston-Bouve  College  Graduate  School  meet  on  a 
quarter  basis,  with  an  academic  quarter  defined  as  a  term  of  approximately 
12  weeks'  duration.  In  the  summer  quarter,  classes  meet  in  a  term  of  six 
weeks'  duration.  The  academic  calendar  in  the  front  of  this  bulletin  should 
be  consulted  to  determine  the  opening  dates  of  each  quarter. 

Continuity  of  Program 

Students  are  expected  to  maintain  continuous  progress  toward  a  degree. 
Any  student  who  does  not  attend  Northeastern  for  a  period  of  one  year 
must  apply  for  readmission. 


28  /  BOSTON-BOUVE  COLLEGE  GRADUATE  SCHOOL 

Withdrawals 

In  order  to  withdraw  from  a  course,  a  student  must  fill  out  an  official 
withdrawal  form  obtained  at  the  Registrar's  Office  or  at  the  Burlington  Cam- 
pus. Withdrawals  may  be  made  through  the  ninth  class  meeting  of  the 
quarter.  Students  will  be  withdrawn  as  of  the  date  on  which  they  complete 
the  form.  Ceasing  to  attend  a  class  or  notifying  the  instructor  does  not  con- 
stitute an  official  withdrawal.  Petitions  for  withdrawal  from  a  course  after  the 
ninth  class  meeting  of  the  quarter  must  be  submitted  to  the  Director  of  the 
Graduate  School,  and  may  be  approved  to  avert  unusual  hardships  on  the 
student. 

Students  who  do  not  attend  the  first  two  sessions  will  be  dropped  from 
the  class  unless  they  notify  the  Registrar  of  their  intention  not  to  withdraw. 

Changes  in  Requirements 

The  continuing  development  of  the  Graduate  School  forces  frequent  revi- 
sion of  curricula.  In  every  new  bulletin,  some  improvements  are  indicated. 
When  changes  impose  no  hardship  on  the  student  and  school  facilities  per- 
mit, the  student  is  expected  to  meet  the  requirements  of  the  latest  bulletin. 
If  the  student  finds  it  impossible  to  meet  these  requirements,  the  bulletin  for 
the  year  in  which  he  entered  becomes  the  binding  one. 

Application  for  the  Diploma 

If  a  commencement  card  is  not  filed  with  the  Registrar's  Office  on  or 
before  the  applicable  date  listed  on  the  calendar,  there  is  no  assurance  that 
the  degree  will  be  granted  in  that  particular  year,  even  though  all  other  re- 
quirements have  been  fulfilled. 

THE  MASTER  OF  SCIENCE  DEGREE 

Admission  to  Degree  Candidacy 

For  admission  to  the  Boston-Bouve  College  Graduate  School,  a  degree 
candidate  must  have  presented  the  following  to  the  Director  of  the 
Graduate  School: 

1.  A  completed  application  and  $15  application  fee. 

2.  Official  transcript(s)  from  accredited  institution(s)  as  evidence  of 
successful  completion  of  the  baccalaureate  degree.  The  transcript(s) 
should  show  a  cumulative  average  of  2.5  or  better  and  a  minimum  of  18 
semester  hours  or  24  quarter  hours  of  work  in  the  student's  proposed 
major  or  the  equivalent  in  professional  background. 

3.  Record  of  an  interview  with  the  Director  of  the  Boston-Bouve  Graduate 
School  or  designate  —  required  only  if  candidate  has  an  undergraduate 
degree  unrelated  to  the  area  of  specialization  or  has  less  than  a  2.5 
cumulative  average. 

4.  Three  references  from  persons  familiar  with  the  applicant's  professional, 
academic,  and  character  background. 

5.  An  official  record  of  the  Miller  Analogies  Test  score. 


BOSTON-BOUVE  COLLEGE  GRADUATE  SCHOOL  /  29 

It  is  recommended  that  all  materials  be  on  file  in  the  office  of  Boston- 
Bouve  Graduate  School  before  registration  for  the  first  graduate  course.  In 
no  case  will  a  conference  and  course  registration  be  permitted  without  a 
minimum  of  a  completed  application  and  a  copy  of  the  undergraduate 
transcript.  The  additional  materials  —  the  Miller  Analogies  Test  score  and 
references  —  must  be  received  no  later  than  the  end  of  the  first  quarter.  A 
student  may  not  continue  in  the  program  unless  these  conditions  are  fulfill- 
ed. 

Academic  Classifications 

Students  whose  materials  meet  the  criteria  above  are  classified  as 
regular  students. 

The  Director  of  Boston-Bouve  College  Graduate  School  may  admit  any 
person  as  a  special  student  who  presents  evidence  of  a  bachelor's  degree 
and  who  appears  otherwise  prepared  to  undertake  study  in  the  Graduate 
School.  Admission  is  on  the  provision  that  the  applicant:  a)  files  an  applica- 
tion and  b)  acknowledges  that  subsequent  to  being  reclassified  as  a  degree 
candidate,  only  12  quarter  hours  of  academic  credit  earned  as  a  special 
student  may  be  applied  toward  a  degree. 

Academic  Requirements 

A  candidate  for  the  master's  degree  must  complete  an  approved 
program  conforming  to  requirements  of  the  department  in  which  the  can- 
didate is  registered.  At  the  discretion  of  the  Graduate  Committee,  any  stu- 
dent whose  record  is  not  satisfactory  may  be  dropped  from  the  program.  A 
minimum  of  48  quarter  hours  of  correlated,  graduate-caliber  work,  along 
with  other  study  required  by  the  department,  must  be  completed. 

An  average  grade  of  at  least  B  must  be  obtained  in  the  quarter  hours  of 
credit  required  for  the  degree,  excluding  any  transfer  credits.  Not  more 
than  eight  quarter  hours  ofjextra  or  repeated  courses  are  allowed  to  satisfy 
grade  requirements  for  the  qegree. 

Within  the  above  limitations,  a  required  course  for  which  a  grade  of  F  is 
received  must  be  repeated  with  a  grade  of  C  or  better,  and  may  be 
repeated  only  once.  If  a  grade  of  F  is  received  in  an  elective  course,  that 
course  may  be  repeated  once  to  obtain  a  grade  of  C  or  better,  or  another 
elective  course  may  be  submitted.  If  a  grade  of  C  is  received  in  a  required 
course,  that  course  may  be  repeated  once  to  obtain  a  grade  of  B  or  better. 

A  degree  candidate's  record  is  subject  to  review  by  the  Boston-Bouve 
College  Graduate  Committee  upon  completion  of  his/her  sixth  course 
at  Northeastern  University.  At  this  time,  the  student  must  have  made 
reasonable  progress  in  achieving  his/her  program  objectives,  and  have  ob- 
tained at  least  a  B  average.  If  the  requirements  are  met,  he/she  is  en- 
couraged to  continue  the  program.  In  the  event  his/her  record  is  un- 
satisfactory, he/she  may  be  dropped  as  a  degree  candidate  from  the 
Boston-Bouve  College  Graduate  School. 


30  /  BOSTON-BOUVE  COLLEGE  GRADUATE  SCHOOL 

Program  Selection 

Upon  acceptance  as  a  degree  candidate,  the  student  is  assigned  to  a 
program  adviser  in  his/her  major  area  of  concentration.  In  consultation  with 
his/her  adviser,  the  student  develops  a  program  of  study,  including 
program  objectives,  anticipated  courses,  and  estimated  dates  for  comple- 
tion of  the  various  degree  requirements.  Prior  to  completion  of  the  first  12 
quarter  hours  of  credit,  the  program  requires  approval  by  the  Boston- 
Bouve  College  Graduate  Committee.  Any  subsequent  changes  in  program 
require  further  Committee  approval. 

Transfer  Credits 

A  maximum  of  12  quarter  hours  of  credit  obtained  at  another  institution  is 
accepted  toward  the  master's  degree,  provided  that  the  credits  are 
recommended  for  transfer  by  the  student's  program  adviser;  consist  of 
work  taken  at  the  graduate  level  for  graduate  credit;  carry  grades  of  A  or  B; 
have  been  earned  at  a  recognized  institution;  and  have  not  been  used 
toward  any  other  degree.  Students  should  petition  the  Director  of  the 
Graduate  School  in  writing  for  all  transfer  credit,  completing  the  necessary 
form  obtainable  from  either  the  office  of  Boston-Bouve  College  or  the  facul- 
ty program  adviser.  This  form  should  be  submitted  to  the  student's 
program  adviser  along  with  an  official  transcript  and  a  course  description. 
Grades  on  transfer  credits  may  not  be  used  in  obtaining  the  academic 
average  necessary  for  completion  of  degree  requirements. 

Time  Limitations 

Course  credits  earned  in  the  graduate  study  program  or  accepted  by 
transfer  are  valid  for  a  maximum  of  six  years  from  the  date  of  course  com- 
pletion unless  an  extension  is  granted  by  the  College  Graduate  Committee. 

Comprehensive  Examination 

A  comprehensive  subject-matter  examination  is  taken  by  each  candidate 
no  later  than  two  weeks  before  his  commencement.  This  examination  may 
be  taken  when  the  candidate  has  completed  at  least  three-fourths  of  the 
designated  course  work,  and  received  consent  of  his  program  adviser.  The 
comprehensive  examination  is  prepared  by  selected  graduate  faculty  with 
whom  the  student  has  studied.  The  areas  to  be  tested  are  commensurate 
with  the  student's  specialization,  area  of  concentration,  and  core  subject 
matter  appropriate  to  his  professional  field.  The  program  adviser  makes 
arrangements  for  the  preparation  of  the  test.  Faculty  members  preparing 
the  examination  assume  responsibility  for  its  reading  and  grading,  and  for 
informing  the  adviser  of  results.  Test  results  are  reported  by  the  program 
adviser  to  the  Director  of  the  Boston-Bouve  College  Graduate  School. 

Each  section  of  the  examination  is  graded  on  the  basis  of  A,  B,  C,  or  F. 
The  candidate's  total  grade  must  average  to  the  grade  of  B.  Grades  of  F  are 
not  acceptable.  A  student  failing  all  or  part  of  the  examination  may,  upon 


BOSTON-BOUVE  COLLEGE  GRADUATE  SCHOOL  /  31 

the  recommendation  of  his  adviser,  be  given  one  re-examination.  Con- 
ditions governing  re-examination  are  determined  by  the  Director  of  the 
Graduate  School  or  an  appropriate  designate. 

Thesis/Project 

Each  candidate  must  submit  a  thesis  or  project  which  clearly  exhibits 
his/her  research  ability,  and  is  designed  to  increase  the  scope  of  his/her  in- 
dividual specialization.  The  proposal  is  submitted  to  the  program  advisor 
for  approval.  Upon  initial  approval,  an  advisor  and  two  additional  com- 
mittee members  are  appointed  by  the  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  at 
the  recommendation  of  the  program  advisor.  The  thesis  or  project  proposal 
and  completed  document  must  be  approved  by  the  thesis/project  com- 
mittee and  the  Director  of  the  Graduate  School. 


financial  information 


FINANCIAL  OBLIGATIONS 
Tuition 

Tuition  rates  and  fees  are  subject  to  revision  by  the  Board  of  Trustees  at 
any  time.  However,  any  change  in  tuition  and  fees  will  become  effective  at 
the  beginning  of  the  school  year  which  follows  the  one  in  which  the  change 
was  announced.  Tuition  for  master's  degree  candidates  and  special 
students  is  $55  per  quarter  hour  of  credit. 

Tuition  statements  are  mailed  to  students  by  the  Bursar'sOffice  and  are 
payable  by  check  to  Northeastern  University  on  or  before  the  date 
specified. 

Fees 

All  applications  must  be  accompanied  by  a  nonrefundable  application 
fee  of  $15.  No  application  will  be  processed  until  the  fee  has  been  received 
by  the  Graduate  School  of  Boston-Bouve  College.  Checks  should  be  made 
payable  to  Northeastern  University  and  sent,  with  the  application,  to  Direc- 
tor of  Graduate  School,  100  Dockser  Hall. 

Other  fees  include  a  charge  of  $10  for  late  payment  of  tuition;  a  fee  of  $2 
for  deferred  tuition  (with  approval  of  Bursar);  a  final  examination  make-up 
fee  of  $5;  and  a  fee  of  $25  for  all  degree  candidates,  payable  before  com- 
mencement by  the  applicable  date  listed  on  the  academic  calendar. 

All  part-time  students  on  the  Huntington  Avenue  Campus  are  charged 
$.75  a  quarter  for  the  services  available  in  the  Student  Center. 

All  financial  obligations  to  the  University  must  be  discharged  by  gradua- 
tion. 

Refunds 

Tuition  refunds  are  granted  only  on  the  basis  of  the  date  appearing  on 
the  official  withdrawal  form  filed  by  the  student.  Non-attendance  does  not 
constitute  official  withdrawal.  Questions  regarding  refunds  should  be  dis- 
cussed with  Bursar's  Office. 

Refunds  will  be  granted  in  accordance  with  the  following  schedule: 

Official  Withdrawal  Filed  Within:  Percentage  of  Tuition  Refunded: 

First  week  of  quarter  1 00 

Second  week  75 

Third  week  50 

Fourth  week  25 

32 


FINANCIAL  INFORMATION  /  33 

FINANCIAL  AID 

There  is  a  limited  amount  of  financial  aid  for  part-time  students  enrolled 
in  Boston-Bouve  College  Graduate  School.  Graduate  assistantships  and/or 
fellowships  in  the  College  are  not  available  to  part-time  students.  There  are 
a  limited  number  of  teaching  assistantships  available  to  qualified  full-time 
graduate  students.  Assigned  duties  require  18-20  hours  per  week  for  which 
the  student  receives  a  $3,000  stipend  and  tuition  waiver.  Further  informa- 
tion and  applications  may  be  obtained  from  the  Boston-Bouve  College 
Graduate  Office. 

Martin  Luther  King,  Jr.,  Scholarships 

Established  in  1969  in  memory  of  the  late  Rev.  Martin  Luther  King,  Jr., 
awards  are  made  as  openings  occur  to  qualified  minority  graduate  students 
who  show  financial  need  and  are  accepted  to  full-time  study  in  the  graduate 
schools  of  the  University.  Stipends  will  cover  tuition  and  all  fees. 

Dormitory  Proctorships 

A  number  of  proctorships  in  men's  dormitories  on  or  near  the  Huntington 
Avenue  Campus  are  available  each  year.  Appointments  carry  a  minimum 
compensation  of  room  and  board.  Further  information  and  application 
forms  may  be  obtained  from  the  Office  of  University  Housing. 

National  Direct  Student  Loan 

This  program  is  available  to  students  who  are  carrying  at  least  one-half 
the  normal  academic  work  load,  are  accepted  as  degree  candidates,  and 
who  show  evidence  of  financial  need. 

The  Federal  maximum  which  a  graduate  student  may  borrow  while  pur- 
suing a  post-baccalaureate  degree  is  $5,000. 

Repayment  and  interest  on  these  loans  do  not  begin  until  nine  months 
after  the  student  ceases  to  carry  at  least  a  half-time  academic  load  at  an  in- 
stitution of  higher  education.  The  repayment  of  principal  may  be  extended 
over  a  10-year  period  with  the  interest  at  the  rate  of  three  percent  per  an- 
num. Repayment  may  be  deferred  up  to  a  total  of  three  years  while  a 
borrower  is  serving  as  a  Peace  Corps  or  VISTA  volunteer. 

Guaranteed  Student  Loan  Program 

Under  this  program,  students  who  are  matriculated  degree  candidates, 
enrolled  for  at  least  one-half  the  normal  academic  work  load,  may  borrow 
from  a  participating  bank  or  other  financial  institution.  Terms  and  con- 
ditions vary  from  state  to  state,  but  a  student  generally  may  borrow  up  to 
$1,500  a  year  (the  law  allows  a  maximum  of  $2,500  per  year)  depending  on 
financial  need.  The  Federal  government  pays  the  interest  while  the  student 
is  in  school  if  the  student  is  eligible  for  interest  subsidy. 


34  /  FINANCIAL  INFORMATION 

The  student  must  have  submitted,  through  the  College  Scholarship  Ser- 
vice, a  Parents'  Confidential  Statement;  or  if  he  has  been  declared  financial- 
ly independent  by  the  Financial  Aid  Office,  a  Student's  Confidential  State- 
ment. These  forms  are  available  in  the  Financial  Aid  Office. 

Applications  for  the  loan  itself  are  available  from  local  banks  or  the 
Education  Office  of  your  state  government.  Additional  information  and 
necessary  application  forms  for  Massachusetts  residents  are  available  from 
the  Financial  Aid  Office. 


faculty 


GRADUATE  TEACHING  FACULTY  OF  BOSTON-BOUVE  COLLEGE 

Allen,  Catherine  L,  B.S.,  M.A.,  Ed.D.,  Ph.D.,  Dean  of  Boston-Bouve  College. 
Director  of  Boston-Bouve  College  Graduate  School,  and  Professor  of 
Health,  Physical  Education  and  Recreation 
Christensen,  Carl  S.,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Physical  Education  and 

Chairman  of  the  Department 
Curtin,  Roberts.,  B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physical  Education 
Fox,  John  W.,  A.B.,  M.A.,  Ed.D.,  Professor  of  Physical  Education 
Garman,  Betty  Gene,  B.S.,  M.P.H.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physical  Therapy 
Garrity,  H.  Marie,  B.S.Ed.,  Ed.M.,  Ed.D.,  Professor  of  Health  Education  and 

Executive  Officer  of  the  Department. 
Gillespie,  William  Jay,  B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physical  Educa- 
tion 
Jeffrey,  Howard,  A.B.,  M.A.,  D.R.,  Associate  Professor  of  Recreation  Educa- 
tion 
Kassabian,  Kerkor,  B.S.,  Ed.M.,  Associate  Professor  of  Physical  Education 
Lintner,  Marie  A.,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physical  Educa- 
tion 
I  Luttgens,  Kathryn,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Physical  Education 
McCay,  Albert  H.,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ed.D.,  Professor  of  Recreation  Education  and 

Chairman  of  the  Department 
i  Morrison,  Richard,  B.A.,  M.S.,  Ed.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Recreation 

Education 
i  Neilson,  Elizabeth,  B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Ed.D.,  Adjunct  Professor  of  Health  Educa- 
tion 
i  Philbrick,  Barbara,  B.A.,  M.S.Ed.,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Physical 

Education 
i  Robinson,  Frank,  B.A.,  M.S.,  Associate  Professor  of  Recreation  Education 
Robinson,  Sarah,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Physical  Educa- 
tion 
Rowlands,  Jeanne  L,  B.A.,  B.S.,  M.A.,  Professor  of  Physical  Education 
Sayed,  Alae-Eldin,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ed.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Recreation 

Education 
Van  Slyck,  Elizabeth  W.,  B.S.,  M.A.  Professor  of  Physical  Therapy  and  Ex- 
ecutive Officer  of  the  Department 
i  Zobel,  Richard  C,  B.S.,  M.A.,  Ed.D.,  Professor  of  Physical  Education 

35 


M       i 


/ 


M     I 


»■ 


..  ,m» 


, 


fields  of  study 


PROGRAMS  IN  PROFESSIONAL  SPECIALIZATIONS 
Master  of  Science 

I  Description 

All  students  must  complete  one  of  the  programs  as  outlined  in  the  follow- 
ing pages.  In  almost  all  cases  the  sequence  is  designed  to  be  very  flexible. 
Any  variations  or  changes  must  have  the  prior  recommendation  of  the 
; student's  program  adviser  and  approval  of  the  Boston-Bouve  College 
Graduate  School  Director. 

Core  Courses  Required  of  All  Candidates 
50.841     Introduction  to  Educational  Statistics 
66.802     Research  Design  and  Methodology 

66.890  Thesis/Project  I 

66.891  Thesis/Project  II 

Competency,  as  demonstrated  by  the  successful  completion  of  proficien- 
cy examination,  is  accepted  in  lieu  of  Statistics  and/or  Research  Design. 
The  candidate  must  petition  the  Director  of  Boston-Bouve  College  Grad- 
uate School  for  permission  to  attempt  the  proficiency  examination.  An  elec- 
tive course  must  be  substituted  for  a  core  course  which  has  been  waived. 

Specialization  in  Physical  Education 

For  a  specialization  in  Physical  Education,  20  quarter  hours  of  depart- 
mental courses  are  required.  Eight  quarter  hours  are  selected  from  founda- 
tion courses  taken  within  Boston-Bouve  College  and  12  quarter  hours  from 
one  of  the  five  areas  of  concentration.  In  addition,  12  quarter  hours  of  free 
Elective  courses  appropriate  to  the  student's  program  are  selected  from 
within  Boston-Bouve  College  or  from  other  Colleges  at  Northeastern 
University.  Foundation  electives,  areas  of  concentration,  and  the  courses 
therein  follow. 

Foundation  Electives  within  Boston-Bouve  College 

62.870     Philosophies  in  Physical  Education 

62.872     Comparative  Physical  Education 

66.874     Seminar  in  Issues  and  Trends  in  Health  and  Physical  Education 

66.886     Critical  Thinking  in  Health,  Physical  Education  and  Recreation 

37 


38 /FIELDS  OF  STUDY 

66.899     Seminar/Workshop 

66.901  Health  Issues:  Implications  for  Education 

66.904  Contemporary  World  Health 

66.905  Environmental  Health 

66.906  Consumer  Health 

Areas  of  Concentration 

Area  I  —  Administration  and  Supervision 
62.810     Administration  of  Physical  Education  and  Athletics 
66.814     Supervision  of  Professional  Personnel 
62.822     Problems  in  Contemporary  Athletics  for  Men  and  Women 
66.805     Planning  and  Developing  Facilities  for  Physical  Education  and 
Recreation 

Area  II  —  Curriculum  and  Instruction 

62.830  Curriculum  Development  in  Physical  Education 

62.833  Applied  Evaluation  in  Curriculum  and  Instruction 

62.835  Seminar  in  Curriculum  and  Instruction 

62.840  Advances  in  Instructional  Concepts 

62.842  Physical  Education  for  Students  with  Special  Needs 

62.884  Movement  and  the  Learning  Process 

Area  III  —  Development  and  Learning  in  Movement  and  Perception 
62.842     Physical  Education  for  Students  with  Special  Needs 
62.860     Early  Childhood  Movement  Patterns 
62.864     Perceptual  Motor  Development 
62.884     Movement  and  the  Learning  Process 
66.894     Independent  Study 

Selected    Interdisciplinary   Courses   or   Movement   Education 

Laboratory 

Area  IV  —  Sports  Medicine  (non-clinical) 

62.851  Anatomic  Kinesiology 

62.852  Mechanical  Analysis  of  Sport 

62.854  Physical  Fitness  Appraisal  and  Guidance 

62.857  Trauma  Diagnosis  and  Treatment  in  Sport 

62.859  Rehabilitation  from  Injury  in  Sport 

62.880  Sociology  of  Sport 

62.882  Psychology  of  Coaching  and  Sport 

Area  V  —  Health  Education 

62.830  Curriculum  Development 

62.833  Applied  Evaluation  in  Curriculum  and  Instruction 

62.835  Seminar  in  Curriculum  and  Instruction 

62.840  Advances  in  Instructional  Concepts 

66.902  Toward  Accountable  Health  Curriculum 

66.903  Teaching  Strategies:  School  and  Community  Health  Education 


FIELDS  OF  STUDY/ 39 

Specialization  in  Recreation  Education 

To  specialize  in  Recreation  Education,  four  quarter  hours  of  departmen- 
tal course  work  are  required.  Each  candidate  is  registered  for  either  63.812, 
Seminar  in  Contemporary  Issues  and  Problems  in  Recreation  Services  or 
63.830,  Advanced  Organization  and  Administration  of  Recreation  Services. 
In  addition,  seven  courses  (28  quarter  hours)  appropriate  to  the  student's 
needs  and  professional  objectives  are  selected  from  the  following  list: 

Community  Recreation 
63.834     Programs  in  Recreation 
63.840     Politics  and  Bureaucracy  in  Recreation 

63.842     Recreation  and  the  Community  School  —  Concepts  and  Prac- 
tices 
63.844     Leisure  and  Delinquent  Behavior 
63.805     Program  Evaluation  in  Recreation 

Therapeutic  Recreation 

63.850     Therapeutic  Recreation  Services  for  Special  Populations 
63.852     Seminar  on  Programming  in  Therapeutic  Recreation 
63.854     Observation  of  Recreation  Services  in  Treatment  Settings 

Outdoor  Education 

63.824     School  Camping 

63.826     Administration  of  Resident  Camp  Programs 

General  Recreation  Courses 

63.813     Practicum  in  Clinical  Recreation 

63.816     Budgeting  Systems 

63.836     Public  Relations  in  Recreation  Agencies 

66.805     Planning  and  Developing  Facilities  for  Physical  Education  and 

Recreation 
66.894     Independent  Study 

Selected  Interdisciplinary  Courses 


courses 


DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES 

All  courses  carry  four  quarter  hours  of  credit  unless  otherwise  indicated. 
Please  see  the  current  brochure  for  summer,  fall,  winter,  and  spring  quarter 
course  offerings. 

PHYSICAL  EDUCATION 

62.810     Administration  of  Physical  Education  and  Athletics 

Physical  education  and  athletics  discussed  as  an  entity  consistent  with  the 
current  emphasis  on  unity,  economy,  and  equal  opportunity.  Modern  prac- 
tices and  principles  of  general  administration  applied  to  problems  of 
staffing,  scheduling,  budgeting,  collective  bargaining,  personnel  welfare, 
program  development,  and  public  relations.  All  levels  of  education  and  the 
broad  spectrum  of  programs  common  to  physical  education  and  athletics 
are  considered. 

62.822     Problems  in  Contemporary  Athletics  for  Men  and  Women 

Current  problems,  practices,  and  national  issues  pertinent  to  the  conduct  of 
athletic  competition.  National,  state,  and  conference  organizations  are 
studied. 

62.830     Curriculum  Development  in  Physical  Education 

The  foundations  of  curriculum  theory,  research,  practice,  and  evaluation  in 
American  education  with  specific  application  to  health  and  physical  educa- 
tion. Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  processes  of  curriculum  design  and  im- 
plementation in  school  settings. 

62.833     Applied  Evaluation  in  Curriculum  and  Instruction 

Application  of  current  educational  evaluation  theory  to  concepts  of  instruc- 
tion and  curriculum  development  in  health  and  physical  education.  Includes 
formative  and  summative  measures  applied  to  the  improvement  of  instruc- 
tion, assessment  of  process  and  product  in  the  educational  program,  in- 
teraction analysis.  Prep.  62.830  or  66.902. 

62.835     Seminar  in  Curriculum  and  Instruction 

Problems  of  special  interest  in  instructional  theory,  curriculum  theory,  and 
applied  evaluation  theory.  Practical  papers  and  class  presentations 
emphasize  scholarship  in  the  solution  of  problems  or  issues  in  health, 
physical  education,  or  recreation.  Prep,  one  course  from  the  Curriculum 
and  Instruction  concentration  in  health  or  physical  education;  or,  63.834. 

40 


COURSES/ 41 

62.840     Advances  in  Instructional  Concepts 

Current  practices  in  and  a  search  for  new  approaches  to  instruction  in 
physical  education.  Includes  analysis  of  teaching  and  learning  styles, 
available  instructional  technology  and  the  implementation  of  instructional 
designs  in  health  and  physical  education  classes. 

62.842     Physical  Education  for  Students  with  Special  Needs 

Assessment,  planning,  instruction  and  evaluation  practices  recommended 
for  work  with  special  needs  in  physical  education  classes.  The  role  of  the 
physical  educator  in  the  resource  program  is  explored. 

62.851  Anatomic  Kinesiology 

A  study  of  the  human  musculo-skeletal  system  and  its  relationship  to 
human  movement  patterns.  Electromyography  is  used  in  assessing  muscle- 
movement  relationships.  Current  electromyographic  research  and  tech- 
niques are  investigated. 

62.852  Mechanical  Analysis  of  Sport 

Application  of  mechanics  of  motion  to  the  analysis  of  human  motion. 
Emphasis  is  placed  on  cinematography  and  film  analysis  procedures  in 
teaching  and  research.  Prep.  62.851,  Anatomic  Kinesiology  or  permission 
of  instructor. 


62.854     Physical  Fitness  Appraisal  and  Guidance 

Physical  fitness  screening  tests  and  procedures,  developmental  and 
rehabilitation  programs,  fitness-producing  activities,  and  current  trends  in 
testing  and  research.  Prep.  Exercise  Physiology  and  Measurement  and 
Evaluation,  or  permission  of  instructor. 

62.857     Trauma  Diagnosis  and  Treatment  in  Sport 

An  investigation  of  injury  pathology,  evaluative  testing,  diagnosis,  and  ap- 
propriate treatment  modalities.  Prep,  undergraduate  Athletic  Training  or 
experience. 


62.859     Rehabilitation  from  Injury  in  Sport 

Rehabilitation  procedures  and  techniques  appropriate  to  the  post-injury 
retraining  of  athletes.  Prep.  Adapted  Physical  Education  or  permission  of 
instructor. 


62.860     Early  Childhood  Motor  Patterns 

The  sequential  development  of  fundamental  motor  patterns  from  age  zero 
to  10  years.  How  to  observe  youngsters  in  a  movement  situation  and  assess 
their  motor  patterns  is  studied. 


42 /COURSES 

62.864     Perceptual-Motor  Development 

An  overview  of  major  theories  of  learning  and  perception  as  they  apply  to 
learning  and  refining  motor  skills.  The  interrelationships  of  movement 
behavior  and  perceptual-motor  organization  of  vision,  audition,  propriocep- 
tion, kinesthesis,  and  psycho-social  effects  are  studied. 

62.870     Philosophies  in  Physical  Education 

An  exploration  of  major  philosophies,  past  and  present,  and  their  influence 
on  modern  physical  education.  The  student  delineates  his  personal 
philosophy,  explores  philosophical  analysis  as  a  research  technique,  and 
reviews  philosophical  research.  Prep.  Philosophy,  Philosophy  of  Education, 
or  permission  of  instructor. 

62.872     Comparative  Physical  Education 

Both  past  and  present  philosophies  and  practices  of  national  and  inter- 
national programs  in  physical  education  are  compared.  Historical  analysis 
is  introduced  as  a  research  technique. 

62.880     Sociology  of  Sport 

An  analysis  of  the  sociological  principles  and  factors  operative  in  the  in- 
teraction between  sport  and  society.  Pertinent  literature  and  research  are 
reviewed.  Prep.  General  Sociology  or  permission  of  instructor. 

62.882     Psychology  of  Coaching  and  Sport 

The  psychodynamics  of  the  athlete  and  the  coach  with  particular  reference 
to  personality,  maturation,  motivation,  learning,  emotions,  and  perception., 
Individualized  projects  are  required.  Prep.  General  Psychology  or  permis- 
sion of  instructor. 

62.884     Movement  and  the  Learning  Process 

Major  theories  and  research  in  learning  and  their  application  to  learning 
motor  skills.  Perceptual-motor  development  and  learning  are  examined;1 
the  programs  evolving  in  this  area  and  their  implications  for  the  teaching- 
learning  process  of  motor  skills  are  presented.  Prep.  Educational 
Psychology  or  permission  of  instructor. 

RECREATION  EDUCATION 

63.805     Program  Evaluation  in  Recreation 

Comprehensive  systems  for  evaluating  program  effectiveness  studied  as 
they  relate  to  the  consumer  of  recreation  services.  Major  emphasis  placec 
on  developing  an  evaluation  system  for  an  agency  of  your  choice.  Case 
studies  are  drawn  from  the  public,  non  profit  and  commercial  sectors. 

63.812     Seminar  in  Contemporary  Issues  and  Problems  in  Recreation 
Services 

Discussion  of  national  and  international  issues,  current  trends,  and  contem 
porary  problems  as  they  affect  recreation  services. 


COURSES/ 43 


63.813     Practicum  on  Clinical  Recreation 

A  minimum  of  sixty  (60)  clock  hours  of  supervised  clinical  experience,  re- 
quired of  those  students  who  do  not  have  a  degree  in  Recreation.  Students 
are  assigned  to  institutions  that  offer  services  in  the  area  of  therapeutic 
recreation  and  rehabilitation,  community  and  municipal  recreation,  or  out- 
door recreation-education. 

Waiving  of  such  requirement  may  be  granted,  dependent  on  the  student's 
background  and  experience.  Permission  of  adviser. 

63.816     Budgeting  Systems 

The  rational  and  political  aspects  of  budgeting  studies  as  they  relate  to 
program  analysis  and  policy  formulation.  Case  studies  are  drawn  from  the 
public,  non-profit,  and  commercial  sectors. 

63.824     School  Camping 

An  independent  study  of  the  nature  and  conduct  of  outdoor  recreation 
education  as  implemented  in  school  camping  programs.  Problems  in- 
vestigated and  methods  developed  under  supervision  of  the  faculty  adviser 
and  staff. 

63.826    Administration  of  Resident  Camp  Programs 

An  in-depth  study  of  staffing,  sanitation  and  health;  purchasing  and  storage 
of  food,  materials,  equipment,  and  supplies;  kitchen  management;  in- 
surance, construction,  and  maintenance  of  buildings;  and  program  areas  as 
they  affect  resident  camping  programs.  A  study  of  nationwide  goals  and 
trends  in  the  camping  movement  is  included. 

i  63.830     Advanced  Organization  and  Administration  of  Recreation  Ser- 
/  vices 

Patterns  for  the  implementation  of  recreation  service  by  school  systems, 
voluntary  agencies,  national  service  organizations,  municipal  governments, 
and  state  and  Federal  agencies  investigated  in  depth. 

63.834     Programs  in  Recreation 

An  examination  and  evaluation  of  program  content,  leadership,  administra- 
tion, and  facilities  in  recreation  service,  sponsored  under  public,  private, 
religious,  industrial,  and  voluntary  auspices. 

1 63.836     Public  Relations  for  Recreation  Agencies 

The  central  purpose  of  public  relations  is  to  influence  public  opinion.  This 
course  focuses  on  practical  and  ethical  aspects  of  public  relations  for 

N recreation  agencies.  Case  studies  are  drawn  from  the  public,  nonprofit  and 

(commercial  sectors. 

363.840     Politics  and  Bureaucracy  in  Recreation 

Practical  problems  faced  by  recreation  professionals  in  public  service  are 


P 


44  /  COURSES 

investigated.  Students  study  relationships  between  elected  officials, 
bureaucrats,  peers,  subordinates,  and  supervisors  in  state  and  local 
governments. 

63.842     Recreation  and  the  Community  School— Concepts  and  Practices 

The  role  of  recreation  studied  as  an  integral  part  of  programming  for  the 
community  school.  An  analysis  of  the  community  school  concept  with' 
regard  to  philosophy,  physical  plant  requirements,  personnel,  finance,  and 
community  involvement. 

63.844     Leisure  and  Delinquent  Behavior 

Recreation  studied  as  an  intervention  strategy  to  prevent  and  rehabilitate 
delinquent  behavior. 

63.850     Therapeutic  Recreation  Services  for  Special  Populations 

A  survey  of  the  types  of  therapeutic  recreation  services.  The  type,  nature, 
cause,  and  prognosis  of  different  abnormalities  are  studied  and  the  impacl 
of  the  disabilities  on  the  individual,  his  family  and  community,  and  the  role! 
of  therapeutic  recreation  in  general. 

63.852     Seminar  on  Programming  in  Therapeutic  Recreation 

Principles,  leadership  and  programs  in  therapeutic  recreation  for  in- 
dividuals with  disabilities  and  handicapping  conditions.  Emphasis  on 
choice,  adaptation,  and  implementation  of  appropriate  activities.  Prep., 
either  63.850  or  63.854. 

63.854     Observations  of  Therapeutic  Recreation  in  Treatment  Settings 

Guided  observation  sessions  under  professional  supervision  in  various! 
clinical  settings.  Group  seminars  are  held  to  familiarize  students  as  to  the 
role  of  the  rehabilitation  team.  Prep.  63.850  or  by  permission  of  the  instruc-1 
tor. 

INTERDEPARTMENTAL  COURSES 

50.841     Introduction  to  Educational  Statistics 

Basic  statistical  techniques  such  as  measures  of  central  tendency,  variabili- 
ty, probability,  correlation  and  regression,  chi  square,  t  test,  and  analysis  of| 
variance  are  covered.  This  course  is  conducted  by  the  Graduate  School  of 
Education  in  the  College  of  Education. 

66.802     Research  Design  and  Methodology 

Research  methods  and  designs  used  in  health  education,  physical  educa 
tion,  and  recreation  education.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  development  of 
competence  in  research  techniques  including  the  ability  to:  define  research 
problems;  write  hypotheses;  review  and  interpret  literature;  apply  research 
designs;  organize,  analyze  and  present  data;  and  draw  relevant  con- 
clusions. Prep.  50.841  or  permission  of  instructor. 


COURSES/ 45 

66.805     Planning  and  Developing  Facilities  for  Physical  Education  and 
Recreation 

The  principles,  terminology  and  standards  for  planning,  construction  and 
use  of  indoor  and  outdoor  facilities  for  physical  education  and  recreation. 
Integrated  planning  among  all  municipal  departments  is  stressed. 

66.814     Supervision  of  Professional  Personnel 

A  study  of  modern  personnel  management  as  applied  to  staff  in  health, 
physical  education,  and  recreation.  Emphasis  on  task  analysis,  personnel, 
maturity  for  the  task,  leadership,  and  evaluative  techniques. 

66.874     Seminar  in  Issues  and  Trends  in  Health  Education  and  Physical 
Education 

Analysis  of  current  issues  and  trends  in  education  with  special  attention  to 
health  and  physical  education,  with  emphasis  on  systematic  and  practical 
solutions,  resolutions,  and  adaptations. 

66.886     Critical  Thinking  and  Evaluation  in  Health  Education,  Physical 
Education  and  Recreation  Education 

Investigation  of  the  acquisition  of  knowledge  in  the  three  disciplines.  Ex- 
amination of  the  evaluation  of  knowledge  and  practice  through  experiences 
in  decision-making,  logical  analysis,  and  critical  thinking.  Methods  of 
evaluation  research  are  introduced. 

66.890  Thesis/Project  I 

Initiation  of  a  scholarly  investigation  under  the  auspices  of  the  appropriate 
department.  A  written  research  proposal  submitted  to  and  approved  by  the 
student's  thesis  committee.  A  student  must  have  the  permission  of  his 
program  adviser  before  registering  for  this  course. 

66.891  Thesis/Project  II 

The  investigation  proposed  in  Thesis  I  implemented  with  and  culminated  in 
an  approved  written  report  in  thesis  form.  In  partial  fulfillment  of  this  re- 
quirement, the  student  attends  a  series  of  research  seminars.  Upon  com- 
pletion, the  candidate  presents  his  thesis/project  orally  before  the  College 
seminar  group.  Eight  quarter  hours  for  Thesis/Project  I  and  Thesis/Project 
II. 

66.894     Independent  Study 

Under  the  guidance  and  direction  of  his  program  adviser,  each  student 
develops  and  conducts  a  project  related  to  his  professional  interest  which 
includes:  a  statement  of  problem  or  purpose,  hypothesis,  an  exhaustive 
review  of  literature,  an  appropriate  research  design,  a  standard  in- 
vestigating instrument  or  one  of  his  own  design,  a  small  sample  of  the  pop- 
ulation subjected  to  investigation,  presentation  and  discussion  of  results, 
and  a  statement  of  conclusions.  The  project  is  reported  in  thesis  format 
when  appropriate.  (Credit  arranged  with  program  adviser.)  Prep,  permis- 
■  sion  of  program  adviser. 


46 / COURSES 

66.899     Seminar/Workshop 

The  College  offers  a  special  seminar  or  workshop  from  time  to  time  in 
health,  physical  education,  physical  therapy,  or  recreation.  Graduate  credit 
may  be  granted  for  successful  completion  of  a  workshop,  but  credit  may 
not  be  applied  toward  a  degree  program  without  the  approval  of  the 
program  adviser.  All  participants  must  be  degree  candidates  in  the  Boston- 
Bouve  Graduate  Program  or  must  qualify,  prior  to  registration,  as  special 
graduate  students.  Credit  of  one,  two,  three,  or  four  quarter  hours  is  deter- 
mined by  the  workshop  director.  Prep,  permission  of  workshop  director. 

66.901  Health  Issues:  Implications  for  Education 

Identification  and  analysis  of  today's  critical  health  issues.  Increased 
educational  involvement  to  fill  the  gap  between  current  health  knowledge 
and  overt  behavior. 

66.902  Toward  Accountable  Health  Curriculum 

Exploration,  assessment,  and  analysis  of  the  professional  team  and 
selected  health  curriculum.  Involvement  of  current  educational  philosophy 
to  strengthen  the  ultimate  goal  of  producing  humane  individuals  by  accoun- 
table health  curriculum. 

66.903  Teaching  Strategies:  School  and  Community  Health  Education 

Essential  contemporary  strategies  for  achieving  a  humanizing  base  to 
reduce  the  time  lag  between  relevant  health  information,  action,  values,  and 
the  modification  of  health  behavior  regarding  school  and  community  health 
education.  Selected  student  projects  in  developing  models  for  personal 
concerns. 

66.904  Contemporary  World  Health 

A  survey  of  the  state  of  the  world's  health,  the  progress  which  has  been 
made,  and  the  difficulties  yet  to  be  overcome.  The  importance  of  "partners 
in  health,"  as  compared  to  the  solitary  research  worker,  in  reaching  the 
current  health  needs.  The  contributions  of  WHO,  UNESCO,  UNICEF,  and 
FAO. 

66.905  Environmental  Health 

The  study  of  some  of  the  most  serious  problems  facing  mankind  as  people 
continue  to  pollute  and  ravage  the  environment.  Student  involvement  in 
selected  problem  areas  associated  with  air,  water,  and  noise  pollution;  solid 
waste  accumulation;  and  the  use  of  pesticides  and  other  pollutants. 

66.906  Consumer  Health 

Analysis  and  evaluation  of  the  concepts  concerned  with  the  careful  selec- 
tion of  health  products  and  services.  Decision  making  relative  to  the  selec-    p; 
tion  of  health  products  and  services;  evaluating  advertising;  quackery;i  h 
protection   against   useless   or  dangerous   products  through   consumer   F< 
organizations  as  areas  for  student  exploration  and  study  projects. 


index 


Academic  Council,  13 
Academic  Requirements,  29 
Address  of  Boston-Bouve  College 

Graduate  School,  1 
Administration 

Graduate  Schools,  14 

University,  10 
Admission  to  Degree  Candidacy,  28 
Apartments,  Graduate  Students,  22 
Application  for  Diploma,  28 

Board  of  Trustees,  9 

Brockton,  Nashua,  and  Framingham 

Campuses  (M.B.A.  Program),  23 
Buildings  and  Facilities,  21 

Cabot  Physical  Education  Center,  22 

Calendar,  5 

Campus  Description  and  Location,  21 

Map,  4 
Changes  in  Requirements,  28 
Class  Hours  and  Credits,  27 
Classifications,  Academic,  29 
Colleges,  Undergraduate,  17 
Committee  of  Boston-Bouve  College 

Graduate  School,  16 
Comprehensive  Examination,  30 
Continuing  Education,  Center  for,  18 
Continuity  of  Program,  27 
Cooperative  Plan  of  Education,  17 
Core  Requirements,  37 
Corporation,  7 
Courses,  Description  of 

Interdepartmental,  44 

Physical  Education,  40 

Recreation  Education,  42 
Credits,  27 

Transfer,  30 

Diploma,  Application  for,  28 
Dockser  Hall,  22 
Dormitory  Proctorships,  33 

Electives  Offered  by  Boston-Bouve 

College,  37 
Equal  Opportunity  Policy,  6 
Examination,  Comprehensive,  30 
Executive  Committee  (Trustees),  9 

Faculty,  35 
Faculty  Senate,  13 
Fees,  32 
Fields  of  Study 

Physical  Education,  37 


Recreation  Education,  39 

Programs  in  Professional 
Specializations,  37 
Financial  Aid,  33 
Financial  Obligations,  32 

Grading  System,  26 
Graduate  and  Professional  Schools,  17 
Graduate  Committee, 
Boston-Bouve,  16 

Henderson  House,  23 
Holidays,  University,  6 

Interdepartmental  Courses,  44 

Libraries,  21 
Loans,  33 

Map  of  Campus,  4 

Marine  Science  Institute,  23 

Master's  Degree,  Admission,  28 

National  Direct  Student  Loan,  33 

Part-Time  Study,  26 
Proctorships,  Dormitory,  33 
Program  Selection,  30 

Refunds,  32 
Registration,  26 

Dates,  5 
Regulations,  26 
Requirements,  Changes  in,  28 
Research  Activities,  19 
Residence  Requirements,  26 

Scholarships,  Martin  Luther  King,  Jr., 

33 
Specializations 

Physical  Education,  37 

Recreation  Education,  39 
Student  Center,  21 
Suburban  Campus,  22 

Thesis,  31 

Time  Limitations,  30 
Transfer  Credits,  30 
Trustees,  9 
Tuition,  32 

Undergraduate  Colleges,  17 
University  Executive  Council,  13 
University  Graduate  Council,  14 

Warren  Center,  23 
Withdrawals,  28 


47 


.    .. ,.. 


^^ 


business 
administration 

northeastern 
university 


193M977 


graduate 

school 

of 

business 
administration 

northeastern 
university 


NEA 


NEW  ENGLAND 
ASSOCIATION 
OF  SCHOOLS 
AND  COLLEGES 


224  Hayden  Hall 
360  Huntington  Avenue 
Boston,  Massachusetts  02115 
Telephone  (617)  437-2714 


credited  by  the  American  Assembly  of  Collegiate  Schools  of  Business 


1976J977 


contents 


4  Campus  Map 

5  Academic  Calendar 

6  University  Holidays 

7  The  Governing  Boards  and  Officers  of  the  University 

7  The  Northeastern  University  Corporation 

9  Board  of  Trustees 

10  Administrative  Organization 

13  General  University  Committees 

14  Organization  of  the  Graduate  Schools 
17  The  University 

19  Buildings  and  Facilities 

19  Main  Campus  Facilities 

20  Suburban  Facilities 

23  The  Graduate  School  of  Business  Administration 

23  Full-Time  Internship 

24  Full-Time  Non-internship 
24  Part-Time  Study 

26  General  Regulations 

31  Financial  Information 

35  The  Faculty 

37  Master  of  Business  Administration  Curriculum 

43  Description  of  Courses 

57  Undergraduate  Universities  Attended  by  Students 

59  Faculty  Office  and  Telephone  Directory 

61  Index 


Z 

cc 

LU 
h- 
00 
< 

X 

o 
< 

CO 
CO 

< 
2 

o- 

g 
o 

LJJ 
CC 

CD 
A  ? 

LJJ 

y 

D 

J_ 

<  ) 

1— 

o 

co 

o 

< 

C 

cc 

I— 

<  5 

^1 

LU 

(J 

CO 

0-   CO 

ILZh        CO  <  I        i-  3  <  *  U 
<  CO  CO       OOO       C0OQQQ 


O  CC  <  CC  < 


li_oi  i* 


=>  <  _  co  cc 

5  0.  DC  CC  Z> 


maicor^o^lScoIO-iug: 
^i-minio^- i  2  co  co  co  co  co  : 


2  o 


as  co  r^  r-  m 
OOu.  II 


o 

00  CO  r^  CO  CD  CDT-NCOCONSNin 
<<C0C0OC0CiC0UJC0ujOOL1J 


»  ^  -y      =  "S 


_        -  « 


si»ii 


u    C  I    C    »'    (1)    (1)  | 


i  S  a-~  Sai^uj. 


5«;cmiB'Slfflrm|itoo)^oi3 


aa^a^^.^ 


:>  iis  ^-Q  Q 


<  co      <  co  i 


I  or  Om  3  «  o  Oz! 
OOO       OQDQU1 


co  2  5T  S?  §  "S  =  ?  g£-5"555»=S2. 
u-'.^£:i25>.t:ho,'so°-i-iS>=i-£o- 
=:i2-Oo"<03CDci2.c  >  _  m^m  ra  - 
ai     iLu.oii^^^rT-So.i:i 


.•=        § 


qj  m  in  ai  aj 

Q)     Q)     Q)     QJ     <D 


CD 


LU5 


nj  co  co  to  to 
3  3  3  3  3 

ccccc  =     ■  —  —  CO  CO  _ 

EEEEEi»l«iicc: 

"  ?  s  fe  s  s .?« §  e  S.S  s  ^ 


ACADEMIC  CALENDAR  1976—1977 


Fall  Quarter  1976 


Registration  period 

Burlington 

Tuesday— Wednesday 

Sept.  14—15 

Boston 

Monday — Thursday 

Sept.  20—23 

Classes  begin 

Monday 

Sept.  27 

Examination  period 

Monday— Saturday 

Dec.  13—18 

Winter  Quarter  1976—1977 

Registration  period 

Burlington 

Tuesday 

Nov.  30 

Boston 

Monday— Thursday 

Dec.  6—9 

Classes  begin 

Monday 

Jan.  3 

Examination  period 

Monday— Saturday 

Mar.  21— 26 

Spring  Quarter  1977 

Registration  period 

Burlington 

Tuesday 

Mar.  8 

Boston 

Monday— Thursday 

Mar.  14—17 

Classes  begin 

Monday 

Apr.  4 

Last  day  to  file  card  for 

Spring  Commencement 

Friday 

Apr.  1 

Last  day  to  pay  fee  for 

Spring  Commencement 

Friday 

Apr.  29 

Final  grades  due  in  Registrar's 

Office  for  June  graduates 

Friday 

June  3 

Examination  period 

Monday— Saturday 

June  13—18 

Spring  Commencement 

Sunday 

June  19 

Summer  Quarter  1977 

Registration  period 

Burlington 

Monday— Tuesday 

June  13—14 

Boston 

Wednesday— Thursday 

June  15—16 

Classes  begin 

Monday 

June  27 

Last  day  to  file  card  for 

Fall  Commencement 

Friday 

July  1 

Last  day  to  pay  fee  for 

Fall  Commencement 

Monday 

Aug.  1 

Examination  period 

Wednesday— Thursday 

Aug.  3—4 

UNIVERSITY  HOLIDAYS  1976—1977 


Columbus  Day 
Veterans'  Day 
Thanksgiving  Recess 
Christmas  Vacation 
Martin  Luther  King  Day 
Washington's  Birthday 
Patriot's  Day 
Memorial  Day 
Independence  Day 
Labor  Day 


Monday 

Thursday 

Thursday— Saturday 

Monday— Saturday 

Saturday 

Monday 

Monday 

Monday 

Monday 

Monday 


October  1 1 
November  11 
November  25—27 
Dec.  20— Jan.  1 
January  15 
February  21 
April  18 
May  30 
July  4 
September  5 


Equal  Opportunity  Policy 

Northeastern  University  is  committed  to  a  policy  of  providing  equal  op- 
portunity for  ail.  In  all  matters  involving  admissions,  registration,  and  all  of- 
ficial relationships  with  students,  including  evaluation  of  academic  perfor- 
mance, the  University  insists  on  a  policy  of  nondiscrimination.  Northeastern 
University  is  also  an  equal  opportunity  employer;  it  is  institutional  policy  that 
there  shall  not  be  any  discrimination  against  any  employee  or  applicant  for 
employment  because  of  race,  color,  religion,  sex,  age,  national  origin,  or  on 
the  basis  of  being  a  handicapped  but  otherwise  qualified  individual.  In  addi- 
tion, Northeastern  takes  affirmative  action  in  the  recruitment  of  students 
and  employees.  Inquiries  concerning  our  equal  opportunity  policies  may  be 
referred  to  the  University  Affirmative  Action  Officer  and/or  the  Title  IX  coor- 
dinator. 


Delivery  of  Services 

The  University  assumes  no  liability,  and  hereby  expressly  negates  the 
same,  for  failure  to  provide  or  delay  in  providing  educational  or  related  ser- 
vices or  facilities  or  for  any  other  failure  or  delay  in  performance  arising  out 
of  or  due  to  causes  beyond  the  reasonable  control  of  the  University,  which 
causes  include,  without  limitation,  power  failure,  fire,  strikes  by  University 
employees  or  others,  damage  by  the  elements  and  acts  of  public 
authorities.  The  University  will,  however,  exert  reasonable  efforts,  when  in 
its  judgment  it  is  appropriate  to  do  so,  to  provide  comparable  or  substan- 
tially equivalent  services,  facilities  or  performance,  but  its  inability  or  failure 
to  do  so  shall  not  subject  it  to  liability. 


the  governing  boards 
and  officers 
of  the  university 


THE  CORPORATION 

Julius  Abrams 
Charles  F.  Adams 
Vernon  R.  Alden 
William  T.  Alexander 
William  F.  Allen,  Jr. 
O.  Kelley  Anderson 

*  Diana  J.  Auger 

Allen  G.  Barry 

Lincoln  C.  Bateson 

Thomas  P.  Beal 
*Roy  H.  Beaton 
*F.  Gregg  Bemis 

Beverly  Ann  Bendekgey 

Robert  D.  Black 

Gerald  W.  Blakeley,  Jr. 

Raymond  H.  Blanchard 

S.  Whitney  Bradley 

Rexford  A.  Bristol 

Edward  W.  Brooke 

*  George  R.  Brown 
Martin  Brown 
William  L.  Brown 
William  H.  Bruce,  Jr. 
John  L.  Burns 
Hyman  H.  Burstein 
Victor  C.  Bynoe 

*  Louis  W.  Cabot 

*  Norman  L.  Cahners 
Henry  F.  Callahan 

Mrs.  Anthony  S.  Camarota 

(Dorothy  Dodge) 
Erwin  D.  Canham 
Thomas  E.  Cargill,  Jr. 


*  Richard  P.  Chapman 
Theodore  Chase 
Robert  F.  Chick 
Vessarios  G.  Chigas 
Carl  W.  Christiansen 

*  David  H.  Cogan 
Abram  T.  Collier 
William  A.  Coolidge 
Edward  Creiger 

H.  James  Crossan,  Jr. 

Roger  C.  Damon 

*  Edward  Dana 
William  O.  DiPietro 
Alfred  di  Scipio 
Estelle  Dockser  (Mrs.) 

*William  R.  Driver,  Jr. 

*CarlS.  Ell 

*  Byron  K.  Elliott 
*William  P.  Ellison 

Joseph  A.  Erickson 
Robert  Erickson 

*  Frank  L.  Farwell 

*  James  V.  Fetchero 
Eldred  L.  Field 
Joseph  F.  Ford 

Thomas  J.  Galligan,  Jr. 
James  M.  Gavin 
Lloyd  S.  Glidden,  Jr. 
Elliott  M.  Gordon 
John  L.  Grandin 
Don  S.  Greer 


'Member  of  the  Board  of  Trustees 


*  Donald  B.  Guy 

Allan  M.  Hale 
William  Hellman 

*  Ernest  Henderson  III 
James  S.  Herbert 
Richard  D.  Hill 
Charles  E.  Hodges 

*  Harold  D.  Hodgkinson 
Robert  W.  Holmes 
Harvey  P.  Hood 
Hartwell  G.  Howe 
John  S.  Howe 
Howard  M.  Hubbard 
Carl  R.  Hurtig 

*  Robert  L.  Johnson 

*  Henry  C.  Jones 

GeorgeS.  Kariotis 
*Mrs.  John  B.  Kenerson 
(Frances  Comins) 

E.  Douglas  Kenna 

Edward  M.  Kennedy 

Fenton  G.  Keyes 

Calvin  A.  King 
*Asa  S.  Knowles 

Harvey  C.  Krentzman 

Joseph  C.  Lawler 
Maurice  Lazarus 
Elma  Lewis 

*  Kenneth  A.  Loftman 
Edward  A.  Loring 

*John  Lowell 
Ralph  Lowell 
Diane  H.  Lupean 

*  Lawrence  H.  Martin 
*J.  Edwin  Matz 

Peter  H.  McCormick 
Percy  M.  Mcintosh 
Andrew  J.  McNeill 
Dominic  Meo,  Jr. 
William  C.  Mercer 
'Member  of  the  Board  of  Trustees 
"Honorary  Trustee 


Melanie  Berger  Messer 
Don  G.  Mitchell 

*  Harold  A.  Mock 
Frank  E.  Morris 
James  A.  Morris 
William  B.  Moses,  Jr. 

*  Stephen  P.  Mugar 

William  H.  Nichols,  Jr. 
Mrs.  James  Nicholson 

(Kathryn  A.  MacKinnon) 
John  T.  Noonan 

Bernard  J.  O'Keefe 
Adrian  O'Keeffe 
Harry  Olins 
George  Olmsted,  Jr. 
Stanley  C.  Olsen 
James  H.  Orr 
Ara  Oztemel 

'Augustin  H.  Parker 

Edward  S.  Parsons 
'Amelia  Peabody 

Theodore  R.  Peary 

Nicholas  V.  Petrou 
'Thomas  L.  Phillips 

Edward  D.  Phinney 

Jerome  M.  Powell 

Albert  Pratt 

Peter  W.  Princi 

William  J.  Pruyn 

George  Putnam 

Blanche  M.  Quaid 
'Francis  J.  Quirico 

William  M.  Rand 
William  H.  Raye,  Jr. 
Kathleen  M.  Rice 
Joseph  G.  Riesman 
R.  Earl  Roberson 
Daniel  J.  Roberts 
Dwight  P.  Robinson,  Jr. 


Ralph  B.  Rogers 

*  Kenneth  G.  Ryder 

Leverett  Saltonstall 
David  T.  Scott 
Donald  W.  Seager 
Sydney  Shaftman 

*  James  L.  Shanahan 
Philip  A.  Singleton 

*  Donald  W.  Smith 
*Farnham  W.  Smith 

*  George  A.  Snell 
Bernard  Solomon 
Robert  C.  Sprague 

*  Russell  B.  Stearns 
*Earl  P.  Stevenson 

David  B.  Stone 

*  Robert  G.  Stone 


Lawrence  I.  Templeman 
Charles  H.  Tenney  II 
Almore  I.  Thompson 
Milton  A.  Thompson 
D.  Thomas  Trigg 
Chaplin  Tyler 

Samuel  Wakeman 
Martin  F.  Walsh 
An  Wang 
Lloyd  B.  Waring 
Edward  A.  Weeks 
William  C.White 
1  Robert  H.Willis 

Richard  W.  Young 

Vincent  C.  Ziegler 
'Alvin  C.  Zises 


THE  BOARD  OF  TRUSTEES 


Robert  H.  Willis,  Chairman 
Norman  L.  Cahners,  Vice  Chairman 
William  R.  Driver,  Jr.,  Vice  Chairman 

Frank  L.  Farwell,  Vice  Chairman 

Farnham  W.  Smith,  Vice  Chairman 

D.  Thomas  Trigg,  Treasurer 

Philip  C.  Boyd,  Secretary 

Byron  K.  Elliott,  Honorary  Chairman 

Dwight  P.  Robinson,  Jr.,  Honorary  Vice  Chairman 

Russell  B.  Stearns,  Honorary  Vice  Chairman 


Class  of  1976 

Diana  J.  Auger 
George  R.  Brown 
William  R.  Driver,  Jr. 
Harold  D.  Hodgkinson 
Robert  L.  Johnson 
Mrs.  John  B.  Kenerson 

(Frances  Comins) 
Amelia  Peabody 
Thomas  L.  Phillips 
James  L.  Shanahan 
Robert  G.  Stone 
Robert  H.  Willis 


Class  of  1977 

Norman  L.  Cahners 
Richard  P.  Chapman 
Edward  Dana 
William  P.  Ellison 
James  V.  Fetchero 
Ernest  Henderson  III 
Asa  S.  Knowles 
Joseph  G.  Riesman 
Dwight  P.  Robinson,  Jr. 
Donald  W.  Smith 
Alvin  C.  Zises 


*Member  of  the  Board  of  Trustees 


Class  of  1978 

David  H.  Cogan 
Carl  S.  Ell 
Frank  L.  Farwell 
Henry  C.  Jones 
J.  Edwin  Matz 
Harold  A.  Mock 
Farnham  W.  Smith 
George  A.  Snell 
Russell  B.  Stearns 
D.  Thomas  Trigg 
Chaplin  Tyler 


Class  of  1979 

Roy  H.  Beaton 
F.  Gregg  Bemis 
Louis  W.  Cabot 
Byron  K.  Elliott 
Donald  B.  Guy 
Kenneth  A.  Loftman 
John  Lowell 
Lawrence  H.  Martin 
Augustin  H.  Parker 
Francis  J.  Quirico 
Earl  P.  Stevenson 


Kenneth  G.  Ryder,  ex  officio 
Stephen  P.  Mugar,  Honorary  Trustee 


ADMINISTRATIVE  ORGANIZATION 

Officers  of  the  University 

Harry  T.  Allan,  A.B.,  B.S.,  J.D.,  Provost 

John  A.  Curry,  A.B.,  Ed.M.,  Vice  President  for  Administration 

Edmund  L.  Deltano,  B.A.,  Vice  President  for  Finance 

Carl  S.  Ell,  A.B.,  S.B.,  Ed.M.,  M.S.,  Sc.D.,  L.H.D.,  LL.D.,  D.S.Ed.,  President 
Emeritus 

Asa  S.  Knowles,  A.B.,  A.M.,  LL.D.,  Litt.D.,  Sc.D.,  D.B.A.,  Sc.D.  in  Bus.  Ed., 
Chancellor 

Eugene  M.  Reppucci,  Jr.,  B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Vice  President  for  Development 

Daniel  J.  Roberts,  B.S.,  M.B.A.,  Ed.M.,  Vice  President  for  Business 

Kenneth  G.  Ryder,  A.B.,  M.A.,  L.H.D.,  President 

Loring  M.  Thompson,  B.S.,  M.S.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Vice  President  for  Physical 
Planning 

Royal   K.  Toebes,  B.S.,  M.B.A.,   Vice  President  for  Alumni  Affairs  and 
Associate  Director  of  Development 

Roy  L.  Wooldridge,  B.S.,  Ed.M.,  Vice  President  for  Cooperative  Education 


10 


Academic  Deans,  Directors  of  Schools  and 
General  Administrative  Officers 

Catherine  L.  Allen,  B.S.,  M.A.,  Ed.D.,  Ph.D.,  Dean  of  Boston-Bouve  College 
and  Director  of  Boston-Bouve  College  Graduate  School 

i  Kenneth  W.  Ballou,  A.B.,  Ed.M.,  Dean  of  Adult  Education 

Malcolm  J.  Campbell,  B.A.,  M.Ed.,  Associate  Dean  of  Adult  Education  and 
Director  of  the  Center  for  Continuing  Education 

Richard  I.  Carter,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Director  of  the  Computation  Center 

Geoffrey  Crofts,  B.  Comm.,  Dean  and  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of 
Actuarial  Science 

Philip  T.  Crotty,  Jr.,  A.B.,  A.M.,  M.B.A.,  Ed.D.,  Acting  Dean  of  Business 
Administration 

Charles  Devlin,  B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Director  of  Financial  Aid 

Ann  M.  Duncan-Glasgow,  B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Dean  and  Director 
of  Affirmative  Action 

Martin  W.  Essigmann,  S.B.,  M.S.,  Dean  of  Research 

Clifford  J.  Fralen,  B.S.,  M.S.E.,  M.B.A.,  Director  of  the  Physical  Plant 

Dr.  Job  E.  Fuchs,  M.D.,  Director  of  Health  Services 

Mina   Ghattas,    B.A.,    M.Ed.,    Ph.D.,    Director  of  the   Office   of  Learning 
Resources 

Joseph  M.  Golemme,  S.B.,  M.A.,  C.P.A.,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of 
Professional  Accounting 

George  W.  Hankinson,  A.B.,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of 
Engineering  and  Assistant  Dean  of  Engineering 

James  S.  Hekimian,  A.B.,  M.B.A.,  D.B.A.,  Special  Assistant  to  the  President 

Sidney  Herman,  A.B.,  M.A.,  Associate  Dean  of  University  Administration 

Walter  S.  Jones,  A.B.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Acting  Dean  of  Liberal  Arts 

John  W.  Jordan,  B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Business 
Administration  and  Associate  Dean  of  Business  Administration 

Christopher  F.  Kennedy,  A.B.,  Ed.M.,  Dean  of  Students 

Robert  H.  Ketchum,  B.A.,  B.D.,  M.B.A.,  Ph.D.,  Director  of  the  Graduate 
School  of  Arts  and  Sciences  and  Associate  Dean  of  Liberal  Arts 

William  F.  King,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Director  of  Lincoln  College  and  Associate  Dean 
of  Engineering 

Phillip  Latorre,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Dean  of  Personnel  Services  and  Director  of  En- 
vironmental Health 

11 


Juanita  A.  Long,  B.S.N.,  M.S.N.,  C.A.G.S.,  Dean  of  Nursing 

Alan  A.  Mackey,  B.S.,  A.M.,  Dean  of  Administrative  Services 

Melvin  Mark,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Sc.D.,  Dean  of  Engineering 

Frank  E.  Marsh,  Jr.,  A.B.,  M.Ed.,  D.Ed.,  Dean  of  Education 

John  Martin,  B.S.,  M.B.A.,  Business  Manager 

Paul    D.    Maxwell,    B.S.,    M.B.A.,    Director   of   Business    Administration] 
Programs  and  Assistant  Dean  of  University  College 

Philip  McCabe,  B.A.,  M.Ed.,  Dean  of  Admissions 

Roland  H.  Moody,  A.B.,  B.L.S.  Director  of  the  University  Libraries  and 
Learning  Resources 

Timothy  L.  Moran,  B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Director  of  Law  Enforcement  Correctional 
and  Security  Programs  and  Associate  Dean  of  University  College 

Edmund  J.  Mullen,  B.A.,  University  Registrar 

Robert  Najjar,  B.A.,  M.B.A.,  Bursar 

Harold  Naidus,  A.B.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Director  of  Liberal  Arts  Programs  and 
Associate  Dean  of  University  College 

Robert  O'Brien,  B.S.,  Director,  Administrative  Computer  Services 

John  C.  O'Byrne,  A.B.,  M.S.,  J.D.,  Dean  of  the  School  of  Law 

Donald  G.  Porter,  A.B.,  M.B.A.,  Director  of  Development 

Paul  M.  Pratt,  B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Dean  of  the  Department  of  Cooperative 
Education 

Gregory  T.  Ricks,  B.A.,  M.C.P.,  Special  Assistant  to  the  President 

Nathan  Riser,  A.B.,  A.M.,  Ph.D.,  Director  of  Marine  Science  Institute 

Norman  Rosenblatt,  A.B.,  Ph.D.,  Dean  of  Criminal  Justice  and  Director  of 
the  Graduate  Program  of  Criminal  Justice 

Philip  J.  Rusche,  B.A.,  B.S.Ed.,  M.A.,  Ed.D.,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School 
of  Education  and  Associate  Dean  of  Education 

Albert  H.  Soloway,  B.S.,  Ph.D.,  Dean  of  Pharmacy  and  Allied  Health 
Professions  and  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Pharmacy  and  Allied 
Health  Professions 

Joseph  Zabilski,  B.S.,  Acting  Director  of  Athletics 


12 


3ENERAL  UNIVERSITY  COMMITTEES 

The  Executive  Council 


Kenneth  G.  Ryder,  Chairman 
Barbara  F.  Burke,  Secretary 


Harry  T.  Allan 
John  A.  Curry 
Eugene  M.  Reppucci,  Jr. 


Daniel  J.  Roberts 
Roy  L  Woolclridge 


The  Academic  Council 

Harry  T.  Allan,  Chairman 


Catherine  L.  Allen 
<enneth  W.  Ballou 
3hillip  T.  Crotty 
Walter  S.  Jones 
Juanita  Long 


Harry  T.  Allan 
Catherine  L.  Allen 
Samuel  J.  Bernstein 
Charmarie  Blaisdell 
Philip  T.  Crotty,  Jr. 
Robert  S.  Curtin 
Ellen  T.  Daly 
Ramona  H.  Edelin 
Elaine  G.  Eliopoulos 
Irene  R.  Fairley 
Edith  E.  Flynn 
"  M.  Rita  Flynn 
Martha  E.  Francois 
Marvin  H.  Friedman 
Norbert  L.  Fullington 
Michael  J.  Glaubman 
Gerald  H.  Herman 
Richard  B.  Higgins 
Walter  S.  Jones 
Kenneth  M.  Leet 


'Appointed  by  the  President 


Melvin  Mark 
Frank  E.  Marsh,  Jr. 
John  C.  O'Byrne 
Norman  Rosenblatt 
Albert  H.  Soloway 


John  A.  Curry,  ex  officio 
The  Faculty  Senate 


Presiding  Officer 

Harry  T.  Allan 

13 


Morton  Loewenthal 
*Juanita  Long 
*Melvin  Mark 

*  Frank  E.  Marsh,  Jr. 
Joseph  Meier 
Irene  A.  Nichols 
Sandra  M.  Parker 
Patrick  F.  Plunkett 

*Paul  M.  Pratt 
Andre  P.  Priem 
John  G.  Proakis 

*  Norman  Rosenblatt 
John  N.  Rossettos 
Daniel  C.  Scioletti 

*Albert  H.  Soloway 
Harold  L.  Stubbs 
Albert  H.  Taubman 
Roy  Weinstein 
Karl  Weiss 
Alvin  J.  Yorra 


ORGANIZATION  OF  THE  GRADUATE  SCHOOLS 

Administration 

Catherine    L.    Allen,    Ed.D.,    Ph.D.,    Director    of   Boston-Bouve    College 
Graduate  School 

Linda  J.  Allen,  B.A.,  Registrar  of  the  Graduate  Schools 

Geoffrey  Crofts,  B.  Comm.,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Actuarial 
Science 

Philip  T.  Crotty,  Jr.,  M.A.,  Ed.D.,  Acting  Dean  of  Business  Administration 

Nancy  Dean,  M.Ed.,  Coordinator  of  Admissions,  Graduate  School  of  Edu- 
cation 

Stephen  R.  DeRosier,  B.A.,  Assistant  Registrar  of  the  Graduate  Schools 

Joseph  M.  Golemme,  M.A.,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Professional 
Accounting 

George    W.    Hankinson,    M.S.,    Director    of    the    Graduate    School    of 
Engineering 

John  W.  Jordan,   M.Ed.,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Business 
Administration 

Thomas  J.  Kerr,  M.S. I.E.,  Assistant  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of 
Engineering 

Robert  H.  Ketchum,  Ph.D.,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Arts  and 
Sciences 

John  J.  McKenna,  M.A.,  Assistant  Director,  Graduate  School  of  Actuarial 
Science 

Norman  Rosenblatt,  Ph.D.,  Director  of  the  Graduate  Program  in  Criminal 
Justice 

Philip  J.  Rusche,  Ed.D.,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Education 

Albert  Soloway,  Ph.D.,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Pharmacy  and 
Allied  Health  Professions 

Janice  Walker,  A.B.,  Assistant  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Education 

University  Graduate  Council 

The  Council  determines  broad  policies  and  regulations  governing  the 
conduct  of  graduate  work.  All  new  graduate  programs  must  be  approved 
by  the  Council. 

OFFICERS 

Harry  Allan,  Chairman 
Barbara  Philbrick,  Vice  Chairman 
Joan  Lipson,  Secretary 

14 


Administrative  Members 


Catherine  L.  Allen 
Philip  T.  Crotty,  Jr. 
George  W.  Hankinson 
John  W.  Jordan 
Robert  H.  Ketchum 


Melvin  Mark 
Frank  E.  Marsh 
Norman  Rosenblatt 
Philip  J.  Rusche 
Albert  Soloway 


Elected  Faculty  Members 


Petros  Argyres 
Frederick  Blank 
Conrad  Caligaris 
Andre  Favat 
Austin  Fisher 
Albert  Galmarino 
M.  Patricia  Golden 
Minton  Goldman 
James  Gozzo 
Arvin  Grabel 
Gerald  Griffin 
Thomas  Henstock 
Richard  Higgins 
Christine  Hobart 
James  Inashima 
Donald  Kosersky 
Louise  LaFontaine 


Harlan  Lane 
Robert  Minichiello 
Irene  Nichols 
Barbara  Philbrick 
John  Post 
Robert  Read 
Robert  Redden 
Nathan  Riser 
Alae-Eldin  Sayed 
Stephen  Schafer 
Joseph  Senna 
Albert  Soloway 
Ralph  Troupe 
Elizabeth  Van  Slyck 
Robert  Wiener 
Joseph  Zelinski 
Richard  Zobel 


Administrative  Committee  of  the  Graduate  Schools 


Sidney  Herman,  Chairman 
Linda  Allen,  Secretary 


Catherine  L.  Allen 
Alvah  K.  Borman 
Geoffrey  Crofts 
Philip  T.  Crotty,  Jr. 
Robert  Fuller 
Joseph  M.  Golemme 
George  W.  Hankinson 
Walter  S.  Jones 
John  W.  Jordan 
Thomas  Kerr 
Robert  H.  Ketchum 


Alan  A.  Mackey 
Melvin  Mark 
Frank  E.  Marsh,  Jr. 
Edmund  J.  Mullen 
John  C.  O'Byrne 
Barbara  Philbrick 
Norman  Rosenblatt 
Philip  J.  Rusche 
Albert  Soloway 
Jacqueline  A.  St.  Germain 


Ex  Officio 
Harry  T.  Allan,  Provost 


15 


Committee  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Business  Administration  1976-77 

Joseph  M.  Golemme,  Co-chairman,  Professor  of  Accounting  and  Director  of  the 
Graduate  School  of  Professional  Accounting 

John  W.  Jordan,  Co-chairman,  Associate  Dean  and  Director  of  the  Graduate  School 
of  Business  Administration 

Philip  T.  Crotty,  Acting  Dean  of  the  College  of  Business  Administration 

Lai  C.  Chugh,  Associate  Professor  of  Business  Administration 

Victor  B.  Godin,  Associate  Professor  of  Business  Administration 

Richard  B.  Higgins,  Professor  of  Management 

Christine  Hobart,  Associate  Professor  of  Management 

Sitikantha  Mahapatra,  Assistant  Professor  of  Business  Administration 

Robert  J.  Minichiello,  Professor  of  Marketing 

Thomas  E.  Moore,  Assistant  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Business  Administra- 
tion 


16 


the  university 


Founded  in  1898,  Northeastern  University  is  incorporated  as  a  privately 
endowed  nonsectarian  institution  of  higher  learning  under  the  General 
Laws  of  Massachusetts.  The  State  Legislature  by  special  enactment  has 
given  the  University  general  degree-granting  powers.  The  University  is 
governed  by  a  Board  of  Trustees  elected  by  and  from  the  Northeastern 
University  Corporation,  which  is  composed  of  nearly  180  distinguished 
business  and  professional  men  and  women. 

From  its  beginning,  Northeastern  University  has  had  as  its  dominant  pur- 
pose the  discovery  of  community  educational  needs  and  the  meeting  of 
these  in  distinctive  and  serviceable  ways.  The  University  has  not  duplicated 
the  programs  of  other  institutions,  but  has  sought  to  pioneer  new  areas  of 
educational  service. 

A  distinctive  feature  of  Northeastern  University  is  its  Cooperative  Plan, 
initiated  by  the  College  of  Engineering  in  1909  and  subsequently  adopted 
by  the  Colleges  of  Business  Administration  (1922);  Liberal  Arts  (1935); 
Education  (1953);  Pharmacy  (1962);  Nursing  (1964);  Boston-Bouve  College 
(1964);  the  College  of  Criminal  Justice  (1967);  and  by  Lincoln  College's 
daytime  Bachelor  of  Engineering  Technology  program  (1971).  This 
educational  method  enables  students  to  gain  valuable  practical  experience 
as  an  integral  part  of  their  college  program  and  also  provides  the  means 
by  which  they  may  contribute  substantially  to  the  financing  of  their  educa- 
tion. The  Plan  has  been  extended  to  the  graduate  level  in  engineering,  ac- 
tuarial science,  rehabilitation  administration,  professional  accounting, 
business  administration,  and  law. 

In  the  field  of  adult  education,  programs  of  study  have  been  developed 
to  meet  a  variety  of  needs.  University  College  offers  evening  courses  — 
offered  by  the  University  since  1906  —  and  adult-day  courses  leading  to 
the  bachelor's  degree.  In  addition  to  offering  day  undergraduate  programs 
in  Electrical  Engineering  Technology  and  Mechanical  Engineering  Techno- 
logy, Lincoln  College  offers  evening/part-time  certificate,  associate,  and 
bachelor  degree  programs  in  technological  areas.  All  formal  courses  of 
study  leading  to  degrees  through  part-time  programs  are  approved  by  the 
Basic  College  faculties  concerned. 

GRADUATE  AND  PROFESSIONAL  SCHOOLS 

The  ten  graduate  and  professional  schools  of  the  University  offer  day 
and  evening  programs  leading  to  the  degrees  listed. 

The  Graduate  School  of  Actuarial  Science  offers  the  degree  of  Master  of 
Science  in  Actuarial  Science. 

The  Graduate  School  of  Arts  and  Sciences  offers  the  degrees  of  Master 
of  Arts,  Master  of  Science,  Master  of  Science  in  Health  Science,  Master  of 
Public  Administration,  and  Doctor  of  Philosophy. 

17 


18 /THE  UNIVERSITY 

The  Graduate  School  of  Boston-Bouve  College  offers  the  degree  of 
Master  of  Science,  with  specialization  in  Physical  Education  or  Recreation 
Education. 

The  Graduate  School  of  Business  Administration  offers  the  degrees  of 
Master  of  Business  Administration  and  Master  of  Science  in  Professional 
Accounting. 

The  Graduate  Program  in  Criminal  Justice  offers  the  degree  of  Master  of 
Science. 

The  Graduate  School  of  Education  offers  the  degrees  of  Master  of 
Education,  Doctor  of  Education,  and  the  Certificate  of  Advanced  Graduate 
Study. 

The  Graduate  School  of  Engineering  offers  the  degrees  of  Master  of 
Science,  Engineer  degree,  Doctor  of  Engineering,  and  Doctor  of  Philos- 
ophy. 

The  School  of  Law  offers  the  degree  of  Juris  Doctor. 

The  Graduate  School  of  Pharmacy  and  Allied  Health  Professions  offers 
the  degrees  of  Master  of  Science  and  Doctor  of  Philosophy. 

The  Graduate  School  of  Professional  Accounting  offers  the  degree  of 
Master  of  Science  in  Accounting. 

CENTER  FOR  CONTINUING  EDUCATION 

The  Center  for  Continuing  Education  was  established  in  1960  to  relate 
the  University  to  the  needs  of  its  community  in  a  period  of  accelerated 
change.  Adult  education  programs  offered  by  the  Center  and  University 
College  have  since  been  consolidated.  Its  programs  are  composed  of 
seminars,  conferences,  institutes,  forums,  and  a  wide  variety  of  special 
courses  designed  to  serve  specific  needs.  The  Division  of  Special 
Programs,  working  cooperatively  with  trade  associations  and  professional 
societies,  offers  a  wide  variety  of  programs  dealing  with  current  needs  and 
problems.  Through  its  Division  of  Community  Services,  working  with 
governmental  agencies  and  community  organizations,  the  Center  is 
becoming  increasingly  involved  in  social  problems  on  both  the  local  and 
national  level. 

Many  of  these  programs  are  conducted  at  Henderson  House,  North- 
eastern University's  conference  center  in  Weston,  Massachusetts. 

RESEARCH  ACTIVITIES 

The  facilities  of  the  University  are  engaged  in  a  wide  variety  of  basic 
research  projects  in  business,  science,  social  science,  pharmacy,  and 
engineering.  These  are  coordinated  by  the  Dean  of  Research,  whose  ser- 
vices are  University-wide  and  available  to  the  faculties  of  all  the  Colleges. 

Although  Northeastern  is  primarily  concerned  with  undergraduate  and 
graduate  instruction,  the  University  believes  that  the  most  effective 
teaching  and  learning  take  place  in  an  environment  characterized  by 
research  activities  directed  toward  extending  the  frontiers  of  knowledge. 


buildings  and  facilities 


MAIN  CAMPUS 

The  main  campus  of  Northeastern  University  is  located  at  360  Hun- 
tington Avenue  in  the  Back  Bay  section  of  Boston.  Many  of  the  city's 
famous  cultural,  educational,  and  philanthropic  institutions  are  situated  in 
the  Back  Bay,  including  the  Museum  of  Fine  Arts,  Symphony  Hall,  Hor- 
ticultural Hall,  the  Isabella  Stewart  Gardner  Museum,  the  Harvard  teaching 
hospitals,  the  Boston  Public  Library,  and  many  schools  and  colleges.  Most 
are  within  walking  distance  of  Northeastern  University. 

Major  transportation  facilities  serving  the  Boston  area  are  Logan  Inter- 
national Airport,  two  rail  terminals,  bus  terminals  serving  inter-  and  intra- 
state lines,  and  MBTA  subway-bus  service  within  the  metropolitan  subur- 
ban area.  There  is  a  subway  stop  in  front  of  the  campus.  For  motorists,  the 
best  routes  to  the  campus  are  the  Massachusetts  Turnpike  (Exit  22)  and 
Route  9,  of  which  Huntington  Avenue  is  the  intown  section. 

The  campus  of  48  acres  is  divided  by  Huntington  Avenue,  with  the  main 
educational  buildings  on  one  side  and  dormitories  on  the  other.  The  prin- 
cipal buildings,  all  of  which  have  been  constructed  since  1938,  are  of  glaz- 
ed brick  in  contemporary  classic  style.  Most  are  interconnected  by  under- 
ground passageways. 

Ell  Student  Center 

The  Carl  S.  Ell  Student  Center  provides  facilities  for  student  recreation 
and  for  extracurricular  activities.  The  Alumni  Auditorium,  with  a  seating 
capacity  of  1,300,  is  part  of  the  Center.  Also  included  are  special  drama 
facilities,  a  ballroom,  main  lounge,  fine  arts  exhibition  area,  student  offices, 
conference  rooms,  and  a  dining  area  seating  more  than  1,000. 

Libraries 

The  University  library  system  consists  of  the  Dodge  Library,  which  is  the 
main  library;  the  Suburban  Campus  Library  at  Burlington;  the  School  of 
Law  Library;  and  divisional  libraries  for  Physics  and  Electrical  Engineering, 
Chemistry  and  Biology,  Mathematics  and  Psychology,  and  Health,  Physical 
and  Recreation  Education,  and  Physical  Therapy.  There  are  additional  sub- 
ject collections  for  the  Center  for  Management  Development  at  Andover, 
Massachusetts,  and  the  Marine  Science  Institute  in  Nahant. 

The  library  collections  number  400,000  volumes  supplemented  by  some 
333,000  titles  in  microprint,  microfilm,  and  microfiche  forms.  The  collection 
includes,  in  addition,  some  3,700  periodical  titles,  100,000  documents,  and 
4,600  sound  recordings. 

19 


20  /  BUILDINGS  AND  FACILITIES 

Cabot  Physical  Education  Center 

The  Godfrey  Lowell  Cabot  Physical  Education  Center  is  one  of  the  best 
equipped  in  New  England.  The  large  gymnasium  contains  four  basketball 
courts.  In  addition,  the  Center  consists  of  an  athletic  cage,  a  small  gym- 
nasium, and  a  rifle  range,  as  well  as  administrative  offices  for  the  Depart- 
ment of  Athletics  and  for  the  Physical  Education  Department  of  Boston- 
Bouve  College. 

A  recent  addition  to  the  Center,  the  Barletta  Natatorium,  houses  a  105- 
foot  swimming  pool,  a  practice  tank  for  the  crew,  handball  courts,  and 
shower  and  dressing  facilities. 

Dockser  Hall 

Charles  and  Estelle  Dockser  Hall,  completed  in  1968,  houses  a  large 
gymnasium,  dance  studio,  motor  performance  laboratory,  college  library, 
community  recreation  laboratory,  folk  arts  center,  dark  and  music  rooms, 
recreation  resources  area,  locker  rooms,  offices,  classrooms,  conference 
room  and  lounge,  storage  facilities,  and  a  research  laboratory. 

SUBURBAN  FACILITIES 
Suburban  Campus 

The  Suburban  Campus,  located  near  the  junction  of  Routes  128  and  3  in 
Burlington,  Massachusetts,  was  established  to  meet  the  needs  of  in- 
dividuals and  of  industry  in  the  area. 

In  addition  to  graduate  courses  in  engineering,  physics,  mathematics, 
business  administration,  sciences,  education,  and  the  arts,  portions  of  un- 
dergraduate programs  leading  to  the  associate  and  bachelor's  degrees, 
special  programs  for  adults,  and  noncredit  state-of-the-art  programs  are 
offered. 

Warren  Center 

The  Warren  Center  is  a  practical  laboratory  for  Boston-Bouve  College  in 
outdoor  education  and  conservation,  in  group  practicum,  and  in  camping 
administration,  programming,  and  counseling.  At  this  Center  in  Ashland, 
completed  in  1967,  there  are  tennis  courts,  field  hockey  and  lacrosse 
fields,  waterfront  for  swimming  and  boating,  overnight  camp  sites,  fields 
and  forests,  heated  cottages,  the  Hayden  Lodge  with  a  recreation  hall, 
library,  crafts  shop,  dining  facilities,  and  conference  accommodations. 

Henderson  House 

The  University's  conference  center,  Henderson  House,  is  located  in 
Weston,  Massachusetts.  The  Center  for  Continuing  Education  conducts 
short-term  courses,  seminars,  and  special  institutes  for  business,  pro- 
fessional, and  research  groups.  Henderson  House  is  12  miles  from  the 
main  campus. 


BUILDINGS  AND  FACILITIES  /  21 


Marine  Science  Institute 


The  Marine  Science  Institute  at  Nahant,  Massachusetts,  is  a  research 
and  instructional  facility  primarily  engaged  in  studies  of  marine  biology  and 
oceanography.  The  Institute  is  operated  all  year,  and  is  located  about  20 
miles  northeast  of  Boston.  Many  of  the  courses  at  this  Institute  are  applica- 
ble toward  an  advanced  degree  in  biology  or  health  science. 

Nashua  Campus 

Students  residing  in  the  Southern  New  Hampshire  area  may  take  a 
significant  portion  of  the  M.B.A.  Program  at  facilities  in  Nashua,  New 
Hampshire.  These  facilities,  made  available  by  Sanders  Associates,  Inc., 
are  located  in  the  company's  headquarters  on  Route  3,  just  over  the 
Massachusetts  line. 


w 


graduate  school  of 
business  administration 


The  Graduate  School  of  Business  Administration  at  Northeastern 
University  offers  a  program  leading  to  the  degree  of  Master  of  Business 
Administration.  Broad  in  concept,  the  program  is  aimed  at  preparing  the 
student  for  a  career  in  administration  rather  than  for  an  immediate  or  par- 
ticular position.  The  curriculum  and  teaching  methods  center  around  the 
development  of  basic  skills  and  knowledge  appropriate  to  administration, 
rather  than  emphasizing  specialized  functional  techniques.  Although  the 
case  method  of  study  is  used  extensively,  a  variety  of  teaching  methods  is 
employed  that  is  consonant  with  particular  course  objectives.  The  basic 
objectives  of  the  program  are  to  increase  skills  and  knowledge  in  basic 
disciplines  underlying  administrative  practice,  and  to  develop  judgement 
and  skills  of  problem  analysis  and  decision  making  in  complex 
organizations. 

There  is  no  prescribed  undergraduate  background  recommended  for 
admission.  Undergraduate  experiences  typically  include  literature  and  the 
arts,  mathematics  and  the  sciences,  and  engineering  and  other  applied 
fields.  The  program  provides  all  managerial  preparation  appropriate  to  a 
graduate  business  curriculum.  Flexibility  allows  for  more  intensive  work  in 
a  specialized  area  or  more  general  study  in  several  fields  to  accommodate 
specific  needs. 

The  student  may  choose  one  of  three  methods  of  securing  an  M.B.A. 
degree:  internship,  full-time,  and  part-time  study. 

Internship 

A  feature  which  makes  this  Northeastern  M.B.A.  Program  unusual  in 
graduate  education  is  the  incorporation  of  a  formalized  work  experience. 

The  18-month  program  is  in  accordance  with  the  Northeastern 
philosophy  that  a  balanced  exposure  to  theory  and  practice  is  the  most 
effective  approach  to  education.  Class  work  begins  with  basic  disciplines 
vital  to  sound  progress  in  a  management-oriented  course.  The  functional 
areas  of  business  are  treated  next,  with  process  courses  and  electives 
following. 

The  Management  Intern  Program  incorporates  six  months  of  full-time 
work  experience  in  the  world  of  business  and  12  months  of  full-time 
classroom  study.  The  intern  student,  after  completing  one-half  of  the  re- 
quired M.B.A.  course  work,  is  employed  in  a  capacity  which  provides  both  a 
realistic  professional  experience  and  an  added  source  of  funds  for  con- 
tinuance in  the  program.  The  nature  of  the  job  assures  ample  opportunity  to 
apply  concepts  learned  in  the  classroom  and  to  test  the  realities  of  career 
options. 

23 


24  /  THE  GRADUATE  SCHOOL  OF  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 

Because  of  economic,  academic,  and  individual  variables,  the  Graduate 
School  does  not  guarantee  placement;  however,  the  University  has  full- 
time,  experienced  staff  to  assist  the  student  in  obtaining  the  internship. 
Students  are  also  encouraged  to  investigate  employment  opportunities  on 
their  own  in  order  to  facilitate  final  placement  by  the  intern  coordinator. 

Students  are  admitted  as  full-time  interns  in  January  and  June  of  each 
year.  The  sequence  of  class  and  work  sessions  is  illustrated  below  for  both 
of  these  classes. 


1st  year 

2nd  year 

Summer       Fall 

Winter 

Spring 

Summer       Fall 

Winter 

Spring 

June  class 

Class         Class 

Work 

Work 

Class        Class 

January  class 

Class 

Class 

Work         Work 

Class 

Class 

During  each  academic  quarter  the  student  normally  carries  18  quarter 
hours  of  credit. 

Thus,  the  full-time  internship  blends  one  full  calendar  year  of  academic 
study  with  six  months  of  coordinated  work  in  a  business,  industrial  or  non- 
profit setting.  This  combination  of  theory  and  practice  gives  the  intern  ex- 
cellent preparation  for  a  career  in  management. 

Full-Time 

The  full-time,  non-internship  allows  students  wide  latitude  in  determining 
their  pace  toward  the  M.B.A.  degree.  Although  most  students  take  four 
courses  each  quarter,  some  take  as  many  as  five  or  six  courses.  This 
enables  a  candidate  to  complete  degree  requirements  in  a  period  from  one 
calendar  year  to  two  academic  years. 

Part-Time 

Part-time  students  may  continue  their  full-time  employment  while  ac- 
quiring the  background,  skills,  and  knowledge  that  will  help  them  advance 
their  careers  in  administration. 

These  students  normally  take  two  courses  per  quarter;  classes  are 
scheduled  so  that  part-time  candidates  may  attend  both  courses  on  the 
same  night.  Therefore  it  is  possible  for  a  student  to  complete  the  degree 
program  in  three  to  four  years,  depending  upon  whether  course  work  is 
taken  during  the  summer  quarter.  All  courses  registered  for  the  M.B.A. 
may  be  completed  at  the  Boston  or  Burlington  campuses. 

Students  maintaining  a  satisfactory  academic  standing  may  petition  the 
Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Business  Administration  for  permission 
to  take  more  than  two  courses  per  quarter. 

Thus,  part-time  students  have  the  advantage  of  attending  classes  in  the 
late  afternoon  and  evening  to  learn  the  theory  behind  the  practical  applica- 
tion of  their  employment. 


THE  GRADUATE  SCHOOL  OF  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION  /  25 

APPLICATION  INFORMATION  AND  PROCEDURE 

All  applicants  should  address  inquiries  to  the  Graduate  School  of 
Business  Administration.  Application  forms  and  reference  blanks  will  be 
mailed  to  them.  This  material,  together  with  one  official  undergraduate 
transcript,  the  Graduate  Management  Admission  Test  (GMAT)  scores,  and 
the  results  of  the  Test  of  English  as  a  Foreign  Language  (TOEFL,  required 
by  all  applicants  whose  native  language  is  not  English),  should  be  returned 
to: 

Northeastern  University 

Graduate  School  of  Business  Administration 

224  Hayden  Hall 

Boston,  Massachusetts  02115 

Applications  for  the  GMAT  Examination  can  be  obtained  by  writing  to: 

Educational  Testing  Service 

Box  966 

Princeton,  New  Jersey  08540 

Applications  for  the  TOEFL  Examination  can  be  obtained  by  writing  to: 


Educational  Testing  Service 

Box  899 

Princeton,  New 

Jersey  08540 

DEADLINES  FOR  APPLICATION 

Full-time 

Class 

Deadline 

Classes  Begin 

Intern 

October  15th 

January  3,  1977 

Assistantship 

March  15th 

September  20,  1977 

Intern 

April  1st 

June  27,  1977 

Full-Time 

April  1st 
Part-Time 

September  26,  1977 

Class 

Deadline 

Classes  Begin 

Winter 

November  1st 

January  3,  1977 

Spring 

February  15th 

April  4,  1977 

Summer 

May  15th 

June  27,  1977 

Fall 

August  15th 

September  26,  1977 

To  be  admitted  for  graduate  work  in  the  College  of  Business  Administra- 
tion, applicants  must  have  completed  undergraduate  work  of  high  quality 
and  must  have  obtained  a  bachelor's  degree  from  a  recognized  institution 
of  higher  learning.  The  overall  quality  of  undergraduate  achievement  is 
considered  to  be  of  more  importance  than  the  particular  field  of  specializa- 
tion. Official  transcripts  of  all  previous  undergraduate  and  graduate  work 


26  /  THE  GRADUATE  SCHOOL  OF  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 

must  be  submitted  to  the  Graduate  School  of  Business  Administration 
before  admission  can  be  considered  or  an  evaluation  made. 

Personal  interviews  may  be  required  for  entrance  to  the  management 
intern  program.  Applicants  will  be  invited  to  the  Boston  campus  for  an  in- 
terview after  all  application  material  has  been  received. 

Due  to  the  rolling  admissions  policy  of  the  Graduate  School,  applicants 
for  the  January  intern  program  will  not  be  granted  interviews  until  July  of 
the  preceding  year.  Final  decisions  for  the  January  class  will  be  made 
beginning  in  August. 

The  basic  criteria  considered  in  the  admissions  procedure  are:  un- 
dergraduate grades,  previous  graduate  work,  the  score  on  the  GMAT,  job 
experience,  and  present  job  level.  An  overall  impression  of  strength,  past 
success,  and  motivation  to  succeed  in  the  Graduate  School  is  sought  in  the 
applicants  for  the  program. 

Although  the  M.B.A.  Program  presumes  no  particular  level  of  com- 
petence in  the  areas  of  accounting,  economics,  statistics,  mathematics, 
and  behavioral  science,  prospective  applicants  are  advised  to  acquire 
some  background  in  these  areas  in  their  undergraduate  work. 

GENERAL  REGULATIONS 

The  general  regulations  and  minimum  requirements  for  all  graduate 
programs  are  established  by  the  Northeastern  University  Graduate  Coun- 
cil. In  some  matters  the  committee  of  each  graduate  school  is  allowed  dis- 
cretion to  establish  regulations  within  limits  defined  by  the  Council.  The 
regulations  and  academic  requirements  which  follow  have  been  formulated 
in  accordance  with  this  general  policy. 

Academic  Requirements 

In  order  to  qualify  for  the  M.B.A.  degree,  an  average  grade  of  B  must  be 
obtained  in  the  total  credit  hours  required  for  graduation.  No  more  than 
three  extra  courses  or  repeated  courses  may  be  taken  in  order  to  satisfy 
this  grade  requirement. 

Any  student  who  receives  a  grade  of  less  than  B  in  four  or  more  degree 
credit  courses  may  be  withdrawn  from  the  program  by  action  of  the  Com- 
mittee of  the  Graduate  School  of  Business  Administration. 

Within  the  above  limitations,  a  required  course  for  which  a  grade  of  I  or 
F  is  received  must  be  repeated  with  a  grade  of  C  or  better,  and  may  be 
repeated  only  once.  If  a  grade  of  I  or  F  is  received  in  an  elective  course, 
that  course  may  be  repeated  once  with  a  grade  of  C  or  better,  or  another 
elective  course  may  be  substituted  for  it.  If  a  grade  of  C  is  received  in  a 
required  course,  that  course  may  be  repeated  once  to  obtain  a  grade  of  B 
or  better. 

The  continuing  development  of  the  Graduate  School  forces  frequent 
revision  of  curricula.  In  every  new  bulletin  some  revisions  are  indicated. 
When  no  hardship  is  imposed  on  the  student  because  of  changes,  and 
when  the  facilities  of  the  school  permit,  the  student  is  expected  to  meet  the 
requirements  of  the  latest  bulletin. 


THE  GRADUATE  SCHOOL  OF  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION  /  27 

Application  for  the  Degree 

A  commencement  card  must  be  filed  with  the  Registrar's  Office  before 
the  date  specified  on  the  University  calendar.  This  assures  the  student's 
graduation  the  same  year  all  degree  requirements  are  completed.  Prompt 
filing  of  the  commencement  card  also  ensures  the  correct  spelling  on  the 
diploma. 

Continuity  of  Program 

Students  are  expected  to  maintain  continuous  progress  toward  a 
degree.  Any  student  who  does  not  attend  Northeastern  for  a  period  of  one 
quarter  without  notifying  the  program  director  will  be  classified  as  inactive. 

All  inactive  students  must  submit  a  written  petition  to  the  director  of  the 
program  in  order  to  be  readmitted  to  graduate  study.  Petition  forms  may 
be  obtained  in  Room  224  Hayden  Hall. 

Credits  and  Class  Hours 

All  credits  at  Northeastern  University  are  entered  as  quarter-hour 
credits,  with  a  quarter  hour  of  credit  being  equivalent  to  three  fourths  of  a 
semester  hour:  i.e.,  12  semester  hours  equal  15  quarter  hours. 

All  classes  in  the  Graduate  School  of  Business  Administration  meet  on  a 
quarter  basis,  with  an  academic  quarter  defined  as  a  term  of  approximate- 
ly 12  weeks'  duration.  In  the  summer  quarter,  classes  meet  in  two  six-week 
sessions.  The  academic  calendar  at  the  front  of  this  bulletin  should  be  con- 
sulted to  determine  the  opening  dates  of  each  quarter. 

A  minimum  of  11  classes  must  be  scheduled  for  each  course  during  the 
fall,  winter,  and  spring  quarters.  In  a  split  summer  session  (5  and  6  weeks), 
a  minimum  of  10  classes  must  be  scheduled  in  the  first  5  weeks  and  a 
minimum  of  1 1  classes  in  the  second  6  weeks. 


Grading  System 

The  performance  of  students  in  graduate  courses  will  be  recorded  by 
the  instructor  through  use  of  the  following  grades: 
A  Excellent 

This  grade  is  given  to  those  students  whose  performance  in  the 

course  has  been  of  very  high  graduate  caliber. 
B  Satisfactory 

This  grade  is  given  to  those  students  whose  performance  in  the 

course  has  been  at  a  satisfactory  level. 
C  Fair 

This  grade  is  given  to  those  students  whose  performance  in  the 

course  is  not  at  the  level  expected  in  graduate  work. 
F   Failure 

This  grade  is  given  to  those  students  whose  performance  in  the 

course  is  unsatisfactory. 


28  /  THE  GRADUATE  SCHOOL  OF  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 

In  addition,  the  following  letter  designations  are  used: 
I     Incomplete 

This  grade  is  given  to  those  students  who  fail  to  complete  the  work  of 

the  course. 

The  designation  I  will  be  changed  to  a  grade  upon  removal  of  the 
deficiencies  which  caused  the  grade  of  I  to  be  reported.  Deficiencies  must 
be  made  up  within  the  quarter  following  that  for  which  the  grade  of  I  is 
received,  unless  the  instructor  grants  an  extension  of  time.  However,  such 
extension  may  not  exceed  two  additional  consecutive  calendar  quarters. 

Registration 

Part-time  students  must  register  during  the  periods  listed  on  the  school 
calendar.  Dates  of  registration  are  specified  by  letter  for  students  accepted 
for  full-time  study. 

Residence 

All  work  for  advanced  degrees  must  be  completed  in  residence  at  the 
University,  unless  approval  has  been  obtained  from  the  Director  of  the 
Graduate  School  of  Business  Administration  for  work  taken  elsewhere. 
Students  who  are  in  residence  and  are  using  the  facilities  of  the  University 
must  register  for  such  work. 

Time  Limitation 

Course  credits  earned  in  the  program  of  graduate  study,  or  accepted  by 
transfer,  are  valid  for  a  maximum  of  seven  years. 

Transfer  Credit 

A  maximum  of  15  quarter  hours  of  graduate  credit  obtained  at  another 
institution  may  be  accepted  toward  the  master's  degree,  provided  that  the 
credits  transferred  carry  grades  of  A  or  B,  have  been  earned  at  a  recogniz- 
ed institution,  have  not  been  used  toward  any  other  degree,  and  are  rele- 
vant to  the  M.B.A.  Program.  Students  should  petition  the  Graduate  School 
of  Business  Administration  in  writing  for  all  transfer  credit.  Petition  forms 
may  be  obtained  in  Room  224  Hayden  Hall.  Grades  on  transfer  courses  are 
excluded  in  the  computation  of  the  academic  average  necessary  for  the 
completion  of  the  degree  requirements. 

Waiver  Procedures 

Students  with  strong  academic  achievement  in  a  specific  course  area 
may  petition  to  waive  required  courses  in  that  area.  Although  all  petitions 
for  course  waiver  must  be  initiated  through  the  Graduate  School  office, 
each  petition  is  subject  to  approval  by  the  faculty  within  the  particular 
academic  area  involved. 


THE  GRADUATE  SCHOOL  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION  /  29 

The  faculty  of  each  department  has  the  authority  to  determine  the  ade- 
quacy of  a  student's  background  relative  to  the  course  material  to  be 
waived.  Some  departments  may  require  examinations  prior  to  waiver; 
others  may  dictate  advanced  electives  to  be  taken  in  lieu  of  required 
courses  successfully  waived. 

Generally  several  undergraduate  courses  in  a  specific  area  are  required 
for  a  successful  course  waiver.  The  following  guidelines  also  apply: 

A.  No  undergraduate  course  can  be  considered  toward  waiver  request 
unless  it  was  taken  at  an  accredited  school. 

B.  No  undergraduate  course  can  be  counted  toward  a  waiver  request 
unless  a  grade  of  "B"  or  better  was  received. 

C.  No  student  shall  receive  the  M.B.A.  degree  unless  at  least  18 
graduate  courses  are  taken  within  the  Northeastern  University  grad- 
uate program.  Thus,  the  maximum  number  of  courses  which  may  be 
waived  with  credit  is  10. 

Petition  forms  and  waiver  guidelines  may  be  obtained  in  the  Graduate 
School  office  (224  HA). 

Withdrawals 

In  order  to  withdraw  from  a  course,  a  student  must  submit  an  official 
withdrawal  form  obtained  at  the  Registrar's  Office  or  at  the  Suburban  Cam- 
pus Main  Office.  Withdrawals  may  be  made  through  the  ninth  class 
meeting  of  the  quarter.  Students  are  withdrawn  as  of  the  date  on  which 
they  submit  the  form.  Ceasing  to  attend  a  class  or  notifying  the  instructor 
does  not  constitute  an  official  withdrawal. 

Petitions  for  withdrawal  from  a  course  after  the  ninth  class  meeting  of 
the  quarter  must  be  submitted  to  the  Director  of  the  Graduate  School,  and 
may  be  approved  to  avert  unusual  hardships  on  a  student.  Petition  forms 
may  be  obtained  in  Room  224  Hayden  Hall. 


financial  information 

FINANCIAL  OBLIGATIONS 
Tuition 

Tuition  for  master's  degree  candidates  and  special  students  is  $66.00 
per  quarter  hour  of  credit.  Since  each  graduate  course  is  three  credit 
hours,  the  cost  for  each  course  is  $198.00. 

Tuition  statements  are  mailed  to  students  by  the  Bursar's  Office  and  are 
payable  by  check  to  Northeastern  University  on  or  before  the  date 
specified.  Tuition  rates  and  fees  are  subject  to  revision  by  the  Board  of 
Trustees  at  any  time. 

Fees 

All  applications  must  be  accompanied  by  an  application  fee  (nonrefund- 
able) of  $25.00.  No  applications  will  be  processed  until  the  fee  has  been 
received  by  the  Graduate  School  of  Business  Administration.  Checks 
should  be  made  payable  to  Northeastern  University  and  sent  directly  to  the 
Office  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Business  Administration,  224  Hayden 
Hall. 

Upon  notification  of  admission,  all  full-time  applicants  are  required  to 
pay  a  tuition  deposit  of  $100.00.  Those  accepted  for  part-time  M.B.A.  are 
required  to  pay  a  tuition  deposit  of  $50.  These  deposits  are  credited  to  the 
student's  tuition,  and  are  not  refundable  for  those  who  do  not  register. 

Other  fees  include:  a  charge  of  $10.00  for  late  payment  of  tuition;  and  a 
fee  of  $25.00  for  all  degree  candidates,  payable  before  commencement  by 
the  applicable  date  listed  on  the  academic  calendar. 

For  full-time  students  there  is  a  charge  of  $12.50  per  quarter  for  the  ser- 
vices available  in  the  Student  Center.  The  fee  for  tuition  assistants, 
teaching  assistants,  and  administrative  assistants  is  $6.25  each  quarter.  All 
part-time  students  on  the  Huntington  Avenue  Campus  are  charged  $.75  a 
quarter. 

All  full-time  students  will  pay  a  nonrefundable  University  Health  Services 
fee  of  $120.00  each  year.  This  fee  provides  Blue  Cross-Blue  Shield 
coverage  and  entitles  the  student  to  the  medical  care  furnished  by  the 
University  Health  Services. 

All  financial  obligations  to  the  University  must  be  discharged  before 
graduation. 

Refunds 

Tuition  refunds  are  granted  only  on  the  basis  of  the  date  appearing  on 
the  official  withdrawal  form  filed  by  the  student.  Nonattendance  does  not 
constitute  official  withdrawal.  Questions  regarding  refunds  should  be  dis- 
cussed with  the  Bursar's  Office. 

31 


32  /  FINANCIAL  INFORMATION 


Refunds  will  be  granted  in  accordance  with  the  following  schedule: 

Official  Withdrawal  Filed  Within  Percentage  of  Tuition  Refunded 
First  week  of  quarter  100 

Second  week  of  quarter  75 

Third  week  of  quarter  50 

Fourth  week  of  quarter  25 


FINANCIAL  AID 

The  Graduate  School  of  Business  Administration  grants  financial  aid 
only  in  the  form  of  Assistantships.  (Internships  are  available  as  part  of  the 
intern  program.)  Other  forms  of  financial  aid  are  not  handled  by  the 
Graduate  School  but  by  the  office  indicated  below. 


Assistantships 

Students  applying  for  the  full-time  M.B.A.  Program  are  eligible  to  apply 
for  the  Graduate  Assistantship  Program.  A  separate  Assistantship  applica- 
tion must  be  filed  with  the  Graduate  School  of  Business  Administration  no 
later  than  March  15. 

A  full-time  Assistantship  enables  students  to  pursue  studies  while  serv- 
ing in  either  (1)  an  administrative  or  (2)  a  teaching  capacity  within  the 
College  of  Business  Administration. 

(1)  Administrative  Assistants  assist  staff  or  faculty  in  University  ad- 
ministrative responsibilities.  Positions  available  encompass  functions  in 
student  counseling,  college  recruiting,  curriculum  scheduling,  and  applica- 
tion processing. 

(2)  Teaching  Assistants  are  assigned  duties  in  instructing  classes,  for- 
mulating and  proctoring  exams,  and  counseling  students  either  in  account- 
ing, finance,  marketing,  statistics,  or  introduction  to  business. 

Administrative  and  Teaching  Assistants  are  expected  to  devote  20  hours 
per  week  to  assigned  duties.  Appointments  are  made  for  each  academic 
year,  with  full  tuition  remission,  plus  a  stipend  consisting  of  $3,000  in  the 
first  academic  year,  and  $3,000  in  the  second.  Tuition  assistants  are 
granted  full  tuition  remission  in  return  for  8  hours  of  service  a  week. 

Applicants  for  the  Teaching  and  Administrative  Assistantships  who  are 
not  selected  for  these  awards  will  automatically  receive  consideration  for  a 
Tuition  Assistantship  with  administrative  or  research  responsibilities.  (No 
additional  application  is  required.) 

Northeastern  University,  which  is  a  member  of  the  Council  of  Graduate 
Schools  of  the  United  States,  subscribes  to  the  following  Resolution  of  the 
Council:  "In  every  case  in  which  a  graduate  assistantship,  scholarship,  or 
fellowship  is  offered  to  an  actual  or  prospective  graduate  student,  the  stu- 
dent, if  he  indicates  his  acceptance  before  April  15,  will  have  complete 
freedom  through  April  15  to  submit  in  writing  a  resignation  of  his  appoint- 
ment in  order  to  accept  another  graduate  assistantship,  scholarship,  or 


FINANCIAL  INFORMATION  /  33 

fellowship.  However,  an  acceptance  given  or  left  in  force  after  April  15 
commits  him  not  to  accept  another  appointment  without  first  obtaining  for- 
mal release  for  the  purpose." 

Dormitory  Proctorships 

A  number  of  proctorships  in  men's  dormitories  on  or  near  the  Hun- 
tington Avenue  Campus  is  available  each  year.  Appointments  carry  a 
minimum  compensation  of  room  and  board.  Further  information  and 
application  forms  may  be  obtained  from  the  Office  of  University  Housing. 

Guaranteed  Student  Loan  Program 

Under  this  program,  students  who  are  matriculated  degree  candidates, 
enrolled  for  at  least  one-half  the  normal  academic  work  load,  may  borrow 
from  a  participating  bank  or  other  financial  institution.  Terms  and  con- 
ditions vary  from  state  to  state,  but  a  student  generally  may  borrow  up  to 
$1 ,500  a  year  (the  law  allows  a  maximum  of  $2,500  per  year)  depending  on 
financial  need.  The  Federal  government  pays  the  interest  while  the  student 
is  in  school  if  the  student  is  eligible  for  interest  subsidy. 

The  student  must  have  submitted,  through  the  College  Scholarship  Ser- 
vice, a  Parents'  Confidential  Statement;  or  if  he  has  been  declared  finan- 
cially independent  by  the  Financial  Aid  Office,  a  Students'  Confidential 
Statement.  These  forms  are  available  in  the  Financial  Aid  Office. 

Applications  for  the  loan  itself  are  available  from  local  banks  or  the 
Education  Office  of  your  state  government.  Additional  information  and 
necessary  application  forms  for  Massachusetts  residents  are  available 
from  the  Financial  Aid  Office. 

Martin  Luther  King,  Jr.,  Fellowships 

A  limited  number  of  full-time  Martin  Luther  King,  Jr.,  Fellowships  are 
available.  Holders  of  these  appointments  devote  full  time  to  graduate  work. 
Further  information  is  available  at  the  African-American  Institute. 

National  Direct  Student  Loan 

This  program  is  available  to  students  who  are  carrying  at  least  one-half 
the  normal  academic  work  load,  are  accepted  as  degree  candidates,  and 
who  show  evidence  of  financial  need. 

The  Federal  maximum  which  a  graduate  student  may  borrow  while  pur- 
suing a  post-baccalaureate  degree  is  $5,000. 

Repayment  and  interest  on  these  loans  do  not  begin  until  nine  months 
after  the  student  ceases  to  carry  at  least  a  half-time  academic  load  at  an 
institution  of  higher  education.  The  repayment  of  principal  may  be  extend- 
ed over  a  10-year  period  with  the  interest  at  the  rate  of  three  percent  per 
annum.  Repayment  may  be  deferred  up  to  a  total  of  three  years  while  a 
borrower  is  serving  as  a  Peace  Corps  or  VISTA  volunteer. 


.... 


„| 


&» 


faculty 


Donald  J.  Agostlno,  Assistant  Professor  of  Business  Administration;  B.A.,  Le  Moyne  College;  M.B.A.,  Cornell 

University;  Ph.D.  Candidate,  Syracuse  University 
Hariey  H.  Anderson,  Visiting  Associate  Professor  of  Business  Administration;  B.S.,  M.B.A.,  Northeastern  Univer- 
sity; J.D.,  Suffolk  University 
Matthew  D.  Arnett,  Assistant  Professor  of  Business  Administration;  B.S.,  Purdue  University;  B.D.,  University  of 

Chicago;  Ph.D.  Candidate,  University  of  Cincinnati 
John  J.  Castellano,  Assistant  Professor  of  Business  Administration;  B.S.,  University  of  New  Hampshire;  M.B.A., 

St.  Louis  University;  Ph.D.  Candidate,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Buffalo 
Saverio  Cerullo,  Professor  of  Finance;  B.S.,  MB. A.,  Boston  University 
Lai  C.  Chugh,  Associate  Professor  of  Business  Administration;  Bachelor  of  Commerce,  Delhi  Polytechnic 

Institute;  M.A.,  Delhi  School  of  Economics;  Ph.D.,  Harvard  University 
Charles  J.  Collazzo,  Jr.,  Professor  of  Marketing;  B.A.,  Northeastern  University;  M.C.S.,  M.A.,  Boston  University; 

Ph.D.,  Columbia  University 
Phillip  T.  Crotty,  Jr.,  Acting  Dean,  College  of  Business  Administration  and  Associate  Professor  of  Management; 

A.B.,  Holy  Cross  College;  A.M.,  Harvard  University;  M.B.A.,  Ed.D.,  Boston  University 
Joseph  R.  Curran,  Associate  Professor  of  Accounting;  B.S.,  M.B.A.,  Northeastern  University;  Ph.D.,  Columbia 

University 
Charles  H.  Dufton,  Coordinator,  Marketing  Group,  and  Professor  of  Marketing;  A.B.,  Yale  University;  M.A., 

University  of  Michigan 
Dan  T.  Dunn,  Jr.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Business  Administration;  B.S.,  Washington  and  Lee  University;  M.B.A., 

D.B.A.  Candidate,  University  of  Virginia 
Edwin  F.  Estle,  Lecturer  in  Business  Administration;  B.S.,  Purdue  University;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Princeton  University 
Michael  Fetters,  Assistant  Professor  of  Business  Administration;  B.S.,  Ohio  State  University;  MB. A.,  Ph.D., 

University  of  Wisconsin 
Ralph  W.  Fingar,  Lecturer  in  Business  Administration;  B.S.,  Union  College;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Texas 
Angelo  Fiumara,  Associate  Professor  of  Business  Law;  A.B.,  J.D.,  Boston  College 
Stavros   S.   Frantzls,  Assistant  Professor  of  Management;   M.S.C.,  Technical   University  of  Athens;   M.S.C., 

Northwestern  University:  Ph.D.,  Northwestern  University 
Victor    Godin,    Assistant    Professor    of    Business    Administration;    A.B.,    B.S.,    Columbia    University;    M.S., 

Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology;  D.B.A.,  Harvard  University 
Joseph  M.  Golemme,  Harold  A.  Mock  Professor  of  Accounting,  and  Director,  Graduate  School  of  Professional 

Accounting;  B.S.,  Northeastern  University;  M.A.,  Boston  University;  C.P.A. 
Herbert  Graetz,  Assistant  Professor  of  Business  Administration;  B.S.,  Chemical  Engineering,  Massachusetts 

Institute  of  Technology;  M.B.A.,  Harvard  University;  D.B.A.  Candidate,  Harvard  University 
Paul  T.  Gross,  Jr.,  Associate  Professor  of  Business  Administration;  B.S.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology; 

M.B.A.,  University  of  Pennsylvania;  Ph.D.,  Columbia  University 
Carlo  E.  Gubellini,  Coordinator,  Accounting  Group,  and  Professor  of  Management;  B.S.,  Northeastern  Universi- 
ty; M.B.A.,  Boston  University 
Robert  J.  Hehre,  Associate  Professor  of  Finance  and  Accounting;  B.S.,  M.S.,  Columbia  University;  M.B.A., 

D.B.A.,  Indiana  University;  C.P.A. 
Richard  B.  Higgins,  Professor  of  Management;  A.B.,  Tufts  University;  Ph.D.,  Columbia  University 
Christine  L.  Hobart,  Associate  Professor  of  Management;  A.B.,  Radcliffe  College;  D.B.A.,  Harvard  University 
Paul  Janell,  Assistant  Professor  of  Business  Administration;  B.S.,  Northeastern  University;  M.B.A.,  Babson 

College;  Ph.D.,  Michigan  State  University 
John  W.  Jordan,  Associate  Dean  and  Director,  Graduate  School  of  Business  Administration;  B.S.,  M.S.,  State 

College  at  Boston 
Lyman  A.  Keith,  Professor  of  Management;  B.S.,  Northeastern  University;  M.A.,  M.B.A.,  Boston  University 
John  King,  Assistant  Professor  of  Business  Administation;  B.A.,  Boston  College;  M.B.A.,  Ph.D.  Candidate, 

University  of  Cincinnati 
Henry  A.  Kriebel,  Visiting  Professor  of  Business  Administration;  B.S.,  M.A.,  Lehigh  University;  Ph.D.,  Columbia 

University 
Raymond  M.  Kinnunen,  Assistant  Professor  of  Business  Administration;  B.S.,  MB. A.,  Northeastern  University; 

D.B.A.,  Louisiana  State  University 
Michael  A.  Lenarcic,  Assistant  Professor  of  Business  Administration;  B.B.A.,  Kent  State  University;  A.M.,  Ph.D. 

Candidate,  Harvard  University 
Robert  C.  Lleb,  Associate  Professor  of  Management;  B.S.,  Duquesne  University;  M.B.A.,  D.B.A.,  University  of 

Maryland 

35 


36 /FACULTY 


Richard  Llndhe,  Associate  Professor  of  Accounting;  B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Kent  State  University;  Ph.D.,  University  of 

Chicago 
Sitikantha  Mahapatra,  Assistant  Protessor  of  Business  Administration;  B.E.,  Regional  Engineering  College; 

MB. A.,  Indian  Institute  of  Management;  Ph.D.,  Case  Western  Reserve  University 
Lawrence  H.  Malchman,  Professor  of  Accounting;  B.S.,  Ed.M.,  Boston  University;  C.P.A. 
Maureen  Malln,  Lecturer  in  Business  Administration;  A.B.,  Radcliffe  College;  M.B.A.,  Ed.D.  Candidate,  Harvard 

University;  Ph.D.  Candidate,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology 
Wesley  W.  Marple,  Jr.,  Coordinator,  Finance  Group,  and  Professor  of  Finance;  A.B.,  Princeton  University; 

M.B.A.,  D.B.A.,  Harvard  University 
Daniel  J.  McCarthy,  Professor  of  Management;  A.B.,  M.B.A.,  Dartmouth  College;  D.B.A.,  Harvard  Uniersity 
Philip  R.  McDonald,  Professor  of  Marketing  and  Management;  B.A.,  University  of  British  Columbia;  M.B.A., 

D.B.A.,  Harvard  University 
Robert  J.  Minichiello,  Protessor  of  Marketing;  A.B.,  Harvard  University;  MB. A.,  Boston  University;  D.B.A.,  Har- 
vard University 
Thomas  E.  Moore,  Assistant  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Business  Administration;  B.S.,  Montclair  State 

College;  M.Ed.,  Bridgewater  State  College;  M.B.A.,  Northeastern  University 
Carl  W.  Nelson,  Associate  Professor  of  Management;  B.S.,  Cornell  University;  M.B.A.,  Columbia  University; 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Manchester,  England 
Russell   W.   Olive,   Coordinator,    General  Management  Group,   and  Professor  of  Management;  B.S.,   M.S., 

Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology;  M.B.A.,  Boston  University;  D.B.A.,  Harvard  University;  P.E. 
Robert  A.  Parsons,  Assistant  Protessor  of  Management;  B.S.,  MB. A.,  Northeastern  University;  M.A.,  Ph.D.  Can- 
didate, Boston  College 
Donald  M.  Pattillo,  Assistant  Professor  of  Business  Administration;  B.S.,  University  of  Alabama;  M.B.A.,  Ph.D. 

Candidate,  Georgia  State  University 
Andre  P.  Prlem,  Associate  Professor  of  Management;  B.B.A.,  M.A.,  University  of  Cincinnati 
Paul  C.  Richards,  Lecturer  in  Business  Adminstration;  B.S.,  M.B.A.,  Northeastern  University;  C.P.A. 
Anghel  N.  Rugina,  Professor  of  Economics  and  Finance;  B.S.,  College  of  Business,  Golatz,  Rumania;  M.A., 

Ph.D.,  Academy  of  High  Studies  in  Economics,  Bucharest,  Rumania;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Freiburg,  Germany 
Richard   J.   Santos,   Associate   Dean   and   Director,    Center  for  Management   Development,   and  Associate 

Protessor;  B.S.,  Salem  State  College;  M.A.,  Emerson  College 
Daniel  C.  Scioletti,  Associate  Protessor  of  Business  Law;  B.B.A.,  Colby  College;  LL.B.,  Suffolk  University;  Ed.M., 

Boston  University 
Charles  Shelley,  Assistant  Professor  of  Business  Administration;  B.B.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Massachusetts 
Albert  Slavin,  Lillian  L.  and  Harry  A.  Cowan  Protessor  of  Accounting;  Ed.B.,  Ed.M.,  Boston  University;  C.P.A. 
Francis  C.  Spital,  Assistant  Professor  of  Business  Administration;  M.A.,  University  of  Sussex,  England;  Ph.D. 

Candidate,  Massachusette  Institute  of  Technology 
Frederick  J.  Stephenson,  Assistant  Professor  of  Business  Administration;  B.A.,  B.S.,  University  of  Minnesota; 

Ph.D.  Candidate,  University  of  Minnesota 
Branch  K.  Sternal,  Assistant  Professor  of  Business  Administration;  A.B.,  University  of  Minnesota;  M.B.A,  Inter- 
American  University;  Ph.D.,  Georgia  State  University 
Wayne  W.   Suojanen,  Assistant  Professor  of  Business  Administration;  B.A.,  Northwestern  University;  S.M., 

Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology;  Ph.D.  Candidate,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology 
Jeffrey  A.  Timmons,  Associate  Professor  of  Management;  A.B.,  Colgate  University;  M.B.A.,  D.B.A.,  Harvard 

University 
Edward  R.  Willett,  Professor  of  Finance;  B.S.,  Northeastern  University;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Harvard  University 
Frederick  Wiseman,  Associate  Professor  of  Marketing;  B.S.,  Tufts  University;  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Cornell  University 


master  of  business 
administration  curriculum 


Candidates  entering  the  M.B.A.  Program  after  January  1,  1977  must 
satisfy  the  requirements  for  28  graduate  business  courses.*  Of  these  28, 
there  are  20  required  courses  and  8  electives.  Those  students  entering  the 
program  with  previous  business  education  may  apply  for  a  maximum  of  10 
course  waivers.  However,  most  undergraduate  business  programs  will 
qualify  a  candidate  for  no  more  than  4  to  6  waivers. 

Required  Courses 

Number  Courses  Credit  Hours 

41 .81 1  Financial  and  Managerial  Accounting   3 

41.812  Control  I    3 

41.813  Control  II 3 

43.81 1  Marketing  Management  I   3 

43.81 2  Marketing  Management  II    3 

44.81 1  Financial  Management  I    3 

44.81 2  Financial  Management  II    3 

45.805  Operations  Management  I    3 

45.806  Operations  Management  II 3 

45.81 5  Behavioral  Concepts  3 

45.81 6  Organizational  Behavior  I  3 

45.81 7  Organizational  Behavior  II    3 

45.834  Policy:  Environmental  Analysis  3 

45.836  Policy:  The  Formulation  of  Strategy  3 

45.837  Policy:  The  Implementation  of  Strategy    3 

49.901  Managerial  Economic  Analysis  I  3 

49.902  Quantitative  Analysis  I  3 

49.903  Quantitative  Analysis  II    3 

49.909     Managerial  Economic  Analysis  II    3 

49.932     Introduction  to  Computer  Applications  ^3 

Total  Required  Credit  Hours  60 

Elective  Credit  Hours    24 

Total  Credit  Hours  for  Degree 84 

Elective  Courses 

In  addition  to  the  required  courses,  students  must  complete  course  work 
in  electives  to  bring  their  total  program  to  the  84  quarter  hours  of  credit 
required  for  the  Master  of  Business  Administration  degree.  All  elective 


*The  January,  1977  Intern  Class  will  follow  the  present  24  course  curriculum. 

37 


38  /  MASTER  OF  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION  CURRICULUM 


courses  carry  three  quarter  hours  of  credit  unless  otherwise  specified. 

Courses  may  also  be  selected  from  other  graduate  programs  at  North- 
eastern University  with  the  permission  of  the  director  of  the  appropriate 
program  and  the  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Business  Administra- 
tion. 

The  electives  offered  in  the  Graduate  School  of  Business  are  continually 
being  revised  to  conform  to  the  interests  of  the  Faculty  and  current  student 
body.  The  courses  listed  below  are  representative  in  nature,  having  been 
offered  during  the  last  academic  year. 


Administration  and  Its  Environments 

39.823     Government  Finance 
39.825     Fiscal  Policy 
39.831      Money  and  Banking 
39.835     Labor  Economics 
39.9H1     Economics  of  Medical  Care 

and  Health  Manpower 
41.821     Accounting  Problems  for 

Decision-Making 
41.862     Tax  Factors  in  Business 

Decisions 
45.821      Policy  Formation  in 

Non-Business  Institutions 

45.840  Managerial  Styles  and 
Sex  Stereotypes 

45.841  Public/Private  Service  Systems 
45.843     Environmental  Pressures 

and  the  Multi-National  Corporation 
45.969     Government  and  Business 
45.989     Science  and  Technology: 

The  Challenge  of  Management 

45.991  Business  Law— Law  of 
Contracts,  Agency  and  Sales 

45.992  Law  of  Business 
Organizations  and  Negotiable 
Instruments 

Financial  Management 


44.814 

International  Financial 

Management 

44.816 

The  Management  of 

Financial  Resources 

44.818 

Working  Capital  Management 

44.901 

Finance  III— Advanced 

Financial  Management 

44.921 

Investment  Analysis 

44.924 

Mergers  and  Negotiable 

Instruments 

44.935 

Management  of  Financial 

Institutions 

General  Management 

45.997  Special  Topics  in  Business 
Administration  (1  to  3  Q.H.) 

45.998  Administration  (1  to  3  Q.H.) 

45.999  Administration  (1  to  3  Q.H.) 

49.932  Introduction  to  Computer 
Applications 

49.933  The  Computer  and  Its 
Applications  II 

49.935     Computer  Applications  in 
Management  Science 


Health  Care  Administration 

21 .840     Sociology  of  Medicine 
39.9H1     Economics  of  Medical  Care 

and  Health  Manpower 
41.817     Fiscal  Planning,  Budgeting 

and  Control  of  Health  Care 

Institutions 
45.833     Operations  Management  in 

the  Health  Care  System 
45.838     Policy  Formation  in 

Health  Care 

45.975  Introduction  to  Health 
Care  Systems 

45.976  Workers  in  the  Health 
Care  System 

45.977  Information  Systems  for 
Health  Care  Facilities 


International  Business  Management 

39.833     International  Economics 
44.814     International  Financial 
Management 


MASTER  OF  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION  CURRICULUM  /  39 


Management  of  Human  Resources 

45.819  Interpersonal  Behavior 

45.820  Psychological  Dynamics  of 
Leadership 

45.823  Career  Planning  and 
Development 

45.824  Organizational  Behavior 

in  a  Non-Profit  Environment 
45.835     Seminar  in  Organizational 

Development 
45.951      Executive  Development 

45.971  Personnel  Management 

45.972  Labor  Relations 

45.985     Management  of  Research  and 

Development 
45.993     Labor  Law 

Management  of  Transportation  and 
Logistics 

48.801     Seminar  in  Inter-city 

Transportation 
48.805     Urban  Transportation 
48.901      Physical  Distribution 

Management 


Marketing  Management 

43.910     International  Marketing 
43.925     Sales  Management 

43.930  Statistical  Analysis  with 
Marketing  Applications 

43.931  Marketing  Research 
43.934     New  Product  Development 
43.936     Strategy  Problems  of  Mass 

Distributors 
43.941      Industrial  Marketing 

Operations  Management 

45.809     Advanced  Operations 

Management 
45.833     Operations  Management  in  the 

Health  Care  System 
45.902     Planning  and  Control  of 

Manufacturing  Operations 
45.965     Management  of  Small  Business 

Enterprises 
49.904     Contemporary  Problems  in 

Managing  Complex  Operating 

Systems 
49.907     Operations  Management  Game 


Managerial  Control 

41.815  Management  Control  Systems 

41.816  Management  Control  of  Health 
Service  Systems 

41.825     Management  Performance 

Appraisal 
41.862     Tax  Factors  in  Business 

Decisions 


Small  Business  Management 

45.829 


45.965 


45.968 


New  Ventures: 
A  Career  Choice 
Management  of  Small 
Business  Enterprises 
Management  of  New  Enterprises 


40  /  MASTER  OF  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION  CURRICULUM 

RECOMMENDED  PART-TIME  PROGRAM 

FOR  STUDENTS  ENTERING  AFTER 

JANUARY  1,  1977 

Quarter 
1 


Number 

Course 

41.811 

Financial  and  Managerial  Accounting 

45.815 

Behavioral  Concepts 

41.812 

Control  I 

45.816 

Organizational  Behavior  I 

49.901 

Managerial  Economic  Analysis  I 

49.902 

Quantitative  Analysis  I 

49.909 

Managerial  Economic  Analysis  II 

49.903 

Quantitative  Analysis  II 

43.811 

Marketing  Management  I 

44.811 

Financial  Management  I 

43.812 

Marketing  Management  II 

44.812 

Financial  Management  II 

45.805 

Operations  Management  I 

49.932 

Introduction  to  Computer  Applications 

45.806 

Operations  Management  II 

Elective 

45.817 

Organizational  Behavior  II 

Elective 

41.813 

Control  II 

Elective 

45.834 

Policy:  Environmental  Analysis 

Elective 

45.836 

Policy:  The  Formulation  of  Strategy 

Elective 

45.837 

Policy:  The  Implementation  of  Strategy 

Elective 

Elective 

Elective 

10 

11 

12 

13 
14 


TRANSITION  INSTRUCTIONS  FOR  CURRENT  STUDENTS 

M.B.A.  candidates  who  began  the  program  before  January  1st,  1977 
must  fulfill  the  degree  requirements  established  at  the  time  of  their  enroll- 
ment. For  most  current  students,  this  means  the  completion  of  24  graduate 
business  courses. 

The  recommended  sequence  of  courses  for  part-time  students  enrolled 
before  January  1,  1977  is  listed  below. 

Recommended  Part-Time  Program  for  Current  Students 

There  can  be  some  flexibility  in  the  method  of  progression  of  the  part- 
time  student,  but  there  is  listed  below  the  suggested  sequence  which  is 
designed  to  accommodate  most  part-time  students.  Based  on  a  program 
of  two  courses  per  quarter  and  with  the  student  taking  courses  three 


MASTER  OF  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION  CURRICULUM  /  41 

quarters  per  year  (summers  excluded),  all  degree  requirements  will  be 
completed  in  four  years. 


Quarter 

Number 

Course 

1 

41.811 

Financial  and  Managerial 
Accounting 

45.815 

Behavioral  Concepts 

2 

41.812 

Control  I 

45.816 

Organizational  Behavior  I 

3 

49.932 

Introduction  to  Computer  Applications 

49.902 

Quantitative  Analysis  I 

4 

49.901 

Managerial  Economic  Analysis 

49.903 

Quantitative  Analysis  II 

5 

43.811 

Marketing  Management  I 

44.811 

Financial  Management  I 

6 

43.812 

Marketing  Management  II 

44.812 

Financial  Management  II 

7 

45.805 

Operations  Management  I 
Elective 

8 

45.806 

Operations  Management  II 
Elective 

9 

45.836 

Policy:  The  Formulation  of  Strategy 

45.817 

Organizational  Behavior  II 

10 

45.837 

Policy:  The  Implementation  of  Strategy 

41.813 

Control  II 

11 

Elective 
Elective 

12 

Elective 
Elective 

OTHER  GRADUATE-LEVEL  PROGRAMS  IN  BUSINESS 
The  Center  for  Management  Development 

Management  Workshop 

The  Management  Workshop  is  designed  chiefly  for  middle  managers 
who  have  demonstrated  the  potential  for  promotion  into  higher 
organizational  levels.  It  provides  a  comprehensive  outline  of  the  major 
areas  of  business  through  graduate-level  courses  in  organizational 
behavior,  financial  analysis  and  control,  operations  management, 
marketing,  and  economic  forecasting. 

Classes  in  four  subjects  are  scheduled  for  each  of  twelve  Fridays  from 
8:30  a.m.  to  5:00  p.m.  at  Northeastern's  Henderson  House  Conference 
Center  in  Weston,  Massachusetts.  There  is  a  choice  of  two  sessions  per 
year.  The  fall  session  begins  the  third  Friday  in  September  and  ends  in 
mid-December;  the  spring  session  starts  the  first  Friday  in  March  and  con- 
tinues twelve  consecutive  Fridays  through  mid-May. 


42  /  MASTER  OF  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION  CURRICULUM 

Management  Development  Program 

The  Management  Development  Program  is  a  graduate-level  course  in 
business,  designed  for  experienced  managers  who  have  had  responsibility 
for  a  major  task,  function,  department,  division,  or  independent  enterprise. 
Its  general  aim  is  to  improve  the  manager's  overall  performance. 

There  is  a  choice  of  two  six-week  sessions  spaced  over  five  months,  Oc- 
tober through  February  or  January  through  May.  Participants  attend  two 
consecutive  weeks  of  classes  at  the  outset  and  thereafter  one  week  in  each 
of  the  remaining  four  months.  This  approach  offers  a  tested  alternative  to 
organizations  which  recognize  the  need  for  manager  training  but  find  it  dif- 
ficult to  release  a  key  man  for  lengthy  periods  of  study.  A  certificate  is 
awarded  to  all  who  successfully  complete  the  course  work. 

Graduate  School  of  Professional  Accounting 

The  Graduate  School  of  Professional  Accounting  offers  a  15-month 
program  for  non-accounting  majors  that  leads  to  the  degree  of  Master  of 
Science  in  Professional  Accounting.  This  unique  program  combines  12 
months  of  class  work  with  a  three-month  internship  in  a  public  accounting 
firm. 

Information  may  be  obtained  by  writing  to: 
Graduate  School  of  Professional  Accounting 
206  Hayden  Hall 
Northeastern  University 
Boston,  Massachusetts  02115 

The  Program  for  Advanced  Study  in  Business  Administration 

The  Program  for  Advanced  Study  in  Business  Administration  has  been 
instituted  through  the  Graduate  School  of  Business  Administration.  The 
main  objective  is  to  provide  advanced  work  in  business  administration  to 
meet  the  needs  of  a  rapidly  changing  environment.  Anyone  who  holds  an 
M.B.A.  or  its  equivalent  is  eligible.  For  further  information  contact  the  office 
of  the  Graduate  School  of  Business  Administration. 


description  of  courses 


21.840     Sociology  of  Medicine 

Social  aspects  of  illness  and  medicine,  historically  and  cross-culturally,  illness  and 
the  medical  profession  in  modern  society  and  their  structural  settings:  the  communi- 
ty, the  hospital,  the  medical  school.  Research  studies  in  the  field  will  be  examined 
critically  and  problems  for  future  research  will  be  specified. 

30.9R3     Writing  for  the  Professions 

This  course  shall  consider  general  writing  problems  and  those  posed  by  particular 
professional  responsibilities.  Prep.  15  Q.H.  ofGrad.  Credit. 

39.823     Government  Finance 

A  survey  of  governmental  expenditure,  revenue,  and  debt  systems,  with  emphasis 
upon  their  economic  effects  and  their  relationship  to  principles  of  economic  welfare. 
Discussions  of  taxation,  tax  incidence,  tax  theory,  debt  management,  and  employ- 
ment levels.     Prep.  15  Q.H.  ofGrad.  Credit. 

39.825     Fiscal  Policy 

Development  of  a  conceptual  framework  to  assess  the  impact  of  government 
policies  on  attaining  full  employment,  price  stability,  economic  growth,  and  other 
economic  goals  of  the  public  sector.  Special  emphasis  is  given  to  conflicts  resulting 
from  simultaneously  trying  to  achieve  all  goals  while  combating  the  problems  of  in- 
flation and  stagnation.     Prep.  15  Q.H.  of  Grad.  Credit. 

39.833     International  Economics 

Four  areas,  history,  theory,  policy  and  doctrine,  are  considered  in  relating  the  United 
States  to  the  rest  of  the  world,  with  emphasis  on  theory  and  policy.  A  study  of 
money,  gold-  and/or  paper-currency,  in  international  trade  and  capital  movements 
and  the  balance  of  payments  are  combined  with  evaluated  proposals  for  inter- 
national monetary  system  reforms  and  other  trade  agreements  recommending  more 
cooperation  and  integration.     Prep.  15  Q.H.  ofGrad.  Credit. 

39.9H1     Economics  of  Medical  Care  and  Health  Manpower 

The  organization  of  medical  care,  the  problems  associated  with  various  alternative 
delivery  systems,  the  utilization  and  availability  of  physicians  and  other  categories  of 
paramedical  personnel,  the  growth  and  pressures  exerted  by  third  party  payers,  and 
consideration  of  federal,  state  and  muncipal  participation  in  the  delivery  of  quality 
medical  care  under  various  alternatives  for  national  health  insurance.  Prep.  15 
Q.H.  ofGrad.  Credit. 

39.9T5     Capital  Markets 

Primary  courses  of  savings  and  demand  for  financial  assets;  role  of  financial  in- 
termediaries; banking  system  and  government  lending  agencies.  Demand  for  funds 
and  real  investment  —  mortgage,  corporate  and  government  securities  markets;  in- 
terdependence of  rate  structures.  Flow  of  funds  data  in  relation  to  national  income 
accounts.     Prep.  15  Q.H.  of  Grad.  Credit. 

43 


44  /  DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES 

41.811  Financial  and  Managerial  Accounting 

An  introduction  to  accounting  systems,  including  the  development  of  financial 
statements.  Includes  a  critical  appraisal  of  analytical  techniques  of  evaluating  the 
firm's  potential  through  historical  data.     Prep.  none. 

41.812  Control  I 

After  examining  the  role  which  profit  maximization  plays  as  an  entity  objective,  alter- 
native courses  of  action  for  goal  achievement  are  integrated  into  a  programmed 
budgeting  process.  Emphasis  is  given  to  the  budget  as  a  planning,  motivating,  coor- 
dinating, evaluating,  and  re-planning  device.     Prep.  41.811. 

41.813  Control  II 

A  study  of  the  integration  and  coordination  of  short-range  programs  with  long-range 
plans  and  the  control  mechanisms  which  enhance  appropriate  conformance  with  the 
strategic  budget.  Primary  emphasis  is  on  organizations  decentralized  into  divisional 
units.     Prep.  15  Q.H.  of  Grad.  Credit. 

41.816  Management  Control  of  Health  Service  Systems 

The  objective  of  this  course  is  to  develop  a  competence  in  conceptualizing  and 
managing  the  planning  and  control  requirements  of  organizations  operating  in  the 
health  services  domain.  Major  topics  include:  planning,  budgeting,  responsibility  ac- 
counting, cost  analysis,  and  cost  control.  The  role  of  the  controller  in  these  activities 
is  also  examined.  The  course  embodies  the  idea  of  a  system's  integrating  these  re- 
quirements.    Prep.  15  Q.H.  of  Grad.  Credit. 

41.817  Fiscal  Planning,  Budgeting  and  Control  of  Health  Care  Institutions 

Deals  with  financial  planning,  budgeting  and  control  by  studying:  fiscal 
organizations,  short  and  long  range  financial  planning,  impact  of  government 
regulations,  financial  reporting,  cash  flow  analysis  and  forecasting,  third  party  reim- 
bursement and  capital  financing,  all  within  traditional  and  emerging  health  care  in- 
stitutions.    Prep.  45.975  or  permission  of  faculty. 

41.821     Accounting  Problems  for  Decision-Making 

This  course  is  designed  to  extend  the  accounting  knowledge  of  the  M.B.A.  student 
beyond  the  work  of  the  core  sequence  in  the  accounting  area.  The  approach  is  a 
study  of  contemporary  accounting  problems  with  both  managerial  and  financial  im- 
plications. These  include:  (a)  lease  vs.  buy,  and  proper  reporting  procedures;  (b)  the 
implications  of  inflation,  foreign  operations,  and  tax  regulations;  (c)  human 
resources  accounting,  especially  pension  and  other  benefit  plan  costs;  and  (d)  the 
impact  of  segmental  reporting.     Prep.  41.811,  41.812. 

41.825     Management  Performance  Appraisal 

A  critical  examination  of  traditional  management  appraisal,  as  well  as  recently 
proposed  techniques.  External  appraisal  of  aggregate  management  performance 
and  internal  appraisal  of  individual  management  performance  are  covered.  Prep. 
41.812. 

41.862     Tax  Factors  in  Business  Decisions 

A  survey  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code  and  its  implications  for  choice  of  organ- 
izational form,  corporate  reorganizations,  compensation  policies,  and  foreign 
business  operations.  Mergers  and  acquisitions  and  the  management  of  depreciable 


DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES  /  45 

property  are  examined  in  the  light  of  decisions  made  by  the  Internal  Revenue  Ser- 
vice and  the  tax  courts.  The  emphasis  is  on  discussion  and  research  into  corporate 
income  tax  problems  that  affect  business  decisions.     Prep.  15  Q.H.  of  Grad.  Credit. 

43.811  Marketing  Management  I 

The  objectives  of  Marketing  Management  I  and  II  are  twofold:  1.  to  provide  the  stu- 
dent with  a  comprehensive  understanding  of  basic  marketing  functions,  institutions, 
and  concepts;  and  2.  to  develop  the  student's  ability  to  analyze  and  make 
recommendations  about  business  problems  that  involve  the  creation,  distribution, 
and  sale  of  goods  and  services.  Marketing  Management  I  emphasizes  the  definition 
of  marketing  problems,  demand  analysis,  consumer  analysis,  and  market 
research.     Prep.  none. 

43.812  Marketing  Management  il 

A  continuation  of  Marketing  Management  I,  with  emphasis  on  the  formulation  and 
implementation  of  marketing  strategy.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  product  policy, 
channels  of  distribution,  pricing,  advertising,  personal  selling,  and  the  development 
of  integrated  marketing  programs  of  action.     Prep.  43.811. 

43.910     International  Marketing 

Objective  is  to  develop  an  understanding  of:  1.  the  opportunities  and  challenges  fac- 
ing the  international  marketing  executive;  2.  the  decision-making  process  in 
marketing  goods  abroad;  and  3.  the  environmental  forces — economic,  cultural  and 
political— affecting  the  marketing  process  and  acting  as  constraints  on  the  develop- 
ment of  marketing  strategies  abroad.  Lectures,  discussions,  reports,  and  cases. 
Prep.  43.811. 

43.925     Sales  Management 

Designed  to  help  the  student  develop  both  the  understanding  and  decision-making 
skills  necessary  to  build  and  maintain  an  effective  sales  organization.  Cases  and 
readings  are  used  which  examine  the  strategic  and  operating  problems  of  the  sales 
manager.  Four  major  topic  areas  are:  1.  the  selling  function,  2.  sales  management  at 
the  field  level,  3.  the  sales  executive,  and  4.  sales  and  marketing  manage- 
ment.    Prep.  43.812,  or  permission  of  the  instructor. 

43.930  Statistical  Analysis  with  Marketing  Applications 

The  purpose  of  this  course  is  to  introduce  students  to  some  of  the  multivariate 
statistical  techniques  that  have  been  used  in  the  analysis  of  consumer  survey  data. 
Both  theory  and  applications  will  be  discussed.  While  most  applications  will  be  in  the 
marketing  area,  illustrations  will  also  be  given  in  order  to  show  how  the  methods 
presented  can  be  used  in  other  areas  such  as  jury  selection,  politics  and  public 
policy  decisions.  Topics  to  be  covered  will  include  (1)  Design  and  Analysis  of  Ex- 
periments, (2)  Regression  Analysis,  (3)  Discriminant  Analysis  and  (4)  Non-Parametric 
Statistics.     Prep.  49.902,  43.811  or  consent  of  instructor. 

43.931  Marketing  Research 

Major  methods  and  techniques  of  marketing  research  are  examined  to  understand 
the  function  of  research  in  marketing  decision  making.  Specific  topics  include 
research  design,  determination  of  information  requirements,  data  collection 
methods,  experimentation,  sampling,  data  analysis,  and  use  of  the  canned  program. 
Prep.  43.811  and  49.902. 


46  /  DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES 

43.934     New  Product  Development 

The  importance  of  new  products  to  the  survival  and  prosperity  of  firms  continues  to 
grow  with  increasing  shortening  of  product  life  cycles;  with  changes  in  technology, 
competition,  and  consumer  tastes;  and  with  increasing  operating  costs.  For  most 
firms,  coping  with  the  problems  of  environmental  change  through  modification  of  the 
product  line  is  both  vital  and  difficult.  This  seminar  will  have  as  a  primary  concern  the 
examination  and  analysis  of  some  of  the  problems  firms  face  in  directing  and  manag- 
ing their  new  product  development  activities.     Prep.  43.812. 

43.936     Retail  Management 

Examines  selected  major  strategy  problems  facing  large-scale  food  and  general 
merchandise  distributors;  selects  store  locations;  determines  merchandising  and 
promotional  policies;  and  formulates  long-range  plans.  Cases  and  issues  are  ex- 
plored from  the  viewpoint  of  the  management  of  prominent  supermarket,  depart- 
ment store,  and  discount  retailers,  with  some  attention  to  wholesalers.  Designed 
primarily  for  students  interested  in  retailing  or  wholesaling,  and  those  concerned 
about  mass  distribution  in  marketing  consumer  goods.     Prep.  43.812. 

43.941     Industrial  Marketing 

The  problems  of  industrial  concerns  in  marketing  their  products  and  services  to  in- 
dustrial, business,  and  organizational  customers.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  determining 
these  customers'  needs  and  on  developing  programs  to  satisfy  these  needs.  Topics 
include  the  roles  and  responsibilities  of  the  marketing  executive  engaged  in  in- 
dustrial distribution,  advertising,  and  research,  as  well  as  roles  and  responsibilities  of 
industrial  salesmen,  sales  supervisors,  and  selling  agents.     Prep.  43.812. 

44.811  Financial  Management  I 

This  course  and  its  required  sequel,  44.812,  acquaint  students  with  concepts,  prac- 
tices, and  procedures  of  financial  management  and  offer  training  in  analytical  ap- 
proaches which  help  them  make  wise  decisions  affecting  the  flow  of  funds  within  an 
organization.  Instruction  is  primarily  through  readings  and  cases.     Prep.  41.813. 

44.812  Financial  Management  II 

Concentrates  on  long-term  sources  and  uses  of  funds,  with  an  introduction  to  capital 
budgeting  techniques  and  the  concept  of  cost  of  capital.  Risk  and  return  trade-offs 
are  included.  Broad  topics  of  overall  financial  strategy  and  timing  are  examined. 
Frequently,  evening  students  are  required  to  prepare  a  term  report  based  upon  data 
gathered  on  their  jobs  and/or  from  financial  literature.     Prep.  44.81 1. 

44.814     International  Financial  Management 

Comprehensive  coverage  of  the  field  of  international  financial  management,  in- 
cluding the  fundamental  problems  of  financial  forecasting,  multinational  capital 
budgeting,  affiliate  financial  structures,  international  fund  movements  and  in- 
struments of  international  finance,  import-export  financing,  and  the  characteristics  of 
foreign  environments.  Background  information  is  sought  in  the  interpretation  of  U.S. 
foreign  investment  controls  and  the  reaction  of  foreign  governments  to  U.S.  inter- 
ference.    Prep.  44.812. 

44.816     The  Management  of  Financial  Resources 

Conceptually,  decisions  regarding  the  sources  and  uses  of  long  term  funds  should 


DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES  /  47 

be  made  simultaneously.  This  course  examines  both  aspects  of  the  decision.  A 
thorough  analysis  of  capital  budgeting  techniques  are  combined  with  an  assessment 
of  factors  affecting  a  firm's  capital  structure.  Company  assets  and  how  they  should 
be  financed  are  the  central  questions.     Prep.  44.812. 

44.818     Working  Capital  Management 

The  current  assets  and  liabilities  sections  of  an  organization's  balance  sheet  deter- 
mine the  amount  of  long  term  capital  committed  to  working  capital  uses.  This  course 
examines  strategies  and  analytical  approaches  for  making  wise  decisions  affecting 
these  amounts.  Material  on  money  market  conditions  is  included.     Prep.  44.812. 

44.901     Finance  III— Advanced  Financial  Management 

An  opportunity  to  study  several  important  areas  of  financial  management  in  greater 
depth  than  is  possible  in  the  basic  finance  courses.  Some  of  the  topics  are:  corporate 
capital  structure,  dividend  policy,  capital  budgeting,  and  the  management  of  current 
assets.  Instruction  is  primarily  through  assigned  readings  and  classroom  case  dis- 
cussions.    Prep.  44.812. 

44.921     Investment  Analysis 

Investment  principles  and  risks.  The  objective  is  the  development  of  a  sound  invest- 
ment program,  with  attention  to  identification  of  investment  objectives  and  risks. 
Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  techniques  of  analysis  and  evaluation  of  various  types  of 
securities  and  the  associated  risks,  the  operation  of  the  securities  markets,  and  the 
various  methods  of  portfolio  management.     Prep.  15  Q.H.  of  Grad.  Credit. 

44.924     Mergers  and  Acquisitions 

This  seminar  explores  the  economic  environment  which  has  recently  given  rise  to  a 
large  number  of  corporate  mergers  and  the  business  factors  underlying  these  cor- 
porate combinations.  The  financial,  managerial,  accounting,  and  legal  factors  af- 
fecting mergers  are  studied.  Students  learn  how  to  appraise  a  potential  merger  and 
structure  a  merger  on  advantageous  terms.  Instruction  is  through  directed  readings, 
case  discussions,  and  independent  research.     Prep.  44.812. 

44.935     Management  of  Financial  Institutions 

The  intent  is  to  acquaint  students  with  the  broad  range  of  decision-making  problems 
faced  by  major  financial  institutions  such  as  commercial  banks,  savings  and  invest- 
ment institutions,  and  finance  companies  when  viewed  as  competitive,  profit-seeking 
business  entities.  Major  areas  of  concern  in  the  course  are:  sources  and  uses  of 
funds  by  financial  institutions,  competition,  regulation,  and  strategic  policy  planning 
by  financial  institutions.  Instruction  is  primarily  through  readings  and  cases.  Prep. 
44.812. 

45.805  -  45.806     Operations  Management  I  &  II 

The  primary  objective  is  to  develop  understanding  of  management  in  the  operations 
system  —  its  design  operation,  control,  evaluation,  and  modification.  Two  second 
objectives:  (1)  to  increase  capability  for  managerial  decision  making  in  technical 
matters;  and  (2)  to  develop  an  appreciation  of  the  operations  manager's  job.  Topics 
include:  design  of  product,  design  of  process,  human  factors  engineering,  develop- 
ment of  capacity,  line  balancing,  man-machines  systems,  work  measurement,  job 
evaluation,  wage  payments  system,  project  network  models,  production  planning,  in- 
ventory  management,   production   scheduling   and   control,   and   management  of 


48  /  DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES 

product  quality  and  statistical  quality  control.  Operations  Management  I  concentrates 
on  the  design  of  the  operations  system;  whereas  Operations  Management  II  focuses 
on  the  operation  and  control.  Prep.  Basic  courses  in  accounting  and  control,  finance, 
quantitative  analysis,  and  organizational  behavior  or  permission  of  the  instruc- 
tor.    Prep.  45.805  for  45.806. 

45.809  Advanced  Operations  Management 

This  course  is  designed  for  those  whose  career  goals  are  positions  of  responsibility 
in  the  management  of  the  manufacturing  or  operations  function  of  an  enterprise. 
Although  the  primary  focus  is  upon  manufacturing  enterprises,  complex  operating 
problems  in  service-oriented  institutions  are  included.  Drawing  primarily  upon  case 
studies,  the  course  focuses  on  the  development  and  implementation  of  detailed 
responses  to  the  management  requirements  of  operating  systems.  Emphasis  is  given 
to  emerging  technological  developments,  such  as  computer-based  mechanization 
and  automation,  and  to  new  developments  in  several  areas  of  production  and 
operations  management.     Prep.  45.806. 

45.810  Operations  Management  in  the  Service  Sector 

Since  the  concepts  and  techniques  of  Operations  Management  were  first  developed 
in  manufacturing  settings,  traditional  courses  in  operations  management  have  dealt 
with  manufacturing.  These  concepts  and  techniques  have  wide  applicability  in  ser- 
vice and  non-profit  sectors  which  need  the  tools  and  techniques  already  used  in 
manufacturing.  Concentration  is  on  application  of  concepts  and  techniques  in  the 
service  sector.  Industries  include:  restaurant,  health-care,  recreation,  brokerage,  in- 
surance, and  airline.     Prep.  45.805  or  permission  of  the  instructor. 

45.815  Behavioral  Concepts 

A  brief  examination  of  major  concepts  and  findings  of  the  behavioral  sciences  which 
have  particular  pertinence  to  business  and  administration.  Systematic  ways  of  un- 
derstanding behavior  are  developed,  taking  account  of  technical,  economic,  political, 
and  human  factors.  Individual  development  is  studied  from  the  standpoint  of 
character,  perception,  learning,  and  motivation.  Behavior  of  people  in  small  groups  is 
also  examined  in  terms  of  the  structure  and  dynamics  of  the  individuals  in  the 
group.     Prep.  none. 

45.816  Organizational  Behavior  I 

Basic  findings  and  concepts  of  the  behavioral  sciences  are  related  to  the  specific 
aspects  of  behavior  in  formally  constituted  organizations.  Supervisory  behavior  is  ex- 
amined in  the  behavioral  context,  as  well  as  relations  between  groups,  in  order  to 
develop  ways  of  achieving  collaboration.     Prep.  45.815. 

45.817  Organizational  Behavior  II 

The  study  of  behavior  in  organizations  is  expanded  to  larger  organizations  in  order  to 
understand  and  deal  systematically  with  the  complex  relationships  found  at  this  level. 
This  course  also  provides  an  opportunity  to  apply  knowledge  about  people  in  organ- 
izations to  the  improvement  of  organizational  systems  and  to  the  process  of  achiev- 
ing changes  in  organizations.     Prep.  45.816. 

45.819     Interpersonal  Behavior 

An  intensive  inquiry  into  communications  from  one  person  to  another,  the  longest 
distance  of  all.  Makes  use  of  unconventional  media  for  learning  (selected  films, 


> 


DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES  /  49 

drama,  and  the  short  story)  in  which  universal  qualities  of  the  interactions  between 
people  are  described,  analyzed,  and  reinterpreted  to  different  settings  in  today's 
world.     Prep.  none. 

45.820  Psychological  Dynamics  of  Leadership 

Reviews  the  existing  approaches  and  hypotheses  about  the  nature  of  leadership. 
Focuses  on  psychoanalytic  theory  as  a  foundation  from  which  to  understand 
leadership  behavior.  An  extensive  case  history  provides  material  for  class  discussion 
and  illustration  of  the  theories  of  leadership.     Prep.  15  Q.H.  of  Grad.  Credit. 

45.821  Policy  Formulation  in  Nonbusiness  Institutions 

This  seminar  focuses  primarily  on  the  decision-making  process  in  government  in- 
stitutions, primarily  at  the  Federal  level.  Readings  portray  nonrational  perspectives 
on  behavior,  such  as  the  cybernetic  and  political  models  of  decisions.  Their  larger 
aim  is  to  develop  awareness  of  cognitive  limitations  of  public  policy  decision-makers 
and  the  inherent  dysfunctions  of  bureaucracies  in  which  they  operate.  Class  sessions 
explore  the  evolution  of  public  policy,  the  role  of  analysis  in  policy  formulation  and 
implementation,  and  the  methodology  of  policy  analysis.  The  seminar  is  concerned 
with  strategic  decisions  rather  than  with  day-to-day  operating  problems.  Prep.  15 
Q.H.  of  Grad.  Credit. 

45.823  Career  Planning  and  Development 

Effective  career  planning  and  development  is  best  viewed  through  the  larger  context 
of  an  individual's  actualization  process  in  life.  Career  evaluation  considers  personal 
values,  interests,  aspirations,  sense  of  self-worth  and  managerial  skills;  and  on  the 
other  hand,  the  realities  of  specific  occupational  and  professional  choices.  Each  par- 
ticipant will  generate  and  analyze  a  wide  variety  of  data  to  provide  better  insight  into 
his  goals,  interests,  and  managerial  skills.  Greater  career  fulfillment  is  the  objec- 
tive.    Prep.  45.816. 

45.824  Organization  Behavior  in  Non-Profit  Environment 

Human  services  organizations  involved  in  health  care,  welfare,  and  education  are 
studied  in  reference  to  recent  behavioral  theories  and  concepts  dealing  with  the  in- 
ternal and  external  complexities  and  inter-relationships  of  large-scale  organizations. 
Term  projects  are  designed  to  conduct  and  analyze  a  problem  situation  and  develop 
plans  for  implementing  change.  Readings,  cases  and  seminars.  Prep.  45.815, 
45.816. 

45.828  Seminar  in  Growth  Strategies  for  Corporate  Management 

An  opportunity  for  in-depth  research  and  analysis  of  growth  strategies  available  to 
business  firms.  In  a  seminar  setting,  students  examine  firm  and  industry  approaches 
to  growth  through  expansion  and  diversification.  Special  emphasis  is  placed  on  the 
use  of  research  and  acquisition  as  means  for  achieving  growth  objectives.  Prep. 
45.825,  and  permission  of  the  instructor. 

45.829  New  Ventures:  A  Career  Choice 

This  course  enables  students  to  examine  the  nature  of  entrepreneurship  and  the  ap- 
propriateness of  self-employment  for  an  individual.  The  focus  is  on  the  decision  to 
own  and  operate  one's  own  business.  Students  examine  the  nature  of  the  values, 
motivations,  goals,  and  life  style  required  by  the  entrepreneurial  role.  Guest 
speakers,  cases,  selected  readings,  and  self-assessment  exercises  help  students 


50  /  DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES 

identify  the  congruency  between  their  own  interests  and  goals  and  an  entrepreneurial 
career.  The  course  also  offers  potential  value  for  prospective  loan  officers,  invest- 
ment bankers  and  venture  capitalists,  CPAs,  management  consultants  and  others 
whose  career  activities  may  involve  them  with  entrepreneurs  and  managers  of  new 
ventures  or  smaller  companies.  Prep.  15  Q.H.  of  Grad.  Credit,  or  permission  of  in-c 
structor. 

45.833  Operations  Management  in  the  Health  Care  System 

This  course  serves  those  whose  career  goals  are  positions  of  responsibility  in  the 
management  of  the  health  care  system.  The  objectives  of  the  course  are:  (1)  to 
provide  a  basic  understanding  of  operations  management  problems  existing  in  the 
health  care  system,  and  (2)  to  develop  decision-making  ability  to  deal  effectively  with 
these  problems.  Topics  covered  in  the  course  are:  the  fundamentals  of  management 
in  the  health  care  system,  organizational  planning,  operations  planning  and  control,! 
utilization  of  resources  and  policy  considerations  in  effective  and  efficient  operation 
of  the  health  care  system.     Prep.  45.805  and  45.806,  or  permission  of  instructor. 

45.834  Policy:  Environmental  Analysis 

This  first  of  three  policy  courses  will  focus  on  the  environment  in  which  strategy  must 
be  formulated  in  both  profit  and  non-profit  organizations.  Techniques  of  environmen- 
tal analysis  are  included  with  particular  emphasis  on  the  political-legal,  economic, 
social,  and  technological  environments  as  they  relate  to  and  influence  the  formula- 
tion of  strategy.  Prep,  all  other  required  courses  with  the  exception  of  41.813, 
45.81 7,  45.836  and  45.837. 

45.835  Seminar  in  Organizational  Development 

Organizational  development  is  the  process  of  deliberate  organizational  change  that  is 
planned,  organization-wide,  and  managed  from  the  top  so  as  to  increase 
organizational  effectiveness  through  planned  intervention  by  change  agents.  This 
course  examines  organizational  development  as  an  emerging  professional  discipline, 
focusing  on  identifying  variables  affected  by  a  change  program  and  developing  an 
understanding  of  methods  and  techniques.     Prep.  45.817. 

45.836  Policy:  The  Formulation  of  Strategy 

A  continuation  of  45.834.  Approaches  to  strategy  formulation  are  developed,  com- 
pared, and  contrasted.  Particular  emphasis  is  on  the  process  by  which  strategy  gets 
formulated  in  actual  business  settings,  including  the  influence  of  personal  values  on 
strategy  formulation,  who  actually  makes  strategic  decisions,  what  environmental 
and  internal  information  is  required  to  make  strategic  decisions,  and  what  criteria  are 
used  to  make  the  decisions.  The  role  of  different  management  levels  in  the  process  is 
considered.     Prep.  45.834. 

45.837  Policy:  The  Implementation  of  Strategy 

A  continuation  of  45.836  with  emphasis  on  the  implementation  of  strategy.  Ap- 
proaches to  strategy  implementation  in  both  profit  and  non-profit  organizations  are 
compared  and  contrasted.  Topics  include:  organizational  structure  and  behavior, 
long-range  planning,  control  and  motivation  systems,  information  systems,  and 
leadership.  All  topics  are  considered  within  the  systems  framework  of  organizational 
strategy.     Prep.  45.836. 


DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES  /  51 

45.838     Policy  Formation  In  Health  Care 

A  focus  on  the  problem  of  defining  and  implementing  policy  in  the  health  care  sector. 
The  various  internal  and  external  components  of  the  health  care  system  are  analyzed 
as  they  relate  to  policy-making  and  implementation.  The  course  also  includes  a  dis- 
cussion of  nontraditional  methods  of  health  care  delivery  such  as  neighborhood 
health  care  centers,  health  maintenance  organizations.  Prep.  15  Q.H.  of  Grad. 
Credit. 

45.840  Managerial  Styles  and  Sex  Stereotypes 

Managerial  roles  are  influenced  by  the  leadership  styles  played  by  managers  of  one's 
own  sex  as  well  as  those  of  the  opposite  sex.  The  attitudes  of  management  regarding 
values,  interests,  aptitudes,  and  abilities  of  a  person  can  profoundly  influence  the 
personnel  decision-making  process.  Effective  managerial  leadership  encompasses  a 
wide  range  of  decision-making  behaviors.  These  processes  are  profoundly  influ- 
enced by  socialization,  cultural  beliefs  and  identity  formation  associated  with  early 
learning.  The  dynamics  of  this  self-awareness  in  understanding  sex-role  stereotyp- 
ing, myths,  and  biases  associated  with  executive  responsibility  will  be  examined. 
Lectures,  case  discussions,  films  and  guest  speakers.  Prep.  15  Q.H.  of  Grad. 
Credit. 

45.841  Public/Private  Service  Marketing  Systems 

Examines  public/private  institutional  systems  involved  in  providing  public  goods  and 
services  (e.g.,  health  care,  housing,  education,  pollution  control)  from  the  perspec- 
tives of  various  present  or  potential  participants  (business,  government,  non-profit 
institutions).  Emphasis  on  analyzing  the  systems  and  processes  involved,  the  roles  of 
various  participants,  and  the  alternative  strategies  appropriate  for  particular  par- 
ticipants.    Prep.  15  Q.H.  of  Grad.  Credit. 

45.843     Environmental  Pressures  and  the  Multi-National  Corporation 

Rapid  multidimensional  change  in  the  World  Environment  creates  substantial 
pressures  on  corporations,  especially  large  multinationals.  The  purposes  of  this 
course  are  to  identify  and  evaluate:  (1)  environmental  pressures  of  most  likely 
significance  in  the  coming  decade(s);  (2)  analysis  and  planning  approaches  for  the 
manager's  interpretation  of  the  changing  world  environment;  and  (3)  possible  cor- 
porate responses  to  environmental  pressures.  Consideration  will  also  be  given  to 
ideological  issues;  pragmatic,  strategic  and  tactical  adaptation;  and  structure  and 
managerial  changes  appropriate  to  likely  developments.  Prep.  15  Q.H.  of  Grad. 
Credit. 

45.902     Planning  and  Control  of  Manufacturing  Operations 

A  study  of  the  problems  of  managing  the  flow  of  materials,  operations,  and  informa- 
tion within  an  organization  in  response  to,  or  anticipation  of,  market  demands.  The 
concepts  and  techniques  discussed  are  applicable  in  a  variety  of  institutional  set- 
tings. Topics  include:  inventory  management,  demand  forecasting,  manpower  and 
operations  scheduling,  project  management,  and  integrated  operations  control 
systems.  The  tone  of  the  course  is  pragmatic;  particular  emphasis  is  on  practical 
evaluation  and  problems  of  implementing  the  analytic  methods  discussed.  Prep. 
45.806  or  permission  of  the  instructor. 

45.951     Executive  Development 

An  examination  of  the  executive  position  in  an  organization  and  the  personal 
characteristics  and  skills  which  it  requires.  The  course  examines  the  effects  of 


52  /  DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES 

cultural  change  and  shifting  mores  on  motivation  and  management  control,  with  their 
implication  for  developing  appropriate  organizational  relationships.  Report  writing, 
oral  reports,  and  leading  of  group  discussions  are  dominant  techniques.  Student 
evaluation  is  encouraged.     Prep.  15  Q.H.  ofGrad.  Credit. 

45.965     Management  of  Small  Business  Enterprises 

Problems  in  various  beginning  stages  of  management  of  new  small  enterprises.  Case 
studies  develop  analytical  approaches  for  appraising  the  risks  and  rewards  of  poten- 
tial growth  opportunities,  as  well  as  operating  problems.  Problems  range  from 
locating,  evaluating  and  financing  a  small  company,  to  the  survival  and  growth  of  an 
established  business.  Guest  speakers  relate  pertinent  business  experiences  to  in- 
class  activities.     Prep.  15  Q.H.  of  Grad.  Credit. 

45.968  Management  of  New  Enterprises 

Oriented  toward  the  entrepreneur.  Consideration  given  to  locating  and  evaluating 
business  opportunities  introduced  by  new  ideas,  product  development,  licensing,  in- 
ventions, patents,  etc.  The  organization,  start,  and  growth  of  a  new  business  or  the 
acquisition  of  a  going  concern,  including  fund  raising  and  related  state  regula- 
tions.    Prep.  15  Q.H.  of  Grad.  Credit. 

45.969  Government  and  Business 

Analysis  of  the  role  of  government  as  a  regulating  force,  as  well  as  the  nature  and  im- 
pact of  government  fiscal,  economic,  and  socio-economic  policies  on  the  conduct  of 
business.  The  political  and  economic  philosophies  behind  greater  government  par- 
ticipation in  the  economic  structure  of  the  nation  as  indicated  by  public-utility,  anti- 
trust, labor,  and  socioeconomic  legislation.     Prep.  15  Q.H.  of  Grad.  Credit. 

45.971  Personnel  Management 

The  purpose  of  this  course  is  to  provide  knowledge  of  basic  personnel  functions: 
recruitment,  selection,  placement,  rewards,  compensation,  training  and  development 
of  employees.  Implications  of  new  government  regulatory  systems  also  considered 
such  as  equal  opportunity,  safety  and  pensions;  to  demonstrate  implementation  of 
behavioral  theories  at  the  workplace.  Emphasis  on  partnership  of  specialists  and 
generalists  in  overall  management  of  organizations'  human  resources.  Lectures, 
cases  and  readings.     Prep.  15  Q.H.  of  Grad.  Credit. 

45.972  Labor  Relations 

Review  of  U.S.  labor  history  and  traditional  labor  policy  as  well  as  implications  of  new 
regulatory  systems  on  labor  management  relations  such  as  equal  opportunity  and 
safety.  Overview  of  collective  bargaining  processes  applied  to  emerging  sectors  of 
union  organization  such  as  health  care  and  education.  Lectures,  cases  and 
readings.     Prep.  15  Q.H.  ofGrad.  Credit. 

45.973  New  Sectors  of  Collective  Bargaining 

A  focus  on  new  sectors  of  bargaining:  1.  by  public  employees,  including  municipal, 
state,  and  Federal;  2.  by  professional  associations,  including  those  of  teachers,  doc- 
tors, nurses,  and  engineers;  and  in  the  mainly  unorganized  sectors;  i.e.,  agriculture, 
health  care  industry,  and  so-called  white-collar-service  areas.  The  purpose  is  to 
study  the  variety  of  patterns  emerging  in  these  sectors  as  a  result  of  the  interplay  of 
the  following  forces:  1.  presence  or  absence  of  a  national  labor  law  or  policy;  2. 
relationship  to  existing  trade  union  structure  and  industrial  relations  system;  3.  oc- 


DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES  /  53 

cupational  characteristics  and  industry  or  service  technology,  and  4.  productivity  and 
growth.   Varying    issues   in   collective   bargaining   are   discussed   through   cases, 
readings,  and  a  group  term  project,  and  by  invited  practitioners.     Prep.  15  Q.H.  of 
j  Grad.  Credit. 

145.975     Introduction  to  Health  Care  Systems 

fThe  present  state  of  the  system,  dealing  with  its  history  and  process  and  describing 
'the  parts  of  the  delivery  system,  the  payers,  the  consumers,  the  manpower,  and  the 

policy  implications.  Comparative  health  care  systems  will  be  discussed.  Lectures, 
{  discussions  and  readings.  Recommended  for  those  entering  the  field.     Prep.  15 

Q.H.  of  Grad.  Credit. 

4  45.976     Workers  in  the  Health  Care  System 

The  present  health  care  system  in  the  United  States  is  in  the  process  of  major  change 
generated  by  both  the  internal  and  external  social,  legal,  and  professional  en- 
vironments. The  purpose  of  this  course  is  to  describe  and  analyze  some  of  the 
dynamics  and  complexities  of  these  changes  and  to  consider  how  these  changes 
affect  the  workers  in  the  system.  In  turn,  the  worker's  influence  on  these  changes  is 
studied.  The  foci  are  the  past,  present,  and  future  of  major  occupation  levels  and 
groupings  servicing  the  system,  their  relationship  to  each  other  and  to  the  total 
system.  A  major  feature  of  the  course  is  a  group  research  project.  Case  studies, 
i  readings,  lectures,  and  guest  speakers  are  also  used.     Prep.  45.815,  45.816. 

'  45.977     Information  Systems  for  Health  Care  Facilities 

Introduction  to  the  complexities  of  the  quantity  and  variety  of  information  availability 
in  the  field  and  the  state  of  the  technology  capability,  as  well  as  an  understanding  of 
the  system's  components  through  use  of  this  information.  Course  covers  systems  in- 

'  formation    flow    and    new    computer    techniques.    Cases,    readings,    and    on-site 

i  visits.     Prep.  15  Q.H.  of  Grad.  Credit. 

'  45.985     Management  of  Research  and  Development 

Some  corporations  grow  more  rapidly  than  their  competitors  because  of  better 
management  of  their  technical  programs.  This  course  focuses  on  t)he  unique 
problems  of  R  &  D  management  through  readings  and  case  studies  of  the  important 
considerations  involved  in  dealing  with  scientists  and  engineers  as  individuals;  plan- 
ning, organizing,  and  controlling  research;  and  establishing  a  climate  for 
research.     Prep.  41.811  and  45.817 

>  45.991     Business  Law— Law  of  Contracts,  Agency,  and  Sates 

Designed  to  give  the  student  a  basic  knowledge  of  the  legal  aspects  of  contracts  and 
I  the  results  of  contractual  obligations.  Attention  is  paid  to  the  employment  contract  in 
general,  with  emphasis  on  the  principal  and  agent,  and  the  master  and  servant 
relationships.  The  law  governing  the  sale  of  personal  property  as  reflected  in  the 
Uniform  Commercial  Code  is  incorporated.     Prep.  15  Q.H.  of  Grad.  Credit. 

45.992     The  Law  of  Business  Organizations  and  Negotiable  Instruments 

The  Law  of  Negotiable  Instruments  as  reflected  in  the  Uniform  Commercial  Code, 
with  special  consideration  given  to  commercial  paper  used  in  business  transactions. 
The  law  governing  formation  and  operation  of  partnerships,  corporations,  and  other 
business  organizations,  with  emphasis  on  the  legal  results  and  operations  of  those 


54  /  DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES 

concerned  with  the  liability  of  members  thereof.  A  study  of  the  legal  framework  within 
which  the  formal  business  organization  must  operate.  Prep.  45.991  and  15  Q.H.  of\ 
Grad.  Credit. 

45.993     Labor  Law 

An  overview  of  constitutional  and  legal  problems  involved  in  labor  organizing,  in-l 
dustrial  relations,  labor  negotiations,  labor  contract  enforcement,  and  dispute  resolu-; 
tion  in  both  private  and  public  sectors  of  labor  administration.  Cases  are  studied  for 
the   legal   principles  underlying  common   law,  state  and  federal   laws,  and  con-,' 
stitutional  questions  of  power  and  authority.     Prep.  15  Q.H.  Grad.  Credit. 

45.997  Special  Studies  in  Business  Administration     (1  to  3  Q.H.  Credit) 

A  special  tutorial  arrangement  between  a  student  and  a  faculty  member  for  a  guided! 
reading,  research,  laboratory,  fieldwork,  report,  or  teaching  experience.  It  is  fori 
graduate  students  who  desire  to  do  advanced  work  or  carry  out  some  special  in- 
vestigation of  a  problem  in  business  administration  not  specifically  covered  else-: 
where  in  the  curriculum.  Students  must  petition  the  Committee  on  Graduate  Study  in 
Business  Administration  for  permission  to  register  in  this  course.  This  petition  should 
include  an  outline,  a  brief  description  of  the  work  planned,  and  an  indication  of  the 
professor  to  whom  the  student  will  be  responsible.  The  professor  will  submit  to  the' 
Graduate  Office  a  letter  outlining  in  some  detail  the  nature  of  the  work  that  the  stu-j 
dent  will  be  doing  in  the  course.  The  petition  will  be  submitted  after  the  student  has: 
received  permission  to  take  the  course  from  a  member  of  the  College  of  Business 
Administration  faculty.  The  course  carries  variable  credit,  ranging  from  one  to  three, 
quarter  hours.     Prep.  15  Q.H.  of  Grad.  Credit. 

45.998  Special  Studies  in  Business  Administration     (3  Q.H.  Credit) 
See  45.997  for  course  description. 

45.999  Special  Studies  in  Business  Administration     (3  Q.H.  Credit) 
See  45.997  for  course  description. 

48.801     Seminar  in  Transportation 

The  objectives  are  twofold:  1.  to  provide  a  basic  understanding  of  the  functions  and 
importance  of  the  domestic  transportation  system,  and  2.  to  develop  the  student's 
ability  to  analyze  government  policies  related  to  transportation.  The  cost,  service, 
and  pricing  characteristics  of  the  several  modes  of  transportation  are  examined. 
Emphasis  is  given  to  the  special  problems  which  confront  both  carriers  engaged  in 
the  various  forms  of  transportation  and  shippers  who  rely  upon  their  services. 
Prep.  15  Q.H.  of  Grad.  Credit. 

48.901     Transportation  and  Corporate  Distribution 

Study  of  the  design  and  management  of  physical  distribution  systems  to  facilitate  the 
flow  of  goods  through  distribution  channels.  It  covers  aspects  of  plant  and 
warehouse  locations,  inventory  controls,  and  selection  of  transportation  carrier.  The 
course  includes  the  use  of  case  problems  in  logistics.     Prep.  15  Q.H.  of  Grad.  Credit. 

49.901     Managerial  Economic  Analysis 

Managerial  economic  analysis  establishes  the  economic  foundations  and  framework 
for  managerial  decisions.  The  course  provides  an  introduction  to  the  principles  of 
economic  analysis,  economic  institutions,  and  issues  of  public  policy.  It  stresses  the 


DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES  /  55 

interdependency  of  the  economic  decisions  of  the  firm  with  industry  structures  and 
national  economic  policies.  Topics  covered  include:  sources,  market  decisions  and 
market  structure,  employment  and  growth,  and  the  economic  role  of  governmental 
resource  allocations.     Prep.  none. 

49.902     Quantitative  Analysis  I 

Decision  making  takes  place  in  a  probabilistic  environment.  The  concept  of  statistical 
inference  is  emphasized,  with  the  objective  of  generating  and  understanding  the 
process  by  which  the  analyst  draws  conclusions  from  a  small  sample  compared  to 
ithe  characteristics  of  a  large  data  set.  The  techniques  employed  in  decision  making 
under  uncertainty  (payoff  tables,  decision  trees)  are  also  discussed.     Prep.  None. 

149.903     Quantitative  Analysis  II 

Introduction  to  the  theory  and  practice  of  management  science  and  operations 
iresearch.  The  topics  of  regression  analysis,  linear  programming,  and  simulation  are 
idiscussed  in  text  and  case  material;  emphasis  is  on  practical  application  of  these 
techniques.  Issues  of  problem  definition,  model  building,  relevant  cost  determina- 
tion, solution  generation,  and  implementation  of  results  are  considered.  Prep. 
49.902. 

449.907  Operations  Management  Game 

The  Operations  Management  Game  is  a  computer  game  of  considerable  complexity 
focusing  on  operations  problems.  Teams  are  formed  to  make  several  decisions 
affecting  the  operation  of  the  firm  for  the  next  day:  i.e.,  on  hiring-firing,  overtime, 
machine  sequencing,  maintenance,  and  capital  expenditures.  These  decisions  are 
then  submitted  to  the  computer  and  their  consequences  are  provided  as  output  to 
each  team.  The  team  reacts  by  preparing  another  set  of  entries  to  guide  the  firm's 
operation  for  the  next  day.  During  the  game,  models  covered  in  operations  research 
and  the  operations  management  courses  are  explored  to  determine  their  usefulness 
^as  decision  aids.     Prep.  49.903,  45.806. 

449.908  Mathematics  for  Managerial  Decisions 

The  two-fold  objective  of  this  course  is:  (1)  to  provide  an  introduction  to  the  most  im- 
portant mathematical  concepts  and  tools  used  today  by  modern  management:  and 
(2)  to  illustrate  the  applicability  of  mathematics  to  problems  in  economics,  finance, 
production,  marketing,  statistics,  computers  and  other  related  fields.  This  course  is 
designed  for  students  who  do  not  consider  themselves  mathematically  sophisticated 
or  for  those  needing  a  review  before  taking  other  quantitative  courses.  Topics  to  be 
covered  are:  Set  Theory,  Functions  and  Systems  of  Equations,  Matrices,  Differential 
'  Calculus,  and  Introduction  to  Mathematical  Optimization  Models.     Prep.  None. 

49.909     Managerial  Economics  II 

The  objectives  of  this  course  are  to  develop  proficiency  in  the  application  and  the  use 
of  economic  concepts  for  decision-making  in  business  and  to  relate  the  economic 
environment  to  the  business  decisions.  Topics  like  estimation  of  demand  and  cost  in- 
dustry structure  and  its  impact  on  the  conduct  of  business  firms,  antitrust  legislation 
and  economic  forecasting  are  discussed.  Prep.  49.901  (or  equivalent),  49.902  or 
permission  of  instructor. 

'  49.91 8     Information  Theory  and  Systems 

The  objective  of  this  course  is  to  develop  a  framework  for  the  analysis  of  communica- 
tion and  information  systems  in  organizations.  Aspects  of  communications  theory  are 


56  /  DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES 

studied  as  background  for  building  this  framework  and  its  underlying  theory  \s\ 
tested.  Topics  include  development  of  an  analytical  framework  for  viewing  informa-j 
tion  systems  and  communication  in  organizations.  Various  aspects  of  com- 
munications theory  are  discussed  and  analyzed.  A  major  objective  of  the  com-, 
munications  and  informations  flow  in  organizations  is  to  tie  these  events  back  to  the) 
underlying  theory.     Prep.  15  Q.H.  of  Grad.  Credit. 

49.932  Introduction  to  Computer  Applications 

A  business-oriented  introduction  to  data  processing  functions  and  systems.  In- 
troduction to  the  history,  terminology,  technology,  and  economics  of  data  processing! 
hardware  and  software.  Management  issues  in  the  design,  selection,  evaluation  andi 
use  of  computers  and  computer  services.  Individual  familiarization  with  elementary 
computer  programming  by  using  either  batch  or  time-shared  computer  facilities  to 
solve  simple  business-oriented  exercises.  When  feasible,  a  visit  to  a  data  processing* 
center  is  conducted.     Prep.  None. 

49.933  The  Computer  and  Its  Applications  II 

The  Management  Information  System  (MIS)  concept  which  stresses  how  a  computer- 
powered  information  system  can  benefit  all  levels  of  management  is  emphasized. 
The  course  illustrates  the  economics  of  MIS  and  computers,  describing  the  steps* 
necessary  for  successful  installation  and  employment  of  MIS  concepts.  An  extensive 
case  study  illustrates  systems  design,  dollar/benefit  tradeoffs,  and  the  proper  level  ol 
management  involvement.  Familiarization  with  the  systematic  or  systems  approach 
to  analyzing  and  solving  computer  and  information  systems  problems  as  well  as 
general  business  problems.  Business  management  rather  than  computer  technology 
is  stressed.     Prep.  49.932. 

49.935     Computer  Applications  in  Management  Science 

Discussion  of  the  technical,  economic,  and  procedural  aspects  of  applying  quan- 
titative techniques  of  management  science  to  planning  and  operations  problems. 
Heavy  emphasis  is  on  the  computer's  role  in  this  process.  Concentration  is  on 
selected  techniques  such  as  linear  programming,  simulation,  and  multiple  regression 
analysis.  Practical  problems  of  designing  computer  programs,  selecting  canned: 
packages,  gathering  data,  and  implementing  results  are  considered.  The  required 
term  project  allows  an  in-depth  study  of  an  area  and/or  technique  of  the  student's 
choosing.  This  project  may  take  a  variety  of  forms:  a  computer  model  written  by  the 
student,  use  of  a  canned  package  or  a  model  written  by  others,  library  research 
report,  formulation  of  a  practical  problem  for  future  solution.  Ability  to  program  is  not 
required,  nor  is  computer  programming  emphasized;  however,  extensive  time- 
sharing and  batch-processing  computer  service  is  available  for  those  who  wish  to 
use  it.     Prep.  49.902,  49.903,  and  49.932. 


(undergraduate 
universities  attended 
by  students 


Air  Force  Academy 

Amherst  College 

Arizona,  University  of 

Assumption  College 

Bates  College 

Bentley  College 

Boston  College 

Boston  University 

Bowdoin  College 

Brandeis  University 

Bridgeport,  University  of 

Brooklyn  Polytechnic  Institute 

Brown  University 

Bucknell  University 

Calcutta,  University  of  (India) 

California,  University  of 

Canisius  College 

Case  Institute  of  Technology 

Catholic  University  of  America 

Catholic  University  (Venezuela) 

Cincinnati,  University  of 

City  College  of  New  York 

Colby  College 

Colgate  University 

Columbia  University 

Connecticut,  University  of 

Cornell  University 

Dartmouth  College 

Delaware,  University  of 

Denison  University 

Drake  University 

Drexel  University 

Duke  University 

Fairfield  University 

Florida,  University  of 

Fordham  University 

Franklin  and  Marshall  College 

Gettysburg  College 

Hartford  University 

Harvard  University 

Hawaii,  University  of 

Hiram  College 

Hobart  College 

Hofstra  University 

Holy  Cross  College 

Houston,  University  of 

Illinois,  University  of 

Institute  of  Science  (India) 

Ithaca  College 

Johns  Hopkins  University 

Lafayette  College 

Lake  Forest  College 


Lehigh  University 

Lowell  Technical  Institute 

Loyola  University  (Chicago) 

Maine,  University  of 

Maryland,  University  of 

Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology 

Massachusetts  Maritime  Academy 

Massachusetts,  University  of 

McGill  University  (Canada) 

McMaster  University  (Canada) 

Merrimack  College 

Nebraska,  University  of 

New  Hampshire,  University  of 

Northeastern  University 

Notre  Dame,  University  of 

Ohio  Wesleyan  University 

Pennsylvania  State  University 

Pennsylvania,  University  of 

Plymouth  State  College 

Providence  College 

Radcliffe  College 

Rensselaer  Polytechnic  Institute 

Rhode  Island,  University  of 

Rochester  Institute  of  Technology 

Rochester,  University  of 

Rutgers,  The  State  University  (New  Jersey) 

St.  Anselm's  College 

St.  John  University 

St.  Lawrence  University 

Simmons  College 

Smith  College 

Stanford  University 

State  College  at  Boston 

State  University  of  New  York,  at  Buffalo 

State  University  of  New  York,  at  Genesco 

State  University  of  New  York,  at  Oneonta 

Stonehill  College 

Suffolk  University 

Sydenham  College  (India) 

Syracuse  University 

Tennessee,  University  of 

Texas,  University  of 

Tufts  University 

United  States  Merchant  Marine  Academy 

United  States  Military  Academy 

United  States  Naval  Academy 

Vermont,  University  of 

Villanova  University 

Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute 

Wesleyan  University 

Worcester  Polytechnic  Institute 

Yale  University 


57 


faculty  directory 


Name 

Room 

Agostino,  Donald  J. 

305  HA 

Ammer,  Dean  S. 

213  HA 

Anderson,  Harley  H. 

225  HA 

Arnett,  Mathew  D. 

305  HA 

Castellano,  John  J. 

213  HA 

Cerullo,  Saverio 

209  HA 

Chugh,  LalC. 

209  HA 

Callazzo,  Charles  J. 

322  HA 

Crotty,  Philip  T. 

202  HA 

Curran,  Joseph  R. 

213  HA 

DeVey,  Robert 

205  HA 

Dufton,  Charles,  H. 

322  HA 

Dunn,  DanT. 

322  HA 

Fetters,  Michael  L. 

205  HA 

Fiumara,  Angelo,  J. 

204  HA 

Frantzis,  Stavros,  S. 

213  HA 

Godin,  Victor 

213  HA 

Golemme,  Joseph,  M. 

206  HA 

Graetz,  Herbert  G. 

305  HA 

Gross,  Paul  T. 

209  HA 

Grusetskie,  Maryann 

224  HA 

Gubellini,  Carlo  E. 

206  HA 

Hehre,  Robert  J. 

209  HA 

Higgins,  Richard  B. 

304  HA 

Hobart,  Christine 

305  HA 

Hudson,  John  B. 

213  HA 

Janell,  Paul  A. 

205  HA 

Jordan,  John  W. 

202  HA 

Keith,  Lyman  A. 

204  HA 

King,  John 

213  HA 

Kinnunen,  Raymond  M. 

204  HA 

Kriebel,  Henry  A. 

205  HA 

Lawler,  Susan  V. 

224  HA 

Leary,  John  J. 

212  HA 

Lieb,  Robert  C. 

204  HA 

Lindhe,  Richard 

114HA 

Malchman,  Lawrence  H. 

114HA 

Marple,  Wesley  W. 

209  HA 

Massoud,  Morcos 

205  HA 

McCarthy,  D. 

302  HA 

McDonald,  Philip  R. 

322  HA 

Minichiello,  Rbt.  J. 

302  HA 

Moore,  Thomas  E. 

224  HA 

Nielsen,  Richard  P. 

322  HA 

Olive,  Russell  W. 

302  HA 

Parsons,  Robert  A. 

303  HA 

Priem,  Andre  P. 

305  HA 

Reitz,  Barbara  W. 

202  HA 

Rugina,  Anghel  N. 

209  HA 

Santos,  Richard  J. 

212  HA 

Scioletti,  Daniel  C. 

204  HA 

Shelley,  Charles 

204  HA 

Slavin,  Albert 

205  HA 

Spencer,  Myron,  J. 

212  HA 

Stephenson,  Frederick  J. 

204  HA 

Sternal,  Branch  K. 

322  HA 

Timmons,  Jeffry  A. 

304  HA 

Extension 
437-3257 
3252 
3270 
3257 
3253 
3248 
3248 
3260 
3230 
3252 
3240 
3260 
3260 
3240 
3236 
3252 
3252 
3244 
3257 
3248 
2714 
3244 
3248 
3257 
3257 
3252 
3240 
3230 
3236 
3252 
3236 
3240 
2714 
3274 
3236 
3235 
3235 
3248 
3240 
3255 
3260 
3255 
2714 
3260 
3255 
3255 
3257 
3230 
3248 
3272 
3236 
3236 
3240 
3274 
3236 
3260 
3255 


58 


Ward,  Raymond 

209  HA 

Willett,  Edward  R. 

209  HA 

Wheeler,  Brie 

212  HA 

Williams,  Dennis  S. 

225  HA 

Wiseman,  Frederick 

322  HA 

FACULTY  OFFICE  AND  TELEPHONE  DIRECTORY  /  59 


3248 
3248 
3273 
3270 
3260 


index 


Academic  Council,  13 
Academic  Requirements,  26 
Address  of  University,  1 
Administration 

University,  10 

Graduate  Division,  14 
Application  Procedure  and 

Admission  Requirements,  25 
Assistantship,  32 

B 

Board  of  Trustees,  9 
Buildings  and  Facilities,  19 
Burlington  Campus,  20 


Calendar,  5 

Campus  Description  and  Location,  17 

Map,  4 
Changes  in  Requirements,  26 
Class  Hours,  27 
Classifications,  Academic,  27 
Colleges,  Undergraduate,  57 
Committee  on  Graduate  Study  in 

Business  Administration,  16 
Committees,  General  University,  13 
Continuing  Education,  Center  for,  18 
Continuity  of  Program,  27 
Cooperative  Plan  of  Education,  17 
Corporation,  7 
Courses,  Description  of,  43 
Credits,  27 

Transfer,  28 
Curriculum,  37 
Contents,  3 


Elective  Courses,  38 
Executive  Council,  13 


Faculty,  35 
Faculty  Directory,  59 
Faculty  Senate,  13 
Fellowships,  33 
Financial  Information,  31 
Full-Time  Program,  24 


Grading  System,  27 

Graduate  and  Professional  Schools,  1 

Guaranteed  Student  Loan  Program,  2 

H 

Henderson  House,  20 
Holidays,  6 


Internship,  23 


Libraries,  19 
Loans,  33 


M 


Degree,  Application  for,  27 
Degree  Requirements,  26 
Dormitory  Proctorships,  33 


Map  of  Campus,  4 
Marine  Science  Institute,  21 


National  Direct  Student  Loan,  33 
Nashua  Campus,  21 


Part-time  Recommended  Program,  2f 


60 


INDEX/ 61 


Program  for  Advanced  Study  in 
Business  Administration,  42 
Programs,  types  of,  23 

Part-Time,  24 

Full-Time,  24 


f  Refunds,  31 

\  Registration,  28 

f  Regulations,  26 
Research  Activities,  18 
Residence,  Academic,  28 
Required  Courses,  37 

S 

Schools,  Graduate  and 

Professional,  17 
Student  Center,  19 
Suburban  Facilities,  20 


Time  Limits,  28 

Transfer  Credit,  28 

Transition  Instructions  for  Current 

Students,  40 
Trustees,  9 
Tuition,  31 

U 

Undergraduate  Universities  Attended 

by  Students,  57 
University,  Description  of,  17 
University  Graduate  Council,  14 

W 

Waiver  Procedure,  28 
Warren  Center,  20 
Withdrawals,  29 


:r  :l's,  ' ■■.■.■ 

I     I  ■  i 


\^\\W 


>:■■.■    ;•  ~* 


:  t  !0* 


NORTHEASTERN  UNIVERSITY    1975-76 
GRADUATE  PROGRAM  IN  CRIMINAL  JUSTICE 


m      ft 


S^'\  ■ 


NEA 


NEW  ENGLAND 
ASSOCIATION 
OF  SCHOOLS 
AND  COLLEGES 


i 


Northeastern  University 

144  Knowles-Volpe 

360  Huntington  Avenue 

Boston,  Massachusetts  021 1 5 

Telephone  (61  7)  437-3327 

NORTHEASTERN  UNIVERSITY     1975-76 
GRADUATE  PROGRAM  IN  CRIMINAL  JUSTICE 


contents 


4  Campus  Map 

5  Academic  Calendar 

5  University  Holidays 

6  The  Governing  Boards  and  Officers  of  the  University 
6  Corporation 

8  Board  of  Trustees 

10  Administrative  Organization 

13  General  University  Committees 

14  Organization  of  the  Graduate  Schools 
19  The  University 

23  Buildings  and  Facilities 

27  College  of  Criminal  Justice  Graduate  Program 

28  Part-Time  Study 

28  General  Regulations 

30  The  Master  of  Science  Degree 

35  Financial  Information 

35  Financial  Obligations 

36  Financial  Aid 
39  Faculty 

41  Fields  of  Study 

41  Programs  in  Professional  Specializations 

43  Model  Program 

44  Specimen  Programs 
47  Courses 

55  Index 


.-=   at 

13  ■  — 


iSSSSSSgariSfSg^g^S^is^SSi 


<-33=:ccj:^;£:z3<cSa_aece;3 


I    s 

°.E^ 

<T3   ~U     TO  —   o  >" 

to  'E   Zn  S.    to   <5  "ro   2 

2  CQ    >n ^    3J  ^  _o 

iS  -c  £  =  2P^>  - 

|o 
to    o    ro  x 
CO  CD  c_>  O 


E 


05    §         t/>  ' 


,_  >-       «a;   qc 


■5  =  °=  «  ' 


t;  no  tio  ~ 

»-  -o    c   c  2 

,   d>     3  —  ™    ■  — 
CJ>  <r   —  —     =" 

II       ™  ~  QQ  = 

"£  "^     =   E?  TO 

QJ     C  TO  -1- 


><5 


CD     00 

o.E 

I  c/3  -a 


as   o   o  — 


>  CJ  O   O   O   UJ 


5T  5T  £  -6 

O     O     *-     TO 

U.U.    C3X 


—     ,_  T3 


>-  -C    O    O  — '  •  — 

=>     TO     C     C  ,_i   ^ 

:n  o  :*:  ^  ,— i  <c : 


:-§'E 

CC  Z3 


£^25S^£2S£e§S£^3§SS«S£C?[i?S 


ACADEMIC  CALENDAR  1975-1976 

Fall  Quarter  1975 

Registration  period  (1:00-3:00  and  5:30-8:00  p.m.) 


Boston 

Classes  begin 

Last  day  to  drop  a  course 

Examination  period 


Monday-Thursday 
Monday 
Wednesday 
Monday-Friday 


Winter  Quarter  1975-1976 

Registration  period  (1:00-3:00  and  5:30-8:00  p.m.) 


Boston 

Classes  begin 

Last  day  to  drop  a  course 

Examination  period 


Monday-Thursday 
Monday 
Friday 
Monday-Friday 


Spring  Quarter  1976 

Registration  period  (1:00-3:00  and  5:30-8:00  p.m.) 


Boston 

Classes  begin 

Last  day  to  drop  a  course 

Examination  period 


Monday-Thursday 
Monday 
Friday 
Monday-Friday 


Summer  Quarter  1976 

Registration  period  (5:30-8:00  p.m.) 

Boston  Wednesday  &  Thursday 


Classes  begin 


Monday 


Sept.  22-Sept.  25 
September  29 
November  26 
Dec.  15-Dec.  19 


Dec.  8-Dec.  11 
January  5 
March  5 
Mar.  22-Mar.  26 


Mar.  15-Mar.  18 
April  5 
June  4 
June  14 


June  16  &  17 
June  28 


UNIVERSITY  HOLIDAYS  1975-1976 


Columbus  Day 
Veterans'  Day 
Thanksgiving  Recess 
Christmas  Vacation 
Martin  Luther  King's  Birthday 
Washington's  Birthday 
Patriots  Day 
Memorial  Day 
Independence  Day 
Labor  Day 


Monday 

Monday 

Thursday-Saturday 

Monday-Friday 

Thursday 

Monday 

Monday 

Monday 

Monday 

Monday 


October  13 
October  27 
Nov.  27-Nov.  29 
Dec.  22-Jan.  2 
January  15 
February  23 
April  19 
May  31 
July  5 
September  6 


Equal  Opportunity  Policy 

Northeastern  University  is  committed  to  a  policy  of  providing  equal  op- 
portunity for  all.  In  all  matters  involving  admission,  registration,  and  all 
official  relationships  with  students,  including  evaluation  of  academic 
performance,  the  University  insists  on  a  policy  of  nondiscrimination. 
Northeastern  University  is  also  an  equal  opportunity  employer;  it  is  in- 
stitutional policy  that  there  shall  not  be  any  discrimination  against  any 
employee  or  applicant  for  employment  because  of  race,  color,  religion, 
sex,  age,  national  origin,  or  physical  or  mental  handicap.  In  addition, 
Northeastern  takes  affirmative  action  in  the  recruitment  of  students 
and  employees. 


the  governing  boards 

and  officers 

of  the  university 


THE  CORPORATION 

Julius  Abrams 
Charles  F.  Adams 
Vernon  R.  Alden 
William  T.  Alexander 
0.  Kelley  Anderson 
*Diana  J.  Auger 

Allen  G.  Barry 
Lincoln  C.  Bateson 
Thomas  P.  Beal 

*Roy  H.  Beaton 

*F.  Gregg  Bemis 
Beverly  Ann  Bendekgey 
Edward  L.  Bigelow 
Robert  D.  Black 
Gerald  W.  Blakeley,  Jr. 
Raymond  H.  Blanchard 
S.  Whitney  Bradley 
Rexford  A.  Bristol 
Edward  W.  Brooke 

*George  R.  Brown 
Martin  Brown 
William  L  Brown 
William  H.  Bruce,  Jr. 
John  L.  Burns 
Hyman  H.  Burstein 
Victor  C.  Bynoe 

*LouisW.  Cabot 
*Norman  L.  Cahners 


tCharles  W.  Call,  Jr. 
Henry  F.  Callahan 
Mrs.  Anthony  S.  Camarota 

(Dorothy  Dodge) 
Erwin  D.  Canham 

*Richard  P.  Chapman 
Theodore  Chase 
Robert  F.  Chick 
Vessarios  G.  Chigas 
Carl  W.  Christiansen 

*David  H.  Cogan 
Abram  T.  Collier 
William  A.  Coolidge 
Edward  Creiger 
H.  James  Crossan,  Jr. 

Marshall  B.  Dalton 

Roger  C.  Damon 
*Edward  Dana 

William  O.  DiPietro 

Alfred  di  Scipio 

Estelle  Dockser  (Mrs.) 
*William  R.  Driver,  Jr. 

*Carl  S.  Ell 
*Byron  K.  Elliott 
'William  P.  Ellison 

Joseph  A.  Erickson 

Robert  Erickson 


*  Member  of  the  Board  of  Trustees 
t  Deceased  January  2,  1975 


*Frank  L.  Farwell 
*James  V.  Fetchero 
Eldred  L.  Field 
Joseph  F.  Ford 


Thomas  J.  Galligan,  Jr. 
William  W.  Garth,  Jr. 
James  M.  Gavin 
Lloyd  S.  Glidden,  Jr. 
Elliott  M.  Gordon 
John  L.  Grandin,  Jr. 
Don  S.  Greer 
'Donald  B.  Guy 


Allan  M.  Hale 
William  Hellman 
'Ernest  Henderson  III 
Walter  F.  Henneberry 
James  S.  Herbert 
Richard  D.  Hill 
Charles  E.  Hodges 
'Harold  D.  Hodgkinson 
Robert  W.  Holmes 
Harvey  P.  Hood 
Hartwell  G.  Howe 
John  S.  Howe 
Howard  M.  Hubbard 
Carl  R.  Hurtig 


tEli  Jacobson 
*Robert  L.  Johnson 
*Henry  C.  Jones 


Joseph  C.  Lawler 
Maurice  Lazarus 
"Kenneth  A.  Loftman 
Edward  A.  Loring 
'John  Lowell 
Ralph  Lowell 
Diane  H.  Lupean 


Kathryn  A.  MacKinnon 

'Lawrence  H.  Martin 

*J.  Edwin  Matz 
Peter  H.  McCormick 
Percy  M.  Mcintosh 
Andrew  J.  McNeill 
Dominic  Meo,  Jr. 
William  C.  Mercer 
Mrs.  Andrew  H.  Messer 

(Melanie  C.  Berger) 
Don  G.  Mitchell 

'Harold  A.  Mock 
Frank  E.  Morris 
James  A.  Morris 
William  B.  Moses,  Jr. 

"Stephen  P.  Mugar 


William  H.  Nichols,  Jr. 
John  T.  Noonan 


Bernard  J.  O'Keefe 
Adrian  O'Keeffe 
Harry  Olins 
George  Olmsted,  Jr. 
James  H.  Orr 
Ara  Oztemel 


George  S.  Kariotis 
*Mrs.  John  B.  Kenerson 
(Frances  Comins) 

E.  Douglas  Kenna 

Edward  M.  Kennedy 

Fenton  G.  Keyes 

Calvin  A.  King 
'Asa  S.  Knowles 


'Augustin  H.  Parker 
Edward  S.  Parsons 

'Amelia  Peabody 
Theodore  R.  Peary 
Nicholas  V.  Petrou 

'Thomas  L.  Phillips 
Edward  D.  Phinney 
Jerome  M.  Powell 


"  Honorary  Trustee 

f  Deceased  January  20,  1975 


Albert  Pratt 
William  J.  Pruyn 
George  Putnam 


Blanche  M.  Quaid 
"Francis  J.  Quirico 


William  M.  Rand 

William  H.  Raye,  Jr. 

Kathleen  M.  Rice 
*Joseph  G.  Riesman 

R.  Earl  Roberson 

Daniel  J.  Roberts 
*Dwight  P.  Robinson,  Jr. 

Ralph  B.  Rogers 


Leverett  Saltonstall 
David  T.  Scott 
Donald  W.  Seager 
Sydney  Shaftman 
*James  L.  Shanahan 
Philip  A.  Singleton 
'Donald  W.  Smith 
Tarnham  W.  Smith 
'George  A.  Snell 
Bernard  Solomon 
Robert  C.  Sprague 


"Russell  B.  Stearns 
'Earl  P.  Stevenson 

David  B.  Stone 
"Robert  G.  Stone 

George  B.  Storer 


Lawrence  I.  Templeman 
Charles  H.  Tenney  II 
Almore  I.  Thompson 
Milton  A.  Thompson 

"D.  Thomas  Trigg 

"Chaplin  Tyler 


Samuel  Wakeman 
Martin  F.  Walsh 
An  Wang 
Lloyd  B.  Waring 
Edward  A.  Weeks 
William  C.White 
'Robert  H.Willis 
Alfred  K.  Wright 


Richard  W.  Young 


Vincent  C.  Ziegler 
*Alvin  C.  Zises 


THE  BOARD  OF  TRUSTEES 


Robert  H.  Willis,  Chairman 

Norman  L.  Cahners,  Vice  Chairman 

William  R.  Driver,  Jr.,  Vice  Chairman 

Frank  L.  Farwell,  Vice  Chairman 

Farnham  W.  Smith,  Vice  Chairman 

D.  Thomas  Trigg,  Treasurer 

Philip  C.  Boyd,  Secretary 


Byron  K.  Elliott,  Honorary  Chairman 

Dwight  P.  Robinson,  Jr.,  Honorary  Vice  Chairman 

Russell  B.  Stearns,  Honorary  Vice  Chairman 


Class  of  1975 


Class  of  1976 


Roy  H.  Beaton 
F.  Gregg  Bemis 
Louis  W.  Cabot 
Byron  K.  Elliott 
Donald  B.  Guy 
Kenneth  A.  Loftman 
John  Lowell 
Lawrence  H.  Martin 
Augustin  H.  Parker 
Francis  J.  Quirico 
Earl  P.  Stevenson 


Diana  J.  Auger 
George  R.  Brown 
William  R.  Driver,  Jr. 
Harold  D.  Hodgkinson 
Robert  L.  Johnson 
Mrs.  John  B.  Kenerson 

(Frances  Comins) 
Amelia  Peabody 
Thomas  L.  Phillips 
James  L.  Shanahan 
Robert  G.  Stone 
Robert  H.Willis 


Class  of  1977 

Norman  L.  Cahners 
Richard  P.  Chapman 
Edward  Dana 
William  P.  Ellison 
James  V.  Fetchero 
Ernest  Henderson  III 
Eli  Jacobson 
Joseph  G.  Riesman 
Dwight  P.  Robinson,  Jr. 
Donald  W.  Smith 
Alvin  C.  Zises 


Class  of  1978 

David  H.  Cogan 
Carl  S.  Ell 
Frank  L.  Farwell 
Henry  C.  Jones 
J.  Edwin  Matz 
Harold  A.  Mock 
Farnham  W.  Smith 
George  A.  Snell 
Russell  B.  Stearns 
D.  Thomas  Trigg 
Chaplin  Tyler 


t  Asa  S.   Knowles,   ex  officio 
Stephen  P.  Mugar,  Honorary  Trustee 


Executive  Committee 

Richard  P.  Chapman,  Chairman 
Alvin  C.  Zises,  Vice  Chairman 


George  R.  Brown 
Norman  L.  Cahners 
William  R.  Driver,  Jr. 
ttCarl  S.  Ell 
Byron  K.  Elliott 
Frank  L.  Farwell 
Donald  B.  Guy 
tAsa  S.  Knowles 
Harold  A.  Mock 


Dwight  P.  Robinson,  Jr. 
Donald  W.  Smith 
Farnham  W.  Smith 
Russell  B.  Stearns 
Earl  P.  Stevenson 
Robert  G.  Stone 
D.  Thomas  Trigg 
Chaplin  Tyler 
Robert  H.Willis 


t  President  of  the  University 
ft  President  Emeritus  of  the  University 


10 


ADMINISTRATIVE  ORGANIZATION 


Officers  of  the  University 

Asa  S.  Knowles,  A.B.,  A.M.,  LL.D.,  Litt.D.,  Sc.D.,  D.B.A.,  Sc.D.  in  Bus. 
Ed.,  President 

Carl  S.  Ell,  A.B.,  S.B.,  Ed.M.,  M.S.,  Sc.D.,  L.H.D.,  LL.D.,  D.S.Ed.,  Presi- 
dent Emeritus 

Kenneth  G.  Ryder,  A.B.,  M.A.,  L.H.D.,  Executive  Vice  President 

Roy  L.  Wooldridge,  B.S.,  Ed.M.,  Executive  Vice  President  for  Coopera- 
tive Education 

Edmund  L.  Deltano,  B.S.,  Vice  President  for  Finance 

Arthur   E.    Fitzgerald,    E.E.,   S.M.,   Sc.D.,    Vice   President  for  Academic 
Affairs  and  Dean  of  Faculty 

Gilbert  G.  MacDonald,  B.I.E.,  Ed.M.,  Vice  President  for  Student  Affairs 

Eugene  M.  Reppucci,  Jr.,  B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Vice  President  for  Development 
and  Director  of  Development 

Daniel  J.  Roberts,  Jr.,  B.S.,  M.B.A.,  Ed.M.,  Wee  President  for  Business 

Loring  M.  Thompson,  B.S.,  M.S.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Wee  President  and  Dean 
of  Planning 

Royal   K.  Toebes,  B.S.,  M.B.A.,   Wee  President  for  Alumni  Affairs  and 
Associate  Director  of  Development 

Academic  Deans,  Directors  of  Schools  and 
General  Administrative  Officers 

Catherine  L.  Allen,  B.S.,  M.A.,  Ed.D.,  Ph.D.,  Dean  of  Boston-Bouve  Col- 
lege and  Director  of  Boston-Bouve  College  Graduate  School 

Kenneth  W.   Ballou,   A.B.,   Ed.M.,   Dean   of  Adult  Education   Programs 
and  Dean  of  University  College 

Richard  W.  Bishop,  B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Dean  of  University  Relations  and  As- 
sistant to  the  President 

Malcolm  J.  Campbell,  B.A.,  M.Ed.,  Associate  Dean  of  Adult  Education 
and  Director  of  the  Center  for  Continuing  Education 

Richard  I.  Carter,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Director  of  the  Computation  Center 

Geoffrey  Crofts,  B.Comm.,  Dean  and  Director  of  the  Graduate  School 
of  Actuarial  Science 

11 


John  A.  Curry,  A.B.,  Ed.M.,  Dean  of  Academic  Services,  Assistant  to 
the  Executive  Vice  President,  and  Acting  Dean  of  Admissions 

Charles   M.    Devlin,    B.S.,    M.Ed.,   Assistant  to   the   Vice   President  for 
Finance  (Financial  Aid  Office) 

Ann    M.    Duncan-Glasgow,   A.B.,    Ed.M.,    Ph.D.,   Director  of  Affirmative 
Action 

Martin  W.  Essigmann,  S.B.,  M.S.,  Dean  of  Research 

Herbert  W.  Gallagher,  B.S.,  Director  of  Athletics 

Joseph    M.    Golemme,    S.B.,    M.A.,    C.P.A.,    Director    of    the    Graduate 
School  of  Professional  Accounting 

George  W.  Hankinson,  A.B.,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School 
of  Engineering  and  Assistant  Dean  of  Engineering 

James  S.  Hekimian,  A.B.,  M.B.A.,  D.B.A.,  Dean  of  Business  Administra- 
tion 

Sidney  Herman,  A.B.,  M.A.,  Associate  Dean  of  Faculty 

John  W.  Jordan,  B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Busi- 
ness Administration  and  Associate  Dean  of  Business  Administration 

Christopher  F.  Kennedy,  A.B.,  Ed.M.,  Dean  of  Students 

Alvin  Kent,  B.A.,  M.Ed.,  Director  of  the  Office  of  Educational  Resources 

Robert  H.  Ketchum,  B.S.,  B.D.,  M.B.A.,  Ph.D.,  Director  of  the  Graduate 
School  of  Arts  and  Sciences  and  Associate  Dean  of  Liberal  Arts 

William  F.  King,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Director  of  Lincoln  College  and  Associate 
Dean  of  Engineering 

Philip  LaTorre,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Director  of  Environmental  Health  and  Assis- 
tant Dean  of  Academic  Services 

Juanita  A.  Long,  B.S.N.,  M.S.N.,  C.A.G.S.,  Dean  of  Nursing 

Helene  A.  Loux,  B.S.,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Dean  of  Allied  Health  Profes- 
sions 

Alan  A.  Mackey,  B.S.,  A.M.,  University  Registrar 

Melvin  Mark,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Sc.D.,  Dean  of  Engineering 

Frank  E.  Marsh,  Jr.,  A.B.,  M.Ed.,  D.Ed.,  Dean  of  Education 

John  Martin,  B.S.,  M.B.A.,  Assistant  Business  Manager 

Roland  H.  Moody,  A.B.,  B.L.S.,  Director  of  the  University  Library 


12 


Timothy  L.  Moran,  B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Associate  Dean  of  University  College 
and  Director  of  Law  Enforcement  Correctional  and  Security  Pro- 
grams 

Robert  Najjar,  B.A.,  M.B.A.,  Bursar 

Harold  Naidus,  A.B.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Dean  of  University  College 
and  Director  of  Liberal  Arts  Programs 

Robert  O'Brien,  B.S.   Director,  Admin.  Computer  Services 

John  C.  O'Byrne,  A.B.,  M.S.,  J.D.,  Dean  of  the  School  of  Law 

Paul  M.  Pratt,  B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Dean  of  the  Department  of  Cooperative 
Education 

Gregory  T.  Ricks,  B.A.,  M.C.P.,  Director  of  the  African-American  Insti- 
tute and  Assistant  Dean  of  Students 

Nathan  Riser,  A.B.,  A.M.,  Ph.D.,  Director  of  Marine  Science  Institute 

Norman  Rosenblatt,  A.B.,  Ph.D.,  Dean  of  Criminal  Justice  and  Director 
of  the  Graduate  Program  of  Criminal  Justice 

Philip  J.  Rusche,  B.A.,  B.S.Ed.,  M.A.,  Ed.D.,  Director  of  the  Graduate 
School  of  Education  and  Associate  Dean  of  Education 

Robert  A.  Shepard,  B.S.,  Ph.D.,  Dean  of  Liberal  Arts 

Albert  H.  Soloway,  B.S.,  Ph.D.,  Acting  Dean  of  Pharmacy  and  Allied 
Health  Professions  and  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Phar- 
macy and  Allied  Health  Professions 

Carl  E.  Staab,  Director  of  Personnel  and  Assistant  Dean  of  Academic 
Services 

Donald  Taylor,  B.A.,  M.Ed.,  Business  Manager 

Elmer  Ziegler,  B.S.,  Superintendent  of  Building  and  Grounds 


13 


GENERAL  UNIVERSITY  COMMITTEES 

The  Executive  Council 

Asa  S.  Knowles,  Chairman 
Kenneth  G.  Ryder,  Vice  Chairman 
Loring  M.  Thompson,  Secretary 
John  A.  Curry  Eugene  M.  Reppucci,  Jr. 

Edmund  L.  Deltano  Daniel  J.  Roberts,  Jr. 

Arthur  E.  Fitzgerald  Royal  K.  Toebes 

Gilbert  G.  MacDonald  Roy  L.  Wooldridge 


The  Academic  Council 


Asa 
Arthur  E. 
Loring 
Catherine  L.  Allen 
Kenneth  W.  Ballou 
Malcolm  J.  Campbell 
Geoffrey  Crofts 
Philip  T.  Crotty,  Jr. 
John  A.  Curry 
Martin  W.  Essigmann 
Joseph  M.  Golemme 
George  W.  Hankinson 
James  S.  Hekimian 
Sidney  Herman 
Christopher  F.  Kennedy 
Robert  H.  Ketchum 
William  F.  King 
Juanita  A.  Long 


S.  Knowles,  Chairman 

Fitzgerald,  Vice  Chairman 

M.  Thompson,  Secretary 

Helene  A.  Loux 
Gilbert  G.  MacDonald 
Alan  A.  Mackey 
Melvin  Mark 
Frank  E.  Marsh,  Jr. 
Roland  H.  Moody 
John  C.  O'Byrne 
Paul  M.  Pratt 
Norman  Rosenblatt 
Philip  J.  Rusche 
Kenneth  G.  Ryder 
Robert  A.  Shepard 
Albert  H.  Soloway 
Roy  L.  Wooldridge 


The  Faculty  Senate 


'Harley  Anderson 
Charmarie  J.  Blaisdell 
John  F.  Buoncristiani 
Robert  L.  Cord 

'John  A.  Curry 
Robert  S.  Curtin 
Flora  M.  DeScenza 
Irvin  Doress 
John  Dromgoole 


Gerald  H.  Herman 
Donald  M.  Jacobs 
Conrad  M.  Jankowski 
Maurice  Kaufman 
Christopher  Kennedy 
Robert  D.  Klein 
Melvin  Mark 
Robert  W.  Miller 
Richard  G.  Natoli 


'Appointed  by  the  President 


14 


Charles  H.  Dufton  Irene  A.  Nichols 

John  F.  Dunn  °Paul  M.  Pratt 

Ramona  H.  Edelin  Gordon  E.  Pruett 

James  M.  Feldman  °Daniel  J.  Roberts 

Robert  G.  Finkenaur,  Jr.  "Kenneth  G.  Ryder 

°Arthur  E.  Fitzgerald  David  Schmitt 

Norbert  L.  Fullington  °Robert  A.  Shepard 

Michael  Glaubman  Roy  Weinstein 

Suzanne  B.  Greenberg  M.  Delaine  Williamson 

Robert  J.  Hehre  Alvin  J.  Yorra 

Presiding  Officer 

Asa  S.  Knowles 

or 

Arthur  E.  Fitzgerald 

ORGANIZATION  OF  THE  GRADUATE  SCHOOLS 

Administration 

Catherine    L.   Allen,    Ed.D.,    Ph.D.,    Director   of   Boston-Bouve    College 
Graduate  School 

Francis  W.  Casey,  B.A.,  Registrar  of  the  Graduate  Schools 

Geoffrey  Crofts,  B.Comm.,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Actuarial 
Science 

Philip  T.  Crotty,  Jr.,  M.A.,  Ed.D.,  Associate  Dean  of  Business  Adminis- 
tration 

Nancy    Dean,    M.Ed.,    Coordinator    of   Admissions,    Graduate    School 
of  Education 

Joseph  M.  Golemme,  M.A.,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Profes- 
sional Accounting 

George  W.  Hankinson,  M.S.,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  En- 
gineering 

Linda  D.  Johnson,  B.A.,  Associate  Registrar  of  the  Graduate  Schools 

John  W.  Jordan,  M.Ed.,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Business 
Administration 

Thomas  J.  Kerr,  M.S. I.E.,  Assistant  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of 
Engineering 

Robert  H.  Ketchum,  Ph.D.,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Arts  and 
Sciences 

John  J.  McKenna,  M.A.,  Assistant  Director,  Graduate  School  of  Ac- 
tuarial Science 

15 


Norman  Rosenblatt,  Ph.D.,  Director  of  the  Graduate  Program  in  Crim- 
inal Justice 

Philip  J.  Rusche,  Ed.D.,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Education 

Albert  Soloway,  Ph.D.,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Pharmacy 
and  Allied  Health  Professions 

Janice  Walker,  A.B.,  Assistant  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Edu- 
cation 

University  Graduate  Council 
1975-1976 

The  Council  determines  broad  policies  and  regulations  governing 
the  conduct  of  graduate  work.  All  new  graduate  programs  must  be 
approved  by  the  Council. 


OFFICERS 

Arthur  E.  Fitzgerald,  Chairman 

Barbara  Philbrick,  Vice  Chairman 

Sidney  Herman,  Secretary 


Administrative  Members 


Catherine  L.  Allen 
Philip  T.  Crotty,  Jr. 
George  W.  Hankinson 
James  S.  Hekimian 
John  W.  Jordan 
Robert  H.  Ketchum 


Melvin  Mark 
Frank  E.  Marsh 
Norman  Rosenblatt 
Philip  J.  Rusche 
Robert  A.  Shepard 
Albert  Soloway 


Elected  Faculty  Members 


Petros  Argyres 
Arlis  Aron 
David  Barkley 
Frederick  Blanc 
Paul  V.  Croke 
Ernest  M.  DeCicco 
Romine  Deming 
Austin  Fisher 
Alberto  Galmarino 
Gilbert  Garland 
Victor  Godin 
George  Goldin 
James  Gozzo 
Arvin  Grabel 
Thomas  Henstock 


Harlan  Lane 
Parshotam  Madan 
Harold  Miner 
Irene  Nichols 
Barbara  Philbrick 
John  D.  Post 
Nathan  Riser 
Alae-Eldin  Sayed 
Joseph  Senna 
Albert  Soloway 
Ralph  Troupe 
Elizabeth  Van  Slyck 
Victor  Warner 
Arthur  Weitzman 
Robert  N.  Wiener 


16 


Richard  Higgins  Joseph  J.  Zelinski 

Christine  Hobart  Richard  Zobel 

Norman  Kaplan 

Administrative  Committee  of  the  Graduate  Schools 

Sidney  Herman,  Chairman 
Francis  W.  Casey,  Secretary 

Catherine  L.  Allen  Melvin  Mark 

Alvah  K.  Borman  Frank  E.  Marsh,  Jr. 

Barbara  Burke  Edmund  J.  Mullen 

Geoffrey  Crofts  John  C.  O'Byrne 

Philip  T.  Crotty,  Jr.  Barbara  Philbrick 

Joseph  M.  Golemme  Norman  Rosenblatt 

George  W.  Hankinson  Philip  J.  Rusche 

James  S.  Hekimian  Robert  A.  Shepard 

John  W.  Jordan  Albert  Soloway 

Robert  H.  Ketchum  Jacqueline  A.  St.  Germain 
Alan  A.  Mackey 

Ex  Officio 

Arthur  E.  Fitzgerald,  Dean  of  Faculty 
Loring  M.  Thompson,  Dean  of  Planning 

Committee  of  the  Graduate  Program  in  Criminal  Justice  1975-1976 

Joseph  Senna,  Chairman,  Associate  Professor  of  Criminal  Justice 

Frederick  Cunliffe,  Professor  of  Criminal  Justice 

Romine  Deming,  Associate  Professor  of  Criminal  Justice 

Edith  Flynn,  Associate  Professor  of  Criminal  Justice 

Robert   Fuller,    Graduate   Program   in   Criminal  Justice   Administrative 
Assistant 

Robert  Gallati,  Professor  of  Criminal  Justice 

James  Reed,  Assistant  Professor  of  Criminal  Justice 

Norman  Rosenblatt,  Dean  of  the  College  of  Criminal  Justice,  ex  officio 

Stephen  Schafer,  Professor  of  Criminal  Justice 

Larry  Siegel,  Assistant  Professor  of  Criminal  Justice 

Donna  Turek,  Assistant  Professor  of  Criminal  Justice 


17 


'I  * 


~  ,vt-f*«3*«* 


v..  ..    '-    ' 


:/:■:"■*■>"■:*, 


the  university 


Founded  in  1898,  Northeastern  University  is  incorporated  as  a 
privately  endowed  nonsectarian  institution  of  higher  learning  un- 
der the  General  Laws  of  Massachusetts.  The  State  Legislature,  by 
special  enactment,  has  given  the  University  general  degree-grant- 
ing powers.  The  University  is  governed  by  a  Board  of  Trustees 
elected  by  and  from  the  Northeastern  University  Corporation, 
which  is  composed  of  170  distinguished  business  and  profes- 
sional men  and  women. 

From  its  beginning,  Northeastern  University  has  had  as  its  dom- 
inant purpose  the  discovery  of  community  educational  needs  and 
the  meeting  of  these  in  distinctive  and  serviceable  ways.  The  Uni- 
versity has  not  duplicated  the  programs  of  other  institutions,  but 
has  sought  to  pioneer  new  areas  of  educational  service. 

A  distinctive  feature  of  Northeastern  University  is  its  Coopera- 
tive Plan,  initiated  by  the  College  of  Engineering  in  1909  and  sub- 
sequently adopted  by  the  Colleges  of  Business  Administration 
(1922),  Liberal  Arts  (1935),  Education  (1953),  Pharmacy  (1962), 
Nursing  (1964),  Boston-Bouve  College  (1964),  the  College  of  Crim- 
inal Justice  (1967),  and  Lincoln  College's  daytime  Bachelor  of  En- 
gineering Technology  program  (1971).  As  an  educational  method, 
the  Cooperative  Plan  enables  students  to  gain  valuable  practical 
experience  as  an  integral  part  of  their  college  program,  and  also 
provides  the  means  by  which  they  may  contribute  substantially  to 
the  financing  of  their  education.  The  Plan  has  been  extended  to 
the  graduate  level  in  engineering,  actuarial  science,  rehabilitation 
administration,  professional  accounting,  business  administration, 
and  law. 

In  the  field  of  adult  education,  programs  of  study  have  been 
developed  to  meet  a  variety  of  needs.  University  College  offers 
evening  courses  —  offered  by  the  University  since  1906  —  and 
adult-day  courses  leading  to  the  bachelor's  degree.  In  addition  to 
offering  day  undergraduate  programs  in  Electrical  Engineering 
Technology  and  Mechanical  Engineering  Technology,  Lincoln 
College  offers  evening/part-time  certificate,  associate,  and  bache- 
lor degree  programs  in  technological  areas.  All  formal  courses 
of  study  leading  to  degrees  through  part-time  programs  are  ap- 
proved by  the  Basic  College  faculties  concerned. 

19 


20  /  THE  UNIVERSITY 

GRADUATE  AND  PROFESSIONAL  SCHOOLS 

The  ten  graduate  and  professional  schools  of  the  University 
offer  day  and  evening  programs  leading  to  the  degrees  listed. 

The  Graduate  School  of  Actuarial  Science  offers  the  degree  of 
Master  of  Science  in  Actuarial  Science. 

The  Graduate  School  of  Arts  and  Sciences  offers  the  degrees  of 
Master  of  Arts,  Master  of  Science,  Master  of  Science  in  Health 
Science,  Master  of  Public  Administration,  and  Doctor  of  Philos- 
ophy. 

The  Graduate  School  of  Boston-Bouve  College  offers  the  de- 
gree of  Master  of  Science. 

The  Graduate  School  of  Business  Administration  offers  the  de- 
gree of  Master  of  Business  Administration. 

The  Graduate  Program  in  Criminal  Justice  offers  the  degree  of 
Master  of  Science. 

The  Graduate  School  of  Education  offers  the  degree  of  Master 
of  Education  and  the  Certificate  of  Advanced  Graduate  Study. 

The  Graduate  School  of  Engineering  offers  the  degrees  of  Mas- 
ter of  Science,  Engineer  degree,  Doctor  of  Engineering,  and  Doc- 
tor of  Philosophy. 

The  School  of  Law  offers  the  degree  of  Juris  Doctor. 

The  Graduate  School  of  Pharmacy  and  Allied  Health  Profes- 
sions offers  the  degrees  of  Master  of  Science  and  Doctor  of 
Philosophy. 

The  Graduate  School  of  Professional  Accounting  offers  the  de- 
gree of  Master  of  Science  in  Accounting. 

CENTER  FOR  CONTINUING  EDUCATION 

The  Center  for  Continuing  Education  was  established  in  1960 
to  relate  the  University  to  the  needs  of  its  community  in  a  period 
of  accelerated  change.  Adult  education  programs  offered  by  the 
Center  and  University  College  have  since  been  consolidated.  Its 
programs  are  composed  of  seminars,  conferences,  institutes, 
forums,  and  a  wide  variety  of  special  courses  designed  to  serve 
specific  needs.  The  Division  of  Special  Programs,  working  coop- 
eratively with  trade  associations  and  professional  societies,  offers 
a  wide  variety  of  programs  dealing  with  current  needs  and  prob- 
lems. Through  its  Division  of  Community  Services,  working  with 
governmental  agencies  and  community  organizations,  the  Center 
is  becoming  increasingly  involved  in  social  problems  on  both  the 
local  and  national  level. 


THE  UNIVERSITY  /  21 

Many  of  these  programs  are  conducted  at  Henderson  House, 
Northeastern  University's  conference  center  in  Weston,  Massa- 
chusetts. 

RESEARCH  ACTIVITIES 

The  facilities  of  the  University  are  engaged  in  a  wide  variety  of 
basic  research  projects  in  business,  science,  social  science, 
pharmacy,  and  engineering.  These  are  coordinated  by  the  Dean 
of  Research,  whose  services  are  University-wide  and  available  to 
the  faculties  of  all  the  Colleges. 

Although  Northeastern  is  primarily  concerned  with  undergradu- 
ate and  graduate  instruction,  the  University  believes  that  the  most 
effective  teaching  and  learning  take  place  in  an  environment 
characterized  by  research  activities  directed  toward  extending 
the  frontiers  of  knowledge. 

DEPARTMENT  OF  GRADUATE  PLACEMENT  SERVICES 

Counseling  and  placement  services  are  available  to  students 
and  alumni  of  all  University  programs.  A  Job  Bank  of  current  op- 
portunities located  throughout  Massachusetts  and  out  of  state  is 
maintained,  and  individual  counseling  is  available.  For  graduate 
students  enrolled  in  programs  operated  on  the  Cooperative  Plan, 
the  Department  makes  possible  an  integration  of  academic  work 
and  professional  experience  in  each  field  of  concentration,  by  re- 
ferring students  to  appropriate  work  assignments. 

The  Department  also  offers,  on  an  ongoing  basis,  a  seminar  on 
the  technology  of  job  hunting,  which  teaches  participants  how  to 
organize  an  effective  job  search.  The  seminar,  which  has  received 
local  and  national  media  coverage  in  The  Washington  Post  and 
Newsweek  magazine,  and  on  radio  and  television,  discusses  the 
techniques  of  building  personal  referral  networks,  conducting 
mail  campaigns,  and  achieving  successful  interviews,  as  well  as 
many  other  valuable  tips.  By  offering  the  seminar  and  its  other 
assistance,  the  Department  provides  a  thorough  and  vital  program 
of  placement  services. 


buildings  and  facilities 


MAIN  CAMPUS 

The  main  campus  of  Northeastern  University  is  located  at  360 
Huntington  Avenue  in  the  Back  Bay  section  of  Boston.  Many  of 
the  city's  famous  cultural,  educational,  and  philanthropic  institu- 
tions are  situated  in  the  Back  Bay,  including  the  Museum  of  Fine 
Arts,  Symphony  Hall,  Horticultural  Hall,  the  Isabella  Stewart  Gard- 
ner Museum,  the  Harvard  teaching  hospitals,  the  Boston  Public 
Library,  and  many  schools  and  colleges.  Most  are  within  walking 
distance  of  Northeastern  University. 

Major  transportation  facilities  serving  the  Boston  area  are 
Logan  International  Airport,  two  rail  terminals,  bus  terminals  serv- 
ing inter-  and  intrastate  lines,  and  MBTA  subway-bus  service 
within  the  metropolitan-suburban  area.  There  is  a  subway  stop  in 
front  of  the  campus.  For  motorists,  the  best  routes  to  the  campus 
are  the  Massachusetts  Turnpike  (Exit  22)  and  Route  9,  of  which 
Huntington  Avenue  is  the  intown  section. 

The  campus  of  48  acres  is  divided  by  Huntington  Avenue,  with 
the  main  educational  buildings  on  one  side  and  dormitories  on 
the  other.  The  principal  buildings,  all  of  which  have  been  con- 
structed since  1938,  are  of  glazed  brick  in  contemporary  classic 
style.  Most  are  interconnected  by  underground  passageways. 


Ell  Student  Center 

The  Carl  S.  Ell  Student  Center  provides  facilities  for  student 
recreation  and  for  extracurricular  activities.  The  Alumni  Audi- 
torium, with  a  seating  capacity  of  1,300,  is  part  of  the  Center.  Also 
included  are  special  drama  facilities,  a  ballroom  main  lounge,  fine 
arts  exhibition  area,  student  offices,  conference  rooms,  and  a 
dining  area  seating  more  than  1 ,000. 


Libraries 

The  University  library  system  consists  of  the  Dodge  Library, 
which  is  the  main  library;  the  Suburban  Campus  Library  at  Bur- 

23 


24  /  BUILDINGS  AND   FACILITIES 

lington;  the  School  of  Law  Library;  and  divisional  libraries  for 
Physics  and  Electrical  Engineering,  Chemistry  and  Biology, 
Mathematics  and  Psychology,  Health,  Physical,  and  Recreation 
Education,  and  Physical  Therapy.  There  are  additional  subject 
collections  for  the  Center  for  Management  Development  in  An- 
dover,  Massachusetts,  and  the  Marine  Science  Institute  in  Nahant. 
The  library  collections  number  360,000  volumes  supplemented 
by  some  267,000  titles  in  microprint,  microfilm,  and  microfiche 
forms.  The  collection  includes,  in  addition,  some  3,500  periodical 
titles,  90,000  documents,  and  4,600  sound  recordings. 

Cabot  Physical  Education  Center 

The  Godfrey  Lowell  Cabot  Physical  Education  Center  is  one  of 
the  best  equipped  in  New  England.  The  large  gymnasium  con- 
tains four  basketball  courts.  In  addition,  the  Center  consists  of  an 
athletic  cage,  a  small  gymnasium,  and  a  rifle  range,  as  well  as 
administrative  offices  for  the  Department  of  Athletics  and  for  the 
Physical  Education  Department  of  Boston-Bouve  College. 

A  recent  addition  to  the  Center,  the  Barletta  Natatorium,  houses 
a  105-foot  swimming  pool,  a  practice  tank  for  the  crew,  handball 
courts,  and  shower  and  dressing  facilities. 

Dockser  Hall 

Charles  and  Estelle  Dockser  Hall,  completed  in  1968,  houses  a 
large  gymnasium,  dance  studio,  motor  performance  laboratory, 
college  library,  community  recreation  laboratory,  folk  arts  center, 
dark  and  music  rooms,  recreation  resources  area,  locker  rooms, 
offices,  classrooms,  conference  room  and  lounge,  storage  facili- 
ties, and  a  research  laboratory. 

Apartments  for  Graduate  Students 

The  University  maintains  a  100-apartment  housing  unit  which 
accommodates  279  people.  Two-,  three-,  and  four-party  apart- 
ments are  available,  which  vary  in  size  from  two  to  four  rooms 
plus  bath.  Apartments  are  furnished  with  beds,  chairs,  desks, 
stove,  refrigerator,  and  kitchen  table.  The  cost  includes  all  utilities. 

A  $50  deposit  is  required  when  making  application  for  the 
apartments.  Applications  are  available  in  the  Office  of  University 
Housing.  Students  are  expected  to  make  such  arrangements  on  a 
term-to-term  basis,  but  may  live  in  the  apartments  both  while  on 
cooperative  work  assignments  and  in  school,  if  they  wish.  All  res- 
ervations are  made  on  a  first  come,  first  served  basis. 


BUILDINGS  AND  FACILITIES  /  25 

SUBURBAN  FACILITIES 
Suburban  Campus 

The  Suburban  Campus,  located  near  the  junction  of  Routes  128 
and  3  in  Burlington,  Massachusetts,  was  established  to  meet  the 
needs  of  individuals  and  of  industry  in  the  area. 

In  addition  to  graduate  courses  in  engineering,  physics,  mathe- 
matics, business  administration,  science,  education,  and  the  arts, 
portions  of  undergraduate  programs  leading  to  the  associate  and 
bachelor's  degrees,  special  programs  for  adults,  and  noncredit 
state-of-the-art  programs  are  offered. 

Warren  Center 

The  Warren  Center  is  a  practical  laboratory  for  Boston-Bouve 
College  in  outdoor  education  and  conservation,  in  group  practi- 
cum,  and  in  camping  administration,  programming,  and  counsel- 
ing. At  this  Center  in  Ashland,  completed  in  1967,  there  are  tennis 
courts,  field  hockey  and  lacrosse  fields,  waterfront  for  swimming 
and  boating,  overnight  camp  sites,  fields  and  forests,  heated  cot- 
tages, and  the  Hayden  Lodge  with  a  recreation  hall,  library,  crafts 
shop,  dining  facilities,  and  conference  accommodations. 

Henderson  House 

The  University's  conference  center,  Henderson  House,  is  lo- 
cated in  Weston,  Massachusetts.  The  Center  for  Continuing  Edu- 
cation conducts  short-term  courses,  seminars,  and  special  insti- 
tutes for  business,  professional,  and  research  groups.  Henderson 
House  is  12  miles  from  the  main  campus. 

Marine  Science  Institute 

The  Marine  Science  Institute  at  Nahant,  Massachusetts,  is  a 
research  and  instructional  facility  engaged  primarily  in  studies  of 
marine  biology  and  oceanography.  The  Institute  is  operated  all 
year,  and  is  about  20  miles  northeast  of  Boston.  Many  of  the 
courses  at  this  institute  are  applicable  toward  an  advanced  de- 
gree in  biology  or  health  science. 


*  *s* 


f™ 


•--;, 


i 


college  of 
criminal  justice 
graduate  program 


The  Graduate  Program  in  Criminal  Justice  at  Northeastern  Uni- 
versity offers  both  a  full-  and  part-time  program  leading  to  a 
Master  of  Science  degree.  Students  have  the  opportunity  to 
choose  among  three  major  concentrations  of  study:  administra- 
tion, policy  development,  and  planning;  behavioral  science  theory; 
and  research.  Development  of  leadership  qualities  is  stressed  in 
each  specialization.  The  purpose  of  the  graduate  program  is  to 
provide  innovative  concepts  in  academic  study  and  research  of 
crime  using  the  criminal  justice  process. 

The  master's  program  in  criminal  justice  concentrates  on  the 
problem  of  crime  as  a  form  of  deviant  behavior  through  a  system 
established  in  response  to  that  problem.  The  multidisciplinary 
academic  program  emphasizes  a  systems  approach  to  criminal 
justice,  and  stresses  organizational  and  management  theory. 
Broad  in  concept,  the  program  is  to  be  understood  as  encom- 
passing such  related  disciplines  as  law,  sociology,  political  sci- 
ence, psychology,  criminology,  and  public  administration.  Its  pri- 
mary educational  function  is  to  prepare  individuals  for  research, 
teaching,  and  administration  within  a  changing  criminal  justice 
system. 

Faculty  members  represent  several  academic  disciplines. 
Teaching  activities  vary  in  nature  and  depend  on  the  instructor's 
specific  objectives.  Specialized  areas  include  courses  in  com- 
munity treatment,  delinquency,  correctional  management,  crim- 
inology, and  criminalistics. 

The  goals  of  graduate  study  in  the  College  of  Criminal  Justice 
are: 

27 


28  /  COLLEGE  OF  CRIMINAL  JUSTICE  GRADUATE  PROGRAM 

1.  To  develop  leaders  capable  of  assuming  responsibility  for 
policy  planning,  administration,  and  group  leadership. 

2.  To  prepare  individuals  for  criminal  justice  teaching  positions 
in  community  colleges  and  other  educational  institutions. 

3.  To  provide  students  with  the  necessary  skills  and  knowledge 
for  applied  research  and  to  facilitate  their  ability  to  discern 
problem  areas. 

4.  To  provide  a  foundation  for  advanced  doctoral  study. 

FULL-TIME  STUDY 

Graduate  study  in  criminal  justice  may  be  pursued  through 
either  a  full-  or  part-time  program.  Full-time  study  allows  for  com- 
pletion of  course  work  within  one  academic  year,  beginning  in 
September  and  ending  in  June  of  the  following  year.  A  substan- 
tial portion  of  the  full-time  student's  time  is  devoted  to  academic 
study.  However,  simultaneous  work  on  the  thesis  is  expected  dur- 
ing this  period.  Most  students  finish  the  thesis  requirement  in  one 
additional  quarter,  thereby  completing  the  program  within  one 
calendar  year. 

PART-TIME  STUDY 

Graduate  study  is  also  possible  on  a  part-time  basis.  The  part- 
time  student  is  allowed  to  carry  a  maximum  of  two  courses  per 
quarter.  Close  consultation  with  a  faculty  adviser  helps  the  part- 
time  student  determine  a  workable  sequence  of  courses,  and 
decide  the  number  of  credits  to  be  carried  each  quarter.  All  de- 
gree requirements  must  be  completed  within  five  years  from  the 
date  of  enrollment. 

GENERAL  REGULATIONS 

The  general  regulations  and  minimum  requirements  for  all 
graduate  programs  are  established  by  the  Northeastern  University 
Graduate  Council.  In  some  matters  the  committee  of  each  grad- 
uate school  is  allowed  discretion  to  establish  regulations  within 
limits  defined  by  the  Council.  The  regulations  and  academic  re- 
quirements which  follow  have  been  formulated  in  accordance 
with  this  general  policy. 

Application 

All  applicants  should  address  inquiries  to  the  Graduate  Pro- 
gram of  Criminal  Justice.  Application  forms  and  information  will 
be  mailed  promptly. 


COLLEGE  OF  CRIMINAL  JUSTICE  GRADUATE  PROGRAM  /  29 

Registration 

Students  must  register  within  the  period  listed  on  the  school 
calendar.  Registration  is  not  permitted  after  this  period. 

Residence 

All  work  for  advanced  degrees  must  be  completed  in  residence 
at  the  University,  unless  approval  has  been  obtained  from  the 
Director  of  the  Graduate  Program  in  Criminal  Justice  for  work 
taken  elsewhere.  Students  who  are  in  residence  and  using  the 
facilities  of  the  University  must  register  for  such  work. 

Grading  System 

The  performance  of  students  in  graduate  courses  is  recorded 
by  the  instructor,  using  the  following  grades: 
A  Excellent 

For  performance  of  high  graduate  caliber 
B  Satisfactory 

For  performance  at  a  satisfactory  level 
C  Fair 

For  performance  not  at  the  level  expected  in  graduate  work 
F   Failure 

For  unsatisfactory  performance 
I     Incomplete 

For  failure  to  complete  course  work 
The  designation  "I"  will  be  changed  to  a  grade  upon  removal 
of  the  deficiencies  which  caused  the  "I"  to  be  reported.  Defi- 
ciencies must  be  removed  within  a  period  stipulated  by  the  pro- 
fessor. 

Any  student  who  wishes  to  take  a  make-up  examination  must 
obtain  permission  from  the  professor  teaching  the  course.  A  rea- 
sonable time  period  for  the  examination  is  discussed  with  and 
set  by  the  professor. 

Class  Hours  and  Credits 

All  credits  at  Northeastern  University  are  entered  as  quarter- 
hour  credits,  with  a  quarter  hour  of  credit  being  equivalent  to 
three-fourths  of  a  semester  hour:  i.e.,  12  semester  hours  are  equal 
to  16  quarter  hours. 

All  classes  in  the  Graduate  Program  in  Criminal  Justice  meet 
on  a  quarter  basis,  with  an  academic  quarter  defined  as  a  term 
of  approximately  12  weeks'  duration.  The  academic  calendar  in 
the  front  of  this  bulletin  should  be  consulted  to  determine  the 
opening  dates  of  each  quarter. 


30  /  COLLEGE  OF  CRIMINAL  JUSTICE  GRADUATE  PROGRAM 

Continuity  of  Program 

Students  are  expected  to  maintain  continuous  progress  toward 
a  degree.  Any  student  who  does  not  attend  Northeastern  for  a 
period  of  one  year  must  apply  for  readmission. 

Withdrawals 

In  order  to  withdraw  from  a  course,  a  student  must  fill  out  an 
official  withdrawal  form  obtained  at  the  Registrar's  Office.  With- 
drawals may  be  made  through  the  ninth  class  meeting  of  the 
quarter.  Students  will  be  withdrawn  as  of  the  date  on  which  they 
complete  the  form.  Ceasing  to  attend  a  class  or  notifying  the  in- 
structor does  not  constitute  an  official  withdrawal.  Petitions  for 
withdrawal  from  a  course  after  the  ninth  class  meeting  of  the 
quarter  must  be  submitted  to  the  Director  of  the  Graduate  Pro- 
gram, and  may  be  approved  to  avert  unusual  hardships  on  the 
student. 

Students  who  do  not  attend  the  first  two  sessions  will  be  dropped 
from  the  class  unless  they  notify  the  Registrar  of  their  intention 
to  continue. 

Changes  in  Requirements 

The  continuing  development  of  the  Graduate  Program  requires 
occasional  revision  of  curricula.  In  every  new  bulletin,  some  im- 
provements are  indicated.  When  changes  impose  no  hardships 
on  the  student  and  school  facilities  permit,  the  student  is  ex- 
pected to  meet  the  requirements  of  the  latest  bulletin.  If  the  stu- 
dent finds  it  impossible  to  meet  these  requirements,  the  bulletin 
for  the  year  in  which  he  entered  becomes  the  binding  one. 

Application  for  the  Diploma 

If  a  commencement  card  is  not  filed  with  the  Registrar's  Office 
on  or  before  the  applicable  date  listed  on  the  calendar,  there  is 
no  assurance  that  the  degree  will  be  granted  in  that  particular 
year,  even  though  all  other  requirements  have  been  fulfilled. 

THE  MASTER  OF  SCIENCE  DEGREE 

Admission  Requirements  for  Degree  Candidacy 

All  applications  for  graduate  study  in  Criminal  Justice  are  re- 
viewed by  the  Graduate  Admissions  Committee  and  must  include: 

1.  A  completed  application  accompanied  by  a  nonrefundable 
$15  application  fee. 


COLLEGE  OF  CRIMINAL  JUSTICE  GRADUATE  PROGRAM  /  31 

2.  Official  transcript(s)  from  accredited  institution(s)  as  evidence 
of  earning  a  baccalaureate  degree  with  a  gradepoint  aver- 
age of  approximately  3.0  or  higher. 

3.  Official  scores  from  the  aptitude  test  of  the  Graduate  Record 
Examination  or  Law  School  Aptitude  Test;  above-average 
scores  are  preferred. 

4.  Three  letters  of  recommendation  from  academic,  profes- 
sional, or  personal  sources;  academic  references  are  pre- 
ferred. 

5.  An  essay  of  not  more  than  400  words  which  expresses  aca- 
demic and  personal  objectives. 

No  one  factor  is  used  to  select  candidates  for  the  program. 
The  Graduate  Admissions  Committee  receives  all  applications  and 
considers  a  variety  of  factors,  including  previous  work  experience 
and  professional  potential,  in  addition  to  academic  record  and 
test  scores.  When  possible,  students  are  asked  to  participate  in 
an  admissions  interview  to  help  the  Committee  make  a  complete 
evaluation. 

Consideration  for  admission  is  given  only  after  all  application 
material,  including  the  $15  application  fee,  has  been  received  by 
the  Graduate  Program  in  Criminal  Justice. 


Student  Classifications 

Students  whose  credentials  meet  the  criteria  listed  above  are 
classified  as  full-  or  part-time  regular  students. 

Part-time  provisional  students  are  individuals  who  did  not  meet 
admission  standards  but  who,  in  the  opinion  of  the  Graduate 
Committee,  have  the  potential  for  graduate  work.  Applicants  for 
full-  or  part-time  regular  status  whose  credentials  do  not  warrant 
acceptance  are  automatically  considered  for  part-time  provisional 
status. 

Upon  completion  of  12  quarter  hours  of  course  work  at  North- 
eastern, the  provisional  student  must  request  a  transfer  to  regular 
student  status  in  the  Graduate  Program.  To  be  considered  for 
transfer,  6  of  the  12  credits  must  be  from  required  courses  offered 
by  the  Graduate  Program  in  Criminal  Justice  with  a  grade  of  at 
least  B.  An  overall  cumulative  grade  average  of  B  must  be  main- 
tained in  courses  taken  outside  the  College  of  Criminal  Justice. 

Special  students  may  take  courses  on  a  nondegree  basis  only 
by  obtaining  permission  from  individual  instructors.  Should  a 
special  student  desire  admission  to  the  degree  program  as  a  reg- 
ular student,  he/she  must  meet  standard  admission  requirements. 
Up  to  12  credits  (no  more  than  two  courses  per  quarter)  may  be 


32  /  COLLEGE  OF  CRIMINAL  JUSTICE  GRADUATE  PROGRAM 

taken  as  a  special  student  before  applying  for  admission.  All 
courses  must  result  in  a  grade  of  B  or  better;  if  12  credits  have 
been  completed,  6  must  be  from  required  courses. 

Academic  Requirements  for  the  Master's  Degree 

All  candidates  for  the  Master's  Degree  in  Criminal  Justice  are 
required  to  complete  the  following: 

1.  A  total  of  42  hours  of  course  credit. 

2.  Thirty-six  of  the  total  42  hours  completed  in  classroom  work, 
18  of  which  are  required  courses  and  18  elective  courses. 

3.  Completion  of  an  acceptable  thesis  valued  at  6  credits. 

4.  Satisfactory  performance  on  a  comprehensive  written  ex- 
amination. Full-  and  part-time  students  may  apply  to  take  the 
comprehensive  examination  when  they  have  completed  all 
course  requirements. 

Students  in  the  program  must  earn  a  grade  of  B  or  above  in 
all  required  and  elective  courses  offered  within  the  Graduate  Pro- 
gram in  Criminal  Justice.  An  average  of  B  or  above  is  also  re- 
quired in  all  other  elective  courses  taken  within  the  University. 
Each  student  is  expected  to  maintain  an  overall  average  of  B  or 
better  in  all  course  work  to  remain  in  the  program. 

Within  the  above  limitations,  a  criminal  justice  required  or  elec- 
tive course  for  which  a  grade  of  F  is  received,  must  be  repeated 
with  a  grade  of  B  or  better,  and  may  be  repeated  only  once.  If  a 
grade  of  F  is  received  in  a  University  elective  course,  that  course 
may  be  repeated  once  to  obtain  a  grade  of  C  or  better,  or  another 
elective  course  may  be  substituted.  If  a  grade  of  C  is  received  in 
a  required  course,  provisions  may  be  made  with  the  professor  to 
correct  the  deficiency. 

Program  Selection 

Upon  acceptance  as  a  degree  candidate,  the  student  is  as- 
signed a  temporary  adviser  in  his/her  major  area  of  concentra- 
tion. In  consultation  with  his/her  adviser,  the  student  develops  a 
program  of  study,  including  program  objectives,  anticipated 
courses,  and  estimated  dates  of  completion  of  the  various  degree 
requirements.  The  temporary  adviser  also  helps  the  student  select 
a  thesis  committee  which  assists  him/her  in  all  academic  matters, 
as  well  as  in  the  development  and  completion  of  the  thesis. 

Transfer  Credits 

Individuals  who  have  been  enrolled  in  other  graduate  degree 
programs,  who  have  earned  a  graduate  degree,  or  who  have 


COLLEGE  OF  CRIMINAL  JUSTICE  GRADUATE  PROGRAM  /  33 

taken  graduate  courses  on  a  nondegree  basis  may  be  granted 
credit  at  the  discretion  of  the  Graduate  Committee.  A  maximum 
of  12  quarter  hours  of  credit  from  another  institution  is  acceptable 
providing  it  meets  specified  requirements.  Courses  should  be  the 
equivalent  of  or  comparable  to  courses  offered  in  the  Graduate 
Program  in  Criminal  Justice.  If  accepted,  each  course  represents 
3  quarter  hours  of  credit.  A  petition  for  transfer  of  credit,  obtain- 
able from  the  College  of  Criminal  Justice,  together  with  official 
transcripts  and  course  descriptions  from  the  institution(s)  at- 
tended, must  be  provided  before  committee  action  will  be  taken. 

Comprehensive  Examination 

Each  candidate  takes  a  comprehensive  examination  no  later 
than  one  month  prior  to  the  expected  date  of  graduation.  This 
examination  may  be  taken  when  the  candidate  has  completed  all 
course  requirements,  as  the  subjects  tested  are  commensurate 
with  the  student's  area  of  concentration. 

A  grade  of  B  or  better  must  be  achieved  in  the  examination.  A 
student  who  fails  may  be  given  a  reexamination  under  conditions 
determined  by  the  Director  of  the  Graduate  Program  or  his  desig- 
nate. 

Thesis 

Each  candidate  must  submit  a  thesis  which  exhibits  his  re- 
search ability  and  increases  his  scope  of  individual  specialization. 
The  thesis  proposal  is  submitted  for  approval  to  the  candidate's 
thesis  committee:  a  chairman  and  one  or  two  members  proposed 
by  the  student.  Once  approved,  the  thesis  committee  serves  as  an 
advisory  board  on  idea  development.  The  completed  thesis  must 
be  approved  by  the  thesis  committee,  graduate  committee,  and 
Director  of  the  Graduate  Program. 


■'-{ 


&%&^4 


financial  information 


FINANCIAL  OBLIGATIONS 
Tuition 

Tuition  rates  and  fees  are  subject  to  revision  by  the  Board  of 
Trustees  at  any  time.  However,  any  change  in  tuition  and  fees  will 
become  effective  at  the  beginning  of  the  school  year  which  fol- 
lows the  one  in  which  the  change  was  announced. 

Tuition  for  master's  degree  candidates  and  special  students  is 
$61  per  quarter  hour  of  credit. 

Tuition  statements  are  mailed  to  students  by  the  Bursar's  Office 
and  are  payable  by  check  to  Northeastern  University  on  or  before 
the  date  specified. 


Fees 

All  applications  must  be  accompanied  by  a  nonrefundable  ap- 
plication fee  of  $15.  No  application  will  be  processed  until  the 
fee  has  been  received  by  the  Graduate  Program  in  Criminal  Jus- 
tice. Checks  should  be  made  payable  to  Northeastern  University 
and  sent,  with  the  application,  to  the  Graduate  Program  in  Crim- 
inal Justice,  Northeastern  University,  360  Huntington  Avenue, 
Boston,  Massachusetts  02115. 

Other  fees  include  a  charge  of  $10  for  late  payment  of  tuition 
and  a  fee  of  $25  for  all  degree  candidates,  payable  before  com- 
mencement by  the  applicable  date  listed  on  the  academic  cal- 
endar. 

Full-time  students  are  charged  $12.50  per  quarter  for  the  ser- 
vices available  in  the  Student  Center;  part-time  students  are 
charged  $.75  a  quarter. 

35 


36  /  FINANCIAL  INFORMATION 

All  financial  obligations  to  the  University  must  be  discharged 
prior  to  graduation. 

Refunds 

Tuition  refunds  are  granted  only  on  the  basis  of  the  date  ap- 
pearing on  the  official  withdrawal  form  filed  by  the  student.  Non- 
attendance  does  not  constitute  official  withdrawal.  Questions  re- 
garding refunds  should  be  discussed  with  the  Bursar's  Office. 

Refunds  will  be  granted  in  accordance  with  the  following 
schedule: 


Official  Withdrawal 
Filed  Within 
First  week  of  quarter 
Second  week 
Third  week 
Fourth  week 


Percentage  of 

Tuition  Refunded 

100 

75 

50 

25 


FINANCIAL  AID 

There  is  a  limited  amount  of  financial  aid  for  part-time  students 
enrolled  in  the  Graduate  Program  in  Criminal  Justice.  Graduate 
assistantships  and/or  fellowships  in  the  College  are  not  available 
to  part-time  students.  A  limited  number  of  research  fellowships 
may  be  available  to  qualified  full-time  graduate  students.  Research 
fellows  are  selected  on  the  basis  of  academic  background,  re- 
search potential,  and  a  written  research  proposal.  Assigned  du- 
ties require  18-20  hours  per  week,  for  which  the  student  receives 
a  stipend  of  $3450  per  calendar  year  and  a  tuition  waiver. 

Martin  Luther  King,  Jr.  Scholarships 

A  limited  number  of  full-  and  part-time  Martin  Luther  King,  Jr. 
Fellowships  are  available.  These  scholarships  provide  for  remis- 
sion of  tuition  and  all  fees,  and  are  awarded  to  qualified  black 
students  on  the  basis  of  financial  need.  Additional  information 
and  application  forms  are  available  from  the  Office  of  Financial 
Aid. 


Dormitory  Proctorships 

A  number  of  proctorships  in  men's  dormitories  on  or  near  the 
Huntington  Avenue  Campus  are  available  each  year.  Appoint- 
ments carry  a  minimum  compensation  of  room  and  board.  Further 
information  and  application  forms  may  be  obtained  from  the 
Office  of  University  Housing. 


FINANCIAL  INFORMATION  /  37 

National  Direct  Student  Loan 

Under  provisions  of  an  act  of  the  Federal  government,  students 
carrying  an  academic  load  of  one-half  or  more  are  entitled  to 
loans  up  to  $2,500  for  one  school  year  and  up  to  a  total  of  $10,000 
for  undergraduate  and  graduate  work.  The  actual  amount  of  any 
award  will  be  determined  on  the  basis  of  need  and  academic 
promise. 

The  repayment  period  begins  nine  months  after  the  borrower 
ceases  to  carry  a  half-time  load  and  extends  ten  years  from  that 
point  at  an  annual  interest  rate  of  three  percent.  Up  to  100  percent 
may  be  cancelled  for  teachers  in  special  education.  Additional 
information  and  application  forms  are  available  from  the  Office  of 
Financial  Aid.  The  application  deadline  is  September  1  for  full- 
time  students,  and  one  month  prior  to  the  start  of  the  quarter  for 
which  aid  is  requested,  for  other  students. 

Higher  Education  Loan  Plan  (Guaranteed  Student  Loan  Plan) 

Educational  assistance  loans  may  be  available  from  certain 
banks  in  the  student's  home  town.  These  loans,  guaranteed  by 
state  agencies,  carry  an  interest  charge  of  seven  percent,  three 
percent  of  which  is  paid  by  the  Federal  government.  Graduate 
students  may  borrow  up  to  $2,500  for  each  year  of  study,  up  to  a 
maximum  of  $10,000  for  both  undergraduate  and  graduate  work. 
Monthly  repayment  begins  nine  to  twelve  months  after  completion 
of  study,  and  extends  up  to  five  years  for  amounts  less  than  $2,000 
or  up  to  ten  years  for  amounts  greater  than  $2,000.  Applicants  for 
this  loan  are  required  to  complete  a  need  analysis  form.  Addi- 
tional information  and  application  forms  are  available  from  the 
Office  of  Financial  Aid. 

Law  Enforcement  Assistance  Administration 

The  Law  Enforcement  Assistance  Administration,  U.S.  Depart- 
ment of  Justice,  has  set  up  an  Office  of  Academic  Assistance 
under  authority  of  the  Omnibus  Crime  Control  and  Safe  Streets 
Act  of  1968,  Public  Law  90-351.  Through  the  University,  loans  up 
to  $2,200  per  year  for  tuition,  and  grants  up  to  $250  per  academic 
quarter  for  tuition  and  fees  are  available  to  law  enforcement  per- 
sonnel in  undergraduate  or  graduate  programs  leading  to  degrees 
or  certificates  in  areas  directly  related  to  law  enforcement. 

The  loans,  limited  to  full-time  students  in  or  preparing  for  law 
enforcement  or  corrections  careers,  are  cancelled  at  the  rate  of 
25  percent  for  each  year  the  recipient  subsequently  serves  in  law 
enforcement  at  federal,  state,  or  local  level. 


38  /  FINANCIAL  INFORMATION 

The  grants  are  available  to  full-time  or  part-time  students  em- 
ployed in  a  publicly-funded  law  enforcement  agency,  and  involve 
a  signed  agreement  to  remain  in  the  service  of  a  law  enforcement 
agency  employing  such  applicant,  for  two  years  following  com- 
pletion of  the  course  for  which  aid  was  given. 

Applications  for  loans  or  grants  should  be  obtained  from  the 
Office  of  Financial  Aid,  Room  252  Richards  Hall. 

Please  note:  Aid  granted  from  programs  sponsored  by  the  Federal 
government  is  dependent  upon  the  amount  of  funds  allocated  to 
Northeastern.  The  University  does  not  award  financial  assistance 
in  any  form  to  non-citizens  of  the  United  States. 


faculty 


GRADUATE  TEACHING  FACULTY  AND  STAFF  OF  THE 
COLLEGE  OF  CRIMINAL  JUSTICE 

Ames,  Lois,  B.A.,  M.A.,  A.C.S.W.  certified,  Assistant  Professor  of 
Criminal  Justice 

Croatti,  Robert,  B.S.,  Assistant  to  the  Dean  of  Criminal  Justice 

Cunliffe,  Frederick,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Criminal  Justice 

Deming,  Romine,  B.A.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Crim- 
inal Justice 

Fuller,  Robert,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Administrative  Assistant,  Graduate  Pro- 
gram in  Criminal  Justice 

Flynn,  Edith,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Criminal 
Justice 

Gallati,  Robert,  B.S.,  L.L.B.,  L.L.M.,  D.J.S.,  Professor  of  Criminal 
Justice 

Kassler,  Haskell,  B.A.,  J.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Criminal  Justice 

Natoli,  Richard,  B.S.,  M.A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Criminal  Justice 

Reed,  James,  B.F.A.,  M.A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Criminal  Justice 

Rosenblatt,  Norman,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Dean  of  the  College  of 
Criminal  Justice,  Director  of  the  Graduate  Program  in  Criminal 
Justice 

Schafer,  Stephen,  D.  Jur.,  Prof.  Agrege,  Professor  of  Criminal 
Justice 

Senna,  Joseph,  B.A.,  M.S.W.,  J.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Criminal 
Justice 

Sheehan,  Robert,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Professor  of  Criminal  Justice 

Siegel,  Larry,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Criminal  Justice 

Turek,  Donna,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Criminal  Justice 

39 


fields  of  study 


PROGRAMS  IN  PROFESSIONAL  SPECIALIZATIONS 

Master  of  Science 

The  master's  curriculum  is  divided  into  two  categories  of  major 
concentration:  (1)  Criminal  Justice  Administration  Planning  and 
Development,  and  (2)  Behavioral  Science  Theory  and  Research. 
Model  and  specimen  programs  for  each  concentration  can  be 
found  on  pages  39-41  in  this  bulletin.  Students  must  choose  one 
of  the  two  concentrations  and  complete  one  of  the  programs  out- 
lined in  the  following  pages. 

Group  I  Core  Curriculum  (18-20  credits) 

This  group  consists  of  all  required  graduate  courses  offered 
and  taught  by  the  faculty  of  the  College  of  Criminal  Justice.  Core 
courses  are  taken  by  all  students  regardless  of  major  concentra- 
tion or  elective  interest.  Students  interested  in  Behavioral  Sci- 
ence Theory  are  required  to  take  one  additional  core  course, 
Juvenile  Justice  and  Delinquency,  making  a  total  of  21  credits  of 
core  courses.  The  core  curriculum  encompasses  a  broad  area  of 
topical  information,  and  comprises  a  solid  foundation  for  grad- 
uate study  in  criminal  justice. 

Course 

Administration  of  Criminal  Justice  3 

Theories  in  Criminology  3 

Legal  Issues  in  Criminal  Justice  3 

Criminal  Justice  Planning  and  Development  3 

Statistical  Analysis  3 

Research  Methods  in  Criminal  Justice  _3 

18  credits 

cont. 

41 


42  /  FIELDS  OF  STUDY 

Juvenile  Justice  and  Delinquency  _3 

(TO  BE  TAKEN  BY  STUDENTS  21  credits 
CONCENTRATING  IN  BEHAVIORAL 
SCIENCE  THEORY) 

THESIS  _6 

27  or  24  credits 

Elective  Courses  15  or  18 

TOTAL  PROGRAM  42  credits 


Group  II 

The  following  is  a  list  of  elective  courses  offered  and  taught  by 
the  faculty  of  the  Graduate  Program  in  Criminal  Justice.  These 
courses  involve  specific  problems  of  crime  and  criminal  justice, 
while  the  required  courses  are  more  general  in  nature  and  em- 
phasize the  comprehensive  systems  approach  to  criminal  justice. 


Course 

Conflict  Management  in  Criminal  Justice  3 

Deviance,  Stigma,  and  Justice  3 

Correctional  Services  in  the  Community  3 

Penology  3 

Juvenile  Justice  and  Delinquency  3 

Forensic  Science  3 

Research  Methods  II  3 

Field  Practicum  3 


Group  III     Elective  Curriculum 

Elective  courses  offered  by  and  taught  in  the  following  gradu- 
ate programs  may  be  credited  toward  meeting  degree  require- 
ments for  the  Master  of  Science  in  Criminal  Justice: 

Graduate  School  of  Arts  and  Sciences 

Graduate  School  of  Business  Administration 

School  of  Law 

Graduate  School  of  Professional  Accounting 

Graduate  School  of  Engineering 

Graduate  School  of  Education 

Graduate  School  of  Pharmacy  and  Allied  Health  Professions 

Graduate  School  of  Boston  Bouve  College 


FIELDS  OF  STUDY  /  43 

MODEL  PROGRAM 
MASTER'S  DEGREE  PROGRAM  IN  CRIMINAL  JUSTICE 

QUARTER  I 

Course  Credits 

Administration  of  Criminal  Justice  3 

Theories  in  Criminology  3 

Statistical  Analysis  3 

Criminal  Justice  Planning  and  Development  3 

Total  12 

QUARTER  II 

Course  Credits 

Research  Methods  I  3 

Legal  Issues  in  Criminal  Justice  3 

Juvenile  Justice  and  Delinquency  3 

Elective  3 

Total  12 


QUARTER  III 

Course  Credits 

Elective  3 

Elective  3 

Elective  3 

Elective  _3 

Total       12 


SUMMARY 


Credits 

Thesis  6 

Required  Courses  in  Criminal  Justice  21 

Electives  from  Criminal  Justice  and  University  15 

TOTAL  42 


44  /  FIELDS  OF  STUDY 


SPECIMEN  PROGRAM  I 

MAJOR  CONCENTRATION 

Administration,  Policy  Development,  and  Planning 

QUARTER  I 

Course 

Administration  of  Criminal  Justice 

Theories  in  Criminology 

Statistical  Analysis 

Criminal  Justice  Planning  and  Development 


Total 


Credits 

3 

3 

3 
_3 
12 


QUARTER  II 

Course 

Research  Methods  I 
Legal  Issues  in  Criminal  Justice 
Criminal  Justice  Elective 

Functions  and  Techniques  of  Public  Management 
(22.874) 

Total 

QUARTER  III 

Course 

Criminal  Justice  Elective 
Criminal  Justice  Elective 
Urban  Sociology  (21.885) 
Organization  and  Administrative  Theory  (50.953) 


Credits 

3 
3 
3 

_3 
12 


Total 


Credits 

3 
3 
3 
_3 

12 


SUMMARY 


Thesis 

Required  Courses  in  Criminal  Justice 
Elective  Courses  in  Criminal  Justice 
Elective  Courses  from  University 


TOTAL 


Credits 

6 
18 

9 
_9 
42 


FIELDS  OF  STUDY  /  45 

SPECIMEN  PROGRAM  II 

MAJOR  CONCENTRATION 

Behavioral  Science  Theory  and  Research 

QUARTER  I 

Course  Credits 

Administration  of  Criminal  Justice  3 

Theories  in  Criminology  3 

Statistical  Analysis  3 

Criminal  Justice  Planning  and  Development  3 

Total  12 

QUARTER  II 

Course  Credits 

Research  Methods  I  3 

Legal  Issues  in  Criminal  Justice  3 

Juvenile  Justice  and  Delinquency  3 
Personality  and  Social  Structure  (50.805) 

or  3 
Operations  Research  for  Criminal  Justice 

Total       12 

QUARTER  III 

Course  Credits 

Criminal  Justice  Elective  3 

Criminal  Justice  Elective  3 

Foundations  of  Social  Theory  (21.805) 

or  3 

Research  Methods  II 
Social  Psychology  I  (19.920) 

or  3 

Introduction  to  Data  Processing 

Total       12 

SUMMARY 

Credits 

Thesis  6 

Required  Courses  in  Criminal  Justice  21 

Elective  Courses  in  Criminal  Justice  6 

Elective  Courses  from  University  _9 

TOTAL  42 


! 


Place 

Materials  For 
shelving  Here 


DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES 

All  courses  carry  three  quarter  hours  of  credit  unless  otherwise 
specified. 

92.904    Administration  of  Criminal  Justice 

A  description  and  analysis  of  the  criminal  justice  process  from 
prevention  and  arrest  to  release  after  incarceration.  Concentra- 
tion is  on  a  systems  approach  to  understanding  criminal  behavior. 
The  philosophies,  practices,  and  procedures  of  agencies  respon- 
sible for  the  administration  of  justice  are  viewed  and  critical  ef- 
forts made  to  deal  with  the  effectiveness  of  different  approaches 
to  crime  control. 

92.907    Theories  in  Criminology 

The  history  and  development  of  criminological  theories  from  an- 
cient to  contemporary  times.  It  examines  the  assumptions  of  the- 
oretical models  and  relates  them  to  the  development  of  criminal 
policies.  Psychological,  sociological,  and  cultural  theories  under- 
lying deviant  criminal  behavior  are  reviewed. 

92.910     Nature  and  Extent  of  Crime 

An  extensive  examination  of  the  nature  and  volume  of  crime  in 
the  U.S.  and  foreign  countries.  Course  content  includes  types  of 
crimes  and  offenders,  geographic  distribution  of  crime  patterns, 
cost  of  crime,  and  a  critical  review  of  techniques  used  to  measure 
crime. 

47 


48  /  COURSES 

92.913     Criminal  Justice  Planning  and  Development 

Introduction  to  planning  techniques  and  their  impact  on  criminal 
justice  program  development,  now  and  in  the  future.  Policy  and 
decision-making  procedures  pertaining  to  affiliated  agencies  and 
organizations  are  analyzed.  The  extent  of  planning  for  crime  con- 
trol on  local,  state,  regional,  and  national  level  is  studied.  The 
peculiar  nature  of  urban  crime  problems  in  relation  to  planning  is 
also  reviewed.  Planning  involves  identification  of  problem  areas, 
diagnosing  causation,  formulating  solutions,  alternative  strate- 
gies, and  mobilizing  resources  necessary  to  effect  change  in  the 
system. 


92.916    Statistical  Analysis 

An  analysis  of  the  application  of  statistics  in  research,  and  the 
basic  assumptions  underlying  statistical  procedures.  The  course 
covers  descriptive  and  inferential  statistical  procedures  such  as 
sampling,  laws  of  probability  theory,  hypothesis  testing,  analysis 
of  variance,  and  multiple  regression. 

(Students  with  a  background  in  statistics  may  make  a  special  re- 
quest to  replace  this  course  with  an  elective.) 

92.957  Research  Methods  in  Criminal  Justice  I 

Survey  of  methods  and  approaches  utilized  for  independent  re- 
search, as  well  as  the  evaluation  of  existing  criminal  justice  pro- 
grams. It  considers  research  methods  and  empirical  findings 
through  assigned  research  techniques  including  design,  instru- 
ment construction,  data  processing,  and  analysis  interpretation. 

92.958  Research  Methods  in  Criminal  Justice  II 

Advanced  research  design  problems  are  examined.  Criminal  jus- 
tice programs  are  evaluated  quantitatively,  with  concentration 
placed  on  coding,  schedule  construction,  sampling  theory,  and 
statistical  models  measuring  causation. 

92.841     Criminal  Law 

General  principles  of  the  criminal  law,  including  the  concept  of 
responsibility  for  crimes,  limitations  on  capacity,  and  basic  ele- 
ments of  crimes.  The  sources  and  purposes  of  criminal  law  are 
analyzed,  and  different  conceptions  of  crime  and  current  law  re- 
form are  discussed. 


COURSES  /  49 

92.800     Law  Enforcement  Practices 

This  course  involves  a  study  of  the  current  theory  and  practices 
in  the  field  of  law  enforcement.  Major  problems  which  confront 
the  law  enforcement  process  are  considered,  as  well  as  the  meth- 
ods now  used  by  law  enforcement  agencies. 

92.804     Correctional  Services  in  the  Community 

An  analysis  of  treatment  and  supervisory  activities,  including  pro- 
bation and  parole  for  offender  groups  while  in  the  community. 
There  is  a  thorough  exploration  of  community  resources  and  ser- 
vices such  as  vocational  rehabilitation,  welfare  services,  mental 
health  clinics,  employment  services,  and  legal  aid.  Effectiveness 
of  community  treatment  is  examined  through  case  studies. 

92.810     Penology  and  Corrections 

This  course  deals  essentially  with  the  process  of  incarceration 
and  the  social  structure  of  the  prison  community.  Consideration 
is  given  to  management,  operation  effects,  and  the  effectiveness 
of  different  institutions.  Modern  correctional  approaches  and  cur- 
rent rehabilitation  practices  are  also  discussed. 

92.816    Social  Deviance 

Crime  as  a  form  of  social  deviance  is  studied  through  intensive 
reading  of  a  wide  range  of  sociological  literature  on  deviant  be- 
havior and  its  relationship  to  crime.  Included  are  relevant  selec- 
tions from  Durkheim,  Merton,  Cohen,  Goffman,  Becker,  Matza, 
Ohlin,  and  Schur. 

92.851     Juvenile  Justice  and  Delinquency 

A  study  of  the  juvenile  justice  system  from  community  concern 
to  the  subsequent  disposition.  The  class  analyzes  juvenile  and 
family  court  procedures  and  questions  of  jurisdiction.  Various 
theories  of  delinquency  developed  from  law,  sociology,  psychol- 
ogy, and  related  disciplines  are  also  covered. 

92.822     Forensic  Science 

The  development  of  forensic  science  is  summarized  according  to 
its  effects  on  the  criminal  justice  system.  Lecture  and  laboratory 
work  examine  various  ways  the  physical  sciences  contribute  to 
the  establishment  of  scientific  criminal  evidence.  Designed  pri- 
marily for  students  who  plan  to  enter  a  profession  requiring  an 
understanding  of  criminalistics. 


50  /  COURSES 

92.828     Field  Practicum 

Field  instruction  in  a  criminal  justice  agency  where  the  instruction 
may  be  given  in  administration,  research,  teaching,  and/or  re- 
lated activities.  Students  have  the  opportunity  to  apply  theoretical 
concepts  in  a  practical,  applied  fashion  by  observing  and  con- 
tributing to  the  daily  activities  of  operating  agencies  and  organi- 
zations. 

92.860     Conflict  Management  in  Criminal  Justice 

An  examination  of  problems  in  conflict  management.  Concepts 
and  definitions  of  social  conflict,  and  comparisons  between 
functional  and  dysfunctional  conflict  are  explored.  Inquiries  into 
representative  conflict  management  strategies  and  techniques 
are  made,  which  afford  the  opportunity  to  relate  general  theory 
and  research  results  to  practical  situations  of  criminal  justice 
conflict  management.  A  variety  of  heuristic  techniques  is  antici- 
pated, such  as:  scenarios,  roleplaying,  and  use  of  audiovisual 
media. 

92.809     Deviance,  Stigma,  and  Justice 

Stigmatization  is  accurately  defined  as  it  is  found  to  exist  in  dif- 
ferent segments  of  our  society.  Its  history  in  the  United  States  is 
traced  through  examples  of  specific  topics,  such  as:  employment 
of  ex-offenders,  social  acceptance  of  mental  patients,  ethnic  dis- 
crimination, and  homosexuality. 

92.806     Conflicting  Values  and  the  Criminal  Justice  System 

An  investigation  of  ideologies,  institutions,  and  ethnic  mores  as 
they  affect  black  values  and  reactions  to  the  criminal  justice  sys- 
tem. Integration,  rebellion,  and  institutionalization  are  subjects  of 
discussion. 

92.830     History  of  Police  in  the  United  States 

A  review  of  the  history  of  police  activities  in  the  United  States, 
emphasizing  black  community  relations.  The  study  of  previous 
policy  provides  a  broad,  revealing  perspective  from  which  to  view 
contemporary  departments.  From  this  framework,  the  class  anal- 
yzes societal  expectations  of  the  police. 

92.808     Criminal  Behavior,  Psychiatry,  and  the  Public 

An  introduction  to  the  field  of  psychiatric  criminology  which  exam- 


COURSES  /  51 

ines  the  known  psychological  sources  of  criminal  behavior.  Psy- 
chiatric concepts  are  applied  to  crime  prevention,  the  examina- 
tion and  rehabilitation  of  the  offender,  and  the  legislative  process. 

92.862     Drug  Abuse,  Mental  Health,  and  the  Public 

An  introductory  course  concerning  drug  abuse.  The  mental  health 
and  medico-legal  aspects  of  the  problem  are  emphasized  by  con- 
centrating on  the  areas  of  prevention  and  rehabilitation,  public 
attitudes  on  drug  abuse,  and  drug  abuse  education. 

92.905     Legal  Issues  in  Criminal  Justice 

An  in-depth  study  of  contemporary  legal  questions  faced  by  crim- 
inal justice  professionals.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  constitutional 
probems,  and  the  judicial  review  of  administrative  decisions  made 
by  criminal  justice  organizations.  Topics  to  be  considered  are: 
selected  provisions  of  the  United  States  Constitution  with  partic- 
ular emphasis  on  amendments  4,  5,  6,  and  14;  questions  of  elec- 
tronic surveillance;  right  to  counsel;  line-up,  bail,  and  right  to 
speedy  trial;  sentencing;  legal  aspects  of  probation  and  parole; 
and  prisoners'  rights. 

92.808     Criminal  Behavior,  Psychiatry,  and  the  Public 

An  introduction  to  the  field  of  psychiatric  criminology.  Examines 
current  knowledge  of  the  psychological  sources  of  criminal  be- 
havior and  the  application  of  psychiatric  concepts  to  the  area  of 
crime  prevention,  the  examination  and  rehabilitation  of  the  of- 
fender, and  the  legislative  process. 

92.812     Management  Issues  in  Law  Enforcement 

An  analysis  of  controversial  issues  confronting  the  law  enforce- 
ment administrator  in  determining  policy  and  directing  pro- 
cedures. Current  and  planning  practices  are  critiqued  from  the 
standpoint  of  rapidly  accelerating  innovation  and  a  changing 
value  system. 

92.811     Contemporary  Problems  in  Corrections 

A  seminar  focusing  on  the  current  crisis  facing  the  American 
correctional  system.  It  is  designed  to  provide  the  student  with 
a  working  perspective  on  some  of  the  most  salient  issues  in  the 
field  today:  to  critically  reexamine  the  important  precepts  for  cor- 
rections which  have  heretofore  been  treated  as  given;  to  analyze 


52  /  COURSES 

contemporary  problems  in  the  light  of  corrections  relationship  to 
the  other  components  of  the  criminal  justice  system;  to  explore 
avenues  to  more  effective  ways  to  deal  with  alleged  and  con- 
victed offenders.  The  theoretical  focus  and  general  perspective 
of  the  seminar  is  sociological. 

92.801     The  Ombudsman 

An  examination  of  the  concept  of  the  ombudsman  as  an  intervenor 
for  justice.  The  ombudsman,  as  a  government  official  to  check  on 
government,  is  an  established  post  in  several  European  coun- 
tries, particularly  Scandinavia.  In  this  country  ombudsmen  have 
already  appeared  in  such  diverse  institutions  as  hospitals,  city 
halls,  prisons,  and  universities,  and  a  number  of  states  have  estab- 
lished ombudsman  offices.  It  has  been  urged  that  ombudsmen  are 
needed  at  the  various  levels  of  American  government.  Massa- 
chusetts considered  two  ombudsman  bills  in  this  session  of  the 
legislature:  One  would  create  the  Office  of  Ombudsman  for  Cor- 
rections; the  other  would  create  the  Office  of  Residential  Care 
Ombudsman  for  the  Commonwealth.  In  this  course,  the  readings 
and  lectures  will  be  supplemented  by  the  appearance  of  knowl- 
edgeable guest  speakers  if  possible. 

92.813     Correctional  Administration 

Concentration  is  on  a  general  systems  approach  to  organizational 
design  and  management  in  corrections.  The  major  focus  of  the 
course  is  on  the  application  of  the  managerial  process,  which 
places  emphasis  on  the  organization's  totality,  regarding  it  as  "an 
organized  or  complex  whole."  As  such,  the  general  system  ap- 
proach views  an  organization's  subsystems  as  secondary  in  im- 
portance to  the  primary  system,  and  as  mutually  interdependent, 
and  holds,  as  axiomatic,  that  subsystems  cannot  be  altered  with- 
out affecting  other  subparts  of  the  whole.  It  is  the  object  of  the 
course  to  critically  examine  the  organization  and  administration 
of  the  "corrections  system"  within  and  among  the  various  polit- 
ical jurisdictions  of  the  United  States;  to  analyze  administrative 
practices;  to  determine  those  processes  which  may  encourage, 
facilitate,  and  develop  more  effective,  efficient,  innovative,  eco- 
nomical, and  humane  organizational  systems  in  corrections. 

92.815     Deviance  and  Criminal  Justice 

A  critical  examination  of  existing  theories  about  deviant  behavior 
— crime,  juvenile  delinquency,  substance  abuse,  mental  illness, 
homosexuality,  and  prostitution — ;  how  they  are  used  as  general- 


COURSES  /  53 

ized  ways  to  approach  deviance,  and  their  possible  implications 
for  the  development  of  a  more  comprehensive,  general  theory  of 
deviant  behavior.  The  relationship  of  social  control  to  deviance, 
from  purely  reciprocal  societal  reactions  to  deviance  to  social 
control  as  an  independent  or  "causal"  variable  of  various  forms 
of  individual  and  social  deviation,  will  be  explored. 


index 


Academic  Council,  13 
Academic  Requirements,  32 
Address  of  University,  1 
Administration 

University,  10 

Graduate  Division,  14 
Application  Procedure  and 
Admission  Requirements,  30 

B 
Board  of  Trustees,  8 
Buildings  and  Facilities,  23 


Calendar,  5 

Campus  Description  and  Location,  23 

Map,  4 
Changes  in  Requirements,  30 
Class  Hours,  29 
Classifications,  Academic,  31 
Colleges,  Undergraduate,  19 

/ommittee  on  Graduate  Study  in 
Criminal  Justice,  17 

Committees,  General  University,  13 

Comprehensive  Examination,  33 

contents,  3 

ontinuing  Education,  Center  for,  20 
Continuity  of  Program,  30 
Cooperative  Plan  of  Education,  19 

orporation,  6 
Courses,  Description  of,  47 

red  its,  31 

Transfer,  32 
Curriculum,  41 


Grading  System,  29 

Graduate  and  Professional  Schools,  19 

H 

Henderson  House,  25 

Higher  Education  Loan  Plan,  37 

Holidays,  5 


Libraries,  23 

Living  Accommodations,  24 

Loans,  37-38 

M 

Map  of  Campus,  4 

Marine  Science  Institute,  25 

N 

National  Direct  Student  Loans,  37 


Part-Time  Program,  28 
Programs,  Types  of,  28 


Refunds,  36 
Registration,  29 
Regulations,  28 
Research  Activities,  21 
Residence,  Academic,  29 

Facilities,  23 
Required  Courses,  41 


Degree  Requirements,  32 
formitory  Proctorships,  36 


Schools,  Graduate  and  Professional  20 
Student  Center,  23 
Suburban  Facilities,  25 


lective  Courses,  42 
xecutive  Council,  13 


acuity,  39 
acuity  Senate,  13 
'ees,  35 

ields  of  Study,  41 

|  Criminal  Justice  Administration  44 
Behavioral  Science  Theory 
and  Research,  45 
[nancial  Information,  35 
Jll-Time  Program,  28 


Thesis,  33 
Transfer  Credit,  32 
Trustees,  8 
Tuition,  35 

U 

University  Council,  13 
University,  Description  of,  19 
University  Graduate  Council,  15 


W 


Warren  Center,  25 
Withdrawals,  30 


55 


Northeastern  University 
M&he  Fenway^P 
Boston,  Massachusetts  021 15 
Telephone  (617)  437-2708 


graduate  school  of  education 
nort;.  s*77 


NEA 


NEW  ENGLAND 
ASSOCIATION 
OF    SCHOOLS 

AND  COLLEGES 


contents 


4  Campus  Map 

5  Academic  Calendar 

6  University  Holidays 

7  The  Governing  Boards  and  Offices  of  the  University 

7         The  Northeastern  University  Corporation 
9         Board  of  Trustees 
10         Administrative  Organization 

13  General  University  Committees 

1 4  Organization  of  the  Graduate  Schools 
17  The  University 

1 9  Buildings  and  Facilities 

23  The  Graduate  School  of  Education 

23         General  Regulations 

29  Financial  Information 

29  Financial  Obligations 

30  Financial  Aid 
33  Faculty 

37  Programs  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Education 
37         Master  of  Education  Degree 
42         Teacher  Certification  Program 

42  Certificate  of  Advanced  Graduate  Study 

43  Doctor  of  Education  Degree 
46  Fields  of  Study 

46         Professional  Specializations 

75  Teacher  Certification  Program 

76  Advanced  Graduate  Study 
84         Doctoral  Program 

86  Description  of  Courses 

86         Foundations  of  Education 

90         Curriculum  and  Instruction 

97         Educational  Administration 
105         Counselor  Education 
110         Speech  Pathology  and  Audiology 
114         Rehabilitation  Administration  and  Special  Education 

122  Institutes 

123  Workshops 

123  Interdepartmental  Courses 

124  Departmental  Directory 

125  Index 


^3D       5  0-  CC  CE  3 


T-i-mious^-iSwcocowto? 


to  o 

So 


*-  o 

IIICSOIC0      li.      u.""      OOU.I: 


co  co  r~  coco  ©T-NcocosNNm 

<<mmOcDQcoajmujOQiu 


o)  a)  a)  a>  <d 


a    «■=£= 


I  CO. 
O   g 


«SS-s?2p 


c  c  t:  a.=  x: 


i  ra  2  — 

!  c5-l'°■ 
•  w  a)  .2  ^ 
I  jc  ra,n 


o  ^  .=  =  _ 


c  X 


•      "J^bbO^O  rati;* 


<  03      <  m  ( 


OOOOQQQi 


,„ _....,        d5^- 

Srr«cIiSESoicc-l.-lllTj 

I^S«°?I^If  88|1|1. 


S        E 


li.  li.  C3  X  I  *  *  ' 


--£2"  ££  £  5 


c  c  c  c  c 


CD   CD   CD   CD    CD 


I  E  N  .C 


t-  ,-  1T>  CO  CO   *  ■ 


i  ra  _ 
■  3T  to 
:  c  I 


i  co  5 


ACADEMIC  CALENDAR  1976—1977 


Fall  Quarter  1976 


Registration  period 

Burlington 

Tuesday — Wednesday 

Sept.  14—15 

Boston 

Monday — Thursday 

Sept.  20—23 

Classes  begin 

Monday 

Sept.  27 

Examination  period 

Monday— Saturday 

Dec.  13—18 

Winter  Quarter  1976—1977 

Registration  period 

Burlington 

Tuesday 

Nov.  30 

Boston 

Monday — Thursday 

Dec.  6—9 

Classes  begin 

Monday 

Jan.  3 

Examination  period 

Monday— Saturday 

Mar.  21— 26 

Spring  Quarter  1977 

Registration  period 

Burlington 

Tuesday 

Mar.  8 

Boston 

Monday — Thursday 

Mar.  14—17 

Classes  begin 

Monday 

Apr.  4 

Last  day  to  file  card  for 

Spring  Commencement 

Friday 

Apr.  1 

Last  day  to  pay  fee  for 

Spring  Commencement 

Friday 

Apr.  29 

Final  grades  due  in  Registrar's 

Office  for  June  graduates 

Friday 

June  3 

Examination  period 

Monday— Saturday 

June  13—18 

Spring  Commencement 

Sunday 

June  19 

Summer  Quarter  1977 

Registration  period 

Burlington 

Monday— Tuesday 

June  13—14 

Boston 

Wednesday— Thursday 

June  15—16 

Classes  begin 

Monday 

June  27 

Last  day  to  file  card  for 

Fall  Commencement 

Friday 

July  1 

Last  day  to  pay  fee  for 

Fall  Commencement 

Monday 

Aug.  1 

Examination  period 

Wednesday— Thursday 

Aug.  3—4 

UNIVERSITY  HOLIDAYS  1976—1977 


Columbus  Day 
Veterans'  Day 
Thanksgiving  Recess 
Christmas  Vacation 
Martin  Luther  King  Day 
Washington's  Birthday 
Patriot's  Day 
Memorial  Day 
Independence  Day 
Labor  Day 


Monday 

Thursday 

Thursday— Saturday 

Monday— Saturday 

Saturday 

Monday 

Monday 

Monday 

Monday 

Monday 


October  1 1 
November  11 
November  25—27 
Dec.  20— Jan.  1 
January  15 
February  21 
April  18 
May  30 
July  4 
September  5 


Equal  Opportunity  Policy 

Northeastern  University  is  committed  to  a  policy  of  providing  equal  op- 
portunity for  all.  In  all  matters  involving  admissions,  registration,  and  all  of- 
ficial relationships  with  students,  including  evaluation  of  academic  perfor- 
mance, the  University  insists  on  a  policy  of  nondiscrimination.  Northeastern 
University  is  also  an  equal  opportunity  employer;  it  is  institutional  policy  that 
there  shall  not  be  any  discrimination  against  any  employee  or  applicant  for 
employment  because  of  race,  color,  religion,  sex,  age,  national  origin,  or  on 
the  basis  of  being  a  handicapped  but  otherwise  qualified  individual.  In  addi- 
tion, Northeastern  takes  affirmative  action  in  the  recruitment  of  students 
and  employees. 


the  governing  boards 
and  officers 
of  the  university 


THE  CORPORATION 

Julius  Abrams 
Charles  F.  Adams 
Vernon  R.  Alden 
William  T.  Alexander 
William  F.  Allen,  Jr. 
O.  Kelley  Anderson 

*  Diana  J.  Auger 

Allen  G.  Barry 

Lincoln  C.  Bateson 

Thomas  P.  Beal 
*Roy  H.  Beaton 
*F.  Gregg  Bemis 

Beverly  Ann  Bendekgey 

Robert  D.  Black 

Gerald  W.  Blakeley,  Jr. 

Raymond  H.  Blanchard 

S.  Whitney  Bradley 

Rexford  A.  Bristol 

Edward  W.  Brooke 

*  George  R.  Brown 
Martin  Brown 
William  L.  Brown 
William  H.  Bruce,  Jr. 
John  L.  Burns 
Hyman  H.  Burstein 
Victor  C.  Bynoe 

*  Louis  W.  Cabot 

*  Norman  L.  Cahners 
Henry  F.  Callahan 

Mrs.  Anthony  S.  Camarota 

(Dorothy  Dodge) 
Erwin  D.  Canham 
Thomas  E.  Cargill,  Jr. 


*  Richard  P.  Chapman 
Theodore  Chase 
Robert  F.  Chick 
Vessarios  G.  Chigas 
Carl  W.  Christiansen 

*  David  H.  Cogan 
Abram  T.  Collier 
William  A.  Coolidge 
Edward  Creiger 

H.  James  Crossan,  Jr. 

Roger  C.  Damon 

*  Edward  Dana 
William  O.  DiPietro 
Alfred  di  Scipio 
Estelle  Dockser  (Mrs.) 

*William  R.  Driver,  Jr. 

*CarlS.  Ell 

*  Byron  K.  Elliott 
*William  P.  Ellison 

Joseph  A.  Erickson 
Robert  Erickson 

*  Frank  L.  Farwell 

*  James  V.  Fetchero 
Eldred  L.  Field 
Joseph  F.  Ford 

Thomas  J.  Galligan,  Jr. 
James  M.  Gavin 
Lloyd  S.  Glidden,  Jr. 
Elliott  M.  Gordon 
John  L.  Grandin 
Don  S.  Greer 


*Member  of  the  Board  of  Trustees 


*  Donald  B.  Guy 

Allan  M.  Hale 
William  Hellman 

*  Ernest  Henderson  III 
James  S.  Herbert 
Richard  D.  Hill 
Charles  E.  Hodges 

*  Harold  D.  Hodgkinson 
Robert  W.  Holmes 
Harvey  P.  Hood 
Hartwell  G.  Howe 
John  S.  Howe 
Howard  M.  Hubbard 
Carl  R.  Hurtig 

*Robert  L.  Johnson 

*  Henry  C.  Jones 

George  S.  Kariotis 
*Mrs.  John  B.  Kenerson 
(Frances  Comins) 

E.  Douglas  Kenna 

Edward  M.  Kennedy 

Fenton  G.  Keyes 

Calvin  A.  King 
*AsaS.  Knowles 

Harvey  C.  Krentzman 

Joseph  C.  Lawler 
Maurice  Lazarus 
Elma  Lewis 

*  Kenneth  A.  Loftman 
Edward  A.  Loring 

*John  Lowell 
Ralph  Lowell 
Diane  H.  Lupean 


Mrs.  Andrew  H.  Messer 

(MelanieC.  Berger) 
Don  G.  Mitchell 
Harold  A.  Mock 
Frank  E.  Morris 
James  A.  Morris 
William  B.  Moses,  Jr. 
Stephen  P.  Mugar 

William  H.  Nichols,  Jr. 
Mrs.  James  Nicholson 

(Kathryn  A.  MacKinnon) 
John  T.  Noonan 

Bernard  J.  O'Keefe 
Adrian  O'Keeffe 
Harry  Olins 
George  Olmsted,  Jr. 
Stanley  C.  Olsen 
James  H.  Orr 
Ara  Oztemel 

Augustin  H.  Parker 
Edward  S.  Parsons 
Amelia  Peabody 
Theodore  R.  Peary 
Nicholas  V.  Petrou 
Thomas  L.  Phillips 
Edward  D.  Phinney 
Jerome  M.  Powell 
Albert  Pratt 
Peter  W.  Princi 
William  J.  Pruyn 
George  Putnam 

Blanche  M.  Quaid 
Francis  J.  Quirico 


*  Lawrence  H.  Martin 
*J.  Edwin  Matz 

Peter  H.  McCormick 

Percy  M.  Mcintosh 

Andrew  J.  McNeill 

Dominic  Meo,  Jr. 

William  C.  Mercer 
•Member  of  the  Board  of  Trustees 
"Honorary  Trustee 


William  M.  Rand 
William  H.  Raye,  Jr. 
Kathleen  M.  Rice 
Joseph  G.  Riesman 
R.  Earl  Roberson 
Daniel  J.  Roberts 
Dwight  P.  Robinson,  Jr. 


Ralph  B.  Rogers 

*  Kenneth  G.  Ryder 

Leverett  Saltonstall 
David  T.  Scott 
Donald  W.  Seager 
Sydney  Shaftman 

*  James  L.  Shanahan 
Philip  A.  Singleton 

*  Donald  W.  Smith 
*Farnham  W.  Smith 

*  George  A.  Snell 
Bernard  Solomon 
Robert  C.  Sprague 

*  Russell  B.  Stearns 
*Earl  P.  Stevenson 

David  B.  Stone 

*  Robert  G.  Stone 


Lawrence  I.  Templeman 
Charles  H.  Tenney  II 
Almore  I.  Thompson 
Milton  A.  Thompson 
D.  Thomas  Trigg 
Chaplin  Tyler 

Samuel  Wakeman 
Martin  F.  Walsh 
An  Wang 
Lloyd  B.  Waring 
Edward  A.  Weeks 
William  C.White 
'Robert  H.Willis 

Richard  W.  Young 

Vincent  C.  Ziegler 
Alvin  C.  Zises 


THE  BOARD  OF  TRUSTEES 

Robert  H.  Willis,  Chairman 
Norman  L.  Cahners,  Vice  Chairman 
William  R.  Driver,  Jr.,  Wee  Chairman 

Frank  L.  Farwell,  Vice  Chairman 

Farnham  W.  Smith,  Vice  Chairman 

D.  Thomas  Trigg,  Treasurer 

Philip  C.  Boyd,  Secretary 

Byron  K.  Elliott,  Honorary  Chairman 

Dwight  P.  Robinson,  Jr.,  Honorary  Vice  Chairman 

Russell  B.  Stearns,  Honorary  Vice  Chairman 


Class  of  1976 

Diana  J.  Auger 
George  R.  Brown 
William  R.  Driver,  Jr. 
Harold  D.  Hodgkinson 
Robert  L.  Johnson 
Mrs.  John  B.  Kenerson 

(Frances  Comins) 
Amelia  Peabody 
Thomas  L.  Phillips 
James  L.  Shanahan 
Robert  G.  Stone 
Robert  H.  Willis 


Class  of  1977 

Norman  L.  Cahners 
Richard  P.  Chapman 
Edward  Dana 
William  P.  Ellison 
James  V.  Fetchero 
Ernest  Henderson  III 
Asa  S.  Knowles 
Joseph  G.  Riesman 
Dwight  P.  Robinson,  Jr. 
Donald  W.  Smith 
Alvin  C.  Zises 


'Member  of  the  Board  of  Trustees 


Class  of  1978 


Class  of  1979 


David  H.  Cogan 
Carl  S.  Ell 
Frank  L.  Farwell 
Henry  C.  Jones 
J.  Edwin  Matz 
Harold  A.  Mock 
Farnham  W.  Smith 
George  A.  Snell 
Russell  B.  Stearns 
D.  Thomas  Trigg 
Chaplin  Tyler 


Roy  H.  Beaton 
F.  Gregg  Bemis 
Louis  W.  Cabot 
Byron  K.  Elliott 
Donald  B.  Guy 
Kenneth  A.  Loftman 
John  Lowell 
Lawrence  H.  Martin 
Augustin  H.  Parker 
Francis  J.  Quirico 
Earl  P.  Stevenson 


Kenneth  G.  Ryder,  ex  officio 
Stephen  P.  Mugar,  Honorary  Trustee 


ADMINISTRATIVE  ORGANIZATION 
Officers  of  the  University 

Kenneth  G.  Ryder,  A.B.,  M.A.,  L.H.D.,  President 

Asa  S.  Knowles,  A.B.,  A.M.,  LL.D.,  Litt.D.,  Sc.D.,  D.B.A.,  Sc.D.  in  Bus.  Ed., 
Chancellor 

Carl  S.  Ell,  A.B.,  S.B.,  Ed.M.,  M.S.,  Sc.D.,  L.H.D.,  LL.D.,  D.S.Ed.,  President 
Emeritus 

Harry  T.  Allan,  A.B.,  B.S.,  J.D.,  Provost 

John  A.  Curry,  A.B.,  Ed.M.,  Vice  President  for  Administration  and    Student 
Affairs 

Edmund  L.  Deltano,  B.A.,  Vice  President  for  Finance 

Eugene  M.  Reppucci,  Jr.,  B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Vice  President  for  Development  and 
Director  of  Development 

Daniel  J.  Roberts,  Jr.,  B.S.,  M.B.A.,  Ed.M.,  Vice  President  for  Business 

Royal    K.   Toebes,   B.S.,   M.B.A.,    Vice   President  for  Alumni  Affairs  and 
Associate  Director  of  Development 

Roy  L.  Wooldridge,  B.S.,  Ed.M.,  Vice  President  for  Cooperative 
Education 


10 


Academic  Deans,  Directors  of  Schools  and 
General  Administrative  Officers 

Catherine  L.  Allen,  B.S.,  M.A.,  Ed.D.,  Ph.D.,  Dean  of  Boston-Bouve  College 
and  Director  of  Boston-Bouve  College  Graduate  School 

Kenneth  W.  Ballou,  A.B.,  Ed.M.,  Dean  of  Adult  Education  Programs  and 
Dean  of  University  College 

Malcolm  J.  Campbell,  B.A.,  M.Ed.,  Associate  Dean  of  Adult  Education  and 
Director  of  the  Center  for  Continuing  Education 

Richard  I.  Carter,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Director  of  the  Computation  Center 

Geoffrey  Crofts,  B.  Comm.,  Dean  and  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of 
Actuarial  Science 

Philip  T.  Crotty,  Jr.,  Acting  Dean  of  Business  Administration 

Charles  Devlin,  B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Director  of  Financial  Aid 

Ann  M.  Duncan-Glasgow,  B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Dean  and  Director 
of  Affirmative  Action 

Martin  W.  Essigmann,  S.B.,  M.S.,  Dean  of  Research 

Clifford  J.  Fralen,  B.S.,  M.S.E.,  M.B.A.,  Director  of  the  Physical  Plant 

Dr.  Job  E.  Fuchs,  M.D.,  Director  of  Health  Services 

Mina   Ghattas,    B.A.,    M.Ed.,    Ph.D.,    Director   of  the    Office   of  Learning 
Resources 

Joseph  M.  Golemme,  S.B.,  M.A.,  C.P.A.,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of 
Professional  Accounting 

George  W.  Hankinson,  A.B.,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of 
Engineering  and  Assistant  Dean  of  Engineering 

James  S.  Hekimian,  A.B.,  M.B.A.,  D.B.A.,  Special  Assistant  to  the  President 

Sidney  Herman,  A.B.,  M.A.,  Acting  Dean  of  Faculty 

Walter  S.  Jones,  A.B.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Acting  Dean  of  Liberal  Arts 

John  W.  Jordan,  B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Business 
Administration  and  Associate  Dean  of  Business  Administration 

Christopher  F.  Kennedy,  A.B.,  Ed.M.,  Dean  of  Students 

Robert  H.   Ketchum,  B.A.,  B.D.,  M.B.A.,  Ph.D.,  Director  of  the  Graduate 
School  of  Arts  and  Sciences  and  Associate  Dean  of  Liberal  Arts 

William  F.  King,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Director  of  Lincoln  College  and  Associate  Dean 
of  Engineering 


11 


Phillip  Latorre,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Dean  of  Personnel  Services  and  Director  of  En- 
vironmental Health 

Juanita  A.  Long,  B.S.N.,  M.S.N.,  C.A.G.S.,  Dean  of  Nursing 

Alan  A.  Mackey,  B.S.,  A.M.,  Dean  of  Administrative  Services 

Melvin  Mark,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Sc.D.,  Dean  of  Engineering 

Frank  E.  Marsh,  Jr.,  A.B.,  M.Ed.,  D.Ed.,  Dean  of  Education 

John  Martin,  B.S.,  M.B.A.,  Business  Manager 

Paul  D.  Maxwell,  B.S.,  M.B.A.,  Director  of  Business  Administration 
Programs  and  Assistant  Dean  of  University  College 

Philip  McCabe,  B.A.,  M.Ed.,  Dean  of  Admissions 

Roland  H.  Moody,  A.B.,  B.L.S.  Director  of  the  University  Libraries  and 
Learning  Resources 

Timothy  L.  Moran,  B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Director  of  Law  Enforcement  Correctional 
and  Security  Programs  and  Associate  Dean  of  University  College 

Edmund  J.  Mullen,  B.A.,  University  Registrar 

Robert  Najjar,  B.A.,  M.B.A.,  Bursar 

Harold  Naidus,  A.B.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Director  of  Liberal  Arts  Programs  and 
Associate  Dean  of  University  College 

Robert  O'Brien,  B.S.,  Director,  Administrative  Computer  Services 

John  C.  O'Byrne,  A.B.,  M.S.,  J.D.,  Dean  of  the  School  of  Law 

Paul  M.  Pratt,  B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Dean  of  the  Department  of  Cooperative 
Education 

Gregory  T.  Ricks,  B.A.,  M.C.P.,  Special  Assistant  to  the  President 

Nathan  Riser,  A.B.,  A.M.,  Ph.D.,  Director  of  Marine  Science  Institute 

Norman  Rosenblatt,  A.B.,  Ph.D.,  Dean  of  Criminal  Justice  and  Director  of 
the  Graduate  Program  of  Criminal  Justice 

Philip  J.  Rusche,  B.A.,  B.S.Ed.,  M.A.,  Ed.D.,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School 
of  Education  and  Associate  Dean  of  Education 

Albert  H.  Soloway,  B.S.,  Ph.D.,  Dean  of  Pharmacy  and  Allied  Health 
Professions  and  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Pharmacy  and  Allied 
Health  Professions 

Loring  M.  Thompson,  B.S.,  M.S.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Dean  of  Physical  Planning 
Joseph  Zabilski,  B.S.,  Acting  Director  of  Athletics 


12 


GENERAL  UNIVERSITY  COMMITTEES 

The  Executive  Council 

Kenneth  G.  Ryder,  Chairman 

Daniel  J.  Roberts,  Vice  Chairman 

Barbara  F.  Burke,  Secretary 


Harry  Allan 
John  A.  Curry 
Edmund  L.  Deltano 


Eugene  M.  Reppucci,  Jr. 
Roy  L.  Wooldridge 


The  Academic  Council 

Harry  Allan,  Chairman 


Catherine  L.  Allen 
Kenneth  W.  Ballou 
Walter  S.  Jones 
Juanita  Long 
Melvin  Mark 


Samuel  Bernstein 
Charmarie  Blaisdell 
John  Buoncristiani 
Robert  Cord 
'John  Curry 
Robert  Curtin 
Ellen  Daly 
Flora  DeScenza 
John  Dromgoole 
Charles  Dufton 
Ann  Duncan-Glasgow 
Ramona  Edelin 
Robert  Finkenaur 
Edith  Flynn 
Norbert  Fullington 
Michael  Glaubman 
Suzanne  Greenberg 
Gerald  Herman 
Sidney  Herman 
Richard  Higgins 


Frank  E.  Marsh,  Jr. 
John  C.  O'Byrne 
Norman  Rosenblatt 
Albert   H.   Soloway 


John  A.  Curry,  ex  officio 


The  Faculty  Senate 


Presiding  Officer 

Suzanne  Greenberg 


Donald  Jacobs 
Walter  S.  Jones 

*  John  Jordan 
'Christopher  Kennedy 

*  Melvin  Mark 
Joseph  Meier 
Robert  Miller 
Irene  Nichols 

'Paul  Pratt 
Andre  Priem 
John  Proakis 
Gordon  Pruett 

*  Daniel  Roberts 
John  Rosettos 
David  Schmitt 
Harold  Stubbs 
Paul  Tedesco 
Karl  Weiss 
Alvin  Yorra 


'Appointed  by  the  President 


13 


ORGANIZATION  OF  THE  GRADUATE  SCHOOLS 

Administration 

Catherine    L.    Allen,    Ed.D.,    Ph.D.,    Director    of    Boston-Bouve    College 
Graduate  School 

Linda  J.  Allen,  B.A.,  Registrar  of  the  Graduate  Schools 

Geoffrey  Crofts,  B.  Comm.,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Actuarial 
Science 

Philip  T.  Crotty,  Jr.,  M.A.,  Ed.D.,  Acting  Dean  of  Business  Administration 

Nancy  Dean,  M.Ed.,  Coordinator  of  Admissions,  Graduate  School  of  Edu- 
cation 

Stephen  R.  DeRosier,  B.A.,  Assistant  Registrar  of  the  Graduate  Schools 

Joseph  M.  Golemme,  M.A.,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Professional 
Accounting 

George    W.    Hankinson,     M.S.,    Director    of    the    Graduate    School    of 
Engineering 

John   W.   Jordan,    M.Ed.,   Director  of  the   Graduate  School  of  Business 
Administration 

Thomas  J.  Kerr,  M.S. I.E.,  Assistant  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of 
Engineering 

Robert  H.  Ketchum,  Ph.D.,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Arts  and 
Sciences 

John  J.  McKenna,  M.A.,  Assistant  Director,  Graduate  School  of  Actuarial 
Science 

Norman  Rosenblatt,  Ph.D.,  Director  of  the  Graduate  Program  in  Criminal 
Justice 

Philip  J.  Rusche,  Ed.D.,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Education 

Albert  Soloway,  Ph.D.,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Pharmacy  and 
Allied  Health  Professions 

Janice  Walker,  A.B.,  Assistant  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Education 

University  Graduate  Council 
1976—1977 

The  Council  determines  broad  policies  and  regulations  governing  the 
conduct  of  graduate  work.  All  new  graduate  programs  must  be  approved 
by  the  Council. 

OFFICERS 

Sidney  Herman,  Chairman 

Barbara  Philbrick,  Vice  Chairman 

Joan  Lipson,  Secretary 

14 


Administrative  Members 


Catherine  L.  Allen 
Philip  T.  Crotty,  Jr. 
George  W.  Hankinson 
John  W.  Jordan 
Robert  H.  Ketchum 
Melvin  Mark 


Petros  Argyres 
Frederick  Blank 
Conrad  Caligaris 
Monty  Carter 
Andre  Favat 
Austin  Fisher 
Albert  Galmarino 
M.  Patricia  Golden 
Minton  Goldman 
James  Gozzo 
Arvin  Grabel 
Gerald  Griffin 
Thomas  Henstock 
Richard  Higgins 
Christine  Hobart 
James  Inashima 
Donald  Kosersky 
Louise  LaFontaine 


Frank  E.  Marsh 
Norman  Rosenblatt 
Philip  J.  Rusche 
Albert  Soloway 


Elected  Faculty  Members 


Harlan  Lane 
Robert  Minichiello 
Irene  Nichols 
Barbara  Philbrick 
John  Post 
Robert  Read 
Robert  Redden 
Nathan  Riser 
Alae-Eldin  Sayed 
Stephen  Schafer 
Joseph  Senna 
Albert  Soloway 
Ralph  Troupe 
Elizabeth  Van  Slyck 
Robert  Wiener 
Joseph  Zelinski 
Richard  Zobel 


Administrative  Committee  of  the  Graduate  Schools 


Sidney  Herman,  Chairman 
Linda  Allen,  Secretary 


Catherine  L.  Allen 
Alvah  K.  Borman 
Geoffrey  Crofts 
Philip  T.  Crotty,  Jr. 
Robert  Fuller 
Joseph  M.  Golemme 
George  W.  Hankinson 
Walter  S.  Jones 
John  W.  Jordan 
Thomas  Kerr 
Robert  H.  Ketchum 


Alan  A.  Mackey 
Melvin  Mark 
Frank  E.  Marsh,  Jr. 
Edmund  J.  Mullen 
John  C.  O'Byrne 
Barbara  Philbrick 
Norman  Rosenblatt 
Philip  J.  Rusche 
Albert  Soloway 
Jacqueline  A.  St.  Germain 


Ex  Officio 
James  S.  Hekimian,  Acting  Vice  President  of  Academic  Affairs 


15 


Committee  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Education 

Philip  J.  Rusche,  Associate  Dean  of  Education  and  Director  of  the  Graduate 
School  of  Education,  Chairman 

Frank  E.  Marsh,  Jr.,  Dean  of  Education 

F.  Andre  Favat,  Associate  Professor  of  Education 

Thomas  F.  Henstock,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education 

Louise  LaFontaine,  Assistant  Professor  of  Special  Education 

Irene  A.  Nichols,  Associate  Professor  of  Education 

Robert  W.  Read,  Associate  Professor  of  Education 

Robert  B.  Redden,  Assistant  Professor  of  Audiology 


16 


the  university 


Founded  in  1898,  Northeastern  University  is  incorporated  as  a  privately 
endowed  nonsectarian  institution  of  higher  learning  under  the  General 
Laws  of  Massachusetts.  The  State  Legislature  by  special  enactment  has 
given  the  University  general  degree-granting  powers.  The  University  is 
governed  by  a  Board  of  Trustees  elected  by  and  from  the  Northeastern 
University  Corporation,  which  is  composed  of  178  distinguished  business 
and  professional  men  and  women. 

From  its  beginning,  Northeastern  University  has  had  as  its  dominant  pur- 
pose the  discovery  of  community  educational  needs  and  the  meeting  of 
these  in  distinctive  and  serviceable  ways.  The  University  has  not  duplicated 
the  programs  of  other  institutions,  but  has  sought  to  pioneer  new  areas  of 
educational  service. 

A  distinctive  feature  of  Northeastern  University  is  its  Cooperative  Plan, 
initiated  by  the  College  of  Engineering  in  1909  and  subsequently  adopted 
by  the  Colleges  of  Business  Administration  (1922),  Liberal  Arts  (1935), 
Education  (1953),  Pharmacy  (1962),  Nursing  (1964);  Boston-Bouve  College 
(1964);  the  College  of  Criminal  Justice  (1967);  and  by  Lincoln  College's 
daytime  Bachelor  of  Engineering  Technology  program  (1971).  This 
educational  method  enables  students  to  gain  valuable  practical  experience 
as  an  integral  part  of  their  college  program  and  also  provides  the  means  by 
which  they  may  contribute  substantially  to  the  financing  of  their  education. 
The  Plan  has  been  extended  to  the  graduate  level  in  engineering,  actuarial 
science,  rehabilitation  administration,  professional  accounting,  business 
administration,  and  law. 

In  the  field  of  adult  education,  programs  of  study  have  been  developed  to 
meet  a  variety  of  needs.  University  College  offers  evening  courses — offered 
by  the  University  since  1906— and  adult-day  courses  leading  to  the 
bachelor's  degree.  In  addition  to  offering  day  undergraduate  programs  in 
Electrical  Engineering  Technology  and  Mechanical  Engineering  Technol- 
ogy, Lincoln  College  offers  evening/part-time  certificate,  associate,  and 
bachelor  degree  programs  in  technological  areas.  All  formal  courses  of 
study  leading  to  degrees  through  part-time  programs  are  approved  by  the 
Basic  College  faculties  concerned. 

GRADUATE  AND  PROFESSIONAL  SCHOOLS 

The  ten  graduate  and  professional  schools  of  the  University  offer  day  and 
evening  programs  leading  to  the  degrees  listed. 

The  Graduate  School  of  Actuarial  Science  offers  the  degree  of  Master  of 
Science  in  Actuarial  Science. 

17 


18 /THE  UNIVERSITY 

The  Graduate  School  of  Arts  and  Sciences  offers  the  degrees  of  Master 
of  Arts,  Master  of  Science,  Master  of  Science  in  Health  Science,  Master  of 
Public  Administration,  and  Doctor  of  Philosophy. 

The  Graduate  School  of  Boston-Bouve  College  offers  the  degree  of 
Master  of  Science. 

The  Graduate  School  of  Business  Administration  offers  the  degree  of 
Master  of  Business  Administration. 

The  Graduate  School  of  Criminal  Justice  offers  the  degree  of  Master  of 
Science. 

The  Graduate  School  of  Education  offers  the  degrees  of  Master  of 
Education  and  Doctor  of  Education  and  the  Certificate  of  Advanced 
Graduate  Study. 

The  Graduate  School  of  Engineering  offers  the  degrees  of  Master  of 
Science,  Engineer  degree,  Doctor  of  Engineering,  and  Doctor  of  Phi- 
losophy. 

The  School  of  Law  offers  the  degree  of  Juris  Doctor. 

The  Graduate  School  of  Pharmacy  and  Allied  Health  Professions  offers 
the  degrees  of  Master  of  Science  and  Doctor  of  Philosophy. 

The  Graduate  School  of  Professional  Accounting  offers  the  degree  of 
Master  of  Science  in  Accounting. 

CENTER  FOR  CONTINUING  EDUCATION 

The  Center  for  Continuing  Education  was  established  in  1960  to  relate 
the  University  to  the  needs  of  its  community  in  a  period  of  accelerated 
change.  Adult  education  programs  offered  by  the  Center  and  University 
College  have  since  been  consolidated.  Its  programs  are  composed  of 
seminars,  conferences,  institutes,  forums,  and  a  wide  variety  of  special 
courses  designed  to  serve  specific  needs.  The  Division  of  Special 
Programs,  working  cooperatively  with  trade  associations  and  professional 
societies,  offers  a  wide  variety  of  programs  dealing  with  current  needs  and 
problems.  Through  its  Division  of  Community  Services,  working  with 
governmental  agencies  and  community  organizations,  the  Center  is  becom- 
ing increasingly  involved  in  social  problems  on  both  the  local  and  national 
level. 

Many  of  these  programs  are  conducted  at  Henderson  House,  North- 
eastern University's  conference  center  in  Weston,  Massachusetts. 

RESEARCH  ACTIVITIES 

The  facilities  of  the  University  are  engaged  in  a  wide  variety  of  basic 
research  projects  in  business,  science,  social  science,  pharmacy,  and 
engineering.  These  are  coordinated  by  the  Dean  of  Research,  whose  ser- 
vices are  University-wide  and  available  to  the  faculties  of  all  the  Colleges. 

Although  Northeastern  is  primarily  concerned  with  undergraduate  and 
graduate  instruction,  the  University  believes  that  the  most  effective  teaching 
and  learning  take  place  in  an  environment  characterized  by  research  ac- 
tivities directed  toward  extending  the  frontiers  of  knowledge. 


buildings  and  facilities 


MAIN  CAMPUS 

The  main  campus  of  Northeastern  University  is  located  at  360  Huntington 
Avenue  in  the  Back  Bay  section  of  Boston.  Many  of  the  city's  famous 
cultural,  educational,  and  philanthropic  institutions  are  situated  in  the  Back 
Bay,  including  the  Museum  of  Fine  Arts,  Symphony  Hall,  Horticultural  Hall, 
the  Isabella  Stewart  Gardner  Museum,  the  Harvard  teaching  hospitals,  the 
Boston  Public  Library,  and  many  schools  and  colleges.  Most  are  within 
walking  distance  of  Northeastern  University. 

Major  transportation  facilities  serving  the  Boston  area  are  Logan  Inter- 
national Airport,  two  rail  terminals,  bus  terminals  serving  inter-  and  in- 
trastate lines,  and  MBTA  subway-bus  service  within  the  metropolitan- 
suburban  area.  There  is  a  subway  stop  in  front  of  the  campus.  For 
motorists,  the  best  routes  to  the  campus  are  the  Massachusetts  Turnpike 
(Exit  22)  and  Route  9,  of  which  Huntington  Avenue  is  the  intown  section. 

The  campus  of  47  acres  is  divided  by  Huntington  Avenue,  with  the  main 
educational  buildings  on  one  side  and  dormitories  on  the  other.  The  prin- 
cipal buildings,  all  of  which  have  been  constructed  since  1938,  are  of  glazed 
brick  in  contemporary  classic  style.  Most  are  interconnected  by  un- 
derground passageways. 

Ell  Student  Center 

The  Carl  S.  Ell  Student  Center  provides  facilities  for  student  recreation 
and  for  extracurricular  activities.  The  Alumni  Auditorium,  with  a  seating 
capacity  of  1,300,  is  part  of  the  Center.  Also  included  are  special  drama 
facilities,  a  ballroom,  main  lounge,  fine  arts  exhibition  area,  student  offices, 
conference  rooms,  and  a  dining  area  seating  more  than  1,000. 

Libraries 

The  University  library  system  consists  of  the  Dodge  Library,  which  is  the 
main  library;  the  Suburban  Campus  Library  at  Burlington;  the  School  of 
Law  Library;  and  divisional  libraries  for  Physics  and  Electrical  Engineering, 
Chemistry  and  Biology,  Mathematics  and  Psychology,  and  Health,  Physical 
and  Recreation  Education,  and  Physical  Therapy.  There  are  additional  sub- 
ject collections  for  the  Center  for  Management  Development  at  Andover, 
Massachusetts,  and  the  Marine  Science  Institute  in  Nahant. 

The  library  collections  number  400,000  volumes  supplemented  by  some 
333,000  titles  in  microprint,  microfilm,  and  microfiche  forms.  The  collection 
includes,  in  addition,  some  3,700  periodical  titles,  100,000  documents,  and 
4,600  sound  recordings. 

19 


20  /  BUILDINGS  AND  FACILITIES 

Cabot  Physical  Education  Center 

The  Godfrey  Lowell  Cabot  Physical  Education  Center  is  one  of  the  best 
equipped  in  New  England.  The  large  gymnasium  contains  four  basketball 
courts.  In  addition,  the  Center  consists  of  an  athletic  cage,  a  small  gym- 
nasium, and  a  rifle  range,  as  well  as  administrative  offices  for  the  Depart- 
ment of  Athletics  and  for  the  Physical  Education  Department  of  Boston- 
Bouve  College. 

A  recent  addition  to  the  center,  the  Barletta  Natatorium,  houses  a  105- 
foot  swimming  pool,  a  practice  tank  for  the  crew,  handbail  courts,  and 
shower  and  dressing  facilities. 


Dockser  Hall 

Charles  and  Estelle  Dockser  Hall,  completed  in  1968,  houses  a  large 
gymnasium,  dance  studio,  motor  performance  laboratory,  college  library, 
community  recreation  laboratory,  folk  arts  center,  dark  and  music  rooms, 
recreation  resources  area,  locker  rooms,  offices,  classrooms,  conference 
room  and  lounge,  storage  facilities,  and  a  research  laboratory. 


Apartments  for  Graduate  Students 

The  University  maintains  a  100-apartment  housing  unit  which  accom- 
modates 279  people.  Two-,  three-,  and  four-party  apartments  are  available 
which  vary  in  size  from  two  to  four  rooms  plus  bath.  Apartments  are  fur- 
nished with  beds,  chairs,  desks,  stove,  refrigerator,  and  kitchen  table.  The 
cost  includes  all  utilities. 

A  $100  deposit  is  required  when  making  application  for  the  apartments. 
Applications  are  available  in  the  Office  of  University  Housing.  Students  are 
expected  to  make  such  arrangements  on  a  term-to-term  basis  but  may  live 
in  the  apartments  both  while  on  cooperative  work  assignments  and  in 
school  if  they  wish.  All  reservations  are  made  on  a  first  come,  first  served 
basis. 


SUBURBAN  FACILITIES 


Suburban  Campus 


The  Suburban  Campus,  located  near  the  junction  of  Routes  128  and  3  in 
Burlington,  Massachusetts,  was  established  to  meet  the  needs  of  in- 
dividuals and  of  industry  in  the  area. 

In  addition  to  graduate  courses  in  engineering,  physics,  mathematics, 
business  administration,  science,  education,  and  the  arts,  portions  of  un- 
dergraduate programs  leading  to  the  associate  and  bachelor's  degrees, 
special  programs  for  adults,  and  noncredit  state-of-the-art  programs  are 
offered. 


BUILDINGS  AND  FACILITIES  /  21 


Warren  Center 


The  Warren  Center  is  a  practical  laboratory  for  Boston-Bouve  College  in 
outdoor  education  and  conservation,  in  group  practicum,  and  in  camping 
administration,  programming,  and  counseling.  At  this  Center  in  Ashland, 
completed  in  1967,  there  are  tennis  courts,  field  hockey  and  lacrosse  fields, 
waterfront  for  swimming  and  boating,  overnight  camp  sites,  fields  and 
forests,  heated  cottages,  the  Hayden  Lodge  with  a  recreation  hall,  library, 
crafts  shop,  dining  facilities,  and  conference  accommodations. 

Henderson  House 

The  University's  conference  center,  Henderson  House,  is  located  in 
Weston,  Massachusetts.  The  Center  for  Continuing  Education  conducts 
short-term  courses,  seminars,  and  special  institutes  for  business,  pro- 
fessional, and  research  groups.  Henderson  House  is  12  miles  from  the  main 
campus. 

Marine  Science  Institute 

The  Marine  Science  Institute  at  Nahant,  Massachusetts,  is  a  research  and 
instructional  facility  primarily  engaged  in  studies  of  marine  biology  and 
oceanography.  The  Institute  is  operated  all  year,  and  is  about  20  miles 
northeast  of  Boston.  Many  of  the  courses  at  this  institute  are  applicable 
toward  an  advanced  degree  in  biology  or  health  science. 

Brockton,  Nashua,  and  Framingham  Campuses 

For  students  residing  in  southeastern  Massachusetts  and  northeastern 
Rhode  Island,  the  Graduate  School  of  Business  Administration  offers  a  ma- 
jor portion  of  its  M.B.A.  Program  at  facilities  in  Brockton,  Massachusetts. 
These  facilities,  made  available  by  the  Veterans  Administration  Hospital, 
are  conveniently  located  just  off  Route  24. 

Students  residing  in  the  southern  New  Hampshire  area  may  take  a  major 
portion  of  the  M.B.A.  Program  at  facilities  in  Nashua,  New  Hampshire. 
These  facilities  are  furnished  by  Sanders  Associates,  Inc.  and  are  located  in 
their  headquarters  on  Route  3,  just  over  the  Massachusetts  line. 

For  students  in  the  Framingham-Worcester  area,  a  major  portion  of  the 
M.B.A.  Program  may  be  taken  at  classroom  facilities  located  in  Framing- 
ham,  Massachusetts. 


the  graduate  school 
of  education 


The  Graduate  School  of  Education  provides  programs  leading  to  the 
Master  of  Education  degree  for  in-service  educators  who  wish  to  pursue  a 
specialization  and  for  individuals  who  wish  to  pursue  the  special  areas  of 
study  indicated  below.  A  nondegree  program  for  those  who  wish  certifica- 
tion as  elementary  or  secondary  teachers  is  also  offered. 

Individuals  who  possess  or  are  eligible  for  teaching  certificates  may  earn 
the  Master  of  Education  degree  in  the  areas  of  curriculum  and  instruction, 
early  childhood  education,  elementary  and  secondary  administration, 
emotional  disturbance,  generic  special  educator,  instructional  technology, 
occupational  education,  mental  retardation,  severely  handicapped,  and 
early  childhood  handicapped. 

Those  individuals  who  do  not  possess  a  teaching  certificate  may 
specialize  in  the  areas  of  career  education  college  counseling,  community 
counseling,  cooperative  education,  rehabilitation  counseling,  school 
counseling,  educational  research,  human  development,  rehabilitation  ad- 
ministration, speech  pathology  or  audiology,  and  special  education  com- 
munity personnel. 

Programs  of  study  leading  to  the  Certificate  of  Advanced  Graduate  Study 
in  the  areas  of  counseling,  educational  administration,  rehabilitation,  and 
special  education  are  offered  to  those  individuals  who  presently  hold  a 
master's  degree. 

The  Graduate  School  of  Education  also  offers  a  Doctor  of  Education 
(Ed.D.)  program  in  Leadership:  Administration  and  Supervision.  Being 
offered  jointly  by  the  Departments  of  Counselor  Education,  Educational  Ad- 
ministration, and  Special  Education  and  Rehabilitation  Administration, 
students  may  concentrate  in  the  areas  of:  school  administration,  rehabilita- 
tion administration,  pupil  personnel  administration,  student  personnel  ad- 
ministration, administration  of  higher  education,  administration  of  coop- 
erative education,  and  special  education  administration.  Students  must 
hold  a  master's  degree  in  order  to  apply  to  this  program. 

GENERAL  REGULATIONS 

The  general  regulations  and  minimum  requirements  for  all  graduate 
programs  are  established  by  the  Northeastern  University  Graduate  Council. 
In  some  matters  the  committee  of  each  graduate  school  is  allowed  discre- 
tion to  establish  regulations  within  limits  defined  by  the  council.  The 
regulations  and  academic  requirements  which  follow  have  been  formulated 
in  accordance  with  this  general  policy. 

23 


24  /  THE  GRADUATE  SCHOOL  OF  EDUCATION 


Registration 

Students  must  register  within  the  period  listed  on  the  school  calendar. 
Time  and  place  of  registration  will  be  announced  prior  to  each  period. 


Residence 

All  work  for  advanced  degrees  must  be  completed  at  the  University  un- 
less approval  has  been  obtained  from  the  Director  of  the  Graduate  School 
for  work  taken  elsewhere.  Students  who  are  in  residence  and  are  using  the 
facilities  of  the  University  must  register  for  such  work. 

Grading  System 

The  performance  of  students  in  graduate  courses  will  be  recorded  by  the 
instructor  by  use  of  the  following  grades: 
A  Excellent 

This  grade  is  given  to  those  students  whose  performance  in  the  course 
has  been  of  very  high  graduate  caliber. 
B  Satisfactory 

This  grade  is  given  to  those  students  whose  performance  in  the  course 
has  been  at  a  satisfactory  level. 
C   Fair 

This  grade  is  given  to  those  students  whose  performance  in  the  course 
is  not  at  the  level  expected  in  graduate  work. 
F   Failure 

This  grade  is  given  to  those  students  whose  performance  in  the  course 
is  unsatisfactory. 
In  addition,  the  following  letter  designations  are  used: 
I    Incomplete 

This  grade  is  given  to  those  students  who  fail  to  complete  the  work  of 
the  course. 
L   Audit  without  credit. 
S   Satisfactory  without  quality  designation. 
U  Unsatisfactory  without  quality  designation. 

These  two  grades  are  used  for  the  first  quarter  of  a  two  -quarter  se- 
quence in  which  the  grade  for  the  second  quarter  applies  to  both  the 
first  and  second  quarters  of  the  sequence. 
The  I  grade  will  be  changed  to  a  letter  grade  upon  removal  of  the 
deficiency  which  caused  the  grade  of  I  to  be  reported.  Deficiencies  must  be 
made  up  within  the  quarter  following  that  for  which  the  grade  of  I  is  received 
unless  an  extension  of  time  is  granted  by  the  instructor.  However,  such  ex- 
tension  of  time   may   not  exceed   two  additional   consecutive  calendar 
quarters. 

Any  student  who  wishes  to  take  a  final  make-up  examination  must  obtain 
permission  of  the  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  by  the  second  week  of 
the  quarter  succeeding  that  in  which  the  examination  was  missed.  The 


THE  GRADUATE  SCHOOL  OF  EDUCATION  /  25 

make-up  examination  must  be  taken  in  that  succeeding  quarter  unless  cir- 
cumstances warrant  permission  of  the  Director  to  defer  it  to  one  of  the  next 
two  quarters. 

Auditing 

A  student  may  audit  a  course  without  credit  by  obtaining,  prior  to 
registration,  the  written  approval  of  the  instructor  of  the  course  involved 
and  by  presenting  this  permit  at  the  Office  of  the  Graduate  School  of 
Education.  No  change  either  to  or  from  the  audit  status  may  be  made  after 
the  first  day  of  classes.  Tuition  for  an  audit  course  is  the  same  as  for  a 
course  taken  for  credit. 

Class  Hours  and  Credits 

All  credits  are  entered  as  quarter  hours.  A  quarter  hour  of  credit  is 
equivalent  to  three-fourths  of  a  semester  hour  credit.  The  academic  calen- 
dar at  the  front  of  this  bulletin  should  be  consulted  in  order  to  determine  the 
opening  and  closing  dates  of  each  quarter.  It  should  be  noted  that  most 
classes  meet  either  in  the  late  afternoon  or  evening. 

Continuity  of  Program 

Students  are  expected  to  maintain  continuous  progress  toward  a  degree. 
Any  student  who  has  been  admitted  to  a  degree  program,  has  completed  at 
least  one  course,  but  has  not  attended  for  a  period  of  one  year,  must  notify 
the  Office  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Education  prior  to  additional  registra- 
tion. In  addition,  he  must  meet  with  his  program  adviser  to  make  any 
necessary  program  adjustments. 

Withdrawals 

In  order  to  withdraw  from  a  course,  a  student  must  fill  out  an  official 
withdrawal  form  obtained  at  the  Registrar's  Office  or  at  the  Burlington  Cam- 
pus Office.  Withdrawals  may  be  made  through  the  ninth  week  of  the 
quarter.  Students  will  be  withdrawn  as  of  the  date  on  which  they  fill  out  the 
form.  Ceasing  to  attend  a  class  or  notifying  the  instructor  does  not  con- 
stitute an  official  withdrawal.  See  section  on  financial  information  for  infor- 
mation on  refunds. 

Changes  in  Requirements 

The  continuing  development  of  the  graduate  school  forces  frequent  revi- 
sion of  curricula.  In  every  new  bulletin  some  improvements  are  indicated. 
When  no  hardship  is  imposed  on  the  student  because  of  changes,  and 
when  the  facilities  of  the  school  permit,  the  student  is  expected  to  meet  the 
requirements  of  the  latest  bulletin.  If  the  student  finds  it  impossible  to  meet 
these  requirements,  the  bulletin  for  the  year  in  which  he  entered  becomes 
the  binding  one. 


26  /  THE  GRADUATE  SCHOOL  OF  EDUCATION 

Application  for  the  Degree 

If  a  commencement  card  is  not  filed  with  the  Registrar's  Office  on  or 
before  the  applicable  date  listed  on  the  calendar,  there  is  no  assurance  that 
the  degree  will  be  granted  in  that  particular  year  even  though  all  other  re- 
quirements have  been  fulfilled. 

Honor  Society 

Northeastern  University  has  on  campus  the  Kappa  Zeta  Chapter  of  Kap- 
pa Delta  Pi.  A  national  honor  society  in  education,  Kappa  Delta  Pi  was 
founded  in  1911  at  the  University  of  Illinois.  Kappa  Zeta  Chapter  was  in- 
stalled on  May  29,  1964. 

To  be  considered  for  membership,  graduate  students  must  be  degree 
candidates  in  the  College  of  Education  and  have  completed  at  least  six 
courses  (24  quarter  hours)  with  a  cumulative  average  of  at  least  3.5,  and 
have  no  C  grades  on  their  graduate  records. 

Applications  for  membership  and  further  information  may  be  received 
from  the  Office  of  the  Dean,  College  of  Education,  Northeastern  University, 
Boston,  MA  021 15. 

Supporting  Services 

The  College  of  Education  operates  or  coordinates  with  other  agencies  in 
the  operation  of  certain  bureaus,  clinics,  and  offices  which  support  and 
enrich  the  academic  programs.  Graduate  students  may  find  some  of  these 
services  to  be  of  interest  and  assistance  while  others  may  be  suggested  as 
sources  of  information  or  practical  experiences.  Among  these  services  are 
those  discussed  in  the  following  paragraphs. 

The  Bureau  of  Educational  Field  Services,  located  in  Cushing  Hall  (102 
The  Fenway),  provides  a  wide  variety  of  offerings  to  our  graduate  students 
as  well  as  to  school  systems  and  other  educational  agencies  throughout 
New  England.  These  offerings  include  special  off-campus  programs  for  our 
graduate  students,  both  credit  and  noncredit;  credit  and  noncredit  in- 
service  training  for  professional  school  personnel,  offered  in  local  com- 
munities; special  noncredit  workshops  for  parent  and  para-professional 
groups;  and  program  evaluation,  research  projects,  surveys,  educational 
planning  services,  and  consultant  services. 

Anyone  interested  in  obtaining  more  information  about  the  Bureau 
should  contact  the  Office  of  the  Director  of  the  Bureau  at  617-437-3298,  or 
visit  118  Cushing  Hall. 

Northeastern  University's  Speech  and  Hearing  Clinic,  located  in  133  For- 
syth Building,  provides  diagnostic  and  therapeutic  services  for  both  Univer- 
sity students  and  school-age  community  children  insofar  as  staff  and 
facilities  allow.  The  Clinic  is  accredited  by  the  Professional  Services  Board 
of  the  American  Speech  and  Hearing  Association. 

The  Resources  Laboratory  (formerly  the  Curriculum  Library),  located  in 
Cahners   Hall    (104   The   Fenway),   contains   a  variety   of   materials   and 


THE  GRADUATE  SCHOOL  OF  EDUCATION  /  27 

resources  relating  to  a  large  number  of  programs  and  task  areas  of 
elementary  and  secondary  schools.  Use  of  this  facility  is  limited  to  staff  and 
students  of  the  College  of  Education. 

Northeastern  University's  Reading  and  Learning  Clinic,  located  in 
Cahners  Hall,  provides  diagnostic  and  corrective  services  in  reading  for 
both  University  students  and  school-age  community  children  insofar  as 
staff  and  facilities  allow. 

The  New  England  Rehabilitation  Research  Institute,  located  in  the  United 
Realty  Building,  conducts  rehabilitation  studies  on  the  problems  of  motiva- 
tion and  dependency  and  publishes  reports  pertaining  to  the  area  of 
rehabilitation.  A  materials  resources  library  in  rehabilitation  research  is 
housed  in  the  same  building  as  the  Department  of  Rehabilitation  and 
Special  Education. 

The  Center  for  Educational  Development,  located  in  Cushing  Hall,  works 
with  community  agencies  in  developing  and  implementing  innovative 
educational  programs,  particularly  in  areas,  both  urban  and  rural-isolated, 
which  lack  substantial  financial  resources. 

In  addition,  the  College  of  Education  utilizes  the  resources,  materials, 
and  facilities  of  other  University-wide  bureaus  such  as  the  Office  of 
Educational  Resources,  an  important  component  of  which  is  the  Center  for 
Programmed  Instruction. 


financial  information 


FINANCIAL  OBLIGATIONS 


Tuition 


Tuition  for  master's  degree  candidates,  CAGS  candidates,  doctoral  can- 
didates, and  special  students  is  $55  per  quarter  hour  of  credit.  Tuition  for 
audited  courses  is  the  same  as  for  courses  taken  for  credit.  There  is  a 
special  tuition  charge  of  $600  for  the  following:  51.805,  Student  Teaching; 
51.873  and  51.875,  Reading  Clinic  I  &  II;  53.805-806,  Counseling  Practicum; 
53.840-841,  Advanced  Field  Work;  53.843-844,  School  Psychology  Field 
Work;  55.813,  Advanced  Clinical  Practice;  56.850-851,  Field  Work  and  Stu- 
dent Teaching;  56.853-854,  Field  Work  and  Practicum;  56.960,  Practicum  in 
Rehabilitation  Administration;  93.802-803,  Practicum  in  Early  Childhood 
Education  I  &  II;  Thesis;  55.852,  Practicum,  Teaching  of  the  Deaf. 

There  is  a  special  tuition  charge  of  $325  for  the  following:  52.843,  Ad- 
ministrative Internship;  Counselor  Education  Interns  enrolled  in  the  Boston 
School  System. 

The  tuition  charge  for  the  doctoral  dissertation  is  $500,  to  be  paid  when 
registration  is  made  for  the  dissertation.  At  the  completion  of  formal  course 
work  for  the  doctorate,  a  dissertation  continuation  fee  of  $50  per  quarter 
will  be  charged  until  completion  of  the  dissertation. 

Tuition  statements  are  mailed  to  students  by  the  Bursar's  Office  and  are 
payable  by  check  to  Northeastern  University  on  or  before  the  date 
specified. 

Tuition  rates  and  fees  are  subject  to  revision  by  the  Board  of  Trustees  at 
anytime. 

Fees 

An  Application  Fee  of  $15  (nonrefundable)  is  charged  to  all  students 
when  they  apply  for  admission  to  the  Graduate  School  of  Education.  No 
application  papers  will  be  processed  until  this  fee  has  been  received. 
Checks  should  be  made  payable  to  Northeastern  University  and  sent  to  the 
Graduate  School  of  Education,  102  The  Fenway,  Boston,  Mass.  021 15. 

Other  fees  include  a  charge  of  $10  for  late  payment  of  tuition;  a  fee  of  $2 
for  deferred  tuition  (with  approval  of  Bursar);  a  final  examination  make-up 
fee  of  $5;  a  fee  of  $25  for  all  degree  candidates,  payable  before  commence- 
ment by  the  applicable  date  listed  on  the  academic  calendar. 

For  full-time  students  there  is  a  charge  of  $12.50  per  quarter  for  the  ser- 
vices available  in  the  student  center.  The  fee  for  teaching  assistants  and 

29 


30  /  FINANCIAL  INFORMATION 

research  fellows  is  $6.25  each  quarter.  All  part-time  students  on  the  Hunt- 
ington Avenue  campus  are  charged  $.75  a  quarter. 

All  full-time  students,  including  those  with  assistantships  and  fellowships, 
will  pay  a  nonrefundable  university  health  services  fee  of  $120  each  year. 
This  fee  will  provide  Blue  Cross-Blue  Shield  coverage  and  entitle  the  stu- 
dent to  the  medical  care  furnished  by  the  University  Health  Service. 

All  financial  obligations  to  the  University  must  be  discharged  before 
graduation. 

Refunds 

Tuition  refunds  will  be  granted  only  on  the  basis  of  the  date  appearing  on 
the  official  withdrawal  form  filed  by  the  student.  Nonattendance  does  not 
constitute  official  withdrawal.  Questions  regarding  refunds  should  be  dis- 
cussed with  the  Bursar's  Office. 

Refunds  will  be  granted  in  accordance  with  the  following  schedule: 

Amount  of  Refund 

Official  Withdrawal  Filed  Within:  Percentage  of  Tuition 
First  week  of  quarter  1 00 

Second  week  of  quarter  75 

Third  week  of  quarter  50 

Fourth  week  of  quarter  25 

FINANCIAL  AID 

The  Office  of  Financial  Aid  offers  two  types  of  Federal  assistance  to 
graduate  students:  the  National  Direct  Student  Loan  and  Work-Study.  All 
awards  are  based  on  financial  need.  Aid  granted  from  these  programs 
sponsored  by  the  Federal  Government  is  dependent  upon  the  amount  of 
funds  allocated  to  Northeastern  University. 

Northeastern  University  is  a  participant  in  the  Graduate  and  Professional 
School  Financial  Aid  Service  (GAPSFAS).  All  applicants  for  financial  aid 
must  file  a  GAPSFAS  form  in  order  to  be  considered.  This  form  may  be  ob- 
tained from  the  financial  aid  officer  at  the  institution  which  the  student  now 
attends  or  from  the  Northeastern  University  Office  of  Financial  Aid.  All  sec- 
tions of  the  GAPSFAS  form  must  be  completed  and  sent  to  the  Graduate 
and  Professional  School  Financial  Aid  Service,  Box  2614,  Princeton,  New 
Jersey  08540.  No  decision  on  an  application  for  financial  aid  will  be  made 
until  the  GAPSFAS  form  is  received. 

Only  students  who  have  been  officially  accepted  as  degree  candidates  to 
a  graduate  school  of  Northeastern  University  may  apply  for  financial  aid. 
The  University  does  not  award  financial  assistance  to  students  who  are  not 
citizens  or  permanent  residents  of  the  United  States. 

National  Direct  Student  Loan 

Under  the  National  Direct  Student  Loan  program,  students  may  be  al- 
lowed to  borrow  as  much  as  $2,500  per  academic  year;  however,  the  total 


FINANCIAL  INFORMATION  /  31 

amount  borrowed  must  not  exceed  $10,000  for  the  student's  entire  un- 
dergraduate and  graduate  program.  Repayment  and  interest  on  these 
iloans  do  not  begin  until  nine  months  after  the  student  ceases  to  carry  at 
least  a  half-time  academic  load.  The  repayment  of  the  principal  may  be  ex- 
tended over  a  ten-year  period  with  an  interest  rate  of  3%  per  annum. 

College  Work-Study  Program 

The  College  Work-Study  Program  is  sponsored  by  the  Federal  Govern- 
ment. It  is  designed  to  give  students  an  opportunity  to  earn  as  much  as 
$3.50  per  hour  working  in  jobs  on  or  off  campus  in  public  or  private  non- 
profit organizations.  This  program  is  administered  solely  by  the  Office  of 
Financial  Aid  and  is  not  to  be  confused  with  the  University's  cooperative 
education  program. 

Guaranteed  Student  Loan  Program 

A  prime  means  of  financial  assistance  is  the  Guaranteed  Student  Loan 
Program.  Because  of  the  easy  availability  of  this  loan  relative  to  other  types 
of  financial  assistance,  it  is  recommended  that  all  applicants  for  aid  first 
seek  assistance  from  this  source.  Students  may  receive  guaranteed  loans 
of  up  to  $2500  per  academic  year  from  their  local  banks.  Repayment  of  the 
principal  and  interest  need  not  begin  until  nine  months  after  the  student 
ceases  to  carry  at  least  a  half-time  academic  load. 

Martin  Luther  King,  Jr.,  Scholarships 

Established  in  1969  in  memory  of  the  late  Rev.  Martin  Luther  King,  Jr. 
Awards  are  made  as  openings  occur  to  qualified  minority  graduate 
students  who  show  financial  need  and  are  accepted  to  full-time  study  in  the 
graduate  schools  of  the  University.  Stipends  will  cover  tuition  and  all  fees. 

Dr.  Reubin  J.  Margolin  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund 

The  Dr.  Reubin  J.  Margolin  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund  was  established 
in  1973  through  the  generosity  of  the  family  and  friends  of  Dr.  Reubin  J. 
Margolin,  an  outstanding  and  dedicated  individual  and  friend  who,  at  the 
time  of  his  death  on  April  6,  1972,  was  Chairman  of  the  Department  of 
Rehabilitation  and  Special  Education  at  Northeastern  University. 

The  income  from  the  Dr.  Reubin  J.  Margolin  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund 
is  awarded  annually  to  a  deserving  student  admitted  to  or  enrolled  in  the 
College  of  Education  or  the  Graduate  School  of  Education  and  majoring  in 
Rehabilitation  and/or  Special  Education.  Recipients  must  demonstrate 
financial  need  as  well  as  the  personal  and  professional  qualities  exemplified 
by  Dr.  Margolin. 

The  Office  of  Financial  Aid  does  not  award  Graduate  Assistantships  or 
Fellowships.  For  further  information  regarding  such  assistance,  students 
should  contact  their  graduate  school  office. 


32  /  FINANCIAL  INFORMATION 

Graduate  Administrative  Assistantships 

Some  University  departments  offer  the  graduate  student  an  opportunity 
for  remission  of  tuition  and  a  stipend  in  return  for  half  time  spent  in 
assisting  with  nonteaching,  administrative  duties.  In  all  cases  the  student! 
must  register  for  a  half-time  academic  load.  It  is  assumed  that  applicants 
for  such  assistantships  will  be  enrolled  in  a  two-year  program. 

Tuition  Assistantships 

These  appointments  offer  tuition  waiver  only.  Graduate  students  given 
this  type  of  appointment  are  assigned  duties  in  the  department  requiring  an 
average  of  8  hours  per  week.  They  must  register  for  a  full-time  academic 
load. 

Teaching  Assistantships 

Graduate  students  given  this  type  of  appointment  assist  in  the  work  of  in- 
structional departments  or  other  offices  of  the  University.  The  appointee 
may  be  assigned  to  class  instruction,  laboratory  supervision,  correcting 
papers  and  proctoring  examinations.  Including  necessary  preparation  time, 
assigned  duties  require  about  18  to  20  hours  per  week. 

The  student  must  register  for  a  half-time  academic  load.  It  is  assumed 
that  applicants  for  such  assistantships  will  be  enrolled  in  a  two-year 
program. 

Traineeships 

Graduate  students  given  these  appointments  must  devote  full  time  to 
graduate  work  in  accordance  with  the  stipulation  of  the  appointment.  These 
appointments  are  made  from  traineeships  available  from  NASA,  NSF, 
NDEA,  and  other  government  grants  to  the  University.  They  may  be  for  9  to 
12  months. 

Appointments 

Appointments  to  fellowships  and  assistantships  are  ordinarily  announced 
no  later  than  April  15  for  the  following  academic  year  or  summer.  Ap- 
pointments are  for  a  maximum  of  one  year  and  are  not  automatically 
renewed.  Students  who  hold  assistantships  are  expected  to  devote  full  time 
to  their  studies  and  the  duties  of  the  award.  They  may  not  accept  outside 
employment  without  the  consent  of  their  faculty  adviser  and  the  Director  of 
the  Graduate  School. 

Dormitory  Proctorships 

A  number  of  proctorships  in  men's  dormitories  on  or  near  the  Huntington 
Avenue  campus  are  available  each  year.  Appointments  carry  a  minimum 
compensation  of  room  and  board.  Further  information  and  application 
forms  may  be  obtained  from  the  Associate  Dean  of  Students  for  Housing, 
203  Ell  Student  Center. 


faculty 


Marvin  Arffa,  A.B.,  M.S.,  Ed.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Education 

Joseph  C.  Aurelia,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Speech  Pathology  and 

Coordinator  of  Clinical  Services 
Robert  E.  Bachelder,  B.S.Ed.,  M.A.Ed.,  Ed.D.,  Lecturer  in  Education 
Ronald  E.  Baptiste,  A.B.,  Ed.M.,  Ed.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Education 
Joseph  E.  Barbeau,  B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Ed.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Education 
Gloria  D.  Bernheim,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education 
George  W.  Best,  B.S.,  A.M.,  Lecturer  in  Education 
Richard  Brown,  B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Lecturer  in  Education 
Wendell  R.  Brown,  B.A.,  LL.B.,  D.S.S.,  Associate  Professor  of  Education 
Nicholas  J.  Buffone,  B.A.,  M.Ed.,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Education 
Leslie  Burg,  B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Ed.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Education 
Robert  S.  Butters,  A.B.,  M.Ed.,  Ed.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Education 
Russell  J.  Call,  B.Ed.,  M.A.,  Ed.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Education,  Direc- 
tor of  Field  Placement  and  Acting  Chairperson,  Department  of  Cur- 
riculum and  Instruction 
Adeline  Cannamella,  M.Ed.,  Lecturer  in  Education 
Thomas  H.  Clark,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education 
Donald  Cochran,  B.A.,  M.A.T.,  Lecturer  in  Education 
Melvin  E.  Cohen,  B.S.,  Ed.M.,  C.A.G.S.,  D.Ed.,  Lecturer  in  Education 
Donald  F.  Crowe,  B.S.,  M.Div.,  Lecturer  in  Education 
Richard  L.  Dill,  B.A.,  M.Ed.,  C.A.G.S.,  Lecturer  in  Education 
Irvin  Doress,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ed.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Education 

E.  Lawrence  Durham,  A.B.,  M.A.,  Professor  of  Education 
Michael  Fabien,  A.B.,  A.M.,  Ed.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education 

F.  Andre  Favat,  A.B.,  Ed.M.,  Ed.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Education 
Robert  J.  Ferullo,  B.S.B.A.,  Ed.M.,  Ed.D.,  Professor  of  Speech  Pathology 

and  Audiology  and  Chairperson,  Department  of  Speech  Pathology  and 

Audiology 
Gilbert  C.  Garland,  B.S.,  Ed.M.,  Ed.D.,  Professor  of  Education 
Mina  B.  Ghattas,  B.A.,  M.Ed.,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Education  and 

Director  of  Office  of  Educational  Resources 
George  J.  Goldin,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Special  Education 
Michael  A.  Goulde,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Lecturer  in  Education 
Bonnie  Greenberg,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Speech  Pathology 
E.  Vaughn  Gulo,  A.B.,  M.A.,  Ed.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Education 
Charles  F.  Haley,  B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Associate  Dean  of  Education 
Martin   S.    Hanopole,   B.S.,   M.A.,   Ph.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Speech 

Pathology 

33 


34 / FACULTY 

Cheryl  C.  Hanks,  A.B.,  A.M.,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education 

Thomas  F.  Harrington.  B.A.,  M.Ed.,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Education 

Thomas   F.   Henstock,   B.A.,   M.A.,   Ed.M.,   Ed.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of 

Education 
John  D.  Herzog,  B.A.,  M.A.T.,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Education  and  Chairper- 
son, Department  of  Foundations  of  Education 
Fred  Hinman,  M.D.,  Lecturer  in  Education 
Melvin  Howards,  B.S.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Education  and  Director, 

Reading  Clinic 
Sherry  R.  Israel,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Lecturer  in  Education 
Maurice  Kaufman,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Education 
Blanche  Korngold,  A.B.,  Ed.M.,  C.A.S.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education 
Albert  Kovner,  B.S.,  M.A.,  Ed.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Education 
Louise  LaFontaine,  A.B.,  M.A.,  Ed.M.,  Ed.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Special 

Education 
Nancy  C.  Lankford,  B.A.,  M.Ed.,  Ed.D.,  Lecturer  in  Education 
Mary  J.  Lee,  B.A.,  M.Ed.,  Associate  Professor  of  Education 
Robert  S.  Levine,  B.S.,  M.Ed.,  M.B.A.,  Ed.D.,  Lecturer  in  Education 
Thomas  F.  Luce,  B.Ph.,  S.T.L.,  M.Ed.,  Lecturer  in  Education 
Matthew  H.  Luzzi,  B.A.,  M.Ed.,  C.A.G.S.,  Ed.D.,  Professor  of  Education  and 

Chairperson,  Department  of  Rehabilitation  and  Special  Education 
Mervin  D.  Lynch,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Education 
John  Maguire,  A.B.,  M.Ed.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education 
Frank  E.  Marsh,  Jr.,  A.B.,  Ed.M.,  Ed.D.,  Dean  of  Education 
Wilbert  J.  McClure,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education 
JoAnne  S.  McKay,  A.B.,  Ed.M.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Special  Education 
Robert  C.  McLean,  A.B.,  M.S.,  Ed.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Education 
Joseph  Meier,  Ed.M.,  Ed.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Education 
Harold  A.  Miner,  B.S.,  Ed.M.,  Ed.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Education  and 

Director,  Bureau  of  Field  Services 
Katherine   M.    Newman,    B.S.Ed.,    O.T.R.,    Ed.M.,   C.A.G.S.,   Instructor  in 

Education 
Irene  A.  Nichols,  B.S.,  Ed.M.,  Ed.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Education 
Alan  C.  O'Hare,  B.A.,  M.Ed.,  Lecturer  in  Education 
Barbara  F.  Okun,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Education  and 

Chairperson,  Department  of  Counselor  Education 
Kathleen  O'Rourke,  M.Ed.,  Lecturer  in  Education 
Arthur  J.  O'Shea,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ed.M.,  Ph.D.,  Lecturer  in  Education 
Colin  Painter,  B.A.,  A.P.D.P.,  Ph.D.,  Lecturer  in  Education 
Sandra  M.  Parker,  B.A.,  Ed.M.,  Ed.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Education 
William  G.  Quill,  B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Ed.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Education 
Robert  W.  Read,  A.B.,  M.A.,  Ed.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Education 
Robert  B.  Redden,  B.S.,  M.Ed.,  D.Ed.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Audiology 
Susan  E.  Rindler,  B.A.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education 
Charles  F.  Ritch,  Jr.,  A.B.,  A.M.,  Ed.D.,  Professor  of  Education  and  Chair- 
person, Department  of  Educational  Administration 


FACULTY / 35 

Phyllis  T.  Ritvo,  B.A.,  M.Ed.,  Lecturer  in  Education 

Stanley  P.  Rosenzweig,  B.S.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Lecturer  in  Education 

Stephen  B.  Ross,  B.A.,  M.Ed.,  C.A.G.S.,  Lecturer  in  Education 

Philip  J.  Rusche,  A.B.,  B.S.,  M.A.,  Ed.D.,  Associate  Dean  of  Education  and 

Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Education 
Thomas  Francis  Ryan,  Jr.,  B.A.,  M.S.Ed.,  Lecturer  in  Education 
Ray  F.  Saari,  B.A.,  M.Div.,  M.S.W.,  Lecturer  in  Education 
Judith  D.  Samuels,  B.Ed.,  M.A.,  Lecturer  in  Education 
Wendy  D.  Schneller,  B.A.,  M.S.,  Clinical  Coordinator  &  Supervisor,  Speech 

Pathology 
Barbara  Schram,  B.A.,  M.A.,  M.S.W.,  Ed.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of 

Education 
Harold  F.  Schuknecht,  S.B.,  M.D.,  Lecturer  in  Education 
James  F.  Scorzelli,  B.S.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education 
Deanna   Spielberg,   A.B.,    M.Ed.,   Ed.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Special 

Education 
Kristine  E.  Strand,  B.S.,  M.A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Speech  Pathology 
Lois  E.  Stryker,  B.A.,  M.P.A.,  Lecturer  in  Education 
Paul  H.  Tedesco,  A.B.,  A.M.,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Education 
Benjamin  Tessler,  LL.B.,  M.Ed.,  Lecturer  in  Education 
Newton  K.  Von  Sander,  A.B,  Ed.M.,  Ed.D.,  Lecturer  in  Education 
Dorothy  A.  Weber,  B.A.,  M.Ed.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Special  Education 
Martin  J.  Wheeler,  A.B.,  M.Ed.,  Lecturer  in  Education 
James  W.   Wilson,   B.S.,   M.A.,   Ph.D.,   Research  Professor,   Cooperative 

Education 
Wesley  G.  Woll,  B.S.,  M.D.,  Lecturer  in  Education 
Alvin  D.  Zalinger,  B.S.,  M.A.,  Associate  Professor  of  Education 


V  E 


R  S'J 


programs  of  the  graduate 
school  of  education 


MASTER  OF  EDUCATION 

Professional  Specializations 

School  and  College  Counseling  Programs 

Elementary  School  Counseling 

Secondary  School  Counseling 

Career  Education  Specialist 

College  Counseling 

Student  Personnel 

Cooperative  Education  Coordinator 
Community  and  Rehabilitation  Counseling  Programs 

Community  Mental  Health  Counseling 

Rehabilitation  Counseling 

Community  Services  Counseling 
Curriculum  and  Instruction 

English-Language  Arts 

General  Academic 

Reading 

Science-Mathematics 

Social  Studies 
Early  Childhood  Education 

Administration 

Teaching 
Educational  Administration 

Elementary  and  Secondary  Administration 

Instructional  Technology 

Occupational  Education 
Educational  Research 
Human  Development 
Rehabilitation  Administration 
Special  Education 

Emotional  Disturbance— Learning  Disabilities 

Generic  Special  Educator 

Mental  Retardation — Learning  Disabilities 

Severely  Handicapped 

Early  Childhood  Handicapped 

Special  Education  Community  Personnel 
Speech  Pathology  and  Audiology 

Audiology 

Speech  Pathology 

Teaching  the  Deaf 

37 


38  /  PROGRAMS 

Nondegree  Program  for  Certification 
of  Elementary  and  Secondary  Teachers 

CERTIFICATE  OF  ADVANCED  GRADUATE  STUDY  (CAGS) 

Counselor  Education 

Pupil  Personnel  Services  Administration 
School  Psychology 
Counseling 
School 
College 

Community  Mental  Health 
Rehabilitation 
Educational  Administration 
Cooperative  Education 
Educational  Administration 
Higher  Education 
Instructional  Technology 
Rehabilitation  and  Special  Education  Administration 

DOCTOR  OF  EDUCATION 

Counselor  Education 

Pupil  Personnel  Administration 

Student  Personnel  Administration 
Educational  Administration 

Administration  of  Cooperative  Education 

Administration  of  Higher  Education 

School  Administration 
Rehabilitation  and  Special  Education 

Rehabilitation  Administration 

Special  Education  Administration 

MASTER  OF  EDUCATION  DEGREE 

Admission  to  Degree  Candidacy 

An  applicant  must  have  earned  a  bachelor's  degree  from  an  accredited 
institution  and  must  complete  all  admissions  procedures  as  described. 

An  applicant  for  graduate  study  in  a  master's  degree  program  or  a  CAGS 
program  should  have  all  of  the  following  material  on  file  in  the  office  of  the 
Graduate  School  of  Education  three  weeks  (two  months  for  full-time)  prior 
to  the  beginning  of  classes  in  any  given  quarter.  (Applicants  for  programs  in 
Counselor  Education  and  Special  Education  must  have  all  material  on  file 
by  April  15.) 

1 .  Two  completed  application  forms. 

2.  Two  official  transcripts  from  all  colleges  or  universities  attended. 

3.  References  as  follows: 


PROGRAMS/ 39 

a.  If  no  teaching  experience,  three  letters  of  recommendation  from 
individuals  acquainted  with  the  applicant's  scholastic,  profes- 
sional, or  intellectual  ability. 

b.  If  teaching  experience  (beyond  student  teaching),  one  reference 
from  the  current  or  most  recent  supervisor. 

4.  An  official  copy  of  the  Miller  Analogies  Test  score  (MAT). 

5.  Graduate    Record    Examination    scores    (aptitude   test   only)   for 
applicants  with  25%  or  more  pass-fail  grades. 

6.  For  CAGS  applicants,  a  record  of  an  interview  with  the  chairperson  of 
the  department  to  which  they  are  applying. 

7.  For  applicants  whose  native  language  is  not  English,  an  official  copy  of 
the  results  of  the  Test  of  English  as  a  Foreign  Language  (TOEFL). 

The  Graduate  School  of  Education  may  require  a  preadmission  con- 
ference with  any  appliant.  Applicants  may  at  any  time  request  a  conference 
with  the  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Education  or  his  designate. 

Application  Fee 

All  applications  for  admission  must  be  accompanied  by  an  application 
fee  (nonrefundable)  of  $15.  No  application  will  be  processed  until  the  fee 
has  been  received  by  the  Graduate  School  of  Education.  Checks  should  be 
made  payable  to  Northeastern  University  and  sent  to  the  Graduate  School 
of  Education,  102  The  Fenway. 

Confirmation 

Applicants  must  confirm  their  acceptance  to  a  program  within  the 
designated  period  of  time.  If  confirmations  are  not  received,  places  in  the 
program  will  be  offered  to  other  applicants. 

Students  who  have  confirmed  their  acceptance  to  a  program  but  who 
have  not  initiated  their  programs  within  four  quarters  of  admission  will  be 
withdrawn  from  the  Graduate  School  of  Education. 

Full-time  Study 

A  full-time  student  must  take  three  courses  in  all  quarters  except  the 
summer  session,  during  which  he  must  take  a  minimum  of  two  courses. 
Enrollment  in  an  additional  course  in  any  quarter  must  be  approved  by  the 
adviser. 

Part-time  Study 

A  part-time  student  may  enroll  in  a  maximum  of  two  courses  in  any  given 
quarter. 

Program  Selection  and  Registration 

Upon  acceptance  as  a  degree  candidate,  the  student  will  be  assigned  an 
adviser  in  his  major  area  of  study.  After  notification  of  acceptance  by  the 


40 /PROGRAMS 

Graduate  School  of  Education,  the  student  must  confer  with  the  adviser 
regarding  his  program  of  studies  and  initial  course  registration.  The 
student's  initial  program  and  any  subsequent  changes  may  develop  only  as 
a  result  of  the  written  recommendation  of  the  adviser. 

Initial  registration  will  be  allowed  only  upon  presentation  of  a  "Permit  to 
Register"  card. 

Special  Student  Status 

Applicants  who  have  earned  a  bachelor's  degree  from  an  accredited  in- 
stitution and  who  acknowledge  that  they  do  not  wish  to  pursue  a  degree 
may  be  accepted  as  special  students.  Special  students  may  register  for  a 
maximum  of  three  courses,  one  per  quarter,  provided  that  they  submit  an 
application  form,  accompanied  by  an  application  fee  of  $15,  and  an  official 
transcript,  three  weeks  prior  to  the  beginning  of  classes.  Academic  credit 
earned  in  such  study  may  not  be  used  to  fulfill  degree  requirements  in  the 
Graduate  School  of  Education  unless  the  applicant  is  accepted  as  a  degree 
candidate  and  the  courses  are  applicable  to  his  program.  Special  students 
may  be  considered  for  degree  candidacy  only  upon  full  presentation  of 
application  materials  and  a  formal  petition  to  the  Director  of  the  Graduate 
School  of  Education. 

Academic  Classification 

1.  Regular        Applicants  who  meet  in  full  the  criteria  for  immediate 

matriculation  are  classified  as  regular  students. 

2.  Provisional  Some  applicants  who  do  not  meet  regular  admissions 

standards  may  be  admitted  as  provisional  students.  Such 
students  must  maintain  a  B  average  in  their  first  twelve 
quarter  hours  of  work  in  order  to  continue  in  the  graduate 
program.  Provisional  students  admitted  for  part-time 
study  may  take  only  one  course  in  their  first  quarter  of 
study. 

3.  Special         See  above. 

Programs  of  Study 

The  curricula  of  the  programs  for  the  Master  of  Education  degree  are 
given  on  pages  46-75. 

Programs  are  available  for  students  with  or  without  regular  teaching  cer- 
tification. Those  with  certification  may  major  in  the  professional 
specializations  listed  on  page  46. 

Students  without  certification  may  pursue  a  Master  of  Education  degree 
program  for  which  certification  is  not  mandatory  (as  indicated  on  page  46) 
or  if  able  to  devote  full  time  to  graduate  study,  may  apply  for  a  combined 
program  as  described  on  page  76. 

A  nondegree  certification  program  for  elementary  and  secondary 
teachers  is  available  as  described  on  page  75. 


PROGRAMS/ 41 

Comprehensive  Examination 

A  comprehensive  examination  may  be  required  by  a  department.  Un- 
satisfactory performance  in  such  an  examination  constitutes  grounds  for 
withholding  the  degree. 

Academic  Requirements 

In  order  to  qualify  for  the  Master's  Degree  in  Education,  an  average 
grade  of  B  must  be  obtained  in  all  courses.  No  additional  course  credits 
may  be  allowed  in  order  to  satisfy  the  B  average  required  for  the  degree. 

No  student  who  receives  a  grade  of  less  than  B  in  three  or  more  courses 
will  be  permitted  to  continue  in  the  program.  A  student  who  has  ac- 
cumulated two  grades  of  C  from  the  same  faculty  member  may  not  register 
for  a  third  course  with  this  faculty  member. 

A  student  who  receives  a  grade  of  F  in  a  course  must  make  up  the  course 
in  accordance  with  the  recommendation  of  his  adviser.  A  student  who 
receives  a  grade  of  F  in  two  courses  will  not  be  permitted  to  continue  in  the 
program. 

Credit  and  Course  Requirements 

In  satisfying  the  requirement  for  a  minimum  of  40  quarter  hours,  a 
student's  program  must  include  at  least  12  courses  which  apply  to  the 
degree. 

Transfer  Credits 

A  maximum  of  12  quarter  hours  of  credit  obtained  at  another  institution 
may  be  accepted  toward  the  master's  degree  provided  that  the  credits  are 
recommended  for  transfer  by  the  student's  adviser,  consist  of  work  taken  at 
the  graduate  level  for  graduate  credit,  carry  grades  of  A  or  B,  have  been 
earned  at  an  accredited  institution,  and  have  not  been  used  toward  any 
other  degree.  Students  should  petition  the  Director  of  the  Graduate  School 
in  writing  for  all  transfer  credit  by  completing  the  necessary  form,  ob- 
tainable from  either  the  office  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Education  or  the 
faculty  adviser.  The  completed  form  must  be  submitted  to  the  Director  of 
the  Graduate  School  of  Education  along  with  an  official  transcript  and  an 
excerpt  from  the  catalog  describing  the  course. 

No  transfer  form  will  be  considered  complete  without  the  signature  of  the 
student's  adviser  or  department  chairperson.  Grades  on  transfer  credits 
may  not  be  used  for  the  purpose  of  obtaining  the  academic  average 
necessary  for  completion  of  the  degree  requirements. 

Time  Limitations 

Course  credits  earned  in  the  program  of  graduate  study,  or  accepted  by 
transfer,  are  valid  for  a  maximum  of  seven  years. 


42  /  PROGRAMS 


NONDEGREE  PROGRAM  FOR  CERTIFICATION 
OF  ELEMENTARY  AND  SECONDARY  TEACHERS 


Admission 


Applicants  for  this  program  must  follow  the  admissions  procedures  as 
described  on  page  38  and  meet  the  admissions  requirements  for  the 
Master  of  Education  degree.  In  addition,  applicants  whose  backgrounds 
may  not  include  an  approved  course  in  such  areas  as  human  development 
or  learning  must  take  such  a  course  either  before  they  enter  the  program  or 
before  student  teaching.  Candidates  for  secondary  certification  must  have 
completed,  before  admission,  at  least  36  quarter  hours  of  courses  in  the 
field  in  which  they  are  preparing  to  teach,  with  a  QPA  for  all  courses  taken 
in  that  field  of  at  least  2.000. 

Academic  Requirements 

In  order  to  qualify  for  Student  Teaching,  students  must  have  completed 
the  four  required  courses  with  a  B  average,  and  be  recommended  by  their 
major  adviser. 

A  student  may  repeat  a  course  in  which  he  has  received  a  grade  of  C  or 
F,  and  the  second  grade  will  govern.  However,  only  one  course  may  be 
repeated  on  this  basis. 

CERTIFICATE  OF  ADVANCED  GRADUATE  STUDY 
(CAGS)  PROGRAM 

Admission 

An  applicant  for  the  Certificate  of  Advanced  Graduate  Study  in 
Counselor  Education,  Educational  Administration,  and  Rehabilitation  and 
Special  Education  must  hold  a  master's  degree  from  an  accredited  institu- 
tion and  file  supportive  materials  in  accordance  with  guidelines  which  will 
be  provided  upon  request.  Inquiry,  specifying  the  program  for  which  infor- 
mation is  sought,  should  be  addressed  to  the  Director  of  the  Graduate 
School  of  Education. 

Applicants  for  CAGS  programs  must  have  application  materials  on  file  in 
the  office  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Education  three  weeks  (two  months  for 
full-time)  prior  to  the  beginning  of  classes  in  any  given  quarter. 

Academic  Requirements 

In  order  to  qualify  for  the  Certificate  of  Advanced  Graduate  Study,  an 
average  grade  of  B  must  be  obtained  in  all  courses.  No  additional  course 
credits  may  be  allowed  in  order  to  satisfy  the  B  average  required  for  the 
certificate. 

No  student  who  receives  a  grade  of  less  than  B  in  three  or  more  courses 
will  be  permitted  to  continue  in  the  program.  A  student  who  has  ac- 
cumulated two  grades  of  C  from  the  same  faculty  member  may  not  register 


PROGRAMS/ 43 

for  a  third  course  with  this  faculty  member. 

A  student  who  receives  a  grade  of  F  in  a  course  must  make  up  the  course 
in  accordance  with  the  recommendation  of  his  adviser.  A  student  who 
receives  a  grade  of  F  in  two  courses  will  not  be  permitted  to  continue  in  the 
program. 

Transfer  Credits 

See  requirements  under  master's  degree  on  preceding  pages. 

Time  Limitations 

Course  credits  earned  in  the  program  of  graduate  study,  or  accepted  by 
transfer,  are  valid  for  a  maximum  of  seven  years. 

Qualifying  and  Comprehensive  Examinations 

Students  may  be  required  to  take  a  qualifying  examination.  All  students 
are  required  to  satisfactorily  complete  a  comprehensive  examination  in 
order  to  qualify  for  the  Certificate  of  Advanced  Graduate  Study. 


DOCTOR  OF  EDUCATION  DEGREE 


Admission 


Applicants  for  admission  to  the  Doctor  of  Education  degree  program 
must  file  evidence  of  a  master's  degree  or  its  equivalent  from  an  accredited 
institution  and  such  other  materials  as  required  by  the  Graduate  School  of 
Education.  Materials  will  be  accepted  from  applicants  who  are  currently 
enrolled  in  graduate  studies  and  who  expect  to  obtain  the  master's  degree 
within  two  terms  of  the  time  of  application. 

Students  who  have  graduated  from  or  are  currently  enrolled  as  regular 
CAGS  students  in  the  Graduate  School  of  Education  may  apply  for  the  doc- 
toral degree  program.  Although  most  CAGS  course  work  is  applicable, 
there  are  different  admissions  criteria  and  formal  application  must  be 
made.  Conversely,  regular  doctoral  students  who  either  choose  not  to  com- 
plete the  doctoral  program  or  are  disqualified  from  continuing,  may  make 
formal  application  to  transfer  to  the  CAGS  program. 

As  part  of  the  application  procedure,  the  applicant  must  declare  a  major 
field  of  specialization,  submit  a  written  statement  of  purpose  for  pursuing 
doctoral  study,  and  if  requested,  meet  with  an  admissions  committee  for 
further  evaluation.  Applications  to  the  Doctor  of  Education  degree  program 
will  be  acted  upon  twice  yearly,  for  September  or  March  (Fall  or  Spring 
Quarter  matriculation).  Application  materials  must  be  completed  at  least  a 
quarter  prior  to  the  time  the  student  is  seeking  admission  or  the  candidate's 
application  will  automatically  be  forwarded  for  inclusion  in  the  next  action 
period.  Within  this  period  candidates  will  be  informed  of  their  admission 
status  as  soon  as  possible. 


44  /  PROGRAMS 

Classification  and  Degree  Candidacy 

Students  taking  advanced  graduate  work  are  classified  as  follows: 

1.  Doctoral  Student 

Students  in  this  classification  have  been  accepted  for  doctoral  study, 
but  have  not  yet  passed  the  qualifying  examination. 

2.  Doctoral  Degree  Candidates 

Students  in  this  classification   have  completed  forty-eight  quarter 
hours  of  graduate  work  and  have  passed  the  qualifying  examination. 


Academic  Requirements 

In  order  to  qualify  for  the  Doctor  of  Education  degree,  an  average  grade 
of  B  must  be  obtained  in  all  courses.  No  additional  course  credits  will  be 
allowed  in  order  to  satisfy  the  B  average  for  the  degree.  No  student  who 
receives  a  grade  of  less  than  B  in  three  or  more  courses  will  be  permitted  to 
continue  in  the  program.  A  student  who  has  accumulated  two  grades  of  C 
from  the  same  faculty  member  may  not  register  for  a  third  course  with  this 
faculty  member.  A  student  who  receives  a  grade  of  F  in  a  course  must  make 
up  this  course  in  accordance  with  the  recommendation  of  the  adviser.  A 
student  who  receives  a  grade  of  F  in  two  courses  will  not  be  permitted  to 
continue  in  the  program. 


Qualifying  Examination 

A  qualifying  examination  must  be  taken  by  each  doctoral  student  seeking 
degree  candidacy.  The  purpose  of  the  examination  is  to  evaluate  the 
student's  general  understanding  of  the  field  of  specialization.  The  qualifying 
examination  must  be  taken  before  the  completion  of  forty-eight  quarter 
hours  of  doctoral  study. 


Comprehensive  Examination 

After  completion  of  all  formal  course  work,  the  doctoral  degree  candidate 
must  satisfactorily  demonstrate,  by  means  of  a  comprehensive  examina- 
tion, breadth  and  depth  of  knowledge  in  the  area  of  specialization,  as  well 
as  general  professional  understanding  and  comprehension  of  major  issues 
in  related  fields. 


Dissertation 

As  part  of  the  degree  program,  each  candidate  must  complete  a  disser- 
tation which  embodies  the  results  of  extended,  creative,  independent 
research  and  proper  evaluation  and  interpretation  of  the  results.  A  Disser- 
tation Committee,  made  up  of  a  major  adviser  and  at  least  two  other  faculty 
members,  must  approve  the  dissertation. 


PROGRAMS/ 45 


Final  Oral  Examination 


The  final  oral  examination  will  be  taken  after  completion  of  all  other  re- 
quirements for  the  doctoral  degree.  The  examination  will  be  held  at  least 
three  weeks  before  the  Commencement  at  which  the  degree  is  to  be 
awarded  and  the  results  of  the  examination  will  be  made  available  im- 
mediately to  the  student. 

The  substance  of  the  final  oral  examination  w'rll  include  the  subject  matter 
of  the  doctoral  dissertation  and  significant  developments  in  the  area  of  the 
student's  specialization. 

Transfer  Credit 

In  satisfying  the  course  requirements  beyond  those  required  for  the 
master's  degree,  the  adviser  may  recommend  to  the  Committee  of  the 
Graduate  School  of  Education  transfer  credit  up  to  a  maximum  of  twenty- 
five  percent  of  such  course  requirements. 

Time  Limitation 

After  admission  to  degree  candidacy,  a  maximum  of  five  years  will  be 
allowed  for  completion  of  the  degree  requirements.  Any  extension  of  this 
time  must  be  approved  by  the  Committee  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Educa- 
tion. 

Financial  Aid 

A  limited  amount  of  financial  aid  is  available.  Inquiries  regarding  this  matter 
should  accompany  application. 


fields  of  study 


PROGRAMS  IN  PROFESSIONAL  SPECIALIZATIONS 

Master  of  Education 

Page 

Counselor  Education  48 

*  Elementary  School  Counseling  49 

*  Secondary  School  Counseling  50 

*  Career  Education  Specialist  51 

*  College  Counseling  and  Student  Personnel  52 

*  Cooperative  Education  Coordinator  54 

*  Rehabilitation  Counseling  56 

*  Community  Mental  Health  Counseling  57 

*  Community  Services  Counseling  55 
Curriculum  and  Instruction  58 

English-Language  Arts  58 

General  Academic  58 

Reading  58 

Science-Mathematics  58 

Social  Studies  58 

Early  Childhood  Education  61 

Administration  61 

Teaching  62 

Educational  Administration  62 

Elementary  and  Secondary  Administration  63 

Instructional  Technology  63 

Occupational  Education  64 

*Educational  Research  65 

*Human  Development  65 

*Rehabilitation  Administration  66 

Special  Education  69 

Generic  Special  Educator  69 

Emotional  Disturbance — Learning  Disabilities  70 

Mental  Retardation— Learning  Disabilities  70 

Severely  Handicapped  71 

Early  Childhood  Handicapped  71 

*  Special  Education  Community  Personnel  72 
*Speech  Pathology  73 
*Audiology  74 

All  students  must  complete  one  of  the  programs  as  outlined  below.  In 
most  cases,  the  sequence  is  designed  to  be  very  flexible.  Any  variations  or 
changes  must  have  the  prior  recommendation  of  the  major  adviser  and  ap- 
proval of  the  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Education. 


'Teaching  certification  not  mandatory. 

46 


FIELDS  OF  STUDY/ 47 

MASTER  OF  EDUCATION 
CORE  REQUIREMENT 

Required  of  all  candidates: 

Area  I  —  Research 

50.815     Research  Design  in  Education 

Entrance  into  this  course  must  be  preceded  by  satisfactory 
completion  of  a  proficiency  examination  in  statistics  ad- 
ministered by  the  Center  for  Programmed  Instruction  or  by 
satisfactory  completion  of  50.841  Introduction  to  Educational 
Statistics.  Important:  50.815  must  be  included  among  the  first 
six  courses  taken  by  each  student.  (See  further  information 
under  the  50.815  course  description.) 

All  candidates  must  complete  at  least  one  course  in  each  of  two  of  the 
following  areas: 

Area  II  —  Psychological  Foundations 

50.803  Child  Psychology 

50.804  Adolescent  Psychology 

These  two  courses  are  intended  for  students  with  no  previous 
background  in  psychology. 
50.806     Psychology  of  Learning 

50.810  Psychology  of  Personality 

50.811  Psychology  of  Thinking 

It  is  strongly  recommended  that  entrance  into  any  of  these 
courses  be  preceded  by  a  course  in  psychology. 

50.808  Seminar  in  Child  Development 

Entrance  into  this  course  must  be  preceded  by  a  course  in 
child  psychology  or  human  development. 

50.809  Seminar  in  Adolescent  Development 

Entrance  into  this  course  must  be  preceded  by  a  course  in 
adolescent  psychology  or  human  development. 
50.850     Communications  Theory 

Area  III  —  Social  Foundations 

50.801  Educational  Anthropology 

50.802  Sociology  of  Education 

These  two  courses  are  intended  for  students  with  no  previous 
background  in  sociology  and  anthropology. 

50.805  Personality  and  Social  Structure 

It  is  strongly  recommended  that  entrance  into  this  course  be 
preceded  by  a  course  in  sociology,  cultural  anthropology,  or 
social  psychology. 
50.820     Seminar  in  Contemporary  Issues  in  American  Education 

Area  IV  —  Humanistic  Foundations 

50.81 2  History  of  Education 
50.818     Comparative  Education 

50.822     Topics  in  the  Philosophy  of  Education 


48 /FIELDS  OF  STUDY 


Counselor  Education 


PROGRAMS 


General  Information 

The  Department  of  Counselor  Education  offers  several  concentrations 
within  two  major  program  clusters:  School  and  College  Counseling  and 
Community  and  Rehabilitation  Counseling.  Each  of  the  concentrations  in 
these  clusters  is  described  on  the  following  pages.  Prospective  students 
should  apply  to  one  of  the  two  clusters. 

The  master's  degree  requirements  may  be  completed  by  full-time 
students  in  four  quarters  or  one  calendar  year.  However,  the  Department 
considers  these  programs  to  be  minimal  and  urges  most  students  to  take 
an  additional  year  of  study  leading  to  the  CAGS. 

The  practicum  sequence  (53.805-53.806)  including  the  concurrently  re- 
quired counseling  course  (53.804)  is  offered  only  on  a  sequential  basis 
beginning  in  the  fall  quarter.  Part-time  students  may  not  begin  this  se- 
quence until  their  second  year  of  study.  They  must  apply  for  practicum 
placement  by  April  1  of  the  spring  preceding  practicum  placement. 

Full-time  students  (eligible  for  practicum)  will  be  asked  to  complete  a 
practicum  application  either  at  the  time  of  their  group  interview  or  im- 
mediately upon  acceptance.  In  general,  students  should  expect  to  spend 
two  days  (or  twelve  hours)  weekly  at  their  practicum  sites  between  October 
1  and  June  15.  Placements  are  made  by  matching  student  interests  and  ex- 
perience with  practicum  site  availability.  Field  site  supervisors  have  the  op- 
tion of  accepting  or  rejecting  recommended  students  for  placement  in  their 
setting.  Arrangements  for  practicum  site  placement  will  be  completed,  in 
general,  by  August  1. 

Some  students,  with  special  permission,  may  be  able  to  use  their  place  of 
employment  as  a  practicum  site  provided  arrangements  for  supplementary 
experience  are  made  with  their  advisers. 

Candidates  for  admission  to  summer  and  fall  quarters  must  complete 
application  materials  no  later  than  the  preceding  April  15.  After  the  applica- 
tion materials  are  submitted,  applicants  will  be  notified  by  mail  of  dates  for 
small  group  interviews  with  other  candidates  and  college  staff.  Acceptance 
decisions  for  both  part-time  and  full-time  applicants  will  be  mailed  between 
April  1  and  May  31. 


Internships  —  Financial  Aid 

No  financial  aid  in  the  form  of  scholarships  or  grants  is  available  to 
students  through  the  Department.  Students  should  consult  the  Financial 
Aid  Office  of  the  University  for  information  as  to  what  is  available  to 
graduate  students.  However,  the  Department  does  try  to  develop  paid 
Internships  in  various  work  settings  as  both  a  means  to  ease  the  financial 
burden  and  to  provide  a  more  extensive  work  experience.  The  numbers  of 
internships   are   limited,    and    they   are    not   necessarily   available   in   all 


FIELDS  OF  STUDY/ 49 

programs.  Their  availability  is  entirely  dependent  on  the  interest  and  ability 
of  schools  or  agencies  to  make  money  available  for  an  internship  position. 

The  opportunity  for  professional  development  makes  the  Internship  es- 
pecially attractive,  and  any  interested  student  is  encouraged  to  apply.  No 
placements  can  be  guaranteed,  however.  Applications  for  internships  and 
additional  information  are  available  from  the  Department  of  Counselor 
Education  or  from  the  Graduate  School  Admissions  Office. 

Core  Curriculum  Requirements 

In  addition  to  three  Foundations  of  Education  core  requirements  de- 
scribed on  page  47,  all  program  choices  in  the  Department  have  a  common 
core  of  required  courses  as  follows: 

53.800  Philosophical  Foundations  of  Guidance  and  Human  Services 

53.801  Tests  and  Test  Procedures 
53.804     Counseling  Theory  and  Process 
53.805-53.806     Counseling  Practicum 

One  of  the  following: 

53.813  School  Counseling  Strategies 

53.814  Vocational  Counseling  Strategies 

53.815  Rehabilitation  Counseling  Strategies 

53.816  Psychological  Counseling  Strategies 

The  Counseling  Practicum  is  always  specific  to  the  particular  concentra- 
tion to  which  the  student  has  been  admitted.  These  core  requirements  con- 
stitute nine  of  the  twelve  courses  required  for  the  master's  degree.  The 
remaining  three  courses  will  be  selected  in  consultation  with  the  adviser. 
These  course  selections  must  be  approved  by  the  adviser  prior  to  registra- 
tion. 

School  and  College  Counseling  Programs 

Program  concentrations  in  this  cluster  include  preparation  for  positions 
in  elementary  school  counseling,  secondary  school  counseling,  career 
education,  college  counseling,  student  personnel,  and  cooperative  educa- 
tion. 

Elementary  Counseling  Program 

The  Elementary  School  Counseling  Program  prepares  students  to:  1) 
help  children  to  grow  in  self-understanding  and  in  positive  fuller  use  of 
potential;  2)  help  parents  to  understand  the  developmental  needs  of  all 
pupils  and  work  with  parents  to  meet  the  individual  needs  of  their  own 
children  in  the  school  situation;  3)  participate  in  creating  a  school  environ- 
ment conducive  to  learning  and  growth  for  all  children;  and  4)  participate  in 
curriculum  development  and  change.  The  training  focuses  on  developing 
competencies    in    individual    counseling,    group    counseling,    consulting, 


50  /FIELDS  OF  STUDY 

testing,    and    parent   counseling.    Students    are    prepared   to   work   with 
children,  parents,  and  teachers  in  schools  and  related  settings. 

Elementary  Counseling  Practicum  placements  are  made  in  a  variety  of 
urban  and  suburban  elementary  schools  and  in  child  guidance  clinics. 

Sample  Program  for  Elementary  Counseling  Program: 

Departmental  Requirements 

53.800  Philosophical  Foundations  of  Guidance  & 

Human  Services 

53.801  Tests  and  Test  Procedures 
53.804     Counseling  Theory  and  Process 
53.805-53.806  (01)  Practicum  in  Elementary  Counseling  I,  II 

Specialized  Courses 

53.810  Elementary  School  Guidance 
53.813  School  Counseling  Strategies 
53.824     Individual  Intelligence  Testing 

Required  Foundations  Core  Course 

Area  I       50.815     Research  Design  in  Education 

Recommended  Foundations  Core  Courses 
Area  II      50.806     Psychology  of  Learning  or 

50.810     Psychology  of  Personality  or 
50.808     Seminar  in  Child  Development 
50.807     Abnormal  Psychology 
Area  III     50.802     Sociology  of  Education  or 

50.805     Personality  and  Social  Structure  or 
50.820     Seminar  in  Contemporary  Issues  in  American 
Education 

Electives  (Choose  one) 

53.808     Group  Counseling  or 

53.81 1  Family  and  Parent  Counseling  or 
56.807     Learning  Disabilities 

Secondary  Counseling  Program 

The  Secondary  School  Counseling  Program  assumes  that  there  are 
things  which  the  school  counselor  can  do  to  make  the  school  a  better  place 
in  which  to  learn  and  to  teach.  Various  ways  in  which  the  guidance  person 
can  work  with  pupils,  parents,  teachers,  administrators,  and  community 
agencies  as  a  counselor,  as  a  consultant,  and  as  a  coordinator  are 
emphasized.  The  focus  of  the  program  is  on  the  practical  background 
knowledge  and  the  specific  skills  the  counselor  needs  for  helping  students 
to  learn  more  effectively,  to  make  decisions  more  maturely,  and  to  achieve 
personal  fulfillment  more  completely. 

Secondary  Counseling  practicum  placements  are  made  in  a  variety  of  ur- 
ban and  suburban  secondary  schools  and  school  outreach  programs. 


FIELDS  OF  STUDY/ 51 

Sample  Program  for  Secondary  Counseling  Program: 

Departmental  Requirements 

53.800  Philosophical  Foundations  of  Guidance  & 

Human  Services 

53.801  Tests  and  Test  Procedures 
53.804     Counseling  Theory  and  Process 
53.805-53.806  (02)  Practicum  in  Secondary  Counseling  I,  II 

Specialized  Courses 

53.802  Vocational  Development  and  Occupational  Information 
53.813     School  Counseling  Strategies 

Required  Foundations  Core  Courses 

Area  I       50.815     Research  Design  in  Education 

Recommended  Foundations  Core  Courses 
Area  II      50.806     Psychology  of  Learning  or 

50.810     Psychology  of  Personality  or 
50.809     Seminar  in  Adolescent  Development 
50.807     Abnormal  Psychology 
Area  III     50.802     Sociology  of  Education  or 

50.805     Personality  and  Social  Structure  or 
50.820     Seminar    in    Contemporary    Issues    in    American 
Education 
Electives  (Choose  two) 
53.808     Group  Counseling 
53.81 1      Family  and  Parent  Counseling 
53.814     Vocational  Counseling  Strategies 
56.807     Learning  Disabilities 

Career  Education  Program 

The  Career  Education  Program  is  designed  to  prepare  students  for  a 
variety  of  counselor-type  roles  within  the  career  education  orientation. 
These  newly  emerging  roles  within  the  broad  field  of  career  education  en- 
compass three  specific  dimensions  of  training:  1)  the  organization  and 
utilization  of  career  information  as  a  resource;  2)  the  development  of  job 
placement — job  counseling  skills;  and  3)  the  innovation  of  appropriate 
curriculum  practices  and  revisions.  The  program  is  designed  so  that  at  the 
practicum  phase  of  their  training  students  can  be  placed  in  field  settings 
where  they  can  obtain  actual  experience  in  all  three  of  these  dimensions  of 
career  education.  This  program  is  intended  for  students  who  have  ex- 
perience and/or  an  interest  in  working  with  school-age  youth  —  grades 
kindergarten  to  twelve  —  in  the  area  of  career  development  and  work 
placement. 

Career  Education  Specialist  Practicum  placements  are  made  in  both 
comprehensive  and  vocational-technical  schools  where  there  is  an 
emphasis  on  career  education  and/or  work-study  type  programs. 


52  /FIELDS  OF  STUDY 

Sample  Program  for  Career  Education  Specialist: 

Departmental  Requirements 

53.800  Philosophical  Foundations  of  Guidance  & 

Human  Services 

53.801  Tests  and  Test  Procedures 
53.804     Counseling  Theory  and  Process 
53.805-53.806  (03)  Career  Education  Practicum  I,  II 

Specialized  Courses 

53.802  Vocational  Development  and  Occupational  Information 
53.814     Vocational  Counseling  Strategies 

52.816     Seminar  in  Career  Education 

Required  Foundations  Core  Course 

Area  I       50.815     Research  Design  in  Education 

Recommended  Foundations  Core  Courses 
Area  II      50.806     Psychology  of  Learning  or 

50.810     Psychology  of  Personality  or 
50.809     Seminar  in  Adolescent  Development 
Area  III     50.802     Sociology  of  Education  or 

50.805     Personality  and  Social  Structure  or 
50.820     Seminar  in  Contemporary  Issues  in  American 
Education 

Electives  (Choose  one) 

53.807  Administration  of  Guidance  Services 

53.808  Group  Counseling 

53.813     School  Counseling  Strategies 

College  Counseling  and  Student  Personnel  Services  Program 

Preparation  for  both  college  counseling  and  student  personnel  positions 
is  similar  and  based  on  the  assumption  that  the  student  personnel  worker 
must  have  the  human  relations  skills  of  the  counselor,  and  the  counselor 
must  have  an  understanding  of  both  the  learning  development  needs  of 
students  and  the  instructional  environment  of  the  college  setting.  Graduates 
will  have  a  basic  knowledge  of  vocational  development  and  career  plan- 
ning, information-gathering,  interviewing  techniques,  decision-making  stra- 
tegies, and  group  process.  Students  may  then  choose  to  emphasize  the 
counseling  role  in  the  counseling  center  or  the  student  personnel  role, 
which  is  more  programmatic,  within  the  institution.  Practicum  placements 
can  be  varied  to  suit  individual  interests.  Positions  for  graduates  may  in- 
clude counseling  in  junior  colleges  or  residence  halls;  counseling  in  finan- 
cial aid,  student  activities,  or  admissions  offices;  or  that  of  assistant  to  a 
dean  of  students. 

College  Counseling  and  Student  Personnel  Practicum  placements  are 
made  in  a  variety  of  junior  college,  college,  and  university  settings  in  the 
Greater  Boston  area.  In  addition  to  counseling  center  placements,  there  are 


FIELDS  OF  STUDY/  53 

placements  in  residence  halls,  financial  aid  offices,  and  other  student  per- 
sonnel program  offices.  Placements  are  also  made  in  such  higher  educa- 
tion related  settings  as  the  Center  for  Alternative  Education,  a  personal 
development  program. 

Sample  Program  for  College  Counseling  Program: 

Departmental  Requirement 
53.800     Philosophical  Foundations  of  Guidance  & 
Human  Services 

53.801  Tests  and  Test  Procedures 
53.804     Counseling  Theory  &  Process 
53.805-53.806  (04)  College  Counseling  Practicum  I,  II 

Specialized  Courses 

53.809     The  College  Student  and  The  Campus 
53.814     Vocational  Counseling  Strategies  or 
53.816     Psychological  Counseling  Strategies 

Required  Foundations  Core  Course 
Area  I       50.815     Research  Design  in  Education 

Recommended  Foundations  Core  Courses 
Area  II      50.810     Psychology  of  Personality  or 

50.809     Seminar  in  Adolescent  Development 
50.807     Abnormal  Psychology 
Area  III     50.805     Personality  and  Social  Structure  or 

50.820     Seminar  in  Contemporary  Issues  in  American 
Education 

Electives  (Choose  three) 
53.81*4     Vocational  Counseling  Strategies  or 
53.816     Psychological  Counseling  Strategies 
53.808     Group  Counseling 

53.802  Vocational  Development  and  Occupational  Information 
53.81 1      Family  and  Parent  Counseling 


Sample  Program  for  Student  Personnel  Services  Program: 

Departmental  Requirements 

53.800  Philosophical  Foundations  of  Guidance  & 

Human  Services 

53.801  Tests  and  Test  Procedures 
53.804     Counseling  Theory  &  Process 
53.805-53.806  (05)  Student  Personnel  Practicum  I,  II 

Specialized  Courses 

53.809     The  College  Student  and  The  Campus 
53.814     Vocational  Counseling  Strategies 
53.812     Seminar  in  Student  Personnel  Work 


54 /FIELDS  OF  STUDY 

Required  Foundations  Core  Course 

Area  I       50.815     Research  Design  in  Education 

Recommended  Foundations  Core  Courses 
Area  II      50.810     Psychology  of  Personality  or 

50.809     Seminar  in  Adolescent  Development 
50.807     Abnormal  Psychology 
Area  III     50.805     Personality  and  Social  Structure  or 

50.820     Seminar  in  Contemporary  Issues  in  American 
Education 

Electives  (Choose  one) 

52.864     Typologies  of  Higher  Education 
52.868     The  Community  College 


Cooperative  Education  Program 

The  rapid  expansion  of  cooperative  education  programs  in  higher  educa- 
tion throughout  the  United  States  has  increased  the  need  for  trained  per- 
sons to  staff  the  centers  that  coordinate  and  operate  these  programs. 
Northeastern  University  is  the  largest  cooperative  education  institution  in 
the  world,  and  as  such,  can  provide  an  excellent  opportunity  for  the  student 
interested  in  this  aspect  of  higher  education.  At  the  master's  level  the 
preparation  emphasizes  a  counseling  base  because  the  coordinator's 
prime  role  involves  student  contact.  The  three  major  elements  in  the  coor- 
dinator's role  are  1)  vocational  decision-making  counseling;  2)  work  place- 
ment and  work  evaluation;  and  3)  curriculum  development  within  the  in- 
stitution. The  coordination  function  involves  providing  links  between  the 
student  and  his  educational  program,  and  the  employer  and  his  work  set- 
ting. These  two  elements  are  combined  to  produce  a  total  educational  ex- 
perience for  the  student.  Preparation  beyond  the  master's  degree  can  lead 
to  careers  in  student  personnel,  counseling,  higher  education  administra- 
tion, or  cooperative  education  administration. 

Cooperative  Education  Coordinator  placements  will  be  made  in  the  Divi- 
sion of  Cooperative  Education,  Northeastern  University,  and  in  other 
colleges  and  junior  colleges  in  the  area  that  have  or  are  developing 
cooperative  education  programs. 


Sample  Program  for  Cooperative  Education  Specialist: 

Departmental  Requirements 

53.800  Philosophical  Foundations  of  Guidance  & 

Human  Services 

53.801  Tests  and  Test  Procedures 
53.804     Counseling  Theory  &  Process 
53.805-53.806  (06)  Cooperative  Education  Practicum  I,  II 


FIELDS  OF  STUDY/ 55 

Specialized  Courses 

53.802     Vocational  Development  and  Occupational  Information 
53.809     The  College  Student  and  The  Campus 
53.814     Vocational  Counseling  Strategies 
52.824     Administration  of  Cooperative  Education 

Required  Foundations  Core  Course 

Area  I       50.815     Research  Design  in  Education 

Recommended  Foundations  Core  Courses 
Area  II      50.806     Psychology  of  Learning  or 

50.809  Seminar  in  Adolescent  Development  or 

50.810  Psychology  of  Personality 
Area  III     50.802     Sociology  of  Education  or 

50.805     Personality  and  Social  Structure  or 
50.820     Seminar  in  Contemporary  Issues  in  American 
Education 

Electives  (Choose  one) 

53.808     Group  Counseling 

53.816     Psychological  Counseling  Strategies 

Community  Mental  Health,  Community  Services,  Rehabilitation 
Counseling  Programs 

This  cluster  provides  applied  training  in  three  programmatic  areas  of 
study:  Community  Services  Counseling  (preventive  mental  health), 
Rehabilitation  Counseling  and  Community  Mental  Health  Counseling. 
These  programs  emphasize  three  aspects  of  professional  development: 
field-based  training,  didactic  learning  and  personal  growth.  Field-based 
training  is  accomplished  through  extensive  practicum  work  in  clinics  and 
agencies  in  the  metropolitan  Boston  area;  didactic  learning  occurs  in 
graduate  courses  and  practicum  supervision  on  campus  and  in  the  field. 
Personal  growth  is  encouraged  through  consultation  with  program  ad- 
visers, field  supervisors  and  in  group  counseling  courses. 

Community  Services  Program 

The  Community  Services  counseling  program  is  designed  to  prepare 
students  to  work  in  a  variety  of  human  services  agencies  providing  preven- 
tive mental  health,  informational,  supportive  and  recreational  services  for 
broad  segments  of  the  population  regarded  as  behaving  normally.  Much  of 
the  work  could  be  categorised  as  preventive  community  health.  Graduates 
will  have  a  basic  knowledge  of  vocational  development  and  career  plan- 
ning, information-gathering,  interviewing  techniques  and  decision-making 
strategies.  They  will  have  a  knowledge  of  psychometrics,  adolescent  and 
adult  personality  development,  procedures  in  educational  and  vocational 
placement  and  the  utilization  of  multiple  helping  agencies  in  meeting 
clients'  needs.  They  will  have  skills  in  individual  and  small  group  counseling 
and  decision-making  procedures. 


56  /FIELDS  OF  STUDY 

Community  Services  Counseling  practicum  placements  will  include  state 
offices  of  the  Division  of  Employment  Security,  Manpower  Training 
Programs,  Model  Cities  Programs,  YMCA,  YWCA,  Boys'  Clubs,  Girls'  Clubs, 
recreational  facilities,  community  centers,  drop-in  centers,  Youth  Activities 
Commission,  and  career  planning  agencies. 

Sample  Program  for  Community  Services  Counseling  Program: 

Departmental  Requirements: 

53.800  Philosophical  Foundations  of  Guidance  & 

Human  Services 

53.801  Tests  and  Test  Procedures 
53.804     Counseling  Theory  and  Process 
53.805-53.806  (07)  Community  Services  Practicum  I,  II 

Specialized  Courses: 

53.814     Vocational  Counseling  Strategies 
53.808     Group  Counseling 

Required  Foundations  Core  Course: 
Area  I       50.815     Research  Design  in  Education 

Recommended  Foundations  Core  Courses 
Area  II      50.810     Psychology  of  Personality  or 

50.809     Seminar  in  Adolescent  Development  or 

50.807  Abnormal  Psychology 
Area  III     50.805     Personality  and  Social  Structure 

Electives  (Choose  two): 

53.802  Vocational  Development  and  Occupational  Information 
52.816     Seminar  in  Career  Education 

53.816     Psychological  Counseling  Strategies 
56.956     Community  Planning  in  Rehabilitation 


Rehabilitation  Counseling  Program 

The  Rehabilitation  Counseling  program  is  designed  to  prepare  students 
to  deliver  comprehensive  services  to  disabled  and  handicapped  pop- 
ulations with  the  ultimate  objective  of  improving  the  nature  of  their  social, 
family,  and  personal  functioning.  The  population  to  be  served  includes  the 
physically  handicapped,  mentally  ill,  mentally  retarded,  alcohol  and  drug 
addicted,  chronically  dependent,  and  penal  offenders.  Graduates  of  this 
program  will  be  generally  familiar  with  the  nature  of  physical,  mental,  and 
social  handicaps;  with  the  existing  rehabilitative  services  through  work  ex- 
periences, field  visits,  reading  and  discussions  with  agency  personnel;  with 
the  elements  of  rehabilitation  operations,  including  systematic  evaluation, 
individual  counseling,  planning  for  additional  needed  examinations  and 
services,  planning  for  training,  vocational  planning  and  placement,  and 
follow-up  services  in  the  community. 


FIELDS  OF  STUDY/ 57 

Rehabilitation  counseling  practicum  placements  are  made  in  community 
workshops  for  the  physically  handicapped,  mentally  ill,  mentally  retarded; 
workshops  and  half-way  houses  for  drug  addicts,  alcoholics,  and  penal 
offenders;  rehabilitation  centers  in  mental  hospitals,  schools  for  mentally 
retarded  and  correctional  institutions;  rehabilitation  programs  for  depen- 
dent persons  in  the  welfare  department  and  in  the  Massachusetts 
Rehabilitation  Commission. 

Sample  Program  for  Rehabilitation  Counseling  Program: 

Departmental  Requirements 

53.800  Philosophical  Foundations  of  Guidance  & 

Human  Services 

53.801  Tests  and  Test  Procedures 
53.804     Counseling  Theory  and  Process 
53.805-53.806  (08)  Rehabilitation  Counseling  Practicum  I,  II 

Specialized  Courses 

53.815     Rehabilitation  Counseling  Strategies 

56.950  Introduction  to  Rehabilitation 

56.951  Medical  Rehabilitation 

Required  Foundations  Course 

50.815     Research  Design  in  Education 

Recommended  Foundations  Core  Courses 
Area  II      50.810     Psychology  of  Personality  or 

50.807     Abnormal  Psychology 
Area  III     50.805     Personality  and  Social  Structure 

Electives  (Choose  one) 
53.808     Group  Counseling 
53.81 1     Family  and  Parent  Counseling 

56.983  Rehabilitation  of  the  Alcoholic  and  Drug  Dependent 

56.984  Rehabilitation  of  the  Penal  Offender 


Community  Mental  Health  Counseling 

The  Community  Mental  Health  Counseling  program  is  designed  to 
prepare  students  to  assist  in  the  delivery  of  comprehensive  mental  health 
services  to  individuals,  families  and  groups  experiencing  personal, 
developmental  and  social  problems.  Graduates  will  be  introduced  to  the 
major  approaches  to  individual,  group,  marriage  and  family  counseling. 
They  will  have  some  knowledge  of  important  environmental  effects  on  the 
behavior  of  various  client  populations.  Because  of  the  comprehensive 
nature  of  the  community  mental  health  field,  students  seeking  admission  to 
this  program  should  give  serious  consideration  to  a  two-year  commitment 
or  its  equivalent  leading  to  the  completion  of  both  a  M.Ed,  degree  and  a 
Certificate  of  Advanced  Graduate  Study. 


58 /FIELDS  OF  STUDY 

Community  Mental  Health  Counseling  practicum  placements  are  made  in 
out-patient  clinics,  in-patient  facilities,  community  mental  health  centers, 
city  hospitals  having  family  counseling  services,  state  mental  hospitals, 
drop-in  centers,  career  planning  agencies,  adolescent  counseling  pro- 
grams, street-work  and  out-reach  counseling  programs. 

Sample  Program  for  Community  Mental  Health  Counseling  Program: 

Departmental  Requirements 

53.800  Philosophical  Foundations  of  Guidance  & 

Human  Services 

53.801  Tests  and  Test  Procedures 
53.804     Counseling  Theory  and  Process 
53.805-53.806  (09)  Community  Mental  Health  Practicum  I,  II 

Specialized  Courses 

53.816     Psychological  Counseling  Strategies 
53.808     Group  Counseling 
53.811      Family  &  Parent  Counseling 
53.831     Advanced  Group  Counseling 

Required  Foundations  Core  Course 

Area  I       50.815     Research  Design  in  Education 

Recommended  Foundations  Core  Courses 
Area  II      50.807     Abnormal  Psychology  or 

50.808  Seminar  in  Child  Development  or 

50.809  Seminar  in  Adolescent  Development 
Area  III     50.805     Personality  and  Social  Structure 

Electives  (Choose  one) 

56.956     Community  Planning  in  Rehabilitation 

53.818     Case  Studies  in  Marriage  and  Family  Counseling 

53.830     Seminar  in  Contemporary  Issues  in  Counseling 

Curriculum  and  Instruction  (Including  Programs  in  Reading) 

The  programs  in  Curriculum  and  Instruction  are  appropriate  for  certified 
or  experienced  teachers  who  wish  to  prepare  for  instructional  leadership 
and  curriculum  development  responsibilities,  who  wish  to  expand  their 
professional  backgrounds  in  subject  matter  or  pedagogy,  or  who  wish  to 
achieve  reading  certification. 

This  program  will  enable  its  graduates: 

(1)  to  view  the  educational  process  as  an  ongoing  activity  embodying 
both  continuity  in  each  of  its  parts  and  inter-relatedness  among  its 
parts; 

(2)  to  plan  and  institute  learning  activities  which  promote  continuity  and 
inter-relatedness; 

(3)  to  evaluate  and  modify  appropriately  existing  programs  and  prac- 
tices in  their  special  fields; 


FIELDS  OF  STUDY/ 59 

(4)  to  identify  educational  needs,  analyze  them,  and  develop  suitable 
plans  to  meet  them; 

(5)  to  institute  desired  changes  in  educational  practice. 

The  following  roles  are  some  of  those  for  which  graduates  of  the  program 
will  be  prepared: 

(1)  specialist  in  a  particular  content  area,  such  as  reading,  mathematics, 
science,  social  studies,  English-language  arts,  at  one  or  more  levels 
—  elementary,  secondary,  or  adult  education; 

(2)  curriculum  specialist  in  a  variety  of  educational  settings; 

(3)  instructional  specialist  such  as  team  leader,  conductor  of  workshops, 
master  teacher,  and  so  forth,  in  a  school  or  other  educational  setting. 

The  Master  of  Education  in  Curriculum  and  Instruction  is  divided  into 
four  basic  areas  of  study: 

1 .  Master  of  Education  Core 

2.  Curriculum  and  Instruction  Core 

The  Curriculum  and  Instruction  Core  consists  of  two  sequential 
courses  which  individually  and  together  emphasize  a  unitary  view  of 
the  processes  of  curriculum  development  and  instructional  practices 
at  all  levels  of  education  and  in  all  school  subjects.  The  Curriculum 
and  Instruction  Core  is  taught  jointly  by  members  of  the  Department, 
and  students  have  the  unique  opportunity  of  studying  with  a  wide 
range  of  faculty,  each  contributing  his  individual  expertise  and 
perspective  within  the  context  of  the  common  purpose. 

3.  Specialization 

A  specialization  consists  of  a  number  of  courses  constructed  around  a 
broad  area  through  which  students  can  pursue  their  specific  interests 
while  at  the  same  time  keeping  sight  of  larger  contexts.  The  courses 
are  taught  jointly  by  members  of  the  Department  of  Curriculum  and 
Instruction,  grouped  according  to  the  commonalities  among  their  sub- 
jects, thus  giving  students  the  opportunity  to  work  within  a  context 
which,  while  recognizing  the  discreteness  of  a  subject,  at  the  same 
time  encourages  recognition  of  what  this  subject  shares  with  its 
fellows  in  its  area. 

Students  will  normally  select  one  area  of  specialization  from  those 
listed  below,  depending  upon  their  background  and  interests. 
Students  whose  interests  lie  outside  the  above  areas  will  be  permitted 
to  design,  with  their  advisers,  a  program  to  meet  their  needs.  Students 
seeking  reading  certification  will  fulfill  the  state  requirements  by  com- 
pleting the  courses  in  the  Reading  specialization. 

4.  Electives 

The  elective  portion  of  the  Curriculum  and  Instruction  Program  will 
enable  students  to  pursue  other  areas  of  interest  which  will  comple- 
ment or  extend  their  area  of  specialization.  Electives  can  be  selected 
broadly  from  the  offerings  of  the  Graduate  Schools  of  the  University. 


60 /FIELDS  OF  STUDY 

Specimen  Programs 

Master  of  Education  Core 

Three  courses  as  defined  on  page  47. 
Curriculum  and  Instruction  Core* 

51 .880  Evolution  and  Revolution  in  the  School  Curriculum 

51.881  The  Dynamics  of  Innovation  in  Curriculum  and  Instruction 
(51.881  is  not  a  required  course  for  students  specializing  in 
Reading.) 

*Students  who  have  completed  51.801  may  be  excused  from  51.880  or 
51 .881  with  the  approval  of  the  adviser. 

Specializations 

Science-Mathematics 

51 .837  Curriculum  Problems  in  Science  and  Mathematics 

51 .838  Seminar  in  Science  and  Mathematics  Teaching 

51.839  Implementing  Change  in  Science  and  Mathematics  Education 
Electives  (four  to  be  approved  by  adviser) 

or 

Social  Studies 

51 .851     Seminar  in  Current  Issues  in  the  Social  Studies 

51 .853  History  and  the  Social  Sciences  in  the  School  Curriculum 

51 .854  Social  Science  Materials  Seminar 
Electives  (four  to  be  approved  by  adviser) 

or 

English-Language  Arts 

51 .870  Developmental  Reading  and  Writing 

51.871  Reading  and  Language  Disabilities  I 

51 .872  Literature  and  Materials  Seminar 
Electives  (four  to  be  approved  by  adviser) 

or 

Reading 

51.870  Developmental  Reading  and  Writing 

51.871  Reading  and  Language  Disabilities  I 

51 .872  Literature  and  Materials  Seminar 

51.873  Reading  Clinic  I 

51.874  Reading  and  Language  Disabilities  II 

51.875  Reading  Clinic  II 

Electives  (two  to  be  approved  by  adviser) 

or 

General  Academic 

51.870  Developmental  Reading  and  Writing 

51.871  Reading  and  Language  Disabilities  I 

51.837     Curriculum  Problems  in  Science  and  Mathematics  Education 


FIELDS  OF  STUDY/  61 

51 .838     Seminar  in  Science  and  Mathematics  Teaching 

51 .853  History  and  the  Social  Sciences  in  the  School  Curriculum 

51 .854  Social  Science  Materials  Seminar 
Elective  (one  to  be  approved  by  adviser) 

or 

Combined  Reading  Certification 

A  special  program  offering  the  Liberal  Arts  or  non-Education  graduate 
the  opportunity  to  earn  the  Master  of  Education  degree  plus  teacher 
certification  (elementary  or  secondary)  and  certification  as  a  reading 
specialist  (K-12).  This  program  is  for  full-time  students  only  and  will 
take  a  minimum  of  five  full-time  quarters  to  complete.  Students  will  be 
accepted  to  begin  in  the  Summer  or  Fall  quarters.  (See  page  75  for 
description  of  the  teacher  certification  part  of  this  program.) 

or 

Other  Purposes 

A  student  who  wishes  to  specialize  in  curriculum  and  instruction  in  a 
field  not  included  in  those  listed  above  should  make  an  appointment 
with  an  adviser  for  this  program  who  will  help  him  develop  an  ap- 
propriate course  of  study  by  drawing  on  courses  offered  throughout 
the  Graduate  Schools  of  the  University. 
Each   candidate's  program   must  be  approved   by  his  faculty  adviser 
before  he  begins  his  course  of  study.  A  student  admitted  to  special  student 
status  who  feels  he  may  eventually  wish  to  be  admitted  to  degree  candidacy 
must  consult  with  an  appropriate  faculty  adviser  before  he  enrolls  in  any 
course. 

Early  Childhood  Education 

In  the  field  of  Early  Childhood  Education  two  distinct  programs  are 
provided  at  the  master's  degree  level.  The  programs  are  in  the  areas  of  Ad- 
ministration of  Early  Childhood  Education  and  Teaching  in  Early  Childhood 
Education. 

Administration  of  Early  Childhood  Education 

This  program  is  designed  to  prepare  the  student  for  entry  into  the  field  of 
Administration  of  Early  Childhood  Education,  to  assume  such  positions  as 
administrator  or  director  of  day  care  centers,  nursery  schools,  kinder- 
gartens, and  similar  organizations.  Students  completing  the  program  will  be 
expected  to  display  effective  administrative  behavior  related  to  Early 
Childhood  Education  based  upon  knowledge  of  children,  learning,  and  the 
administrative  process.  A  typical  program  is  as  follows: 
Master  of  Education  Core  (required  of  all  candidates) 

50.815     Research  Design  in  Education 

50.808     Seminar  in  Child  Development 

One  additional  course  from  Area  III  (Social  Foundations)  or  Area  IV 

(Humanistic  Foundations) 


62 /FIELDS  OF  STUDY 

Educational  Administration  Requirements 

52.810  Leadership  in  Education:  Part  I 

52.811  Leadership  in  Education:  Part  II 
52.813     Instructional     Leadership:     Curriculum     Development    and 

Supervision 
52.826     Administration  of  the  Elementary  School 
52.843     Administrative  Internship 
52.828     Administration  of  Early  Childhood  Education 
53.811      Family  and  Parent  Counseling 

or 
56.835     Socio-  and  Psychodynamics  of  Family  Life 
Electives 
Two  courses  chosen  in  consultation  with  an  adviser 

Teaching  in  Early  Childhood  Education 

This  program  is  designed  to  prepare  certified  elementary  teachers  for  an 
instructional  or  related  role  in  the  field  of  Early  Childhood  Education  such 
as  teacher,  coordinator,  or  supervisor  in  day  care  centers,  nursery  schools, 
kindergartens,  and  similar  organizations.  Students  completing  the  program 
will  be  expected  to  display  effective  instructional  behavior  related  to  Early 
Childhood  Education  based  upon  knowledge  of  children,  teaching  and  lear- 
ning. A  typical  program  is  as  follows: 

Master  of  Education  Core  (required  of  all  candidates) 
50.815     Research  Design  in  Education 
50.808     Seminar  in  Child  Development 

One  additional  course  from  Area  III  (Social  Foundations)  or  Area  IV 
(Humanistic  Foundations) 
Early  Childhood  Program  Requirements 

51.880  Evolution  and  Revolution  in  the  School  Curriculum 

51 .881  Dynamics  of  Curriculum  Design 
56.848     Early  Childhood  Learning  Problems— Identification  and 

Program  Development 

93.801  Seminar  in  Early  Childhood  Education  Theory  and  Practice 

93.802  Practicum  in  Early  Childhood  Education  I 

93.803  Practicum  in  Early  Childhood  Education  II 
53.811      Family  and  Parent  Counseling 

or 
56.835     Socio-  and  Psychodynamics  of  Family  Life 
Elective 

One  course  chosen  in  consultation  with  an  adviser 
For  course  descriptions  see  appropriate  departmental  offerings  as  well 
as  inter-departmental  courses. 

Educational  Administration 

In  the  field  of  educational  administration,  three  distinct  programs  are 
provided  at  the  master's  degree  level.  These  programs  are  in  the  areas  of 


FIELDS  OF  STUDY/ 63 

elementary  and  secondary  school  administration,  instructional  technology, 
■  and  occupational  education. 

Elementary  and  Secondary  Administration 

This  program  is  designed  to  prepare  the  student  for  initial  entry  into  the 
field  of  educational  administration,  preparing  him  for  such  beginning 
positions  as  assistant  principal,  principal  of  a  small  school,  department 
chairman,  special  program  director,  or  beginning  administrator  in  allied 
fields,  as  well  as  to  serve  as  a  foundation  for  further  graduate  study.  A 
typical  program  is  as  follows: 

Master  of  Education  Core  (required  of  all  candidates) 
Three  courses  as  defined  on  page  47. 

Educational  Administration  Requirements 

52.810  Leadership  in  Education:  Part  I 

52.81 1  Leadership  in  Education:  Part  II 
Departmental  Program  of  Study 

52.813  Instructional     Leadership:     Curriculum     Development    and 
Supervision 

52.805  Simulated  Problems:  Secondary  School  Administration 
and/or 

52.814  Simulated  Problems:  Elementary  School  Administration 

52.806  Directed    Field    Experiences    in    the   Administration    of   the 
Elementary  School 

52.807  Directed    Field    Experiences    in    the   Administration    of   the 
Secondary  School 

52.808  Seminar  in  Educational  Administration 

52.826  Administration  of  the  Elementary  School 
and/or 

52.827  Administration  of  the  Secondary  School 
Electives  (to  be  approved  by  adviser) 

Upon  completion  of  the  above  program,  a  comprehensive  examination  is 
given  to  each  student. 

Instructional  Technology 

In  recent  years  considerable  growth  and  expansion  has  taken  place  in 
the  area  of  technology  for  instructional  purposes.  With  this  thought  in  mind, 
the  master's  degree  in  this  field  has  been  created.  It  is  aimed  at  formally 
preparing  students  to  serve  effectively  as  directors  of  such  programs  in 
schools,  colleges,  government,  and  industrial  settings.  This  program  does 
not  automatically  lead  to  certification  as  an  Audiovisual  Media  Specialist; 
those  seeking  such  certification  should  consult  their  program  adviser. 

A  typical  program: 

Master  of  Education  Core  (required  of  all  candidates) 
Three  courses  as  defined  on  page  47. 

Educational  Administration  Required  Courses  (3) 
52.810     Leadership  in  Education:  Part  I 


64 /FIELDS  OF  STUDY 

52.81 1      Leadership  in  Education:  Part  II 

52.813     Instructional     Leadership:     Curriculum     Development    and 
Supervision 
Instructional  Technology  Required  Courses  (5) 

52.822  Foundations    of    Instructional    Communications    and    Tech- 
nology 

52.823  Principles  of  Instructional  Systems  Development 

52.817  Design,  Production,  and  Utilization  of  Instructional  Materials. 

52.818  Developing  Curriculum  Learning  Packages 
52.821     Administration  of  Instructional  Media  Programs 

Upon  completion  of  the  above  program,  a  comprehensive  examination  is 
given  to  each  student. 


Occupational  Education 

This  program  of  study  is  designed  to  equip  prospective  administrators 
and  supervisors  of  occupational  and  career  education  with  understandings, 
skills,  and  technical  competencies  which  will  enable  them  to  assume  and 
perform  leadership  functions  in  such  positions  as  coordinators,  super- 
visors, or  district-wide  directors  in  elementary  schools,  regular  or  com- 
prehensive secondary  schools,  specialized  vocational  schools,  community 
colleges,  or  at  the  state  level.  Satisfactory  completion  of  an  oral  conference 
and  a  written  comprehensive  examination  is  also  a  requirement  of  this 
program. 

Master  of  Education  Core  (required  of  all  candidates) 
Three  courses  as  outlined  on  page  47. 

Educational  Administration  Requirements  (4) 

52.810  Leadership  in  Education  Part  I 

52.81 1  Leadership  in  Education  Part  II 

52.813     Instructional     Leadership:     Curriculum     Development    and 
Supervision 

52.826  Administration  of  the  Elementary  School 
or 

52.827  Administration  of  the  Secondary  School 
Departmental  Program  of  Studies  in  Occupational  Education  (5) 

52.806  Directed    Field    Experiences    in    the   Administration    of   the 
Elementary  School 

52.807  Directed    Field    Experiences    in    the   Administration    of   the 
Secondary  School 

52.815  Simulated  Problems:  Administration  of  Occupational  Educa- 
tion 

52.816  Seminar  in  Career  Education 

52.843     Internship — other  appropriate  occupational  electives  from  the 
Graduate  School  of  Education. 


FIELDS  OF  STUDY/ 65 


Educational  Research 


This  program  is  designed  to  train  educational  researchers  who  will  have: 
1)  an  understanding  of  the  nature  and  characteristics  of  research  as  it  is 
carried  on  in  educational  research  agencies;  2)  a  basic  knowledge  of 
research  methodology  and  related  theory  that  will  enable  them  to  assist  at 
all  stages  of  educational  research;  and  3)  the  technical  skill  to  carry  out  in- 
dependently the  operational  aspect  of  educational  research. 

The  objectives  stated  above  and  the  related  competencies  are  achieved 
through  an  integrated  program  of  study.  This  program  may  be  taken  on  a 
full-  or  part-time  basis,  and  study  may  begin  in  any  quarter.  A  full-time  stu- 
dent will  normally  complete  degree  requirements  in  one  academic  or  calen- 
dar year  (three  or  four  quarters).  The  culminating  component  of  the 
program  is  the  planning,  executing,  and  writing  up  of  research  for  a  thesis, 
intended  as  a  small-scale  but  original  investigation  into  a  significant 
educational  problem.  The  thesis  may  be  presented  in  one  of  several  for- 
mats selected  jointly  by  the  student  and  the  adviser. 

All  candidates  will  be  required  to  complete  the  following  program: 

Master  of  Education  Core  (required  of  all  candidates) 
50.815     Research  Design  in  Education  (Area  I) 
Two  courses  from  the  remaining  areas  as  described  on  page  47. 

Educational  Research  Requirements 

50.841  Introduction  to  Educational  Statistics 

50.842  Intermediate  Educational  Statistics 
50.817     Advanced  Research  Design  in  Education 

50.847     Introduction  to  Computer  Programming:  FORTRAN  IV 
50.891     Thesis  (equivalent  to  two  courses) 

or 
50.845-846     Independent  Research  Seminars  I  &  II 
Electives  (three) 


Human  Development 

The  overall  objective  of  this  program  is  to  provide  opportunities  for  prac- 
ticing and  prospective  educators  to  expand  and  deepen  their  knowledge 
and  understanding  of  human  development  in  its  psychological  and  social 
aspects.  Completion  of  the  program  does  not  lead  to  state  certification,  and 
a  teaching  certificate  is  not  required  for  admission  to  the  program. 
However,  the  program  can  provide  a  useful  background  for  persons 
teaching,  or  planning  to  teach,  psychology  and  behavioral  science  in  sec- 
ondary and  elementary  schools.  It  can  also  serve  as  introductory  prepara- 
tion for  students  who  aspire  to  later  doctoral  study  in  the  field  of  human 
development.  Full-time  students  will  take  a  maximum  of  four  courses  per 
term  and  will  complete  the  program  in  a  minimum  of  three  quarters.  Part- 
time  students  will  take  a  maximum  of  two  courses  per  term  and  will  com- 
plete the  program  in  a  minimum  of  six  quarters. 


66 /FIELDS  OF  STUDY 

Candidates  may  begin  study  in  any  quarter  and  will  be  required  to  com- 
plete the  following  program: 

Master  of  Education  Core  (required  of  all  candidates) 
50.815     Research  Design  in  Education 

Two  additional  courses,  one  from  Area  III  (Social  Foundations)  and  one 
from  Area  IV  (Humanistic  Foundations). 

Human  Development  Requirements 
50.806     Psychology  of  Learning 

or 
50.811      Psychology  of  Thinking 
50.810     Psychology  of  Personality 

or 
50.805     Personality  and  Social  Structure  (if  not  taken  in  Ed.M.  Core,  above) 

50.808  Seminar  in  Child  Development 

50.809  Seminar  in  Adolescent  Development 
50.819     Theories  of  Developmental  Psychology 

Electives  (choice  of  courses  or  thesis): 
Courses:  four  courses,  chosen  in  consultation  with  an  adviser,  from 

those  offered  in  the  Graduate  School  of  Education  and  other 

departments  in  the  University 
Thesis:      50.817     Advanced  Research  Design  in  Education 

50.842     Intermediate  Educational  Statistics 

50.891     Thesis  (equivalent  to  two  courses) 

Rehabilitation  Administration  and  Special  Education 

Rehabilita tion  A dministra tion 

This  program  is  designed  to  prepare  students  for  positions  of  ad- 
ministrative leadership  and  research  in  a  wide  range  of  rehabilitation  and 
health  care  service  agencies. 

Students  majoring  in  Rehabilitation  Administration  should  anticipate  tak- 
ing 15  credit  courses  for  the  degree  under  either  of  the  following  options: 

Plan  A:  For  students  with  limited  rehabilitation  or  administration  ex- 
perience. 

The  program  will  be  conducted  on  a  cooperative  education  basis.  This 
means  that  the  student  will  alternate  periods  of  academic  course  work  with 
paid  practical  experience  in  the  field  over  a  21-month  period. 

Plan  B:  For  students  with  considerable  rehabilitation  or  administration 
experience. 

The  program  takes  one  calendar  year  from  September  through  August 
and  includes  four  academic  quarters.  During  this  time  the  student  also 
completes  500  hours  of  practical  experience  in  the  field.  Under  Plan  B  there 
are  a  limited  number  of  federal  stipends  available  which  are  issued  on  a 
competitive  basis. 


FIELDS  OF  STUDY/ 67 

Plan  C:  For  students  with  limited  rehabilitation  or  administration  ex- 
perience who  wish  an  alternative  plan  to  cooperative  education. 

The  program  will  take  a  minimum  of  two  calendar  years.  During  that  time 
the  student  will  elect  his  academic  course  work,  500  hours  of  practical  field 
work  experience,  and  a  full-time  internship  experience. 

Recommended  Core  Courses 

50.805     Personality  and  Social  Structure 
50.807     Abnormal  Psychology 

Department  Requirements 

56.950  Introduction  to  Rehabilitation 

56.951  Principles  of  Medical  Rehabilitation 

56.952  Rehabilitation  and  Social  Services 

56.953  Organization  and  Administrative  Theory 

56.961  Rehabilitation  Administration  I 

56.963  Rehabilitation  Administration  II 
56.832     Group  Dynamics 

56.960     Practicum  in  Rehabilitation  Administration 

56.956  Community  Planning  in  Rehabilitation 

Electives  chosen  from 

56.957  Federal-State  Relations  in  Rehabilitation 

56.958  Social  Welfare  and  Rehabilitation 

56.959  Rehabilitation  Research 

56.962  Administration  of  a  Sheltered  Workshop 

56.964  Rehabilitation  and  the  Law 

56.965  Occupational  Placement 
52.865  Systems  Theory  in  Education 
53.815  Rehabilitation  Counseling  Strategies 


Interrelated  Programs  in  Special  Education 

Interrelated  programs  in  Special  Education  offer  options  to  prepare  for 
work  with  individuals  having  mild  to  moderate  special  needs  (emotional  dis- 
turbance, learning  disabilities,  mental  retardation)  or  those  having  severe 
handicaps  in  one  or  more  of  the  above  areas.  In  addition,  a  concentration  in 
preschool  handicapped  is  available.  For  those  planning  to  work  outside  the 
classroom  with  schools  and/or  public  or  private  agencies,  there  is  the 
program  of  Special  Education  Community  Personnal  (SECP). 

In  all  but  the  SECP  program,  eligibility  for  certification  at  the  elementary 
or  secondary  level  is  the  prerequisite  for  a  student  to  begin  concentrating 
on  the  special  education  sequence.  Students  lacking  the  above  may  earn 
certification  through  satisfactory  completion  of  prescribed  courses  in 
elementary  or  secondary  education  at  Northeastern.  Applicants  certified  at 
the  secondary  level  may  need  additional  preparation  in  areas  of  reading, 
mathematics,  and  methods  and  materials,  at  the  elementary  level,  to  obtain 
additional  background  for  work  with  individuals  with  special  needs. 


68  /FIELDS  OF  STUDY 

Degree  candidates  must  demonstrate  competency  in  child  psychology, 
abnormal  psychology,  and  introductory  statistics  through  previous  course 
work  or  they  will  be  required  to  complete  such  course  work  before 
graduating.  The  statistics  course  may  be  fulfilled  by  satisfactory  completion 
of  the  programmed  learning  course  in  statistics  given  at  the  University. 

An  option  leading  to  certification  in  a  single  area,  providing  the  student 
enters  the  program  with  elementary  or  secondary  teaching  certification,  or 
completion  of  the  SECP  program,  will  normally  require  four  to  five  quarters 
of  full-time  graduate  study,  preferably  beginning  in  the  Summer  Quarter.  A 
student  who  needs  to  obtain  the  above  certification  should  expect  to  spend 
additional  time  completing  the  program. 

Field  Work  and  Student  Teaching  or  Practicum  placements  are  an  in- 
tegral part  of  the  Master's  Degree  program.  All  students  are  required  to  do 
two  quarters  of  Field  Work  and  one  quarter  of  Student  Teaching  or  Prac- 
ticum. Educational  settings  utilized  for  field  work  include  public  and  private 
schools,  day  and  residential  programs,  and  hospital-based  educational 
facilities. 

A  sequenced  program  will  be  developed  in  consultation  with  the  major 
adviser  based  upon  the  student's  background,  experience,  and  interests.  It 
will  include  basic  requirements  of  the  graduate  school,  the  Division,  and  the 
State  Department  of  Teacher  Certification,  where  appropriate.  Massachu- 
setts' State  Department  of  Education  is  currently  granting  Letters  of  Ap- 
proval until  final  certification  requirements  are  established.  Electives  will  be 
drawn  from  other  programs  as  warranted. 

Completion  of  all  programs  in  special  education  is  contingent  upon  the 
candidate's  demonstration  of  competency  in  specified  fields  of  knowledge 
and  skills  as  measured  by  academic  success  and  satisfactory  completion  of 
Field  Work  and  Student  Teaching  or  Practicum.  A  comprehensive  examina- 
tion will  be  taken  during  the  quarter  in  which  the  student  completes  nine 
courses  related  to  the  Special  Education  degree,  other  than  elementary  or 
secondary  teaching  certification  courses. 

Students  should  apply  for  admission  for  either  the  summer  or  fall 
quarters.  All  admissions  materials  must  be  complete  by  April  15  for  con- 
sideration for  either  of  these  two  quarters. 


Financial  Aid  —  Traineeships 

A  limited  number  of  traineeships  through  Federal  grants  is  anticipated 
for  1976-1977.  The  student  in  need  of  financial  help  should  discuss  the 
matter  during  the  interview  with  the  Division  faculty  member.  The  Depart- 
ment has  also  attempted  to  develop  paid  internships  in  a  variety  of  settings 
in  order  to  offer  students  other  opportunities  for  professional  development 
as  well  as  a  means  of  financial  assistance.  Students  selected  for  an  in- 
ternship will  need  to  plan  for  a  program  extending  over  approximately  two 
years.  (Refer  also  to  Financial  Aid,  page  30.) 


FIELDS  OF  STUDY/  69 


Core  Curriculum  Requirements 


In  addition  to  the  Foundations  of  Education  core  requirements  described 
on  page  47  and  the  prerequisites  described  above,  the  programs  in  the 
Division  of  Special  Education  have  the  following  common  core  of  required 
courses: 

55.806  Language  Disturbances  in  Children 

56.807  Learning  Disabilities 

56.840     Psychology  of  Mental  Retardation  and  other  Handicapping  Con- 
ditions 
56.846-56.847     Special   Education   Methods  and   Materials  Related  to 

Measurement  and  Evaluation 
56.880-56.881      Etiology    and    Development    of    Deviations    in    Special 

Needs  Individuals 
Field  Work  and  Seminar 
Student  Teaching  and  Seminar  or  Practicum  and  Seminar 

Any  core  curriculum  requirement  may  be  waived  if,  in  the  opinion  of  the 
adviser,  the  student  has  had  an  equivalent  course. 

Field  Work  and  Student  Teaching  or  Practicum  are  specific  to  the 
student's  major  interest.  With  the  written  approval  of  the  student's  adviser, 
a  student  who  is  approved,  certified,  or  able  to  be  approved  in  an  area  of 
Special  Needs,  will  be  required  to  do  Field  Work  but  may  not  be  required  to 
do  Student  Teaching.  The  program  for  each  student  is  designed  in  relation 
to  his  educational  and  experiential  background,  his  professional  goals,  and 
the  limitations  (such  as  approval  and  certification)  implied  by  such  goals. 

Teacher  Preparation  Options 

Generic  Special  Educator 

This  program  option  develops  competencies  (as  delineated  in  Mass. 
Regulations  for  Interim  Approval)  as  resource  room  and  consulting 
teachers  dealing  with  mildly  involved  special  needs  children. 

Recommended  Core  Courses 

50.815     Research  Design  in  Education 
50.808     Seminar  in  Child  Development 
50.805     Personality  and  Social  Structure 

Department  Core  Curriculum  Requirements 
see  page  69. 

Required  Courses  for  Generic  Special  Educator 

56.801     Alternatives    for    Providing    Services    for    Special    Needs 

Children 
56.831     Teaching  the  Emotionally  Disturbed 


70 /FIELDS  OF  STUDY 

Further  electives  may  be  chosen  in  consultation  with  the  student's 
academic  adviser. 

Field  Work  and  Student  Teaching  assignments  will  concentrate  on  mild 
disabilities  in  resource  room  and  diagnostic-prescriptive  settings. 

Emotional  Disturbance  —  Learning  Disabilities 

This  area  of  specialization  prepares  students  to  work  with  mildly  to 
moderately  handicapped  pupils  in  a  self-contained  class  or  to  work  as  a 
resource  teacher  where  classes  have  been  integrated. 

Recommended  Core  Courses 

50.815     Research  Design  in  Education 
50.808     Seminar  in  Child  Development 
or 

50.807  Abnormal  Psychology 

50.805     Personality  and  Social  Structure 

Department  Core  Curriculum  Requirements 
see  page  69. 

Required  Courses  for  Emotional  Disturbance-Learning  Disabilities 
56.831     Teaching  the  Emotionally  Disturbed 

Further  electives  may  be  chosen  in  consultation  with  the  student's 
academic  adviser. 

Field  Work  and  Student  Teaching  assignments  will  concentrate  on 
various  educational  and  residential  settings. 

Mental  Retardation  —  Learning  Disabilities 

This  area  of  specialization  prepares  students  to  work  with  mildly  to 
moderately  handicapped  pupils  in  a  self-contained  class  or  as  a  resource 
teacher  in  a  school  where  classes  have  been  integrated. 

Recommended  Core  Courses 

50.815     Research  Design  in  Education 

50.808  Seminar  in  Child  Development 
50.805     Personality  and  Social  Structure 

Department  Core  Curriculum  Requirements 
see  page  69. 

Required  Courses  for  Mental  Retardation-Learning  Disabilities 

56.841      Development    and    Implementation    of    Programs    for    the 
Moderately  Handicapped 

Further  electives  may  be  chosen  in  consultation  with  the  student's 
academic  adviser. 


FIELDS  OF  STUDY/  71 

Field  Work  and  Student  Teaching  assignments  will  concentrate  on 
mild  to  moderate  disabilities  in  resource  room  and  self-contained 
classrooms. 

Severely  Handicapped 

Students  will  be  prepared  to  function  as  classroom  teachers  in  a  variety 
of  settings.  Classes  may  be  situated  in  private  or  public  schools  or  in- 
stitutions. It  is  recognized  that  the  functions  of  the  student  will  vary  greatly 
depending  upon  the  classroom  setting  and  the  requirements  of  children  in 
any  given  classroom  situation.  With  this  in  mind,  students  will  be  prepared 
in  certain  core  areas  and  then  given  more  specialized  training  in  working 
with  the  severely-handicapped.  The  courses  and  practicum  experience  re- 
quired are  designed  to  meet  with  standards  developed  by  the  Department 
of  Education  of  the  Commonwealth  of  Massachusetts  and  similar  re- 
quirements throughout  the  country. 

Required  Core  Courses 

50.815  Research  Design  in  Education 
50.808  Seminar  in  Child  Development 
50.805     Personality  and  Social  Structure 

Department  Core  Curriculum  Requirements 
see  page  69. 

Multiply-Handicapped  Program 

56.835     Socio-  and  Psychodynamics  of  Family  Life 

56.838  Development    and    Implementation    of    Programs    for    the 
Severely  Handicapped 

56.839  Severely  Handicapped 

Electives  are  chosen  from 

56.847  Seminar  in  Mental  Retardation 

56.848  Early   Childhood    Learning    Problems   —   Identification   and 
Program  Development 

55.803  Cerebral  Palsy 

55.804  Aphasia 

55.816  Test  Procedures  in  Speech  and  Language  Pathology 
55.861  Neuropathology 

62.842  Physical  Education  for  Students  with  Special  Needs 

62.860  Early  Childhood  Motor  Patterns 

62.864  Perceptual  Motor  Development 

62.884  Movement  and  the  Learning  Process 

Early  Childhood  Handicapped 

Teachers  who  complete  this  program  may  function  in  a  variety  of  roles: 
(1)  teacher  in  a  self-contained  handicapped  early  childhood  classroom;  (2) 
teacher  of  an  integrated  program;  and  (3)  consultant  to  other  teachers  of 
young  children. 


72 /FIELDS  OF  STUDY 

Prerequisite 

Certificate  or  eligibility  for  certification  in  Massachusetts  to  teach  at 
the  elementary  level.  (This  may  be  waived  if  newly  developed  certifica- 
tion procedures  do  not  require  such  certification.) 

Prior  training,  preferably  with  experience  in  "regular"  early 
childhood  education.  Students  without  this  preparation  may  be  ad- 
mitted but  will  be  required  to  take  additional  appropriate  courses. 

Required  Core  Courses 

50.815  Research  Design  in  Education 
50.808  Seminar  in  Child  Development 
50.805     Personality  and  Social  Structure 

Departmental  Core  Curriculum  Requirements 
see  page  69. 

Courses  for  Preschool  Handicapped  Teacher  Program 
56.835  Socio-  and  Psychodynamics  of  Family  Life 
56.848     Early   Childhood   Learning   Problems  —  Identification  and 

Program  Development 
53.804     Counseling  Theory  and  Practice 

Special  Education  Community  Personnel 
(A  Noncertification  Program) 

Northeastern  University,  Department  of  Rehabilitation  and  Special 
Education,  in  response  to  identified  needs  and  national  trends,  offers  a 
program  for  individuals  with  broad  interests  and  abilities  to  prepare  them  to 
function  as  advocates  for  handicapped  children  and  youth  and  to  act  as 
liaison  between  community  agencies  and  the  school. 

Implied  in  such  a  program  is  the  possession  or  acquisition  of  knowledge 
of  social  problems,  teaching,  community  and  school  organization,  child 
development,  problems  of  multiple  handicaps,  and  facilities  for  care,  treat- 
ment, and  remediation.  Implied  also  are  skills  in  working  with  the  han- 
dicapped, with  peers  in  numerous  professions,  and  with  techniques  of  sur- 
vey research.  Integrated  course  and  field  work  experiences  will  be  design- 
ed to  complement  each  applicant's  background  of  education  and  ex- 
perience. Approximately  four  to  five  quarters  are  estimated  for  demonstra- 
tion of  competence  in  the  specified  areas. 
Recommended  Core  Courses 

50.810     Psychology  of  Personality 

50.820     Seminar  in  Contemporary  Issues  in  American  Education 
Department  Requirements 

56.880-881      Etiology  and  Development  of  Deviations  in  Special  Needs 

Individuals 
56.840     Psychology  of  Mental  Retardation  and  Other  Handicapping 

Conditions 
56.807     Learning  Disabilities 

56.853  Field  work  and  Seminar 

56.854  Practicum 


FIELDS  OF  STUDY/ 73 

Electives  chosen  from 

56.952     Rehabilitation  and  Social  Service 

56.956     Community  Planning  in  Rehabilitation 

56.835     Socio-  and  Psychodynamics  of  Family  Life 

56.839     Severely  Handicapped 

56.845     Rehabilitation  and  the  Special  Education  Teacher 

51 .920     Methods  and  Materials  in  Adult  Literacy  Education 

Other  courses  in  consultation  with  adviser. 

Speech  Pathology  and  Audiology 

The  program  leading  to  the  degree  of  Master  of  Education  in  either 
Speech  Pathology  or  Audiology  is  designed  to  qualify  candidates  for 
membership  in  and  certification  by  the  American  Speech  and  Hearing 
Association.  Graduates  of  the  program  are  also  qualified  for  further 
graduate  study  and  for  employment  as  speech  pathologists  or  audiologists 
in  clinics,  hospitals,  public  schools,  and  rehabilitation  centers. 

This  program  assumes  that  students  have  completed  an  undergraduate 
program  in  speech  and  hearing.  Such  students,  who  have  had  the 
necessary  academic  preparation  and  a  minimum  of  150  clock  hours  of 
clinical  practice,  may  expect  to  devote  a  minimum  of  five  or  six  academic 
quarters  to  complete  the  practicum  requirement.  Students  who  do  not  have 
the  proper  academic  and  clinical  background  on  the  undergraduate  level 
may  expect  to  devote  a  minimum  of  seven  or  eight  academic  quarters  to 
complete  the  practicum  requirements.  Applicants  should  specify  a  major  in 
either  Speech  Pathology  or  Audiology. 

This  program  is  conducted  with  the  cooperation  of  a  large  number  of 
community  agencies. 

Speech  Pathology 

Each  student's  program  is  individually  designed  with  the  assistance  of  a 
faculty  adviser  to  assure  that  course  work  is  distributed  in  all  major 
professional  areas  including:  diagnostics,  articulation,  language,  fluency, 
voice,  and  audiology.  The  student  is  also  advised  about  how  his  program 
prepares  him  to  meet  certification  requirements  established  by  the 
American  Speech  and  Hearing  Association. 

Master  of  Education  Core  (required  of  all  candidates) 
Three  courses  as  defined  on  page  47. 
55.813     Advanced  Clinical  Practice 
Speech  Pathology  Courses 

A  minimum  of  nine  courses  selected  from  the  following  or  appropriate 
electives: 

55.803     Cerebral  Palsy 
*55.804     Aphasia 
55.805     Disorders  of  Voice 


"Required  or  an  equivalent  graduate  level  course. 


74 /FIELDS  OF  STUDY 

*55.806  Language  Disturbances  in  Children 

55.81 1  Clinical  Management  in  Stuttering 

*55.812  Differential  Diagnosis  in  Speech  and  Language  Pathology 

*55.816  Test  Procedures  in  Speech  and  Language  Pathology 

55.817  Advanced  Anatomy,  Neurology  and  Physiology  of  Speech- 
Hearing  Mechanism 

55.822  Seminar  in  Oro-facial  Anomalies 

55.823  Psycho-social  Aspects  of  Communication  Disorders 

55.861  Neuropathology 

55.824  Seminar  in  Speech  Pathology 
55.860     Aphasia  Rehabilitation 

55.863     Advanced  Study  of  Articulation  Disorders 
55.891     Thesis  (optional) 
55.899     Directed  Study  (optional) 

Satisfactory  completion  of  a  comprehensive  examination  is  a  require- 
ment of  this  program. 

Audiology 

Each  student's  program  is  individually  designed  with  the  assistance  of  a 
faculty  adviser  to  assure  that  course  work  is  distributed  among  evaluation, 
diagnosis,  and  aural  rehabilitation.  The  student  is  also  advised  about  how 
this  program  prepares  him  to  meet  certification  requirements  established 
by  the  American  Speech  and  Hearing  Association. 

Master  of  Education  Core  (required  of  all  candidates) 
Three  courses  defined  on  page  47. 

55.813  Advanced  Clinical  Practice 
Audiology  Courses 

A  minimum  of  nine  courses  selected  from  the  following  or  appropriate 
electives: 

55.814  Clinical  Audiometry  I 

55.815  Clinical  Audiology 

*55.817     Advanced  Anatomy,  Neurology,  and  Physiology  of  Speech- 
Hearing  Mechanism 
*55.81 8     Pathologies  of  the  Ear 

55.819  Clinical  Audiometry  II 

55.820  Physiological  Acoustics 

55.821  Seminar  in  Audiology 

55.823  Psycho-social  Aspects  of  Communication  Disorders 

55.862  Psycho-acoustics 

55.825  Teaching  Speech  to  Deaf  Children 

55.826  Teaching  Language  and  Reading  to  Deaf  Children 
55.828  Aural  Rehabilitation 

55.891     Thesis  (optional) 
t5.899     Directed  Study  (optional) 

Satisfactory  completion  of  a  comprehensive  examination  is  a  require- 
ment of  this  program. 

•Required  or  an  equivalent  graduate  level  course. 


FIELDS  OF  STUDY/ 75 


Teaching  the  Deaf 


The  following  curriculum  in  the  preparation  of  teachers  of  the  deaf  is 
offered  in  affiliation  with  the  Boston  School  for  the  Deaf.  Candidates  lacking 
prerequisite  courses  will  be  required  to  complete  them  prior  to  the  follow- 
ing program. 

Master  of  Education  Core  (required  of  all  candidates) 
Three  courses  as  defined  on  page  47. 

Teaching  the  Deaf  Requirements 

55.814  Clinical  Audiometry  I 

55.815  Clinical  Audiology 

55.816  Test  Procedures  in  Speech  and  Language  Pathology 

55.825  Teaching  Speech  to  the  Deaf 

55.826  Teaching  Language  and  Reading  to  the  Deaf 

55.827  Methods  and  Materials  in  Deaf  Education 

55.828  Aural  Rehabilitation 

55.852     Practicum:  Teaching  the  Deaf  (8  quarter  hours) 


NONDEGREE  PROGRAM  FOR  CERTIFICATION 
OF  ELEMENTARY  AND  SECONDARY  TEACHERS 

This  program  is  designed  to  qualify  college  graduates  for  certification  as 
elementary  or  secondary  teachers  in  the  Commonwealth.  Students  who  are 
interested  in  qualifying  to  teach  in  other  states  should  obtain  a  copy  of  that 
state's  certification  requirements  and  bring  it  to  the  initial  interview  with 
their  advisers. 

This  program  is  open  to  individuals  who  meet  the  general  admission  re- 
quirements for  the  Master  of  Education  degree.  In  addition,  students  whose 
backgrounds  may  not  include  an  approved  course  in  such  areas  as  human 
development  or  learning  must  take  such  a  course  either  before  they  enter 
the  program  or  before  student  teaching.  Furthermore,  candidates  for 
secondary  certification  must  have  completed,  before  admission,  36  quarter 
hours  of  courses  in  the  field  in  which  they  are  preparing  to  teach,  with  a 
QPA  for  all  courses  taken  in  that  field  of  at  least  2.000.  No  special  students 
will  be  admitted  to  these  courses;  no  transfer  of  courses  or  credit  will  be 
allowed. 

This  is  a  part-time,  integrated,  one-year  program  which  begins  in  the  Fall 
Quarter  and  continues  through  the  following  Winter  and  Spring  Quarters.  It 
requires  that  a  student  attend  classes  two  nights  a  week  during  the  Fall  and 
Winter  Quarters  and  spend  full-time  (days)  as  a  student  teacher  in  a  school 
during  the  Spring  Quarter. 

The  program  consists  of  a  sequence  of  inter-related  activities  led  by  a 
team  of  teaching  specialists  in  elementary  and  secondary  education  and  in 
the  fields  of  mathematics,  English,  reading,  science,  and  history  and  the 
social  sciences. 


76/  FIELDS  OF  STUDY 

Course  Sequence 

(The  courses  must  be  taken  in  the  order  listed): 

Fall  Quarter 

51.800  Principles  of  Teaching 

51 .863  Methods  and  Materials  for  Teaching  Children  I 
or 

51 .865  Methods  and  Materials  for  Teaching  Adolescents  and  Adults  I 
Winter  Quarter 

51 .801  Curricula  of  American  Schools 

51 .864  Methods  and  Materials  for  Teaching  Children  II 
or 

51 .866  Methods  and  Materials  for  Teaching  Adolescents  and 
Adults  II 

Spring  Quarter 

51 .805     Student  Teaching  with  Related  Seminar 

Applications  for  Student  Teaching  must  be  received  by  the  Director  of 

Field  Placement  no  later  than  October  15. 
This  program  does  not  lead  to  any  degree.  However,  applicants  who  are 
able  to  be  full-time  graduate  students  may  apply  for  simultaneous  admis- 
sion to  most  programs  requiring  certification  in  the  Graduate  School  of 
Education.  Such  students  may  take  one  or  two  courses  in  the  degree 
program  along  with  the  certification  courses  (except  during  the  Student 
Teaching  quarter  when  no  courses  may  be  taken),  but  must  complete  cer- 
tification requirements  during  the  first  year  of  study.  Twelve  quarter  hours 
(3  courses)  taken  in  the  nondegree  program  may  be  used  as  electives  in  a 
master's  program  subject  to  approval  of  the  adviser.  Students  who  cannot 
devote  full-time  to  graduate  study  may  apply  to  master's  degree  programs 
after  successful  completion  of  the  certification  program. 

CERTIFICATE  OF  ADVANCED  GRADUATE  STUDY 

The  Certificate  of  Advanced  Graduate  Study  is  available  to  applicants 
who  have  demonstrated  a  strong  background  in  the  special  field  of  study  at 
the  master's  level  and  who  meet  the  specific  requirements  of  the  Graduate 
School  of  Education  and  the  appropriate  department.  CAGS  programs  are 
offered  in  the  areas  of: 
Counselor  Education 

Pupil  Personnel  Services  Administration 
School  Psychology 
Counseling 
School 
College 

Community  Mental  Health 
Rehabilitation 
Educational  Administration 
Cooperative  Education 
Educational  Administration 


FIELDS  OF  STUDY/ 77 

Higher  Education 
Instructional  Technology 
Rehabilitation  and  Special  Education  Administration 
All  students  must  complete  one  of  the  programs  as  outlined  in  the  follow- 
ing pages.  In  most  cases,  the  sequence  is  designed  to  be  very  flexible.  Any 
variations  or  changes  must  have  the  prior  recommendation  of  the  major  ad- 
viser and  approval  of  the  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Education. 


Counselor  Education 

The  CAGS  represents  a  second  year  of  preparation  beyond  the  master's 
degree  for  the  counseling  and  human  services  field.  This  is  not  a  predoc- 
toral  program  but  a  terminal  professional  degree  program.  There  are 
several  major  options  in  the  Counselor  Education  Department:  Pupil  Per- 
sonnel Services  Administration,  School  Psychology,  and  Counseling 
(School,  College,  Community  Mental  Health,  Rehabilitation).  Students  with 
master's  degree  work  in  rehabilitation  counseling  who  wish  to  emphasize 
administrative  preparation  at  the  CAGS  level  should  enter  the  Rehabilita- 
tion Administration  program. 

Each  of  these  counselor  education  program  concentrations  presumes 
master's  level  preparation  in  counseling  the  equivalent  of  that  offered  at  the 
University.  Students  whose  master's  program  in  Counselor  Education 
lacked  a  practicum  will  be  required  to  take  53.805-53.806  in  addition  to  the 
minimum  course  requirements  for  the  CAGS.  Students  with  master's 
degrees  in  fields  other  than  counseling  will,  if  otherwise  admissible,  be  re- 
quired to  make  up  a  minimum  of  five  courses  from  the  master's  program. 
These  students  will  need  a  minimum  of  two  years  to  complete  the  re- 
quirements for  the  CAGS. 

In  addition  to  the  course  requirements,  students  must  pass  a  com- 
prehensive examination  (written  and/or  oral)  before  the  certificate  will  be 
awarded. 

After  filing  all  application  materials  required  by  the  Graduate  School, 
applicants  will  be  contacted  by  the  Department  to  arrange  for  admissions 
interviews.  Since  there  is  a  limited  number  of  spaces  in  the  CAGS  program, 
early  application  is  urged. 


Pupil  Personnel  Services  Administration 

Students  who  have  prepared  themselves  for  school  counseling  positions 
and  who  are  interested  in  leadership  positions  in  guidance  and  pupil  per- 
sonnel services  should  choose  this  option.  The  program  provides  for 
further  work  in  counseling,  but  emphasizes  administrative  and  organiza- 
tional preparation  for  the  effective  delivery  of  personnel  services  to 
students.  Field  work  placements  will  provide  for  the  development  of  skills 
and  knowledge  in  planning,  supervision,  and  delivery  of  services  within  the 
context  of  the  total  educational  program  of  the  school  system. 


78 /FIELDS  OF  STUDY 

A  typical  program  is  as  follows: 

53.840-53.841     Advanced  Field  Work 

53.834     Advanced  Theories  of  Behavior  Change 

53.833  Seminar  in  Counseling  Supervision  and  In-Service  Education 
53.807     Administration  of  Guidance  Services 

52.810  Leadership  I 

52.811  Leadership  II 

52.831  Innovation  and  Change  in  American  Public  Schools 

52.832  The  Process  of  Adminstration 
Three  Electives 

Counseling 

Students  whose  primary  interest  is  the  delivery  of  individual  and  group 
counseling  services  in  a  variety  of  settings,  including,  but  not  limited  to, 
schools,  college  counseling  centers,  rehabilitation,  and  mental  health 
centers,  should  choose  this  option.  This  program  provides  for  a  more 
"therapeutic"  orientation  but  is  not  as  focused  on  a  particular  setting  or 
category  of  settings.  Field  placements  will  provide  for  the  development  of 
the  student's  individual  and  group  counseling  skills  and  will  be  varied  ac- 
cording to  individual  need  and  interest.  Mental  health  settings  will  tend  to 
predominate  in  the  field  assignments. 

A  typical  program  for  School,  College,  and  Community  Mental  Health 
Counseling  is  as  follows: 

53.840-53.841     Advanced  Field  Work 

53.834  Advanced  Theories  of  Behavior  Change 
53.816     Psychological  Counseling  Strategies 

53.818  Case  Studies  in  Marriage  and  Family  Counseling 
53.831     Advanced  Group  Counseling 

53.835  Psychodiagnostic  Measures 

50.819  Theories  of  Developmental  Psychology 
50.807     Abnormal  Psychology 

Three  Electives 

A  typical  program  for  Rehabilitation  Counseling  is  as  follows: 
53.840-53.841     Advanced  Field  Work 
53.834     Advanced  Theories  of  Behavior  Change 
53.831     Advanced  Group  Counseling 
53.818     Case  Studies  in  Marriage  and  Family  Counseling 
56.980     Psychological  Problems  of  Disability 

56.982  Essentials  of  Case  Management  and  Supervision 

56.983  Rehabilitation  of  Alcoholic  and  Drug  Dependent 

56.984  Rehabilitation  of  the  Penal  Offender 
Three  Electives 

School  Psychology 

The  course  offerings  and  field  experiences  in  this  program  are  designed 
to  prepare  students  as  school  psychologists.  In  accordance  with  Massachu- 


FIELDS  OF  STUDY/ 79 

setts  certification  requirements,  the  goal  is  to  develop  professional  com- 
I  petencies  necessary  for  providing  direct,  specific,  and  practical  assistance 
I  to  students,  classroom  teachers,  parents,  and  other  school  personnel  in 
promoting  an  optimal  psycho-educational  experience.  In  addition  to  the 
general  Certificate  of  Advanced  Graduate  Study  admission  requirements, 
applicants  for  the  School  Psychology  program  must  have  at  least  24 
semester  hours  (32  quarter  hours)  of  undergraduate  work  in  psychology 
and  a  master's  degree  in  a  psychology-related  field. 

This  specialization  is  sponsored  jointly  by  the  Graduate  School  of  Educa- 
tion and  the  Department  of  Psychology  in  the  College  of  Liberal  Arts. 
Applicants  for  this  program  will  be  interviewed  by  both  the  Department  of 
Counselor  Education  and  the  Department  of  Psychology.  The  admitted  stu- 
dent will  be  assigned  an  adviser  from  one  of  these  two  departments  who 
will  plan  the  student's  program. 

Courses  to  meet  the  degree  and  certification  requirements  will  be 
selected  from  the  Graduate  School  of  Education  and  the  Department  of 
Psychology  to  reflect  the  following  areas  of  study:  learning  theory,  counsel- 
ing strategies  and  interviewing,  psychodiagnosis,  remediation,  special 
education,  curriculum,  organizational  development,  school  structure,  psy- 
chopathology,  human  development. 

Two  years  of  field  experience  as  a  school  psychology  trainee  under  the 
supervision  of  a  certified  school  psychologist  are  required. 

A  typical  program  is  as  follows: 

53.843-53.844     School  Psychology  Field  Work 

51.870  Developmental  Reading  and  Writing  or 

51.871  Reading  and  Language  Disabilities  I 

56.840     Psychology  of  Mental  Retardation  and  other  Handicapping 
Conditions 

19.822     and  19.823  Psychopathology  I  and  II 

53.835     Psychodiagnostic  Measures 

53.821      Psychoeducational  Prescriptions 

53.820     Seminar  in  School  Psychology 

Two  courses  in  Personality  and  Development 
*Elective(s) 

*The  number  and  selection  of  electives  will  depend  upon  the  student's 
master's  degree  program  content  and  state  certification  guidelines. 

Educational  Administration 

Beyond  the  master's  degree  level,  four  advanced  administrative  training 
programs  at  the  Certificate  of  Advanced  Graduate  Study  (CAGS)  level  are 
offered.  These  programs  are  in  the  fields  of  cooperative  education, 
educational  administration,  higher  education,  and  instructional  technology. 

Cooperative  Education 

A  program  of  study  at  the  master's  level  in  the  area  of  cooperative  educa- 
tion  is   located   in   the   Counselor   Education   Department.   The  program 


80 /FIELDS  OF  STUDY 

offered  here  is  an  advanced  one  aimed  at  the  preparation  of  administrators 
of  cooperative  education  programs  in  a  variety  of  settings:  the  public 
schools,  vocational-technical  schools,  and  junior  colleges,  as  well  as  at 
other  institutions  of  higher  learning. 

A  typical  program  is  as  follows: 
Required  Core 

52.830  Current  Issues  in  Educational  Administration 

52.831  Innovation  and  Change  in  Amercan  Public  Schools 

52.832  The  Process  of  Administration 
51.900     Cooperative  Education  in  America 

52.824     The  Adminstration  of  Cooperative  Education 

Electives 

A  minimum  of  seven  to  be  selected  in  consultation  with  the  student's  ad- 
viser. These  courses  will  be  drawn  from  the  appropriate  areas  of  ad- 
ministration, counselor  education,  or  other  related  offerings  depending 
upon  the  student's  career  goals  in  settings  such  as:  colleges,  junior 
colleges,  public  schools,  and  other  educational  agencies. 

Upon  completion  of  this  program,  a  comprehensive  examination  is  given 
to  each  student. 


Educational  Administration 

The  Certificate  of  Advanced  Graduate  Study  (CAGS)  program  in 
Educational  Administration  is  designed  to  provide  the  student  with  a  closer 
examination  of  a  particular  administrative  or  supervisory  position.  Extend- 
ing beyond  the  generic  master's  degree  program,  major  emphasis  is  given 
to  role  specialization  and  the  particular  skills  that  should  be  acquired  by 
prospective  and  practicing  school  administrators.  Completion  of  this 
program  should  develop  further  the  leadership  capabilities  essential  to  the 
student's  area  of  specialization  such  as:  the  principalship  of  a  large  school; 
the  assistant  superintendency;  the  superintendency  of  a  small  district  or 
supervisory  union;  directorship  of  federal,  system-wide  or  state  education 
department  programs. 

A  minimum  of  12  courses  beyond  the  master's  degree  is  required  for 
completion  of  the  program  as  well  as  satisfactory  completion  of  a  com- 
prehensive examination. 

Core  Courses  (required) 

52.830  Current  Issues  in  Educational  Administration 

52.831  Innovation  and  Change  in  American  Public  Schools 

52.832  The  Process  of  Administration 
Electives 

52.834  Educational  Finance 

52.835  School  Business  Management 

52.836  Personnel  Administration 

52.837  School-Community  Relations 

52.838  School  Plant  Planning,  Operation,  and  Maintenance 


FIELDS  OF  STUDY/ 81 

52.840     Problems  in  School  Administration:  A  Simulated  Experience 

—  The  Superintendency 

52.842  Problems  in  School  Administration:  A  Simulated  Experience 

—  Assistant  Superintendent  for  Instructional  Services 
52.899     Direct  Study 

52.843  Administrative  Internship 

52.844  School  Law 

52.865  Systems  Theory  in  Education 

52.866  Politics  and  Educational  Decision  Making 
Other  electives  approved  by  adviser 

Higher  Education 

This  program  of  study  is  directed  toward  the  training  of  college  ad- 
ministrators. Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  development  of  attitudes,  un- 
derstandings, and  skills  necessary  to  prepare  the  potential  administrator 
and  to  give  this  development  the  necessary  philosophic  base  on  which  the 
administrator  can  build  an  effective  career. 

A  typical  program  is  as  follows: 

Required  Core 

52.830  Current  Issues  in  Educational  Administration 

52.831  Innovation  and  Change  in  American  Public  Schools 

52.832  The  Process  of  Administration 
Electives 

A  minimum  of  nine  to  be  selected  in  consultation  with  the  student's  ad- 
viser. These  courses  will  be  drawn  from  appropriate  areas  of  administra- 
tion, counselor  education,  and  other  related  offerings  depending  upon 
the  particular  higher  education  specialization  of  the  student. 

Upon  completion  of  this  program,  a  comprehensive  examination  is 
given  to  each  student. 

Instructional  Technology 

The  Certificate  of  Advanced  Graduate  Study  (CAGS)  program  in  Instruc- 
tional Technology  is  designed  to  provide  the  student  with  advanced  ad- 
ministrative and  instructional  technology  skills.  Four  areas  of  contact  are  in- 
tegrated into  this  advanced  program.  A  broad  exposure  is  presented  in  the 
field  of  educational  administration  through  the  core  courses.  Instructional 
technology  electives  provide  the  student  with  advanced  techniques  of  using 
modern  technology  for  instructional  purposes.  By  means  of  educational  ad- 
ministration electives,  reasonable  depth  is  provided  in  such  areas  as 
finance,  physical  facilities,  and  community  relations.  And  finally,  by  means 
of  additional  electives  throughout  the  University,  further  contacts  and  ex- 
pertise may  be  attained. 

Upon  completion  of  this  advanced  program,  the  student  is  prepared  to 
assume  top  leadership  in  the  field  of  instructional  technology  in  central  of- 
fice positions  of  a  public  school  system  as  well  as  directorship  of  such 


82 /FIELDS  OF  STUDY 

specialized  programs  in  industry,  government,  institutions  of  higher  learn- 
ing, and  privately  operated  instructional  programs  in  urban  settings. 

A  typical  program  is  as  follows: 

Educational  Administration  Core  Courses  (3) 

52.830  Current  Issues  in  Educational  Administration 

52.831  Innovation  and  Change  in  American  Public  Schools 

52.832  The  Process  of  Administration 

Instructional  Technology  Electives  (minimum  of  4  as  approved  by  the  ad- 
viser) 

Educational  Administration  Electives  (minimum  of  4  as  approved  by  the 
adviser) 

Electives  (optional  number) 

Upon  completion  of  the  above  program,  a  comprehensive  examination  is 
given  to  each  student. 

Rehabilitation  and  Special  Education 

Rehabilita tion  A dministra tion 

The  CAGS  Program  in  Rehabilitation  Administration  is  offered  for 
students  who  already  possess  a  master's  degree  in  rehabilitation  ad- 
ministration or  its  equivalent.  It  is  intended  to  enable  a  student  to  develop 
advanced  skills  in  the  areas  of  program  planning,  decision  making,  com- 
munication and  research  design  in  administration.  In  addition,  the 
educational  experience  will  be  substantively  focused  in  areas  of  service  to 
fields  of  corrections,  alcohol  and  drug  addiction,  geriatrics,  and  social 
welfare. 

A  minimum  of  twelve  (12)  courses  beyond  the  master's  degree  is  re- 
quired for  completion  of  the  program.  In  addition  to  course  requirements 
and  demonstration  of  competencies  in  both  academic  and  practicum  areas, 
students  must  pass  a  written  and/or  oral  comprehensive  examination 
before  the  certificate  will  be  awarded. 

Departmental  Core  Courses  (Required) 
56.959     Rehabilitation  Research 

56.980  Psychological  Problems  of  Disability 

56.981  Administrative  Problems  in  Rehabilitation 
56.986     Critical  Issues  in  Rehabilitation  Administration 

Electives 

56.982  Essentials  of  Case  Management  and  Supervision 

56.983  Rehabilitation  of  the  Alcoholic  and  Drug  Dependent 

56.984  Rehabilitation  of  the  Penal  Offender 

56.985  Rehabilitation  of  the  Geriatric  Client 
52.832  The  Process  of  Administration 
52.836  Personnel  Administration 

52.843     Administrative  Internship 
52.899     Directed  Study 
56.832     Group  Dynamics 


FIELDS  OF  STUDY/ 83 

Special  Education  Administration 

An  interrelated  program  at  the  CAGS  level  is  designed  to  prepare  ad- 
ministrators of  Special  Education  programs  in  public  schools  and  in  local 
and  state  institutions  and  agencies. 

Students  entering  the  CAGS  program  in  Special  Education  Administra- 
tion must  have  a  master's  degree,  equivalent  to  that  offered  at  the  Universi- 
ty, in  one  or  more  areas  of  special  education  and  at  least  three  years  of 
classroom  experience.  Some  students  may  have  to  take  prerequisite 
courses  to  satisfy  deficiencies. 

Core  Requirements 

52.830  Current  Issues  in  Educational  Administration 

52.831  Innovation  and  Change  in  American  Public  Schools 

52.832  The  Process  of  Administration 
56.953     Organization  and  Administrative  Theory 

Department  Requirements 

56.952     Rehabilitation  and  Social  Services 

56.870     Administration  and  Supervision  of  Special  Education 

56.839     Severely  Handicapped 

56.956     Community  Planning  in  Rehabilitation 

52.843     Administrative  Internship 

Electives 

56.832  Group  Dynamics 

52.813  Instructional     Leadership:     Curriculum     Development    and 

Supervision 

56.959  Rehabilitation  Research 

52.865  Systems  Theory  in  Education 

52.835  School  Business  Management 

A  minimum  of  twelve  (12)  courses  beyond  the  master's  degree  is  re- 
quired for  completion  of  the  program. 

In  addition  to  course  requirements  and  demonstration  of  competencies 
in  both  academic  and  practicum  areas,  students  must  pass  a  written  and/or 
oral  comprehensive  examination  before  the  certificate  will  be  awarded. 

DOCTOR  OF  EDUCATION 

The  Doctor  of  Education  (Ed.D.)  degree  program  in  Leadership:  Ad- 
ministration and  Supervision  is  offered  jointly  by  various  departments 
within  the  College  of  Education  and  brings  together  a  functional  part  of 
each  into  a  single  entity.  The  area  of  study,  administration  and  supervision, 
is  appropriate  to  any  candidate  seeking  a  terminal  degree  in  the  related 
fields  of  school  administration,  rehabilitation  administration,  and  higher 
education  administration.  Each  degree  candidate  is  involved  in  an 
academic  experience  that  is  an  individually  developed  program  of  courses 


84 /FIELDS  OF  STUDY 

and  activities.  Such  study  will  contribute  to  an  integration  of  knowledge 
about  the  theoretical  and  pragmatic  learnings  pertaining  to  the  chosen  field 
of  endeavor. 

Specific  concentrations  may  be  found  in  elementary  and  secondary 
school  administration,  school  central  office  administration,  administration 
of  special  education,  and  pupil  personnel  administration.  In  addition  to  the 
wide  range  of  school  administrative  and  supervisory  specializations,  other 
program  concentrations  include  rehabilitation  administration,  administra- 
tion of  community,  junior  and  four-year  colleges,  administration  of  co- 
operative education,  student  personnel  administration,  and  general 
educational  administrative  planning  and  development. 

Although  each  student's  program  is  individually  developed,  some 
general  requirements  apply  to  all.  The  program  consists  of  approximately 
seventy-six  quarter  hours  of  study  beyond  the  master's  degree.  In  addition 
to  course  requirements,  each  student  is  expected  to  complete  three 
quarters  of  full-time  study  in  residence.  Two  of  these  quarters  must  be  con- 
secutive (one  of  which  may  be  in  the  Summer  Quarter),  the  third  may  occur 
at  any  time  in  the  program  or  may  be  fulfilled  through  a  fulltime  internship. 
In  each  student's  program,  the  major  field  of  study  must  be  complemented 
by  two  minor  areas  of  study  from  offerings  in  the  College  of  Education  and 
other  colleges  within  the  University.  Each  student  is  expected  to  complete  a 
doctoral  dissertation. 

The  Doctor  of  Education  degree  is  awarded  to  candidates  who  present 
evidence  of  proficiency,  high  attainment,  and  research,  competence  in  their 
area  of  specialization,  and  who  also  demonstrate  potential  for  professional 
educational  leadership. 

Following  is  the  general  type  of  program  format  that  will  be  developed  for 
each  student. 


PROGRAM  OF  STUDIES 

Leading  to  the  Doctor  of  Education  Degree  in  Leadership: 
Administration  and  Supervision 

Courses 

Required  Core  (required  of  all  students) 

52.850  Doctoral  Seminar  in  Leadership:  Administration  and  Supervi- 
sion I 

52.851  Doctoral  Seminar  in  Leadership:  Administration  and  Supervi- 
sion II 

52.852  Doctoral  Seminar  in  Leadership:  Administration  and  Supervi- 
sion III 

Program  Specialization  (minimum  of  32  quarter  hours) 
A  planned  sequence  of  courses  in  the  student's  specific  area  of  concen- 
tration, i.e., 


FIELDS  OF  STUDY/ 85 

School  Administration 
Rehabilitation  Administration 
Higher  Education  Administration 
Cooperative  Education  Administration 
Special  Education  Administration 
Pupil  Personnel  Administration 

Outside  Minor  Supporting  Area  (minimum  of  12  quarter  hours) 

A  planned  sequence  of  graduate  courses  from  departments  within  the 
University,  but  outside  the  College  of  Education. 
Inside  Minor  Supporting  Area  (minimum  of  12  quarter  hours). 

A  planned  sequence  of  graduate  courses  within  the  College  of  Educa- 
tion, but  outside  the  student's  main  area  of  concentration. 

Dissertation  and  Dissertation  Seminar  (required  of  all  students). 

In  addition  to  these  general  program  requirements,  each  student  will  be 
expected  to  complete  a  qualifying  examination,  provide  evidence  of  in- 
termediate statistical  proficiency,  pass  final  comprehensive  and  oral  ex- 
aminations. These  requirements  are  described  elsewhere  in  the  catalog. 


description  of  courses 


All  courses  carry  four  quarter  hours  of  credit  unless  indicated  otherwise. 
Please  see  the  current  schedule  for  Summer,  Fall,  Winter,  and  Spring 
Quarter  listings. 

FOUNDATIONS  OF  EDUCATION 

50.801  Educational  Anthropology 

Examination  of  schooling  as  a  particular  variety  of  socialization,  with  special  attention 
to  characteristics  of  societies  that  rely  heavily  on  formal  instruction,  contrasted  with 
less  deliberately  patterned  techniques  of  child-rearing.  Readings  will  be  mainly 
cross-cultural,  ethnographic,  and  historical.  The  emphasis  of  the  course  varies  from 
quarter  to  quarter,  and  will  be  announced  in  the  registration  materials  distributed  in 
advance  of  each  quarter,  (core  course) 

50.802  Sociology  of  Education 

The  functioning  of  educational  institutions  in  their  social  and  cultural  milieu  will  be 
examined  from  anthropological  and  sociological  perspectives.  The  school  as  a  social 
system;  influence  of  the  stratification  system,  youth  cultures,  and  racial  antagonisms 
upon  the  educational  enterprise,  (core  course) 

50.803  Child  Psychology 

A  review  of  the  principles  of  child  development  from  birth  to  pre-adolescence.  Par- 
ticular emphasis  will  be  placed  on  intellectual,  social,  and  emotional  development. 
The  theoretical  formulations  of  psychoanalysis,  social  learning  theory,  and  Piaget  will 
be  discussed  in  the  context  of  relevant  research  in  these  areas,  as  well  as  their 
educational  implications,  (core  course) 

50.804  Adolescent  Psychology 

Social,  emotional,  and  intellectual  development  through  the  adolescent  years. 
Problems  in  family  relationships  and  in  the  adolescent's  social  environment  as  well 
as  his  adjustment  in  school.  Case  history  material,  (core  course) 

50.805  Personality  and  Social  Structure 

Human  behavior  from  a  combined  psychodynamic  and  sociological  point  of  view, 
with  special  emphasis  on  socialization  and  the  relations  between  the  individual  and 
the  collectivity.  The  integration  of  relevant  theories  from  psychology,  sociology,  and 
anthropology.  Suggested  Prep,  a  course  in  sociology,  cultural  anthropology,  or  social 
psychology,  (core  course) 

50.806  Psychology  of  Learning 

The  basic  principles  and  conditions  of  acquisition,  retention,  and  transfer  of  learning. 
Suggested  Prep,  a  course  in  psychology,  (core  course) 

50.807  Abnormal  Psychology 

How  personality  becomes  disordered.  Problems  of  neurosis,  character  disorders, 

86 


COURSES / 87 


psychosomatic  disorders,  and  psychoses.  Current  methods  of  clinical  diagnosis  and 
treatment  will  be  reviewed.  (With  the  approval  of  the  adviser,  may  serve  as  a  core 
course  for  students  majoring  in  Counselor  Education,  Rehabilitation  Administration, 
Special  Education,  Speech  Pathology  and  Audiology.) 

50.808  Seminar  in  Child  Development 

A  seminar  course  with  emphasis  on  discussion  of  child  development  theories  with 
special  reference  to  personality  and  cognitive  development.  Critical  evaluation  of 
research  related  to  child  development  theories  with  particular  emphasis  on  recent 
trends,  new  approaches,  and  relevance  to  educational  theories  and  practices.  Prep, 
a  course  in  child  psychology  or  human  development,  (core  course) 

50.809  Seminar  in  Adolescent  Development 

A  seminar  course  with  emphasis  on  discussion  of  major  problem  areas  facing  the 
adolescent  in  our  society  today.  Particular  emphasis  will  be  given  to  social  and 
emotional  development.  Included  will  be  a  survey  of  research  in  such  areas  as  psy- 
choanalysis, social  learning,  morality,  and  delinquency.  Prep,  a  course  in  adolescent 
psychology  or  human  development,  (core  course) 

50.810  Psychology  of  Personality 

An  examination  of  theoretical  approaches  to  the  study  of  personality,  with  emphasis 
upon  theories  dealing  with  dynamic  factors  in  personality  development.  The  role  of 
social  and  cultural  factors,  as  well  as  implications  as  various  theories  for  the 
therapeutic  processes,  will  be  considered.  Suggested  Prep,  a  course  in  psychology. 
(core  course) 

50.81 1  Psychology  of  Thinking 

A  consideration  of  the  processes  involved  in  cognitive  organization  and  functioning. 
Topics  will  include:  language,  concept  formation,  and  problem  solving.  Suggested 
Prep,  a  course  in  psychology,  (core  course) 

50.81 2  History  of  Education 

An  opportunity  to  explore  some  of  the  historical  roots  of  contemporary  educational 
theory  and  practice,  with  a  focus  on  selected  aspects  of  educational  history  from  an- 
tiquity to  the  present.  Also,  an  opportunity  to  utilize  knowledge  gained  for  the 
development  of  a  personal  educational  position,  (core  course) 

50.814  Nature  and  Theory  of  Psychological  and  Educational  Measurement 

An  examination  of  the  logic  of  measurement  and  the  nature  of  human  capacities,  ap- 
titudes, and  abilities.  Characteristics  of  tests,  ratings,  questionnaires,  and  similar  in- 
struments are  reviewed  with  emphasis  on  their  reliability,  validity,  and  useability.  Item 
analysis  procedures  and  test  standardization  are  covered. 

50.815  Research  Design  in  Education 

An  introduction  to  scientific  methods  of  research  in  education  and  related  fields. 
Stress  will  be  placed  on  critical  reading  and  understanding  of  research  literature,  for- 
mulating research  hypotheses,  constructing  a  research  proposal,  and  carrying  out  an 
individual  or  group  project.  This  course  must  be  included  among  the  first  six  courses 
taken  by  each  student,  (core  course) 

A  course  in  statistics,  or  competence  in  this  field,  as  demonstrated  by  successful 
completion  of  a  statistics  proficiency  exam,  is  required  prior  to  taking  this  offering.  A 


88 /COURSES 


no-credit,  no-charge  programmed  course  in  statistics  has  been  arranged  for  this 
purpose  and  is  available  through  the  University's  Learning  Center,  406  Dodge.  The 
regular  tuition  course,  50.841,  is  also  available.  Students  choosing  the  proficiency 
exam  route  may  also  use  the  services  of  a  special  teaching  assistant  who  has  been 
appointed  to  advise  and  assist  them.  The  office  hours  and  location  of  the  teaching 
assistant  will  vary  from  quarter  to  quarter  and  may  be  obtained  from  the  Foundations 
Department  Secretary  in  306  Cushing. 

50.817  Advanced  Research  Design  in  Education 

Each  student  will  identify  a  research  problem,  review  the  relevant  research  literature, 
design  an  appropriate  methodology,  and  prepare  a  written  research  proposal.  Prep. 
50.815  Research  Design  in  Education 

50.818  Comperatlve  Education 

Introduction  to  education  in  other  nations,  and  exploration  of  its  relationships  with 
the  political,  economic,  social,  and  cultural  milieu.  Selected  countries  in  Western  and 
Eastern  Europe,  South  America,  and  Africa  will  be  considered,  (core  course) 

50.819  Theories  of  Developmental  Psychology 

The  major  developmental  theories  and  related  research  of  Havighurst,  Erickson, 
Piaget,  and  others.  Prep,  permission  of  instructor. 

50.820  Seminar  In  Contemporary  Issues  In  American  Education 

Discussion  of  selected  issues  in  contemporary  American  education  such  as  school 
desegregation,  compensatory  education,  learning  problems  of  the  disadvantaged, 
professionalization  of  teachers,  etc.  Review  of  relevant  research  and  opinions.  The 
topic  or  topics  of  the  seminar  for  a  particular  quarter  will  be  announced  in  the 
registration  materials  distributed  in  advance  of  that  quarter,  (core  course) 

50.821  Sex  Roles  in  Education 

This  course  identifies  and  examines  some  of  the  major  issues  related  to  sex  roles  in 
both  the  formal  and  informal  educational  systems  of  our  society.  Topics  that  will 
come  under  special  scrutiny  include:  development  of  sex  role  patterns  in  the  home 
and  preschool  and  through  children's  books,  games,  and  television  programs;  life  for 
boys  and  girls  in  the  elementary  and  high  school  classroom;  sex  bias  in  counseling 
and  in  vocational  guidance  and  training;  changes  in  traditional  family  roles  and  oc- 
cupation hierarchies;  assets  and  liabilities  of  coeducational  and  single  sex  education. 
The  course  will  also  allow  students,  in  small  groups,  to  explore  their  own  sex  role  at- 
titudes and  the  strategies  they  use  to  socialize  young  people. 

50.822  Topics  in  the  Philosophy  of  Education 

A  study  of  the  basic  assumptions  underlying  statements  of  educational  content, 
process,  and  aims.  Materials  to  be  subjected  to  philosophical  analysis  are  selected 
from  educational  and  philosophic  writings  according  to  themes  (e.g.,  authority  and 
freedom,  "growth"  as  an  educational  objective,  the  nature  of  educational  rela- 
tionships). The  themes  dealt  with  vary  from  quarter  to  quarter,  depending  on  the  con- 
cerns and  interests  of  students  and  instructor.  Brief  lectures,  mostly  discussion,  (core 
course) 

50.841     Introduction  to  Educational  Statistics 

Basic  descriptive  statistics  for  measurement  and  research.  Topics  include  use  of 


COURSES/ 89 

statistical  notation,  measures  of  central  tendency  and  variability,  probability  and 
sampling  techniques,  theoretical  distribututions,  linear  regression  and  correlation, 
and  an  introduction  to  statistical  inference.  (This  course,  or  completion  of  a  statistics 
proficiency  examination,  is  required  for  admission  to  50.815  Research  Design  in 
Education.) 

50.842     Intermediate  Educational  Statistics 

Statistical  inference  of  normal  populations  and  discrete  data;  estimation;  testing  of 
hypotheses;  multiple  correlation;  analysis  of  variance  and  covariance;  contingency; 
the  chi-square  test  and  other  non-parametric  tests.  Emphasis  is  given  to  application 
in  educational  research.  Prep,  completion  of  an  introductory  course  in  statistics  or 
completion  of  a  proficiency  examination  in  statistics  or  permission  of  instructor. 

50.845-846  Independent  Research  Seminars  I  and  II  (4  quarter  hours  each) 
Focus  is  on  the  design,  conduct,  analysis,  and  reporting  of  data  from  an  individual 
research  project.  This  project  may  be  original  or  secondary,  applied,  theoretical,  or 
action  research  and  must  be  substantially  larger  in  scope  than  that  accommodated 
by  Directed  Study.  Evaluation  will  be  based  on  oral  and  written  interim  reports  in 
Seminar  I  and  oral  and  written  final  reports  in  Seminar  II.  This  course  will  serve  as  an 
option  to  the  thesis  requirement  only  for  students  enrolled  in  the  master's  degree 
program  in  Educational  Research. 

50.847     Introduction  to  Computer  Programming:  FORTRAN  IV 

A  laboratory  course  designed  to  develop  facility  in  the  use  of  a  wide  range  of  data 
processing  equipment  in  educational  research.  Students  will  be  introduced  to  the 
basic  principles  of  computer  programming,  but  emphasis  will  be  placed  on  the 
applicability  and  use  of  existing  statistical  programs. 

50.850     Communications  Theory 

An  introduction  to  communications  theory,  covering  models  of  the  communication 
process,  attitude  changes,  information,  innovation,  dissemination  and  flow,  com- 
munication modalities,  and  language  processing,  (core  course) 

50.891  Thesis 

A  research  activity  that  may  be  elected  by  the  student  in  lieu  of  two  courses  (8 
quarter  hours),  with  the  approval  and  recommendation  of  the  adviser. 

50.892  Dissertation  Seminar 

This  seminar  is  open  only  to  doctoral  candidates  who  are  ready  to  begin  work  on 
their  dissertations.  Although  the  dissertation  proposal  is  formulated  independently  of 
the  seminar,  with  the  doctoral  adviser  and  committee,  this  seminar  will  aid  in 
proposal  development  and  provide  information  on  methodology,  style,  and 
mechanics  of  dissertation  writing.  Prep,  course  in  research  methods  in  education 
(50.815  or  equiv.)  or  permission  of  the  instructor. 

50.895     Institute  in  Foundations  of  Education 

(See  general  institute  description  on  page  122.) 

50.898     Workshop  in  Foundations  of  Education 

(See  general  workshop  description  on  page  123.) 


90 / COURSES 

50.899     Directed  Study 

This  experience  is  provided  for  the  student  whose  unique  academic  needs  or  in- 
terests cannot  be  adequately  satisfied  in  any  of  the  scheduled  courses  of  the  Depart- 
ment. Prep,  approval  of  the  Chairperson  of  the  Department  and  of  the  Director  of  the 
Graduate  School  of  Education.  (Approval  forms  must  be  submitted  during  the 
quarter  prior  to  registration  for  the  Directed  Study.) 

CURRICULUM  AND  INSTRUCTION 

51 .800  Principles  of  Teaching 

A  consideration  of  the  rational  bases  for  effective  teaching.  Efforts  are  made  to  relate 
learning  theory  and  educational  objectives  to  various  strategies  and  tactics  ot 
teaching.  The  functions  of  the  teacher  are  examined  as  components  of  learner 
development.  Prep,  must  be  taken  concurrently  with  51.863  Methods  and  Materials 
for  Teaching  Children  I  or  51.865  Methods  and  Materials  for  Teaching  Adolescents 
and  Adults  I.  Offered  Fall  Quarter  only.  (Open  only  to  students  in  the  Nondegree  Cer- 
tification Program.) 

51.801  Curricula  of  American  Schools 

Methods  of  organizing  material  to  be  learned  at  the  state,  district,  school,  and 
classroom  level  to  meet  the  needs  and  to  match  the  abilities  of  the  students.  Atten- 
tion will  be  given  to  innovative  practices  which  are  found  both  within  and  outside  of 
the  public  school  system.  Prep.  51.800  Principles  of  Teaching;  must  be  taken  con- 
currently with  51.864  Methods  and  Materials  for  Teaching  Children  II  or  51.866 
Methods  and  Materials  for  Teaching  Adolescents  and  Adults  II.  Offered  Winter 
Quarter  only.  (Open  only  to  students  in  the  Nondegree  Certification  Program.) 

51.802  Procedures  of  Evaluation 

Consideration  is  given  to  evaluation  as  a  process  for  the  improvement  of  learning 
and  instruction.  The  course  concerns  itself  with  such  topics  as  how  to  measure  and 
evaluate  affective,  psycho-motor,  and  cognitive  dimensions  of  student  growth;  test 
construction;  collecting  and  administering  standardized  tests;  various  bases^  of 
grading;  and  methods  of  reporting  student  progress. 

51.805     Student  Teaching  with  Related  Seminar  (8  quarter  hours) 

A  University-arranged  practicum  of  observation  and  teaching  in  schools  offering 
comprehensive  programs  within  reasonable  commuting  distance  of  the  University. 
Participating  on  a  full-time  basis,  the  student  is  expected  to  develop  planning  and 
communication  abilities  within  his  major  field.  Biweekly  seminars  at  the  University 
provide  additional  opportunity  to  analyze  theory-practice  relationships  and  to  ex- 
amine generic  problems  of  teaching.  Prep,  course  in  child  or  adolescent  psychology; 
51.800  Principles  of  Teaching;  51.801  Curricula  of  American  Schools;  51.863-864 
Methods  and  Materials  for  Teaching  Children  I  &  II  or  51.865-866  Methods  and 
Materials  for  Teaching  Adolescents  and  Adults  I  &  II.  Generally  completed  during  the 
Spring  Quarter.  (Open  only  to  students  in  the  Nondegree  Certification  Program.) 

51.810  Modern  Topics  in  Elementary  School  Mathematics 

An  introduction  to  the  modern  elementary  school  mathematics  curriculum  for 
teachers  and  students  preparing  to  teach,  who  are  not  acquainted  with  these  topics. 

51 .81 1  Mathematics  of  the  Primary  Grades 

The  concepts  of  arithmetic  and  geometry  found  in  modern  mathematics  courses  for 
grades  K-3.  Prep,  teaching  experience. 


COURSES  /91 

51.812  Mathematics  of  the  Middle  Grades 

The  concepts  of  arithmetic  and  algebra  found  in  modern  mathematics  courses  for 
grades  4-6.  Prep,  teaching  experience. 

51.813  Informal  Geometry  for  Teachers 

The  concepts  of  geometry  found  in  the  modern  mathematics  curriculum  of  grades  4- 
8.  Prep,  teaching  experience. 

51.824  The  Teaching  of  Geometry  in  the  High  School 

A  study  of  students,  teaching  methods,  and  courses  in  geometry,  with  re-examination 
of  selected  background  topics,  including  two-value  logic,  methods  of  proof, 
postulational  systems,  and  analytical  methods. 

51.825  Seminar  in  Mathematics  Education 

Each  student  is  expected  to  analyze  a  mathematics  learning  problem,  to  investigate 
relevant  research,  and  to  prepare  materials  embodying  his  own  proposed  solution. 
Prep,  permission  of  instructor. 

51.830  Concepts  of  Earth  Science  for  Elementary  Teachers 

Selected  topics  in  the  earth  sciences  considered  from  a  philosophical  and/or 
historical  point  of  view,  to  illustrate  and  emphasize  man's  interrelationship  with  his 
ecological  environment;  with  laboratory  work.  (51.830,  51.831,  and  51.832  are  not 
sequential,  and  may  be  taken  in  any  order.) 

51 .831  Concepts  of  Biology  for  Elementary  Teachers 

Selected  topics  in  the  biological  sciences  considered  from  a  philosophical  and/or 
historical  point  of  view;  a  realistic  consideration  of  man's  place  in  his  biological  world; 
with  laboratory  work.  (51.830,  51.831,  and  51.832  are  not  sequential,  and  may  be 
taken  in  any  order.) 

51.832  Concepts  of  Physical  Sciences  for  Elementary  Teachers 

Selected  topics  in  the  physical  sciences  considered  from  a  philosophical  and/or 
historical  point  of  view;  the  appraising  of  claims  and  counter-claims  relative  to  the 
pollution  of  man's  physical  environment;  with  laboratory  work.  (51.830,  51.831,  and 
51 .832  are  not  sequential,  and  may  be  taken  in  any  order.) 

51.837  Curriculum  Problems  in  Science  and  Mathematics  Education 

The  process  of  identifying  problems  and  evaluating  proposed  solutions,  taking  into 
consideration  the  needs  of  the  student  population,  the  dichotomy  of  theory  and 
applications  in  course  design,  and  the  role  of  common  processes  and  conceptual 
schemes  in  integrating  seemingly  disparate  courses.  Traditional  and  modern 
programs  will  be  investigated  in  terms  of  the  problems  they  were  designed  to  solve, 
their  success  or  failure  in  this  mission,  and  the  relevance  of  such  programs  to  pre- 
sent problems.  Prep,  teaching  experience  or  certification. 

51.838  Seminar  in  Science  and  Mathematics  Teaching 

The  analysis  and  evaluation  of  a  number  of  types  of  teaching  strategies  and  learning 
materials,  including  laboratory  materials  and  techniques,  printed  matter  of  all  types, 
games,  kits,  multimedia  materials,  and  interactive  computer  programs.  Each  student 
will  be  expected  to  undertake  an  extensive  project  applying  his  knowledge  of 
strategies  and  materials  to  the  achieving  of  previously  identified  objectives  and  ap- 


92 /COURSES 


propriate  to  a  given  class,  group,  or  individual  student.  Prep,  teaching  experience  or 
certification. 

51.839     Implementing  Change  In  Science  and  Mathematics  Education 

The  planning,  organization,  and  execution  of  in-service  experiences  for  teachers, 
related  to  all  phases  of  science  and  mathematics  education  from  subject-matter 
courses  to  curriculum  planning  to  materials  workshops.  Prep,  teaching  experience  or 
certification. 

Recommended:  51.837  Curriculum  Problems  in  Science  and  Mathematics  Educa- 
tion, 51.838  Seminar  in  Science  and  Mathematics  Teaching,  and  51.881  The 
Dynamics  of  Curriculum  Development. 

51.842  The  English-Language  Arts  Curriculum 

The  design  and  function  of  the  English-language  arts  curriculum;  selected  current 
issues  as  they  impinge  upon  the  English-language  arts  curriculum;  the  design  and 
function  of  research  in  the  English-language  arts  curriculum.  Open  to  certified  or  ex- 
perienced teachers;  required  of  all  candidates  for  the  Master  of  Education  in 
Curriculum  and  Instruction:  English,  and  the  Master  of  Education  in  Curriculum  and 
Instruction:  Language  Arts.  Prep,  permission  of  instructor. 

51.843  Literature  in  the  English-Language  Arts  Curriculum 

The  historical-social,  psychological,  personal,  archetypal,  textual,  biographical,  and 
philosophical-moral  aspects  of  literary  study  and  their  relation  to  the  chronological, 
thematic,  and  generic  demands  of  the  literature  program;  the  sources  of  interest  in 
literature  as  they  relate  to  the  young  reader  and  their  implications  for  the  English- 
language  arts  curriculum;  the  inter-relatedness  of  literature  and  the  other  com- 
ponents of  the  English-language  arts  curriculum.  Each  student  will  identify  and  in- 
vestigate an  area  of  individual  interest.  Prep.  51.842,  The  English-Language  Arts 
Curriculum  or  permission  of  instructor. 

51.844  Writing  in  the  English-Language  Arts  Curriculum 

The  cognitive  and  affective  bases  of  imaginative  and  non-imaginative  writing;  the  role 
of  writing  in  the  relationship  between  self  and  object;  modes  of  imaginative  and  non- 
imaginative  writing  appropriate  to  the  young  writer;~the  impulse  to  expression  in  the 
young  writer  and  its  implications  for  the  English-language  arts  curriculum;  the  inter- 
relatedness  of  writing  and  the  other  components  of  the  English-language  arts 
curriculum.  Each  student  will  identify  and  investigate  an  area  of  individual  interest. 
Prep.  51.842,  The  English-Language  Arts  Curriculum  or  permission  of  instructor. 

51.846  English  as  a  Second  Language  I 

First  course  in  teaching  ESL,  introducing  the  basic  linguistic,  cultural,  and  psy- 
chological concepts.  Analysis  of  current  approaches  to  teaching  ESL  locally  and  in- 
ternationally from  the  standpoint  of  diagnosis,  grouping,  use  of  particular  methods, 
and  materials.  Observations  of  local  ongoing  ESL  programs  will  be  included.  Prep. 
51.871  Reading  and  Language  Disabilities  I  or  permission  of  instructor. 

51.847  English  as  a  Second  Language  II 

Second  course  in  the  ESL  sequence  which  emphasizes  innovative  means  in  teaching 
ESL.  Specific  projects  according  to  student  need  and  interest  will  be  developed; 
supervised  clinical  work.  Prep.  51.846  English  as  a  Second  Language  I. 


COURSES/ 93 

51.848  Language  in  the  English-Language  Arts  Curriculum 

An  examination  of  the  multiple  dimensions  of  language  study  in  the  English-language 
arts  curriculum;  the  role  of  inquiry  in  the  study  of  language  and  its  implications  for 
the  English-language  arts  curriculum;  theories  of  grammar  and  their  relation  to  the 
study  of  language  in  the  English-language  arts  curriculum;  the  inter-relatedness  of 
language  and  the  other  components  of  the  English-language  arts  curriculum.  Each 
student  will  identify  and  investigate  an  area  of  individual  interest.  Prep.  51.842,  The 
English-Language  Arts  Curriculum  or  permission  of  instructor. 

51.849  Topics  in  English-Language  Arts  Education 

An  investigation  of  a  matter  of  immediate  concern  to  English-language  arts  educa- 
tion, but  for  which  no  organized  study  is  ordinarily  available.  Typical  topics  are: 
media  in  the  English-language  arts  program;  behavioral  objectives  in  the  English- 
language  arts  program;  the  English-language  arts  program  for  the  disadvantaged. 
Each  year  the  seminar  topic  for  that  year  is  announced  prior  to  registration. 

51.851     Seminar  in  Current  Issues  In  the  Social  Studies 

A  content  approach  to  problems  of  political,  economic,  and  social  significance  which 
have  contemporary  relevance  for  teachers  of  the  social  sciences. 

51.853  History  and  the  Social  Studies  in  the  School  Curriculum 

Permits  the  student  to  explore  some  of  the  fundamental  concepts  of  anthropology, 
sociology,  economics,  political  science,  and  history.  Emphasis  will  be  given  to  the  in- 
terrelatedness  of  disciplines  and  to  the  extraction  of  operating  principles  from  those 
that  aid  in  the  analyses  of  social  problems.  As  a  consequence  of  such  analysis,  the 
student  should  be  equipped  to  find  a  greater  variety  of  conceptual  relationships 
within  the  historical  social  science  field.  From  there  a  framework  for  evolving  courses 
of  study  can  be  generated.  Prep,  teaching  experience  or  certification. 

51.854  Social  Science  Materials  Seminar 

A  curriculum  course  wherein  the  knowledge  previously  acquired  will  be  used  to  es- 
tablish criteria  for  the  selection  and  development  of  curriculum  materials.  All 
materials  of  instruction  will  be  viewed  as  means  of  implementation  of  objectives 
relating  to  specific  social  science  concepts  and  skills.  An  effort  will  be  made  to  per- 
sonalize and  concretize  abstract  phenomena  and  to  demonstrate  their  impact  on  the 
quality  of  human  lives.  Students  will  examine  and  analyze  prepared  curricula  and  will 
be  asked  to  develop  original  materials  that  include  provision  for  the  integration  of  a 
variety  of  thinking,  reading,  and  social  skills.  Prep,  teaching  experience  or  certifica- 
tion. 

51.861     Principles  of  Programmed  Instruction 

The  development  and  current  status  of  self-instructional  devices.  A  survey  of 
available  programs  and  teaching  machines,  with  emphasis  on  the  details  of  the  con- 
struction and  evaluation  of  programs. 

51.863     Methods  and  Materials  for  Teaching  Children  I 

Teaching  methods  and  learning  materials  used  in  teaching  children  in  a  number  of 
educational  settings.  This  course  will  help  students  establish  objectives,  plan  and  ex- 
ecute appropriate  learning  experiences,  and  evaluate  outcomes.  Prep,  must  be  taken 
concurrently  with  51.800  Principles  of  Teaching.  Offered  Fall  Quarter  only.  (Open 
only  to  students  in  the  Nondegree  Certification  Program.) 


94  /  COURSES 

51.864  Methods  and  Materials  for  Teaching  Children  II 

A  continuation  of  51.863.  Prep.  51.863  Methods  and  Materials  for  Teaching  Children 
I;  must  be  taken  concurrently  with  51.801  Curricula  of  American  Schools.  Offered 
Winter  Quarter  only.  (Open  only  to  students  in  the  Nondegree  Certification  Program.) 

51.865  Methods  and  Materials  for  Teaching  Adolescents  and  Adults  I 

Teaching  methods  and  learning  materials  used  in  teaching  adolescents  and  adults  in 
a  number  of  educational  settings  and  for  a  number  of  purposes.  The  course  will  help 
students  identify  objectives,  plan  and  execute  appropriate  learning  experiences,  and 
evaluate  outcomes.  Prep,  must  be  taken  concurrently  with  51.800  Principles  of 
Teaching.  Offered  Fall  Quarter  only.  (Open  only  to  students  in  the  Nondegree  Cer- 
tification Program.) 

51.866  Methods  and  Materials  for  Teaching  Adolescents  and  Adults  II 

A  continuation  of  51.865.  Prep.  51.865  Methods  and  Materials  for  Teaching 
Adolescents  and  Adults  I;  must  be  taken  concurrently  with  51.801  Curricula  of 
American  Schools.  Offered  Winter  Quarter  only.  (Open  only  to  students  in  the 
Nondegree  Certification  Program.) 

51.870  Developmental  Reading  and  Writing 

Reading  and  writing  as  the  receiving  and  generating  of  language;  current 
developmental  reading,  writing,  and  related  language  skills;  selected  research  find- 
ings bearing  on  relevant  topics.  Required  of  candidates  for  Master  of  Education  in 
Curriculum  and  Instruction:  Reading  Certification;  Curriculum  and  Instruction: 
English;  Curriculum  and  Instruction:  Language  Arts.  Prep,  permission  of  instructor. 

51.871  Reading  and  Language  Disabilities  I 

Reading  and  language  disabilities;  causes  and  correlates  of  disability;  language 
differences;  aspects  of  measurement;  diagnostic  and  corrective  procedures  in 
reading,  writing,  and  related  language  skills;  selected  research  findings  bearing  on 
relevant  topics.  Required  of  candidates  for  Master  of  Education  in  Curriculum  and 
Instruction:  Reading  Certification;  Curriculum  and  Instruction:  English;  Curriculum 
and  Instruction:  Language  Arts.  Prep.  51.870  Developmental  Reading  and  Writing. 

51.872  Literature  and  Materials  Seminar 

Literature  for  children,  adolescents  and  adults;  the  sources  of  interest  in  literature  as 
they  relate  to  the  reader;  the  interrelatedness  of  literature  and  the  other  components 
of  the  language  arts  program;  investigation  of  materials  available.  Students  will 
develop  projects  related  to  their  needs  and  interests.  Required  of  candidates  for 
Master  of  Education  in  Curriculum  and  Instruction:  Reading  Certification;  Curriculum 
and  Instruction:  English;  Curriculum  and  Instruction:  Language  Arts. 

51.873  Reading  Clinic  I 

Practicum  in  clinical  experience.  Children  and  adults  with  severe  reading  disabilities 
will  be  tutored  in  the  Reading  Clinic  twice  a  week  for  11/4  hours  each  session,  under 
close  staff  supervision.  A  one-hour  seminar  will  follow  each  tutoring  session  for  pur- 
poses of  discussion  and  case  presentation.  A  diagnosis,  lesson  plans,  daily  logs, 
complete  case  history,  and  a  final  progress  evaluation  will  be  required  of  each  stu- 
dent. May  be  taken  concurrently  with  51.871.  Prep.  51.870  Developmental  Reading 
and  Writing. 


COURSES/ 95 

51.874  Reading  and  Language  Disabilities  II 

Second  course  in  Reading  and  Language  Disabilities,  including  an  examination  of 
selected  models  of  language  processes;  cognitive  and  affective  dimensions; 
problems  in  language  pathology;  and  other  learning  disabilities  including  academic, 
perceptual-motor,  and  neurological  areas.  Prep.  51.871  Reading  and  Language 
Disabilities  I  and  51.873  Reading  Clinic  I. 

51.875  Reading  Clinic  II 

A  continuation  of  the  Practicum.  Requirements  and  format  will  be  the  same  as  Clinic 
I.  May  be  taken  concurrently  with  51.874.  Prep.  51.871  Reading  and  Language 
Disabilities  I  and  51.873  Reading  Clinic  I. 

51.876  Teaching  Reading  in  Junior  and  Senior  High  School 

Developmental  or  corrective  reading  programs  at  the  secondary  level.  Development 
of  reading  rate,  comprehension,  interpretation,  and  study  skills  in  the  content  areas. 

51.877  Language  and  Reading 

The  following  topics  will  be  examined  as  applied  to  the  reading  process  and  the 
teaching  of  reading:  characteristics  and  systems  of  natural  languages;  development 
of  the  English  language;  language  acquisition  and  dialectology.  Selected  models  of 
language  processes  will  be  examined  in  light  of  recent  linguistic  theory.  Prep.  51.871 
Reading  and  Language  Disabilities  I. 

51.880  Evolution  and  Revolution  In  the  School  Curriculum 

Examination  of  the  curriculum  of  the  American  school  as  an  expression  of  conflict 
between  subject-centered  and  student-centered  curricula,  traditionalists  and 
revisionists,  behaviorism  and  psycho-dynamism,  and  the  interplay  of  forces 
generated  by  students,  teachers,  administrators,  and  other  interested  groups.  Pre- 
sent school  curricula  will  be  analyzed  as  the  outcomes  of  such  conflicts  and  trends 
for  the  future  development  of  school  curricula  will  be  hypothesized.  Prep,  experience 
or  certification. 

51.881  The  Dynamics  of  Curriculum  Design 

Identification  and  analysis  of  problems  in  curriculum  and  instruction  in  light  of  the 
forces  affecting  the  curriculum  within  the  student's  area  of  specialization;  design  and 
implementation  of  solutions  to  such  problems;  evaluation  and  field-testing  where 
feasible,  of  these  solutions.  Prep.  51.880  Evolution  and  Revolution  in  the  School 
Curriculum. 

51.882  Seminar:  Ethnicity  and  Today's  School  Curriculum 

Students  will  briefly  review  aspects  of  the  history  and  culture  of  some  ethnic  groups 
to  explore  the  unique  manner  in  which  certain  universal  needs  are  manifested. 
Prepared  curricular  materials,  as  well  as  authentic  literary,  visual,  and  artifact 
materials,  will  be  analyzed,  evaluated,  and  related  to  developed  criteria,  goals,  and 
potential  curricular  impact  in  projecting  the  aforementioned  cross-cultural  needs  or 
themes.  Students  will  be  asked  to  select,  organize,  and  as  necessary,  develop  in- 
dependent materials  and  strategies,  appropriate  for  classroom  use.  Efforts  will  be 
made  to  categorize  developed  units  of  work  on  various  ethnic  groups  which  appear 
to  have  significant  parallel  dimensions  according  to  predetermined  categories. 


96 /COURSES 

51.891     Thesis 

A  research  activity  that  may  be  elected  by  the  student  in  lieu  of  two  courses 
(8  quarter  hours),  with  the  approval  and  recommendation  of  the  adviser. 

51.894  Workshop  in  Supervision  of  Instruction  (6  quarter  hours) 
A  workshop  for  teachers  and  other  specialists  in  English,  mathematics,  science, 
social  studies,  and  reading  in  schools  and  other  educational  institutions,  which 
emphasizes  the  nature  of  the  supervisory  role  and  appropriate  tasks  for  professional 
people  overseeing  the  work  of  other  professional  people,  at  all  levels  of  education. 
The  workshop  will  focus  upon  the  critical  role  of  the  relationship  between  supervisory 
functions  and  the  quality  of  the  performance  and  the  needs  for  improvement  of  the 
individual  being  supervised.  The  supervising  professional  will  be  seen  as  a  skilled, 
experienced,  and  sensitive  person  who  can  oversee  the  work  of  others  as  well  as  un- 
derstand a  great  deal  about  the  curriculum  and  the  specific  content,  skills,  and  un- 
derstandings it  embraces,  and  how  to  communicate  these  to  students.  Will  include  a 
weekly  seminar  dealing  with  matters  of  a  generic  nature  concerning  the  nature  of 
supervision  at  all  levels  and  within  the  total  curriculum  of  schools  or  other 
educational  programs  and  small  group  seminars.  Participants  may  consider  the 
problems  related  to  more  specific  content  areas  and  levels,  and  supervised  field 
work. 

51.895  Institute  in  Elementary  Education 

(See  general  Institute  description  on  page  122.) 

51.896  Institute  in  Secondary  Education 

(See  general  institute  description  on  page  122.) 

51.897  Workshop  in  Elementary  Education 

(See  general  workshop  description  on  page  123.) 

51.898  Workshop  in  Secondary  Education 

(See  general  workshop  description  on  page  123.) 

51.899  Directed  Study 

This  experience  is  provided  for  the  student  whose  unique  academic  needs  or  in- 
terests cannot  be  adequately  satisfied  in  any  of  the  scheduled  courses  of  the  Depart- 
ment. Prep,  approval  of  the  Chairperson  of  the  Department  and  of  the  Director  of  the 
Graduate  School  of  Education.  (Approval  forms  must  be  submitted  during  the 
quarter  prior  to  registration  for  the  Directed  Study.) 

51.900  Cooperative  Education  in  America 

An  examination  of  cooperative  education  as  a  complex  tool  for  achieving  goals  of 
education.  Attention  will  be  directed  to  its  psychological  implications  for  the  in- 
dividual, its  social  implications  for  the  nation,  and  its  place  in  educational  thought. 
American  higher  education  will  be  the  principal  focus  of  these  considerations. 

51.920     Methods  and  Materials  In  Adult  Literacy  Education 

This  introductory  course  includes  a  review  of  current  ABE  programs  around  the 
country  with  particular  emphasis  on  the  programs  in  Boston,  e.g.,  OIC  (Opportunities 
Industrialization  Center),  New  Urban  League,  WIN  (Work  Incentive  Program),  and 
public  school  programs  for  adults.  This  review  of  the  programs  will  include  a  study 


COURSES / 97 

and  some  observation  of  ongoing  programs  in  the  area,  especially  the  WIN  program 
presently  being  run  by  the  University.  Specifically,  students  will  discuss,  observe,  and 
study  various  approaches  to  ABE  programs  in  terms  of  curriculum,  methodology, 
materials  used,  groupings,  and  evaluation. 

A  major  objective  of  the  course  will  be  to  become  more  aware  of  the  psychological 
problems  of  adult  readers  and  nonreaders.  Adult  behavior  and  learning  will  be 
studied;  the  effects  on  learning  of  particular  environmental  forces  (e.g.,  black  ghetto, 
Indian  reservation,  rural-urban  factors,  etc.);  methods  of  teaching  adults  at  various 
levels  will  be  studied  and  observed,  as  will  a  wide  range  of  currently  available  books 
and  materials  for  adult  programs.  All  students  may  do  some  supervised  clinical  work 
with  adults  in  the  Reading  and  Learning  Clinic;  logs  will  be  kept  on  the  diagnostic  and 
corrective  work  developed  for  each  student.  Prep,  permission  of  instructor. 


EDUCATIONAL  ADMINISTRATION 

52.805     Simulated  Problems:  Secondary  School  Administration 

The  workshop  is  designed  to  place  each  student  in  a  simulated  decision-making 
situation  as  a  principal  or  administrator  of  a  secondary  school.  Background  materials 
have  been  prepared  which  describe  all  aspects  of  a  school  system,  including  its 
publics,  its  policies,  its  certified  and  noncertified  staff  members,  and  its  geographical 
and  socio-economic  makeup.  These  background  data  are  disseminated  through  mo- 
tion pictures,  film  strips,  and  taped  interviews  with  influential  people  in  the  communi- 
ty, as  well  as  through  written  materials.  Prep.  52.810,  52.811,  or  permission  of  in- 
structor. 


52.806     Directed  Field  Experiences  in  the  Administration  of  the  Elementary  School 

Required  of  all  master's  candidates  who  major  in  school  administration.  Study  and 
discussion  of  administrative  functions  will  be  coordinated  with  selected  field  trips  to 
administrative  settings  and  with  guest  lectures  by  practicing  elementary  school  ad- 
ministrators. These  experiences  usually  involve  visits  to  such  settings  as:  an  elemen- 
tary school,  a  middle  school,  a  superintendent's  office,  a  school  committee  meeting, 
and  appropriate  federal  and  state  agencies.  In  addition,  each  student  will  be  ex- 
pected to  participate  in  an  administrative  field  experience  in  an  elementary  setting  for 
a  minimum  of  four  hours  per  week.  Prep.  52.810  or  permission  of  instructor. 


52.807     Directed  Field  Experiences  in  the  Administration  of  the  Secondary  School 

A  companion  course  to  52.806;  required  of  all  master's  candidates  in  school  ad- 
ministration. Study  and  discussion  of  administrative  functions  will  be  coordinated 
with  selected  field  trips  to  administrative  settings  and  with  guest  lectures  by  prac- 
ticing secondary  school  administrators.  These  experiences  are  aimed  at  educational 
agencies  at  the  secondary  level  and  will  include  visits  to  a  comprehensive  high 
school,  a  junior  high  school,  a  regional  vocational-technical  school,  a 
superintendent's  office,  a  school  committee  meeting,  and  appropriate  federal  and 
state  agencies.  In  addition,  each  student  will  be  required  to  participate  in  an  ad- 
ministrative field  experience  in  a  secondary  school  for  a  minimum  of  four  hours  each 
week.  Prep.  52.810  or  permission  of  instructor.  (52.807  may  be  a  continuation  of 
52.806  or  may  precede  it.) 


98  /  COURSES 

52.808     Seminar  in  Educational  Administration 

A  culminating  experience  for  students  majoring  in  school  administration  at  the 
master's  level.  A  student  is  confronted  with  major  issues  facing  the  school  and  its  ad- 
ministrators. Great  emphasis  is  placed  upon  applying  knowledge  gained  in  previous 
administrative  courses  to  an  understanding  of  contemporary  education  problems. 
Prep.  52.810,  52.811,  or  permission  of  instructor. 

52.810  Leadership  in  Education,  Part  I 

Part  I  of  a  two-term  core  course  designed  to  introduce  the  student  to  concepts  of  for- 
mal organization.  This  core,  consisting  of  a  two-part  sequence,  is  prerequisite  to 
further  study  in  the  Department  of  Educational  Administration.  Part  I  provides  the 
student  with  an  overview  of  formal  organizations  as  social  systems,  with  emphasis 
given  to  the  leadership  function.  Relationships  between  individuals  and  organizations 
are  considered.  Communications  and  decision-making  functions  are  analyzed  and 
examined. 

52.811  Leadership  in  Education,  Part  II 

Part  II  continues  an  emphasis  on  the  leadership  function  in  organizations.  It  ex- 
amines selected  informal  organization  elements  such  as  motivation,  normative  order, 
social  power,  conflict,  conformity,  and  creativity.  Attention  is  given  to  processes  of 
change  and  innovation  in  organizations.  Prep.  52.810  must  be  completed  before 
enrollment  in  52.811. 

52.813  Instructional  Leadership:  Curriculum  Development  and  Supervision 

Views  the  responsibilities  of  administrative  personnel  relating  to  the  improvement  of 
curricular  and  instructional  practices.  Evaluative  techniques,  in-service  education, 
supervisory  procedures,  and  innovative  programs  are  among  the  areas  of  considera- 
tion. Opportunities  are  extended  for  students  to  become  engaged  in  supervisory  _ 
projects  individually  or  in  small  teams.  Prep.  52.810  and  52.811,  or  permission  of  in- 
structor. 

52.814  Simulated  Problems:  Elementary  School  Administration 

The  workshop  is  designed  to  place  each  student  in  a  simulated  decision-making 
situation  as  a  principal  or  administrator  of  an  elementary  school.  Background 
materials  have  been  prepared  which  describe  all  aspects  of  a  school  system,  in- 
cluding its  publics,  its  policies,  its  certified  and  noncertified  staff  members,  and  its 
geographical  and  socio-economic  makeup.  These  background  data  are  dis- 
seminated through  motion  pictures,  film  strips,  and  taped  interviews  with  influential 
people  in  the  community,  as  well  as  through  written  materials.  Prep.  52.810,  52.811, 
or  permission  of  instructor. 

52.815  Simulated  Problems:  Administration  of  Occupational  and  Career  Educa- 
tion 

Each  student  is  confronted  with  a  series  of  simulated  decision-making  situations 
such  as  those  which  are  usually  faced  by  administrators  of  programs  in  the  area  of 
occupational  and  career  education.  Readings,  audiovisual  material,  and  class  in- 
teractions constitute  the  design  of  this  course. 

52.816  Seminar  In  Career  Education 

Students  will  be  confronted  with  a  sampling  of  the  major  issues  facing  administrators 
and  supervisors  of  occupational  and  career  education  programs  in  their  efforts  to 
organize,  promote,  and  operate  such  programs.  Emphasis  will  be  placed  on  applying 


COURSES/ 99 

the  knowledge  acquired  in  previous  courses  and  other  program  experiences  to 
arrive  at  an  understanding  of  contemporary  occupational  and  career  education 
problems  and  their  solutions. 

52.817  Design,  Production,  and  Utilization  of  Instructional  Materials 

Deals  with  all  aspects  of  instructional  media,  surveying  types,  techniques,  advan- 
tages, limitations,  sources,  and  methods  of  use  of  materials  and  equipment  in 
specified  areas.  Emphasis  is  on  the  selection  of  appropriate  media  to  suit  given 
learning  objectives.  Laboratory  experience  in  operation  of  equipment  and  the 
production  of  instructional  materials  is  provided. 

52.818  Developing  Curriculum  Learning  Packages 

During  this  course  each  student  will  produce  a  self-correcting,  self-pacing,  self- 
directing  learning  package.  Individualized  programs  currently  using  the  concept  of 
contract  learning  will  be  reviewed  and  evaluated. 

52.819  Introduction  to  Instructional  Television 

Concerned  with  operation  of  an  instructional  television  studio  and  the  production  of 
television  programs  for  direct  instruction.  Each  student  will  write,  direct,  and  evaluate 
a  short  television  program  in  any  curriculum  field  and  area  of  his  choice. 

52.820  Principles  of  Programmed  Learning 

Will  cover  the  development  and  current  status  of  self-instructional  devices  and 
programs.  Students  will  survey  available  programs  and  teaching  machines,  with 
emphasis  on  details  concerning  construction,  selection,  evaluation,  administration, 
and  use  of  programs. 

52.821  Administration  of  Instructional  Media  Programs 

Addresses  itself  to  the  various  aspects  and  problems  involved  in  the  management 
and  operation  of  educational  media  programs  Public  school,  university,  medical 
center,  commercial,  and  industrial  training  program  settings  are  considered  in  terms 
of  service,  instruction,  and  research. 

52.822  Foundations  of  Instructional  Communications  and  Technology 

Introduction  to  the  concepts  and  principles  of  the  learning  process,  communications, 
multimedia  instruction  and  instructional  systems.  Surveys  will  include  programmed 
instruction,  instructional  television,  games  and  simulation,  audiotutorial  laboratories, 
computer-assisted  instruction  (CAI),  computer-managed  instruction  (CMI), 
curriculum  learning  packages,  mediated  teaching  units,  individualized  instruction, 
performance  contracting,  validated  instruction,  and  criterion-referenced  testing. 
Discussion  will  involve  problems  of  administration  and  economics  of  instructional 
communications  and  technology  in  school  systems  and  training  centers. 

52.823  Principles  of  Instructional  Systems  Development 

Introduction  to  the  concept  of  a  system  as  it  relates  to  the  instructional  process.  Each 
student  will  select  a  problem  in  any  area  of  his  choice  and  conduct  a  complete 
systems  analysis  and  systems  synthesis  to  resolve  the  problem.  The  contributions  of 
the  behavioral  sciences  as  thev  relate  to  svstems  development  will  also  be  reviewed. 

52.824  Administration  of  Cooperative  Education 

An  examination  of  significant  elements  in  the  planning,  implementation,  and  opera- 
tion of  a  cooperative  education  program.  Areas  of  concern  include:  agents  for  in- 


100 /COURSES 

stitutional  change,  intra-institutional  relationships,  program  costs  and  funding 
sources,  cooperative  education  calendars,  development  of  cooperative  work 
assignments,  relationships  with  cooperative  employers,  and  operational  policies. 

52.826  Administration  of  the  Elementary  School 

A  survey  of  the  operational  tasks  performed  by  the  elementary  school  administrator. 
Included  will  be:  school-community  relations,  student  personnel,  staff  personnel, 
curriculum  and  instruction,  physical  facilities,  finance  and  business  management, 
and  organizational  structure.  Prep.  52.810,  52.811,  or  permission  of  instructor. 

52.827  Administration  of  the  Secondary  School 

A  survey  of  the  operational  tasks  performed  by  the  secondary  school  administrator. 
Included  will  be:  school-community  relations,  student  personnel,  staff  personnel, 
curriculum  and  instruction,  physical  facilities,  finance  and  business  management, 
and  organizational  structure.  Prep.  52.810,  52.811,  or  permission  of  instructor. 

52.828  Administration  of  Early  Childhood  Education 

This  course  will  include  the  study  of  significant  elements  of  administration  unique  to 
the  planning,  implementation,  and  operation  of  an  early  childhood  education  center. 
Areas  of  concern  are  funding  sources,  intra-institutional  relationships,  patterns  for 
designing  early  childhood  programs,  on-site  visitations,  modes  of  private  gover- 
nance, use  of  plant,  student  and  teacher  placement,  role  of  volunteers,  and  related 
topics.  Prep.  52.810  and  52.81 1. 

52.891      Thesis 

A  research  activity  that  may  be  elected  by  the  student  in  lieu  of  two  courses 
(8  quarter  hours),  with  the  approval  and  recommendation  of  the  adviser. 

52.895     Institute  in  Educational  Administration 

(See  general  institute  description  on  page  122.) 

52.898  Workshop  in  Administration 

(See  general  workshop  description  on  page  123.) 

52.899  Directed  Study 

This  experience  is  provided  for  the  student  whose  unique  academic  needs  or  in- 
terests cannot  be  adequately  satisfied  in  any  of  the  scheduled  courses  of  the  Depart- 
ment. Prep,  approval  of  the  Chairperson  of  the  Department  and  of  the  Director  of  the 
Graduate  School  of  Education.  (Approval  forms  must  be  submitted  during  the 
quarter  prior  to  registration  for  the  Directed  Study.) 


CAGS  AND  DOCTORAL  COURSE  OFFERINGS  IN 
EDUCATIONAL  ADMINISTRATION 

(Open  only  to  CAGS  and  doctoral  degree  candidates  or  by  special  permission  of  the 
chairman  of  the  Department,  granted  prior  to  registration.) 

52.830     Current  Issues  in  Educational  Administration 

A  seminar  required  of  all  students  pursuing  the  CAGS.  Critical  and  contemporary 
issues  which  face  school  administrators  will  be  examined  closely.  The  status  of  the 


COURSES/ 101 

administrator;  federal,  state,  and  local  revenue  sources;  accountability;  the  voucher 
plan;  teacher  militancy;  equal  educational  opportunity;  conflicts  with  religious 
organizations;  control  of  schools;  urban  education  problems;  cultural  deprivation; 
and  human  rights  are  examples  of  topics  that  will  be  analyzed. 

52.831  Innovation  and  Change  in  American  Public  Schools 

A  seminar  required  of  all  students  pursuing  the  CAGS.  Although  major  emphasis  will 
be  given  to  curriculum  and  instruction,  attention  will  also  be  given  to  planned  change 
in  other  critical  areas  such  as  team  teaching,  modular  scheduling,  nongradedness, 
educational  parks,  programmed  instruction,  in-service  education,  individualizing 
education,  and  teacher-learner  relationships. 

52.832  The  Process  of  Administration 

Simulation,  case  analysis,  and  role-playing  will  be  utilized  to  gain  insight  into  such 
topics  as  the  improvement  of  organizational  morale,  professional  job  satisfaction, 
and  current  issues  of  involvement  and  conflict.  Alternative  courses  of  action  are 
studied  to  cope  with  problematical  events  confronting  educational  administrators. 

52.834  Educational  Finance 

The  study  of  school  finance  deals  with  the  principles  and  problems  of  financing 
education,  and  also  considers  the  basic  concepts  of  economics  relative  to  the  place 
of  school  finance  in  the  field  of  public  finance.  The  sources  and  rationale  for  public 
support  of  schools  are  examined.  Selected  state  and  federal  aid  programs,  capital 
outlay  programs,  current  practices  and  issues  of  local  support,  and  bond  issue  cam- 
paigns are  included  in  this  study. 

52.835  School  Business  Management 

Practices  and  issues  in  the  administration  of  school  business  affairs  are  the  major 
concern  of  the  course.  The  role  of  the  school  business  administrator  and  the 
educational  budget  will  be  examined.  Attention  will  be  paid  to  principles  of  budget 
preparation  and  development,  purchasing,  supply  management  and  distribution, 
school  accounting  and  data  processing  systems,  auditing,  financial  reporting  and 
management  of  payroll,  transportation  programs,  school  food  services,  and  the 
operation  and  maintenance  programs  for  the  physical  plants.  In  addition,  each  stu- 
dent will  be  placed  in  a  simulated  decision-making  situation.  Background  materials 
have  been  prepared  which  describe  aspects  of  a  fictitious  school  system,  including 
its  publics,  policies,  and  other  relevant  information.  Each  student  will  have  the  oppor- 
tunity to  deal  with  matters  typically  faced  by  the  school  business  administrator. 

52.836  Personnel  Administration 

The  purposes,  patterns,  and  issues  in  personnel  administration  are  the  major  con- 
siderations of  the  course.  Study  will  include  the  skills,  attitudes,  and  knowledge 
which  an  institutional  staff  needs  to  have  and  which  are  essential  to  the  ac- 
complishments of  organizational  goals.  Personnel  administration  programs  and 
problems  of  student  personnel,  para-professional,  nonprofessional,  and  professional 
staff  members  will  serve  as  the  focus  for  the  course. 

52.837  School-Community  Relations 

This  course  includes  the  study  and  design  of  school-community  relations  programs 
based  on  the  principles  and  practices  of  the  intercommunications  between  the 
school  and  its  several  publics.  Selected  research  findings  relative  to  public  relations 


102 /COURSES 


programs  in  business,  industry,  and  governmental  agencies  will  be  reviewed  in  addi- 
tion to  those  involving  educational  systems.  Stress  will  be  placed  on  the  role  of  the 
administrator  in  the  development  of  a  comprehensive  program  of  school-community 
relations  for  his  administrative  unit. 

52.838     School  Plant  Planning,  Operation,  and  Maintenance 

This  course  seeks  to  have  the  student  develop  a  basic  understanding  of  the 
processes  involved  in  the  planning,  maintenance,  and  operation  of  school  plants. 
Such  items  as  educational  specifications,  the  process  of  school  construction, 
techniques  used  to  provide  clean,  safe,  and  healthy  environments  for  the  teaching- 
learning  process,  along  with  the  selection,  assignment  and  supervision  of  custodial 
and  maintenance  staff  will  be  involved.  Statutes  or  regulations  pertaining  to  these 
processes  used  by  state  and  local  regulatory  bodies  will  also  be  reviewed. 

52.840     Problems   in   School   Administration:   A    Simulated   Experience  —   The 
Superintendency 

52.842  Problems  in  School  Administration:  A  Simulated  Experience  —  Assistant 
Superintendent  for  Instructional  Services 

These  courses  are  designed  to  place  each  student  in  a  simulated  decision-making 
situation  in  his  area  of  concentration.  Background  materials  have  been  prepared 
which  describe  all  aspects  of  a  school  system,  including  its  publics,  policies,  certified 
and  noncertified  staff  members,  and  the  geographical  and  socio-economic  makeup 
of  the  community.  These  background  data  are  disseminated  through  motion  pic- 
tures, film  strips,  and  taped  interviews  with  influential  people  in  this  community  as 
well  as  through  written  materials. 

52.843  Administrative  Internship 

This  is  an  individualized  offering  involving  supervised  observations,  internships,  ex- 
ternships,  and  seminars  in  educational  administration,  and  it  is  designed  to  provide 
further  practical  experience  in  the  student's  area  of  administrative  preparation.  The 
administrative  internship  program  must  be  worked  out  well  in  advance  with  the  ad- 
viser. 

52.844  School  Law 

The  student  will  be  expected  to  develop  a  basic  understanding  of  federal  and  state 
laws  that  apply  to  school  systems,  educational  programs,  and  personnel,  as  well  as 
of  the  legal  prerogatives  available  to  the  practicing  administrator  and  the  local 
boards  of  education.  This  study  will  include  consideration  of  the  constitutional, 
statutory,  and  common-law  foundations  of  educational  systems  and  the  school  ad- 
ministrator's role  with  respect  to  them. 

52.845  Seminar  in  Media  Research  and  Learning 

Provides  for  surveys,  critical  analyses,  and  discussions  of  current  research  dealing 
with  learning  principles,  communication  theory,  media,  and  instructional  systems 
design.  Oral  and  written  reports  are  required.  Experimental  and  field  research  are 
considered  for  additional  credit  in  subsequent  terms. 

52.846  Developing  Curriculum  in  Learning  Packages  —  Advanced 

Using  the  instructional  development  techniques  acquired  In  the  introductory  course, 


COURSES/  103 

students  will  design  a  more  sophisticated  learning  package,  field  test  it,  and  using  the 
test  data,  revise  the  package  until  the  predetermined  criteria  are  met. 

52.847     Cataloguing  and  Classification  of  Instructional  Materials 

The  principles,  codes,  and  techniques  utilized  in  organizing  both  print  and  nonprint 
materials  in  an  integrated  collection.  Emphasis  on  the  application  of  bibliographic 
methods  of  control  to  films,  records,  slides,  cassettes,  kits,  and  other  media.  Ac- 
quaintance with  the  sources  and  tools  listing  instructional  materials  for  the  purpose 
of  ordering  them,  and  the  development  of  the  skill  which  assists  the  user  in  locating 
them. 

52.850—851—852     Doctoral  Seminar  in  Leadership:  Administration  and  Supervi- 
sion I,  II,  III 

A  series  of  three  seminars  required  of  all  students  pursuing  the  Ed.D.  degree.  The 
dialogues  in  these  courses  will  use  an  interdisciplinary  approach  to  explore  complex 
behavioral  and  structural  interactions  found  in  formal  organizations.  Major  emphasis 
will  be  placed  upon  integrating  theoretical  concerns  with  practical  administrative 
functioning. 

This  sequence  of  seminars  is  viewed  primarily  as  a  pooling  of  the  results  of  exten- 
sive individual  student  research  and  activities  and  is  aimed  at  giving  the  student  an 
overview  of  all  aspects  of  the  institution  he  will  be  leading. 

52.854     Organizational  Analysis 

A  course  open  only  to  students  pursuing  the  Ed.D.  degree,  this  course  will  include 
examination  of  different  approaches  used  to  define  traits  or  characteristics  of  formal 
organization.  Special  emphasis  will  be  placed  on  the  application  of  models, 
typologies,  and  schemes  to  identify  structural  or  procedural  deficiencies  in 
bureaucratic  social  systems. 

52.860  Academic  Administration  in  Higher  Education 

Recruitment  of  properly  qualified  faculty  and  staff  is  only  one  problem  of  the 
academic  administrator.  This  course  will  also  consider  the  problems  of:  pupil  ser- 
vices, admissions,  athletics,  curriculum  development,  accreditation,  instructional 
resources,  registration  and  scheduling,  faculty  organization,  continuing  education, 
faculty  rights  and  responsibilities,  and  personnel  policies. 

52.861  Problems  In  College  Administration:  A  Simulated  Experience 

This  seminar  is  designed  to  place  each  student  in  simulated  decision-making 
situations  as  an  administrator  of  a  college  or  junior  college.  Background  materials 
have  been  prepared  which  describe  all  aspects  of  a  college  including  its  policies, 
makeup  of  faculty  and  student  body,  its  financial  situation,  the  community  it  serves, 
and  its  board  of  control.  These  data  are  disseminated  through  motion  pictures,  film 
strips,  and  taped  interviews  as  well  as  through  written  materials. 

52.862  Institutional  Planning  and  Facilities 

This  course  will  consider  the  planning  of  new  colleges  as  well  as  the  expansion  and 
maintenance  of  existing  ones.  Systems  analysis,  needs  surveys,  and  development  of 
educational  specifications  for  college  facilities  will  constitute  half  of  the  course.  The 
other  half  will  involve  the  operation  and  maintenance  of  the  physical  plant,  including 
provisions  for  housing,  safety,  parking,  communications,  and  health  service. 


104 /COURSES 

52.863  Financial  Management  in  Higher  Education 

This  course  seeks  to  combine  a  knowledge  of  fundraising  activities  with  the  study  of 
proper  financial  management  in  higher  educational  institutions.  The  problems  of 
fundraising  for  both  public  and  private,  two-  and  four-year  institutions  will  be  con- 
sidered. Modern  techniques  of  budget  preparation  and  control  will  include  purchas- 
ing, school  accounting,  data  processing,  providing  benefits  for  faculty,  financial 
reporting,  food  services,  housing,  and  operation  and  maintenance  of  physical  plant. 

52.864  Typologies  of  Higher  Education 

A  study  of  the  types  of  higher  educational  institutions,  with  emphasis  on 
organizational  structure,  modes  of  governance,  and  administration.  The  history  of 
higher  education,  particularly  the  development  of  colleges,  universities,  and  junior 
colleges  in  the  United  States,  will  be  considered  to  provide  perspective  for  the 
modern  college  administrator.  Important  issues  and  the  problems  they  presented  for 
adminstrators  will  provide  the  major  focus  of  this  course. 

52.865  Systems  Theory  in  Education 

This  course  will  provide  the  student  with  an  introduction  to  general  systems  theory 
and  the  implication  of  systems  theory  to  leadership,  administration,  and  supervision. 
The  course  will  include  examination  of  systems  applications  such  as  PERT,  PPBS, 
and  flowchart  development.  Special  consideration  will  be  given  to  systems  study  as  a 
method  of  planning  and  evaluation. 

52.866  Politics  and  Educational  Decision  Making 

This  course  examines  federal,  state,  and  local  governmental  arrangements  and 
political  processes  which  influence  educational  policies  of  school  systems.  Emphasis 
is  given  to  the  application  of  political  science  concepts  and  research  methods  to 
educational  policy-making  processes  and  to  the  political  environment  surrounding 
the  educational  administrator. 

52.867  Administration  of  Adult  and  Continuing  Education 

The  historical  development  of  adult  and  part-time  education,  with  attention  to  the 
present  status  and  trends  for  the  future,  will  be  studied,  with  emphasis  on  the  ad- 
ministration of  these  programs.  A  variety  of  adult  educational  programs  in  schools, 
colleges,  junior  colleges,  religious  agencies,  social  service  organizations,  business 
and  industry,  and  professional  organizations  will  be  included,  focusing  on  planning, 
implementing,  administering,  financing,  and  evaluating  such  programs. 

52.868  The  Community  College 

Emergence  of  the  community  college  movement  in  the  United  States;  administrative 
structures  and  governance;  the  role  of  faculty  in  planning.  The  student  population 
and  related  student  personnel  services  will  be  examined.  Particular  emphasis  is 
placed  upon  the  identification  and  utilization  of  community  resources  in  curriculum 
development  and  the  college's  total  relationships  with  the  community  in  which  it  ex- 
ists. The  two-year  technical  institute  and  both  publicly  and  privately  supported  junior 
colleges  will  be  studied.  Field  visits  are  an  integral  part  of  course  requirements. 

52.893     Doctoral  Dissertation 

Prep,  admission  to  candidacy  in  the  Doctor  of  Education  degree  program. 

52.899     Directed  Study 

This  experience  is  provided  for  the  student  whose  unique  academic  needs  or  in- 


COURSES/ 105 

terests  cannot  be  adequately  satisfied  in  any  of  the  scheduled  courses  of  the  Depart- 
ment. Prep,  approval  of  the  Chairperson  of  the  Department  and  of  the  Director  of  the 
Graduate  School  of  Education.  (Approval  forms  must  be  submitted  during  the 
quarter  prior  to  registration  for  the  Directed  Study.) 

COUNSELOR  EDUCATION 

53.800  Philosophical  Foundations  of  Guidance  and  Human  Services 

The  purpose  of  this  course  is  to  provide  a  philosophical  and  theoretical  background 
for  beginning  graduate  students  in  counseling.  The  course  has  three  objectives:  1)  to 
sharpen  the  "self  as  instrument"  through  study  and  discussion  of  established 
theories  of  helping  as  related  to  one's  personal  value  system  and  through  self- 
exploration  and  increased  self-understanding  in  heretofore  unexplored  personal 
areas;  2)  to  introduce  students  to  the  broad  spectrum  of  professional  helping  service 
areas  with  the  intent  of  clarifying  the  students'  professional  roles;  and  3)  to  begin  to 
promote  the  development  of  a  professional  identity  as  a  psychological  helping 
professional. 

53.801  Tests  and  Test  Procedures 

The  principles  and  problems  of  psychological  testing  as  applied  to  the  work  of  the 
counselor  are  discussed.  Some  consideration  is  given  to  technical  concepts  as  they 
apply  to  the  treatment,  use,  understanding,  and  interpretation  of  test  scores.  The  stu- 
dent is  made  familiar  with  some  of  the  currently  used  tests  of  intelligence,  scholastic 
aptitude,  differential  aptitudes,  achievement,  interest,  and  personality.  Tests  are 
evaluated  for  use  in  education  and  guidance.  Problems  of  test  interpretation  are 
emphasized. 

53.802  Vocational  Development  and  Occupational  Information 

A  dual-emphasis  course  dealing,  first,  with  theories  about  how  individuals  make 
decisions  concerning  their  choice  of  vocation,  and  second,  with  the  kind  of  data 
which  is  needed  to  assist  people  with  these  decisions.  This  requisite  data  deals  with 
the  following  areas:  the  relationship  of  social  and  economic  change  to  occupational 
trends;  the  classification  and  description  of  occupational  fields;  methods  of  collect- 
ing, evaluating,  filing,  and  disseminating  vocational  information;  and  the  role  of  the 
counselor  in  fulfilling  these  functions. 

53.804     Counseling  Theory  and  Process 

A  required  course  for  all  Counselor  Education  degree  candidates  which  must  be 
taken  in  the  Fall  Quarter  concurrently  with  the  beginning  of  Practicum.  The  course 
will  provide  the  student,  through  self-instructional  materials,  with  a  basic  cognitive 
understanding  of  several  major  theoretical  approaches  to  counseling.  Classroom 
content  will  help  the  student  to  become  familiar  with  a  wide  range  of  individual 
counseling  strategies;  to  develop  listening,  understanding,  and  communications 
skills;  and  to  further  probe  his  own  self-understanding  as  a  counselor.  These  skills 
and  understandings  will  be  discussed  and  simulated  in  the  context  of  a  variety  of  set- 
tings with  a  variety  of  clients.  Role  playing,  case  material,  and  audio  and  video 
materials  will  be  utilized  in  the  instruction.  This  course  will  not  be  open  to  special 
students,  but  may  be  elected  by  degree  candidates  in  other  departments  in  any 
quarter  except  the  fall  quarter. 

53.805—806     Counseling  Practicum  I  and  II 

The  counseling  practicum  is  a  supervised  counseling  experience  extending  over  the 


106 /COURSES 

academic  year.  Although  registration  for  this  course  occurs  only  during  the  Winter 
and  Spring  Quarters,  students  will  actually  begin  their  practicum  in  the  Fall  Quarter. 
Emphasis  in  the  fall  will  be  on  small-group  seminars  dealing  with  counseling  and 
other  related  matters.  The  Winter  and  Spring  quarters  will  concentrate  on  the  super- 
vised counseling  assignment.  Assignment  to  practicum  settings  will  be  made  accor- 
ding to  the  student's  major  area  of  concentration.  Students  must  make  themselves 
available  a  minimum  of  two  days  per  week  during  the  academic  year  (October  to 
June)  for  placement  in  a  field  setting.  Seminars  will  stress  material  germane  to  the 
student's  major  and  will  meet  a  total  of  24  times  during  the  year.  (For  administrative 
purposes,  these  practicum  course  numbers  will  apply  to  each  of  the  following 
specific  practicum  placements:  Elementary  School  Practicum,  Secondary  School 
Practicum,  College,  Mental  Health  and  Rehabilitation  Practicums.) 

Part-time  students  must  submit  an  application  for  practicum  (available  from  the 
Department)  by  April  1,  for  approval  to  enroll  in  the  practicum  the  following  Fall 
Quarter.  Prep.  53.800  Philosophical  Foundations  of  Guidance  and  Human  Services 
and  53.804  Counseling  Theory  and  Process,  both  of  which  may  be  taken  concurrent- 
ly with  the  beginning  of  practicum. 

53.807  Administration  of  Guidance  Services 

An  advanced-level  guidance  course  designed  to  help  meet  the  certification  re- 
quirements for  guidance  directors  in  Massachusetts.  The  course  will  cover 
philosophies,  principles,  and  methods  of  establishing  and  administering  guidance 
programs  in  the  public  schools.  Simulated  materials  are  used  to  replicate  actual 
guidance  problems  dealing  with  testing  programs,  budgeting,  interpersonal 
relationships,  and  other  practical  matters. 

53.808  Group  Counseling 

An  introduction  to  theory,  principles,  and  techniques  of  counseling  with  groups  of  in- 
dividuals at  different  levels  of  development  and  for  varying  purposes.  A  basic  mode 
of  approach  will  be  to  involve  students  in  a  genuine  group  counseling  experience  in* 
order  to  understand  the  phenomenon  of  group  experience.  Prep.  53.804  Counseling 
Theory  and  Process  or  permission  of  instructor. 

53.809  The  College  Student  and  the  Campus 

The  relationship  between  college  students  and  their  environment  will  be  examined. 
Focus  is  on  student  rights,  emotional  concerns,  and  the  search  for  identity.  The  im- 
pact of  societal  forces  and  nontraditional  patterns  of  study  on  student  behavior  are 
stressed.  Varying  concerns  of  personnel  services  in  different  types  of  college 
climates,  including  the  community  college,  are  discussed.  Current  issues  in  higher 
education  are  examined  as  they  relate  to  services  to  students. 

53.810  Elementary  School  Guidance 

Required  for  elementary  counseling  majors,  this  course  has  three  principal  objec- 
tives: 1)  to  gain  a  theoretical  understanding  of  the  personal,  social,  academic,  and 
vocational  development  of  children  between  the  ages  of  5  and  12  years;  2)  to  concep- 
tualize the  roles,  functions,  and  goals  of  the  elementary  school  counselor;  and  3)  to 
begin  to  consider  a  variety  of  programmatic  strategies  to  operationalize  the  goals  of 
the  elementary  school  counselor.  Topics  to  be  studied  include  values  clarification, 
decision  making,  developmental  guidance,  major  theoretical  approaches  to  develop- 
ment, the  issue  of  exceptionality,  occupational  information  and  vocational  develop- 
ment, and  confluent  education.  These  topics  are  set  in  the  context  of  the  elementary 
school  counselor's  role  as  a  counselor/consultant/coordinator  for  the  total  elementary 
school  population. 


COURSES/  107 

53.811  Family  and  Parent  Counseling 

The  family  will  be  studied  as  an  institution,  as  an  arena  of  interpersonal  transaction, 
and  as  a  seedbed  of  both  distress  and  health.  Various  modes  of  counseling  families 
will  be  presented,  together  with  the  theoretical  notions  underlying  their  use.  The 
course  will  also  demonstrate  counselor-parent  relations  in  the  context  of  the  school 
setting.  Prep.  53.804  Counseling  Theory  and  Process  or  permission  of  instructor. 

53.812  Seminar  in  Student  Personnel  Work 

Relevant  topics  and  cases  for  personnel  workers  and  administrators  in  higher  educa- 
tion will  be  discussed  and  studied  in  depth.  Particular  emphasis  is  placed  upon  the 
development  of  student  personnel  programs,  budget  planning  and  development,  and 
staff  relationships.  The  expertise  of  appropriate  specialists  is  utilized. 

53.813  School  Counseling  Strategies 

Intended  primarily  for  students  who  will  counsel  in  school  settings  or  other  settings 
emphasizing  work  with  children  and  adolescents.  A  broad  range  of  approaches  will 
be  considered,  including,  but  not  limited  to,  behavior  modification  and  Gestalt  and 
Adlerian  strategies.  Special  emphasis  will  be  placed  on  the  development  of 
strategies  designed  to  help  alleviate  typical  school-related  and  developmental 
problems  such  as  nonachievement,  decision  making,  negative  self-identity,  and  dis- 
ruptive behavior.  Consideration  will  also  be  given  to  the  counselor's  role  as  a  consul- 
tant to  teachers,  parents,  and  administrators  in  effecting  positive  behavior  change. 
Prep.  53.804  Counseling  Theory  and  Process. 

53.814  Vocational  Counseling  Strategies 

Develops  an  understanding  of  the  essential  ingredients  of  a  self-awareness  program 
especially  in  relation  to  a  person's  role  expectations  in  the  world  of  work.  Vocational 
counseling  is  viewed  as  dealing  with  the  entire  individual,  including  his  values,  un- 
derlying psychological  needs  and  drives,  and  the  influence  of  the  environment  on 
one's  present  level  of  development  and  career  awareness.  Other  topics  to  be 
developed  in  this  course  will  include  counseling  with  females  and  nonachievers,  the 
decline  of  the  work  ethic,  community  resource  development,  job  placement,  and  in- 
formation giving  as  a  perceptual  process.  Prep.  53.804  Counseling  Theory  and 
Process.  The  course  is  intended  for  a  variety  of  client  populations  from  adolescence 
through  adulthood. 

53.815  Rehabilitation  Counseling  Strategies 

Primary  emphasis  will  be  on  the  roles  and  functions  of  the  rehabilitation  counselor, 
relevant  issues  in  the  field,  and  an  overview  of  the  rehabilitation  process.  Special 
problems  and  techniques  of  counseling  with  the  disabled  (physical,  mental,  and 
behavioral  disorders)  will  be  examined  through  case  studies  and  role  playing. 
Disability  in  the  context  of  social  deviance  will  be  discussed,  and  psycho-social  ap- 
proaches in  understanding  human  behavior,  including  self-concept,  social  role 
theories,  and  rational-behavioral  approaches,  will  also  be  examined.  Prep.  53.804 
Counseling  Theory  and  Process  (This  prerequisite  is  waived  for  Rehabilitation  Ad- 
ministration majors.) 

53.816  Psychological  Counseling  Strategies 

Focuses  on  a  variety  of  strategies  designed  to  alleviate  problems  of  older 
adolescents  and  adults.  Perceptual-Gestalt  insight  approaches  and  behavioral  ap- 
proaches to  counseling  will  be  analyzed  for  their  effectiveness  with  a  variety  of  psy- 


108 /COURSES 

etiological  problems.  The  context  for  considering  this  eclectic  approach  to  psy- 
chological counseling  will  be  communications  theory  and  organizational  psychology, 
with  the  latter  being  related  to  the  effective  delivery  of  counseling  and  mental  health 
services.  Prep.  53.804  Counseling  Theory  and  Process.  This  course  is  primarily  in- 
tended tor  the  student  working  with  client  populations  in  mental  health  settings  and 
college  counseling  centers. 

53.818     Case  Studies  in  Marriage  and  Family  Counseling 

An  advanced-level  course  for  students  with  previous  experience  or  preparation  in 
marriage  and  family  counseling.  Skills  to  be  emphasized  will  include  1)  the  prepara- 
tion of  case  studies  of  family  and  marriage  histories  and  current  functioning;  2)  the 
design  of  service,  counseling,  and  referral  programs  based  upon  comprehensive 
studies  of  needs  and  resources;  and  3)  the  practice  of  counseling  strategies  through 
role  playing,  taped  interviews,  and  progress  reports  of  current  counseling  activities. 
Prep.  53.811  Family  and  Parent  Counseling. 

53.820  Seminar  in  School  Psychology 

This  course  provides  an  intensive  analysis  of  philosophical,  technical,  and  school  ad- 
ministrative issues  contributing  to  the  professional  identity  and  function  of  the  psy- 
chologist in  an  educational  milieu.  Simulations,  case  studies,  and  research  projects 
will  be  used  to  study  these  issues.  Prep,  permission  of  instructor. 

53.821  Psycho-Educational  Prescriptions 

This  course  will  deal  with  methods  of  synthesizing  psychological  information  into 
effective,  individually  appropriate  educational  plans.  Specific  applications  of 
methods  from  previous  courses  will  be  discussed.  Prep,  permission  of  instructor. 

53.824     Individual  Intelligence  Testing  (6  quarter  hours) 

Preparation  to  administer,  score,  and  interpret  the  Stanford-Binet  Intelligence  Test, 
the  Wechsler  Adult  Intelligence  Test,  and  the  Wechsler  Intelligence  Scale  for 
Children.  Consideration  will  be  given  to  the  theories  of  intelligence  upon  which  the 
tests  are  based  and  the  use  of  the  tests  in  educational  and  clinic  settings.  Students 
will  be  required  to  administer  and  score  thirty  tests,  including  some  from  each  of  the 
three  tests  included  in  the  course.  Prep.  53.801  Tests  and  Test  Procedures  or  per- 
mission of  instructor. 

53.830  Seminar  in  Contemporary  Issues  in  Counseling 

Intensive  study  of  a  selected  topic  in  counseling  such  as  counseling  minorities, 
current  research,  sex  counseling,  transactional  analysis  theory  and  practice, 
behavioral  counseling.  Course  objectives  will  vary  according  to  the  topic  but  may  in- 
clude a  review  of  the  literature,  skill-building  workshop  and  action  projects.  Prep. 
53.834,  Advanced  Theories  of  Behavior  Change  and/or  permission  of  instructor. 

53.831  Advanced  Group  Counseling 

This  course  will  be  a  continuation  of  the  content  presented  in  Group  Counseling, 
placing  greater  emphasis  on  developing  skill  in  conducting  group  counseling  at  a 
variety  of  age  levels.  Greater  attention  will  be  given  to  relevant  readings  and  research 
on  group  process  and  methods  for  behavior  modification.  Prep.  53.808  Group 
Counseling. 

53.833     Seminar  in  Counseling  Supervision  and  In-Service  Education 

Supervisory  methods  of  improving  the  effectiveness  of  school  counselors'  skills  in 


COURSES  109 

counseling  and  other  aspects  of  guidance  work,  of  involving  counselors  in  the  im- 
provement of  the  guidance  program,  and  of  enhancing  the  personal  growth  of  the 
counselor.  Prep,  master's  degree  in  guidance  or  permission  of  the  instructor. 

53.834  Advanced  Theories  of  Behavior  Change 

An  advanced-level  counseling  course  required  of  all  CAGS  students  and  designed  to 
provide  greater  depth  of  cognitive  understanding  of  a  variety  of  approaches  to 
counseling.  Original  readings  from  a  number  of  major  theorists  will  be  required.  A 
major  goal  of  the  course  will  be  to  identify  the  major  similarities  and  differences  of 
assumptions,  goals,  and  strategies  of  the  theorists  studied,  and  to  build  a  strong  con- 
ceptual basis  for  a  counseling  eclecticism  from  this  analysis.  Some  of  the  theorists 
studied  will  include  Freud,  Adler,  Perls,  Ellis,  Glasser,  Rogers,  Sullivan,  May,  Frankl, 
Bandura,  and  Skinner.  Prep,  at  least  two  counseling  courses  emphasizing  both 
theory  and  process. 

53.835  Psychodiagnostic  Measures 

An  advanced-level  course  in  the  use  and  interpretation  of  interest  and  personality 
measures  for  more  clinically-oriented  settings.  The  course  will  place  heavy  emphasis 
on  the  case  study  method.  Some  of  the  tests  typically  studied  in  this  course  may  in- 
clude the  Minnesota  Multiphasic  Personality  Inventory,  the  California  Psychological 
Inventory,  Edwards  Personal  Preference  Schedule,  the  Semantic  Differential,  and 
various  interest  measures.  The  course  will  introduce  the  student  to  projective 
techniques,  beginning  with  the  sentence  completion  test.  Prep.  53.801  Tests  and  Test 
Procedures,  Abnormal  Psychology  or  Personality  Theory,  and  permission  of  instruc- 
tor. 

53.840—841     Advanced  Field  Work  (8  quarter  hours) 

Required  of  all  CAGS  students.  The  student  will  be  assigned  a  field  work  placement 
consistent  with  his  major  professional  goal  and/or  the  setting  in  which  he  intends  to 
work.  The  activity  of  the  field  work  will  extend  across  the  academic  year  from 
September  to  June  and  require  a  minimum  of  one  and  a  half  days  per  week,  or  the 
equivalent,  in  the  field  work  setting.  Seminars  will  meet  on  alternate  weeks  with  ad- 
ditional individual  supervision  on  campus.  Supervision  will  also  be  provided  in  the 
field  setting.  Both  quarters  must  be  completed  before  credit  will  be  given  for  the 
course.  Prep.  Counseling  Practicum  or  the  equivalent  in  experience. 

53.843—844     School  Psychology  Field  Work  (8  quarter  hours) 

Required  of  all  CAGS  School  Psychology  majors.  The  student  will  be  assigned  a  field 
work  placement  in  a  K-12  school  system  under  the  supervision  of  a  certified  school 
psychologist.  The  activity  of  the  field  work  will  extend  across  the  academic  year  from 
September  until  June.  The  student  will  be  required  to  put  in  a  minimum  of  one  and  a 
half  days  (300  hours)  in  the  field  work  setting  during  the  school  year.  Seminars  will 
meet  regularly  on  campus  with  additional  university  faculty  supervision.  Prep.  School 
Psychology  Practicum. 

53.891     Thesis 

A  research  activity  that  may  be  elected  by  the  student  in  lieu  of  two  courses 
(8  quarter  hours),  with  the  approval  and  recommendation  of  the  adviser. 

53.893     Doctoral  Dissertation 

Prep,  admission  to  candidacy  in  the  Doctor  of  Education  degree  program. 


110 /COURSES 

53.895     Institute  in  Counselor  Education 

(See  general  institute  description  on  page  122.) 

53.898  Workshop  in  Counselor  Education 

(See  general  workshop  description  on  page  123.) 

53.899  Directed  Study 

This  experience  is  provided  for  the  student  whose  unique  academic  needs  or  in- 
terests cannot  be  adequately  satisfied  in  any  of  the  scheduled  courses  of  the  Depart- 
ment. Prep,  approval  of  the  Chairperson  of  the  Department  and  of  the  Director  of  the 
Graduate  School  of  Education.  (Approval  forms  must  be  submitted  during  the 
quarter  prior  to  registration  for  the  Directed  Study.) 

SPEECH  PATHOLOGY  AND  AUDIOLOGY 

55.803  Cerebral  Palsy 

Neuromuscular  involvements  and  concomitant  language  and  speech  disorders;  in- 
tellectual deficits,  psychological  deviations,  communicative  disorders  of  a  cerebral 
palsied  population;  testing,  placement,  and  management  of  the  cerebral  palsied 
child  and  adult  with  emphasis  on  a  multidisciplinary  approach.  Prep,  permission  of 
instructor. 

55.804  Aphasia 

The  neurological  terminology  related  to  the  processing  of  language;  neurological 
communication  model,  communication  modalities  and  what  resultant  effects  occur 
from  lesions;  the  relationship  between  linguistics  and  psycholinguistics.  Analysis  of 
language  of  an  aphasic  patient.  Prep,  permission  of  instructor. 

55.805  Seminar:  Voice  Disorders 

Physiology  and  neurology  of  the  laryngeal  mechanism;  the  laryngoscopic  examina- 
tion. Voice  disorders  as  learned  behavior  as  a  result  of  organic,  neurological,  and 
psychological  deviation.  Evaluation,  referral,  and  management.  Prep,  permission  of 
instructor. 

55.806  Language  Disturbances  in  Children 

This  course  will  emphasize  current  theories  in  language  behavior  and  their  practical 
application  to  the  assessment  and  remediation  of  language  disturbances  in  children. 
Lectures,  discussions,  and  workshops  will  focus  on  the  following  issues:  what  con- 
stitutes a  language  problem,  what  assessment  tools  and  teaching  techniques  are 
currently  available,  and  what  underlying  principles  are  involved  in  selecting  and  se- 
quencing the  content  of  a  remediation  program.  Prep.  55.812  Differential  Diagnosis 
in  Speech  and  Language  Pathology  and  55.816  Test  Procedures  in  Speech  and 
Language  Pathology  or  permission  of  instructor. 

55.811  Clinical  Management  in  Stuttering 

This  course  will  emphasize  diagnostic  techniques,  a  review  of  the  current  therapeutic 
approaches,  consideration  of  the  individual's  need  in  therapy,  and  the  process  of 
behavioral  and  attitudinal  change.  Also  to  be  considered  are  termination,  referral, 
and  group  therapy.  Prep,  permission  of  instructor. 

55.812  Differential  Diagnosis  in  Speech  and  Language  Pathology 

Evaluation,  interpretation,  and  integration  of  test  results;  the  application  of  standard 


COURSES/  111 

psychological  tests  to  speech  and  hearing  disorders;  analysis  of  patients'  premorbid 
and  morbid  histories,  medical  and  psychological  diagnoses;  design  and  execution  of 
therapeutic  procedures;  proper  referral  techniques  and  report  writing;  practicum 
situation.  Prep.  55.816  Test  Procedures  in  Speech  and  Language  or  permission  of  in- 
structor. 

55.813  Advanced  Clinical  Practice  (8  quarter  hours) 
Supervised  clinical  practicum  in  speech  pathology  and  audiology  in  the  Northeastern 
University  Speech  and  Hearing  Clinic  and  medical  settings,  educational  settings,  and 
rehabilitation  centers.  A  minimum  of  150  clock  hours  of  experience  with  patients  to 
extend  over  a  three-quarter  time  period  is  required.  An  "I"  grade  will  be  awarded  un- 
til all  the  requirements  are  met  and  then  a  pass-fail  grade  will  be  awarded.  This 
course  requires  attendance  at  on-campus  seminar  meetings  held  twice  a  month. 
Prep.  50  clock  hours  of  clinical  experience  and  permission  of  the  clinical  staff. 

55.814  Clinical  Audiometry  I 

The  use  of  pure  tone  and  speech  reception  instrumentation  and  hearing  aid  evalua- 
tion; the  results  and  interpretation  in  the  diagnosis  of  functional  and  organic  dis- 
orders. Lectures,  demonstration,  observations,  and  practicum.  Prep.  Introduction  to 
Audiology  and  consent  of  instructor. 

55.815  Clinical  Audiology 

The  process  of  identification  and  evaluation  of  hearing  loss.  Differential  diagnosis. 
Tests  for  conductive,  sensorineural,  and  retrocochlear  involvements.  A  consideration 
of  research  findings  in  the  area  of  hearing  aid  selection,  auditory  training,  lip  reading, 
and  language  training  for  hearing  handicapped  individuals.  Prep.  Introduction  to 
Audiology  (see  undergraduate  Education  catalog)  and  permission  of  instructor. 

55.816  Test  Procedures  in  Speech  and  Language  Pathology 

Procedures  in  evaluating  organic  and  functional  communication  disorders  using 
standard  and  nonstandard  speech  and  language  tests  in  University  clinic  situations. 
Demonstration  and  application  of  techniques  and  objective  reporting.  Prep,  permis- 
sion of  instructor. 

55.817  Advanced    Anatomy,    Neurology,    and    Physiology    of    Speech-Hearing 
Mechanism 

Lectures  and  demonstrations  by  medical  personnel.  Emphasis  on  the  head  and 
neck.  Admission  by  consent  of  adviser  and  medical  supervisor.  For  advanced  stand- 
ing students.  Prep.  Anatomy,  Neurology,  and  Physiology  at  Speech  and  Hearing  I;  In- 
troduction to  Audiology;  Pathlogies  of  the  Ear  and  permission  of  instructor. 

55.81 8  Pathologies  of  the  Ear 

Lectures  and  observations  in  the  organic  and  neurological  pathologies  of  the  ear;  i.e., 
otitis  media,  Meniere's  disease,  and  otosclerosis.  Consideration  of  approaches  to 
treatment  (medical  setting).  Prep,  permission  of  instructor. 

55.819  Clinical  Audiometry  II 

Specialized  techniques  (Bekesy,  FGSR,  EEG,  group  testing,  and  screening);  the 
results  and  interpretation  in  the  diagnosis  of  functional  and  organic  hearing  dis- 
orders. Prep.  Introduction  to  Audiology  and  Audiometry  I,  lectures,  demonstration, 
observations,  and  practicum;  permission  of  instructor. 


< 


112 /COURSES 

55.820  Physiological  Acoustics 

Particular  emphasis  is  placed  on  the  biophysics  of  the  hearing  mechanism,  especial- 
ly in  terms  of  actual  clinical  utility.  Comparative  anatomy  and  physiological  analysis 
and  dissections  will  accompany  many  of  the  class  lectures.  Prep,  introductory 
courses  in  Speech  and  Hearing,  55.815  Clinical  Audiology,  and  permission  of  in- 
structor. 

55.821  Seminar  in  Audiology 

Advanced  study  of  the  rationale  and  development  of  principles  associated  with 
special  procedures  and  methods  used  in  audiology.  Prep,  permission  of  instructor. 

55.822  Seminar  in  Oro-Facial  Anomalies 

Course  material  will  be  presented  via  lectures,  class  discussions,  and  frequent  visits 
to  and  participation  in  several  plastic  surgery  clinics.  Guest  lecturers  in  the  areas  of 
plastic  surgery,  genetic  counseling,  and  otolaryngology  will  be  invited  to  participate 
in  the  course.  Major  content  areas  will  be  embryology,  etiology,  cleft  lip  and  palate, 
and  other  syndrome  classifications;  speech  and  language  considerations;  surgical, 
dental,  and  otologic  considerations;  psychological  and  social  considerations;  and  an 
analysis  of  the  total  team  habilitative  effort.  Prep.  Anatomy  and  Physiology  of  the 
Speech  Mechanism  and  permission  of  instructor. 

55.823  Psycho-Social  Aspects  of  Communication  Disorders 

This  course  is  concerned  with  the  psychological  and  social  aspects  of  organic  and 
nonorganic  communication  disorders.  It  will  include  personality  dynamics  in  aphasia, 
cleft  palate,  cerebral  palsy,  deafness,  and  other  primarily  organic  disorders,  and  psy- 
chogenically  motivated  disorders  such  as  stuttering,  language,  and  articulation. 
Prep,  permission  of  instructor. 

55.824  Seminar  in  Speech  Pathology 

Individual  research  and/or  critical  review  of  the  literature  in  some  area  of  basic 
science,  speech  sound  learning,  language,  voice,  fluency,  or  multiple  disorders. 
Class  presentations  of  material  and  class  discussion  will  be  included.  Prep,  open  to 
graduate  students  who  have  completed  the  equivalent  of  two  quarters  of  graduate 
work  in  Speech  Pathology  and  who  have  permission  of  the  instructor. 

55.860  Aphasia  Rehabilitation 

Emphasis  on  current  attitudes  toward  therapy  and  new  methods,  clinical  methods  of 
evaluation  which  are  preparatory  to  therapy,  and  observation  of  therapeutic 
methods.  Prep.  55.804  Aphasia  and  permission  of  instructor. 

55.861  Neuropathology 

The  intricacies  of  neurological  disease.  Application  of  functional  neuroanatomy  in 
comprehending  the  various  disease  processes  involving  the  nervous  system. 
Derangements  of  speech  with  a  neurological  basis;  an  understanding  of  the  disease 
process  in  relation  to  the  diagnosis  and  treatment  of  patients  with  neurological  dis- 
eases: cerebrovascular  disease  tumors  or  malformations,  Parkinson's  disease,  multi- 
ple sclerosis,  and  others.  Case  presentations,  neuroanatomy,  laboratory  experience, 
and  analysis  in  the  hospital  environment.  Prep,  permission  of  instructor. 

55.862  Psycho-Acoustics 

Particular  emphasis  will  be  placed  on  masking,  frequency  vs.  intensity  relationships, 
evoked  response  procedures,  brieftone  and  temporal  integration,  binaural  summa- 


COURSES/ 113 

tion,  impedance  foundations,  and  general  behavioral  responses  to  sound  stimuli. 
Prep.  Introduction  to  Speech  and  Hearing,  55.815  Clinical  Audiology,  55.820 
Physiological  Acoustics,  and  permission  of  instructor. 

55.863  Advanced  Study  in  Articulation  Disorders 

An  exploration  into  advanced  theories  of  normal  and  abnormal  phonological 
development  with  emphasis  on  distinctive  feature  theory  and  phoneme  theory;  direct 
application  of  theories  to  diagnosis  and  treatment  of  various  phonological  disorders. 
Prep,  undergraduate  course  in  articulation  disorders  and  permission  of  instructor. 

55.864  Parent  Education  in  Communication  Disorders 

This  course  is  designed  to  develop  the  student's  understanding  of  the  role  of  the 
parent  in  the  therapeutic  process.  Content  of  the  course  includes  various  approaches 
to  parent  education,  including  group  therapy,  client-centered  counseling,  and  filial 
therapy.  Prep.  55.823  Psycho-Social  Aspects  of  Communication  Disorders  and  per- 
mission of  instructor. 

55.865  Seminar:  Speech  Science 

Major  topics  will  include  the  physics  of  sound  generation  and  modification  via  the 
vocal  tract,  the  biophysiology  of  respiration  for  phonatory  processes,  elec- 
tromyographic techniques  and  biopotential  recording  systems,  laryngeal  and  ar- 
ticulator function,  coupling,  nasality,  and  X-ray  procedures  (head  plate  analysis). 
Neural  innervation  and  vascular  supply  will  be  considered  in  conjunction  with  each 
muscle  discussed.  Prep,  course  in  speech  science,  55.817  Advanced  Anatomy,  and 
permission  of  instructor. 

55.866  Hearing  Science  Seminar 

Individual  research  and/or  critical  review  of  the  literature  in  the  areas  of  bone  con- 
duction of  auditory  signals,  evoked  response  and  audiometry,  impedance  and 
audiometry,  cortical  processing  of  auditory  input,  and  other  related  topics.  Students 
will  be  responsible  for  class  presentations  of  researched  material.  Prep,  permission 
of  instructor. 

55.891     Thesis 

A  research  activity  that  may  be  elected  by  the  student  in  lieu  of  two  courses  (8 
quarter  hours),  with  the  approval  and  recommendation  of  the  adviser. 

55.895     Institute  in  Speech  Pathology  and  Audiology 

(See  general  institute  description  on  page  122.) 

55.898  Workshop  in  Speech  Pathology  and  Audiology 

(See  general  workshop  description  on  page  123.) 

55.899  Directed  Study 

This  experience  is  provided  for  the  student  whose  unique  academic  needs  or  in- 
terests cannot  be  adequately  satisfied  in  any  of  the  scheduled  courses  of  the  Depart- 
ment. Prep,  approval  of  the  Chairperson  of  the  Department  and  of  the  Director  of  the 
Graduate  School  of  Education.  (Approval  forms  must  be  submitted  during  the 
quarter  prior  to  registration  for  the  Directed  Study.) 


114 /COURSES 

Teaching  the  Deaf 

55.825  Teaching  Speech  to  Deaf  Children 

Utilization  of  vibration,  visual  aids,  kinesthetic  and  proprioceptive  cues,  residual 
hearing  and  imitation  in  combination,  to  elicit  intelligible  speech  from  the  deaf. 

55.826  Teaching  Language  and  Reading  to  Deaf  Children 

Modern  methods  in  use,  such  as  the  Fitzgerald  Key  and  the  Natural  Language  Ap- 
proach. Emphasis  on  how  to  use  language  in  natural  situations  through  lip  reading 
and  writing,  with  later  emphasis  on  the  formal  presentation  of  language  principles. 

Methods  used  to  develop  reading  experiences  that  focus  on  content  rather  than 
mechanics.  Development  of  a  balanced  reading  program  that  will  provide  adequate 
motivation,  provision  for  evaluation,  a  wide  variety  of  rich  materials,  and  a  well- 
organized  sequence  of  reading  experiences. 

55.827  Methods  and  Materials  In  Deaf  Education 

Special  methodologies  in  teaching  the  deaf.  A  wide  view  of  the  field  and  a  com- 
prehensive consideration  of  methods  and  materials.  Emphasis  placed  on  how  to 
provide  concrete  experiences  and  activities,  trips,  and  demonstrations  to  assist  the 
child  in  understanding.  There  will  also  be  demonstrations  in  the  use  of  visual  and 
auditory  aids. 

55.828  Aural  Rehabilitation 

Various  speechreading  methods,  auditory  training  techniques,  and  materials.  An  in- 
tegrated approach  to  the  treatment  of  the  hearing  handicapped. 

55.852     Practlcum:  Teaching  of  the  Deaf  (8  quarter  hours) 

An  opportunity  for  observing  and  teaching  deaf  children  at  various  levels,  under 
regular  supervision  in  the  Beverly  School  for  the  Deaf. 

REHABILITATION  ADMINISTRATION  AND  SPECIAL  EDUCATION 

Rehabilita tion  A dministra tion 

56.950  Introduction  to  Rehabilitation 

An  overview  of  and  orientation  to  the  field  of  rehabilitation,  including  its  historical 
development,  legislative  involvement,  psychological  implications,  and  sociological 
dimensions.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  coordinating  and  integrating  services  as  they 
relate  to  the  field  of  rehabilitation  as  a  community  process. 

56.951  Principles  of  Medical  Rehabilitation 

The  wide  spectrum  of  disabilities  that  could  profit  from  rehabilitation,  including 
orthopedic,  neurological,  medical,  surgical,  and  mental  disabilities.  Basic  principles 
of  medical  rehabilitation  important  for  the  administrator  to  know  will  be  presented. 
Psychological  aspects  of  disability  will  also  be  discussed. 

56.952  Rehabilitation  and  Social  Services 

The  use  of  vocational  rehabilitation  as  an  effective  rehabilitation  process  in  federal, 
state,  and  private  agencies  as  supported  and  encouraged  by  the  most  recent  social 
and  rehabilitation  services  legislation.  This  will  include  use  of  the  rehabilitation  model 
in  programs  for  the  physically  handicapped,  mentally  retarded,  emotionally  dis- 
turbed, aging,  welfare  populations,  youthful  offenders,  culturally  disadvantaged,  and 


COURSES/ 115 

other  special  community  programs.  There  will  be  emphasis  on  the  administrative  in- 
volvement in  developing  and  supporting  the  diagnostic,  evaluative,  counseling,  and 
placement  procedures  used  in  such  rehabilitative  programs. 

56.953     Organization  and  Administrative  Theory 

The  body  of  conceptual  knowledge  regarding  organizational  and  administrative 
theory  will  be  examined.  Formal  and  informal  organizations,  organizations  as  social 
systems,  status  and  role  concepts,  leadership  in  organizations,  power  structure, 
relationships  to  authority,  decision  making,  and  communication  in  and  between 
organizations.  An  organizational  analysis  will  be  made  of  all  the  different  types  of 
rehabilitation  settings  currently  in  use. 

56.956  Community  Planning  in  Rehabilitation 

What  the  administrator  needs  to  know  about  community  planning  to  plan  a  program 
in  his  area.  Basic  principles  of  community  planning,  community  organization,  and 
community  dynamics,  as  well  as  interdisciplinary  relations  in  rehabilitation.  Examples 
of  community  planning  from  different  rehabilitation  agencies  and  the  referral  process 
among  these  agencies  will  be  studied. 

56.957  Federal-State  Relations  in  Rehabilitation 

The  complex  network  of  federal-state  relations  and  their  implications  for  rehabilita- 
tion. Grant  procedures,  matching  formulas,  public  relations  and  VRA  directives,  state 
and  federal  legislation  pertinent  to  rehabilitation. 

56.958  Social  Welfare  and  Rehabilitation 

Acquainting  rehabilitation  administrators  with  the  broad  field  of  social  welfare.  The 
course  will  review  the  historical  backgrounds  of  the  relationship  between  vocational 
rehabilitation  and  social  welfare  and  the  more  recent  fast-moving  developments  in 
the  relationship  of  these  fields. 

56.959  Rehabilitation  Research 

The  emphasis  in  this  course  will  be  on  administrative  research,  program  evaluation, 
grantsmanship,  etc.  In  addition,  students  will  have  the  opportunity  to  develop  a 
research  design  on  some  aspect  of  rehabilitation  administration  and  carry  out  the 
necessary  research  operations  involved. 

56.960  Practicum  in  Rehabilitation  Administration  (8  quarter  hours) 
Students  will  be  assigned  to  a  variety  of  rehabilitation  agencies  for  their  practicum 
experience.  Problem  solving  relevant  to  experiences  encountered  in  internship.  A 
seminar  will  be  regularly  conducted  by  a  senior  faculty  member  in  conjunction  with 
the  practicum  experience.  This  seminar  will  enable  students  to  share  their  field  work 
experiences  and  resolve  problems  in  rehabilitation  administration  which  are  con- 
nected with  their  field  placements.  (Students  are  expected  to  be  available  one-half 
day  in  the  Fall  Quarter  and  two  days  in  the  Winter,  Spring,  and  Summer  Quarters.) 

56.961  Rehabilitation  Administration  I 

An  in-depth  study  of  management  practices  within  a  rehabilitation  organization  from 
a  behavioral  standpoint.  Areas  to  be  covered  include  need  surveys,  goal-setting 
practices,  job  descriptions,  recruitment,  staffing,  training,  professional  development, 
caseload  management,  program  planning,  utilization  of  research,  community 
relations,  leadership  patterns,  performance  appraisal,  and  external  relationships. 
Special  cases  will  be  used  in  classroom  exercises. 


116 /COURSES 

56.962  Administration  of  a  Sheltered  Workshop 

Special  problems  of  administering  a  sheltered  workshop,  such  as  community  plan- 
ning, work  evaluation,  job-training,  labor  relations,  contracting,  production,  and  oc- 
cupational placement. 

56.963  Rehabilitation  Administration  II 

Understanding  the  fiscal  management  of  the  typical  rehabilitation  setting,  including 
basic  rehabilitation  agency  accounting,  planned  program  budgeting,  disbursements, 
cost-analysis,  contracting,  taxation,  forecasting,  and  funding.  The  implication  of  data 
processing  for  fiscal  management  will  be  covered  in  the  course.  Special  problems 
will  be  assigned  during  the  course. 

56.964  Rehabilitation  and  the  Law 

This  course  is  designed  to  sensitize  rehabilitation  adminstrators  to  the  impact  of 
legislative  developments  upon  the  field  of  rehabilitation.  Special  emphasis  will  be 
placed  on  understanding  the  legal  implications  for  rehabilitation  of  the  latest 
Vocational  Rehabilitation  Administrative  Amendments,  workmen's  compensation 
laws,  eligibility  determination  criteria,  and  Social  Security  Amendments. 

56.965  Occupational  Placement 

A  study  of  the  dynamics  of  moving  the  rehabilitation  client  into  the  world  of  work 
within  the  framework  of  the  specific  community  structure.  Development  of  facility  in 
use  of  resource  materials  in  occupational  information,  job  description  and  analysis, 
performance  appraisal,  training,  and  vocational  assessment.  The  personnel  point  of 
view  toward  the  handicapped  will  be  discussed  and  analyzed,  and  more  effective 
placement  practices  will  be  developed. 

56.980  Psychological  Problems  of  Disability 

An  advanced  course  in  psycho-pathology  as  it  relates  to  impact  of  disability  on  per- 
sonality. In-depth  study  of  the  disabled,  from  the  viewpoint  of  psychosocial  factors, 
interpersonal  relationships,  and  cognitive  versus  noncognitive  functioning  in  those 
with  motor  and  sensory  disabilities;  problems  of  dependency  and  motivation;  role  of 
psychosomatic  factors. 

56.981  Administrative  Problems  In  Rehabilitation 

Seminar  designed  to  analyze,  in  depth,  critical  issues  and  selected  rehabilitation 
problems.  Operations  and  systems  research  as  applied  to  rehabilitation  will  be 
highlighted.  Students  will  make  use  of  institute  research  studies  and  studies  available 
through  Social  and  Rehabilitation  Services,  completed  research,  and  demonstration 
projects. 

56.982  Essentials  of  Case  Management  and  Supervision 

The  relationship  between  case  management  and  casework  supervision  will  be  ex- 
plored. Topics  covered  will  be  dynamics  of  the  communication  process,  decision 
making,  conflict,  resolution  and  compliance,  management  of  resources  external  to 
the  organization,  and  structural  and  functional  analysis  of  supervisory  process. 
Management  of  case  load. 

56.983  Rehabilitation  of  the  Alcoholic  and  Drug  Dependent 

A  study  of  comprehensive  factors,  including  the  nature  of  etiology  dynamics  involved 
in  alcoholic  and  drug  dependency;  techniques  for  evaluation;  rehabilitation  ad- 
ministration, planning,  and  treatment. 


COURSES/  117 

56.984  Rehabilitation  of  the  Penal  Offender 

The  rehabilitation  of  the  penal  offender  will  be  examined  from  an  eclectic  point  of 
view.  Psychodynamic  elements  will  be  stressed,  as  well  as  social  factors  in  the 
etiology,  evaluation,  treatment  and  rehabilitation  seminar  planning  and  administra- 
tion. 

56.985  Rehabilitation  of  the  Geriatric 

This  course  will  present  a  comprehensive  treatment  of  the  problems,  dimensions, 
and  parameters  involved  in  the  administration  of  the  various  services  and  facilities 
for  the  rehabilitation  of  the  geriatric.  Special  emphasis  will  be  placed  on  the 
rehabilitation  philosophy  versus  disengagement. 

56.986  Critical  Issues  In  Rehabilitation  Administration 

This  course  will  be  built  around  the  exploration  and  in-depth  discussion  of  current 
issues  which  are  highly  problematical  to  the  field.  Among  these  issues  are  the 
breadth  of  the  concept  of  disability,  appropriate  training  sequences  for  the  various 
rehabilitation  disciplines,  the  resolution  of  conflict  over  role  overlap  among  dis- 
ciplines, appropriate  models  for  service  delivery  systems,  etc.  The  most  current  and 
relevant  research  will  be  brought  to  bear  upon  these  areas,  as  well  as  knowledge 
from  the  reservoir  of  experience  of  instructors,  visiting  experts,  and  the  student  par- 
ticipants themselves.  Students  will  be  prepared  to  cope  with  these  issues  as  they  ex- 
ist in  the  profession  and  in  the  community.  A  theoretical  orientation  frame  of 
reference  will  be  brought  to  bear  upon  problems  wherever  feasible. 

56.991     Thesis 

A  research  activity  that  may  be  elected  by  the  student  in  lieu  of  two  electives  (8 
quarter  hours),  with  the  approval  and  recommendation  of  the  adviser. 

56.993     Doctoral  Dissertation 

Prep,  admission  to  candidacy  in  the  Doctor  of  Education  degree  program. 

56.995     Institute  in  Rehabilitation  Administration 

(See  general  institute  description  on  page  122.) 

56.998  Workshop  in  Rehabilitation  Administration 

(See  general  workshop  description  on  page  123.) 

56.999  Directed  Study 

This  experience  is  provided  for  the  student  whose  unique  academic  needs  or  in- 
terests cannot  be  adequately  satisfied  in  any  of  the  scheduled  courses  of  the  Depart- 
ment. Prep,  approval  of  the  Chairperson  of  the  Department  and  of  the  Director  of  the 
Graduate  School  of  Education.  (Approval  forms  must  be  submitted  during  the 
quarter  prior  to  registration  for  the  Directed  Study.) 

Special  Education 
(For  sequence  requirements  refer  to  Fields  of  Study) 

56.801     Alternatives  for  Providing  Services  for  Special  Needs  Children 

A  course  for  those  involved  in  the  regular  classroom,  special  education,  pupil  per- 
sonnel, and  administration.  Models  will  be  provided  for  decision  making  and 
program  evaluation  with  reference  to  appropriate  research.  The  consultative  role  of 


118 /COURSES 

the  special  educator  will  be  defined  and  developed.  There  will  be  interaction  with 
members  of  varied  and  allied  disciplines  who  provide  services  for  special  needs 
children. 

56.807  Learning  Disabilities 

This  course  surveys  behavioral  characteristics  of  children  who  present  specific 
deficits  in  perceptual,  integrative,  or  expressive  processes  which  impair  learning  ef- 
ficiency. Discussion  of  diagnostic  techniques,  curriculum  materials,  learning  style 
and  teaching  methods  will  be  combined  with  observation.  Students  will  be  expected 
to  work  with  a  learning  disabled  individual. 

56.808  Current  Methodology  and  Research  In  Learning  Disabilities 

This  is  an  advanced  course  which  will  develop  the  following  competencies  in  relation 
to  learning  disabled  individuals  from  early  childhood  through  adulthood:  use  of  task 
analysis  and  learning  style  to  develop  comprehensive  individual  education  plans 
(refinement  of  skills  developed  in  56.807);  use  of  current  research  to  evaluate 
techniques  of  intervention  (e.g.,  behavior  modification  and  drug  therapy  for  hyperac- 
tive children);  use  of  current  research  to  evaluate  assessment  techniques  (e.g.,  effec- 
tiveness of  available  tests  for  learning  disabilities);  ability  to  administer,  score,  and  in- 
terpret tests  useful  in  identifying  learning  disabilities;  use  of  prescriptive  techniques 
and  materials  for  learning  disabilities.  Selection  of  topics  within  competency  areas 
will  be  individualized  for  students  based  on  previous  course  work  and  experience. 
Prep.  56.807  Learning  Disabilities  and  50.815  Research  Design  in  Education 

56.809  Development  and  Implementation  of  Programs  for  Learning  Disorders 

This  advanced  course  develops  required  skills  for  resource  room  and  diagnostic- 
prescriptive  teaching  personnel  and  consultation  in  the  regular  classroom.  Projects 
for  the  course  include  some  of  the  following:  needs  assessment  for  various  special 
needs  programs;  development  of  a  screening  and  diagnostic  test  battery;  develop- 
ment of  a  diagnostic-prescriptive  procedure  for  a  specific  population;  development 
of  in-service  programs;  development  of  a  plan  for  educational  group  management. 
Projects  will  be  selected  by  students  according  to  their  particular  needs.  Students  in 
this  course  should  be  experienced  in  working  with  individuals  with  special  needs. 
Prep.  56.807  Learning  Disabilities  and  56.846-847  Special  Needs:  Measurement, 
Methods,  Materials. 

56.831  Teaching  the  Emotionally  Disturbed 

A  study  of  approaches  used  to  deal  with  behavioral  disorders.  Emphasis  will  be  on 
classroom  management  techniques,  use  of  consultation,  and  parent-teacher  interac- 
tion. 

56.832  Group  Dynamics 

Emphasis  on  understanding  group  growth,  behavior,  and  action  fundamental  to 
developing  solutions  to  the  complex  problems  of  group  life.  Students  will  learn  to  ex- 
amine their  strengths  and  weaknesses,  to  make  decisions,  to  become  alert  to  new 
ideas  and  actions,  to  discover  the  pulse  of  a  group,  and  analyze  reasons  for  being 
productive  while  another  group  may  be  nonproductive.  The  group  will  examine  such 
areas  as  sociodrama,  sociometric  techniques,  attitude  testing,  social  action  project 
development,  and  communication  blocks  in  human  relations. 


COURSES/  119 

56.833  Mental  Health 

Study  of  conditions  leading  to  optimal  social  adjustment.  Consideration  of  the 
relationship  between  the  maturation  process  and  mental  health,  possible  predeter- 
minants  of  maladjustment,  and  factors  which  encourage  the  attainment  of  emotional 
maturity.  Special  emphasis  will  be  paid  to  the  role  of  the  school.  Contributions  from 
the  fields  of  psychiatry,  psychology,  sociology,  physiology,  and  medicine  will  be  syn- 
thesized and  evaluated. 

56.834  Case  Conferences  on  Emotionally  Disturbed  Children 

This  course  will  be  conducted  as  a  seminar  in  connection  with  the  student's  prac- 
ticum.  Case  presentations  by  outstanding  resource  persons  will  be  thoroughly  ex- 
amined and  discussed.  Students  will  also  be  expected  to  make  their  case  presen- 
tations to  the  seminar.  Prep.  50.807  Abnormal  Psychology,  56.831  Teaching  the 
Emotionally  Disturbed. 

56.835  Socio-  and  Psychodynamics  of  Family  Life 

A  consideration  will  be  given  to  the  internal  and  external  dynamics  of  family  life  and 
the  significance  of  such  dynamics  to  the  mental  health  of  the  handicapped  child.  Ap- 
proaches to  working  with  parents  are  explored.  Emphasis  will  be  on  impact  of  dis- 
ability on  family  functioning  and  integration. 

56.837  Seminar:  Problems  of  the  Emotionally  Disturbed  Child 

This  course  will  be  devoted  to  an  intensive  study  of  the  special  problems  of  the 
emotionally  disturbed  child.  It  will  provide  an  opportunity  to  proceed  in  depth  in 
areas  of  special  interest  to  the  seminar  students.  Special  attention  will  be  paid  to 
problems  presented  by  the  autistic  child,  the  neurotic  child,  the  child  with  character 
disorders,  the  child  with  psychosomatic  disorders,  and  the  multi-handicapped  child. 
Prep.  56.880-881  Etiology  and  Development  of  Deviations  in  Special  Needs  In- 
dividuals. 

56.838  Development  and   Implementation  of  Programs  for  the  Severely  Han- 
dicapped 

Course  work  will  include  observation  of  severely  handicapped  children  in  the 
classroom,  demonstration  of  evaluation  and  assessment  techniques,  and  develop- 
ment of  educational  plans  for  a  severely  handicapped  child.  Prep.  56.840  Psychology 
of  Mental  Retardation  and  Other  Handicapping  Conditions,  56.846-847  Special 
Education  Methods  and  Materials  Related  to  Measurement  and  Evaluation  (may  be 
taken  concurrently),  56.839  The  Severely  Handicapped. 

56.839  The  Severely  Handicapped 

A  review  of  handicapping  conditions  and  consideration  of  the  implications  of  severe 
multiple  handicaps.  Students  will  develop  a  case  study  of  a  severely  handicapped 
person  in  conjunction  with  a  review  of  relevant  literature.  Prep,  either  56.880  Etiology 
and  Development  of  Deviations  in  Special  Needs  Individuals  or  56.840  Psychology  of 
Mental  Retardation  and  Other  Handicapping  Conditions,  or  permission  of  the  in- 
structor. 

56.840  Psychology  of  Mental  Retardation  and  Other  Handicapping  Conditions 

A  study  of  the  social  and  emotional  adjustment  of  handicapped  children  and  of  the 
psychological  significance  of  mental,  sensory,  and  motor  variations  in  the  adjustive 
process.  The  effects  of  limitations  imposed  by  attitudes  of  society,  the  attitude  of  the 


120 /COURSES 

individual  toward  his  handicap,  and  the  effect  of  the  handicap  itself  are  evaluated. 
Implications  for  educational  programs  are  analyzed.  (This  course  should  be  among 
the  first  taken  in  the  Special  Education  sequence.) 

56.841     Development  and  Implementation  of  Programs  for  the  Moderately  Han- 
dicapped 

Development  and  implementation  of  programs  for  the  moderately  handicapped  will 
be  discussed;  classroom  observation  of  moderately  handicapped  children, 
demonstration  of  evaluation  and  assessment  techniques,  and  development  of 
educational  plans  for  one  or  more  moderately  handicapped  children  will  be  projects 
for  the  course.  Prep.  56.840  Psychology  of  Mental  Retardation  and  Other  Handicap- 
ping Conditions,  56.846-847  Special  Education  Methods  and  Materials  Related  to 
Measurement  and  Evaluation  (may  be  taken  concurrently). 

56.843     Evaluation  and  Education  of  the  Vocationally  Handicapped 

Designed  to  develop  fundamental  skills  in  the  evaluation  and  teaching  of  activities 
related  to  the  vocational  development  of  disabled  individuals.  Work  sample  and 
other  techniques  will  be  used  to  assess  levels  of  skills.  Focus  will  be  on  activities  such 
as  home  management,  use  of  tools,  household  repairs,  basic  sewing,  essentials  of 
food  preparation,  and  activities  of  daily  living  (ADL).  Visits  will  be  made  to  sheltered 
workshops  and  vocational  adjustment  centers. 

56.845  Rehabilitation  and  the  Special  Education  Teacher 

This  course  is  designed  to  develop  effective  working  relationships  between 
rehabilitation  professionals  and  special  education  teachers.  Elementary  and  second- 
ary school  personnel  concerned  with  children  with  special  needs  will  also  find  the 
course  pertinent.  Consideration  will  be  given  to  current  legislation  (Massachusetts 
Chapter  766)  and  its  implementation,  the  teacher's  role  in  rehabilitation,  and  un- 
derstanding of  the  total  rehabilitation  process,  and  rehabilitation  resources  available 
to  school  personnel. 

56.846  Special  Needs:  Measurement,  Methods,  and  Materials  I 

Competencies  will  be  developed  in  observation,  recording,  and  analysis  of  children's 
behavior  and  learning  environments  including  continuous  measurement  and  infor- 
mal assessment  of  mild  and  moderate  special  needs.  Students  will  master  strategies 
of  applied  behavior  analysis  including  precision  teaching  and  contingency  manage- 
ment. 

56.847  Special  Needs:  Measurement,  Methods,  and  Materials  II 

Competencies  will  be  developed  in  formal  assessment  techniques  and  in  related  in- 
structional materials  and  methods  in  language  arts,  mathematics,  and  perceptual- 
motor  skills.  Students  will  be  expected  to  work  with  individuals  having  mild  to 
moderate  special  needs  to  develop  the  skills  outlined  above.  Prep.  56.807  Learning 
Disabilities  and  56.846  Special  Needs:  Measurement,  Methods  and  Materials  I,  or 
permission  of  instructor. 

56.848  Early    Childhood    Learning    Problems    —    Identification    and    Program 
Development 

Informal  and  formal  screening  and  assessment  procedures  suitable  for  an  early 
childhood  population  will  be  evaluated.  Students  will  be  required  to  work  with  young 
children  in  order  to  acquire  experience  with  screening  and  assessment  techniques. 


COURSES/ 121 

The  resulting  information  will  then  be  used  to  develop  programs  to  meet  the  needs  of 
individual  children.  Prep.  56.846  Special  Education  Methods  and  Materials  or 
equivalent. 

56.849  Special  Education  for  Gifted  Children 

Identification,  characteristics,  and  problems  of  gifted,  creative,  and  talented  children 
and  youth.  Emphasis  on  administrative  and  instructional  adjustments  needed  to 
provide  for  this  group  of  exceptional  children. 

56.850  Field  Work  and  Seminar  with  Special  Needs  Children 

56.851  Student  Teaching  and  Seminar  with  Special  Needs  Children 

(4  quarter  hours  each) 
Courses  designed  to  satisfy  present  Massachusetts  requirements  for  teaching 
children  with  special  needs. 

The  courses  extend  over  a  full  year  in  a  series  of  experiences  as  observer,  tutor, 
and  teacher.  Students  must  make  available  approximately  250  hours  or  two  days  per 
week  for  two  quarters  for  field  work,  then  approximately  another  250  hours  or  four 
days  per  week  for  one  quarter  for  student  teaching.  Students  who  are  employed  and 
who  cannot  devote  full  days  to  satisfy  these  requirements  must  arrange  to  be 
available  evenings,  weekends,  and  summers.  Provision  for  attendance  at  biweekly 
seminars  must  also  be  made.  Seminars  are  for  the  purpose  of  discussing  with  other 
students  and  professors  issues  in  teaching  special  needs  children,  which  arise  in  the 
field.  Outside  speakers  and  programs  will  be  arranged  to  extend  this  dialogue. 

Students  who  are  certified,  have  a  Letter  of  Approval,  or  are  eligible  for  the  latter 
from  the  Massachusetts  State  Department  of  Education  as  a  Special  Needs  teacher 
may  not  be  required  to  student  teach.  Student  teaching  in  another  area  of  special 
needs  or  an  appropriate  elective  course  may  be  substituted  with  the  written  approval 
of  the  student's  academic  adviser. 

Approval  of  the  academic  adviser,  in  writing,  will  be  required  before  the  student 
can  do  field  placement  or  student  teaching.  Approval,  in  writing,  of  the  academic  ad- 
viser will  be  required  prior  to  obtaining  a  waiver  of  student  teaching. 

All  students,  regardless  of  past  experience,  certifications,  or  letters  of  approval, 
will  do  approximately  250  hours  of  field  work  set  up  and  supervised  by  the  University. 

56.853  Field  Work  and  Seminar 

56.854  Practicum  in  Special  Education  (4  quarter  hours  each) 
Courses  designed  to  satisfy  Department  requirements  for  field  experience  and  ex- 
tended practicum  for  SECP  or  other  students  who  do  not  need  certification.  The 
courses  extend  over  a  full  year  and  cover  a  series  of  experiences.  Students  must 
make  available  a  minimum  of  two  days  per  week  for  the  first  two  quarters  and  five  full 
days  per  week  for  the  third  quarter.  Application  for  field  placement  is  made  two 
quarters  prior  to  that  for  which  field  work  is  planned.  Part-time  students  who  are 
employed  will  need  to  make  provision  for  evening,  weekend,  or  summer  assignments 
to  satisfy  the  requirement  for  field  experience,  and  a  full  quarter  of  field  work,  five 
days  per  week.  Provision  for  attendance  at  seminars  must  also  be  made. 

56.870     Administration  and  Supervision  of  Special  Education 

Designed  for  advanced  graduate  students  preparing  for  administrative  or  super- 
visory positions  in  special  education  programs.  Facilities  and  curriculum  ad- 
justments, staff  roles,  methods  and  content  for  in-service  training,  and  the  use  of  the 
team  approach  are  studied.  Field  trips  to  observe  and  evaluate  programs  are  re- 
quired. Prep.  52.810,  52.811  Leadership  in  Education  I  &  II. 


122 /COURSES 

56.880-881     Etiology  and  Development  of  Deviations  In  Special  Needs 

Individuals  (8  quarter  hours) 

The  first  quarter  (56.880)  will  concentrate  on  factors  which  primarily  affect  deviations 
in  cognitive,  motoric,  and  physical  development.  Understanding  of  these  factors  will 
be  used  to  discuss  multidisciplinary  life-management  issues  relating  to  Down's  Syn- 
drome, cerebral  palsy,  and  other  common  conditions. 

The  second  quarter  (56.881)  will  concentrate  on  factors  which  primarily  affect 
emotional  development.  Psychobiological,  psychodynamic,  and  learning  theory  ap- 
proaches will  be  discussed  and  related  to  problems  of  life-span  management.  Com- 
munity programs  will  be  analyzed  in  addition  to  the  more  traditional  intervention 
techniques. 

56.882     Seminar  in  Mental  Retardation 

A  study  of  research  in  the  field  and  its  implications  for  teaching.  Intervention 
strategies  will  be  studied  and  evaluated. 

56.891     Thesis 

A  research  activity  that  may  be  elected  by  the  student  in  lieu  of  two  courses  (8 
quarter  hours),  with  the  approval  and  recommendation  of  the  adviser. 

56.893     Doctoral  Dissertation 

Prep,  admission  to  candidacy  in  the  Doctor  of  Education  degree  program. 

56.895     Institute  in  Special  Education 

(See  general  institute  description  on  page  122.) 

56.898  Workshop  in  Special  Education 

(See  general  workshop  description  on  page  123.) 

56.899  Directed  Study 

This  experience  is  provided  for  the  student  whose  unique  academic  needs  or  in- 
terests cannot  be  adequately  satisfied  in  any  of  the  scheduled  courses  of  the  Depart- 
ment. Prep,  approval  of  the  Chairperson  of  the  Department  and  of  the  Director  of  the 
Graduate  School  of  Education.  (Approval  forms  must  be  submitted  during  the 
quarter  prior  to  registration  for  the  Directed  Study.) 

INSTITUTES 
50.895,  51.895,  51.896,  52.895,  53.895,  55.895,  56.895,  56.995 

A  department  may  offer  a  special  institute  in  a  specific  field  of  interest  from  time  to 
time.  The  institute  may  be  a  collaborative  one  offered  by  the  several  departments  in 
the  College  of  Education  and  will  usually  include  a  special  institute  faculty  drawn 
from  resources  outside  the  University,  as  well  as  from  the  CoHege  of  Education  facul- 
ty. The  institute  will  focus  on  a  specific  area  of  academic  study  and  may  be  inter- 
disciplinary in  nature;  it  involves  total  time  commitments  on  the  part  of  participants  in 
morning,  afternoon,  and  evening  sessions  five  or  six  days  per  week  for  one  to  eight 
weeks,  depending  upon  the  nature  and  scope  of  the  institute.  Institutes  are 
customarily  designed  for  participants  who  are  currently  employed  in  a  common  field 
of  work  and  who  are  desirous  of  receiving  additional  preparation  in  new  methods, 
new  materials,  and  new  content  areas.  Graduate  credit  will  be  granted  for  successful 
completion  of  an  institute  but  may  not  be  applied  toward  a  degree  program  at  the 


COURSES/  123 

University  without  the  approval  of  the  department  in  which  the  student  is  doing  his 
major  field  of  specialization  degree  work.  All  institute  participants  must  be  degree 
candidates  in  the  Graduate  School  of  Education  or  must  qualify,  prior  to  registration, 
as  special  graduate  students.  Prep,  permission  of  institute  instructor. 

WORKSHOPS 

50.898,  51.897,  51.898,  52.898,  53.898,  55.898,  56.898,  56.998 

A  department  may  offer  a  special  workshop  in  a  specific  field  of  interest  from  time 
to  time.  Emphasis  in  the  workshop  will  be  focused  on  development  of  instructional 
materials  or  resolution  of  practical  problems  within  a  single  school  or  institutional 
setting,  or  for  a  group  of  potential  workshop  participants  who  are  currently  employed 
in  a  common  field  of  work.  Graduate  credit  will  be  granted  for  successful  completion 
of  a  workshop  but  may  not  be  applied  toward  a  degree  program  at  the  University 
without  the  approval  of  the  department  in  which  the  student  is  doing  his  major  field  of 
specialization  degree  work.  All  workshop  participants  must  be  degree  candidates  in 
the  Graduate  School  of  Education  or  must  qualify,  prior  to  registration,  as  special 
graduate  students.  Prep,  permission  of  workshop  instructor. 

INTERDEPARTMENTAL  COURSES 

93.801     Seminar  in  Early  Childhood  Education  Theory  and  Practice 

The  seminar  will  provide  students  with  the  opportunity  to  focus  on  issues  not 
specifically  covered  in  other  course  work.  Consideration  will  include  such  topics  as: 
health  and  nutrition,  diagnosis  of  childhood  diseases,  classroom  organization  and 
management,  referral  of  children  with  special  problems,  licensing,  financing,  and  the 
like.  Emphasis  on  all  these  topics  is  relative  to  early  childhood  education  and  set- 
tings. Specialists  on  the  various  topics  will  assist  in  seminar  teaching. 

93.802-803  Practicum  in  Early  Childhood  Education  I  and  II  (8  quarter  hours) 
The  early  childhood  practicum  is  a  supervised  teaching  experience  extending  over 
three  consecutive  quarters,  although  students  will  register  for  this  for  only  two 
quarters.  To  fulfill  the  requirement,  students  must  meet  in  practicum  seminars  for  a 
total  of  twenty-four  times  during  the  placement.  Assignment  to  practicum  settings  will 
be  made  through  the  Director  of  Field  Placement  in  association  with  the  practicum 
adviser.  Practicum  placements  will  be  made  in  accord  with  students'  backgrounds, 
experience,  and  progress  in  the  program. 


124  /  DEPARTMENTAL  DIRECTORY 


DEPARTMENTAL  DIRECTORY 


Bureau  of  Field  Services 
Counselor  Education 
Curriculum  and  Instruction 
Director  of  Field  Placement 
Educational  Administration 
Foundations  of  Education 
Graduate  School  of  Education 
Rehabilitation  Administration 
Special  Education 
Speech  Pathology  and  Audiology 


Telephone 

Office 

Number 

118CU 

437-3298 

405  CU 

437-3276 

227  CU 

437-3302 

96  CA 

437-3280 

82  CA 

437-3286 

306  CU 

437-3282 

118CU 

437-2708 

6RB 

437-2485 

6RB 

437-2485 

133  FR 

437-2493 

UNDERGRADUATE  COLLEGES 

Offering  full-time  day  curricula  on  the  Cooperative  Plan  leading  to  baccalaureate 
degrees 


Boston-Bouve  College 

College  of  Business  Administration 

college  of  Criminal  Justice 

College  of  Education 

College  of  Engineering 


College  of  Liberal  Arts 

College  of  Nursing 

College  of  Pharmacy  and  Allied 

Health  Professions 
Lincoln  College 


Offering  part-time  curricula  during  late  afternoon  and  evening  hours  leading  to 
associate  and  baccalaureate  degrees 

Lincoln  College 
University  College 


index 


Academic  Council,  13 
Address  of  Graduate  School 

of  Education,  1 
Administration 

Graduate  Division,  14 

University,  10 
Admission 

GAGS,  42 

Ed.D.  Degree,  43 

Master's  Degree,  38 

Nondegree  Certification,  42 

Assistantships,  32 

B 

Board  of  Trustees,  9 
Building  and  Facilities,  19 


Calendar,  5 

Campus  Description  and 
Location,  19 
Map,  4 
Certificate  of  Advanced 
Graduate  Study,  42 
(See  also  Fields  of  Study) 
Class  Hours  and  Credits,  25 
Classifications,  Academic,  40 
Colleges,  Undergraduates,  124 
Committee  of  the  Graduate 
School  of  Education,  16 
Comprehensive  Examination,  41 
Continuing  Education,  Center  for,  18 
Cooperative  Plan  of  Education,  17 
Core  Requirements,  47 
Corporation,  7 
Courses,  Description  of 

Counselor  Education,  105 
Educational  Administration,  97 
Foundations  of  Education,  86 
Curriculum  and  Instruction,  90 
Rehabilitation  Administration 
and  Special  Education,  115 
Speech  Pathology  and 
Audiology,  110 


Credits,  25,  41 
Transfer,  41 


Departmental  Directory,  124 
Doctor's  Degree,  Admission,  43 


Early  Childhood  Education,  61 


Faculty,  33 

Faculty  Senate,  13 

Fees,  29 

Fields  of  Study 

Advanced  Graduate  Study,  76 
Teacher  Certification,  75 
Programs  in  Professional 

Specializations,  46 
Doctor  of  Education,  84 

Financial  Information,  29 

Full-Time  Study,  39 


Grading  System,  24 
Graduate  and  Professional 
Schools,  17 

H 

Henderson  House,  21 
Honor  Society,  26 


Institutes,  122 
Interdepartmental  Courses,  123 


Libraries,  19 

M 

Map  of  Campus,  4 

Marine  Science  Institute,  21 

Master's  Degree,  Admission,  38 


125 


126 /INDEX 


Part-Time  Study,  39 
Programs  of  Study,  37 
(See  also  Fields  of  Study) 


Refunds,  30 
Registration,  24 

Dates,  5 
Regulations,  23 
Research  Activities,  18 
Residence  Requirement,  24 


Special-Student  Status,  40 
Student  Center.  19 
Student  Teaching,  75 


Suburban  Facilities,  21 

T 

Teacher  Certification  Program,  75 
Traineeships,  32 
Transfer  Credits,  41 
Trustees,  9 
Tuition,  29 

U 

Undergraduate  Colleges,  124 
University  Graduate  Council,  14 

W 

Withdrawals,  25 
Workshops,  123 


graduate  school  of  engineering  northeastern  university  1976-7 


NEA 

Se?C 


NEW  ENGLA 
ASSOCIATI' 
OF  S  C  H  O  O 
AND  COLLEC 


214  Hayden  Hall 
vjdu  nuruinyion  Mvunuc 
Boston,  Massachusetts  02115 
Telephone  (617)  437-2711 


contents 


4  Campus  Map 

5  Academic  Calendar 

6  University  Holidays 

7  The  Governing  Boards  and  Officers  of  the  University 

7  The  Northeastern  University  Corporation 

9  Board  of  Trustees 

10  Administration  Organization 

13  General  University  Committees 

14  Organization  of  the  Graduate  Schools 
17  The  University 

19  Buildings  and  Facilities 

23  Regulations  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Engineering 

24  General  Regulations 
29  The  Master's  Degree 

31  The  Doctor  of  Philosophy  Degree 

33  The  Doctor  of  Engineering  Degree 

36  Interdisciplinary  Programs 

37  The  Engineer  Degree 
39  Financial  Information 

39  Financial  Obligations 

40  Financial  Aid 
43  Faculty 

46  Fields  of  Study 

46  Civil  Engineering 

55  Mechanical  Engineering 

65  Electrical  Engineering 

80  Chemical  Engineering 

87  Industrial  Engineering  and  Engineering  Management 

96  Graduate  Program  in  Transportation  (Interdisciplinary) 

98  Description  of  Courses 

98  Civil  Engineering 

109  Mechanical  Engineering 

122  Electrical  Engineering 

144  Chemical  Engineering 

149  Industrial  Engineering  and  Engineering  Management 

158  Mathematics  and  Physics 

159  Index 


ACADEMIC  CALENDAR  1976—1977 


Fall  Quarter  1976 

Registration  period 

Burlington 

Boston 
Interview  period  for  new 

students  by  appointment* 
Classes  begin 
Examination  period 

Winter  Quarter  1976—1977 

Registration  period 

Burlington 

Boston 
Interview  period  for  new 

students  by  appointment* 
Classes  begin 
Examination  period 


Tuesday — Wednesday 
Monday— Thursday 

Monday — Thursday 

Monday 

Monday — Saturday 


Tuesday 

Monday — Thursday 

Monday— Thursday 
Monday 
Monday— Saturday 


Sept.  14—15 
Sept.  20—23 

Sept.  20-23 
Sept.  27 
Dec.  13—18 


Nov.  30 
Dec.  6—9 

Dec.  6—9 
Jan.  3 
Mar.  21—26 


Spring  Quarter  1977 

Registration  period 

Burlington 

Boston 
Classes  begin 
Last  day  to  file  card  for 

Spring  Commencement 
Last  day  to  pay  fee  for 

Spring  Commencement 
Final  grades  due  in  Registrar's 

Office  for  June  graduates 
Examination  period 
Spring  Commencement 


Tuesday 

Monday — Thursday 

Monday 

Friday 

Friday 

Friday 

Monday— Saturday 

Sunday 


Mar. 

8 

Mar. 

14- 

-17 

Apr. 

4 

Apr. 

1 

Apr. 

29 

June 

(3 

June 

s13- 

-18 

June 

(19 

Monday— Tuesday 
Wednesday— Thursday 


-Thursday 


Summer  Quarter  1977 

Registration  period 

Burlington 

Boston 
Interview  period  for  new 

students  by  appointment* 
Classes  begin 
Last  day  to  file  card  for 

Fall  Commencement 
Last  day  to  pay  fee  for 

Fall  Commencement 
Examination  period 

*  Appointments  for  interviews  with  new  students  must  be  made  at  least  four  days  before  the  date 

of  the  interview. 
t  Examinations  for  day  classes  will  be  held  in  accordance  with  the  undergraduate  examination 

schedule. 


Wednesday- 
Monday 

Friday 


Monday 

Wednesday — Thursday 


June  13—14 
June  15—16 

June  15—16 
June  27 

July  1 

Aug.  1 
Aug.  3—4 


UNIVERSITY  HOLIDAYS  1976—1977 


Columbus  Day 
Veterans'  Day 
Thanksgiving  Recess 
Christmas  Vacation 
Martin  Luther  King  Day 
Washington's  Birthday 
Patriot's  Day 
Memorial  Day 
Independence  Day 
Labor  Day 


Monday 

Thursday 

Thursday— Saturday 

Monday— Saturday 

Saturday 

Monday 

Monday 

Monday 

Monday 

Monday 


October  1 1 
November  1 1 
November  25—27 
Dec.  20— Jan.  1 
January  15 
February  21 
April  18 
May  30 
July  4 
September  5 


Equal  Opportunity  Policy 

Northeastern  University  is  committed  to  a  policy  of  providing  equal  op- 
portunity for  all.  In  all  matters  involving  admissions,  registration,  and  all  of- 
ficial relationships  with  students,  including  evaluation  of  academic  perfor- 
mance, the  University  insists  on  a  policy  of  nondiscrimination.  Northeastern 
University  is  also  an  equal  opportunity  employer;  it  is  institutional  policy  that 
there  shall  not  be  any  discrimination  against  any  employee  or  applicant  for 
employment  because  of  race,  color,  religion,  sex,  age,  national  origin,  or  on 
the  basis  of  being  a  handicapped  but  otherwise  qualified  individual.  In  addi- 
tion, Northeastern  takes  affirmative  action  in  the  recruitment  of  students 
and  employees. 


the  governing  boards 
and  officers 
of  the  university 


THE  CORPORATION 

Julius  Abrams 
Charles  F.  Adams 
Vernon  R.  Alden 
William  T.  Alexander 
William  F.  Allen,  Jr. 
O.  Kelley  Anderson 

*  Diana  J.  Auger 

Allen  G.  Barry 

Lincoln  C.  Bateson 

Thomas  P.  Beal 
*Roy  H.  Beaton 
*F.  Gregg  Bemis 

Beverly  Ann  Bendekgey 

Robert  D.  Black 

Gerald  W.  Blakeley,  Jr. 

Raymond  H.  Blanchard 

S.  Whitney  Bradley 

Rexford  A.  Bristol 

Edward  W.  Brooke 

*  George  R.  Brown 
Martin  Brown 
William  L.  Brown 
William  H.  Bruce,  Jr. 
John  L.  Burns 
Hyman  H.  Burstein 
Victor  C.  Bynoe 

*  Louis  W.  Cabot 

*  Norman  L.  Cahners 
Henry  F.  Callahan 

Mrs.  Anthony  S.  Camarota 

(Dorothy  Dodge) 
Erwin  D.  Canham 
Thomas  E.  Cargill,  Jr. 


Richard  P.  Chapman 
Theodore  Chase 
Robert  F.  Chick 
Vessarios  G.  Chigas 
Carl  W.  Christiansen 
David  H.  Cogan 
Abram  T.  Collier 
William  A.  Coolidge 
Edward  Creiger 
H.  James  Crossan,  Jr. 

Roger  C.  Damon 
Edward  Dana 
William  O.  DiPietro 
Alfred  di  Scipio 
Estelle  Dockser  (Mrs.) 
William  R.  Driver,  Jr. 

CarlS.  Ell 
Byron  K.  Elliott 
William  P.  Ellison 
Joseph  A.  Erickson 
Robert  Erickson 

'Frank  L.  Farwell 
James  V.  Fetchero 
Eldred  L.  Field 
Joseph  F.  Ford 

Thomas  J.  Galligan,  Jr. 
James  M.  Gavin 
Lloyd  S.  Glidden,  Jr. 
Elliott  M.  Gordon 
John  L.  Grandin 
Don  S.  Greer 


'Member  of  the  Board  of  Trustees 


*  Donald  B.  Guy 

Allan  M.  Hale 
William  Hellman 

*  Ernest  Henderson  III 
James  S.  Herbert 
Richard  D.  Hill 
Charles  E.  Hodges 

*  Harold  D.  Hodgkinson 
Robert  W.  Holmes 
Harvey  P.  Hood 
Hartwell  G.  Howe 
John  S.  Howe 
Howard  M.  Hubbard 
Carl  R.  Hurtig 

*  Robert  L.  Johnson 

*  Henry  C.  Jones 

George  S.  Kariotis 
*Mrs.  John  B.  Kenerson 
(Frances  Comins) 

E.  Douglas  Kenna 

Edward  M.  Kennedy 

Fenton  G.  Keyes 

Calvin  A.  King 
*Asa  S.  Knowles 

Harvey  C.  Krentzman 

Joseph  C.  Lawler 
Maurice  Lazarus 
Elma  Lewis 

*  Kenneth  A.  Loftman 
Edward  A.  Loring 

*John  Lowell 
Ralph  Lowell* 
Diane  H.  Lupean 

*  Lawrence  H.  Martin 
*J.  Edwin  Matz 

Peter  H.  McCormick 
Percy  M.  Mcintosh 
Andrew  J.  McNeill 
Dominic  Meo,  Jr. 
William  C.  Mercer 
*Member  of  the  Board  of  Trustees 
"Honorary  Trustee 


Mrs.  Andrew  H.  Messer 

(MelanieC.  Berger) 
Don  G.  Mitchell 

*  Harold  A.  Mock 
Frank  E.  Morris 
James  A.  Morris 
William  B.  Moses,  Jr. 

'*  Stephen  P.  Mugar 

William  H.  Nichols,  Jr. 
Mrs.  James  Nicholson 

(Kathryn  A.  MacKinnon) 
John  T.  Noonan 

Bernard  J.  O'Keefe 
Adrian  O'Keeffe 
Harry  Olins 
George  Olmsted,  Jr. 
Stanley  C.  Olsen 
James  H.  Orr 
Ara  Oztemel 

*Augustin  H.  Parker 
Edward  S.  Parsons 

*  Amelia  Peabody 
Theodore  R.  Peary 
Nicholas  V.  Petrou 

*  Thomas  L.  Phillips 
Edward  D.  Phinney 
Jerome  M.  Powell 
Albert  Pratt 
Peter  W.  Princi 
William  J.  Pruyn 
George  Putnam 

Blanche  M.  Quaid 

*  Francis  J.  Quirico 

William  M.  Rand 

William  H.  Raye,  Jr. 

Kathleen  M.  Rice 
*Joseph  G.  Riesman 

R.  Earl  Roberson 

Daniel  J.  Roberts 
*Dwight  P.  Robinson,  Jr. 


Ralph  B.  Rogers 
Kenneth  G.  Ryder 

Leverett  Saltonstall 
David  T.  Scott 
Donald  W.  Seager 
Sydney  Shaftman 
James  L.  Shanahan 
Philip  A.  Singleton 
Donald  W.  Smith 
Farnham  W.  Smith 
George  A.  Snell 
Bernard  Solomon 
Robert  C.  Sprague 
Russell  B.  Stearns 
Earl  P.  Stevenson 
David  B.  Stone 
Robert  G.  Stone 


Lawrence  I.  Templeman 
Charles  H.  Tenney  II 
Almore  I.  Thompson 
Milton  A.  Thompson 
*D.  Thomas  Trigg 

*  Chaplin  Tyler 

Samuel  Wakeman 
Martin  F.  Walsh 
An  Wang 
Lloyd  B.  Waring 
Edward  A.  Weeks 
William  C.  White 

*  Robert  H.Willis 

Richard  W.  Young 

Vincent  C.  Ziegler 
*Alvin  C.  Zises 


THE  BOARD  OF  TRUSTEES 

Robert  H.  Willis,  Chairman 
Norman  L.  Cahners,  Vice  Chairman 
William  R.  Driver,  Jr.,  Vice  Chairman 

Frank  L.  Farwell,  Vice  Chairman 

Farnham  W.  Smith,  Vice  Chairman 

D.  Thomas  Trigg,  Treasurer 

Philip  C.  Boyd,  Secretary 

Byron  K.  Elliott,  Honorary  Chairman 

Dwight  P.  Robinson,  Jr.,  Honorary  Vice  Chairman 

Russell  B.  Stearns,  Honorary  Vice  Chairman 


Class  of  1976 

Diana  J.  Auger 
George  R.  Brown 
William  R.  Driver,  Jr. 
Harold  D.  Hodgkinson 
Robert  L.  Johnson 
Mrs.  John  B.  Kenerson 

(Frances  Comins) 
Amelia  Peabody 
Thomas  L.  Phillips 
James  L.  Shanahan 
Robert  G.  Stone 
Robert  H.  Willis 


Class  of  1977 

Norman  L.  Cahners 
Richard  P.  Chapman 
Edward  Dana 
William  P.  Ellison 
James  V.  Fetchero 
Ernest  Henderson  III 
Asa  S.  Knowles 
Joseph  G.  Riesman 
Dwight  P.  Robinson,  Jr. 
Donald  W.  Smith 
Alvin  C.  Zises 


*Member  of  the  Board  of  Trustees 


Class  of  1978 


Class  of  1979 


David  H.  Cogan 
CarlS.  Ell 
Frank  L.  Farwell 
Henry  C.  Jones 
J.  Edwin  Matz 
Harold  A.  Mock 
Farnham  W.  Smith 
George  A.  Snell 
Russell  B.  Stearns 
D.  Thomas  Trigg 
Chaplin  Tyler 


Roy  H.  Beaton 
F.  Gregg  Bemis 
Louis  W.  Cabot 
Byron  K.  Elliott 
Donald  B.  Guy 
Kenneth  A.  Loftman 
John  Lowell 
Lawrence  H.  Martin 
Augustin  H.  Parker 
Francis  J.  Quirico 
Earl  P.  Stevenson 


Kenneth  G.  Ryder,  ex  officio 
Stephen  P.  Mugar,  Honorary  Trustee 


ADMINISTRATIVE  ORGANIZATION 
Officers  of  the  University 

Kenneth  G.  Ryder,  A.B.,  M.A.,  L.H.D.,  President 

Asa  S.  Knowles,  A.B.,  A.M.,  LL.D.,  Litt.D.,  Sc.D.,  D.B.A.,  Sc.D.  in  Bus.  Ed., 
Chancellor 

Carl  S.  Ell,  A.B.,  S.B.,  Ed.M.,  M.S.,  Sc.D.,  L.H.D.,  LL.D.,  D.S.Ed.,  President 
Emeritus 

Harry  T.  Allan,  A.B.,  B.S.,  J.D.,  Provost 

John  A.  Curry,  A.B.,  Ed.M.,  Vice  President  for  Administration  and    Student 
Affairs 

Edmund  L.  Deltano,  B.A.,  Vice  President  for  Finance 

Eugene  M.  Reppucci,  Jr.,  B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Vice  President  for  Development  and 
Director  of  Development 

Daniel  J.  Roberts,  Jr.,  B.S.,  M.B.A.,  Ed.M.,  Vice  President  for  Business 

Royal    K.   Toebes,   B.S.,   M.B.A.,    Vice   President  for  Alumni  Affairs  and 
Associate  Director  of  Development 

Roy  L.  Wooldridge,  B.S.,  Ed.M.,  Vice  President  for  Cooperative 
Education 


10 


Academic  Deans,  Directors  of  Schools  and 
General  Administrative  Officers 

Catherine  L.  Allen,  B.S.,  M.A.,  Ed.D.,  Ph.D.,  Dean  of  Boston-Bouve  College 
and  Director  of  Boston-Bouve  College  Graduate  School 

Kenneth  W.  Ballou,  A.B.,  Ed.M.,  Dean  of  Adult  Education  Programs  and 
Dean  of  University  College 

Malcolm  J.  Campbell,  B.A.,  M.Ed.,  Associate  Dean  of  Adult  Education  and 
Director  of  the  Center  for  Continuing  Education 

Richard  I.  Carter,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Director  of  the  Computation  Center 

Geoffrey  Crofts,  B.  Comm,  Dean  and  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of 
Actuarial  Science 

Philip  T.  Crotty,  Jr.,  Acting  Dean  of  Business  Administration 

Charles  Devlin,  B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Director  of  Financial  Aid 

Ann  M.  Duncan-Glasgow,  B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Dean  and  Director 
of  Affirmative  Action 

Martin  W.  Essigmann,  S.B.,  M.S.,  Dean  of  Research 

Clifford  J.  Fralen,  B.S.,  M.S.E.,  M.B.A.,  Director  of  the  Physical  Plant 

Dr.  Job  E.  Fuchs,  M.D.,  Director  of  Health  Services 

Mina    Ghattas,    B.A.,    M.Ed.,    Ph.D.,    Director   of   the    Office   of  Learning 
Resources 

Joseph  M.  Golemme,  S.B.,  M.A.,  C.P.A.,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of 
Professional  Accounting 

George  W.  Hankinson,  A.B.,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of 
Engineering  and  Assistant  Dean  of  Engineering 

James  S.  Hekimian,  A.B.,  M.B.A.,  D.B.A.,  Special  Assistant  to  the  President 

Sidney  Herman,  A.B.,  M.A.,  Acting  Dean  of  Faculty 

Walter  S.  Jones,  A.B.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Acting  Dean  of  Liberal  Arts 

John  W.  Jordan,  B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Business 
Administration  and  Associate  Dean  of  Business  Administration 

Christopher  F.  Kennedy,  A.B.,  Ed.M.,  Dean  of  Students 

Robert  H.   Ketchum,  B.A.,  B.D.,  M.B.A.,  Ph.D.,  Director  of  the  Graduate 
School  of  Arts  and  Sciences  and  Associate  Dean  of  Liberal  Arts 

William  F.  King,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Director  of  Lincoln  College  and  Associate  Dean 
of  Engineering 


11 


Phillip  Latorre,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Dean  of  Personnel  Services  and  Director  of  En- 
vironmental Health 

Juanita  A.  Long,  B.S.N.,  M.S.N.,  C.A.G.S.,  Dean  of  Nursing 

Alan  A.  Mackey,  B.S.,  A.M.,  Dean  of  Administrative  Services 

Melvin  Mark,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Sc.D.,  Dean  of  Engineering 

Frank  E.  Marsh,  Jr.,  A.B.,  M.Ed.,  D.Ed.,  Dean  of  Education 

John  Martin,  B.S.,  M.B.A.,  Business  Manager 

Paul  D.  Maxwell,  B.S.,  M.B.A.,  Director  of  Business  Administration 
Programs  and  Assistant  Dean  of  University  College 

Philip  McCabe,  B.A.,  M.Ed.,  Dean  of  Admissions 

Roland  H.  Moody,  A.B.,  B.L.S.  Director  of  the  University  Libraries  and 
Learning  Resources 

Timothy  L.  Moran,  B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Director  of  Law  Enforcement  Correctional 
and  Security  Programs  and  Associate  Dean  of  University  College 

Edmund  J.  Mullen,  B.A.,  University  Registrar 

Robert  Najjar,  B.A.,  M.B.A.,  Bursar 

Harold  Naidus,  A.B.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Director  of  Liberal  Arts  Programs  and 
Associate  Dean  of  University  College 

Robert  O'Brien,  B.S.,  Director,  Administrative  Computer  Services 

John  C.  O'Byrne,  A.B.,  M.S.,  J.D.,  Dean  of  the  School  of  Law 

Paul  M.  Pratt,  B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Dean  of  the  Department  of  Cooperative 
Education 

Gregory  T.  Ricks,  B.A.,  M.C.P.,  Special  Assistant  to  the  President 

Nathan  Riser,  A.B.,  A.M.,  Ph.D.,  Director  of  Marine  Science  Institute 

Norman  Rosenblatt,  A.B.,  Ph.D.,  Dean  of  Criminal  Justice  and  Director  of 
the  Graduate  Program  of  Criminal  Justice 

Philip  J.  Rusche,  B.A.,  B.S.Ed.,  M.A.,  Ed.D.,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School 
of  Education  and  Associate  Dean  of  Education 

Albert  H.  Soloway,  B.S.,  Ph.D.,  Dean  of  Pharmacy  and  Allied  Health 
Professions  and  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Pharmacy  and  Allied 
Health  Professions 

Loring  M.  Thompson,  B.S.,  M.S.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Dean  of  Physical  Planning 
Joseph  Zabilski,  B.S.,  Acting  Director  of  Athletics 


12 


GENERAL  UNIVERSITY  COMMITTEES 

The  Executive  Council 

Kenneth  G.  Ryder,  Chairman 

Daniel  J.  Roberts,  Vice  Chairman 

Barbara  F.  Burke,  Secretary 


Harry  Allan 
John  A.  Curry 
Edmund  L.  Deltano 


Eugene  M.  Reppucci,  Jr. 
Roy  L.  Wooldridge 


The  Academic  Council 

Harry  Allan,  Chairman 


Catherine  L.  Allen 
Kenneth  W.  Ballou 
Walter  S.  Jones 
Juanita  Long 
Melvin  Mark 


Samuel  Bernstein 
Charmarie  Blaisdell 
John  Buoncristiani 
Robert  Cord 
'John  Curry 
Robert  Curtin 
Ellen  Daly 
Flora  DeScenza 
John  Dromgoole 
Charles  Dufton 
Ann  Duncan-Glasgow 
Ramona  Edelin 
Robert  Finkenaur 
Edith  Flynn 
Norbert  Fullington 
Michael  Glaubman 
Suzanne  Greenberg 
Gerald  Herman 
Sidney  Herman 
Richard  Higgins 


Frank  E.  Marsh,  Jr. 
John  C.  O'Byrne 
Norman  Rosenblatt 
Albert    H.    Soloway 


John  A.  Curry,  ex  officio 


The  Faculty  Senate 


Presiding  Officer 

Suzanne  Greenberg 


Donald  Jacobs 
Walter  S.  Jones 

*  John  Jordan 

*  Christopher  Kennedy 

*  Melvin  Mark 
Joseph  Meier 
Robert  Miller 
Irene  Nichols 

*Paul  Pratt 
Andre  Priem 
John  Proakis 
Gordon  Pruett 

*  Daniel  Roberts 
John  Rosettos 
David  Schmitt 
Harold  Stubbs 
Paul  Tedesco 
Karl  Weiss 
Alvin  Yorra 


'Appointed  by  the  President 


13 


ORGANIZATION  OF  THE  GRADUATE  SCHOOLS 

Administration 

Catherine    L.    Allen,    Ed.D.,    Ph.D.,    Director    of    Boston-Bouve    College 
Graduate  School 

Linda  J.  Allen,  B.A.,  Registrar  of  the  Graduate  Schools 

Geoffrey  Crofts,  B.  Comm.,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Actuarial 
Science 

Philip  T.  Crotty,  Jr.,  M.A.,  Ed.D.,  Acting  Dean  of  Business  Administration 

Nancy  Dean,  M.Ed.,  Coordinator  of  Admissions,  Graduate  School  of  Edu- 
cation 

Stephen  R.  DeRosier,  B.A.,  Assistant  Registrar  of  the  Graduate  Schools 

Joseph  M.  Golemme,  M.A.,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Professional 
Accounting 

George    W.    Hankinson,    M.S.,    Director    of    the    Graduate    School    of 
Engineering 

John   W.   Jordan,   M.Ed.,   Director  of  the   Graduate  School  of  Business 
Administration 

Thomas  J.  Kerr,  M.S. I.E.,  Assistant  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of 
Engineering 

Robert  H.  Ketchum,  Ph.D.,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Arts  and 
Sciences 

John  J.  McKenna,  M.A.,  Assistant  Director,  Graduate  School  of  Actuarial 
Science 

Norman  Rosenblatt,  Ph.D.,  Director  of  the  Graduate  Program  in  Criminal 
Justice 

Philip  J.  Rusche,  Ed.D.,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Education 

Albert  Soioway,  Ph.D.,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Pharmacy  and 
Allied  Health  Professions 

Janice  Walker,  A.B.,  Assistant  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Education 

University  Graduate  Council 
1976—1977 

The  Council  determines  broad  policies  and  regulations  governing  the 
conduct  of  graduate  work.  All  new  graduate  programs  must  be  approved 
by  the  Council. 

OFFICERS 

Sidney  Herman,  Chairman 

Barbara  Philbrick,  Vice  Chairman 

Joan  Lipson,  Secretary 

14 


Administrative  Members 


Catherine  L.  Allen 
Philip  T.  Crotty,  Jr. 
George  W.  Hankinson 
John  W.  Jordan 
Robert  H.  Ketchum 
Melvin  Mark 


Petros  Argyres 
Frederick  Blank 
Conrad  Caligaris 
Monty  Carter 
Andre  Favat 
Austin  Fisher 
Albert  Galmarino 
M.  Patricia  Golden 
Minton  Goldman 
James  Gozzo 
Arvin  Grabel 
Gerald  Griffin 
Thomas  Henstock 
Richard  Higgins 
Christine  Hobart 
James  Inashima 
Donald  Kosersky 
Louise  LaFontaine 


Frank  E.  Marsh 
Norman  Rosenblatt 
Philip  J.  Rusche 
Albert  Soloway 


Elected  Faculty  Members 


Harlan  Lane 
Robert  Minichiello 
Irene  Nichols 
Barbara  Philbrick 
John  Post 
Robert  Read 
Robert  Redden 
Nathan  Riser 
Alae-Eldin  Sayed 
Stephen  Schafer 
Joseph  Senna 
Albert  Soloway 
Ralph  Troupe 
Elizabeth  Van  Slyck 
Robert  Wiener 
Joseph  Zelinski 
Richard  Zobel 


Administrative  Committee  of  the  Graduate  Schools 


Sidney  Herman,  Chairman 
Linda  Allen,  Secretary 


Catherine  L.  Allen 
Alvah  K.  Borman 
Geoffrey  Crofts 
Philip  T.  Crotty,  Jr. 
Robert  Fuller 
Joseph  M.  Golemme 
George  W.  Hankinson 
Walter  S.  Jones 
John  W.  Jordan 
Thomas  Kerr 
Robert  H.  Ketchum 


Alan  A.  Mackey 
Melvin  Mark 
Frank  E.  Marsh,  Jr. 
Edmund  J.  Mullen 
John  C.  O'Byrne 
Barbara  Philbrick 
Norman  Rosenblatt 
Philip  J.  Rusche 
Albert  Soloway 
Jacqueline  A.  St.  Germain 


Ex  Officio 
James  S.  Hekimian,  Acting  Vice  President  of  Academic  Affairs 


15 


Committee  on  Graduate  Study  in  Engineering 


George  W.  Hankinson,  Chairman,  Assistant  Dean  of  Engineering  and  Direc- 
tor of  the  Graduate  School  of  Engineering  and  Professor  of  Civil 
Engineering 

Welville  B.  Nowak,  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineering  and  Chairman  of 
the  Department 

Bernard  M.  Goodwin,  Associate  Professor  of  Chemical  Engineering 

Thomas  J.  Kerr,  Assistant  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Engineering 

Melvin  Mark,  Dean  of  Engineering 

David  R.  Freeman,  Professor  of  Industrial  Engineering  and  Chairman  of  the 
Department 

Harold  R.  Raemer,  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering  and  Chairman  of  the 
Department 

Kenneth  M.  Leet,  Professor  of  Civil  Engineering  and  acting  Chairman  of  the 
Department 

Alvah  K.  Borman,  Ex  Officio,  Dean  of  Graduate  Placement  Services 


16 


the  university 


Founded  in  1898,  Northeastern  University  is  incorporated  as  a  privately 
endowed  nonsectarian  institution  of  higher  learning  under  the  General 
Laws  of  Massachusetts.  The  State  Legislature  by  special  enactment  has 
given  the  University  general  degree-granting  powers.  The  University  is 
governed  by  a  Board  of  Trustees  elected  by  and  from  the  Northeastern 
University  Corporation,  which  is  composed  of  nearly  180  distinguished 
business  and  professional  men  and  women. 

From  its  beginning,  Northeastern  University  has  had  as  its  dominant  pur- 
pose the  discovery  of  community  educational  needs  and  the  meeting  of 
these  in  distinctive  and  serviceable  ways.  The  University  has  not  duplicated 
the  programs  of  other  institutions,  but  has  sought  to  pioneer  new  areas  of 
educational  service. 

A  distinctive  feature  of  Northeastern  University  is  its  Cooperative  Plan,  in- 
itiated by  the  College  of  Engineering  in  1909  and  subsequently  adopted  by 
the  Colleges  of  Business  Administration  (1922);  Liberal  Arts  (1935);  Educa- 
tion (1953);  Pharmacy  (1962);  Nursing  (1964);  Boston-Bouve  College 
(1964);  the  College  of  Criminal  Justice  (1967);  and  by  Lincoln  College's 
daytime  Bachelor  of  Engineering  Technology  program  (1971).  This 
educational  method  enables  students  to  gain  valuable  practical  experience 
as  an  integral  part  of  their  college  program  and  also  provides  the  means  by 
which  they  may  contribute  substantially  to  the  financing  of  their  education. 
The  Plan  has  been  extended  to  the  graduate  level  in  engineering,  actuarial 
science,  rehabilitation  administration,  professional  accounting,  business 
administration,  and  law. 

In  the  field  of  adult  education,  programs  of  study  have  been  developed  to 
meet  a  variety  of  needs.  University  College  offers  evening  courses  — 
offered  by  the  University  since  1906  —  and  adult-day  courses  leading  to  the 
bachelor's  degree.  In  addition  to  offering  day  undergraduate  programs  in 
Electrical  Engineering  Technology  and  Mechanical  Engineering  Tech- 
nology, Lincoln  College  offers  evening/part-time  certificate,  associate,  and 
bachelor  degree  programs  in  technological  areas.  All  formal  courses  of 
study  leading  to  degrees  through  part-time  programs  are  approved  by  the 
Basic  College  faculties  concerned. 

GRADUATE  AND  PROFESSIONAL  SCHOOLS 

The  ten  graduate  and  professional  schools  of  the  University  offer  day  and  evening 
programs  leading  to  the  degrees  listed. 

The  Graduate  School  of  Actuarial  Science  offers  the  degree  of  Master  of  Science 
in  Actuarial  Science. 

17 


18 /THE  UNIVERSITY 

The  Graduate  School  of  Arts  and  Sciences  offers  the  degrees  of  Master  of  Arts, 
Master  of  Science,  Master  of  Science  in  Health  Science,  Master  of  Public  Administra- 
tion, and  Doctor  of  Philosophy. 

The  Graduate  School  of  Boston-Bouve  College  offers  the  degree  of  Master  of 
Science. 

The  Graduate  School  of  Business  Administration  offers  the  degree  of  Master  of 
Business  Administration. 

The  Graduate  Program  in  Criminal  Justice  offers  the  degree  of  Master  of  Science. 

The  Graduate  School  of  Education  offers  the  degree  of  Master  of  Education  and 
Doctor  of  Education  and    the  Certificate  of  Advanced  Graduate  Study. 

The  Graduate  School  of  Engineering  offers  the  degrees  of  Master  of  Science, 
Engineer  degree,  Doctor  of  Engineering,  and  Doctor  of  Philosophy. 

The  School  of  Law  offers  the  degree  of  Juris  Doctor. 

The  Graduate  School  of  Pharmacy  and  Allied  Health  Professions  offers  the 
degrees  of  Master  of  Science  and  Doctor  of  Philosophy. 

The  Graduate  School  of  Professional  Accounting  offers  the  degree  of  Master  of 
Science  in  Accounting. 

CENTER  FOR  CONTINUING  EDUCATION 

The  Center  for  Continuing  Education  was  established  in  1960  to  relate 
the  University  to  the  needs  of  its  community  in  a  period  of  accelerated 
change.  Adult  education  programs  offered  by  the  Center  and  University 
College  have  since  been  consolidated.  Its  programs  are  composed  of 
seminars,  conferences,  institutes,  forums,  and  a  wide  variety  of  special 
courses  designed  to  serve  specific  needs.  The  Division  of  Special 
Programs,  working  cooperatively  with  trade  associations  and  professional 
societies,  offers  a  wide  variety  of  programs  dealing  with  current  needs  and 
problems.  Through  its  Division  of  Community  Services,  working  with 
governmental  agencies  and  community  organizations,  the  Center  is  becom- 
ing increasingly  involved  in  social  problems  on  both  the  local  and  national 
level. 

Many  of  these  programs  are  conducted  at  Henderson  House,  North- 
eastern University's  conference  center  in  Weston,  Massachusetts. 

RESEARCH  ACTIVITIES 

The  facilities  of  the  University  are  engaged  in  a  wide  variety  of  basic 
research  projects  in  business,  science,  social  science,  pharmacy,  and 
engineering.  These  are  coordinated  by  the  Dean  of  Research,  whose  ser- 
vices are  University-wide  and  available  to  the  faculties  of  all  the  Colleges. 

Although  Northeastern  is  primarily  concerned  with  undergraduate  and 
graduate  instruction,  the  University  believes  that  the  most  effective  teaching 
and  learning  takes  place  in  an  environment  characterized  by  research  ac- 
tivities directed  toward  extending  the  frontiers  of  knowledge. 


buildings  and  facilities 


MAIN  CAMPUS 

The  main  campus  of  Northeastern  University  is  located  at  360  Huntington 
Avenue  in  the  Back  Bay  section  of  Boston.  Many  of  the  city's  famous 
cultural,  educational,  and  philanthropic  institutions  are  situated  in  the  Back 
Bay,  including  the  Museum  of  Fine  Arts,  Symphony  Hall,  Horticultural  Hall, 
the  Isabella  Stewart  Gardner  Museum,  the  Harvard  teaching  hospitals,  the 
Boston  Public  Library,  and  many  schools  and  colleges.  Most  are  within 
walking  distance  of  Northeastern  University. 

Major  transportation  facilities  serving  the  Boston  area  are  Logan  Inter- 
national Airport,  two  rail  terminals,  bus  terminals  serving  inter-  and  in- 
trastate lines,  and  MBTA  subway-bus  service  within  the  metropolitan- 
suburban  area.  There  is  a  subway  stop  in  front  of  the  campus.  For 
motorists,  the  best  routes  to  the  campus  are  the  Massachusetts  Turnpike 
(Exit  22)  and  Route  9,  of  which  Huntington  Avenue  is  the  intown  section. 

The  campus  of  48  acres  is  divided  by  Huntington  Avenue,  with  the  main 
educational  buildings  on  one  side  and  dormitories  on  the  other.  The  prin- 
cipal buildings,  all  of  which  have  been  constructed  since  1938,  are  of  glazed 
brick  in  contemporary  classic  style.  Most  are  interconnected  by  un- 
derground passageways. 

Ell  Student  Center 

The  Carl  S.  Ell  Student  Center  provides  facilities  for  student  recreation 
and  for  extracurricular  activities.  The  Alumni  Auditorium,  with  a  seating 
capacity  of  1,300,  is  part  of  the  Center.  Also  included  are  special  drama 
facilities,  a  ballroom,  main  lounge,  fine  arts  exhibition  area,  student  offices, 
conference  rooms,  and  a  dining  area  seating  more  than  1 ,000. 

Libraries 

The  University  library  system  consists  of  the  Dodge  Library,  which  is  the 
main  library;  the  Suburban  Campus  Library  at  Burlington;  the  School  of 
Law  Library;  and  divisional  libraries  for  Physics  and  Electrical  Engineering, 
Chemistry  and  Biology,  Mathematics  and  Psychology,  Health,  Physical  and 
Recreation  Education,  and  Physical  Therapy.  There  are  additional  subject 
collections  for  the  Center  for  Management  Development  at  Andover, 
Massachusetts,  and  the  Marine  Science  Institute  in  Nahant. 

The  library  collections  number  400,000  volumes  supplemented  by  some 
333,000  titles  in  microprint,  microfilm,  and  microfiche  forms.  The  collection 
includes,  in  addition,  some  3,700  periodical  titles,  100,000  documents,  and 
4,600  sound  recordings. 

19 


20  /  BUILDINGS  AND  FACILITIES 

Cabot  Physical  Education  Center 

The  Godfrey  Lowell  Cabot  Physical  Education  Center  is  one  of  the  best 
equipped  in  New  England.  It  contains  four  basketball  courts,  an  athletic 
cage,  a  women's  gymnasium,  and  a  rifle  range,  as  well  as  administrative  of- 
fices for  the  Department  of  Athletics  and  for  the  Physical  Education  Depart- 
ment of  Boston-Bouve  College. 

A  recent  addition  to  the  center,  the  Barletta  Natatorium,  houses  a  105- 
foot  swimming  pool,  a  practice  tank  for  the  crew,  handball  courts,  and 
shower  and  dressing  facilities. 

Dockser  Hall 

Charles  and  Estelle  Dockser  Hall,  completed  in  1968,  houses  a  large 
gymnasium,  dance  studio,  motor  performance  laboratory,  college  library, 
community  recreation  laboratory,  folk  arts  center,  dark  and  music  rooms, 
recreation  resources  area,  locker  rooms,  offices,  classrooms,  conference 
room  and  lounge,  storage  facilities,  and  a  research  laboratory. 


Apartments  for  Upperclass  Students 

The  University  maintains  a  100-apartment  housing  unit  which  accom- 
modates 279  people.  Two-,  three-,  and  four-party  apartments  are  available 
which  vary  in  size  from  two  to  four  rooms  plus  bath.  Apartments  are  fur- 
nished with  beds,  chairs,  desks,  stove,  refrigerator,  and  kitchen  table.  The 
cost  includes  all  utilities. 

A  $100  deposit  is  required  when  making  application  for  the  apartments. 
Applications  are  available  in  the  Office  of  University  Housing.  Students  are 
expected  to  make  such  arrangements  on  a  term-to-term  basis  but  may  live 
in  the  apartments  both  while  on  cooperative  work  assignments  and  in 
school  if  they  wish.  All  reservations  are  made  on  a  first-come,  first-served 
basis. 


SUBURBAN  FACILITIES 
Suburban  Campus 

The  Suburban  Campus,  located  near  the  junction  of  Routes  128  and  3  in 
Burlington,  Massachusetts,  was  established  to  meet  the  needs  of  in- 
dividuals and  of  industry  in  the  area. 

In  addition  to  graduate  courses  in  engineering,  physics,  mathematics, 
business  administration,  science,  education,  and  the  arts,  portions  of  un- 
dergraduate programs  leading  to  the  associate  and  bachelor's  degrees, 
special  programs  for  adults,  and  noncredit  state-of-the-art  programs  are 
offered. 


BUILDINGS  AND  FACILITIES  /  21 


Warren  Center 


The  Warren  Center  is  a  practical  laboratory  for  Boston-Bouve  College  in 
outdoor  education  and  conservation,  in  group  practicum,  and  in  camping 
administration,  programming,  and  counseling.  At  this  Center  in  Ashland, 
completed  in  1967,  there  are  tennis  courts,  field  hockey  and  lacrosse  fields, 
waterfront  for  swimming  and  boating,  overnight  camp  sites,  fields  and 
forests,  heated  cottages,  the  Hayden  Lodge  with  a  recreation  hall,  library, 
crafts  shop,  dining  facilities,  and  conference  accommodations. 

Henderson  House 

The  University's  conference  center,  Henderson  House,  is  located  in 
Weston,  Massachusetts.  The  Center  for  Continuing  Education  conducts 
short-term  courses,  seminars,  and  special  institutes  for  business,  profes- 
sional, and  research  groups.  Henderson  House  is  12  miles  from  the  main 
campus. 

Marine  Science  Institute 

The  Marine  Science  Institute  at  Nahant,  Massachusetts,  is  a  research  and 
instructional  facility  primarily  engaged  in  studies  of  marine  biology  and 
oceanography.  The  Institute  is  operated  all  year,  and  is  about  20  miles 
northeast  of  Boston.  Many  of  the  courses  at  this  institute  are  applicable 
toward  an  advanced  degree  in  biology  or  health  science. 

Government  Center  Campus 

With  the  cooperation  of  the  Federal  Executive  Board,  the  Graduate 
School  of  Liberal  Arts'  Department  of  Political  Science  offers  an  entire 
Master  of  Public  Administration  program  at  the  John  F.  Kennedy  Building  in 
downtown  Boston.  This  program  is  primarily  for  individuals  employed  in 
Federal,  state,  or  local  civil  services. 

Brockton,  Nashua,  and  Framingham  Campuses 

For  students  residing  in  southeastern  Massachusetts  and  northeastern 
Rhode  Island,  the  Graduate  School  of  Business  Administration  offers  a 
significant  portion  of  its  M.B.A.  Program  at  facilities  in  Brockton, 
Massachusetts.  These  facilities,  made  available  by  the  Knapp  Corporation, 
are  located  on  West  Chestnut  Street  in  Brockton. 

Students  residing  in  the  southern  New  Hampshire  area  may  take  a 
significant  portion  of  the  M.B.A.  Program  at  facilities  in  Nashua,  New 
Hampshire.  These  facilities  are  furnished  by  Sanders  Associates,  Inc.  and 
are  located  in  their  headquarters  on  Route  3,  just  over  the  Massachusetts 
line. 

For  students  in  the  Framingham-Worcester  area,  a  significant  portion  of 
the  M.B.A.  Program  may  be  taken  at  classroom  facilities  located  in 
Framingham,  Massachusetts. 


regulations  of  the  graduate 
school  of  engineering 


The  Master  of  Science  degree  may  be  earned  in  Chemical  Engineering, 
Civil  Engineering,  Electrical  Engineering,  Industrial  Engineering, 
Mechanical  Engineering,  and  Engineering  Management.  In  addition,  there 
are  programs  leading  to  the  Doctor  of  Philosophy  degree  in  Chemical 
Engineering,  Civil  Engineering,  Electrical  Engineering,  and  Mechanical 
Engineering.  The  Doctor  of  Engineering  degree  is  offered  in  Chemical 
Engineering.  The  Engineer  degree  may  be  earned  in  Electrical  Engineering, 
Mechanical  Engineering,  and  Industrial  Engineering. 

Cooperative  Programs 

A  unique  feature  of  Northeastern's  Graduate  School  of  Engineering  is  the 
full-time  Cooperative  Education  Plan.  This  program  adopts  the  philosophy 
that  a  balanced  exposure  to  theory  and  practice  will  provide  students  with  a 
more  meaningful  education. 

All  engineering  graduate  departments  offer  full-time  programs  on  the 
Cooperative  Plan.  The  program  includes  nine  months  of  classroom  study 
and  twelve  months  of  work  experience  in  an  industrial  concern.  The 
cooperative  student  is  able  to  gain  vital  experience  in  a  professional  en- 
vironment while  also  supplementing  his  tuition  payments. 

The  University  has  a  full-time  experienced  staff  to  assist  the  student  in 
obtaining  a  cooperative  work  assignment.  The  student  may  also  wish  to  in- 
vestigate employment  opportunities  on  his  own  in  order  to  facilitate  final 
placement  by  the  graduate  coordinator. 

An  illustration  of  term  sequence  within  the  two-year  Cooperative  Educa- 
tion Plan  is  shown  below: 


First  Year  Second  Year 

Fall  Quarter  class  work 

Winter  Quarter  work  class 

Spring  Quarter  class  work 

Summer  Quarter  work 

Normally,  the  Cooperative  Plan  operates  as  shown  above.  Economic 
conditions,  the  military,  citizenship,  and  other  factors  may  cause  a  depar- 
ture from  the  normal  Plan.  Students  who  are  admitted  to  a  masters  degree 
program  under  the  Cooperative  Plan  must  complete,  through  satisfactory 
performance,  each  cooperative  work  assignment  in  order  to  be  eligible  for 
their  degree. 

23 


24/  REGULATIONS 

Engineering  Sponsorships  (Beginning  Academic  Year  1975) 

Another  aspect  of  Cooperative  Education  is  the  Engineering  Sponsorship 
Program.  This  program  provides  students  with  exposure  to  academic 
theory  and  industrial  experience.  The  sponsoring  Company,  by  employing 
the  students  during  cooperative  work  quarters,  provides  a  monthly  salary 
for  the  two  (2)  year  period  plus  a  tuition  stipend. 

All  students  who  are  accepted  as  full-time  cooperative  students  are  con- 
sidered for  Engineering  Sponsorships.  Notification  will  be  received  prior  to 
April  15th  if  a  student  has  been  chosen  for  a  sponsorship.  Those  students 
not  chosen  are  still  eligible  for  placement  under  the  Cooperative  Plan  of 
Education. 


GENERAL  REGULATIONS 

The  general  regulations  and  minimum  requirements  for  all  graduate 
programs  are  established  by  the  University  Graduate  Council.  In  some 
matters  the  committee  of  each  graduate  school  is  allowed  discretion  to  es- 
tablish regulations  within  limits  defined  by  the  council.  The  regulations  and 
academic  requirements  which  follow  have  been  formulated  in  accordance 
with  this  general  policy. 

Application  Procedures 

All  applicants  for  cooperative  full-time  or  continuous  full-time  study  at  the 
master's  level  should  address  inquiries  to  their  respective  departments  or 
to  the  Graduate  School  of  Engineering.  Application  forms  and  reference 
blanks  will  be  mailed  to  the  applicant.  This  material,  together  with  the 
$15.00  non-refundable  application  fee,  necessary  transcripts,  two  letters  of 
recommendation,  the  Graduate  Record  Examination  scores  when  required, 
and  the  results  of  the  Test  of  English  as  a  Foreign  Language  (required  of  all 
applicants  whose  native  language  is  not  English),  should  be  returned  to  the 
Graduate  School  of  Engineering  Office  as  soon  after  January  15th  as  possi- 
ble. The  Admissions  Committee  will  notify  applicants  as  soon  as  their 
material  is  complete. 

All  applicants  for  part-time  study  at  the  master's  level  should  request  an 
application  from  the  Graduate  School  of  Engineering  Office.  The  completed 
application,  the  non-refundable  $15.00  application  fee  and  an  official 
transcript  should  be  sent  to  the  graduate  school  no  later  than  two  weeks 
prior  to  the  interview  and  registration  period  for  the  quarter  in  which  the 
applicant  plans  to  begin  his  program.  The  dates  of  the  interview  and 
registration  periods  are  announced  in  the  catalog  (see  academic  calendar) 
and  in  the  circular  issued  each  July.  Applicants  will  be  notified  by  mail 
regarding  acceptance.  Mailed  applications  will  be  accepted  up  to  two 
weeks  prior  to  the  registration  period  for  the  quarter  in  which  the  applicant 
plans  to  begin  the  program. 


REGULATIONS/ 25 

If  an  applicant  is  unable  to  submit  the  application  material  by  mail  at  least 
two  weeks  prior  to  the  registration  period,  he  should  call  the  Graduate 
School  Office  to  arrange  for  a  personal  interview  to  determine  his 
qualifications  for  admission.  The  application,  the  non-refundable  $15.00 
application  fee  and  the  official  transcript  may  be  submitted  at  the  interview. 

In  some  cases,  the  Graduate  Record  Examination  may  be  required  of 
applicants.  The  examination  is  administered  by  the  Educational  Testing 
Service,  Box  955,  Princeton,  New  Jersey,  08540.  Applicants  must  make 
their  own  arrangements  with  the  Educational  Testing  Service  for  the  ex- 
amination. 

Test  scores  for  Graduate  Record  Examinations  and  Test  of  English  as  a 
Foreign  Language  sent  to  the  Graduate  School  of  Engineering  are  retained 
for  only  one  year  from  the  date  they  were  taken.  If  an  applicant  does  not 
enroll  in  the  quarter  for  which  he  was  accepted,  but  delays  his  registration 
for  a  period  of  one  year  or  more  from  the  date  that  he  originally  took  his  ex- 
aminations, he  must  repeat  the  examinations  or  resubmit  the  original  test 
scores  before  he  will  be  permitted  to  register. 


Transcripts 

Official  transcripts  of  previous  college  training  must  be  supplied  with  the 
mailed  application  if  an  admissions  decision  is  to  be  rendered  by  return 
mail,  or  submitted  at  the  personal  interview.  If  this  is  not  feasible,  the  official 
transcripts  must  be  mailed  to  the  Graduate  School  of  Engineering  as  soon 
after  the  initial  registration  as  possible.  Students  who  have  attended  in- 
stitutions outside  of  the  United  States  should  provide  comparable  certified 
documents.  Failure  to  file  the  necessary  transcripts  will  result  in  the  student 
being  asked  to  withdraw. 


Admission 

To  be  admitted  for  graduate  work,  an  applicant  must  have  obtained  a 
Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  engineering  or  a  closely  related  science  from 
a  recognized  college  or  university  with  an  acceptable  quality  of  un- 
dergraduate work.  His  scholastic  record,  therefore,  must  show  ability  to 
pursue  creditably  a  program  of  graduate  study,  and  his  undergraduate 
training  must  indicate  breadth  as  well  as  adequate  preparation  in  the  field 
in  which  the  applicant  expects  to  do  advanced  work.  Acceptance  to  the 
school  is  granted  upon  recommendation  of  the  departmental  graduate 
committee  or  its  designate  following  a  review  of  the  application  and  suppor- 
ting material.  The  recommendation  is  based  upon  promise  of  academic 
success  and  fulfillment  of  minimum  criteria  established  by  each  department 
in  the  Graduate  School  of  Engineering. 

Students  with  an  engineering  or  related  science  bachelor's  degree,  who 
are  enrolled  in  another  graduate  school  at  Northeastern,  may  transfer  to  the 
Graduate  School  of  Engineering.  However,  they  must  make  application  and 


26 /REGULATIONS 

file  the  necessary  documents,  the  same  as  transfers  from  other  colleges  or 
universities.  The  submission  of  registration  materials  for  engineering 
course  work  does  not  constitute  enrollment  in  the  Graduate  School  of 
Engineering. 


Registration 

Students  must  register  within  the  dates  and  times  listed  on  the  school 
calendar.  The  place  of  registration  will  be  announced  prior  to  each  period. 

Auditors  are  not  permitted.  All  students  attending  any  course  in  the 
Graduate  School  of  Engineering  must  be  officially  registered  by  the 
Registrar  and  listed  on  the  class  roster. 


Residence 

All  work  for  advanced  degrees  must  be  completed  at  the  University  un- 
less approval  has  been  obtained  from  the  director  of  the  graduate  school 
for  work  taken  elsewhere.  Students  who  are  in  residence  and  are  using  the 
facilities  of  the  University  must  register  for  such  work. 


Programs  of  Study 

The  curricula  of  the  degree  programs  are  given  under  each  departmental 
heading.  The  descriptions  of  courses  offered  by  the  several  departments 
are  given  so  that  prospective  students  may  obtain  a  view  of  the  course 
coverage.  Preparation  courses  are  indicated  when  necessary.  Not  all 
courses  are  offered  every  year,  but  the  course  offerings  will  be  arranged  in 
such  a  manner  that  students  may  make  continuous  progress  toward  the 
degree. 

The  Graduate  School  of  Engineering  issues  a  circular  close  to  July  1st 
which  gives  the  courses  for  the  following  academic  year  and  the  times  at 
which  they  meet. 

The  number  of  students  enrolled  in  each  class  will  be  limited  to  permit 
effective  teaching  at  the  graduate  level.  The  University  reserves  the  right  to 
cancel,  postpone,  combine,  or  modify  any  course. 

At  the  time  of  his  first  registration,  each  full-time  student  must  develop, 
with  the  assistance  of  his  faculty  adviser,  a  complete  program  of  study  for 
the  degree  for  which  he  is  registered.  All  subsequent  changes  must  be  ap- 
proved by  his  faculty  adviser. 

Part-time  students  will  be  expected  to  complete  the  required  courses 
outlined  by  each  department,  after  which  the  elective  courses  may  be  un- 
dertaken. The  study  load  for  such  students  is  limited  to  a  program  of  two 
courses  per  quarter  (one  course  in  the  summer)  unless  special  permission 
to  carry  a  heavier  load  is  given  by  the  director  of  the  graduate  school. 


REGULATIONS/  27 


Grading  System 


The  performance  of  students  in  graduate  courses  will  be  recorded  by  the 
instructor  by  use  of  the  following  grades: 

A  Excellent 

This  grade  is  given  to  those  students  whose  performance  in  the  course 
has  been  of  very  high  graduate  caliber. 

B  Satisfactory 

This  grade  is  given  to  those  students  whose  performance  in  the  course 
has  been  at  a  satisfactory  level. 

C  Fair 

This  grade  is  given  to  those  students  whose  performance  in  the  course 
is  not  at  the  level  expected  in  graduate  work. 

F  Failure 

This  grade  is  given  to  those  students  whose  performance  in  the  course 
is  unsatisfactory. 

In  addition,  the  following  letter  designations  are  used: 

I   Incomplete 
This  grade  is  given  to  those  students  who  fail  to  complete  the  work  of 
the  course. 

S  Satisfactory  without  quality  designation. 

U   Unsatisfactory  without  quality  designation. 

These  grades  are  used  for  the  first  quarter  of  a  two-quarter  sequence 
in  which  the  grade  for  the  second  quarter  applies  to  both  the  first  and 
second  quarters  of  the  sequence.  The  designations  S  and  U  may  also 
be  used  for  thesis  and  seminar  work. 

Incomplete  Grades 

The  I  grade  will  be  changed  to  a  letter  grade  upon  removal  of  the 
deficiency  which  caused  the  grade  of  I  to  be  reported.  Deficiencies  must  be 
made  up  within  the  quarter  following  that  for  which  the  grade  of  I  is  received 
unless  an  extension  of  time  is  granted  by  the  instructor.  However,  such  ex- 
tension of  time  may  not  exceed  two  additional  consecutive  calendar 
quarters. 

Any  student  who  wishes  to  make-up  a  final  examination  must  obtain  per- 
mission from  the  director  of  the  graduate  school  by  the  second  week  of  the 
quarter  succeeding  that  in  which  the  examination  was  missed.  The  make- 
up examination  must  be  taken  in  that  succeeding  quarter  unless  cir- 
cumstances warrant  permission  of  the  director  to  defer  it  to  one  of  the  next 
two  quarters. 

A  student  who  has  attained  an  inordinate  number  of  incompletes  may,  at 
the  discretion  of  the  Committee  on  Graduate  Study  in  Engineering  be  asked 
to  withdraw  for  failure  to  show  continuous  progress  toward  the  degree. 


28 /REGULATIONS 

Class  Hours  and  Credits 

All  credits  are  entered  as  quarter  hours.  A  quarter  hour  of  credit  is 
equivalent  to  three  fourths  of  a  semester  hour  credit.  All  classes  meet  on  a 
quarter  basis.  In  the  summer  session,  classes  meet  for  six-week  periods. 
The  academic  calendar  in  the  front  of  this  catalog  should  be  consulted  for 
the  opening  and  closing  dates  of  each  academic  quarter. 

Continuity  of  Program 

Students  are  expected  to  maintain  continuous  progress  toward  the 
degree.  Any  student  who  has  not  attended  the  Graduate  School  of 
Engineering  for  a  period  of  one  year  must  apply  to  the  director  for  readmis- 
sion. 


Withdrawals 

In  order  to  withdraw  from  a  course,  a  student  must  fill  out  an  official 
withdrawal  form  obtained  at  the  Registrar's  Office  or  at  the  Suburban  Cam- 
pus Office.  Withdrawals  may  be  made  through  the  ninth  class  meeting  of 
the  quarter.  Students  will  be  withdrawn  as  of  the  date  on  which  they  fill  out 
the  official  withdrawal  form.  Ceasing  to  attend  a  class  or  notifying  the  in- 
structor does  not  constitute  an  official  withdrawal. 

Requests  for  withdrawal  from  a  course  after  the  ninth  class  meeting  of 
the  quarter  may  be  submitted  to  the  Director  of  the  Graduate  School,  and 
may  be  approved  to  avert  unusual  hardships  on  a  student. 


Changes  in  Requirements 

The  continuing  development  of  the  graduate  school  forces  frequent  revi- 
sion of  curricula.  In  every  new  bulletin  some  improvements  are  indicated. 
When  no  hardship  is  imposed  on  the  student  because  of  changes,  and 
when  the  facilities  of  the  school  permit,  the  student  is  expected  to  meet  the 
requirements  of  the  latest  bulletin.  If  the  student  finds  it  impossible  to  meet 
these  requirements,  the  bulletin  for  the  year  in  which  he  entered  becomes 
the  binding  one. 


Filing  for  the  Degree 

Each  student  who  plans  to  graduate  either  in  June  or  September  must 
submit  to  the  Registrar's  Office  a  completed  commencement  data  card 
prior  to  the  deadline  listed  in  the  academic  calendar  for  that  commence- 
ment at  which  he  expects  to  receive  the  degree.  If  the  deadline  for  filing  is 
not  met  there  is  no  assurance  that  the  degree  will  be  awarded  that  year.  The 
commencement  data  card  is  supplied  with  the  registration  materials  or  is 
available  in  the  Registrar's  Office. 


REGULATIONS/ 29 
THE  MASTER'S  DEGREE 


Admission 


Specific  requirements  for  each  degree  program  will  be  found  in  the  ap- 
propriate paragraphs  for  each  academic  department  in  the  Graduate 
School  of  Engineering.  General  Requirements  are  listed  under  Application 
Procedures. 

Academic  Classifications 

Students  initially  entering  the  Graduate  School  are  classified  into  one  of 
three  groups  according  to  their  admission  qualifications. 

Regular  students  are  those  who  meet  in  full  all  admittance  criteria  based 
on  the  standards  established  by  the  Committee  on  Graduate  Study  in 
Engineering. 

Provisional  students  are  those  whose  records  are  above  the  minimum 
required  for  acceptance  but  do  not  qualify  them  for  regular  admission  bas- 
ed on  the  standards  established.  Therefore,  provisional  students  must  ob- 
tain a  B  average  in  their  first  12  quarter  hours  of  course  work  to  continue  in 
the  graduate  school  and  be  reclassified  as  regular. 

Special  students  are  those  who  do  not  wish  to  pursue  a  master's  degree 
program  or  who  may  already  possess  the  master's  degree.  Special 
students  with  only  the  bachelor's  degree  must  meet  the  same  admission 
criteria  as  the  regular  or  provisional  student  and  will  be  limited  to  a  max- 
imum of  12  quarter  hours  of  graduate  credits. 

Any  student  whose  record  is  not  satisfactory  may  be  dropped  from  the 
program  regardless  of  his  classification. 

Academic  Requirements 

A  candidate  for  the  master's  degree  must  satisfactorily  complete  an  ap- 
proved program  consisting  of  a  minimum  of  40  quarter  hours  of  correlated 
work  of  graduate  caliber  and  such  other  study  as  may  be  required  by  the 
department  in  which  he  is  registered. 

To  qualify  for  the  Master  of  Science  degree  from  the  Graduate  School  of 
Engineering  each  student  must  have  an  average  grade  accumulative  of  not 
less  than  B  with  no  more  than  12  credits  below  a  B  in  all  courses  under- 
taken at  Northeastern  University.  The  Committee  on  Graduate  Study  in 
Engineering  allows  eight  quarter  hours  of  credit  to  be  taken,  in  addition  to 
the  stated  degree  requirements,  to  repeat  failed  required  courses  or  to  sub- 
stitute for  elective  courses  to  obtain  the  required  B  average  for  completion 
of  degree  requirements.  The  number  of  I  grades  that  a  student  may  accrue 
will  be  limited. 

Within  the  above  limitations  for  extra  or  repeated  courses,  a  required 
course  for  which  a  grade  of  F  is  received  must  be  repeated  with  a  grade  of 
C  or  better,  and  may  be  repeated  only  once.  If  a  grade  of  F  is  received  in  an 
elective  course,  that  course  may  be  repeated  once  to  obtain  a  grade  of  C  or 


30 /REGULATIONS 

better,  or  another  elective  course  may  be  substituted  for  it.  If  a  grade  of  C  is 
received  in  a  required  course,  that  course  may  be  repeated  once  to  obtain  a 
grade  of  B  or  better. 

Comprehensive  Examination 

At  the  discretion  of  the  department,  a  final  written  or  oral  comprehensive 
examination  may  be  required.  Such  examinations  will  be  given  at  least  two 
weeks  before  the  commencement  at  which  the  degree  is  expected. 

Thesis 

If  a  thesis  is  required  in  partial  fulfillment  of  degree  requirements,  it  must 
show  independent  work  based  in  part  upon  original  material,  and  must 
meet  the  approval  of  the  departmental  graduate  committee. 

The  thesis  must  receive  a  grade  of  B  or  better  to  be  accepted.  Instruc- 
tions for  the  preparation  of  the  thesis  may  be  obtained  from  the  depart- 
ment. 

Transfer  Credits 

A  maximum  of  12  quarter  hours  of  credit  obtained  at  another  institution 
may  be  accepted  toward  the  master's  degree  provided  that  the  credits 
transferred  are  in  the  candidate's  field,  consist  of  work  taken  at  the 
graduate  level  for  graduate  credit,  carry  grades  of  A  or  B,  have  been  earned 
at  a  recognized  college  or  university,  and  have  not  been  used  toward  any 
other  degree.  Students  should  petition  the  Graduate  School  of  Engineering 
in  writing  for  all  transfer  credits.  Grades  on  transfer  credits  may  not  be  used 
for  the  purpose  of  obtaining  the  academic  average  necessary  for  com- 
pletion of  the  degree  requirements. 

Time  Limitations 

Course  credits  earned  in  the  program  of  graduate  study,  or  accepted  by 
transfer,  are  valid  for  a  maximum  of  seven  years  unless  an  extension  is 
granted  by  the  graduate  school  committee. 

Fellowships 

The  departments  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Engineering  have  two  types 
of  fellowships  available.  Some  departments  have  teaching  assistantships 
and  research  fellowships  for  students  enrolled  in  work  leading  to  the 
master's  degree.  The  departments  which  give  doctoral  degrees  also  have 
research  fellowships  for  such  students. 

Assistantships 

Some  departments  have  teaching  assistantships,  on  the  Cooperative 
Plan,  in  which  students  alternate  full-time  academic  work  with  full-time 
work  in  the  department.  Some  departments  also  have  available  research 
fellowships.  Applications  for  traineeships  must  be  filed  by  March  15,  with 


REGULATIONS/ 31 

two  letters  of  recommendation  and  a  transcript  of  all  prior  college  work.  All 
students  must  have  their  course  program  approved  by  the  chairman  of  the 
respective  department  before  the  student  registers. 

Cooperative  Programs 

All  the  departments  offer  the  Cooperative  Education  Plan.  The  Plan  con- 
sists of  nine  months  of  classroom  study  and  twelve  months  of  work  ex- 
perience in  an  industrial  concern. 

Full-Time  Program 

All  the  departments  offer  a  continuous  full-time  program  in  which  the 
requirements  for  the  master's  degree  can  be  completed  in  one  academic 
year. 

Part-Time  Program 

Most  of  the  departments  offer  part-time  programs  in  which  the  admission 
requirements  are  the  same  as  for  full-time  programs.  However,  the 
program  is  established  in  such  a  way  that  students  may  progress  according 
to  their  abilities  and  the  time  available.  The  curricula  of  the  part-time 
programs  are  specified  by  the  departments. 

An  official  transcript  of  prior  college  work  must  be  submitted  with  an 
application  by  those  who  apply  by  mail,  or  at  the  personal  interview  for 
those  who  apply  after  the  deadline  for  mailing.  Mail  applications  will  be 
accepted  up  to  two  weeks  prior  to  the  registration  period  for  the  quarter  in 
which  the  applicant  plans  to  enter  the  Graduate  School. 

Honorary  Societies 

Northeastern  University  has  chapters  of  Tau  Beta,  Pi,  Sigma  Xi,  and  Phi 
Kappa  Phi.  Graduate  students  are  eligible  for  consideration  for  election  to 
these  societies  in  accordance  with  the  admission  requirements  of  each 
organization. 

THE  DOCTOR  OF  PHILOSOPHY  DEGREE 

The  Doctor  of  Philosophy  degree  is  awarded  to  candidates  who  give 
evidence  of  high  attainment  and  research  ability  in  their  major  field.  The 
degree  requirements  are  administered  by  committees  in  charge  of  each 
degree  program.  These  committees  may  be  departmental  graduate  com- 
mittees or  the  committee  of  the  graduate  school,  depending  upon  the 
nature  of  the  program.  It  is  the  responsibility  of  the  chairman  of  the  com- 
mittee to  certify  to  the  Graduate  School  of  Engineering  the  completion  of 
each  requirement  for  each  candidate. 

Admission 

Each  degree  program  has  an  established  admission  procedure  for 
students  starting  their  doctoral  work  at  Northeastern  University.  Initial  con- 
tact should  be  with  the  chairman  of  the  appropriate  department. 


32/  REGULATIONS 

Classification  and  Degree  Candidacy 

Students  taking  advanced  graduate  work  are  classified  as  follows: 

1.  Doctoral  Student 

Students  in  this  classification  have  been  admitted  to  a  doctoral 
program. 

2.  Doctoral  Degree  Candidate 

Students  in  this  classification  are  doctoral  students  who  have 
completed  40  quarter  hours  of  acceptable  graduate  work  beyond 
the  bachelor's  degree  and  have  passed  the  qualifying  examination. 

3.  Special  Students 

This  classification  is  given  to  students  taking  advanced  graduate 
work  who  are  not  enrolled  for  a  master's  degree,  and  who  have  not 
been  admitted  to  a  doctoral  program. 

Residence  Requirement 

Candidates  for  the  Doctor  of  Philosophy  degree  must  spend  the 
equivalent  of  at  least  one  academic  year  in  residence  at  the  University  tak- 
ing graduate  work.  The  committee  of  each  degree  program  specifies  the 
method  by  which  the  residence  requirement  is  satisfied. 

Qualifying  Examination 


Students  must  pass  a  qualifying  examination  within  time  limits  set  by  the 
committee  of  the  degree  program.  The  material  covered  in  the  qualifying 
examination  and  the  level  of  course  work  necessary  to  prepare  for  the  ex- 
amination are  established  by  the  committee  for  each  program. 

Comprehensive  Examination 

Degree  programs  may  require  a  comprehensive  examination  during  the 
time  in  which  a  student  is  a  degree  candidate.  The  purpose  of  this  examina- 
tion is  to  test  the  knowledge  and  skills  of  the  student  in  a  particular  area  and 
his  knowledge  of  recent  research  developments  in  his  field. 

Course  Requirements 

The  minimum  course  requirements  of  40  quarter  hours  constitute  the 
work  normally  required  for  a  master's  degree.  The  course  requirements 
beyond  this  are  the  doctoral  course  requirements  and  the  amount  of  such 
work  necessary  in  each  doctoral  program  is  specified  by  the  committee  in 
charge  of  the  doctoral  program. 

Dissertation 

Each  doctoral  student  must  complete  a  dissertation  which  embodies  the 
results  of  extended  research  and  makes  an  original  contribution  to  the  field. 
This  work  should  give  evidence  of  the  candidate's  ability  to  carry  out  in- 
dependent investigation  and  interpret  in  a  logical  manner  the  results  of  the 


REGULATIONS/ 33 

research.  The  method  of  approval  of  the  dissertation  is  established  by  the 
committee  in  charge  of  the  degree  program.  The  original  bound  copy  of  the 
dissertation  must  be  deposited  in  the  library. 

Language  Requirement 

The  foreign  language  requirement  and  how  it  is  satisfied  is  established 
by  the  committee  in  charge  of  each  degree  program. 

Final  Oral  Examination 

The  final  oral  examination  will  be  taken  after  completion  of  all  other  re- 
quirements for  the  degree.  This  examination  must  be  held  at  least  two 
weeks  before  the  commencement  at  which  the  degree  is  to  be  awarded. 

The  committee  for  the  final  oral  examination  for  the  doctoral  degree  is 
appointed  by  the  committee  in  charge  of  the  degree  program,  and  the 
director  of  the  graduate  school  is  notified  of  the  time  of  the  examination. 

The  final  oral  examination  will  be  on  the  subject  matter  of  the  doctoral 
dissertation  and  significant  developments  in  the  field  of  the  dissertation. 
Other  fields  may  be  included  if  recommended  by  the  examining  committee. 

Transfer  Credit 

If  transfer  credit  for  doctoral  course  work  is  desired,  approval  for  such 
transfer  credit  must  be  given  by  the  committee  in  charge  of  the  degree 
program. 

Time  Limitation 

After  the  establishment  of  degree  candidacy,  a  maximum  of  five  years 
will  be  allowed  for  the  completion  of  the  degree  requirements.  If  a  student 
wishes  to  obtain  a  time  extension,  he  may,  with  the  approval  of  the  com- 
mittee of  his  degree  program,  petition  the  Committee  on  Doctoral  Degree 
Programs  of  the  University  Graduate  Council  for  such  extension. 

Registration 

All  students  must  register  for  course  work  or  dissertation  as  approved  by 
their  advisers  or  the  departmental  registration  officer.  After  the  first 
registration  for  doctoral  work,  registration  must  be  continuous  unless 
withdrawal  is  allowed  by  the  committee  in  charge  of  the  degree  program. 
Students  must  be  registered  for  dissertation  during  the  quarter  in  which 
they  take  the  final  oral  examination. 

THE  DOCTOR  OF  ENGINEERING  DEGREE 

The  Doctor  of  Engineering  degree  is  awarded  to  candidates  who  give 
evidence  of  high  attainment  and  ability  in  their  major  field.  The  degree  re- 
quirements are  administered  by  committees  in  charge  of  each  degree 
program.  These  committees  may  be  departmental  graduate  committees  or 
the  committee  of  the  graduate  school,  depending  upon  the  nature  of  the 


34 /REGULATIONS 

program.  It  is  the  responsibility  of  the  chairman  of  the  committee  to  certify 
to  the  Graduate  School  of  Engineering  the  completion  of  each  requirement 
for  each  candidate. 

Admission 

Each  degree  program  has  an  established  admission  procedure  for 
students  starting  their  doctoral  work  at  Northeastern  University.  Initial  con- 
tact should  be  with  the  chairman  of  the  appropriate  department. 

Classification  and  Degree  Candidacy 

Students  taking  advanced  graduate  work  are  classified  as  follows: 

1.  Doctoral  Student 

Students  in  this  classification  have  been  admitted  to  the  doctoral 
program. 

2.  Doctoral  Degree  Candidate 

Students  in  this  classification  are  doctoral  students  who  have 
completed  40  quarter  hours  of  acceptable  graduate  work  beyond 
the  bachelor's  degree  and  have  passed  the  qualifying  examination. 

3.  Special  Students 

This  classification  is  given  to  students  taking  advanced  graduate 
work  who  are  not  enrolled  for  a  master's  degree,  and  who  have  not 
been  admitted  to  a  doctoral  program. 

Residence  Requirement 

Candidates  for  the  Doctor  of  Engineering  degree  must  spend  the 
equivalent  of  at  least  one  academic  year  in  residence  at  the  University  tak- 
ing graduate  work.  The  committee  of  each  degree  program  specifies  the 
method  by  which  the  residence  requirement  is  satisfied. 

Qualifying  Examination 

Students  must  pass  a  qualifying  examination  within  time  limits  set  by  the 
committee  of  the  degree  program.  The  material  covered  in  the  qualifying 
examination  and  the  level  of  course  work  necessary  to  prepare  for  the  ex- 
amination are  established  by  the  committee  for  each  program. 

Comprehensive  Examination 

Degree  programs  may  require  a  comprehensive  examination  during  the 
time  in  which  a  student  is  a  degree  candidate.  The  purpose  of  this  examina- 
tion is  to  test  the  knowledge  and  skills  of  the  student  in  a  particular  area  and 
his  knowledge  of  recent  research  developments  in  this  field. 

Course  Requirements 

The  minimum  course  requirements  of  40  quarter  hours  constitute  the 
work  normally  required  for  a  master's  degree.  The  course  requirements 


REGULATIONS/ 35 

beyond  this  are  doctoral  course  requirements,  and  the  amount  of  such 
work  necessary  in  each  doctoral  program  is  specified  by  the  committee  in 
charge  of  the  doctoral  program. 

Dissertation 

The  dissertation  for  the  Doctor  of  Engineering  degree  is  fundamentally 
different  from  that  of  the  Doctor  of  Philosophy  degree.  In  general,  the  latter 
focuses  on  contributions  to  new  knowledge  in  the  engineering  sciences  and 
is  expected  to  demonstrate  the  student's  competence  as  a  researcher.  The 
dissertation  for  the  Doctor  of  Engineering  degree  focuses  on  creative 
engineering  design  and  in-depth  engineering  studies.  It  may,  and  usually 
will,  contain  elements  that  involve  research,  but  above  all,  it  must 
demonstrate  the  student's  ability  to  work  creatively  on  engineering  analysis 
and  design  problems  such  as  those  encountered  in  professional  practice. 

Language  Requirement 

There  is  no  foreign  language  requirement,  but,  in  lieu  of  such  a  require- 
ment, the  student  must  demonstrate  proficiency  in  computer  software 
techniques  and  an  acceptable  machine  language. 

Final  Oral  Examination 

The  final  oral  examination  will  be  taken  after  completion  of  all  other  re- 
quirements for  the  degree.  This  examination  must  be  held  at  least  two 
weeks  before  the  commencement  at  which  the  degree  is  to  be  awarded. 

The  committee  for  the  final  oral  examination  for  the  doctoral  degree  is 
appointed  by  the  committee  in  charge  of  the  degree  program,  and  the 
director  of  the  graduate  school  is  notified  of  the  time  of  the  examination. 

The  final  oral  examination  will  be  on  the  subject  matter  of  the  doctoral 
dissertation  and  significant  developments  in  the  field  of  the  dissertation. 
Other  fields  may  be  included  if  recommended  by  the  examining  committee. 

Transfer  Credit 

If  transfer  credit  for  doctoral  course  work  is  desired,  approval  for  such 
transfer  credit  must  be  given  by  the  committee  in  charge  of  the  degree 
program. 

Time  Limitation 

After  the  establishment  of  degree  candidacy,  a  maximum  of  five  years 
will  be  allowed  for  the  completion  of  the  degree  requirements.  If  a  student 
wishes  to  obtain  a  time  extension,  he  may,  with  the  approval  of  the  com- 
mittee of  his  degree  program,  petition  the  Committee  on  Doctoral  Degree 
Programs  or  the  University  Graduate  Council  for  such  extension. 

Registration 

All  students  must  register  for  course  work  or  dissertation  as  approved  by 
their    advisers   or   the    departmental    registration    officer.    After   the   first 


36/  REGULATIONS 

registration  for  doctoral  work,  registration  must  be  continuous  unless 
withdrawal  is  allowed  by  the  committee  in  charge  of  the  degree  program. 
Students  must  be  registered  for  dissertation  during  the  quarter  in  which 
they  take  the  final  oral  examination. 

Professional  Experience 

The  student  is  required  to  present  evidence  of  at  least  one  calendar  year 
of  experience  in  engineering  practice  at  a  suitable  professional  level.  This 
experience  must  have  been  acquired  after  completion  of  a  bachelor's 
degree  in  a  branch  of  engineering.  The  committee  in  charge  of  each  degree 
program  specifies  the  details  of  the  professional  experience  requirement. 

INTERDISCIPLINARY  PROGRAMS 

Some  graduate  students  may  wish  to  pursue  doctoral  programs  which 
involve  substantial  work  in  two  or  more  departments.  To  meet  this  need,  an 
interdisciplinary  program  may  be  established  which  corresponds  in  scope 
and  depth  to  doctoral  standards,  but  does  not  agree  exactly  with  the  in- 
dividual departmental  regulations.  For  such  possibilities,  the  following  plan 
is  in  operation: 

Admission 

Application  for  admission  to  interdisciplinary  doctoral  study  consists  of 
the  submission  of  a  carefully  thought-out  written  proposal  describing  the 
areas  of  proposed  study  and  research.  The  proposal  may  be  a  part  of  the 
initial  application  for  admission  to  graduate  study  at  Northeastern  Universi- 
ty, or  it  may  be  submitted  by  a  student  already  enrolled.  It  may  be  directed 
to  a  doctoral  degree-granting  department  or  to  the  director  of  the  graduate 
school,  who  directs  it  to  the  appropriate  department.  In  either  case,  admis- 
sion to  interdisciplinary  doctoral  study  requires  favorable  recommendation 
by  the  sponsoring  doctoral  degree-granting  department  and  approval  by 
authorized  representatives  of  the  graduate  study  committees  of  the 
departments  appropriate  to  the  disciplines  covered  by  the  applicant's 
proposal.  The  sponsoring  department  becomes  the  registration  base  of  the 
student. 

Formation  of  Interdisciplinary  Committee 

A  student  who  has  been  accepted  for  interdisciplinary  study  must  obtain 
the  consent  of  an  adviser  who  will  direct  his  doctoral  thesis.  This  adviser, 
who  may  or  may  not  be  a  member  of  the  registration  department,  will  be 
chairman  of  the  interdisciplinary  committee  for  this  student.  A  second 
member  will  be  appointed  from  the  registration  department  by  its  chair- 
man. These  two  members  will  obtain  one  or  more  additional  members  or 
request  the  director  of  the  graduate  school  to  do  so.  At  least  two 
departments  must  be  represented  on  the  committee  and  a  majority  of  the 
committee  must  come  from  doctoral  degree-granting  departments.  The 
chairman   of  the   registration   department  will   notify  the  director  of  the 


REGULATIONS/ 37 

graduate    school    of    the    membership    of    the    committee    as    soon    as 
arrangements  are  complete. 

Duties  of  Interdisciplinary  Committee 

A  member  of  the  interdisciplinary  committee  who  is  also  a  member  of  the 
registration  department  will  serve  as  the  registration  officer  to  approve  the 
course  registration  for  the  student.  A  copy  of  the  approved  course  registra- 
tion must  also  be  filed  with  the  other  committee  members  and  with  the 
graduate  study  committee  of  the  registration  department. 

The  interdisciplinary  committee  will  be  responsible  for  the  admistration 
of  the  qualifying  examination,  language  examination,  approval  of  the  dis- 
sertation, and  comprehensive  examination.  This  committee  must  also  cer- 
tify to  the  registration  department  the  completion  of  the  requirements  for 
the  award  of  the  doctoral  degree. 

The  interdisciplinary  committee  must  assure  that  the  program  of  the  stu- 
dent represents  standards  comparable  to  those  of  the  registration  depart- 
ment and  that  the  program  is  not  so  broad  that  it  has  inadequate  depth  in 
any  area. 

The  program  of  the  student  may  be  reviewed  at  any  time  by  the  director 
of  the  graduate  school  to  determine  whether  objectives  of  the  program  are 
being  met. 

THE  ENGINEER  DEGREE 

The  degree  of  Engineer  is  intended  for  those  who  do  not  wish  to  make  a 
commitment  to  post-master's  degree  graduate  study  that  is  as  extensive  as 
that  required  for  one  of  the  doctor's  degrees.  It  is  an  intermediate  degree, 
between  master's  and  doctor's  degrees.  A  student  who  has  completed  the 
Engineer  degree  is  eligible  to  apply  for  admission  to  a  doctor's  degree 
program. 

Admission 

Each  departmental  Engineer  degree  program  has  its  own  admission 
procedure  for  students  beginning  the  program.  Normally  a  master's  degree 
in  engineering  or  related  field  is  required.  Initial  contact  should  be  with  the 
chairman  of  the  appropriate  department. 

Classification  and  Degree  Candidacy 

A  student  admitted  to  the  Engineer  degree  program  will  be  designated  as 
a  candidate  for  this  degree. 

Residence  Requirement 

Candidates  for  the  Engineer  degree  must  spend  the  equivalent  of  at  least 
two  academic  quarters  in  residence  at  the  University  taking  graduate  work. 
The  committee  of  each  degree  program  specifies  the  method  by  which  the 
residence  requirement  is  satisfied. 


38/  REGULATIONS 

Qualifying  and  Comprehensive  Examinations 

The  committee  for  each  Engineer  degree  program  specifies  its  own  ex- 
aminations. Normally,  no  qualifying  examination  is  required  for  candidacy 
and  no  comprehensive  examination  is  required  for  completion,  but  in- 
dividual departments  offering  the  degree  may  require  such  examinations. 

Course  Requirements 

The  minimum  course  requirement  will  be  40  quarter  hours  beyond  the 
master's  degree,  with  no  more  than  10  quarter  hours  of  credit  out  of  the  40 
allowed  for  work  on  the  dissertation.  A  minimum  of  20  quarter  hours  must 
be  taken  in  the  department  in  which  the  degree  is  offered.  Specific  course 
requirements  for  each  Engineer  degree  program  are  determined  by  the 
departmental  committee  in  charge  of  the  program. 

Dissertation 

Each  Engineer  degree  student  must  complete  a  dissertation  which 
demonstrates  a  high  level  of  competence  in  engineering  research,  develop- 
ment, or  design.  As  a  general  guideline,  the  amount  of  effort  normally  ex- 
pected will  be  the  equivalent  of  about  10  quarter  hours  of  graduate  course 
work. 

Language  Requirement 

No  foreign  language  is  required  for  the  Engineer  degree. 

Final  Oral  Examination 

A  final  oral  examination  may  be  required  by  the  departmental  committee 
in  charge  of  the  Engineer  degree  program.  The  examination  will  normally 
consist  of  a  defense  of  the  dissertation. 

Transfer  of  Credit 

Approval  for  transfer  of  credit  must  be  given  by  the  departmental  com- 
mittee in  charge  of  the  degree  program. 

Time  Limitation 

After  admission  to  the  program,  a  maximum  of  five  years  will  be  allowed 
for  completion  of  the  degree  requirements.  Extension  of  this  time  limit  may 
be  granted  with  the  approval  of  the  departmental  committee  in  charge  of 
the  degree  program. 

Registration 

All  students  must  register  for  course  work  or  dissertation  as  approved  by 
their  advisers  or  the  departmental  registration  officer.  After  the  first 
registration  for  this  work,  registration  must  be  continuous  unless  withdrawal 
is  allowed  by  the  departmental  committee  in  charge  of  the  degree  program. 


financial  information 


FINANCIAL  OBLIGATIONS 
Tuition 

Tuition  rates  and  fees  are  subject  to  revision  by  the  Board  of  Trustees  at 
any  time.  However,  any  change  in  tuition  and  fees  will  become  effective  at 
the  beginning  of  the  school  year  which  follows  the  one  in  which  the  change 
was  announced. 

The  tuition  rate  for  all  graduate  students  is  $67  per  quarter  hour  of  credit. 
Doctoral  candidates  actively  utilizing  the  resources  of  the  University  in  their 
Doctor  of  Philosophy  or  Doctor  of  Engineering  dissertation  are  charged  an 
additional  $600  per  quarter.  Those  doctoral  candidates  registered  for  dis- 
sertation work  to  be  performed  off  campus  are  charged  $200  per  quarter  in 
addition  to  tuition.  Degree  candidates  that  are  no  longer  full  time  students  yet 
still  need  to  complete  thesis  or  dissertation  requirements  will  be  charged 
a  continuation  fee.  This  will  entitle  the  student  to  limited  access  of  various 
University  facilities  and  privileges. 

Tuition  statements  are  mailed  to  students  by  the  Bursar's  Office  and  are 
payable  by  cash  or  check  to  Northeastern  University  on  or  before  the  date 
specified. 

Fees 

A  $15.00  non-refundable  application  fee  must  accompany  the  application 
for  admission  to  the  Graduate  School  of  Engineering.  No  applications  will 
be  processed  until  the  fee  has  been  received. 

Upon  notification  of  acceptance,  all  full-time  applicants  are  required  to 
pay  a  tuition  deposit  of  $50.00  This  deposit  will  be  credited  to  the  student's 
tuition,  and  it  is  not  refundable  for  those  who  do  not  register. 

Other  fees  include  a  charge  of  $10  for  late  payment  of  tuition  and  a  com- 
mencement fee  of  $25  for  all  degree  candidates,  payable  before  com- 
mencement by  the  date  listed  in  the  academic  calendar. 

For  full-time  students  there  is  a  charge  of  $12.50  per  quarter  for  the  ser- 
vices available  in  the  Student  Center.  The  fee  for  teaching  assistants  and 
research  fellows  is  $6.25  each  quarter.  All  part-time  students  on  the  Hun- 
tington Avenue  Campus  are  charged  $.75  a  quarter. 

All  full-time  students  pay  a  non-refundable  University  Health  Service  fee 
of  $120  each  year.  This  fee  will  provide  Blue  Cross-Blue  Shield  coverage  and 
entitle  the  students  to  the  medical  care  furnished  by  the  University  Health 
Services. 

All  financial  obligations  to  the  University  must  be  discharged  by  gradua- 
tion. 

39 


40  /  FINANCIAL  INFORMATION 


Refunds 


Tuition  refunds  will  be  granted  only  on  the  basis  of  the  date  appearing  on 
the  official  withdrawal  form  filed  by  the  student.  Nonattendance  does  not 
constitute  official  withdrawal.  Questions  regarding  refunds  should  be  dis- 
cussed with  the  Bursar's  Office. 

Refunds  will  be  granted  in  accordance  with  the  following  schedule: 
Amount  of  Refund: 
Official  Withdrawal  Filed  Within:        Percentage  of  Tuition 
First  week  of  quarter  100 

Second  week  of  quarter  75 

Third  week  of  quarter  50 

Fourth  week  of  quarter  25 


FINANCIAL  AID 

The  Graduate  School  of  Engineering  has  available  the  following  types  of 
assistantships  and  fellowships  for  support  of  graduate  students.  Those  in- 
terested in  financial  aid  must  apply  through  the  chairman  of  the  major  depart- 
ment. The  chairmen  or  representatives  of  the  Department  are  listed  in  the 
catalog  under  the  Committee  on  Graduate  Study  in  Engineering. 

Teaching  Assistantships 

Teaching  assistantships  allowing  remission  of  tuition  and  a  stipend  are 
available  in  all  departments.  Holders  of  such  awards  devote  half  time  to 
academic  assistance  directly  related  to  the  teaching  function  and  the 
balance  to  course  work. 

Graduate  Administrative  Assistantships 

Some  University  departments  offer  the  graduate  student  an  opportunity 
for  remission  of  tuition  and  a  stipend  in  return  for  half  time  spent  in 
assisting  with  non-teaching,  administrative  duties. 

Tuition  Assistantships 

Many  departments  provide  remission  of  tuition  for  students  who  share  in 
the  administrative  work  of  the  department.  These  awards  are  normally 
given  to  full-time  students  in  the  first  year  of  graduate  work. 

Research  Fellowships 

A  number  of  departments  offer  research  fellowships  including  N.I.H.  and 
N.S.F.  that  carry  a  stipend  and  remit  tuition.  Certain  of  these  grants  require 
half-time  work  on  research  in  the  department,  with  the  remaining  time 
devoted  to  course  work.  Others  provide  for  full-time  work  on  research  used 
for  thesis  or  dissertation. 


FINANCIAL  INFORMATION  /  41 


Doctoral  Research  Fellowships 


In  the  departments  which  give  work  leading  to  the  Ph.D.  degree,  research 
fellowships  available  for  students  who  have  established  candidacy  for  the 
Ph.D.  degree  carry  a  higher  stipend  than  fellowships  at  the  master's  level. 

Appointments 

Appointments  to  fellowships  and  assistantships  are  ordinarily  announced 
no  later  than  April  15  for  the  following  academic  year  or  summer.  Ap- 
pointments are  for  a  maximum  of  one  year  and  are  not  automatically 
renewed.  Students  who  hold  assistantships  and  research  fellowships  are 
expected  to  devote  full  time  to  their  studies  and  the  duties  of  the  grant. 
They  may  not  accept  outside  employment  without  the  consent  of  their  facul- 
ty advisers  and  the  director  of  the  graduate  school. 


FINANCIAL  AID  OFFICE 

The  Office  of  Financial  Aid  offers  two  types  of  assistance  to  graduate 
students:  the  National  Direct  Student  Loan  and  Work-Study.  All  awards  are 
based  on  financial  need.  Aid  granted  from  these  programs  sponsored  by 
the  Federal  Government  is  dependent  upon  the  amount  of  funds  allocated 
to  Northeastern  University. 

National  Direct  Student  Loan 

Under  the  National  Direct  Student  Loan  program,  students  may  be  al- 
lowed to  borrow  as  much  as  $1500  per  academic  year;  however,  the  total 
amount  borrowed  must  not  exceed  $10,000  for  the  student's  entire  un- 
dergraduate and  graduate  program.  Repayment  and  interest  on  these 
loans  do  not  begin  until  nine  months  after  the  student  ceases  to  carry  at 
least  a  half-time  academic  load.  The  repayment  of  the  principal  may  be  ex- 
tended over  a  ten-year  period  with  an  interest  rate  of  3%  per  annum. 

College  Work  Study  Program 

The  College  Work-Study  Program  is  sponsored  by  the  Federal  Govern- 
ment. It  is  designed  to  give  students  an  opportunity  to  earn  as  much  as 
$3.50  per  hour  working  in  jobs  on  or  off  campus  in  public  or  private  non- 
profit organizations. This  program  is  administered  solely  by  the  Office  of 
Financial  Aid  and  is  not  to  be  confused  with  the  University's  cooperative 
education  program. 

Martin  Luther  King,  Jr.  Scholarships 

Established  in  1969  in  memory  of  the  late  Rev.  Martin  Luther  King,  Jr., 
awards  are  made  as  openings  occur  to  qualified  minority  graduate  students 
who  show  financial  need  and  are  accepted  to  full-time  study  in  the 
Graduate  Schools  of  the  University.  Stipends  will  cover  tuition  and  all  fees. 


42  /  FINANCIAL  INFORMATION 

Guaranteed  Student  Loan  Program 

A  prime  means  of  financial  assistance  is  the  Guaranteed  Student  Loan 
Program.  Because  of  the  easy  availability  of  this  loan  relative  to  other  types 
of  financial  assistance,  it  is  recommended  that  all  applicants  for  aid  first 
seek  assistance  from  this  source.  Students  may  receive  guaranteed  loans 
of  up  to  $2500  per  academic  year  from  their  local  banks.  Repayment  of  the 
principal  and  interest  need  not  begin  until  nine  months  after  the  student 
ceases  to  carry  at  least  a  half-time  academic  load. 

Northeastern  University  is  a  participant  in  the  Graduate  and  Professional 
School  Financial  Aid  Service  (GAPSFAS).  All  applicants  for  financial  aid 
must  file  a  GAPSFAS  form  in  order  to  be  considered.  This  form  may  be  ob- 
tained from  the  financial  aid  officer  at  the  institution  which  the  student  now 
attends  or  from  the  Northeastern  University  Office  of  Financial  Aid.  All  sec- 
tions of  the  GAPSFAS  form  must  be  completed  and  sent  to  the  Graduate 
and  Professional  School  Financial  Aid  Service,  Box  2614,  Princeton,  New 
Jersey  08540.  No  decision  on  an  application  for  financial  aid  will  be  made 
until  the  GAPSFAS  form  is  received. 

Only  students  who  have  been  officially  accepted  as  degree  candidates  to 
a  graduate  school  of  Northeastern  University  may  apply  for  financial  aid. 
The  University  does  not  award  financial  assistance  to  students  who  are  not 
citizens  or  permanent  residents  of  the  United  States. 

The  Office  of  Financial  Aid  does  not  award  Graduate  Assistantships  or 
Fellowships.  For  further  information  regarding  such  assistance,  students 
should  contact  the  Chairmen  of  the  major  department. 


National  Defense  Student  Loans 

This  program  is  available  to  students  who  are  carrying  at  least  one-half 
the  normal  academic  load,  are  accepted  as  degree  candidates,  and  who 
show  evidence  of  financial  need. 

The  Federal  maximum  a  graduate  student  may  borrow  is  $5000  while 
pursuing  his  post-baccalaureate  degree. 

Repayment  and  interest  on  these  loans  do  not  begin  until  nine  months 
after  the  student  ceases  to  carry  at  least  a  half-time  academic  load  at  an  in- 
stitution of  higher  education.  The  repayment  of  principal  may  be  extended 
over  a  ten-year  period  with  the  interest  at  the  rate  of  3%  per  annum.  Repay- 
ment may  be  deferred  up  to  a  total  of  three  years  while  a  borrower  is  ser- 
ving as  a  Peace  Corps  or  VISTA  volunteer. 

Additional  information  and  application  forms  are  availble  from  the  Office 
of  Financial  Aid.  The  application  deadline  is  September  1  for  full-time 
students.  For  other  students  the  deadline  is  six  weeks  prior  to  the  start  of 
the  quarter  for  which  aid  is  requested. 

Dormitory  Proctorships 

A  number  of  proctorships  in  dormitories  on  or  near  the  Huntington 
Avenue  campus  are  available  each  year.  Appointments  carry  a  minimum 
compensation  of  room  and  board.  Further  information  and  application 
forms  may  be  obtained  from  the  Office  of  University  Housing. 


faculty 


David  A.  Aaronson,  B.Sc,  M.S.,  Ed.  M.,  M.B.A.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 

Charles  T.  Ajamian,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 

Edward  E.  Altschuler,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 

Reginald  L.  Amory,  B.C.E.,  M.C.E.,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Civil  Engineering 

Amedio  Armenti,  B.  Litt.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 

Ralph  E.  Bach,  Jr.,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering 

Paul  C.  Barr,  B.E.E.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 

Abraham  Ben-Arroyo,  B.S.,  M.S.,  D.Sc,  Visiting  Professor  of  Civil  Engineering 

Frederick  C.  Blanc,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Civil  Engineering 

Joseph  J.  Bluhm,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 

H.  Frederick  Bowman,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Nuc.E.,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Mechanical 

Engineering 
Lyle  E.  Branagan,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 
David  Braun,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 
Bruno  Brodfeld,  B.S.C.E.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 
Allan  S.  Bufferd,  B.S.,  M.S.,  D.  Sc,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 

John  Buoncristiani,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Industrial  Engineering 
Ralph  A.  Buonopane,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Chemical  Engineering 
Stanley  T.  Burak,  B.S.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 
James  A.  Burns,  B.S.,  Ph.D.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 
Leroy  M.  Cahoon,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Associate  Professor  of  Civil  Engineering 
Marcello  J.  Carrabes,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Associate  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering 
Richard  I.  Carter,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Director,  Computation  Center 
Henry  J.  Caufield,  B.A.,  Ph.D.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 
Saverio  Cerullo,  B.S.,  M.B.A.,  Associate  Professor  of  Finance  and  Insurance 
Sze-Hou  Chang,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering 
Chang-Chi  Chao,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineering 
William  H.  Chu,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineering 
John  W.  Cippola,  Jr.,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mechanical 

Engineering 
John  J.  Cochrane,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Civil  Engineering 
Basil  L.  Cochrun,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering 
Bell  A.  Cogbill,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 
Raymond  Colvin,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 
Cameron  H.  Daley,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 
William  P.  Darby,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Civil  Engineering 
Mukti  L.  Das,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 
Foster  J.  DeGiacomo,  B.S.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 
Rajendra  Desai,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Instructor  in  Industrial  Engineering 
Lloyd  I.  Dickman,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 
James  G.  Dolan,  B.S.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 

Ladislav  Dolansky,  Ing.,  M.S.,  E.E.,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering 
Leonard  R.  Doyon,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 
Michael  Duffy,  B.A.,  Ph.D.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 

John  F.  Dunn,  Jr.,  S.B.,  S.M.,  Sc.D.,  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineering 
Louis  I.  Egelson,  Jr.,  B.S.,  M.B.A.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 
James  M.  Feldman,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering 
Melvin  D.  Field,  B.S.,  S.M.,  Sc.D.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 
Austin  W.  Fisher,  B.S.,  Sc.D.,  Professor  of  Engineering  Management 
Eugene  B.  Foley,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 
Arthur  R.  Foster,  B.S.,  M.Engg.,  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineering 

43 


44 / FACULTY 

David  R.  Freeman,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Industrial  Engineering  and 

Chairman  of  the  Department 
Maurice  Gertel,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 

Louis  Geyer,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Industrial  Engineering 
Aaron  J.  Goldberg,  S.B.,  S.M.,  Ph.D.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 
Robert  P.  Goldberg,  B.S.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 
Kenneth  I.  Golden,  B.S.,  S.M.,  M.E.,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Electrical 

Engineering 
David  S.  Goldman,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 

Robert  A.  Gonsalves,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering 
Bernard  M.  Goodwin,  B.S.,  Sc.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Chemical  Engineering 
Arvin  Grabel,  B.E.E.,  M.E.E.,  Sc.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering 
Constantine  J.  Gregory,  B.A.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Environmental 

Sciences 
Richard  E.  Grojean,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Associate  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering 
Pamela  Halpern,  B.A.,  M.S.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 
William  P.  Hansen,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 
John  A.  Hanson,  B.A.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 
Mitchell  O.  Hoenig,  B.S.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 

Stewart  V.  Hoover,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Industrial  Engineering 
Dennis  R.  Horn,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 
Richard  E.  Howard,  B.S.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 

Thomas  E.  Hulbert,  B.M.E.,  M.S.,  Associate  Professor  of  Industrial  Engineering 
Ziza  D.  Jankov,  Dipl.  Eng.,  M.S.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 
Walter  E.  Jaworski,  B.S.,  M.S.,  D.Sc,  Assistant  Professor  of  Civil  Engineering 
Martin  Kaliski,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering 
Arthur  Kantrowitz,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Sc.D.,  Adjunct  Professor 
Murray  Kaye,  B.E.E.,  M.E.E.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 

Wayne  G.  Kellner,  B.S.,  S.M.,  Sc.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering 
Thomas  J.  Kerr,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 
McKeen  Kessel,  B.S.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 
Lester  M.  Klashman,  B.S.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 
Ira  Kohlberg,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 

Michael  Kupferman,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Civil  Engineering 
Robert  J.  Lechner,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 

Kenneth  M.  Leet,  B.S.,  M.S.,  D.Sc,  Professor  of  Civil  Engineering,  Acting  Chairman 
Joseph  H.  Lenney,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Associate  Professor  of  Civil  Engineering 
Edward  F.  Levell,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 
Robert  A.  Lincicome,  B.S.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 
Walter  H.  Lob,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Associate  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering 
Morton  Loewenthal,  B.S.,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering 
Robert  F.  London,  A.B.,  M.B.A.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 

Bertrams.  Long,  B.S.,  M.S.,  M.E.,  Associate  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineering 
Gilbert  W.  Low,  B.A.,  Ph.D.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 
Thomas  J.  MacDonald,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 
Frederick  MacGregor,  B.S.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 
John  D.  Macey,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 

Robert  N.  Martin,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Associate  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering 
Francis  D.  McCarthy,  B.E.,  M.E.E.,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Electrical 

Engineering 
John  D.  McLellan,  B.A.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 
William  J.  Meehan,  B.S.,  M.E.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 
Robert  L.  Meserve,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Associate  Professor  of  Civil  Engineering 
Stephen  Miliaras,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 
Marvin  M.  Miller,  B.S.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 
Ernest  E.  Mills,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Associate  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineering 
Peter  F.  Mueller,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 
James  D.  Murphy,  B.S.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 
Paul  J.  Murphy,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 
Richard  J.  Murphy,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineering 


FACULTY / 45 

Warren  G.  Nelson,  S.B.,  S.M.,  Sc.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineering 

Robert  A.  Nery,  B.S.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 

Walter  Newman,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 

David  D.  Nickerson,  A.B.,  M.B.A.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 

Leslie  M.  Novak,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 

Welville  B.  Nowak,  S.B.,  Ph.D.,  George  A.  Snell,  Professor  of  Engineering  and 

Chairman,  Department  of  Mechanical  Engineering 
Robert  M.  O'Brien,  B.S.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 

James  C.  O'Shaughnessy,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Professor  in  Civil  Engineering 
Robert  E.  Parkin,  B.S.,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering 
Kenneth  Paulin,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 

Ronald  F.  Perry,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Industrial  Engineering 
Thomas  E.  Phalen,  Jr.,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Associate  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineering 
Walter  H.  Phoenix,  B.B.A.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 

John  Proakis,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering 
Harold  R.  Raemer,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering  and 

Chairman  of  the  Department. 
Wilfred  J.  Remillard,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering 
George  O.  Reynolds,  B.6.,  M.S.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 
Howard  H.  Reynolds,  A.B.,  Sc.D.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 
J.  Spencer  Rochefort,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering 
John  P.  Rody,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 

John  N.  Rossettos,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineering 
Rauinder  Sakhuja,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Sc.D.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 
Gerald  D.  Saks,  B.M.E.,  M.B.A.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 

Sheldon  S.  Sandler,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering 
Malukutla  Sarma,  Associate  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering 
Gerhard  O.  Sauermann,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 
Martin  Schetzen,  B.E.E.,  S.  M.,  Sc.D.,  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering 
Miknail  Schiller,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Lecturer  in  Civil  Engineering 
John  K.  Schindler,  S.B.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 
Walter  C.  Schwab,  S.B.,  S.  M.,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering 
Richard  J.  Scranton,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Civil  Engineering 
Al  U.  Sharon,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 

Michael  B.  Silevitch,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering 
Nelson  Simons,  B.S.,  M.S.,  D.Eng.,  Associate  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering 
Barkey  Siroonian,  B.A.,  M.S.P.H.,  M.S.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 
Sidney  L.  Smith,  S.B.,  S.M.,  Ph.D.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 
Michael  Smolin,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 
Richard  L.  Stevens,  B.S.,  Juris  Dr.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 
Gary  K.  Stewart,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Professor  in  Engineering 
Richard  R.  Stewart,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Chemical  Engineering 
Robert  D.  Stuart,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering 
Raimundas  Sukys,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Research  Associate  in  Electrical  Engineering 
Henry  J.  Thererge,  B.A.,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 
Charles  W.  Therrien,  S.B.,  S.H.,  Ph.D.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 
Ralph  A.  Troupe,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Chemical  Engineering  and  Chairman 

of  the  Department 
Thomas  Vasilos,  B.S.,  Sc.D.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 

Yash  P.  Verma,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering 
David  M.  Waxman,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 
Irvine  W.  Wei,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Civil  Engineering 
Lih-Jyh  Weng,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 

John  A.  Williams,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Chemical  Engineering 
Bernard  T.  Woodrow,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 
Leslie  E.  Woods,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 

Alvin  J.  Yorra,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Associate  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineering 
Joseph  J.  Zelinski,  B.S.,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineering 
John  Zotos,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Met.E.,  Associate  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineering 


civil  engineering 


Admission 

To  be  enrolled  for  graduate  work  leading  to  the  degree  of  Master  of 
Science  in  Civil  Engineering,  applicants  must  have  obtained  a  Bachelor  of 
Science  degree  in  Civil  Engineering,  with  an  acceptable  quality  of  un- 
dergraduate work,  from  a  recognized  institution.  Applicants  with  a  Bachelor 
of  Science  degree  from  a  recognized  institution  in  some  other  engineering 
field  or  related  science  and  an  appropriate  background  of  preparation  may 
pursue  this  program  and  qualify  for  the  degree  of  Master  of  Science. 

THE  MASTER'S  DEGREE 
General 

The  master's  degree  requirements  can  be  completed  on  the  Cooperative 
Plan,  on  a  full-time  basis  or  part-time  in  the  evening.  Forty  quarter  hours  of 
academic  work  are  required.  A  master's  report  carrying  4  Q.H.  of  credit,  or 
a  thesis  of  8  Q.H.  credit  is  required  in  all  fields  of  civil  engineering  (en- 
vironmental, structural  and  transportation). 

A  meaningful  sequence  of  electives  must  be  chosen  which  meets  the  ap- 
proval of  the  department.  Department  interviews  are  necessary  early  in  the 
program  for  all  students  in  order  that  an  approved  program  of  electives 
may  be  arranged  with  the  individual.  It  is  suggested  that  only  required 
courses  be  taken  in  the  first  quarter.  During  that  quarter  an  interview  should 
be  scheduled  within  the  department  for  preliminary  planning  of  the 
remainder  of  the  individual  program. 

Full-Time  Program  on  the  Cooperative  Plan 

On  the  Cooperative  Plan  students  enroll  for  academic  work  in  the  Fall 
and  Spring  Quarters  of  the  first  year  and  in  the  Winter  Quarter  of  the  sec- 
ond year.  The  other  three  quarters  of  the  two  academic  years  and  the 
summer  after  the  first  year  are  available  for  professional  employment. 
Students  who  are  admitted  to  a  master's  degree  program  under  the 
Cooperative  Plan  must  complete,  through  satisfactory  performance,  each 
cooperative  work  assignment  in  order  to  be  eligible  for  their  degree. 

Full-Time  Program 

Arrangements  may  be  made  to  complete  the  degree  requirements  in  one 
year  on  a  continuous  full-time  basis. 

46 


CIVIL  ENGINEERING  /  47 


Part-Time  Programs 


The  admission  requirements  for  these  programs  are  similar  to  those  for 
the  full-time  program,  but  students  may  progress  according  to  their  ability 
to  combine  their  study  load  with  their  employment  load.  A  maximum  of 
seven  years  is  allowed  to  complete  the  program. 

Substitutions 

With  the  approval  of  the  department,  substitutions  may  be  made  for 
some  of  the  prescribed  courses  by  other  courses  in  the  department  or  in 
other  departments  which  offer  graduate  work. 

Students  may  petition  to  substitute  eight  quarter  hours  of  approved 
course  work  for  the  required  four  quarter  hours  Master's  Report. 


STRUCTURAL  ENGINEERING 

The  Structural  Engineering  Program  emphasizes  basic  courses  in  Struc- 
tural Analysis,  Design  of  Steel  and  Concrete  Structure,  and  Soil  and  Rock 
Mechanics.  Advanced  topics  in  Dynamics,  Stability,  Models  and  Numerical 
Methods  round  out  a  comprehensive  presentation  which  may  be  supple- 
mented by  offerings  from  other  programs,  such  as  mechanical  engineering 
or  industrial  engineering. 


SPECIMEN  DAY  PROGRAM 
Fall  Quarter  Credits 

1.847     Structural  Analysis 4 

1.853  Concrete  Structures  I    2 

1 .877     Eng.  Props,  of  Soils    4 

1 .861  Design  of  Structures  I   2 

1.859     Structural  Stability    2 

or 

1 .877     Eng.  Props,  of  Soil 4 

1.882     Engineering  Geology    ._2 

(Minimum)  14 

Winter  Quarter  Credits 

1.854  Concrete  Structures  II     2 

1 .862  Design  of  Structures  II     2 

1.884  Rock  Mechanics  I 2 

1.894  Numerical  Methods  in  Struct.  Mechanics     4 

1 .897  Master's  Report    4 

or 

1 .899     Thesis    ._8 

(Minimum)  14 


48 /CIVIL  ENGINEERING 

Spring  Quarter  Credits 

1.855  Concrete  Structures  III    2 

1.857  Structural  Dynamics 4 

1 .863  Design  of  Structures  III    2 

1.878  Foundation  Engineering    4 

1.885  Rock  Mechanics  II     ._2 

(Minimum)  12 
The  two-credit  courses  are  scheduled  for  the  early  evening  time  block. 

PART-TIME  PROGRAM 

Required  Courses  Credits 

1 .897     Master's  Report 4 

or 
1.899     Thesis    ._8 

(Minimum)  4 
Electives  (Part-time  Program) 

Students  in  the  Structural  Engineering  major  must  elect  30  quarter  hours 
from  civil  engineering  courses  within  the  structural  engineering  field 
(courses  in  the  840-899  series). 

Six  quarter  hours  may  be  elected  from  any  courses  in  engineering  or 
science  for  which  the  student  has  the  necessary  preparation. 

The  electives  will  normally  be  available  according  to  the  following 
schedule: 

Fall  Quarter  Credits 

1.841  Structural  Analysis  I    2 

1.844     Structural  Analysis  IV    2 

1.853  Concrete  Structures  I    2 

1 .859     Structural  Stability    2 

1.861  Design  of  Structures  I 2 

1 .871  Eng.  Props,  of  Soils  I     2 

1 .874  Foundation  Eng.  I   2 

1.882     Eng.  Geology   2 

Winter  Quarter  Credits 

1.842  Structural  Analysis  II 2 

1 .850     Struc.  Dyamics  I    2 

1.854  Concrete  Structures  II     2 

1 .862  Design  of  Structures  II     2 

1 .872  Eng.  Props,  of  Soils  II    2 

1 .875  Foundation  Eng.  II     2 

1.884     Rock  Mechanics  I 2 

1.892     Numerical  Methods  in  Struct.  Mechanics  I     2 


CIVIL  ENGINEERING  /  49 

Spring  Quarter  Credits 

1.843     Structural  Analysis  III    2 

1.849     Model  Analysis     2 

1 .851     Struct.  Dynamics  II    2 

1 .855     Concrete  Structures  III    2 

1 .863     Design  of  Structures  III    2 

1.873     Soils  Testing  Lab 2 

1.876     Foundation  Eng.  Ill    2 

1.885     Rock  Mechanics  II    2 

1.893     Numerical  Methods  in  Struct.  Mechanics  II    2 

TRANSPORTATION  ENGINEERING 

The  Transportation  Engineering  Program  is  designed  for  students  with 
career  goals  in  transportation  engineering,  planning,  or  research.  This 
program  may  consist  of  courses  from  engineering,  liberal  arts,  and 
business.  A  minimum  of  40  credit  hours  is  required  for  a  graduate  degree. 

A  Master  of  Science  in  Civil  Engineering  degree  will  be  awarded  to 
students  who  have  an  accredited  undergraduate  degree  in  civil  engineering 
and  have  completed  at  least  24  quarter  credit  hours  in  civil  engineering 
courses,  i.e.  courses  designated  with  01.  -  numbers.  A  Master  of  Science 
degree  will  be  awarded  to  students  who  do  not  have  an  undergraduate 
degree  in  civil  engineering  or  who  do  not  meet  the  minimum  24  quarter 
credit  hour  requirement  in  civil  engineering  courses.  A  student  may  elect  to 
take  non-technical  electives  in  liberal  arts  and  business  administration.  A 
maximum  of  nine  credit  hours  in  non-technical  fields  will  be  allowed. 

Each  student  is  required  to  prepare  a  program  of  study  which  must  be 
reviewed  and  approved  by  his  faculty  adviser.  A  typical  program  of  study 
would  normally  consist  of  courses  shown  in  the  specimen  program.  Spec- 
imen programs  listed  below  for  day  and  part-time  students  are  intended  to 
show  the  nature  of  the  program.  Substitutions  for  the  courses  listed  in  the 
specimen  programs  may  be  made  depending  on  the  student's  interest, 
academic  background,  and  career  objectives. 

For  a  complete  listing  of  courses  and  course  descriptions,  consult  ap- 
propriate sections  of  the  graduate  school  catalogues  for  Engineering, 
Liberal  Arts,  and  Business  Administration.  Further  information  can  be  ob- 
tained within  this  catalogue  under  Graduate  Program  in  Transportation, 
which  describes  the  interdisciplinary  program  in  transportation  leading  to  a 
Master  of  Science  in  Transportation  degree. 

SPECIMEN  DAY  PROGRAM 

Required  Courses  Credits 

1.834  Transp.  Analysis  &  Planning    4 

1 .800  Systems  Analysis  I    4 

1 .805  Traffic  Flow  Theory     4 

1.837  Interdisciplinary  Urban  Transp.  Seminar 2 

1.839  Thesis  (Transp.) 6 


50 /CIVIL  ENGINEERING 

Suggested  Technical  Electives 

Courses  Credits 

1.206  Applied  Probability  for  Civil  Engineers     4 

1.820  Transp.  Engineering 2 

1.806  Urban  Transp.  Analysis     4 

1.819  Environmental  Impacts  of  Urban  Transp 4 

1 .801  Systems  Analysis  II     4 

5.960  Probability  and  Statistics  I   2 

5.961  Probability  and  Statistics  II    2 

5.962  Probability  and  Statistics  III    2 

5.913  Data  Processing  for  Engineers    2 

5.914  Advanced  Operations  Research    4 

Suggested  Non-Technical  Electives 

Courses  Credits 

22.847  Politics  of  Transportation    3 

39.9L5  Economics  of  Urban  Transp 3 

39.9J8  Physical  Aspects  of  Urban-Regional  Development 3 

39.9P3  Regional  Development 3 

39.9R1  Development  Planning   3 

48.805  Urban  Transp.  Management   3 

PART-TIME  PROGRAM 

Part-time  students  are  subjected  to  the  same  requirements  as  full-time 
students.  Courses  listed  above  may  be  taken  by  part-time  students.  Some 
of  these  courses  are  not  available  in  the  evening,  but  appropriate  sub- 
stitutions may  be  made.  The  following  is  a  list  of  required  courses: 

SPECIMEN  PART-TIME  PROGRAM 

Required  Courses  Credits 

1.834     Transp.  Analysis  &  Planning    4 

1 .800     Systems  Analysis  I    4 

1 .805     Traffic  Flow  Theory     4 

1.838  Master's  Report  (Transportation)     4 

or 

1 .839  Thesis  (Transp.) 6 

See  Specimen  Day  Program  for  suggested  Technical  and  Non-Technical 
Electives. 

ENVIRONMENTAL  ENGINEERING 

Includes  areas  of  specialization  such  as  water  resources  engineering, 
water  and  wastewater  engineering,  environmental  health,  air  pollution  con- 
trol and  solid  waste  management.  A  day  program  on  the  Cooperative  Plan 
is  available. 


CIVIL  ENGINERING/ 51 

Part-time  students  and  full-time  students  not  on  traineeships  or  grants- 
in-aid  have  the  option  of  undertaking  either  a  Master's  Report  for  4  Q.H. 
credit  or  a  Master's  Thesis  for  8  Q.H.  credit.  (Students  on  traineeships  or 
with  grants-in-aid  may  be  required  to  complete  a  Master's  Thesis.) 

Suggested  programs  for  both  full-time  and  part-time  students  are  given 
below.  Other  programs,  tailored  to  meet  individual  requirements,  may  be 
developed  through  conferences  with  the  student's  adviser. 

SPECIMEN  DAY  PROGRAM 

First  Academic  Quarter  Credits 

1.914     Water  &  Wastewater  Treatment         4 

1.923     Environmental  Chem.  4 

1.933     Environmental  Anal.  4 

Elective  ._2 

14 

Second  Academic  Quarter  Credits 

1 .922     Env.  Bacteriology     2 

Electives    12 

14 

Third  Academic  Quarter  Credits 

1 .91 2     Water  &  Wastewater  Treatment  III     2 

Electives    6  or  2 

1 .993     Master's  Report 4 

or 

1 .991     Thesis    ._8 

(Minimum)  12 

PART-TIME  PROGRAM 
Required  Courses  Credits 

1.910  Water  &  Wastewater  Treatment  I    2 

1 .91 1  Water  &  Wastewater  Treatment  II     2 

1.912  Waters  Wastewater  Treatment  III    2 

*1 .920  Env.  Chemistry  I    2 

*1 .921  Env.  Chemistry  II     2 

1 .922     Env.  Bacteriology    2 

1 .930  Env.  Analysis  I     2 

1 .931  Env.  Analysis  II    2 


*  These  required  courses  may  be  waived  for  those  students  who  have  taken  Northeastern  course 
1.223,  Environmental  Chemistry,  or  equivalent.  Course  1.933  or  courses  1.930  and  1.931  will  be 
required  of  all  students. 


52 /CIVIL  ENGINEERING 

1.993     Master's  Report    4 

or 
1 .991      Thesis 8 

20  or  24 

Elective  Groupings  (Day  and  Part-Time) 

Forty  (40)  quarter  hours  of  academic  work  are  required  for  the  degree, 
including  certain  approved  electives  which  are  available  from  other 
departments.  To  provide  a  meaningful  grouping  of  the  available  technical 
electives,  one  of  the  following  sequences  of  courses  must  be  selected. 
These  are  the  required  courses  for  each  area  of  specialization.  A  minimum 
of  14  quarter  hours  of  elective  courses  must  be  obtained  from  the  en- 
vironmental engineering  courses  offered  by  the  Civil  Engineering  Depart- 
ment (900  series).  Exceptions  to  these  requirements  must  receive  permis- 
sion from  the  Graduate  Environmental  Committee. 

Water  and  Wastewater  Engineering  Credits 

1.935,  1.936  Environmental  Lab  (U.O.)     4 

1.907  Environmental  Statistics   2 

1.954  Stream  Sanitation 2 

1.913  Ind.  Waste  Disposal    2 

1.994  Environmental  Eng.  Seminar  (Trainees  Only)     2 

Additional  Electives    4  or  8 

Environmental  Health  Engineering  &  Science  Credits 

1.985     Environmental  Protection    2 

1.980     Environmental  Planning  and  Management     2 

1 .950     Air  Pollution 2 

1 .952     Ind.  Hygiene     2 

1.955  Air  Sampling  Analysis     2 

Additional  Electives    8  or  12 

Water  Resources  Engineering  Credits 

1 .907     Env.  Stat 2 

1.908,    1.909  Hydrology  I,  II    4 

1.960,    1.961,  1962  Hydr.  Structures     6 

1.901,    1.902,  1.903  Hydraulics 6 

Additional  Electives    2 

Air  Pollution  Engineering  Credits 

1 .800     Systems  Analysis  I    4 

1.950     Air  Pollution 2 

1.955     Air  Sampling  &  Analysis    2 

1 .957     Air  Science     2 

Additional  Electives    6  or  10 


CIVIL  ENGINEERING/ 53 


Civil  Engineering  (Geotechnical) 


At  the  master's  degree  level  it  is  possible  to  undertake  concentrated 
study  in  geotechnical  engineering  which  is  concerned  with  materials  within 
the  earth's  crust.  Students  with  this  interest  should  consider  the  following 
courses  recommended  by  the  Civil  Engineering  Department  to  obtain  a 
competent  knowledge  in  the  field. 

Courses  Credits 

1 .871  Eng.  Prop,  of  Soils  I    2 

1 .872  Eng.  Prop,  of  Soils  II 2 

1 .873  Soils  Testing  Lab 2 

1.874  Soil  Mechanics  and  Foundation  Eng.  I     2 

1.875  Soil  Mechanics  and  Foundation  Eng.  II    2 

1.876  Soil  Mechanics  and  Foundation  Eng.  Ill   2 

1.882     Engineering  Geol 2 

1.884  Rock  Mechanics  I 2 

1.885  Rock  Mechanics  II    2 

THE  DOCTOR'S  DEGREE 

Environmental  Engineering 
Full-Time  Program 

The  following  material  outlines  the  procedures  for  admission  to  the  doc- 
toral program  in  environmental  engineering  and  the  steps  necessary  to 
qualify  for  the  Ph.D.  degree.  For  further  information  applicants  should  write 
to  the  Chairman  of  the  Ph.D.  Committee,  Department  of  Civil  Engineering. 

Admission 

Each  student  admitted  to  the  program  will  initially  have  the  status  of  doc- 
toral student.  In  the  usual  case,  he  will  have  received  a  master's  degree  in 
an  appropriate  field  of  engineering  or  science  prior  to  entry  into  the 
program.  Applicants  should  apply  to  the  Chairman  of  the  Ph.D.  Committee, 
Department  of  Civil  Engineering  for  admission  to  the  doctoral  program, 
preferably  by  February  1st.  The  committee  will  interview  the  applicant,  ex- 
amine his  record,  and  decide  whether  he  should  be  admitted  to  the 
program.  The  chairman  of  the  department  will  appoint  a  program  adviser 
for  each  doctoral  student,  upon  the  recommendation  of  the  Ph.D.  Com- 
mittee. 

Residence  Requirement 

The  residence  requirement  is  satisfied  by  one  year  of  full-time  graduate 
work  after  admission  as  a  doctoral  student.  However,  it  is  expected  that  at 
least  two  years  of  full-time  graduate  study  will  be  required  beyond  the 
master's  degree. 


54 /CIVIL  ENGINEERING 

Degree  Candidacy 

Degree  candidacy  is  established  in  accordance  with  the  general  graduate 
school  regulations.  At  least  one  year  of  full-time  study  and  successful  com- 
pletion of  the  qualifying  examination  are  required  for  consideration  as  a 
doctoral  degree  candidate. 

Qualifying  Examination 

The  qualifying  examination  will  consist  of  a  written  and  an  oral  section. 
The  written  part  will  cover:  (1)  environmental  engineering  and/or  science 
and  (2)  selected  areas  depending  upon  the  educational  background  and  in- 
terest of  the  student.  In  certain  cases  the  student  may  be  exempted  from 
the  written  part  of  the  examination.  The  oral  portion  will  measure  general 
comprehension.  If  the  oral  examination  is  failed,  it  may  be  repeated  with 
permission  of  the  departmental  graduate  committee.  The  qualifying  ex- 
amination shall  be  completed  no  later  than  two  years  after  admittance  as  a 
doctoral  student. 

Comprehensive  Examination 

The  comprehensive  examination  is  given  after  the  thesis  has  been  com- 
pleted. This  examination  is  based  upon  the  defense  of  the  thesis. 

Course  Requirements 

Course  requirements  for  each  applicant  will  be  determined  by  the  Ph.D. 
Committee.  Formal  course  work  will  be  selected  to  meet  the  individual 
student's  objectives.  Graduate  level  study  up  to  12  quarter  hours  of  course 
work,  completed  under  programs  other  than  this  full-time  program  may  be 
accepted,  but  requires  approval  of  the  committee. 

Thesis 

After  degree  candidacy  has  been  established,  a  candidate  must  com- 
plete a  thesis  which  embodies  the  results  of  extended  research  and  in- 
cludes material  suitable  for  publication. 

A  thesis  committee  will  be  appointed  by  the  chairman  of  the  Ph.D.  Com- 
mittee. The  thesis  committee,  consisting  ordinarily  of  five  members,  two  of 
whom  are  from  other  departments,  will  be  informed  of  the  progress  of  the 
thesis  and  will  be  responsible  for  its  approval. 

Language  Requirement 

A  reading  knowledge  of  one  foreign  language  is  required.  The  require- 
ment shall  be  determined  in  a  manner  prescribed  by  the  committee,  and 
must  be  satisfied  prior  to  taking  the  oral  qualifying  examination. 


mechanical  engineering 


The  Department  of  Mechanical  Engineering  offers  the  degrees  of  Master 
of  Science  in  Mechanical  Engineering,  Mechanical  Engineer,  and  Doctor  of 
Philosophy.  The  Master  of  Science  degree  can  be  pursued  on  either  a  full- 
time  or  a  part-time  basis.  A  full-time  student  may  apply  for  participation  in 
the  Cooperative  Plan.  The  Mechanical  Engineer  and  Doctor  of  Philosophy 
degrees  are  pursued  on  a  basis  consistent  with  the  residence  requirements 
for  the  degree.  The  curriculum  offers  areas  of  concentration  in  Mechanics, 
Thermofluid  Engineering,  and  Materials  Science  and  Engineering. 

THE  MASTER  OF  SCIENCE  DEGREE 

Admission 

To  be  enrolled  for  graduate  work  leading  to  the  degree  of  Master  of 
Science  in  Mechanical  Engineering,  applicants  must  have  obtained  from  a 
recognized  college  or  university  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  in 
Mechanical  Engineering,  or  a  closely-allied  engineering  field,  with  an 
acceptable  quality  of  undergraduate  work.  Applicants  with  a  Bachelor  of 
Science  degree  in  other  engineering  or  related  science  fields  and  an  ap- 
propriate background  of  preparation  may  pursue  this  program  and  qualify 
for  the  degree  of  Master  of  Science  without  specification. 

Area  of  Concentration 

Each  student  must  complete  the  required  courses  in  one  area  of  concen- 
tration to  be  eligible  to  receive  the  degree.  It  is  expected  that  these  courses 
will  be  completed  as  early  as  possible  in  his  academic  program.  The  elec- 
tive courses  in  each  area  of  concentration  should  be  chosen  with  the  aid  of 
the  student's  advisor. 

Required  Courses 
Mechanics  Credits 

2.826  Math.  Methods  for  Mech.  Eng.  I     2 

2.827  Math.  Methods  for  Mech.  Eng.  II    2 

2.804  Theory  of  Elasticity 2 

and 

2.805  Theory  of  Elasticity 2 

or 

55 


56  /  MECHANICAL  ENGINEERING 

2.819  Fluid  Dynamics  I     2 

and 

2.820  Fluid  Dynamics  II    2 

2.841  Vibration  Theory     2 

and 

2.842  Vibration  Theory     2 

or 

2.849  Automatic  Cont.  Eng 2 

and 

2.850  Automatic  Cont.  Eng 2 

and 

2.851  Automatic  Cont.  Eng 2 

12or14 
Thermofluid  Engineering  Credits 

2.826  Math.  Methods  for  Mech.  Eng.  I 2 

2.827  Math.  Methods  for  Mech.  Eng.  II    2 

2.819  Fluid  Dynamics  I     2 

2.820  Fluid  Dynamics  II    2 

2.901  Adv.  Thermodynamics    2 

2.902  Adv.  Thermodynamics    2 

2.910  Conduction  Heat  Trans 2 

2.91 1  Convection  Heat  Trans 2 

16 
Materials  Science  and  Engineering  Credits 

2.826  Math.  Methods  for  Mech.  Eng.  I     2 

2.827  Math.  Methods  for  Mech.  Eng.  II    2 

2.954  Adv.  Physical  Met.  I     2 

2.956  Adv.  Physical  Met.  II    2 

2.970  Mat.  Sci.  and  Eng 2 

2.971  Mat.  Sci.  and  Eng 2 

2.804     Theory  of  Elasticity 2 

or 

2.960  Thermo,  of  Materials     2 

and 

2.961  Thermo,  of  Materials 2 

14or  16 

In  addition,  Seminar  (2.990  and  2.998)  and  Thesis  (2.991)  are  required 
for  continuous  full-time  and  cooperative  plan  students  in  all  areas  of  con- 
centration. 

Electives 

Students  must  take  sufficient  mechanical  engineering  departmental  elec- 
tives so  that  the  required  courses  in  their  major  area  and  the  departmental 


MECHANICAL  ENGINEERING  /  57 

electives  total  at  least  30  of  the  40  quarter  hours  required  for  the  degree. 

The  remaining  ten  credits  may  be  elected  from  any  courses  in  engineer- 
ing or  science  for  which  the  student  has  the  necessary  preparation. 

Full-Time  Program  on  the  Cooperative  Plan 

The  full-time  program  may  be  taken  on  the  Cooperative  Plan,  where 
students  enroll  for  academic  work  in  the  Fall  and  Winter  Quarters  of  the  first 
year  and  in  the  Fall  and  Winter  Quarters  of  the  second  year.  The  other 
quarters  of  the  two  academic  years  and  the  summer  after  the  first  year  are 
available  for  professional  employment.  Students  who  are  admitted  to  a 
Master's  degree  program  under  the  Cooperative  Plan  must  complete, 
through  satisfactory  performance,  each  cooperative  work  assignment  in 
order  to  be  eligible  for  the  degree. 

A  thesis  of  ten  quarter  hours  of  credit  is  required. 

For  each  of  the  areas  of  concentration,  the  sequence  of  courses  on  the 
Cooperative  Plan  are  taken  according  to  the  following  programs: 

Mechanics 
First  Academic  Quarter  Credits 

2.826  Math.  Methods  for  Mech.  Eng.  I     2 

2.804  Theory  of  Elast 2 

or 

2.819  Fluid  Dynamics  I     2 

2.841  Vibration  Theory     2 

or 

2.849  Automatic  Cont.  Eng 2 

Electives    ._4 

10 
Second  Academic  Quarter  Credits 

2.827  Math.  Methods  for  Mech.  Eng.  II    2 

2.805  Theory  of  Elast 2 

or 

2.820  Fluid  Dynamics  II    2 

2.842  Vibration  Theory     2 

or 

2.850  Automatic  Cont.  Eng 2 

Electives    -_4 

10 

Third  Academic  Quarter  Credits 

2.990  Seminar     1 

2.991  Thesis    5 

Electives    •_£ 

10 


58  /  MECHANICAL  ENGINEERING 

Fourth  Academic  Quarter  Credits 

2.998     Seminar 1 

2.991      Thesis    5 

Electives ._4 

10 

Thermofluid  Engineering 

First  Academic  Quarter  Credits 

2.819  Fluid  Dynamics  I     2 

2.826  Math.  Methods  for  Mech.  Eng.  I     2 

2.901  Advanced  Thermodynamics 2 

2.910  Conduction  Heat  Transfer     2 

Elective    ._2 

10 

Second  Academic  Quarter  Credits 

2.820  Fluid  Dynamics  II    2 

2.827  Math.  Methods  for  Mech.  Eng.  II    2 

2.902  Advanced  Thermodynamics 2 

2.91 1  Convection  Heat  Transfer 2 

Elective    ._2 

10 

Third  Academic  Quarter  Credits 

2.990  Seminar  I 1 

2.991  Thesis    5 

Electives    ._4 

10 

Fourth  Academic  Quarter  Credits 

2.998     Seminar  II     1 

2.991     Thesis 5 

Electives    ._4 

10 
Materials  Science  and  Engineering 

First  Academic  Quarter  Credits 

2.804     Theory  of  Elast 2 

or 
2.960     Thermodynamics  of  Materials 2 


MECHANICAL  ENGINEERING  /  59 

2.970  Material  Science  &  Engineering     2 

or 

2.954     Advanced  Physical  Metallurgy  I     2 

2.826  Math.  Methods  for  Mech.  Engs.  I     2 

Electives    4 

1Q 

Second  Academic  Quarter  Credits 

Elective    2 

or 
2.961     Thermodynamics  of  Materials     2 

2.971  Material  Science  &  Engineering     2 

or 

2.956     Advanced  Physical  Metallurgy  II    2 

2.827  Math.  Methods  for  Mech.  Engs.  II    2 

Electives    ._4 

10 

Third  Academic  Quarter  Credits 

2.954     Advanced  Physical  Metallurgy  I     2 

or 

2.970  Material  Science  &  Engineering     2 

2.990  Seminar 1 

2.991  Thesis    5 

Elective    ._2 

10 

Fourth  Academic  Quarter  Credits 

2.956     Advanced  Physical  Metallurgy  II    2 

or 

2.971  Material  Science  &  Engineering     2 

2.998     Seminar     1 

2.991      Thesis    5 

Elective    ._2 

10 

Continuous  Full-Time  Program 

Students  may  take  the  40  quarter  hours  of  academic  work  on  a  con- 
tinuous full-time  basis  and  complete  the  degree  requirements  in  one 
academic  year.  The  sequence  of  courses  which  students  take  on  this  plan  is 
established  by  their  advisor. 


60  /  MECHANICAL  ENGINEERING 

Part-Time  Program 

The  admission  requirements  for  the  evening  part-time  program  are  the 
same  as  for  the  full-time  program,  but  students  may  progress  according  to 
their  abilities  and  the  time  available. 

Advisors  for  Part-Time  Programs 

The  following  faculty  members  in  each  area  of  concentration  should  be 
contacted  if  information  is  required  relative  to  any  academic  problems. 

Mechanics Professor  John  N.  Rossettos 

Thermofluid  Engineering    Professor  Warren  G.  Nelson 

Materials  Science  and  Engineering Professor  Richard  J.  Murphy 

THE  MECHANICAL  ENGINEER  DEGREE 

The  degree  of  Mechanical  Engineer  is  offered  for  those  who  wish  to  un- 
dertake graduate  study  beyond  the  Master's  degree  without  committing 
themselves  to  a  program  as  extensive  as  that  required  for  the  Doctor's 
degree.  The  degree  permits  a  candidate  to  pursue  a  course  of  study  at  the 
upper  graduate  level  in  more  than  one  area  of  Mechanical  Engineering  as 
distinguished  from  the  specialization  usually  associated  with  the  doctoral 
program. 

The  following  material  outlines  the  requirements  for  the  Mechanical 
Engineer  degree.  For  further  information  applicants  should  write  to  the 
Chairman  of  the  Graduate  Committee,  Department  of  Mechanical  Engi- 
neering, Northeastern  University,  Boston,  Massachusetts  02115. 

Admission 

To  be  admitted  to  candidacy  for  the  degree  of  Mechanical  Engineer,  the 
applicant  will  have  obtained  the  degree  of  Master  of  Science  in  Mechanical 
Engineering,  or  its  equivalent,  from  a  recognized  institution.  In  some  cases, 
where  the  Master's  degree  is  not  in  Mechanical  Engineering,  the  applicant 
may  be  admitted  to  the  program  on  a  conditional  basis  with  the  stipulation 
that  certain  deficiencies  be  removed  without  credit  toward  the  degree.  Such 
special  admission  is  dependent  upon  the  approval  of  the  Mechanical 
Engineering  Graduate  Committee. 

In  general,  an  applicant  will  choose  two  areas  of  concentration  to  give 
him  the  broad  background  which  characterizes  the  degree  of  Mechanical 
Engineer.  An  outline  of  his  program  must  be  submitted  to  the  Graduate 
Committee  for  approval  before  final  action  can  be  taken  upon  his  applica- 
tion. It  is  recommended  that  the  applicant  discuss  his  program  with  the 
Graduate  Committee  and  members  of  the  graduate  faculty  in  his  areas  of 
concentration  prior  to  submission  of  his  program  for  approval. 

Each  applicant  must  submit  to  the  Graduate  Committee  prior  to  March  1: 
(1)  transcripts  of  his  undergraduate  and  graduate  records,  (2)  three  letters 
of  recommendation  which  indicate  his  ability  to  carry  out  advanced 
graduate  work,  and  (3)  the  program  of  study  which  he  proposes  to  follow. 


MECHANICAL  ENGINEERING  /  61 


Classification  and  Degree  Candidacy 


A  student  admitted  to  the  Mechanical  Engineer  degree  program  will  be 
designated  as  a  Candidate  for  this  degree.  The  Candidate's  advisor  normal- 
ly will  be  the  faculty  member  who  will  supervise  the  dissertation. 

Residence  Requirement 

The  residence  requirement  is  satisfied  by  two  academic  quarters  of  full- 
time  graduate  work  during  the  academic  year  or  by  four  academic  quarters 
of  half-time  graduate  work  during  two  consecutive  academic  years.  Plans 
for  satisfying  the  residence  requirement  on  a  half-time  basis  must  be  ap- 
proved by  the  Graduate  Committee. 

Qualification  and  Examinations 

A  student  must  maintain  a  "B"  average  to  qualify  for  the  degree.  Students 
admitted  on  a  conditional  basis  may  be  required  to  pass  special  ex- 
aminations. The  Graduate  Committee  will  determine  the  need  for  and  will 
administer  any  such  special  examinations.  A  final  oral  examination  con- 
sisting of  a  defense  of  the  dissertation  may  be  required  if  the  Candidate's 
advisor  and  the  Departmental  Graduate  Committee  so  decide. 

Credit  Requirements 

A  minimum  of  40  quarter  hours  of  credit  beyond  the  Master's  degree  is 
required.  Up  to  10  quarter  hours  of  credit  will  be  permitted  for  work  on  a 
dissertation.  A  minimum  of  20  quarter  hours  of  credit  must  be  in  the 
Mechanical  Engineering  Department. 

Dissertation 

To  be  awarded  the  Mechanical  Engineer  degree,  each  candidate  must 
complete  a  dissertation  demonstrating  a  high  level  of  competence  in 
research,  development,  or  design  in  the  field  of  Mechanical  Engineering. 
The  effort  normally  expected  will  be  the  equivalent  of  10  quarter  hours  of 
graduate  course  work. 

Transfer  Credits 

Any  transfer  of  credits  must  be  approved  by  the  Mechanical  Engineering 
Graduate  Committee. 


Time  Limitation 

After  admission  to  the  program,  a  maximum  of  five  years  will  be  per- 
mitted for  completion. 


62  /  MECHANICAL  ENGINEERING 

Registration 

After  approval  of  the  Candidate's  program,  registration  must  be  con- 
tinuous. Withdrawal  or  changes  in  the  program  must  be  approved  by  the 
Graduate  Committee. 

THE  DOCTOR  OF  PHILOSOPHY  DEGREE 

The  degree  of  Doctor  of  Philosophy  is  awarded  to  those  candidates  who 
demonstrate  high  attainment  and  research  ability  in  the  field  of  Mechanical 
Engineering. 

The  following  material  outlines  the  requirements  for  the  Doctor  of 
Philosophy  degree.  For  further  information  applicants  should  write  to  the 
Chairman  of  the  Department  of  Mechanical  Engineering,  Northeastern 
University,  Boston,  Massachusetts  02115 

Admission 

The  program  leading  to  the  Ph.D.  degree  is  open  to  persons  who  are 
candidates  for  the  Master  of  Science  in  Mechanical  Engineering  degree  as 
well  as  those  who  have  received  the  degree.  Requests  for  admission  to  the 
program  should  be  made  to  the  Chairman  of  the  Department  of  Mechanical 
Engineering.  Applicants  will  receive  an  application  for  interview  form.  This 
form,  along  with  transcripts  of  all  undergraduate  and  graduate  work  and 
three  letters  of  recommendation,  must  be  returned  to  the  Chairman  of  the 
Graduate  Committee  of  the  Department  of  Mechanical  Engineering  by 
November  1 .  The  applicant  will  be  notified  of  an  interview  time.  Based  upon 
an  evaluation  of  the  applicant's  qualifications,  the  Graduate  Committee  will 
inform  the  applicant  whether  or  not  he  will  be  admitted  to  the  program. 

Residence  Requirement 

The  residence  requirement  is  satisfied  by  one  year  of  full-time  graduate 
work  or  by  two  years  of  half-time  graduate  work  beyond  the  Master's 
degree.  However,  a  student  should  expect  to  spend  at  least  two  years,  or 
the  equivalent,  in  full-time  graduate  study  beyond  the  requirements  of  the 
Master's  degree. 

Degree  Candidacy 

After  40  quarter  hours  of  graduate  work  have  been  taken  with  satisfac- 
tory grades  and  upon  successful  completion  fo  the  qualifying  examination, 
a  student  is  established  as  a  degree  Candidate. 

Qualifying  Examination 

The  qualifying  examination  in  the  Department  of  Mechanical  Engineering 
is  offered  yearly  in  January  and  is  both  written  and  oral.  The  written  portion 
of  the  qualifying  examination  is  six  hours  in  length  and  covers,  with  equal 
emphasis,  four  different  areas.  A  student  must  select  one  area  from  each  of 


MECHANICAL  ENGINEERING  /  63 

the  three  groups  A,  B,  and  C,  plus  another  area  either  listed  below  or  un- 
listed, but  considered  equivalent  and  approved  by  the  Graduate  Com- 
mittee. 

A.  Concepts  of  Thermodynamics 
Applied  Thermodynamics 

B.  Dynamics 

Mechanics  of  Deformable  Bodies 

C.  Heat  and  Mass  Transfer 
Fluid  Mechanics 

Mechanical  Behavior  of  Materials 
Physical  Metallurgy 

The  oral  portion  of  the  qualifying  examination  is  conducted  by  a  com- 
mittee consisting  of  at  least  four  members  appointed  by  the  Graduate  Com- 
mittee. A  typical  committee  is  composed  of  two  members  specializing  in  the 
student's  major  area  plus  one  member  from  each  of  two  other  areas. 

The  qualifying  examination  may  be  taken  by  a  graduate  student  who  ex- 
pects to  complete  the  requirements  for  his  Master's  degree  within  three 
months  of  the  date  of  the  qualifying  examination  as  well  as  by  a  person  who 
has  already  completed  the  requirements  for  the  Master's  degree.  Because 
degree  candidacy  must  be  established  before  the  Graduate  Committee  will 
act  to  approve  course  programs  or  dissertation  proposals,  the  qualifying 
examination  should  be  taken  at  the  earliest  opportunity.  If  the  examination 
is  failed,  it  may  be  repeated  with  permission  of  the  departmental  Graduate 
Committee. 

Course  Requirements 

To  receive  the  Ph.D.  degree  a  candidate  must  complete  a  program  of 
course  work  approved  by  the  Graduate  Committee.  Courses  completed 
prior  to  admittance  to  the  doctoral  program  are  subject  to  the  approval  of 
the  Graduate  Committee.  Each  program  must  contain  at  least  twelve 
quarter  hours  of  course  work,  preferably  outside  of  the  department,  in  an 
area  other  than  that  in  which  the  candidate  is  concentrating.  Attainment  of  a 
B  average  for  the  courses  in  the  "minor"  portion  of  the  program  will  signify 
satisfactory  completion  of  that  portion. 

Dissertation 

After  degree  candidacy  has  been  established,  a  candidate  must  com- 
plete a  dissertation  which  embodies  the  results  of  extended  research  and 
includes  materials  suitable  for  publication. 

The  departmental  Graduate  Committee  may  require  the  completion  of 
certain  course  work  before  permitting  dissertation  work  to  commence.  A 
Dissertation  Committee  will  be  appointed  by  the  Chairman  of  the  depart- 


64  /  MECHANICAL  ENGINEERING 

merit  upon  the  recommendation  of  the  departmental  Graduate  Committee. 
The  Dissertation  Committee  will  be  kept  informed  of  the  work  and  will  be 
responsible  for  initial  approval  of  the  dissertation  in  its  final  form. 

Language  Requirement 

A  reading  knowledge  of  one  foreign  language  is  required.  Proficiency  in 
a  language  shall  be  determined  in  a  manner  prescribed  by  the  departmen- 
tal Graduate  Committee.  The  language  requirement  must  be  fulfilled  within 
six  months  after  the  dissertation  proposal  has  been  accepted  but  no  less 
than  six  months  before  the  degree  is  granted. 

Comprehensive  Examination 

The  comprehensive  examination  is  combined  with  the  final  oral  examina- 
tion and  is  given  after  the  dissertation  has  been  completed  and  approved. 
This  examination  is  based  upon  the  subject  matter  of  the  dissertation  and  a 
defense  of  it. 

Final  Oral  Examination 

The  final  oral  examination  is  taken  after  completion  of  all  other  re- 
quirements for  the  degree.  This  examination  cannot  be  held  until  two  weeks 
have  elapsed  after  the  dissertation  has  been  registered  and  accepted  by 
the  Graduate  School  and  must  be  passed  at  least  two  weeks  before  the 
commencement  at  which  the  degree  is  to  be  awarded 

The  final  oral  examination  will  include  the  subject  matter  of  the  doctoral 
dissertation  and  significant  developments  in  the  field  of  the  dissertation 
work.  Other  fields  may  be  included  if  recommended  by  the  examining  com- 
mittee. 


electrical  engineering 


Admission 

To  be  enrolled  for  graduate  work  leading  to  the  degree  of  Master  of 
Science  in  Electrical  Engineering,  applicants  must  have  obtained  a 
Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Electrical  Engineering,  with  an  acceptable 
quality  of  undergraduate  work,  from  a  recognized  college  or  university. 
Applicants  with  a  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  other  engineering  or 
related  science  fields  and  an  appropriate  background  of  preparation  may 
pursue  this  program  and  qualify  for  the  degree  of  Master  of  Science  without 
specification.  In  some  cases,  students  whose  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  is 
in  some  other  engineering  or  related  science  field  may  qualify  for  the 
degree  of  Master  of  Science  in  Electrical  Engineering.  This  requires  special 
approval  of  the  Department  of  Electrical  Engineering. 

THE  MASTER'S  DEGREE 

Full-Time  Program  on  the  Cooperative  Plan 

Forty  quarter  hours  of  academic  work  are  required.  This  program  may  be 
taken  on  the  Cooperative  Plan.  On  this  plan  one  group  of  students  takes 
academic  work  in  the  Fall  and  Spring  Quarters  of  the  first  year  and  in  the 
Winter  Quarter  of  the  second  year.  Another  group  may  take  the  academic 
work  in  the  Winter  Quarter  of  the  first  year  and  in  the  Fall  and  Spring 
Quarters  of  the  second  year.  In  either  case,  the  other  three  quarters  of  the 
two  academic  years  and  the  summer  after  the  first  year  are  available  for 
professional  employment.  Students  who  are  admitted  to  a  master's  degree 
program  under  the  Cooperative  Plan  must  complete,  through  satisfactory 
performance,  each  cooperative  work  assignment  in  order  to  be  eligible  for 
their  degree. 

The  sequence  of  courses  on  the  Cooperative  Plan  will  normally  be  taken 
according  to  the  following  pattern: 

First  Academic  Quarter  Credits 

3.827     Linear  Systems  Analysis 4 

3.842     Linear  Active  Circuits    4 

3.823     Mathematical  Methods  in  Electrical  Engineering    4 

Electives    2  or  4 

14or16 

65 


66  /  ELECTRICAL  ENGINEERING 


Second  Academic  Quarter  Credits 

3.832     Network  Synthesis  I    4 

3.990     Seminar  I 2 

3.902     Appl.  Prob.  &  Stoch.  Proc 4 

Electives    4  or  6 

14or16 


Third  Academic  Quarter  Credits 

3.877     Electromagnetic  Theory    4 

3.991     Seminar  II     2 

Electives    8  or  10 

14or16 

A  limited  amount  of  work  may  be  elected  from  the  part-time  program. 

A  thesis  for  six  quarter  hours  credit  is  elective  with  the  approval  of  the 
chairman  of  the  department.  If  the  thesis  option  is  approved,  this  work  is 
done  in  the  second  year  of  the  program.  Details  concerning  thesis 
proposals,  editorial  format,  and  time  schedules  are  available  in  the 
Graduate  School  Office. 

The  program  of  each  student  will  be  made  up  from  the  required  and 
elective  courses  available  in  each  term  and  approved  by  the  student's 
academic  adviser. 


Electives 

The  electives  will   normally   be  available  according   to  the  following 
schedule: 


Fall  Quarter 

3.902  Applied  Probability  and  Stochastic  Processes 

3.959  Control  Theory  I  —  Analysis  and  Synthesis 

3.979  Electronic  Digital  Computers 

3.8T0  Numerical  Methods  and  Computer  Applications 


Winter  Quarter 

3.902  Applied  Probability  and  Stochastic  Processes 

3.909  Detection  and  Estimation  Theory 

3.962  Control  Theory  II  —  Nonlinear  and  Sampled-Data  Systems 

3.966  Switching  Circuits 

3.979  Electronic  Digital  Computers 


ELECTRICAL  ENGINEERING  /  67 


Spring  Quarter 


3.8T9  Digital  Filtering 

3.902  Applied  Probability  and  Stochastic  Processes 

3.905  Information  Theory  and  Coding 

3.954  Systems  Analysis 

3.965  Control  Theory  III  —  Optimal  Control  and  Stochastic  Systems 

(Additional  electives  will  be  available  from  the  late  afternoon  portion  of 
the  part-time  program  in  all  quarters.) 

Full-Time  Program 

For  those  students  whose  programs  would  be  better  served  by  full-time 
study  the  prescribed  courses  may  be  taken  in  one  academic  year.  The  se- 
quence of  the  required  courses  will  be  different  from  the  full-time  program 
on  the  Cooperative  Plan. 


POWER  SYSTEMS  MAJOR 

Full-Time  Program  on  the  Cooperative  Plan 

The  course  requirements  vary  with  the  student's  background,  but 
generally  can  be  computed  on  the  basis  of  the  minimum  of  40  quarter 
hours  of  course  work. 

For  students  enrolled  in  Northeastern's  Power  Systems  Program  at  the 
undergraduate  level,  it  is  possible  (and  customary)  to  take  6  q.h.  of  credit 
toward  the  M.S.  in  the  last  quarter  of  their  senior  year.  Normally  these 
courses  are  3.900  Applied  Probability  and  Stochastic  Processes  A,  2  q.h. 
and  2.237  Nuclear  Engineering  II,  4  q.h.  although  other  options  (e.q.  3.959 
Control  Systems  I,  3.295  Numerical  Methods  and  Computer  Applications) 
are  acceptable.  This  permits  a  student  to  accept  a  co-op  assignment  during 
the  summer  and  fall  and  then  to  complete  the  M.S.  requirements  with  full- 
time  study  during  the  winter  and  spring  quarters.  Such  a  student  would  take 
the  following  program. 

Winter  Quarter  Credits 

3.827     Linear  Systems  Analysis    4 

3.926     Power  Circuit  Analysis  II    2 

3.936     Computers  in  Power  Systems  II 2 

3.941      Electric  Machinery  Theory  II     2 

*3.292     Mathematical  Techniques  in  Electrical  Engineering  I     4 

Electives ■   2-4 

16-18 

*  An  acceptable  alternative  to  3.292  is  the  equivalent  3.8C1  and  3.8C2  offered  in  the  evening. 


68  /  ELECTRICAL  ENGINEERING 

Spring  Quarter  Credits 

3.877     Electromagnetic  Theory    4 

3.927     Power  Circuit  Analysis  III     2 

3.937     Computers  in  Power  Systems  III    2 

3.931     Power  System  Planning    4 

Electives    4-6 


16-18 


Total  Must  Equal  34  Credits 


Students  coming  from  other  institutions,  who  wish  to  enroll  in  the  co- 
operative plan  will  attend  classes  during  the  Fall  and  Winter  of  the  first  year, 
go  out  on  a  cooperative  work  assignment  for  the  Spring  and  Summer,  and 
return  to  finish  their  studies  in  the  Fall  of  their  second  year.  A  specimen 
program  follows. 

Fall  Quarter  Credits 

3.827     Linear  Systems  Analysis 4 

3.925  Power  Systems  Analyses  I     2 

3.935  Computers  in  Power  Systems  I    2 

3.823     Mathematical  Methods  in  E.  E 4 

3.940  Electric  Machinery  Theory  I     2 

Winter  Quarter  Credits 

3.926  Power  Systems  Analysis  II     2 

3.877     Electromagnetic  Field  Theory    4 

3.936  Computers  in  Power  Systems  II     2 

3.941  Elective  Machine  Theory  II     2 

3.990  Seminar     2 

3.933     Power  System  Transients   2 

Fall  Quarter  Credits 

3.932  Power  System  Protection    2 

3.945  Power  System  Transient  Stability    2 

2.236  Nuclear  Engineering  I 4 

3.959  Control  Theory  I    4 

3.991  Seminar     2 

For  electives,  all  power  students  should  consider  selections  from  the 
power  systems  courses  listed  on  page  72.  Other  suitable  graduate  courses 
are  possible  with  the  approval  of  the  Director  of  the  Power  Systems  Evening 
Program. 

Continuous  Full-Time  Program 

For  those  students  whose  plans  would  be  better  suited  by  continuous 


ELECTRICAL  ENGINEERING  /  69 

full-time  study  the  prescribed  courses  may  be  taken  in  one  academic  year. 
The  courses  required  in  the  spring  quarter  will  be  somewhat  different  from 
the  specimen  programs  shown  above. 

Part-Time  Program 
Power  Systems  Major 

Forty  quarter  hours  of  academic  work  are  required  for  the  master's 
degree  of  which  26  quarter  hours  of  credit  are  specified  as  follows: 

Required  Courses  Credits 

3.825  Linear  Systems  Analysis  II     2 

3.826  Linear  Systems  Analysis  III    2 

3.875  Electromagnetic  Theory  I    2 

3.876  Electromagnetic  Theory  II 2 

3.900     Applied  Probability  and  Stochastic  Processes  A    2 

3.8C1     Mathematical  Methods  in  Electrical  Engineering  I    2 

3.8C2     Mathematical  Methods  in  Electrical  Engineering  II     2 

3.926  Power  Circuit  Analysis  II   2 

3.927  Power  Circuit  Analysis  III     2 

3.936  Computers  in  Power  Systems  II     2 

3.937  Computers  in  Power  Systems  III    2 

3.941     Electric  Machinery  Theory  II    2 

3.930     Power  System  Planning    2 

In  addition  to  the  specified  course  work,  each  student  must  complete  10 
of  the  remaining  14  quarter  hours  from  the  Power  System  Electives  listed 
on  page  72. 


Part-Time  Program 
Electrical  Engineering 


Admission 


The  admission  requirements  for  the  part-time  program  leading  to  the 
degree  of  Master  of  Science  in  Electrical  Engineering  are  the  same  as  for 
the  full-time  program,  but  students  may  progress  according  to  their  abilities 
and  the  time  available. 

All  graduate  courses  presuppose  mastery  of  the  subject  matter  of  a 
modern,  fully  accredited  curriculum  in  electrical  engineering.  Applicants 
who  have  not  taken  further  academic  work  for  some  time  since  they  re- 
ceived their  bachelor's  degree  may  be  required  to  take  graduate  courses  to 
satisfy  any  deficiencies.  For  this  purpose,  the  following  courses  are 
available: 


70  /  ELECTRICAL  ENGINEERING 


Credits 


3.975  Precis  of  Modern  Electrical  Engineering  I     2 

3.976  Precis  of  Modern  Electrical  Engineering  II    2 

3.977  Precis  of  Modern  Electrical  Engineering  III     2 

3.978  Precis  of  Modern  Electrical  Engineering  IV    2 

These  courses  carry  graduate  credit  but  a  maximum  of  four  quarter 
hours  of  credit  from  this  group  may  be  used  as  elective  credit  in  the 
degree  program. 

Program 

Forty  quarter  hours  of  academic  work  are  required  for  the  master's 
degree  of  which  16  quarter  hours  of  credit  are  specified  as  follows: 

Required  Courses  Credits 

3.825  Linear  Systems  Analysis  II     2 

3.826  Linear  Systems  Analysis  III    2 

3.840  Linear  Active  Circuits  I    2 

3.841  Linear  Active  Circuits  II     2 

3.875  Electromagnetic  Theory  I    2 

3.876  Electromagnetic  Theory  II 2 

3.8C1     Mathematical  Methods  in  Electrical  Engineering  I    2 

and 
3.8C2     Mathematical  Methods  in  Electrical  Engineering  II     2 

or 
3.8C4     Mathematical  Methods  in  Electrical  Engineering  III    2 

and 
3.8C5     Mathematical  Methods  in  Electrical  Engineering  IV    2 

or 

3.900  Applied  Probability  and  Stochastic  Processes  I    2 

and 

3.901  Applied  Probability  and  Stochastic  Processes  II     2 

Students  lacking  the  necessary  prerequisites  for  3.8C1  or  3.8C4  may  be 
required  to  take  undergraduate  courses  3.292  or  3.293  to  clear  this 
deficiency.  By  petition,  these  courses  may  carry  graduate  credit. 

Electives 

In  addition  to  the  required  course  work  each  student  is  expected  to  select 
a  major  and  a  minor  area  from  the  list  given  below.  Ten  quarter  hours  of 
credit  must  be  taken  in  the  major  area  and  six  quarter  hours  of  credit  taken 
in  the  minor  area.  The  area  or  areas  to  which  a  course  is  assigned  is  in- 
dicated in  the  following  listings.  Not  every  course  is  assigned  to  an  area. 
They  may  be  used  as  one  of  the  free  elective  courses.  Eight  quarter  hours 
of  credit  are  free  electives  which  may  be  selected  from  graduate  courses  in 


ELECTRICAL  ENGINEERING  /  71 

sciences  or  other  engineering  departments  for  which  the  student  has  the 
necessary  preparation. 

Subject  Areas 


1 .     Circuits  and  Systems 


3.830 
3.831 
3.832 
3.833 
3.834 
3.835 
3.837 


3.838 
3.839 
3.843 
3.845 
3.860 
3.861 
3.910 


3.911 
3.912 
3.950 
3.951 
3.952 
3.953 
3.954 


2.  Computer  Science 
3.837 
3.860 
3.861 
3.893 
3.894 
3.895 
3.898 
3.899 
3.8A1 
3.8T1 
3.8T0 
3.8T2 
3.8T3 
3.8T7 
3.8T8 
3.8T9 


Fields, 

3.800 

3.801 

3.802 

3.806 

3.807 

3.808 

3.810 

3.811 

3.812 

3.817 

3.818 

3.819 

3.878 


Waves  and 
3.879 
3.880 
3.881 
3.882 
3.883 
3.885 
3.890 
3.891 
3.913 
3.914 
3.915 
3.916 
3.917 


3.935 
3.936 
3.937 
3.966 
3.967 
3.968 
3.969 
3.972 
3.973 
3.974 
3.979 
3.985 
3.986 
3.987 
3.988 
3.989 

Optics 
3.918 
3.919 
3.920 
3.921 
3.922 
3.923 
3.924 
3.980 
3.981 
3.982 
3.983 
3.984 


4.     Communications  and  Control 


3.817 
3.818 
3.819 
3.865 
3.866 
3.867 
3.871 
3.872 
3.873 
3.898 
3.899 
3.900 
3.901 
3.902 
3.903 
3.905 
3.906 


5.     Physical  Electronics 

3.806 
3.807 
3.808 
3.853 


3.907 
3.908 
3.909 
3.9C1 
3.9C2 
3.957 
3.958 
3.959 
3.960 
3.961 
3.962 
3.963 
3.964 
3.965 
3.9A1 
3.9A2 


3.854 
3.8G1 
3.8G2 
3.8G3 


72  /  ELECTRICAL  ENGINEERING 


Power  Systems 

2.905 

2.936 

3.927 

3.940 

2.906 

2.938  . 

3.928 

3.941 

2.907 

2.942 

3.930 

3.942 

2.920 

2.943 

3.931 

3.943 

2.921 

2.944 

3.932 

3.944 

2.931 

3.810 

3.933 

3.945 

2.932 

3.811 

3.935 

3.955 

2.933 

3.812 

3.936 

3.956 

2.934 

3.925 

3.937 

2.935 

3.926 

3.938 

Quarter-Sequence  Courses 

Certain  courses  have  an  A  or  B  after  the  course  title.  In  these  cases, 
credit  will  be  given  toward  the  degree  only  if  both  the  A  and  B  courses  are 
successfully  completed. 

ELECTRO-OPTICS  PROGRAM 

The  Electro-Optics  Program  is  designed  to  provide  the  engineer  and 
scientist  with  a  working  knowledge  of  current  electro-optical  techniques 
and  systems.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  application  to  industrial  and  research 
problems. 

Admission 

To  be  enrolled  for  this  degree  program,  applicants  must  have  a  Bachelor 
of  Science  degree  in  Electrical  Engineering  or  Physics,  with  an  acceptable 
quality  of  undergraduate  work  from  a  recognized  institution.  Admission 
requirements  are  those  of  the  regular  program  in  electrical  engineering. 

Program 

Forty  quarter  hours  of  academic  work  are  required,  of  which  18  are 
specified.  At  least  12  additional  hours  of  electives  in  optics  are  to  be  chosen 
from  the  optics  elective  listed  below.  The  remaining  ten  hours  may  be 
selected  from  optics  electives  or  from  suitable  courses  in  science  or 
engineering. 

Specified  Courses  Credits 

3.8C1     Math.  Methods  in  Elec.  Eng.  J   2 

and 
3.8C2     Math.  Methods  in  Elec.  Eng.  II     2 

or 
3.8C4     Math.  Methods  in  Elec.  Eng.  Ill    2 

or 
3.8C5     Math.  Methods  in  Elec.  Eng.  IV   2 


ELECTRICAL  ENGINEERING  /  73 

3.914  Electro-Optics  I     2 

3.915  Electro-Optics  II    2 

3.916  Fourier-Optics  I    2 

3.917  Fourier-Optics  II 2 

3.918  Experimental  Optics  I    2 

3.919  Experimental  Optics  II     2 

3.920  Experimental  Optics  III    2 


Optics  Electives  Credits 

3.806  Lasers  I    2 

3.807  Lasers  II     2 

3.808  Laser  Applications    2 

3.913  Optical  Storage  and  Display    2 

3.921  Optical  Properties  of  Matter  I    2 

3.922  Optical  Properties  of  Matter  II   2 

3.923  Optical  Properties  of  Matter  III     2 

3.924  Advanced  Topics  in  Electro-Optics   2 

3.980  Optical  Instrument  Design  Concepts 2 

3.981  Principles  of  Optical  Detection  I     2 

3.982  Principles  of  Optical  Detection  II    2 

3.983  Fourier  Optics  III     2 

3.984  Spectroscopic  Instrumentation   2 


MODEL  PROGRAM  IN  ELECTRO-OPTICS 

First  Year  Credits 

3.8C4  Math.  Meth.  in  Elec.  Eng.  Ill     2 

3.8C5  Math.  Meth.  in  Elec.  Eng.  IV    2 

3.914  Electro-Optics  I     2 

3.806  Lasers  I    2 

3.807  Lasers  II     2 

3.808  Laser  Applications    ._2 

12 


Second  Year  Credits 

3.915  Electro-Optics  II    2 

3.916  Fourier  Optics  I     2 

3.917  Fourier  Optics  II    2 

3.918  Experimental  Optics  I   2 

3.919  Experimental  Optics  II     2 

3.920  Experimental  Optics  III    _2 

12 


74  /  ELECTRICAL  ENGINEERING 

Third  Year  Credits 

3.913     Optical  Storage  and  Display    2 

3.921  Optical  Properties  of  Matter  I    2 

3.922  Optical  Properties  of  Matter  II   2 

3.981  Prin.  Optical  Det.  I     2 

3.982  Prin.  Optical  Det.  II    2 

3.984     Spectroscopic  Instr ._2 

12 

Four  additional  hours  of  electives  are  required  for  a  total  of  40  credits  for 
the  degree. 

Course  Prerequisites 

The  prerequisites  suggested  for  each  course  are  given  so  that  the  stu- 
dent will  receive  full  benefit  from  the  course.  In  case  of  doubt,  the  student 
should  consult  the  Director  of  the  Electro-Optics  Program  or  the  course  in- 
structor. 


COMPUTER  SCIENCE  MAJOR 

The  Computer  Science  Program  is  structured  to  provide  a  curriculum  of 
study  in  computer  science  and  engineering  leading  to  the  degree  of  Master 
of  Science  in  Electrical  Engineering,  or  Master  of  Science,  with  a  major  in 
Computer  Science. 

Admission 

To  be  enrolled  for  this  degree  program,  applicants  must  have  obtained  a 
Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  engineering,  mathematics,  or  the  physical 
sciences  from  a  recognized  college  or  university  and  must  present  satisfac- 
tory evidence  of  ability  to  pursue  graduate  study. 

Program 

Forty  quarter  hours  of  academic  work  are  required,  of  which  14  are 
specified  and  26  are  elective. 

Specified  Courses  Credits 

3.893  Digital  Computer  Programming  I     2 

3.894  Digital  Computer  Programming  II    2 

3.972  Electronic  Digital  Computers  I     2 

3.973  Electronic  Digital  Computers  II    2 

3.8A1  Mathematical  Methods  in  Computer  Science    2 

3.8T1  Numerical  Methods  and  Computer  Applications  I    2 

3.8T2  Numerical  Methods  and  Computer  Applications  II 2 


ELECTRICAL  ENGINEERING  /  75 


Electives 


Sixteen  quarter  hours  of  credit  must  be  chosen  from  the  following  list  of 
courses.  It  is  urged  that  students  take  both  of  the  courses  in  any  two- 
quarter  sequence  they  elect,  and  at  least  two  courses  in  any  three-quarter 
sequence  they  elect. 

3.837     Introduction  to  Graph  Theory 
3.895     Digital  Computer  Programming  III 

3.898  .  Combinatorial  &  Optimization  Techniques  I 

3.899  Combinatorial  &  Optimization  Techniques  II 
3.8T3     Numerical  Methods  and  Computer  Applications  III 
3.8T7     Digital  Filtering  I 

3.8T8  Digital  Filtering  II 

3.904  Error  Correcting  Coding 

3.908  Special  Topics  in  Communication  Theory 

3.966  Switching  Circuits 

3.967  Switching  Circuits  I 

3.968  Switching  Circuits  II 

3.969  Switching  Circuits  III 

3.974  Electronic  Digital  Computers  III 

3.985  Fundamentals  of  Automatic  Digital  Computation  I 

3.986  Fundamentals  of  Automatic  Digital  Computation  II 

3.987  Fundamentals  of  Automatic  Digital  Computation  III 

3.988  Special  Topics  in  Computer  Science 

3.989  Computer  Peripherals 
3.995  Thesis 

3.998  Special  Problems  in  Electrical  Engineering 

5.911  Linear  Programming 

5.916  Engineering  Analysis  Utilizing  Data  Processing 

5.941  Management  Information  Systems 

Students  must  take  sufficient  electrical  engineering  departmental 
courses  to  total  30  of  the  40  quarter  hours  required  for  the  degree. 

Thesis 

A  thesis  carrying  six  credits  may  be  elected  with  the  approval  of  the 
chairman  of  the  department.  If  the  thesis  option  is  approved,  this  work  is 
done  in  the  second  half  of  the  program. 

THE  DOCTOR'S  DEGREE 

Full-Time  Program 

The  following  material  outlines  the  procedures  for  admission  to  the  doc- 
toral program  and  the  steps  necessary  to  qualify  for  the  Ph.D.  degree.  For 
further  information  applicants  should  write  to  the  Secretary,  Department  of 
Electrical  Engineering. 


76  /  ELECTRICAL  ENGINEERING 


Admission 


Students  who  are  interested  in  pursuing  a  doctor's  program,  should  con- 
tact the  Electrical  Engineering  Department  to  request  an  application. 
Completed  applications,  together  with  transcripts  of  all  prior  work  and  two 
letters  of  recommendation,  should  be  forwarded  to  the  Electrical  Engineer- 
ing Department,  412  Dana  Hall,  no  later  than  December  1  of  the  preceding 
year.  Following  evaluation  of  this  material,  the  applicant  will  be  informed 
whether  or  not  he  will  be  permitted  to  undertake  the  qualifying  examina- 
tion. A  personal  interview  is  not  required,  but  a  student  may  arrange  with 
the  Secretary  of  the  Electrical  Engineering  Graduate  Committee,  Professor 
Robert  N.  Martin  (617-437-3041),  for  an  appointment  for  further  program 
details  if  desired.  A  student  who  has  received  approval  to  take  the  qualify- 
ing examination  is  considered  a  pre-doctoral  student  until  such  time  as  he 
passes  the  examination.  Upon  successful  completion  of  the  qualifying  ex- 
amination he  becomes  a  Ph.D.  candidate. 

Residence  Requirement 

The  residence  requirement  is  satisfied  by  one  year  of  full-time  graduate 
work  or  two  consecutive  years  of  part-time  graduate  work.  In  the  latter 
case,  a  detailed  time  schedule  must  be  approved  by  the  student's  adviser  in 
order  to  give  evidence  that  a  least  half  of  the  time  is  being  devoted  to  the 
requirements  of  the  graduate  school  program. 

Qualifying  Examination 

The  Ph.D.  qualifying  examination  has  emerged  from  its  role  as  a  require- 
ment for  admission  to  the  doctoral  program  to  the  dual  purpose  of,  one: 
serving  as  an  indicator  of  the  student's  capability  for  successful  completion 
of  the  program,  and  two:  serving  as  a  guide  to  his  adviser  in  developing  a 
suitable  plan  of  study  tailored  to  the  individual  needs  of  the  candidate. 

With  these  goals  in  mind,  the  candidate  is  urged  to  take  the  qualifying  ex- 
amination early  in  his  graduate  program  (i.e.,  not  later  than  the  successful 
completion  of  40  quarter  hours  of  graduate  work). 

The  examination  is  composed  of  a  written  and  an  oral  part,  and  is  usually 
given  in  the  spring  quarter  of  each  academic  year.  The  written  part  covers 
the  following  general  categories: 

(1)  Circuits  and  Electronics 

(2)  Fields,  Waves,  and  Energy  Conversion 

(3)  Systems 

(4)  Miscellaneous  Topics  in  Electrical  Engineering 

For  candidates  pursuing  a  Ph.D.  with  an  emphasis  in  either  Computer 
Science  or  Modern  Optics,  the  qualifying  examination  will  be  appropriately 
modified. 

The  oral  part  is  designed  to  test  general  comprehension.  Together,  the 
oral  and  written  portions  of  the  examination  review  the  factual  knowledge  of 


ELECTRICAL  ENGINEERING  /  77 

a  typical  undergraduate  Electrical  Engineering  program  and  the  under- 
standing of  that  material  from  a  more  mature  point  of  view. 

If  the  examination  is  failed  it  may  be  repeated  only  with  permission  of  the 
Graduate  Committee  upon  recommendation  of  the  Ph.D.  Qualifying  Ex- 
amination Committee. 


Comprehensive  Examination 

Within  three  years  of  his  establishment  of  degree  candidacy,  the  student 
will  be  required  to  demonstrate  by  means  of  a  comprehensive  examination 
a  subject  matter  knowledge  satisfactory  for  the  award  of  the  degree. 

The  comprehensive  examination  is  an  oral  examination  open  to  the  Elec- 
trical Engineering  faculty  (assistant  professor  and  above  in  rank)  and  ad- 
ministered by  the  student's  Thesis  Committee.  Departmental  faculty  will  be 
informed  of  the  examination  via  a  departmental  notice  at  least  one  week 
prior  to  the  examination.  Normally  the  examination  will  be  given  at  the  time 
the  Thesis  Proposal  is  submitted  to  the  Thesis  Committee  for  approval.  As 
part  of  this  examination  the  Thesis  Committee  will  review  the  student's  doc- 
toral program  and  his  performance  in  graduate  courses,  as  well  as  examine 
the  student  on  subject  matter  related  to  his  graduate  studies  and  his  thesis 
area. 


Course  Requirements 

Successful  completion  of  a  doctoral  program  normally  requires  70 
quarter  hours  of  satisfactory  graduate  level  work  exclusive  of  thesis 
research  and  doctoral  reading  courses. 

Doctoral  Seminar,  3.993  and  3.994  are  the  only  required  courses. 

The  course  work  must  include  a  three-course  sequence  (graduate  level) 
in  each  of  two  minor  areas.  Both  minors  must  be  in  science,  applied 
science,  or  a  related  area.  One  minor  may  be  chosen  from  an  area  of  elec- 
trical engineering  outside  the  candidate's  proposed  major  area. 


Thesis 

The  candidate's  thesis  research  shall  be  directed  by  his  Thesis  Adviser, 
whom  he  shall  select  upon  establishing  candidacy.  The  Thesis  Committee 
shall  approve  the  thesis  in  final  form. 


Language  Requirement 

The  language  requirement  may  be  satisfied  in  French,  German,  or  Rus- 
sian. The  Princeton  Educational  Testing  Service  Language  Examination  is 
used  for  this  purpose.  The  examination  is  administered  by  Northeastern 
University  annually.  If  necessary,  it  may  be  taken  at  another  institution.  It 
must  be  passed  before  the  final  oral  examination  is  taken. 


78  /  ELECTRICAL  ENGINEERING 

Final  Oral  Examination 

This  examination  will  be  held  in  accordance  with  the  departmental 
regulations. 

THE  ELECTRICAL  ENGINEER  DEGREE 

The  Department  of  Electrical  Engineering  offers  the  graduate  pro- 
fessional degree  usually  known  as  the  Engineer  Degree.  This  degree, 
offered  at  a  number  of  institutions,  usually  requires  about  one  year  of  full- 
time  graduate  study  beyond  the  master's  degree.  The  official  title  of  the 
degree  is  "Electrical  Engineer". 

The  following  material  outlines  the  procedures  for  admission  to  the  Elec- 
trical Engineer  degree  program  and  the  steps  necessary  to  qualify  for  the 
degree.  For  further  information  applicants  should  write  to  Professor  Robert 
A.  Gonsalves,  Department  of  Electrical  Engineering,  Room  329,  Dana  Hall, 
Northeastern  University. 

Admission 

Students  who  are  interested  in  pursuing  the  Electrical  Engineer  degree 
should  make  application  for  admission  to  the  program  prior  to  April  1.  A 
master's  degree  in  electrical  engineering  or  its  equivalent  and  the  approval 
of  the  departmental  graduate  committee  is  required  for  admission.  In  some 
cases,  where  the  master's  degree  is  not  in  electrical  engineering,  a  student 
may  be  admitted  to  the  program  with  the  stipulation  that  certain  deficien- 
cies be  made  up  without  credit  toward  the  degree. 

The  Engineer  Degree  is  available  on  either  a  full-time  or  part-time  basis. 

Classification  and  Degree  Candidacy 

A  student  admitted  to  the  Engineer  degree  program  will  be  designated  as 
a  candidate  for  this  degree. 

Residence  Requirement 

A  plan  for  satisfying  the  residence  requirement  must  be  approved  by  the 
student's  adviser. 

Qualification  and  Examinations 

A  student  must  maintain  a  B  average  in  order  to  qualify  for  the  degree.  In 
some  instances,  a  student  may  be  required  to  take  special  examinations. 
Such  examinations  will  be  determined  in  each  case  by  the  departmental 
graduate  committee. 

Course  Requirements 

The  minimum  course  requirements  will  be  40  quarter  hours  beyond  the 
master's  degree,  with  no  more  than  10  quarter  hours  of  credit  out  of  the  40 


ELECTRICAL  ENGINEERING  /  79 

allowed  for  work  on  the  project  report.  A  minimum  of  20  quarter  hours  must 
be  taken  in  electrical  engineering.  The  student's  course  program  must  be 
approved  by  his  adviser. 

Project  Report 

Each  engineer  degree  student  must  complete  a  project  report  which 
demonstrates  a  high  level  of  competence  in  research,  development,  or 
design  in  the  field  of  electrical  engineering.  As  a  general  guideline,  the 
amount  of  effort  normally  expected  will  be  the  equivalent  of  about  10 
quarter  hours  of  graduate  work. 

Language  Requirement 

No  foreign  language  is  required  for  the  Electrical  Engineer  degree. 

Final  Oral  Examination 

A  final  oral  examination  consisting  of  a  defense  of  the  dissertation  may 
be  required  if  the  student's  adviser  and  the  departmental  graduate  com- 
mittee so  decide. 

Transfer  of  Credits 

Approval  for  transfer  of  credit  may  be  given  by  the  departmental 
graduate  committee  upon  request  from  the  student. 

Time  Limitation 

After  admission  to  the  program,  a  maximum  of  five  years  will  be  allowed 
for  completion  of  the  degree  requirements.  Extension  of  this  time  limit  may 
be  granted  with  the  approval  of  the  departmental  graduate  committee. 

Registration 

All  students  must  register  for  course  work  or  dissertation  as  approved  by 
their  advisers  or  the  departmental  registration  officer.  After  the  first 
registration  for  this  work,  registration  must  be  continuous  unless  withdrawal 
is  allowed  by  the  departmental  committee  in  charge  of  the  degree  program. 


chemical  engineering 


Admission 

To  be  enrolled  for  graduate  work  in  Chemical  Engineering,  applicants 
usually  have  obtained  a  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Chemical  Engineer- 
ing, with  an  acceptable  quality  of  undergraduate  work  from  a  recognized 
college  or  university.  However,  qualified  students  with  other  B.S.  or  B.A. 
degrees  in  science  or  engineering  may  be  admitted.  Such  students  are  re- 
quired to  complete  supplementary  undergraduate  work  in  addition  to  the 
usual  M.S.  program  in  order  to  qualify  for  the  M.S.  degree  in  Chemical 
Engineering.  Complete  programs  for  these  students  are  worked  out  after 
the  student  has  made  formal  application  to  the  program  through  the 
Graduate  School  of  Engineering.  The  undergraduate  work  required  is 
strongly  dependent  on  the  mathematics,  chemistry,  and  engineering 
background  of  the  applicant.  The  undergraduate  course  work  in  such 
programs  may  not  be  used  for  degree  credit. 

THE  MASTER'S  DEGREE 

Full-Time  Program  on  The  Cooperative  Plan 

Forty  quarter  hours  of  academic  work  are  required.  This  program  may  be 
taken  on  the  Cooperative  Plan  where  students  enroll  for  academic  work  in 
the  Fall  and  Spring  Quarters  of  the  first  year  and  in  the  Winter  Quarter  of 
the  second  year.  The  other  three  quarters  of  the  two  academic  years  and 
the  summer  after  the  first  year  are  available  for  professional  employment. 
Students  who  are  admitted  to  a  master's  degree  program  under  the 
Cooperative  Plan  must  complete,  through  satisfactory  performance,  each 
cooperative  work  assignment  in  order  to  be  eligible  for  their  degree. 

The  sequence  of  courses  on  the  Cooperative  Plan  will  normally  be  taken 
according  to  the  following  pattern: 

First  Academic  Quarter*  Credits 

4.802  Chemical  Engineering  Mathematics     4 

4.829  Chemical  Process  Control     4 

4.891  Kinetics  of  Chemical  Processes     4 

4.991  Thesis    ._2 

14 


Courses  listed  in  the  first  academic  quarter  are  required  for  all  M.S.  candidates. 

80 


CHEMICAL  ENGINEERING  /  81 

Second  Academic  Quarter  Credits 

Chemical  Engineering  Electives     8 

4.991      Thesis     5 

13 

Third  Academic  Quarter  Credits 

Chemical  Engineering  Electives     8 

4.991     Thesis    5 

13 
Chemical  Engineering  Electives 

The  electives  will  normally  be  available  according  to  the  following 
schedule: 

Winter  Quarter 

4.801  Advanced  Chemical  Engineering  Calculations 

4.803  Numerical  Techniques  in  Chemical  Engineering 

4.811  Chemical  Engineering  Thermodynamics 

4.823  Transport  Phenomena 

4.840  Advanced  Management  Techniques  in  the  Chemical  Industry 

4.890  Chemical  Reactor  Analysis 

4.974  Fluid  Mechanics 

Spring  Quarter 

4.806  Optimization  Techniques 

4.845  Advanced  Plant  Design  Concepts 

4.850  Chemical  Process  Pollution  Control  (Water) 

4.973  Heat  Transfer 

Students  may  take  the  program  on  a  continuous  full-time  basis  to  complete 
the  degree  requirements  in  one  academic  year.  The  sequence  of  courses 
which  students  take  on  this  plan  is  established  by  the  chairman  of  the 
department. 

All  Ph.D.  candidates  are  required  to  do  an  M.S.  thesis.  All  M.S.  students 
not  doing  a  thesis  are  required  to  take  4.833  Research  Techniques  I.  In  ad- 
dition, D.  Eng.  candidates  are  required  to  take  4.834  Research  Techniques 
II  if  they  are  not  doing  a  thesis.  If  a  student  is  planning  to  take  Research 
Techniques  I,  he  or  she  must  notify  the  department  at  least  one  full  quarter 
before  the  quarter  in  which  it  is  to  be  taken.  This  normally  means  that  a  stu- 
dent should  notify  the  Chemical  Engineering  Department  before  the  end  of 
the  Fall  semester  as  to  when  he  or  she  intends  to  take  4.833. 

M.S.  Thesis  normally  carries  twelve  quarter  hours  of  academic  credit. 
Research  Techniques  I  carries  four  quarter  hours  of  credit.  The  remaining 
eight  quarter  hours  of  credit  required  to  complete  the  degree  requirements 


82  /  CHEMICAL  ENGINEERING 

may  be  taken  from  any  courses  which  have  been  approved,  in  advance,  by 
the  departmental  graduate  registration  officer. 

With  the  approval  of  the  chairman  of  the  department,  substitutions  may 
be  made  for  some  of  the  prescribed  courses  by  other  courses  in  the  depart- 
ment or  in  other  departments  which  give  graduate  work. 

PART-TIME  PROGRAM 

The  admission  requirements  for  this  program  are  the  same  as  for  the  full- 
time  program,  but  students  may  progress  according  to  their  ability  to  com- 
bine their  study  with  their  employment.  Students  must  take  sufficient  day 
and  evening  chemical  engineering  courses  so  that  the  required  courses  in 
their  major  total  at  least  30  of  the  40  quarter  hours  required  for  the  degree. 
The  remaining  10  credits  may  be  elected  from  any  approved  courses  in 
engineering  or  science  for  which  the  student  has  the  necessary  prepara- 
tion. Required  courses  and  electives  for  all  degree  candidates  must  be  ap- 
proved by  the  chemical  engineering  departmental  adviser.  A  maximum  of 
seven  years  is  allowed  to  complete  the  program. 

Students  wishing  to  switch  their  status  from  part-time  to  full-time  M.S. 
candidates  must  notify  the  Chemical  Engineering  and  make  formal  applica- 
tion with  the  Graduate  School  of  Engineering.  Such  requests  are  usually 
granted  for  the  full-time  program  to  begin  in  the  Fall  Quarter. 

THE  DOCTOR  OF  PHILOSOPHY  DEGREE 

The  following  material  outlines  the  procedure  for  admission  to  the  doc- 
toral program  and  the  steps  necessary  to  qualify  for  the  Ph.D.  degree.  For 
further  information  applicants  should  write  to  the  Chairman  of  the  Depart- 
ment of  Chemical  Engineering. 

Admission 

Applicants  who  are  enrolled  as  candidates  for  the  degree  of  Master  of 
Science  in  Chemical  Engineering  at  Northeastern  University  should  apply  in 
writing  to  the  Chairman  of  the  Department  of  Chemical  Engineering  for  ad- 
mission to  the  doctoral  program.  Such  application  must  be  made  by  April 
first  of  the  year  in  which  they  expect  to  receive  the  master's  degree.  The 
departmental  graduate  committee  will  examine  the  record  of  the  applicant 
and  decide  whether  or  not  he  should  be  allowed  to  take  the  qualifying  ex- 
amination. 

Applicants  who  are  enrolled  for  graduate  work  at  other  institutions  or 
who  have  completed  the  requirements  for  the  master's  degree  should  write 
the  chairman  of  the  department  for  an  application  for  an  interview.  This 
form,  together  with  transcripts  of  all  undergraduate  and  graduate  work, 
must  be  transmitted  to  the  chairman  of  the  departmental  graduate  com- 
mittee. The  applicant  will  be  notified  of  an  interview  time  and,  after  the  inter- 
view, will  be  advised  if  he  should  make  formal  application  for  admission  to 
the  doctoral  program.  Approved  applicants  must  submit  an  application  for 


CHEMICAL  ENGINEERING  /  83 

admission  as  a  doctoral  candidate  and  two  letters  of  recommendation  not 
later  than  April  first.  The  applicant  will  be  notified  of  the  acceptance  of  his 
application  and  the  date  of  the  qualifying  examination. 

Residence  Requirement 

The  residence  requirement  is  satisfied  by  one  year  of  full-time  graduate 
work  or  two  consecutive  years  of  part-time  graduate  work.  In  the  latter 
case,  a  detailed  time  schedule  must  be  approved  by  the  departmental 
graduate  committee  as  evidence  that  at  least  half  of  the  time  is  being 
devoted  to  the  requirements  of  the  graduate  school  program.  In  general,  it 
should  be  expected  that  at  least  two  years  of  full-time  work  after  establish- 
ment of  degree  candidacy  will  be  necessary. 

Degree  Candidacy 

Degree  candidacy  is  established  in  accordance  with  the  general  graduate 
school  regulations. 

Qualifying  Examination 

The  qualifying  examination  includes  both  written  and  oral  parts  and  is 
normally  given  in  the  spring  and  the  fall.  The  written  examination,  in 
general,  will  cover  the  following  areas: 

1.  General  Principles  in  Chemical  Engineering  Science 

2.  Thermodynamics  and  Stoichiometry 

3.  Mathematical  Procedures  and  Kinetics 

4.  Specialized  Technological  Topics  (to  be  announced) 

The  oral  examination  will  test  general  comprehension. 

A  student  may  take  any  or  all  of  the  written  examinations  in  each  area 
and  may  repeat  a  failed  examination,  only  once,  at  a  later  offering.  The  tak- 
ing and  successful  completion  of  all  examinations  may  not  extend  over  a 
period  greater  than  13  months.  Previously  administered  examinations  will 
be  available  to  formal  applicants. 

Comprehensive  Examination 

During  the  time  in  which  a  student  is  a  candidate  for  a  doctoral  degree  he 
may  be  required  to  demonstrate  by  means  of  a  comprehensive  examination 
a  subject-matter  knowledge  satisfactory  for  the  award  of  the  degree. 

Course  Requirements 

The  course  requirements  in  addition  to  the  minimum  requirements  for 
establishing  degree  candidacy  will  be  determined  by  the  departmental 
graduate  committee  and  the  student  in  consultation  with  the  committee. 

Transfer  credit  will  be  dealt  with  on  an  individual  basis  by  the  depart- 
mental graduate  committee  in  accordance  with  the  general  graduate  school 
regulations. 


84  /  CHEMICAL  ENGINEERING 


Thesis 


An  individual  may  choose  his  thesis  topic  and  supervisor  as  soon  as  he 
becomes  a  doctoral  student.  In  most  cases  selection  of  topic  will  be  made 
immediately  after  the  student  has  established  his  candidacy  for  the  Ph.D. 
degree.  He  will  be  expected  to  discuss  with  the  staff  their  Ph.D.  thesis  topics 
offerings.  After  these  discussions,  the  student  shall  notify  the  adviser,  the 
department  head,  and  the  chairman  of  the  departmental  graduate  com- 
mittee in  writing  of  his  choice  of  thesis  topic  and  adviser.  The  chairman  of 
the  departmental  graduate  committee  after  consultation  with  the  thesis  ad- 
viser shall  appoint  an  appropriate  thesis  committee.  This  committee  shall 
be  kept  informed  of  the  progress  of  the  thesis  and  will  approve  the  thesis  in 
its  final  form. 

Language  Requirement 

The  foreign  language  requirement  may  be  satisfied  by  a  reading 
knowledge  in  two  languages  selected  from  French,  German,  and  Russian. 
The  examinations  are  administered  by  the  department  and  consist  of 
translation  from  current  scientific  journals  or  textbooks. 

Final  Oral  Examination 

This  examination  is  held  in  accordance  with  the  general  regulations  of 
the  graduate  school. 


THE  DOCTOR  OF  ENGINEERING  DEGREE 

The  following  material  outlines  the  procedure  for  admission  to  the  doc- 
toral program  and  the  steps  necessary  to  qualify  for  the  Doctor  of  Engineer- 
ing degree.  For  further  information,  applicants  should  write  to  the  Chairman 
of  the  Department  of  Chemical  Engineering. 

Admission 

Applicants  for  the  Doctor  of  Engineering  program  must  either  be  can- 
didates for  the  Master  of  Science  degree  in  Chemical  Engineering  or  have 
completed  the  Master  of  Science  program  in  Chemical  Engineering. 

Applicants  need  not  have  undertaken  a  master's  thesis. 

Applicants  for  the  Doctor  of  Engineering  degree  must  pass  the  doctorate 
qualifying  examination  given  to  applicants  for  the  Doctor  of  Philosophy 
degree  in  this  department. 

Applicants  must  file  application  forms  with  the  departmental  graduate 
committee  along  with  official  transcripts  of  previous  college  work,  and  two 
letters  of  recommendation.  Applicants  will  not  be  considered  until  all 
documents  have  been  received.  Applicants  will  be  notified  promptly  as  to 
whether  or  not  they  have  been  accepted. 


CHEMICAL  ENGINEERING  /  85 


Residence  Requirement 


The  residence  requirement  is  satisfied  only  by  full-time  residence  for  one 
academic  year.  This  requirement  must  be  fulfilled  after  successful  comple- 
tion of  the  qualifying  examination  and  prior  to  the  end  of  the  five-year 
period  set  forth  in  the  general  regulations. 

Degree  Candidacy 

Degree  candidacy  is  established  in  accordance  with  the  general  graduate 
school  regulations. 

Qualifying  Examination 

The  qualifying  examination  includes  both  written  and  oral  parts  and  is 
normally  given  in  the  spring  and  the  fall.  The  written  examination,  in 
general,  will  cover  the  following  areas: 

1.  General  Principles  in  Chemical  Engineering  Science 

2.  Thermodynamics  and  Stoichiometry 

3.  Mathematical  Procedures  and  Kinetics 

4.  Specialized  Technological  Topics  (to  be  announced) 

The  oral  examination  will  test  general  comprehension. 

A  student  may  take  any  or  all  of  the  examinations  in  each  area  and  may 
repeat  a  failed  examination,  only  once,  at  a  later  offering.  The  taking  and 
successful  completion  of  all  examinations  may  not  extend  over  a  period 
greater  than  13  months.  Previously  administered  examinations  will  be 
available  to  formal  applicants. 

Comprehensive  Examination 

During  the  time  in  which  a  student  is  a  candidate  for  a  doctoral  degree  he 
may  be  required  to  demonstrate  by  means  of  a  comprehensive  examination 
a  subject-matter  knowledge  satisfactory  for  the  award  of  the  degree. 

Course  Requirements 

The  course  requirements,  in  addition  to  the  minimum  requirements  for 
establishing  degree  candidacy,  will  be  determined  by  the  departmental 
graduate  committee  and  the  student  in  consultation  with  the  committee. 

Transfer  credit  will  be  dealt  with  on  an  individual  basis  by  the  departmen- 
tal graduate  committee  in  accordance  with  the  general  graduate  school 
regulations. 

Engineering  Problem 

Engineering  Problem  advisers  will  be  appointed  by  the  departmental 
graduate  committee.  Approval  of  the  topic  for  the  Problem  rests  with  the 
Problem  adviser  and  the  committee. 

The   Engineering   Problem   is   not  a  research   problem   but  rather  an 


86  /  CHEMICAL  ENGINEERING 

engineering  problem  in  depth.  It  may  include  elements  of  design, 
economics,  business  management  principles,  and  process  development.  In 
general,  it  will  not  include  laboratory  investigations. 

Normally,  the  Engineering  Problem  will  be  solved  on  campus.  Under 
special  arrangements  approved  by  the  departmental  graduate  committee 
and  the  adviser,  a  portion  of  the  work  may  be  performed  off  campus. 

Regardless  of  the  arrangements  made  for  the  Engineering  Problem,  no 
off-campus  adviser  will  be  approved.  Only  the  Problem  adviser  will  specify 
the  nature  and  requirements  of  the  Problem,  and  the  findings  and  results 
remain  the  property  of  the  adviser  and  the  University  to  be  published  as 
they  determine. 

Language  Requirement 

There  is  no  foreign  language  requirement  for  this  degree. 

Computer  Ability 

Ability  with  computer  programming  must  be  demonstrated  when  re- 
quired. 

Final  Oral  Examination 

This  examination  is  held  in  accordance  with  the  general  graduate  school 
regulations. 


industrial  engineering 

and 

engineering  management 


The  Department  of  Industrial  Engineering  offers  the  following  degrees: 
Master  of  Science  in  Industrial  Engineering  and  Master  of  Science  in 
Engineering  Management  and  Industrial  Engineer  degree.  Degrees  can  be 
pursued  on  a  part-  or  full-time  basis  and  full-time  students  may  elect  to  par- 
ticipate in  the  Cooperative  Plan.  Under  the  Cooperative  Plan  a  student 
spends  9-12  months  working  in  a  field  which  is  complementary  to  his 
academic  program  and  professional  goals.  During  this  time  he  receives 
compensation  from  his  employer,  which  is  generally  in  line  with  salaries  for 
engineers  with  equivalent  experience. 

The  Master  of  Science  in  Industrial  Engineering  has  a  General  Program 
as  well  as  majors  in  Health  Systems,  Computer  and  Information  Systems, 
and  Operations  Research;  all  of  which  require  a  thesis.  The  Master  of 
Science  in  Engineering  Management  has  a  General  Program  and  majors  in 
Computer  and  Information  Systems  and  Operations  Research.  A  thesis  is 
not  a  requirement  for  this  degree.  A  minimum  of  40  quarter  hours  of 
graduate  level  credit  is  required  for  either  degree  program.  The  Industrial 
Engineer  degree  requires  40  quarter  hours  beyond  the  M.S.  degree. 
Specific  requirements  are  listed  on  page  94. 

Industrial  Intern  Program  Leading  to  the  MSIE 

The  Engineering  Sponsorship  program  in  Industrial  Engineering  is 
known  as  the  Industrial  Intern  Program.  The  program,  available  to  a 
selected  group  of  students,  is  an  enriched  MSIE  cooperative  program  in 
which  the  student,  the  University,  and  a  cooperating  employer  tailor  each 
program  to  individual  interests.  Usually  the  minimum  academic  re- 
quirements of  the  MSIE  program  will  be  substantially  surpassed  in  the  in- 
dustrial intern  option. 

Through  agreements  with  cooperating  employers,  students  accepted  for 
the  industrial  intern  option  will  receive  full  tuition  and  living  expenses  for 
seven  or  eight  quarters.  Four  of  these  will  be  spent  in  professionally  rele- 
vant employment.  During  each  of  these  cooperative  quarters,  students  will 
take  independent  study  under  the  direction  of  a  faculty  member.  Wherever 

87 


88  /  INDUSTRIAL  ENGINEERING  —  MANAGEMENT 

possible,  those  specialized  reading  courses  will  lead  toward  a  thesis 
problem  statement  of  interest  to  the  student,  cooperative  employer  and  the 
department.  When  this  goal  is  achieved,  the  MSIE  program  will  be  com- 
pleted in  seven  quarters.  A  goal  of  the  industrial  intern  option  is  that  each 
student's  thesis  be  a  significant  independent  investigation. 


Admission  to  M.S.  Programs 

To  be  enrolled  for  graduate  study  in  Industrial  Engineering  or  Engineer- 
ing Management,  the  applicant  must  have  obtained  a  Bachelor  of  Science 
degree  in  an  engineering  field,  with  an  acceptable  quality  of  undergraduate 
work  from  a  recognized  college  or  university.  A  limited  number  of 
applicants  with  a  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  mathematics  or  a  closely 
related  science,  whose  preparation  is  considered  adequate,  may  be  per- 
mitted to  pursue  either  program,  and,  upon  its  completion,  qualify  for  the 
degree  of  Master  of  Science  without  specification. 

Entrance  to  either  program  presupposes  that  students  have  had  a  basic 
course  in  each  of  the  following  areas:  engineering  economy,  probability, 
engineering  statistics,  operations  research  (deterministic  and  stochastic), 
computer  programming  (compiler  language),  and  accounting.  Recognizing 
that  some  applicants  may  be  deficient  in  certain  of  these  subjects,  the 
program  offers  the  intensive  courses  listed  below.  At  the  time  of  admission 
to  the  program  the  adviser  will  specify,  on  the  basis  of  the  applicant's 
transcript,  those  courses  on  the  list  which  the  applicant  must  complete 
satisfactorily  to  qualify  for  the  degree.  Such  specified  courses  are  to  be 
completed  as  early  in  the  program  as  scheduling  will  permit.  The  courses 
below  carry  graduate  credit  but  a  maximum  of  six  quarter  hours  of  credit 
from  this  group  may  be  used  as  elective  credit  toward  the  degree. 

Course  Credits 

5.808     Basic  Engineering  Economy    2 

5.810     Industrial  Accounting  for  Engineers     2 

5.901  Basic  Operations  Research  I  (Deterministic)     2 

5.902  Basic  Operations  Research  II  (Stochastic)    2 

or 

5.900     Operations  Research    4 

Equivalent  to  5.901  and  5.902 

5.913     Data  Processing  for  Engineers  (FORTRAN)    2 

*5.960,  61 ,  62     Prob.  of  Statistics  I,  II,  III .  6 

16 

*Note:  As  of  September  1976  these  courses  supercede  5.950  and  5.951, 
Statistics  I  and  II.  Students  enrolled  in  the  program  prior  to  this  date  who 
have  not  satisfied  a  requirement  of  5.950  and  5.951  should  see  their  advisor 
to  work  out  equivalent  courses  and  credits. 


INDUSTRIAL  ENGINEERING  —  MANAGEMENT  /  89 


Industrial  Engineering  Programs  —  no  specified  major 

Required  Courses 
Course 

5.803  Industrial  Organizations 

5.823  Advanced  Production  Analysis*    

5.824  Case  Studies  in  Industrial  Engineering  . 
5.909  System  Engineering  and  Analysis  .... 
5.914  Advanced  O.R 

5.963  Statistics 

5.964  Des.  of  Exp.  I    

5.992  Seminar    

5.991  Thesis 


Credit     Quarter 


2 

Fall 

4 

Fall 

2 
2 
4 
2 

Spring 
Spring 
Spring 

2 

2 

Fall 

6 

All  Quarters 

The  remaining  hours  are  satisfied  through  a  suitable  choice  of  electives  at 
least  6  hours  of  which  will  come  from  one  of  the  five  areas  of  concentration: 

Management  of  Technology 

Operations  Research  and  Quantitative  Techniques 

Production  Engineering  and  Man/Machine  Systems 

Financial  and  Operational  Controls 

Computer  and  Information  Systems 


HEALTH  SYSTEMS  MAJOR 

This  major  is  offered  on  a  two-year  cooperative  basis.  Students  are  ex- 
pected to  spend  at  least  three  academic  quarters  as  an  intern  or  resident  in 
training  in  a  health-oriented  organization  such  as  a  hospital  or  health  plan- 
ning agency.  In  addition,  the  thesis  topic  must  be  related  to  the  field  of 
health. 

Required  Courses 

Course  Credit  Quarter 

5.823     Advanced  Production  Analysis*   4  Fall 

5.860     Health  Care  Organization  and  Management.    2  Fall 

5.865     Case  Studies  in  Health  Systems 2  Spring 

5.909     Systems  Engineering  and  Analysis 2  Winter 

5.914     Advanced  O.R 4  Spring 

5.963     Statistics 2 

5.991  Thesis     6  All  Quarters 

5.992  Seminar    2  Fall 

The  remaining  hours  should  be  satisfied  through  appropriate  choice  of 
electives. 


Not  required  for  students  with  a  degree  in  Industrial  Engineering 


90  /  INDUSTRIAL  ENGINEERING  —  MANAGEMENT 

ENGINEERING  MANAGEMENT 
(No  specified  major) 

To  assure  adequate  preparation  for  management  of  technological  ac- 
tivities, all  students  who  do  not  elect  the  Computer  Systems  or  Operations 
Research  major  must  earn  the  minimum  number  of  credits  indicated  in 
each  of  the  five  categories  listed  below: 

Category  Minimum  Credits 

a.  Management  of  Technology    8  including  5.801 

b.  Operations  Research  and  Quantitative  Techniques    8  including  5.963 

c.  Production  Engineering     4 

d.  Financial  and  Operational  Controls    4  including  5,830 

e.  Computer  and  Information  Systems     4_ 

TOTAL  28 

The  remaining  12  quarter  hours  required  for  the  degree  may  be  con- 
sidered as  free  electives.  These  may  be  taken  within  the  course  offering  for 
this  program  or  from  any  courses  in  graduate  engineering  and  mathematics 
for  which  the  student  has  adequate  preparation.  Up  to  six  quarter  hours 
may  be  elected  in  other  graduate  schools  subject  to  the  approval  of  the  ad- 
viser for  this  program  and  the  director  of  the  graduate  school  in  which  the 
course  is  offered.  Students  desiring  courses  in  such  subjects  as  economics, 
business  law,  labor  relations,  or  marketing,  should  consult  the  Graduate 
School  of  Business  Administration  Catalog.  The  amount  of  credit  applied 
toward  the  degree  must  be  established  by  the  Department. 

Courses  in  the  five  categories  from  which  students  must  select  to  meet 
the  indicated  minimum  total  of  28  quarter  hours  of  credit  are  listed  below. 
Unless  otherwise  specified,  all  courses  are  for  two  quarter  hours  of  credit. 

a.  Management  of  Technology 

5.801  &  5.802     Analysis  of  the  Industrial  Enterprise  I  and  II 
5.803     Industrial  Organizations 

5.812  Managing  Professional  Personnel 

5.813  Engineering  Communication 

5.814  Development  of  Engineering  Managers 
5.816     Industrial  Psychology  for  Engineers 
5.820     Personnel  Administration  for  Engineers 
5.823     Advanced  Production  Analysis  (4  q.h.) 
5.841      Engineering  Project  Management 

b.  Operations  Research  &  Quantitative  Techniques 

5.903  Inventory  Control  and  Production  Planning 

5.904  Queuing  Theory  and  Its  Applications 

5.905  Analysis  with  Simulation 

5.906,  7     Principles  of  Dynamic  Systems 
5.909     Systems  Engineering  and  Analysis 


INDUSTRIAL  ENGINEERING  —  MANAGEMENT  /  91 

5.911  Linear  Programming 

5.912  Network  Planning  and  Control 

5.914  Advanced  Operations  Research  (4  q.h.)  (or  5.9A4,  5.9B4) 

5.916  Engineering  Analysis  Utilizing  Data  Processing 

5.953  Statistical  Decision  Theory 

5.954  Advanced  Quality  Control 

5.956  Mathematical  Theory  of  Reliability 

5.957  Designing  for  Reliability 

5.963  Statistics 

5.964  Des.  of  Exp.  I 

5.965  Des.  of  Exp.  II 

c.  Production  Engineering  and  Man/Machine  Systems 

5.806  Production  Forecasting 

5.817  Advanced  Work  Design 

5.819  Human  Factors  in  Man/Machine  Systems 

5.822  Product  Design  and  Value  Analysis 

5.823  Advanced  Production  Analysis  (4  q.h.) 
5.825  Topics  in  Production  Engineering 
5.853  Man  Computer  Interaction 

5.862  Intro,  to  Occ.  Health,  Safety 

5.863  Technical  Aspects  of  Health,  Safety 
5.903  Inventory  Control  and  Production  Planning 
5.912  Network  Planning  and  Control 

5.954  Advanced  Quality  Control 

5.955  Reliability  and  Maintainability  Applications 

d.  Financial  and  Operational  Controls 

5.805  Industrial  Budgeting  for  Engineers 

5.809  Advanced  Engineering  Economy 

5.811  Cost  Accounting  for  Engineers 
5.830  &  5.831      Financial  Management  I  and  II 

5.940  Basic  Information  Systems  Technology 

5.941  Management  Information  Systems 

e.  Computer  and  Information  Systems 

5.853  Man  Computer  Interaction 

5.905  Analysis  with  Simulation 

5.906,  5.907     Principles  of  Dynamic  Systems  I  and  II 

5.916  Engineering  Analysis  Utilizing  Data  Processing 

5.930  Basic  Computer  Systems  Technology 

5.931  Computer  Systems 

5.932  Advanced  Computer  Systems 

5.940  Basic  Information  Systems  Technology 

5.941  Management  Information  Systems 

5.942  Advanced  Management  Information  Systems 


92  /  INDUSTRIAL  ENGINEERING  —  MANAGEMENT 

5.943     Management  Decision  Systems  Seminar 

3.894  Digital  Computer  Programming  II 

3.895  Digital  Computer  Programming  III 

3.972  Electronic  Digital  Computers  I 

3.973  Electronic  Digital  Computers  II 

3.974  Electronic  Digital  Computers  III 

3.985  Fundamentals  of  Automatic  Digital  Machines  I 

3.986  Fundamentals  of  Automatic  Digital  Machines  II 

3.987  Fundamentals  of  Automatic  Digital  Machines  III 

3.988  Special  Topics  in  Computer  Science 

3.989  Computer  Peripherals 

COMPUTER  AND  INFORMATION  SYSTEMS  MAJOR 

The  Computer  and  Information  Systems  (C  &  IS)  Major  is  designed  to 
meet  the  needs  of  three  distinct  but  related  professional  areas  —  computer 
systems,  information  systems,  and  management. 

A  unique  two  track  curriculum  offers  sets  of  courses  in  computer 
systems  and  information  systems,  each  track  tailored  for  particular 
specialties  but  integrated  with  material  from  the  other  track  for  general 
management.  The  computer  system  track  focuses  on  basic  concepts  and 
their  implementation  in  hardware  and  software  systems.  The  information 
systems  track  focuses  on  supporting  the  management  decision  process  — 
evalution,  analysis,  and  design  of  management  information  and  decision 
systems. 

The  number  of  courses  required  from  each  track  depends  upon  the 
students  professional  objectives.  Unique  programs  can  be  designed  in  con- 
sultation with  the  adviser.  All  C  &  IS  majors  will  be  expected  to  take  the  ten 
or  sixteen  quarter  hours  of  courses  listed  below  as  general  requirements.  In 
addition  they  are  required  to  take  at  least  sixteen  quarter  hours  from 
category  (e),  computer  information  systems.  It  is  suggested  that  students 
within  this  major  follow  one  of  the  two  course  tracks  listed  below  as  a  por- 
tion of  the  sixteen  quarter  hour  requirement.  Exception  to  these  regulations 
must  be  approved  in  a  consultation  with  an  adviser. 

General  Requirements  Minimum  Credits 

Management  of  Technology; 

5.801  Analysis  of  the  Ind.  Enterprise  I     2 

Operation  Research  &  Quantitative  Techniques 

5.905  Analysis  with  Simulation     2 

5.963  Statistics 2 

Production  Engineering 

Elective  within  category     2 

Financial  Controls 

5.830  Financial  Management  I     2 

Thesis 

5.991  (Required  of  Industrial  Engineering  majors)    .  . 6 

10or16 


INDUSTRIAL  ENGINEERING  —  MANAGEMENT  /  93 

Two  Track  Course  List 
Computer  Systems  Track 

5.930  Basic  Computer  Systems  Technology 

5.931  Computer  Systems 

5.932  Advanced  Computer  Systems 

Information  Systems  Track 

5.940  Basic  Information  Systems  Technology 

5.941  Management  Information  Systems 

5.942  Advanced  Management  Information  Systems 

5.943  Management  Decision  Systems 

OPERATIONS  RESEARCH  MAJOR 

The  following  courses  are  required  of  students  electing  the  Operating 
Research  major: 

Credits 

5.963     Statistics    2 

5.801     Analyses  of  the  Industrial  Enterprise   2 

5.830     Financial  Management  I    2 

5.914     Advanced  Operations  Research    4 

5.991     Thesis  (required  of  Industrial  Engineer  majors)    . 6 

10or16 

In  addition  to  the  above  required  courses,  the  student  must  earn  the 
minimum  number  of  credits  in  each  of  the  categories  listed  below. 

Category  Minimum  Credits 

b.  Quantitative  Techniques    8 

c.  Production  Engineering    4 

e.  Computer  Systems    4 

Math-oriented  courses  (listed  below)    4 

5.910     Analytical  Techniques  for  Engineers 
*10.8B4     Advanced  Calculus  I 
*10.8B5     Advanced  Calculus  II 
*10.8B6     Advanced  Calculus  III 
*10.8G8     Stochastic  Processes  I 
M0.8G8     Stochastic  Processes  II 

The  remaining  hours  required  for  the  degree  may  be  considered  as  free 
electives.  These  may  be  taken  within  the  course  offerings  for  this  program 
or  from  any  courses  in  graduate  engineering  or  mathematics  for  which  the 
student  has  adequate  preparation.  Up  to  six  quarter  hours  may  be  elected 
in  other  graduate  schools  subject  to  the  approval  of  the  adviser  for  this 
program  and  the  director  of  the  graduate  school  in  which  the  course  is 
offered. 

*See  Graduate  School  of  Arts  and  Science  Catalogue. 


94  /  INDUSTRIAL  ENGINEERING  —  MANAGEMENT 

THE  INDUSTRIAL  ENGINEER  DEGREE 

Description 

This  degree  is  designed  for  those  who  wish  to  undertake  graduate  study 
beyond  the  master's  degree  which  is  less  extensive  and  more  applied  than 
that  required  for  the  doctorate.  The  program  leading  to  the  Industrial 
Engineer  degree  permits  a  candidate  to  pursue  a  course  of  study  at  the  up- 
per graduate  level  which  will  develop  in-depth  knowledge  in  selected  In- 
dustrial Engineering  techniques,  and  the  ability  to  apply  these  techniques  to 
complex  problems  in  a  real  world  setting.  The  offering  of  this  degree  is  pen- 
ding approval  of  the  Graduate  Council. 

Admission 

Applicants  to  the  Industrial  Engineer  Degree  program  must  be  enrolled 
for  graduate  study  in  Industrial  Engineering  or  Engineering  Management. 
To  be  accepted  for  candidacy  for  the  degree,  applicants  must  possess  the 
master's  degree  in  Industrial  Engineering  or  equivalent  from  a  recognized 
institution.  Further,  an  applicant  for  candidacy  must  have  the  potential 
capability  to  structure  and  solve  complex  real-world  problems.  Evidence  of 
this  capability  may  be  in  the  form  of  a  thesis  completed  as  a  requirement 
for  the  Master  of  Science  Degree,  or  in  such  other  form  which  is  acceptable 
to  the  Industrial  Engineering  Department  Graduate  Committee. 

Credit  Requirements 

A  minimum  of  40  quarter  hours  beyond  the  master's  degree  is  required. 
Normally  10  quarter  hours  of  credit  out  of  the  40  will  be  granted  for  work  on 
the  Industrial  Engineering  Degree  project.  A  minimum  of  20  quarter  hours 
must  betaken  in  Industrial  Engineering. 

Industrial  Engineer  Degree  Project 

In  addition  to  the  required  course  work,  to  be  awarded  the  degree  of  In- 
dustrial Engineer,  the  candidate  must  complete  a  project  demonstrating  a 
high  level  of  competence  in  structuring  and  solving  a  complex  real-world 
problem.  The  problem  to  be  addressed  in  this  project  is  of  an  applied 
nature.  Where  applicable  an  on-going  organization  will  be  used  as  the  set- 
ting. The  work  should  lead  to  a  solution  which  satisfies  all  technological  and 
organizational  constraints,  and  is  therefore  capable  of  being  implemented. 
The  topic  will  be  selected  by  the  student  and  his  project  committee. 

Qualifications  and  Examinations 

A  student  must  maintain  a  "B"  average  to  qualify  for  the  degree.  A  final 
oral  examination  for  defense  of  the  written  report  of  the  Industrial  Engineer 
Degree  project  conducted  by  the  student's  committee  is  also  a  requirement 
for  the  degree. 


INDUSTRIAL  ENGINEERING  —  MANAGEMENT  /  95 

Residence  Requirement 

Since  the  Industrial  Engineer  Degree  project  requires  the  structuring  and 
solving  of  a  complex  problem,  residence  requirements  will  be  satisfied  by 
that  arrangement  which  allows  the  student  to  devote  a  sufficient  portion  of 
his  time  to  the  project  to  permit  an  intensive  problem-solving  experience. 


graduate  program 
in  transportation 
(interdisciplinary) 

Admission 

Individuals  who  have  an  interest  in  Transportation  Planning  and  have  an 
undergraduate  degree  in  Engineering  or  Economics  or  who  have  an  ap- 
propriate mathematics  background  are  permitted  to  enroll  in  the  Inter- 
disciplinary Transportation  Program.  Inquiries  should  be  addressed  to: 
Northeastern  University  Graduate  School  of  Engineering,  Interdisciplinary 
Transportation,  214  Hayden  Hall,  Boston,  Massachusetts  02115. 

MASTER  OF  SCIENCE  IN  TRANSPORTATION 

Northeastern  University  has  established  a  "Master  of  Science  in 
Transportation"  degree  program  to  deal  with  the  special  needs  of  in- 
dividuals who  are  preparing  themselves  for  careers  in  transportation  plan- 
ning. The  individual's  program  of  study  will  aid  the  individual  to  acquire  the 
necessary  technical  skills  and  social  science  background  required  for  a 
transportation  planner.  Courses  from  the  Colleges  of  Engineering,  Liberal 
Arts  and  Business  Administration  may  be  included  in  the  student's  program 
of  study.  In  addition  to  the  in-class  training,  a  student  will  undertake  an  in- 
dependent study  project  that  results  in  a  Master's  Thesis  or  Master's 
Report.  A  student  will  work  closely  with  an  advisor  on  some  related 
problem.  Arrangements  have  been  made  with  local  government  agencies  to 
involve  the  students  with  particular  real  world  problems. 

Full-Time  Program 

The  program  is  arranged  in  a  manner  to  allow  a  student  to  complete  the 
program  in  one  calendar  year.  Normally,  a  student  will  enroll  in  course  work 
for  three  academic  quarters  beginning  in  September.  The  student  will  be 
eligible  for  graduation  the  following  September  if  all  course  and  thesis  or 
report  work  is  complete. 

Part-Time  Program 

The  Part-Time  Program  is  the  same  as  the  Full-time  Program.  The  part- 
time  student  has  a  maximum  of  seven  years  to  complete  all  degree  re- 
quirements. 

Program  of  Study 

Each  student  enrolled  in  the  program  is  required  to  prepare  a  program  of 
study  which  consists  of  required  courses  and  electives  in  transportation 

96 


TRANSPORTATION/ 97 

and  related  fields.  If  a  student  is  lacking  the  necessary  mathematics, 
economics  or  statistics  background,  the  student  may  enroll  in  the  prere- 
quisite courses  and  receive  graduate  credit.  The  program  of  study  must 
consist  of  a  minimum  of  forty  quarter  hours  of  credit  and  must  be  approved 
by  the  student's  advisor. 

Required  courses  Credits 

1.834  Transportation  Analysis  and  Planning 4 

1 .800  Systems  Analysis  I    4 

22.847  Politics  of  Transportation    3 

39.9L5  Economics  of  Urban  Transportation    3 

48.801  Seminar  in  Transportation  Systems     3 

93.837  Interdisciplinary  Urban  Transportation  Seminar     2 

93.820  Thesis    6 

Suggested  Electives 

1 .801  Systems  Analysis  II 4 

1 .805  Traffic  Flow  Theory     4 

1.806  Urban  Transportation  Analysis    4 

1.819  Environmental  Impacts  of  Urban  Transportation    4 

1.820  Transportation  Engineering    2 

5.904  Queuing  Theory 2 

5.905  Analysis  with  Simulation 2 

5.913  Data  Processing  (Fortran)     2 

5.914  Advanced  Operations  Research    4 

5.818  Management  Information  Systems    2 

21.886  Seminar  in  Social  Research  Issues    3 

22.845  Problems  in  Municipal  Administration     3 

22.846  Problems  in  Urban  and  Regional  Development    3 

39.9K1  Regional  Economics    3 

39.9L1  Urban  Economics  I     3 

39.9L2  Urban  Economics  II    3 

39.277  Economics  of  Urban  Environment     3 

39.276  Economics  of  Energy  Resources 3 

39.9L7  Economics  of  Intercity  Transportation     3 

39.9R1  Seminar  in  Development  Planning    3 

93.818  Special  Topics  of  Transportation .  3 

Pre-Requisites  (Graduate  credit  awarded  toward  M.S.  in 
Transportation  Degree) 

39.9A0     Intermediate  Microeconomic  Theory    0 

1.206     Applied  Probability  Theory  for  Civil  Engineers     4 

or 

5.960  Engineering  Statistics  I 2 

5.961  Engineering  Statistics  II     2 


description  of  courses 


All  courses  carry  two  quarter  hours  of  credit  unless  otherwise  noted.  Not  all 
courses  are  offered  every  year.  Refer  to  the  Graduate  School  of  Engineering  circular 
issued  about  July  1  each  year  for  the  courses  to  be  offered  in  the  new  academic  year 
and  the  times  at  which  they  are  scheduled  to  meet. 

CIVIL  ENGINEERING 

1.206  Applied  Probability  Theory  for  Civil  Engineers  (4  q.h.  credits) 
The  basic  elements  of  probability  theory  and  their  use  via  the  solution  of  various  civil 
engineering  problems  encountered  in  fluid  mechanics,  construction  management, 
structures,  transportation,  etc.  Probability  of  events,  random  variables  and  distribu- 
tion, derived  distribution,  expectation,  and  common  probability  models.  Prep.  Ad- 
mission to  Graduate  School  of  Engineering. 

1.800  Systems  Analysis  1  (4  q.h.  credits) 

The  use  of  quantitative  techniques  to  allocate  resources  in  the  planning  and  design  of 
large  physical  systems  encountered  in  transportation  and  environmental  engineer- 
ing. Economic  analysis  of  alternatives;  development  of  mathematical  models; 
classical  optimization  techniques  by  calculus;  linear  programming  and  extensions; 
integer,  quadratic,  separable  and  approximation  programming  methods;  ranging 
analysis;  network  theory.     Prep.  Two  semesters  of  calculus. 

Offered  yearly,  fall  quarter,  days 

1.801  Systems  Analysis  II  (4  q.h.  credits) 

Additional  quantitative  techniques  for  planning  and  design.  Treatment  of  multi- 
objective  systems;  dynamic  and  geometric  programming;  decision  analysis  for  selec- 
tion; utility  theory;  Markov  chains;  gaming;  introduction  to  simulation.  Prep.  1.800, 
Systems  Analysis  I.  Offered  yearly,  winter  quarter,  days. 

1 .803  Traffic  Flow  Theory  I 

Statistical  methods  in  traffic  flow  theory;  probability  models,  hypothesis  testing  and 
its  use,  queuing  theory  and  simulation  techniques.  Prep.  5.950,  Engineering 
Statistics  I  or  equivalent.  Offered  1977-78,  fall  quarter 

1.804  Traffic  Flow  Theory  II 

Deterministic  methods  in  traffic  flow  theory;  car  following  models;  various  methods  of 
analogy,  capacity  and  level  of  service.     Prep.  1.803,  Traffic  Flow  Theory  I. 

Offered  1977-78,  winter  quarter 

1.805  Traffic  Flow  Theory  (4  q.h.  credits) 

This  course,  offered  days,  embodies  the  material  in  1.803  and  1.804,  Traffic  Flow 
Theory  I  and  II.     Prep.  5.950,  Engineering  Statistics  I  or  equivalent. 

Offered  yearly,  winter  quarter 

98 


CIVIL  ENGINEERING  /  99 

1.806     Urban  Transportation  Analysis  (4  q.h.  credits) 

Principles  of  the  analysis  of  urban  transportation  networks  utilizing  contemporary 
methodology  such  as  cross-elasticity  models,  disaggregate-behavioral  (proba- 
balistic)  models,  and  network  equilibrium  concepts.  Prep.  1.834,  Transportation 
Analysis  and  Planning.  Offered  yearly,  winter  quarter. 

1.819  Environmental  Impacts  of  Urban  Transportation  (4  q.h.  credits) 
Examination  of  the  human  response  to  noise,  water  and  air  pollution;  physical  effects 
of  pollution  in  relation  to  source-receptor  configurations  and  urban  scale  meteorol- 
ogy; laboratory  and  field  techniques  used  in  measuring  pollutant  levels;  government 
regulations  and  guidelines  and  their  effect  on  urban  transportation  planning.  Prep. 
Admission  to  Graduate  School  of  Engineering. 

1.820  Transportation  Engineering  (2  q.h.  credits) 

Description  and  evaluation  of  different  modes  of  transportation  existing  and  pro- 
posed; their  performance  and  cost  characteristics;  design,  performance,  and  selec- 
tion criteria  for  vehicles  and  roadbeds.  Prep.  Admission  to  Graduate  School  of 
Engineering. 

1.824  Civil  Engineering  Materials  I  (2  q.h.  credits) 

The  behavior  of  civil  engineering  materials  subjected  to  various  loading  and  en- 
vironmental conditions.  Includes  atomic  structure  and  bonding,  elastic  and  plastic 
behavior  of  metals,  strength  and  durability  of  wood,  concrete,  and  bituminous  mixes. 

1.825  Civil  Engineering  Materials  II  (2  q.h.  credits) 

Continuation  of  1.824.  Includes  composite  materials,  phase  transformations,  corro- 
sion, strengthening  mechanisms. 

1.834     Transportation  Analysis  and  Planning  (4  q.h.  credits) 

Principles  of  the  analysis  of  transportation  networks,  through  the  use  of  the  conven- 
tional forecasting  model  system,  including  trip  generation,  trip  distribution,  modal 
split  and  traffic  assignment.  Offered  yearly,  fall  and  winter  quarter 

1.837  Interdisciplinary  Urban  Transportation  Seminar 

Review  and  presentation  of  research  and  public  policy  on  broad  topics  in  transporta- 
tion. Guest  lecturers  and  formal  paper  presentations.  Prep.  Permission  of  Civil 
Engineering  Department. 

1.838  Master's  Report  (Transportation)  (4  q.h.  credits) 

An  individual  effort  in  an  area  selected  by  student  and  adviser  resulting  in  a  definitive 
report.     Prep.  Permission  of  the  Civil  Engineering  Department. 

Offered  yearly,  all  quarters 


1.839     Thesis  (Master's  Degree)  (6  q.h.  credits) 

Analytical  and/or  experimental  work  conducted  by  arrangement  with  and  under  the 
supervision  of  the  department.  Prep.  Permission  of  the  Civil  Engineering  Depart- 
ment. Offered  yearly,  all  quarters 


100 /CIVIL  ENGINEERING 

1.841  Structural  Analysis  I 

Review  of  basic  principles  of  structural  analysis,  determinacy,  indeterminacy,  stabili- 
ty. Introduction  to  energy  methods  including  virtual  work  and  Castigliano's 
Theorum.     Prep.  Differential  and  Integral  Calculus  plus  Theory  of  Structures. 

Offered  yearly,  fall  quarter 

1.842  Structural  Analysis  II 

Contemporary  methods  of  structural  analysis  with  emphasis  on  lateral  load  analysis 
of  multistory  structures.  A  complete  treatment  of  moment  distribution  including  non- 
prismatic  members,  axial  load,  and  shear  distribution.  Prep.  1.841  Structural 
Analysis  I.  Offered  yearly,  winter  quarter 

1.843  Structural  Analysis  III 

Introduction  to  matrix  methods  of  structural  analysis,  including  stiffness  and  flexibility 
methods.     Prep.  1.842,  Structural  Analysis  II.  Offered  yearly,  spring  quarter 

1.844  Structural  Analysis  IV 

Introduction  to  advanced  structural  mechanics,  emphasis  on  theory  of  elasticity,  and 
development  of  finite  element  method  of  analysis.  Prep.  1.843  Structural  Analysis  III. 

Offered  1977-78,  fall  quarter 

1.847     Structural  Analysis  (4  q.h.  credits) 

This  course,  offered  days,  embodies  the  material  in  1.841  and  1.842  —  Structural 
Analysis  I  and  II.  Prep.  Differential  and  Integral  Calculus  plus  Theory  of  Struc- 
tures. Offered  yearly,  fall  quarter 

1.849  Model  Analysis 

Development  of  the  principles  of  similitude  to  establish  the  relationship  between 
behavior  in  the  model  and  the  full-sized  structure.  Review  of  techniques  to  fabricate, 
to  load,  and  to  instrument  models.  Application  and  use  of  strain  gauges.  The 
laboratory  portion  is  devoted  to  model  analysis  of  a  complex  structure.  Prep.  Ad- 
mission to  program  and  approval  of  instructor.  Offered  1 977-78,  spring  quarter 

1.850  Structural  Dynamics  I 

Analysis  by  exact  and  approximate  methods  of  structures  subjected  to  dynamic 
loads.  Offered  1977-78,  winter  quarter 

1.851  Structural  Dynamics  II 

Continuation  of  1.850  with  application  to  the  analysis  of  structures  subjected  to  blast 
loads  and  seismic  loadings.     Prep.  1.850,  Structural  Dynamics  I. 

Offered  1977-78,  spring  quarter 

1.853  Concrete  Structures  I 

Review  of  basic  characteristics  of  concrete.  Structural  forms  appropriate  for  rein- 
forced and  prestressed  concrete.  Prestressed  concrete  design.  Prep. 
Undergraduate  Reinforced  Concrete  Design  and  Structural  Analysis. 

Offered  yearly,  fall  quarter 

1.854  Concrete  Structures  II 

Continuation  of  Concrete  I.  Additional  topics  on  prestressed  concrete  design,  yield 
line  theory,  and  folded  plate  design.  Prep.  Undergraduate  Reinforced  Concrete 
Design  and  Structural  Analysis.  Offered  yearly,  winter  quarter 


CIVIL  ENGINEERING/ 101 

1.855  Concrete  Structures  III 

Analysis  and  design  of  thin-shell  concrete  structures  including  domes,  cylindrical 
shells,  and  hyperbolic  paraboloids.  Prep.  Undergraduate  Reinforced  Concrete 
Design  and  Structural  Analysis.  Offered  yearly,  spring  quarter 

1.856  Structural  Analysis  (4  q.h.  credits) 

This  course,  offered  days,  embodies  the  course  content  offered  in  1.843,  Structural 
Analysis  III  and  1.844,  Structural  Analysis  IV.     Prep.  1.847,  Structural  Analysis. 

By  arrangement 

1.857  Structural  Dynamics  (4  q.h.  credits) 

This  course,  offered  days,  embodies  the  material  in  1.850  and  1.851  —  Structural 
Dynamics  I  and  II.  Offered  yearly,  spring  quarter 

1.858  Concrete  Structures  (4  q.h.  credits) 

This  course,  offered  days,  embodies  the  material  in  1.853  and  1.854  —  Concrete 
Structures  I  and  II.  Prep.  Undergraduate  Reinforced  Concrete  Design  and  Struc- 
tural Analysis.  By  arrangement 

1.859  Structural  Stability 

Elastic  and  inelastic  stability  of  structures  including  beams,  columns,  plates,  and 
shells.  Offered  1976-77,  fall  quarter 

1.861  Design  of  Structures  I 

An  advanced  course  in  elastic  design  in  structural  steel.  Design  problems  involving 
braced  and  rigid  frame  structures  subject  to  gravity,  wind,  and  seismic  loads  are 
considered.     Prep.  Undergraduate  Steel  Design  and  Structural  Analysis 

Offered  yearly,  fall  quarter 

1.862  Design  of  Structures  II 

An  advanced  course  in  analysis  and  design  in  structural  steel  with  emphasis  on 
plastic  behavior  including  rigid  frame  buildings  and  braced  multistory  frame 
buildings.     Prep.  Undergraduate  Steel  Design  and  Structural  Analysis. 

Offered  yearly,  winter  quarter 

1.863  Design  of  Structures  III 

Advanced  problems  in  elastic  and  plastic  design  of  structural  steel.  Topics  include 
curved  girders  and  cable  supported  structures.  Prep.  Undergraduate  Steel  Design 
and  Structural  Analysis.  Offered  yearly,  spring  quarter 

1.864  Design  of  Structures  (4  q.h.  credits) 

This  course,  offered  days,  embodies  the  material  in  1.862  and  1.863  —  Design  of 
Structures  II  and  III.     Prep.  Undergraduate  Steel  Design  and  Structural  Analysis. 

By  arrangement 

1.871     Engineering  Properties  of  Soils  I 

Review  of  phase  relationships,  soil  consistency,  etc.;  permeability  and  capillarity; 
effective  stress  concept,  analysis  of  seepage  in  porous  media;  stress  distribution;  in- 
troduction to  settlement  analysis.  Prep.  Undergraduate  course  in  basic  soil 
mechanics.  Offered  yearly,  fall  quarter 


102 /CIVIL  ENGINEERING 

1.872  Engineering  Properties  of  Soils  II 

A  continuation  of  course  1.871.  The  course  covers  consolidation  theory  and  settle- 
ment analysis;  shear  strength  properties  of  soils;  stability  analysis  of  open  and  brac- 
ed cuts;  and  earth  pressure  theory  and  analysis.  Prep.  1.871,  Engineering  Proper- 
ties of  Soils  I.  Offered  yearly,  winter  quarter 

1.873  Soils  Testing  Laboratory 

Emphasis  on  the  soil  behavior  aspects  of  consolidation  theory,  settlement  analysis, 
and  shear  strength.  Approximately  one-half  of  the  term  is  devoted  to  laboratory 
studies  in  soil  compaction,  consolidation,  and  shear  strength.  Prep.  1.871, 
Engineering  Properties  of  Soils  I.  Offered  yearly,  spring  quarter 

1.874  Foundation  Engineering  I 

Soil  compressibility;  case  studies  of  deep-seated  settlement;  allowable  settlements; 
preloading  concepts;  bearing  capacity;  subsurface  exploration.  Prep. 
Undergraduate  Soil  Mechanics  or  Foundations.  Offered  1976-77,  fall  quarter 

1.875  Foundation  Engineering  II 

Design  principles  of  footings,  mats  and  floating  foundations;  pile  foundations;  selec- 
tion of  foundation  scheme;  case  studies.  Prep.  1.874,  Foundation  Engineering 
I.  Offered  1976-77,  winter  quarter 

1.876  Foundation  Engineering  III 

Lateral  earth  pressure  theory;  analysis  and  design  of  retaining  walls,  anchored 
bulkheads  and  braced  cofferdams;  dewatering;  observational  approach  to  design; 
foundation  performance  with  case  studies;  cellular  cofferdams.  Prep.  1.875,  Foun- 
dation Engineering  II.  Offered  1976-77,  spring  quarter 

1.877  Engineering  Properties  of  Soil  (4  q.h.  credits) 

This  course,  offered  days,  embodies  the  material  in  1.871  and  1.872  —  Engineering 
Properties  of  Soils  I  and  II.     Prep.  Undergraduate  course  in  basic  soil  mechanics. 

Offered  yearly,  fall  quarter 

1.878  Foundation  Engineering  (4  q.h.  credits) 

This  course,  offered  days,  embodies  the  course  content  offered  in  1.874  and  1.875  — 
Soil  Mechanics  and  Foundation  Engineering  I  and  II.  Prep.  Undergraduate  Soil 
Mechanics  or  Foundations.  Offered  yearly,  spring  quarter 

1.882     Engineering  Geology 

Review  of  minerals,  selected  topics  in  historical  and  structural  geology  related  to 
engineering  geology;  origin  and  occurrence  of  various  rock  types,  geologic  struc- 
tures, faulting  and  joint  systems;  weathering  of  rock  and  weathering  products,  glacia- 
tion,  geologic  mapping  and  environmental  aspects.  Prep.  Undergraduate  course  in 
geology.  Offered  1977-78,  fall  quarter 

1.834     Rock  Mechanics  I 

Interrelationship  with  other  disciplines;  index  properties;  classification  systems; 
laboratory  tests;  state  of  stress  and  stress  distribution.  Prep.  Undergraduate 
course  in  geology  Offered  1977-78,  winter  quarter 


CIVIL  ENGINEERING/  103 

1.885     Rock  Mechanics  II 

Behavior  of  rock  under  combined  stresses;  pore  pressure  effects;  failure  theories;  in- 
site  deformation  modulus  and  shear  strength  characteristics;  field  testing.  Prep. 
Undergraduate  course  in  geology.  Offered  1977-78,  spring  quarter 

1.892  Numerical  Methods  in  Structural  Mechanics  I 

Formulation  and  numerical  solution  of  civil  engineering  problems  in  structural 
mechanics.  Emphasis  will  be  on  lumped  parameter  systems.  Equilibrium,  eigenvalue, 
and  propagation  type  problems  will  be  covered. 

Offered  1976-77,  winter  quarter 

1.893  Numerical  Methods  in  Structural  Mechanics  II 

Continuation  of  1 .892.     Prep.  1.892,  Numerical  Methods  in  Structural  Mechanics  I. 

Offered  1976-77,  spring  quarter 

1.894  Numerical  Methods  in  Structural  Mechanics  (4  q.h.  credits) 

This  course,  offered  days,  embodies  the  material  in  1.892  and  1.893  —  Numerical 
Methods  in  Structural  Mechanics  I  and  II.  Offered  yearly,  winter  quarter 

1.897  Master's  Report  (Structural)  (4  q.h.  credits) 

An  individual  effort  consisting  of  laboratory  and/or  literature  investigation  and 
analysis  or  advanced  design  of  a  project  in  an  area  of  structural  engineering  selected 
by  student  and  adviser  resulting  in  a  definitive  report.  Prep.  Permission  of  the  Civil 
Engineering  Department.  Offered  yearly,  all  quarters 

1.898  Special  Topics  in  Structural  Engineering  (2  q.h.  credits) 

An  individual  effort  in  an  area  selected  by  student  and  adviser  resulting  in  a  definitive 
report.  Open  to  day  students  only.  Prep.  Admission  to  Graduate  School  of 
Engineering.  Offered  yearly,  all  quarters 

1.899  Thesis  (Master's  Degree)  (8  q.h.  credits) 

Analytical  and/or  experimental  work  conducted  by  arrangement  with  and  under 
supervision  of  the  department.     Prep.  Permission  of  the  department. 

Offered  yearly,  all  quarters 

1.901  Hydraulics  I 

Mechanical  properties  of  fluids  —  fluid  statics,  continuity,  energy  relationships  (Ber- 
noulli and  Euler  equations),  momentum,  dimensional  analysis,  steady  flow  in  con- 
duits under  pressure,  pipe  systems.     Prep.  Undergraduate  course  in  hydraulics. 

Offered  yearly,  fall  quarter 

1.902  Hydraulics  II 

Open  channel  flow  —  energy  relationships,  critical  flow,  controls,  momentum  prin- 
ciples, flow  resistance,  uniform  flow,  gradually  varied  flow,  local  phenomena.  Prep. 
1.901,  Hydraulics  I.  Offered  yearly,  winter  quarter 

1.903  Hydraulics  III 

Open  channel  flow  —  channel  transitions;  unsteady  flow;  potential  flow  —  velocity 
potential  function  and  stream  function;  selected  topics  in  hydraulics  and  fluid 
mechanics.     Prep.  1.902,  Hydraulics  II.  Offered  yearly,  spring  quarter 


104 /CIVIL  ENGINEERING 

1.904     Hydraulics  (4  q.h.  credits) 

This  course,  offered  days,  embodies  substantially  the  material  in  1.902  and  1.903  — 

Hydraulics  II  and  III.     Prep.  Undergraduate  course  in  hydraulics. 

Offered  yearly,  winter  quarter 

1.907  Environmental  Statistics 

Statistical  studies  applied  to  environmental  data,  including  basic  statistics;  frequency 
and  probability  distributions;  methods  of  frequency  analysis;  multiple  linear  regres- 
sion and  correlation  analysis;  introduction  to  mathematical  modeling  of  environmen- 
tal processes  including  discussion  of  deterministic  and  stochastic  processes.  Prep. 
Admission  to  Graduate  School  of  Engineering.  Offered  yearly,  fall  quarter 

1.908  Hydrology  I 

Hydrologic  cycle;  precipitation  studies  including  data  adjustment,  spatial  and  tem- 
poral variability,  intensity-duration-frequency  relationships;  abstractions  of  water  due 
to  evapotranspiration  and  infiltration;  groundwater  flow,  including  flow  nets  and  well 
hydraulics;  runoff  studies  including  data  adjustment,  runoff  volume,  peak  flows,  unit 
hydrographs,  flood  formulas,  and  drainage  design.  Prep.  Not  to  be  taken  by 
students  who  have  completed  1.905.  Offered  yearly,  winter  quarter 

1.909  Hydrology  II 

Drainage  and  river  basin  morphology;  hydrogeology;  streamflow  and  streamflow 
routing;  storage  models  of  runoff;  reservoir  routing  and  design;  floods  and  flood  con- 
trol; case  studies  in  hydrology;  water  law  and  policy,  urbanization  and  its  effects, 
reservoir  system  operation  and  regulation,  alternative  uses  of  water  resources,  and 
multipurpose  projects;  conservation  and  reuse  of  water.  Prep.  Hydrology  I.  Not  to 
be  taken  by  students  who  have  completed  1.906.  Offered  yearly,  spring  quarter 

1.910  Water  and  Wastewater  Treatment  I 

Water  quality,  water  impurities  and  effects,  the  theory  and  practice  of  water  treat- 
ment, and  the  elements  of  design  of  water  treatment  works  including  intake  facilities, 
wells,  filtration,  coagulation,  sedimentation,  softening,  iron  and  manganese  removal, 
disinfection,  and  fluoridation.  Prep.  1.921,  Environmental  Chemistry  II,  or 
equivalent.  Offered  yearly,  fall  quarter 

1.911  Water  and  Wastewater  Treatment  1 1 

Waste  characteristics,  the  theory  and  practice  of  wastewater  treatment  and  disposal, 
and  the  elements  of  design  of  primary  and  secondary  treatment  works,  including 
screening,  grit  removal,  sedimentation,  biological  treatment  processes,  sludge  diges- 
tion and  disposal,  stabilization  ponds,  and  disinfection.  Prep.  1.910,  Water  and 
Wastewater  Treatment  I.  Offered  yearly,  winter  quarter 

1.912  Water  and  Wastewater  Treatment  III 

Salt  water  conversion,  advanced  wastewater  treatment,  and  other  special  problems 
in  water  and  wastewater  characteristics  and  treatment,  including  corrosion  control, 
application  of  chemicals,  radioactive  wastes,  thermal  pollution,  and  treatment  plant 
instrumentation.     Prep.  1.911,  Water  and  Wastewater  Treatment  II. 

Offered  yearly,  spring  quarter 
Offered  yearly,  winter  quarter,  days 


CIVIL  ENGINEERING  /  105 

1.913  Industrial  Waste  Disposal 

Evaluation  of  industrial  waste  problems  and  development  of  process  design  for  the 
required  treatment  facilities;  study  of  various  manufacturing  processes  and  their 
wastewater  problems;  industrial  waste  survey  techniques;  characteristics  of  industrial 
wastes;  waste  reduction  methods;  physical,  chemical,  biological,  and  advanced  treat- 
ment methods;  industrial  wastewaters  and  disposal  and  treatment  of  industrial  solids 
and  liquids.  Prep.  1.912,  Water  and  Wastewater  Treatment  III  and  1.921,  En- 
vironmental Chemistry  II.  Offered  yearly,  fall  quarter 

1.914  Water  &  Wastewater  Treatment  (4  q.h.  credits) 

This  course,  offered  days,  embodies  the  material  in  1.910  and  1.911  —  Water  and 
Wastewater  Treatment  I  and  II.     Prep.  Two  undergraduate  semesters  of  hydraulics. 

Offered  yearly,  fall  quarter 

1.920  Environmental  Chemistry  I 

Analytical  chemistry  principles  are  studied  with  reference  to  environmental  engineer- 
ing applications.  The  chemistry  of  processes  such  as  coagulation,  iron  and 
manganese  removal,  ion  exchange,  softening,  and  disinfection  are  included.  The 
principles  of  spectroscopy  and  polarography  are  also  discussed.  Prep.  Two 
semesters  of  general  chemistry.  Offered  yearly,  fall  quarter 

1.921  Environmental  Chemistry  II 

A  continuation  of  1.920  including  gas  transfer,  oxidation  and  reduction,  and  radiation 
chemistry.  Reaction  rates  with  reference  to  environment  engineering  applications 
such  as  BOD  are  discussed.  Topics  in  organic  chemistry  and  instrumental  analysis 
are  included.     Prep.  1.920,  Environmental  Chemistry  I. 

Offered  yearly,  winter  quarter 

See  NOTE  below  regarding  courses  1.921,  1.922,  and  courses  1.930,  1.931. 

1.922  Environmental  Bacteriology 

A  study  of  bacteriology  with  emphasis  on  environmental  engineering  applications. 
The  course  includes  cell  structure,  nutrition,  morphology,  growth,  reproduction,  and 
metabolism  of  bacteria.  Effects  of  environmental  factors  including  inhibition,  killing, 
and  natural  habitats  are  discussed.  Methods  of  quantitative  bacteriology  are  also 
covered.     Prep.  1.921,  Environmental  Chemistry  II.        Offered  yearly,  spring  quarter 

1.923  Environmental  Chemistry  (4  q.h.  credits) 

This  course,  offered  days,  embodies  the  material  in  1.920  and  1.921  —  Environmen- 
tal Chemistry  I  and  II.     Prep.  Two  semesters  of  general  chemistry. 

Offered  yearly,  fall  quarter 

1.930     Environmental  Analysis  I 

A  laboratory  course  for  the  analytical  measurement  of  environmental  conditions. 
Physical,  chemical,  and  biological  characteristics  are  determined  by  the  latest 
analytical  methods  with  emphasis  on  their  fundamental  principles  and  operational 
techniques.  Interpretation  of  analytical  results  for  practical  applications  is  also 
stressed.     Prep.  1.921,  Environmental  Chemistry  II.        Offered  yearly,  winter  quarter 

NOTE:  It  is  strongly  recommended  that  this  course  and  1 .931  be  taken  simultaneous- 
ly with  1.921  and  1.922. 


106 /CIVIL  ENGINEERING 

1.931     Environmental  Analysis  II 

The  laboratory  analyses  are  continued  with  emphasis  on  the  chemical  and  biological 
analyses  associated  with  treatment  methods;  microbiological  techniques  utilizing 
microscopy  and  membrane  filter  preparation;  emphasis  on  environmental  repots. 
Prep.  1.930,  Environmental  Analysis  I.  Offered  yearly,  spring  quarter 

1.933     Environmental  Analysis  (4  q.h.  credits) 

This  course,  offered  days,  embodies  the  material  in  1.930  and  1.931  —  Environmen- 
tal Analysis  I  and  II.     Prep.  1.923,  Environmental  Chemistry  taken  simultaneously. 

Offered  yearly,  fall  quarter 

1.935  Unit  Operations  in  Environmental  Engineering  I 

Laboratory  scale  unit  operations  illustrating  the  physical,  chemical  and  biological 
principles  involved  in  water  and  wastewater  treatment.  The  aim  is  to  obtain  criteria 
for  system  design.  Topics  include  disinfection,  water  softening,  sedimentation,  chem- 
ical coagulation,  and  ion  exchange.     Prep.  1.931,  Environmental  Analysis  II 

Offered  yearly,  winter  quarter 

1.936  Unit  Operations  in  Environmental  Engineering  II 

A  continuation  of  1.935.  Topics  include  biodegradability  studies  using  activated 
sludge,  anaerobic  digestion,  vacuum  filtration,  and  chemical-physical  process  in- 
volved in  wastewater  treatment.  A  comprehensive  evaluation  of  each  unit  process  is 
required  in  a  report  from  each  student.  Prep.  1.935,  Unit  Operations  in  En- 
vironmental Engineering  I.  Offered  yearly,  spring  quarter 

1.938     Unit  Operations  in  Environmental  Engineering  (4  q.h.  credits) 
This  course,   offered   days,   embodies  the   material   in   1.935  and   1.936  —   Unit 
Operations  in  Environmental  Engineering.     Prep.  1.933,  Environmental  Analysis  and 
1.913,  Industrial  Waste  Disposal.  Offered  yearly,  spring  quarter 

1.940     Public  Health  Engineering  Survey 

An  historical  survey  of  public  health  conditions  to  introduce  the  student  to  the 
modern  approach  to  public  health  engineering  problems.  Applications  of  engineer- 
ing principles  to  such  problems  as  garbage  and  refuse  disposal,  control  of  insect- 
borne  diseases,  milk  and  food  sanitation,  rodent  control,  camp  and  recreational 
sanitation,  housing,  control  of  atmospheric  pollution,  and  radiological  health.  Prep. 
Admission  to  Graduate  School  of  Engineering.  Offered  by  special  arrangement 

1.945     Solid  Waste  Management 

Basic  solid  waste  management  for  engineering  and  science  students  covering 
storage,  coliection  practices,  sanitary  landfill  principles,  incineration  practices  and 
reclamation  possibilities.     Prep.  Admission  to  Graduate  School  of  Engineering. 

Offered  yearly,  fall  quarter 

1.950     Air  Pollution  Engineering 

Theory  and  practice  related  to  engineering  management  of  air  resources; 
applications  of  models  for  the  atmospheric  dispersion  of  pollutants;  analysis  of  con- 
trol systems  for  gaseous  and  particulate  emissions  utilizing  dry  collection,  wet  collec- 
tion, absorption,  and  catalytic  processes.  Discussion  of  source  control  evaluation  and 
air  quality  standards.  Course  1.957  is  recommended.  Prep.  Admission  to  Graduate 
School  of  Engineering.  Offered  yearly,  fall  quarter 


CIVIL  ENGINEERING/  107 

1.951  Radiological  Health  Engineering 

Types  and  sources  of  radioactive  wastes,  methods  of  handling,  storage,  and  disposi- 
tion of  solid,  liquid,  and  gaseous  radioactive  wastes.  Regulatory  agency  re- 
quirements.    Prep.  Admission  to  Graduate  School  of  Engineering. 

Offered  by  special  arrangment 

1.952  Industrial  Hygiene 

Characterization  and  control  of  industrial  problems  associated  with  noise,  heat  and 
ventilation.  Physical  and  biological  aspects  of  environmental  stress  are  discussed. 
Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  application  of  engineering  principles  to  the  design  of  con- 
trol systems.  Evaluation  procedures  for  control  effectiveness  are  reviewed.  Prep. 
Admission  to  Graduate  School  of  Engineering.  Offered  yearly,  spring  quarter 

1.953  Environmental  Microbiology 

An  advanced  course  in  environmental  microbiology.  Anaerobic  decomposition  and 
eutrophication;  transformations  of  environmental  products  containing  compounds  of 
sulfur,  nitrogen,  complex  hydrocarbons  and  pesticides.  Advanced  techniques  for  the 
simulation  and  evaluation  of  microbiological  systems  applied  to  biological  control  of 
water  and  wastewater.     Prep.  1.922,  Environmental  Bacteriology. 

Offered  by  special  arrangement 

1.954  Stream  Sanitation 

Analysis  of  the  disposal  of  conservative  and  non-conservative  pollutants  in  streams. 
Topics  include  water  quality  standards,  BOD  and  oxygen  relationships  in  streams, 
bacterial  pollution,  eutrophication,  thermal  pollution,  and  general  corrective  control 
methods  in  streams.     Prep.  1.920,  Environmental  Chemistry  I. 

Offered  yearly,  spring  quarter,  evenings 
Offered  yearly,  fall  quarter,  days 

1.955  Air  Sampling  and  Analysis 

A  laboratory  course  on  air  pollution  measurements  utilizing  physical,  chemical,  and 
instrumental  methods  and  calibration  and  use  of  sampling  equipment  for  gaseous 
and  particulate  pollutants.  Identification  and  quantitive  measurements  of  pollutants 
are  performed  utilizing  microscopy,  spectrophotometry,  gas  chromatography,  and 
atomic  absorption  spectroscopy.     Prep.  1.950,  Air  Pollution. 

Offered  yearly,  spring  quarter 

1.956  Air  Pollution  Control  (4  q.h.  credits) 

This  course,  offered  days,  embodies  the  material  of  1.950,  Air  Pollution  Engineering 
and  1.955,  Air  Sampling  and  Analysis.  Prep.  Admission  to  Graduate  School  of 
Engineering.  Offered  yearly,  winter  quarter 

1.957  Air  Pollution  Science 

Biological  and  chemical  aspects  of  air  pollution  with  emphasis  on  the  toxicological 
aspects  of  the  environment,  physiological  effects  of  aerosols,  analysis  of  organic  and 
inorganic  constituents  of  the  atmosphere  and  rationale  for  establishment  of  air  quali- 
ty criteria  and  standards.  Note:  Course  1.957  is  open  to  non-engineering  graduate 
students  as  well  as  engineering  graduate  students.  Prep.  Consent  of  the  depart- 
ment and  instructor.  Offered  yearly,  winter  quarter 


108 /CIVIL  ENGINEERING 

1.960  Hydraulic  Structures  I 

Dams  and  associated  structures.  Design  criteria  and  preliminary  analyses  for  gravity, 
arch,  buttress,  rock-fill  and  earth-fill  dams.  Foundation  treatment  and  scour  protec- 
tion. Spillway  structures.  Gates.  Navigation  requirements  of  large  rivers.  Fishways. 
Prep.  Undergraduate  course  in  hydraulics.  Offered  yearly,  fall  quarter 

1.961  Hydraulic  Structures  II 

Intake  structures  in  reservoirs  and  on  rivers.  Tunnels  and  pipe  lines:  design  criteria 
and  structural  analyses;  economic  studies  for  diameter  selection.  Penstocks  and 
anchor  blocks.  Canals  —  seepage  and  erosion,  linings,  canal  structures.  Prep. 
Undergraduate  course  in  hydraulics.  Offered  yearly,  winter  quarter 

1.962  Hydraulic  Structures  III 

Surge  tanks:  selection  of  type.  River  regulation:  design  principles,  flood  protection 
and  navigation  requirements,  bank  revetments,  groins,  dikes,  and  levees.  Coffer- 
dams. Operation  and  maintenance  of  hydraulic  structures.  Prep.  Undergraduate 
course  in  hydraulics.  Offered  yearly,  spring  quarter 

1.970     Design  of  Environmental  Systems  (4  q.h.  credits) 

The  development  of  comprehensive  engineering  reports.  Fundamental  design  con- 
cepts of  complete  systems  for  environmental  control,  including  water  treatment; 
wastewater  disposal,  air  quality  control,  and  solid  waste  disposal;  evaluation  of 
economic  alternatives  for  environmental  quality  control;  discussion  of  actual 
engineering  reports  and  designs  will  include  considerations  of  the  logic  and  con- 
clusions.    Prep.  1.912,  Water  and  Wastewater  Treatment  III. 

Offered  yearly,  spring  quarter,  days 

1.980     Environmental  Planning  and  Management 

Examination  of  the  social,  technological,  economic,  political,  legal  and  institutional 
aspects  of  environmental  planning  and  management;  environmental  impact  and 
assessment  considerations  related  to  development  projects;  environmental  planning 
methodology  and  techniques.  Prep.  Admission  to  the  Graduate  School  of 
Engineering.  Offered  yearly,  fall  quarter 

1.985     Environmental  Protection 

Environmental  quality  and  its  effects  on  health,  comfort,  aesthetics,  balance  of 
ecosystems  and  renewable  resources;  interaction  of  the  water-land-air  complex,  vec- 
tor control,  food  protection,  ionizing  radiation,  other  radiation,  and  the  energies  of 
heat  and  sound.     Prep.  Admission  to  the  Graduate  School  of  Engineering. 

Offered  yearly,  spring  quarter 

1.991  Thesis  (Master's  Degree)  (8  q.h.  credits) 

Analytical  and/or  experimental  work  conducted  by  arrangement  with  and  under  the 
supervision  of  the  department.  Prep.  Permission  of  the  Civil  Engineering 
Department.  Offered  yearly,  all  quarters 

1.992  Special  Topics  in  Environmental  Engineering  (2  q.h.  credits) 

An  individual  effort  in  an  area  selected  by  student  and  adviser  resulting  in  a  definitive 
report.     Prep.  Permission  of  the  Civil  Engineering  Department 

Offered  yearly,  all  quarters 


MECHANICAL  ENGINEERING  /  109 

1.993  Master's  Report  Environmental  Engineering  (4  q.h.  credits) 

An  individual  effort  consisting  of  laboratory  and/or  literature  investigation  and 
analysis  or  advanced  design  of  a  project  in  an  area  of  environmental  engineering 
selected  by  student  and  adviser  resulting  in  a  definitive  report.  Prep.  Permission  of 
the  Civil  Engineering  Department.  Offered  yearly,  all  quarters 

1.994  Seminar  —  Environmental  Engineering 

Discussions  by  professional  engineers  and  scientists,  faculty,  and  graduate  students 
on  subjects  in  the  area  of  environmental  engineering  and  science.  Open  to  day 
students  only.     Prep.  Consent  of  the  instructor. 

Offered  by  special  arrangement,  days 

1.996  Seminar  —  Environmental  Health 

Discussion  by  professional  people  in  the  public  health  field,  faculty,  and  graduate 
students  on  subjects  within  the  area  of  environmental  health.  Open  to  day  students 
only.     Prep.  Consent  of  the  instructor.  Offered  by  special  arrangement,  days 

1.997  Thesis  (Ph.D.  Degree) 

Open  to  day  students  only.  Prep.  Admission  to  doctoral  program  in  Environmental 
Engineering  Offered  yearly,  all  quarters 


MECHANICAL  ENGINEERING 

The  courses  listed  below  are  of  an  advanced  undergraduate  —  first  year  graduate 
level.  A  maximum  of  eight  (8)  quarter  hours  of  credit  from  this  group  of  courses  may 
be  applied  toward  the  master's  degree. 

Course  Credits 

2.214  Experimental  Stress  Analysis    4 

2.232  Engineering  Materials     4 

2.233  Thermodynamics  of  Propulsion    4 

2.235  Statistical  Thermodynamics    4 

2.236  Nuclear  Engineering  I     4 

2.237  Nuclear  Engineering  II    4 

2.258  Gas  Dynamics    4 

2.260  Heat  and  Mass  Transfer   4 

2.817  Strain  Gauge  Techniques 2 

2.818  Photoelasticity 2 

2.847  Dynamics  I     2 

2.848  Dynamics  II    2 

The  following  undergraduate  courses  which  are  given  in  the  daytime,  may  be 
elected  by  graduate  students  tor  graduate  credit  subject  to  the  credit  hour  restric- 
tions listed  above. 

2.214     Experimental  Stress  Analysis  (4  q.h.  credits) 

Embodies   the   material    in   2.817,   Strain   Gauge   Techniques   and   2.818,    Photo- 
elasticity.     Prep.  Admission  to  the  Graduate  School  of  Engineering. 

Not  offered  1976-77,  1977-78 


110  /  MECHANICAL  ENGINEERING 

2.232  Engineering  Materials  (4  q.h.  credits) 

Covers  thermodynamics  of  materials;  phase  equilibria  ternary  systems;  reactions 
with  environment,  i.e.  kinetics,  oxidation,  corrosion,  etc.;  materials  design  criteria 
and  materials  engineering  case  studies.  Prep.  Admission  to  the  Graduate  School  of 
Engineering.  Offered  spring  quarter 

2.233  Thermodynamics  of  Propulsion  (4  q.h.  credits) 

Application  of  the  physical  principles  of  thermodynamics,  fluid  mechanics  and 
plasmas  to  the  prediction  of  the  behavior  of  propulsion  devices;  airbreathing  engines 
and  rocket  engines  with  applications  to  show  how  physical  laws  describe  and  limit 
performance  of  particular  devices.  Prep.  Admission  to  the  Graduate  School  of 
Engineering.  Offered  1976-77,  fall  and  winter  quarters 

2.235  Statistical  Thermodynamics  (4  q.h.  credits) 

Statistical  thermodynamics  approaches  the  study  of  thermodynamic  equilibrium  by 
regarding  a  system  as  a  collection  of  particles  to  which  the  principles  of  either 
classical  or  quantum  mechanics  are  presumed  to  apply;  the  statistical  hypotheses  of 
Boltzmann,  Bose-Einstein,  and  Fermi-Dirac  with  emphasis  on  the  properties  of 
assemblies  of  independent  particles;  applications  will  be  made  to  the  study  of  gas- 
eous systems,  the  Einstein  and  Debye  theories  of  the  specific  heats  of  solids  and  the 
electron  gas  in  a  metal.     Prep.  Admission  to  the  Graduate  School  of  Engineering. 

Not  offered  1976-77,  1977-78 

2.236  Nuclear  Engineering  I  (4  q.h.  credits) 

Study  of  Nuclear  Physics  emphasizing  atomic  and  nuclear  structure,  radioactive 
decay,  and  nuclear  reactions  with  particular  attention  to  fusion  and  fission;  health 
physics,  nuclear  instrumentation,  and  the  production  and  uses  of  radio-active 
isotopes;  comparison  of  thermal,  fast,  and  breeder  reactor  types;  discussion  of 
neutron  interactions  and  slowing  down;  four-factor  formula  and  the  diffusion  equa- 
tion developed  and  applied  to  one-group  theory  for  bare  and  reflected  thermal  reac- 
tors; energy  production  and  distribution  within  the  core;  flux  shaping.  Not  open  to 
students  who  have  completed  2.942,  2.943,  and  2.944.  Prep.  Admission  to  the 
Graduate  School  of  Engineering.  Offered  fall  and  winter  quarters 

2.237  Nuclear  Engineering  II  (4  q.h.  credits) 

Development  of  two-group  theory  for  thermal  reactors;  the  physics  and  safety  of  fast 
reactors;  effect  of  reactivity  change,  either  intentional  or  accidental,  changes  due  to 
temperature;  fission  product  buildup,  xenon  buildup  after  shutdown,  and  fuel  deple- 
tion; reactor  design  considerations  including  the  interrelationship  of  reactor  physics, 
reactor  engineering  (physical  design  heat  transfer,  etc.),  reactor  materials  and 
economics;  control  and  distribution  of  power;  fuel  cycle  management.  Not  offered  to 
students  who  have  completed  2.942,  2.943,  and  2.944.  Prep.  Admission  to  the 
Graduate  School  of  Engineering.  Offered  spring  quarter 

2.258     Gas  Dynamics 

This  course  continues  the  study  of  fluid  mechanics  with  emphasis  on  compressibility 
phenomena.  The  concept  of  sound  speed  is  introduced  and  attention  is  devoted  to 
one-dimensional  steady  flows.  The  effects  of  area  change,  friction,  and  heat  transfer 
are  considered,  including  the  study  of  normal  shock  waves  and  the  behavior  of 
nozzles  and  diffusers.  Prep.  Admission  to  the  Graduate  School  of  Engineering. 

Offered  spring  quarter 


MECHANICAL  ENGINEERING  /  111 

2.260     Heat  and  Mass  Transfer  (4  q.h.  credits) 

Review  of  heat,  mass,  and  momentum  transfer  analogies;  rate  equations;  conduction 
problems  in  steady-state  and  transient-state  for  both  heat  and  mass  transfer  with 
various  constant  and  fluctuating  boundary  conditions  in  rectangular,  cylindrical,  and 
spherical  coordinates  solved  by  formal  mathematics,  difference  (relaxation)  tech- 
niques and  methods  of  analogy;  thermal  stresses  induced  by  non-uniform 
temperature  distributions;  heat  transfer  at  high  velocity  and  in  rarefied  gases;  boiling 
heat  transfer  at  temperature  extremes,  with  forced  and  natural  convection;  phase 
change  in  bulk  stagnant  systems.  Prep.  Admission  to  the  Graduate  School  of 
Engineering.  Offered  spring  quarter 

The  following  are  graduate  courses  which  carry  two  quarter  hours  of  credit  unless 
otherwise  noted.  Courses  carrying  four  quarter  hours  of  credit  are  day  courses. 
Seminar  and  thesis  may  have  varying  credits  established  by  the  department  at  the 
time  of  registration.  Not  all  courses  are  offered  every  year.  Refer  to  the  Graduate 
School  of  Engineering  circular  issued  about  July  1  each  year  for  the  courses  to  be 
offered  in  the  new  academic  year  and  the  times  at  which  they  are  scheduled  to  meet. 

2.804  Theory  of  Elasticity  I 

Analysis  of  Cartesian  tensors  using  indicial  notation.  Stress  and  strain  concepts; 
point  stress  and  strain;  relation  to  tensor  concepts.  Governing  equations  for  the 
determination  of  stress  and  displacement  distributions  in  an  elastic  solid.  Prep.  Ad- 
mission to  the  Graduate  School  of  Engineering.  Offered  fall  quarter 

2.805  Theory  of  Elasticity  II 

Exact  solutions  to  the  governing  equations;  plane  stress  and  strain  problems  in  rec- 
tangular and  polar  coordinates  including  thermal  stress;  torsion  of  prismatic  and  ax- 
ially  symmetric  bars;  bending  of  thin  flat  rectangular  and  circular  plates.  Prep. 
2.801,  Continuum  Mechanics  or  2.804,  Theory  of  Elasticity  I.       Offered  winter  quarter 

2.806  Theory  of  Elasticity  III 

Approximate  solutions  for  stress  and  displacement  distributions  in  elastic  solids;  dis- 
crete solutions  using  finite  difference  and  finite  element  methods;  energy  principles 
and  the  calculus  of  variations;  relation  of  energy  principles  to  the  finite  element 
method;  use  of  energy  principles  to  obtain  approximate  continuous  solutions.  Prep. 
2.805,  Theory  of  Elasticity  II.  Offered  spring  quarter 

2.809  Plasticity  and  Creep 

Types  of  deformation,  elasticity,  plasticity,  creep,  mechanical  equation  of  state, 
plastic  flow  under  multi-axial  stress,  and  elastic  creep.  Relationship  of  comparatively 
simple  laboratory  material  tests  to  more  complex  service  conditions  will  be 
emphasized.     Prep.  A  recent  introductory  materials  course. 

Offered  1976-77,  spring  quarter 

2.810  Advanced  Mechanics  of  Materials  I 

Review  of  fundamental  stress  and  deformation  concepts;  strain  energy  density; 
theories  of  failure.  Theorem  of  virtual  work.  Non-symmetrical  bending.  Introduction 
to  variational  techniques  with  application  to  beams  and  frames.  Prep.  Admission  to 
the  Graduate  School  of  Engineering.  Offered  fall  quarter 


112  /  MECHANICAL  ENGINEERING 

2.81 1     Advanced  Mechanics  of  Materials  II 

Analysis  of  statically  indeterminate  beams,  frames  and  rings;  combined  Rayleigh-Ritz 
Fourier  series  approach;  beams  on  elastic  foundation;  stability  analysis  of  beams  by 
exact  and  approximate  methods.     Prep.  2.810,  Advanced  Mechanics  of  Materials  I. 

Offered  winter  quarter 

2.813     Advanced  Mechanics  of  Materials  III 

Bending  and  buckling  of  thin  plates.  Introduction  to  the  Finite  Element  Method.  Other 
selected  topics  may  include  simple  problems  in  viscoelasticity  and  plasticity,  depen- 
ding on  class  needs.     Prep.  2.811,  Advanced  Mechanics  of  Materials  II. 

Offered  spring  quarter 

2.815     Plates  and  Shells 

Bending  of  plates  with  various  shapes,  loads,  and  supports.  Large  deflection  of 
plates.  Membrane  theory  of  shells.  Analysis  of  cylindrical  shells.  General  theory  of 
thin  elastic  shells.  Shells  of  revolution.     Prep.  2.806,  Theory  of  Elasticity. 

Offered  1977-78,  spring  quarter 

2.817  Strain  Gauge  Techniques 

Theory  and  application  of  mechanical  and  electrical  strain  gauges.  Installation,  in- 
strumentation, and  circuitry  of  gauge  set-ups  for  transducer  use  and  experimental 
stress  analysis.  Use  of  brittle  coatings  in  experimental  stress  analysis.  Prep.  Admis- 
sion to  Graduate  School  of  Engineering.  See  course  2.214. 

Not  offered  1976-77,  1977-78 

2.818  Photoelasticity 

Theory  and  practice  of  photoelastic  methods  as  applied  to  classical  experimental 
stress  analysis  of  models  and  as  modified  for  use  in  photoelastic  coatings.  Prep. 
Admission  to  Graduate  School  of  Engineering.  See  course  2.214. 

Not  offered  1976-77,  1977-78 

2.819  Fluid  Dynamics  I 

Discussion  of  a  number  of  kinematic  concepts  important  in  the  area  of  fluid  dynamics 
including  deformation  rate,  vorticity,  circulation,  and  the  equation  of  con- 
tinuity.    Prep.  Admission  to  the  Graduate  School  of  Engineering.  Offered  fall  quarter 

2.820  Fluid  Dynamics  II 

Description  of  the  state  of  stress  in  a  fluid;  derivation  of  the  Navier-Stokes  equation 
and  the  energy  equation;  consideration  of  appropriate  boundary  conditions;  study  of 
some  aspects  of  inviscid  motion.     Prep.  2.819,  Fluid  Dynamics  I. 

Offered  winter  quarter 

2.821  Fluid  Dynamics  III 

Study  of  viscous  fluids  of  uniform  constant  density;  exact  solutions  of  the  governing 
equations;  approximate  theories  appropriate  for  flows  at  low  and  high  Reynolds 
numbers,  respectively.     Prep.  2.820,  Fluid  Dynamics  II.  Offered  spring  quarter 

2.823     Advanced  Gas  Dynamics 

The  consequences  of  fluid  compressibility  are  studied.  Shock  waves  and  the  theory 
of  characteristics  are  discussed  with  specific  consideration  given  to  two-dimensional 
steady  flows  and  one-dimensional  unsteady  flows.     Prep.  2.820,  Fluid  Dynamics. 

Offered  1977-78,  fall  quarter 


MECHANICAL  ENGINEERING  /  113 

2.824     Advanced  Gas  Dynamics 

This  course  continues  the  subject  matter  of  2.823.  Additional  topics  may  include 
axially-symmetric  steady  flow,  small-perturbation  theory,  similarity  rules,  the 
hodograph  method,  or  some  aspects  of  physical  acoustics.  Prep.  2.823,  Advanced 
Gas  Dynamics  Offered  1977-78,  winter  quarter 

2.826  Math.  Methods  for  Mechanical  Engineers  I 

Bessel  and  Legendre  functions;  boundary-value  problems  and  series  of  orthogonal 
functions.  Partial  differential  equations  and  applications  to  heat  transfer  fluid  flow, 
vibrations  and  wave  propagation.  Prep.  Admission  to  Graduate  School  of 
Engineering.  Offered  fall  &  winter  quarters 

2.827  Math.  Methods  for  Mechanical  Engineers  II 

Functions  of  a  complex  variable;  Laurent  series  and  singularities;  residues  and  con- 
tour integration;  conformal  mapping  and  application;  introduction  to  complex 
transforms.     Prep.  Admission  to  Graduate  School  of  Engineering. 

Offered  fall,  winter,  spring  quarters 

2.828  Mathematical  Methods  for  Mechanical  Engineers  III 

Matrices  and  linear  equations.  Variational  calculus  and  applications.  Approximate 
methods  of  engineering  analysis.  Selected  topics  of  current  interest.  Prep.  2.826 
and  2.827,  Math.  Methods  for  Mechanical  Engineers  I  and  II. 

Offered  1976-77,  spring  quarter 

2.829  Engineering  Fracture  Mechanics  III 

Application  of  fracture  mechanics  to  fatigue,  strain  energy  density  criteria  for  frac- 
ture, arrest  criteria.  "Work  of  Fracture"  specimen.  Application  of  fracture  mechanics 
to  structural  analysis.  Effect  of  anisotropy  in  fracture  mechanics.  Fracture  dynamics, 
dynamic  fracture  toughness,  strain  rate  effects.  Micro-second  fracture  phenomenon 
and  criteria,  spall,  Butcher-Tuler  criterion,  NAG  model.  Residual  strength,  design  ap- 
proaches will  be  emphasized.     Prep.  2.839,  Engineering  Fracture  Mechanics  II. 

Offered  1977-78,  spring  quarter 

2.838  Engineering  Fracture  Mechanics  I 

Fundamentals  of  brittle  fracture;  theoretical  strength,  micro/macro  fracture 
characteristic,  Inglis-Griffith  theory,  applicability  of  same.  Linear  elastic  fracture 
mechanics;  Orewan/lrwin  extension  to  metals,  effective  surface  tension  and  relation 
to  fracture  toughness,  plastic  zone  size  correction;  geometry  effects  on  fracture 
toughness;  plane  strain/plane  stress  fracture  toughness,  thickness  effects.  Prep. 
Admission  to  the  Graduate  School  of  Engineering.  Offered  fall  quarter 

2.839  Engineering  Fracture  Mechanics  II 

Experimental  determination  of  fracture  toughness;  slow  crack  growth  "popin",  arrest, 
R-G  curves,  compliance  techniques  for  determining  elastic  energy  release  note. 
Alternate  fracture  toughness  concepts;  resistance  curve,  crack  opening  displace- 
ment, the  J  integral.  Application  of  fracture  mechanics  to  fatigue.  Design  methods  to 
minimize  risks  of  catastrophic  failure  will  be  emphasized.  Prep.  2.838,  Engineering 
Fracture  Mechanics  I.  Offered  winter  quarter 

2.840  Finite  Element  Analysis  Methods 

Introduction  to  the  finite  element  method  of  numerical  analysis;  applications  in  solid 
mechanics  include  direct  methods,  energy  approaches  and  weighted  residuals;  for- 


114  /  MECHANICAL  ENGINEERING 

mulation  of  simple  element  stiffness  matrices  and  assembly  in  one  and  two  dimen- 
sions; solids  of  revolution;  brief  discussion  of  complex  elements  used  in  large  com- 
puter programs.  Various  examples  of  existing  programs  to  be  taken  from  statics, 
dynamics,  plasticity  and  heat  transfer.  Prep.  2.802,  Continuum  Mechanics  or  per- 
mission of  instructor.  Offered  spring  quarter 

2.841  Vibration  Theory  and  Applications 

Modeling  of  vibratory  systems;  one  degree  of  freedom  systems  (determination  of 
equations  of  motion  using  free-body  and  energy  methods);  forced  and  free  vibrations 
through  two  degrees  of  freedom;  Laplace  transformation  techniques;  phase-plane 
diagrams  for  undamped  forced  vibrations  and  Coulomb  damping.  Prep.  Admission 
to  the  Graduate  School  of  Engineering.  Offered  fall  quarter 

2.842  Vibration  Theory  and  Applications 

Multiple  degrees  of  freedom;  free  and  forced  vibrations  with  or  without  damping,  ex- 
tensional  and  torsional  oscillation,  frequency  equation,  energy  methods  of 
solution.  Prep.  2.841,  Vibration  Theory  and  Applications  or  2.861,  Systems 
Engineering.  Offered  winter  quarter 

2.843  Vibration  Theory  and  Applications 

Systems  with  distributed  mass  and  stiffness;  shock  and  impact;  vibrations  of  beams 
and  related  structures;  nonlinear  and  random  vibrations.  Prep.  2.842,  Vibration 
Theory  and  Applications.  Offered  spring  quarter 

2.845  Shock,  Vibration,  and  Noise  Control 

Theoretical  and  practical  considerations  pertinent  to  the  design  and  protection  of 
structures  and  equipment  subject  to  severe  environments  of  transient  shock,  steady 
state  vibration,  random  vibration,  and  acoustic  noise.  Prep.  2.843,  Vibration  Theory 
and  Applications.  Offered  1977-78,  spring  quarter 

2.846  Non-Linear  Vibrations 

Studies  of  various  non-linear  problems  and  the  techniques  used  in  solving  them. 
Symmetrical  and  unsymmetrical  systems.  The  Van  der  Pol-Kryloff-Bogoliuboff 
method  as  well  as  others  will  be  discussed.  Prep.  2.843,  Vibration  Theory  and 
Applications.  Offered  1976-77,  spring  quarter 

2.847  Dynamics  I 

Application  of  fundamental  laws  of  motion.  Transformations  of  coordinate  systems, 
kinematics  of  a  particle  using  translating  or  rotating  axis,  LaGrange  equations,  space 
dynamics.  Prep.  Admission  to  the  Graduate  School  of  Engineering.  See  course 
2.270.  Not  offered  1 976-77,  1 977-78 

2.848  Dynamics  II 

Dynamics  of  rigid  bodies,  moments  of  inertia  in  three  dimensions,  Euler's  Equations, 
includes  gyroscopic  motion.     Prep.  2.847,  Dynamics  I.  See  course  2.270. 

Not  offered  1976-77,  1977-78 

2.849  Automatic  Control  Engineering 

Concepts  of  feedback  control;  formulation  of  equations,  transfer  functions,  and  block 
diagrams  representing  components  and  systems;  linearization;  Laplace  transforma- 
tion; stability.     Prep.  Admission  to  the  Graduate  School  of  Engineering. 

Offered  fall  quarter 


MECHANICAL  ENGINEERING  /  115 

2.850  Automatic  Control  Engineering 

Study  of  control  action;  analysis  and  design  by  use  of  root-locus  and  frequency- 
domain  techniques.     Prep.  2.849,  Automatic  Control  Engineering. 

Offered  winter  quarter 

2.851  Automatic  Control  Engineering 

Further  consideration  of  linear  systems  including  compensation  methods  and 
multiple-inputs.  Techniques  for  the  treatment  of  non-linear  systems.  Prep.  2.850, 
Automatic  Control  Engineering.  Offered  spring  quarter 

2.853  Fundamentals  of  Instrumentation 

Theoretical  principles  underlying  the  design  and  operation  of  instruments  for 
measurement  and/or  control.  Analysis  of  stimulus-response  relations.  Industrial  in- 
struments for  measurement  and  control,  including  those  based  on  pneumatic  and 
electrical  systems.     Prep.  Bachelor  of  Science  degree.  Offered  fall  quarter 

2.854  Industrial  Process  Control 

Fundamental  principles  involved  in  automatic  control  of  industrial  processes. 
Economic  considerations.  Application  of  control  instruments  to  obtain  automatic 
control  of  temperature,  pressure,  fluid  flow,  liquid  level,  humidity,  pH.  Prep.  2.853, 
Fundamentals  of  Instrumentation.  Offered  winter  quarter 

2.870  Ocean  Engineering  I 

Extent  of  the  ocean  in  general  with  its  physical  and  chemical  properties;  emphasis  on 
the  three-dimensional  temperature  distribution  with  time  as  a  variable;  the  salinity 
and  its  variation  in  oceanic  space  and  time;  the  density  of  the  ocean  and  its  stability; 
temperature-salinity  relationships  and  their  connection  with  mixing  processes  with 
large  water  masses;  evaporation  and  water  budget  of  the  earth,  and  ice  in  the 
ocean.     Prep.  Admission  to  the  Graduate  School  of  Engineering. 

Offered  fall  quarter 

2.871  Ocean  Engineering  II 

Geophysical  structure  of  the  sea;  forces  and  their  relation  to  the  structure  of  the 
ocean;  ocean  statics,  oceanic  kinematics;  theory  of  ocean  currents  in  a  homoge- 
neous and  non-homogeneous  ocean;  strait  currents;  effect  of  wind;  the  mass  field 
and  density  current;  fundamental  principles  of  oceanic  circulation  in  the  troposphere 
and  stratosphere.     Prep.  2.870,  Ocean  Engineering  I.  Offered  winter  quarter 

2.873  Geophysical  Engineering 

Theory  of  basic  geophysical  methods,  seismology,  magnetics,  gravity,  and  elec- 
tromagnetic potential  relating  to  ocean  research  and  exploration  with  emphasis  on 
theory,  data  processing,  computer  applications;  interpretation  of  data  and  their 
applications;  instrument  systems;  survey  procedures;  profiling;  surface  ship  systems 
applications  and  deep  submersible  applications.  Prep.  Admission  to  the  Graduate 
School  of  Engineering.  Not  offered  1 976-77,  1 977-78 

2.874  Ocean  Measurements 

Instrument  design;  theory  application  for  physical  and  chemical  properties; 
bathymetry;  temperature,  velocity  and  geophysical  aspects  of  seismic,  gravity, 
magnetic,  and  electromagnetic  methods.     Prep.  2.873,  Geophysical  Engineering. 

Not  offered  1976-77,  1977-78 


116  /  MECHANICAL  ENGINEERING 

2.901  Advanced  Thermodynamics 

A  critical  examination  of  equilibrium  thermodynamics  from  a  rigorous  viewpoint 
emphasizing  fundamental  concepts  including:  equilibrium,  heat,  and  work;  the  first 
and  second  law  of  thermodynamics;  energy;  heat  engines,  simple  systems,  and  open 
systems.     Prep.  Admission  to  the  Graduate  School  of  Engineering. 

Offered  fall  quarter 

2.902  Advanced  Thermodynamics 

Continuation  of  2.901  including:  examination  of  temperature  scales;  entropy  and 
availability;  the  phase  rule,  single  component  systems;  thermodynamic  relations. 
Consideration  is  also  given  to  the  ideal  gas;  chemical  potential  and  thermodynamics 
of  ideal  gas  mixtures.     Prep.  2.901,  Advanced  Thermodynamics. 

Offered  winter  quarter 

2.903  Advanced  Thermodynamics  (4  q.h.  credits) 

Embodies  the  material  in  2.901  and  2.902  Advanced  Thermodynamics.  Prep.  Ad- 
mission to  the  GraduateSchool  of  Engineering.  Offered  winter  quarter 

2.904  Special  Topics  in  Advanced  Thermodynamics 

Selected  subjects  of  current  interest  in  general  thermodynamics  including:  chemical 
reactions;  the  law  of  stable  equilibrium,  normal  and  special  systems,  and  the  third 
law.  Detailed  analysis  of  the  statistics  of  ensembles  is  also  covered  to  emphasize  the 
relationship  between  thermodynamics  and  statistical  mechanics.  Prep.  2.902,  Ad- 
vanced Thermodynamics.  Offered  spring  quarter 

2.905  Cryogenic  Engineering 

Designed  to  provide  a  familiarity  with  the  general  field  of  cryogenics,  some  of  the 
principal  uses  of  cryogenics,  and  the  ways  of  obtaining  and  preserving  an  environ- 
ment at  a  low  temperature.  Refrigeration,  cycle  analysis,  heat  exchanger  design,  in- 
sulation systems,  properties  of  materials,  instrumentation  problems  and  appli- 
cations. Problems  will  be  assigned  typical  of  those  which  are  encountered  in  the  field 
and  laboratory.     Prep.  Admission  to  the  Graduate  School  of  Engineering. 

Offered  fall  quarter 

2.906  Cryogenic  Engineering 

Continuation  of  2.905,  Cryogenic  Engineering.     Prep.  2.905,  Cryogenic  Engineering. 

Offered  winter  quarter 

2.907  Cryogenic  Engineering 

Application  of  Cryogenic  Engineering  Principles  to  the  design  of  integrated 
systems.     Prep.  2.906,  Cryogenic  Engineering.  Offered  spring  quarter 

2.910  Conduction  Heat  Transfer 

Basic  laws  of  heat  transfer;  analytical  solutions  of  single  and  multidimensional 
systems  in  steady  and  transient  states  with  and  without  heat  sources  in  cartesian, 
cylindrical,  and  spherical  coordinates;  chart  solutions;  Newtonian  method,  steady 
state  and  transient  numerical  analysis;  generalized  fin  equation.  Prep.  Elements  of 
Heat  Transfer.  Offered  fall  quarter 

2.911  Convection  Heat  Transfer 

Fundamentals  of  convection;  Reynolds,  Prandtl,  and  Nusselt  numbers;  elements  of 
boundary  layer  theory;  free  and  forced  convection  in  ducts  and  over  flat  plates  solved 


MECHANICAL  ENGINEERING  /  117 

by  dimensional,  exact  mathematical  and  approximate  integral  analyses  for  both 
laminar  and  turbulent  flows;  Reynolds  analogy  and  Prandtl's  modification;  boiling 
and  condensation;  heat  transfer  in  high  speed  flow;  heat  exchangers.  Prep. 
Elements  of  Heat  Transfer.  Offered  winter  quarter 

2.913     Radiation  Heat  Transfer 

Basic  laws  of  thermal  radiation;  Planck  black  body  radiation;  Kirchhoff's  laws;  Stefan- 
Boltzmann  law;  radiation  properties  of  surfaces;  radiative  transfer  between  gray  and 
non-gray  diffuse  and  specular  surfaces  separated  by  transparent  media;  radiation 
properties  of  gases;  radiative  transfer  through  absorbing,  emitting,  and  scattering 
media;  radiative  transfer  in  the  presence  of  conduction  and  convective  heat 
transfer.     Prep.  Elements  of  Heat  Transfer.  Offered  spring  quarter 

2.920  Direct  Energy  Conversion 

The  fundamental  processes  of  direct  energy  conversion  and  their  application  to  the 
design  and  operation  of  magnetohydrodynamic  power  generators,  thermionic  con- 
verters, and  fuel  cells.     Prep.  Admission  to  the  Graduate  School  of  Engineering. 

Offered  1976-77,  fall  quarter 

2.921  Direct  Energy  Conversion 

Continuation  of  2.920.     Prep.  2.920,  Direct  Energy  Conversion. 

Offered  1976-77,  winter  quarter 

2.923     Special  Topics  in  Direct  Energy  Conversion 

Irreversible  thermodynamics.  Unified  theory  of  energy  conversion.  Prep.  2.921, 
Direct  Energy  Conversion.  Offered  1976-77,  spring  quarter 

2.930  Pumps 

Deals  mainly  with  centrifugal  pumps,  with  brief  references  to  other  types;  flow  of 
fluids  in  pipes  and  conduits,  system  curves,  pump  head  velocity  diagrams  and  head 
development,  efficiency;  specific  speed,  net  positive  suction  head,  cavitation;  affinity 
laws,  selection  of  pumps  to  suit  various  operating  conditions  and  methods  of  driving, 
parallel  operation;  automatic  operation,  types  of  construction  and  materials  used, 
methods  of  priming  centrifugal  pumps,  pumping  of  chemicals,  oils,  and  sludges, 
special  problems  of  pump  installation  and  operation,  water  hammer  in  pump  dis- 
charge lines.     Prep.  Hydraulics.  Offered  1976-77,  spring  quarter 

2.931  Fans  and  Blowers 

Flow  of  air  in  pipes  and  ducts,  fan  characteristics  and  laws,  various  types  of  fan 
wheels,  inlet  and  outlet  connections,  fan  capacity  control,  fan  selection  and  testing. 
Compression  of  air  and  gases,  flow  in  pipes,  head-on  blowers,  performance  curves, 
effect  of  changes  in  speed  and  inlet  conditions,  construction,  regulation,  selection, 
installation,  and  testing.  Axial  flow  fans  and  blowers.  Positive  pressure  blowers. 
Prep.  Thermodynamics.  Offered  1977-78,  spring  quarter 

2.932  Pollution  Problems  from  Combustion  Processes  I 

A  major  portion  of  the  energy  produced  in  the  United  States  depends  upon  combus- 
tion processes  including  energy  produced  in  electrical  power  generation,  motor 
vehicles,  and  aircraft.  Combustion  processes  have  contributed  to  air,  water,  and 
noise  pollution  problems.  This  course  examines  combustion  systems  in  detail  to 
determine  sources  of  pollution  problems  and  to  designate  methods  by  which  these 
problems  can  be  met.  (Continued  on  next  page) 


118  /  MECHANICAL  ENGINEERING 

An  overview  of  the  energy  production  by  electrical  power  generation  systems,  motor 
vehicles,  and  aircraft  so  that  the  magnitude  of  the  contribution  of  these  systems  to 
the  pollution  problem  can  be  assessed.  These  systems  will  be  described  as  heat 
engines.  A  thermodynamic  analysis  will  be  made  to  evaluate  their  efficiencies.  The 
correlation  between  heat  engine  efficiency  and  its  effect  on  pollution  problems  will  be 
discussed.     Prep.  Admission  to  the  Graduate  School  of  Engineering. 

Offered  1977-78,  fall  quarter 

2.933  Pollution  Problems  from  Combustion  Processes  II 

Basic  principles  of  combustion  processes  are  developed  for  an  understanding  of  the 
emission  products  as  a  function  of  system  operating  conditions.  Topics  of  ther- 
mochemistry, chemical  equilibrium,  chemical  kinetics,  conservation  of  energy,  equa- 
tion of  motion,  chemistry  of  hydrocarbons,  and  theories  of  combustion  processes  are 
presented  toward  this  end.  Prep.  2.932,  Pollution  Problems  from  Combustion 
Processes  I.  Offered  1977-78,  winter  quarter 

2.934  Pollution  Problems  from  Combustion  Processes  III 

Combustion  systems  include  physical  processes  as  well  as  chemical.  Physical 
processes  of  fuel  injection,  atomization,  vaporization,  and  mixing,  and  their  relation 
to  combustion  systems,  will  be  discussed.  Details  of  operation  of  electrical  power 
generation  systems,  automotive  engines,  and  aircraft  engines  are  examined  to  iden- 
tify sources  of  pollution  and  designate  methods  for  pollution  control.  Prep.  2.933, 
Pollution  Problems  from  Combustion  Processes  II.      Offered  1977-78,  spring  quarter 

2.935  Power  Plant  Design 

Study  of  the  thermodynamic  cycles,  equipment,  and  processes  of  the  various  types 
of  power  plants,  with  emphasis  on  modern  central  station  practice.  Prep.  Ther- 
modynamics. Offered  fall  quarter 

2.936  Power  Plant  Design 

Continuation  of  2.935,  Power  Plant  Design.     Prep.  2.935.  Offered  winter  quarter 

2.938     Power  Generation  Economics 

Integrated  study  of  the  various  factors  affecting  cost  of  power  generation,  including 
the  effects  of  fuels  availability  and  pricing,  equipment  selection  and  plant  efficiency, 
siting  and  financial  considerations.     Prep.  2.935.  Offered  spring  quarter 

2.942  Nuclear  Engineering  I 

Topics  include:  growth  of  nuclear  power  industry;  study  of  nuclear  physics  emphasiz- 
ing atomic  and  nuclear  structure,  radioactive  decay,  and  nuclear  reactions  with  par- 
ticular attention  to  fission  and  fusion;  radiation  health  physics;  principles  of  shielding; 
nuclear  instrumentation;  production  and  application  of  radioisotopes;  neutron  in- 
teractions and  slowing  down  theory;  neutron  activation  analysis.  (Not  open  to 
students  who  have  completed  2.236  &  2.237.)  Prep.  Admission  to  Graduate  School 
of  Engineering.  Offered  fall  quarter 

2.943  Nuclear  Engineering  II 

Comparison  of  thermal,  fast,  and  breeder  reactors;  four  factor  formula  and  the 
neutron  diffusion  equation;  one-group,  modified  one-group,  two-group  and  multi- 
group  theory;  bare  and  reflected  thermal  reactors;  energy  production  and  distribu- 
tion within  core;  flux  shaping;  transient  reactor  behavior  and  control;  factors  affecting 


MECHANICAL  ENGINEERING  /  119 

reactivity  including  temperature,  pressure,  void  formation,  fission  product  accumula- 
tion, fuel  depletion  and  fuel  breeding;  Xenon  buildup  after  shutdown.  (Not  open  to 
students  who  have  completed  2.236  &  2.237.)     Prep.  2.942.       Offered  winter  quarter 

2.944     Nuclear  Engineering  III 

Reactor  design  considerations;  interrelationship  of  reactor  physics,  control, 
engineering,  materials,  safety,  and  fuel  cycle  management;  reactor  types;  radiation 
damage  and  reactor  materials;  nuclear  fuels;  reactor  heat  transfer;  economics  of 
nuclear  power;  environmental  effects.  (Not  open  to  students  who  have  completed 
2.236  &  2.237.)     Prep.  2.943.  Offered  spring  quarter 

2.953  Advanced  Physical  Metallurgy  III 

The  kinetics  of  phase  transformations  in  metals.  Topics  include  kinetic  theory,  em- 
pirical kinetics,  diffusion  in  metals,  nucleation,  diffusional  growth,  martensitic 
transformations.     Prep.  A  recent  introductory  material  science  course. 

Offered  1976-77,  spring  quarter 

2.954  Advanced  Physical  Metallurgy  I 

Dislocation  theory;  including  such  topics  as  dislocation  stress  fields,  self  energy, 
velocity,  interactions  mechanisms,  image  forces,  and  theories  of  yielding.  Prep.  A 
recent  introductory  material  science  course.  Offered  1 976-77,  fall  quarter 

2.956     Advanced  Physical  Metallurgy  II 

Mechanical  behavior  of  metals.  Application  of  dislocation  theory  to  micro-plasticity, 
strain  hardening,  strengthening  mechanisms  and  creep.  Prep.  2.954,  Advanced 
Physical  Metallurgy  I.  Offered  1 976-77,  winter  quarter 

2.960  Thermodynamics  of  Materials  I 

Basic  metallurgical  thermodynamics  encompassing  first,  second,  and  third  laws,  en- 
tropy, enthalpy,  and  free  energy.     Prep.  Engineering  Materials. 

Offered  1977-78,  fall  quarter 

2.961  Thermodynamics  of  Materials  II 

Continuation  of  2.960  with  emphasis  on  solutions,  activity,  activity  coefficients,  the 
phase  rule  and  applications  to  some  metallurgical  problems.  Prep.  2.960,  Ther- 
modynamics of  Materials  I.  Offered  1977-78,  winter  quarter 

2.963     Thermodynamics  of  Materials  III 

The  application  of  metallurgical  thermodynamics  to  various  process  metallurgical 
problems,  i.e.,  gas-solid  systems,  etc.,  plus  kinetics  of  reactions  and  dynamics 
systems  analysis.     Prep.  2.960  or  2.961,  Thermodynamics  of  Materials  I  or  II. 

Offered  1977-78,  spring  quarter 

2.965     Physical  Ceramics 

Introduction  to  ceramic  fabrication  processes.  Characteristic  of  vitreous  and 
crystalline  solids,  structural  imperfections,  and  atomic  mobility.  Phase  equilibria, 
nucleation,  crystal  growth,  solid-state  reactions,  non-equilibrium  phases,  and  effects 
on  the  resulting  microstructure  of  ceramics.  Prep.  A  recent  introductory  material 
science  course,  Physical  Chemistry  or  Solid  State  Physics. 

Offered  1976-77,  fall  quarter 


120  /  MECHANICAL  ENGINEERING 

2.966     Physical  Ceramics 

Discussion  of  effects  of  composition  and  microstructure  on  the  thermal,  mechanical, 
optical,  electrical,  and  magnetic  properties  of  ceramic  materials.  Prep.  2.965, 
Physical  Ceramics  Offered  1976-77,  winter  quarter 

2.970  Material  Science  and  Engineering  I 

Principles  underlying  the  structure  and  properties  of  solid  materials.  The  rela- 
tionships of  these  principles  to  the  properties  and  to  applications  in  structures  and 
devices.  Both  macroscopic-phenomenological  and  electronic-molecular  approaches 
will  be  used.  Materials  will  include  metals  and  alloys,  semiconductors,  and  dielec- 
trics. Typical  subjects  are  atomic  and  electronic  structures,  ordering,  nucleation, 
crystal  growth,  and  thermal  properties.  Prep.  A  recent  introductory  material 
science  course.  Offered  1977-78,  fall  quarter 

2.971  Material  Science  and  Engineering  II 

Continuation  of  2.970  into  additional  topics  such  as  thermal,  electric,  magnetic,  and 
optical  properties;  applications  of  solid-state  phenomena  to  achieve  functions  em- 
bodied in  transducers,  filters,  amplifiers,  energy  converters,  and  so  forth.  Prep. 
2.970,  Material  Science  and  Engineering.  Offered  1977-78,  winter  quarter 

2.972  Materials  Science  and  Engineering  III 

Continuation  of  2.971  plus  a  discussion  of  various  special  topics  that  will  vary  from 
year  to  year.  Examples  are:  metastable  phases  and  thin  films.  Prep.  2.971, 
Materials  Science  and  Engineering  II.  Offered  1977-78,  spring  quarter 

2.975  Introduction  to  Diffraction  Methods  in  Materials  Science 

General  principles  of  the  diffraction  of  short  wave  length  radiations;  such  as  x-ray, 
electrons,  and  thermal  neutrons  by  materials  are  studied  with  emphasis  on  the  un- 
derstanding of  the  similarities  and  differences  of  the  different  radiations  when 
applied  to  the  study  of  the  structures  of  crystalline  and  non-crystalline  materials. 
Prep.  A  recent  introductory  material  science  course.         Offered  1977-78,  fall  quarter 

2.976  Diffraction  Methods  in  Materials  Science 

Continuation  of  2.975  with  emphasis  on  the  experimental  methods  and  applications. 
This  includes:  choice  of  radiation,  introduction  to  instrumentation,  sample  prepara- 
tion, methods  of  detection  and  recording  of  the  diffracted  radiation,  analysis,  inter- 
pretation and  use  of  the  results.  Prep.  2.975,  Introduction  to  Diffraction  Methods  in 
Materials  Science.  Offered  1977-78,  winter  quarter 

2.982  Metallurgical  Systems  for  Structural  Applications  I 

Several  important  metallurgical  and  material  systems  are  studied  with  emphasis  on 
categorizing  their  utility  and  explaining  sources  of  their  strength,  fracture  toughness, 
fatigue  strength  and  creep  resistance.  This  course  deals  in  a  general  way  with  the 
metallurgical  and  mechanical  aspects  of  the  properties  listed.  Prep.  An  un- 
dergraduate materials  science  or  metallurgy  course.  Offered  1977-78,  winter  quarter 

2.983  Metallurgical  Systems  for  Structural  Applications  II 

The  application  of  the  principles  developed  in  2.982  to  the  following  specific 
metallurgical  and  materials  systems:  high  strength  steels,  aluminum  alloys,  titanium 
alloys,  superalloys,  polymeric  materials,  ceramic  materials,  fiber  composites.  Prep. 
2.982,  Metallurgical  Systems  for  Structural  Applications  I. 

Offered  1977-78,  spring  quarter 


MECHANICAL  ENGINEERING  /  121 

2.985  Powder  Metallurgy 

Powder  characteristics  and  methods  of  manufacture.  Powder  pressing:  packing,  in- 
terparticle  bonding,  effects  of  pressure.  Principles  of  sintering.  Characteristics  and 
properties  of  products  made  from  powdered  materials.  Prep.  A  recent  introductory 
material  science  course.  Offered  1976-77,  spring  quarter 

2.986  Behavior  of  Materials  Under  High  Pressures  I 

Historical  development  of  high  pressure  research  in  brief.  Basic  design  principles  of 
static  high  pressure  apparatus;  use  of  gases,  liquids  and  solids  as  pressure  transmit- 
ting media;  introduction  to  principles  of  shock  wave  method;  equations  of  state  of 
solids  and  their  measurement  at  high  pressures  and  at  ultra  high  pressures.  Prep. 
Admission  to  the  Graduate  School  of  Engineering.  Offered  1976-77,  fall  quarter 

2.987  Behavior  of  Materials  Under  High  Pressures  II 

Crystal  structure  transformation,  electronic  transitions  and  insulator-metal  transitions 
under  pressure;  electrical  and  magnetic  properties  and  deformations  of  solids  under 
pressure;  geological  phenomena  related  to  high  pressures;  current  developments  in 
high  pressures.     Prep.  2.986,  Behavior  of  Materials  Under  High  Pressure  I. 

Offered  1976-77,  winter  quarter 

2.990  Mechanical  Engineering  Seminar  I  (1  q.h.  credit) 

Introduce  first  year  graduate  students  to  graduate  research  and  the  mechanics  of  un- 
dertaking a  Master's  thesis;  research  opportunities  in  the  various  mechanical 
engineering  disciplines;  interdisciplinary  research  opportunities;  definition  of  a 
research  problem;  the  role  of  a  thesis  advisor;  methods  of  conducting  research; 
writing  a  Master's  thesis.     Prep.  Admission  to  Master  of  Science  Program. 

Offered  yearly,  fall  quarter 

2.991  Thesis  (Master's  Degree) 

Analytical  and/or  experimental  work  conducted  under  the  auspices  of  the  depart- 
ment. Open  to  day  students  only.     Prep.  Admission  to  Master  of  Science  Program. 

Offered  yearly,  all  quarters 

2.992  Special  Problems  in  Mechanical  Engineering 

Theoretical  or  experimental  work  under  individual  faculty  supervision.  Prep.  Con- 
sent of  department  chairman.  Offered  yearly,  all  quarters 

2.993  Special  Topics  in  Mechanical  Engineering 

Topics  of  interest  to  the  staff  member  conducting  this  class  are  presented  for  ad- 
vanced study.     Prep.  Permission  of  department  staff.         Offered  yearly,  all  quarters 

2.994  Doctoral  Reading 

Material  approved  by  the  candidate's  adviser  (only  S  or  F  grades  will  be  assigned  for 
this  course).     Prep.  Passing  of  Ph.D.  Qualifying  Exam.       Offered  yearly,  all  quarters 

2.995  Dissertation  (Ph.D.  Degree) 

Theoretical  and  experimental  work  conducted  under  the  supervision  of  the  depart- 
ment. Open  to  day  students  only.  Prep.  Admission  to  the  Doctoral  Program  in 
Mechanical  Engineering.  Offered  yearly,  all  quarters 


122  /  ELECTRICAL  ENGINEERING 

2.996     Dissertation  (Mechanical  Engineer  Degree) 

Analytical  and/or  experimental  work  conducted  under  the  auspices  of  the  depart- 
ment. Open  to  day  students  only.  Prep.  Admission  to  the  Mechanical  Engineer 
Degree  Program.  Offered  yearly,  all  quarters 

2.998     Mechanical  Engineering  Seminar  II 

Graduate  students  in  their  final  Master's  year  will  present  current  results  of  their 
thesis  work.  Non-thesis  students  will  present  reports  on  scientific  work  that  they  have 
pursued  in  the  past  or  have  studied  in  technical  literature.  Prep.  2.990,  Mechanical 
Engineering  Seminar  I.  Offered  yearly,  winter  quarter 


ELECTRICAL  ENGINEERING 

3.800  Plasma  Engineering  I 

Behavior,  diagnostics,  and  generation  of  plasma  and  gas  discharges;  emphasis  on 
the  engineering  and  experimental  point  of  view  rather  than  on  a  rigorous  theoretical 
treatment.  Current  literature  on  a  variety  of  plasma  engineering  applications  will  be 
introduced  throughout  the  course.  First  quarter  topics  include:  dynamics  of  charged 
particles  in  static  electric  and  magnetic  fields,  E  and  M  wave-plasma  interactions,  In- 
finite and  Finite  Media,  elastic  and  inelastic  collisions.  Prep.  Bachelor  of  Science 
degree  in  Electrical  Engineering  or  Physics  or  3.977,  Precis  of  Modern  Electrical 
Engineering  III.  Fall  quarter 

3.801  Plasma  Engineering  II 

Plasma  Electrodynamics.  An  introduction  to  linear  and  nonlinear  response  functions. 
The  Fluid  Models  of  plasma  are  developed  and  are  applied  to  applications  in  MHD 
and  stability  of  various  thermonuclear  confinement  schemes.  Prep.  3.800,  Plasma 
Eng.  I.  Fall  quarter 

3.802  Plasma  Engineering  III 

The  Kinetic  theory  of  plasma  is  developed.  Emphasis  will  be  on  the  collisionless  or 
Vlasov  approximations.  The  theory  will  be  applied  to  the  study  of  microinstabilities  in 
plasma.     Prep.  3.801,  Plasma  Eng.  II.  Winter  quarter 

3.803  Plasma  Engineering  (4  q.h.  credits) 

Offered  days.  Includes  the  material  given  in  3.800  and  3.801  —  Plasma  Engineering  I 
and  II.  Prep.  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Electrical  Engineering  or  Physics  or 
3.977,  Precis  of  Modern  Electrical  Engineering  III.  Winter  quarter 

3.806  Lasers  I 

Review  of  basic  optical  principles  and  atomic  physics;  introduction  to  optical 
coherence;  models  for  the  interaction  of  electromagnetic  radiation  with  matter;  a 
general  description  of  lasers  is  given.  Prep.  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in 
Engineering  or  Science.  Fall  quarter 

3.807  Lasers  II 

Laser  threshold  and  rate  equations;  elementary  resonator  theory  and  fabrication; 
giant  pulse  operation;  specific  solid-state,  liquid,  and  gas  lasers;  and  laser 
systems.     Prep.  3.806,  Lasers  I.  Winter  quarter 


ELECTRICAL  ENGINEERING  /  123 

3.808     Laser  Applications 

Applications  of  lasers  and  laser  systems  for  a  variety  of  engineering  and  basic 
science  disciplines;  specific  laser  optoelectronic  devices.  Prep.  3.807,  Lasers  II  or 
equivalent.  Spring  quarter 

3.810  Thermonuclear  Fusion  Energetics  I 

Application  of  the  concepts  developed  in  3.800  and  3.801  to  the  problem  of  ther- 
monuclear plasmas.  Emphasis  will  be  on  magnetic  confinement  schemes.  Both  open 
(mirror  machines)  and  closed  (torroidal  confinement  machines)  systems  will  be  dis- 
cussed.    Prep.  3.801,  Plasma  Eng.  II.  Fall  quarter 

3.811  Thermonuclear  Fusion  Energetics  II 

Continuation  of  magnetic  confinement  schemes.  Trapped  particle  instabilities  and 
anomolous  transport  effects  will  be  discussed.  Introduction  to  interfial  confinement 
(laser  fusion).     Prep.  3.810,  Thermonuclear  Fusion  Energetics  I.  Winter  quarter 

3.812  Thermonuclear  Fusion  Energetics  III 

Introduction  to  Microinstabilities  associated  with  laser  fusion  devices.  Introduction  to 
computer  modeling  of  plasmas.  Discussion  of  recent  advances  in  thermonuclear 
plasma  generation  by  relativistic  electron  beams.  Prep.  3.802,  Plasma  Engineering 
III;  3.811,  Thermonuclear  Fusion  Energetics  II.  Spring  quarter 

3.817  Physical  Acoustics 

Radiation,  transmission,  and  absorption  phenomena  of  plane,  cylindrical,  and 
spherical  waves.  Distributed-system  analogies,  simple  sources,  dipole  sources, 
radiation  impedance,  and  radiation  patterns.  Diffraction  theory  and  ray  acoustics. 
The  effects  of  inhomogeneities  and  of  dissipation  processes  on  sound  trans- 
mission.    Prep.  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Engineering  or  Science.     Fall  quarter 

3.818  Aeroacoustics 

Theory  of  acoustic  transducers,  such  as  microphones,  loudspeakers,  and  horns. 
Mechanism  of  speech  production  and  the  acoustic  properties  of  the  vocal  system. 
Mechanism  of  hearing  and  the  acoustic  properties  of  the  ear.  Noise  and  noise  control 
in  our  environment.  Room  acoustics.     Prep.  3.817,  Physical  Acoustics. 

Winter  quarter 

3.819  Underwater  Sound 

Sonar  equations.  Properties  of  transducer  arrays.  Generation,  propagation,  and 
reception  of  underwater  sound.  The  noise  background.  Detection  of  signals  in  noise 
and  reverberation.     Prep.  3.818,  Aeroacoustics.  Spring  quarter 

3.823  Mathematical  Methods  in  Electrical  Engineering  (4  q.h.  credits) 

This  course,  offered  days,  embodies  the  material  in  3.8C4  and  3.8C5,  Mathematical 
Methods  in  Electrical  Engineering  III  and  IV.  (Not  open  to  Northeastern  graduates 
who  have  completed  3.293).     Prep.  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Engineering. 

Fall  and  winter  quarters 

3.824  Linear  Systems  Analysis  I  (Fundamental  Precepts) 

A  study  of  the  basic  concepts  of  time  and  frequency  domain  analysis  including 
differential  equations  and  systems  of  simultaneous  first  order  equations,  integral 
solutions  including  superposition  and  convolution  integrals  and  Green's  function 
solutions;  the  application  of  complex  variable  theory  to  the  study  of  Laplace  and  z- 


124  /  ELECTRICAL  ENGINEERING 

transforms;  the  application  of  matrix  theory  to  systems  analysis.  Prep.  Bachelor  of 
Science  degree  in  Electrical  Engineering  or  3.975,  Precis  of  Modern  Electrical 
Engineering  I.  Recommended  are  courses  3.8C4  and  3.8C5  or  their  equivalent. 

Fall,  winter,  and  spring  quarters 

3.825  Linear  Systems  Analysis  II  (State  Variable  Representation  of  Systems) 

A  continuation  of  program  begun  with  3.824.  Introduction  to  state  variable  analysis  of 
continuous  and  discrete  systems.  Standard  canonical  representations.  Computer 
simulation  of  systems  behavior.  Solution  of  state  equations  for  linear  time  invariant 
systems.  Analysis  of  transient  response.  Prep.  3.824,  Linear  Systems  Analysis  I  or 
equivalent.  Fall,  winter,  and  spring  quarters 

3.826  Linear  Systems  Analysis  III  (Applications  of  State  Variable  and  Transform 
Techniques) 

A  continuation  of  3.825.  Extensions  of  techniques  to  time  varying  systems.  Stability 
and  related  matters.  Introduction  to  optimization  and  optimal  systems.  Observability 
and  controllability.  Further  applications  to  discrete  as  well  as  continuous  systems. 
The  application  of  digital  computers  to  systems  analysis.  Prep.  3.825,  Linear 
Systems  Analysis  II.  Winter  and  spring  quarters 

3.827  Linear  Systems  Analysis  through  State  Variable  and  Transform  Techniques 

(4  q.h.  credits) 
Offered   days.   Includes  the  material  given   in  3.825  and  3.826,   Linear  Systems 
Analysis  II  and  III.     Prep.  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Electrical  Engineering  and 
3.824,  Linear  Systems  Analysis  I  or  equivalent.  Fall  and  winter  quarters 

3.830  Network  Synthesis  l-A 

Matrix  circuit  analysis  including  m-port  parameter  systems.  Positive-real  functions. 
Energy  functions.  Driving-point  synthesis  techniques  for  LC,  RC,  and  RL  networks. 
Prep.  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Electrical  Engineering  or  3.975,  Precis  of 
Modern  Electrical  Engineering  I.  Fall,  winter,  and  spring  quarters 

3.831  Network  Synthesis  l-B 

Driving-point  synthesis  of  RLC  networks.  Properties  of  two-port  networks.  Two-port 
synthesis,  including  the  parallel  ladder  realization.  Lattice  synthesis.  Prep.  3.830, 
Network  Synthesis  l-A  Fall,  winter,  and  spring  quarters 

3.832  Network  Synthesis  I  (4  q.h.  credits) 

Offered  days.  Includes  the  material  given  in  3.830,  Network  Synthesis  l-A  and  3.831, 
Network  Synthesis  l-B.  Prep.  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Electrical  Engineering 
or  3.975,  Precis  of  Modern  Electrical  Engineering  I.  Fall  and  spring  quarters 

3.833  Network  Synthesis  II 

Scattering,  immittance,  and  hybrid  formalisms  for  linear  networks;  state-space  for- 
mulation and  techniques  for  time-invariant  and  time-varying  networks;  introduction 
to  passive  n-port  synthesis.  Prep.  3.831,  Network  Synthesis  l-B  or  3.832,  Network 
Synthesis  I.  Fall  quarter 

3.834  Advanced  Network  Theory  I 

General  realizability  of  linear  lumped  and  distributed  systems;  synthesis  of  reciprocal 
and  non-reciprocal  n-port  networks;  lossless  microwave  multi-port  junctions;  stabili- 


ELECTRICAL  ENGINEERING  /  125 

ty  characterizations  of  active  networks;  theory  of  linear  active  multi-port  networks. 
Prep.  3.833,  Network  Synthesis  II.  Winter  quarter 

3.835     Advanced  Network  Theory  II 

Interrelationship  between  parts  of  network  functions;  theory  of  optimum  broadband 
matching;  approximation  methods  and  insertion  loss  synthesis;  analysis  and  syn- 
thesis of  transmission  line  filters  and  equalizers;  gain-bandwidth  theory  of  negative 
resistance  devices  including  tunnel  diodes,  varactors,  avalanche  transit-time,  and 
bulk-effect  devices.     Prep.  3.834,  Advanced  Network  Theory  I.  Spring  quarter 

3.837  Introduction  to  Graph  Theory 

Fundamentals  of  graph  theory,  including  blocks,  trees,  connectivity,  partitions, 
traversability,  line  graphs,  factorization,  coverings,  planarity,  matrices,  digraphs,  and 
enumeration  problems.  Selected  applications  of  graph  theory  in  such  fields  as 
network  theory,  switching  theory,  and  computer  science.  Prep.  Bachelor  of  Science 
degree  in  Engineering  or  Science.  Fall  quarter 

3.838  Nonlinear  Circuit  Analysis  I 

Numerical,  graphical,  and  analytical  methods  for  the  solution  of  physical  systems 
described  by  nonlinear  differential  equations.  Geometric  analysis  in  second-order 
systems.  Perturbation  and  averaging  theory.  Prep.  3.831,  Network  Synthesis  l-B  or 
3.832,  Network  Synthesis  I.  Winter  quarter 

3.839  Nonlinear  Circuit  Analysis  II 

Linear,  time-varying  systems  and  their  relationship  to  certain  nonlinear  problems. 
The  WJKB  approximation.  The  Hill  and  Mathieu  Equations.  Stability  of  nonlinear 
systems.  Lyapunov  Theory.  Selected  topics  in  nonlinear  analysis  according  to  group 
interest.     Prep.  3.838,  Nonlinear  Circuit  Analysis  I.  Spring  quarter 

3.840  Linear  Active  Circuits  I 

Active  networks  are  developed  from  device  representation  and  appropriate  circuit 
theory  concepts.  Topics  included  are  application  of  flowgraphs  and  matrices  to 
design  and  analysis,  development  of  solid  state  device  models,  stability,  integrated 
circuitry  limitations  and  dominant  pole  analysis,  and  realization  from  open  and  short- 
circuit  impedance  concepts.  These  are  applied  to  the  realization,  operation,  and  op- 
timization of  gainband-width  products  of  wide-band  amplifiers  to  obtain  specific 
characteristics  such  as  Butterworth  and  other  functions.  Prep.  Bachelor  of  Science 
degree  in  Electrical  Engineering  or  3.967,  Precis  of  Modern  Electrical  Engineering  II. 

Fall  quarter 


3.841     Linear  Active  Circuits  II 

The  results  of  3.840,  Linear  Active  Circuits  are  extended  to  include  narrowband, 
band  pass  amplifiers,  and  feedback  amplifier  concepts.  The  effects  of  feedback  upon 
gain,  impedance  noise,  and  stability  are  developed  from  return  difference  and  ratio 
viewpoints  utilizing  open  and  short-circuit  loop  gain  concepts.  Consideration  is  given 
to  the  synthesis  of  driving  point  and  transfer  functions  using  active  filters,  negative 
impedance  converters,  and  other  basic  building  blocks.  Prep.  3.840,  Linear  Active 
Circuits  I.  Winter  quarter 


126  /  ELECTRICAL  ENGINEERING 

3.842     Linear  Active  Circuits  (4  q.h.  credits) 

Offered  days.  Includes  the  material  given  in  3.840,  Linear  Active  Circuits  I  and  3.841, 
Linear  Active  Circuits  II.  Prep.  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Electrical  Engineering 
or  3.976,  Precis  of  Modern  Electrical  Engineering  II.  Fall  and  winter  quarters 


3.843     Linear  Active  Circuits  III 

A  continuation  of  the  material  covered  in  Linear  Active  Circuits  I  and  II.  Emphasis  will 
be  placed  on  feedback  systems,  including  multiloop  amplifier  design.  These  techni- 
ques will  be  applied  to  integrated  circuit  realizations  of  basic  active  networks.  Prep. 
3.840,  Linear  Active  Circuits  I  or  3.841,  Linear  Active  Circuits  II.  Spring  quarter 


3.845     Active  Network  Synthesis 

Basic  methods  of  active  network  synthesis  are  introduced  through  three  commonly 
used  approaches:  feedback  amplifier,  negative  impedance  convertor,  and  gyrator; 
structures  of  Sallen  and  Key,  Kuh,  Linvill,  Yanagisawa,  Rohrer,  Kinariwals,  Sepress, 
and  Calahan;  consideration  of  the  practical  realization  of  NIC's  and  gyrators,  stan- 
dard decomposition  methods  and  sensitivity;  work  of  Sandberg,  Larky,  Newcomb, 
Daniels,  Horowitz,  and  Thomas.  Prep.  3.831,  Network  Synthesis  l-B  and  3.841, 
Linear  Active  Circuits  II  or  equivalent.  Fall  quarter 


3.853  Solid  State  Device  Theory  and  Practice  (4  q.h.  credits) 

This  course  meets  twice  weekly.  On  one  night  there  is  a  two-hour  lecture;  on  the 
other,  a  three-hour  lab.  The  course  carries  four  quarter  hours  of  credit. 
A  case  method  study  of  solid  state  devices  with  a  laboratory  tightly  integrated  with 
the  classroom  work.  The  methodology  developed  is  fundamental  to  the  discrete  and 
integrated  circuit  technology.  The  classroom  portion  of  the  course  is  devoted  to  junc- 
tion diode  and  bipolar  transistor  theory  including  the  physics  of  achieving  a  given 
design.  In  the  laboratory,  the  student  designs,  builds,  and  tests  diodes  and  tran- 
sistors to  meet  certain  electrical  characteristics.  The  devices  achieved  are  seldom  of 
commercial  quality,  but  sufficient  equipment  is  available  in  the  laboratory  to  make 
practical  device  processing  possible  even  for  completely  untrained  personnel. 
Prep.  An  undergraduate  level  background  in  electronics  and  semiconductor  devices. 

Fall  quarter 

3.854  Solid  State  Theory  and  Practice  (4  q.h.  credits) 

The  course  is  offered  on  the  same  basis  as  3.853  and  is  a  continuation  of  that  course. 
The  central  topic  is  field  effect  transistors  with  appropriate  design  problems  for  the 
laboratory.     Prep.  3.853,  Solid  State  Device  Theory  and  Practice.  Spring  quarter 

3.8G1     Characteristics  and  Models  of  Solid  State  Devices  I 

This  sequence  of  three  courses  is  designed  to  develop  real  insight  into  the  operation 
of  a  broad  range  of  semiconductor  devices.  Important  topics  in  the  physics  of 
semiconductors  to  provide  the  background  necessary  for  device  analysis  are  dis- 
cussed. Analysis  of  fundamental  building-block  units  of  which  devices  are  made  in- 
cluding the  PN  junction,  the  ohmic  contact  and  the  Schottky  barrier.  Each  is  examin- 
ed under  reasonable  extremes  of  bias  and  temperature  to  establish  the  electrical 
behavior  expected  from  such  elementary  units.  Prep.  Bachelor  of  Science  degree 
in  Electrical  Engineering  or  equivalent.  Fall  quarter 


ELECTRICAL  ENGINEERING  /  127 

3.8G2     Characteristics  and  Models  of  Solid  State  Devices  II 

Detailed  analysis  of  the  bipolar  transistor,  metal-oxide-semiconductor  interface,  its 
influence  on  the  behavior  of  real  junctions,  and  the  various  realizations  of  the  field- 
effect  transistor.     Prep.  3.8G1,  Characteristics  and  Models  of  Solid  States  I. 

Winter  quarter 

:  3.8G3     Characteristics  and  Models  of  Solid  State  Devices  III 

A  continuation  of  the  work  of  the  previous  two  courses.  A  detailed  analysis  of  the  per- 
formance of  FET's  will  permit  a  critical  comparison  of  field  effect  and  bipolar  tran- 
sistors. Solid  state  microwave  devices;  devices  that  are  both  unique  to  microwave 
applications  and  the  relevant  low-frequency  elements  which  require  somewhat 
different  analysis  at  microwave  frequencies.  An  examination  of  noise  in  semiconduc- 
tor devices.     Prep.  3.8G2,  Characteristics  and  Models  of  Solid  State  Devices  II. 

Spring  quarter 

j  3.860     Pulse  Processing  I 

The  principles  and  techniques  of  pulse-forming  and  pulse-processing  circuits  will  be 

developed.   Pulse  forming,  switching  and  time  base  generators  will  be  covered. 

Prep.  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Electrical  Engineering  or  3.975,  3.976,  and 

I  3.977,  Precis  of  Modern  Electrical  Engineering  I,  II,  and  III.  Winter  quarter 

3.861     Pulse  Processing  II 

t  Continuation  of  3.860,  Pulse  Processing  I,  to  include  the  pulse  processing  circuits 
and  the  analog/digital  interface  techniques  in  radar,  digital  computation  and  data 
processing  systems.     Prep.  3.860,  Pulse  Processing  I.  Spring  quarter 

3.865  Radar  Systems  I 

Emphasis  on  the  systems  aspects  of  radar  engineering.  Topics  covered  include 
antennas;  low-noise  receivers;  high-power  transmitters;  range,  angle,  and  Doppler 
tracking  systems;  search  radar  systems.  Mathematical  descriptions  are  used 
throughout.  Prep.  3.901,  Applied  Probability  and  Stochastic  Process  II  or  3.902, 
Applied  Probability  and  Stochastic  Process  I.  Fall  quarter 

3.866  Radar  Systems  II 

Continuation  of  3.865,  Radar  Systems  I,  a  further  consideration  of  systems  aspects. 
The  principles  of  radar  detection  theory;  matched  filter  and  correlation  receiver 
design;  radar  ambiguity  function;  radar  uncertainty  principles;  radar  waveform  syn- 
thesis; fundamental  accuracy  limits;  generalized  tracking  problems.  Prep.  3.865, 
Radar  Systems  I.  Winter  quarter 

3.867  Radar  Systems  III 

Advanced  topics  in  radar  engineering  including  modern  tracking  techniques, 
waveform  synthesis,  multifunction  array  radar  techniques,  and  selected  topics  in 
radar-sensing  techniques  and  devices.     Prep.  3.866,  Radar  Systems  II. 

Spring  quarter 

3.871     Communications  Systems  I 

Primarily  concerned  with  radio  communication  systems  as  used  in  terrestrial  and 
space  communication  applications.  Antenna  gain,  space  loss,  cosmic  and  at- 
mospheric noise,  and  receiver  noise  as  factors  influencing  the  signal-to-noise  ratio  in 
space  and  satellite  repeater  systems;  channel  models  are  developed  for  over  the 


128  /  ELECTRICAL  ENGINEERING 

horizon  systems  utilizing  ionospheric  propagation  and  exhibiting  fading  and  multi- 
paths;  contemporary  systems  are  discussed  from  the  standpoint  of  signal  spectrum, 
noise  power  and  message  ambiguity  as  exhibited  at  the  output  of  the  intermediate 
frequency  receiver.     Prep.  Background  in  probability  and  Fourier  analysis. 

Fall  quarter 

3.872  Communications  Systems  II 

Primarily  concerned  with  the  theoretical  aspects  of  analogue  modulation  systems 
used  in  radio  and  space  communications.  First  and  second  threshold  effects  will  be 
discussed  in  conjunction  with  signal-to-noise  considerations  for  amplitude  and  angle 
modulated  systems.  Treatment  of  frequency  feedback  and  phase-lock  loops  will  be 
included  in  the  discussion  of  frequency  modulation  and  detection.  Frequency  divi- 
sion multiplexing  will  include  sub-carrier  pre-emphasis  and  comparative  perfor- 
mance figures  for  SSSC/FM  and  FM/FM.  Prep.  3.871,  Communications  Systems  I 
or  3.900,  Applied  Probability  and  Stochastic  Processes  A.  Winter  quarter 

3.873  Communications  Systems  III 

Continuation  of  techniques  of  3.872  to  cover  digital  modulation  systems  and  time 
division  multiplexing.  Adaptive  sampling,  aliasing,  and  interpolation  will  be  discussed 
along  with  PAM/FM.  Pulse  code  modulation  systems  utilizing  frequency  and  phase 
shifted  carriers  will  be  compared  under  noise  conditions.  Treatment  will  be  given  to 
the  use  of  codes  with  special  correlation,  modulation  by  sequences,  and  phase- 
coherent  communication.     Prep.  3.872,  Communications  Systems  II.   Spring  quarter 

3.875  Electromagnetic  Theory  I 

Maxwell's  equations  and  related  electromagnetic  laws  and  relations;  basic  properties 
of  matter;  electromagnetic  potentials;  the  scalar  and  vector  Poisson,  D'Alembert,  and 
Helmholtz  equations;  Green's  functions;  both  mathematical  and  physical  aspects  of 
the  theory  and  their  relation  to  engineering  applications.  Prep.  Bachelor  of  Science 
degree  in  Electrical  Engineering  or  3.977,  Precis  of  Modern  Electrical  Engineering  III, 
Advanced  Calculus,  and  Vector  Analysis.  Fall  quarter 

3.876  Electromagnetic  Theory  II 

Basic  radiation  phenomenon  including  retarded  potentials,  radiation  from  moving 
charges,  electromagnetic  energy,  and  energy-related  theorems.  Propagation  of 
plane  waves  in  media  with  real  and  complex  constitutive  parameters.  Fundamental 
theory  of  guided  waves.     Prep.  3.875,  Electromagnetic  Theory  I.  Winter  quarter 

3.877  Electromagnetic  Theory  (4  q.h.  credits) 

Offered  days.  Includes  the  material  given  in  3.875  and  3.876,  Electromagnetic  Theory 
I  and  II.  Prep.  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Electrical  Engineering  or  3.977,  Precis 
of  Modern  Electrical  Engineering  III.  Winter  and  spring  quarters 

3.878  Advanced  Electromagnetic  Theory  I 

More  advanced  approaches  to  problems  in  electromagnetic  theory  of  interest  to 
electrical  engineers  —  for  example:  waveguide,  antennas,  diffraction,  and  scattering; 
approximation  techniques  for  obtaining  useful  solutions  of  field  theory  problems  in- 
cluding integral  equation,  perturbation,  and  variational  techniques.  Prep.  3.876, 
Electromagnetic  Theory  II  or  3.877,  Electromagnetic  Theory.  Spring  quarter 


ELECTRICAL  ENGINEERING  /  129 

3.879  Advanced  Electromagnetic  Theory  II 

Special  relativity  and  relativistic  electrodynamics.  Radiation  from  moving  charges. 
Statistical  concepts  and  propagation  in  random  media.  Introduction  to  magneto- 
hydrodynamics  and  plasma  physics.  Prep.  3.878,  Advanced  Electromagnetic 
Theory  I  Fall  quarter 

3.880  Microwave  Theory 

Propagation  of  electromagnetic  waves  on  periodic  structures.  Propagation  on  a  helix. 
Waves  on  electron  beams.  Coupled-mode  theory.  Traveling-wave  devices.  Propaga- 
tion in  anisotropic  media.  Ferrite  devices.  Prep.  3.876,  Electromagnetic  Theory  II  or 
3.877,  Electromagnetic  Theory.  Spring  quarter 

3.881  Microwave  Circuits  I 

Review  of  microwave  circuit  theorems;  scattering  matrices  and  applications;  eigen- 
value problem;  symmetrical  and  miscellaneous  junctions;  applications  of  3-db 
couplers;  polarizers,  phase  shifters  and  attenuators;  non-reciprocal  and  ferrite 
devices.     Prep.  3.876,  Electromagnetic  Theory  II  or  3.877,  Electromagnetic  Theory. 

Winter  quarter 

3.882  Microwave  Circuits  II 

One-port  resonant  cavity;  transmission  cavity;  analysis  and  synthesis  of  microwave 
filters;  traveling-wave  resonators;  periodically  loaded  lines;  selected  microwave 
system  considerations.     Prep.  3.881,  Microwave  Circuits  I.  Spring  quarter 

3.883  Advanced  Electromagnetic  Theory  (4  q.h.  credits) 

Offered  days.  Includes  the  material  given  in  3.878  and  3.879  —  Advanced  Elec- 
tromagnetic Theory  I  and  II.  Prep.  3.876,  Electromagnetic  Theory  II  or  3.877,  Elec- 
tromagnetic Theory.  Spring  quarter 

3.885     Antennas  and  Probes  in  Physical  and  Biological  Materials 

Basic  theory  of  electromagnetic  radiating  structures.  The  application  of  antennas  as 
probes  to  measure  the  geometrical  and  electrical  properties  of  physical  and 
biological  materials.  The  use  of  probes  to  telemetic  information  from  the  human 
body,  the  measurement  and  effect  of  electromagnetic  radiation  on  humans  will  be 
covered.     Prep.  3.876,  Electromagnetic  Theory  II  or  3.877,  Electromagnetic  Theory. 

Spring  quarter 

3.887     Three-dimensional  Picture  Processing  and  Reconstruction 

The  application  of  computer  and  optical  methods  in  finding  dimensional  information 
from  pictures.  Particular  attention  will  be  given  to  transmission  pictures  that  arise 
from  x-ray  data,  electron  micrographs  or  from  electromagnetic  scattering.  Classical 
and  modern  methods  will  be  applied  to  the  problem  of  making  three-dimensional 
reconstruction  from  two  dimensional  pictures.  Prep.  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in 
Engineering  or  Science.  Spring  quarter 

3.890     Electromagnetic  Wave  Propagation  I 

Topics  in  wave  propagation  of  prime  importance  in  communications  and  space 
physics.  Review  of  wave  propagation  in  a  homogeneous  medium.  Physical  processes 
in  the  atmosphere.  The  formation  and  structure  of  the  ionosphere.  Basic  magneto- 
ionic  theory.  Propagation  of  waves  in  a  spatially  varying  medium.  Ray  theory.  Prep. 
10.9N2,  Advanced  Mathematics  or  equivalent.  Winter  quarter 


130  /  ELECTRICAL  ENGINEERING 

3.891     Electromagnetic  Wave  Propagation  II 

Application  of  the  theory  of  the  oblique  incidence  of  radio  waves  on  the  ionosphere, 
including  the  effects  of  the  presence  of  the  geomagnetic  field,  to  radio  com- 
munications. The  interpretation  of  ionograms.  Path  prediction  and  field  strength 
computations.  Absorption.  Top  side  soundings.  Incoherent  thermal  scatter. 
Ionospheric  irregularities  and  motions,  and  their  study  by  space  and  frequency  diver- 
sity techniques  and  other  methods.  Prep.  3.890,  Electromagnetic  Wave  Propaga- 
tion I.  Spring  quarter 

3.893  Digital  Computer  Programming  I 

First  quarter  of  a  three-quarter  sequence  of  systems  programming  and  language 
processors.  Topics  include:  machine  structure,  machine  language,  assembly 
language;  assemblers,  macros,  macro-processors;  searching  and  sorting;  loaders; 
data  structures,  storage  allocation;  high-level  languages;  compilers;  operating 
systems;  management  of  memory,  processors,  devices;  multiprocessing  and  multi- 
programming. Prep.  B.S.  degree  in  Engineering  or  Science  and  knowledge  of  a 
higher  level  programming  lanaguage.  Fall  quarter 

3.894  Digital  Computer  Programming  II 

Continuation  of  3.893.     Prep.  3.893,  Digital  Computer  Programming  I. 

Winter  quarter 

3.895  Digital  Computer  Programming  III 

Continuation  of  3.894.     Prep.  3.894,  Digital  Computer  Programming  II. 

Spring  quarter 

3.898  Combinatorial  Mathematics 

An  introductory  course  in  applied  combinatorial  mathematics  which  treats  selected 
topics  in  enumerative  analysis.  Particular  subjects  include  permutations,  com- 
binations, generating  functions,  recurrence  relations,  and  the  principle  of  inclusion 
and  exclusion.     Prep.  3.8A  1,  Mathematical  Methods  in  Computer  Science. 

Fall  quarter 

3.899  Combinatorial  Methods  and  Optimization  Techniques 

Continuation  of  3.898  to  cover  Polya's  theory  of  counting;  selected  topics  in  optimiza- 
tion techniques,  which  include  transport  networks,  matching  theory,  linear  program- 
ming, and  an  introduction  to  dynamic  programming.  Prep.  3.898,  Combinatorial 
Mathematics.  Winter  quarter 

3.8A1     Mathematical  Methods  in  Computer  Science 

Algebraic  concepts  relevant  to  computer  science;  sets,  celations,  mapping, 
orderings,  algebraic  systems,  Boolean  algebras,  groups,  rings,  finite  fields,  introduc- 
tion to  vector  spaces  and  linear  algebras  over  finite  fields.  Prep.  Bachelor  of 
Science  degree  in  Engineering  or  Science.  Fall  &  spring  quarters 

3.8C1     Mathematical  Methods  in  Electrical  Engineering  I 

Complex  variable  theory;  mapping  by  functions,  definite  and  indefinite  integrals, 
Cauchy  integral  formula,  Laurent  series,  the  residue  theorem  and  branch  points.  Not 
open  to  Northeastern  graduates  who  have  completed  3.292.  Prep.  Bachelor  of 
Science  degree  in  Engineering  or  Science.  Fall  quarter 


ELECTRICAL  ENGINEERING  /  131 

3.8C2     Mathematical  Methods  in  Electrical  Engineering  II 

A  continuation  of  3.8C1  that  includes  application  of  complex  variable  theory  to 
Fourier  theory,  Hilbert  transforms,  and  conformal  transformations  in  the  analysis  of 
linear  systems  and  in  electrostatics;  the  Schwarz-Christoffel  transformation, 
Poisson's  integral  formula  and  concept  of  analytic  continuation.  Prep.  3.8C1, 
Mathematical  Methods  in  Electrical  Engineering  I.  Winter  quarter 

3.8C4     Mathematical  Methods  in  Electrical  Engineering  III 

Linear  algebraic  equations;  Gauss  algorithm;  Linear  operators  in  an  n-dimensional 
vector  space  over  infinite  and  finite  fields;  characteristic  value  problem;  minimum 
polynomial;  functions  of  a  matrix;  Cayley-Hamilton  theorem;  Sylvester's  identity; 
matrix  transformations:  equivalence,  congruence,  similarity;  quadratic  forms; 
definiteness;  canonical  forms  under  equivalence  and  congruence  transformation; 
polynomial  matrices.     Prep.  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Electrical  Engineering. 

Fall  quarter 

3.8C5     Mathematical  Methods  in  Electrical  Engineering  IV 

Smith  normal  form;  determinantal  divisors;  invariant  factors;  elementary  divisors; 
canonical  forms  under  similarity:  companion  forms  and  Jordan  form;  method  of  Jor- 
dan chains;  Segre,  Ferrer,  and  Weyr  characteristics;  decomposition  of  a  vector  space 
into  invariant  subspaces.  Prep.  3.8C4,  Mathematical  Methods  in  Electrical 
Engineering  III  Winter  quarter 

3.8T0     Numerical  Methods  and  Computer  Applications  (4  q.h.  credits) 
This  course  offered  days  covers  the  material  in  3.8T1  and  3.8T2,  Numerical  Methods 
and  Computer  Applications,  I  and  II.     Prep.  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Engineer- 
ing, Mathematics  or  Physics,  a  working  knowledge  of  FORTRAN.  Fall  quarter 

3.8T1     Numerical  Methods  and  Computer  Applications  I 

Survey  of  numerical  methods  applied  to  engineering  and  scientific  problems  with 
emphasis  on  machine  implementation  and  problem  solving;  roundoff  errors  and 
cumulative  errors;  difference  and  summation  calculus;  roots  of  polynomials  and  non- 
linear functions;  orthogonal  functions  including  polynomials,  least  squares,  and 
Chebyshev  approximation  of  functions;  systems  of  algebraic  equations,  matrix  nota- 
tion, and  machine  implementation;  inversion  of  matrices  including  iterative  methods; 
sparse  matrix  techniques.  Prep.  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Engineering,  Mathematics, 
or  Physics;  a  working  knowledge  of  FORTRAN.  Fall  quarter 

3.8T2     Numerical  Methods  and  Computer  Applications  II 

Interpolation;  numeric  quadrature;  numeric  integration  of  ordinary  differential 
equations  including  predictor-corrector  methods;  stiff  dynamic  equations,  partial 
differential  equations,  approximations,  boundary  value  problems.  Prep.  3.8T1, 
Numerical  Methods  and  Computer  Applications  I.  Winter  Quarter 

3.8T3     Numerical  Methods  and  Computer  Applications  III 

Linear  and  dynamic  programming,  steepest  descent  and  simplex  methods,  with 
application  to  nonlinear  functions  in  n-dimensional  space;  eigenvalues  and  eigenvec- 
tors of  matrices;  approximate  location  of  eigenvalues;  stability;  Routh-Hurwitz 
criterion;  more  specialized  techniques  including  the  fast  Fourier  transform,  digital 
simulation  of  analog  computation,  system  modelling,  etc.  Prep.  3.8T2,  Numerical 
Methods  and  Computer  Applications  II.  Spring  quarter 


132  /  ELECTRICAL  ENGINEERING 

3.8T7     Digital  Filtering  I 

Representation  of  discrete  signals  and  systems;  z-transforms  and  discrete  Fourier 
transforms;  difference  equations  and  state  space  representation  of  discrete  systems; 
design  of  digital  filters;  recursive  and  nonrecursive.  Prep.  3.824,  Linear  Systems 
Analysis  I  or  equivalent.  Fall  quarter 

3.8T8     Digital  Filtering  II 

Algorithms  for  fast  Fourier  transforms,  e.g.,  Cooley-Tukey,  Sande-Tukey,  etc.;  radix 
two,  four  and  arbitrary  algorithms;  digital  spectra,  smoothing  techniques,  spectral 
window;  effects  of  quantization  truncation  and  parameter  inaccuracies;  system  per- 
formance in  the  presence  of  noise;  applications  to  signal  processing  problems  and 
the  solution  of  partial  differential  equations.  Prep.  3.8T7,  Digital  Filtering  I  or  con- 
sent of  the  instructor.  Winter  quarter 

3.8T9     Digital  Filtering  (4.  q.h.  credits) 

This  course,  offered  days,  embodies  the  material  in  3.8T7  and  3.8T8,  Digital  Filtering 

I  and  II.     Prep.  3.824,  Linear  Systems  Analysis  I  or  equivalent.  Spring  quarter 

3.9A1     Error  Correcting  Coding  I 

Error  correcting  codes  and  their  decoding  techniques  which  show  promise  for 
applications  in  digital  communication,  control  and  computer  systems.  Emphasis 
placed  on  the  linear  block  codes  based  on  algebraic  structures;  cyclic  codes  for  ran- 
dom error  correction  (B-C-H  codes)  and  burst  error  correction.  Some  knowledge  of 
elementary  aspects  of  modern  algebra  is  desirable  but  not  necessary.  Not  to  be 
taken  by  students  who  have  completed  3.904.  Prep.  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in 
Engineering  or  Science.  Winter  quarter 

3.9A2     Error  Correcting  Coding  II 

Convolutional  codes  and  decoding  including  the  Viterbi  algorithm,  arithmetic  codes. 
Combination  of  codes.  Coding  for  ranging  and  synchronization.  Not  To  Be  Taken  By 
Students  Who  Have  Completed  3.908.  Prep.  3.9A1,  Error  Correcting  Coding  I  or 
3.905,  Information  Theory  and  Coding.  Spring  quarter 

3.9C1     Data  Transmission  I 

Deals  with  the  theoretical  and  practical  aspects  of  digital  data  transmission  in  the 
presence  of  channel  distortion  and  additive  noise.  Topics  covered  in  this  quarter  in- 
clude the  basic  binary  and  M-ary  modulation  techniques  namely,  PSK,  PAM,  FSK, 
orthogonal  and  bi-orthogonal  signaling,  and  their  performance  in  an  additive  Gaus- 
sian noise  channel;  signal  design  techniques  for  band  limited  channels;  Nyquist 
criteria;  effect  of  channel  amplitude  and  delay  distortion  on  performance;  and  adap- 
tive equalization.  Prep.  3.901,  Applied  Probability  and  Stochastic  Processes  II  or 
3.902,  Applied  Probability  and  Stochastic  Processes.  Fall  quarter 

3.9C2     Data  Transmission  II 

Discussion  of  several  adaptive  equalization  algorithms  for  combatting  intersymbol  in- 
terference; maximum  likelihood  sequence  estimation  and  the  Viterbi  algorithm;  the 
characterization  of  fading  multipath  channels;  diversity  reception  techniques; 
characterization  of  atmospheric  and  man-made  (impulsive)  noise  in  radio  com- 
munications, its  effect  on  error-rate  performance;  and  receiver  processing  tech- 
niques for  combatting  impulsive  noise.  Prep.  3.901,  Applied  Probability  and 
Stochastic  Processes  II  or  3.902,  Applied  Probability  and  Stochastic  Processes. 

Winter  quarter 


ELECTRICAL  ENGINEERING  /  133 

The  two-part  sequence  which  follows  serves  to  introduce  students  in  engineering  and 
physics  to  the  notions  of  probability,  random  variables  and  stochastic  processes.  The 
subject  matter  is  given  below. 

3.900  Applied  Probability  and  Stochastic  Processes  I 

Introductory  probability,  sample  space  and  random  variables,  examples  of  discrete 
and  continuous  probability  distribution  functions,  averages,  moments  and  char- 
acteristic function,  multivariate  distributions,  change  of  variables  and  functions  of 
variables,  central  limit  theorem,  description  of  stochastic  vectors.  Prep.  Bachelor  of 
Science  degree  in  Engineering  or  Science.  Fall,  winter,  and  spring  quarters 

3.901  Applied  Probability  and  Stochastic  Processes  II 

General  concepts  of  stochastic  processes,  stationarity  and  ergodicity,  stochastic 
continuity  and  differentiation,  the  Gaussian  process,  linear  systems  with  stochastic 
inputs,  correlation  functions  and  power  spectra,  matched  filtering,  stochastic 
orthogonality  and  linear  mean-square  estimation  filtering  and  prediction.  Prep. 
3.900,  Applied  Probability  and  Stochastic  Processes  I. 

Fall,  winter,  and  spring  quarters 

3.902  Applied  Probability  and  Stochastic  Processes  (4  q.h.  credits) 

includes  the  material  given  in  3.900,  Applied  Probability  and  Stochastic  Processes  I 
and  3.901,  Applied  Probability  and  Stochastic  Processes  II.  Prep.  Bachelor  of 
Science  degree  in  Engineering  or  Science.  Fall,  winter,  and  spring  quarters 

3.903  Information  Theory 

Deals  principally  with  three  aspects  of  information  theory;  the  statistical  description 
of  sources  and  the  probabilistic  measure  of  their  information  contents,  the  deter- 
mination of  channel  capacity,  and  the  fundamental  coding  theorems.  Prep.  3.900, 
Applied  Probability  and  Stochastic  Processes  I  or  3.902,  Applied  Probability  and 
Stochastic  Processes  or  Probability.  Fall  quarter 

3.905  Information  Theory  and  Coding  (4  q.h.  credits) 

Includes  the  material  given  in  3.903,  Information  Theory  and  3.904,  Error  Correcting 
Coding.  Prep.  3.900,  Applied  Probability  and  Stochastic  Processes  I  or  3.902, 
Applied  Probability  and  Stochastic  Processes.  Spring  quarter 

3.906  Detection  and  Estimation  Theory  A 

This  course  presents  the  classical  theory  of  signal  detection  and  estimation.  Par- 
ticular topics  include:  likelihood  ratio  tests  for  detection  of  known  or  random  signals; 
calculation  of  error  probabilities;  the  signal  selection  problem;  and  maximum 
likelihood  estimation  of  signal  parameters.  Prep.  3.901,  Applied  Probability  and 
Stochastic  Processes  II  or  3.902,  Applied  Probability  and  Stochastic  Processes. 

Winter  quarter 

3.907  Detection  and  Estimation  Theory  B 

This  course  is  a  continuation  of  3.906  stressing  application  of  the  theory.  Particular 
topics  include:  synthesis  of  an  adaptive  receiver;  ambiguity  function;  estimation  of 
angle  modulated  signals;  and  selection  of  features  and  training  algorithms  in  pattern 
recognition.     Prep.  3.906,  Detection  and  Estimation  Theory  A.  Spring  quarter 

3.908  Special  Topics  in  Communication  Theory 

Current  aspects  of  communication  theory  not  covered  in  previous  courses.  Subject 
matter  may  change  from  year  to  year.  Subjects  in  1976-77  and  1977-78  are: 


134  /  ELECTRICAL  ENGINEERING 

Fall  quarter  -  speech  analyses,  synthesis  and  transmission  through  lecture, 
directed  readings  and  discussion.  Special  topics  include  speech  perception, 
speaker  identification  and  verification,  automatic  world  recognition,  computor 
generated  speech,  voice  response  systems  and  speech  transmission  and  com- 
pression operating  at  data  rates  between  600  and  6400  bits/second.  Prep. 
3.824,  Linear  System  Analysis  or  equivalent;  3.8T7,  Digital  Filtering  I  or 
equivalent. 

Winter  Quarter  —  Not  Offered 

Spring  Quarter  —  Applications  in  Optics 

Characterization  and  processing  of  optical  signals,  topics  include  a  Linear 
System  Theory  of  imaging;  the  lens  as  a  fourier  Transformer;  modulation 
transfer  function;  phase  distortions;  film  and  diode  detector  noise,  coherent 
(holographic)  and  incoherent  filtering;  synthetic  apertures;  sampled  images  (a 
liasma,  sampling  jitter,  noise),  digital  picture  processing  (detection,  filtering, 
enhancement);  and  bandwidth  comparison  for  transmission  or  storage.  Prep. 
3.901,  Applied  Probability  and  Stochastic  Processes  II 

3.909  Detection  and  Estimation  Theory  (4  q.h.  credits) 

Offered  days.  Includes  the  material  given  in  3.906  and  3.907,  Detection  and  Estima- 
tion Theory  A  and  B.  Prep.  3.901,  Applied  Probability  and  Stochastic  Processes  II 
or  3.902,  Applied  Probability  and  Stochastic  Processes.  Winter  quarter 

3.910  Nonlinear  Systems  I 

Operators  and  functionals.  Functional  power  series  representation  of  nonlinear 
systems.  Functional  representation  of  the  response  of  a  nonlinear  system  when  its  in- 
put is  either  a  constant,  a  sinusoid,  a  transient.  System  transforms.  Applications  to 
the  analysis  and  synthesis  of  nonlinear  systems  in  terms  of  functional  power 
series.  Prep.  An  undergraduate  course  in  Signals  and  Systems  and  3.900,  Applied 
Probability  and  Stochastic  Processes  I  or  equivalent.  Fall  quarter 

3.911  Nonlinear  Systems  II 

Nonlinear  systems  with  random  inputs.  Functional  representation  of  the  response  of 
a  nonlinear  system  when  its  input  is  a  random  process.  Orthogonal  systems  of  func- 
tionals. Representation  and  analysis  of  nonlinear  systems  in  terms  of  orthogonal 
systems  of  functionals.  The  optimum  nonlinear  filter,  predictor,  and  general  operator. 
Special  classes  of  nonlinear  systems.  Determination  of  optimum  nonlinear  systems 
for  generalized  error  criteria.  Prep.  3.910,  Nonlinear  Systems  I  and  either  3.901, 
Applied  Probability  and  Stochastic  Processes  II  or  3.902,  Applied  Probability  and 
Stochastic  Processes.  Winter  quarter 

3.912  Nonlinear  Systems  III 

Functional  analysis  of  systems  characterized  by  nonlinear  differential  equations. 
Operator  approach  to  system  theory  and  its  relationship  to  differential  equation 
representations.  The  methods  of  iteration  in  nonlinear  theory  and  its  application  to 
feedback  systems.     Prep.  3.911,  Nonlinear  Systems  II.  Spring  quarter 

3.913  Optical  Storage  and  Display 

Survey  of  materials  and  methods  for  the  storage  and  display  of  information.  Topics 
included  are:  photographic  film,  holograms,  storage  tubes,  magneto-optical  films, 
photochrome  materials,  electro-optical  crystals,  evaporated  thin  films  and  liquid 
crystals.     Prep.  3.914,  Electro-Optics  I  or  equivalent.  Fall  quarter 


ELECTRICAL  ENGINEERING  /  135 

3.914  Electro-Optics  I  —  Introduction 

Introduction  to  the  principles  of  electro-optical  systems;  imaging  and  nonimaging 
devices.  Topics  included  are:  optical  imaging,  sources,  detectors,  transmission,  ab- 
sorption scattering,  polarization,  system  evaluation  and  limitation.  Prep.  10.8A4, 
Advanced  Mathematics  or  3.823,  Mathematical  Methods  in  Electrical  Engineering  or 
equivalent.  Spring  quarter 

3.915  Electro-Optics  II  —  Imaging  Devices 

Detailed  theory  of  image  formation;  evaluation  of  optical  instruments;  detailed 
description  of  representative  systems;  test  procedures  and  critical  alignment 
techniques.     Prep.  3.914,  Electro-Optics  I  or  equivalent.  Fall  quarter 

3.916  Fourier  Optics  I 

This  two-quarter  sequence  covers:  optical  diffraction  and  imaging  problems  as  linear 
systems;  necessary  tools  of  Fourier  Analysis  and  linear  systems  analysis  which  occur 
when  solving  the  scalar  wave  equation;  waves  and  their  properties;  reflection,  refrac- 
tion, polarization,  and  propagation  of  waves;  foundations  of  scalar  diffraction  theory 
—  including  Fresnel  and  Fraunhofer  diffraction,  interferometry,  division  of  amplitude, 
division  of  wavefront,  interferometric  instrumentation,  Fourier  transforming,  image 
properties  of  lenses,  coherent  and  incoherent  imaging;  and  advanced  topics  in  the 
application  of  communication  theory  to  optical  problems,  transfer  and  spread  func- 
tions, spatial  filtering,  and  holography.     Prep.  3.915,  Electro-Optics  II  or  equivalent. 

Winter  quarter 

3.917  Fourier  Optics  II 

Continuation  of  3.916.     Prep.  3.916,  Fourier  Optics  I.  Spring  quarter 

3.918  Experimental  Optics  I 

Should  be  taken  concurrently  with  3.915,  Electro-Optics  II. 

1  hour  lecture,  2  hours  laboratory.  Fall  quarter 

3.919  Experimental  Optics  II 

Should  be  taken  concurrently  with  3.916,  Fourier  Optics  I. 

1  hour  lecture,  2  hours  laboratory.  Winter  quarter 

3.920  Experimental  Optics  III 

Should  be  taken  concurrently  with  3.917,  Fourier  Optics  II. 

1  hour  lecture,  2  hours  laboratory.  Spring  quarter 

The  laboratory  course  provides  practical  experience  in  experimental  optics  to 
supplement  the  theory  developed  in  the  electro-  and  Fourier  optics  lectures.  Topics 
include:  geometrical  properties  of  lenses,  aberrations,  and  resolution  measurements; 
diffraction  effects  in  optics  and  in  lens  systems;  interferometric  techniques  applied  to 
precise  optical  measurements  and  to  image  evaluation.  Optical  transfer  function, 
spatial  optical  filtering  and  Fourier  transformation  concepts  are  studied  in  the 
laboratory;  investigation  of  holographic  techniques  and  the  coherence  of  light. 

3.921  Optical  Properties  of  Matter  I  —  Crystals 

Optics  of  crystals;  classification  and  effects  of  crystal  symmetry  on  optical  properties; 
classical  description  of  wave  propagation  in  crystals;  applications  of  the  theory  to 
modulation,  pulse  generation,  non-linear  optics.     Prep.  3.914,  Electro-Optics  I. 

Fall  quarter 


136  /  ELECTRICAL  ENGINEERING 

3.922  Optical  Properties  of  Matter  II 

Introduction  to  electro-optical  and  magneto-optical  effects  in  material  media;  linear 
and  non-linear  optical  materials;  elasto-optic  and  acousto-optical  materials;  polariza- 
tion and  propagation  effects;  modulation.  Prep.  3.921,  Optical  Properties  of  Matter 
I  —  Crystals.  Winter  quarter 

3.923  Optical  Properties  of  Matter  III 

Thin  films  and  optical  fibers;  multilayer  filters;  dichroics;  integrated  optics.  Prep. 
3. 922,  Optical  Properties  of  Matter  II.  Spring  quarter 

3.924  Advanced  Topics  in  Electro-Optics 

Special  topics  in  modern  optics  and  optical  techniques  requiring  the  presentation  of 
a  paper  by  participants  at  termination  of  the  course.  Prep.  Consent  of  the  Director 
of  the  Electro-Optics  Program.  Offered  by  special  arrangement 

Additional  courses  on  the  optics  sequence  are  3.980,  3.981 ,  3.982,  3.983,  and  3.984. 

3.925  Power  Circuit  Analysis  I 

Fundamental  concepts  of  single-phase  and  polyphase  power  systems;  definitions  of 
terms;  use  of  per  unit  quantities;  equivalent  circuits  of  symmetrical  3-phase  systems; 
introduction  to  symmetrical  components;  short  circuits  on  systems  with  a  single 
power  source.     Prep.  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Electrical  Engineering. 

Fall  quarter 

3.926  Power  Circuit  Analysis  II 

This  course  is  a  continuation  of  3.925,  Power  Circuit  Analysis  I.  Sequence  im- 
pedances of  various  power-system  elements  are  considered  from  application  point 
of  view;  unsymmetrical  faults  on  otherwise  symmetrical  3-phase  systems;  open  con- 
ductors and  asymmetrical  connections  and  loadings;  analysis  of  simultaneous  faults 
on  3-phase  systems;  2-phase  systems.     Prep.  3.925,  Power  Circuit  Analysis  I. 

Winter  quarter 

3.927  Power  Circuit  Analysis  III 

This  course  is  a  continuation  of  3.926,  Power  Circuit  Analysis  II.  Introduction  to 
Clarke  components  and  applications  in  analysis  of  asymmetrical  systems  and  faults; 
transmission  line  theory;  protective  relaying;  fundamentals  of  system  stability. 
Prep.  3.926,  Power  Circuit  Analysis  II.  Spring  quarter 

3.928  Analysis  of  Power  Systems  (4  q.h.  credits) 

Offered  days.  This  course  is  designed  to  provide  the  basic  material,  including  special 
mathematical  techniques,  applicable  to  the  solution  of  problems  associated  with 
power  systems.  The  sequence-impedance  characteristics  of  various  power-system 
elements  are  investigated  with  emphasis  on  application  rather  than  design.  Abnor- 
mal situations  including  simultaneous  faults  and  system  transients  are  treated  in 
depth,  making  use  of  Clarke  components  and  modified  Clarke  components  as  well 
as  symmetrical  components.  Polyphase  transmission  line  theory,  system  protection 
and  system  stability  are  introduced  and  discussed  briefly.  Prep.  Bachelor  of 
Science  degree  in  Electrical  Engineering.  Fall  quarter 

3.929  Solid  State  AC  and  DC  Motor  Control  Systems 

The  application  of  solid-state  devices  to  the  control  of  AC  and  DC  electrical 
machinery,  including  rectifiers,  inverters,  choppers  and  cyclo-converters,  as  applied 


ELECTRICAL  ENGINEERING  /  137 

to  drive  systems  in  industry  and  transportation.  The  course  will  emphasize  a  case- 
method  approach.     Prep.  A  background  in  electric  machinery.  Spring  quarter 

3.930  Power  System  Planning 

Engineering  and  economic  aspects  underlying  system  development  and  planning. 
Probability  methods  of  determining  installed  and  spinning-reserve  requirements. 
Mathematical  models  of  system  operation  for  production-costing  studies.  Detailed 
examples  include  economic  comparison  of  nuclear  and  fossil-fired  plants,  the  role  of 
pumped-hydro  generation,  power  pooling,  and  coordinated  planning  of  inter- 
connected systems,  and  the  functions  of  high-voltage  and  EHV  transmission  in  plan- 
ning and  operation.     Prep.  3.925,  Power  Circuit  Analysis  I.  Spring  quarter 

3.931  Power  System  Planning  (4  q.h.  credits) 

Offered  days.  Includes  the  material  given  in  3.930  but  with  more  extensive  and  in- 
depth  coverage.     Prep.  3. 928,  Analysis  of  Power  Systems  or  equivalent. 

Spring  quarter 

3.932  Power  Systems  Protection 

Consideration  of  protection  applied  to  generation,  transmission,  and  distribution. 
Investigation  of  the  characteristics  and  operating  principles  of  various  methods  of 
protective  relaying;  analysis  of  current  techniques  pertaining  to  system  protec- 
tion.    Prep.  3.927,  Power  Circuit  Analysis  III  or  equivalent.  Fall  quarter 

3.933  Power  System  Transients 

Transients  in  power  systems  due  to  system  switching,  lightning,  or  faults.  Traveling- 
wave  phenomena;  insulation  coordination;  overvoltages  due  to  disturbances  on  the 
system;  surge  protection.     Prep.  3.927,  Power  Circuit  Analysis  III  or  equivalent. 

Winter  quarter 

3.935  Computers  in  Power  Systems  I 

Techniques  used  in  solving  power  system  problems  with  the  digital  computer.  Matrix 
formulations  are  examined,  followed  by  a  detailed  treatment  of  the  short-circuit 
problem,  including  balanced  and  unbalanced  faults.  Various  iterative  techniques  are 
studied  for  the  solution  of  the  power-flow  problem.  Prep.  Bachelor  of  Science 
degree  in  Electrical  Engineering  or  equivalent.  Fall  quarter 

3.936  Computers  in  Power  Systems  II 

Practical  considerations  of  solving  large  scale  networks  are  discussed.  Network 
reductions,  distribution  factors  and  contingency  analysis  techniques  are  developed. 
Digital  models  for  regulated  generators,  fixed  and  load  tap  changing  transformers 
and  HVDC  transmission  lines  are  examined.  Computer  methods  for  economic  dis- 
patch, loss  coefficients  and  application  of  pumped  hydro  are  developed.  Prep. 
3.935,  Computers  in  Power  Systems  I.  Winter  quarter 

3.937  Computers  in  Power  Systems  III 

Computer  methods  for  solving  differential  equations  for  application  to  transient 
stability  problems  are  examined  in  detail.  Approximate  stability  models  are 
developed.  Introduction  to  online  state  estimation,  examination  of  linear  estimation 
models,  development  of  general  estimation  equations,  iterative  and  direct  power 
system  state  estimation  procedures  are  discussed.  The  application  of  linear 
programming  techniques  to  power  system  problems  is  examined.  Prep.  3.936, 
Computers  in  Power  Systems  II.  Spring  quarter 


138  /  ELECTRICAL  ENGINEERING 

3.938     Computer  Control  and  Analysis  of  Power  Systems  (4  q.h.  credits) 

This  course,  offered  days,  combines  the  evening  courses  3.935,  3.936,3.937.     Prep. 

Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Electrical  Engineering  or  equivalent.       Spring  quarter 

3.940  Electric  Machinery  Theory  I 

Review  of  Maxwell's  Field  equations,  polyphase  electric  circuits,  magnetic  circuits. 
Transformer  equivalent  circuit  and  steady-state  operation.  Electro-mechanical 
energy-conversion  principles,  volt-ampere  equations  and  torque  equation  for 
rotating  machines.  Constructional  and  winding  aspects  of  rotating  machines.  Steady- 
state  analysis  of  synchronous  and  induction  machines.  Prep.  Bachelor  of  Science 
degree  in  Electrical  Engineering  or  3.975,  3.976,  and  3.977,  Precis  of  Modern  Elec- 
trical Engineering  I,  II,  and  III.  Fall  quarter 

3.941  Electric  Machinery  Theory  II 

Development  of  the  coupled-circuit  equations  of  the  synchronous  machine;  Park's 
transformation;  per  unit  systems;  the  synchronous  machine  phasor  diagram  and 
steady-state  analysis     Prep.     3.940,  Electric  Machinery  Theory  I  or  equivalent. 

Winter  quarter 

3.942  Electric  Machinery  Theory  III 

Synchronous  machine  dynamics;  analysis  of  balanced  and  unbalanced  faults;  start- 
ing and  out-of-step  operation;  protection  and  control  of  synchronous  machines; 
analysis  of  the  a-c  induction  machine.     Prep.  3.941,  Electric  Machinery  Theory  II. 

Spring  quarter 

3.943  Advanced  Power  Laboratory 

Offered  days.  In-depth  investigations  of  the  steady-state  and  dynamic  modes  of 
operation  of  rotating  machines.  Polyphase  rectification  and  control  circuits.  Ex- 
perimentation in  other  related  power  areas.  Prep.  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in 
Electrical  Engineering.  All  quarters 

3.944  Special  Topics  in  Power 

Offered  days.  (Part-time  students  may  enroll  in  this  course  only  by  special 
arrangement.)  Directed  reading  and  discussion  of  topics  of  special  interest  in  the 
power  field.  Series  of  lectures  by  guest  speakers  from  industry  on  topics  of  particular 
interest  to  the  power  student.     Prep.  Permission  of  instructor.  All  quarters 

3.945  Power  System  Transient  Stability 

Analysis  and  solutions  of  the  transient  stability  problem;  the  swing  equation  and  its 
solution  by  numerical  methods;  the  equal  area  criterion;  synchronous  machine 
models;  consideration  of  excitation  system  reponse,  early  volving,  and  independent- 
pole  circuit  breakers  as  they  affect  stablity.  Prep.  3.927,  Power  Circuit  Analysis  III 
or  equivalent.  Fall  quarter 

3.950     Systems  Analysis  l-A 

Review  of  probability  and  statistics.  Elements  of  Markov  processes,  queuing  as  a 
Markov  process.  Finite  and  infinite  queue  systems,  multiple-server,  parallel  and  se- 
quential queuing;  fundamentals  of  reliability  theory.  Prep.  Bachelor  of  Science 
degree  in  Engineering  or  Science.  Fall  quarter 


ELECTRICAL  ENGINEERING  /  139 

3.951  Systems  Analysis  l-B 

Flow-graph  representation  of  queuing  systems,  equivalence  of  flow-graph  and 
analog-computer  representation;  fundamental  concepts  in  game  theory;  solution  of 
rectangular  games;  pure  and  mixed  strategies,  maximin  and  minimax  principle;  zero 
land  non-zero-sum  games,  infinite  games;  transformation  of  games  into  linear 
programming  problems.  Other  methods  of  solving  competitive-situation  problems. 
Prep.  3.950,  Systems  Analysis  l-A.  Winter  quarter 

3.952  Systems  Analysis  II 

Modelling  of  systems  problems  in  terms  of  linear  programming  approach.  Transpor- 
tation problem;  graphical  representation  and  solution  of  linear-programming 
problems;  allocation  problem;  simplex  method;  concept  of  duality  and  its  use  in 
linear  programming.  Prep.  10.8A4,  Advanced  Mathematics  or  10.9N2,  Advanced 
Mathematics.  Spring  quarter 

3.953  Systems  Analysis  III 

Optimization  of  stochastic  systems.  Markov-process  approach  to  the  analysis  of 
probabilistic  systems.  Z-transform  analysis  of  Markov  processes.  Solution  of  sequen- 
tial decision  processes  by  value  and  policy  iteration.  Single-chain  and  multi-chain 
systems.  Sequential  decision  processes  with  discounting.  Machinery  and  car 
replacement  problem,  and  other  applications.  Prep.  3.950,  Systems  Analysis  l-A, 
3.952,  Systems  Analysis  II,  10.8G1,  Probability  or  equivalent.  Fall  quarter 

3.954  Systems  Analysis  (4  q.h.  credits) 

Offered  days.  Includes  the  material  given  in  3.950  and  3.951  —  Systems  Analysis  l-A 
and  l-B.     Prep.  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Engineering  or  Science. 

Spring  quarter 

3.955  Studies  in  Electric  Power  Transmission  I 

Elements  in  the  design  of  AC  overhead  transmission  lines;  thermal  limitations,  series 
and  shunt  compensation,  environmental  effects;  consideration  of  transposition,  in- 
duced effects,  and  insulation  level.  Underground  alternatives  to  overhead  lines. 
Elements  of  distribution.     Prep.  3.927,  Power  Circuit  Analysis  III  or  equivalent. 

Winter  quarter 

3.956  Studies  in  Electric  Power  Transmission  II 

Fundamental  concepts  of  high  voltage  DC  power  transmission;  rectifier  and  invertee 
performance;  regulation;  protection;  reactive  power  and  filter  requirements;  practical 
arrangement  of  DC  lines;  the  impact  of  a  DC  line  on  overall  power  system 
operation.     Prep.  3.927,  Power  Circuit  Analyses  III  or  equivalent.  Spring  quarter 


3.957     Control  System  Analysis 

Classical  analysis  techniques  for  continuous  and  sampled-data  control  systems. 
Discussion  of  stability  criteria;  application  of  root-locus  and  Bode  methods  for  com- 
plementary time  and  frequency-domain  analysis.  Consideration  of  nonlinear  systems 
and  development  of  techniques  for  stability  analysis.  Computer  simulation  of  typical 
control  systems  will  be  emphasized.  Prep.  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Engineer- 
ing; knowledge  of  transform  analysis  and  some  familiarity  with  FORTRAN. 

Fall  quarter 


140  /  ELECTRICAL  ENGINEERING 

3.958  Control  System  Synthesis 

A  review  of  cascade  and  feedback  compensation  techniques  with  the  use  of  classical 
criteria  for  design  of  continuous  and  sampled-data  control  systems.  Consideration  of 
the  multiple-input  problem.  A  survey  of  pole-zero  synthesis  methods,  and  com- 
parison with  other  techniques.  Computer  simulation  of  design  examples.  Prep. 
3.957,  Control  System  Analysis  or  equivalent.  Winter  quarter 

3.959  Control  Systems  I  (4  q.h.  credits) 

Includes  the  material  given  in  3.957,  Control  System  Analysis  and  3.958,  Control 
System  Synthesis.  Open  to  qualified  undergraduate  students.  Prep.  Knowledge  of 
transform  analysis  and  some  familiarity  with  FORTRAN.  Fall  quarter 

3.960  Control  System  Practice 

A  further  study  of  control  systems  with  emphasis  on  the  practical  aspects  of  control 
system  design.  Discussion  of  digital  compensation  and  computer-in-the-loop 
realizations.  Consideration  of  system  hardware  and  software  problems.  Case  studies 
and  a  field  trip  will  be  included.     Prep.  3.959,  Control  Systems  I  or  equivalent. 

Spring  quarter 

3.961  Optimal  Control  Theory 

Introduction  to  optimal  control  theory  with  reference  to  aerospace  and  process  con- 
trol applications.  Variational  calculus  development  of  the  maximum  principle. 
Numerical  solutions  using  dynamic-programming  and  steepest-descent  algorithms. 
The  optimal  linear  regulator  problem  and  the  matrix  Ricatti  equation.  Prep.  3.959, 
Control  Systems  I  or  equivalent.  Fall  quarter 

3.962  Control  Systems  II  (4  q.h.  credits) 

Includes  the  material  given  in  3.960,  Control  System  Practice  and  3.961,  Optimal 
Control  Theory.     Prep.  3.959,  Control  Systems  I  or  equivalent.  Winter  quarter 

3.963  Stochastic  Control  Theory 

Statistical  models  for  random  signals;  representation  of  dynamic  systems  excited  by 
stochastic  inputs.  Optimal  filtering,  prediction  and  smoothing  for  discrete  and  con- 
tinuous systems.  Observer  theory  and  feedback  of  estimated  states  for  effective 
closed-loop  control  in  a  noisy  environment.  Prep.  3.900,  Applied  Probability  and 
Stochastic  Processes  I  or  equivalent.  Winter  quarter 

3.964  Estimation,  Identification,  and  Control 

Estimation  theory  for  dynamic  systems  based  on  Bayesian  and  maximum  likelihood 
methods.  The  system  identification  problem.  Implementation  of  numerical  algorithms 
for  parameter  identification  and  adaptive  control.  Prep.  3.963,  Stochastic  Control 
Theory.  Spring  quarter 

3.965  Control  Systems  III 

Includes  the  material  given  in  3.963,  Stochastic  Control  Theory  and  3.964,  Estima- 
tion, Identification,  and  Control.  Prep.  3.900,  Applied  Probability  and  Stochastic 
Processes  I  or  equivalent.  Spring  quarter 

3.966  Switching  Circuits 

This  course,  offered  in  winter  quarter,  days,  covers  the  material  in  3.967  and  3.968 
Switching  Circuits  I  and  II.  Prep.  3.8A1  Mathematical  Methods  in  Computer 
Science.  Winter  quarter 


ELECTRICAL  ENGINEERING  /  141 

3.967  Switching  Circuits  I 

Logical  design  of  combinational  switching  circuits,  including  minimization  and 
decomposition  of  switching  functions;  multiple  output  networks;  symmetric  networks; 
threshold  logic.     Prep.  3.8A  1,  Mathematical  Methods  in  Computer  Science. 

Fall  quarter 

3.968  Switching  Circuits  II 

Logical  design  of  sequential  switching  circuits,  including  the  finite-state  machine 
model;  iterative  networks;  capabilities  and  limitations  of  finite-state  machines;  state 
equivalence;  synthesis  of  asynchronous  sequential  circuits;  state  assignment 
problem  and  partition  theory;  machine  decomposition.  Prep.  3.967,  Switching  Cir- 
cuits I.  Winter  quarter 

3.969  Switching  Circuits  III 

Selected  topics  from  the  theory  of  finite  automata,  possibly  including  such  topics  as 
machine  experiments;  information  lossless  machines;  linear  sequential  machines; 
finite-state  recognizers.     Prep.  3.968,  Switching  Circuits  II.  Spring  quarter 

3.972  Electronic  Digital  Computers  I 

Basic  structural  aspects  and  components  of  a  digital  computer;  coding  of  digital  in- 
formation; digital  arithmetic  and  algorithms  in  ninary  and  complement  represen- 
tations; arithmetic  operations,  theory  of  sets,  Boolean  algebra,  truth  tables,  Karnaugh 
maps,  minimization;  combinational  logic  design  using  basic  logic  elements,  including 
NAND,  NOR,  Exclusive  —  OR,  etc;  Flip-flops,  clocks,  and  sequential  logic;  state 
diagrams;  analysis  and  synthesis  in  synchronous  sequential  logic.  Prep.  Bachelor 
of  Science  degree  in  Engineering  or  Science.  Fall  quarter 

3.973  Electronic  Digital  Computers  II 

Synchronous  sequential  logic  (cont'd);  magnetic  and  dynamic  storage  elements;  the 
concept  and  model  layout  of  a  stored-program  digital  computer;  design  of  an 
elementary  computer  including  the  arithmetic  unit,  control  unit,  memory,  input/out- 
put unit  and  bus  organization,  with  incorporation  of  several  types  of  programming  in- 
structions that  highlight  software-hardware  interaction;  selected  topics  in  digital 
systems;  speed-up  arithmetic  algorithms.  Prep.  3.972,  Electronic  Digital  Com- 
puters I.  Winter  quarter 

3.974  Electronic  Digital  Computers  III 

The  use  of  hardware  description  languages  such  as  DDL,  CDL,  APHL;  configuration 
and  description  of  a  computer  by  micro-operations  and  micro-statements;  machine 
organization  of  stored-carry  addition  using  Merce's  addition  algorithm  and  of  a 
special  purpose  computer;  introduction  to  micro-programming  and  micro-program 
control  concepts;  examples  in  microprogramming;  functional  and  operational 
organization  of  CPU  memory  access,  memory  stack,  associative  memory,  virtual 
memory,  memory  addressing  and  memory  loading;  selected  tops  in  control,  com- 
puter and  channel  organization;  computer  design  simulation  techniques  in 
CDL.     Prep.  3.973,  Electronic  Digital  Computers  II.  Spring  quarter 

3.975  Precis  of  Modern  Electrical  Engineering  I 

Prep.  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Engineering  or  Science  plus  knowledge  of 
matrix  algebra.  Fall  quarter 


142  /  ELECTRICAL  ENGINEERING 

3.976  Precis  of  Modern  Electrical  Engineering  II 

Prep.  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Engineering  or  Science.  Winter  quarter 

3.977  Precis  of  Modern  Electrical  Engineering  III 

Prep.  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Engineering  or  Science.  Spring  quarter 

3.978  Precis  of  Modern  Electrical  Engineering  IV 

Prep.  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Electrical  Engineering  or  Science. 

Spring  quarter 

The  preceding  four  precis  courses  are  intended  primarily  for  those  whose  un- 
dergraduate major  was  in  an  engineering  or  scientific  field  other  than  electrical 
engineering.  They  are  also  recommended  for  students  5  to  10  years  away  from  their 
bachelor's  degree  in  electrical  engineering  who  feel  the  need  for  a  review  of  electrical 
science.  They  are  open  only  to  students  in  these  categories.  The  material  is  basically 
undergraduate  in  nature  but  the  viewpoint  and  depth  are  at  the  mature  level  ap- 
propriate to  graduate  students.  Part  I  deals  with  the  theory  of  electric  circuits  and 
linear  systems,  Part  II  with  electronics,  Part  III  with  field  theory  from  the  engineering 
viewpoint,  and  Part  IV  with  communication  theory  especially  spectral  analysis  cor- 
relation and  modulation. 

3.979  Electronic  Digital  Computers  (4  q.h.  credits) 

This  course,  offered  days,  embodies  the  material  in  3.972  and  3.973  —  Electronic 
Digital  Computers  I  and  II.  Prep.  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Engineering  or 
Science.  Fall  and  winter  quarters 

3.980  Optical  Instrumentation  Design  Concepts 

An  introduction  to  the  design  of  optical  instrumentation.  Principles  and  basic  con- 
cepts rather  than  a  rundown  of  known  optical  systems.  In  sequence  the  topics  are:  in- 
troduction, mechanical  shock  and  vibration,  kinematic  designs,  application  of  third 
order  aberrations,  simple  optical  ray  tracing,  optical  testing,  tolerances,  optical  in- 
strumentation, philosophy,  functional  design,  design  for  quantity  production,  quality 
assurance,  "special  order"  design,  industrial  design,  examples  and  exercises. 
Prep.  3.915,  Electro-Optics  II.  Spring  quarter 

3.981  Principles  of  Optical  Detection  I  —  Application 

Laws  governing  radiation  and  radiometry;  properties  of  real  radiation  sources;  detail- 
ed description  of  detection  devices  (image  forming  and  signal  generating);  noise; 
contrast  and  MTF;  detection  systems  (imaging  devices  and  ranging  devices);  electro- 
optical  detector  systems  analysis.     Prep.  3.915,  Electro-Optics  II  or  equivalent. 

Winter  quarter 

3.982  Principles  of  Optical  Detection  II  —  Theory 

Review  of  detector  parameters;  statistics  of  detector  noise;  practical  considerations 
in  real  detectors;  detection,  resolution  and  recognition  of  signals;  heterodyne  detec- 
tion and  parametric  amplification;  sub-nanosecond  pulse  detection  calibration  of 
electro-optical  detectors;  detectors  as  system  components.  Prep.  3.981,  Principles 
of  Optical  Detection  I.  Spring  quarter 

3.983  Fourier  Optics  III 

The  third  in  a  series  covering  current  topics  of  interest  in  this  field  and  optical  in- 
strumentation. Application  of  coherence  phenomena  to  optical  instrumentation  such 


ELECTRICAL  ENGINEERING  /  143 

as  microdensitometers,  microscopes,  viewers,  cameras,  spectraphotometric  and  in- 
terferometric  instruments;  applications  of  holography,  optical  data  processing  and 
computing,  holographic  memories,  optical  modulation,  noise  and  its  effects  on  data 
collection,  synthetic  aperture  optics  and  medical  application  of  laser  optics.  Prep. 
3.91 7,  Fourier  Optics  II.  Fall  quarter 

3.984  Spectroscopic  Instrumentation 

Survey  of  optical  instrumentation  employed  in  analysis  and  control  situations; 
modern  methods  of  spectrometry  and  interferometry;  optimization  of  analytical 
systems;  topics  in  electron  spectroscopy,  X-ray  spectroscopy,  microwave  spec- 
troscopy, and  related  fields.  Prep.  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Engineering  or 
Science.  Winter  quarter 

3.985  Fundamentals  of  Language  and  Machine  Theory  I 

First  of  a  three-quarter  sequence  in  theoretical  models  of  languages  and  computa- 
tion. Topics  include:  formal  grammars,  parsing,  lexical  analysis  techniques;  syntax- 
directed  translation  schemes;  regular  and  context-free  languages;  finite  automata, 
pushdown  automata;  more  general  languages  and  their  corresponding  machine 
recognizers;  an  introduction  to  computability  theory;  solvability  and  unsolvability; 
computational  complexity  considerations.  Prep.  3.8A1,  Mathematical  Methods  in 
Computer  Science.  Fall  quarter 

3.986  Fundamentals  of  Language  and  Machine  Theory  II 

Continuation  of  3.985     Prep.  3.985,  Fundamentals  of  Language  and  Machine  Theory 

I.  Winter  quarter 

3.987  Fundamentals  of  Language  and  Machine  Theory  III 

Continuation  of  3.986     Prep.  3.986,  Fundamentals  of  Language  and  Machine  Theory 

II.  Spring  quarter 

3.988  Special  Topics  in  Computer  Science 

Aspects  of  Computer  Science  not  covered  in  other  courses.  The  subject  matter  may 
change  from  year  to  year.  Fall,  winter,  and  spring  quarters 

3.989  Computer  Peripherals 

Survey  of  various  types  of  modern  computer  peripherals,  systems  considerations, 
displays  (CRT;  control  units,  editing  features,  graphics,  etc.);  mass  storage 
(magnetic  surfaces;  flying  heads,  recording  techniques,  disks;  file  organization, 
search  strategies,  mass  storage,  software,  etc.);  communications  terminals 
(modems,  control  procedures,  store  and  forward,  multiplexers,  etc.);  tape  units 
(types,  consideration  of  cost  vs.  performance,  tape  labels  and  formats,  magnetic 
recording  on  tapes,  design  features,  etc.);  future  trends  in  peripherals.  Prep. 
Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Electrical  Engineering  or  related  engineering  or 
sciences.  Spring  quarter 

3.990  Seminar  I 

A  library  survey  of  a  selected  topic  in  the  general  field  of  electrical  engineering  with 
an  oral  presentation  based  on  this  survey.  Participation  in  the  departmental  seminar 
program  of  guest  lectures.  Prep.  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Engineering  or 
Science.  Fal1  and  spring  quarters 


144  /  CHEMICAL  ENGINEERING 

3.991     Seminar  II 

The  preparation  of  a  research  paper  suitable  for  publication  in  a  professional  journal, 
plus  an  oral  presentation  of  this  report.     Prep.  3.990,  Seminar  I. 

Winter  and  spring  quarters 

3.993  Doctoral  Seminar  I 

Two  hours  per  week  of  presentation  and  discussion  of  topics  at  a  level  compatible 
with  a  doctoral  program.  Subject  matter  may  cover  a  wide  range  of  scientific  and 
engineering  fields.  (Only  S  or  F  grades  will  be  assigned  for  this  course.)  Prep.  Pass- 
ing of  Ph.D.  Qualifying  Exam.  Fall  quarter 

3.994  Doctoral  Seminar  II 

Continuation  of  3.993,  Doctoral  Seminar  I.  (Only  S  or  F  grades  will  be  assigned  for 
this  course.)     Prep.  3.993,  Doctoral  Seminar  I.  Winter  quarter 

3.995  Master's  Thesis 

Analytical  and/or  experimental  work  conducted  under  the  auspices  of  the 
department.     Prep.  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Engineering  or  Science. 

Fall,  winter,  and  spring  quarters 

3.996  Doctoral  Thesis 

Theoretical  and/or  experimental  work  conducted  under  the  auspices  of  the 
department.     Prep.  Passing  of  Ph.D.  Qualifying  Exam. 

Fall,  winter,  and  spring  quarters 

3.997  Doctoral  Reading 

Material  approved  by  the  candidate's  adviser.  (Only  S  or  F  grades  will  be  assigned 
for  this  course.)     Prep.  Passing  of  Ph.D.  Qualifying  Exam. 

Fall,  winter,  and  spring  quarters 

3.998  Special  Problems  in  Electrical  Engineering 

Theoretical  or  experimental  work  under  individual  faculty  supervision.  Prep.  Con- 
sent of  dept.  chairman.  Fall,  winter,  and  spring  quarters 

3.999  Electrical  Engineer  Degree  Thesis  Research. 

Prep.  Admission  to  Engineer  Degree  Program.  Fall,  winter,  and  spring  quarters 

CHEMICAL  ENGINEERING 

4.801  Advanced  Chemical  Engineering  Calculations  (4  q.h.  credits) 

The  study  of  complex  material  and  energy  balances  is  undertaken  with  the  view  to 
apply  these  to  actual  plant  conditions.  Prep.  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in 
Chemical  Engineering,  including  Differential  Equations. 

4.802  Special  Topics  in  Chemical  Engineering  Mathematics  (4  q.h.  credits) 
Formulation  and  solution  of  problems  involving  advanced  calculus  as  they  arise  in 
chemical  engineering  situations.  Methods  covered  will  include  ordinary  differential 
equations,  series  solutions,  complex  variables,  Laplace  transforms,  partial  differen- 
tial equations,  and  matrix  operations.  Emphasis  will  be  placed  on  methods  for  for- 
mulating the  problems.  It  will  be  assumed  that  the  student  has  been  exposed  to  some 
of  these  topics  in  appropriate  mathematics  courses.  Prep.  10.147,  Mathematical 
Analysis  or  equivalent.  Offered  yearly,  fall  quarter 


CHEMICAL  ENGINEERING  /  145 

4.803  Numerical  Techniques  in  Chemical  Engineering  (4  q.h.  credits) 
Digital  computer  applications  to  chemical  engineering  problems.  Topics  covered  in- 
clude location  of  roots  of  linear  and  non-linear  equations,  numerical  integration,  and 
curve-fitting  techniques  with  emphasis  on  the  numerical  solution  of  ordinary  and  par- 
tial differential  equations  and  to  the  subject  of  linear  algebra.  Prep.  Bachelor  of 
Science  degree  in  Engineering  or  Science.  Offered  yearly,  winter  quarter 

4.806     Optimization  Techniques  (4  q.h.  credits) 

Several  mathematical  optimization  techniques  are  developed  and  applied  to 
chemical  engineering  problems.  Emphasis  on  a  thorough  understanding  of  a  single, 
representative  technique  selected  from  among  many  within  its  class.  Topics  include 
single  variable  search  (Fibonocicci  Search),  multi-dimensional  search  (Pattern 
Search),  linear  systems  (Linear  Programming)  and  sequential  operations  (Dynamic 
Programming).     Prep.  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Engineering  or  Science. 

Offered  yearly,  spring  quarter 

4.811  Special  Topics  in  Chemical  Engineering  Thermodynamics  (4  q.h.  credits) 
Classical  thermodynamics  as  a  method  of  approach  to  the  analysis  of  processes  of 
interest  to  chemical  engineers.  A  study  of  chemical  and  phase  equilibria  involving  the 
various  states  of  matter;  prediction  and  correlation  of  physical,  chemical,  and 
transport  properties  of  gases  and  liquids;  elementary  concepts  of  quantum  and 
statistical  mechanics  to  interpret  the  empirical  properties  of  classical  ther- 
modynamics. Fundamental  principles  are  reviewed  to  the  extent  needed.  Prep. 
Undergraduate  Chemical  Engineering  Thermodynamics. 

Offered  yearly,  winter  quarter 

4.812  Chemical  Equilibria 

This  course  embodies  those  elements  of  4.811  which  are  concerned  with  the  ther- 
modynamics of  chemical  equilibria.  Topics  covered  include  auxiliary  functions,  the 
conditions  of  equilibrium,  equilibrium  of  reactions  involving  gases,  and  the  phase 
rule  as  applied  to  heterogeneous  reaction  systems.  Prep.  Graduate  Standing  in 
Chemical  Engineering.  Offered  1 975-76,  spring  quarter 

4.821     Corrosion  Fundamentals 

Economic  factors  basic  theories,  types,  behaviors  of  specific  systems,  and  protection 
against  corrosion  are  studied.  Wherever  possible,  engineering  applications  of  the 
principles  are  emphasized.     Prep.  Bachelor  of  Science  degree. 

4.823  Transport  Phenomena  (4  q.h.  credits) 

A  consideration  of  the  relationships  of  mass,  momentum,  and  energy  transfer.  Fun- 
damental equations  of  change  covering  the  transport  of  momentum,  heat,  and  mass 
are  developed  to  illustrate  the  essential  unity  of  the  transport  processes.  Molecular, 
microscopic,  and  macroscopic  systems  are  studied.  It  will  be  seen  that  much  of  the 
theory  behind  the  engineering  calculations  on  which  the  unit  operations  of  chemical 
engineering  are  based  can  be  organized  and  integrated  in  terms  of  equations  of 
change.     Prep.  Advanced  Mathematics  and  Unit  Operations  or  equivalent. 

Offered  yearly,  winter  quarter 

4.824  Transport  Processes 

A  consideration  of  the  relationships  of  mass,  momentum,  and  energy  transport.  Fun- 
damental equations  of  change  for  these  types  of  transport  are  derived  and  solved  for 


146  /  CHEMICAL  ENGINEERING 

various  chemical  and  physical  systems.  Certain  transport  processes  within  the 
human  body  are  also  considered.  Prep.  Advanced  Mathematics  or  undergraduate 
Transport  Phenomena  or  permission.  Offered  1 975-76,  winter  quarter 

4.825  Sampled-Data  Process  Control 

Signal  sampling;  z-transformation;  pulse  transfer  functions;  open  and  closed  loop 
systems;  stability;  frequency  and  z-domain  design  methods.  Prep.  Undergraduate 
Process  Control  or  permission. 

4.826  Experiments  in  Process  Control 

Laboratory  experiments  related  to  controllers,  control  valves,  transmitters,  attain- 
ment of  process  dynamics  by  various  methods,  and  control  loop  performance  are 
performed  and  analyzed.     Prep.  Undergraduate  Process  Control  or  permission. 

4.827  Chemical  Process  Control  I 

Review  of  classical  control  techniques;  state  variable  representation  and  analysis  of 
continuous  systems  with  applications  to  process  control.  Prep.  Undergraduate 
Process  Control  or  permission. 

4.828  Chemical  Process  Control  II 

Frequency  domain  process  dynamics  and  control  system  analysis;  feedforward  and 
cascade  control  applications;  associated  papers  from  the  chemical  engineering 
literature.     Prep.  4.827,  Chemical  Process  Control  I  or  permission. 

4.829  Special  Topics  in  Chemical  Process  Control  (4  q.h.  credits) 

Review  of  classical  control  techniques;  state  variable  representation  and  analysis  of 
continuous  systems  with  applications  to  process  control.  Frequency  domain  process 
dynamics  and  control  system  analysis;  feedforward  and  cascade  control  appli- 
cations; associated  papers  from  the  chemical  engineering  literature.  Prep. 
Undergraduate  Process  Control  or  permission. 

4.830  Advanced  Topics  in  Chemical  Process  Control  (4  q.h.  credits) 

Topics  related  to  the  analysis  and  synthesis  of  sampled-data  process  control 
systems;  associated  papers  from  the  chemical  engineering  literature.  Prep.  4.829, 
Special  Topics  in  Chemical  Process  Control  or  permission. 

4.832  Chemical  Data  Estimation 

Methods  of  obtaining  physical  and  thermodynamic  properties  of  chemical  com- 
pounds and  systems  without  resorting  to  laboratory  investigation.  Latest  empirical 
relationships  and  physical  and  thermodynamic  laws  are  introduced  to  obtain  data  for 
plant  design  and  other  chemical  and  engineering  uses.  Prep.  Bachelor  of  Science 
degree. 

4.833  Research  Techniques  I  (4  q.h.  credits) 

The  essential  techniques  of  research  including  experimentation,  mathematical 
modeling,  data  reduction,  and  graphical  presentation  techniques.  For  students  in  the 
non-research  options  (M.S.  and  D.Eng.).  Prep.  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  and 
registration  in  non-thesis  M.S.  or  D.Eng.  program.  Offered  yearly,  all  quarters 

4.834  Research  Techniques  II  (4  q.h.  credits) 

Continuation  of  4.833.     Prep.  4.833.  Offered  yearly,  all  quarters 


CHEMICAL  ENGINEERING  /  147 

4.835     Analytical  and  Numerical  Techniques  (4  q.h.  credits) 

For  students  interested  in  solving  comprehensive  problems  using  computer 
methods.  Problems  solved  in  the  course  will  be  based  on  the  interest  of  the  students 
and  staff  and  will  be  individual.  Prep.  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  and  knowledge 
of  digital  computer  programming. 

4.838     Modeling  and  Simulation  of  Chemical  Processes 

Consideration  of  current  approaches  to  steady  and  unsteady  state  process  simula- 
tion. Structure  of  simulators.  Computational  efficiency.  Convergence  acceleration. 
Articles  from  the  Chemical  Engineering  literature.  Prep.  Undergraduate  plant 
Design. 

4.840  Advanced  Management  Techniques  in  the  Chemical  Industry  (4  q.h.  credits) 
Management  techniques  applied  to  the  chemical  industry.  Special  attention  to 
management  of  research  organizations  and  to  management  of  engineering  services, 
such  as  design,  computer,  and  related  activities.     Prep.  Graduate  standing. 

Offered  yearly,  winter  quarter 

4.845     Advanced  Plant  Design  Concepts  (4  q.h.  credits) 

Modern  approaches  to  plant  design;  computer-oriented  design,  analysis  and  simula- 
tion of  chemical  processes,  use  of  strategy  decision  making  in  design,  advanced 
scheduling  and  planning  techniques.  Prep.  Undergraduate  plant  design  course, 
knowledge  of  digital  computer  programming.  Offered  yearly,  spring  quarter 

4.850  Chemical  Process  Pollution  Control  (Water)  (4  q.h.  credits) 
Provides  chemical  engineering  students  with  basic  fundamentals  for  handling  en- 
vironmental problems  in  the  chemical  process  industries.  Water  quality  requirements 
and  industrial  waste  characteristics;  wastewater  treatment  processes  applicable  to 
environmental  engineering;  biological  treatment  processes  and  equipment;  com- 
prehensive design  problems  involving  biological  and  tertiary  treatment;  the 
economics  of  water  treatment  and  reuse.  Prep.  Graduate  standing  in  Chemical 
Engineering.     Open    to    selected    ChE    seniors. 

4.855     Wastewater  Treatment  Technology 

Industrial  waste  treatment  technology  for  various  specific  contaminants  found  in  in- 
dustrial wastes  with  emphasis  on  the  chemical  process  industries.  Information  on 
sources  and  levels  of  contaminants,  existing  methods  of  treatment,  levels  of  treat- 
ment attainable,  and  associated  costs.  Prep.  Graduate  standing  in  Chemical 
Engineering. 

4.860  The  Energy  Crisis:  A  Survey 

The  energy  resources  of  the  United  States  in  comparison  to  the  projected  demands 
upon  them  over  the  next  two  decades.  Energy  sources  alternative  to  fossil  fuels  such 
as:  nuclear  power,  hydropower,  geothermal  and  solar  power  are  discussed  with 
regard  to  the  feasibility  of  their  extensive  application  by  the  year  2000.  Focus  upon 
technical  requirements,  and  economic  and  environmental  impact.  Prep.  Bachelor 
of  Science  degree. 

4.861  The  Energy  Crisis:  Fuel  to  Fuel  Conversion 

Energy  problems  associated  with  the  oil,  gas,  and  coal  industries.  The  relative  merits 
of  various  processes  for  converting  one  fuel  to  another,  including  the  gasification  of 
coal  to  produce  either  a  low-BTU  gas  or  pipeline  quality  gas.  Production  of  oil  from 
oil  shale,  coal,  and  tar  sands.     Prep.  Bachelor  of  Science  degree. 


148  /  CHEMICAL  ENGINEERING 

4.862     The  Energy  Crisis:  Solar  Energy 

The  role  of  solar  energy  as  a  future  energy  resource  in  relation  to  its  present  state  of 
development.  The  characteristics  of  solar  radiation  and  methods  of  collecting,  stor- 
ing and  converting  the  energy.  Emphasis  on  documented  technical  and  economic 
experience  with  solar  energy  reported  in  the  literature.  Current  research  proposals 
aimed  at  harnessing  the  sun's  energy.     Prep.  Bachelor  of  Science  degree. 

4.890  Seminar  in  Chemical  Reactor  Analysis  (4  q.h.  credits) 

Effects  of  fluid  mixing,  temperature  and  reaction  rate  model  on  the  performance  of 
chemical  reactors.  Specific  topics  covered  are  macro-  and  micromixing  in 
homogeneous  media,  boundary  conditions  for  tubular  flow  reactors,  stability  of  non- 
isothermal  reactors,  optimal  reactor  performance  and  radical  polymerization.  Prep. 
Thermodynamics,  undergraduate  Chemical  Engineering  Kinetics  or  equivalent. 

Offered  yearly,  winter  quarter 

4.891  Selected  Topics  in  Kinetics  of  Chemical  Processes  (4  q.h.  credits) 
Theoretical  foundations  are  developed  for  the  investigation  and  rationalization  of 
chemical  reaction  rates.  Rate  theories  regarding  elementary  steps;  sequential  reac- 
tions using  the  steady-state  approximation;  correlations  of  homogeneous  and 
heterogeneous  catalysis;  matrix  methods  applied  to  the  analysis  of  reaction 
networks.     Prep.  Undergraduate  Thermodynamics.  Offered  yearly,  fall  quarter 

4.899     Special  Topics  in  Chemical  Engineering  (4  q.h.  credits) 
Topics  of  interest  to  the  staff  member  conducting  this  class  are  presented  for  ad- 
vanced study.  A  student  may  not  take  more  than  one  Special  Topics  course  with  any 
one  instructor.     Prep.  Permission  of  department  staff.        Offered  yearly,  all  quarters 

4.973     Special  Topics  in  Chemical  Process  Heat  Transfer  (4  q.h.  credits) 
Empirical  methods  and  calculations  used  to  design  heat  transfer  equipment  for  the 
chemical  process  industries.  Review  of  basic  heat  transfer  principles.  Shell-and-tube 
calculations  for  liquid  and/or  vapor  phase  heat  transfer.  Direct  contact  and  other 
special  heat  exchanger  applications.     Prep.  Undergraduate  Heat  Transfer. 

4.974     Selected  Topics  in  Fluid  Mechanics  (4  q.h.  credits) 

Discussion  of  statics,  kinematics,  and  stress  concepts  associated  with  fluids.  For- 
mulation of  the  general  equations  of  motion  with  application  to  laminar  and  turbulent 
flow.  Topics  on  boundary  layer  theory  and  compressible  flow  are  included.  Prep. 
Undergraduate  Fluid  Mechanics.  Offered  yearly,  winter  quarter 

4.978     Separation  Processes  (4  q.h.  credits) 

Calculation  and  design  methods  used  in  processes  involving  mass  transfer.  Topics 
covered  include  vapor  liquid  equilibria  for  binary  and  multicomponent  systems,  mul- 
ticomponent  distillation,  absorption  and  extraction.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  methods 
and  techniques  which  are  common  to  many  separation  processes.  Prep.  B.S. 
degree  in  Chemical  Engineering. 

4.990     Seminar 

Topics  of  an  advanced  nature  are  presented  by  staff,  outside  speakers,  and  students 
in  the  graduate  program.  This  course  must  be  attended  by  all  master's  degree  can- 
didates.    Prep.  Admission  to  graduate  program  in  Chemical  Engineering. 

Offered  yearly,  all  quarters 


INDUSTRIAL  ENGINEERING  /  149 

4.991     Thesis  (Master's  Degree) 

Analytical  and/or  experimental  work  conducted  under  the  supervision  of  the  depart- 
ment. For  master's  degree  requirement.  Prep.  Admission  to  Master  of  Science 
program  in  Chemical  Engineering.  Offered  yearly,  all  quarters 

4.995  Thesis  (Ph.D.  Degree) 

Theoretical  and  experimental  work  conducted  under  the  supervision  of  the 
department.     Prep.  Admission  to  doctoral  program  in  Chemical  Engineering. 

Offered  yearly,  all  quarters 

4.996  Thesis  (D.  Eng.  Degree) 

Theoretical  and  experimental  work  conducted  under  the  supervision  of  the 
department.     Prep.  Admission  to  doctoral  program  in  Chemical  Engineering. 

Offered  yearly,  all  quarters 


INDUSTRIAL  ENGINEERING  AND 
ENGINEERING  MANAGEMENT 

5.801  Analysis  of  the  Industrial  Enterprise  I 

A  background  for  the  practicing  engineer,  covering  the  various  phases  of  operation 
within  the  industrial  enterprise;  history  and  growth;  management  selection  and 
development;  labor-management  relations;  product  development  and  marketing; 
public  relations  and  the  corporate  image.  Prep.  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in 
Engineering  or  Science.  Offered  yearly,  all  quarters 

5.802  Analysis  of  the  Industrial  Enterprise  II 

The  environment  in  which  the  industrial  enterprise  operates;  modern  planning  and 
forecasting;  meeting  the  technological  advance;  financial  aspects  within  and  without 
the  company;  the  effect  of  the  economic  climate;  community  and  government  in- 
fluences.    Prep.  5.801,  Analysis  of  the  Industrial  Enterprise  I. 

Offered  yearly,  all  quarters 

5.803  Industrial  Organizations 

An  analysis  of  the  purpose  and  functioning  of  organizations  as  the  basic  networks  for 
goal  satisfaction  through  coordination  of  effort,  communication,  and  responsibility. 
The  approach  will  be  based  on  modern  behavioral  science  concepts.  Prep.  Admis- 
sion to  Program.  Offered  yearly,  days  only,  fall  quarter 

5.805  Industrial  Budgeting  for  Engineers 

Budgeting  plans,  programs,  and  reports  for  industry  today;  an  introduction  to  the  es- 
sentials of  fixed  and  variable  budgeting  for  production,  inventory,  sales,  cash,  capital, 
and  cost-volume-profit  analysis.     Prep.  5.810,  Industrial  Accounting  or  equivalent. 

Offered  yearly,  fall  quarter 

5.806  Production  Forecasting 

Econometric  methods  of  forecasting  the  demand  for  industrial  products;  emphasis 
on  techniques  applicable  to  individual  companies  and  the  total  demand.  The  prin- 
cipal tool  used  is  the  mathematical  model  of  the  causal  factors  with  special  attention 
to  determining  the  reliability  of  the  model.  Prep.  5.963,  Engineering  Statistics  II  or 
equivalent.  Offered  yearly,  fall  quarter 


150  /  INDUSTRIAL  ENGINEERING 

5.808  Basic  Engineering  Economy 

Economic  analysis  in  formulating  business  policies  and  selecting  alternatives  from 
possible  engineering  solutions  to  industrial  problems,  present  worth,  annual  cost, 
and  rate  of  return  techniques  with  continuous  and  discrete  interest  calcula- 
tions.    Prep.  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Engineering  or  Science. 

Offered  yearly,  all  quarters 

5.809  Advanced  Engineering  Economy 

Principal  emphasis  on  the  practical  application  of  the  techniques  studied  in  basic 
engineering  economy;  problems  of  implementation  through  class  discussion  of 
cases  and  a  major  term  project;  recent  advances  in  the  techniques  of  engineering 
economy,  especially  those  relating  to  the  consideration  of  uncertainties.  Prep. 
5.808,  Basic  Engineering  Economy  or  equivalent. 

Offered  yearly,  fall  and  winter  quarters 

5.810  Industrial  Accounting  for  Engineers 

Introduction  of  basic  accounting  principles  and  procedures;  use  of  accounting  data 
as  a  management  tool;  a  practical  coverage  of  basic  cost  procedures  related  to 
materials,  labor,  and  manufacturing  expense  cost  control;  job  order,  process,  and 
standard  cost  systems.  Prep.  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Engineering  or 
Science.  Offered  yearly,  all  quarters 

5.81 1  Cost  Accounting  for  Engineers 

Cost  accounting  procedures  as  established  by  accountants  are  studied  and 
evaluated  in  terms  of  being  considered  by  the  engineer  for  cost  determination  of 
alternative  engineering  proposals.     Prep.  5.810,  Industrial  Accounting  or  equivalent. 

Offered  yearly,  winter  quarter 

5.812  Managing  Professional  Personnel 

Analysis  of  the  particular  problems  of  managing  creative  people  in  research, 
development  and  engineering  based  on  current  developments  in  general  manage- 
ment theory  and  the  behavioral  sciences;  technical  innovation  as  part  of  the  overall 
organization;  class  discussion  of  cases  and  student  term  papers.  Prep.  Bachelor  of 
Science  degree  in  Engineering  or  Science. 

Offered  yearly,  fall,  winter  and  spring  quarters 

5.813  Engineering  Communication 

Exploration  of  practice  in  the  effective  preparation  and  presentation  both  written  and 
oral,  of  the  results  of  engineering  projects  and  programs  as  a  basis  for  business 
decisions:  including  formal  reports,  progress  summaries,  memoranda,  and  technical 
papers.  The  effective  use  of  various  media  and  audio  visual  aids  based  on  both 
audience  and  material.  Consideration  of  the  types  of  audiences  frequently  en- 
countered and  their  needs  and  reactions  as  factors  in  selecting  approach.  Prep. 
Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Engineering  or  Science.        Offered  yearly,  all  quarters 

5.814  Development  of  Engineering  Managers 

Analysis  of  the  problems  faced  by  the  engineer  in  the  transition  from  individual  con- 
tributor to  engineering  manager;  the  challenge  of  engineering  management;  in- 
tegrating profession  and  management  objectives;  developing  guides  for  engineering 
managers,  to  examine  their  own  work  and  performance,  and  to  improve  their  effec- 
tiveness as  well  as  develop  managerial  skills  in  their  subordinates.  Prep.  5.801, 
Analysis  of  the  Industrial  Enterprise  I.  Offered  yearly,  all  quarters 


INDUSTRIAL  ENGINEERING  /  151 

5.816  Industrial  Psychology  for  Engineers 

A  general  coverage  of  the  application  of  psychology  to  industry  with  emphasis  on  in- 
dustrial environments  and  organization,  human  relations,  group  dynamics,  tests  and 
measurements,  personnel  practices,  training,  and  motivation.  Prep.  Bachelor  of 
Science  degree  in  Engineering  or  Science.  Offered  yearly,  all  quarters 

5.817  Advanced  Work  Design 

Basic  philosophies  of  work  design;  implementation  of  work  design  concepts  with 
case  studies;  study  and  analysis  of  models  such  as  work  sampling,  sequence  or  flow 
of  work  models;  repetitive  and  nonrepetitive  work  models,  and  work  measurement 
models  such  as  standard  data;  human  factors  in  measuring  operator  performance; 
regression  analysis  approaches;  emphasis  on  development  of  professional, 
analytical,  and  managerial  skills  and  abilities  at  a  systems  level.  Prep.  Bachelor  of 
Science  degree  in  Engineering  or  Science.  Offered  yearly,  spring  quarter 

5.819  Human  Factors  in  Man-Machine  Systems 

Design  of  equipment  and  systems  for  human  use;  emphasis  on  the  application  of 
engineering  psychology;  visual  and  auditory  presentation  of  information  —  speech 
communications,  man-machine  dynamics,  design  of  controls,  layout  of  work  places, 
and  environmental  effects  on  human  performance.  Prep.  Bachelor  of  Science 
degree  in  Engineering  or  Science.  Offered  yearly,  all  quarters 

5.820  Personnel  Administration  for  Engineers 

Personnel  programs  for  attracting  and  retaining  technical  talent;  evaluating  effec- 
tiveness of  major  personnel  policies;  modern  methods  of  salary  and  wage  ad- 
ministration; planning  profitable  relationships  among  company,  supervisors,  and 
employees.     Prep.  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Engineering  or  Science. 

Offered  yearly,  winter  and  spring  quarters 

5.822  Product  Design  and  Value  Analysis 

Study  of  design  parameters  and  their  effect  on  development,  manufacturing  and 
procurement;  functional  analysis  of  components  and  systems;  complete  projects  and 
case  studies  are  integrated  in  the  course.  Prep.  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in 
Engineering  or  Science.  Offered  yearly,  winter  and  spring  quarters 

5.823  Advanced  Production  Analysis  (4  q.h.  credits) 

Study  of  advanced  problem-solving  techniques  in  the  areas  of  method  and  measure- 
ment, layout  and  facilities  planning,  material  handling  and  manufacturing  process. 
Case  studies  and  a  course  project  in  a  local  concern  illustrate  the  concepts 
presented.     Prep.  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Engineering  or  Science. 

Offered  yearly,  days  only,  fall  quarter 

5.824  Case  Studies  in  Industrial  Engineering 

Formulation  of  problems  and  analysis  of  situations  on  topics  such  as:  work  measure- 
ment, line  balancing,  plant  layout,  regression  analysis,  wage  and  salary  administra- 
tion, management  information  systems  and  network  analysis.  Class  discussion  and 
written  analysis  of  a  variety  of  cases  is  included.  Prep.  5.823,  Advanced  Production 
Analysis.  Offered  yearly,  days  only,  spring  quarter 

5.825  Topics  in  Production  Engineering 

Production  problems  to  include:  line  balancing,  plant  location,  plant  layout  and 
material  handling,  design  of  manufacturing  systems,  job  sequencing.  Course  utilizes 


152  /  INDUSTRIAL  ENGINEERING 

readings,  projects  and  case  studies.  (Not  open  to  those  who  have  taken  5.823,  Ad- 
vanced Production  Analysis.)  Prep.  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Engineering  or 
Science.  Offered  yearly,  winter  quarter 

5.830  Financial  Management  I 

Study  of  the  issues  and  processes  of  short-term  financing  of  industrial  firms;  financial 
analysis  of  cases,  supplemented  by  readings  to  develop  familiarity  with  sources  and 
uses  of  working  capital  as  well  as  the  goals  and  problems  involved  in  its  manage- 
ment. (Open  to  Engineering  Management  majors  only.)  Prep.  5.801,  Analysis  of  the 
Industrial  Enterprise  I,  and  5.810,  Industrial  Accounting  for  Engineers,  and  5.808, 
Basic  Engineering  Economy  or  equivalent.  Offered  yearly,  all  quarters 

5.831  Financial  Management  II 

Extension  of  Financial  Management  I  with  emphasis  on  analysis  necessary  to  such 
long-term  financial  decisions  as  issuance  of  stock  or  bonds;  contracting  of  leases  or 
loans,  and  financing  of  a  new  enterprise;  mergers,  capital  budgeting,  the  cost  of 
capital,  and  the  valuation  of  a  business.     Prep.  5.830,  Financial  Management  I. 

Offered  yearly,  all  quarters 

5.841     Engineering  Project  Management 

The  management  of  projects  in  technically  based  organizations.  Applies  a  systems 
approach  and  provides  an  understanding  of  project  management  practices  and 
techniques  for  the  planning  and  control  of  tasks  in  a  performing  organization.  Using  a 
project  life-cycle  frame-work,  coverage  includes  the  principles  and  methodology  of 
work  definition,  planning  and  scheduling  resources,  estimation  and  budgeting, 
technical  performance  —  schedules  and  cost  control  systems.  Prep.  5.812  or 
5.814,  or  Department  permission.  Offered  yearly,  fall  and  spring  quarters 

5.853     Man-Computer  Interaction 

Design  and  evaluation  of  the  Man-Computer  Interface  in  on-line  information  systems: 
formatting  of  visual  displays  and  auditory  outputs,  techniques  to  facilitate  operator 
inputs,  pacing  and  control  of  the  interactive  sequence,  operator  training,  task 
analysis  and  performance  testing.  Student  projects  in  areas  of  novel  application. 
Prep.  5.819,  Human  Factors  in  Man-Machine  Systems. 

5.860     Health  Care  Organization  and  Management 

History  of  the  development  and  the  delivery  of  health  services;  health  organization 
functions  and  inter-relationships  of  health-oriented  organizations;  study  of  certain 
legal  principles  and  rulings  of  importance  to  medical  personnel;  introduction  to  in- 
terpersonal ethics  of  patient  care.  Prep.  Admission  to  the  Graduate  School  of 
Engineering.  Offered  yearly,  fall  quarter 

5.862     Introduction  to  Occupational  Health  and  Safety 

Accident  prevention,  accident  cost  analysis,  Federal  and  local  legislation,  record 
keeping  requirements  under  OSHA  Act  of  1970;  occupational  safety  and  health  stan- 
dards, safety  programs  and  inspections,  fire  prevention  and  control  methods;  human 
behavior  and  industrial  safety,  occupational  diseases  and  personnel  protective 
equipment.     Prep.  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Engineering  or  Science. 

Offered  yearly,  fall  quarter 


INDUSTRIAL  ENGINEERING  /  153 

5.863  Technical  Aspects  of  Health  and  Safety 

Safety  responsibilities  of  management  and  employees;  methods  of  hazard  control; 
accident  investigation;  recognition  of  chemical,  electrical  and  mechanical  hazards; 
principles  of  machine  guarding;  occupational  safety  and  health  standards,  safety 
training;  toxology  and  first  aid  and  medical  services.  Prep.  5.862,  Introduction  to 
Occupational  Health  and  Safety  or  permission  of  the  instructor. 

Offered  yearly,  winter  quarter 

5.864  Topics  in  Physiology  and  Biomedical  Engineering 

Introduction  to  specific  areas  relating  to  human  structure  and  function,  and  to  the  use 
of  engineering  techniques  for  medical  diagnosis  and  therapy.  Areas  considered  in- 
clude blood  and  blood  components,  the  cardiovascular  system,  the  kidney  and 
urinary  systems  and  respiratory  systems.  The  course  will  be  taught  on  a  seminar 
basis.  Students  will  be  required  to  do  literature  research  under  the  guidance  of  the 
instructor.     Prep.  Permission  of  instructor.  Offered  yearly,  spring  quarter 


5.865     Case  Studies  in  Health  Systems 

Readings  and  discussion  of  case  histories  of  application  of  systems  analysis  to  field 
of  health.  Outstanding  administrators  and  systems  analysts  from  various  health 
organizations  will  be  invited  to  speak  to  class.  Prep.  Admission  to  the  Graduate 
School  of  Engineering.  Offered  yearly,  spring  quarter 


5.900     Basic  Operations  Research  (4  q.h.  credits) 

An  introduction  to  the  theory  and  use  of  deterministic  and  stochastic  models  to 
represent  industrial  operations.  Models  included  are  those  of  linear  programming, 
dynamic  programming,  inventory  control,  waiting  lines,  and  Monte  Carlo  simulation. 
Embodies  the  material  in  5.901  and  5.902,  Basic  Operations  Research  I  and  II.  Open 
to  both  day  and  evening  students.  Prep.  5.962,  Engineering  Statistics  II  or  10.8G1, 
Probability.  Offered  yearly,  fall  quarter 


5.901  Basic  Operations  Research  I 

Introduction  to  the  theory  and  use  of  deterministic  models  to  represent  industrial 
operations;  includes  linear  programming,  dynamic  programming,  networks,  and 
game  theory.     Prep.  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Engineering  or  Science. 

Offered  yearly,  all  quarters 

5.902  Basic  Operations  Research  II 

Introduction  to  the  theory  and  use  of  stochastic  models  to  represent  industrial 
operations;  includes  queuing,  inventory,  and  Markovian  models.  Prep.  5.901,  Basic 
Operations  Research  I  and  5.962,  Engineering  Statistics  III  or  equivalent. 

Offered  yearly,  all  quarters 

5.903  Inventory  Control  and  Production  Planning 

The  design  and  operation  of  inventory  systems  from  a  scientific  management  point  of 
view,  including  both  required  theory  and  practical  aspects.  Subjects  include  inven- 
tory control  models,  statistical  forecasting,  production  scheduling  techniques,  dis- 
tribution systems,  management  control  and  reports,  discussion  of  actual  systems, 
and  a  case  study.     Prep.  5.963,  Engineering  Statistics  or  equivalent. 

Offered  yearly,  spring  quarter 


154  /  INDUSTRIAL  ENGINEERING 

5.904  Queuing  Theory  and  Its  Applications 

A  development  of  the  theory  of  queues  with  emphasis  on  practical  applications,  us- 
ing the  latest  techniques  of  Markovian  state-transition  diagrams  to  simplify  the 
mathematic  model;  study  of  models  based  on  random  arrivals  and  departures  in- 
cluding exponential  and  Erlang  service  distributions,  single  and  multiple  services, 
series  and  parallel  systems,  finite  and  infinite  queues;  applications  to  staffing,  inven- 
tory control,  reliability,  maintenance  and  scheduling.  Prep.  5.900  or  5.902,  Basic 
Operations  Research  Offered  yearly,  winter  quarter 

5.905  Analysis  with  Simulation 

Model  building  for  digital  simulation,  testing  and  validation  of  models,  simulation 
compiler  languages,  logic  flow  charting,  applications  drawn  from  economics, 
scheduling,  inventory  problems,  marketing,  and  others;  programming  and  running  of 
several  models.  Prep.  5.913,  Data  Processing  tor  Engineers  and  5.963,  Statistics  or 
equivalent.  Offered  yearly,  winter  quarter 

5.906  Principles  of  Dynamic  Systems  I 

Introduction  to  modeling  of  social  systems,  emphasizing  the  study  of  feedback  struc- 
tures and  their  behavior;  development  of  concepts  that  allow  one  to  understand  the 
mechanisms  underlying  growth,  stagnation  and  cyclical  fluctuation;  examples  and 
practice  at  formulating  models  of  industrial,  economic,  social,  and  ecological 
systems;  study  of  some  of  the  effects  of  delays,  multiple  feedback  loops,  and  non- 
linearities;  aim  to  building  an  intuitive  foundation  for  simulation  studies  of  complex 
systems.     Prep.  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Engineering  or  Science. 

Offered  yearly,  fall  quarter 

5.907  Principles  of  Dynamic  Systems  II 

Continuation  of  topics  from  5.906  with  increased  experience  in  the  construction  and 
analysis  of  generic  feedback  structures;  examination  of  current  and  previous  System 
Dynamics  applications  including  Urban  Dynamics  and  World  Dynamics;  exercises  in 
model  conceptualization.     Prep.  5.906,  Principles  of  Dynamic  Systems  I. 

Offered  yearly,  winter  quarter 

5.909  Systems  Engineering  and  Analysis 

Methods  of  describing,  analyzing,  and  manipulating  complex  systems  both  open  and 
closed  loop;  meaning  of  system  optimization;  classical  optimization  techniques; 
emphasis  on  the  description  and  design  of  a  system  rather  than  system  manipulation 
and  on  "complete"  system  rather  than  submanipulation;  examples  drawn  from 
transportation,  information,  manufacturing,  etc.     Prep.  Admission  to  the  Program. 

Offered  yearly,  days  only,  winter  quarter 

5.910  Analytical  Techniques  for  Engineers 

Linear  algebra,  transform  techniques  including  Laplace  transforms  and  z  transform; 
systems  of  linear  differential  equations.  Prep.  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in 
Engineering  or  Science.  Offered  yearly,  fall  quarter 

5.911  Linear  Programming 

An  in-depth  development  of  the  theory  in  formulating  the  linear  programming  model 
for  solving  the  problems  of  resources  allocation,  blending  of  ingredients,  cutting 
stock,  and  flow-network  commonly  found  in  industry;  sensitivity  analysis,  duality 


INDUSTRIAL  ENGINEERING  /  155 

itheorem,  fundamentals  of  integer  programming.  Prep.  5.900  or  5.902,  Basic 
Operations  Research  or  equivalent  and  a  course  in  linear  algebra. 

Offered  yearly,  winter  and  spring  quarters 

5.912  Network  Planning  and  Control 

Applications  of  stochastic  networks  to  project  management,  scheduling,  inventory, 
reliability,  quality-control  and  other  industrial  applications;  review  of  PERT  and  its  in- 
adequacies, to  the  development  of  stochastic  flow-graphs  and  networks;  solving  for 
the  mean  task  times  and  variances  using  moment-generating  functions;  setting  up 
the  model  for  computer  simulation  using  GERT.     Prep.  5.962  Prob.  of  Statistics  III 

Offered  yearly  fall  and  spring  quarter 

5.913  Data  Processing  for  Engineers 

Open  only  to  students  who  have  not  had  a  basic  course  or  extensive  experience  in  a 
compiler  language.  A  study  of  digital  computers  and  computer  programming 
techniques  as  applied  to  management  problems.  The  course  will  cover  the  basic 
characteristics  and  operation  of  computing  equipment  and  peripheral  devices.  The 
FORTRAN  language  is  presented  in  depth  and  will  be  utilized  by  the  student  for 
programming  and  running  several  projects  on  a  computer.  Other  compiler 
languages  will  be  described  and  compared  to  FORTRAN.  A  systems  approach  to  the 
design,  development,  and  implementation  of  computer  programs  for  solving 
management  problems  will  be  emphasized.  Examples  will  be  studied  from  several 
management  areas.     Prep.  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Engineering  or  Science. 

Offered  yearly,  all  quarters 

5.914  Advanced  Operations  Research  (4  q.h.  credits) 

Further  study  of  quantitative  techniques  available  to  assist  management  in  scientific 
decision-making,  including  Markov  processes,  utility  theory,  Bayesian  statistics,  and 
forecasting;  case  studies  of  real  industrial  problems.  Prep.  5.900,  Basic  Operations 
Research.  Offered  yearly,  days  only,  spring  quarter 

5.916     Engineering  Analysis  Utilizing  Data  Processing 

Engineering  and  quantitative  management  problems  utilizing  medium  to  large  data 
processing  systems;  application  areas  include  simulation  and  file  management;  the 
principles  of  modern  operating  systems  are  discussed  in  detail.  Prep.  5.913  or 
equiv.  Offered  yearly,  fall  quarter 

5.918  Advanced  Operations  Research  I 

Material  covered  in  5.918  and  5.919  identical  to  course  5.914.  Prep.  5.901  and 
5.902.  Offered  yearly,  winter  quarter 

5.919  Advanced  Operations  Research  II 

Material  covered  in  courses  5.918  and  5.919  identical  to  course  5.914.     Prep.  5.918. 

Offered  yearly,  spring  quarter 

5.930     Basic  Computer  Systems  Technology 

Introduction  to  computer  systems  and  assembly  language  programming.  Topics  in- 
clude: machine  language,  assemblers,  and  compilers.  Input/output  device  control. 
List  processing,  searching,  and  sorting;  file  systems  and  storage  management. 
Students  are  required  to  prepare  and  test  several  programs.  The  emphasis  is  on 
basic  concepts  necessary  to  understand  and  evaluate  technological  development. 
Prep.  5.913.  Offered  yearly,  fall  and  winter  quarters 


156  /  INDUSTRIAL  ENGINEERING 

5.931  Computer  Systems 

Introduction  to  hardwares  and  software  packages,  on-line  real-time  computer 
systems,  and  time-sharing  and  resource  allocation.  Telecommunications.  Graphics 
terminals  and  data  collection  devices  are  also  discussed.  The  course  seeks  to 
develop  the  student's  understanding  of  computer  technology  so  that  he  can 
successfully  employ  it  in  new  and  creative  ways.     Prep.  5.930. 

Offered  yearly,  winter  and  spring  quarters 

5.932  Advanced  Computer  Systems 

Topics  in  the  forefront  of  the  computer  software  field.  Discussion  of  the  design 
choices  in  Advanced  Computer  Systems  raises  the  major  design  and  operating 
issues  concerning  digital  computers.     Prep.  5.931. 


5.940  Basic  Information  System  Technology 

Introduction  to  the  concepts  which  support  the  field  of  information  systems.  Introduc- 
tion to  hardware  and  software  systems  and  structuring  problems  in  computer  terms. 
Both  lectures  and  cases  are  used  to  illustrate  basic  issues  which  include  hardware 
components  and  their  relative  speeds,  methods  for  balancing  systems  components, 
models  of  machines  and  concepts  underlying  application  programs,  translators, 
utilities,  and  operation  systems.  Data  structures  and  data  management  are  treated 
from  the  viewpoint  of  optimizing  systems  design  for  large  scale  data  bases.  Prep. 
Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Engineering  or  Science  and  5.913. 

Offered  yearly,  fall  and  winter 

5.941  Management  Information  Systems 

The  development  of  a  framework  which  emphasizes  support  to  management  deci- 
sion making.  Theoretical  and  pragmatic  considerations  are  used  as  a  base  from 
which  a  final  framework  is  developed.  This  framework  is  applied  to  the  design,  in- 
stallation, and  evaluation  of  traditional  management  information  systems  (formerly 
5.818).     Prep.  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  for  Engineering  or  Science. 

Offered  yearly,  all  quarters 

5.942  Information  Systems  Design 

Designed  to  provide  greater  depth  and  some  practical  exposure  to  the  issues  and 
concepts  raised  in  Management  Information  Systems.  Topics  will  include  design 
models  for  modular  systems  with  emphasis  on  on-line,  real-time  systems  and  project 
planning  and  control.  Offered  yearly,  spring  quarters 

5.943  Management  Decision  Systems  Seminar 

Seminar  course  exploring  the  design  issues  involved  in  building  management  deci- 
sion systems.  Includes  methods  of  making  explicit  the  manager's  decision 
processes,  as  well  as  the  design  process  for  building  effective  man/machine 
systems.     Prep.  5.940,  5.941,  5.942. 

5.953     Statistical  Decision  Theory 

Use  of  Bayesian  statistical  inference  to  arrive  at  decisions  when  stochastic  variables 
are  interacting;  relationship  to  game  theory;  decision  making  over  time  in  a  se- 
quence; important  expected  values  and  distributions;  relationship  of  Bayesian  deci- 
sion theory  to  classical  statistical  inference.  Prep.  5.962,  Engineering  Statistics  III  or 
10.8G  1,  Probability  or  equivalent.  Offered  yearly,  fall  quarter 


INDUSTRIAL  ENGINEERING  /  157 

5.954  Advanced  Quality  Control 

Mathematical  methods  of  quality  control;  development  of  the  process  control  charts 
for  sampling  by  variables  and  by  attributes;  development  of  acceptance  test 
procedures;  development  of  life-testing  plans;  cost  aspects  of  quality-control 
decisions.     Prep.  5.962,  Prob.  &  Statistics  III  Offered  yearly,  fall  quarter 

5.955  Mathematical  Theory  of  Reliability 

An  introduction  to  the  mathematical  theory  of  reliability  and  maintainability  applied 
to  electrical  and  mechanical  equipments,  reliability  allocations;  failure  and  repair 
predictions  at  the  component  and  system  levels;  stress-derating  techniques;  physics 
of  sudden  and  wear-out  failures;  reliability/maintainability  life-cycle  costing  plans; 
design  reviews  and  managerial  controls.     Prep.  5.962,  Prob.  &  Statistics  III 

Offered  yearly,  fall  quarter 

5.956  Reliability  and  Maintainability  Assessment 

The  mathematical  development  of  life-test  plans  for  quality-control  and  reliability; 
failure-terminated,  time-terminated  and  sequential  test  plans  for  reliability 
demonstrations;  maintenance  task-times  plans  for  maintain-ability  demonstration; 
economic  aspects  of  each  plan;  managerial  decisions.  Prep.  5.962,  Prob.  of 
Statistics  III  Offered  yearly,  winter  quarter 

5.957  Reliability  Analysis  of  Complex  Systems 

A  Markovian-chain  state-transition  diagram  approach  to  reliability  modeling  of  non- 
maintained  and  maintained  systems  which  permits  analytic  steady-state  and 
dynamic  solutions  of  both  the  stationary  and  non-stationary  models;  setting  up  the 
matrix-equations  for  solution  by  computer;  controlling  the  numerical  oscillations  and 
accuracy  of  the  results.     Prep.  5.955,  Mathematical  Theory  of  Reliability 

Offered  yearly,  summer  quarter 

5.960  Probability  and  Statistics  I 

Fundamental  concepts  of  probability.  Events,  event  space,  sample  space,  sampling. 
Axiomatic  development  events  and  the  algebra  of  events.  Counting,  permutations, 
combinations.  Discrete  and  continuous  random  variables.  Density  functions,  mass 
functions,  cumulative  probability  distributions.  Expectation  of  functions  of  random 
variables.  Conditional,  marginal  joint  distributions.  Prep.  B.S.  in  Eng.  Not  to  be 
taken  by  students  who  have  completed  course  5.950.      Offered  yearly,  fall  and  winter 

5.961  Probability  and  Statistics  II 

Continuation  of  5.960.  Common  discrete  and  continuous  random  variables  to  include 
binomial,  poisson,  hypergiometric,  normal,  exponential,  gamma,  X2,  F,  uniform  and 
student's  t.  Mean,  variance,  MGF,  characteristic  function.  Derived  distributions, 
change  of  variable.  Prep.  5.960.  Not  to  be  taken  by  students  who  have  completed 
course  5.951.  Offered  yearly,  winter  and  spring 

5.962  Probability  and  Statistics  III 

Limit  theorems  to  include  central  limit,  Chebyshevs,  law  of  large  numbers,  Point  and 
interval  estimators.  Properties  of  estimators  —  bias,  sufficiency,  variance.  Estimation 
by  moments,  max  likelihood,  Bayes.  Hypothesis  and  hypothesis  testing.  One  and  two 
sided  tests.  Type  I  and  Type  II  error.  Power  curve.  Prep.  5.961.  Not  to  be  taken  by 
students  who  have  completed  course  5.951.  Offered  yearly,  fall  and  spring 


158  /  INDUSTRIAL  ENGINEERING 

5.963  Statistics 

Review  of  Hypothesis  testing.  Tests  on  mean,  variance,  difference  in  means.  Courela- 
tion,  curve  fitting,  least  squares.  Multiple  regression  analysis.  Basic  concepts  of 
analysis  of  variance.  One  and  two  way  classification.     Prep.  5.962. 

Offered  yearly,  fall  and  winter 

5.964  Design  of  Exp.  I 

An  introduction  to  experimental  design  and  analysis:  modeling  for  fixed,  random  and 
mixed  factor  designs  such  as:  single  factor,  randomized  blocks,  Latin  square  and 
factorial  experiments,  analysis  of  variance  and  covariance,  orthogonal  con- 
trasts.    Prep.  5.951.  Not  to  be  taken  by  students  who  have  completed  course  5.952 

Offered  yearly  fail  and  winter 

5.965  DesignofExp.il 

Further  design  considerations  in  experimental  design  and  analysis  such  as:  nesting, 
split-plot,  factorial  confounding,  fractional  factorial,  response  surfaces.  Computer 
applications  to  design  analysis.  Prep.  5.952.  Not  to  be  taken  by  students  who  have 
completed  course  5.958.  Offered  yearly,  spring 

5.966  Probability  and  Statistics  (4  q.h.  credits) 

Same  material  as  5.960  and  5.961  but  offered  as  a  4  q.h.  course 

Offered  yearly,  fall  quarter 

5.991  Thesis  (Master's  Degree)  (6  q.h.  credits) 

Analytical  and/or  experimental  work  conducted  under  the  auspices  of  the 
department.     Prep.  Consent  of  adviser.  Offered  yearly,  all  quarters 

5.992  Seminar  in  Industrial  Engineering 

Discussion  and  presentations  of  thesis  related  topics  by  students,  presentations  and 
discussions  by  faculty  and  eminent  people  in  the  field  on  timely  industrial  engineer- 
ing topics.  Field  trips  and  visitations  included  where  appropriate. 

Offered  yearly,  days  only,  fall  quarter 

5.993  Special  Problems  in  Industrial  Engineering 

Individual  work  under  faculty  supervision.     Prep.  Consent  of  adviser. 

Offered  yearly,  all  quarters 


mathematics  and  physics 


For    mathematics    and    physics    courses    consult   the    bulletin    of   the 
Graduate  School  of  Arts  and  Sciences. 


index 


Academic  calendar,  5 
Academic  Council,  13 
Address  of  University,  1 
Administration 

University,  10 

Graduate  Division,  14 
Admission 

Doctor's  degree,  31 

Master's  degree,  29 

Appointments  to  fellowships, 

assistantships,  30,  40,  41 

B 

Board  of  Trustees,  9 
Buildings,  19 


Calendar,  5 

Campus  description  and 

location,  19 
Campus  map,  4 
Center  for  Continuing 

Education,  18 
Chemical  Engineering,  80 
Civil  Engineering,  46 
Class  hours,  28 
Committee  on  Graduate 

Study  in  Engineering,  16 
Cooperative  Plan  of 

Education  (see  also  fields 
of  study),  31 
Corporation  members,  7 
Courses,  Description  of 

Chemical  Engineering,  144 
Civil  Engineering,  98 
Electrical  Engineering,  122 
Industrial  Engineering 
and  Engineering 
Management,  149 
Mathematics 

and  physics,  158 
Mechanical 

Engineering,  109 


Degree  programs,  26,  29,  31,  33,  37 

(see  also  fields  of  study) 
Doctor's  degrees  (see  also 
fields  of  study) 
Admission,  31 
Classification,  32 
Comprehensive 

examination,  32 
Course  requirements,  32 
Degree  candidacy,  32 
Dissertation,  32 
Doctor  of  Engineering 

Degree,  33 
Final  oral  examination,  33 
Language  requirement,  33 
Interdisciplinary 

programs,  36 
Qualifying  examination,  32,  34 
Registration,  33,  35 
Residence  requirement,  34 
Time  limitation,  33,  35 
Transfer  credit,  33,  35 


Engineer  Degree,  37 
Electrical  Engineering,  65 
Engineering  Management,  87 
Executive  Council,  13 


Faculty,  43 

Faculty  Senate,  13 

Fees,  39 

Fellowships,  41 

Appointments  to,  41 
Doctoral  research,  41 
Graduate  cooperative 

research,  41 
Research,  41 

Fields  of  study 

Chemical  Engineering,  80 
Civil  Engineering,  46 
Electrical  Engineering,  65 


159 


160/  INDEX 


Industrial  Engineering 
and  Engineering 
Management,  87 

Mathematics 
and  Physics,  158 

Mechanical 

Engineering,  55 

Transportation,  96 
Financial  Information,  39 


Grading  System,  27 
Graduate  and  Professional 

Schools,  17 
Graduate  School  of  Engineering 

Fields  of  study,  46 

Registration,  26 

Regulations,  24 

H 

Henderson  House,  21 

I 

Industrial  Engineering  and 

Engineering  Management,  87 
Interdisciplinary  programs,  36 

Admission,  36 

Interdisciplinary  Committee,  36 


Loan  program,  41,  42 

M 

Map  of  campus,  4 
Marine  Science  Institute,  21 
Master's  degree  (see  also 
fields  of  study) 

Academic  classification,  29 

Admission,  29 

Comprehensive  examination,  30 

Thesis,  30 


Time  limitations,  30 
Transfer  credits,  30 

Mathematics,  158 

Mechanical  Engineering,  55 

N 

Nashua  Campus,  21 


Part-time  programs  (see  also 

fields  of  study),  31 
Physics,  158 
Programs  of  study  (see  also 

fields  of  study),  26 


Registration  dates,  5 

Regulations 

For  doctor's  degree,  31 
For  master's  degree,  29 
Graduate  division,  24 

Research  activities,  18 

Research  fellowships,  41 


Suburban  Campus,  20 


Tuition,  39 

Transportation,  Graduate  Program 

in  (Interdisciplinary),  96 
Trustees,  9 


U 

University  Graduate  Council,  14 

W 

Warren  Center,  21 
Withdrawals,  28 


p  s 

in    SS 
1-  Z 


_    E 

O      0) 
O     -Q 


^         JZ      3 


a   S 
E    & 


□  DD< 


I  DDDD 


Q.     13 

<n  c/) 


DDDDD 


E    3 


DDDD 


G  5 

DD 


DDD 


"g-3 

II 

cu-o 

0)  X 
Q  0> 

-^ 

"CO 

I5 

o 

e 

E 

o 

E 

E 

c 
o 

i 

-\ 

»  < 

3    CD 
CD    „ 

n  o 

cd  => 
<  J 
»  «> 

a 

w  n 

2 
m 

c 

Q. 

O 

c 
3 

3 

£    CD 

2  " 

o 

m 

o 

C/) 
C 

S-" 

■ZL 

a.  id 

H 

D 

o 

_J 

C     3 

O 

CD 

'-! 

CD    O 

Z 

£  w 

g 

(/) 

ti) 

o  ■* 

D) 

o 

;j-  0) 

■o 

LL 

CD    O 

8  §  §S  g" 

i  °"8  s» 

"3  cd  2,  3 


ij  CDCO 

F»8-- 

h<  !■§■ 

-  S  2  £ 

«a  2  2. 

—  o  =.- 

O    B)    3^ 

Si  £  w  < 

§ag  | 

Si   en  * 

3n«i) 

O    S.O    < 

~  —       o 

O"  CD  4  c 
O  »  CD  — 
°   CO   C< 

«8  -r 

g-'S  S-S 
S  i^S  <• 

3a"3 


-  J  58 

O    CD    0    -. 

=  en  E.  cd 

-»  aS 

CD    ""5  < 

-Si.-? 


I 

> 

Q. 
Q. 
CD 
C/D 

O 
V) 

o 

D 

-z. 
3 

CD 
O 

3 

O 
■< 
CD 

O 

o 
o' 

5" 
o 

c 

CO 

<' 

CD 
O 
CD 

5 

D 

a 
o 

S 
o 

jate  school  of  pharmacy  and  allied  health  professions 


H 


NEW  ENGLAND 
ASSOCIATION 
OF  SCHOOLS 
AND  COLLEGES 


Northeastern  University 
A/lugar  Building 
360  Huntington  Avenue 
3oston,  Massachusetts  02115 
Telephone  (617)432-3211 


jraluate  school  of  pharmacy  and  allied  health  professions 
loiheastem  university  1976-1978 


contents 


4 

Campus  Map 

5 

Academic  Calendar 

6 

University  Holidays 

7 

The  Governing  Boards  and  Officers  of  the  University 

7 

Corporation 

9 

Board  of  Trustees 

10 

Administrative  Organization 

13 

General  University  Committees 

14 

Organization  of  the  Graduate  Schools 

16 

The  University 

18 

Buildings  and  Facilities 

21 

The  Graduate  School  of  Pharmacy  and  Allied  Health 

Professions 

22 

General  Regulations 

25 

The  Master  of  Science  Degree 

26 

The  Doctor  of  Philosophy  Degree 

29 

Interdisciplinary  Programs 

31 

Financial  Information 

31 

Financial  Obligations 

32 

Financial  Aid 

34 

Faculty 

34 

Graduate  Faculty 

35 

Administrative  Positions 

36 

Fields  of  Study 

36 

Clinical  Chemistry  (M.S.  Degree) 

41 

Hospital  Pharmacy  (M.S.  Degree) 

45 

Medical  Laboratory  Science  (M.S.  Degree) 

51 

Medicinal  Chemistry  (M.S.  Degree) 

54 

Pharmacology  (M.S.  Degree) 

58 

Radiopharmaceutical  Science  (M.S.  Degree) 

60 

Medicinal  Chemistry  (Ph.D.  Degree) 

62 

Interdisciplinary  Ph.D.  Program  in  Forensic  Chemistry 

63 

Courses 

78 

Index 

SO 


U.  CO  !2  CD  O       C3       IXXOOIOD       u_       LL-i" 


CO  CO  f~  COCO  (Oi-N(OC0NNMn 

<<comococimLiJoQujOOuj 


co  £ 
o  0 
<  c/> 


E     -3 

CO 

c 

.2  o>w 

32.S 
wag, 

3 

T3 

—  Ill 

o 

"co   co 

co  JZ  0- 
♦3   Q.^ 

CD 

ers 

era 
din 

E<r 

£    CO 

3 

CO    c 

co  o  co 

CO  ^  o 

3    CO 

co  mo 

ooo 

ou 

o 


~o_  £-0  eO 


U)  *-"  uj —  *-    l l_    „  Qj 

S.E  .E  2  3»7o2o)„„-5 

SSS5  "clc'csttj 

^~~^r—  CO    CD  CP  —    CD    CD 

ojnoclljitt  CJDCC-1. 
^  >.>,  c  «  .5>I  >  S|  B  o  °  <o  : 
3  <o  »  g-o-e:  .-  S  £■*  o  <d  <»  «. 


o  o  =  S=< 


.  o  o 
u.  U-  o  1 1  *  *: 


'as^« 


05 

CO  CO  CO  CO  CO 

f      iS| 

3  3  3  5  3 

•  _  —    CO    CO 

CD    CD    CD    CD    CD 

co  mfllci 

E  E  E  E  E 

CD    CD    CD    CD    CD 
I  I  I  I  I 

X 

i 

£ 

-■=  I  S  g  a; 

rn 

m 

106- 
Smi 
Spe 
Stet 
Stet 
Whi 

t-  *-  m  m  co 

*: 

!j 

5 

ACADEMIC  CALENDAR  1976—1977 


Fall  Quarter  1976 

Registration  period 

Burlington 

Boston 
Classes  begin 
Examination  period 


Tuesday- 

-Wednesday 

Sept.  14—15 

Monday- 

-Thursday 

Sept.  20—23 

Monday 

Sept.  27 

Monday- 

-Saturday 

Dec.  13—18 

Winter  Quarter  1976—1977 

Registration  period 

Burlington 

Boston 
Classes  begin 
Examination  period 


Tuesday 

Monday— Thursday 
Monday 
Monday— Saturday 


Nov.  30 
Dec.  6—9 
Jan.  3 
Mar.  21—26 


Spring  Quarter  1977 

Registration  period 

Burlington 

Boston 
Classes  begin 
Last  day  to  file  card  for 

Spring  Commencement 
Last  day  to  pay  fee  for 

Spring  Commencement 
Final  grades  due  in  Registrar's 

Office  for  June  graduates 
Examination  period 
Spring  Commencement 


Tuesday 

Monday— Thursday 
Monday 

Friday 

Friday 

Friday 

Monday— Saturday 

Sunday 


Mar.  8 
Mar.  14—17 
Apr.  4 

Apr.  1 

Apr.  29 

June  3 
June  13—18 
June  19 


Summer  Quarter  1977 

Registration  period 

Burlington 

Boston 
Classes  begin 
Last  day  to  file  card  for 

Fall  Commencement 
Last  day  to  pay  fee  for 

Fall  Commencement 
Examination  period 


Monday— Tuesday 
Wednesday— Thursday 
Monday 

Friday 

Monday 
Wednesday— Thursday 


June  13—14 
June  15—16 
June  27 

July  1 

Aug.  1 
Aug.  3—4 


UNIVERSITY  HOLIDAYS  1976—1977 


Columbus  Day 
Veterans'  Day 
Thanksgiving  Recess 
Christmas  Vacation 
Martin  Luther  King  Day 
Washington's  Birthday 
Patriot's  Day 
Memorial  Day 
Independence  Day 
Labor  Day 


Monday 

Thursday 

Thursday— Saturday 

Monday— Saturday 

Saturday 

Monday 

Monday 

Monday 

Monday 

Monday 


October  1 1 
November  11 
November  25—27 
Dec.  20— Jan.  1 
January  15 
February  21 
April  18 
May  30 
July  4 
September  5 


Equal  Opportunity  Policy 

Northeastern  University  is  committed  to  a  policy  of  providing  equal  op- 
portunity for  all.  In  all  matters  involving  admissions,  registration,  and  all  of- 
ficial relationships  with  students,  including  evaluation  of  academic  perfor- 
mance, the  University  insists  on  a  policy  of  nondiscrimination.  Northeastern 
University  is  also  an  equal  opportunity  employer;  it  is  institutional  policy  that 
there  shall  not  be  any  discrimination  against  any  employee  or  applicant  for 
employment  because  of  race,  color,  religion,  sex,  age,  national  origin,  or  on 
the  basis  of  being  a  handicapped  but  otherwise  qualified  individual.  In  addi- 
tion, Northeastern  takes  affirmative  action  in  the  recruitment  of  students 
and  employees. 


the  governing  boards 
and  officers 
of  the  university 


THE  CORPORATION 

Julius  Abrams 
Charles  F.  Adams 
Vernon  R.  Alden 
William  T.  Alexander 
William  F.  Allen,  Jr. 
O.  Kelley  Anderson 

*  Diana  J.  Auger 

Allen  G.  Barry 
Lincoln  C.  Bateson 
Thomas  P.  Beal 
*Roy  H.  Beaton 

*  F.Gregg  Bemis 
Beverly  Ann  Bendekgey 
Robert  D.  Black 
Gerald  W.  Blakeley,  Jr. 
Raymond  H.  Blanchard 
S.  Whitney  Bradley 
Rexford  A.  Bristol 
Edward  W.  Brooke 

*  George  R.  Brown 
Martin  Brown 
William  L.  Brown 
William  H.  Bruce,  Jr. 
John  L.  Burns 
Hyman  H.  Burstein 
Victor  C.  Bynoe 

*  Louis  W.  Cabot 

*  Norman  L.Cahners 
Henry  F.  Callahan 

Mrs.  Anthony  S.  Camarota 

(Dorothy  Dodge) 
Erwin  D.  Canham 
Thomas  E.  Cargill,  Jr. 


*  Richard  P.  Chapman 
Theodore  Chase 
Robert  F.  Chick 
VessariosG.  Chigas 
Carl  W.  Christiansen 

*  David  H.  Cogan 
Abram  T.  Collier 
William  A.  Coolidge 
Edward  Creiger 

H.  James  Crossan,  Jr. 

Roger  C.  Damon 

*  Edward  Dana 
William  O.  DiPietro 
Alfred  di  Scipio 
Estelle  Dockser  (Mrs.) 

*  William  R.  Driver,  Jr. 

*CarlS.  Ell 

*  Byron  K.  Elliott 

*  William  P.  Ellison 
Joseph  A.  Erickson 
Robert  Erickson 

*  Frank  L.  Farwell 

*  James  V.  Fetchero 
Eldred  L.  Field 
Joseph  F.  Ford 

Thomas  J.  Galligan,  Jr. 
James  M.Gavin 
Lloyd  S.  Glidden,  Jr. 
Elliott  M.  Gordon 
John  L.  Grandin 
Don  S.  Greer 


♦Member  of  the  Board  of  Trustees 


*  Donald  B.  Guy 

Allan  M.  Hale 
William  Hellman 

*  Ernest  Henderson  III 
James  S.  Herbert 
Richard  D.  Hill 
Charles  E.  Hodges 

*  Harold  D.  Hodgkinson 
Robert  W.  Holmes 
Harvey  P.  Hood 
Hartwell  G.  Howe 
John  S.  Howe 
Howard  M.  Hubbard 
Carl  R.  Hurtig 

*  Robert  L.  Johnson 

*  Henry  C.  Jones 

George  S.  Kariotis 

*  Mrs.  John  B.  Kenerson 

(Frances  Comins) 
E.  Douglas  Kenna 
Edward  M.  Kennedy 
Fenton  G.  Keyes 
Calvin  A.  King 
*AsaS.  Knowles 
Harvey  C.  Krentzman 

Joseph  C.  Lawler 
Maurice  Lazarus 
Elma  Lewis 

*  Kenneth  A.  Loftman 
Edward  A.  Loring 

"John  Lowell 
Ralph  Lowell 
Diane  H.  Lupean 

*  Lawrence  H.  Martin 
*J.  Edwin  Matz 

Peter  H.  McCormick 
Percy  M.  Mcintosh 
Andrew  J.  McNeill 
Dominic  Meo,  Jr. 
William  C.  Mercer 
•Member  of  the  Board  of  Trustees 
"Honorary  Trustee 


Mrs.  Andrew  H.  Messer 

(MelanieC.  Berger) 
Don  G.  Mitchell 
*  Harold  A.  Mock 
Frank  E.  Morris 
James  A.  Morris 
William  B.  Moses,  Jr. 
**  Stephen  P.  Mugar 

William  H.  Nichols,  Jr. 
Mrs.  James  Nicholson 

(Kathryn  A.  MacKinnon) 
John  T.  Noonan 

Bernard  J.  O'Keefe 
Adrian  O'Keeffe 
Harry  Olins 
George  Olmsted,  Jr. 
Stanley  C.  Olsen 
James  H.  Orr 
Ara  Oztemel 

*Augustin  H.  Parker 

Edward  S.  Parsons 
*  Amelia  Peabody 

Theodore  R.  Peary 

Nicholas  V.  Petrou 
*Thomas  L.  Phillips 

Edward  D.  Phinney 

Jerome  M.  Powell 

Albert  Pratt 

Peter  W.  Princi 

William  J.  Pruyn 

George  Putnam 

Blanche  M.  Quaid 

*  Francis  J.  Quirico 

William  M.  Rand 
William  H.  Raye,  Jr. 
Kathleen  M.  Rice 

*  Joseph  G.  Riesman 
R.  Earl  Roberson 
Daniel  J.  Roberts 

*Dwight  P.  Robinson,  Jr. 


Ralph  B.  Rogers 
'Kenneth  G.  Ryder 

Leverett  Saltonstatl 
David  T.  Scott 
Donald  W.  Seager 
Sydney  Shaftman 
James  L.  Shanahan 
Philip  A.  Singleton 
Donald  W.  Smith 
Farnham  W.  Smith 
George  A.  Snell 
Bernard  Solomon 
Robert  C.  Sprague 
Russell  B.  Stearns 
Earl  P.  Stevenson 
David  B.  Stone 
Robert  G.  Stone 


Lawrence  I.  Templeman 
Charles  H.  Tenney  II 
Almore  I.  Thompson 
Milton  A.  Thompson 
D.  Thomas  Trigg 
Chaplin  Tyler 

Samuel  Wakeman 
Martin  F.  Walsh 
An  Wang 
Lloyd  B.  Waring 
Edward  A.  Weeks 
William  C.  White 
Robert  H.Willis 

Richard  W.  Young 

Vincent  C.  Ziegler 
Alvin  C.  Zises 


THE  BOARD  OF  TRUSTEES 

Robert  H.  Willis,  Chairman 
Norman  L.  Cahners,  Vice  Chairman 
William  R.  Driver,  Jr.,  Vice  Chairman 

Frank  L.  Farwell,  Vice  Chairman 

Farnham  W.  Smith,  Vice  Chairman 

D.  Thomas  Trigg,  Treasurer 

Philip  C.  Boyd,  Secretary 

Byron  K.  Elliott,  Honorary  Chairman 

Dwight  P.  Robinson,  Jr.,  Honorary  Vice  Chairman 

Russell  B.  Stearns,  Honorary  Vice  Chairman 


Class  of  1976 

Diana  J.  Auger 
George  R.  Brown 
William  R.  Driver,  Jr. 
Harold  D.  Hodgkinson 
Robert  L.  Johnson 
Mrs.  John  B.  Kenerson 

(Frances  Comins) 
Amelia  Peabody 
Thomas  L.  Phillips 
James  L.  Shanahan 
Robert  G.  Stone 
Robert  H.Willis 


Class  of  1977 

Norman  L.  Cahners 
Richard  P.  Chapman 
Edward  Dana 
William  P.  Ellison 
James  V.  Fetchero 
Ernest  Henderson  III 
Asa  S.  Knowles 
Joseph  G.  Riesman 
Dwight  P.  Robinson,  Jr. 
Donald  W.  Smith 
Alvin  C.  Zises 


*Member  of  the  Board  of  Trustees 


Class  of  1978 


Class  of  1979 


David  H.  Cogan 
Carl  S.  Ell 
Frank  L.  Farwell 
Henry  C.  Jones 
J.  Edwin  Matz 
Harold  A.  Mock 
Farnham  W.  Smith 
George  A.  Snell 
Russell  B.  Stearns 
D.  Thomas  Trigg 
Chaplin  Tyler 


Roy  H.  Beaton 
F.  Gregg  Bemis 
Louis  W.  Cabot 
Byron  K.  Elliott 
Donald  B.  Guy 
Kenneth  A.  Loftman 
John  Lowell 
Lawrence  H.  Martin 
Augustin  H.  Parker 
Francis  J.  Quirico 
Earl  P.  Stevenson 


Kenneth  G.  Ryder,  ex  officio 
Stephen  P.  Mugar,  Honorary  Trustee 


ADMINISTRATIVE  ORGANIZATION 
Officers  of  the  University 

Kenneth  G.  Ryder,  A.B.,  M.A.,  L.H.D.,  President 

Asa  S.  Knowles,  A.B.,  A.M.,  LL.D.,  Litt.D.,  Sc.D.,  D.B.A.,  Sc.D.  in  Bus.  Ed., 
Chancellor 

Carl  S.  Ell,  A.B.,  S.B.,  Ed.M.,  M.S.,  Sc.D.,  L.H.D.,  LL.D.,  D.S.Ed.,  President 
Emeritus 

John  A.  Curry,  A.B.,  Ed.M.,  Vice  President  for  Administration  and    Student 
Affairs 

Edmund  L.  Deltano,  B.A.,  Vice  President  for  Finance 

James    S.    Hekimian,    A.B.,    M.B.A.,    D.B.A.,    Acting    Vice    President   for 
Academic  Affairs 

Eugene  M.  Reppucci,  Jr.,  B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Wee  President  for  Development  and 
Director  of  Development 

Daniel  J.  Roberts,  Jr.,  B.S.,  M.B.A.,  Ed.M.,  Vice  President  for  Business 

Loring  M.  Thompson,  B.S.,  M.S.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Vice  President  and  Dean  of 
Planning 

Royal   K.   Toebes,   B.S.,   M.B.A.,    Vice   President  for  Alumni  Affairs  and 
Associate  Director  of  Development 

Roy  L.  Wooldridge,  B.S.,  Ed.M.,  Wee  President  for  Cooperative 
Education 


10 


Academic  Deans,  Directors  of  Schools  and 
General  Administrative  Officers 

Catherine  L.  Allen,  B.S.,  M.A.,  Ed.D.,  Ph.D.,  Dean  of  Boston-Bouve  College 
and  Director  of  Boston-Bouve  College  Graduate  School 

Kenneth  W.  Ballou,  A.B.,  Ed.M.,  Dean  of  Adult  Education  Programs  and 
Dean  of  University  College 

Malcolm  J.  Campbell,  B.A.,  M.Ed.,  Associate  Dean  of  Adult  Education  and 
Director  of  the  Center  for  Continuing  Education 

Richard  I.  Carter,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Director  of  the  Computation  Center 

Philip  T.  Crotty,  Jr.,  Acting  Dean  of  Business  Administration 

Geoffrey  Crofts,  B.  Comm.,  Dean  and  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of 
Actuarial  Science 

Charles  Devlin,  B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Director  of  Financial  Aid 

Ann  M.  Duncan-Glasgow,  B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Dean  and  Director 
of  Affirmative  Action 

Martin  W.  Essigmann,  S.B.,  M.S.,  Dean  of  Research 

Clifford  J.  Fralen,  B.S.,  M.S.E.,  M.B.A.,  Director  of  the  Physical  Plant 

Dr.  Job  E.  Fuchs,  M.D.,  Director  of  Health  Services 

Mina   Ghattas,    B.A.,    M.Ed.,    Ph.D.,   Director  of  the   Office  of  Learning 
Resources 

Joseph  M.  Golemme,  S.B.,  M.A.,  C.P.A.,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of 
Professional  Accounting 

George  W.  Hankinson,  A.B.,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of 
Engineering  and  Assistant  Dean  of  Engineering 

Sidney  Herman,  A.B.,  M.A.,  Acting  Dean  of  Faculty 

John  W.  Jordan,  B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Business 
Administration  and  Associate  Dean  of  Business  Administration 

Christopher  F.  Kennedy,  A.B.,  Ed.M.,  Dean  of  Students 

Robert  H.  Ketchum,  B.A.,  B.D.,  M.B.A.,  Ph.D.,  Director  of  the  Graduate 
School  of  Arts  and  Sciences  and  Associate  Dean  of  Liberal  Arts 

William  F.  King,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Director  of  Lincoln  College  and  Associate  Dean 
of  Engineering 

Phillip  Latorre,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Dean  of  Personnel  Services  and  Director  of  En- 
vironmental Health 

Juanita  A.  Long,  B.S.N.,  M.S.N.,  C.A.G.S.,  Dean  of  Nursing 

Alan  A.  Mackey,  B.S.,  A.M.,  Dean  of  Administrative  Services 

11 


Melvin  Mark,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Sc.D.,  Dean  of  Engineering 

Frank  E.  Marsh,  Jr.,  A.B.,  M.Ed.,  D.Ed.,  Dean  of  Education 

John  Martin,  B.S.,  M.B.A.,  Business  Manager 

Paul  D.  Maxwell,  B.S.,  M.B.A.,  Director  of  Business  Administration 
Programs  and  Assistant  Dean  of  University  College 

Philip  McCabe,  B.A.,  M.Ed.,  Acting  Dean  of  Admissions 

Roland  H.  Moody,  A.B.,  B.L.S.  Director  of  the  University  Libraries  and 
Learning  Resources 

Timothy  L.  Moran,  B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Director  of  Law  Enforcement  Correctional 
and  Security  Programs  and  Associate  Dean  of  University  College 

Edmund  J.  Mullen,  B.A.,  University  Registrar 

Robert  Najjar,  B.A.,  M.B.A.,  Bursar 

Harold  Naidus,  A.B.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Director  of  Liberal  Arts  Programs  and 
Associate  Dean  of  University  College 

Robert  O'Brien,  B.S.,  Director,  Administrative  Computer  Services 

John  C.  O'Byrne,  A.B.,  M.S.,  J.D.,  Dean  of  the  School  of  Law 

Paul  M.  Pratt,  B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Dean  of  the  Department  of  Cooperative 
Education 

Gregory  T.  Ricks,  B.A.,  M.C.P.,  Special  Assistant  to  the  President 

Nathan  Riser,  A.B.,  A.M.,  Ph.D.,  Director  of  Marine  Science  Institute 

Norman  Rosenblatt,  A.B.,  Ph.D.,  Dean  of  Criminal  Justice  and  Director  of 
the  Graduate  Program  of  Criminal  Justice 

Philip  J.  Rusche,  B.A.,  B.S.Ed.,  M.A.,  Ed.D.,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School 
of  Education  and  Associate  Dean  of  Education 

Robert  A.  Shepard,  B.S.,  Ph.D.,  Dean  of  Liberal  Arts 

Albert  H.  Soloway,  B.S.,  Ph.D.,  Dean  of  Pharmacy  and  Allied  Health 
Professions  and  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Pharmacy  and  Allied 
Health  Professions 

Joseph  Zabilski,  B.S.,  Acting  Director  of  Athletics 


12 


GENERAL  UNIVERSITY  COMMITTEES 


The  Executive  Council 

Kenneth  G.  Ryder,  Chairman 

Daniel  J.  Roberts,  Vice  Chairman 

Barbara  F.  Burke,  Secretary 


John  A.  Curry 
Edmund  L.  Deltano 
James  S.  Hekimian 
Sidney  Herman 
Gilbert  G.  MacDonald 


Eugene  M.  Reppucci,  Jr. 
Loring  M.  Thompson 
Royal  K.  Toebes 
Roy  L.  Wooldridge 


The  Academic  Council 


Catherine  L.  Allen 
Kenneth  W.  Ballou 
Juanita  Long 
Melvin  Mark 
Frank  E.  Marsh,  Jr. 


James  S.  Hekimian,  Chairman 
Sidney  Herman,  Vice  Chairman 

John  C.  O'Byrne 
Norman  Rosenblatt 
Robert  A.  Shepard 
Albert  H.  Soloway 

John  A.  Curry,  ex  officio 


The  Faculty  Senate 


Samuel  Bernstein 
Charmarie  Blaisdell 
John  Buoncristiani 
Robert  Cord 
'John  Curry 
Robert  Curtin 
Ellen  Daly 
Flora  DeScenza 
John  Dromgoole 
Charles  Dufton 
'Ann  Duncan-Glasgow 
Ramona  Edelin 
Robert  Finkenaur 
Edith  Flynn 
Norbert  Fullington 
Michael  Glaubman 
Suzanne  Greenberg 
Gerald  Herman 
'Sidney  Herman 
Richard  Higgins 


'Appointed  by  the  President 


Donald  Jacobs 

*  John  Jordan 

*  Christopher  Kennedy 

*  Melvin  Mark 
Joseph  Meier 
Robert  Miller 
Irene  Nichols 

*Paul  Pratt 
Andre  Priem 
John  Proakis 
Gordon  Pruett 

*  Daniel  Roberts 
John  Rosettos 
David  Schmitt 

*Robert  Shepard 
Harold  Stubbs 
Paul  Tedesco 
Karl  Weiss 
Alvin  Yorra 


Presiding  Officer 

Suzanne  Greenberg 


13 


ORGANIZATION  OF  THE  GRADUATE  SCHOOLS 

Administration 

Catherine    L.    Allen,    Ed.D.,    Ph.D.,    Director   of   Boston-Bouve    College 
Graduate  School 

Linda  J.  Allen,  B.A.,  Registrar  of  the  Graduate  Schools 

Geoffrey  Crofts,  B.  Comm.,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Actuarial 
Science 

Philip  T.  Crotty,  Jr.,  M.A.,  Ed.D.,  Associate  Dean  of  Business  Administration 

Nancy  Dean,  M.Ed.,  Coordinator  of  Admissions,  Graduate  School  of  Edu- 
cation 

Stephen  R.  DeRosier,  B.A.,  Assistant  Registrar  of  the  Graduate  Schools 

Joseph  M.  Golemme,  M.A.,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Professional 
Accounting 

George    W.    Hankinson,    M.S.,    Director    of    the    Graduate    School    of 
Engineering 

John  W.  Jordan,   M.Ed.,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Business 
Administration 

Thomas  J.  Kerr,  M.S. I.E.,  Assistant  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of 
Engineering 

Robert  H.  Ketchum,  Ph.D.,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Arts  and 
Sciences 

John  J.  McKenna,  M.A.,  Assistant  Director,  Graduate  School  of  Actuarial 
Science 

Norman  Rosenblatt,  Ph.D.,  Director  of  the  Graduate  Program  in  Criminal 
Justice 

Philip  J.  Rusche,  Ed.D.,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Education 

Albert  Soloway,  Ph.D.,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Pharmacy  and 
Allied  Health  Professions 

Janice  Walker,  A.B.,  Assistant  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Education 

University  Graduate  Council 
1976—1977 

The  Council  determines  broad  policies  and  regulations  governing  the 
conduct  of  graduate  work.  All  new  graduate  programs  must  be  approved 
by  the  Council. 

OFFICERS 

Sidney  Herman,  Chairman 

Barbara  Philbrick,  Vice  Chairman 

Joan  Lipson,  Secretary 

14 


Administrative  Members 


Catherine  L.  Allen 
Philip  T.  Crotty,  Jr. 
George  W.  Hankinson 
John  W.  Jordan 
Robert  H.  Ketchum 
Melvin  Mark 


Frank  E.  Marsh 
Norman  Rosenblatt 
Philip  J.  Rusche 
Robert  A.  Shepard 
Albert  Soloway 


Elected  Faculty  Members 


Petros  Argyres 
Frederick  Blank 
Conrad  Caligaris 
Monty  Carter 
Andre  Favat 
Austin  Fisher 
Albert  Galmarino 
M.  Patricia  Golden 
Minton  Goldman 
James  Gozzo 
Arvin  Grabel 
Gerald  Griffin 
Thomas  Henstock 
Richard  Higgins 
Christine  Hobart 
James  Inashima 
Donald  Kosersky 
Louise  LaFontaine 


Harlan  Lane 
Robert  Minichiello 
Irene  Nichols 
Barbara  Philbrick 
John  Post 
Robert  Read 
Robert  Redden 
Nathan  Riser 
Alae-Eldin  Sayed 
Stephen  Schafer 
Joseph  Senna 
Albert  Soloway 
Ralph  Troupe 
Elizabeth  Van  Slyck 
Robert  Wiener 
Joseph  Zelinski 
Richard  Zobel 


Administrative  Committee  of  the  Graduate  Schools 


Sidney  Herman,  Chairman 
Linda  Allen,  Secretary 


Catherine  L.  Allen 
Alvah  K.  Borman 
Geoffrey  Crofts 
Philip  T.  Crotty,  Jr. 
Robert  Fuller 
Joseph  M.  Golemme 
George  W.  Hankinson 
John  W.  Jordan 
Thomas  Kerr 
Robert  H.  Ketchum 
Alan  A.  Mackey 


Melvin  Mark 
Frank  E.  Marsh,  Jr. 
Edmund  J.  Mullen 
John  C.  O'Byrne 
Barbara  Philbrick 
Norman  Rosenblatt 
Philip  J.  Rusche 
Robert  A.  Shepard 
Albert  Soloway 
Jacqueline  A.  St.  Germain 


Ex  Officio 
James  S.  Hekimian,  Acting  Vice  President  of  Academic  Affairs 


15 


the  university 


Founded  in  1898,  Northeastern  University  is  incorporated  as  a  privately 
endowed  nonsectarian  institution  of  higher  learning  under  the  General 
Laws  of  Massachusetts.  The  State  Legislature  by  special  enactment  has 
given  the  University  general  degree-granting  powers.  The  University  is 
governed  by  a  Board  of  Trustees  elected  by  and  from  the  Northeastern 
University  Corporation,  which  is  composed  of  nearly  180  distinguished 
business  and  professional  men  and  women. 

From  its  beginning,  Northeastern  University  has  had  as  its  dominant  pur- 
pose the  discovery  of  community  educational  needs  and  the  meeting  of 
these  in  distinctive  and  serviceable  ways.  The  University  has  not  duplicated 
the  programs  of  other  institutions,  but  has  sought  to  pioneer  new  areas  of 
educational  service. 

A  distinctive  feature  of  Northeastern  University  is  its  Cooperative  Plan, 
initiated  by  the  College  of  Engineering  in  1909  and  subsequently  adopted 
by  the  Colleges  of  Business  Administration  (1922),  Liberal  Arts  (1935), 
Education  (1953),  Pharmacy  (1962),  Nursing  (1964);  Boston-Bouve  College 
(1964);  the  College  of  Criminal  Justice  (1967);  and  by  Lincoln  College's 
daytime  Bachelor  of  Engineering  Technology  program  (1971).  This 
educational  method  enables  students  to  gain  valuable  practical  experience 
as  an  integral  part  of  their  college  program  and  also  provides  the  means  by 
which  they  may  contribute  substantially  to  the  financing  of  their  education. 
The  Plan  has  been  extended  to  the  graduate  level  in  engineering,  actuarial 
science,  rehabilitation  administration,  professional  accounting,  business 
administration,  and  law. 

In  the  field  of  adult  education,  programs  of  study  have  been  developed  to 
meet  a  variety  of  needs.  University  College  offers  evening  courses  — 
offered  by  the  University  since  1906  —  and  adult-day  courses  leading  to  the 
bachelor's  degree.  In  addition  to  offering  day  undergraduate  programs  in 
Electrical  Engineering  Technology  and  Mechanical  Engineering  Techno- 
logy, Lincoln  College  offers  evening/part-time  certificate,  associate,  and 
bachelor  degree  programs  in  technological  areas.  All  formal  courses  of 
study  leading  to  degrees  through  part-time  programs  are  approved  by  the 
Basic  College  faculties  concerned. 

GRADUATE  AND  PROFESSIONAL  SCHOOLS 

The  10  graduate  and  professional  schools  of  the  University  offer  day  and 
evening  programs  leading  to  the  degrees  listed. 

The  Graduate  School  of  Actuarial  Science  offers  the  degree  of  Master  of 
Science  in  Actuarial  Science. 

16 


THE  UNIVERSITY/ 17 

The  Graduate  School  of  Arts  and  Sciences  offers  the  degrees  of  Master 
of  Arts,  Master  of  Science,  Master  of  Science  in  Health  Science,  Master  of 
Public  Administration,  and  Doctor  of  Philosophy. 

The  Graduate  School  of  Boston-Bouve  College  offers  the  degree  of 
Master  of  Science,  with  specialization  in  Physical  Education  and  Recreation 
Education. 

The  Graduate  School  of  Business  Administration  offers  the  degree  of 
Master  of  Business  Administration. 

The  Graduate  Program  in  Criminal  Justice  offers  the  degree  of  Master  of 
Science. 

The  Graduate  School  of  Education  offers  the  degree  of  Master  of  Educa- 
tion, the  Certificate  of  Advanced  Graduate  Study,  and  the  Doctor  of  Educa- 
tion. 

The  Graduate  School  of  Engineering  offers  the  degrees  of  Master  of 
Science,  Engineer  degree,  Doctor  of  Engineering,  and  Doctor  of  Philos- 
ophy. 

The  School  of  Law  offers  the  degree  of  Juris  Doctor. 

The  Graduate  School  of  Pharmacy  and  Allied  Health  Professions  offers 
the  degrees  of  Master  of  Science  and  Doctor  of  Philosophy. 

The  Graduate  School  of  Professional  Accounting  offers  the  degree  of 
Master  of  Science  in  Accounting. 

CENTER  FOR  CONTINUING  EDUCATION 

The  Center  for  Continuing  Education  was  established  in  1960  to  relate 
the  University  to  the  needs  of  its  community  in  a  period  of  accelerated 
change.  Aduit  education  programs  offered  by  the  Center  and  University 
College  have  since  been  consolidated.  Its  programs  are  composed  of 
seminars,  conferences,  institutes,  forums,  and  a  wide  variety  of  special 
courses  designed  to  serve  specific  needs.  The  Division  of  Special 
Programs,  working  cooperatively  with  trade  associations  and  professional 
societies,  offers  a  wide  variety  of  programs  dealing  with  current  needs  and 
problems.  Through  its  Division  of  Community  Services,  working  with 
governmental  agencies  and  community  organizations,  the  Center  is  becom- 
ing increasingly  involved  in  social  problems  on  both  the  local  and  national 
level. 

Many  of  these  programs  are  conducted  at  Henderson  House,  North- 
eastern University's  conference  center  in  Weston,  Massachusetts. 

RESEARCH  ACTIVITIES 

The  facilities  of  the  University  are  engaged  in  a  wide  variety  of  basic 
research  projects  in  business,  science,  social  science,  pharmacy,  and 
engineering.  These  are  coordinated  by  the  Dean  of  Research,  whose  ser- 
vices are  University-wide  and  available  to  the  faculties  of  all  the  Colleges. 

Although  Northeastern  is  primarily  concerned  with  undergraduate  and 
graduate  instruction,  the  University  believes  that  the  most  effective  teaching 
and  learning  take  place  in  an  environment  characterized  by  research  ac- 
tivities directed  toward  extending  the  frontiers  of  knowledge. 


buildings  and  facilities 


MAIN  CAMPUS 

The  main  campus  of  Northeastern  University  is  located  at  360  Huntington 
Avenue  in  the  Back  Bay  section  of  Boston.  Many  of  the  city's  famous 
cultural,  educational,  and  philanthropic  institutions  are  situated  in  the  Back 
Bay,  including  the  Museum  of  Fine  Arts,  Symphony  Hall,  Horticultural  Hall, 
the  Isabella  Stewart  Gardner  Museum,  the  Harvard  teaching  hospitals,  the 
Boston  Public  Library,  and  many  schools  and  colleges.  Most  are  within 
walking  distance  of  Northeastern  University. 

Major  transportation  facilities  serving  the  Boston  area  are  Logan  Inter- 
national Airport,  two  rail  terminals,  bus  terminals  serving  inter-  and  intra- 
state lines,  and  MBTA  subway-bus  service  within  the  metropolitan  subur- 
ban area.  There  is  a  subway  stop  in  front  of  the  campus.  For  motorists,  the 
best  routes  to  the  campus  are  the  Massachusetts  Turnpike  (Exit  22)  and 
Route  9,  of  which  Huntington  Avenue  is  the  intown  section. 

The  campus  of  48  acres  is  divided  by  Huntington  Avenue,  with  the  main 
educational  buildings  on  one  side  and  dormitories  on  the  other.  The  prin- 
cipal buildings,  all  of  which  have  been  constructed  since  1938,  are  of  glazed 
brick  in  contemporary  classic  style.  Most  are  interconnected  by  under- 
ground passageways. 

Ell  Student  Center 

The  Carl  S.  Ell  Student  Center  provides  facilities  for  student  recreation 
and  for  extracurricular  activities.  The  Alumni  Auditorium,  with  a  seating 
capacity  of  1,300,  is  part  of  the  Center.  Also  included  are  special  drama 
facilities,  a  ballroom,  main  lounge,  fine  arts  exhibition  area,  student  offices, 
conference  rooms,  and  a  dining  area  seating  more  than  1,000. 

Libraries 

The  University  library  system  consists  of  the  Dodge  Library,  which  is  the 
main  library;  the  Suburban  Campus  Library  at  Burlington;  the  School  of 
Law  Library;  and  divisional  libraries  for  Physics  and  Electrical  Engineering, 
Chemistry  and  Biology,  Mathematics  and  Psychology,  and  Health,  Physical 
and  Recreation  Education,  and  Physical  Therapy.  There  are  additional  sub- 
ject collections  for  the  Center  for  Management  Development  at  Andover, 
Massachusetts,  and  the  Marine  Science  Institute  in  Nahant. 

The  library  collections  number  400,000  volumes  supplemented  by  some 
333,000  titles  in  microprint,  microfilm,  and  microfiche  forms.  The  collection 
includes,  in  addition,  some  3,700  periodical  titles,  100,000  documents,  and 
4,600  sound  recordings. 

18 


BUILDINGS  AND  FACILITIES  /  19 


Cabot  Physical  Education  Center 


The  Godfrey  Lowell  Cabot  Physical  Education  Center  is  one  of  the  best 
equipped  in  New  England.  The  large  gymnasium  contains  four  basketball 
courts.  In  addition,  the  Center  consists  of  an  athletic  cage,  a  small  gym- 
nasium, and  a  rifle  range,  as  well  as  administrative  offices  for  the  Depart- 
ment of  Athletics  and  for  the  Physical  Education  Department  of  Boston- 
Bouve  College. 

A  recent  addition  to  the  Center,  the  Barletta  Natatorium,  houses  a  105- 
foot  swimming  pool,  a  practice  tank  for  the  crew,  handball  courts,  and 
shower  and  dressing  facilities. 

Dockser  Hall 

Charles  and  Estelle  Dockser  Hall,  completed  in  1968,  houses  a  large 
gymnasium,  dance  studio,  motor  performance  laboratory,  college  library, 
community  recreation  laboratory,  folk  arts  center,  dark  and  music  rooms, 
recreation  resources  area,  locker  rooms,  offices,  classrooms,  conference 
room  and  lounge,  storage  facilities,  and  a  research  laboratory. 

Apartments  for  Graduate  Students 

The  University  maintains  a  100-apartment  housing  unit  which  accom- 
modates 279  people.  Two-,  three-,  and  four-party  apartments  are  available 
which  vary  in  size  from  two  to  four  rooms  plus  bath.  Apartments  are  fur- 
nished with  beds,  chairs,  desks,  stove,  refrigerator,  and  kitchen  table.  The 
cost  includes  all  utilities. 

A  $100  deposit  is  required  when  making  application  for  the  apartments. 
Applications  are  available  in  the  Office  of  University  Housing.  Students  are 
expected  to  make  such  arrangements  on  a  term-to-term  basis  but  may  live 
in  the  apartments  both  while  on  cooperative  work  assignments  and  in 
school  if  they  wish.  All  reservations  are  made  on  a  first  come,  first  served 
basis. 

SUBURBAN  FACILITIES 
Suburban  Campus 

The  Suburban  Campus,  located  near  the  junction  of  Routes  128  and  3  in 
Burlington,  Massachusetts,  was  established  to  meet  the  needs  of  in- 
dividuals and  of  industry  in  the  area. 

In  addition  to  graduate  courses  in  engineering,  business  administration, 
science,  education,  and  the  arts,  portions  of  undergraduate  programs 
leading  to  the  associate  and  bachelor  degrees,  special  programs  for  adults, 
and  noncredit  state-of-the-art  programs  are  offered. 

Warren  Center 

The  Warren  Center  is  a  practical  laboratory  for  Boston-Bouve  College  in 
outdoor  education  and  conservation,  in  group  practicum,  and  in  camping 


20  /  BUILDINGS  AND  FACILITIES 

administration,  programming,  and  counseling.  At  this  Center  in  Ashland, 
completed  in  1967,  there  are  tennis  courts,  field  hockey  and  lacrosse  fields, 
waterfront  for  swimming  and  boating,  overnight  camp  sites,  fields  and 
forests,  heated  cottages,  the  Hayden  Lodge  with  a  recreation  hall,  library, 
crafts  shop,  dining  facilities,  and  conference  accommodations. 

Henderson  House 

The  University's  conference  center,  Henderson  House,  is  located  in 
Weston,  Massachusetts.  The  Center  for  Continuing  Education  conducts 
short-term  courses,  seminars,  and  special  institutes  for  business,  pro- 
fessional, and  research  groups.  Henderson  House  is  12  miles  from  the  main 
campus. 

Marine  Science  Institute 

The  Marine  Science  Institute  at  Nahant,  Massachusetts,  is  a  research  and 
instructional  facility  primarily  engaged  in  studies  of  marine  biology  and 
oceanography.  The  Institute  is  operated  all  year,  and  is  about  20  miles 
northeast  of  Boston.  Many  of  the  courses  at  this  Institute  are  applicable 
toward  an  advanced  degree  in  biology  or  health  science. 

Government  Center  Campus 

With  the  cooperation  of  the  Federal  Executive  Board,  the  Graduate 
School  of  Liberal  Arts'  Department  of  Political  Science  offers  an  entire 
Master  of  Public  Administration  program  at  the  John  F.  Kennedy  Building  in 
downtown  Boston.  This  program  is  primarily  for  individuals  employed  in 
Federal,  state,  or  local  civil  services. 

Brockton,  Nashua,  and  Framlngham  Campuses 

For  students  residing  in  southeastern  Massachusetts  and  northeastern 
Rhode  Island,  the  Graduate  School  of  Business  Administration  offers  a 
significant  portion  of  its  M.B.A.  Program  at  facilities  in  Brockton,  Massachu- 
setts. These  facilities,  made  available  by  the  Knapp  Corporation,  are 
located  on  West  Chestnut  Street  in  Brockton. 

Students  residing  in  the  southern  New  Hampshire  area  may  take  a 
significant  portion  of  the  M.B.A.  Program  at  facilities  in  Nashua,  New 
Hampshire.  These  facilities  are  furnished  by  Sanders  Associates,  Inc.  and 
are  located  in  their  headquarters  on  Route  3,  just  over  the  Massachusetts 
line. 

For  students  in  the  Framingham-Worcester  area,  a  significant  portion  of 
the  M.B.A.  Program  may  be  taken  at  classroom  facilities  located  in 
Framingham,  Massachusetts. 


the  graduate  school  of 
pharmacy  and  allied 
health  professions 


The  New  England  College  of  Pharmacy  merged  with  Northeastern  Uni- 
versity in  1962  to  become  the  College  of  Pharmacy  of  Northeastern  Univer- 
sity. The  Graduate  School  of  Pharmaceutical  Sciences  was  established  in 
1964  and  offered  on  a  full-time  basis  Master  of  Science  degree  programs  in 
Hospital  Pharmacy,  Industrial  Pharmacy,  Medicinal  Chemistry,  and  Phar- 
macology. All  of  these  programs  involved  one  year  of  planned  cooperative 
work  experience.  In  1970  a  doctoral  program  leading  to  the  Ph.D.  in 
Medicinal  Chemistry  was  instituted. 

The  necessity  for  making  these  Master  of  Science  degree  programs 
more  relevant  to  the  greater  Boston  community  led  to  the  establishment  of 
part-time  evening  programs.  In  1971  the  Division  of  Allied  Health  Sciences 
joined  with  the  College  of  Pharmacy  to  establish  the  new  College  of  Phar- 
macy and  Allied  Health  Professions.  In  1972  two  new  part-time  Master  of 
Science  degree  programs  were  inaugurated,  one  in  Medicinal  Laboratory 
Science  and  the  second  in  Clinical  Chemistry,  the  latter  being  cosponsored 
by  the  Chemistry  Department  in  the  Graduate  School  of  Arts  and  Sciences. 
In  1974  a  Master  of  Science  degree  program  in  Radiopharmaceutical 
Science  was  established. 

Currently  the  College  offers  the  following  graduate  programs: 

Master  of  Science 

Clinical  Chemistry 
Hospital  Pharmacy 
Medical  Laboratory  Science 
Medicinal  Chemistry 
Pharmacology 
Radiopharmaceutical  Science 

Doctor  of  Philosophy 

Medicinal  Chemistry 

Interdisciplinary  Doctor  of  Philosophy 

Clinical  Chemistry 
Forensic  Chemistry 
Pharmacology 
Radiopharmaceutical  Science 

21 


22  /  PHARMACY  AND  ALLIED  HEALTH  PROFESSIONS 


GENERAL  REGULATIONS 


The  general  regulations  that  follow  are  minimal  requirements  shared  by 
the  several  degree  programs.  The  student  is  advised  to  consult  the  ap- 
propriate program  for  a  statement  of  specific  requirements. 


Application 

Applicants  should  address  their  inquiries  to  the  Director  of  the  Graduate 
School  of  Pharmacy  and  Allied  Health  Professions.  Application  forms  and 
other  pertinent  information  will  then  be  mailed  to  them.  Submission  of  the 
completed  forms,  together  with  all  official  transcripts  and  two  letters  of 
recommendation,  is  essential  before  potential  students  can  be  considered 
for  admission  to  a  specific  degree  program.  Applicants  whose  native 
language  is  not  English  must  take  the  Test  of  English  as  a  Foreign 
Language  and  submit  the  results  to  the  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of 
Pharmacy  and  Allied  Health  Professions.  All  necessary  supporting 
documents  must  be  on  file  at  least  four  weeks  before  the  date  of  registra- 
tion for  the  quarter  in  which  the  student  expects  to  begin  his  scholastic 
program.  Consideration  of  applications  received  after  this  date  may  be 
delayed. 

Applicants  to  the  doctoral  program  who  desire  assistantships  should 
apply  no  later  than  March  15.  It  may  not  be  possible  to  give  equal  con- 
sideration to  applications  received  after  this  date.  Candidates  for  financial 
awards  should  so  indicate  in  their  letter  of  application.  These  awards  are 
restricted  to  full-time  doctoral  students.  Such  applicants  are  strongly  urged 
to  take  both  the  aptitude  and  advanced  portions  of  the  Graduate  Record 
Examination. 


Admission 

To  be  enrolled  for  graduate  work,  an  applicant  must  submit  a  complete 
official  transcript  indicating  the  award  of  a  baccalaureate  degree  from  a 
recognized  institution.  He  must  also  provide  evidence  of  his  ability  to  pur- 
sue creditably  a  program  of  graduate  study  in  his  chosen  field.  His 
scholastic  record  must  therefore  show  academic  distinction,  and  his  un- 
dergraduate program  must  show  breadth  as  well  as  adequate  preparation 
in  his  field  of  anticipated  specialization.  Acceptance  to  the  school  is  granted 
upon  recommendation  of  the  Graduate  Committee  of  Pharmacy  and  Allied 
Health  Professions  after  a  review  of  the  completed  application. 

Foreign  students  who  do  not  receive  a  graduate  award  or  whose  award  is 
insufficient  to  cover  all  educational  and  living  expenses  must  certify  that 
they  are  able  to  meet  all  such  expenses  while  at  Northeastern.  A  visa  may 
not  be  granted  without  such  certification.  Foreign  students  should  note  that 
many  of  the  master's  degree  programs  are  part  time  and,  therefore, 
students  are  not  eligible  for  I-20  visas. 


PHARMACY  AND  ALLIED  HEALTH  PROFESSIONS  /  23 

Student  Classifications 

Regular  Students  —  Those  students  accepted  to  a  specific  degree 
program. 

Special  Students  —  Students  who  have  been  accepted  in  the  graduate 
school,  but  who  are  not  formally  matriculated  in  a  degree  program. 
Students  in  this  category  who  wish  to  be  admitted  to  a  degree  program 
must  petition  the  Graduate  Committee  requesting  a  change  in  status.  This 
request  is  to  be  made  after  the  completion  of  12  quarter  hours  of  graduate 
credit.  No  more  than  16  quarter  hours  may  be  transferred  from  the  Special 
Student  category  to  a  degree  program.  In  those  instances  where  additional 
courses  have  been  taken,  only  the  first  16  quarter  hours  of  credit  will  be 
accepted.  Special  Students  are  expected  to  obtain  a  B  average.  All  courses 
within  this  16  quarter  hour  limitation  will  be  transferred  if  the  student  is  ad- 
mitted to  a  degree  program;  included  will  be  C,  F,  and  I  grades.  It  is  the 
student's  responsiblity  to  request  a  change  of  status  in  writing. 

Doctoral  Students  —  Students  admitted  to  a  doctoral  program. 

Doctoral  Degree  Candidates  —  Doctoral  students  who  have  completed 
40  quarter  hours  of  acceptable  graduate  work  and  who  have  passed  the 
qualifying  examination. 

Registration 

Students  must  register  within  the  dates  and  times  listed  on  the  school 
calendar.  The  place  of  registration  is  announced  prior  to  each  period. 

Residence 

All  course  work  for  advanced  degrees  must  be  registered  for  and  com- 
pleted at  Northeastern  University  unless  the  Graduate  Committee  has 
granted  approval  of  work  taken  elsewhere. 

Programs  of  Study 

The  study  load  for  full-time  students  is  8  quarter  hours  of  course  work  or 
a  combination  of  fewer  credits  together  with  an  independent  research  proj- 
ect. Students  involved  in  such  a  project  will  work  closely  with  their  advisors 
to  determine  their  individual  course  load  assignments.  Part-time  students 
decide  upon  their  course  load  after  consulting  with  the  director  of  their 
specific  program.  Courses  in  most  fields  are  generally  offered  in  the  late 
afternoon  and  evening.  Exceptions  to  this  are  posted  with  the  quarterly  list 
of  course  offerings. 

Grading  System 

Performance  of  students  in  graduate  courses  is  graded  as  follows: 
A  Excellent 

This  grade  is  given  to  those  students  whose  performance  in  the  course 

has  been  of  very  high  graduate  caliber. 


24  /  PHARMACY  AND  ALLIED  HEALTH  PROFESSIONS 

B  Satisfactory 

This  grade  is  given  to  those  students  whose  performance  in  the  course 

has  been  at  a  satisfactory  level. 
C  Fair 

This  grade  is  given  to  those  students  whose  performance  in  the  course 

is  not  at  the  level  expected  in  graduate  work. 
F   Failure 

This  grade  is  given  to  those  students  whose  performance  in  the  course 

is  unsatisfactory. 

In  addition,  the  following  letter  designations  are  used: 
I    Incomplete  without  quality  designation. 

This  grade  may  be  given  to  those  students  who  fail  to  complete  the 

work  of  the  course. 
L  Audit  without  credit. 
S  Satisfactory  without  quality  designation. 
U  Unsatisfactory  without  quality  designation. 

An  S  or  U  grade  is  used  for  the  first  quarter  of  a  two-quarter  sequence 

in  which  the  grade  for  the  second  quarter  applies  to  both  the  first-  and 

second-quarter  sequence. 

The  I  grade  will  be  changed  to  a  letter  grade  when  the  deficiency  which 
led  to  it  is  made  up  to  the  satisfaction  of,  and  in  the  manner  prescribed  by, 
the  course  instructor,  or,  in  his  absence,  by  the  chairman  of  the  department 
issuing  the  grade.  The  period  for  clearing  such  a  grade  is  restricted  to  one 
calendar  year  from  the  date  of  its  first  recording  on  the  student's  permanent 
record. 

Students  must  indicate  their  preference  for  auditing  a  course  at  registra- 
tion. No  credit  is  given  for  the  course;  however,  it  will  appear  on  the 
student's  transcript.  Registration  changes  from  an  audit  to  a  graded  status, 
or  vice  versa,  must  be  made  prior  to  the  second  week  of  classes.  The  tuition 
fee  for  an  audit  course  is  the  same  as  that  for  a  graded  course. 

Class  Hours  and  Credits 

All  courses  are  entered  as  quarter-hour  credits.  A  quarter  hour  of  credit 
is  equivalent  to  three  fourths  of  a  semester-hour  credit. 

Continuity  of  Program 

Students  are  expected  to  maintain  continuous  progress  toward  a  degree. 
Any  student  who  does  not  attend  Northeastern  for  a  period  of  one  year 
must  apply  for  readmission. 

Withdrawals 

In  order  to  withdraw  from  a  course,  a  student  must  complete  an  official 
withdrawal  form  obtained  at  the  Registrar's  Office  or  at  the  Suburban  Cam- 
pus Office.  Withdrawals  may  be  made  through  the  first  six  weeks  of  the 
course  or  upon  the  receipt  of  a  mid-term  examination,  whichever  is  later. 


PHARMACY  AND  ALLIED  HEALTH  PROFESSIONS  /  25 

Students  are  withdrawn  on  the  date  at  which  the  official  form  is  filed  with  the 
Registrar.  Ceasing  to  attend  class  or  notifying  the  instructor  does  not  con- 
stitute official  withdrawal. 

Changes  In  Requirements 

The  continuing  development  of  the  Graduate  School  forces  frequent  revi- 
sion of  curricula.  In  every  new  bulletin  some  improvements  are  indicated. 
When  no  hardship  is  imposed  on  the  student  because  of  changes,  and 
when  the  facilities  of  the  school  permit,  the  student  is  expected  to  meet  the 
requirements  of  the  current  bulletin.  Any  deviation  from  this  must  be  re- 
quested by  petition  to  the  Graduate  Committee. 

Application  for  the  Diploma 

A  commencement  card  must  be  filed  with  the  Registrar's  Office  on  or 
before  the  applicable  date  listed  in  the  calendar.  For  students  failing  to  file, 
there  is  no  assurance  that  the  degree  will  be  granted  in  that  particular  year, 
even  though  all  other  requirements  have  been  fulfilled. 

THE  MASTER  OF  SCIENCE  DEGREE 
Admission 

Specific  requirements  for  each  degree  program  are  found  in  the  ap- 
propriate paragraphs  for  each  program,  beginning  on  page  36. 

Academic  Requirements 

A  candidate  for  the  master  of  science  degree  must  complete  a  minimum 
of  40-43  quarter  hours  of  correlated  work  of  graduate  caliber  and  such 
other  study  as  may  be  required  by  the  specific  program. 

During  the  first  half  of  the  total  course  work  hours  required  for  the 
degree,  the  candidate  is  expected  to  maintain  a  minimum  quality-point 
average  of  2.5.  At  completion  of  three  fourths  of  the  total  course  work  hours 
required  for  the  degree,  the  candidate  is  expected  to  have  a  quality-point 
average  of  2.8.  To  qualify  for  the  degree,  he  must  obtain  a  final  average  of 
3.0,  equivalent  to  a  grade  of  B.  This  average  is  calculated  quarterly  by  the 
graduate  school  on  the  basis  of  A  =  4,  B  =  3,  C  =  2,  and  F  =  0,  and  ex- 
cludes any  transfer  credits  from  outside  the  University. 

Not  more  than  four  quarter  hours  (generally  two  courses)  of  repeated 
courses,  additional  courses,  or  permanent  Is  may  be  allowed  in  order  to 
satisfy  the  degree  requirements. 

Within  the  above  limitations,  a  required  course  for  which  a  grade  of  F  is 
received  must  be  repeated  with  a  grade  of  C  or  better,  and  may  be 
repeated  only  once.  If  a  grade  of  F  is  received  in  an  elective  course,  that 
course  may  be  repeated  only  once  to  obtain  a  grade  of  C  or  better,  or 
another  elective  course  may  be  substituted  for  it.  If  a  grade  of  C  is  received 
in  a  required  course,  that  course  may  be  repeated  once  to  obtain  a  grade  of 
B  or  better. 


26  /  PHARMACY  AND  ALLIED  HEALTH  PROFESSIONS 

Obtaining  a  Second  Master's  Degree 

Students  who  have  completed  an  M.S.  degree  in  the  Graduate  School  of 
Pharmacy  and  Allied  Health  Professions  and  wish  to  obtain  a  second 
master's  degree,  should  petition  to  do  so.  Students  will  be  required  to  com- 
plete ail  the  requirements  listed  for  the  second  program,  taking  a  minimum 
of  16  additional  quarter  hours  of  graduate  credit. 

Transfer  Credit 

A  maximum  of  12  quarter  hours  of  credit  obtained  at  another  institution 
may  be  accepted  toward  the  master's  degree,  provided  that  the  credits 
transferred  consist  of  A  or  B  grades  in  graduate-level  courses,  are  in  the 
candidate's  field,  have  been  earned  at  a  recognized  institution,  and  have 
not  been  applied  toward  any  other  degree.  Students  should  petition  the 
Graduate  Committee  in  writing  for  all  transfer  credit.  Transfer  credit  grades 
may  not  be  used  in  order  to  obtain  the  academic  average  necessary  for 
completion  of  degree  requirements. 

Students  changing  majors  within  the  College  or  University  will  receive 
transfer  credit  on  a  graded  basis  for  ALL  required  courses  taken  in  the 
desired  new  major.  In  addition  a  maximum  of  12  quarter  hours  of  credit  for 
courses  in  the  elective  categories  completed  with  the  grades  of  A  or  B  may 
be  transferred.  Transfer  credit  for  elective  courses  may  not  be  used  in 
order  to  obtain  the  academic  average  necessary  for  completion  of  degree 
requirements. 

Time  Limitation 

Course  credits  earned  in  the  program  ofgraduate  study,  or  accepted  by 
transfer,  are  valid  for  a  maximum  of  seven  years  unless  an  extension  is 
granted  by  the  Committee  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Pharmacy  and  Allied 
Health  Professions. 

THE  DOCTOR  OF  PHILOSOPHY  DEGREE 

The  doctor  of  philosophy  degree  is  awarded  to  candidates  who  give 
evidence  of  high  attainment  and  research  ability  in  their  major  field.  The 
degree  requirements  are  administered  by  the  Graduate  Committee.  It  is  the 
responsibility  of  the  Director  of  the  Doctoral  Program  to  certify  to  the 
Graduate  Committee  the  completion  of  all  requirements  for  each  candidate. 

Admission 

The  degree  program  in  the  Department  of  Medicinal  Chemistry  and 
Pharmacology  has  an  established  admission  procedure  for  students  start- 
ing doctoral  work  at  Northeastern  University.  The  Ph.D.  in  Medicinal 
Chemistry  provides  specialization  in  the  fields  of  Clinical  Chemistry,  Foren- 
sic Science,  Pharmacology,  Radiopharmaceutical  Science,  and  Synthetic 
Medicinal  Chemistry. 


PHARMACY  AND  ALLIED  HEALTH  PROFESSIONS  /  27 

Residence  Requirements 

Candidates  for  the  doctor  of  philosophy  degree  must  spend  the 
equivalent  of  at  least  one  academic  year  in  residence  at  the  University  as 
full-time  graduate  students.  The  Graduate  Committee  specifies  the  method 
of  satisfying  the  residence  requirement. 


Doctoral  Entrance  Examination 

Upon  acceptance  into  the  doctoral  program,  the  student  must  take  an 
entrance  examination.  The  purpose  of  this  examination  is  twofold:  to  test 
his  undergraduate  knowledge  and  skills  considered  essential  to  success  in 
the  field  of  specialization,  and  to  aid  both  the  student  and  a  selected  faculty 
adviser  in  course  selection  to  overcome  existing  deficiencies  in  academic 
background.  Within  one  year  of  admission  to  the  doctoral  program,  the  stu- 
dent is  allowed  two  opportunities  to  pass  the  examination. 

At  its  discretion,  the  Department  of  Medicinal  Chemistry  and  Phar- 
macology may  drop  a  student  from  the  doctoral  program  if  the  results  of 
the  doctoral  entrance  examination  reveal  deficiencies  too  great  to  be 
removed  within  one  year. 


Qualifying  Examination 

A  qualifying  examination  is  prepared  by  members  of  the  department  and 
given  twice  each  academic  year.  It  is  expected  that  a  student  will  take  this 
examination  within  two  years  from  the  date  of  the  doctoral  entrance  ex- 
amination. The  purpose  of  the  qualifying  examination  is  to  test  the  student's 
knowledge  and  skills  in  medicinal  chemistry  and  especially  his  knowledge 
of  recent  developments  in  this  field. 

This  examination  is  composed  of  two  parts: 

1.  A  written  examination  in  areas  of  specialization  in  the  department  to  be 
determined  by  the  department. 

2.  An  oral  examination,  given  approximately  two  weeks  after  completion  of 
part  1.  The  oral  examination  committee  consists  of  the  dissertation  ad- 
viser (selection  discussed  below),  two  other  members  of  the  Department 
of  Medicinal  Chemistry  and  Pharmacology,  and  one  member  of  the 
University  from  outside  the  Department  selected  by  the  Department 
Chairman.  The  student  must  pass  the  written  portion  before  taking  the 
oral  examination  at  the  scheduled  time.  Students  failing  the  written  part 
of  the  qualifying  examination  are  given  one  opportunity  to  remove  this 
failure  by  a  make-up  examination.  Similarly,  students  have  one  ad- 
ditional opportunity  to  pass  the  oral  examination.  Students  must  make 
up  any  failure  at  the  first  opportunity.  Those  failing  either  portion  of  this 
examination  twice  are  dropped  from  the  program.  A  student  who  passes 
the  qualifying  examination  and  completes  40  quarter  hours  of  graduate 
work  with  a  3.0  average  is  designated  a  Doctoral  Degree  Candidate. 


28  /  PHARMACY  AND  ALLIED  HEALTH  PROFESSIONS 

Course  Requirements 

The  minimum  course  requirement  of  40  quarter  hours  of  credit  con- 
stitutes the  work  normally  required  for  the  master's  degree.  The  course 
requirements  beyond  this  total  for  the  Ph.D.  degree  will  depend  upon  the 
needs  and  interests  of  the  individual. 

Transfer  Credit 

If  transfer  credit  for  doctoral  work  is  desired,  approval  of  such  credit 
must  be  given  by  the  Director  of  the  Ph.D.  program.  A  maximum  of  12 
quarter  hours  of  graduate  credit  obtained  at  a  recognized  institution  are 
accepted,  provided  that  the  credits  transferred  are  in  the  candidate's  field, 
consist  of  work  taken  at  a  graduate  level  for  graduate  credit,  and  carry 
grades  of  A  or  B.  Students  should  petition  the  Director  of  the  Graduate 
School  of  Pharmacy  and  Allied  Health  Professions  in  writing  for  all  transfer 
credit. 

Dissertation 

Each  doctoral  student  must  complete  a  dissertation  which  embodies  the 
results  of  extended  research  and  which  makes  an  original  contribution  to 
the  field.  This  work  should  give  evidence  of  the  candidate's  ability  to  con- 
duct independent  investigation  and  to  interpret  the  results  of  his  research  in 
an  acceptable  manner. 

Selection  of  a  thesis  adviser  must  be  made  within  four  months  of  the 
student's  completion  of  the  entrance  examinations.  An  adviser  is  selected 
by  mutual  consent  of  the  student  and  a  member  of  the  faculty  in  the  Depart- 
ment of  Medicinal  Chemistry  and  Pharmacology.  It  is  expected  that  the  stu- 
dent will  begin  his  research  and  demonstrate  satisfactory  proficiency  in  the 
laboratory  prior  to  the  qualifying  examination. 

The  thesis  adviser  serves  as  Chairman  of  the  Thesis  Committee,  which 
consists  of  not  less  than  three  members.  Individuals  are  chosen  for  exper- 
tise in  the  student's  area  of  research.  His  research  progress  is  evaluated  by 
this  Committee,  meeting  no  less  than  twice  a  year.  Low  productivity  or  un- 
satisfactory work  provides  the  basis  for  warning  by  this  Committee.  Two 
such  warnings  result  in  a  student's  dismissal  from  the  program  at  any 
stage. 

Foreign  Language 

A  reading  knowledge  of  one  foreign  language  (French,  German,  or  Rus- 
sian) is  required.  The  Thesis  Committee  prescribes  the  manner  in  which 
proficiency  in  the  language  is  determined. 

Research  Proposal  Defense 

After  completion  of  the  qualifying  examination,  and  prior  to  the  final  oral, 
the  student,  with  the  approval  of  the  Thesis  Committee,  prepares  a  written 


PHARMACY  AND  ALLIED  HEALTH  PROFESSIONS  /  29 

proposal  in  an  area  distinctly  different  from  his  thesis.  He  then  defends  it 
orally  before  this  Committee. 

Final  Oral  Examination 

The  final  oral  examination  is  taken  after  the  completion  of  all  other  re- 
quirements for  the  degree.  This  examination  must  be  held  at  least  three 
weeks  before  the  commencement  at  which  the  degree  is  to  be  awarded. 

The  Thesis  Committee  conducts  the  final  oral  examination.  The  Director 
of  the  Graduate  School  of  Pharmacy  and  Allied  Health  Professions, 
together  with  the  Department  Chairman  and  the  thesis  adviser,  appoint  any 
additional  members  to  this  Committee  which  they  consider  necessary. 

The  final  oral  examination  deals  with  the  subject  matter  of  the  doctoral 
dissertation,  significant  developments  in  the  field  of  the  dissertation,  and 
the  student's  background  knowledge  in  his  field  of  specialization. 

Time  Limitation 

After  the  establishment  of  degree  candidacy,  a  maximum  of  five  years  is 
allowed  for  completion  of  the  degree  requirements. 

Registration 

All  students  must  register  in  the  Registrar's  Office  for  course  work  or  dis- 
sertation as  approved  by  the  faculty  adviser.  Students  must  be  registered 
for  the  dissertation  during  the  quarter  in  which  they  take  the  final  oral  ex- 
amination. 

Curriculum  Design 

The  graduate  school  recognizes  the  divergent  backgrounds  and  goals  for 
individuals  who  may  be  accepted  into  this  program.  Accordingly,  the 
program  is  designed  to  offer  flexibility  in  course  selection  so  as  to  maximize 
its  relevance  to  the  student's  career  objective. 


INTERDISCIPLINARY  PROGRAMS 

Some  graduate  students  may  wish  to  pursue  doctoral  programs  which 
involve  substantial  work  in  two  or  more  departments.  To  meet  this  need,  an 
interdisciplinary  program  may  be  established  which  corresponds  in  scope 
and  depth  to  doctoral  standards,  but  which  does  not  agree  exactly  with  the 
individual  departmental  regulations.  For  such  possibilities,  the  following  op- 
tion is  available. 

i  Admission 


Application  for  admission  to  interdisciplinary  doctoral  study  consists  of 
the  submission  of  a  carefully  thought-out,  written  proposal  describing  the 
areas  of  projected  study  and  research.  The  proposal  may  be  a  part  of  the 


30  /  PHARMACY  AND  ALLIED  HEALTH  PROFESSIONS 

initial  application  for  admission  to  graduate  study  at  Northeastern  Universi- 
ty, or  it  may  be  submitted  by  a  student  already  enrolled.  It  may  be  directed 
to  a  doctoral  degree-granting  department  or  to  the  Director  of  the  Graduate 
School,  who  will  then  forward  it  to  the  appropriate  department.  In  either 
case,  admission  to  interdisciplinary  doctoral  study  requires  favorable 
recommendation  by  the  sponsoring  doctoral  degree-granting  department 
and  approval  by  the  Graduate  Committee  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Phar- 
macy and  Allied  Health  Professions. 

Formation  of  Interdisciplinary  Committee 

A  student  who  has  been  accepted  for  interdisciplinary  study  must  obtain 
the  consent  of  an  adviser  who  will  direct  his  doctoral  dissertation.  This  ad- 
viser, who  may  or  may  not  be  a  member  of  the  sponsoring  department, 
serves  as  Chairman  of  the  Interdisciplinary  Committee  for  this  student.  A 
second  member  is  appointed  from  the  sponsoring  department  by  its  chair- 
man. These  two  members  obtain  one  or  more  additional  members  or  re- 
quest the  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Pharmacy  and  Allied  Health 
Professions  to  do  so.  At  least  two  departments  must  be  represented  on  the 
committee,  and  a  majority  of  the  committee  members  must  come  from  doc- 
toral degree-granting  departments.  The  chairman  of  the  sponsoring 
department  notifies  the  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  the  committee 
membership  as  soon  as  possible. 

Duties  of  Interdisciplinary  Committee 

A  member  of  the  Interdisciplinary  Committee  who  is  also  a  member  of 
the  sponsoring  department  serves  as  the  registration  officer  to  approve  the 
student's  course  registration.  A  copy  of  the  approved  course  registration 
must  also  be  filed  with  the  other  committee  members  and  with  the  Graduate 
Committee. 

The  Interdisciplinary  Committee  is  responsible  for  the  administration  of 
the  qualifying  examination,  language  examination,  approval  of  the  disserta- 
tion, and  comprehensive  examination.  This  Committee  must  also  certify  to 
the  sponsoring  department  the  completion  of  the  requirements  for  the  doc- 
toral degree. 

The  Interdisciplinary  Committee  must  be  assured  that  the  student's 
program  represents  standards  comparable  to  those  of  the  sponsoring 
department  and  that  the  program  is  not  so  broad  that  it  has  inadequate 
depth  in  any  area.  The  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  may  review  the 
program  at  any  time  to  determine  whether  its  objectives  are  being  met. 


financial  information 


FINANCIAL  OBLIGATIONS 
Tuition 

Tuition  rates  are  subject  to  revision  by  the  Board  of  Trustees  and  may 
change  year  by  year.  The  current  rate  is  stated  in  a  covering  letter  for  the 
specific  year  and  program. 

Doctoral  candidates  actively  utilizing  the  resources  of  the  University  in 
their  Ph.D.  dissertation  are  charged  an  additional  $600  per  quarter.  Those 
doctoral  candidates  registered  for  dissertation  work  performed  off  campus 
are  charged  $200  in  addition  to  tuition  charges  each  quarter,  and  those 
doctoral  candidates  who  are  no  longer  actively  utilizing  University 
resources  are  charged  a  continuation  fee  of  $50  per  quarter. 

Tuition  statements  are  mailed  to  students  by  the  Bursar's  Office  and  are 
payable  by  check  to  Northeastern  University. 

Fees 

All  students  are  charged  an  application  fee  of  $15  when  they  apply  for  the 
first  time  to  a  graduate  school  at  Northeastern  University. 

Other  fees  include  a  charge  of  $10  for  late  payment  of  tuition  and  a  fee  of 
$25  for  all  degree  candidates,  payable  before  commencement  by  the 
applicable  date  listed  on  the  academic  calendar. 

For  full-time  students  there  is  a  charge  of  $12.50  per  quarter  for  the  ser- 
vices available  in  the  Student  Center.  For  teaching  assistants  and  research 
fellows,  the  fee  is  $6.25  per  quarter.  All  part-time  students  on  the  Hunt- 
ington Avenue  Campus  are  charged  75  cents  per  quarter. 

All  full-time  students  pay  a  nonrefundable  University  Health  Services  fee 
of  $120  each  year.  This  fee  provides  Blue  Cross-Blue  Shield  coverage  and 
entitles  the  student  to  the  medical  care  furnished  by  the  University  Health 
Services.  Tuition  and  fees  are  subject  to  change  without  notice. 

All  financial  obligations  to  the  University  must  be  discharged  prior  to 
graduation. 

Refunds 

Tuition  refunds  are  granted  only  on  the  basis  of  the  date  appearing  on 
the  student's  official  withdrawal  form.  Nonattendance  does  not  constitute 
official  withdrawal.  Questions  regarding  refunds  should  be  directed  to  the 
Bursar's  Office. 

31 


32  /  FINANCIAL  INFORMATION 

Refunds  are  granted  in  accordance  with  the  following  schedule: 
Official  Withdrawal  Filed  Within:  Percentage  of  Tuition: 

First  week  of  quarter  1 00 

Second  week  of  quarter  75 

Third  week  of  quarter  50 

Fourth  week  of  quarter  25 

FINANCIAL  AID 

Northeastern  University  offers  fellowships  and  assistantships  for  full-time 
students  who  are  working  toward  the  doctor's  degree.  They  may  establish 
candidacy  for  these  awards  by  completing  the  relevant  section  of  the 
application  for  admission.  Students  already  enrolled  should  consult  their 
departmental  adviser.  There  is  no  financial  aid  available  for  the  Master  of 
Science  programs  or  for  those  students  enrolled  in  the  Special  Student 
category.  Those  individuals  auditing  any  course  must  remit  full  tuition. 

The  University  does  not  award  financial  assistance  in  any  form  to 
students  who  are  not  citizens  or  permanent  residents  of  the  United  States. 

Tuition  Assistantships 

The  College  of  Pharmacy  and  Allied  Health  Professions  provides  remis- 
sion of  tuition  to  full-time  students  assisting  eight  hours  a  week  in 
departmental  administrative  work. 

Teaching  Assistantships 

Teaching  Assistantships  allowing  remission  of  tuition  and  a  stipend  are 
available  to  Ph.D.  candidates  in  Medicinal  Chemistry.  Those  holding  such 
awards  devote  half  time  to  academic  assistance  directly  related  to  the 
teaching  function  and  the  balance  to  course  work. 

Research  Fellowships 

Research  fellowships,  including  those  supported  by  the  National 
Institutes  of  Health,  carry  a  stipend  and  remission  of  tuition.  Certain  of  these 
grants  require  half-time  work  on  research  in  the  department,  with  the 
remaining  time  devoted  to  course  work.  Others  provide  for  full-time  work 
on  dissertation  research.  Availability  of  such  fellowships  depends  upon  the 
receipt  of  grants  or  contracts  by  departmental  faculty  members. 

Martin  Luther  King,  Jr.,  Scholarships 

Established  in  1969  in  memory  of  the  late  Rev.  Martin  Luther  King,  Jr., 
awards  are  made  as  openings  occur  to  qualified  minority  graduate  students 
who  show  financial  need  and  are  accepted  to  full-time  study  in  the  graduate 
schools  of  the  University.  Stipends  cover  tuition  and  all  fees. 


FINANCIAL  INFORMATION  /  33 


Appointments 


Appointments  to  fellowships  and  assistantships  are  ordinarily  announced 
no  later  than  April  15  for  the  following  academic  year  or  summer.  Ap- 
pointments are  for  a  maximum  of  three  academic  quarters  and  are  not 
automatically  renewed.  Students  who  hold  assistantships  and  research 
fellowships  are  expected  to  devote  full  time  to  their  studies  and  the  duties  of 
the  award.  They  may  not  accept  outside  employment  without  the  consent  of 
their  faculty  adviser  and  the  Director  of  the  Graduate  School. 

Dormitory  Proctorships 

A  number  of  proctorships  for  men  and  women  in  dormitories  on  or  near 
the  Huntington  Avenue  Campus  are  available  each  year.  Appointments 
carry  a  minimum  compensation  of  room  and  board.  Further  information 
and  applications  may  be  obtained  from  the  Office  of  University  Housing. 

Guaranteed  Insured  Loan  Program 

These  loans  are  available  through  lending  institutions  in  the  applicant's 
home  area.  Under  this  program  a  student  may  borrow  as  much  as  $2,500 
per  academic  year  to  a  maximum  indebtedness  of  $10,000.  Repayment  of 
principal  and  interest  need  not  begin  until  nine  months  after  the  termination 
of  studies. 

The  student  must  have  submitted,  through  the  College  Scholarship  Ser- 
vice, a  Parents'  Confidential  Statement  or,  if  he  has  been  declared  financial- 
ly independent  by  the  Financial  Aid  Office,  a  Student's  Confidential  State- 
ment. These  forms  are  available  in  the  Financial  Aid  Office. 

Applications  for  the  loan  itself  are  available  from  local  banks  or  the 
Education  Office  of  your  state  government.  The  Financial  Aid  Office  has  ad- 
ditional information  and  necessary  application  forms  for  Massachusetts 
residents. 

National  Direct  Student  Loan  Program 

This  program  is  available  to  students  who  are  carrying  at  least  one  half 
the  normal  academic  load,  are  accepted  as  degree  candidates,  and  show 
evidence  of  financial  need. 

The  maximum  amount  which  may  be  borrowed  in  any  academic  year  is 
$2,500,  and  the  total  of  the  loans  must  not  exceed  $10,000. 

Repayment  and  interest  on  these  loans  do  not  begin  until  nine  months 
after  the  student  ceases  to  carry  at  least  a  half-time  academic  load  at  an  in- 
stitution of  higher  education.  The  repayment  of  principal  may  be  extended 
over  a  10-year  period  with  the  interest  at  the  rate  of  three  percent  per  an- 
num. Repayment  may  be  deferred  up  to  a  total  of  three  years  while  a 
borrower  is  serving  as  a  Peace  Corps  or  VISTA  Volunteer. 

Additional  information  and  application  forms  are  available  from  the  Of- 
fice of  Financial  Aid.  The  application  deadline  is  September  1  for  full-time 
students.  For  other  students  the  deadline  is  six  weeks  prior  to  the  start  of 
the  quarter  for  which  aid  is  requested. 


faculty 


GRADUATE  FACULTY 

Professors 

Arnold  S.  Goldstein,  B.S.  in  Pharmacy,  J.D.,  Professor  of  Pharmacy  Ad- 
ministration 

O.  James  Inashima,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Pharmacology  and  Acting  Chair- 
man, Department  of  Pharmacy  and  Pharmacy  Administration 

Barry  L.  Karger,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Chemistry  and  Medicinal  Chemistry 
and  Director  of  the  Institute  of  Chemical  Analysis,  Applications,  and 
Forensic  Science 

Helene  A.  Loux,  Ph.D.,  M.T.  (ASCP),  Associate  Dean  and  Professor  of 
Health  Sciences 

John  L.  Neumeyer,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Medicinal  Chemistry  and  Acting 
Chairman,  Department  of  Medicinal  Chemistry  and  Pharmacology 

Robert  F.  Raffauf,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Pharmacognosy  and  Medicinal 
Chemistry 

Albert  H.  Soloway,  Ph.D.,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Pharmacy  and 
Allied  Health  Professions  and  Dean,  College  of  Pharmacy  and  Allied 
Health  Professions 

Elliot  Spector,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Pharmacology 

John  W.  Webb,  M.S.,  Clinical  Professor  of  Pharmacy 

Associate  Professors 

Andrew  T.  Canada,  Ph.D.,  Clinical  Associate  Professor  of  Pharmacy 
Michael    A.    Davis,    D.Sc,    Clinical    Associate    Professor    of    Medicinal 

Chemistry 
William  A.  Gouveia,  M.S.,  Clinical  Associate  Professor  of  Pharmacy 
James  J.  Gozzo,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Health  Sciences 
Alun  G.  Jones,  Ph.D.,  Clinical  Associate  Professor  of  Medicinal  Chemistry 
Britta   L.   Karlsson,   M.S.,   M.T.   (ASCP),  Associate   Professor  of  Health 

Sciences  (Medical  Laboratory  Science) 
Victor  D.  Warner,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Medicinal  Chemistry 

Assistant  Professors 

Judith  Barr,  M.Ed.,  M.T.  (ASCP),  Assistant  Professor  of  Health  Sciences 

(Medical  Laboratory  Science) 
Jeffrey  B.  Blumberg,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Pharmacology 
Gerald  L.  Davis,  M.T.,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Health  Sciences 
Catherine  W.  Hallsworth,  M.S.,  M.T.,  (ASCP),  Assistant  Professor  of  Health 

Sciences  (Medical  Laboratory  Science) 

34 


FACULTY / 35 

Bynum  M.  Jackson,  Ph.D.,  M.T.  (ASCP),  Assistant  Professor  of  Health 

Sciences  (Medical  Laboratory  Science) 
Jerome  P.  Janousek,  M.S.,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor  of  Pharmacy 
Donald  S.  Kosersky,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Pharmacology 
B.  Susan  Rogers,  M.S.,  M.T.  (ASCP),  Assistant  Professor  of  Health  Science 

(Medical  Laboratory  Science) 
Joseph  M.  Sceppa,  M.S.,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor  of  Pharmacy 
Richard  T.  Scheife,  Pharm.  D.,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor  of  Pharmacy 
Leon   D.   Shargei,    Ph.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Pharmacy  and  Phar- 
macology 
Albert  H.  Taubman,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Pharmacy  Administration 

Adjunct  Faculty 

Khalid  Butt,  M.D.,  Special  Lecturer  in  Clinical  Laboratory  Science 
Howard  Christian,  M.D.,  Special  Lecturer  in  Clinical  Laboratory  Science 
Bradley  Copeland,  M.D.,  Adjunct  Professor  of  Health  Sciences 
John  F.  Howes,  Ph.D.,  Lecturer  in  the  Department  of  Medicinal  Chemistry 

and  Pharmacology 
Herbert  L.  Kayne,  Ph.D.,  Lecturer  in  Health  Sciences 
Agnes  Kim,  M.D.,  Special  Lecturer  in  Clinical  Laboratory  Science 
George  M.  Krause,  Adjunct  Professor  of  Pharmacy 
Manlio   A.    LoConte,    M.D.,    Lecturer  in    the   Department  of  Medicinal 

Chemistry  and  Pharmacology 
Arnold  Marglin,  M.D.,  Ph.D.,  Lecturer  in  Health  Sciences 
Randi  Rosvall,  M.D.,  Special  Lecturer  in  Clinical  Laboratory  Science 
Andre  Rosowsky,  Ph.D.,  Lecturer  in  the  Department  of  Medicinal  Chemistry 

and  Pharmacology 

ADMINISTRATIVE  POSITIONS 

Albert  H.  Soloway,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Pharmacy  and  Allied 

Health  Professions 
Carol  M.  Konis,  Administrative  Assistant 
Michael  A.  Davis,  Director  of  the  Master  of  Science  Degree  Program  in 

Radiopharmaceutical  Science 
Roger  W.  Giese,  Director  of  the  Master  of  Science  Degree  Program  in 

Clinical  Chemistry 
James  J.  Gozzo,  Ph.D.,  Director  of  the  Master  of  Science  Degree  Program 

in  Medical  Laboratory  Science  (Effective  July  1 ,  1976) 
Helene  A.  Loux,  Director  of  the  Master  of  Science  Degree  Program  in 

Medical  Laboratory  Science 
John  L.  Neumeyer,  Director  of  the  Doctor  of  Philosophy  Degree  Program  in 

Medicinal  Chemistry 
Robert  F.  Raffauf,  Director  of  the  Master  of  Science  Degree  Program  in 

Medicinal  Chemistry 
John  W.  Webb,  Director  of  the  Master  of  Science  Program  in  Hospital  Phar- 
macy 


fields  of  study 


The  sections  that  follow  list  degree  programs  and  courses  available  to  a 
student  during  the  typical  period  of  attendance  required  to  obtain  each 
degree.  The  place  and  time  for  which  a  specific  course  is  offered  may  be 
found  in  the  course  announcement  made  available  in  May  for  the  summer 
quarter  and  in  June  for  the  following  academic  year. 

PART-TIME  MASTER  OF  SCIENCE  DEGREE  PROGRAM 
IN  CLINICAL  CHEMISTRY 

Objectives 

At  the  present  time,  there  is  an  acute  shortage  of  trained  people  in 
clinical  chemistry.  This  is  especially  critical  in  view  of  the  increasing  need 
for  individuals  with  in-depth  training  in  the  chemical  and  biological  sciences 
to  direct  clinical  laboratory  personnel. 

Northeastern  offers  a  part-time,  evening  Master  of  Science  degree 
program  in  Clinical  Chemistry  under  the  joint  sponsorship  of  the  Depart- 
ment of  Chemistry  and  the  Graduate  School  of  Pharmacy  and  Allied  Health 
Professions.  The  program  is  available  to  people  currently  practicing  clinical 
chemistry  or  those  with  appropriate  backgrounds  who  wish  to  train  for  this 
field. 

The  development  of  this  program  came  about  through  careful  delibera- 
tion by  members  of  the  Departments  of  Chemistry,  Medicinal  Chemistry 
and  Pharmacology,  and  Medical  Laboratory  Sciences.  Thus,  it  is  a  truly  in- 
terdisciplinary offering,  representing  a  composite  of  the  skills  and 
knowledge  of  each  of  these  disciplines.  It  is  one  of  a  series  of  graduate 
programs  designed  to  meet  the  frequently  expressed  needs  of  clinical 
pathologists. 

Admission  and  Program  Features 

The  Admissions  Committee  for  this  program  is  composed  of  three  faculty 
members:  two  from  the  Department  of  Medicinal  Chemistry  and  Phar- 
macology and  a  third  from  Medical  Laboratory  Sciences.  The  Committee 
evaluates  the  background  of  the  applicants,  suggests  course  sequences, 
and  informs  the  students  of  those  offerings  which  will  maximize  their 
background  in  clinical  chemistry. 

For  admission  to  this  part-time  M.S.  degree  program,  the  applicant  must 
have  completed  a  baccalaureate  program  in  biology,  chemistry,  medical 
technology,  pharmacy  or  a  related  field.  Undergraduate  requirements  are: 
a  minimum  of  two  quarters  of  organic  chemistry,  two  quarters  of  analytical 
chemistry,  each  with  a  laboratory  or  its  equivalent,  two  quarters  of  human 

36 


FIELDS  OF  STUDY/ 37 

physiology,  and  two  quarters  of  physical  chemistry.  An  individual  who  has 
deficiencies  in  any  of  these  areas  may  take  appropriate  courses  at 
Northeastern  University  concurrently  with  those  graduate  courses  which  do 
not  require  the  deficient  prerequisites.  The  appropriate  evening  courses 
offered  at  University  College  of  Northeastern  University  are:  Analytical 
Chemistry,  12.521  -  12.526;  Organic  Chemistry,  12.531  -  12.533;  Physical 
Chemistry,  12.541  -  12.543;  and  Human  Anatomy  and  Physiology,  18.524  - 
18.526.  Equivalent  courses  are  accepted  from  this  University  or  other  ac- 
credited universities.  Students  admitted  with  deficiencies  must  remove 
them  during  the  first  12  quarter  hours  of  graduate  work.  By  the  completion 
of  the  degree  requirements,  students  must  have  at  least  one  year  of  accept- 
able clinical  laboratory  experience  subsequent  to  attaining  the  appropriate 
baccalaureate  degree. 

Students  in  good  standing  in  the  program  who  lack  this  experience  re- 
quirement may  apply  for  an  applied  (training)  course  in  clinical  chemistry. 
This  course  is  offered  through  the  Graduate  School  of  Pharmacy  and  Allied 
Health  Professions  of  Northeastern  University  at  one  of  the  nearby  affiliated 
hospitals  and  provides  three  months  of  this  experience  requirement.  In- 
dividuals who  have  completed  this  course  achieve  an  enhanced  opportunity 
to  obtain  subsequent  employment  in  this  field  and  thereby  satisfy  the  one 
year  of  experience  requirement. 

The  program  is  available  on  a  part-time  basis,  with  courses  offered 
primarily  during  the  evening  hours.  Courses  are  scheduled  in  the  fall, 
winter,  spring,  and  summer  quarters.  It  is  anticipated  that  students  may 
complete  the  degree  requirements  in  a  minimum  of  three  years;  however, 
the  duration  may  sometimes  be  increased  or  decreased  to  satisfy  the  par- 
ticular needs  and  requirements  of  the  student.  No  research  report  or  thesis 
is  required. 


Curriculum 

Required  Courses 

Credits 

12.821 

Analytical  Separations 

2 

12.823 

Optical  Methods  of  Analysis 

2 

72.834 

Clinical  Chemistry  I 

2 

72.835 

Clinical  Chemistry  II 

2 

72.837 

Seminar  and  Report  in  Clinical  Chemistry* 

2 

73.845 

Radioisotopes  in  Biological  Systems 

2 

87.807 

Biometrics 

2 

87.810 

Functions  of  the  Human  Systems 

2 

90.821 

Biochemistry  I 

2 

90.822 

Biochemistry  II 

2 

90.823 

Biochemistry  III 

_2 

QUARTER  HOURS 

22 

*The  first  quarter  of  72.837  is  a  required  course;  however,  the  course 
may  be  repeated  twice  as  an  elective. 


38  /FIELDS  OF  STUDY 

Elective  Core 

A  minimum  of  12  credits  must  be  taken  from  the  following  list: 

12.822     Electroanalytical  Chemistry  2 

12.824  Special  Topics  in  Analytical  Chemistry  I  2 

12.825  Special  Topics  in  Analytical  Chemistry  II  2 

12.827  Computers  in  Chemistry  2 

12.828  Chemical  Instrumentation  2 

72.836  Protein  Analysis  2 

72.837  Seminar  and  Report  in  Clinical  Chemistry  2 

72.861  CNS  Depressants  2 

72.862  Autonomic  Drugs  2 

72.863  Anti-infectives  2 

72.864  Cancer  Therapy  and  Carcinogenesis  2 

72.865  Special  Topics  in  Medicinal  Chemistry  2 

73.816  Concepts  in  Toxicology  I  2 

73.817  Concepts  in  Toxicology  II  2 
73.844     Drug  Metabolism  2 

87.811  Pathophysiology  I  2 

87.812  Pathophysiology  II  2 
87.833  Immunobiology  2 
87.890  Seminar  1 
90.824     Applications  of  Mass  Spectrometry  2 

Elective  Courses 

Taken  with  the  approval  of  the  Director  of  the  M.S.  program  in  Clinical 
Chemistry  and  the  course  instructor.  Selection  may  be  made  from  the 
above  courses,  as  well  as  from  the  following  and  other  appropriate 
graduate  courses  in  the  Graduate  School  of  Pharmacy  and  Allied  Health 
Professions  or  in  the  rest  of  the  University. 

11.871  Radiation  Physics  2 

11.872  Radiobiology  2 

12.841  Inorganic  Chemistry  I  2 

12.842  Inorganic  Chemistry  II  2 
12.846     Coordination  Chemistry  2 

12.861  Advanced  Organic  Chemistry  I  2 

12.862  Advanced  Organic  Chemistry  II  2 

12.863  Physical  Organic  Chemistry  2 

12.866  Spectrometric  Identification  of  Compounds  2 
12.881  Thermodynamics  I  2 
12.885  Atomic  and  Molecular  Structure  I  2 
12.893  Kinetics  2 
18.245  Serology-lmmunology  3 
18.840     Comparative  Physiology  of  Regulatory 

Mechanisms  2 

18.842  Vertebrate  Endocrinology  2 

18.843  Procedures  in  Endocrinology  3 
18.860     Cell  Biophysics  and  Biochemistry  5 


FIELDS  OF  STUDY/ 39 

18.909     Animal  Virology  4 

18.940     Microbial  Biochemistry  4 

72.837     Seminar  and  Report  in  Clinical  Chemistry  2 

72.815  Nuclear  Medicine  I  2 

72.816  Nuclear  Medicine  II  2 

72.817  Nuclear  Medicine  III  2 

72.818  Nuclear  Medicine  IV  2 
72.844     Seminar  and  Research  Report  in 

Radiopharmaceutical  Science  2 

72.866     Phytochemistry  2 

73.814  Concepts  in  Pharmacology  I  2 

73.815  Concepts  in  Pharmacology  II  2 
73.818  Special  Topics  in  Pharmacology  2 
87.802     Advanced  Medical  Laboratory  Science  — 

Hematology  and  Immunohematology  4 

A  minimum  total  of  40  quarter  hours  of  graduate  credit  is  necessary  for 
completion  of  the  M.S.  degree  in  Clinical  Chemistry. 


CM  CM   CM  CM  CM  CM  CM  CM  CM 


>- 

cc 

UJ  TJ 
X   0 

OiTj 

0CUT3 
1ZC 
in        * 

S*0  co 
2  LU   3 

si 

< 


v|l 
CD  ^  E 

tr  a  » 
5  So 
Oom 

C  coco 

•-S   CM  CM 

1~  00  00 
CO  1-  o) 


E 
co  — 


fill 

CO    D)  o 

3  3  g 
Oom 

CD  •<*   CM 

~   ■*   CM 

.C  co  co 


m 

CO  .E 
co  co 

_>»   Q) 

CO   Q. 

CD  <  O 
t  E  S2 
co  £  -2 
=J  P"2 


r  co  co 
■JS  CO  ■* 

j?  coco 

,^CM   CO 

CO  Is-  r- 

CM  CM 


CM 

CC 

< 

LU 

> 


CO    oj 

CO  jz 
E  O 


t    P    CO 

J  ei 
OwO 

9>  CM  10 
~   CM   CO 

.C  co  co 

i2£ 


O)  >> 


»1° 

§Sli 

0<3c?E 

C   Tt  CM  CO 

■=;  co  1-  co 

J-  CO  CO  CO 

CO  1s-  co  co 


•£ 

CD 

O 

O 

CO 

0 

Q. 
CD 

C 
CD 

CO 

c 

< 

>- 

to 

E 

CC 

-C 
0 

>    CO 

—  cd 

CO   S 

C    CO 

O 
CO 

0 

O) 

0 
0  _ 

c 

CD 

CD 

c 

3 
CD 

sssants 
in  Toxic 
iology  1 

CO 

O 

0 

0  tr 

O 

0 

Q. 

= 

g 

CD 

T3  T3 
<D    C 

CO 

E 

CD  H 

V.     CO 

(0   0 

3  s. 

00 

E 
cd 

CO 

c 

O 

co 
O 

0> 

CO 
CD 

0 

2    « 

CO    | 
CD  E 

0  E 

CO 

.c 

Q. 
O 

IS  Depn 
ncepts  i 
thophys 

sz 

O 

3 

3    CD 

CO 

ZOO 

oo^zznocooo. 

O) 

tr  in 

CD 

CO 

CD 

CO  •* 

i-  f^  CM 

•?  cm 

■* 

a> 

T-    Tt 

IOt-t- 

r5H 

00 

CO 

00 

00  00 

00  00  00 

Cvi 

CM 

CM 

CM  CM 

CM  CO   r^ 

CO  1- 

r- 

r- 

t>- 

h-  I-- 

f-  h-   CO 

CMCMCMCMCMCMCMCMCM 


53 


DC 
< 

LU 

> 


o  co 

E  LU 

r  > 

o  _        r- 


co  ~ 

E-£ 


£s 


550      s 


O  «■- 

in  °  m 

— I  CD   >>   (->   = 


LU 


CO    «    q^  CD 

£  e  o  B 
E  *£  o 

CD  -c    CO    ® 

CO  O  0-  LU 


^  CO 

.C  00 


O   =H 


P  °  co 


CO    • 

tr  tu 


Q.= 

>._ 
£:    CO 
«  co  o 

-See 

CD    CD    CD 
Q..C  JC 

WOO 


O  2 
cd  o  R  - 

Eceg 

3   co  -5  .E 

CO    »-  -2  — 


O-c    CD 

CD    CO    . 
"    O    CO 

n  E-2 


—  co  « 

=  e  ° 

CD  co   E  .2 

C  O)  CO    x 


«;  F  m  w 

i-  E  So 


cm  cm  m 

r^  CM  CM 

00   CO   00 


00 


o  o  a  c  c 

-300 
<  00 


CM  lO  IO  f^  CM  IO  CD 
CD  00  1-  1-  CD  t-  t- 
00  00  CO  CO  00  00  00 


CM   CM   CM  CM  CM  CM   CM 


E 

«  £> 

3 

CO  to 

X 

>» 

®  E 

O 

CO    CD 

CO 

c 
0 

is  1 

CO 

E 

CD 

JC 

0 
0 

ter 

aiytical  1 
nical  Ch 

V.    3 

V.    C  := 

CO  u. 

CD 

CO  <  0 

3 

3 

Oo 

!- 

O-^t 

CM 

CM  CO 

5;  co 

00 

d   00  00 

co  is: 

O 

.CO  CM  CM 

U.  00 

O) 

LL  y-  r- 

CD 

O 

3 

»-. 

Q. 

CD 

•2 

E 
0 

E 
g 

CO 

O  CD 

=3 

O 

1^ 

c- 

CM 

0 

^ 

00 

00 

.? 

CM 

r<^ 

U. 

00 

o  E 


-  m    W 

s  e  i 

T3  CD    CD 

CO  Q.JZ 

tr  co  o 


>>E 

i:   CD 
CO  -c 

E° 
||lo 

o  i-i 

co  °  c  .2 

s®f  S 

3    O    O  J= 

ac£.E 

ECO  i_  1 

>  CD  '■?= 

O  -D  jz  C 

O  <  I-  < 


o   CO 


E- 

CD    CO 

2  cj 

>>  E  s 


E  ?5 

CD  cn 

1  ° 

cn2 

_l  CO 

2  E 

■a  2 

CD 


c    §    c 
III 


"O    c    CD 

<  E  co 


i-t  N   r-  t-   CO  CO  •*  CM 

I^CM  OJ  CD  00  CD  CO   t-   O 

0000  00000000000000 

t^CM  CMCMCMCMCMCOr^ 

1-1-  7-1-7-l^lv.l^oO 


"-  "n  CO  Ji 

CO  ■=   co  co  p 

3.5'E  2  - 

Cjf  a>  CD  Q.  CD 
.  Q.  -C  Q.  a 
^  CO  O  <  CO 


CO  f~ 


40 


FIELDS  OF  STUDY/ 41 


PART-TIME  MASTER  OF  SCIENCE  DEGREE  PROGRAM 
IN  HOSPITAL  PHARMACY 


Objectives 

Institutional  pharmacy  will  constitute  a  major  form  of  professional  prac- 
tice within  the  next  decade.  The  pharmacist  practicing  in  this  environment 
must  show  proficiency  in  both  the  administrative  and  therapeutic  spheres. 
The  administrative  need  is  essential,  since  the  director  of  a  hospital  phar- 
macy must  have  managerial  competence  in  order  to  direct  personnel, 
determine  budgets,  interact  with  hospital  administration  and  other 
departments,  and  establish  guidelines  and  objectives  for  the  pharmacy.  It  is 
his  responsibility  to  determine  the  goals  and  the  means  for  integrating  the 
pharmacy  into  a  high-quality  health  delivery  system. 

Additionally,  he  must  be  completely  knowledgeable  of  the  most  modern 
therapeutic  maneuvers,  especially  as  they  relate  to  the  preparation  and  use 
of  drugs.  This  is  the  pharmacist's  area  of  expertise.  The  physician,  nurse, 
and  other  medical  personnel  depend  upon  the  modern  pharmacist  to 
counsel  them  in  drug  usage  and  selection,  contraindication  of  drugs  with 
specific  disease  conditions,  and  problems  encountered  with  drug  interac- 
tions. His  guidance  is  essential  and  can  only  be  based  upon  a  comprehen- 
sive knowledge  of  therapeutics. 

The  function  of  this  program  is  to  prepare  the  modern  pharmacist  for 
such  a  career  in  institutional  practice. 


Admission  and  Program  Features 

The  Director  of  the  M.S.  program  in  Hospital  Pharmacy  serves  as  Chair- 
man of  the  Admissions  Committee.  The  function  of  this  Committee  is  to 
evaluate  the  background  of  the  applicants  and  advise  the  Graduate  Com- 
mittee of  their  suitability  for  admission  to  the  program.  Additionally,  the 
Director  guides  the  graduate  students  in  course  selection  and  apprises 
them  of  those  offerings  which  maximize  their  individual  educational  goals. 

Admission  as  a  matriculated  graduate  student  is  limited  to  those  who 
possess  a  B.S.  degree  in  Pharmacy  (or  an  equivalent  degree  in  Pharmacy) 
from  an  accredited  college  of  pharmacy.  The  candidate  must  have 
demonstrated  an  ability  to  pursue  graduate  studies  as  evidenced  by  un- 
dergraduate transcripts  and/or  other  evidence  of  scholarship. 

The  program  is  available  on  a  part-time  basis,  with  courses  offered 
primarily  during  the  evening  hours.  Courses  are  scheduled  in  the  fall, 
winter,  and  spring  quarters.  It  is  anticipated  that  students  may  complete  the 
degree  requirements  in  a  minimum  of  three  years;  however,  the  duration 
may  in  some  cases  be  increased  or  decreased  to  satisfy  the  particular 
needs  and  requirements  of  the  student.  No  research  report  or  thesis  is  re- 
quired. 


42 /FIELDS  OF  STUDY 

Curriculum 

The  program  contains  a  core  curriculum  of  12  quarter-hour  credits  of 
required  courses  and  12  quarter-hour  credits  to  be  selected  from  an  elec- 
tive core  consisting  of  six  hours  of  administrative  courses  and  six  hours  of 
therapeutic  courses.  The  total  of  the  required  and  elective  core  com- 
ponents is  24  quarter  hours  of  credit.  In  addition,  16  hours  are  to  be 
selected  from  those  graduate  courses  offered  by  divisions  in  the  University. 
These  latter  courses  are  to  be  selected  with  the  guidance  of  the  Director  of 
the  M.S.  program  in  Hospital  Pharmacy. 

Required  Courses  Credits 

71.815     Biopharmaceutics  and  Pharmacokinetics  2 

71 .822  Project  Seminar  and  Report  in 

Hospital  Pharmacy  2 

71.844  Hospital  Pharmacy  Administration  I  2 

71.845  Hospital  Pharmacy  Administration  II  2 

71.846  Hospital  Pharmacy  Administration  III  2 

71.854  Clinical  Pharmacy  2 

QUARTER  HOURS  12 

Elective  Core 
Administrative  Core 

71.823  Legal  Aspects/Federal  Legislation 

in  Pharmacy  2 

71.852  Health  Care  Administration  I  2 

71.853  Health  Care  Administration  II  2 

71.855  Human  Relations  2 

71.856  Information  Science  in  Hospital  Pharmacy  2 

QUARTER  HOURS  6 

Therapeutic  Core 

71.858  Contemporary  Therapeutics  I  2 

71.859  Contemporary  Therapeutics  II  2 

71.860  Drug  Monitoring  2 

71.861  Sterile  Products  2 

71.862  Hospital  Preparations  _2 

QUARTER  HOURS  6 

Total  Required  Courses  and  Elective  Core  24 

Electives  16 

TOTAL  PROGRAM  (quarter  hours):  40 


FIELDS  OF  STUDY/ 43 


Elective  Courses 


Taken  with  the  approval  of  the  Director  of  the  M.S.  program  in  Hospital 
Pharmacy  and  the  course  instructor.  No  more  than  10  quarter  hours  of 
credit  may  be  taken  from  programs  other  than  those  offered  by  the 
Graduate  School  of  Pharmacy  and  Allied  Health  Professions. 

5.860     Health  Care  Organization  and  Management  2 

5.913     Data  Processing  2 

21.840     Sociology  of  Medicine  3 

21.850     Sociology  of  Occupations  and  Professions  3 

22.868  Politics  and  Health  Care  Administration  3 
39.9H1     Economics  of  Medical  Care  and  Health 

Manpower  3 

41.811  Financial  and  Managerial  Accounting  3 
41 .81 6     Management  Control  of  Health  Service 

Systems  3 

43.814     Consumer  Behavior  3 

45.811     Purchasing  and  Materials  Management  3 

45.816  Organizational  Behavior  I  3 

45.817  Organizational  Behavior  II  3 
45.824     Organizational  Behavior  in  a  Nonprofit 

Environment  3 

45.833  Operations  Management  in  the  Health  Care 

System  3 

45.838     Policy  Formation  in  Health  Care  3 

45.951     Executive  Development  3 

45.972     Labor  Relations  3 

45.977  Information  Systems  for  Health  Care  Facilities  3 

45.978  Regulation  and  the  American  Health  Care 

Industry  3 

45.979  Integrative  Models  in  Health  Care  3 
50.807  Abnormal  Psychology  4 
63.814  Grantsmanship  4 
71.816     Clinical  Pharmacokinetics  2 

72.834  Clinical  Chemistry  I  2 

72.835  Clinical  Chemistry  II  2 

73.814  Concepts  in  Pharmacology  I  2 

73.815  Concepts  in  Pharmacology  II  2 

73.816  Concepts  in  Toxicology  I  2 

73.817  Concepts  in  Toxicology  II  2 

73.844  Drug  Metabolism  2 

73.845  Radioisotopes  in  Biological  Systems  2 

87.811  Pathophysiology  I  2 

87.812  Pathophysiology  II  2 


E5 

■O    Q. 
<    CO 

><  cd 

«  I— 


»-  o-  2 

*-    CO    £ 

>~  .t:  0 

CO    Q.-S 

>    «)    c 

Ox  o 

©3 

C  co  o> 

■t   -^   IT) 

is   CO   CD 

>■ 

o.^  ^ 

o 

CO  r-  r- 

< 

2 

C\J   CM 

OC 

< 

I 

— 

Q. 

c 
o 

_l 

«  _ 

n 

.1  8 

CCQ- 
O  CO 

IS 

-a  q. 

oo 
o-  z 

1— 

<    CO 

DC 
< 

LU 

>*  a) 

it 

si 

> 

CO    CO 

v.  Q-  2 

ii 

arte 

pital 
temp 

coo 

co 

-;  to  c 
3   o   o 

Ox  o 

LL. 

1-. 

o 

03  in  oo 

DC 

C  oo  cq 

LU 

S  ?^  r- 

CO 

CM   CM 

< 

c  £ 

O  CO 

3=  CL 

«  CD 

w  02  ct 

^^  « 


CD 

o 

So. 

fc    CO 
3    O 
X  X 

Ol 

c 

m 

CM 

in 

CD 

c 

oq 

00 

Q. 

CO 

r- 

r- 

C\J 

DC 
< 
111 


CO 

'c 
E  „, 

Sg 

CD  -O 
1_     m    O 

OOQ. 

£t   .C    CD 

«"  ^  "5 
Ox  w 

V. 

03  CO   t- 

t;  in  cd 
C  oo  co 


V.     > 

§'» 

-J     (J) 

OCu 

Dj 

c 

CO 


CD    O 


O  CQ 

2    C 
CO  — 

E  <fi 


o  o 


t    CD 

CO    Q. 

Q3  °-    O 

co.y  .2 

Oo  oc 

C3) 

C  co  in 

"^  *-  s 

b~  00  CO 
CO  r^  r- 


O   co 
O  Q. 


CO  CM  CM  CM  CM  CM 


CO 
QC 
< 

> 


v_  o    >. 
m  «=    °    w 
03   co    co    CD 


CO 
LU 
> 

r- 
O 
LU 
_1 
LU 


co 
O 


3  £ 


E  -S 


co 

«~  .y 
£  E 


—    CO 
CD    ±;    =5 

5  »  " 

Red- 

C    CD    C 
CO  -C  ~ 

SO  i2 


-    CO    co 


CO    CD    Q) 


^  .y  o 


£§>£ 

>;n     t-     u,i  z-    »-»    w  =;    u    O    i-    CO 

O-E  cuui  OwiOOOQQ. 


03  co 
C  oo 


03  = 

S-5 


in  in  co  ■*  t- 

00  00  00   00  00 


CO  CM   •**  CM 


o 

Q. 
CD 
QC 


,      ■£;    CO 

c5  a-2 

JJ  10  c 
1^0  = 
CO  X  O 

=3 

__  ■*  m 

S;  oo  oo 

CD  ^  t^ 

LL.  S-  h- 


■a  G 

2  £ 
2  co 

si« 

W  CO  ~ 
CO  r,  Q. 
~5    O    CO 

tJ  o  X 

*-   CL    c 

03  °-  - 


3     • 
CO  r- 


<  c 

£  ° 

CO   c 

0| 

03  75  °> 
-*J-  CO  3 
ClL 
CO  X  Q 

O  CM   O 

_  in  co 
S:  oo  oo 
,co  t-:  ^ 


T3 

C 
CO 

«  cj 
2  co 

CD    E 

N 

Control  o 
ns 
istry  1 

P 
harmaco 

co  co 

O    O 

3    « 
CD    C 

CD    CO 

~~  CL 

'c 

CO 

CD    c 

6 

CD 

c 

CD 

—  CD  E  -c  °- 

E  8 
^2  E 

Q.  o 
CO   ~ 
<     CO 

"co  £ 

Ol  D) 
CD    CD 
_l  —1 

CO 

o 

E 

CD 

Managem 
Service  S 
Clinical  C 
Grantsma 
Concepts 

»~ 

£Z 

co 

Biop 
Phar 

.03 
t 
CD 

"5 

CD 

X 

c 

CO 

2 

3 

3 

o  "i 

CO 

o 

o 

CO          TT   ■*   ^ 

CM 

CD 

i-          CO  i-   i- 

^  oo 

00 

^ 

00 

00          00  00  CO 

CO  -^ 

^J 

CO 

in 

r^           C\i   CO   CO 

U.  r- 

I-- 

LL 

Tt          SCO   N 

c 

o 

CO 
CO 

CD 

CO 

E 

CD 

o 

CO 

CO 

o 

o 

U- 

O 

=3 

CL 

>- 

^ 

O 

S 

o 

« 

« 

o 

CD 

03 

Q  CL  I 

E 

CO 

oo 

E 

CO 

CD 

00 

3 

Lri 

in 

CO 

^r 

44 


FIELDS  OF  STUDY/ 45 

PART-TIME  MASTER  OF  SCIENCE  DEGREE  PROGRAM 
IN  MEDICAL  LABORATORY  SCIENCE 

Objectives 

This  program  provides  opportunity  for  medical  laboratory  scientists  to 
acquire  increased  expertise  in  laboratory  science  and  in  clinical  laboratory 
research  and  development. 

The  graduate  of  this  program  will  contribute  significantly  to  the  modern 
medical  laboratory.  He  should  be  able  to  search  the  literature  to  find  and 
test  available  methodologies,  and  to  develop,  modify,  and  evaluate  new 
methods.  He  should  be  a  qualified  associate  in  the  clinical  pathology 
department.  The  graduate  courses  in  administration  and  education  prepare 
the  student  for  administrative  or  teaching  responsibilities  required  in 
medical  laboratory  supervisory  or  educative  positions. 

Admission  and  Program  Features 

To  be  enrolled  for  graduate  work,  the  applicant  must  hold  a  bac- 
calaureate degree  from  a  recognized  institution  and  provide  evidence  that 
he  is  able  to  pursue  a  program  of  graduate  study  as  determined  by  the 
Graduate  Committee.  His  scholastic  record  must  show  distinction,  with 
adequate  preparation  in  the  sciences,  including  one  year  of  organic 
chemistry,  college  physics,  and  mathematics;  one  complete  course  of 
analytical  chemistry;  and  a  minimum  of  24  quarter  hours  or  the  equivalent 
of  biological  sciences  including  basic  microbiology,  human  physiology, 
genetics,  and  cell  biology.  Requirements  in  human  physiology,  genetics, 
and  cell  biology  may  be  completed  at  the  graduate  level.  Students  admitted 
with  deficiencies  must  remove  them  during  the  first  20  quarter  hours  of 
graduate  work. 

Acceptance  to  the  school  is  upon  recommendation  of  the  Medical 
Laboratory  Science  Graduate  Committee  and  approval  by  the  Graduate 
Committee  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Pharmacy  and  Allied  Health 
Professions.  It  is  anticipated  that  students  may  complete  the  degree  re- 
quirements in  a  minimum  of  three  years.  However,  in  some  cases  this  may 
be  increased  or  decreased  to  satisfy  a  student's  particular  needs  and  re- 
quirements. 

Professional  Requirement 

At  the  completion  of  the  Master  of  Science  degree,  the  student  must  have 
written,  or  be  eligible  to  write,  the  examination  in  medical  technology  or  in 
one  of  the  categorical  or  specialist  certifications  of  the  Board  of  Registry  of 
the  American  Society  of  Clinical  Pathologists.  Students  intending  to  com- 
plete their  professional  requirements  in  an  approved  hospital  school  of 
medical  technology  must  also  make  direct  application  to  the  hospital 
program.  Acceptance  to  the  graduate  program  in  medical  laboratory 
science  does  not  imply  concomitant  acceptance  to  a  hospital  program. 


46 /FIELDS  OF  STUDY 

Curriculum 

The  program  contains  a  core  curriculum  of  27  quarter-hour  credits  of 
required  courses  and  eight  quarter-hour  credits  selected  from  an  elective 
core.  In  addition,  eight  hours  are  to  be  selected  from  those  graduate 
courses  offered  by  the  Graduate  School  of  Pharmacy  and  Allied  Health 
Professions  or  by  other  divisions  in  the  University.  These  latter  courses  are 
to  be  selected  with  the  guidance  of  the  Director  of  the  M.S.  program  in 
Medical  Laboratory  Science.  A  total  of  43  quarter  hours  of  academic  work 
are  required  for  this  program. 

In  addition  to  the  required  course  87.990  Research  Report  I,  each  student 
working  toward  the  degree  of  Master  of  Science  in  Medical  Laboratory 
Science  may  elect  to  take  either  87.991  Research  Report  II  (2-4  quarter 
hours  of  credit)  or  87.992  MLS  Thesis  (6  quarter  hours  of  credit).  After  initial 
election  of  either  87.991  or  87.992,  students  must  register  for  the  selected 
course  each  quarter  until  work  is  completed.  Grades  for  87.990,  87.991  and 
87.992  are  recorded  as  Satisfactory  or  Unsatisfactory.  Two  unsatisfactory 
grades  result  in  the  student's  dismissal  from  the  thesis  portion  of  the 
program. 

The  research  report  may  take  the  form  of  a  comprehensive,  critical 
review  of  the  literature  in  a  specialized  area  and/or  a  specific  program  of 
experimental  work  on  a  single  topic.  If  experimental  work  has  been  elected 
for  Research  Report  II,  it  may  be  expanded  later,  with  the  permission  of  the 
student's  research  advisor,  into  a  master's  thesis  with  a  topic,  advisor  and 
committee  composed  of  not  less  than  three  members.  Research  Report  II 
will  culminate  in  a  comprehensive,  well-written  report  which  must  be 
reviewed  by  three  faculty  members.  MLS  Thesis  will  culminate  in  a  final  oral 
examination. 

A  comprehensive  examination  is  required  of  all  students,  except  those 
presenting  a  thesis.  This  exam  will  be  offered  once  yearly  on  a  pass/fail 
basis.  Students  failing  the  examination  are  given  one  opportunity  to  remove 
this  failure. 

Required  Courses  Credits 

87.801  Advanced  Medical  Laboratory  Science  — 

Pathogenic  Microbiology  4 

87.802  Advanced  Medical  Laboratory  Science  — 

Hematology  and  Immunohematology  4 
87.805     Advanced  Medical  Laboratory  Science  — 

Chemistry  and  Instrumentation  4 

87.807     Biometrics  2 

87.811  Pathophysiology  I  2 

87.812  Pathophysiology  II  2 
87.990     Graduate  Research  Report  I  2 

90.821  Biochemistry  I  2 

90.822  Biochemistry  II  2 
Seminars  (3):  1  quarter  hour  each  (87.890  or 

from  other  graduate  programs)  _3 

QUARTER  HOURS  27 


FIELDS  OF  STUDY/  47 

Students  who  are  registered  M.T.  (ASCP)  and  who  have  completed  the 
equivalent  of  87.801,  87.802  and  87.805  within  the  previous  five  years,  and 
are  currently  working  in  the  speciality,  should  petition  to  substitute  ap- 
propriate graduate  science  courses.  Approval  of  advisor  is  required. 

Elective  Core 

A  minimum  of  eight  credits  must  be  taken  from  the  following  list: 

18.240  Microbial  Physiology  4 

73.814  Concepts  in  Pharmacology  I  2 

73.815  Concepts  in  Pharmacology  II  2 
73.845  Radioisotopes  in  Biological  Systems  2 
87.821  Medical  Laboratory  Management  I  2 
87.826  Health  Science  Education  I  2 

87.832  Hematology  I  2 

87.833  Immunobiology  2 
87.845  Epidemiology  2 
87.858  Cellular  Pathology  2 
90.823  Biochemistry  III  2 

Elective  Courses 

Selection  may  be  made  from  other  courses  in  the  electives  core  or  from 
the  following.  Students  may  choose  all  electives  in  one  area;  i.e.,  the 
laboratory  sciences,  health  science  education,  or  laboratory  administration. 

18.211  Parasitology  4 

18.242  Medical  Microbiology  2 

18.245  Serology  —  Immunology  3 

18.246  Serology  —  Immunology  Laboratory  2 
18.903  Environmental  Microbiology  4 
18.905  Marine  Microbiology  4 
18.907  Food  Microbiology  2 

18.909  Animal  Virology  4 

18.910  Microbial  Genetics  3 
18.915  Medical  Mycology  2 
18.940  Microbial  Biochemistry  4 
19.838  Human  Learning  and  Cognition  3 
21.840  Sociology  of  Medicine  3 
21.843  Sociology  of  Education  3 
21.847  Formal  Organizations  3 
21.850  Sociology  of  Occupations  and  Professions  3 
21 .91 0  The  Sociology  of  Science  3 
22.876  Administrative  Behavior  3 
22.879  Science,  Technology  and  the  Administration 

of  Public  Policy  3 

39.9G7     Public  Policy  in  Manpower  3 


1X1 

O 

z 

LLJ 

o 

CO 

> 
dc 
o 

I- 
< 

DC 

<  < 

OC  -I 

o_i 
o< 

oco 

UJ  LU 

il 

<  LU 

z 

UJ 

o 

CO 
Li. 
O 

CC 
UJ 

I- 
co 
< 


a.      & 

CO        l^ 

>>.  T3  S  ~ 
0}    CD   O  ~T 

■Co?;® 
CD  «  £  *3 

0<  2  hi 
D) 

•P 


CO 


oph 
inar 
tive 

CO 

3 

Path 
Sem 
Elec 

o 

Oj 

CM  O 

.c 

T-    <J> 

CO  00 

v^ 

1^  t^ 

00  00 

CO 

o  o 

UJ  UJ 


DC 

< 

.E  co 

og 

DC 
< 

>. 

DC 

< 

UJ 

CO  1^ 

UJ 

o>  — 

UJ 

>- 

_l   00 
U»  T3  ~ 

> 

>- 

L.S..S2 

v. 

cut) 

»-    C    > 

CO  fo  *r 

arte 

hoph' 
chem 

Quarte 

Seminar 
Elective 
Elective 

££  8 
0<  tu 

Ocl  m 

v. 

V. 

V. 

CD   1X5 

CD   -r-   OJ 

CD  o 

C§ 

*S   i-  CM 

C  coco 

C  oo 

■* 

;>  r-^  d 

>cooi 

CM  CM 

Soo 

CM  CM   l- 

CO 

E  S! 
if 
co2 

_J    CO 

2  E 

^2 

o  2 

all 

kXJc 
CO  <  E 

3 


CD  r-: 
U_  oo 


co  co 

o  ~ 

•;=  E 

0) 

®  «2 
E  o 

"t 

o  o 

CO 

m  is 

3 

O 

f-    T" 

O  CM 

S^ 

00  00 

,w 

i^  d 

u_ 

00    O 

CO   $    CO 

t  2  »  i 

CO  CD  UJ  co 

Oo 

O) 

^  o> 
COt^.' 
U-  oo 


48 


■<J-Tl-CMCMifrCOCOeOCOCMC\IC\JCMCM  <tf  CM 


COCMCMCMCMCMTrCM 


CD    CO 


g> 

.E  co 


en 


^E«^ 


J2>  ®  OQ 


©5 


tB  E5 


CO  .!= 

5  £ 
Qui 

p 


2  5  8.2 

O   O    >>CQ 


y  r  to 

5  fo  5 

V    n    S?    n 


O  _    CO 

Q.  O   co  CO 
to  H    O  -I 


co 


E 

>-CD< 

~  Q  •  35  E  o. « 


O) 


^  o 


C    O  ■= 

to  o  - 
Eo  E 

3    O  "O 
I  CO  < 


OO 

^  «£ 


K"   fe   9-TB   O 


co  to 

.      DO 

Q-  tr  x 


a)  o)  5  _ 
o  o  o  co 


a>       o  X 
.o  u>  o  J5 

o  cs  J 

Q.    co   E 

^2>-Q  «  en 
co  —  ®  co 

l  CO   W   D.  O 

Q    g-  <5  O 
Q)    t    C  -o 

If    o   C    c 
t-  O  Q-   co 


CD 

E 

CD  = 

o>  — 

CO  c 

C  O 

to  S 


£  w 
,-  2  cd 

§5  8 

<"  to  « 

3-IO 
co  —  CO 
c    CO 

co  o  £ 

H  "2   CO 

■^   CD  a) 

22i 


>l  ■£.  . 
o  o 

2    CD 
O  CE  I 

«    CJ 

o>  o>  X 

opg 

O   O  CE 

!d  !o  cd 
o  o  ■ ' 

CCS 

p  M 

t   t   en 
E  15 


*     CO 

iv    ID  7 


CO    g 
C5  CD 


iomho 
O  O  i-  ■* 
O)  O)  0)  0) 
CO  00  CO  to 


OO  O  CO 
CO  "*  h- 

00   00   00 


m  co  ti-  r-  co  i- 


OJ  00  CO  CO  O  i-  CO 
CM  CM  CO  ■<*  O)  O)  eg 
CO  00  00  CO  o  o>  00 


oioi-wnns 
co  m  f-  h-  h-  r--  oo 


"»  CM  CO  CM 


COCMOJCMCMCMCMCM 


•*r  CM  CM  CM  CM  ■* 


o  o  O 


>.  2  2  to 

0>  CD    CD  — 

O  CO  CO  "D 

.Q    C    C  ^ 

o  co  to  »- 
>,  ij  >,  >>  ° 

at—  o)  o)  co 

•^ 

o  5  o  o  .y 

0) 
C0 

o 

Parasitol 
Medical  1 
Immunol 
Immunol 
Econom 

o  CO 
—  o 

«-£ 

O  TJ 
3  LU 

COUJ  E 

!.E  i 
§.3>S 


>-  g 

El- 
CD    C 

f  — 
O  i2 
■=  Q. 


CO 


T3  CO  CD 
C  CD  CD 
CO  CE  CE 


:  <d  o 

1  c  E 

i  =  o 

:  O  O 


c»'c  E 

o  =  co 

E  oO  = 

O    CO  ^    CD 

iS  Q.  "O  = 
CD  _  CD  i= 
5  CO  O  co 
■=  o  c  C 
o>S  5  — 


O    3 

o2 
_  §o 
><E-g 

OlrO 

g   t   O 
.2-oCO   § 

>.  co  o  -J5 

o.  y  "  - 

£  c  Q.  E 
co  cd  co  £J 
Q.  U  <  2 


C  CM  CM  CM  CM  o 


mt^-CMlOCD'^'S-lO  i-CO 

rrlOBi-^OO  l-l- 

cooooooocooooooo  0000 

do^wririNN  l^t^ 

inifissNScoco  coco 


E 

CD 

£       o>  = 

=.    .  to  c 

o  o 

idatii 
Syst 
Mar 
catic 

Q.  Q. 
CD    CD 
CE  CE 

id  Foun 
Group 
aratory 
ce  Edu 

C   JZ 

2  2 

CO    CO 

CD    CD 
>.  CO    CO 

5*aS 

O)  CD    CD 
O  CE  EC 

o  CD    CO    _ 

O    CD    CD 

P    CO    CO 

rinci| 
the 
edic 
ealth 

Didei 
radu 
radu 

a.  oliuOO 

■*      i-  h- 

moi- 

i-          CM  CM 

•^  <s>  o> 

CO          CO  00 

00  0)03 

•<*•  CO  'd-  CM  CM   CM 


CM  CM  CM  CM  CM  CM  •^■ 


■<3-   if  CM  ■<*  ■*  CM  ■* 


LU 
(J)    ><   D)  CO 

So   O  Q  ™ 


>> 
O) 

g 
o 

CD 

co 

T3 

c 

CO 


0.2 

i-  co  o 

S  2  13 

v.  CO  = 

CD  0.  2 

5;  cm  o) 

CD  oo  oo 


co    CO 
E  cd  -^ 


g  -7 

-  eo  "c  '.s 
c  CD  =  c 
<  CE  O  < 


T3 

C 
CO 

>. 

O) 

o 
o 

E  ^ 

a)  o)  o 

x£  o 
co2  E. 

2    E    I 

■°£ I  s 

o  2  co  -t 

C    §    CJ    CD 

5  E^  E 

<  £  2  CD 


co 

>>—  r;  tl 
co  c  o  o 

c    o    Q.  Q. 

co  is  ">  ® 

3    3^^ 
X  T3    O    O 
LU    !=    != 
CD  CO    CO 

<Z    CD    CD    CD 

*:  o   co   co 

•4-    C    CD    CD 

O  g  CE  CE 

CO  'o    CD    CD 

§w  ffl  To 


ojin-st-cocM  cosoioot- 

©i-COCOO  O0i-CMO)0> 

O)  co  co  co  co  co  co  co  co  cd  O) 

oociw  c\is  r--^  i — I  i — ^  r— ^  I — I  r— -" 

y—   If)  N  N   00  CO   CO   00    00   00    CO 


O  .co        = 

'■E  c       -r  f 


o 

o 

E 

o  o 

o 

3 

■a 
< 
>. 

ai 
o 
o 

a.  o. 

o  >. 

•D 
LU 

>* 

CD  CD 
CE  CC 

^    CJ) 

C 

D.^  SI 

.y  o 

CO 

2  2 

5o 

Eii 

CD 

CO  CO 
CD    CD 

CO 

03 

1— 

CO    CO 

CD 

Q 

^: 
o 

CO 

E 

CD 

£1 
O 

c 

c 
o 

CO 

CD  CD 
CE  CE 

3  £ 

CO 

22 

3 

to 

To  To 

3    3 

o 

c| 
lu  a 

CD 
CO 

I 

c 

CO 

T3  T3 
CO    CO 

CD 

CD 
CC 

E 

O  C5 

E 

co  in 

LD 

r^ 

co 

O    T- 

E 

o  o 

O)  o> 

O)  O) 

oo 

CO 

co 

O)  a> 

3 

cd  co 

O 

r-' 

r^ 

t^  r-i 

CO 

i-  i- 

LO 

oo 

co 

CO  00 

49 


50 /FIELDS  OF  STUDY 

39.9H1  Economics  of  Medical  Care  and  Health 

Manpower  3 

39.9H3  Economics  of  Education  3 

50.815  Research  Design  in  Education  2 
50.817  Research  Problems  in  Education  2 

71.852  Health  Care  Administration  I  2 

71.853  Health  Care  Administration  II  2 
71.855  Human  Relations  2 

72.834  Clinical  Chemistry  I  2 

72.835  Clinical  Chemistry  II  2 

72.863  Anti-infectives  2 

72.864  Cancer  Therapy  and  Carcinogenesis  2 

73.816  Concepts  in  Toxicology  I  2 

73.817  Concepts  in  Toxicology  II  2 

73.818  Special  Topics  in  Pharmacology  2 
73.844  Drug  Metabolism  2 

87.803  Medical  Immunology  and  Serology  2 

87.804  Medical  Parasitology  2 
87.810  Functions  of  the  Human  Systems  2 

87.81 3  Genetic  and  Immunological  Aspects  of  Blood 

Group  Identification  2 

87.814  Principles  and  Foundations  of  the  Blood 

Group  Systems  3 

87.815  The  Design  and  Problems  of  Compatibility 

Testing  2 

87.816  Principles  of  Hematology  and  Coagulation  Related 

to  Transfusion  3 

87.817  Immunohematology  Administration  4 

87.818  Transfusion  Therapy  4 

87.822  Medical  Laboratory  Management  II  2 

87.823  Immunohematology  2 

87.827  Health  Science  Education  II  2 

87.828  Health  Science  Education  III  2 

87.842  Hematology  II  2 

87.843  Immunobiology  Laboratory  2 
87.852  Hematology  III  2 

87.991  Graduate  Research  Report  II  2-4 

87.992  MLS  Thesis  6 
90.823  Biochemistry  III  2 


FIELDS  OF  STUDY/  51 

PART-TIME  MASTER  OF  SCIENCE  DEGREE  PROGRAM 
IN  MEDICINAL  CHEMISTRY 

Objectives 

The  primary  goal  of  this  program  is  the  education  of  professionals  in- 
terested in  the  following  areas:  the  rational  development,  isolation,  and 
analysis  of  drugs;  the  understanding  of  the  chemical  mechanisms  by  which 
these  compounds  function  in  mammalian  systems;  and  the  metabolism  of 
such  biologically  active  agents.  For  this  purpose  the  program  is  composed 
of  four  distinct  areas  of  study:  medicinal  chemistry,  pharmacology  and  tox- 
icology, biochemistry,  and  organic  chemistry.  This  type  of  background 
gives  preparation  to  an  individual  interested  in  using  chemistry  for 
biological  and  clinical  purposes.  The  medical  research  team  needs  scien- 
tists with  this  training  and  orientation. 

Admission  and  Program  Features 

Application  for  admission  to  this  program  is  welcomed  from  any  in- 
dividual who  has  obtained  a  baccalaureate  degree  in  pharmacy,  chemistry, 
biology,  and  related  programs  within  the  biological  or  physical  sciences 
from  a  recognized  institution.  Further,  his  undergraduate  record  must  in- 
dicate a  high  level  of  previous  work  and  sufficient  background  in  organic 
chemistry,  mathematics,  and  biology.  Applicants  with  deficiencies  in  these 
areas  may  be  admitted  as  Special  Students.  Students  admitted  with 
deficiencies  must  remove  them  during  the  first  12  quarter  hours  of  graduate 
work. 

The  program  is  available  on  a  part-time  basis,  with  courses  offered 
primarily  during  the  evening  hours.  Courses  are  scheduled  in  the  fall, 
winter,  spring,  and  summer  quarters.  It  is  anticipated  that  students  may 
complete  the  degree  requirement  in  a  minimum  of  three  years;  however,  in 
some  cases  the  duration  may  be  increased  or  decreased  to  satisfy  the  par- 
ticular needs  and  requirements  of  the  student.  No  research  report  or  thesis 
is  required. 

The  Graduate  School  recognizes  the  divergent  backgrounds  and  goals  of 
individuals  who  may  be  accepted  into  this  program.  Accordingly,  the 
program  is  designed  to  offer  flexibility  in  course  selection  so  as  to  maximize 
its  relevance  to  the  student's  career  objective. 

General  Requirements 

A  candidate  must  complete  a  minimum  of  40  quarter  hours  of  graduate 
work.  A  total  of  24  required  credits  must  be  taken:  10  quarter  hours  of 
medicinal  chemistry  courses,  six  quarter  hours  of  pharmacology  and  tox- 
icology, four  quarter  hours  of  biochemistry  and  related  areas,  and  four 
quarter  hours  of  organic  chemistry.  The  balance  of  40  hours  may  be  taken 
from  an  elective  list. 

An  individual  who  has  deficiencies  in  any  of  the  areas  required  for  admis- 
sion may  take  appropriate  courses  at  Northeastern  University  concurrently 
with  those  graduate  courses  which  do  not  require  the  deficient  prereq- 


52 /FIELDS  OF  STUDY 


uisites.  The  appropriate  evening  courses  offered  at  University  College  of 
Northeastern  University  are:  Analytical  Chemistry  12.521-12.526;  Organic 
Chemistry  12.531  -  12.533;  Physical  Chemistry  12.541-12.543;  and  Human 
Anatomy  and  Physiology  18.524-18.526.  Equivalent  courses  from  this 
University  or  other  accredited  universities  will  be  accepted. 


Minimum  Credits 
8  quarter 


hours 


6  quarter 
hours 


Curriculum 

Required  Courses 

1 .  Medicinal  Chemistry  from  the  following 
courses: 

72.861  CNS  Depressants 

72.862  Autonomic  Drugs 

72.863  Anti-infectives 

72.864  Cancer  Therapy  and  Carcinogenesis 

72.865  Special  Topics  in  Medicinal  Chemistry 

72.866  Phytochemistry 

2.  Pharmacology  and  Toxicology  from  the 
following  courses: 

73.814  Concepts  in  Pharmacology  I 

73.815  Concepts  in  Pharmacology  II 

73.816  Concepts  in  Toxicology  I 

73.817  Concepts  in  Toxicology  II 

73.818  Special  Topics  in  Pharmacology 

3.  Biochemistry,  Clinical  Chemistry,  and  Drug 
Metabolism  from  the  following  courses: 

72.834  Clinical  Chemistry  I 

72.835  Clinical  Chemistry  II 
73.844     Drug  Metabolism 

90.821  Biochemistry  I 

90.822  Biochemistry  II 

90.823  Biochemistry  III 

4.  Organic  Chemistry  from  the  following  courses:  4  quarter 

hours 

12.861  Advanced  Organic  Chemistry  I 

12.862  Advanced  Organic  Chemistry  II 

12.863  Physical  Organic  Chemistry 

12.864  Stereochemistry  I 

12.865  Stereochemistry  II 

12.866  Spectrometric  Identification  of  Organic  Compounds 

12.876  Mechanisms  of  Organic  Reactions  I 

12.877  Mechanisms  of  Organic  Reactions  II 


4  quarter 
hours 


5.     72.867     Medicinal  Chemistry  Seminar 

TOTAL  CREDITS 
Continued  on  page  54 


2  quarter 
hours 


24 


cm  co  ■*  ■>*■  ^r  <m  cm 


>■ 

dc 


co 


£8 
o  g 

£  g  & 

v.   c  Q 

S°  ?co 
0<  o 

C  eo  i- 

■■S  CO  ID 

o  °°  °° 

,~*-c\i  c\i 

CO  ■»-  h- 


CD 


Ol 


=  8 

"  CO 

co  E 

P  CO 


Q.  co  = 

2  .2  >. 

ID   Hi; 

.       £     O     CO 

t  55  2  2 

^    CO    D..2 

C  ■*  °o  co 

■■5  CO  i-  CM 

CO  CD  00 

cm  co  d 


CO  Is-  r«-  O) 


U.    CD 
CD   o 

o° 

O) 

C  r- 

5  °° 
CO  r- 


ra 

Pe 

13 

CO    CD 

CO 

CO 

cc 

en 

E   I 

CO 

o 

o 

O  15 

>< 
CO 

o 

c 

^ 

o  en 

< 

to  o 

o 
o 
■a 

>> 
en 

> 

to 

11 

O 

i« 

o 

en 
o 

E 

o  S 

CO 
"O 

o 

O  0. 

c 
LU 

c 

o 
!5 

o 

o 

CD 

n 
o 

.E  c 

<f>  CO 
O    (d 

c 

C    CD 

CO 

o 

o 

■2 

■S£  E 

co  co  .<2 
c   b   c 
—    ™    m 

•a  clj? 

o   E   2 
o  o  » 
O  O  2 

CO 
CD 

5 

o 

2 

is 

TO 

Q.  Q. 
O    O 

i-  O 

t     CO 

CD   O 

Oo 

•a 

CD 

o 

o 

a 

"5 
o 
T3 
CD 

2 

CD 

c 

CO 

2 

J3 
O 

u 

■■8 

o  .2 

CD  T3 
Q.  CO 
CO  QC 

CD 

C  co 

CD  O 

CO 

OJ 

en 

o 

CD   CO 

•~   CM 

■<r  -<t 

■* 

>* 

o 

■* 

CO   ■* 

J?  °° 

Q-Cvi 

CO- 

CO  CO 

CD 

CNJ 

O) 

en 

OO   00 

CM   CO 

CO 

00 

CO 

CD 

C\J   CO 

*~  *~ 

▼*■ 

T- 

T- 

T- 

r~-  r~- 

LU 

X 

o 


2o 

O  LU 

«l 

LU  — 

-I  LU 

li 

<  LU 

«o 

CO 

LL 
O 

DC 
LU 

h- 

co 
< 


CD  9>  £ 


CD 

CO    0 

3 

>  a 

T3    3 

o 

<   < 

w 

CD 

CM   CM 

CD   CD 

.C 

OO   CO 

> 

CM   CM 

s 

t-   h- 

CM 

DC 
< 

LU 


£ 

CD 

.C 

O  = 

«  2: 

■E  g5 

=5  8 

o  5 

^  E 

.E  co 

.2  °-  >. 

Q.  C   i; 

-.  £  «  - 

a-  f  e 

t:  .5  cd  2 

i  ao.2 

OcO  O  CO 
<D  in  en  cm 

■£  CO  t-  CM 
C   CO  CO  00 


CO 
DC 
< 

LU 

>■ 


'ol 


cd  2  o) 

cSlfi 

CD  co  ■* 
C  co  co 


CD 


CO 
LU 


O 
LU 

_l 
LU 


CO 


2  « 

g>CD£ 
CO    co  W 

r     CO     O) 

tt  .2  g 
»-  -  -5  ~° 

S  «&8 

"-  E  m  c 
§c5=? 

oi<S5 


C  co  oo  oo 


CM   CM  CM  ■*   CM 


•t    ° 


o  > 


CD 

<  < 

3 

Or 

y- 

CO 

CD 

CD 

^z 

00 

00 

.m 

u. 

l-~ 

cBo 

t  co 
CD  .E 
3  2 

o^ 

CD^ 


CO  r^ 


E-E^ 


5§.lo 

tcofi 

CO  0-  O  CQ 

O  co  "*  '- 
2:  CD  i-  CM 
5;  oo  oo  oq 
.CO  CM  CO  d 

UL  r^  i*-  en 


CD  o 

t  ® 
CD  UJ 

o 


£ 


.2  E 


en 


CT  co 

-I! 


CO    CD 

.2  3 

»-  >.  o 

t;  c  o 

CO  <  o 

_    CN   CM 

S:  oo  co 

.CO  CM   CM 

LL.  t-  T- 


a>  ^  co 

■O  co  a3 
SEE 

'      ?:    O 


So 

1^  I- 
Si 

08 


CD 


CO 


O  cS 

«-°  E 

E  co  o 

S  =  ^ 

1&S. 

2  <  CO 


CMOJN 

■<too 

00   O)  00 


CO  r>- 


53 


54 /FIELDS  OF  STUDY 

Elective  Courses 

Taken  with  the  approval  of  the  Director  of  the  M.S.  program  in  Medicinal 
Chemistry.  Selection  may  be  made  from  the  above  courses  or  other  ap- 
propriate graduate  courses  in  the  Graduate  School  of  Pharmacy  and  Allied 
Health  Professions  or  in  the  University. 

16  quarter 
hours 

12.821     Analytical  Separations  2 

12.823  Optical  Methods  of  Analysis  2 
12.827  Computers  in  Chemistry  2 
12.846  Coordination  Chemistry  2 
18.242     Medical  Microbiology  4 

18.835  Mammalian  Physiology  4 
18.840     Comparative  Physiology  of  Regulatory 

Mechanisms  2 

18.842  Vertebrate  Endocrinology  2 

18.843  Procedures  in  Endocrinology  3 
18.860  Cell  Biophysics  and  Biochemistry  5 
18.905  Marine  Microbiology  4 
18.909  Animal  Virology  4 
18.940  Microbial  Biochemistry  2 
72.812     Advanced  Drug  Synthesis  3 

72.836  Special  Topics  in  Clinical  Chemistry  2 
73.845  Radioisotopes  in  Biological  Systems  2 
87.807     Biometrics  2 

90.824  Applications  of  Mass  Spectrometry  2 

A  minimum  total  of  40  quarter  hours  is  required  for  completion  of  the 
M.S.  in  Medicinal  Chemistry. 


PART-TIME  MASTER  OF  SCIENCE  DEGREE  PROGRAM 
IN  PHARMACOLOGY 

Objectives 

The  pharmacologist  is  concerned  with  the  discovery,  testing,  and  perfec- 
ting of  drugs  and  the  study  of  how  they  act,  especially  in  mammalian 
systems.  With  the  increasing  concern  of  pharmaceutical  companies, 
hospitals,  and  research  institutions  for  knowledge  of  the  mechanisms  by 
which  drugs  produce  their  effects,  the  role  of  the  pharmacologically  trained 
scientist  is  ever  expanding.  In  the  education  of  such  an  individual,  a  broad 
background  in  pharmacology,  physiology,  anatomy,  instrumentation,  and 
chemistry  is  essential.  The  goal  of  Northeastern's  program  is  to  meet  this 
objective  and  to  prepare  individuals  to  make  significant  contributions  in  the 
many  areas  requiring  pharmacological  expertise. 


FIELDS  OF  STUDY/ 55 

Admission  and  Program  Features 

Application  for  admission  as  a  graduate  student  is  welcomed  from  any 
individual  who  has  obtained  a  baccalaureate  degree  in  pharmacy, 
chemistry,  biology,  or  related  programs  within  the  biological  or  physical 
sciences  from  a  recognized  institution.  Further,  the  applicant's  un- 
dergraduate record  must  indicate  sufficient  background  in  organic 
chemistry,  mathematics,  and  biology.  However,  applicants  with  deficiencies 
in  these  areas  may  be  admitted  as  Special  Students.  Students  admitted 
with  deficiencies  must  remove  them  during  the  first  12  quarter  hours  of 
graduate  work. 

The  program  is  available  on  a  part-time  basis,  with  courses  offered 
primarily  during  the  evening  hours.  Courses  are  scheduled  in  the  fall, 
winter,  spring,  and  summer  quarters.  It  is  anticipated  that  students  may 
complete  the  degree  requirements  in  a  minimum  of  three  years.  However, 
the  duration  may  be  longer  or  shorter,  depending  upon  the  particular  stu- 
dent. No  research  report  or  thesis  is  required. 

The  Graduate  School  recognizes  the  divergent  background  and  goals  of 
individuals  who  may  be  accepted  into  this  program.  Accordingly,  the 
program  is  designed  to  offer  flexibility  in  course  selection  so  as  to  maximize 
its  relevance  to  the  student's  career  objectives. 

General  Requirements 

A  candidate  must  complete  a  minimum  of  40  quarter  hours  of  graduate 
work.  A  total  of  24  required  credits  must  be  taken:  16  quarter  hours  within 
the  Pharmacology  sequence  and  eight  quarter  hours  from  the  Chemistry 
sequence.  The  balance  of  the  40  quarter  hours  may  be  selected  from 
graduate  courses  in  the  Graduate  School  of  Pharmacy  and  Allied  Health 
Professions  or  in  other  divisions  of  the  University.  Selection  of  the  elective 
courses  should  be  made  with  the  approval  of  the  Director  of  the  M.S. 
program  in  Pharmacology. 

Curriculum 

1 .     Required  Courses  Credits 

73.814  Concepts  in  Pharmacology  I  2 

73.815  Concepts  in  Pharmacology  II  2 

73.816  Concepts  in  Toxicology  I  2 

73.817  Concepts  in  Toxioclogy  II  2 

73.818  Special  Topics  in  Pharmacology  2 
*  73.826  Seminar  and  Report  in  Pharmacology  I  2 

73.835     Neuropharmacology  2 

Continued  on  next  page 


*The  first  quarter  of  72.826  is  a  required  course;  however,  the  course  may 
be  repeated  twice  as  an  elective  (73.827  Seminar  and  Report  in  Phar- 
macology II  and  73.828  Seminar  and  Report  in  Pharmacology  III). 


56 /FIELDS  OF  STUDY 


73.844  Drug  Metabolism 

87.807  Biometrics 

87.810  Functions  of  the  Human  Systems  (or  equivalent) 

90.821  Biochemistry  I 

90.822  Biochemistry  II 


2 
2 
2 
2 
_2 

24Q.H. 


2.     Elective  Courses 

18.835     Mammalian  Physiology  4 

18.840     Comparative  Physiology  of  Regulatory  Mechanisms  4 

18.842  Vertebrate  Endocrinology  2 

18.843  Procedures  in  Endocrinology  3 
18.909     Animal  Virology  4 

72.834  Clinical  Chemistry  I  2 

72.835  Clinical  Chemistry  II  2 

72.861  CNS  Depressants  2 

72.862  Autonomic  Drugs  2 

72.863  Anti-infectives  2 

72.864  Cancer  Therapy  and  Carcinogenesis  2 
73.829  Experimental  Pharmacology  3 
73.845     Radioisotopes  in  Biological  Systems  2 

**  73.903     Thesis  Preparation  2 

87.811  Pathophysiology  I  2 

87.812  Pathophysiology  II  2 
87.833  Immunobiology  2 
87.843     Immunobiology  Laboratory  2 

90.823  Biochemistry  III  2 

90.824  Applications  of  Mass  Spectrometry  2 

Additional  electives  may  be  selected  from  other  appropriate  graduate 
courses  in  the  University  with  the  approval  of  the  Director  of  the  M.S. 
program  in  Pharmacology  and  the  course  instructor. 


**ln  certain  circumstances  an  M.S.  Thesis  option  may  be  elected  by  a  stu- 
dent with  the  approval  of  the  Director  of  the  M.S.  program  in  Phar- 
macology. Under  this  option,  a  student  is  required  to  develop,  write  and  de- 
fend a  research  thesis  in  addition  to  the  satisfactory  completion  of  32 
quarter  hours  of  graduate  course  work.  The  research  may  be  carried  out 
under  appropriate  supervision  in  one  of  the  many  research  laboratories  in 
the  Boston  area. 


^tcocmcmcocmcmcmcmcm 


a_  o) 

co 

O) 

s% 

E 

o 

t:  o 

co 

o 

o  'x 

c 

o 

Q.  o 

Q. 

CO 

CD  1- 

E 

DC    C 

CO 

l-    CO 

b  °°  CO 

fcl 

03  sz 

CD 

-S.    CO    a. 

5E    0)    CD 

*-    O 

> 

"-cm 

V.    £     >    > 

CD   " 

Qua 

Semi 
Cone 

CO   CD  «  ti 

->    3    ° 

Oziu 

— «    Q-  °    ° 

/X  x"  •  * 

O  LU   UJ   LU 

O) 

O) 

O) 

C  tf> 

C  CD  S 

C   CD 

•~  CO 

>   CM   i- 

■~-   CM 

ir  to 

W   CD  CD 

i;  «> 

> 

CO  r- 

,5-  CO  CO 

CO  i»-  r-- 

CO  i~- 

o 

o 

CM 

CM 

CM  CM 

CM  CM  CM 

_l 

o 

o 

< 

>. 

i1 

o 
o 

>> 

o 

o 
o 

CO 

E 

0.  LU 

cr 
< 

LU 

>- 

CO 

E 

CO 

DC 
< 

o 

o 
o 
'x 

CC 
< 

CO 
Q_ 

E.E 

UJ  o 
-1  z 

Q. 

LU 

>- 

o  = 

LU 

> 

rter 

Metabolis 
ial  Topics 
ive 

Q.  LU 
<  CO 

O 

v~   CD 

CD 

> 

uarter 

ancepts  o 
ochemist 

COu. 

CO   " 
5  O 

U 

cd 

3Ea« 

o 

Oouj 

Oo  m 

OO  CO  LU 

cr 

V. 

v- 

w» 

LU 

i- 

■2  m 

c  5 

0)  co  oj 

TS   «-  CM 

C  coco 

•2  ■*  °° 

C  coco 

co 
< 

§S 

Srid 

S   N  O) 

;>  CM  CO 

j=  o 

g>c5 

2  o 

CO 

CJ    O 

c  — 

IE 

.   o 

D)  O 

o    ° 
c    <-> 

co  2 
O  E 

o 

.2          n 

uarter 

imp.  Phys.  of  Re 
Dcedures  in  End 

IS  Depressants 
ncer  Therapy  & 
perimental  Phar 
dioisotopes  in  B 
thophysiology  II 
munobiology 
munobiology  La 

I 

CD 

sz 
o 
o 

in 

CJOQ-OOLLIirCLii 

D) 

con 

T-     ■*    O) 

in  cm  co  co 

CO 

•>** 

CO  CO  CM 

^  i-  nt 

CM 

o  °9  °°. 
CO  ™  ™ 

00   00  CO 

00  00   00  00 

oo 

CM  CM  CO 

CO  ^   ^  t^ 

d 

r^  I —  r — 

h-  CO  00  00 

<J> 

Tf   CM  CM  CM 


CO 

>* 

LU 

> 

O) 

o  _ 

o  ~ 

1- 

o 

'«  £T  co  — 

LU 

el^l 

_l 

LU 

v     co  -c  .2  co 

CO  E  ■=  o  r 

^        M        C      *-      *- 

^    *  =    3    CO 

v. 

Jp  w  in  cm  i- 

■JS  CO  CO  CO  t- 

.C    GO   CO   00   00 

;>  CO  CM  CM  r-i 

5i-ssco 

CM  f   CJ  CM 

o 

CO 

o 
o 

CO 

c 

CO 

E 

E 

3 

X 

CO 

.c 

0- 

CD 

o 

o 

CO 

(0 

v-   S£ 


■2s      " 


5  2" 

»~  .9    = 

2 

u 

x: 
o 

5e 

v. 

CD 

o 

t:.2 

CtjUlL 

CO 

LU  CD 

CO  CD 

3 

3 

3 

Of  o 

o 

T- 

On 

CM 

2"   o 

^   00  00 

^ 

00 

2s  00 

,C0  co  r^ 

.^ 

d 

,co  ^ 

LL.  i--  oo 

LL. 

o> 

Li.  oo 

CO 

o 
o 

T3 

>> 

CO 

c 

CD 

CO 

rter 

Topics  in  M 
try 

rter 

Topics  in 
al  Chemist 

CO 

o 

CO 

c 
o 

ate  Endocr 
Virology 
Chemistry 
actives 

Qua 

ecial 
■dicin 

CO 

CO  —    co 

o 

rteb 
ima 
nica 
ti-in 

3-2  E 

1-.0  t 

(JT    CD    CD 

.     o.» 

a 

k. 

CD    C  =    C 

.       Q.-C 

cBwS 
Em 

< 

CO 

o 

X  O  < 

CMO)"»CO 

qjcoO 
1- 

lS 

CM 

^  O  COCO 

coS! 

00 

^ 

oo  o>  00  00 

,5n 

d 

.•P 

co  od  c\i  c\i 

CO  r- 

a> 

u. 

I-  i-   h-  f~ 

57 


58 /FIELDS  OF  STUDY 


PART-TIME  MASTER  OF  SCIENCE  DEGREE  PROGRAM 
IN  RADIOPHARMACEUTICAL  SCIENCE 


Objectives 

During  the  last  decade  many  new  experimental  tools  and  methods  have 
been  placed  in  the  hands  of  professionals  and  practitioners  in  the  allied 
health  professions.  These  have  been  used  to  probe  more  widely  and  more 
deeply  into  the  nature  of  man's  clinical  problems.  Of  all  the  new  techniques, 
none  has  been  employed  in  more  diverse  means  nor  yielded  greater 
rewards  than  the  use  of  radioactive  isotopes  for  both  diagnostic  and 
therapeutic  procedures. 

There  is  a  critical  need  for  individuals  with  background  and  training  in  the 
area  of  radiopharmaceuticals  and  radiochemicals.  They  will  be  employed  in 
the  pharmaceutics  industry,  in  hospitals,  and  in  various  clinical  and 
chemical  laboratories.  The  function  of  this  program  is  to  supply  the  in- 
depth  knowledge  necessary  for  the  education  of  such  professionals. 


Admission  and  Program  Features 

Applicants  for  this  program  must  have  completed  a  baccalaureate 
program  in  pharmacy,  biology,  chemistry,  medical  technology,  physics  or  a 
related  field.  Undergraduate  requirements  are:  a  minimum  of  two  quarters 
of  organic  chemistry,  one  quarter  of  analytical  chemistry  or  its  equivalent, 
two  quarters  of  human  physiology,  and  one  quarter  of  physics.  An  in- 
dividual who  has  deficiencies  in  any  of  these  areas  may  take  appropriate 
courses  at  Northeastern  University  or  at  any  other  recognized  institution 
concurrently  with  those  graduate  courses  which  do  not  require  the  deficient 
prerequisites.  Students  admitted  with  deficiencies  must  remove  them  dur- 
ing the  first  12  quarter  hours  of  graduate  work. 

The  program  is  available  on  a  part-time  basis,  with  courses  offered 
primarily  during  the  evening  hours.  Courses  are  scheduled  in  the  fall, 
winter,  spring,  and  summer  quarters.  It  is  anticipated  that  students  may 
complete  the  degree  requirements  in  a  minimum  of  three  years;  however,  in 
some  cases  the  duration  may  be  increased  or  decreased  to  satisfy  the  par- 
ticular needs  and  requirements  of  the  student.  No  research  or  thesis  is  re- 
quired but  a  research  elective  is  available. 

The  Graduate  Committee  recognizes  the  divergent  backgrounds  and 
goals  of  individuals  who  may  be  accepted  into  this  program.  Accordingly, 
the  program  is  designed  to  offer  flexibility  in  course  selection  so  as  to  max- 
imize its  relevance  to  the  student's  career  objectives.  Each  student  is 
assigned  a  faculty  advisor  who  assists  him  in  course  selection  and  apprises 
him  of  those  offerings  which  will  strengthen  his  background  in  the  areas  of 
his  interest.  In  essence,  this  advisor  functions  in  tailor  making  the  program 
for  the  student's  individual  needs. 


FIELDS  OF  STUDY/ 59 

Curriculum 

Required  Courses  Credits 

11.871  Radiation  Physics  2 

11.872  Radiobiology  2 

72.815  Nuclear  Medicine  I:  Instrumentation  2 

72.816  Nuclear  Medicine  II:  Instrumentation  2 

72.817  Nuclear  Medicine  III:  Radiopharmaceuticals  2 

72.818  Nuclear  Medicine  IV:  Radiopharmaceutical  Laboratory       2 
72.844     Seminar  and  Research  Report  in 

Radiopharmaceutical  Science  2 

72.847  Dosimetry  and  Health  Physics  2 

72.848  Clinical  Aspects  of  Nuclear  Medicine  2 

72.849  Radiopharmacy  Internship  2 
87.807     Biometrics  2 

90.821  Biochemistry  I  _2 

QUARTER  HOURS  24 

Elective  Core 

A  minimum  of  10  credits  must  be  taken  from  the  following  list: 

72.834  Clinical  Chemistry  I  2 

72.835  Clinical  Chemistry  II  2 

72.863  Anti-infectives  2 

72.864  Cancer  Therapy  and  Carcinogenesis  2 

73.814  Concepts  in  Pharmacology  I  2 

73.815  Concepts  in  Pharmacology  II  2 

73.816  Concepts  in  Toxicology  I  2 

73.817  Concept  in  Toxicology  II  2 
73.844     Drug  Metabolism  2 

87.810  Functions  of  the  Human  Systems  2 

87.811  Pathophysiology  I  2 

87.812  Pathophysiology  II  2 

90.822  Biochemistry  II  2 

90.823  Biochemistry  III  2 

Additional  Electives 

These  are  to  be  taken  with  the  approval  of  a  faculty  advisor  in  the  Depart- 
ment of  Medicinal  Chemistry  and  Pharmacology  in  the  Graduate  School  of 
Pharmacy  and  Allied  Health  Professions  and  the  course  instructor.  Selec- 
tion may  be  made  from  the  above  courses,  as  well  as  from  the  following  and 

from    other    appropriate    graduate    courses    in    the    University.  Course 
availability  is  subject  to  change. 

12.841  Inorganic  Chemistry  I  2 

12.842  Inorganic  Chemistry  II  2 
12.846     Coordination  Chemistry  2 


CMCMCMCMCMCMCMCM 


LU 
O 

Z 
LU 

o 

CO 

_l 

< 
o 


>z 


s  ® 

C    (0 

UJS 

.2  o 

Quarter 

Biometrics  or 
Nuclear  Medi 

Quarter 

Nuclear  Med 
Clinical  Aspe 
Medicine 

O) 

CD 

c-  r--  oa 

C  oo  oo 

Sprh 

87.80 
72.81 

Spri 

72.81 
72.84 

c       _ 


~        6 


Ec 


E  c       -2  c  O  -o 


°°-      =      « 


Qua/ 

Intern 
Electi> 

OcS 

O) 

O) 

C  oi 

C  03 

■cS 

ss 

co™ 

Q-cvi 
CO- 

CD    3  £ 

2  p  co 
Bog- 


£m  <«- 


~    <0    £T  ^r    CO    _.   ■= 


O 


!!>■«??.£ 


>>  dJ  £  _<o 


°-  e 

i  CD  -c 

—   ° 

'  "55  2 


t-  oii2  i- 


o>  >>  ><  = 
o  o>  O)  — 
o-2  o  £• 

■55 .2  o  « 


to  O  CO  -i-  •>* 

to  •>*■  **•  to  to 

00  00  00  00  00 

cvi  cd  oo  oo  oJ 


~       UJ    .—.  —  to 

S  >-  £>  ja  •= 

-  o  -S  o  o  E 

to  —    D-  C  C  <D 

n  o  o  3  3  .c 

»££  E  E  g 

Q.  (0   CO   c  C  — 

co  o_  a.  £  £  m 


f-  00  CM  CM  CO  CO  CO 

i-  i-  CM  i-  CO  -<fr  CM 

00  00  00  00  00  00  00 

co  oo  cd  k  r-^  i^  © 

Is*-  h-  I**-  00  00  00  Q> 


CMCMCMCO'3-WCMCMCMCMCM 


3 
LU 
O 

S^ 
<^ 

o  < 

oi 

£0 

Ul  o 

-l< 

a  rr 

U 

»g 

z 

UJ 

O 
CO 
Li. 

o 

DC 
LU 
H 
CO 
< 


QC 

2 


O)  CD 

CD  2  i_ 

f  J3    tfl 
m    O    CO 

Otr  z 

.CD  cm  m 
C  co  5 


o   » 
'5>  UJ 

■£■  O 


0> 


»^  co  .2 
to  tr  m 

O-i- 
_  i-~  o 
5:  00  00 
CO  ^  ^ 
U.  1-  00 


CM 

rr 
< 

LU 


co 
DC 

< 

LU 


t 

CO 

O: 

c! 


®  ~ 


-  II 

©  o  o 

t  *  2 

CO  LU  CD 

3 


■2 


a>  if 

>    CO 

gS 

_tD    <D 
LU  QC 

O? 

v.  a  co 

CO   E   F 

«3  a>  t 

v. 

~  •*  •* 

.C  co  00 


co  ~ 

CD    o 

I  a> 

T3  LU 
C  i_ 
CO  O 
>>  Q. 

•£"5>  cd 

3 


■5  coco 
,  CO  cvi  cvi 
U.   h-   I-- 


o  = 


c   O) 


LU 

o 

LU 

_l 
LU 


=  ■=  S; 
>>"  g" 

co  -2  o 
:  ~  c  c 

I  E  o  3 

;S'6i 

i  «"§  i. 

C    O    O) 


■*-  .2 

Oo 


k.    r    «    C    O 


2  "o  c5 
J:  <  CO 


>»  2 
g>m_ 

111 

1.3  1 

2    °    m 

X  CD    o 

5  =  "c 

tfl      Q)    = 
200 


2  — 
o 


2  Ti  >.       » 


^  E 


o 


oEh 


--co  5  c  — 
=  _j  .2  o  — 


2    CD    CB  « 
O    O    O    oi 

a>  c  c  5' 

QOOC 
»  O  O  Q 


«s  ffl  .2  J5 

CO    3   °  ■•= 

■o  «e  c5.2 
<  j=  a.  m 


©00 


cviwioinoioinioto^w  i-cm 

'CCDvtCOCOCItDT-i-^O  i-tN 

cqoqcvioqoqoqooooooaooo  0000 

tNicNcdcoodcvicvicococor^  r^d 

i-i-T-7-i-i>~i^.i>~r~-i^oo  0001 


CVJ  CM  CM  CM   Cvi   CM  Cvi 


E 
_  aj 
><  to 
O)  >< 
o  co 
o  C 
o  co 

E 


«  M  o  £•       E 
,=.  E 


>>o 

|1 
E  S 

CD    O 
56 

.2-g. 
c  o 

v,  10  c 

cd  p?  5 

t  2  ~° 
CO  £  < 

■*  to 

^   CO  00 

CO  cvi  cvi 


E  _ 


CO1-'   J)  ■K   c 
^r  -=  ■•=    O-  O 


(1)    O  ~ 

CD  =    C 
>  O  < 


&5 


CM   ■*   CO 
■<t   CO  CO 

00  00  00 


t    CO 

CO  £ 
3  2 
OS 


CO  r«- 


60 


FIELDS  OF  STUDY/ 61 

12.861  Advanced  Organic  Chemistry  I  2 

12.862  Advanced  Organic  Chemistry  II  2 
12.866  Spectrometric  Identification  of  Compounds  2 
18.245  Serology-lmmunology  3 
18.835  Mammalian  Physiology  4 
18.840  Comparative  Physiology  of  Regulatory  Mechanisms  2 

18.842  Vertebrate  Endocrinology  2 

18.843  Procedures  in  Endocrinology  3 

18.860  Cell  Biophysics  and  Biochemistry  I  5 

18.861  Cell  Biophysics  and  Biochemistry  II  5 
72.865  Special  Topics  in  Medicinal  Chemistry  2 

73.818  Special  Topics  in  Pharmacology  2 

73.819  Pharmacological  Instrumentation  2 
73.822  Pathology  2 
87.805  Advanced  MLS-Chemistry  and  Instrumentation  4 
87.833  Immunobiology  2 
87.843  Immunobiology  Laboratory  2 

A  minimum  total  of  40  quarter  hours  of  graduate  credit  is  necessary  for 

completion  of  the   Master  of  Science   degree   in   Radiopharmaceutical 
Science. 


FULL-TIME  DOCTOR  OF  PHILOSOPHY  DEGREE  PROGRAM 
IN  MEDICINAL  CHEMISTRY 

Objectives 

The  purpose  of  this  program  is  to  educate  the  research  scientist  in- 
terested in  applying  chemistry  to  the  solution  of  biological  and  medical 
problems.  Such  research  may  take  the  form  of  synthesizing  new  drugs  — 
both  radioactive  and  nonradioactive  —  for  diagnosis  and  a  variety  of  dis- 
ease conditions,  determining  metabolic  products  derived  from  compounds 
of  an  endogenous  or  exogenous  origin,  elucidating  various  biochemical 
pathways,  developing  and  utilizing  analytical  methodologies  for  drugs  and 
various  biochemical  compounds,  and  isolating  drugs  from  natural  sources. 
These  are  a  few  of  the  types  of  research  projects  which  are  available  within 
the  Department  of  Medicinal  Chemistry  and  Pharmacology. 

In  addition  to  the  student's  demonstration  of  superior  proficiency  in 
original  research,  he  must  acquire  the  background  knowledge  via  courses 
and  outside  reading  in  the  current  scientific  literature  in  his  area  of 
specialization  to  complete  the  qualifying  examination  satisfactorily.  For  this 
purpose,  a  working  knowledge  of  at  least  one  foreign  language  is  required. 
Any  student  who  wishes  to  pursue  the  doctorate  must  write  directly  to  the 
Director  of  the  Ph.D.  program. 


62 /FIELDS  OF  STUDY 


Admission  and  Program  Features 

Application  for  admission  is  welcomed  from  any  individual  who  has  ob- 
tained a  baccalaureate  degree  in  pharmacy,  chemistry,  biology,  medical 
laboratory  science,  and  related  programs  within  the  biological  or  physical 
sciences  from  a  recognized  accredited  institution.  Further,  the  un- 
dergraduate record  must  indicate  a  very  high  level  of  previous  work  and 
sufficient  background  in  organic  chemistry,  mathematics,  and  biology. 
Deficiencies  in  these  areas  must  be  removed  within  the  first  academic  year. 
Admission  to  this  program  is  by  acceptance  of  the  Graduate  Committee.  A 
student  is  considered  to  be  in  the  doctoral  program  after  being  accepted, 
but  not  before  taking  up  full-time  residence. 

Course  Requirements 

There  are  no  specific  course  requirements  beyond  those  which  may  be 
required  for  a  master's  degree,  but  in  order  for  a  student  to  be  completely 
prepared  for  both  the  research  program  and  the  qualifying  examination,  an 
appropriate  course  background  is  desirable. 

INTERDISCIPLINARY  PH.D.  PROGRAM  IN  FORENSIC  CHEMISTRY 

This  program  is  being  offered  in  conjunction  with  the  Colleges  of 
Criminal  Justice  and  Northeastern  University's  Institute  of  Chemical 
Analysis,  Applications  and  Forensic  Science.  This  unique  program  in  an 
area  of  societal  need  is  designed  as  a  preparation  for  research  and 
leadership  positions  in  forensic  laboratories.  The  Graduate  School  of  Phar- 
macy and  Allied  Health  Professions  is  the  registering  department  for 
specialization  in  forensic  toxicology.  Two  other  specializations,  namely 
forensic  analytical  chemistry  and  forensic  materials  science  are  ad- 
ministered by  the  Chemistry  Department  in  conjunction  with  the  College  of 
Criminal  Justice.  Admission  is  made  through  the  registering  department. 

For  students  entering  with  a  B.S.,  completion  of  the  M.S.  course  re- 
quirements in  Forensic  Chemistry  with  a  B  average  is  required  to  qualify  for 
further  Ph.D.  study.  For  students  with  M.S.  degrees  in  forensic  science  or 
the  natural  sciences,  individual  programs  are  planned  according  to  the 
student's  background.  The  course  of  study  includes  comprehensive  ex- 
aminations, thesis  research  to  be  carried  out  at  the  Institute  of  Chemical 
Analysis,  Applications  and  Forensic  Science  and  a  recommended  in- 
ternship at  a  major  forensic  laboratory  engaged  in  research. 


courses 


DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES 
5.800     See  Graduate  School  of  Engineering  Catalog 

11.871  Radiation  Physics  (2  q.h.) 

An  introduction  to  the  nucleus  and  modes  of  spontaneous  radioactive 
transformation.  The  isotopic  abundance  of  the  elements,  naturally  oc- 
curring radioelements  and  decay  series,  the  kinetics  of  decay  and  the 
relationship  between  mass  and  energy.  The  nature  of  the  emitted  radiation 
and  its  interaction  with  matter.  Prep.  Undergraduate  physics. 

Yearly,  Fall  Quarter 

11.872  Radioblology  (2  q.h.) 

The  biological  effects  of  ionizing  radiation.  Included  is  a  discussion  of 
elementary  target  theory,  radiation  chemistry,  effects  on  macromolecules, 
cellular  and  chromosomal  effects,  recovery  processes,  and  the  acute  and 
long-term  effects  of  radiation  with  emphasis  on  man,  as  well  as  a  discussion 
of  environmental  sources  of  radiation  and  the  characteristics  of  internal  and 
external  human  exposure.  Prep.  11.871.  Yearly,  Winter  Quarter 

12.253     Identification  of  Organic  Compounds  (3  q.h.) 

Qualitative  analysis  of  organic  compounds  and  mixtures,  using  physical, 

chemical,  and  instrumental  methods.  Prep.  12.155. 

Yearly,  Spring  and  Summer  Quarters 

12.500     See  University  College  Catalog 

12.821  Analytical  Separations  (2  q.h.) 

Theory  and  practice  of  analytical  separation  techniques.  Emphasis  on  fun- 
damentals as  they  relate  to  practice.  Topics  based  mainly  on 
chromatographic  processes,  including  gas  and  high-speed  liquid 
chromatography.  Other  topics  include:  zone  refining,  liquid  extraction,  and 
electrophoresis.  Yearly,  Fall  Quarter 

12.822  Electroanalytlcal  Chemistry  (2  q.h.) 

The  principles  and  practice  of  electroanalytical  chemistry.  Topics  include: 
potentiometry  and  ion-selective  electrodes,  normal  and  thin-layer 
coulometry,  polarography,  and  electrochemical  relaxation  methods. 
Application  of  these  techniques  to  titration  endpoint  detection. 

Yearly,  Winter  Quarter 

63 


64 /COURSES 

12.823     Optical  Methods  of  Analysis  (2  q.h.) 

The    theory    and    practice    of   absorption    and    emission    spectroscopy. 

Instruments,  methods,  and  applications  are  considered. 

Yearly,  Spring  Quarter 

12.824,  12.825,  12.826     Special  Topics  In  Analytical  Chemistry  I,  II,  III  (2 

q-h.) 
Selected  topics  of  current  importance  in  analytical  chemistry. 

Yearly,  Fall,  Winter,  and  Spring  Quarters 

12.827  Computers  In  Chemistry  (2  q.h.) 

A  laboratory-lecture  course  illustrating  the  use  of  small  digital  computers 
for  real-time  control  of  chemical  instruments.  Topics  include:  digital  logic, 
real-time  data  structures,  A/D  and  D/A  conversion,  noise,  and  other 
aspects  of  real-time  computer  interfacing.  Programming  done  on  a  PDP-11 
computer  in  MIRACL,  a  language  designed  for  real-time  processing.  Prep, 
consent  of  instructor.  Yearly,  Fall  Quarter 

12.828  Chemical  Instrumentation  (2  q.h.) 

Principles  of  instrument  design  considered,  with  emphasis  on  practical 
aspects.  Instrument  limitations  and  sources  of  error  studied,  along  with 
modular  instruments  and  interfacing.  Prep,  consent  of  instructor. 

Yearly,  Winter  Quarter 

12.861, 12.862     Advanced  Organic  Chemistry  I,  II  (2  q.h.) 
An  intensive  survey  of  organic  reactions.  Modern  concepts  of  structure  and 
mechanism  are  used  to  correlate  factual   material.  Prep,  one  year  of 
Organic  Chemistry.  Yearly,  Fall  and  Winter  Quarters 

12.863     Physical  Organic  Chemistry  (2  q.h.) 

Application  of  LCAO  concepts,  linear  free  energy  relationships,  interactions 
between  solvent  effects,  steric  considerations,  and  electronic  factors,  and 
introduction  to  orbital  symmetry  direction  of  concerted  reactions.  Prep. 
12.862  or  consent  of  instructor.  Yearly,  Spring  Quarter 

1 2.864, 1 2.865     Stereochemistry  I,  II  (2  q.h.) 

Interrelation  of  steric  arrangements  of  atoms  in  organic  molecules  with  their 
physical  and  chemical  properties.  Conformational  analysis.  Spatial 
relationships  between  atoms  and  groups  during  chemical  reactions  and 
consequent  effects  on  chemical  equilibria  and  reaction  rates  as  an  in- 
troduction to  the  study  of  reaction  mechanisms.  Prep.  12.863. 

Yearly,  Fall  and  Winter  Quarters 

12.866     Spectrometric  Identification  of  Organic  Compounds  (2  q.h.) 
Interpretation  of  the  ultraviolet,  infrared,  nuclear  magnetic  resonance  and 
mass   spectra   of   organic   compounds.    Prep,    one   year   of  Organic 
Chemistry.  Yearly,  Spring  Quarter 


COURSES/ 65 

12.876, 12.877     Mechanisms  of  Organic  Reactions  I,  II  (2  q.h.) 
Consideration   of  the  fundamental  factors  influencing  the  course  of  a 
chemical  reaction.  Study  of  the  effects  of  structural  and  environmental 
changes  on  the  mechanisms  of  organic  reactions.  Prep.  12.865. 

Yearly,  Winter  and  Spring  Quarters 

12.800     See  Graduate  School  of  Arts  and  Sciences  Catalog 

18.200     See  Undergraduate  Catalog 

18.240     Microbial  Physiology  (4  q.h.) 

The  biochemical  changes  brought  about  through  microbial  activities; 
measurement  of  metabolic  biosynthesis  and  degradation,  rates  of  reaction 
and  determination  of  end  products.  Prep.  18.220. 

Yearly,  Fall  and  Winter  Quarters 

1 8.800  See  Graduate  School  of  Arts  and  Sciences  Catalog 

19.800  See  Graduate  School  of  Arts  and  Sciences  Catalog 

21.800  See  Graduate  School  of  Arts  and  Sciences  Catalog 

39.900  See  Graduate  School  of  Arts  and  Sciences  Catalog 

41.800  See  Graduate  School  of  Business  Administration  Catalog 

45.800  See  Graduate  School  of  Business  Administration  Catalog 

50.800  See  Graduate  School  of  Education  Catalog 

71.815  Biopharmaceutlcs  and  Pharmacokinetics  (2  q.h.) 

Treatment  of  the  factors  affecting  drug  availability  from  various  dosage 
forms.  Included  is  the  influence  of  the  route  of  administration  and  the 
dosage  regimen  on  drug  availability.  Additionally,  a  quantitative  treatment 
of  dynamics  of  drug  absorption,  distribution,  metabolism,  and  excretion,  as 
well  as  the  development  of  mathematical  models  for  those  processes,  is 
considered.  Prep,  admission  to  hospital  pharmacy  program. 

Yearly,  Fall  Quarter 

71.816  Clinical  Pharmacokinetics  (2  q.h.) 

Emphasis  is  placed  upon  application  of  various  pharmacokinetic  techni- 
ques in  estimating  dosage  regimens,  evaluating  drug  therapy,  consulting  on 
drug  selection  and  assessment  of  bioavailability  and  bioequivalence  data. 
Prep.  71.815  or  equivalent.  Yearly,  Spring  Quarter 

71.822     Project  Seminar  and  Report  In  Hospital  Pharmacy  (2  q.h.) 
Seminar  on  current  developments  or  specific  problems  in  hospital  phar- 


66  /  COURSES 

macy  which  have  been  studied  in  depth  by  students  with  guidance  from  the 
graduate  faculty.  The  student  presentations  may  be  alternated  with  guest 
speakers  on  topics  of  current  interest.  Student  participation  in  the  dis- 
cussions is  an  essential  objective  of  the  course.  Prep,  admission  to  hospital 
pharmacy  program.  Yearly,  Summer  Quarter 

71.823     Legal  Aspects/Federal  Legislation  in  Pharmacy  (2  q.h.) 
An  analysis  of  the  Federal  and  state  laws  relating  to  the  distribution  of  drugs 
in  the  institution.  Included  are  common  law  liabilities  such  as  malpractice 
and  other  frequently  encountered  problems.  Prep,  admission  to  hospital 
pharmacy  program.  Yearly,  Fall  Quarter 

71.844  Hospital  Pharmacy  Administration  I  (2  q.h.) 

Administration  of  the  pharmacy  department  in  an  institutional  environment. 
Study  of  budgets,  purchasing,  and  distribution  procedures.  Medium-scale 
production  of  preparations  for  dispensing.  Personnel  management,  public 
relations,  legal  responsibilities,  educational  demands,  professional  com- 
munications, and  general  administrative  function  of  a  hospital  pharmacist. 
Prep,  admission  to  hospital  pharmacy  program  or  consent  of  instructor. 

Alternate  Years,  Fall  Quarter 

71.845  Hospital  Pharmacy  Administration  II  (2  q.h.) 

A  continuation  of  71.844  Hospital  Pharmacy  Administration  I.  Prep.  71.844. 

Alternate  Years,  Winter  Quarter 

71.846  Hospital  Pharmacy  Administration  III  (2  q.h.) 

A  continuation  of  71 .845  Hospital  Pharmacy  Administration  II.  Prep.  71.845. 

Alternate  Years,  Spring  Quarter 

71.852  Health  Care  Administration  I  (2  q.h.) 

The  socio-economics  and  statistics  of  health  care,  including  governmental 
programs,  legislative  trends,  third-party  insurance  and  welfare  programs, 
and  other  areas  that  may  affect  the  management  of  the  modern  institutional 
pharmacy.  Prep,  admission  to  the  hospital  pharmacy  program  or  consent 
of  instructor.  Alternate  Years,  Fall  Quarter 

71.853  Health  Care  Administration  II  (2  q.h.) 

A  continuation  of  71 .852  Health  Care  Administration  I.  Prep.  71.852. 

Alternate  Years,  Winter  Quarter 

71.854  Clinical  Pharmacy  (2  q.h.) 

The  patient-oriented  aspects  of  the  application  of  therapeutic  agents  to 
hospital  patients.  An  in-depth  study  of  the  relation  of  therapeutic  regimens 
to  laboratory  tests  and  drug  interactions.  The  role  of  the  hospital  phar- 
macist as  an  active  member  of  the  actual  health-care  team  dealing  directly 
with  in-patients  and  out-patients.  Prep,  admission  to  hospital  pharmacy 
program  or  consent  of  instructor.  Alternate  Years,  Fall  Quarter 


COURSES/ 67 

71.855  Human  Relations  (2  q.h.) 

A  study  of  personnel  psychology,  organization  structuring,  wage  and  per- 
formance incentives,  employee  evaluations,  and  policy  in  relation  to  ac- 
cepted personnel  concepts  and  procedures.  Prep,  admission  to  hospital 
pharmacy  program  or  consent  of  instructor. 

Alternate  Years,  Spring  Quarter 

71.856  Information  Science  in  Hospital  Pharmacy  (2  q.h.) 

The  terminology  and  operation  of  data  processing  systems,  including 
hardware  and  software,  is  presented.  An  extensive  review  of  past,  present 
and  future  applications  of  data  processing  systems  to  institutional  phar- 
macy practice  is  a  major  focus  of  this  course.  Systems  design,  evaluation 
and  proposal  development  to  administrators  is  discussed.  Prep.  Admission 
to  Hospital  Pharmacy  Program  or  Consent  of  Instructor. 

Yearly,  Winter  Quarter 

71.858  Contemporary  Therapeutics  I  (2q.h.) 

Recent  developments  in  current  therapeutic  approaches  and  their  rationale 
in  the  treatment  of  cardiovascular,  neurological,  gastrointestinal, 
musculoskeletal,  and  metabolic  diseases  of  a  noninfectious  nature. 
Therapy  related  to  aging  and  selected  genetic  diseases.  Prep.  71.854. 

Alternate  Years,  Winter  Quarter 

71.859  Contemporary  Therapeutics  II  (2  q.h.) 

Current  concepts  of  infectious  diseases  and  the  rationale  for  the 
chemotherapeutic  treatment  of  these  conditions.  Diseases  of  the  blood  and 
blood-forming  organs,  neoplastic  disease,  and  diseases  related  to  deficien- 
cy states.  Prep.  71.854.  Alternate  Years,  Spring  Quarter 

71.860  Drug  Monitoring  (2  q.h.) 

The  process  by  which  drugs  are  monitored  to  determine  their  effectiveness, 
safety,  prevention  of  iatrogenic  factors,  drug-drug  interactions,  and  matters 
affecting  patient  compliance  with  a  therapeutic  regimen.  The  utilization  of 
this  information  in  improving  patient  care.  Prep.  71.854. 

Alternate  Years,  Fall  Quarter 

71.861  Sterile  Products  (2  q.h.) 

Theory,  principles,  methods,  and  techniques  in  preparing  sterile,  pyrogen- 
and  particulate-free  products.  Equipment  and  laboratory  design  required 
for  manufacturing  different  types  of  sterile  products  and  the  practical  con- 
siderations essential  for  their  production.  Prep.  Microbiology. 

Yearly,  All  Quarters 

71.862  Hospital  Preparations  (2  q.h.) 

Therapeutic  concepts,  pharmaceutical  problems,  and  methods  of  prepar- 
ing various  specialized  clinical  preparations  and  mixtures.  These  include: 
hyperalimentation  solutions,  dialysis  solutions,  cationic  or  anionic  adjust- 


68 / COURSES 

merit  solutions,  irrigation  solutions,  pediatric  preparations,  reconstitution 
preparations,  additive  admixtures,  and  unit  dose  packaging.  Prep,  admis- 
sion to  hospital  pharmacy  program.  Alternate  Years,  Spring  Quarter 

72.812     Advanced  Drug  Synthesis  (3  q.h.) 

Application  of  synthetic  and  analytical  techniques  to  the  formation  of  new 

drugs.  Prep,  two  quarters  of  Organic  Chemistry  with  laboratory. 

Alternate  Years,  Winter  Quarter 

72.815  Nuclear  Medicine  I:  Instrumentation  (2  q.h.) 

An  introduction  to  nuclear  detection  techniques  by  both  lecture  and 
laboratory  demonstration.  All  types  of  systems  will  be  considered,  including 
scintillation,  ionization,  gas  and  solid  state  detectors.  Basic  principles  of 
spectrometry  with  an  emphasis  on  sodium  iodide  detectors  will  be  studied. 
Prep.  11.871.  Yearly,  Winter  Quarter 

72.816  Nuclear  Medicine  II:  Instrumentation  (2  q.h.) 

A  study  of  the  application  of  nuclear  detection  techniques  in  the  physical 
aspects  of  nuclear  medicine.  Current  clinical  instrumentation  including 
gamma  cameras  and  scanners,  probes  and  whole  body  counters,  as  well  as 
future  developments  such  as  the  solid  state  and  the  multiwire  proportional 
cameras,  and  positron  and  tomographic  imaging  devices.  Principles  of 
collimation  are  studied  with  each  system.  The  application  of  computers  in 
nuclear  medicine.  This  course  includes  both  lecture  and  laboratory 
demonstration  and  is  a  companion  course  to  72.815.  Prep.  11.871  and 
72.815.  Yearly,  Spring  Quarter 

72.817  Nuclear  Medicine  III:  Radiopharmaceuticals  (2  q.h.) 

A  study  of  the  chemical  and  biological  aspects  of  nuclear  medicine.  A  dis- 
cussion of  the  methods  of  radiopharmaceutical  preparation  and  quality 
control,  the  use  of  the  agent  in  organ  imaging  and  as  disease  specific 
radiotracers.  As  well  as  in  vivo  nuclear  medicine,  in  vitro  tests  will  he  con- 
sidered, including  radioimmunoassay  and  competitive  binding  assays.  The 
therapeutic  use  of  radioactive  compounds  will  also  be  studied.  Prep.  72.815 
and  72.816.  Yearly,  Winter  Quarter 

72.818  Nuclear  Medicine  IV:  Radiopharmaceutical  Laboratory  (2  q.h.) 
Demonstrations  and  discussions  of  the  preparation  and  quality  control  of 
radiopharmaceuticals  derived  from  reactor,  accelerator  and  generator 
produced  radionuclides.  Assay  techniques  for  radiochemical,  radionuclide 
and  chemical  purity.  Regulatory  implications  in  the  handling  and  dispensing 
of  radioactive  drugs.  This  is  a  companion  course  to  72.817.  Prep.  72.817. 

Yearly,  Spring  Quarter 

72.834     Clinical  Chemistry  I  (2  q.h.) 

Principles,  instrumentation  methodologies,  and  interpretations  in  clinical 

chemistry.  Prep.  90.823.  Yearly,  Fall  Quarter 


COURSES  /  69 

F2.835     Clinical  Chemistry  II  (2  q.h.) 

K  continuation  of  Clinical  Chemistry  I.  Prep.  72.834.    Yearly,  Winter  Quarter 

72.836     Protein  Analysis  (2  q.h.) 

Laboratory  (preparations,  analyses,  interpretations),  lecture,  and  discus- 
sion (current  journal  articles)  of  electrophoretic  and  immunochemical 
methods  of  analysis  for  proteins  of  clinical  and  forensic  interest.  Prep. 
72.835.  Yearly,  Spring  Quarter 

72.837,  72.838,72.839     Seminar  and  Report  In  Clinical  Chemistry  I,  II,  III 

(2-6  q.h.) 

Reports  and  discussions  of  current  journal  articles  in  clinical  chemistry. 
Prep.  72.835.  Yearly,  Winter  Quarter 

72.844     Seminar  and  Research  Report  In  Radiopharmaceutical  Science 

(2  q.h.) 
This  course  is  designed  to  familiarize  the  student  with  literature  sources 
and  the  latest  developments  in  radiopharmaceutical  science.  A  written  and 
oral  presentation  will  be  required  in  a  particular  area  as  evidence  of  an 
ability  to  organize  and  evaluate  published  material.  Prep.  72.816. 

Yearly,  Winter  Quarter 

72.847  Dosimetry  and  Health  Physics  (2  q.h.) 

Review  of  radiation  units  and  measures  of  dose.  Emphasis  will  be  on  the 
calculation  of  absorbed  dose  to  the  human  body  from  gamma  and  beta 
emitters  using  MIRD  pamphlets.  Also  discussed  will  be  the  health  physics 
aspects  of  nuclear  medicine  including  radiation  protection,  shielding  design 
and  instrumentation.  Prep.  72.816.  Yearly,  Fall  Quarter 

72.848  Clinical  Aspects  of  Nuclear  Medicine  (2  q.h.) 

The  current  practice  of  diagnostic  nuclear  medicine  in  both  large  medical 
centers  and  small  community  hospitals  will  be  discussed.  The  effect  of 
pathology  in  the  distribution  of  radiopharmaceuticals  will  be  considered  on 
an  organ  and  disease  basis  and  illustrated  with  actual  patient  findings.  The 
techniques  employed  in  imaging  the  various  organs  and  body  com- 
partments will  be  presented.  Factors  influencing  the  decision  to  perform  a 
diagnostic  nuclear  medicine  procedure  and  the  choice  of  the  agent  to  be 
employed  will  be  discussed.  Prep.  72.818.  Yearly,  Spring  Quarter 

172.849     Radlopharmacy  Internship  (2  q.h.) 

This  is  designed  as  a  practical  on-site  introduction  to  the  use  of  radiophar- 
maceuticals in  the  clinical  environment.  The  student  will  participate  in  all 
normal  functions  of  a  radiopharmacy.  Operations  such  as  ordering, 
preparation,  dispensing  and  distribution  of  radiodiagnostics,  manufacture 
of  non-routine  agents  and  quality  control  procedures  and  record  keeping. 


70 /COURSES 

This  is  considered  a  laboratory  course.  Arrangements  wili  be  made  on  an 
individual  basis  and  the  site  of  the  radiopharmacy  will  be  by  approval  of  the 
instructor.  Offered  in  all  quarters,  registration  will  take  place  during  the 
Spring  quarter  only.  Prep.  72.818.  Yearly,  All  Quarters 

72.850     Medicinal  Chemistry  Colloquium  (2  q.h.) 

Oral  presentations  by  the  participants  on  current  research  in  medicinal 
chemistry  and  related  areas  in  pharmacy.  Included  will  be  the  theoretical 
basis  of  the  problem  as  well  as  experimental  results  obtained.  Prep.  Ph.D. 
Candidate.  Yearly,  All  Quarters 

72.861     CNS  Depressants  (2  q.h.) 

Presentation  and  discussion  of  the  chemistry,  structure-activity 
relationships,  and  mechanism  of  action  of  general  anesthetics,  hypnotics 
and  sedatives,  antiepileptics,  analgetics,  tranquilizers,  and  muscle  relax- 
ants. A  consideration  of  the  mechanics  of  drug  design  and  methods  of 
modification  is  undertaken.  Prep,  two  quarters  of  Organic  Chemistry. 

Alternate  Years,  Spring  Quarter 


72.862     Autonomic  Drugs  (2  q.h.) 

A  discussion  of  drugs  acting  on  the  central  nervous  system,  with  special 
emphasis  on  the  action  mechanism  of  the  chemical  mediators  of  the 
peripheral  nervous  system.  The  role  of  the  agents  affecting  this  system  — 
adrenergic  and  cholinergic  and  reversible  and  irreversible  inhibitors  of 
these  systems  —  is  discussed  in  relation  to  their  chemical  structure  and 
biological  activity.  Prep,  two  quarters  of  Organic  Chemistry. 

Alternate  Years,  Winter  Quarter 


72.863     Anti-infectlves  (2  q.h.) 

A  study  of  the  various  chemotherapeutic  agents  employed  in  the  treatment 
of  infectious  diseases.  Included  are:  the  sulfonamides,  antibiotics,  an- 
tivirals;  antitubercular,  antifungal,  and  antimalarial  agents.  Special 
emphasis  is  on  structure-activity  relationships,  mechanisms  of  action,  and 
modern  research  in  each  area.  Prep,  two  quarters  of  Organic  Chemistry. 

Alternate  Years,  Fall  Quarter 


72.864  Cancer  Therapy  and  Carcinogenesis  (2  q.h.) 
Recent  developments  in  new  approaches  to  both  carcinogenesis  and  to  the 
treatment  of  cancer  are  considered,  including  alkylating  agents,  an- 
timetabolites, hormones,  miscellaneous  compounds,  and  combinations  of 
the  above  with  radiation  and  immunology.  Possible  mechanisms  of  car- 
cinogenesis and  chemotherapeutic  action  explored.  Prep,  two  quarters  of 
Organic  Chemistry.  Alternate  Years,  Spring  Quarter 


COURSES/ 71 

72.865  Special  Topics  in  Medicinal  Chemistry  (2  q.h.) 

A  consideration  of  a  special  area  of  medicinal  chemistry,  including  either 
steroids,  CNS  compounds,  pharmacodynamic  agents  or  chemo- 
therapeutics;  their  chemistry  and  structure.  Prep,  two  quarters  of  Organic 
Chemistry.  Alternate  Years,  Summer  and  Winter  Quarters 

72.866  Phytochemistry  (2  q.h.) 

The  important  classes  of  chemical  compounds  produced  by  plants  con- 
sidered from  the  standpoint  of  their  biogenetic  origin,  detection,  isolation, 
and  characterization.  Application  of  these  techniques  to  research  in  phar- 
macy, medicine,  economics,  botany,  taxonomy.  Introduction  to  the 
literature  of  plant  chemistry.  Prep,  two  quarters  of  Organic  Chemistry  and 
two  quarters  of  Biology.  Alternate  Years,  Fall  Quarter 

72.867  Medicinal  Chemistry  Seminar  (2  q.h.) 

Selection  and  discussion  of  pertinent  articles  in  the  very  recent  medicinal 
chemistry  literature  carried  out  by  faculty  and  students.  Background  and 
the  basis  for  this  research  discussed.  Prep,  two  quarters  of  Organic 
Chemistry.  Yearly,  Summer  Quarter 

73.814  Concepts  In  Pharmacology  I  (2  q.h.) 

In-depth  coverage  of  the  fundamental  principles  of  pharmacology.  The 
course  will  cover  pharmacodynamics,  including  dose-effect  relationships 
and  drug-receptor  interactions.  Pharmacokinetic  concepts,  including  ab- 
sorption, distribution,  and  elimination  will  be  presented  as  well  as  common 
pathways  of  drug  metabolism.  Other  topics  to  be  discussed  include  phar- 
macogenetics, drug  resistance,  tolerance  and  physical  dependence.  An 
overview  of  experimental  and  clinical  drug  evaluation  in  man  will  be 
presented.  The  course  is  intended  as  a  necessary  prerequisite  for 
succeeding  courses  in  pharmacology  and  toxicology.  Prep.  Admission  to  a 
graduate  department  or  approval  of  the  instructor.  Yearly,  Fall  Quarter 

73.815  Concepts  In  Pharmacology  II  (2  q.h.) 
Continuation  of  Concepts  in  Pharmacology  I.  Prep.  73.814. 

Yearly,  Winter  Quarter 

73.816  Concepts  In  Toxicology  I  (2  q.h.) 

An  overview  of  toxicology  describing  the  elements  of  method  and  approach 
that  identify  the  science.  Special  emphasis  will  be  placed  on  the  systemic 
site  of  action  of  toxicants.  The  intent  of  this  part  of  the  course  is  to  provide 
answers  to  two  questions:  1)  What  kinds  of  injury  are  produced  in  specific 
organs  or  systems  by  toxic  agents?  2)  What  are  the  agents  that  produce 
these  effects?  Prep.  73.814  Yearly,  Winter  Quarter 

73.817  Concepts  in  Toxicology  II  (2  q.h.) 
Continuation  of  Concepts  in  Toxicology  I.  Prep.  73.816. 

Yearly,  Spring  Quarter 


72 /COURSES 

73.818     Special  Topics  In  Pharmacology  (2  q.h.) 

Concepts  and  current  research  activity  in  a  variety  of  areas,  including 
autonomic,  renal,  cardiovascular,  and  endocrine  pharmacology;  chemo- 
therapy; blood;  and  pharmacological  aspects  of  immunity  and  allergy. 
Prep.  73.815.  Alternate  Years,  Spring  Quarter 

73.822     Pathology  (2  q.h.) 

The  student  is  introduced  to  the  study  of  the  nature  of  disease,  emphasizing 
the  general  mechanisms  and  pathogenesis.  Of  paramount  importance 
is  the  effect  of  disease  on  the  human  body.  The  language  of  disease  is 
stressed.  Basic  principles  of  disease  processes  and  more  common  special 
diseases  covered  extensively.  A  research  paper  may  be  assigned  at  the  dis- 
cretion of  the  instructor.  Prep.  Anatomy  and  Physiology. 

Yearly,  Spring  Quarter 

73.826,  73.827,  73.828     Seminar  and  Report  in  Pharmacology  I,  II,  III  (2-6 

q.h.) 
Reports  and  discussions  of  research  and  current  journal  literature  in  the 
field  of  pharmacology.  Prep.  73.814  Yearly,  Spring  Quarter 


73.835     Neuropharmacology  (2  q.h.) 

Selective  topics  in  the  field  of  neuropharmacology  will  be  considered  to 
provide  insight  into  the  technical  aspects  of  peforming  neurophar- 
macological  research.  Drugs  of  therapeutic  interest  as  well  as  drugs  of 
abuse  will  be  emphasized.  Prep.  73.814  Concepts  of  Pharmacology  I 

Alternate  Years,  Spring  Quarter 

73.844  Drug  Metabolism  (2  q.h.) 

Presentation  and  detoxification  mechanisms  relating  to  drug  metabolism 
and  excretion  patterns;  adaptive  factors  influencing  metabolism.  Prep. 
90.821.  Yearly,  Winter  Quarter 

73.845  Radioisotopes  in  Biological  Systems  (2  q.h.) 

Methodology  of  radioactive  nuclides  and  application  of  these  isotopes  to 
biology  and  medicine,  with  special  emphasis  on  their  use  in  clinical 
analysis.  Prep,  consent  of  instructor.  Yearly,  Spring  Quarter 

87.801     Advanced  Medical  Laboratory  Science  —  Pathogenic 
Microbiology  (4  q.h.) 

Methods  of  identification  and  differentiation  of  normal  and  pathogenic  body 
flora.  Sensitivity  and  the  antimicrobial  drugs.  Students  participate  in  some 
lectures  given  in  87.201.  Assigned  individual  work  on  specialized  aspects  of 
pathogenic  microbiology.  Prep.  18.220,  87.101,  or  equivalent. 

Yearly,  Spring  Quarter 


COURSES/ 73 

87.802  Advanced  Medical  Laboratory  Science  —  Hematology  and 
Immunohematology  (4  q.h.) 

Morphology  and  physiology  of  blood  cells  and  bone  marrow  in  health  and 
disease.  Ultrastructure  of  the  blood  cells  and  platelets.  Isoimmunization 
and  sensitization.  Students  participate  in  some  lectures  given  in  87.202.  As- 
signed individual  work  on  specialized  aspects  of  hematology  and  im- 
tmunohematology.  Prep.  87.101,  87.102,  or  equivalents. 

Yearly,  Fall  Quarter 

67.803  Medical  Immunology  and  Serology  (2  q.h.) 

Medically  applied  immunological  and  serological  concepts  and  procedures. 
Students  may  participate  in  some  lectures  given  in  87.203.  Assigned  in- 
dividual work  on  specialized  aspects  of  medical  immunology  and  serology. 
Prep.  MLS  General  Microbiology:  Basic  MLS,  Immunology. 

Yearly,  Winter  Quarter 

I87.804     Medical  Parasitology  (2  q.h.) 

Laboratory  identification  of  human  parasites  and  a  study  of  their  life  cycles. 
Students  may  participate  in  some  lectures  given  in  87.204.  Assigned  in- 
dividual work  on  specialized  aspects  of  medical  parasitology.  Prep.  General 
Microbiology  and  permission  of  instructor.  Yearly,  Spring  Quarter 

87.805     Advanced  Medical  Laboratory  Science  —  Chemistry  and 

Instrumentation  (4  q.h.) 
Clinical  chemistry  in  the  assessment  of  human  physiology  in  health  and  dis- 
ease. Students  participate  in  some  lectures  given  in  87.205.  Assigned  in- 
|  dividual  work  on  specialized  aspects  of  clinical  chemistry.  Prep.  Analytical 
Chemistry,  Organic  Chemistry  and  Basic  MLS  Chemistry,  or  equivalent. 

Yearly,  Winter  Quarter 

87.807     Biometrics  (2  q.h.) 

Statistical  methods  applied  to  biological  samples  and  analysis  of  biological 
research  data.  (Note:  This  course  is  similar  to  18.803  previously  available 
through  the  Biology  Department.  Prep.  Course  in  laboratory  math  and 
quality  control,  or  equivalent.  Yearly,  Fall  and  Spring  Quarters 

i  87.810     Functions  of  the  Human  Systems  (2  q.h.) 

Histology  and  physiology  of  respiratory,  urogenital,  endocrine,  nervous, 
and  digestive  systems.  Lectures  supplemented  by  current  research  articles 
and  student  reports.  Prep.  Biology,  Chemistry.  Yearly,  Fall  Quarter 

87.81 1     Pathophysiology  I  (2  q.h.) 

The  nature  of  the  disease  process  and  the  use  of  the  laboratory  in  defining 
the  disease  mechanisms.  Prep.  Organic  Chemistry  and  87.810  or 
equivalents.  Yearly,  Winter  Quarter 


74 /COURSES 

87.812  Pathophysiology  II  (2  q.h.) 
The  interpretation  of  laboratory  tests  in  medicine.  Prep.  87.811 

Yearly,  Spring  Quarter 

87.813  Genetic  and  Immunological  Aspects  of  Blood  Group  Identifies 

tlon(2q.h.) 
This  course  includes  lectures  and  laboratory  experience  dealing  with  im- 
mune response,  physical  chemistry  of  immunohematological  tests,  im- 
munological diseases,  tests  for  detection  and  identification  of  antibodies] 
and  antigens,  principles  of  human  genetics,  blood  group  genetics,  popula- 
tion and  family  studies.  Conducted  at  the  New  England  Deaconess  Hospital 
Blood  Bank  Training  Center.  Prep.  87.202  or  87.802  and  permission  of  the 
instructor.  Yearly,  Winter  Quarter 

87.814  Principles  and  Foundations  of  the  Blood  Group  Systems  (4  q.h.) 
This  course  includes  lectures  and  laboratory  experience  with  the  human 
blood  group  systems,  their  antigens  and  antibodies,  genetic  inheritance 
and  interactions,  frequencies,  mutants  and  alterations  by  disease  states, 
blood  group  testing.  Conducted  at  the  New  England  Deaconess  Hospital 
Blood  Bank  Training  Center.  Prep.  87.813  and  permission  of  the  instructor. 

Yearly,  Winter  Quarter 

87.815  The  Design  and  Problems  of  Compatibility  Testing  (3  q.h.) 

This  course  includes  lectures  and  laboratory  experience  with  design  and 
purpose  of  compatibility  testing,  factors  complicating  compatibility 
procedure,  techniques  employed  in  compatibility  testing,  leukocyte,  platelet 
and  tissue  compatibility,  special  crossmatch  and  transfusion  procedures. 
Conducted  at  the  New  England  Deaconess  Hospital  Blood  Bank  Training 
Center.  Prep.  87.813,  87.814  and  permission  of  the  instructor. 

Yearly,  Spring  Quarter. 

87.816  Principles  of  Hematology  and  Coagulation  Related  to  Transfusion 

(3  q.h.) 
This  course  includes  lectures  and  laboratory  experience  dealing  with 
hemoglobins,  iron  metabolism,  blood  formation,  blood  volume  functions  of 
circulating  cells,  anemias,  leukemias  and  lymphomes,  coagulation  theories, 
factors  and  disorders.  Conducted  at  the  New  England  Deaconess  Hospital 
Blood  Bank  Training  Center.  Prep.  87.202  or  87.802  and  permission  of  the 
instructor.  Yearly,  Spring  Quarter 

87.817  Immunohematology  Administration  (4  q.h.) 

This  course  includes  lectures  and  laboratory  experience  dealing  with  stan- 
dards for  Blood  Banks  and  Transfusion  Services  (Federal,  State,  AABB), 
requirements  for  State,  FDA  and  NIH  (BOB)  licensing,  the  American  Blood 
Commission,  inspection  and  accreditation,  donor  procurement,  interbank 
blood  exchange,  organization  of  Blood  Bank  and  Transfusion  Service, 
medical  legal  aspects  of  transfusion  practice,  design  of  physical  facilities, 


COURSES/ 75 

evaluation,  selection,  and  maintenance  of  equipment,  evaluation,  and 
I  selection  of  supplies  and  reagents,  preparation,  labeling  requirements, 
"  quality  control  systems,  proficiency  testing  programs,  record  keeping,  com- 
puter principles,  utilization  of  computer  facilities,  operations  of  Donor 
Facilities  and  Blood  Bank  Laboratories.  Conducted  at  the  New  England 
Deaconess  Hospital  Blood  Bank  Training  Center.  Prep.  87.802  or  87.202 
and  permission  of  the  instructor.  Yearly,  Fall  Quarter 

87.818     Transfusion  Therapy  (4  q.h.) 

This  course  includes  lectures  and  laboratory  experience  dealing  with  selec- 
tion of  blood  donors,  phlebotomy  and  pheresis  procedures,  processing 
requirements,  donor  reactions,  blood  components,  physical  characteristics 
of  stored  blood,  indications  for  transfusion,  transfusion  reaction, 
therapeutic  phlebotomy  and  pheresis,  autologous  transfusions,  pediatric 
transfusions,  massive  blood  replacement,  extracorporeal  perfusion,  car- 
diopulmonary bypass,  dialysis.  Conducted  at  the  New  England  Deaconess 
Hospital  Blood  Bank  Training  Center.  Prep.  87.202  or  87.802  and  per- 
mission of  the  instructor.  Yearly,  Fall  Quarter 

87.821  Medical  Laboratory  Management  (2  q.h.) 

Management  principles,  including  supervision,  communication,  laboratory 
staffing,  personnel  management,  staff  evaluation  and  education. 
Professional  ethics,  relationships,  and  legal  responsibilities.  Individual 
research  included.  Prep.  87.811,  87.812,  87.815  and  consent  of  instructor. 

Yearly,  Winter  Quarter 

87.822  Medical  Laboratory  Management  II  (2  q.h.) 

Laboratory  operational  principles,  including  laboratory  safety,  use  of  quality 
control  and  automated  evaluation  systems,  laboratory  economics,  ad- 
ministration, and  purchasing.  Individual  research  included.  Prep.  87.821 

Spring  Quarter 


87.826  Health  Science  Education  I  (2  q.h.) 

An  overview  of  various  aspects  of  education  in  the  health  related 
professions  to  include:  Design  and  use  of  behavioral  objectives,  evaluation 
tools  (both  clinical  and  didactic),  and  a  survey  of  various  teaching  methods. 
Current  journal  literature  will  supplement  lecture  material.  Prep.  Health 
Professions  Major.  Yearly,  Fall  Quarter 

87.827  Health  Science  Education  II  (2  q.h.) 

Various  types  of  learning  packages  or  self  instructional  aids  are  examined. 
With  the  aid  of  lecture  material  and  independent  assignment,  each  student 
will  design  and  produce  a  fifteen  minute  auto-tutorial  and  will  present  it  to 
the  class  for  critique.  Current  journal  literature  will  also  be  used.  Prep. 
87.826.  Yearly,  Winter  Quarter 


76 /COURSES 

87.828     Health  Science  Education  III  (2  q.h.) 

Application  of  learning  theory  to  health  science  education  in  teaching 
didactic  and  psychomotor  skills.  Each  student  will  be  responsible  for 
presenting  one  15  minute  unit  to  the  class  and  an  actual  class  to  un- 
dergraduate students.  Each  unit  will  include  defining  objectives,  selecting 
evaluation  tools,  and  determining  the  appropriate  instructional  technique. 
Prep.  87.827.  Yearly,  Spring  Quarter 

87.832  Hematology  I— Disorders  of  the  Erythrocytes  (2  q.h.) 

The  pathophysiology  of  red  cell  disorders.  Clinical  and  laboratory  cor- 
relations of  the  anemias  and  polycythemias.  Prep.  Applied  study  in 
hematology.  Yearly,  Fall  Quarter 

87.833  Immunoblology  (2  q.h.) 

Lectures  include  topics  of  current  interest  in  immunobiology,  such  as  organ 
transplantation,  immune  tolerance,  enhancing  and  blocking  factors,  and  the 
immunology  of  cancer.  Prep,  consent  of  instructor.     Yearly,  Spring  Quarter 

87.842  Hematology  II— Disorders  of  the  Leukocytes  (2  q.h.) 

The  pathophysiology  of  white  cell  disorders.  Clinical  and  laboratory  cor- 
relations of  leukemias,  myeloproliferative  and  lymphoproiiferative  dis- 
orders, infections,  and  inherited  leukocyte  anomalies.  Prep.  87.202  or 
87.802;  and  applied  study  in  hematology.  Yearly,  Winter  Quarter 

87.843  Immunoblology  Laboratory  (2  q.h.) 

Students  are  required  to  undertake  individual  research  projects  relating  to 
topics  covered  in  lecture.  Prep,  consent  of  instructor. 

Yearly,  Spring  Quarter 

87.845     Epidemiology  (2  q.h.) 

Basic  concepts  of  epidemiology,  causes  of  disease,  factors  contributed  by 
agents,  the  human  host,  and  the  environment.  Acquisition  and  evaluation  of 
data.  Relationship  of  person,  time,  and  place.  Case  studies  and  problems. 
Prep.  Consent  of  Instructor.  Yearly,  Winter  Quarter 

87.852     Hematology  III— Coagulation  (2  q.h.) 

Clinical  and  laboratory  correlations  of  coagulation  disorders.  The  use  of 
factor  analysis  in  diagnosis  of  coagulation  disorders.  Prep.  87.202  or 
87.802;  87.812  and  applied  study  in  hematology.         Yearly,  Spring  Quarter 

87.858     Cellular  Pathology  (2  q.h.) 

Control  mechanisms,  with  emphasis  on  cancer  and  other  cellular  abnor- 
malities. Prep.  18.227  or  consent  of  instructor.  Yearly,  Spring  Quarter 

87.890     Seminar  (1  q.h.) 

Topics  to  be  announced  quarterly. 


COURSES/ 77 

87.990  Graduate  Research  Report  I  (2  q.h.) 

I  Research  of  a  special  topic  in  medical  laboratory  science  involving  in- 
I  dividual  research  is  undertaken  and  reported.  Under  the  direction  of  a 
I  faculty  member.  Yearly,  All  Quarters 

87.991  Graduate  Research  Report  II  (2-4  q.h.) 

I  Continuation  of  87.990.  Prep.  87.990.  Yearly,  All  Quarters 

1 87.992  MLS  Thesis  (2-6  q.h.)  Yearly,  All  Quarters 

90.821     Biochemistry  I  (2  q.h.) 

Description  of  the  components  of  biochemistry,  including  the  chemistry  of 
carbohydrates,  lipids,  prostaglandins,  steroid  hormones,  amino  acids, 
polypeptides,  proteins,  purines,  pyrimidines,  nucleosides,  and  nucleic 
acids.  Consideration  of  Henderson-Hasselbalch  expression,  buffers,  and 
importance  of  pKa.  Prep,  two  quarters  of  Organic  Chemistry. 

Yearly,  Summer  and  Fall  Quarters 

! 90.822     Biochemistry  II  (2  q.h.) 

Discussion  of  enzymes,  enzyme  kinetics,  and  mechanisms  of  enzyme  reac- 
tions. An  introduction  to  the  methods  used  for  intermediary  metabolism, 

i  bioenergetics,  biological  oxidation-reduction  reactions,  and  the  electron 
transport  chain.  A  consideration  is  made  of  carbohydrate  metabolism,  in- 

( eluding  the  citric  acid  cycle,  the  Embden  Meyerhoff  pathway,  and  the  pen- 
tose phosphate  pathway.  Use  of  isotopes  in  biochemistry  and  the  role  of 

l  high-energy  phosphate  compounds  are  outlined.  Prep.  90.821. 

Yearly,  Winter  Quarter 

90.823  Biochemistry  III  (2  q.h.) 

I  Lipid  metabolism  is  presented,  including  the  fatty  acid  cycle,  the 
!  biosynthesis  of  fatty  acids,  and  the  biological  formation  of  the  prostaglan- 
dins, cholesterol,  and  steroid  hormones.  The  metabolism  of  the  various 
amino  acids  is  considered,  including  the  urea  cycle,  one-carbon  fragments, 
transamination  reactions,  and  aromatic  hydroxylations.  Metabolism  of 
nucleic  acids  and  their  building  blocks  are  discussed,  as  well  as  the  genetic 
basis  of  protein  synthesis,  the  genetic  code,  and  the  mechanisms  of  control. 
Prep.  90.822.  Yearly,  Spring  Quarter 

90.824  Applications  of  Mass  Spectrometry  (2  q.h.) 

A  comprehensive  examination  of  the  principles  governing  the  fragmentation 
of  organic  molecules,  the  interpretation  of  mass  spectra  and  discussion  of 
applications  of  mass  spectrometry  to  the  solution  of  selected  problems  in 
the  fields  of  chemistry,  biochemistry  and  forensic  sciences.  Prep.  1  year 
Organic  Chemistry,  Basic  Physics,  Physical  Organic  Chemistry  desirable 
but  not  essential.  Yearly,  Summer  Quarter 


index 


Academic  Council,  13 

Address  of  Graduate  School 
of  Pharmacy  and  Allied 
Health  Professions,  1 

Administration 

Graduate  Schools,  14 
Pharmacy  and  Allied 

Health  Professions,  35 
University,  10 

Admissions,  22 

Apartments,  19 

Application,  22 

Appointments,  33 
B 

Board  of  Trustees,  9 

Buildings  and  Facilities,  18 


Dockser  Hall,  19 

Doctor  of  Philosophy  Degree 

Admission,  26 

Course  Requirements,  28 

Curriculum  Design,  29 

Disseration,  28 

Doctoral  Entrance  Examina- 
tion, 27 

Final  Oral  Examination,  29 

Foreign  Language,  28 

Qualifying  Examination,  27 

Registration,  29 

Research  Proposal  Defense,  28 

Residence  Requirements,  27 

Time  Limitation,  29 

Transfer  Credit,  28 
Dormitory  Proctorships,  33 


Cabot  Physical  Education 

Center,  19 
Calendar,  5 
Campus  Description  and 

Location,  18 
Map,  4 
Changes  in  Requirements,  25 
Class  Hours  and  Credits,  24 
Classifications,  Student,  23 
Clinical  Chemistry,  Part- 
Time  Master  of  Science 
Degree  Program 

Admission  and  Program 
Features,  36 

Curriculum,  37 

Objectives,  36 

Sample  Program,  40 
Colleges,  Undergraduate,  16 
Continuing  Education,  Center 

for,  17 
Continuity  of  Program,  24 
Cooperative  Plan  of  Education,  16 
Corporation,  7 
Courses,  Description  of,  63 

D 
Diploma,  Application  for,  25 


Equal  Opportunity  Policy,  6 
Executive  Committee. 

(Trustees),  9 
Executive  Council, 

(University),  13 

F 

Faculty,  34 

Faculty  Senate,  13 

Fees,  31 

Fields  of  Study,  36 

Financial  Aid,  32 

Financial  Information,  31 

Forensic  Chemistry,  Inter- 
disciplinary Ph.D.  Program,  62 

Full-Time  Study,  23 

G 

General  Regulations,  22 
Government  Center 

Campus,  20 
Grading  System,  23 
Graduate  and  Professional 

Schools,  16 
Guaranteed  Loan  Program,  33 

H 

Henderson  House,  20 


78 


INDEX/ 79 


Holidays,  University,  6 
Hospital  Pharmacy,  Part- 
Time  Master  of  Science 
Degree  Program 
Admissions  and  Program 

Features,  41 
Curriculum,  42 
Objectives,  41 
Sample  Program,  44 

I 

Interdisciplinary  Programs 
Admission,  29 
Duties  of  Interdiscipli- 
nary Committee,  30 
Forensic  Chemistry  Ph.D. 

Program,  62 
Formation  of  Interdiscipli- 
nary Committee,  30 

L 
Libraries,  18 
Loans,  33 

M 

Map  of  Campus,  4 

Marine  Science  Institute,  20 

Master  of  Science  Degree 

Academic  Requirements,  25 

Admission,  25 

Time  Limitation,  26 

Transfer  Credits,  36 
Medical  Laboratory  Science, 

Part-Time  Master  of  Science 
Degree  Program 

Admission  and  Program 
Features,  45 

Curriculum,  46 

Objectives,  45 

Sample  Program,  48 
Medicinal  Chemistry,  Full- 

Time  Doctor  of  Philosophy 
Degree  Program 

Admission  and  Program 

Features,  62 

Course  Requirements,  62 

Objectives,  60 
Medicinal  Chemistry,  Part- 
Time  Master  of  Science 
Degree  Program 

Admission  and  Program 

Features,  51 

Curriculum,  52 


General  Requirements,  51 

Objectives,  51 

Sample  Program,  53 

N 
National  Direct  Student 

Loan  Program,  33 

P 
Part-Time  Study,  23 
Pharmacology,  Part-Time 

Master  of  Science  Degree 
Program 

Admission  and  Program 
Features,  55 

Curriculum,  55 

General  Requirements,  55 

Objectives,  54 

Sample  Program,  57 

R 
Radiopharmaceutical  Science, 

Part-Time  Master  of  Science 
Degree  Program 

Admission  and  Program 
Features,  58 

Curriculum,  59 

Objectives,  58 

Sample  Program,  61 
Refunds,  32 
Registration,  23 
Regulations,  22 
Requirements,  Changes,  25 
Research  Activities,  17 
Research  Fellowships,  35 
Residence,  23 

S 

Scholarships,  Martin  Luther 

King,  Jr.,  35 
Student  Center,  18 

T 
Teaching  Assistantships,  32 
Trustees,  9 
Tuition,  31 
Tuition,  Assistantships,  32 

U 

Undergraduate  Colleges,  116 
University  Graduate  Council,  14 

W 

Warren  Center,  19 
Withdrawals,  24 


1976-78  school  of 


catalog 


northeastern  university 
boston  -  massachusetts 


Delivery  of  Services 

The  University  assumes  no  liability,  and  hereby  expressly  negates  the  same,  for  failure 
to  provide  or  delay  in  providing  educational  or  related  services  or  facilities  or  for  any 
other  failure  or  delay  in  performance  arising  out  of  or  due  to  causes  beyond  the 
reasonable  control  of  the  University,  which  causes  include,  without  limitation,  power 
failure,  fire,  strikes  by  University  employees  or  others,  damage  by  the  elements  and 
acts  of  public  authorities.  The  University  will,  however,  exert  reasonable  efforts,  when 
in  it's  judgment  it  is  appropriate  to  do  so,  to  provide  comparable  or  substantially 
equivalent  services,  facilities  or  performance,  but  its  inability  or  failure  to  do  so  shall 
not  subject  it  to  liability. 


Credits: 

Virginia  ).  Mason,  cover  design 

Matthew  Ross,  photographs  on  pages  16,  25,  28,  33,  39 

Eric  Prael,  photographs  on  pages  15  and  30 


Northeastern  University  School  of  Law 


1976-78  Catalog 


Northeastern  University 
School  of  Law 
400  Huntington  Avenue 
Boston,  Massachusetts  02115 
Tel.  (617)  437-3335 


Offering  Cooperative  Legal  Education 


p^ 


r  i  ' 

^1U 


H* 


I 


— ■            ■  <■ 

^fi 

If] 

if 

Contents 


4 

Academic  Calendar 

6 

Faculty 

7 

Lecturers-in-Law 

7 

Administrative  Staff 

8 

Library  Staff 

8 

Purpose 

9 

History 

10 

Cooperative  Legal  Education 

11 

Facilities 

13 

General  Information 

17 

Admission 

20 

Financial  Information 

24 

Degree  Program 

26 

Curriculum 

26 

First-year  Courses 

29 

Upper-level  Courses 

42 

University  Corporation 

44 

University  Board  of  Trustees 

46 

University  Administration 

47 

Map 

48 

Index 

Equal  Opportunity  Policy:  Northeastern  University  is  committed  to  a  policy  of 
providing  equal  opportunity  for  all.  In  all  matters  involving  admissions,  registration, 
and  all  official  relationships  with  students,  including  evaluation  of  academic  perfor- 
mance, the  University  insists  on  a  policy  of  nondiscrimination.  Northeastern  Univer- 
sity is  also  an  equal  opportunity  employer,-  it  is  institutional  policy  that  there  shall  not 
be  any  discrimination  against  any  employee  or  applicant  for  employment  because  of 
race,  color,  religion,  sex,  age,  national  origin,  or  on  the  basis  of  being  a  handicapped  but 
otherwise  qualified  individual.  In  addition,  Northeastern  takes  affirmative  action  in 
the  recruitment  of  students  and  employees.  Inquiries  concerning  our  equal  opportu- 
nity policies  may  be  referred  to  the  University  Affirmative  Action  Officer  and/or  the 
Title  EX  coordinator. 


Academic  Calendar 


September  1976 -August  1978 


Fall  Quarter  1976 

September  6 

Labor  Day 

September  7 

Registration  (First-year  Students) 

September  8 

Fall  Quarter  Commences 

October  11 

Columbus  Day 

November  11 

Veterans'  Day 

November  18-24 

Examinations  (Upper  class) 

November  24 

Fall  Quarter  Ends 

November  25  -  26 

Thanksgiving  Vacation 

Winter  Quarter  1976  -  77 

November  29 

Winter  Quarter  Commences 

December  20  -  January  2 

Winter  Vacation 

January  3 

Classes  Resume 

January  15 

Martin  Luther  King  Day 

February  21 

Washington's  Birthday 

February  22  -  26 

Examinations  (Upper  class) 

February  26 

Winter  Quarter  Ends 

February  28  -  March  4 

Vacation 

Spring  Quarter  1977 

March  7 

Spring  Quarter  Commences 

April  18 

Patriot's  Day 

May  16  -  27 

Examinations  (First-year  Students) 

May  23  -  27 

Examinations  (Upper  class) 

May  27 

Spring  Quarter  Ends 

May  30  -  June  3 

Vacation 

Summer  Quarter  1977 

June  6 

Summer  Quarter  Commences 

June  19 

Commencement 

July  4 

Independence  Day 

August  15-  19 

Examinations 

August  20 

Summer  Quarter  Ends 

Fall  Quarter  1977 

September  5 
September  6 
September  7 
October  10 
November  11 
November  24  -  25 
November  28  -  December  2 
December  2 

Winter  Quarter  1977  -  78 

December  5 

December  26  -  January  3 

January  4 

January  16 

February  20 

February  27  -  March  4 

March  4 

March  6-10 


Labor  Day 

Registration  (First-year  Students) 

Fall  Quarter  Commences 

Columbus  Day 

Veterans'  Day 

Thanksgiving  Vacation 

Examinations  (Upper  class) 

Fall  Quarter  Ends 


Winter  Quarter  Commences 

Winter  Vacation 

Classes  Resume 

Martin  Luther  King  Day 

Washington's  Birthday 

Examinations  (Upper  class) 

Winter  Quarter  Ends 

Vacation 


Spring  Quarter  1978 

March  13 
April  17 
May  15-27 
May  22  -  27 
May  27 
May  29  -  June  3 


Spring  Quarter  Commences 

Patriot's  Day 

Examinations  (First-year  Students) 

Examinations  (Upper  class) 

Spring  Quarter  Ends 

Vacation 


Summer  Quarter  1978 

June  5 
June  18 
July  4 

August  21-25 
August  25 


Summer  Quarter  Commences 

Commencement 

Independence  Day 

Examinations 

Summer  Quarter  Ends 


Faculty 


Donald  H.  Berman,  Professor  of  Law;  A.B.,  LL.B.,  LL.M.,  Harvard 
University 

Judith  Olans  Brown,  Professor  of  Law ;  A.B.,  Mount  Holyoke  College,- 
LL.B.,  Boston  College 

Thomas  P.  Campbell,  Jr.,  Professor  of  Law;  A.B.,  Brown  University; 
LL.B.,  University  of  Virginia 

Richard  A.  Daynard,  Professor  of  Law;  A.B.,  M.A.,  Columbia  Univer- 
sity; LL.B.,  Harvard  University 

Charles  L.  Field,  Assistant  Librarian  and  Assistant  Professor  of  Law ; 
A.B.,  Harvard  University;  M.S.,  Simmons  College;  J.D.,  Suffolk 
University 

John  G.  S.  Flym,  Associate  Professor  of  Law;  B.S.,  Columbia  Uni- 
versity; LL.B.,  Harvard  University 

Daniel  J.  Givelber,  Professor  of  Law ;  A.B.,  LL.B.,  Harvard  University 

Robert  W.  Hallgring,  Professor  of  Law-,  A.B.,  Princeton  University; 
LL.B.,  Harvard  University 

John  C.  O'Byrne,  Dean  and  Professor  of  Law;  A.B.,  M.S.,  Syracuse 
University;  LL.B.,  (J.D.),  Harvard  University 

Daniel  C.  Schaffer,  Professor  of  Law-,  A.B.,  LL.B.,  Harvard  University 

Stephen  N.  Subrin,  Professor  of  Law;  B.A.,  LL.B.,  Harvard  University 

Rajinder  S.  Walia,  Law  Librarian  and  Professor  of  Law-,  B.S.,  Punjab 
University,-  M.S.,  Simmons  College,-  LL.B.,  LL.M.,  Delhi  Univer- 
sity; LL.M.,  Harvard  University 

Zipporah  B.  Wiseman,  Associate  Professor  of  Law;  B.A.,  McGill 
University;  LL.B.,  Yale  University 


Lecturers-in-Law 


R.  Peter  Anderson,  B.A.,  Oberlin  College;  LL.B.,  Yale  University; 
Private  Practice 

Hon.  Frederick  L.  Brown,  A.B.,  LL.B.,  Harvard  University;  Associate 
Justice,  Appeals  Court,  Commonwealth  of  Massachusetts 

David  R.  Herwitz,  B.S.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology; 
LL.B.,  Harvard  University,-  Professor  of  Law,  Harvard  Law  School 

Dr.  Robert  G.  Mayer,  A.B.,  Cornell  University;  M.D.,  Jefferson  Medi- 
cal College;  Staff  Psychiatrist,  Boston  Veterans  Administration 
Hospital 

William  M.  Prifti,  B.S.,  J.D.,  Northeastern  University;  Private  Prac- 
tice 

Albert  P.  Zabin,  B.A.,  Brandeis  University;  LL.B.,  Harvard  Univer- 
sity; Private  Practice 

Norman  S.  Zalkind,  B.S.,  Boston  College,-  LL.B.,  Boston  University; 
Private  Practice 


Administrative  Staff 


Linda  M.  Bellone,  Admissions  Counselor;  B.S.,  Cardinal  Cushing 
College 

R.  Gregory  Ford,  Assistant  Director  of  Cooperative  Legal  Education; 
B.A.,  Allegheny  College 

Molly  T.  Geraghty,  Assistant  Dean;  B.A.,  Radcliffe  College;  LL.B., 
Harvard  University 

Barbara  L.  Iredell,  Executive  Assistant 

Marianne  F.  Radziewicz,  Director  of  Admissions 

Shirley  J.  Ramsey,  Administrative  Secretary  to  the  Dean 

Jacqueline  A.   St.   Germain,  Director  of  Student  Services;   B.A., 
Northeastern  University 

Marie  Williams,  Administrative  Assistant  for  Permanent  Place- 
ment; A.A.,  Aquinas  Junior  College 


Library  Staff 


Evelyn  A.  Berman,  Cataloger-,  A.B.,  Smith  College;  M.S.,  Simmons 
College 

Ivy  Chang,  Acquisitions  Librarian;  B.A.,  University  of  Hong  Kong; 
M.S.,  University  of  Oklahoma 

Charles  L.  Field,  A  ssistant  Librarian  and  Assistant  Professor  of  Law ; 
A.B.,  Harvard  University;  M.S.,  Simmons  College,-  J.D.,  Suffolk 
University 

Elaine  E.  Linehan,  Assistant  to  the  Law  Librarian;  B.S.,  M.Ed., 
Northeastern  University 

Karl  Lurix,  Library  Specialist;  A.B.,  Boston  University 

David  Ramsey,  Serials  Assistant;  A.B.,  M.S.,  Boston  University 

Rajinder  S.  Walia,  Law  Librarian  and  Professor  of  Law ;  B.S.,  Punjab 
University;  M.S.,  Simmons  College;  LL.B.,  LL.M.,  Delhi  Univer- 
sity; LL.M.,  Harvard  University 


Purpose 


The  purpose  of  the  Northeastern  University  School  of  Law  is 
to  train  lawyers  to  meet  the  challenges  and  obligations  cast  upon  the 
legal  profession  by  contemporary  society.  The  School  was  founded  on 
the  conviction  that  traditional  legal  education  inadequately  attains 
this  goal  and  that  a  law  school  program  must  match  the  pace  of 
change  in  the  world  and  national  scene. 

The  most  frequently  remarked  shortcoming  of  traditional  law 
school  training  is  the  neglect  of  the  practical  side  of  a  lawyer's  work. 
The  consequence  is  that  newly  graduated  students  are  poorly 
equipped  to  pursue  their  profession  until  they  have  served  a  period  of 
apprenticeship.  In  this  respect,  they  suffer  in  comparison  with  their 
contemporaries  who  enter  other  professions. 


The  School  of  Law  has  adopted  the  Cooperative  Plan  of 
Education  to  ensure  that  each  student  acquires  a  significant  amount 
of  legal  experience  before  receiving  a  law  degree.  The  Cooperative 
Plan  has  been  used  extensively  in  other  fields  of  learning,  and  its 
adaptation  to  legal  education  adds  realism  and  excitement  to  what 
has  been  an  excessively  academic  preparation  for  the  bar. 

The  curriculum  of  the  School  is  designed  to  provide  a  solid  and 
relevant  legal  training  for  service  throughout  the  country  in  large  and 
small  private  law  firms,  corporations,  public  legal  agencies,  and 
government  agencies.  The  law  as  it  is,  and  as  it  should  be,  is  the 
concern  of  all  lawyers  wherever  they  may  serve. 

The  cooperative  educational  program  enriches  classroom 
study  by  exposing  students  to  reality.  Of  all  the  professional 
disciplines,  none  demands  a  strong  sense  of  reality  more  urgently 
than  does  law.  Using  the  actual  practice  of  law  as  its  laboratory,  the 
School  adds  depth  to  the  curriculum  by  balancing  academic  instruc- 
tion with  current  experience  in  the  varied  aspects  of  lawyers'  worlds. 
Thus,  the  understanding  of  legal  theory  is  enhanced  by  the  under- 
standing of  the  law  in  action. 


History 


Northeastern  University  began  a  long  tradition  of  legal  educa- 
tion in  1898,  and  for  nearly  60  years  the  School  of  Law  produced 
lawyers  who  achieved  distinction  at  the  bar  and  on  the  bench. 

Originally,  emphasis  was  placed  on  evening  education  to 
provide  educational  opportunities  for  persons  who  would  not  other- 
wise have  a  chance  to  develop  their  talents.  By  1953,  shifting  social 
and  economic  patterns  made  the  evening  school  a  doubtful  vehicle 
for  entry  into  a  profession  whose  practice  required  the  mastery  of  a 
rapidly  expanding  body  of  knowledge  and  skills.  Lacking  an  alterna- 
tive plan  consistent  with  the  purposes  of  the  University,  the  Trustees 
closed  the  School  in  1953. 


In  the  mid-sixties,  loyal  graduates  of  the  School  of  Law  urged 
the  University  to  re-establish  the  School.  The  President  and  Trustees 
of  the  University  undertook  a  careful  and  extensive  examination  of 
the  nature  of  legal  education  in  the  United  States,  and  the  result  was 
the  decision  to  revive  the  School  of  Law  as  the  nation's  only  coopera- 
tive law  school. 

The  re-established  School  of  Law  was  opened  to  students  in 
September  1968.  Faculty  strength,  library  holdings,  and  research 
facilities  were  carefully  developed  to  support  the  new  concept  of 
cooperative  legal  education.  After  inspection  by  the  American  Bar 
Association,  the  School  was  accredited  in  1969  and  was  admitted  to 
membership  in  The  Association  of  American  Law  Schools  in  1970. 


Cooperative  Legal  Education 


Cooperative  legal  education  provides  alternating  intervals  of 
full-time  professional  work  experience  and  full-time  academic  edu- 
cation. A  legal  education  which  combines  academic  study  and  practi- 
cal experience  is  the  best  possible  preparation  for  a  legal  career.  Law 
students  spend  the  first  academic  year  in  full-time  study.  After 
successful  completion  of  the  first  year,  the  class  is  divided  in  half  and 
the  remaining  two  years  are  spent  in  alternating  three-month  quar- 
ters of  full-time  academic  work  and  full-time  employment  as  paid 
law  clerks.  Successful  completion  of  seven  academic  quarters  and 
four  work  quarters  is  required  for  the  degree  of  Juris  Doctor. 

The  Cooperative  Plan  has  an  especial  importance  to  students 
who  want  to  practice  law.  It  has  been  traditional  in  the  legal  profes- 
sion to  view  the  relative  helplessness  of  newly  admitted  attorneys 
with  a  mixture  of  humor  and  despair.  The  graduates  of  Northeastern 
School  of  Law  are  in  a  different  position.  They  have  12  months  of 
practical  experience  before  graduation.  Cooperative  work  quarters 
will  not  produce  a  finished  lawyer,  but  the  combination  of  academic 
and  work  quarters  provides  a  substantial  advance  in  merging  aca- 
demic learning  with  skills  and  abilities. 

One  of  the  important  collateral  benefits  of  the  Cooperative 
Plan,  especially  appreciated  by  students,  is  the  opportunity  to  explore 


four  different  employment  situations  and  four  geographic  areas  of  the 
country  before  making  a  final  career  commitment.  Law  firms,  gov- 
ernment agencies,  corporate  legal  offices,  legal  service  and  public 
interest  organizations,  and  defender/prosecution  programs  are  major 
employers.  Students  have  worked  in  38  states  and  four  foreign  coun- 
tries during  their  cooperative  quarters.  "Co-op"  opportunities  are 
nation-wide.  The  Boston  area  cannot  support  all  cooperative  stu- 
dents,- therefore,  a  Northeastern  applicant  must  be  prepared  to 
explore  opportunities  in  other  parts  of  the  country.  In  recent  years, 
approximately  one-half  of  the  cooperative  jobs  have  been  outside  the 
Boston  metropolitan  area.  Applicants  must  consider  long-term 
commitments  (leases,  family  arrangements,  etc.)  with  the  coopera- 
tive program  in  mind.  Mobility  and  flexibility  make  the  cooperative 
experience  rewarding  and  exciting. 

In  obtaining  cooperative  employment,  students  enter  into  a 
professional  relationship  in  which  the  hiring  decisions  are  made  by 
agreement  between  the  student  and  employer.  The  School  strives  to 
be  certain  that  students  are  fairly  compensated  according  to  the 
students'  experience  and  the  employers'  resources.  However,  appli- 
cants should  clearly  understand  that  the  cooperative  program  is 
educational  and  not  a  form  of  financial  aid.  Some  very  interesting  and 
important  jobs  provide  little,  if  any,  compensation.  While  the  School 
does  provide  an  open,  fair,  and  supportive  system  of  information 
about  jobs,  it  cannot  guarantee  a  position  for  every  student.  Indeed, 
no  such  undertaking  is  either  possible  or  appropriate  with  respect  to 
professional  employment.  The  School  does  not  deal  with  employers 
that  discriminate  on  the  basis  of  race,  sex,  age,  religion  or  ethnic 
origin. 

The  Cooperative  Plan  undergoes  constant  evaluation.  Em- 
ployers evaluate  a  student's  performance,  the  student  evaluates  the 
cooperative  job,  and  the  faculty  and  staff  regularly  re-appraise  the 
educational  value  of  each  cooperative  position. 


Facilities 


The  School  of  Law  is  located  in  the  Ethel  and  Reuben 
Gryzmish  Hall,  opened  in  1 9  70  and  named  in  honor  of  a  distinguished 
alumnus  and  his  wife.  The  building  houses  tiered  classrooms  for 


basic  instruction,  seminar  rooms,  a  lounge,  faculty  offices,  and  a 
spacious  and  realistic  courtroom. 

The  Law  School  building  is  located  on  Northeastern  Univer- 
sity's main  campus.  The  full  array  of  University  facilities  are  nearby, 
including  the  main  library,  student  center,  bookstore,  theater, 
gymnasium,  and  swimming  pool. 


Library 

The  Berkowitz  Law  Library  is  an  integral  part  of  the  School  of 
Law  and  is  located  on  the  second  level  of  Gryzmish  Hall.  The  Library 
is  air  conditioned,  with  a  spacious  reading  room  decorated  in 
contemporary  style.  In  the  stacks  there  are  carrels  and  conference/ 
typing  rooms  available  for  individual  student  use. 

The  rapidly  growing  Law  Library  has  a  carefully  selected 
collection  of  more  than  85,000  volumes.  It  includes  all  the  official 
reports  of  every  state  court  of  last  resort,  the  National  Reporter 
System,  annotated  and  topical  reports,  selected  materials  of  adminis- 
trative bodies,  numerous  loose-leaf  reporter  services,  a  complete 
collection  of  the  current  state  and  Federal  annotated  codes,  and  a 
strong  collection  of  English  and  Canadian  decisions  and  legislation. 
There  is  also  a  comprehensive  collection  of  current  legal  journals  and 
reviews,  as  well  as  treatises  and  textbooks. 

Of  special  interest  is  the  Sara  R.  Ehrmann  Collection  on 
Capital  Punishment.  Named  in  honor  of  its  donor,  a  pioneer  in  the 
movement  to  abolish  capital  punishment,  this  collection  of  books, 
articles,  legislation,  and  news  items  presents  a  full  picture  of  the 
operation  of  the  death  penalty  in  this  country  from  1920  to  the 
present. 

The  private  library  of  Professor  Quincy  Wright,  the  noted 
scholar,  forms  the  nucleus  of  an  impressive  international  law 
collection. 

Law  students  also  have  access  to  the  Northeastern  University 
libraries  and,  by  special  arrangements  through  the  office  of  the  Law 
Librarian,  to  various  law  school  and  research  libraries  in  the  met- 
ropolitan Boston  area. 


General  Information 


The  School  of  Law  and  the  University  are  located  near  Boston's 
Fenway  and  Back  Bay  section,  a  center  of  education  and  culture. 
Students  at  the  University  have  readily  available  a  range  and  quality 
of  music,  art,  and  lectures  unexcelled  in  America.  Within  easy 
walking  distance  of  the  School  of  Law  are  the  Boston  Museum  of  Fine 
Arts,  Symphony  Hall,  Simmons  College,  the  Isabella  Stewart  Gard- 
ner Museum,  Emmanuel  College,  Horticultural  Hall,  the  New 
England  Conservatory  of  Music,  and  the  Prudential  Center. 

In  Boston,  a  law  student  can  observe  the  Supreme  Judicial 
Court  of  Massachusetts,  the  United  States  Court  of  Appeals  for  the 
First  Circuit,  the  Federal  District  Court,  the  Massachusetts  Appeals 
Court,  the  Massachusetts  Superior  Court,  and  a  full  range  of  lower 
tribunals.  The  metropolitan  Boston  area  presents  an  array  of  munici- 
pal and  county  agencies,  and  the  state  legislative  process  can  be 
studied  in  action  at  the  Massachusetts  State  House  on  Beacon  Hill. 


Housing 

Because  the  School  of  Law  is  located  in  an  area  heavily 
populated  with  students  from  several  educational  institutions,  there 
is  a  shortage  of  available  housing.  However,  the  University  Housing 
Office  lists  available  private  rental  accommodations  for  students. 
(University  dormitories  are  restricted  to  undergraduates.) 

Requests  for  housing  information  or  accommodations  should 
be  made  in  writing  to  the  Director  of  University  Housing,  Northeast- 
em  University,  360  Huntington  Avenue,  Boston,  Massachusetts 
02115.  The  Housing  Office  is  located  at  122  St.  Stephen  Street. 


University  Health  Service 

The  University  Health  Service  is  located  in  the  Forsyth 
Building,  near  the  School  of  Law.  Regular  clinic  hours  for  students  are 
maintained  by  the  University  Physician  and  his  staff. 

All  full-time  students  are  covered  by  a  Blue  Cross-Blue  Shield 
policy  from  the  day  of  registration  until  12:00  noon  on  the  day 
following  withdrawal,  leave  of  absence,  dismissal,  or  graduation  from 


the  University.  Each  student  receives  a  brochure  describing  the 
policy. 

Prior  to  initial  registration  in  the  University,  each  student 
must  file  with  the  Health  Service  physical  examination  and  chest 
x-ray  records.  Forms  for  the  examination  are  available  at  the  Health 
Service  Office,  and  are  mailed  in  advance  to  prospective  students  who 
indicate  their  intention  to  register  in  September.  The  University 
Health  Service  cannot  provide  medical  services  for  students  who  do 
not  comply  with  this  requirement. 


Student  Participation 

The  School  of  Law  encourages  student  participation  in  the 
development  of  the  program  of  instruction.  An  educational  experi- 
ence can  be  enriched  beyond  the  value  of  its  substantive  content  by 
having  the  student  reflect  upon  the  educational  process.  Students, 
individually  and  collectively,  are  invited  to  join  with  the  faculty  in 
the  continuing  evaluation  of  the  educational  process. 


Black  American  Law  Students  Association 

Northeastern  has  a  chapter  of  the  Black  American  Law  Stu- 
dents Association.  Through  BALSA,  Black  and  Puerto  Rican  students 
work  closely  with  the  School  of  Law  in  an  effort  to  recruit  minority 
students. 

BALSA's  commitment  to  incoming  minority  students  con- 
tinues throughout  the  year.  Activities  include  a  fall  orientation 
program  and  an  educational  assistance  program  designed  to  supple- 
ment course  material. 

BALSA  has  published  a  brochure  designed  to  inform  potential 
applicants  about  some  of  the  opportunities  available  at  Northeastern 
University  and  the  School  of  Law. 

For  further  information  contact  BALSA  at  the  School  of  Law. 


National  Lawyers'  Guild 

The  Northeastern  Chapter  of  the  National  Lawyers'  Guild  is 
an  active  student  organization.  Activities  include  participation  in 
first-year  orientation,  job  retreats,  political  projects  of  local,  regional 
and  national  scope,  and  periodic  chapter  business  meetings. 


Placement  Office 

The  placement  office  operates  under  the  supervision  of  the 
Assistant  Dean  and  assists  both  students  and  graduates  in  securing 
professional  employment.  In  the  last  three  years,  80%  of  the 
graduates  have  secured  employment  by  the  time  they  were  admitted 
to  the  bar.  The  average  starting  salary  of  these  classes  was  $13,500.  A 
substantial  number  of  graduates  secure  permanent  positions  through 
the  cooperative  experience.  An  average  of  10  percent  of  each  graduat- 
ing class  has  accepted  judicial  clerkships,  including  one  student  who 
was  the  first  woman  clerk  for  the  Chief  Justice  of  the  United  States. 
The  placement  staff  gathers  information,  helps  arrange  interviews, 
and  maintains  job  listings.  The  School  of  Law  is  committed  to 
helping  its  students  secure  and  maintain  fulfilling  professional 
careers. 


*Nj 


r 


J>* 


W 


j^j*"HISSi 


Admission 


A  candidate  for  admission  to  the  School  of  Law  must  hold  a 
bachelor's  degree  from  an  accredited  college  or  university.  Ac- 
ceptance is  based  upon  superior  academic  achievement  in  under- 
graduate studies  and  acceptable  scores  on  the  Law  School  Admissions 
Test,  administered  by  the  Educational  Testing  Service  of  Princeton, 
New  Jersey.  The  test  is  administered  periodically  at  convenient 
centers  throughout  the  country.  Applications  for  the  LSAT  and  for 
admission  to  the  School  will  be  sent  upon  request. 

The  School  of  Law  is  committed  to  the  highest  academic 
standards.  No  candidate  will  be  accepted  whose  credentials  promise 
anything  less  than  superior  performance.  The  School  undertakes  to 
seek  cooperative  work  opportunities  at  a  professional  level  in  private, 
public,  and  corporate  offices,  and  to  fill  these  positions  with  students 
who  can  perform  productive  legal  services  as  early  as  the  end  of  the 
first  year  of  law  school.  Thus,  the  School  seeks  students  of  superior 
ability,  strong  motivation  and  maturity. 

The  Northeastern  School  of  Law  solicits  the  interest  of 
prospective  law  students  whose  qualifications  make  them  eligible  for 
admission  to  highly  selective  law  schools.  The  distinctive  program  of 
the  School  appeals  to  persons  who  are  interested  in  a  program  of 
professional  instruction  heavily  reinforced  by  experience  in  legal 
practice.  The  goal  of  the  School  is  to  produce  lawyers  who  can  excel  in 
the  traditional  skills  of  the  law  and  who  can  give  learned,  professional 
responses  to  the  problems,  both  traditional  and  novel,  which  are 
making  increasing  demands  upon  the  legal  system. 

No  specific  fields  of  undergraduate  study  are  demanded  as  a 
pre-law  background.  Of  particular  importance  are  the  mastery  of  oral 
and  written  verbal  skills,  a  capacity  for  independent  research,  and  the 
ability  to  exercise  critical  judgment.  A  basic  knowledge  of  accounting 
and  business  is  useful  in  some  parts  of  the  law  curriculum.  Under- 
graduates are  best  advised  to  pursue  a  wide  range  of  interests. 

In  gauging  one's  chances  of  being  admitted  to  the  School  of 
Law,  the  following  information  on  admissions  policy  and  practice 
may  be  helpful.  The  median  LSAT  score  of  all  classes  has  been  well  in 
excess  of  600.  Students  with  high  scores  but  inferior  college  grades  are 
rarely  accepted.  In  recent  years,  both  the  application  pool  and  enter- 
ing class  have  been  almost  equally  male  and  female.  No  specific 
grade-point  average  is  required,  but  accepted  applicants  are  generally 


in  the  top  quarter  of  their  classes.  Great  weight  is  placed  upon 
intellectual  ability  and  the  nonacademic  qualities  of  the  candidate, 
indicated  by  such  factors  as  extracurricular  interests  and  activities, 
skill  in  written  expression,  work  experience,  and  career  goals. 

The  School  of  Law  requires  that  all  applicants  register  with  the 
Law  School  Data  Assembly  Service  for  the  submitting  of  their 
complete  academic  records  and  the  reporting  of  the  LSAT  scores. 

Applicants  who  have  outstanding  records  of  nonacademic 
achievement  should  not  be  deterred  because  their  college  grades  and 
LSAT  scores  are  not  distinguished.  The  student  body  of  the  School  of 
Law  includes  many  men  and  women  who  have  had  very  successful 
careers  between  college  and  law  school.  The  School  seeks  students 
who  are  capable  of  superior  achievement  and  considers  the  full  range 
of  an  applicant's  aptitude,  background,  and  accomplishments. 

Applications  for  entrance  in  September  1977  must  be  submit- 
ted to  the  School  of  Law  no  later  than  February  15,  1977.  Candidates 
are  advised  that  the  filing  deadline  is  subject  to  change  in  1978. 

The  School  of  Law  follows  a  "rolling  admissions"  policy.  The 
Admissions  Committee  reviews  applications  as  the  files  are  com- 
pleted. If  the  certainty  of  acceptance  is  not  clear,  an  applicant's  name 
is  held  on  a  waiting  list  if  he  or  she  so  desires. 

Students  who  receive  notice  of  acceptance  must  pay  a  non- 
refundable tuition  deposit  within  the  time  period  stated  in  the  letter 
of  acceptance. 

If  an  applicant  decides  not  to  attend  the  School  of  Law  after 
paying  the  final  deposit,  notice  should  be  given  to  the  Director  of 
Admissions  so  that  the  vacant  space  in  the  class  may  be  filled  by 
someone  on  the  waiting  list. 

Transfer 

The  School  also  considers  applications  from  students  who 
have  completed  a  year  at  another  law  school  and  wish  to  apply  with 
advanced  standing.  The  number  of  seats  available  for  transfer 
students  is  limited.  Requests  for  application  with  advanced  standing 
should  be  sent  to  the  Director  of  Admissions,  Northeastern  Univer- 
sity School  of  Law. 


Distribution  of  Students  by  Undergraduate  Schools 
as  of  September  1975 


American  University 

2 

Amherst  College 

1 

Antioch  College 

5 

Barnard  College 

3 

Bennington  College 

1 

Boston  College 

6 

Boston  University 

6 

Bowdoin  College 

3 

Bradley  University 

1 

Brandeis  University 

12 

Brown  University 

11 

Bucknell  University 

1 

Bryn  Mawr  College 

1 

Calvin  College 

1 

Carnegie-Mellon  University 

1 

Case  Western  University 

1 

Catholic  University 

2 

City  College  of  New  York 

1 

Clark  University 

3 

Cleveland  State  University 

1 

Colby  College 

2 

Colgate  University 

1 

College  of  Wooster 

1 

Columbia  University 

1 

Connecticut  College 

7 

Cornell  University 

6 

Dartmouth  College 

3 

Denison  University 

1 

Dickinson  College 

2 

Duke  University 

1 

Eastern  Michigan  University 

1 

Emmanuel  College 

1 

Evergreen  State  College 

1 

Fordham  University 

1 

Framingham  State  College 

1 

George  Washington  University 

3 

Goddard  College 

3 

Goucher  College 

2 

Grinnell  College 

1 

Hampton  Institute 

1 

Hampshire  College 

1 

Harvard  University 

14 

Haverford  College 

2 

Herbert  Lehman  College 

1 

Holy  Cross  College 

2 

Hunter  College 

2 

Indiana  University 

at  Bloomington 

1 

at  Fort  Wayne 

1 

Jackson  College 

6 

Johns  Hopkins  University 

4 

Kenyon  University 
Lake  Forest  College 
Lowell  State  College 
Macalester  College 
Manhattanville  College 
Massachusetts  Institute  of 

Technology 
Michigan  State  University 
Middlebury  College 
Montclair  College 
Mount  Holyoke  College 
Muhlenberg  College 
Newton  College 
New  York  University 
New  School  of  Social  Research 
Northeastern  University 
Northwestern  University 
Oakland  University 
Oberlin  College 
Ohio  State  University 
Pennsylvania  State  University 
Princeton  University 
Queens  College 
Radcliffe  College 

Rensselaer  Institute  of  Technology 
Rutgers  University 
St.  Bonaventure  University 
St.  Johns  College 
St.  Johns  University 
St.  Mary  of  the  Woods  College 
Shimer  College 
Simmons  College 
Simon  Fraser  University 
Smith  College 
Stanford  University 
State  University  College 
State  University  of  New  York 

at  Albany 

at  Buffalo 

at  Stonybrook 
Stonehill  College 
Swarthmore  College 
Syracuse  University 
Temple  University 
Trinity  College 
Tufts  University 
Union  College  at  Schenectady 
University  of  California 

at  Berkeley 

at  Los  Angeles 

at  Santa  Barbara 


1 
2 
1 
2 
1 

3 
1 
4 
1 
2 
1 
3 
3 
1 
15 
3 
1 
8 
4 
2 
3 
2 
3 
1 
2 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
3 
1 
7 
3 
1 

2 
5 
6 
1 
2 
4 
1 
2 


at  Santa  Cruz 
University  of  Chicago 
University  of  Colorado 
University  of  Connecticut 
University  of  Georgia 
University  of  Hartford 
University  of  Illinois 
University  of  Iowa 
University  of  Kansas 
University  of  Maine 
University  of  Maryland 
University  of  Massachusetts 

at  Amherst 

at  Boston 
University  of  Michigan 
University  of  Minnesota 
University  of  Missouri 
University  of  New  Hampshire 
University  of  North  Carolina 
University  of  Pennsylvania 


2 

University  of  Pittsburgh 

3 

3 

University  of  Rhode  Island 

1 

2 

University  of  Rochester 

3 

1 

University  of  Southern  Florida 

2 

2 

University  of  Southwestern 

2 

Louisiana 

1 

4 

University  of  Texas 

1 

1 

University  of  Vermont 

1 

1 

University  of  Washington 

1 

1 

University  of  Wisconsin  (Madison) 

13 

3 

Upsala  College 

3 

Vassar  College 

4 

7 

Washington  University 

1 

6 

Wellesley  College 

9 

16 

Wesleyan  University 

2 

1 

Wheaton  College  (Illinois) 

1 

1 

Wheaton  College  (Massachusetts) 

1 

1 

Williams  College 

1 

1 

Worcester  Polytechnic  Institute 

1 

8 

Yale  University 

3 

Financial  Information 


Tuition  and  Fees 

Tuition  for  the  academic  year  1976-77  is  $3,300  for  the  first 
year  and  $2,700  for  the  upper-class  years.  An  annual  fee  for 
supplementary  printed  and  duplicated  materials  is  also  charged  to 
each  student.  The  University  tries  to  keep  tuition  and  fees  as  low  as 
possible,  but  it  must  reserve  the  right  to  revise  tuition  rates  and  fees 
by  action  of  the  Board  of  Trustees  at  any  time. 

The  tuition  deposit  required  of  students  who  are  accepted  for 
admission  is  applied  against  the  first  quarter  tuition  bill.  The  deposit 
is  nonrefundable.  Students  who  withdraw  from  the  University  during 
an  academic  quarter  receive  a  refund  of  a  portion  of  the  tuition. 
During  the  first  week  of  the  quarter  the  entire  tuition,  less  the 
deposit,  is  refunded;  thereafter,  the  refund  is  reduced  25  percent  each 
week.  After  the  fourth  week  of  the  quarter,  no  refund  is  made. 


Books  assigned  by  the  faculty  in  the  various  courses  are 
available  through  the  University  Bookstore.  It  is  estimated  that  the 
annual  book  expense  for  the  first-year  student  will  be  approximately 
$200.  In  some  instances,  used  books  may  be  obtained  at  a  substantial 
saving. 


Financial  Aid 

Northeastern  University  has  a  limited  amount  of  financial  aid 
available  to  assist  students  whose  resources  would  otherwise  make  it 
impossible  to  attend  the  School  of  Law.  The  larger  portion  of  these 
funds  is  awarded  to  the  first-year  students,  with  lesser  amounts  going 
to  second-  and  third-year  students.  A  few  positions  as  research 
assistants  to  members  of  the  faculty  are  available  to  second-  and 
third-year  students  on  the  basis  of  ability  and  financial  need. 

The  University  awards  all  financial  aid  on  the  basis  of  financial 
need.  It  is  a  participant  in  the  Graduate  and  Professional  School 
Financial  Aid  Service.  All  applicants  for  aid  must  file  a  GAPSFAS 
form.  The  GAPSFAS  application  may  be  obtained  from  the  financial 
aid  officer  at  the  institution  in  which  the  student  is  currently  enrolled 
or  from  the  Office  of  Financial  Aid  at  Northeastern  University.  The 
GAPSFAS  form  may  also  be  obtained  from  the  Graduate  and 
Professional  Financial  Aid  Service,  Box  2614,  Princeton,  New  Jersey 
08540. 


Grants  and  Scholarships 

Northeastern  University  provides  a  limited  number  of  grants 
and  scholarships  to  students  who  demonstrate  a  financial  need.  Part 
of  these  funds  come  from  the  following  named  scholarships. 


The  Thomas  E.  Cargill,  Jr.,  Scholarship 

The  Thomas  E.  Cargill,  Jr.,  Scholarship,  established  in  1972  by 
Thomas  E.  Cargill,  Jr.,  is  awarded  to  a  student  in  the  School  of  Law. 
Mr.  Cargill  is  a  graduate  of  the  School  of  Law,  Class  of  1948,  and  is  a 
Director  of  The  National  Council  of  Northeastern  University. 
Preference  will  be  given  to  students  based  upon  demonstrable 
financial  need. 


The  Eli  Jacobson  Memorial  Scholarship 

This  fund  was  established  in  1975  in  memory  of  Mr.  Eli 
Jacobson  by  his  many  friends  and  relatives.  Mr.  Jacobson  was  an 
alumnus  of  the  School  of  Law,  Class  of  1933.  He  was  a  member  of  the 
Northeastern  University  Corporation  and  Board  of  Trustees.  During 
his  lifetime,  Mr.  Jacobson  gave  his  support  to  many  philanthropic 
organizations  including  Northeastern  University  and  it  is  most 
fitting  that  the  spirit  of  his  generosity  will  continue  through  this 
scholarship  fund. 

Income  from  this  scholarship  fund  will  be  awarded  annually  to 
students  in  the  School  of  Law  who  demonstrate  financial  need, 
soundness  of  character,  and  academic  ability. 


The  Northeastern  University  School  of  Law  Alumni  Association  Scholarship 

To  commemorate  the  founding  of  the  School  of  Law  in  1898, 
the  School  of  Law  Alumni  Association  established  this  award  in 
1974.  This  scholarship  is  to  be  awarded  annually  to  a  second-year  law 
student  who  demonstrates  superior  potential  and  financial  need. 


The  Irving  Perlmutter  Scholarship 

The  Irving  Perlmutter  Scholarship,  established  in  1972  by 
Irving  Perlmutter,  a  graduate  of  the  School  of  Law,  Class  of  1938,  is 
awarded  annually  to  a  student  or  students  in  the  School  of  Law. 
Preference  is  given  to  students  who  demonstrate  financial  need. 


John  T.  Powell  Memorial  Scholarship 

The  John  T.  Powell  Memorial  Scholarship  was  established  in 
1974  by  the  law  firm  of  Hale  and  Dorr,  in  memory  of  Mr.  Powell,  a 
partner  in  that  firm  and  a  graduate  of  the  School  of  Law,  Class  of  1928 . 
The  income  from  this  scholarship  fund  is  awarded  annually  to  one  or 
more  deserving  students  enrolled  in  the  School  of  Law  who  demon- 
strate financial  need,  academic  ability,  and  soundness  of  character. 


The  Ralph  B.  Rogers  Scholarship 

This  scholarship  has  been  established  through  the  generosity 
of  Ralph  B.  Rogers,  a  graduate  of  the  School  of  Law,  Class  of  1939.  The 
scholarship  is  awarded  either  to  entering  students  or  to  upper-class 
students  enrolled  in  the  School  of  Law. 


Loans 


Guaranteed  Insured  Loan  Programs 

These  loans  are  available  through  lending  institutions  in  the 
applicant's  home  area.  Under  this  program  a  student  may  borrow  as 
much  as  $2,500  per  academic  year  to  a  maximum  indebtedness  of 
$10,000.  Repayment  of  principal  and  interest  need  not  begin  until 
nine  months  after  the  termination  of  studies. 

Because  of  the  easy  availability  of  these  funds  relative  to  other 
kinds  of  financial  assistance,  it  is  recommended  that  all  aid  appli- 
cants first  seek  assistance  from  this  source. 


National  Direct  Student  Loan 

The  amount  of  a  loan  is  determined  by  the  financial  position  of 
the  student  and  his  family  and  by  the  availability  of  these  funds  at 
Northeastern  University.  The  total  amount  of  indebtedness,  how- 
ever, may  not  exceed  $10,000.  Repayment  of  these  loans  begins  nine 
months  after  the  termination  of  study. 


College  Work-Study  Program 

Not  to  be  confused  with  Northeastern  University's  Coopera- 
tive Education  Program,  this  is  basically  a  federally  supported  part- 
time  employment  program.  Jobs  are  available  on  the  campus  or  in 
nonprofit  agencies  in  the  greater  Boston  area.  Determination  of 
eligibility  for  work-study  employment  and  actual  job  placement  are 
accomplished  through  the  Office  of  Financial  Aid. 


Other  Assistance 

There  are  some  openings  each  year  as  residence  director  or 
resident  assistant  in  the  undergraduate  male  dormitories.  Inquiries 
and  details  concerning  availability  of  these  jobs  may  be  obtained  from 
the  Associate  Dean  of  Students  for  Housing,  203  Ell  Student  Center. 


Occasionally,  spouses  of  male  law  students  are  able  to  obtain 
positions  as  full-time  residence  directors  in  the  women's  dormitories 
at  Northeastern  University.  These  positions  provide  a  salary  plus 
full-time  maintenance,  which  includes  a  comfortable  apartment  and 
meals.  Inquiries  may  be  made  to  the  Associate  Dean  of  Students, 
Room  104,  Ell  Student  Center. 


Degree  Program 


Degree 

Upon  recommendation  of  the  faculty,  the  degree  of  Juris 
Doctor  (J.D.)  will  be  conferred  on  a  student  who  successfully 
completes  seven  quarters  of  law  study  and  four  quarters  of  coopera- 
tive work.  All  first-year  courses  are  required;  Professional  Responsi- 
bility is  the  only  required  upper-level  course. 


Grading  System 

The  Cooperative  Plan  of  legal  education  diminishes  the  utility 
of  traditional  grading.  Academic  courses  are  graded  on  a  pass-fail 
basis.  The  teacher  of  each  course  makes  a  written  appraisal  of  each 
student's  performance  in  the  course.  Further,  each  cooperative 
employer  submits  a  written  evaluation  of  the  student's  professional 
performance.  These  academic  and  professional  evaluations  are  made 
part  of  the  student's  permanent  record. 

Prospective  employers  of  Northeastern  graduates  rely  on  the 
evaluations  of  a  student's  professional  performance  made  by  the 
lawyers  who  closely  supervised  the  student  over  the  four  quarters  of 
practical  experience,  as  well  as  on  the  academic  appraisal. 

It  should  be  clearly  understood  that  the  pass-fail  grading 
system  does  not  eliminate  the  academic  risk  to  which  a  law  student  is 
exposed.  The  faculty  reserves  the  right  to  dismiss  any  student  whose 
individual  written  work,  classroom  performance,  examinations,  and 
employer  evaluations  indicate  unsatisfactory  progress  toward  profes- 
sional competence. 


Attendance  and  Conduct 

Regular  class  attendance  is  expected.  The  right  to  take 
examinations  and  to  continue  as  a  student  in  the  School  of  Law  is 
conditioned  upon  regular  attendance. 

Students  are  subject  to  the  rules  of  the  University  and  the 
School  of  Law,  and  their  continuance  at  the  School  is  conditioned  on 
the  observance  of  these  rules.  Students  participate  in  the  process  of 
developing  the  policies  of  the  School  as  prospective  members  of  a 
responsible  and  self-disciplining  profession. 

Academic  rules  are  published  in  the  Student  Handbook. 


Admission  to  the  Bar 

Many  states  require  that  a  student  who  plans  to  apply  for 
admission  to  the  bar  file  an  official  state  registration  prior  to  the 
commencement  of  legal  studies.  The  requirements  of  a  particular 
state  can  be  obtained  from  the  Board  of  Bar  Examiners.  Each  student 
should  investigate  the  requirements  of  the  state  in  which  he  or  she 
plans  to  practice. 


Curriculum 


First-Year  Required  Courses 
(No  cooperative  work) 

Civil  Procedure/Torts 

This  is  a  course  which  attempts,  in  the  first  year,  to  begin 
integrating  issues  of  process  and  substance.  Issues  normally  found  in 
a  traditional  civil  procedure  course  are  covered,  such  as  pleadings, 
jurisdiction,  allocation  between  judge  and  jury,  discovery,  motions, 
directed  verdict,  summary  judgment,  trial  and  res  judicata.  Inten- 
tional torts,  negligence  and  causation  are  explored  in  depth;  other 
torts  are  covered  in  an  upper  class  course.  Exercises  which  force  the 
application  of  tort  principles  into  a  procedural  context  are  in- 
terspersed with  classes  centered  on  case  analysis. 

Constitutional  Law 

Constitutional  law  focuses  on  the  process  with  which  the 
Supreme  Court  resolves  difficult  constitutional  questions.  The 
initial  focus  is  on  questions  involving  the  nature  and  scope  of  judicial 
review.  Then,  the  source  of  governmental  powers  and  matters  of 
Federalism  are  considered  through  an  extensive  study  of  the  com- 
merce clause.  The  second  half  of  the  course  deals  with  various 
methods  where  the  Constitution  protects  the  individual  from  gov- 
ernmental overreaching.  This  section  includes  an  inquiry  into 
procedural  and  substantive  due  process,  equal  protection,  and  the 
First  Amendment.  Recent  unedited  Supreme  Court  decisions  sup- 
plement traditional  casebook  materials. 

Contracts 

The  course  considers  the  purpose  and  scope  of  the  legal  protec- 
tion given  to  contracts.  The  legal  principles  of  contract  formation, 
enforcement  and  remedies  are  examined,  as  well  as  the  underlying 
policies  of  private  autonomy  and  social  control  through  legislation 
and  judicial  decision.  Detailed  consideration  is  given  to  the  sales  of 
goods  under  Article  2  of  the  Uniform  Commercial  Code.  The  histori- 
cal and  economic  aspects  of  the  subject  are  also  explored. 


Criminal  Law  and  Procedure 

The  course  explores  the  basic  principles  of  criminal  law  in  a 
procedural  context.  It  begins  with  an  overview  of  procedure:  grand 
jury  and  preliminary  hearings,  bail,  right  to  counsel,  professional 
ethics,  jury  trial,  other  5th  and  6th  Amendment  rights,  sentencing 
and  plea  bargaining.  The  course  then  explores  some  of  the  major 
themes  of  substantive  law:  act,  capacity,  intent,  homicide,  mental 
illness,  attempt,  conspiracy,  justification  and  excuse.  It  concludes 
with  the  consideration  of  specific  crimes:  rape,  kidnapping,  burglary 
and  theft.  The  objective  of  the  course  is  to  develop  a  practical  view  of 
the  criminal  process. 

Federal  Income  Taxation 

The  purpose  of  this  course  is  to  teach  first-year  students  to 
interpret  an  elaborate  and  complicated  statute.  In  addition  to 
exploring  tax  problems  that  confront  individuals,  businesses,  and 
other  groups,  the  course  examines  the  need  for  substantive  tax  reform 
and  the  potential  use  of  the  tax  mechanism  to  effect  social  change. 

Legal  Writing  and  Moot  Court 

The  ability  to  draft  legal  documents,  to  express  agreements  in 
clear  and  unequivocal  language,  to  summarize  research  findings  in 
legal  memoranda,  to  prepare  persuasive  briefs  in  support  of  a  position, 
and  to  develop  other  written  instruments  are  essential  parts  of  a 
lawyer's  skills.  The  legal  writing  emphasis  continues  into  the  moot 
court  program.  Each  first-year  student  must  participate  in  the  prepa- 
ration of  a  brief  and  the  presentation  of  an  oral  argument  in  an 
appellate  case. 

Property 

The  course  begins  with  an  introduction  to  the  law  of  personal 
property.  The  focus  then  turns  to  various  interests  in  land,  with 
heavy  emphasis  placed  on  landlord- tenant  relationships.  Mortgages, 
real  estate  financing,  and  development  of  land  resources  are  consid- 
ered next.  Both  private  restrictions  on  land  use  and  community 
planning  techniques  are  studied. 


UPPER-LEVEL  COURSES 


Administrative  Law 
American  Legal  History 
Antitrust 
Business  Planning 
Civil  Advocacy 
Civil  Trial  Practice 
Commercial  Paper 
Conflicts  of  Law 
Constitutional  Law  and 

Minority  Issues 
Consumer  Protection  Planning 
Corporations 
Criminal  Advocacy 
Criminal  Trial  Practice 
English  Legal  History 
Environmental  Law 
Equal  Protection  of  the  Law 
Equitable  Remedies 
Estate  Planning 
Evidence 
Family  Law 
Federal  Jurisdiction 


Income  Taxation  of  Trusts 

and  Estates 
International  Law 
Involuntary  Commitment 

of  the  "Mentally  111" 
Labor  Unions 
Labor  Relations  Law 
Law,  Language  and  Ethics 
Legal  Accounting 
Legal  Process 
Prisoners'  Rights 
Products  Liability,  Dignitary 

and  Commercial  Torts 
Professional  Responsibility 
Real  Estate  Transactions 
Secured  Transactions 
Securities  Regulation 
Taxation  of  Corporations 

and  Shareholders 
Trusts  and  Estates  I,  II 
Welfare  Law 
Women's  Rights 


Professional  Responsibility  is  the  only  required  upper-level  course. 

A  few  courses  may  be  offered  in  alternate  years.  Some  courses  will  not 
be  taught  if  the  enrollment  is  not  sufficient.  The  listing  of  courses  is 
not  a  fixed  or  guaranteed  curriculum. 


Upper-level  Courses 

Administrative  Law 

The  ways  in  which  lawyers  can  use  the  judicial  process  to 
control  official  behavior  which  affects  private  interests.  The  course 
considers  both  the  procedures  which  government  officials  must 
follow  in  reaching  their  decisions,  and  the  methods  and  limitations 
upon  judicial  review.  The  course  is  conducted  entirely  through 
discussion  of  questions  and  problems  which  are  distributed  at  the 
beginning  of  the  course. 

American  Legal  History 

An  introduction  to  the  history  of  American  law,  beginning 
with  an  examination  of  the  role  of  the  common  law  in  America  and  a 
review  of  the  difficulties  with  the  reception  of  English  law  after 
independence;  turning  to  consideration  of  the  problems  of  develop- 
ment of  a  native  American  law  in  a  federal  system;  and  concluding 
with  a  study  of  the  19th-century  movement  for  codification. 

Antitrust 

The  legal  and  institutional  bases  of  present-day  efforts  at 
governmental  control  of  private  economic  power  and  the  administra- 
tive implementation  of  these  controls.  Specific  attention  is  given  to 
monopolization,  extensive  concentration  in  industry,  and  combina- 
tions to  restrain  trade  through  horizontal  and  vertical  arrangements. 

Business  Planning 

An  examination  of  the  basic  legal  materials  and  rules  through 
which  business  enterprises,  particularly  corporations,  are  organized, 
funded,  and  operated.  The  purpose  is  to  provide  familiarity  not  only 
with  the  legal  materials,  but  also  with  the  techniques  used  by  lawyers 
in  applying  them.  Problems  of  structure,  raising  capital,  compensa- 
tion, capital  changes,  liabilities  of  promoters,  directors  and  officers, 
and  the  taxation  of  businesses  and  shareholders  are  considered.  The 
method  is  an  analysis  of  a  series  of  problems  and  the  application  of 
legal  materials  to  work  out  solutions.  Prerequisites:  Corporations 
and  Federal  Income  Taxation. 

Civil  Advocacy 

The  course  revolves  around  one  very  complex  real  multi-party 
factual  situation.  A  litigation  is  simulated  from  client  interview 
through  trial.  The  students  divide  into  law  firms  representing  each 
party.  Instructional  techniques  include  the  analysis  of  student 
performances,  with  line-by-line  critiques  of  written  work  and 
classroom  review  of  videotaped  oral  presentations.  The  course  ends 
with  a  lengthy  jury  trial. 


The  major  purposes  of  the  course  are: 

1.  To  give  intensive,  guided  experience  and  training  in  all 
elements  of  civil  litigation,  including  interviewing,  investigation, 
pleading,  written  and  oral  discovery,  motions,  negotiations,  pretrial 
conference,  legal  writing  (including  different  types  of  briefs),  and  the 
trial  itself. 

2.  To  teach  written  and  oral  advocacy  techniques  and  skills, 
with  emphasis  on  discerning  and  achieving  goals,  discovering  and 
using  facts,  clear  expression,  persuasion,  and  balanced  judgment. 

3.  To  teach  the  rules  of  evidence  as  a  working  discipline. 

Civil  Trial  Practice 

An  introduction  to  the  tactical  and  strategic  problems  com- 
monly encountered  in  trial  cases.  While  the  class  orientation  is  civil 
litigation,  the  techniques  and  problems  also  are  common  to  criminal 
cases.  Attention  is  also  given  to  the  forensic  aspects  of  trial  practice,- 
students  are  taught  the  basics  of  direct  and  cross  examination,  and 
the  techniques  and  fundamentals  of  opening  and  closing  summa- 
tions. Class  enrollment  is  limited;  students  are  required  to  have  had, 
or  be  taking,  Evidence. 

Commercial  Paper 

A  study  of  the  law  of  negotiable  instruments  and  bank  deposits 
and  collections  through  an  examination  of  Articles  3  and  4  of  the 
Uniform  Commercial  Code,  relevant  cases,  problems,  and  general 
issues  of  statutory  construction. 

Conflicts  of  Law 

The  student  is  introduced  to  difficult  problems  that  arise  when 
some  or  all  of  the  operative  facts  of  action  involve  more  than  one 
jurisdiction.  The  course  emphasizes  the  modern  choice  of  law 
methodology  and  the  expansion  of  a  state's  capacity  to  exercise 
jurisdiction  over  non-resident  defendants. 

Constitutional  Law  and  Minority  Issues 

The  rapidly  growing  body  of  law  attacking  racial  discrimina- 
tion and  the  elimination  of  racist  policies  in  education,  employment, 
public  accommodations,  and  the  administration  of  justice.  The 
historical  background  of  these  fields  is  reviewed,  but  focus  is  on 
contemporary  issues,  including:  the  "de  facto-de  jure"  school  con- 
troversy, the  legal  support  for  "community  control"  concepts,  the 
limits  of  affirmative  action  in   employment  litigation,   and  the 


WA 


conflict  between  the  goals  and  activities  of  "black  caucuses"  and 
collective  bargaining  agreements.  Special  attention  is  given  to  limits 
on  the  right  to  protest  all  forms  of  discrimination  imposed  by  the 
courts.  The  alternatives  to  legally  protected  protest  activities,  includ- 
ing civil  disobedience,  are  also  reviewed. 

Consumer  Protection  Planning 

The  course  analyzes  and  compares  common  law  and  regu- 
latory approaches  to  protecting  consumer  interests.  Special  emphasis 
is  on  planning,  evaluating,  and  improving  legal  institutions  which 
affect  consumers.  Substantive  areas  of  concern  include  deception  and 
overreaching,  unsafe  products,  and  governmentally  sanctioned  re- 
straints upon  competition.  Procedural  hurdles  involved  in  obtaining 
effective  relief  for  consumer  complaints  are  also  examined. 


Corporations 

Use  of  modern  business  corporations,  both  public  and  closely 
held;  comparison  with  other  forms  of  business  associations;  forma- 
tion of  the  corporation;  control  and  management  of  the  corporation; 
allocation  of  power  among  and  action  by  directors,  officers,  and 
shareholders;  duties  of  directors  and  controlling  shareholders;  regu- 
lation of  the  exercise  of  corporate  powers  by  the  fiduciary  principle 
and  by  Federal  and  state  securities  regulations;  and  the  enforcement 
of  corporate  duties  and  protection  of  shareholders'  rights,  through 
derivative  suits  and  other  actions.  In  addition,  the  development  of  a 
federal  corporation  law  under  the  aegis  of  the  SEC  will  be  considered. 

Criminal  Advocacy 

Techniques,  strategies,  and  decisions  involved  in  the  prepara- 
tion and  trial  of  a  criminal  case,  with  constant  emphasis  on 
translating  theory  into  the  mechanics  of  practice.  The  course 
attempts  to  provide  students  with  an  analytical  framework  to 
enhance  self-learning  on  the  basis  of  practical  experience.  Students 
perform  simulated  exercises  based  on  hypothetical  facts  such  as 
direct  and  cross  examination,  interviewing,  argument,  and  other 
advocacy  skills.  All  exercises  are  videotaped  and  analyzed  to  formu- 
late criteria  for  self-evaluation.  Students  are  expected  to  devote 
sufficient  time  to  develop  a  working  knowledge  of  evidence  and 
criminal  procedure.  Each  student  participates  in  the  preparation  and 
trial  of  one  actual  case  in  a  local  criminal  court.  The  final  classroom 
exercise  is  a  mock  trial.  Class  enrollment  is  limited. 

Criminal  Trial  Practice 

The  course  begins  with  lectures  on  criminal  cases  tried  in  both 
state  and  federal  courts,  from  arrest  to  appeal.  One  case  is  then  used 
throughout  the  course  in  which  students  are  assigned  roles  including 
defense  attorney,  prosecutor,  judge,  witness  (both  expert  and  lay), 
juror,  clerk,  and  defendant.  All  materials  are  based  on  actual  cases. 
The  main  emphasis  is  on  federal  criminal  trials. 

English  Legal  History 

An  examination  of  the  development  of  important  institutions 
of  the  law  from  Anglo-Saxon  times  to  the  Tudor  period.  Students 
trace  the  growth  of  the  judiciary,  the  jury,  legislation,  and  the  legal 
profession  and  its  literature,  together  with  important  substantive 
areas  of  the  law,  such  as  property,  procedure,  and  tort.  Source 
materials  are  used  throughout  and  supplemented  by  readings  in  the 
standard  literature  of  legal  history. 

Environmental  Law 

An  examination  of  the  legal  institutions  and  doctrines  rele- 
vant to  the  control  of  the  environment.  The  course  deals  with  water 


and  air  pollution  and  its  control  by  private  parties,  municipalities, 
states,  and  the  Federal  government,  as  well  as  problems  of  resource 
allocation. 

Equal  Protection  of  the  Law 

A  study  of  the  case  law  interpreting  the  Equal  Protection 
clause  of  the  14th  Amendment  of  the  United  States  Constitution, 
including:  the  difference  between  state  and  private  action,  the  effect 
of  the  equal  protection  clause  on  racial  and  sexual  classifications, 
voting  rights,  and  public  finance,  and  of  statutes  enacted  to  enforce 
the  Equal  Protection  clause.  The  emphasis  throughout  the  course  is 
upon  rigor  in  constitutional  and  statutory  interpretation  and  upon 
the  proper  role  of  the  judiciary  in  political  decisions. 

Equitable  Remedies 

Equitable  and  extraordinary  remedies,  with  particular  em- 
phasis on  the  contempt  process  and  other  problems  relative  to 
enforcing  specific  decrees.  The  course  also  attempts  to  impart  a  sense 
of  the  substantive  intuition  underlying  equity  jurisprudence. 

Estate  Planning 

Taxation  of  gratuitous  transfers  of  property  at  death  and  during 
life,  Federal  estate  and  gift  taxes,  state  death  or  succession  taxes,  and 
the  principles  of  estate  planning. 

Evidence 

Exploration  of  the  rules  of  evidence  and  their  rationale, 
including  relevancy,  hearsay,  impeachment  and  cross-examination, 
opinions  and  experts,  documents  and  nonconstitutional  privileges. 
Several  classes  center  on  student  use  of  the  rules  in  simulated 
problems. 

Family  Law 

Primary  focus  is  on  the  process  of  the  dissolution  of  marriage. 
In  addition  to  studying  the  law  of  divorce,  alimony,  child  support, 
custody,  and  the  tax  aspects  of  divorce,  the  course  focuses  on  certain 
skills  of  the  lawyer  which  are  necessary  to  represent  clients 
adequately.  This  includes:  client  interviewing  and  advice,  working 
with  mental  health  professionals,  preparing  and  examining  expert 
witnesses,  negotiating,  and  drafting  complex  agreements. 

Federal  Jurisdiction 

A  study  of  the  role  of  the  Federal  courts  in  the  operation  of  the 
Federal  system.  The  course  focuses  on  the  jurisdiction  and  function- 
ing of  the  Federal  courts,  the  distribution  of  authority  between 
Federal  and  state  courts,  and  the  roles  of  Federal  and  state  law  in  the 
Federal  system.  Topics  include:  the  constitutional  limits  of  Federal 
judicial  power,-  appellate  and  collateral  review  in  the  Federal  courts, 


diversity,  Federal  question  jurisdiction  of  the  Federal  courts;  and 
choice  of  law  in  Federal  courts.  This  course  requires  a  good  working 
knowledge  of  constitutional  and  administrative  law. 

Income  Taxation  of  Trusts  and  Estates 

This  course  is  open  only  to  those  also  studying  trusts.  The 
subject  matter  is  the  income  (not  estate  and  gift)  taxation  of  the 
family,  the  proper  taxation  of  married  and  single  persons,  and  the  use 
of  schemes  (especially  trusts)  to  deflect  the  taxation  of  income  to 
members  of  the  family  in  low  tax  brackets. 

International  Law 

The  law  of  nations,  including  the  nature  and  sources  of 
international  law,-  jurisdiction  of  states  over  persons  and  territory; 
recognition  of  states  and  governments;  governmental  immunities; 
the  law  of  treaties;  legal  restrictions  on  the  use  of  force;  and  principles 
of  state  responsibility.  International  organizations,  including  the 
United  Nations,  are  also  studied. 

Involuntary  Commitment  of  the  "Mentally  111" 

Taught  jointly  with  Tufts  New  England  Medical  School 
psychiatric  residency  program,  this  seminar  (restricted  to  a  total  of  30 
law  students  and  doctors)  examines  the  various  processes,  procedures 
and  standards  by  which  people  are  involuntarily  deprived  of  their 
liberty  on  grounds  of  "mental  illness."  Half  of  the  sessions  will  be 
held  at  Boston  Veterans  Administration  Hospital,  at  which  issues 
presented  by  individual  patients  will  be  considered  in  light  of  legal 
principles. 

Labor  Unions 

A  study  of  relationships  between  individuals  and  labor  organi- 
zations; the  rights,  obligations  and  benefits  of  union  membership; 
and  the  governance  and  supervision  of  labor  organizations  by  federal 
law.  Particular  emphasis  is  placed  upon  the  Labor-Management 
Reporting  and  Disclosure  Act  of  1959. 

Labor  Relations  Law 

A  general  introduction  to  the  law  of  labor  relations  through  an 
examination  of  the  National  Labor  Relations  Act  and  leading  cases, 
together  with  historical,  social,  and  economic  materials.  Topics 
covered  include:  organization,  union  recognition,  unfair  labor  prac- 
tices, collective  bargaining,  and  arbitration. 

Law,  Language,  and  Ethics 

In  this  seminar  students  analyze  a  series  of  related  issues  in 
legal  philosophy:  the  nature  of  moral  and  legal  choices,  the  meaning 
of  responsible  human  action,  the  character  types  needed  for  various 
roles  in  the  legal  system,  and  the  effect  of  different  conceptions  of 


human  nature   on   the   type  of   legal   system   that  is   considered 
necessary. 

Legal  Accounting 

An  introduction  to  the  processes  for  recording  and  measuring 
financial  data  relating  to  the  performance  of  an  enterprise,  with 
particular  attention  to  the  exercise  of  judgment  in  resolving  ques- 
tions in  the  accounting  field.  The  emphasis  throughout  the  course  is 
on  examining  the  use  of  accounting  techniques  in  the  legal  contexts 
in  which  a  lawyer  is  likely  to  confront  accounting  issues,  such  as 
preparation  of  an  employee  pension  plan  based  on  the  "net  profits"  of 
the  company,  or  advising  a  corporation  as  to  how  large  a  dividend  can 
legally  be  paid  to  the  stockholders.  After  an  introduction  to  financial 
statements  and  the  essentials  of  bookkeeping,  the  course  deals  with 
the  principles  governing  recognition  of  expenses  and  income,  and  the 
matching  of  related  costs  and  revenues  in  measuring  financial  re- 
sults. Thereafter,  a  more  detailed  study  will  be  made  of  particular 
topics  of  importance,  such  as  inventory,  depreciation,  and  long-term 
indebtedness.  Special  attention  will  be  given  to  the  current  concern 
over  the  development  of  uniform  accounting  standards,  illustrated  by 
current  corporation  reports  and  recent  opinions  of  the  official 
rulemaking  bodies  of  the  accounting  profession,  with  the  primary 
focus  on  the  role  of  lawyers  in  dealing  with  these  matters. 

Legal  Process 

A  critical  study  of  the  division  of  responsibility  for  the  de- 
velopment of  legal  doctrine  among  courts,  legislatures,  adminis- 
trative agencies,  and  counsel  for  private  parties,  and  the  resulting 
roles  for  lawyers  in  each  of  these  institutions.  Considerable  attention 
is  given  to  evaluating  techniques  of  statutory  interpretation  in  light 
of  the  relative  positions  and  capabilities  of  courts  and  legislatures. 
Other  topics  covered  include:  the  respective  roles  of  courts  and 
counsel  in  long-term  private  planning,  e.g.,  percentage  leases;  the 
roles  of  courts,  administrative  agencies,  and  legislatures  in  consumer 
protection;  and  the  roles  of  courts,  legislatures,  and  private  parties  in 
doctrinal  innovation. 

Prisoners'  Rights 

Development  of  an  analytical  framework  for  determining  the 
scope  of  political  and  civil  rights  retained  by  prisoners,  with  special 
emphasis  on  remedies  available  to  protect  these  rights.  Among  the 
substantive  and  procedural  areas  which  are  discussed  are  the  follow- 
ing: safeguards  against  unjust  administrative  punishment;  prison 
censorship  and  abridgement  of  other  First  Amendment  rights,- 
protection  against  psychosurgery  and  other  forms  of  behavior 
modification;  right  to  treatment  and  to  job  training;  right  to  parole 
and  restitution  of  full  citizenship  after  release;  right  to  unionize  and 


bargain  collectively  regarding  conditions  of  incarceration;  media 
access  to  prisons;  and  alternatives  to  the  existing  penal  system  in 
light  of  relevant  declarations  of  the  United  Nations  and  contempo- 
rary theories  of  the  nature  and  function  of  criminal  law.  The  course 
also  touches  upon  the  field  of  civil  commitment. 

Products  Liability,  Dignitary  and  Commercial  Torts 

An  examination  of  the  following  topics  of  tort  law:  products 
liability,  no-fault  alternatives  to  fault-based  liability,  dignitary  torts 
(defamation,  privacy,  intentional  infliction  of  emotional  harm), 
"constitutional  torts,"  and  commercial  torts. 

Professional  Responsibility 

This  is  the  only  required,  upper-level  course  in  the  School  of 
Law.  It  focuses  specifically  on  the  application  of  the  Code  of 
Professional  Responsibility  which  is  crucially  important  for  any 
practicing  attorney  and  particularly  important  to  a  law  school  which 
operates  under  the  cooperative  plan.  The  Code  of  Professional  Re- 
sponsibility is  supplemented  by  text  materials  and  a  series  of  prob- 
lems. 

Real  Estate  Transactions 

The  planning  and  execution  of  commercial  transactions  in  real 
property.  Particular  attention  is  given  to  conveyancing,  with  exam- 
ination of  the  rights  and  obligations  of  the  parties  in  various  types  of 
transfers.  Brokerage  transactions,  the  recording  acts,  land  registra- 
tion, title  insurance,  mortgages  and  other  financing  and  security 
devices  are  also  considered. 

Secured  Transactions 

A  study  of  the  law  of  secured  transactions  through  an  examina- 
tion of  Article  9  of  the  Uniform  Commercial  Code.  The  principal 
features  of  the  Bankruptcy  Act  relating  to  security  interests  are  also 
considered,  as  well  as  cases,  problems,  and  general  issues  of  statutory 
construction. 

Securities  Regulation 

An  in-depth  study  of  the  securities  field  and  its  regulation  by 
government  agencies.  Areas  covered  include:  concept  of  the  term 
"security/'  issuer  concepts,-  statutory  and  ordinary  underwriter,-  re- 
stricted private  offerings  to  raise  capital  under  Rule  146;  public 
intrastate  offerings  under  Rule  147;  public  resales  under  Rule  144 
after  a  restricted  private  offering;  public  offerings  under  Regulation 
A;  economics  of  a  public,  versus  a  private,  offering;  fraud  under  10b-5 
and  civil  liability  thereunder;  SEC  enforcement  techniques;  broker- 
dealer  fraud  and  manipulation.  Students  analyze  a  public  offering 
prospectus  and  prepare  an  appropriate  risk  factor  section. 


Taxation  of  Corporations  and  Shareholders 

An  introduction  to  Subchapter  C  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code 
—  an  exercise  in  reading  a  short  and  difficult  statute.  Among  topics 
covered  are:  the  taxation  of  dividends,  stock  redemptions,  liquida- 
tions, distributions,  and  taxable  and  tax-free  sales  of  corporate  stock 
and  assets. 

Trusts  and  Estates  I 

The  devolution  of  property  by  gratuitous  transfer,  whether  by 
will,  intestate  succession,  or  gift.  The  course  includes  an  elementary 
treatment  of  the  doctrine  of  estates  and  rules  governing  the  creation 
of  present  and  future  interests  in  real  and  personal  property. 

Trusts  and  Estates  II 

The  central  focus  of  this  course  is  on  the  trust  device  as  a 
means  of  accomplishing  the  devolution  and  control  of  property 
interests.  It  includes:  the  creation  and  enforcement  of  the  trust 
relationship,  an  examination  of  the  fiduciary  concept,  and  the 
problems  of  trust  administration. 


Welfare  Law 

Examines  American  public  assistance  as  a  legal  institution. 
After  reviewing  the  historical,  sociological  and  juridical  roots  of  our 
welfare  system,  students  examine  the  laws  governing  major  assis- 
tance programs,  especially  eligibility  requirements,  rules  governing 
grant  determination,  work  and  family  rules,  and  procedural  rights. 
The  course  then  explores  methods  by  which  lawyers  can  deal  with 
the  system:  advocacy  in  the  administrative  process,  litigation, 
legislative  reform,  and  representation  of  recipient  organizations. 


Women's  Rights 

An  overview  of  the  applicable  constitutional  precedents  and 
the  Equal  Rights  Amendment.  The  course  concentrates  on  those 
areas  in  which  law  can  be  used  as  an  effective  means  of  preventing 
sex-based  discrimination  or  mitigating  its  effects,  followed  by  an 
examination  of  current  happenings  in  a  series  of  specific  areas,  such 
as  employment,  control  of  the  body,  and  tax  laws.  Much  of  the 
material  should  be  useful  in  dealing  with  discrimination.  Interested 
students  are  encouraged  to  work  on  drafting  legislation,  preparing 
material  for  actual  or  possible  lawsuits,  etc. 


L       =Jj 

H^iiL^IvS  5r^^^-«^^w«^^^Wr>w7^ 

raff©] 

p^^l      J                 ™*^"        Mr    "'3J 

Wbm^u         ^          ^      ^^M 

zzi^^^^^ 

■  i  iim       ip^vfl 

■■^■■■■■te~_ 

The  Corporation 


Julius  Abrams 
Charles  F.  Adams 
Vernon  R.  Alden 
William  T.  Alexander 
William  F.  Allen,  Jr. 
O.  Kelley  Anderson 
'Diana  J.  Auger 

Allen  G.  Barry 
Lincoln  C.  Bateson 
Thomas  P.  Beal 
rRoy  H.  Beaton 
'F.  Gregg  Bemis 
Beverly  Ann  Bendekgey 
Robert  D.  Black 
Gerald  W.  Blakeley,  Jr. 
Raymond  H.  Blanchard 
S.  Whitney  Bradley 
Rexford  A.  Bristol 
Edward  W.  Brooke 
'George  R.  Brown 
Martin  Brown 
William  L.  Brown 
William  H.  Bruce,  Jr. 
John  L.  Burns 
Hyman  H.  Burstein 
Victor  C.  Bynoe 

'Louis  W.  Cabot 
'Norman  L.  Cahners 

Henry  F.  Callahan 

Mrs.  Anthony  S.  Camarota 
(Dorothy  Dodge) 

Erwin  D.  Canham 

Thomas  E.  Cargill,  Jr. 


'Richard  P.  Chapman 
Theodore  Chase 
Robert  F.  Chick 
Vessarios  G.  Chigas 
Carl  W.  Christiansen 

'David  H.  Cogan 
Abram  T.  Collier 
William  A.  Coolidge 
Edward  Creiger 
H.  James  Crossan,  Jr. 

Roger  C.  Damon 
'Edward  Dana 

William  O.  DiPietro 

Alfred  di  Scipio 

Estelle  Dockser  (Mrs.) 
'William  R.  Driver,  Jr. 

'Carl  S.  Ell 
'Byron  K.  Elliott 
'William  P.  Ellison 

Joseph  A.  Erickson 

Robert  Erickson 

'Frank  L.  Farwell 
'James  V.  Fetchero 

Eldred  L.  Field 

Joseph  F.  Ford 

Thomas  J.  Galligan,  Jr. 
James  M.  Gavin 
Lloyd  S.  Glidden,  Jr. 
Elliott  M.  Gordon 
John  L.  Grandin 
Don  S.  Greer 


'  Member  of  the  Board  of  Trustees 


*  Donald  B.  Guy 

Allan  M.  Hale 

William  Hellman 
'Ernest  Henderson  III 

James  S.  Herbert 

Richard  D.  Hill 

Charles  E.  Hodges 
'Harold  D.  Hodgkinson 

Robert  W.  Holmes 

Harvey  P.  Hood 

Hartwell  G.  Howe 

John  S.  Howe 

Howard  M.  Hubbard 

Carl  R.  Hurtig 

'Robert  L.  Johnson 
'Henry  C.  Jones 

George  S.  Kariotis 
'Mrs.  John  B.  Kenerson 
(Frances  Comins) 

E.  Douglas  Kenna 

Edward  M.  Kennedy 

Fenton  G.  Keyes 

Calvin  A.  King 
'Asa  S.  Knowles 

Harvey  C.  Krentzman 

Joseph  C.  Lawler 
Maurice  Lazarus 
El  ma  Lewis 

*  Kenneth  A.  Loftman 
Edward  A.  Loring 

'John  Lowell 
Ralph  Lowell 
Diane  H.  Lupean 

'Lawrence  H.  Martin 

'J.  Edwin  Matz 
Peter  H.  McCormick 
Percy  M.  Mcintosh 
Andrew  J.  McNeill 
Dominic  Meo,  Jr. 
William  C.  Mercer 

Ralph  B.  Rogers 
'Kenneth  G.  Ryder 

Leverett  Saltonstall 
David  T.  Scott 


Mrs.  Andrew  H.  Messer 
(Melanie  C.  Berger) 

Don  G.  Mitchell 
'Harold  A.  Mock 

Frank  E.  Morris 

James  A.  Morris 

William  B.  Moses,  Jr. 
'Stephen  P.  Mugar 

William  H.  Nichols,  Jr. 
Mrs.  James  Nicholson 

(Kathryn  A.  MacKinnon) 
John  T.  Noonan 

Bernard  J.  O'Keefe 
Adrian  O'Keeffe 
Harry  Olins 
George  Olmsted,  Jr. 
Stanley  C.  Olsen 
James  H.  Orr 
Ara  Oztemel 

'Augustin  H.  Parker 

Edward  S.  Parsons 
'Amelia  Peabody 

Theodore  R.  Peary 

Nicholas  V.  Petrou 
'Thomas  L.  Phillips 

Edward  D.  Phinney 

Jerome  M.  Powell 

Albert  Pratt 

Peter  W.  Princi 

William  J.  Pruyn 

George  Putnam 

Blanche  M.  Quaid 
'Francis  J.  Quirico 

William  M.  Rand 
William  H.  Raye,  Jr. 
Kathleen  M.  Rice 
'Joseph  G.  Riesman 
R.  Earl  Roberson 
Daniel  J.  Roberts 
Dwight  P.  Robinson,  Jr. 

Donald  W.  Seager 
Sydney  Shaftman 
'James  L.  Shanahan 
Philip  A.  Singleton 
'Donald  W.  Smith 


'Farnham  W.  Smith 
'George  A.  Snell 

Bernard  Solomon 

Robert  C.  Sprague 
'Russell  B.  Stearns 
'Earl  P.  Stevenson 

David  B.  Stone 
"Robert  G.  Stone 

Lawrence  I.  Templeman 
Charles  H.  Tenney  II 
Almore  I.  Thompson 
Milton  A.  Thompson 
*D.  Thomas  Trigg 


'  Chaplin  Tyler 

Samuel  Wakeman 
Martin  F.  Walsh 
An  Wang 
Lloyd  B.  Waring 
Edward  A.  Weeks 
William  C.  White 
"Robert  H.  Willis 

Richard  W.  Young 
Vincent  C.  Ziegler 
"Alvin  C.  Zises 


The  Board  of  Trustees 


Robert  H.  Willis,  Chairman 
Norman  L.  Cahners,  Vice  Chairman 
William  R.  Driver,  Jr.,  Vice  Chairman 
Frank  L.  Farwell,  Vice  Chairman 
Farnham  W.  Smith,  Vice  Chairman 
D.  Thomas  Trigg,  Treasurer 
Philip  C.  Boyd,  Secretary 


Byron  K.  Elliott,  Honorary  Chairman 

Dwight  P.  Robinson,  Jr.,  Honorary  Vice  Chairman 

Russell  B.  Steams,  Honorary  Vice  Chairman 


Class  of  1976 

Diana  J.  Auger 
George  R.  Brown 
William  R.  Driver,  Jr. 
Harold  D.  Hodgkinson 
Robert  L.  Johnson 
Mrs.  John  B.  Kenerson 
(Frances  Comins) 

"  Member  of  the  Board  of  Trustees 
*  Honorary  Trustee 


Class  of  1977 


Norman  L.  Cahners 
Richard  P.  Chapman 
Edward  Dana 
William  P.  Ellison 
James  V.  Fetchero 
Ernest  Henderson  III 


Amelia  Peabody 
Thomas  L.  Phillips 
James  L.  Shanahan 
Robert  G.  Stone 
Robert  H.  Willis 


Asa  S.  Knowles 
Joseph  G.  Riesman 
Dwight  P.  Robinson,  Jr. 
Donald  W.  Smith 
Alvin  C.  Zises 


Class  of  1978 

David  H.  Cogan 
Carl  S.  Ell 
Frank  L.  Farwell 
Henry  C.  Jones 
J.  Edwin  Matz 
Harold  A.  Mock 
Farnham  W.  Smith 
George  A.  Snell 
Russell  B.  Stearns 
D.  Thomas  Trigg 
Chaplin  Tyler 


Class  of  1979 

Roy  H.  Beaton 
F.  Gregg  Bemis 
Louis  W.  Cabot 
Byron  K.  Elliott 
Donald  B.  Guy 
Kenneth  A.  Loftman 
John  Lowell 
Lawrence  H.  Martin 
Augustin  H.  Parker 
Francis  J.  Quirico 
Earl  P.  Stevenson 


*  Kenneth  G.  Ryder,  ex  officio 
Stephen  P.  Mugar,  Honorary  Trustee 


President  of  the  University 


University  Administration 


Harry  T.  Allan,  A.B.,  B.S.,  J.D.,  Provost 

John  A.  Curry,  A.B.,  Ed.M.,  Vice  President  for  Administration 

Edmund  L.  Deltano,  B.A.,  Vice  President  for  Finance 

Carl  S.  Ell,  A.B.,  S.B.,  Ed.M.,  M.S.,  Sc.D.,  L.H.D.,  LL.D.,  D.S.Ed., 
President  Emeritus 

Asa  S.  Knowles,  A.B.,  A.M.,  LL.D.,  Litt.D.,  Sc.D.,  D.B.A.,  Sc.D.  in  Bus. 
Ed.,  Chancellor 

Eugene  M.  Reppucci,  Jr.,  B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Vice  President  for  Development 

Daniel  J.  Roberts,  Jr.,  B.S.,  M.B.A.,  Ed.M.,  Vice  President  for  Business 

Kenneth  G.  Ryder,  A.B.,  M.A.,  L.H.D.,  President 

Loring  M.  Thompson,  B.S.,  M.S.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Vice  President  for 
Physical  Planning 

Royal  K.  Toebes,  B.S.,  M.B.A.,  Vice  President  for  Alumni  Affairs 

Roy  L.  Wooldridge,  B.S.,  Ed.M.,  Vice  President  for  Cooperative  Edu- 
cation 


3 
X 

n 

8n 

♦ 

< 

(n 

y~ 

u 

<n 

H- 

<. 

o- 

M 

^ 

DC 

A 

Z 

D 

o 

47 


<  CO  CD       OOO       10ODQO 


_  to  °        to  (O  tD        f  <C  ,n  S  S 


>OZ        i<-:  £  = 
*  Z)  D       SICCUS 


-?SfeS^5l^^35^ll 


cocof-tototOT-r^ooSr-r-rfr'f' 
<<CDCOOCDQCDUJCD11JOC11U 


S55      - = ' 


<D 


!  £  o  ~   ■ 

S  o  «o 


ii  n  <b  c  => 


<C0C0O      OOO      OOO 


ffl  c  o»ct  t 
oil-1  to 
a.:=  c  to  J£ 
o  3  to  c  o 

O  CO    3   ™  ° 


c 

to 

< 

c 

0) 

c 

CBC»0) 

c  c  c 

T3 

:>• 

O 

F 

o 

■O  T3 

3 

— 

i 

c 

_1 

cd 

™ 

n 

•u 

o 

COCO 

m 

i 

u 

cl)    I"  j; 

<u 

0) 

3 

c 

01 

firi 

-i  tfl 

o 
Q 

ui 

< 

LLI 

CO 

O    O 

(5 

to 

I 

o 


o 


0) 


a> 


OCICmt»!l>(/3         —  —I 

=  ULO-So«i;-£      =  X " 

«  —   ,n  -  m  I  CO  CO  ~  °>  =>  to 

tto<'so°-j-j°>3-£-§- 


£        E 


qj  aj  ©  <u  a> 

Q)    <D    <D    <D   <D 


nj  to  to  ffl  ffl 
SJJS5 
c  c  c  c  c  — 

qj  aj  a)  ©  a>  —  i5 
E  E  E  EE5«I 

Q)a><D<D0)-rJ"c 

Illlltjl 
m  tx>  co  t-  to  IK  o>tt> 
^^vntoto»-s 


"7  5  «2  2.t: 


Index 


Academic  Calendar,  4 
Administration,  University,  46 
Administrative  Staff,  7 
Admission 

To  School  of  Law,  17 

To  Bar,  25 
Assistance  (Financial),  20 
Attendance,  25 

B 

Bar,  Admission  to,  25 
Black  American  Law 
Students  Association,  14 

C 

Calendar,  4 

Conduct,  25 

Cooperative  Legal  Education,  10 

Corporation,  42 

Courses 

First-year,  26 

Upper-level,  29 
Curriculum,  26 

D 

Degree,  24 

Degree  Program,  24 

Distribution  of  Students,  19 


H 

Health  Services,  13 
History  (School  of  Law),  9 
Housing,  13 

I 

Information,  General,  13 


Lecturers-In-Law,  7 
Library,  12 
Library  Staff,  8 
Loans,  23 

M 
Map,  47 

N 

National  Lawyers'  Guild  Chapter,  14 

O 

Officers  of  University 
Administration,  46 
Board  of  Trustees,  44 
Corporation,  42 


Participation,  Student,  14 
Placement  Office,  15 
Purpose,  8 


Equal  Opportunity  Policy,  3 


Facilities,  11 

Faculty,  6 

Fees,  20 

Financial  Information,  20 

First-year  Courses,  26 


Grading  System,  24 
Grants,  21 


Scholarships,  21 
Staff,  7 

T 

Transfer,  18 
Trustees,  Board  of,  44 
Tuition,  20 

U 

Upper-level  Courses,  29 

W 

Work  Study  Program,  23 


northeastern  univers